Episode Library - Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast: Recent Episodes

None

View Details

Neither of the presenters have any conflicts of interest.

Transcript editing: Al-Baab Khan, Joanie Burns

Footnotes by: Joanie Burns

Access Blog with Footnotes here.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

This episode covers topics related to addiction, which may include sensitive content or discussions of substance use. The views expressed are for informational purposes only and do not constitute medical or professional advice. If you or someone you know is struggling with addiction, please seek help from a qualified healthcare provider or reach out to trusted support organizations. Your experience matters—help is available.

https://www.aa.org/

https://na.org/

https://al-anon.org/

Puder:

Welcome back to the podcast. I am joined today with Eric Bender. He's a repeat guest and was previously on the Shrink Next Door and thenInside Out 2. He does a lot of YouTube breakdown videos of different movie themes. He's done some work with Facebook on their most recent Batman VR video game, and he's a psychiatrist in San Francisco. He is trained in child adolescent psychiatry and forensic psychiatry.

Bender:

Thanks, David. It's great to be here again.

Puder:

And a lot of what you do is psychotherapy in your practice.

Bender:

Yes. Psychotherapy based psychodynamic is really the method I use, but adding in elements of CBT and psychoanalytic things and just trying to do what helps my patients.

Puder:

Awesome. And today we are going to be talking about The Bear, which is a TV series. How do you want to begin?

Bender:

Sure. I think it's probably good for your audience if I give a summary in case anybody's not familiar with the show. It's a show on FX that tells the story of Carmen Berzatto,or ‘Carmy,’who has inherited his family's restaurant from his brother, who had died by suicide. And so the first season – and we're largely discussing the first season, and then an episode in the second season, some of the second season – and I know the third season happened, but we'll probably focus, from my understanding, more on the first two. The first season shows what it's like as Carmy comes in and tries to elevate this restaurant from an Italian beef joint that's a hole in the wall and dangerous to something that's much more elevated, and tells the story of that but also the people that are involved, and how they react and their own psychological makeup.

Puder:

Yeah. And so we thought we would kind of break down some of the character types of things that are going on, the personality types. We talk about the representation of a lot of psychological themes in this show.

Bender:

Yeah. I think it's almost like a psychotherapist's dream. The whole show opens up with this scene of Carmy, the main character, hearing these growling noises and going up to a cage and seeing what's in this cage and wondering what's in there. So I think right off the bat, you have this fodder for interpretation of what is that? And throughout the season, and we'll be giving spoilers here, so if you haven't watched the show and wanna watch it, you should probably watch it on your own. But we are shown that there's a bear in there. And what does that bear represent in part? It's his last name, Berzatto, which in Italian, is Bear. But what else does that represent? So there's so much here to talk about just right off the bat.

The Bear in the Freezer: How Carmy Struggles with Work, Obsessions, and Emotional Loss (00:02:54)Puder:

Maybe let's talk about Carmy as a character and all the kind of things that we know about him that have led him to be who he is. Because he's an interesting character to me. He's deep. It's not like a simple, straightforward character.

Bender:

No, he’s not. And what I love about this show is that there are such rich backgrounds to each of the characters, and they are products of where they came from, just like people not in the TV world. So Carmy was very close to his brother, Mike, who died by suicide and was also addicted to painkillers. And he really didn't even know much about that part of his brother's life. So he's here carrying on this tradition of his family. It was his parents' restaurant. His brother then had it. So he sees his brother having been there. His brother never let him work there in the years that his brother was alive. And he always felt some distance. And I think in some ways this is Carmy connecting with his brother, but there's this huge pressure to make the restaurant succeed when it's already in jeopardy.

Puder:

It's in jeopardy in many ways, right?

Bender:

Yeah. This great line in the second episode where Uncle Jimmy, who had given Mike, when Mike was alive, a lot of money to help him survive. He says, “You know, Carmen, you gotta get outta here. You gotta get outta this place. You can't start it fucked.” And that's really what people say is that this restaurant is a mess. There's health violations, all kinds of things. But I love that line because all of our patients, I feel like, come in feeling like they are fucked when they're first starting therapy. At least a large number of patients that I see will come in feeling that way. And that is where we start, that's where we start asking for help when we feel that way.

Puder:

There was a kind of a nice thing that you mentioned that this is a good show because it's not about some billionaire, it's not about some unobtainable level of success that most people will never touch, but we can fantasize about it. But-

Bender:

Yeah, it's not the White Lotus. It's not your friends and neighbors. It's not Succession. It's not about these ultra billionaires. It's about people that are working. And I think that draws people to the show. They want to understand. Not that they just wanna understand, they wanna see themselves on the screen. That's when people gravitate towards shows when they can relate to it. And who cannot relate to working hard or seeing things that look insurmountable and being angry. The amount of f-bombs and anger in the show. We were talking about it, it kind of blows you away.

Puder:

It's jarring. I binged on this the last couple days, and it was exhausting. And the noises. There's always noises. There's always chaos. There's fire alarms going off. It's like there's scenes that are quiet and peaceful and you're like, oh, thank God. And then there's these moments where everyone's yelling, everyone's upset, you know, but it's kind of realistic at the same time. Like, this is what life is like. Right?

Bender:

It is. And I think people in the restaurant business have commented that there's something the show captures just about that noise, that craziness, that everything, and for this character, I think he's so used to living in chaos, which we learn about later. His upbringing, his family. I wonder sometimes if he's gravitated towards chaos, if he, if he needs that chaos almost.

Puder:

Yeah. So, before he comes back to try to take over this dying beef joint, he's at some of the top restaurants in the world. Under some of the top chefs who seem very sort of psychopathic almost.

Bender:

Yes. The boss that's portrayed, his boss, David Fields, the chef in the show tells him, “You're useless. Faster. You should be dead.” I mean, these kinds of comments are in his ear. Literally, the chef stands over him and says these things as he is plating, as he's trying to just serve in the restaurant. And it's jarring to hear, it's really upsetting to hear. But this is the kind of noise that's always in his head. And I think he's internalized it in the show, really feeling badly about himself.

Puder:

He's internalized it, and it repeats at the most dire moments. There's this one moment where there's a fire right in front of him. Right? The stove catches on fire and he freezes and he just dissociates and he goes blank. And everyone else is rushing to save this thing. Do you remember that?

Bender:

Yeah. I remember that scene. And it harkens back to another scene. He had told the chef, Marcus, the pastry chef in his restaurant, “Hey, you made a mistake today. I made a mistake once there was a grease fire I created. And I just watched it and thought maybe if it burns, everything will burn, including my anxiety. Everything will just go up.” And I think that scene where there's this fire in front of him, part of him was probably going back to that space. Like, maybe if this all goes up, my worries will go away too.

Puder:

Hmm. Yeah. It's almost like for me, when I saw that, I was like, oh, he's dissociating. Like, people cope in different ways and you really are rooting for these characters, right? You're really like, oh, I want him to succeed. But it's like they have these defenses, right?

Bender:

Yeah, they do. And I think you're right. I think it was a dissociative moment. Not that he's actively thinking maybe it'll all go up in smoke at that moment, but I'm sure he probably felt like, oh, there's some distance. There's something between me and what's going on right now.

Puder:

Right. Or, you know, sometimes people make sense of the dissociation afterwards. Like after trauma, they may have dissociated during the trauma, they may have gone limp, they may have not been able to move, and then afterwards they try to make sense of it. And they may put words to it. May be accurate, may not be accurate.

Bender:

Yeah. But I think in here we'd be remiss not to say that, given his upbringing with his mother, and we see a clear picture of the mother during the episode Fishes, in the second season [episode 6]. The Christmas dinner where she's cooked seven fish, the mother's played by Jamie Lee Curtis. We get a sense of this chaos that Carmy was involved in in his life, the way his mother acts. And we could talk about her in a bit, but there's some trauma from there. There's some trauma from the chef that's been in his ear, his boss. There's been so much trauma. I think he has a complex PTSD here as well, along with some obsessive and very rigid features to his personality, wanting things to be perfectionistic. Being a workaholic. There's lots here.

Puder:

Yeah. The obsessive compulsive personality style is definitely there with just his gravitation towards work. And it's interesting because I feel like in that world that is celebrated almost like this perfection, right?

Bender:

Yeah. Yeah. That's why Syd wants to work there, because Carmy is so good. She can learn from him. And people want this to be perfect. At least he does. And I think the thing that I recently saw summarizing Obsessive Compulsive Personality Disorder [OCPD] versus OCD, which I thought was interesting applying to this character, is with OCD you have those intrusive thoughts and you get anxious when those obsessions are there. With OCPD, when you try to do things your way and people don't do things your way, it's not anxiety you necessarily feel, it's anger. And I think there was a lot of anger that this character expressed too. And to go back to where he started, I think that bear he's unleashing is actually himself. Like what would happen if he were just himself? I think he would be so angry. So angry, like a bear, literally. And he has the anger towards how he grew up. He has the anger towards his brother's death. He has anger towards people he works with. He's got anger towards his boss. There's so much anger there.

Puder:

Yeah, with that sort of anger and the obsessiveness and the workaholism, that's kind of like keeping that under wraps. Sometimes with patients, I'll see where they can't work any longer or it's like the obsession or the ability to control stops, right? Maybe they get a medical illness, maybe something happens, they can't control it anymore, and then their life immediately unravels, right? And so, just like with someone with borderline personality disorder, when they have a chaotic interpersonal relationship that falls apart. Someone who's narcissistic the image of themself falls apart. Someone who's obsessive, if they can't work, if they can't control their environment, if that falls apart, they can go into these more dissociated rages, more like chaotic places.

Bender:

Yes. And you brought this up, the scene where Carmy ends up blocking himself in the freezer on the night of his restaurant opening, you mentioned about being dissociative or that he was a bit dissociative or dissociating in some way. And I think in that moment, like he says, “I don't need to amuse people. I don't need to entertain people.” It's almost like he's dissociating and separating himself from everything, literally. And also, I don't think he knows how to connect with people. I don't know that he does.

Puder:

This is one of the saddest moments in my mind because his girlfriend is hearing this and he doesn't know his girlfriend is hearing this. And so he's kind of like been in this cold environment, right? He's stuck. It's like in a freezer, it's metaphorical, you're in a cage, right? And it's cold. It's reducing his sensorium. I mean, when you're hours in a freezer, it's gonna do something to you psychologically. And so he's hearing the voices of his old mentor. They're tormenting him. And he's starting to blame himself, which is kind of a depressive personality feature maybe. And so part of that blaming himself is there's a little bit of a masochistic tone to it of, “I've been enjoying life, and because I've been enjoying life, I'm now suffering.”

And so, therefore, I shouldn't enjoy life. And so in the midst of this trauma slash dissociative moment where he is hearing punitive voices from his past, he's in this freezer and he's starting to talk out loud. His girlfriend at the time, Claire, hears him, who's a lovely person, right? Who's not like the chaotic mother who's kind of like the Winicott dream. This loving, empathic person, right? And she hears this and she says a couple words, and she just leaves and she thinks it's over, right?

Bender:

Yeah. The whole thing is very heartbreaking to watch. And I think what's also heartbreaking is that Carmy really believes that about himself. I think the experiences he had, he wasn't allowed to think about himself. If he didn't think about his mother, something was gonna go wrong. And we see that played out with his sister and his brother when there are flashbacks, when his brother is alive, how they look after their mother to make sure she doesn't collapse. So he wasn't able to ever really think about himself. And when he did, he would dream of having this restaurant called ‘The Bear’ with his brother, who ends up dying. And the brother also cuts him off from even working in a restaurant with him. So, I think he has felt he should not be thinking about himself. And when he does, he's gonna be punished. But at the same time, he doesn't realize how much he's thinking it needs to be done his way, and he's pushing people away.

Puder:

It's a mixture because his brother saved money for him. And his dying words were, “Make this spaghetti sauce.” And in the spaghetti sauce was the cash, right? To build your restaurant. And so I think his brother didn't want him to work in this place because he knew his talent would be obfuscated. It wouldn't be manifest. And so I think his brother kept him at a distance for a reason, and plus his brother was doing like selling cocaine in the back, you know? Like, I think his brother didn't want him to have any of that.

Bender:

I think you're right. I also think the message that somebody like Carmy would get from that though is, “I don't love you. I don't want you.”

Puder:

He was getting from it in the midst of going through it. I think it angered him. It drove him to be better, more obsessive. To master the craft even more.

Donna, the Family, and the Seven Fishes Reveal a Portrait of Borderline Chaos and Primitive Defenses (00:15:19)Bender:

Yeah. And I agree. I think this brings up an overarching theme of what I've watched in The Bear, or a message I've seen is this idea of so many people are yelling at each other and angry. But what I see in real life, I also see in the show, which is that kindness breeds confidence. And when these characters actually are confident, things start to change. So the character, Tina, she's so mean in the beginning to Carmy and to Syd. And when she actually learns how to cook potatoes, and Syd gives her a compliment, she starts to brighten up. She's kinder. So there's this idea of being confident and then learning. And then Carmy felt, I agree with you, so angry at his brother, he goes off. It's like, I'm gonna be the best in the world and do this better than anybody else. And as he gets that confidence, he can actually move forward with his life. But he's still stuck with a lot of this psychological trauma from his past.

Puder:

So, let's go back to the Fishes episode, season two. So it's this glimpse five years before, and they're at this family dinner and their mom is making the seven fishes meal, which is a big day-long ordeal for her. So she's cooking in there and she's drinking some alcohol. I saw that- I think Sugar, one of the daughters, is dumping vodka down the-

Bender:

Yeah, the daughter's actively trying to dump out vodka and dump out alcohol when she finds it.

Puder:

And she's kind of like the glue of the family, you know? But she gets beat up by her mother, psychologically blamed. Her and Carmy kind of get this treatment from the mom. And the mom is like one minute, she's very self-deprecating, very hostile towards herself. And then the next, she's just in this absolute rage. And she's like, back and forth, back and forth.

Bender:

I think she really embodies a lot of the borderline traits. There's this unstable sense of self. There's this fear of abandonment. Her telling Carmen, “I had to beg you to come home. Why didn't you wanna come home?” When she feels abandoned by anybody, she really feels terrible about herself. There are these suicidal gestures, including driving her car through the house. Now it's arguable whether she wanted to kill herself or just make a point that she was angry at anybody. But that rage that comes out of her too. I think a lot of these fit borderline traits and for the kids to grow up this way, it was really hard. Sugar even makes a comment, “I'm left to deal with this because you guys,” she's telling her brothers, “You guys are the way you are. I'm the one that has to make sure that everything's all right.” And that's really interesting because her brothers keep saying to her, do not ask, “Mom, are you okay?” Don't ask her if she is okay. But that was her job. And even her name, Sugar, comes from her adding a cup of sugar instead of a quarter cup to the sauce recipe. And that's why they call her Sugar because it was so overly sweet. But that's funny because that was her trying to do something good. And she's just known by that name, by that moniker.

Puder:

Interesting. Yeah. I recently had Kernberg on the episode and we talked about borderline level of functioning. And Donna definitely meets that, right? The borderline level of functioning. So there's the identity diffusion, you know, what is her identity? Is it mother? Is it nurture? Is it victim? Is it martyr? Is it the person that everyone hates? Is it the person that hates herself, right? And then there's the primitive defenses of splitting. So this is going to be the perfect dinner, I am the greatest host, right? And then I ruin everything.

Bender:

Yeah. I should just take a gun and go shoot myself right now, she says.

Puder:

Back and forth, back and forth, right? So there's splitting of herself. There's splitting of other people as well. Like her son. You know, “Oh, you have abandoned me. You won't come back once a year.” And part of that is not really seeing him and empathizing with his experience of this.

Bender:

Yeah. And that's what I find really interesting. It isn't seeing him, he wasn't allowed to be seen. He had to make sure the mom was okay. And then he is getting that message at work as he is training from his terrible boss, telling him you're nothing. You don't mean anything. And then there's the scene in that Fishes episode where the older brother, Michael, is being told by a family relative, someone who's not really family, but they call him uncle, “You're nothing. You're nothing. You're nothing.” He's getting that repeated. And then Sugar's essentially gotten that message too, that she's nothing. She's there to take care of the mom. So everybody has this idea that they don't matter. And that's what I was talking about in terms of kindness and confidence when you could start to feel like you matter. Maybe some of those things aren't as painful or you can move forward. But all those things you just mentioned are there that identity diffusion, all of that is there with this mother character. But she's impacted her kids too, in ways she can't see.

Puder:

Yeah. And it's not just like one incident between her and her son. It's like hundreds of incidents. Thousands of incidents. And the way he interacts with her is reminiscent of so many situations I've seen where it's like you have this image of the chaotic, impulsive, aggressive mother, and then he's calm and it doesn't look like he's lying, you know? I think he has been avoiding coming home to some degree. I think there is some truth in that. But he's like, “Mom, I'm here. I love you, mom. You did a great meal today.” You know, like, he's calming. “You don't love me.” And then one little thing said wrong, just sets her off. And it's almost like there's a misinterpretation in the midst of that as well.

Bender:

Yeah. I think the way the mother hears things in her state, which is fueled by alcohol as well at this point, it all comes in so negatively to her. And it's really painful for people around her to see, it's painful for them to have to take care of her, to have to make sure she's okay. It's a really, really awful scene. I've actually had some patients react to that episode, come and say, “That reminded me of a lot of things in my family, or that reminded me of the relationship I had with family members.” So it really did resonate with a lot of people because it's so ugly. And it's so hard to watch sometimes.

Puder:

Yeah. And it's interesting in this kind of family tension, you see spouses that didn't really have this, you know? And they're just like watching it, but it's like newer for them. But a couple of them are more like the passive acquiescing, like not wanting to worsen the situation, you know? Or like, maybe slightly making a mistake. Like this one guy brought an extra fish.

Bender:

Sugar’s husband, Pete, brings this tuna casserole and everybody starts getting furious. And it's funny because I think they're trying to make sure they don't- that the mom doesn't see it because she would get set off, but they end up getting set off very much like the mother. They all have those same kind of reactions to that fish.

Puder:

They know how painful it is for the mother to go from seven fishes to eight. And, and just even imagining that for them makes them like irate, right? And protecting, like, no throw it away. They throw it away. It's like, and he's just like, “Oh, I was just trying to do something nice”, you know? But it's this idea that they've been trained to try to not make her volatile.

Bender:

Yes. And if you think about it for our patients that go through that, or someone who's a child of a parent like that, it is really, really painful. And you have to be hypervigilant about life. You have to look over your shoulder all the time, make sure everything's okay. If that's the role you have, that breeds anxiety. It breeds an inability to think about what one wants in life because you're constantly thinking about something else. Everything is dangerous. Things can be flipped at any moment. It's really awful to watch that and to think about this as being maybe a series of hours in their life. But as you said, how many thousands of episodes or incidents happened before this episode?

Puder:

Since talking a lot about the personality styles on the podcast, people are like, well it seems like this is a trauma response or everything's a trauma response. I think we're talking about almost two different things there. Because even though there's a set of coping strategies that different people might have to specific types of traumas and specific types of situations, and different people can have different responses—like a depressive personality, they take all of the guilt on themself. Maybe the obsessive compulsive personality takes that anger and they drive it into productivity and they drive it into controlling their environment and being obsessive. And yet underneath it maybe some common threads, right? Like, how are they dealing with this awfulness?

Bender:

Yeah. And I think you're right to split it up that way by looking at the personality style in Kernberg's way, and then also looking at the reaction to that and what that that breeds in people. And I think it can be very traumatic. It really can be. I see that in real life, talking to people who played a role in their life very much the way Sugar did, or people who have distanced themselves from the family either willingly or not and what that's like. Also knowing that being away from your family might be healthier for you. I really liked, in that episode of Christmas, the Fishes episode, where the cousin Michelle stops Carmy and pulls him over to the side, saying, “I've been wanting to talk to you. I see what's going on here. You need to come to New York and stay with me for some time. I have some restaurants. It's better for you.” It was really heartening to say, “Wow, somebody sees this is a mess.” He needed a family ectomy at that point.

Puder:

And I thought, what a gift as well. Like, I'm gonna take you to some really good restaurants. I'm gonna help you get back in touch with this love of food because I see that in you. I see your giftedness and I wanna help you in that passion of yours. That was beautiful, and then she was like, “You're gonna come.” And she was like, she knew that he probably wouldn't come as well.

Bender:

She said, “I'm gonna hold you to this.” And there have been countless times where I'm with patients and they wished they had had somebody do that for them when they were younger. They told me, “If just somebody could have seen this or said something to me”, or they'll be in therapy and they'll feel like they're making progress and said, “Why couldn't I have had a space like this when I was younger?” And cousin Michelle offers him that space.

Puder:

I think when it comes to- I would say the patient- but the main character, it's like when he starts dating Claire, we're like, oh, he's getting that space. He has this person. At first I almost was like, is she too good to be true? And they were even joking around with him about it five years prior at this, like this seven fish meal. Like, she's too good for him. You know, and so there's this feeling of oh, he's found something really loving and really good. And he's waiting for the shoe to drop. I have patients who get into these loving attachment relationships, but they're so primed to chaos that it's almost hard to even just settle themselves into it, you know?

Bender:

Yeah. I think so. And what stuck out to me when you said that phrase prime for chaos, what I've found people react to sometimes is they'll say, “Oh, The Bear's too chaotic. It's too crazy. I don't wanna watch it.” But I think they've done a really good job of conveying the chaos these people live in, whether that's in their head or in their life, or both. And I think they do that really well with Carmy.

Puder:

Yeah. I think getting back to the mom, because I feel like there's a lot there that we could go through. Some of it is also in the sort of borderline level of functioning, the primitive defense of projective identification where she accuses others, like Carmy and Sugar, of rejecting her, right? But it's clear that this is her own self-hatred that's being projected outward and then, potentially, these people are gonna grab onto it and start to behave towards her, right?

Bender:

Exactly.

Puder:

And that would be the projective identification if they start to identify with the projection, which can often happen to people who are living in this kind of primitive defense. But instead, often they're calm, but they also do move away. They do kind of give her more and more space.

Bender:

They do. And what the brothers kept saying to Sugar not to say is, “Are you okay?” And at one point Sugar ends up asking, “Are you okay?” And she says, “Do I not look okay?” And Michelle says, “No, you don't.” And I think that's an example of what you're saying. That people are picking up on this, people are feeling something and they just can't reflect it back to her what they feel, otherwise she goes unhinged.

Puder:

Yeah. Another defense is idealization devaluation. So she (the mother) has this fantasy of this closeness with her kids. So she kind of has this ideal of, “I'm gonna be this great mother. I'm gonna cook this meal. I'm gonna have this closeness.” But then when they have any boundaries or they assert themselves, she'll rapidly devalue them right? Or she'll also, like, she shows up to the opening night of the restaurant, The Bear. And then she's like, “Oh, I'll destroy it.” So she devalues herself. So it's like this kind of back and forth, which it's painful to watch. Painful.

Bender:

Yeah. And I think sometimes we can see people do that too. See patients go devalue themselves and then back and forth, back and forth. And it's really hard to watch knowing that that's real. I think that's one reason why people might gravitate towards this show and also want to get away from it. There are real things that happen and people really do go through that.

Puder:

Yeah. I think there were times where I wanted to stop watching.

Bender:

Yeah. There are shows that I watch where people ask me, “Oh, can you take a look at this?” I'm like, “That's too much like work. I just don't want to do that.”

Puder:

That's happened a number of times between us. I'm like, let's watch, let's do this biography. And actually through this experience, I'm like, “I'm done. I want time off.”

Bender:

Yeah. You'd asked me about doing nonfiction. And my answer is the same to a lot of people as I feel like I've lived so much nonfiction with people. It's such a privilege to sit through their non-fictional lives. That at the end of the day I want something fictional, but when there is this crossover, it's an interesting thing to talk about. It's an interesting thing to understand my own reaction to.

Puder:

I can resonate with that though. I've been reading some Kafka and he wrote this letter to his father, and it's really sad though. It's really sad. And so sometimes I'm like, why is this so hard to get through? And it's because every line or every paragraph it's like I kind of know what this is like, you know, and this is a real story.

Bender:

Yeah.

Puder :

And so I could see why you would want some distance from like, okay, if it's fiction, if it's a story, it gives you some, it's like a little bit different for you.

Bender:

Yeah. And I really like the psychological depth that shows today seem to have, this being one of them. And then having a chance to add that depth to say characters doing some of the consulting I do. That's really rewarding because people want real characters and sometimes it just feels like it's too real. And some of the scenes here, it's like, “Oh, that reminds me of this or this”, or having seen this in a patient or in my own personal experience or whatever it is.

Puder:

Yeah. Absolutely. I think there's kind of a new wave of film and movies where people want that, like psychological depth in the depth that maybe we see in therapy. I had a patient today who was like, “You know, they say that real life is crazier than a story,” because she was telling me this story of her real life, and she's imagining me listening to this and that is kind of true, right? And so I feel like sometimes novelists or writers are only as good as their experience and their collective experience.

Bender:

And I felt like somebody in this show, somewhere in the writer's room—producers, directors, somebody—had a lot of experience with mental health or treatment or something. Because there are hidden lines where it's like, oh, is that aimed at a psychiatrist or a therapist? For instance, in one of the last episodes of season one, Fak is trying to fix the game, the ball breaker game, which is supposed to be this clone of Mortal Kombat. And he's looking at the game and he goes, “Do you ever get sad?” And the guy goes, “Of course I do, Neil, but I never let it out because I use all of that to beat the shit outta people.” So it's just, there's something there, like somebody understood that there are levels to emotions and what people do with them and how they respond to them. And you're right. It's coming out in shows. And I love that it even was mentioned here.

Puder:

I was like, “Oh, is this guy schizophrenic?” Because sometimes people with schizophrenia, they'll hear messages from their TV or, you know, they're hearing music references. They'll feel like the message is directed at them. And so I was like, oh, are they trying to portray kind of a pseudo of what that would be like? And I don't think it would look exactly like that, having had schizophrenic patients. But are they attempting to know?

Bender:

Yeah. I think it's just, again, part of this, okay, what are people doing with their emotions? Sometimes they're just holding them inside and it's causing all kinds of problems. It comes out in other ways. And that's what I often tell people is if you try to cut off your anger, it's gonna come off in ways that just don't serve you well. If you try not to feel sadness, it's gonna come out in another way. And, so that, I just had to laugh at that scene because it's kind of ridiculous. But it's also so true to hear that about people: I don't talk about my emotions. I just hold it inside and it comes out another way.

Puder:

Yeah. Okay. Going back to Donna because I feel like there's more to tease out.

Bender:

There’s a lot there, right? I know we're jumping around, but that's the way the show works too.

Puder:

Yeah. It's the way life works. The normal conversation jumps around. So I think it's really helpful to get into the different personality styles. So there's the obsessive, we talked about more of the depressive, and there's also a histrionic style. Which is kind of Donna—this volatile, emotional, excessive, dramatic, theatrical way of interacting where they need to be seen, admired, appreciated. They can sometimes be seductive or dependent. When it's healthy, there's this warmth or charm. And when it's pathological, there's this manipulative, shallow, prickly, especially when attention is withdrawn. So did you see that at all in Donna?

Bender:

I absolutely saw that. I think she said, “I make this beautiful meal and nobody gives a shit. Nobody cares about it at all.” And nobody's really asking for that meal. I'm sure people just want to come over and have pizza. That would be fine. But, yes, she has to be the center. There's this aspect of everybody needs to pay homage to her and attention: “Oh, this looks so beautiful, this looks great. This is amazing. You spent days on this.” But it's still not enough for her. But she absolutely needs to be the center of attention. And I don't know if you notice too, but she'll be in the kitchen and on the ground, and then she gets up and she'll take a few minutes and the next scene, like, her hair is perfect again. I don't think it's just a makeup thing. I think it was actually like she took time to make sure she looked nice again. It was very interesting when you think about the histrionic style.

Puder:

And going back to this freezer scene. Carmy’s in there, he just said the thing to Claire, Claire's walking away. His family member—

Bender:

A cousin, Richie. Yeah.

Puder:

Cousin Richie sees Claire walking away crying. He knows something's up. He knows the pattern of it, of what's going on. So he goes to the freezer and he's like, “What did you say?” And he calls Carmy what?

Bender:

He's like, “Okay, Donna”, calling Carmy his mother's name. Like, you've turned into your mom right now. You've totally sabotaged it. She can't let anything nice happen to you. You can't let anything good happen. And I caught it. I'm like, oh, wow. He knows. Richie, even though he is not a blood relative, he was the best friend of Mikey. He's been around the family long enough to know there's something wrong here with the way she goes about life and Carmy’s showing signs of it.

Puder:

Yeah. It's kind of a more masochistic self-defeating style of interacting with the world, right? To feel guilty from receiving help or being happy.

Bender:

Yeah. And what's really fascinating in that scene is there is exactly that response you described. And as Richie's yelling at him, “Can't you let anything good happen? Why do you have to sabotage this stuff?” Then he says, “I love you.” He can't even hear that. Carmy can't even hear that. He just continues to feel terrible about himself and also starts hurling insults at Richie too. So it's this really dysfunctional piece that just gets illustrated in this horrible moment.

Puder:

It's so painful to watch people being nasty to each other too. I'm like, “Oh guys. Oh, oh man.”

Bender:

Yeah. I feel thankful when there are scenes of, okay, this is how many forks we have and this is how much the napkin bin should be, or whatever it is. It just, it feels like, okay, that's a break from just chaos sometimes.

Puder:

And isn't that interesting? Is that there's that obsessive component. That's sort of spruced in the order. Like, I want that order in the kitchen. I don't want everyone to be yelling. I want everyone to be doing their specific job, right? I want more order. So I'm wanting the obsessiveness.

Childhood Role Reversal and Emotional Neglect Disrupt the Capacity for Genuine Adult Connection (00:38:26)Bender:

Yeah. And I found, sometimes, the people who have that kind of obsessiveness. I'm not sure about your experience, but as a therapist, something often was so chaotic and so out of control in individual's lives that something obsessive helps them feel like, “Okay, I can get through this.” Or if they really focus on this or they put their energies into this, or it's gotta be clean, it's gotta be perfect. It takes them away from chaos that they're experiencing and they funnel everything into this thing. They know how it should go. It's predictable.

Puder:

Yeah. And I think there are clinicians with high functioning forms of this style, right? So once again, I don't see these as disorders either. They're styles of how we interact. They're groupings of defenses. They're, at a higher level of functioning of that, in business, in practice, you can have very organized systems that allow you to accomplish great things for patients. And so you can have places like a kitchen that are just thriving, but the interpersonal life when that obsessiveness gets turned on romantic relationships that's when it becomes difficult.

Bender:

Yes. Yeah. It totally does. And you can't control somebody else. And you shouldn't try.

Puder:

Or because the vulnerability, which is like underneath the obsessiveness or the real emotion is hidden, right? So, underneath the working, underneath the obsession, is the real person, which is hidden. And so the partner gets this more intellectual version of you. They get more of the reaction formation. Like they get you human doing, not human being. It's harder to connect with. And then when they try to push through that, it can feel very destabilizing.

Bender:

Absolutely. Yeah. And are there any characters you're thinking of in particular where you see that or were you-

Puder:

I'm just thinking more from my clinical practice in regards to this, but I imagine this is kind of when Carmy had the obsessive structures of his kitchen disturbed, right? This is when he's psychologically unraveling. And so if I were Claire with all that I know as a psychiatrist in the midst of this, I would be like, “Hey, you know, your structure and your desire for control of the kitchen is phenomenal. And I fully embrace that. And at the same time, it's really hurtful to diminish what's going on between us. And I think that this is like one of the most peak stressful moments of your life. And so I think we need to kind of like, just have some grace for each other, get through this, realizing that this may be coming out of more than just our dynamic because you're stuck in a freezer. You're cold. You're tormented by the voices of your ex boss; of your mom. And so you're in this traumatic state. And it makes sense that you're in a place where you wanna push away.”

Bender:

Yeah. And that's what he's doing. He does push her away and she does want to go away. And I think that's very much something he saw with his mother. She wanted people close, but she pushes them away. And that's his reaction in this horrible moment to do the same thing. And it's probably not a conscious thing, but that's just what happens.

Puder:

And, and for him, like having an more avoidant attachment style was adaptive with his mother. Because he needed to show no emotion. He needed to dissociate in that dinner. Like he needed to go flat faced in order to try to help regulate her. And so having that more avoidant attachment style was actually adaptive.

Bender:

Yep. And I don't know about you, but I see that a lot more people will have either an avoidant attachment style where they'll have other things, behaviors, ways of thinking about things that serve them well when they were just trying to survive something pretty traumatic. And then later on it doesn't serve them well anymore. It's not helping, it's actually hurting. So that's where a lot of the work is. As you said, the way you described it, Claire would almost be like a therapist to say, “Hey, you're going through this right now and we should think about where else this is coming from.” But that's not her role. She's the girlfriend. But that is what a therapist would be able to do with him just to say, “Hey, look, this is pretty amazing, this control you have here. I wonder if that's serving you well in the rest of your life.”

Puder:

Right. If it was a good EFT therapist and he's frustrated that he feels out of control, eventually the EFT therapist is going to get him to voice some deeper emotions. Sadness. Loneliness. This feeling of powerlessness, maybe. And then when she hears that, the EFT therapist may then turn to her and say, “I heard that you heard the anger, but have you heard the sadness? Have you heard the loneliness? Is that new to you?”

“Yes, it's new.”

And then she probably would have an emotional reaction of like mutual sadness or mutual, like maybe some empathy for him and how his defenses have led to him needing to be like this. And then she would turn to him and maybe voice, “As I hear this, I feel distraught for you. You went through a lot as a kid. And of course it makes sense that you would want to push away.” So when, when we talk about avoidant or anxious attachment, it's like, do they move towards the other person in distress or do they move away. And he's the type that in the midst of the distress, he moves away. There are some people that move towards.

Bender:

Yeah. I also think, as I've mentioned earlier, he doesn't know how to attach largely because he had to be detached from his mother. We don't know much about his father. Maybe that will come up in season four when it starts at the end of this month. But we don't know why his father's not present. We don't know exactly all of this information, but we do know it's really hard for him to connect. And it was probably safer for him not to.

Puder:

There are moments where he's got this softer, gentler side towards different employees, or Sydney, and his connection with her, right? And then he goes into more anger. The outbursts. Interestingly, I posted this on X before, to get what people's takes were. And this one person thought he was narcissistic, which I tended to not think of because usually there's an emptiness in there. Whereas, more of the depressive personality has a lot of the negative voices in their head. Whereas, the more narcissistic, it's like there's a void. There's a nothingness in the core of that psychological sort of thing, you know? And then also with the more narcissistic, the vulnerable narcissist, you get more of the desire to protect your image. Which I don't really necessarily see that much.

Bender:

Yeah, well, I think he was concerned about his image, but only so much as it would impact his restaurants. And that's why in the third season he's eagerly anticipating this review of the restaurant. But I agree. I don't see as much narcissism. Maybe it seems like he is not empathic, but I think it's more obsessive. And I think he is more angry when things don't go his way. And there are moments, like you said, where he does tend to connect with an individual in the restaurant when he is encouraging Marcus, or in the first season, he's encouraging Syd. There's those moments but it doesn't seem to last. My suspicion is that he ends up feeling so terrible about himself and so bad and so awful that that disrupts any kind of connection he has. Like he doesn't deserve it, which is what he's saying in the freezer. I don't, I can't have this.

Puder:

Yeah. It's like that sort of masochistic depressive type of features of his personality that keeps him from seeing reality. Because with all of these things there's gaps in the reflective function. There's specific gaps within each personality style in how they're going to accurately see other people. And so it essentially brings the focus back into him a little bit and doesn't allow him to see other people and their unique experiences idiosyncratic and attune to them because he's kind of internally beating himself up too much.

Bender:

Yeah. I always- I shouldn't say always- I often will say to people, “It's hard to give to someone which you didn't get.” And I think with a lot of work and therapy, people can start to understand those things and then they can be a better friend, parent, spouse, partner, whatever it is. But it is really hard for him to do that, I think because it wasn't really modeled for him. He did feel like he had his brother there supporting him for a long time, but then it stopped. So, I think it's been really hard for him to do this consistently.

The Depth of Addiction, Guilt, and Powerlessness in Mikey’s Life (00:47:41)Puder:

And his brother's own issues created a lot of that disconnect. His brother's addiction to opiates. Maybe other drugs. We don't really know. His brother's a little bit more hotheaded, it seemed. He's a little bit more prone to anger. At the fishes meal he almost gets into a full fist match with this other guy.

Bender:

Yeah. He's throwing a fork at his, again, not a familial uncle, but a close family friend. He does that a few times. But that's worth talking about, too. There's the addiction. We don't know a ton, but this show depicts Carmy going to Al-Anon. Actually, Molly Ringwald is someone, an actress, who's portraying someone talking about what it's like to blame oneself for the addiction issues. And when she was with someone who had an addiction issue. So we see real life Al-Anon meetings, or what are supposed to be, are very accurate. And then Carmy shares what his experience was. So I really like that they do delve into that. It's really helpful, I think, for people because even though we're talking about fiction, people get ideas from fictional shows. So it's good that it's being done accurately.

Puder:

There's this moment in the Fishes episode where they're having an exchange, his brother. And externally he looks like he's doing pretty good, but there's this moment of kind of introspection where you see him and his face kind of goes downcast. And that's where I was like, oh, sometimes with patients they'll have this social veneer. They put off this, “I'm doing great.” But then they have these moments where you're like, oh, I feel their deep despondency or depression or I know what's coming ahead. I know I'm not going to want to live, you know, type of thing.

Bender:

Yeah. And I'm not sure if you're referring to this one scene where Carmy is at home for Christmas and talks to Mike, his brother. And this is a flashback before Mike has died and Carmy says, “Oh, I have something for you”; and he gives him a Christmas present. The present is a framed picture of what their restaurant, The Bear, could look like. And Carmen gets called away because he has to bring crackers to his mom. But you see Mike just cry, just crying. And maybe it's because he doesn't know how this is possibly gonna happen. He can't imagine it. Or he's actually feeling the love and admiration his brother has for him and feeling a connection that he probably hasn't had other than with his brother. So, there's a lot of powerful emotions in that scene. And in that episode.

Puder:

Maybe he's in the throes of his addiction and he knows he can't escape it fully, right? And it's consuming him in ways he didn't intend it to be consumed.

Bender:

Yeah. I think that's right. The uncle that he does get in a fight with later says, “Whatever haze you got going on right now. I don't know what you're on. If you could see through that.” So there were clearly signs that he was having problems and maybe he realizes, “I'm too far in to actually ever see this realized. This picture is the closest I'm gonna get to seeing this thing happen.”

Puder:

It's tragic. I feel like I have a bunch of patients who have relatives or people close to them that ended up dying from their own choices or from their own struggles. Maybe it's an overdose. Maybe it's a suicide. It's truly tragic.

Bender:

Yeah. It's one of the hardest things I see. And I have a colleague that specializes in addiction psychiatry, and I'll refer families to that person if that's an issue. But it is really tragic.

Puder:

It's kind of like the grief never ends completely, right? There's waves of grief that just kind of continue.

Bender:

And actively mourning somebody when they're alive, but are in the throes of addiction because that relationship you had doesn't feel like it's ever gonna come back.

Puder:

I get families that reach out and they want some solution. They want some help with their loved one. And it's really, really tough because just as they feel powerless, you can feel their powerlessness as a provider.

Are there other themes in the show that you wanted to hit on?

Spotlighting Dreams, Language, and a Relatable Struggle in The Bear (00:52:25)Bender:

You had mentioned dreams. There are just so many dreams that are depicted here. I thought of an interesting one. Again, we don't know a lot about this character, but Uncle Jimmy is telling Carmy about a dream that Uncle Jimmy himself had about Carmy’s dad. He says, “Back when we were talking,” suggesting maybe there's a falling out. And he does comment on that too. But the dream is that he and Carmy’s dad are driving with their friends. Carmy’s dad's in the front seat and they're driving through this area and all of a sudden a kid comes out onto the road and they stop a millimeter before hitting the kid, but the dad goes flying through the windshield. He wouldn't wear a seatbelt. And in the dream, the dad just keeps going and going and going and going. And Uncle Jimmy's talking about this. And to me it suggests, I don't know what the dad was involved in, but one interpretation is the dad was just gonna keep on doing what he was doing and no one could stop him. And maybe that's something like Michael has, maybe that's some kind of addiction. Maybe it’s references to gambling and bad business decisions. I don't know what, but to me it represents how when somebody is in the throes of addiction or maybe making decisions, as you said, that lead to their demise, you can't stop them. You can be there for them, but they have to want to change themselves. And then you can be there for them. But you can't literally hold them back from doing what they're gonna do.

Puder:

Yeah. We would like to imagine that we could have that power, right? We would like to have some omnipotent control. But we don't. And yeah. I love doing dream work. I often ask patients if they have had any new dreams because it's really telling—they’re glimpses into their inner world in a way that maybe they can't even express in words outside of the dream. The primitive emotions, sometimes it's just what's happening the day before. Sometimes it is that nightmare, right? Like, Carmy’s nightmare of his boss yelling at him.

Bender:

And then there's a nightmare that he had. I don’t know if you remember the scene, it opens up one of the episodes where he's on a TV show, a cooking TV show, and he turns around and someone's stolen his knives and then someone's stolen the meat. So he is left without the materials he needs to accomplish his goal. But there's clearly messages there, like, is he gonna be able to do this? Is he gonna be prepared? Is he gonna have everything he needs? What's gonna happen? Are people gonna sabotage him? So there's so many themes and dreams that come out here. And that was another fun part of The Sopranos, as a side note, you know, seeing all the dreams in that show too. So it's cool to see dream work back again in some of these TV shows.

Puder:

Yeah. It's, you know, that sort of performative anxiety. It's one thing working for someone else, especially if you're working for someone that reminds you of a family member. It's another thing to launch your own thing, and launching your own thing brings unique anxieties and fears. And I think that that gets manifested sometimes in dreams and kind of stepping out into the unknown, right?

Bender:

Yeah. The questions of your worthiness, your abilities, your, your confidence, all of those things come up and that's what's happening there is he's trying to revamp this joint.

Puder:

Yep. Any other themes we wanted to touch on before we kind of wrap up our time here?

Bender:

There was a great line in episode six in the first season where Sugar says to Carmy, “I'm really mad at you. You never ask me how I'm doing. You never ask me.” And Carmy's reaction is, “I guess all the time I feel like I'm kind of trapped because I can't describe how I'm feeling.” And he goes on to say, “So to ask somebody else how they're feeling just seems, I don't know, insane.” And I thought that, I remember that again, is really telling about this character. I don't know how I feel. I'm trapped by not knowing how I feel. And I think that is so true for so many patients that I see. I get lots of calls from people saying, I need you to see my partner. I need you to see my husband. I need you to see my wife.

Bender:

And it turns out, after starting to work with some of them, many of them don't even know the words for how they feel. They'll tell me, “Yeah, I'm not really good with feeling.” So I'll ask them, “Do you know what you feel some of the time?” And a lot of times they say, “Actually no, I don't think I do.” So there's a lot of work to be done there. And here's this character who feels this way. He's not in therapy, at least in the first season, he's going to Al-Anon, which is probably close. But his sister's saying, “You should think about how other people are doing, and I want to be close to you.” I think another way the message will come out of that conversation she has with him. And again, there's his limitations.

Puder:

Yeah. When he said that to her, I felt sad for her too, though. I felt sad. Because, you know, it's often the person that's maybe a little bit more healthy in the family that gets missed the most. Yeah. I felt for him, he's dissociated and needed to dissociate from any feelings. If you're in a family structure with a mom like his, and you get angry, like the hell that you have to pay for it is not worthy of the amount of anger that you're gonna express. So it's better to just dissociate and then to put on a nice face or to behave or to try to say soothing words. And so patients like that, they could have a difficulty in getting in touch with what they really feel. Sometimes I'll start to feel for them, or I'll see their facial expressions, kind of see what emotions might be there.

Sometimes it'll come out as a bodily sensation, like a tightness in their chest or heaviness. So it's like almost just describing the bodily sensations, but sometimes they're just very dissociative. And sometimes it's helpful to just decrease the shame of the dissociation itself. It's like, you know, it's at times it's okay to go numb and it's okay to not be in touch with what might be there, because maybe that was adaptive for you. And you know, I'm here for you in the midst of this sleepy stupor that you feel trying to get in touch with your emotions.

Bender:

I think so. The other way I felt bad for Sugar was because she didn't have an out. As I mentioned earlier, she said, “I'm the one who has to deal with this.” So she didn't get to disassociate. And I, in real life, see lots of people who took on the role that she had in their own families. When there were other siblings, say fighting with parents or having their own issues, they ended up becoming the designated caretaker in some ways. And possibly, the depressive style that I know Shedler just talked about on your show. You know, I think Sugar really had to be there for her mom. And I could see her being angry at both of her brothers for that as well.

Puder:

The depressive style is adaptive, especially in that context where your mother is completely impossible to predict– the highs and the lows. Because, if anything, you can take that frustration or anger you may feel and you turn it on yourself. And so it's another protective way of dealing with the anger and the frustration. And so I actually see Sugar reaching a point in her life, and I see that maybe she's done a little bit of work, and so she starts expressing her frustration to the family members, but not really getting back what she needs in the midst of it. But maybe at least it's being put out: “This is frustrating.” So you can kind of see them at different stages of development I think.

Bender:

That's right. And I don't think she fits completely that depressive personality style, but I do feel like she has had to put her own needs on the back burner. And interestingly, she marries the guy Pete, who her brothers and everybody Richie thinks is a milk toast guy. Nobody likes him, but he's just kind, he just wants to do what's right. And he even brought over that eighth fish because he’s like, “I couldn’t come empty-handed” and he's trying to make jokes with the aloof brothers.

Puder:

He's almost aloof. He's a little bit disconnected from what's going on socially. Like he's not picking up the cues, maybe.

Bender:

I think that's the way I would say more accurately. Because I think when I think ‘aloof,’ I think of people trying to convey, “I'm not gonna connect with anybody,” but he's overly trying in some ways and missing certain things.

Puder:

He's making it almost like he didn't socialize a lot growing up, and then he's subsequently in an environment with people who literally grew up on top of each other. So they've been overly socialized and they're kind of mean at the same time, so he's like trying to fit in.

Bender:

I think so. But I think for her, this is a guy that is normal, so to speak, and can take care of her.

Puder:

Oh yeah.

Bender:

And is just kind, is the opposite of what she saw in her life and in her family.

Puder:

And he's the one that interacts with Donna in the last episode of the second season. Donna comes to the restaurant—it's the opening day—and he's the one that kind of bears the burden, bears the weight of her outside.

Bender:

Yeah.

Puder:

And then he goes back inside and he doesn't tell his wife that he had seen the mom.

Bender:

Yeah. That scene really stuck with me. I mean, he's basically watching this woman not be able to be there to celebrate her children and their accomplishments and opening this restaurant. And it's potentially maybe part of the histrionic piece that she's not the center of attention. It wouldn't be about her, it would be about others. But that was really hard. And he did have to bear that. And he had to bear knowing that his mother-in-law would just break her kids' hearts, yet again.

Puder:

Yeah. You just can't show up quietly, eat your food and celebrate that? It's like, what is going on? And as someone watching this, maybe if you had a really healthy family, you're not a therapist, you're like, “This doesn't make sense to me. Why can't she just go in and enjoy the meal?” Whereas, it would almost be jarring to the reality for her to be able to go in and celebrate it would be too much, too much fuzzy, unrealisticness.

Bender:

It would be. I also wondered in that scene, and maybe you could tell me your thoughts on it, did she realize it would be too much for her kids? Like, did she have a glimpse of, “I'm too much”, or is it more as I was saying earlier, that she wouldn't be able to be the center of attention, therefore she wouldn't go?

Puder:

I think it's more that she was going “all bad” on herself. I think, someone like that, remember she could flip from idealizing herself—“I'm gonna be the star of the show”—to literally, 10 minutes later, devaluing herself. And so, she could have set out with this ideal like, I'm gonna come here as a queen and be greeted and cared for by my children and kind of fulfill this fantasy of being this life-giving force. And then when she gets there, something flips in her. And she's like, “I am gonna destroy this. I am the destroyer of the world.”

Bender:

It's interesting.

Puder:

It could be both, and.

Bender:

I think it's a good interpretation of it.

Puder:

Both. And maybe, you know. I don't know, is it insight as well though? “I'm really going to destroy this?”

Bender:

Well, I think to go ahead to the next season, there's a scene where Sugar needs to rely on the mother during a time when she's about to give birth. And there are a few moments where the mom recognizes her own problems that she brings. So I think you're right, that there can be a moment or two where she can see that. And I think that was wrapped into that too, which is kind of, “Oh, you're sparing your kids, but at the same time you're hurting your kids.” It's probably very much the way they felt about her. Like this love-hate thing.

Puder:

Yeah. Well, very good. I think this is a good kind of segue into us going to get some food together. Yes. Maybe some food. Not quite as good as The Bear .

Bender:

See, I wanna try that chocolate cake. I think there's a recipe on the internet somewhere for The Bear chocolate cake. I'll have to look that up. But, I do know that the next season's coming out, so we'll see more food. I'm sure.

Puder:

You know who's the character of respite for me? The guy that just is really bent on making the best pastries.

Bender:

Marcus.

Puder:

I love Marcus. Yeah. I love Marcus.

Bender:

Didn't talk much about him. There's so much to talk about here, but you know, he has his mom who's ill, he's trying to take care of her. There's just so much stuff with him.

Puder:

There's so much. It gives you a glimpse of how people's lives are complex. Like when you go to a coffee shop, treat the people, the baristas with kindness, not knowing what's behind their stories, you know?

And everyone's got a story. And if we can, if we can just be more patient and kind and considerate.

Bender:

Yeah. I agree. And, going back to where we started. I think the idea of a work environment, the idea of people struggling, many, many, many people, if not all, have struggled at some point. Not everybody can see themselves in Succession or in those shows about the ultra wealthy, but everybody has struggled and they can see something here, working for something. And I think it brings people in–Abbott Elementary, another show, set in an elementary school in Philadelphia, the idea of people at work. So I think people who work and go day to day, and really struggle. That does resonate with people.

Puder:

Yep. Yeah. And I think that everyone likes to portray a picture online that they have it all together. Right?

Bender:

Curated life.

Puder:

Curated life. And I'm going in about 11 years of personal therapy. Still trying to figure it out.

Bender:

Yeah. I'm on 25 years, so I'm the same way.

Puder:

I'm hoping to overcome Yalom's numbers, eventually. And in one of Irving Yalom’s books- I love his books- he's like, “And with this therapist I did three times a week for five years, and with this therapist…” And if you're not someone who gives therapy, you won't understand the need to be in chronic therapy, maybe.

Bender:

It's true. But it's ongoing work. Work in progress.

Puder:

We are all wounded healers. So. Good. Well, thank you so much for coming out here.

Bender:

Thanks for having me on again. I hope to be back and we'll see what happens in season four of The Bear.

Puder:

Nice. I'll have you come back if people want. And if you want us to cover a different show and you want me to agonize through the burdens of watching a show.

Bender:

Or people can reach out to me. Same here. If you want to email me a show you would like me look at, I'm at Doctor. Eric Bender all spelled out, and my website is: https://www.doctorericbender.com/. You can reach me there and I'll see if I can maybe pair up with you again. We can do another show.

ReferencesAmerican Psychological Association (APA). (2018, March). Primitive defense mechanism. In APA Dictionary of Psychology. https://dictionary.apa.org/primitive-defense-mechanism

American Psychological Association (APA). (2023a, Nov. 15). Identity diffusion. In APA Dictionary of Psychology. https://dictionary.apa.org/identity-diffusion

American Psychological Association (APA). (2023b, Nov. 15). Projective identification. In APA Dictionary of Psychology. https://dictionary.apa.org/projective-identification

Biography.com Editors. (2021, May 10). Franz Kafka biography. The Biography.com website. A&E Television Networks. https://www.biography.com/authors-writers/franz-kafka

DayHist. (n.d.). Feast of the Seven Fishes: Italian Americans. Retrieved June 11, 2025, from https://dayhist.com/holidays-and-occasions/feast-of-the-seven-fishes-italian-americans

Eakin, M. (2023, June 22). The Bear recap: The Christmas Guests (Season 2, Episode 6). Vulture. https://www.vulture.com/article/the-bear-season-2-episode-6-recap-fishes.html

Herman, J. L. (1992). Complex PTSD: A syndrome in survivors of prolonged and repeated trauma. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 5(3), 377–391. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.2490050305

Kernberg, O. F. (1967). Borderline personality organization. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 15(3), 641–685. https://doi.org/10.1177/000306516701500309

Kernberg, O. F. (1975). Borderline conditions and pathological narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson. https://archive.org/details/borderlinecondit00kern

Kernberg, O. F. (2000). Borderline conditions and pathological narcissism. Jason Aronson. (The Master Work Series). https://www.scribd.com/document/425936113/the-Master-Work-Series-Otto-F-Kernberg-Borderline-Conditions-and-Pathological-Narcissism-Jason-Aronson-Inc-2000

Li, P. (2025, January 4). Avoidant attachment style: Causes, signs, effects, and treatment. Parenting Styles. Retrieved June 11, 2025, from https://www.parentingstyles.com/child-psychology/attachment-style/avoidant/

Mayo Clinic Staff. (2024, January 31). Borderline personality disorder – symptoms and causes. Mayo Clinic. Retrieved June 11, 2025, from https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/borderline-personality-disorder/symptoms-causes/syc-20370237

McWilliams, N. (2011). Psychoanalytic diagnosis: Understanding personality structure in the clinical process (2nd ed.). Guilford Press.​ https://nancymcwilliams.com/books-authored/

Penzel, F. (2000). Obsessive‑compulsive disorders: A complete guide to getting well and staying well (1st ed.). Oxford University Press. https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=GEGOIkEZP_AC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=obsessive+compulsive+disorder+Penzel,+2000&ots=VRUBC4SaBy&sig=YM_6exFyPq0gAAl7WJhAK5OPIVA#v=onepage&q&f=false

Psychology Lexicon.. (n.d.). Devaluation.. Retrieved June 11, 2025, from https://www.psychology-lexicon.com/cms/glossary/37-glossary-d/22816-devaluation.html

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, Dec. 2). Listening Psychodynamically (No. 164) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-164-listening-psychodynamically?rq=reaction%20formation

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, Jan. 23). Obsessive-compulsive Personality and the Personality Continuum with Dr. Shedler (No. 168) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-168-obsessive-compulsive-personality-and-the-personality-continuum-with-dr-shedler?rq=ocpd

Puder, D. (Host). (2023b, Oct. 11). Dr. Sue Johnson: Attunement, Attachment and the Development of Emotionally Focused Therapy (No. 194) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-194-dr-sue-johnson-attunement-attachment-and-the-development-of-emotionally-focused-therapy?rq=emotionally%20

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, March 29). PTSD and Cognitive Processing Therapy with Patricia Resick (No. 209) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-209-ptsd-and-cognitive-processing-therapy-with-patricia-resick

Puder, D. (Host). (2024b, May 17). Reflective Functioning: The Key to Attachment with Dr. Howard Steele (No. 213) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/reflective-functioning-the-key-to-attachment-with-dr-howard-steele

Puder, D. (Host). (2024c, Sept. 17). Paul Wachtel's Approach to Integrative Psychotherapy: Exploring Attachment, Anxiety, and the Disavowed Self (No. 222) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-222-disavowed-emotions-with-paul-wachtel?rq=anxious%20attachment

Puder, D. (Host). (2025a, April 25). Transference Focused Psychotherapy & Personality Disorders with Dr. Otto Kernberg (No. 239) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-239-transference-focused-psychotherapy-otto-kernberg-borderline-personality

Puder, D. (Host). (2025b, May 23). Depressive Personality Style with Jonathan Shedler (No. 241) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-241-depressive-personality-style-shedler

Yalom, I. D. (1989). Love's executioner and other tales of psychotherapy. Basic Books. https://www.yalom.com/loves-executioner

Yalom, I. D. (2002). The gift of therapy: An open letter to a new generation of therapists and their patients. HarperCollins. https://www.harpercollins.com/products/the-gift-of-therapy-irvin-yalom?variant=41231884386338

View Details

Transcription and footnotes edited by: Jonathan Shedler, PhD, David Puder, MD, Al-Baab Khan, Joanie Burns, Jonathan Nowlin

No conflict of interests to report for this episode.

By listening to this episode, you can earn 2 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Access Blog with Footnotes here.

An Introduction To Depressive Personality StylePuder:

Welcome back to the podcast. Today I'm joined by Dr. Jonathan Shedler to talk about depressive personality style. He has been on the podcast before to discuss narcissism, obsessive compulsive personality, beginning treatment, and psychodynamic psychotherapy.

We will be doing a lot of role play today to try and give a practical understanding of depressive personality dynamics, how it shows up in therapy, and how to help the person get in touch with their own needs, desires, and frustrations.

Individuals with a depressive personality style are often professionally and socially externally “successful” with a warm, engaging, empathic presence, and invested in making other people happy. Due to adaptive childhood dynamics, they developed an accommodating nature and can get stuck in relationships—even therapeutic ones—where their own needs, desires, and anger remain neglected, disavowed, and largely unconscious.

Depressive personalities are distinct from clinical depression; someone can have a depressive personality without necessarily experiencing clinical depressive episodes. Paradoxically, individuals with this personality style often appear outwardly successful and high-functioning despite inner feelings of inadequacy and chronic dissatisfaction. They typically struggle to experience genuine pleasure or joy.

Within psychodynamic circles, the concept of depressive personality remains influential, particularly through the work of Nancy McWilliams, Otto Kernberg and Jonathan Shedler. They emphasize underlying dynamics such as internalized self-criticism, unconscious guilt, and enduring interpersonal patterns.

There are common patterns that show up in how they relate to others including:

  • Introjection: Internalizing negative experiences and anger
  • Turning against the self: Engaging in self-directed criticism and punishment
  • Gentle idealization of others coupled with profound self-devaluation

Transference may include gently idealizing the therapist while converting dissatisfaction into self-blame and guilt. Countertransference reactions involve protective impulses, feeling the patient’s disavowed frustration or feeling their helplessness.

This concept has a rich historical lineage. Emil Kraepelin first described depressive temperaments, highlighting their stable and chronic nature. Depressive personality disorder appeared as a proposed diagnosis in the appendices of both DSM-III-R and DSM-IV.

Depressive personality style is represented in the DSM-V as persistent depressive disorder and in ICD-11 as dysthymic disorder, but here we will discuss it as a personality style.

Can you talk about the historical context on how depressive disorder first came to be included in the DSM?

Shedler:

You brought up something that might be a useful little digression here about the impact of the DSM on how we understand personality. The concept of personality disorders actually didn't exist in the literature prior to DSM-III in 1980. The framers of DSM-III were very determined to produce a medical taxonomy of psychiatric difficulties. So they made a decision upfront: everything was going to be a disorder. This plays out in funny ways. For example, before DSM-III, people were anxious, but the concept of generalized anxiety disorder didn't exist. Anxiety was a state, not a disorder that you had. This shift really changed the landscape of how we think about mental health difficulties. They left personality out entirely—it wasn't even on their radar. They had basically completed the entire development of DSM-III without ever taking personality into account. Apparently, very late in the game, someone said, “What about personality?” So it was added as an afterthought, literally an afterthought. That’s why it was Axis-II in DSM-III through all the variants of DSM-IV. Since personality had to be made to fit into this taxonomy of disorders, they took the major personality styles that were familiar to psychoanalytic clinicians at the time, exaggerated their severity—sometimes to the point of cartoonish caricature—and called them “disorders.” All of a sudden, personality disorders became a thing on the map.

Puder:

I think it’s extremely important, in my mind, to have empathy for clients, to understand our reaction to clients, our countertransference, to deepen our reflectiveness into people’s experience, and to appreciate their individual personality styles. I like how you parse that out. Everyone has a personality style.

Shedler:

Yes, everybody has a personality. Every human being has a personality. But the unintended consequence is that now we have several generations of psychiatrists, psychologists, and mental health professionals who have no concept of personality—except when it’s a disorder. I do a lot of speaking, workshops, and podcasts, and this misunderstanding happens all the time. I'll say something about somebody’s personality dynamics or personality style, and the other person o will immediately start talking about personality “disorders,” as if that’s what I said.

The way I see it, there are certain recognizable patterns or constellations of personality functioning, that we see often enough that we can say: this is a recognized personality style. These styles all fall on a continuum of functioning from healthy, high functioning to really very seriously disturbed. Essentially, what DSM ended up doing was teaching generations of clinicians that if personality isn’t at the extreme of disturbance, it doesn’t count and we don’t need to consider it. So we can then talk about depression in isolation from the psychology of the person who has depression. We can talk about anxiety in isolation from the psychology or the person who has anxiety. But that’s not really a psychological understanding.

Depressive Personality Styles: Challenging Diagnosis And Therapy (00:08:55)Puder:

Today we are discussing someone with psychological defenses— these inner experiences lead to more of a chronic depression beginning in adolescence, and continuing until they engage in psychological work. How would you say it differently?

Shedler:

It’s important to consider what personality really is—a consistent pattern of functioning that originates fairly early in life and consolidates by adolescence. And it subsumes patterns of how we relate to other people, relate to ourselves, how we cope with difficulties, our defensive processes, our organizing psychological themes, our motivation—basically everything that we talk about when we refer to somebody’s psychological functioning is really in the domain of personality. So when we say a depressive personality style, it’s pretty important to understand that it's not the same as clinical depression. It often leads to depressive episodes that you could diagnose as depression, but not necessarily. So you could have people with depressive personality styles who are not in fact suffering from clinical depression. In principle, you could see someone with a depressive personality style who’s never had a clinical depressive episode. And lots of people have chronic, consistent, recurring depression who don’t have depressive personality styles. They’re different things.

Puder:

So how would you define depressive personality style?

Shedler:

It's a pattern of functioning in the world and a way of experiencing self and others. Characteristic features include being very prone to negative affect especially shame, guilt, feelings of failure, and inadequacy. The most defining hallmark of a depressive personality is that, if you were a psychologically sophisticated observer looking at this person from the outside, you might think they were their own worst enemy. They tend to be inhibited in seeking and experiencing pleasure, excitement, joy, satisfaction. It’s as if there is something inside them that’s squelching their ability to enjoy these feelings. In some cases, it appears as though they are unintentionally seeking out experiences that are going to cause hardship or suffering or unhappiness.

In that respect, we can say they seem like their own worst enemy. People with this personality style actually tend to be pretty high functioning. It’s generally not a disorder. It’s, if you think of a spectrum of levels of personality organization from healthy through neurotic through borderline to psychotic, they tend to be in the healthy and neurotic levels of organization. Interpersonally, they tend to be warm, engaging, empathic, and pleasant to deal with. They tend to be people pleasers. When they come into therapy, empirical data shows us that clinicians describe them as good patients. They feel really good about working with them.

And the trap is the fact that the clinician feels really good—because the patient is easy to deal with. They’re accommodating. They’re appreciative of what the clinician offers. So the clinician tends to come out of the session feeling like there’s a connection, feeling like they’re being helpful to the person. The danger is that the reason the clinician feels good is actually not a sign of progress, but rather a symptom. The symptom is that they end up recreating the patient’s relationship patterns in the therapy relationship. And the patient’s relationship patterns are that they’re very oriented toward other people's needs and feelings at the expense of their own. So when they enter into a relationship, they tend, in one way or another, to devote themselves to making the other person feel good about the relationship, but often at their own expense. So the other person’s needs get met, but their own needs don’t necessarily get met. They come in and they repeat this pattern with the therapist, that the therapist ends up feeling very good about the therapy. And even though they both appreciate one another, the patient doesn't change. That's the trap of treating depressive personality style.

Puder:

It’s like there can be some gentle idealization of the therapist and if they have frustration towards the therapist, they usually turn that towards themself.

Shedler:

Yeah. The typical manifestation in therapy is, they feel they’re not doing it right. They’re not being a good enough patient. They’re doing something wrong in therapy. So you often see it in therapy in a very direct form, like the therapist makes a mistake, which is inevitable. We all make mistakes every day. There's no such thing as a therapy session without a mistake, I don't think. And typically the patient either glosses over it, brushes past it, or patient actively takes responsibility for it (“Oh. It's not your mistake. I didn't explain it right. I gave you the wrong impression. I wasn't forthcoming enough. I didn't tell you all the information. It's on me as a patient, not on you.”). But it’s subtle because they’re usually higher functioning, at a healthier neurotic level of personality organization. It’s not idealization in the sort of icky way that you would see in narcissistic or borderline functioning. It’s generally in a very engaging and appealing sort of way.

Exploring The Inner World Of Depressive Personality (00:15:34)Puder:

So we have a role play.

Shedler:

I love it.

Puder:

I have a character. I've been working on this all week. Maybe I've been working on this for years. Maybe this is like early on in the therapy and so we could just start it off.

I'm gonna try to get into person here.

I like how you said you have to embody something that's real. When we were talking about this, at first I was thinking about doing Abraham Lincoln and having Shedler do some therapy for Abraham Lincoln, because I think he did have real depression episodes and I think he had a depressive personality. I really think he did.

Shedler:

Don’t know!

Puder:

I've been reading a biography on him. But I will not be Abraham Lincoln.

Shedler:

And the reason for this is that when we treat patients of our own, we draw on our own immediate personal experience. If we have a real patient in mind, we form identifications with the patient. We unconsciously identify with them, even if the patient never says the specific words that come out in the role play. There’s a way we can speak from within that person. It is not a conscious, planful process. If we’re a dedicated therapist, there’s a way we just take in our patients. And try to understand them, or not even understand—experience them—from the inside out, rather than just as an observer from the outside looking in.

Roleplay Begins: Puder:

You know, Dr. Shedler, I wanted to reach out to you, but I know you were on vacation. I felt bad wanting to reach out to you, wanting to disturb your vacation, so I didn't. But I feel, I had this email, I started to write it, but I felt kind of guilty for interrupting. Well, I don't know if you were on vacation, if you were lecturing. But anyways, my father passed away last week and it brought up a mixture of things for me.

Shedler:

Well, I mean, I'm hearing two things, I'm tempted to ask you to tell me about what it brought up for you. But I’m also hearing this happened while I was away, and it sounds like you were feeling bad about wanting to get in touch with me.

Puder:

Yeah and…I think as a therapist myself, when I'm on vacation, it’s like, I appreciate being on vacation. So I think I was just kind of leaning into that a little bit. And then I've had patients who reach out during vacation and sometimes you gotta talk to him and stuff. It's heavy. It’s mostly for my father, it’s weird. Everyone wants me to feel sadness. Everyone is like, “Oh, you must feel so sad.” We even had a funeral. It was pretty short. I would be like, “Oh, yeah, yeah, I feel sad,” and I would tell them that. But really what I felt was guilt that I didn't feel sad. And I felt more like I should feel sad, but I don't feel as sad. So…

Pause Role-Play:Shedler:

Just stepping out of the role play for a second. How long have we been in treatment? How well do I know this patient?

Puder:

Let's say this is like the third or fourth session.

Shedler:

Oh, it's very early on. So I don’t know. I don’t have a lot of history.

Puder:

Yeah. So you can ask the history.

Shedler:

Okay. So that’s all I needed to know. I’ll jump back in.

Resume Role-Play: Shedler:

I gather you must have had a complicated relationship with your father.

Puder:

Yeah. And I know the first couple sessions when we were meeting, it was mostly about patient issues. In my mind, I don’t know why I go there, but I almost don’t wanna burden you with the story of my father. Which I know you've like– consciously in my mind– you have been doing this a while.

Shedler:

But something in you feels like it would be a burden to me to hear about it, to listen to you.

Puder:

Yeah. So my father left our family at around sixth grade. He was in and out of our life afterwards. He probably had true bipolar. I didn't know that back then, but I know that now.

Shedler:

Undiagnosed bipolar then, I imagine.

Puder:

You know, I think for the first decade of my life, he probably drank himself out of any mania. But then he developed chronic pancreatitis and he couldn't drink, or he'd get acute pancreatitis and end up in the hospital. So eventually he became sober. And when he was sober, he was very miserable.

Shedler:

Miserable. Meaning how so?

Puder:

Well, he was always angry even when he was an alcoholic. But when he was sober, he would kind of go between up, out, having sexual flings with men and women. I would go to my grandma’s house every other weekend, and he would be there. And he would just really stay in his room.

Shedler:

When you say he was miserable, I'm understanding that to mean he was miserable to you. Maybe miserable to the whole family, but he was miserable to you. He treated you, I’m gathering, in ways that made you feel miserable.

Puder:

Yeah. He would call me “little bastard.” He met my mom during a fling. I don't think he really wanted me, mom didn't abort me. He would remind me of that.

Shedler:

Do you think he wished that? That she had aborted you?

Puder:

I think he felt trapped. And sometimes I feel responsible for his unhappiness. I know as a therapist now, I probably shouldn't feel that way, but it feels really true. He blamed me for that.

Shedler:

He blamed you for his difficulties, his instability?

Puder:

Well, his difficulty was my mom, which I can get to later. But yeah. So I mean, there were memories of him yelling.

Shedler:

At you?

Puder:

At me, spit flying. His face close to mine, you know? Hard to predict.

Shedler:

Was there physical abuse also?

Puder:

Yeah. There was, yeah. I mean punishment– just punishment that was random. It was chaotic. It was not, it was not like I did anything bad, per se. Or maybe I did, but…

Shedler:

Could you give me a for instance? Whatever comes to mind, just now. Just so I can get a better idea, when you say there was punishment, an idea of what you mean.

Puder:

He would come home, hadn’t been home for days, and he would be in a tirade. And he would just nonstop be ranting about how unclean the house was. And it’s not as if I didn't try to clean the house, I think this was around when I was like nine.

Shedler:

It was your responsibility when you were nine to clean the whole house?

Puder:

Well, my mother was at that point so heavy that she couldn’t get out of the couch very easily. I hate even talking about it in that way, but the reality was she was pretty physically weak compared to– so she couldn't really get up. And so…

Shedler:

I'm assuming if she was too heavy or too weak to take care of the household, she wasn’t really able to take very good care of you either.

Puder:

I hate to even get into this but we would live in squalor. It was outright poverty. We'd move every month. I think when I just turned 40 and I just realized I've lived in 39 houses. So I officially passed the number of houses that I've lived in.

Shedler:

It sounds awful.

Puder:

I have worked since I was 12. So, I would go to school, I'd work, do sports, go to work, come home at 11. Mom would talk to me from 11 to 1:00 AM.

Shedler:

Talk about what? Yeah, I'm sorry, go ahead.

Puder:

About her issues–things that have come up in the day, and…

Shedler:

About her issues. You mean her worries, her problems? Things that were bothering her?

Puder:

Her anxieties. The weight that she carries.

Shedler:

So I mean, you’re like nine or 10 years old, it sounds like. Well, you're a therapist too. I'm sure you know the concept. It sounds like you were—became responsible for taking care of your mother like you were the parent, rather than vice versa.

Puder:

She had a lot of reasons. She had a lot of anxieties and I think she needed someone to talk to.

Pause Role-Play:Shedler:

So let me make an aside for the listeners, because I haven't really done much by way of intervening yet. I’m still getting the lay of the land, the psychological lay of the land for this patient. But I'm about to– this is going to be my first actual intervention. So I'm just sort of flagging this. I'm about to do something that follows from an understanding of the personality dynamics that I see emerging. So jumping back in:

Resume Role-Play:Shedler:

I can’t help but notice I commented about your experience, the burden of being in the role of having to take care of your mother, and your response was about your mother.

Puder:

Yeah. And I think you gotta understand how hard, how difficult her life was. And she would tell me about how difficult it was, and she would tell me about– there would be men that would come and stay with us for a couple weeks at a time. And I would hear them– at first nice noises, giggling sometimes.

Shedler:

You mean men that she was involved with?

Puder:

Yeah. Yeah. Like…

Shedler:

Romantically or sexually.

Puder:

Oh. Oh, you could hear, you could hear them through the walls-

Shedler:

This was happening–

Puder:

Holes in the walls. Yeah.

Shedler:

So this was happening right under your nose in your house?

Puder:

Oh, yeah.

Shedler:

Your father’s out running around with other women, I guess was how I understood what you said. Your mother’s bringing other men into the home and there's something that doesn’t quite add up for me. Like, she’s overweight and too heavy or too depleted to take care of you. And yet it sounds like she has energy to bring in, not just one man, but it’s like a regular thing with different men.

Puder:

Yeah. And she would meet these men online. They would travel sometimes from cities away, lived with us for a couple weeks. I mean, these were not like my teachers, my coaches, who I looked up to. These were men that I hated or just disliked.

Shedler:

So who was taking care of you, because that doesn’t sound like your father was doing much of that. It doesn’t sound like your mother was doing much of that. Was there somebody in your life who was there for you and there to take care of you?

Puder:

I think I kind of figured out how to take care of things. I felt a lot of responsibility.

Shedler:

You mean, you were the person taking care of you, and it sounds like, in important ways, trying to take care of your mother and trying to take care of your father too.

Puder:

I mean, I think at around that time– like see, I feel like I'm really giving you too much here.

Shedler:

What do you mean, what do you mean “giving me too much?”

Puder:

Well, I mean, it feels like I'm burdening you too much. I feel like this is gonna be too heavy for you- like, it’s gonna be like a lot…

Pause Role-Play:Shedler:

Just as an aside, this is very fast. I mean, if this were real therapy, this would likely unfold over more sessions. But, I want to illustrate working with something here. If this were in real life, this would be pretty abrupt.

Resume Role-Play:Shedler:

But I wonder if something is going on here between us that is similar, or a continuation of what you're describing growing up with your parents. Because your mother was supposed to be taking care of your needs, physically, emotionally. But she would burden you with her problems, her anxiety. She’d keep you up until 11:00 p.m. and I get the sense that it felt like your role was to not burden them, right? To protect them from having to deal with your needs, your feelings, your distress. The little kid having to fend for yourself. You were protecting them from your needs. And I wonder if there’s something like that continuing here, with us, when you say you don’t wanna burden me, or it’s too much for me.

Puder:

Yeah. I may have misspoke earlier. I would get home from work at 11:00 p.m. in high school and junior high school. And then I would be listening till 1:00 am. I may have misspoke, so I apologize for that. But…

Shedler:

You assume that—well, there it is again, actually—so you assume that you misspoke, rather than that I misheard or I misunderstood.

Puder:

Well, if you think that you’re like my parents at all, like that's not the case. I mean, you remind me more of– I had a good basketball coach. I wasn’t the best basketball player.

Shedler:

Well, yeah. The ways that I might be like them, or not like them, that’s something else we can talk about. But just at the moment, what I was really getting at wasn't so much whether I am like them in reality or not. I was noticing your impulse to want to protect me, or your feeling that what you were telling me was too much, too much of a burden.

You know, it brings us back to where we started, which is that your father just passed away. I mean you must have very complicated feelings about it, to say the least. And you felt like reaching out to me. It was the same thing with that…. you shouldn't burden me. I was away, maybe I was on vacation, maybe I was teaching, whatever. But you felt you shouldn't ask for that from me. And I wonder, when you start to tell me about how difficult things were for you growing up, how alone and uncared for you were… your thoughts go to, it's too much for me, you shouldn't burden me with this.

Puder:

Mm-Hmm. Yeah. And like, I think–

Shedler:

Like therapists only want happy patients who are feeling good and don't have any actual difficulties to bring into therapy.

Puder:

Yeah. I think that I guess I'm getting confused. It's like I know logically I should not feel like I'm burdening you.

Shedler:

Well–

Puder:

And somehow, I feel almost critical of myself that I'm feeling that way. But then I can also see how deeply that resonates with so many things in my life. So–

Shedler:

What it brings up… it’s bringing up more for you.

Puder:

Yeah. Well I talked to you in the first couple sessions. Like whenever my patients are doing well, I don’t feel much gratification– I feel like that’s expected. They’re paying me, but when they don’t do well, I really, really ruminate.

Shedler:

When they’re doing well, it’s not to your credit. It’s hard for you to feel good about it, or feel like this is something you helped to accomplish. But when they’re not doing well, it’s your fault.

Puder:

Yeah. And so I've been thinking about that as kind of a theme of our first couple sessions. And I've been thinking about, hmm, maybe there’s some deeper reasons for that. So with my dad’s death, I feel maybe this is a good time to look at those deeper things. And I think it’s coming out. Yeah. I'm aware. Okay. So I may have some transference as well towards you. Now, I'm not as articulate as you are about these kinds of things, but I can see it happening right now consciously, like in my mind. I'm feeling guilty about multiple things in life.

Shedler:

You mean just here, just now between us? You’re feeling guilty? Or are you referring to other things also?

Puder:

Yeah, I'm feeling guilty in the here and now. And just sharing this, which is kind of how I felt growing up as well and how I feel with my patients. So there's like– I'm seeing that overlap.

Shedler:

Yeah. You were even feeling guilty about your reaction to hearing about your father’s death, guilty that you weren’t sad enough or weren’t reacting the way you think you should have.

Puder:

I think most of the people who are close to me don’t really know much about my childhood. I’ve kind of kept that in a separate container, because things are so different now. I think most people, most of my friends, they came from good backgrounds. They wouldn’t relate to the squalor, the decaying wood, the holes in the wall, the cockroaches on the ground, the duct tape. So I think most of them expected me to feel sad when he passed. And so most of them would get sad for me. But I think there was a part of me that kind of felt relieved.

Shedler:

Yeah. I could imagine. You got there first, but I was about to say, maybe you don’t feel sad.

Puder:

Yeah. He would come visit and he wouldn’t really interact that much. It was kind of hard to have a conversation with him.

Shedler:

And so I imagine there’s a lot of feelings in the mix, you’ve said there are complicated feelings. But among that mix of feelings, I imagine there’s a part of you that must be glad to be rid of him—therefore the relief.

Puder:

Ooh. I would feel– I’m glad to be rid of him– I don't know if I'm there yet. I mean, I do feel some relief.

Shedler:

Well, maybe I jumped the gun. Maybe—tell me more about the feeling of relief—I mean, I jumped the gun and put words in your mouth that don’t fit.

Puder:

Yeah. Well, thank you for that. Yeah. Letting me have the space to kind of get in touch with what I feel. So I haven’t told you this about him yet, but he would call me and I would get these calls. He would be gone for weeks. I would get these calls from him. He’s probably on a payphone– and then he would be telling me on the phone and now, I think back, was he on drugs back then? I didn't know. But back then, I’m young, and he would say things like, “I'm gonna kill myself.” And he would keep me on the phone and I wouldn’t say, “Oh, you're the best dad ever,” but I would say, “Dad, please don’t kill yourself. Dad, please don't kill yourself.” And so, yeah, there's a weightiness with, with those memories.

Shedler:

What I’m hearing is how you ended up being the emotional caretaker for two parents. Like you were trying to be a little kid, and trying to be a therapist to both of them at the same time.

Puder:

Yeah. Of course, back then, you never have the right words to say to make them feel better. And so–

Shedler:

It was your job to make them feel better.

Puder:

Well, what I’m saying is as much as I tried, I don’t feel like I ever really was able to do that.

Shedler:

Yeah. But I’m wanting to highlight something that I think was implicit in what you said. That you tried and you never could succeed, or never could succeed enough. But implicit in that is, it just seemed very natural and normal, that it was your job to make them feel better. And now you’re telling me how you failed at the job. You didn’t, you never could quite accomplish it, but it seems like in the background it's the default that of course it’s your job to make them feel better.

Puder:

Yeah. And now, I do that for my work. And yeah. I think the patients that I'm not good at doing it with gets to me. But–

Shedler:

So when the patients don’t get better, they’re like your mother or your father that you could just never do enough for. You could never succeed in making them feel better.

Puder:

Yeah. I guess I'd never seen– I should have seen it like that, but I've never seen it like that. But, yeah. It's kinda like that.

Aggression In Therapy (00:44:21)Pause Role-PlayShedler:

For purposes of the role play, suppose we skipped ahead about 10 sessions and your father’s death is still in

the air.

Puder:

How do you feel it’s going so far?

Shedler:

I think you’re doing an extraordinarily good job, maybe a little bit over the top in terms of the history, but an extraordinarily good job of inhabiting a certain kind of depressive person. What I'm thinking, and I didn't say during the role play, but it's going on– to let you and the listeners into what's going on in the back of my mind– so here's a personality dominated by guilt, dominated by a sense that they’re falling short, or something about them is bad, isn't good enough. Somebody who had that kind of depriving childhood would feel that. This is a combination of what we call anaclitic and introjective depression. There are two different things going on. I mean, one is the absence, the loss, of a real caretaker that every child needs.

And that loss stays with us. It gives rise to an emptiness within that is a hallmark of a particular kind of depressive personality. You sort of feel depleted and empty and try to fill that hole by bringing other people into your life and connecting with other people, except it doesn't quite fill it. And the connections are kind of a one-way street, not because the other person is necessarily requiring that it's a one-way street, but because the patient is making it a one-way street: It's about what they can do for the other person rather than what they can get and take in that meets their own needs. So that would be a kind of anaclitic– we call anaclitic depressive style, where the person is very sensitive to loss and relational disruptions.

But that's half of it, right? The other half that we didn't get to in this role play– which is why I was thinking of skipping ahead some sessions– is if somebody is mistreated like that, somebody berated, yelled at, the way your father– the way you were describing– it would be less than fully human to not feel angry, resentful, deprived, enraged about that. It is not just that you feel the people you needed to rely on didn’t do right by you, didn’t care for you well enough. It’s that they didn't do right by you, in this particular history that you're giving me.

Of course there'd be anger and resentment and I think we just heard just a whisper of that when your patient said, “Well, I felt relief when he died.” And of course, behind that word “relief” is a whole universe. If you're relieved about something, that means that there was something that you were experiencing as a burden, something you resented. You just hinted at that with the patient. And here's where you did such a good job of being this kind of patient. The patient is also very defended against their aggression. So they have a kind of introjective version of depression too. They have a kind of impossible internal dilemma. And the dilemma is that they are angry, but it's not okay to feel or express that anger. So when its extreme form, what this looks like in life is, that the person ends up becoming a kind of a doormat in other relationships. Not necessarily because they're surrounded by people who want to take advantage of them, but because they can't tap into constructive aggression to assert, express their needs, their wants. And so they go without.

Puder:

And this is where Otto Kernberg's thought, which was so interesting– when I asked him what was the main thing therapists need to learn, and he said, “I think the most important issue is first of all, comfort with one’s own aggression.” I had just prior asked him about depressive personality style, which Nancy McWilliams says is the most common personality style in therapists. So when he answers with the importance of getting in touch with aggression, I am now connecting that with what a person with a depressive personality style needs.

Shedler:

Yeah. So that raises another issue. Let's definitely make sure we get to talk about this. People gravitate toward roles in life that are consistent with their personality organization and their enduring psychological themes, conflicts, and defenses. Anyway, that said, depressive personality style is the most prevalent personality style among people in the mental health professions. And we'll talk about why, but let’s stay with your patient for just a moment, and then we can expand to how this plays out in the profession. So the person is in a really impossible dilemma, which is that they are angry, but it's really not okay to feel it, let alone express it. And well, what becomes of it? Where does it go? Because the one thing we understand psychologically is that "out of sight, out of mind" doesn't mean it’s gone. It's still there. It's still having its impact. And you actually did a beautiful job illustrating it. If you are angry with someone, if you really don't like someone and you're angry and you wanna punish them, what do you do? You treat them really badly, you blame them, you scold them, you shame them. You find fault with them constantly. You're depriving them—you don't want them to have a good time. If something bad is happening with them, you want to rub it in. Basically, if you're really angry with someone and you act on it, you treat the person like shit. Hopefully, most of us have the capacity, at least professionally, to feel angry, to be aware of the internal experience, and not have to act on it.

If you were really angry at someone and you acted on it, that’s how you might treat them. And what we see in this, what's called the introjective version of depression, is the person with depressive style is treating someone like shit—but it's themselves. And that's where you see the self-criticism, the self-deprivation, the self-punitiveness, which is empirically the hallmark of this personality style. So it comes up immediately in that role play, but in a very small way. And it's not present and palpable enough yet to work with in the session. So I let it go by. But the patient really wanted to call me. You wanted to call me when you heard your father died, and the reality was, for whatever reason, I wasn't there for you.

I took the time off. That wasn't your doing. I wasn't available to you. And I could easily imagine—it's not a capital offense, it’s a misdemeanor maybe—I could imagine that a patient in that position could feel upset with me. Why was I not available? And then your impulse, when you wanted to reach out to me, was that you were doing something wrong. "Oh no, you shouldn’t do that—you shouldn’t contact me when you’re upset." So, what happened immediately was that thought, "I'm doing something wrong," transformed into, "Oh, you can't contact me; you wouldn't be doing something wrong." And that's a very, very small instance of that kind of criticism or punitiveness directed at the self. So if we cast that in high relief, it’s not that the therapist is doing something bad. In your mind, it turns into you doing something bad. And there's the reversal.

Puder:

Yep.

Shedler:

And it takes a lot of doing in therapy. And I was thinking about this before the role plays, it's very hard to illustrate because it doesn't happen in a single compressed segment. But–

Puder:

I was thinking, man, we could, we could stretch this out for hours, right?

Shedler:

Yeah. There's a lot here. That's why I thought it might be good to jump forward some sessions. But the issue is that the therapist is going to fail in many ways, not necessarily intentionally, for reasons that are perfectly reasonable. I've had interactions like this– I can think of as a very specific patient. The most recent one being someone who's also a psychologist, a very good psychologist, by the way. And I'm not there when she needs me and expects me. And she feels bad about wanting something from me. And we had this discussion that was like– let me see if I can recapture it, it's kind of slipping away as I'm trying to put words to it.

Puder:

It could have been a little bit dissociated because it was so painful, right?

Shedler:

Yeah, oh, it's coming back. So, I got something wrong—I misunderstood something she said. That was the reality; it was actually my failing, a small one, a lowercase "f." Yet, she immediately took responsibility for it, similar to how you did in the role play: "Oh, I didn't explain it right."

Puder:

Yeah, and by the way, I did that on purpose. I've been thinking about this case a lot, and much of it is actually very true. It's not a patient, nor is it myself, but it's someone close to me whose story I know very well. So, when I speak about it, if you as a listener felt I was embodying it accurately, it’s because I genuinely care about this person who went through this experience.

Shedler:

That's why it's so important that there's a real person behind a role play, not a made-up case. I realize I'm thinking with my patient, I'm trying to also protect her confidentiality.

Puder:

Absolutely.

Shedler:

So let me just make up a kind of an equivalent example.

Puder:

And I'll say for the record, I got permission from my person.

Shedler:

So let's say I missed a session or I was late for a session. Or actually, let's use the example that you gave. I was away, I had something else scheduled and I canceled the appointment in advance—a good example. And I wasn't there for her when she wanted to reach out. And then she reacts very much like you did: “Well, I really wanted to reach out to you, but you were away and I didn't want to bother you.” And I said, “It must have felt pretty shitty that I wasn't there when you thought you could count on me.” She said, “Oh, well I know you have your own life and you were doing some important thing and you were teaching and I understand. And of course you didn't plan it that way, so of course I understand.” And I said to her, “everything you said is true. I did have a prior commitment, I did let you know well in advance. I was taking care of other business. It wasn't meant to harm you. All of that is true. I objectively had something else that I had to attend to.”

But—"What does that have to do with how it might feel on your end when I wasn't there? All of that is like your logical, rational mind telling me about external reality. Of course there's good reason I was away, I wouldn't just not show up for a session just for the hell of it. But who says your reactions to that are, like, only what's logical and rational and reasonable? Maybe there's some other parts of you in the mix that are harder to hear from, harder for both of us to hear from.” I didn't even bring up anger. She’s giving me a very reality-based, rational explanation for why of course it made sense that I would be away, so she shouldn't have a reaction to that. But that doesn't subsume the full range of our experience. We have lots of reactions that aren't so logical. And so what I'm doing is, in working with somebody like this, the anger and aggression is not going to come out naturally and we really have to very actively go out of our way to invite it in.

So an example I use in my chapter is that– I think you read it was– the therapist is late and the patient says, “Oh, I understand if you were running late, it happens. No worries.” Oh, I think it even came up in our last role play the last time I was on your podcast. And nine out of 10 times, the patient's lets the therapist off the hook and and just wants to move on to the real work. But that is the real work. The fact that the patient is so ready to let them off the hook and not bring in any other feelings except their positive feelings. That's where the acting is. That's where the work takes place.

Puder:

Maybe, we can go back into the role play and it could be a couple sessions later. It could be the same session. But maybe yeah, I'd be curious to kind of play that out some around the theme of the difficulty of reaching out. Let's go into another session and I'll bring up, kind of another kind of moment between us, and we'll see how you deal with it.

Shedler:

Yes. And just to make it crystal clear, this is the essence of depressive personality style and the essence of the problem. The challenge that we're trying to address in therapy is that the person is not getting their needs met in life—but the person who's obstructing getting their needs met is themselves. It's very, very difficult to get what you want, if you can't allow yourself to know what you want. This is the essence of the problem. The patient in therapy isn't getting their needs met, for whatever reason. We don't hear about their disappointment, their frustration, their resentment, their irritation, we don't hear about it. We have to actively pursue that.

The Betrayal Conflict And Struggling To Name the Harm (01:01:10)Resume Role-play:Puder:

Okay. You know, I had a dream between sessions that maybe I'll start out telling you that. Would that be okay? I don't remember a lot about it, but I remember I was in this church. It kind of felt like it was almost falling apart like an old church, like it was kind of like ruins of a church. And I go into a confessional and I start talking and then I realize that you're on the other side. And I feel like maybe watching some of your X stuff, your posts kind of triggered that from the night before. I remember reading a couple of them about the frame, about the importance of keeping the frame. And I was like– I went to bed and I had that dream.

Shedler:

Could you connect the dots for me? What about my post about the therapy frame, what about that do you think led to the dream?

Puder:

You know, and I think in session, I've never felt like you've been critical of me. But I think there's something about when I read some of the posts, I feel a sense of like, oh gosh.

Shedler:

Do you mean since you're a therapist too? Like you're not doing it well enough?

Puder:

Since I'm a therapist. Yeah.

Shedler:

You heard my post about as a criticism.

Puder:

Yeah. Like, I almost need to go into a confessional and just kind of–

Shedler:

Confess, repent your sins.

Puder:

Repent. Repent my sins. So, that's what I'm coming in with a little bit this week. And then I know we've been kind of talking about getting in touch with my frustration and anger. And I had one memory that came back to me, which actually felt like a tinge of frustration. I think I was about 14 or 15, and I was getting something from the back of the car– from my mom's car. And I got really close to stabbing myself with a needle. And I'm like, “Mom, why is there a needle in the back of the car?” And she said, “Oh, I needed the needle for something medical,” that she was going through.

Shedler:

You mean it was a syringe?

Puder:

It was a syringe, yeah.

Shedler:

I was picturing a sewing needle for a moment.

Puder:

Oh, a sewing needle. Yeah. No, so she had picked up HIV at this point. And so when I remembered this, I remembered at the time I had felt immediately like awful that she had HIV and that she had to deal with that. But in the– when it came to me the other day, I got tight in my chest because I was hanging out with my niece who's about the same age that I was. And I was like, I can't imagine putting them in potential harm's way to get HIV. And somehow that hit me for the first time.

Shedler:

That she was endangering you.

Puder:

Yeah. Yeah. I mean, I could have poked myself. I was so close to poking myself.

Shedler:

You said at the time that you felt, what did you say? That you felt guilty or…

Puder:

Oh, I just remember feeling at the time, like I just was really upset that she had to have HIV in the first place.

Shedler:

You were feeling bad for her.

Puder:

Bad for her, yeah.

Shedler:

That eclipsed, I guess, other feelings that were there, which was that she put you in harm's way.

Puder:

Yeah. And somehow, it didn't really occur to me. I mean, I think it occurred to me, she's putting me in harm's way at the time, but it didn't occur to me until I had my niece, who was my age at the time, hanging out with her.

Shedler:

You hadn't connected those dots until then?

Puder:

The memory came back and I was like, “Oh, like what? What was she like? Why did she, like, why was she so careless about my life to not clean up after herself when she knew she had HIV?”

Shedler:

She was putting your life in danger.

Puder:

And like, as I say that right now, I feel like in some way I'm betraying her, which is a weird feeling, like, but I feel also, like she was kind of betraying me. I mean, part of me doesn't want to believe that she would be so careless. But then the other part is like, she was so careless.

Shedler:

It gets a little confusing about who's betraying whom.

Puder:

Yeah.

Pause Role-play:Shedler:

An aside for the audience here. So, there's a kind of clinical dilemma that I'm working through in my mind, which is—it would be very, very easy to go into this experience about the syringe and the feelings and meanings connected to that. And it would likely be very rich and a constructive area to work. But the transference takes precedence. And this is on the heels of a dream that he recognizes is about me. This is followed by the syringe.

Puder:

Okay. I got it. So let's enter back in.

Shedler:

So I'll take responsibility for that. You're really embodying the role. And part of that role is that it's up to you to fix it. But actually, if I'm a therapist and we're doing this role play, it's up to me to fix it, right? That we got away from the dream and the feelings about me.

Puder:

Well, okay. Yeah. And patients do that, right? So that's like, of course!

Shedler:

So that incident is really filled with feeling, and there's two competing therapy principles here. One is that we really want to follow the affect and stay with what's emotionally meaningful, emotionally charged for the patient. That’s clearly the syringe memory. But the other principle is we want to track the transference, especially the negative transference. And especially with somebody with a depressive personality style where it's so hard to see and so hard to get a hold of in the treatment. So, I'm trying to balance those two considerations. You could make an argument for going either way, but I think the transference is important. So we'll pick up the role play, but I'll jump in, okay? So we just left off with– it's kind of confusing who's betraying who.

Resume Role-play:Shedler:

This experience with the syringe and HIV, it's really important. It's a big deal to have a mother with HIV, especially, I guess, because of her own recklessness. I do want to come back to that. But it's on the heels of remembering this dream that you think had to do with me. That feeling of being criticized by seeing one of my posts on social media. I wonder if you could help me connect the dots. They must have something to do with each other.

Puder:

You know, it's so interesting. I hadn't had this thought and you always say just share whatever comes to your mind. Like, if it comes all of a sudden, right?

Shedler:

Yeah.

Puder:

And so I had this thought that I think connects the two. There's a verse in the Bible, and it says if you hate your brother, you commit murder. And it has always been a part of my ethic to not hate anyone. And so I think after I had that thought about my mother that was the same day that the dream came after. And I thought, like, I'm gonna tell you about this because I had some frustration towards my mother. But then I think for some reason that sort of thought process comes through my mind that it's something bad to have any anger or like hatred, or– I'm not saying I hated her, of course. I'm just saying for some reason that that thought comes to my mind.

Shedler:

Comes to mind in connection with me?

Puder:

Yeah. Because in the confessional, I would be confessing that I murdered my mother with my hatred. That's the connection I'm drawing.

Shedler:

Maybe I misunderstood. I thought the confessional was your thoughts about hearing my social media post as a scold, that you're not doing it right. You're not maintaining the therapy frame properly. That that was your sin. That was your original sin before—

Puder:

That's what I thought. But in session right now, and I hadn't planned this. I hadn't thought about the connection. But the connection is that niece incident, that memory was the day before too. So I'm thinking that maybe the confessional– and I had thought at the time, I'm gonna talk to Shedler about this incident because of the new memory with my mom and the HIV syringe, and just thinking about being upset for my niece, like, oh my gosh. How could anyone have harmed my niece like that?

Shedler:

It's easier to be angry on your niece's behalf than on your own. Your niece wasn't the one being harmed and who could have jabbed herself with an HIV positive needle, right? I mean, it was you. It is easier to be upset on her behalf. And—just so we don't lose this, because I feel like it keeps slipping away and maybe we both have a role and it slipping away—that the starting point for this was you feeling scolded by something I posted on social media, or feeling you were being told you were bad. And it's in the context of, actually you are the one who's been wronged, who feels wronged. I think there may be more to this than meets the eye. That social media post really didn't sit very well with you.

Puder:

Yeah. I feel bad even for snooping on social media. In between sessions, I feel like I'm complicating the work here. I feel like I should be–

Shedler:

Another transgression on your part.

Puder:

Oh, I know, I know. And I feel bad that I'm recognizing that I'm double transgressing myself with this.

Shedler:

No, I'm not saying it's a transgression. I'm saying that you are talking about it as if it's a transgression. Like it your mind, it’s a transgression that you felt bad about my social media post. And it’s a transgression that you even saw it in.

Puder:

Okay, okay. I think there's part of me that sometimes—and I know I shouldn't feel this way—I feel like I'm gonna tell you something and you're gonna get really angry at me. Like, really angry. I feel like it's coming.

Shedler:

I guess we'll have to see…

Puder:

Oh, see, there's a part of me that thinks that there's gotta be something that I could tell you that, or I don't know. I just imagine maybe—I'm imagining incorrectly. I'm sorry. I'm confused about…

Shedler:

What just happened here? Just at the moment when you said it feels like I could get angry or blow up at you at any moment. I haven't yet. But you feel like the next one is gonna be the straw that breaks the camel's back, and I'm gonna erupt at you. And I said, "Well, we'll have to see." Something shifted right then. I'm not sure what came up for you, just in that moment.

Puder:

I feel like me sharing that would make you upset. I'm blaming you for something that you haven't done. Like, I'm accusing you–

Shedler:

You’re worried that I would get angry, that I would berate you or explode at you. Sharing that is–

Puder:

That feels dangerous to me.

Shedler:

Feels…?

Puder:

It feels dangerous.

Shedler:

You think I wouldn't want to hear your thoughts and feelings about me.

Puder:

It feels like maybe I'm blaming you for accusing you of something, or–

Shedler:

Well, that's a possibility. You might be worried or blaming me for something that’s coming from somewhere else— that isn't really about me. It's also possible that you're picking up on something about me in the background that we haven't talked about explicitly. Maybe there is something you're picking up on.

Puder:

Are you secretly angry at me between sessions?

Shedler:

I am leaving it open because we're really talking about your experience of me. And you seem to have the idea that it wouldn't be all right with me to tell me about things I do, or fail to do, that disappoint you or are upsetting, or make you feel bad about yourself, or make you feel like I'm secretly angry and I could explode at any moment. I think that if I answered your question, I think it kind of steers us into a dead end. And that it forecloses the opportunity to find out more about what's going on in your mind and in your experience.

Puder:

And I feel crazy even saying these things out loud because I know that you're professional and you're an expert. I'm sure you don't dislike your patients. And I have no evidence to support that. And I also realize I may be laying this on too thick and I may be laying on too much of my own worries.

Shedler:

I get the sense that you're working so very hard to be very reasonable and very fair with me. And what if you weren't so reasonable and fair with me?

Puder:

I think if I wasn't reasonable and fair, I think you would find some other patient to fill my slot or something.

Shedler:

You think I'd want to be rid of you.

Puder:

Yeah.

Shedler:

What an awful feeling that would be, to feel like the person, even the person that you come to for help, doesn't want to deal with you.

Puder:

I think it's just really weird to be in this role where I'm the one talking and all day long, I listen to my patients. I listen to my family.

Shedler:

Well, I think that's very comfortable. We both know, we've talked about this. It's a very comfortable and a familiar role. You were training for it, for that role since early childhood. What I'm starting to understand in a different way now is there's something about being here with me as a patient that's very fraught for you. You didn't say this in so many words, so if I'm not getting it right, I hope you'll correct me, but it seems to me like there's a way you're sort of walking on eggshells here. That at any moment, I might explode at you or punish you or throw you out of treatment entirely. And I know it hasn't been in the forefront of your mind. It's not like you're deliberately editing and censoring and curating your thoughts at every moment to be careful not to offend me, or not to say the wrong thing. But it seems like that's been with us in the background.

Puder:

Yeah. And I think that this is different because I think with my teachers and coaches, that I got good things from, of course I'd find that thing that they're interested in and read a couple books on it, be able to dialogue on the thing that they're into. And I think that–

Shedler:

Your role was to be a very good student, or very good athlete, and to be very appreciative.

Puder:

Yeah. And I don't want to come across as unappreciative.

Shedler:

I wouldn't like an unappreciative patient.

Puder:

See I know there's a little tongue in cheek in there. I'm really trying to get into this role, but I'm also realizing how hard it is to get into the role.

Shedler:

The role is one where you don't have to feel like you're walking on eggshells or taking care of me or protecting me from my feelings.

Puder:

I think there was something very hypervigilant about me when I was young. To be in that role with my dad, with my mom. It’s hard.

Shedler:

Well, I mean the word “hypervigilant”– it's technically the right word– but there's something that's, like, pathologizing about it. Your describe it as hypervigilant, whereas in fact you were doing what you had to do to function and survive in that environment. It's not like you had a lot of choice, you know? It's not like as a small child, you could have just picked a different family, or replaced your parents. You didn't have any choice. You had to function as best you could with the parents you had.

Puder:

Yeah. It's so interesting how my language pointed at me, at all times.

Shedler:

Yeah. Almost like it was your failing or your pathology, that you had to be vigilant in the ways you were. Versus that you were growing up with two angry, volatile, neglecting parents who could explode. Certainly your father could. And at any moment he could also just disappear and leave you to fend for yourself for weeks on end… as they both did. And it's like there's sort of two parts of you here. I mean, there's the adult rational mental health professional who thinks about things in a very rational and careful and accurate way. But then in the background, there’s a part of you that's expecting the same treatment from me, and feels like you have to be just as careful and just as cautious as you had to be growing up. A part that feels like you could say or do the wrong thing, and then I wouldn't be here for you either. At best, I wouldn't be here. At worst, I would actively attack you. Or I should say, I would actively attack you, too.

Puder:

Yeah. Something about you commenting that “hypervigilant” for me, it kind of puts it like something is bad with me. Whereas, I was responding the best I could in that environment and that was what was helpful at the time. And so I'm repeating that here.

Shedler:

I think that you were doing the best you could to survive that.

Puder:

I guess where I get confused is it brought me a lot of good things to be very good at reading people. Like my mentors, I had some good English teachers and stuff where I was like, for me, kind of getting onto their page. It gave me really good things to be able to read them and–

Shedler:

Yeah, I think you're 100% right. There's no question about it. It’s kind of your superpower, to be able to tune into other people that way. But like all superpowers, it also comes with a huge cost. Which is, you were focused on what you think the other person needs and wants, and your needs and wants go on the back burner. Or don't get on any burner at all.

Pause Role-play:Now, this was the place, if we had started with the first session and we had kind of gone through the process of why the patient is here, what is the purpose of our therapy, what are we trying to accomplish here together… we would have done all of this beforehand. This would be a place that I would refer back to. I'm just making this up now because we didn't have that conversation. But by objective external criteria, you're doing pretty well in your life: good practice, successful in your career, married, wife, family, but things feel empty and dark and sad and joyless on the inside. That's why you're here. If that was the reason the patient came—there could be many, many reasons—if that was the reason, I'd want to make a very explicit link between that and what we're talking about now. This is a sort of little micro instance of this superpower. He knows he is very, very good at accurately reading and responding to other people. I don't want to diminish that. I mean it’s true, right? He has that ability. And that's why a lot of people with depressive personality style are drawn to the therapy professions.

They have a kind of hypertrophied capacity for empathy, which can serve them very well as a psychiatrist or a therapist. But it can also come with a terrible price. So what we want to do at this point is link it specifically back to why he came to therapy. We can say, here's your superpower: You're very, very good at reading and responding to what other people need, but it comes at this terrible cost. The cost is that we—and I mean both of us, him and me both—–don't always get to hear what you need and want. What would make an interaction feel satisfying, or make life feel satisfying and meaningful, allow for pleasure and joy, for you. So I'd link these things because they're the flip side to the same coin. There's the superpower and there’s a real liability, not a liability that affects other people so much, but that gets in the way of you being able to live a life that you can enjoy. Whatever we had agreed is the purpose of therapy, why he came in the first place—I would take advantage of this opportunity to make the link to that. “This is why we're here.”

Resume Role-play:Puder:

Yeah. I think when I hear I should, it's interesting because I know that I need to get in touch with my own feelings and desires. And I think that was one of our initial goals that we identified. And also why am I extending myself too much at work. I think part of the conflict is I've always had the philosophy of serving others has intense value and to kind of put myself second or to diminish my own ego and the importance of it.

Shedler:

Yeah. You had the philosophy, a lot of people find meaning, deep meaning in living their lives, in choosing to live their lives that way. That's an option. What I'm concerned about, I think what we're both concerned about for you, is it's not clear, as of now, how much that's really a choice versus something that happens in an automatic, obligatory way. Like for instance, you saw a social media post of mine, you didn't like it, it felt critical. It makes you concerned about well, maybe you're not in the right hands after all. Maybe I could be–

Puder:

Oh, no, no, no. That's, that's not what I was thinking.

Shedler:

I know you didn’t say that. I'm saying it.

Puder:

Okay. Okay. But I like the post. It just was convicting that like, I came in talking about how I overextend and maybe I need to charge–

Shedler:

Well, what I was getting at is I'm not sure that if you were upset by the post, or if it made you worried that you’re not in good hands here, I'm not sure it would have felt okay just to say so. In fact, I'm pretty sure it felt not okay to say so. And to respond to what you said about your philosophy of how to live your life, it may be a valid choice, but for you just here and now, I'm not sure how much choice there's been. And I think that's why you came to therapy in the first place. It's entirely different to say here's something, here's the thing I want for myself. Here's something I desire. But there are other things that are more important to me that preclude that. And I'm going to make a choice, and I know this is something I want, but I'm going to choose something else that's more important to me. That’s different than not being able to want it in the first place.

Puder:

When I hear this, what I think about is that quote I've memorized from Dostoevsky: “I'm not worthy of happiness. My life is a series of errors, and perhaps this misery is what I must endure to atone for them.” I don't know why, but that resonated back in the day, like in college, and I memorized it. It's interesting because I feel like I reincarnated from some awful person to go through some of the suffering I went through.

Shedler:

It resonated because in a very important way, I think it speaks to the story of your life. This was the family you were born into, your role was to suffer and bear the suffering for all your parents' failings. And to feel like that was your lot, and what you deserved.

Puder:

Yeah. And so I think it's like something is shifting there. And maybe that's kind of– coming back to the dream– it feels like that kind of ruinous building that I was in, it feels like something is shifting. Maybe I can kind of look at things a little bit differently or maybe it makes me…

Shedler:

Well when you said the ruinous building that you were in in the dream, it seems like you just linked that to, it was right on the heels of just saying directly how ruinous your childhood was. It seems like you just connected those dots that you were literally living in ruins in childhood with holes in the walls and cockroaches and hypodermic syringes in the car seats, and your childhood and your family were the ruins. And in the dream, the dream depicts you as enduring this and confessing your sins.

Puder:

Oh, yeah. Somehow I still am blaming myself in the midst of that.

End Role-play:Shedler:

Okay, let's step back. So I'm being a bad therapist because I got kind of caught in the roles between talking to you as interviewer and to the listeners, versus the role of being therapist. And if it were therapy, it really got a little too intellectualized and away from the immediate experience. So not a very good model of doing therapy in this, you know that last–

Puder:

Which part? I think you're being hard on yourself here. I think it is really good.

From Obligation To Freedom: Therapy’s Role In Personal Choice (1:35:03) Shedler:

The part about the philosophy, because it's really about– I got a little didactic and explainy…”

Puder:

Oh, really?

Shedler:

A little, I thought so, yeah.

Puder:

Okay. Well, I think what I've realized is that as I reread this stuff over and over again, I'm like oh, people really adopt the philosophies based on their personality.

Shedler:

People adopt a philosophy that solves–

Puder:

That solves their personalities—

Shedler:

—psychological conflict. Oh yeah. Your choice of career, your choice of partner, your choice of lifestyle is a compromise.

Puder:

And that's not to negate a philosophy being true or not true because it still could be true.

Shedler:

Right, it still could be a perfectly reasonable and valid and meaningful life choice. But we have to understand that all life choices are overdetermined and reflect something of our own psychology.

Puder:

But what I think I appreciate– what you said there– is even with this guy, you wouldn't want it to be unconscious. You would want him to have a choice if he's going to choose to be sacrificial or if he's going to choose to be in touch with his aggression and have a boundary with his time.

Shedler:

This is ultimately the goal of psychodynamic or psychoanalytic therapy, and I would say of all good therapy that's aimed at self-understanding. The goal is to expand freedom and choice so that things that were previously automatic or experienced as obligatory become a matter of choice. That's the goal of the work—to expand freedom and life options. And the person might, in any given circumstance, make the decision to do whatever they would've done before therapy. But now it's a decision. It's a decision made freely.

I'm a little mindful of the time—I want to make sure we get this out because we haven't named it explicitly—but this is what you and I were working on in the role play. This is really the essence of this depressive personality style that we're speaking about: typically, a child growing up feels deprived or mistreated in some way—neglected, or in extreme cases, actively abused. But in the more common case—like if you were looking at the family from the outside, like a social worker doing an investigation—the parents could look adequate, maybe not neglecting in any externally obvious way, but emotionally neglecting. The child's experience is that they're not getting what they need because the parents aren't coming through. The parents are inadequate in meeting the child's needs—but that’s an incredibly, incredibly dangerous thought for a small child. It's extremely rare for a young child to consciously think, “I have bad parents. My life and my well-being are in the hands of people I can't count on.” A three- or four-year-old simply cannot tolerate this thought.

The child's solution to this horrible, impossible dilemma is, "Well, I'm getting mistreated, so it must be my fault. It must be because I am bad." So the child concludes that they're bad instead of the caretakers. In a very paradoxical way, there’s something hopeful in that for the child. It allows the child to sustain hope, because if the reason they aren't cared for is because they're bad, then it's potentially under their control. They could become good, and then they'd have parents who love and take care of them. So in the child’s thinking, if it's their fault—if it's because they are bad—at least there's a spark of hope that their parents could be good parents after all, if only the child weren’t bad.

If the child thinks their well-being and their survival is in the hands of people they can't rely on, that's just devastating. So that's the essence of this personality style. And then it comes out years later, in therapy as an adult. The therapist had to miss a week and isn't available—when your father died, for God’s sake. And your thought is, "Oh, I don't want to burden him." We could draw a line from that childhood experience—"I'm not getting what I need, and it's because I am bad"—to "I shouldn't call my therapist; that would be a burden."

Puder:

Yeah. So it's like the anger is turned into guilt. The transference is set up so that there's a gentle idealizing and anything bad from the therapist goes on to themself.

Shedler:

The criticism of the other is turned into self-criticism. What initially starts as, "This other person—my therapist—isn't here for me when I need them," becomes, "I'm too much of a burden. I'm asking too much. Something must be wrong with me."

Puder:

I think it's really helpful. I hope this episode has been helpful for listeners; it’s certainly been helpful for me to study and think through it carefully. I think the questions listeners might still have are about "the how," right? People always ask about "the how." In this conversation, they've been witnessing how to do it—how to help someone with these struggles. So any kind of–

Shedler:

Yeah. So we…

Puder:

Anything we haven't covered?

Shedler:

We have to recognize the core enactment, which is that the patient is going to treat the therapist in a way that makes the therapist feel good. It's easy to enter this kind of therapy pseudo-paradise where we both feel wonderful about each other: the patient is so appreciative of us, and we're happy with the patient because they work so hard in therapy, they always pay their bills promptly, they arrive on time without fail, and they're consistently appreciative. As therapists, we feel especially competent and helpful—like we're really effective therapists with this patient. But what quietly slips away unnoticed is that the patient isn't actually experiencing meaningful change in their life outside of therapy. That's the real issue.

To put it in biblical terms, if we've created an illusory paradise in therapy, we need to invite the snake into that paradise. It's not really a paradise; it's an illusion of paradise. We need to welcome the patient's anger and aggression into therapy, because it's already there—just not in a form that's being recognized or acknowledged. We need to make it increasingly possible for the person to bring in a wider range of their emotional experience, which of course must include the entire spectrum of human emotions: anger, resentment, rage, envy, punitiveness, vindictiveness. These are all human emotions, but the person with a depressive personality style doesn't experience it that way. They think, "Maybe they're human emotions for other people—but not for me. I would never feel that way." We want to help them experience and integrate a fuller range of their emotional life.

Puder:

Yeah. I think another way of saying this might be the most empathic thing to do, would be to invite that other side. It would be unempathetic for you not to invite it.

Shedler:

Exactly. And here's this enactment… this is where therapy goes south in treating patients with a depressive personality style, because the therapists are very likely to have a depressive personality style too. It's a perfect mesh and if you think about it, the therapy professions make an invitation you can't refuse for somebody with this personality style. What do you get if you go into the mental health profession, what does it give you the opportunity to do? Well, you get to focus intensely on other people's needs, not that that's bad on its own, that's the job. But you get to focus intensely on other people's needs at the expense of your own. You get to constantly fault yourself, however good you get at the work. Because perfection isn't attainable, as I said earlier. We're all making mistakes in every session all the time. You get to fault yourself perpetually for falling short of some unrealistic, unattainable, internal standard.

Puder:

A Jonathan Shedler, super ego!

Shedler:

Hah! Well, you put your own needs on the back burner. And here's where I see this—I'm so glad you brought this up because I see this all the time: the misuse of empathy as a defense for the therapist, against the therapist's own aggression. So what happens in therapy is the therapist is very, very, very empathic to the patient's hurt feelings, broken feelings, the sort of needy child-like feelings of needing to be taken care of. The therapist has empathy for that part of the patient—but no empathy whatsoever for their envy, their anger, their aggression, their resentment, their vindictiveness, their competitiveness, their rivalry. All of those things are there. How do I know those things are there? Because they're human. But the therapist has zero empathy for that. So it's empathy, I would say pseudo-empathy, as a defense both against the patient's aggression and maybe more importantly, as a defense against the therapist's aggression.

Puder:

And as someone who studied micro expression, a 10th-of-a-second flashes of emotion on people's faces. And every person has expressions of anger. Not everyone knows that they have the expressions of anger.

Shedler:

And it makes a world of difference because that's information, it's information in the interaction eith the patient, it's information in the countertransference. We don't want to shut down that channel. There are three major channels of communication going on in therapy. I don't think you talked about this, but this really comes from Otto Kernberg’s writings. One is the content of what the patient says. The other is the nonverbal things they express through facial expression, body language, tone of voice. That's the second channel. The third channel is the countertransference, what they evoke in us. If we shut down that channel, we shut out important information that otherwise should come through that channel. And we're really, really limiting our effectiveness as a therapist. We're having these reactions to patients for a reason. It's information.

Puder:

Can I show you the micro expression just for those who are watching the video here? So this, I actually filmed a lot of people watching YouTubes, and so this is what it looks like right here.

Shedler:

Very serious looking person here.

Puder:

But do you see the down and together of the eyebrows? Like, it's like one 10th of a second. Yes. Boom. That's the micro expression of anger.

Shedler:

That's a lovely example. And a therapist who wasn't defended against that might register it even if subliminally, maybe they didn't get the specific movement, the eyebrow. But they saw something.

Puder:

They saw something. Yeah.

Shedler:

And that's a good place to say—to just slow down there—and say, “something just happened here. Your expression changed. I wonder if we could just slow down here and notice what might come up.” So we notice what the patient evokes in us and then we use that– that becomes a signal to us to invite the patient to slow down and notice more.

Puder:

I could get onto other tangents here, but I think we gotta wrap it up. This was wonderful. I hope that people appreciate Jonathan Shedler and the expertise that you bring. Appreciate you coming back on. And we will be posting this on X. We'll be posting it on YouTube if you want to watch the video. I know a lot of people just watch the podcast, but if you wanna watch the video, you could jump on there. And yeah. Any closing words?

Shedler:

Yeah, just on a personal note, I have to say, I was very aware coming on the show… the last two podcasts of yours that I watched were Otto Kornberg and Frank Yeomans, and boy those are big shoes to follow.

Shedler:

Kernberg is a living legend for a reason. I mean, I could just– almost did actually in real life– but I could sit at his feet and just listen to him and take it in. And that actually happened, except it was at a dining table, but my experience was I could just sit here forever. And I think Frank Yeomans is one of the most gifted master clinicians who's publicly out there teaching. I mean, every time I hear him, it's a pleasure and I learn something every time. So I was very acutely aware, these are the people I'm following on your podcast.

Puder:

Oh, man. And I think I really appreciate– you sent me a message like that was a historic interview. And I think if anyone hasn't watched Kernberg or Yeoman's, both of them are amazing. Actually, when I was reading through the journal articles looking at transference focused therapy, if you read the methods section for a lot of these studies, Yeomans is the supervising therapist on these studies. Like he is the guy. And then Kernberg is just masterclass. I think you sent me a message, like “I understand everything he was saying and I love it.”

Shedler:

Yeah. It was kind of scary.

Puder:

Which I'm like as I get deeper into this material, most of it's understandable. And it makes so much sense. It makes so much sense.

Shedler:

Well, I'll just share with the audience what I wrote to you privately. So I remembered when I was a 20-something year old grad student trying to read Kernberg’s books. These are books written in the late seventies or early eighties. And for anyone who's tried to read Kerneberg’s writings of that time in the original, it's really, really, really hard to read. It is not an easy read. It's incredibly challenging and demanding. And I actually had the depressive thing, I was reading his book, and I'm like, “Oh my God, I feel stupid. I'm like, I'm not up to the work of this profession. If this is what it is, I’m inadequate.” So fast forward a few decades and now it's like, “no, I'm pretty much tracking with everything.”

Puder:

Yeah. I was not expecting an interview. That's the wild part. I was expecting a phone call where we would talk about an interview and then I would spend like a couple months reading and rereading. And so I jump into this and it's like, okay, here we go.

Shedler:

I think that interview and the fact that you made it happen, whatever it took, I think it's a historic event.

Puder:

Oh, and I'll say for those of you who have listened to it or listened to this, my new sort of approach to the write-ups is to do a really nice transcription where then I put in footnotes and I put in the footnotes for the beginner. It's not for the expert, it's for the beginner. So if you are confused, if you wanna go back, listen to this episode, something was confusing, you wanna go back, look at the transcript, eventually we'll have one up there with footnotes, Kernberg, we have one up there with footnotes on my website psychiatrypodcast.com. It's free for anyone. All my stuff is free.

Shedler:

I highly recommend it for whoever's listening.

Puder:

And we'll continue to produce good content. I think we were gonna go through every personality style eventually. So five years from now, we'll be done.

Shedler:

David, thank you so much. It was a pleasure to be here.

Puder:

Alright, we'll leave it there for today.

References:American Psychiatric Association. (n.d.). DSM: Previous editions. PsychiatryOnline. Retrieved May 21, 2025, from https://www.psychiatryonline.org/dsm/dsmPreviousEditions

American Psychiatric Association. (2022). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed., text rev.). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787

Blatt, S. J. (2004). Experiences of depression: Theoretical, clinical, and research perspectives. American Psychological Association. https://www.apa.org/pubs/books/4317039

Grohol, J. M. (2013, May 29). DSM-5 changes: Personality disorders (Axis II). Psych Central. Retrieved May 21, 2025, from https://psychcentral.com/pro/dsm-5-changes-personality-disorders-axis-ii

Murphy, T. F. (2022, September 6). Axis II disorders: Exploring personality disorders in mental health. Psychology Fanatic. Retrieved May 21, 2025, from https://psychologyfanatic.com/axis-ii-disorders/

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, May 7). Microexpressions to Make Microconnections Part 1 (No. 015) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/microexpression-microconnection-empathy?rq=015

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, May 14). Microexpressions: Fear, Surprise, Disgust, Empathy, and Creating Connection Part 2 (No. 016) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/microexpressions-emotions-empathy?rq=016

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, May 23). Microexpressions in Psychotherapy Part 3 (No. 017) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/using-microexpressions-in-psychotherapy?rq=017

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, Sept. 19). What is psychodynamic theory? (No. 029) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2018/9/19/what-is-psychodynamic-theory?rq=029

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, March 31). Therapeutic Alliance Part 4: What is Transference and Countertransference? (No. 041) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/strongepisode-041-strongtherapeutic-alliance-part-4-what-is-transference-and-countertransference?rq=041

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, Dec. 11). Therapeutic Alliance Part 6: Attachment Types and Application (No. 069) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2019/12/11/therapeutic-alliance-how-to-build-an-attachment-with-your-patient?rq=069

Puder, D. (Host). (2021, June 14). Using Microexpressions To Improve Empathy, Therapeutic Alliance & Emotional Intelligence (Therapeutic Alliance Series Part 8) (No. 118) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-118-microexpressions-to-improve-empathy-emotional-intelligence-therapeutic-alliance?rq=118

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, Feb. 25). Borderline Personality Disorder: Common Factors In Effective Therapies With Dr. Robert Feinstein (No. 140) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-140-borderline-personality-disorder-common-factors-in-effective-therapies-with-dr-robert-feinstein?rq=140

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, Dec. 2). Listening Psychodynamically (No. 164) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-164-listening-psychodynamically?rq=164

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, Feb. 24). Using Transference To Improve Connection (No. 170) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-170-using-transference-to-improve-connection?rq=170

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, March 3). Nancy McWilliams on Mental Health, Transference, and Dissociation (No. 171) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-171-nancy-mcwilliams-on-mental-health-transference-and-dissociation?rq=171

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, June 30). Narcissism with Jonathan Shedler, PhD (No. 185) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/185-narcissism-with-jonathan-shedler?rq= 185

Puder, D. (Host). (2025, Feb. 22). Transference Focused Psychotherapy, Borderline Personality Disorder, Narcissism, with Frank Yeomans, MD (No. 234) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-234-transference-focused-psychotherapy-borderline-narcissism-frank-yeomans?rq=234

Puder, D. (Host). (2025, April 25). Transference Focused Psychotherapy & Personality Disorders with Dr. Otto Kernberg (No. 239) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-239-transference-focused-psychotherapy-otto-kernberg-borderline-personality?rq=239

Shedler, J. (2021). The personality syndromes. In R. Feinstein (Ed.), A primer on personality disorders: Multi-theoretical viewpoints (pp. 3–32). Oxford University Press. https://jonathanshedler.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/Shedler-2021-The-personality-syndromes.pdf

The Literature Network. (n.d.). Fyodor Dostoevsky. https://www.online-literature.com/dostoevsky/

World Health Organization. (n.d.). Classification of diseases. Retrieved May 21, 2025, from https://www.who.int/standards/classifications/classification-of-diseases

Yalom, I. D. (n.d.). Biography. Irvin D. Yalom, MD. Retrieved May 23, 2025, from https://www.yalom.com/biography

Yalom, I. D. (1989). Love's executioner and other tales of psychotherapy. Basic Books. https://www.yalom.com/loves-executioner

Yalom, I. D. (2002). The gift of therapy: An open letter to a new generation of therapists and their patients. HarperCollins.

https://www.harpercollins.com/products/the-gift-of-therapy-irvin-yalom?variant=41231884386338

Yeomans, F. E. (n.d.). Frank Yeomans, MD, PhD – Psychiatry & Psychotherapy. Retrieved May 21, 2025, fromhttps://www.frankyeomans.com/

View Details

Daniel Cuevas, Liam Browning, MD; Christopher Campbell, Danielle Liu, David Puder, MD

Corresponding Author: David Puder, MD

Reviewer: Erica Vega, Joanie Burns, PMHNP-BC

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.25 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

The authors declare no conflicts of interest and have no financial relationships with any pharmaceutical or cannabis companies.

We are at a time when cannabis use is increasing, becoming normalized as a healthier recreational option, and when higher-potency versions are increasingly accessible. The societal impact is still unfolding. Yet, as clinicians in the field, it is not uncommon to observe new cases of psychosis emerging in the wake of heavy, high-potency THC use, or existing patients with schizophrenia decompensating following new or increased consumption.

Real-world clinical scenarios underscore why this issue is so important. In one case, a young man with a long history of daily cannabis use began experimenting with “dabbing,” a method of inhaling extremely concentrated THC. Within weeks, he became intensely paranoid and hypervigilant—convinced that strangers in a black truck were following him—and grew too anxious to sleep at night. His downward spiral was halted only after he was hospitalized, treated with antipsychotic medication, and most importantly, stopped using cannabis. Once the high-THC dabs were out of his system, his paranoia and delusions quickly resolved.

In another case, a patient with an existing psychotic disorder remained trapped in persistent psychosis despite taking antipsychotic medication, simply because he continued to smoke marijuana daily. His family watched in frustration as each day of cannabis use sustained his hallucinations and erratic behavior. Only when they intervened—setting firm limits around car use (that enticed him to quit THC)—did his mind clear. In a matter of months, this individual experienced a remarkable turnaround to the point of successfully returning to college.

Cases like these have become increasingly familiar to psychiatrists and emergency physicians, reflecting a pattern seen in hospitals and clinics across the nation. They raise pressing clinical questions about the link between cannabis and psychosis. Can frequent use of high-potency THC actually trigger psychotic episodes or worsen an underlying mental illness? How does cannabis interact with the developing adolescent brain, and could early heavy use increase the risk of disorders like schizophrenia in vulnerable individuals? In the pages that follow, we will explore these questions in depth. We will examine the latest scientific research on cannabis’s impact on brain chemistry and neurodevelopment, review what is known about its role in psychotic illnesses, and discuss why today’s high-THC cannabis may pose unique challenges compared to the past.

Cannabis And Mental Health: Exploring The Connection Between Cannabis Use And PsychosisThe Growing Popularity of Cannabis and Its Mental Health ImpactsCannabis is an increasingly popular recreational drug, with 50% of Americans reporting having smoked marijuana at least once in their lifetime as of 2023, compared with just 4% in 1969 (McCarthy, 2023). Moreover, there has been a 15-fold increase in daily cannabis users from 1992 to 2022 (Caulkins, 2024).

As of 2021, according to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA, 2022b), up to 19% of Americans (approximately 52.5 million individuals) admitted to using marijuana at least once in the last year. Notably, in young adults (ages 18 to 25), use in 2021 was as high as 35.4%, followed by 17.2% of adults aged 26 and older, and 10.5% of adolescents aged 12 to 17 (SAMHSA, 2022b).

When examining daily cannabis use (defined as using cannabis at least 20 times in the last 30 days), 10.4% of young adults ages 19-30 engage in daily use, followed by 7.5% of adults ages 35 to 50, followed by 5.2% for adults ages 55-65 (Patrick et al., 2024). For comparison, the total population of daily marijuana users has now surpassed that of daily alcohol users (17.7 vs 14.7 million, respectively). Furthermore, the median alcohol consumer reports alcohol use 4 to 5 days per month, whereas the median cannabis user engages in cannabis use 15 to 16 days per month, highlighting the significant differences in typical use patterns between these commonly used recreational substances (Caulkins, 2024). Additionally, a 2014 longitudinal study by Hughes et al. found that on average daily users will use marijuana 3.2 times per day, leading to a consistent intoxication during waking hours. Consistent with prior prospective studies, this study also demonstrated that social factors and availability were the two most powerful predictive factors of marijuana use.

This increase in cannabis use coincides with a significant shift in cannabis policies and an increase in accessibility of cannabis over the last decade. As of April 2025, there are only 4 states where cannabis is completely illegal; the other 46 states have various forms of legality including legal for medicinal purposes, legal for recreational use, decriminalized, or some combination of these factors (DISA, 2025). However, despite recreational cannabis remaining illegal in more than half of U.S. states, it is nevertheless widely available due to loopholes in the 2018 Agriculture Improvement Act (commonly known as the Farm Bill), which allows for the legal sale of chemically similar compounds, produced through minor molecular modifications, that nonetheless have the same psychoactive effects of cannabis.

Unfortunately, despite the widespread public perception of cannabis as a relatively benign substance, cannabis use continues to be associated with a wide array of significant and deleterious mental and physical health effects. In this episode on cannabis, we aim to provide an evidence-based exploration of cannabis use, covering its use patterns, pharmacology, mental and physical health effects, and societal implications. By the end, we hope to equip listeners with a comprehensive and scientifically grounded perspective regarding this increasingly utilized substance.

Marijuana Use in the Past Year: Among People Aged 18 or Older; by State, Percentages, 2021”

*Note.* Reprinted from “*2021 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: National maps of prevalence estimates, by state*.”, by Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA)., 2022a,U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.Figure 2e..

The Rising Potency of Cannabis and Its Mental Health ImplicationsNot only has cannabis use increased, but the potency of the cannabis itself has increased as well. Average THC levels in cannabis were around 4% in the 1990s, whereas modern strains can exceed 17-28% (Backman, 2023; Stuyt, 2018).

THC Concentrates and Their Increasing AvailabilityForms of cannabis with concentrations of THC exceeding 90%, also known as “THC concentrates,” are also becoming more commonplace, allowing for rapid consumption of high amounts of THC. Additionally, the availability and ease of use of THC vaporizers are points of concern, as people can use them without needing to prepare the substance for consumption, and they can be carried and used discreetly since they don’t require flower or produce the distinctive smell associated with flower. Moreover, high potency, bite-sized edibles make oral ingestion of high doses incredibly easy. Often, the delay in experiencing the effects of edibles, which can sometimes exceed two hours, can lead individuals to consume additional edibles at higher quantities than intended.

Understanding Cannabis And Its Effects On The BrainThe Endocannabinoid System: A Key Mechanism for THC’s Action in the BrainBefore describing how cannabis influences the brain and body, it is important to describe the body’s natural system it is acting on: the endocannabinoid system. The endocannabinoid system is a neuromodulatory network critical for maintaining homeostasis in many different domains through regulating appetite, sleep, memory, learning, emotional responses, movement, inflammation, and pain perception, to name a few (Lutz, 2020). Specifically, its primary mechanism in the central nervous system (CNS) is maintaining homeostasis of synapses via retrograde synaptic transmission. For example, if neuron A is exciting neuron B too much, neuron B can send endocannabinoids such as 2-arachidonoylglycerol (2-AG) back to neuron A. This will suppress neuron A’s activity and weaken the synapse between the two neurons.

The endocannabinoid system consists of cannabinoid receptors (i.e., CB1 and CB2), endogenous ligands (such as anandamide and 2-arachidonoylglycerol), and regulatory enzymes and transporters, which control synthesis and degradation of endocannabinoids (Hillard, 2015).

The Role of Cannabinoid Receptors in Mental HealthThe two primary cannabinoid receptors are CB1 and CB2, both of which are G protein-coupled receptors (Lutz, 2020):

CB1 receptors (CB1Rs) are expressed throughout the central nervous system, on neurons, astrocytes, and microglia, but most densely on presynaptic neurons in brain regions such as the prefrontal cortex, hippocampus, anterior cingulate cortex, and cerebellum. They are particularly prevalent on GABAergic interneurons, where they regulate inhibitory neurotransmission, and to a lesser extent on cortical glutamatergic projection neurons. When CB1Rs are activated, they inhibit presynaptic voltage-gated calcium channels and increase potassium channel activity, leading to suppressed release of neurotransmitters and to decreased synaptic transmission. This retrograde signaling mechanism is central to the endocannabinoid system’s ability to maintain homeostasis through fine-tuning neural activity for synaptic plasticity, implicating it in learning, memory, and neurodevelopment.

CB2 receptors (CB2Rs), by contrast, are expressed mostly on immune cells of the periphery (lymphocytes, macrophages, etc.). However, CB2Rs are upregulated on immune cells of the brain (microglia and macrophages) in response to insults such as stroke, pain, and neuroinflammation.

THC and the Endocannabinoid SystemEndocannabinoids, the system’s endogenous ligands, include anandamide (AEA) and 2-arachidonoylglycerol (2-AG), both derivatives of arachidonic acid. They are both synthesized on-demand and passively diffuse into the synapse, so they are not stored in vesicles.

Anandamide acts as a partial agonist at CB1Rs and TRPV1 (the capsaicin receptor, which responds to temperature) and is constantly released to provide steady modulation of synaptic activity, while 2-AG, a full agonist at both CB1 and CB2 receptors, is released retrogradely in response to heightened neural activity. Notably, endocannabinoids may also alter neurotransmission via other mechanisms, including interactions with neurosteroids (glucocorticoids, pregnenolone, etc.), mitochondria, and glial cells.

Endocannabinods play an important role in regulating mood and anxiety (Patel & Hillard, 2009), and are thought to increase with exercise and to play some role in producing the runner’s high (Siebers et al., 2021). Some early evidence suggests people with anxiety and PTSD may have lower levels of endocannabinoids (Bassir Nia et al., 2019), and phase 2 trials of CB1 antagonists were discontinued due to increased risk of suicide (Cohen et al., 2024), implicating them in psychiatric symptoms.

How THC and CBD Work in the Brain: Key Differences ExplainedTHC acts as a partial agonist at CB1Rs, thus mimicking anandamide. However, it does so with more persistent and indiscriminate binding across the brain, disrupting the balance of neuronal excitation/inhibition, and subsequently impacting cognition, mood, perception, and memory (Mayo et al., 2020). THC also induces euphoria by disinhibiting dopamine release in the reward system. Specifically, in the ventral tegmental area (VTA), THC inhibits GABAergic neurons that normally suppress dopamine activity, resulting in increased dopamine release in the nucleus accumbens and prefrontal cortex.

THC vs. CBD: Key Differences in How They Affect the BrainUnlike THC, cannabidiol (CBD) does not produce psychoactive effects and interacts with the endocannabinoid system more indirectly. It does not significantly bind to CB1 or CB2 receptors, but instead inhibits fatty acid amide hydrolase (FAAH, the enzyme responsible for degrading anandamide) to prolong the effects of anandamide. Additionally, CBD interacts with serotonin 5-HT1A and TRPV1 receptors, and may also act as an orthosteric modulator of CB1R through reducing the binding of THC.

It is worth noting that the practice of breeding cannabis plants to maximize THC concentration leads to a decrease in CBD. CBD may counteract some of the anxiogenic effects of high doses of THC (Englund et al., 2013; Karniol et al., 1974; Zuardi et al., 1982; Solowij et al., 2019), although that point is still the subject of debate (Hindocha et al., 2015; Karschner et al., 2011; Arkell et al., 2021; Englund et al., 2023; Lawn et al., 2023).

Cannabinoid Pharmacology: The Absorption, Distribution, And Action Of THC And CBDAbsorption(Lucas et al., 2018) Inhalation: When cannabis is smoked or vaporized, THC and CBD (as well as dozens of other phytocannabinoids, terpenoids, and flavonoids) are rapidly absorbed through the lungs, leading to quick onset of effects. This method bypasses first-pass metabolism. THC is highly lipophilic, meaning it can cross the blood-brain barrier quickly and exert psychoactive effects within minutes. Peak plasma concentrations of THC are typically achieved within 3–10 minutes (50-150 ng/mL via flower and up to 200-300 ng/mL with concentrate [vapes, resin, etc.]). * Oral Ingestion (Edibles)*: Oral consumption results in slower absorption due to gastrointestinal transit and first-pass metabolism in the liver. Peak plasma levels (<20 ng/mL) are usually reached around 120 minutes. First-pass metabolism in the liver converts THC into 11-hydroxy-THC, an active metabolite more potent than THC. It crosses the blood-brain barrier more easily and binds to CB1 receptors more efficiently (Kearn et al., 1999). Oral THC and CBD have poor bioavailability ranging from 6% to 20%.

Distribution(Lucas et al., 2018)* Cannabinoids distribute rapidly throughout the body. Due to its high lipophilicity, it crosses the blood-brain barrier and has high predilection for adipose tissue, where it can be stored for weeks in chronic users. THC and its inactive metabolite (THC-COOH) may become released from adipose tissue in response to weight loss or stress exposure (Gunasekaran et al., 2009). * THC is able to cross the placenta and is excreted in human breast milk because it is highly lipophilic. + The American Academy of Pediatrics (Ryan et al., 2018) advises against the use of THC in those who are pregnant or breastfeeding. In an analysis of two prior studies on pregnant mothers that monitored urine samples for the presence of nicotine or cannabis (Smid et al., 2022), it was found that children with intrauterine THC exposure had higher ratings on attention problem scales compared to unexposed peers, but without evidence for impairments in other cognitive domains or internalizing behaviors.

Metabolism and Elimination(Lucas et al., 2018) THC: Metabolized predominantly in the liver by CYP2C9 and CYP3A4 enzymes into psychoactive 11-hydroxy-THC (11-OH-THC) and inactive 11-carboxy-THC (11-COOH-THC). * CBD: Metabolized mainly by CYP2C19 and CYP3A4. The pharmacologic activity of CBD metabolites are not well studied. * Smoking cannabis or tobacco induces CYP1A2, potentially influencing plasma levels of olanzapine and clozapine (see also episode 236).* * Most metabolites are excreted fecally.

How Long Can THC Remain in the Body and Brain?Plasma (Blood):

THC and its metabolites are typically detectable in plasma only several hours after a single use (Kraemer et al., 2019). However, pharmacokinetic models suggest it might persist in the plasma with as little as weekly use and perhaps longer in heavier users (Mørland & Bramness, 2020).

Urine:

The limit of quantification in a urine test for cannabis is 4 ng/mL, and the amount of time it takes until it can no longer be detected in the urine depends on the degree of consumption, as is noted in Table 1.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Marijuana”, by Mayo Clinic Laboratories. (n.d.). *Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research,* Table 1. Retrieved February 15, 2025, from https://news.mayocliniclabs.com/therapeutics/drug-class-testing/marijuana/

Brain and Fat Tissues:

Unlike alcohol and many other drugs that clear from the body within a few days, THC can linger for much longer—potentially weeks (Lucas et al., 2018)—due to its high lipophilicity. This means people who consistently use cannabis at least twice per week likely have some THC in their brain at all times (Mørland & Bramness, 2020). However, whether these metabolites have any functional effect remains unknown.

Chronic THC Exposure: Impact on Brain FunctionPET studies of chronic, dependent cannabis users have shown lower CB1 receptor availability (by about 15-20%) throughout the brain, but this effect begins to reverse within just two days of abstinence and is normalized by four weeks (Glodosky et al., 2021; Hirvonen et al., 2011). This suggests that although THC and its metabolites may persist in the brain even after CB1 receptors normalize, their presence may not necessarily interfere with endocannabinoids or alter CB1 receptor function. This is also supported by studies of cannabis-induced cognitive impairment (deficits in attention, short term memory, verbal memory, processing speed), which improves and normalizes with increasing length of abstinence (for review, see Bourque & Potvin, 2021). However, it should be noted that the CB1 receptor is highly expressed during times of neurodevelopment, such as fetal development (Papariello et al., 2021) and again during adolescence (Meyer et al., 2018). Chronic exposure to THC during these times may downregulate these receptors and interfere with these critical periods of neurodevelopment (Lutz, 2020). One of the most contentious points in the field is whether heavy cannabis use during adolescence, or even later in life, can lead to schizophrenia by disrupting neurodevelopment during critical periods.

Cannabis, Psychosis, And Schizophrenia: A Psychiatric Risk OverviewDefinition and Presentation of Cannabis Induced Psychotic SymptomsThe link between cannabis usage and psychosis is one of supreme interest to healthcare professionals and members of the public alike. When engaging in such a hotly-debated topic, it’s important to clarify the vocabulary that will be used in the discussion of said topic. Cannabis can induce psychotic symptoms, including hallucinations, paranoia, and delusions, collectively termed cannabis-associated psychotic symptoms (CAPS), as well as a more severe cannabis-induced psychotic disorder, which mimics schizophrenia with positive symptoms (e.g., hallucinations, delusions), negative symptoms (e.g., blunted affect, emotional withdrawal), and cognitive impairments like disrupted word recall (D'Souza et al., 2004; Schoeler et al., 2024). These effects, observed in controlled studies, are dose-dependent, temporary, and linked to THC administration, often resembling schizophrenia’s psychophysiologic deficits (Sherif et al., 2016). Differential diagnosis is challenging due to overlaps with primary psychotic disorders and cannabis use disorder comorbidity, with limited treatment literature and no specific guidelines; acute management involves antipsychotics, dynamic assessment, and vigilant monitoring for safety (Pauselli, 2018; Baldaçara et al., 2023).

A case report by Rossi & Beck, (2020) described a patient who presented to the emergency department with acute paranoid behavior, insomnia, and hypervigilance, which had progressively worsened over the prior month. He reported paranoid delusions involving people following him in a black truck, and had a long history of cannabis use starting at age 13 to manage self-reported anxiety. Notably, his symptoms escalated after initiating “dabbing,” a method of consuming highly concentrated cannabis with THC levels up to 80%. The onset of psychotic symptoms coincided with this change in use, leading to a diagnosis of cannabis-induced psychosis and severe cannabis use disorder. He voluntarily admitted himself for inpatient psychiatric care, was treated with risperidone, and experienced a gradual resolution of symptoms. With continued outpatient care, he tapered off medication, returned to work and college, and remained relapse-free for over a year before discontinuing psychiatric treatment.

Risk Factors For Cannabis Induced Psychotic SymptomsIt’s important to characterize what puts people at risk for experiencing psychosis in connection to cannabis usage. To this end, a large international study analyzing data from 233,475 people who use cannabis (PWUC) examined the prevalence, risk factors, and treatment circumstances surrounding cannabis-associated psychotic symptoms (CAPS) requiring emergency medical attention (Schoeler et al., 2022).

  • The study found that 0.47% of PWUC reported experiencing CAPS in their lifetime,
  • and 0.19% had experienced CAPS in the past year requiring emergency treatment.

  • Paranoia was the most common symptom, typically subsiding as the drug wore off.

  • Risk factors for CAPS included being under 21 years old (RR = 2.66), living in Denmark—possibly due to the prevalence of high-potency resin (RR = 3.01), mixing cannabis with tobacco (RR = 2.15), and using high-potency resin compared to herbal cannabis (RR = 2.11).
  • Individuals with existing psychiatric diagnoses, particularly psychotic disorders (RR = 14.01), bipolar disorder (RR = 4.30), anxiety (RR = 2.92), or depression (RR = 2.68), were significantly more likely to experience CAPS.
  • CAPS events most commonly occurred after the use of high-potency cannabis (44%) or resin (24%), even when consumed in small quantities (≤1 g in 84% of cases).
  • While most individuals recovered within a day, 21% reported symptoms lasting longer than four weeks.
  • Of those seeking emergency care, 36% were hospitalized, with admission rates highest among individuals with a history of psychosis (76%) or prolonged CAPS (54%).
  • CAPS in the study are comparable to rates of psychosis induced by other drugs such as alcohol-associated psychosis (around 0.4–0.7%).

Interestingly, frequency of cannabis use did not correlate with CAPS risk, possibly due to the development of tolerance. However, the study's reliance on self-reported, retrospective data and the influence of country-specific differences in cannabis use and treatment-seeking behavior limit the generalizability of its findings.

The 2023 meta-analysis by Robinson et al. addresses a major gap in the literature by quantifying psychosis risk across five levels of cannabis use frequency. Unlike previous studies that used broad categories, this analysis revealed a nuanced dose-response relationship that was most robust in a flexible non-linear model. It found no significant risk increase with yearly or monthly use, but a 35% increased risk with weekly use (RR = 1.35) and a 76% increase with daily or near-daily use (RR = 1.76), compared to non-users. The study highlights weekly use as a critical threshold for elevated psychosis risk, offering actionable insights for public health messaging to target heavy users. While the study did not assess cannabis potency or age of onset, the authors acknowledge these as important interacting risk factors.

Presentations of Other Forms of Substance-Induced PsychosisCannabis-induced psychosis differs in symptom presentation and severity from psychosis induced by substances like cathinone derivatives, cocaine, methamphetamine, MDMA, PCP, and ketamine.

  • Cathinone and its derivatives can cause psychomotor agitation, paranoia, hallucinations, and, in rare cases, excited delirium, similar to cocaine and amphetamines.
  • Cocaine-induced psychosis often involves paranoid delusions and auditory hallucinations.
  • Methamphetamine psychosis includes persecutory delusions, auditory and visual hallucinations, hostility, and disorganized thinking, but lacks negative symptoms.
  • MDMA psychosis features positive symptoms like delusions and hallucinations, alongside depressed mood and blunted affect.
  • PCP and ketamine induce psychosis with positive symptoms (hallucinations, delusions, illogical thinking) and negative symptoms (apathy, reduced speech, catatonic posturing), with PCP eliciting a stronger response (Fiorentini et al., 2021).
  • In contrast, cannabis-induced psychosis is characterized by heightened paranoia but less agitation and no visual hallucinations, distinguishing it from the more intense agitation and broader hallucinatory profiles of other substances.

Understanding the Limits of Current Cannabis and Psychosis ResearchChallenges and Tools for Assessing Causality in Cannabis ResearchMuch of the research on cannabis and mental health in humans are epidemiological studies. Although epidemiological studies can provide strong evidence for associations, they are not able to fully, or often sufficiently, account for the effects of confounding variables. The most famous study that demonstrates this (discussed in episode 64) is by Di Forti and colleagues (2019), which claimed up to 12-50% of first-episode psychosis could be attributed to high potency cannabis. It was a multicenter case-control study across ten European and one Brazilian site that found an increased association between odds of first-episode psychosis and daily use of high-potency cannabis. Major limitations with regards to investigating causality included the fact that data on cannabis usages was self-reported and could not be validated using biological measures, questions pertaining to cannabis usage were unable to assess potency, and recruitment of controls and patients were not random, as well as other factors. The population attributable fractions were calculated assuming causality, which has not been established in the study, much less the overall body of literature. Gillespie and colleagues (2019) argued in response to Di Forti et al. that their analysis did not adequately account for the genetic correlation between schizophrenia and cannabis use (previously identified at r = 0.25), nor sufficiently address the alternative hypothesis supported by their bidirectional Mendelian randomization study, which indicated that causality might predominantly flow from schizophrenia to cannabis use, rather than vice versa.

To help assess if a relationship in epidemiology is causal or not, the Bradford Hill Criteria can be of much use. They are a series of nine points that are commonly utilized to assess causality within epidemiology (Shimonovich et al., 2021). They are qualities intended to be kept in mind when assessing if a connection is due to something besides causality, as opposed to definitive rules that must all be checked off before a connection is deemed to be causal in nature. They can be quite helpful when evaluating the strength of studies as well as their claims of causal connections. These criteria are listed below, with commentary about their modern importance:

The nine criteria that constitute the Bradford Hill Criteria.

Examples of Prospective Studies Investigating Cannabis Use and PsychosisTo adequately address whether the effects of cannabis use in adolescence is causally related to schizophrenia, more prospective studies are needed. Studies, like the prospective historical cohort study by Zammit et al. (2002), which investigated the causal link between adolescent cannabis use and schizophrenia, utilizing data from a 1969-70 survey of 50,087 Swedish male conscripts (aged 18-20), representing over 97% of the country’s male population in that age group. The study employed a prospective longitudinal design, assessing cannabis use through structured interviews with psychologists and psychiatrists, diagnosing psychiatric conditions per ICD-8 criteria, and following subjects from 1970 to 1996.

  • Potential confounders adjusted for included:
  • psychiatric diagnosis at conscription
  • IQ
  • personality traits
  • upbringing
  • paternal age
  • cigarette smoking
  • childhood behavior
  • alcohol misuse
  • family psychiatric history
  • financial situation
  • father’s occupation

  • The study found a dose-dependent association between cannabis use frequency and schizophrenia risk, with an adjusted odds ratio (OR) of 1.5 (95% CI 1.1-2.0) for lifetime use and3.1 (1.7-5.5) for heaviest use (>50 occasions).

  • Among 1648 subjects using only cannabis, 1.1% developed schizophrenia, with a higher risk (adjusted OR 1.9, 1.1-3.1) compared to non-users.
  • 5.7% of those cannabis users who developed schizophrenia (4/70) used >50 times.

  • No association was found with other psychotic disorders, suggesting specificity to schizophrenia.

Although the study supports a possible causal connection due to its dose-dependent findings and rigorous adjustments, a key limitation is the low base rate of schizophrenia in the sample (0.71%), which may reflect the exclusion of individuals with psychiatric disorders at baseline.

A prospective population-based study by van Os et al. (2002) followed over 4,000 adults (ages 18–64) in the Netherlands who were free of psychosis at baseline and found that baseline cannabis use predicted later development of psychotic symptoms, including symptoms severe enough to require mental health care.

  • The odds of developing pathology-level psychosis were over 24 times higher (OR = 24.17) in those who had used cannabis at baseline, compared to non-users even after controlling for age, sex, education, ethnicity, urbanicity, and discrimination.
  • However, the OR of 24 here is also based on a sensitivity analysis, where those cases of psychosis at follow up are imputed because they lost so many people to follow up.
  • In the other sensitivity analyses when they imputed missing participant cases differently, the authors only found an OR of 3.
  • Also, while they controlled for baseline psychotic symptoms and age, it's likely that the people who were experiencing psychotic symptoms at the follow up clinical interview had a psychotic disorder at baseline.

  • Importantly, the study claimed that there was a dose-response effect, in that greater cumulative use was associated with progressively higher risk. However, it is difficult to accurately assess dose response with only 10 cases and 4 categories of use severity.

  • The authors also showed that cannabis use predicted psychosis independently of other substances like stimulants and psychedelics, and that cannabis use at baseline was a stronger predictor than more recent use, suggesting a temporal relationship.
  • Furthermore, for those with an existing vulnerability to psychosis at baseline, cannabis use led to dramatically higher rates of poor outcomes, with 80% of psychosis cases in this group attributable to the synergistic effect of cannabis and baseline vulnerability.

These findings address some of the Bradford Hill criteria, including specificity, and biological gradient (dose-response) —and adds to the supporting evidence that cannabis may play a causal role in the development or exacerbation of psychosis.

Can Cannabis-Induced Psychosis Lead To Schizophrenia? What The Research SaysThe question of whether or not cannabis usage leads to long term psychosis or schizophrenia has been the subject of debate and research for decades. There have been recent studies looking at modern trends relating to cannabis usage potentially transitioning to long-term schizophrenia. A recent population-based cohort study from Ontario, Canada (Myran et al., 2025a) reported a significant increase in the population-attributable fraction (PARF) of schizophrenia linked to cannabis use disorder (CUD) following cannabis legalization. However, the study’s methodology defined CUD solely by emergency department visits or inpatient psychiatric admissions related to cannabis use, excluding outpatient cases. This flawed definition likely biased the results by capturing a subset of individuals already at higher risk for schizophrenia due to genetic or psychological predispositions. Furthermore, while cannabis use increased post-legalization, the incidence of schizophrenia actually declined by 27.2% between 2006 and 2022, contradicting the study’s projections. A related study using the same cohort (Myran et al., 2025b) found CUD associated with higher all-cause mortality (HR 2.79), but it relied on the same narrow and problematic definition of CUD. The subgroup defined as having CUD was more likely to be socioeconomically disadvantaged, have co-occurring mental health disorders, and use other substances, introducing substantial confounding variables. As a result, both studies’ conclusions are undermined by methodological limitations and confounding factors, making it difficult to isolate cannabis use as the primary driver of schizophrenia risk or increased mortality.

A 2023 retrospective cohort study of electronic medical records from the same cohort of nearly 10 million Ontario residents aged 14–65, excluding those with prior psychotic diagnoses, investigated the 3-year risk of transitioning to psychosis following emergency department (ED) visits for substance use or substance-induced psychosis, compared to the general population, while controlling for confounders like age, sex, neighborhood income, rurality, and prior mental health care (Myran et al., 2023).

  • Of the 9,844,497 individuals, 407,737 (4.1%) had ED visits for substance use
  • 13,784 (0.1% of the total population) presented with substance-induced psychosis
  • Of whom 18.5% developed a chronic psychotic disorder within 3 years.

  • The adjusted hazard ratio (aHR) for transitioning to schizophrenia spectrum disorder was significantly elevated for substance-induced psychosis (aHR 62.0; 95% CI, 58.8–65.4) and substance use without psychosis (aHR 4.8; 95% CI, 4.6–5.0), with cannabis-induced psychosis showing the highest risk (aHR 84.9; 95% CI, 78.7–91.6) when compared to other substances such as:

  • amphetamines (22.3)
  • cocaine (16.6)
  • alcohol (16.3)
  • or polysubstance use (48.8)

  • Younger age and male sex further increased risk.

Despite adjustments, residual confounding likely persisted due to baseline differences, such as higher prior acute care for substance use among those with substance-induced psychosis (37% vs. 8.5% for non-psychosis substance use and 1.2% for the general population), and the occasional binary treatment of mental health care variables oversimplified complex histories.

This small subset (0.1% of the population) with substance-induced psychosis had more comorbidities, limiting generalizability to typical cannabis users, and the retrospective design could not address reverse causality or many other Bradford-Hill criteria, though it highlighted cannabis-induced psychosis as a stronger risk factor for psychotic disorders than psychosis induced by other substances.

**Table 3. Risk of Transition to Schizophrenia Spectrum Disorder Within 3 Years Based on Age, Sex, and Substance Use.**

Note. Reprinted from Transition to schizophrenia spectrum disorder following emergency department visits due to substance use with and without psychosis”, by Myran et al., 2023, JAMA Psychiatry, 80(11), Table 3.

Explaining the Cannabis-Schizophrenia Connection: Three Leading HypothesesThere are three main lines of thinking in the literature to explain the association between cannabis and schizophrenia (Hamilton & Monaghan, 2019).

  • The first hypothesis is that cannabis is causally associated with schizophrenia; this is based on multiple studies supporting the claim that frequent, high-dose cannabis use is associated with the development of psychosis, and the fact that cannabis can induce psychotic symptoms in those without a history of psychosis.
  • The second hypothesis is that people with schizophrenia use cannabis at a higher rate to self-medicate negative symptoms.
  • The last is that cannabis increases risk for psychosis in people who are already at risk due to genetic and environmental factors.

Hypothesis #1: Cannabis is Causally Associated with SchizophreniaThe Impact of Cannabis on the Developing Adolescent BrainThe endocannabinoid system plays a significant role in neurodevelopment by modulating synaptic strength and plasticity. Notably, CB1 receptor expression is highest during fetal and adolescent neurodevelopment. Heavy cannabis use during adolescence may downregulate these receptors during critical periods of synaptic pruning, potentially leading to lasting neurodevelopmental changes that increase susceptibility to psychosis. In rodent models, chronic THC exposure during adolescence has been shown to disrupt synaptic pruning, leading to premature dendritic atrophy or functional alterations in cortical glutamatergic pyramidal neurons—morphological changes that resemble those seen in schizophrenia and induced by chronic stress (Miller et al., 2019). This may stem from THC-induced impairments in specific subpopulations of GABAergic interneurons, particularly those containing parvalbumin and CCK (Renard et al., 2017). Schizophrenia is also associated with dysregulation of parvalbumin and somatostatin interneurons (Vid Prkačin et al., 2023).

How Cannabis Use During Adolescence Affects Brain StructureStructural MRI studies also tend to show some commonalities between chronic cannabis use and schizophrenia, mainly reduced right hippocampal volume. However, early studies typically do not control for the effects of early life adversity (Battistella et al., 2014), an independent factor affecting hippocampal volume, and the observed effects often disappear when controlling for alcohol use (Matochik et al., 2005; Weiland et al., 2015). However, in a study by Chye et al. (2019), people with cannabis use disorder exhibited reduced hippocampal volume even after adjusting for alcohol use. Further, a large-scale study of over 1000 participants (Owens et al., 2021) showed that people with recent cannabis use, as measured by positive THC urine tests, had bilateral reductions in hippocampal volume, whereas “effects may dissipate following prolonged abstinence” (Owens et al., 2021, Abstract ). A meta-analysis of 16 studies found no evidence that heavy cannabis use during adolescence or young adulthood leads to structural changes in cortical or subcortical gray matter or white matter integrity (Lorenzetti et al., 2023), but there was a trend for decreased PFC volume or thickness that warrant larger studies.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Brain Anatomical Alterations in Young Cannabis Users: Is it All Hype? A Meta-Analysis of Structural Neuroimaging Studies”, by Lorenzetti et al., 2023, *Cannabis and cannabinoid research*, 8(1), Figure 4, p. 191.

The authors concluded that “while prolonged and long-term exposure to heavy cannabis use may be required to detect gross volume alterations, more studies in young cannabis users are needed to map in detail cannabis-related neuroanatomical changes.” A separate review by Levine and colleagues (2017) noted that some studies did not assess brain changes over time, simply observing the brains of adolescents who used cannabis vs. those who did not. This led the authors to conclude, “It remains unclear whether the neuroanatomical and functional abnormalities are caused by, or exist prior to, the onset of cannabis exposure.”

However, the largest longitudinal study of adolescents to date, conducted by Albaugh and colleagues (2021) using the IMAGEN cohort, provides a more nuanced picture:

  • 800 European participants received fMRI scans at ages 14 (prior to any substantial cannabis use) and 19 (after possible initiation).
  • There was a dose-dependent association between cannabis consumption and accelerated cortical thinning by age 19—most pronounced in prefrontal regions densely populated with CB1 receptors.
  • Importantly, no baseline differences in cortical thickness predicted future cannabis use, suggesting these neuroanatomical changes were likely driven by exposure rather than pre-existing traits.
  • Further analysis from the same cohort at age ~23–24 showed that initiating cannabis use during adolescence produced distinctly greater changes in frontal cortical development compared to onset in the twenties (Albaugh et al., 2023).

Cannabis Use in Adolescence and its Influences on Brain ActivityfMRI studies examining resting-state activity and cognitive task performance have linked heavy cannabis use to altered activity and connectivity in brain regions involved in cognitive control and executive functioning (e.g., dlPFC, anterior cingulate, OFC). However, findings regarding the directionality of these changes (increased vs. decreased activity) remain inconsistent (Hammond et al., 2022; Harding et al., 2012). It is also unclear whether these alterations persist after abstinence or if they predate cannabis use, in which case they might serve as markers of vulnerability to both cannabis use and schizophrenia.

Additionally, while cannabis is often associated with dopamine dysregulation, a systematic review of nine fMRI studies using the monetary incentive delay task found no significant differences in reward-related brain responses among daily cannabis users. But this narrowly focused summary fails to acknowledge broader evidence from other paradigms and modalities like PET studies and neuromelanin-sensitive MRI (Beyer et al., 2024). However, people with cannabis use disorder (CUD) exhibit increased neuromelanin levels, as evidenced by elevated neuromelanin-sensitive MRI signals, particularly within specific ventral substantia nigra/ventral tegmental area (SN/VTA) voxels previously associated with heightened psychosis severity, suggesting elevated dopamine function related to cannabis use (Ahrens et al., 2025). Furthermore, some studies do suggest cannabis use in adolescence changes reward responsivity, increasing risk for anhedonia; however, other studies using different methodologies don’t support this finding.

Hypothesis #2: People With Schizophrenia Use Cannabis at a Higher Rate to Self-Medicate Negative SymptomsNearly half of people with schizophrenia develop a CUD in their lifetime (Ahmed et al., 2021). Some patients report that it helps with negative symptoms related to volition, affect, and poverty of thought. However, a systematic review and meta-analysis found no difference in negative symptoms between schizophrenic patients who used cannabis and those who did not (Sabe et al., 2020).

Hypothesis #3: Cannabis Increases Risk for Psychosis in People Who Are Already At Risk Due To Genetic and Environmental FactorsOverlapping Genetics Between Cannabis Use Disorder and Schizophrenia: What We KnowHeritability estimates for cannabis use disorder and schizophrenia are about 50% and 80% respectively (Chenoweth, 2024), suggesting both disorders are highly heritable. Considering the higher comorbidity between the two disorders, many have argued there is a genetic overlap. Some studies do suggest that people with schizophrenia and their healthy relatives experience greater rewarding effects or sensitivity to cannabis (Kuepper et al., 2013), which may suggest cannabis is more likely to be the drug of choice in people with schizophrenia (similar to nicotine). What’s unclear, however, is whether this effect is specific to cannabis, as people with schizophrenia are also more likely to use other illicit drugs.

Early research into the relationship between cannabis use disorder and schizophrenia often focused on candidate genes—specific genetic variants believed to interact with environmental factors (like adolescent cannabis use) to increase the risk of psychosis. Among these genes were COMT, which influences dopamine regulation (Caspi et al., 2005), AKT1, involved in glucose metabolism (Di Forti et al., 2012), and CNR1 (cannabinoid receptor gene, Benyamina et al., 2011). Some small-sample studies reported that adolescents carrying certain polymorphisms of these genes are at higher risk of developing schizophrenia if they begin using cannabis at a young age (Caspi et al., 2005; Di Forti et al., 2012). However, because candidate gene studies often use limited samples (thus limiting their power) and are prone to publication bias, replication has been inconsistent (Verweij et al., 2022). Therefore, the true effect size of any single gene in moderating the risk of developing schizophrenia due to cannabis use is minimal and the relationship between cannabis use and schizophrenia is influenced by multiple genes.

Because of this, Genome-Wide Association Studies (GWAS) are more commonly used now, as they screen the entire genome for common variants associated with schizophrenia or cannabis use in large samples (Verweij et al., 2017). These genes that are consistently associated with increased risk can be compiled to give polygenic risk scores for each of these outcomes. The polygenic risk scores that predict cannabis use can then be used to test whether they confer greater risk of schizophrenia. This type of study is called Mendelian randomization and allows for researchers to assess whether samples with high genetic risk for cannabis use are more likely to develop schizophrenia, even in the absence of actual cannabis use. One Mendelian randomization analysis found a causal effect of cannabis use on schizophrenia (Vaucher et al., 2018), while three others suggest reverse causation, in which genetic liability for schizophrenia predicts greater cannabis use or cannabis use disorder (Gage et al., 2017; Johnson et al., 2021; Pasman et al., 2018) and another study detected no clear evidence of a causal link between cannabis use and schizophrenia (Jang et al., 2022).

However, these studies require more robust and diverse sampling methods, a consistent and dose-related measurement of cannabis use, and clearer strategies to address the potential violations of Mendelian randomization assumptions—particularly pleiotropy (where one set of genetic variants can influence multiple traits associated with both schizophrenia and cannabis use). Because schizophrenia and CUD share overlapping genetic architectures, it is difficult to confirm whether specific variants are truly exerting causal effects or are influencing traits common to both disorders (i.e., horizontal pleiotropy), such as impulsivity, neuroticism (see also Episode 92), executive function, neurodevelopment, etc. (Johnson et al., 2024; Richter et al., 2019). Variants in genes related to the endocannabinoid system, glutamate signaling, dopamine, or stress sensitivity may act across these domains, complicating any causal inferences drawn from Mendelian randomization studies (Johnson et al., 2024; Richter et al., 2019 for specific genes discussed in the podcast).

Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) Increase Risk for Both Cannabis Use Disorder and SchizophreniaAdverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) are significant early-life stressors, including abuse, neglect, and household dysfunction, that increase the risk of both cannabis use and schizophrenia (see also episodes 203, 204, 217). Individuals with four or more ACEs face a substantially heightened risk for both substance use disorders–including CUD–in adolescence and later in life, and psychotic disorders.

ACEs are associated with lasting neurobiological changes, such as dysregulation of the HPA axis, increased systemic inflammation, reduced hippocampal volume, anhedonia, and increased amygdala reactivity to negative emotions. These alterations, combined with cannabis use—especially during critical developmental periods—may amplify the risk of psychosis.

It is important to recognize that most people who began using cannabis at an early age are more likely to have lived in unstable home environments with greater substance use and less parental oversight, which needs to be taken into account when interpreting studies of people who began using cannabis at a young age.

Cannabis Use and Risk of Psychotic Relapse in SchizophreniaRegardless of whether or not cannabis causes schizophrenia, it is evident from clinical experience and the literature that cannabis use can be incredibly destabilizing for patients who have a psychotic disorder. In the review of human laboratory studies mentioned earlier (Sherif et al., 2016), as well as a double-blind RCT (D'Souza et al., 2005) that compared the effects of intravenous THC vs. a placebo treatment in patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorder, it was shown that THC worsens symptoms of psychosis in a manner that is transient and dependent on the dosage.

However, the data on whether or not cannabis causes schizophrenia is mixed. A large 2023 individual participant data meta-analysis by Argote et al., using PANSS scores from over 3,000 individuals with schizophrenia spectrum disorders, offered more nuanced insight into how cannabis use affects symptom profiles​. After adjusting for key confounders (e.g., age, sex, illness duration, substance use), cannabis users exhibited significantly higher severity of positive symptoms (adjusted mean difference [aMD] = 0.38) and greater excitement symptoms (aMD = 0.16), but lower severity of negative symptoms (aMD = -0.50) compared to non-users. No association was found with disorganization or depressive symptoms. These results support the clinical observation that cannabis can exacerbate paranoid ideation and hyperactivation, while simultaneously appearing to attenuate negative symptoms like avolition or affective flattening. However, the authors caution that these findings do not imply causality and may reflect a self-selection effect, where individuals with fewer negative symptoms are more likely to use substances. Nevertheless, this study strengthens prior findings that continued cannabis use worsens positive symptom trajectories, and highlights the importance of differentiating symptom clusters when assessing cannabis impact​. In a different meta-analysis that aimed to determine the impact of cannabis use on the efficacy of antipsychotic dosage, the evolution of symptoms, therapeutic resistance, and the risk of relapse in patients with schizophrenia who are taking medication (Rault et al., 2022), cannabis use was not shown to be associated with poorer symptoms evolution but was shown to be associated with higher relapse rates.

This ties into one of the more important points with regards to cannabis use in patients with schizophrenia. Over the long term, symptoms may or may not be worse, but cannabis use will lead to more relapses, which is a serious problem given the nature of a relapse into psychosis. Possible explanations for this include the fact that patients who continue using cannabis and have more relapses might have worse schizophrenia symptoms at baseline, are more likely to be noncompliant on medications, or are experiencing more life stress. These possibilities were addressed by a prospective, longitudinal study by Scheffler et al. (2021) followed 98 patients with first-episode schizophrenia spectrum disorders over 24 months while on long-acting injectable antipsychotics, allowing for reliable assessment of medication compliance. Participants were divided into cannabis users (n=45) and non-users (n=53) and relapse was defined by specific increases in PANSS scores or CGI worsening. While both groups showed similar baseline psychotic symptoms (F=0.448, p=0.7), cannabis users exhibited poorer social and occupational functioning initially (p=0.008). Importantly, cannabis users experienced significantly more relapses (22.2% vs. 7.5%, p=0.039), despite similar rates of remission (76% for cannabis users vs. 83% for non-users). Furthermore, frequency of cannabis use, verified by urine toxicology, predicted relapse (ß=0.47, p=0.03). Despite similar symptom remission rates over time, the study suggests a dose-dependent relationship between cannabis use and relapse risk, potentially due to cannabis lowering the threshold for psychotic episodes or interacting with antipsychotic metabolism through the CYP450 system (Smith & Gruber, 2023). However, a literature review by Rault and colleagues (2022) found no evidence that cannabis use necessitates higher antipsychotic doses, suggesting it may not increase antipsychotic resistance. Notably, the Scheffler study effectively controlled for key confounds—baseline symptom severity and medication noncompliance—strengthening its conclusion that ongoing cannabis use elevates relapse risk independently of these factors.

Conclusion Regarding Cannabis And PsychosisWe’re living in an unprecedented era of cannabis use in North America. With legalization sweeping across most U.S. states—and only four now maintaining full prohibition—cannabis has become widely accessible, increasingly potent, and culturally normalized. Today’s products are far from the cannabis of the past: THC concentrations now regularly exceed 17–28%, with some concentrates reaching above 90% (Backman, 2023). Alongside this rise in potency is a shift in perception. Dispensaries promote cannabis as a natural remedy for anxiety, insomnia, and depression. Among young adults, cannabis is increasingly seen as a healthy alternative to alcohol—and for the first time in U.S. history, the number of daily cannabis users (17.7 million) has surpassed daily alcohol users (14.7 million) (Caulkins, 2024).

But those of us in clinical practice are seeing a different side of the story. Many of us have cared for patients experiencing cannabis-induced psychosis: young people arriving in the emergency department with paranoia, hallucinations, and delusions after consuming high-potency THC products. Others with schizophrenia relapse after prolonged stability—often following renewed cannabis use. These cases are becoming increasingly common, reinforcing what many psychiatrists now believe: cannabis is one of several environmental risk factors that can unmask or exacerbate psychotic disorders.

Frustratingly, the pace of research has failed to match the public’s growing use. Regulatory barriers restrict access to the very products people are using, while ethical limitations hinder the ability to conduct randomized controlled trials. As a result, most available data come from observational studies—which, while valuable, often struggle to account for confounding variables such as genetic risk, Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs), co-occurring substance use, and social adversity.

In this episode, we critically examined the existing literature through the lens of the Bradford Hill criteria. While numerous epidemiological studies demonstrate a consistent association between cannabis use and psychosis—with cannabis being associated with the highest risk of transition from substance-induced psychosis to schizophrenia compared to other substances—causality still remains difficult to “prove”. For example, a Swedish cohort of over 50,000 conscripts found that those who had used cannabis more than 50 times had more than triple the odds of later developing schizophrenia (Zammit et al., 2002), but even this rigorous design cannot fully isolate cannabis from other risk factors. However, regardless of whether cannabis is causally associated with the development of psychosis, it may still act as a catalyst for psychosis and other mental health problems in individuals with genetic or environmental vulnerabilities.

As the normalization of cannabis use accelerates and research struggles to keep pace, we find ourselves at a critical juncture. We as mental health professionals must remain informed and engaged to connect with our patients and the public. It is our responsibility to serve as trusted resources of critical discussion in an era where cannabis is marketed as a cure-all, often without regard for psychiatric risk. We must also advocate for more rigorous, unbiased research to ensure that public education and drug policy is grounded in science—not sentiment—and that we help shape the cultural narrative around cannabis in the critical years ahead.

We hope this episode has equipped you for future discussions about cannabis with patients, families, and colleagues and that you tune in for the next part of the series, where we will discuss cannabis and depression, anxiety, PTSD, cognition, and more.

References:Ahmed, S., Roth, R. M., Stanciu, C. N., & Brunette, M. F. (2021). The impact of THC and CBD in schizophrenia: A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 12, 694394. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.694394

Ahrens, J., Ford, S. D., Schaefer, B., Reese, D., Khan, A. R., Tibbo, P., Rabin, R., Cassidy, C. M., & Palaniyappan, L. (2025). Convergence of cannabis and psychosis on the dopamine system. JAMA Psychiatry. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2025.0432

Albaugh, M. D., Ottino-Gonzalez, J., Sidwell, A., Lepage, C., Juliano, A., Owens, M. M., Chaarani, B., Spechler, P., Fontaine, N., Rioux, P., Lewis, L., Jeon, S., Evans, A., D’Souza, D., Radhakrishnan, R., Banaschewski, T., Bokde, A. L. W., Quinlan, E. B., Conrod, P., ... Garavan, H. (2021). Association of cannabis use during adolescence with neurodevelopment. JAMA Psychiatry. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2021.1258

Albaugh, M. D., Owens, M. M., Juliano, A., Ottino-Gonzalez, J., Cupertino, R., Cao, Z., Mackey, S., Lepage, C., Rioux, P., Evans, A., Banaschewski, T., Bokde, A. L. W., Conrod, P., Desrivières, S., Flor, H., Grigis, A., Gowland, P., Heinz, A., Ittermann, B., … IMAGEN Consortium. (2023). Differential associations of adolescent versus young adult cannabis initiation with longitudinal brain change and behavior. Molecular Psychiatry, 28(11), 5173–5182. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-023-02148-2

Argote, M., Sescousse, G., Brunelin, J., Baudin, G., Schaub, M. P., Rabin, R., Schnell, T., Ringen, P. A., Andreassen, O. A., Addington, J. M., Brambilla, P., Delvecchio, G., Bechdolf, A., Wobrock, T., Schneider-Axmann, T., Herzig, D. A., Mohr, C., Vila-Badia, R., Usall, J., … Rolland, B. (2023). Association between cannabis use and symptom dimensions in schizophrenia spectrum disorders: An individual participant data meta-analysis on 3053 individuals. eClinicalMedicine, 64, 102199. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eclinm.2023.102199

Arkell, T. R., Kevin, R. C., Vinckenbosch, F., Lintzeris, N., Theunissen, E., Ramaekers, J. G., & McGregor, I. S. (2022). Sex differences in acute cannabis effects revisited: Results from two randomized, controlled trials. Addiction biology, 27(2), e13125. https://doi.org/10.1111/adb.13125

Backman, I. (2023, August 30). Not your grandmother’s marijuana: Rising THC concentrations in cannabis can pose devastating health risks. Yale School of Medicine. https://medicine.yale.edu/news-article/not-your-grandmothers-marijuana-rising-thc-concentrations-in-cannabis-can-pose-devastating-health-risks/

Baldaçara, L., Ramos, A., & Castaldelli-Maia, J. M. (2023). Managing drug-induced psychosis. International Review of Psychiatry, 35(5–6), 496–502. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540261.2023.2261544

Bassir Nia, A., Bender, R., & Harpaz-Rotem, I. (2019). Endocannabinoid system alterations in posttraumatic stress disorder: A review of developmental and accumulative effects of trauma. Chronic Stress, 3, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1177/2470547019864096

Battistella, G., Fornari, E., Annoni, J. M., Chtioui, H., Dao, K., Fabritius, M., Favrat, B., Mall, J. F., Maeder, P., & Giroud, C. (2014). Long-term effects of cannabis on brain structure. Neuropsychopharmacology : official publication of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 39(9), 2041–2048. https://doi.org/10.1038/npp.2014.67

Benyamina, A., Kebir, O., Blecha, L., Reynaud, M., & Krebs, M.-O. (2011). CNR1 gene polymorphisms in addictive disorders: A systematic review and a meta-analysis. Addiction Biology, 16(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1369-1600.2009.00198.x

Beyer, E., Poudel, G., Antonopoulos, S., Thomson, H., & Lorenzetti, V. (2024). Brain reward function in people who use cannabis: A systematic review. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience, 17, 1323609. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2023.1323609

Bourque, J., & Potvin, S. (2021). Cannabis and cognitive functioning: From acute to residual effects, from randomized controlled trials to prospective designs. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 12, 596601. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.596601

Caspi, A., Moffitt, T. E., Cannon, M., McClay, J., Murray, R., Harrington, H., Taylor, A., Arseneault, L., Williams, B., Braithwaite, A., Poulton, R., & Craig, I. W. (2005). Moderation of the effect of adolescent-onset cannabis use on adult psychosis by a functional polymorphism in the catechol-O-methyltransferase gene: Longitudinal evidence of a gene × environment interaction. Biological Psychiatry, 57(10), 1117–1127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2005.01.026

Caulkins, J. P. (2024). Changes in self-reported cannabis use in the United States from 1979 to 2022. Addiction, 119(9), 1648–1652. https://doi.org/10.1111/add.16519

Chenoweth, M. J. (2024). Cracking the chicken and egg problem of schizophrenia and substance use: Genetic interplay between schizophrenia, cannabis use disorder, and tobacco smoking. Neuropsychopharmacology, 49, 1653–1654. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-024-01898-z

Chye, Y., Lorenzetti, V., Suo, C., Batalla, A., Cousijn, J., Goudriaan, A. E., Jenkinson, M., Martin-Santos, R., Whittle, S., Yücel, M., & Solowij, N. (2019). Alteration to hippocampal volume and shape confined to cannabis dependence: A multi-site study. Addiction Biology, 24(5), 822–834. https://doi.org/10.1111/adb.12652

Cohen, Y., Kolodziej, A., & Morningstar, M. (2024). Seventeen years since rimonabant's downfall: Reassessing its suicidality risk profile. Obesity (Silver Spring), 32(7), 1235–1244. https://doi.org/10.1002/oby.24019

Di Forti, M., Iyegbe, C., Sallis, H., Kolliakou, A., Falcone, M. A., Paparelli, A., Sirianni, M., La Cascia, C., Stilo, S. A., Marques, T. R., Handley, R., Mondelli, V., Dazzan, P., Pariante, C., David, A. S., Morgan, C., Powell, J., & Murray, R. M. (2012). Confirmation that the AKT1 (rs2494732) genotype influences the risk of psychosis in cannabis users. Biological Psychiatry, 72(10), 811–816. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2012.06.020

Di Forti, M., Quattrone, D., Freeman, T. P., Tripoli, G., Gayer-Anderson, C., Quigley, H., Rodriguez, V., Jongsma, H. E., Ferraro, L., La Cascia, C., La Barbera, D., Tarricone, I., Berardi, D., Szöke, A., Arango, C., Tortelli, A., Velthorst, E., Bernardo, M., Marta Del-Ben, C., ... Murray, R. M. (2019). The contribution of cannabis use to variation in the incidence of psychotic disorder across Europe (EU-GEI): A multicentre case-control study. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(5), 427–436. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30048-3

DISA Global Solutions. (2025, April 28). Marijuana legality by state. https://disa.com/marijuana-legality-by-state

D'Souza, D. C., Perry, E., MacDougall, L., Ammerman, Y., Cooper, T., Wu, Y. T., Braley, G., Gueorguieva, R., & Krystal, J. H. (2004). The psychotomimetic effects of intravenous delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol in healthy individuals: Implications for psychosis. Neuropsychopharmacology, 29(8), 1558–1572. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.npp.1300496

D’Souza, D. C., Abi-Saab, W. M., Madonick, S., Forselius-Bielen, K., Doersch, A., Braley, G., Gueorguieva, R., Cooper, T. B., & Krystal, J. H. (2005). Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol effects in schizophrenia: Implications for cognition, psychosis, and addiction. Biological Psychiatry, 57(6), 594–608. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.12.006​

Englund, A., Morrison, P. D., Nottage, J., Hague, D., Kane, F., Bonaccorso, S., Stone, J. M., Reichenberg, A., Brenneisen, R., Holt, D., Feilding, A., Walker, L., Murray, R. M., & Kapur, S. (2013). Cannabidiol inhibits THC-elicited paranoid symptoms and hippocampal-dependent memory impairment. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 27(1), 19–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881112460109

Englund, A., Oliver, D., Chesney, E., Chester, L., Wilson, J., Sovi, S., De Micheli, A., Hodsoll, J., Fusar-Poli, P., Strang, J., Murray, R. M., Freeman, T. P., & McGuire, P. (2023). Does cannabidiol make cannabis safer? A randomised, double-blind, cross-over trial of cannabis with four different CBD:THC ratios. Neuropsychopharmacology, 48, 869–876. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-022-01478-z

Fiorentini, A., Cantù, F., Crisanti, C., Cereda, G., Oldani, L., & Brambilla, P. (2021). Substance-induced psychoses: An updated literature review. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 12, 694863. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.694863

Gage, S. H., Jones, H. J., Burgess, S., Bowden, J., Davey Smith, G., Zammit, S., & Munafò, M. R. (2017). Assessing causality in associations between cannabis use and schizophrenia risk: a two-sample Mendelian randomization study. Psychological Medicine, 47(5), 971–980. doi:10.1017/S0033291716003172

Gillespie, N. A., Pasman, J. A., Treur, J. L., Derks, E. M., Verweij, K. J. H., & Vink, J. M. (2019). High-potency cannabis and incident psychosis: Correcting the causal assumption. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(6), 464. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30174-9

Glodosky, N. C., Cuttler, C., & McLaughlin, R. J. (2021). A review of the effects of acute and chronic cannabinoid exposure on the stress response. Frontiers in neuroendocrinology, 63, 100945. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2021.100945

Gunasekaran, N., Long, L. E., Dawson, B. L., Hansen, G. H., Richardson, D. P., Li, K. M., Arnold, J. C., & McGregor, I. S. (2009). Reintoxication: the release of fat-stored delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) into blood is enhanced by food deprivation or ACTH exposure. British journal of pharmacology, 158(5), 1330–1337. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1476-5381.2009.00399.x

Hamilton, I., & Monaghan, M. (2019). Cannabis and psychosis: Are we any closer to understanding the relationship? Current Psychiatry Reports, 21(48). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11920-019-1044-x

Hammond, C. J., Allick, A., Park, G., Rizwan, B., Kim, K., Lebo, R., Nanavati, J., Parvaz, M. A., & Ivanov, I. (2022). A Meta-Analysis of fMRI Studies of Youth Cannabis Use: Alterations in Executive Control, Social Cognition/Emotion Processing, and Reward Processing in Cannabis Using Youth. Brain Sciences, 12(10), 1281. https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci12101281

Harding, I. H., Solowij, N., Harrison, B. J., Takagi, M., Lorenzetti, V., Lubman, D. I., Seal, M. L., Pantelis, C., & Yücel, M. (2012). Functional connectivity in brain networks underlying cognitive control in chronic cannabis users. Neuropsychopharmacology, 37(7), 1923–1933. https://doi.org/10.1038/npp.2012.39

Hillard, C. J. (2015). The Endocannabinoid Signaling System in the CNS: A Primer. International review of neurobiology, 125, 1–47. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.irn.2015.10.001

Hindocha, C., Freeman, T. P., Schafer, G., Gardener, C., Das, R. K., Morgan, C. J., & Curran, H. V. (2015). Acute effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol and their combination on facial emotion recognition: a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled study in cannabis users. European neuropsychopharmacology : the journal of the European College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 25(3), 325–334. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2014.11.014

Hirvonen, J., Goodwin, R. S., Li, C.-T., Terry, G. E., Zoghbi, S. S., Morse, C., Pike, V. W., Volkow, N. D., Huestis, M. A., & Innis, R. B. (2012). Reversible and regionally selective downregulation of brain cannabinoid CB1 receptors in chronic daily cannabis smokers. Molecular Psychiatry, 17, 642–649. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2011.82

Hughes, J. R., Fingar, J. R., Budney, A. J., Naud, S., Helzer, J. E., & Callas, P. W. (2014). Marijuana use and intoxication among daily users: an intensive longitudinal study. Addictive behaviors, 39(10), 1464–1470. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addbeh.2014.05.024

Hutter, C. M. (n.d.). Genome-wide association studies (GWAS). National Human Genome Research Institute. Genome.gov. Retrieved April 30, 2025, from https://www.genome.gov/genetics-glossary/Genome-Wide-Association-Studies-GWAS

Jang, S.-K., Saunders, G., Liu, M., Jiang, Y., Liu, D. J., & Vrieze, S. (2022). Genetic correlation, pleiotropy, and causal associations between substance use and psychiatric disorder. Psychological Medicine, 52(5), 968–978. https://doi.org/10.1017/S003329172000272X

Johnson E. C., Hatoum A. S., Deak J. D., Polimanti R., Murray R. M., Edenberg H. J., Gelernter J., Di Forti M., and Agrawal A. (2021) The relationship between cannabis and schizophrenia: a genetically informed perspective. Addiction, 116: 3227–3234. https://doi.org/10.1111/add.15534

Johnson, E. C., Austin-Zimmerman, I., Thorpe, H. H. A., Levey, D. F., Baranger, D. A. A., Colbert, S. M. C., Demontis, D., Khokhar, J. Y., Davis, L. K., Edenberg, H. J., Di Forti, M., Sanchez-Roige, S., Gelernter, J., & Agrawal, A. (2024). Cross-ancestry genetic investigation of schizophrenia, cannabis use disorder, and tobacco smoking. Neuropsychopharmacology, 49, 1655–1665. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-024-01886-3

Karniol, I. G., Shirakawa, I., Kasinski, N., Pfeferman, A., & Carlini, E. A. (1974). Cannabidiol interferes with the effects of delta 9 - tetrahydrocannabinol in man. European journal of pharmacology, 28(1), 172–177. https://doi.org/10.1016/0014-2999(74)90129-0

Karschner, E. L., Darwin, W. D., McMahon, R. P., Liu, F., Wright, S., Goodwin, R. S., & Huestis, M. A. (2011). Subjective and physiological effects after controlled Sativex and oral THC administration. Clinical pharmacology and therapeutics, 89(3), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1038/clpt.2010.318

Kearn, C. S., Greenberg, M. J., DiCamelli, R., Kurzawa, K., & Hillard, C. J. (1999). Relationships between ligand affinities for the cerebellar cannabinoid receptor CB1 and the induction of GDP/GTP exchange. Journal of neurochemistry, 72(6), 2379–2387. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1471-4159.1999.0722379.x

Kraemer, M., Madea, B., & Hess, C. (2019). Detectability of various cannabinoids in plasma samples of cannabis users: Indicators of recent cannabis use? Drug Testing and Analysis, 11(10), 1498–1506. https://doi.org/10.1002/dta.2682

Kuepper, R., Ceccarini, J., Lataster, J., van Os, J., van Kroonenburgh, M., van Gerven, J. M. A., Marcelis, M., Van Laere, K., & Henquet, C. (2013). Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol-induced dopamine release as a function of psychosis risk: 18F-fallypride positron emission tomography study. PLOS ONE, 8(7), e70378. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0070378

Lawn, W., Trinci, K., Mokrysz, C., Borissova, A., Ofori, S., Petrilli, K., Bloomfield, M., Haniff, Z. R., Hall, D., Fernandez-Vinson, N., Wang, S., Englund, A., Chesney, E., Wall, M. B., Freeman, T. P., & Curran, H. V. (2023). The acute effects of cannabis with and without cannabidiol in adults and adolescents: A randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover experiment. Addiction, 118(7), 1282–1294. https://doi.org/10.1111/add.16154

Levine, A., Clemenza, K., Rynn, M., & Lieberman, J. (2017). Evidence for the risks and consequences of adolescent cannabis exposure. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 56(3), 214–225. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaac.2016.12.014

Lorenzetti, V., Kowalczyk, M., Duehlmeyer, L., Greenwood, L. M., Chye, Y., Yücel, M., Whittle, S., & Roberts, C. A. (2023). Brain Anatomical Alterations in Young Cannabis Users: Is it All Hype? A Meta-Analysis of Structural Neuroimaging Studies. Cannabis and cannabinoid research, 8(1), 184–196. https://doi.org/10.1089/can.2021.0099

Lucas, C. J., Galettis, P., & Schneider, J. (2018). The pharmacokinetics and the pharmacodynamics of cannabinoids. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 84(11), 2477–2482. https://doi.org/10.1111/bcp.13710

Lutz, B. (2020). Neurobiology of cannabinoid receptor signaling
. Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 22(3), 207–222. https://doi.org/10.31887/DCNS.2020.22.3/blutz

Matochik, J. A., Eldreth, D. A., Cadet, J.-L., & Bolla, K. I. (2005). Altered brain tissue composition in heavy marijuana users. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 77(1), 23-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2004.06.011

Mayo Clinic Laboratories. (n.d.). Marijuana. Retrieved February 15, 2025, from https://news.mayocliniclabs.com/therapeutics/drug-class-testing/marijuana/

Mayo, L. M., Asratian, A., Lindé, J., Holm, L., Nätt, D., Augier, G., Stensson, N., Vecchiarelli, H. A., Balsevich, G., Aukema, R. J., Ghafouri, B., Spagnolo, P. A., Lee, F. S., Hill, M. N., & Heilig, M. (2020). Protective effects of elevated anandamide on stress and fear-related behaviors: Translational evidence from humans and mice. Molecular Psychiatry, 25, 993–1005. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-018-0215-1

McCarthy, J. (2023, August 10). Fully half of Americans have tried marijuana. Gallup. https://news.gallup.com/poll/509399/fully-half-americans-tried-marijuana.aspx

Meyer, H., Lee, F., & Gee, D. (2018). The role of the endocannabinoid system and genetic variation in adolescent brain development. Neuropsychopharmacology, 43, 21–33. https://doi.org/10.1038/npp.2017.143

Miller, M. L., Chadwick, B., Dickstein, D. L., Purushothaman, I., Egervari, G., Rahman, T., Tessereau, C., Hof, P. R., Roussos, P., Shen, L., Baxter, M. G., & Hurd, Y. L. (2019). Adolescent exposure to Δ⁹-tetrahydrocannabinol alters the transcriptional trajectory and dendritic architecture of prefrontal pyramidal neurons. Molecular Psychiatry, 24(4), 588–600. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-018-0243-x

Mørland, J., & Bramness, J. G. (2020). Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) is present in the body between smoking sessions in occasional non-daily cannabis users. Forensic Science International, 309, 110188. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.forsciint.2020.110188

Myran, D. T., Harrison, L. D., Pugliese, M., Solmi, M., Anderson, K. K., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Perlman, C. M., Webber, C., Finkelstein, Y., & Tanuseputro, P. (2023). Transition to schizophrenia spectrum disorder following emergency department visits due to substance use with and without psychosis. JAMA Psychiatry, 80(11), 1169–1174. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2023.3582

Myran, D. T., Pugliese, M., Harrison, L. D., Solmi, M., Anderson, K. K., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Finkelstein, Y., Manuel, D., Taljaard, M., Webber, C., & Tanuseputro, P. (2025a). Changes in incident schizophrenia diagnoses associated with cannabis use disorder after cannabis legalization. JAMA Network Open, 8(2), e2457868. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.57868

Myran, D. T., Pugliese, M., McDonald, A. J., Xiao, J., Fischer, B., Finkelstein, Y., Tanuseputro, P., Firth, J., Pakpour, A., Hsu, C.-W., Chang, W.-C., & Solmi, M. (2025b). Cannabis use disorder emergency department visits and hospitalizations and 5-year mortality. JAMA Network Open, 8(2), e2457852. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.57852

Owens, M. M., Sweet, L. H., & MacKillop, J. (2021). Recent cannabis use is associated with smaller hippocampus volume: High-resolution segmentation of structural subfields in a large non-clinical sample. Addiction Biology, 26(1), e12874. https://doi.org/10.1111/adb.12874

Papariello, A., Taylor, D., Soderstrom, K., & Litwa, K. (2021). CB1 antagonism increases excitatory synaptogenesis in a cortical spheroid model of fetal brain development. Scientific Reports, 11, 9356. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-88750-2

Pasman, J. A., Verweij, K. J. H., Gerring, Z., Stringer, S., Sanchez-Roige, S., Treur, J. L., Abdellaoui, A., Nivard, M. G., Baselmans, B. M. L., Ong, J.-S., Ip, H. F., van der Zee, M. D., Bartels, M., Day, F. R., Fontanillas, P., Elson, S. L., 23andMe Research Team, de Wit, H., Davis, L. K., MacKillop, J., ... Vink, J. M. (2018). GWAS of lifetime cannabis use reveals new risk loci, genetic overlap with psychiatric traits, and a causal effect of schizophrenia liability. Nature Neuroscience, 21(8), 1161–1170. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-018-0206-1

Patel, S., & Hillard, C. J. (2009). Role of endocannabinoid signaling in anxiety and depression. In D. Kendall & S. Alexander (Eds.), Behavioral neurobiology of the endocannabinoid system (Vol. 1, pp. 347–371). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-88955-7_14

Patrick, M. E., Miech, R. A., Johnston, L. D., & O’Malley, P. M. (2024). Monitoring the Future Panel Study annual report: National data on substance use among adults ages 19 to 65, 1976–2023. Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan. https://monitoringthefuture.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/mtfpanel2024.pdf

Pauselli, L. (2018). Chapter 8 - Cannabis-induced psychotic disorders. In M. T. Compton & M. W. Manseau (Eds.), The complex connection between cannabis and schizophrenia (pp. 183–197). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-804791-0.00008-2

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, May 1). Marijuana and Mental Health (No. 44) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2019/5/1/marijuana-and-mental-health?rq=marijuana

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, Oct. 23). Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis? (No. 64) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2019/10/17/does-cannabis-increase-schizophrenia-and-psychosis-thc?rq=marijuana

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, Sept. 17).The Big Five: Neuroticism Part 1 (No. 92) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/strongepisode-092-strongthe-big-five-neuroticism-part-1

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, January 19). Adverse Childhood Experiences and Their Lasting Impact on Health: A Comprehensive Guide (No. 203) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-203-adverse-childhood-experiences-and-their-lasting-impact-on-health-a-comprehensive-guide?rq=203

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, February 2). Adverse Childhood Experiences Part 2: Measurement, Impact on Future Mental Health, Dissociation, and Timing of Trauma (No. 204) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-204-adverse-childhood-experiences-part-2-measurement-impact-on-future-mental-health-dissociation-and-timing-of-trauma?rq=204

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, July 19). Adverse Childhood Experiences - HPA axis & Brain changes: cortisol, amygdala, hippocampus, cytokines, & epigenetics (Part 3 of ACE series) (No. 217) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-217-adverse-childhood-experiences-part-3-aces?rq=217

Puder, D. (Host). (2025, March 28). Clozapine & Schizophrenia with Michael Cummings, MD (No. 236) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-236-clozapine-schizophrenia-treatment-michael-cummings

Rault, O., Romeo, B., Butlen-Ducuing, F., Rari, E., Benyamina, A., & Martelli, C. (2022). Impact of cannabis use and its cessation on the dosage and the efficacy of antipsychotic drugs in in- and outpatients with schizophrenia taking medication: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 156, 713–721. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2022.11.012

Renard, J., Szkudlarek, H. J., Kramar, C. P., Jobson, C. E. L., Moura, K., Rushlow, W. J., & Laviolette, S. R. (2017). Adolescent THC Exposure Causes Enduring Prefrontal Cortical Disruption of GABAergic Inhibition and Dysregulation of Sub-Cortical Dopamine Function. Scientific reports, 7(1), 11420. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-11645-8

Richter, M., Murtaza, N., Scharrenberg, R., White, S. H., Johanns, O., Walker, S., Yuen, R. K. C., Schwanke, B., Bedürftig, B., Henis, M., Scharf, S., Kraus, V., Dörk, R., Hellmann, J., Lindenmaier, Z., Ellegood, J., Hartung, H., Kwan, V., Sedlacik, J., … Calderon de Anda, F. (2019). Altered TAOK2 activity causes autism-related neurodevelopmental and cognitive abnormalities through RhoA signaling. Molecular Psychiatry, 24(9), 1329–1350. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-018-0025-0

Robinson, T., Ali, M. U., Easterbrook, B., Hall, W., Jutras-Aswad, D., & Fischer, B. (2023). Risk-thresholds for the association between frequency of cannabis use and the development of psychosis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Psychological medicine, 53(9), 3858–3868. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291722000502

Rossi, G., & Beck, M. (2020). A little dab will do: a case of cannabis-induced psychosis. Cureus, 12(9). https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7544610/

Ryan, S. A., Ammerman, S. D., O’Connor, M. E., Gonzalez, L., Patrick, S. W., Quigley, J., Walker, L. R., Meek, J. Y., Johnston, M., Stellwagen, L., Thomas, J., Ware, J., & the Committee on Substance Use and Prevention, & Section on Breastfeeding. (2018). Marijuana use during pregnancy and breastfeeding: Implications for neonatal and childhood outcomes. Pediatrics, 142(3), e20181889. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2018-1889

Sabe, M., Zhao, N., & Kaiser, S. (2020). Cannabis, nicotine and the negative symptoms of schizophrenia: Systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 116, 415–425. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2020.07.007

Scheffler, F., Phahladira, L., Luckhoff, H., du Plessis, S., Asmal, L., Kilian, S., Di Forti, M., Murray, R., & Emsley, R. (2021). Cannabis use and clinical outcome in people with first-episode schizophrenia spectrum disorders over 24 months of treatment. Psychiatry Research, 302, 114022. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2021.114022

Schoeler, T., Ferris, J., & Winstock, A. R. (2022). Rates and correlates of cannabis-associated psychotic symptoms in over 230,000 people who use cannabis. Translational Psychiatry, 12, 369. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-022-02112-8

Schoeler, T., Baldwin, J. R., Martin, E., Barkhuizen, W., & Pingault, J.-B. (2024). Assessing rates and predictors of cannabis-associated psychotic symptoms across observational, experimental, and medical research. Nature Mental Health, 2, 865–876. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44220-024-00261-x

Sherif, M., Radhakrishnan, R., D’Souza, D. C., & Ranganathan, M. (2016). Human laboratory studies on cannabinoids and psychosis. Biological Psychiatry, 79(7), 526–538. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2016.01.011

Shimonovich, M., Pearce, A., Thomson, H., Keyes, K., & Katikireddi, S. V. (2021). Assessing causality in epidemiology: Revisiting Bradford Hill to incorporate developments in causal thinking. European Journal of Epidemiology, 36, 873–887. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10654-020-00703-7

Siebers, M., Biedermann, S. V., Bindila, L., Lutz, B., & Fuss, J. (2021). Exercise-induced euphoria and anxiolysis do not depend on endogenous opioids in humans. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 126, 105173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2021.105173

Smid, M. C., Metz, T. D., McMillin, G. A., Mele, L., Casey, B. M., Reddy, U. M., Wapner, R. J., Thorp, J. M., Saade, G. R., Tita, A. T. N., Miller, E. S., Rouse, D. J., Sibai, B., Costantine, M. M., Mercer, B. M., Caritis, S. N., & the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD) Maternal-Fetal Medicine Units (MFMU) Network. (2022). Prenatal nicotine or cannabis exposure and offspring neurobehavioral outcomes. Obstetrics & Gynecology, 139(1), 21–30. https://doi.org/10.1097/AOG.0000000000004632

Smith, R. T., & Gruber, S. A. (2023). Contemplating cannabis? The complex relationship between cannabinoids and hepatic metabolism resulting in the potential for drug-drug interactions. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 13, 1055481. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2022.1055481

Solowij, N., Broyd, S., Greenwood, L. M., van Hell, H., Martelozzo, D., Rueb, K., Todd, J., Liu, Z., Galettis, P., Martin, J., Murray, R., Jones, A., Michie, P. T., & Croft, R. (2019). A randomised controlled trial of vaporised Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabidiol alone and in combination in frequent and infrequent cannabis users: acute intoxication effects. European archives of psychiatry and clinical neuroscience, 269(1), 17–35. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-019-00978-2

Stuyt, E. (2018). The problem with the current high potency THC marijuana from the perspective of an addiction psychiatrist. Missouri Medicine, 115(6), 482–486. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6312155/

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2022a). 2021 National Survey on Drug Use and Health: National maps of prevalence estimates, by state. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. https://www.samhsa.gov/data/sites/default/files/reports/rpt39463/2021NSDUHsaeMaps110122/2021NSDUHsaeMap110122.htm#fig2e

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2022b). Key substance use and mental health indicators in the United States: Results from the 2021 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (HHS Publication No. PEP22-07-01-005, NSDUH Series H-57). Center for Behavioral Health Statistics and Quality, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. https://www.samhsa.gov/data/report/2021-nsduh-annual-national-report

van Os, J., Bak, M., Hanssen, M., Bijl, R. V., de Graaf, R., & Verdoux, H. (2002). Cannabis use and psychosis: A longitudinal population-based study. American Journal of Epidemiology, 156(4), 319–327. https://doi.org/10.1093/aje/kwf043

Vaucher, J., Keating, B. J., Lasserre, A. M., Gan, W., Lyall, D. M., Ward, J., Smith, D. J., Pell, J. P., Sattar, N., Paré, G., & Holmes, M. V. (2018). Cannabis use and risk of schizophrenia: A Mendelian randomization study. Molecular Psychiatry, 23(6), 1287–1292. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2016.252

Verweij, K. J. H., Abdellaoui, A., Nivard, M. G., Sainz Cort, A., Ligthart, L., Draisma, H. H. M., Minică, C. C., Gillespie, N. A., Willemsen, G., Hottenga, J.-J., Boomsma, D. I., & Vink, J. M. (2017). Erratum to “Short communication: Genetic association between schizophrenia and cannabis use” [Drug Alcohol Depend. 171 (2017) 117–121]. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 173, e1–e2. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.drugalcdep.2017.02.001

Verweij, K. J. H., Vink, J. M., Abdellaoui, A., Gillespie, N. A., Derks, E. M., & Treur, J. L. (2022). The genetic aetiology of cannabis use: From twin models to genome-wide association studies and beyond. Translational Psychiatry, 12(1), 489. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-022-02215-2

Vid Prkačin, M., Banovac, I., Petanjek, Z., & Hladnik, A. (2023). Cortical interneurons in schizophrenia - cause or effect?. Croatian medical journal, 64(2), 110–122. https://doi.org/10.3325/cmj.2023.64.110

Weiland, B. J., Thayer, R. E., Depue, B. E., Sabbineni, A., Bryan, A. D., & Hutchison, K. E. (2015). Daily marijuana use is not associated with brain morphometric measures in adolescents or adults. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 35(4), 1505–1512. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2946-14.2015

Zammit, S., Allebeck, P., Andreasson, S., Lundberg, I., & Lewis, G. (2002). Self-reported cannabis use as a risk factor for schizophrenia in Swedish conscripts of 1969: Historical cohort study. BMJ, 325(7374), 1199. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.325.7374.1199

Zuardi, A. W., Teixeira, N. A., & Karniol, I. C. (1984). Pharmacological interaction of the effects of delta 9-trans-tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabidiol on serum corticosterone levels in rats. Archives internationales de pharmacodynamie et de therapie, 269(1), 12–19. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/6087750/

View Details

Podcast Host: David Puder, MD

Transcription Editing: Al-Baab Khan

Footnotes and editing: Andrea Witham, FNP-C, PMHNP-BC , Joanie Burns, PMHNP-BC, David Puder, MD

Reviewer: Joanie Burns, PMHNP-BC

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.5 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify, X

Link To Blog With Footnotes Here.00:47 Fleeing Nazi Austria

05:49 Early Influences

22:55 Borderline Level of Functioning and Primitive Defenses

30:24 Sexual Life in Borderline and Narcissistic Personality

45:08 Transference-Focused Psychotherapy and Reflective Function

1:03:52 Histrionic Personality

1:09:35 Paranoid Personality

1:11:19 Schizoid Personality

1:18:37 Why Therapists Want to Help

Fleeing Nazi Austria (00:47)Puder:

I'm here with Dr. Otto Kernberg. He is a psychiatrist, born in Vienna, Austria. Immigrated to Chile. Subsequently came to America and is the founder of transference focused Psychotherapy and was instrumental in our understanding of things like borderline level of organization [he clearly defined its core components—including identity diffusion, primitive defense mechanisms, and intact reality testing]. We're gonna have a discussion today about his life, about the things that he wrote and ideas that he came up with and the evolution of it. So, welcome to the podcast. Can we start by, I know, you were born in Austria, Vienna in 1928. And you fled Nazi occupied Austria with your family to Chile. Tell me a little bit about that.

Kernberg:

Well, I was nine years and a half. Hitler invaded March, 1938, and I left with my parents on July 16th, 1939. My father didn't want to leave. He happened to be an Austrian monarchist and he believed all of this was going- just passing by. Hitler was a transitory phenomenon. He had a strong belief in Austrian survival. My mother had paranoid features. She was frightened to death with the invasion. And then after Kristallnacht, which in Vienna occurred on December 10th, 1938, she convinced my father that we had to leave. And so we got the Visa to Chile. And of course, I didn't know anything-I'm an only child, I was nine years and a half about.

Kernberg:

And on July 16th, 1939, she told me to pack everything- all toys that you have into this suitcase. We are leaving this afternoon, [sadness] and you are not supposed to tell a word to anybody. And by then, I was already acutely aware of the danger. And so that's how we left. I spent one year and a half under the Nazis, and it was a bad [anger], a bad experience. Violent [anger] antisemitism naturally. And all Jewish kids were expelled from schools, put into Jewish schools. Forbidden [anger] to go to movies, parks- everywhere Jews [sadness] and dogs are forbidden.

So although I was a child, I got the feeling for it. One day I was working with my mother on the street and this army man, who was in Hitler’s lower military guards, the SA [Sturmabteilung also known as the “Brownshirts”] in contrast to the SS, forced my mother to wash the street, the pavement. And my mother was washing the pavement and the crowd gathered, making fun of us. And I was standing there, I mean, this kind of bad experiences. And that was before the war started. It was started I think in October 1st, 1939. So we just managed to escape in time because after that, the border was closed and the rest of my family all ended up in the concentration camps. And they had except one cousin who managed to escape to England with the children's transport and then to the United States. That's- and we spent then six months in Italy before finally the visa came and we immigrated to Chile where I lived for more than 20 years before coming to the United States.

Puder:

I imagine in part, witnessing violent antisemitism- seeing signs reading “Jews and dogs are forbidden” or watching your mother forced to wash the pavement, even at that age, was both awful and degrading, a horrible feeling.

Your mom’s heightened sensitivity and adaptive paranoia, as you described, was a gift in this situation, yet I imagine to leave so quickly and without telling anyone, brought its own sense of loss.

With these early experiences in mind, could you tell me about the formative influences you encountered during your early years in Chile?

Dr. Otto Kernberg’s Early Influences with Psychoanalysis and Development of Transference Focused Psychotherapy (00:05:49)Kernberg:

Well I studied medicine in Chile and was fascinated by the psychiatry professor, Ignacio Matte Blanco, who was trained in England. He was originally a neurologist trained in psychoanalysis by the client school in London, and he started the Psycholytic Society and Training Institute in Chile. He was a very outstanding man and became a personal idea.

I was interested, actually, in psychoanalysis since adolescence. I had read Freud and in immigration to Chile I came under the influence of a Jungian analyst. And by the time I entered medical school, I was already interested in psychoanalysis and within psychiatry, then that culminated. And I decided to study psychoanalysis in Chile under the leadership of Ignacio Matte Blanco, and graduated there. And before I came to the United States with the Rockefeller Foundation Fellowship to study research in psychotherapy, I was interested in psychotherapy: was it effective or not?

And did my first research efforts in Chile and then came to the United States, spent a year at Johns Hopkins with Sir Jerome Frank and his research group on psychotherapy. And then at the Menninger Foundation in Topeka, Kansas. Well, I mean, in between I went to Chile, did all the teaching that I had committed myself to the Rockefeller Foundation, who gave me the fellowship. So I fulfilled my obligation with the Rockefeller Foundation and then returned to the United States to participate in the psychotherapy research of the Menninger Foundation.

A huge project that I participated in several ways until I became the director of it after Robert Wallerstein, who was the leader, left this professor of psychiatry in San Francisco. So during my work at the Menninger Foundation, I was there about 12 years, I became interested and learned all I could about the diagnosis and treatment of severe personality disorders and within the Menninger project, then I developed my own interest in studying outcome, comparing patients who were treated in supportive psychotherapy, in expressive or analytic psychotherapy and psychoanalysis.

And came to the conclusion that patients with severe personality disorder, the so-called borderline patients who fell in between neurosis and psychosis, really responded best to a treatment that was a well-structured psychotherapy, not standard psychoanalysis, nor the usual supportive psychotherapy that was the fashion at that point.

And so I developed a project about an ideal treatment for severe personality disorders, and at the same time had to differentiate severe personality disorders from non-severe and had to deal with the entire diagnostic differentiation within psychiatry in which Ignacio Matte Blanco helped me enormously. When he learned in Chile, that I spoke German, he said I had to read German, classical German psychiatry Bumke. I went to the library to get Bumke and I found out it was 12 volumes. I didn't dare to ask him which volume he wanted me to read. And I studied all 12 volumes of Bumke. It gave me knowledge in classical German psychiatry that helped me enormously. Then of course, in the United States, I got the American approach to diagnosis, but I became, I made myself an expert in differential diagnosis and concluded that the common features of severe personality disorders was a lack of integration of their concept of self and the lack of integration of their concept of significant others.

Kernberg:

What Erik Erickson had described is identity diffusion. I picked up Erickson's concept of identity diffusion, applied it to the differential diagnosis of severe personality disorders, and developed simultaneously a view of psychological development, depending not on the internalization of representation of significant others, is kind of mental representation of others from reality. But under the influence of a lecture I heard from Talcott Parsons, a leading sociologist in the United States, I learned that what is internalized are not representation of others, but representation of the relationship between self and others.

So we interact with others, we internalize our representation of the other and the self interacting. This explains, for example, why children who have been physically abused, severely abused over years become abusers in turn. We say that they identify with the abuser, yes. But in a deep sense, they have internalized the whole experience and simultaneously internalizing in their mind the representation of abuser and abused. And are able then to, in order to avoid- so they, their world becomes a relationship of abusers and abuse, all relationships are between abusers and abused. And it's better to be the abuser rather than the abused. So they learn role reversals and take on the role of the abuser, while the role of the abused is projected onto somebody else. So the internalized relationship with others becomes the guiding principle that organizes habitual behavior, what we call character.

So the character, what we now call personality- actually personality is a broader concept that includes cognitive functions and everything else. Character, habitual behavior patterns they are essential part of personality and so I defined borderline personality organization as those alteration, habitual alterations of the personality that had in common identity diffusion.

And developed a clinical instrument, a clinical interview, the so-called structural interview to diagnose identity diffusion and differentiate severe personality disorders from non-severe personality disorders. And of course, the entire field of personality disorder from ordinary forms of psychosis, madness in the usual sense and organic brain syndrome, such as mental retardation and dementias.

So I linked the specific instruments for diagnosing personality disorders with the general psychiatric diagnostic approach, and placed personality disorder within the general area of psychiatric diagnosis. And regarding the treatment, as I mentioned to you, proposed the combination of a psychotherapy under strictly controlled circumstances inspired by psychoanalysis, but different from psychoanalysis by modification of psychoanalytic instruments or methods, and different from supportive forms of psychotherapy.

More generally speaking, I would say that transference focused psychotherapy is a psychoanalytic psychotherapy, not psychoanalysis proper. Psychoanalysis is reserved by patients with less severe neurotic illness. But the severe personality disorders that we now call borderline personality organization can be treated with transference focused psychotherapy [TFP]. And that's preferable to treat them than to treat them with a supportive approach, which may be carried out within a psychoanalytic perspective or a cognitive behavioral approach. In general, you can divide treatments into cognitive behavioral ones that are very effective for some patients in some circumstances. In psychoanalytic psychotherapies that are effective with other patients in other circumstances. So I defined this specific psychotherapy for borderline patients. And this is how- what my career changed. In the middle of this, I became the head of the psychotherapy research project of the Menninger Foundation, but then was appointed director of the Menninger Hospital.

So I, some years, I was simultaneously medical director of the hospital and director of the research project. And then I felt I had nothing more to learn but I felt I needed a learning atmosphere to find different approaches, different ways of dealing with psychiatry and psychotherapy. Menninger Foundation seemed to me a more limited place. And I accepted an invitation to become a professor at the Columbia University of New York. Went to Columbia where I really began to start out the treatment that I devised. I was in charge of their inpatient service for severe personality disorder. And I gathered a group of people, who after a few years, we accepted moving to Cornell. And I became director of Westchester Division Hospital of the Department of Psychiatry at Cornell. And together with the group, we formed the Personality Disorders Institute.

And 20 years later after I completed my directorship of the hospital, I dedicated myself exclusively to being the director of the Personality Disorders Institute at Cornell with the help of some distinguished scientist, John Clarkin, and the director of our empirical research, Frank Yeomans, whom you have interviewed, who is the director of overall training. He's a fantastic psychotherapist. And there were two or three more people, a group of six or seven, who we first developed the diagnosis more clearly, more sharply, and described different types of personalities functioning at that borderline level. The narcissistic personality, the most important one which we have been studying in great depths, but we also studied the paranoid personality, the schizoid personality, the infantile or histrionic personality. So we did a journal study of personality disorders, their description and differentiation into those with normal identity or neurotic personality organization with identity diffusion or borderline personality organization.

And those atypical psychotic cases that presented as if they were personality disorders, but with a more severe illness, a psychosis is a potential that might blow up or not in different cases. So we did- we spent the time first on differential diagnostic studies and publications, and then set up an empirical study comparing transference focused psychotherapy with supportive psychotherapy and with cognitive behavioral therapy. And confirmed the effectiveness of transference focused psychotherapy [TFP], both in research carried out in the United States, in New York, and then replicated in Europe under the direction of Stefan Doering, professor of psychoanalysis in psychiatry at the University of Vienna, who gathered internally group that carried out parallel empirical research in the in the German speaking countries. And of course, now we have groups in many different countries and are continuing both research training and treating patients. That's in a nutshell.

Borderline Personality Disorder and Primitive Defenses (00:22:55)Puder:

Nice. Can you, can you…

Kernberg:

I hope I didn't put this into the technical terms.

Puder:

No, no, it's, it's good. Can you specifically talk about how in the borderline level of functioning, you have identity diffusion and primitive defenses. And can you talk about the primitive defenses that you see? How do you identify them?

Kernberg:

Yes. Freud had defined the ego defenses against awareness of unconscious conflicts, particularly repression and related defenses of suppression, rationalization, intellectualization, reaction formation. Those were unconscious defenses to be discovered in the course of the treatment of psychoanalytic treatment- searching for the unconscious conflicts of these patients. Melanie Klein, who influenced me very importantly in my psychoanalytic development, discovered a group of primitive defenses centering around splitting or primitive dissociation, in which the way to deal with conflicts between love and aggression, by sharp splitting of the emotional experience. So it is not, erotic patient may act lovingly and repress his aggression. Or he may act aggressively and repress his loving potential. Borderline patients express simultaneously love and aggression, but under different emotional conditions. And they have memory of when they felt opposite to the way they feel now, but they can't help it and have to feel now, the way they feel now.

So when they feel enraged, they are all rage- then there's no love. And when they feel love, all love and no rage, and they may shift from one to the other rather easily. So that's the mechanism of splitting, and it creates chaos in their relationship because they are violent and brusk changes of mood and attitude that creates difficulty with other people who in turn respond to that chaotic behavior with their own difficulties. And so, personality disorders tend to create abnormal interactions with other people and distort all relationships.

Another primitive mechanism is projective identification. Projective identification is a tendency to attribute to the other person what one cannot tolerate at the moment in oneself. So that while you are in a state of idealization, you project your own aggression onto somebody else, attribute somebody else as having aggressive motivation, aggressive behavior, and you induce it in him without being aware of it, and then try to control it.

So project identification is perception combined with induction- effort and control. And it is the primitive form of what advanced mechanisms show in projection, which is attributing something internal to somebody else, but without any internal contact anymore, with what you are projecting. In projection, you just declare the other one is what you are not, and you don't feel like that. In projective identification, you attribute it to the other one, but you know how it feels to feel like the other one, and you produce it in the other one, and you have to control it. So projective identification is primitive form of projection. Another mechanism is that of a very primitive idealization that doesn't tolerate in opposite of modifying it with the realization of your own aggression toward the ideal object. The idealization, or the higher level idealization, recognizes one's own limitations. The primitive one- there's somebody ideal, and you identified with that implicitly become ideal as well.

And the wish to omnipotent control the other person. The effort to deny that you've had a feeling or an action that you've had, but it no longer exists because of splitting operation. This is the primitive mechanism. So splitting, projective identification, omnipotent control, denial. These are typical primitive defensive operations. And they show the behavior of people, the advanced mechanism only showing the treatment. Primitive defenses show in the behavior, in the habitual behavior of people who use projective identification and splitting and omnipotent control, and deny aspects of themselves that have been evidence at other times.

And so we can diagnose through these behaviors the personality disorder. How do we diagnose a personality disorder? We try to find out how the person is functioning in work and profession, love and sex, social life, family relation, self-affirmation, and free time interests- hobbies. And what we, in the structural interview, what we ask people mostly, how are you doing in your work? Are you happy or not? Are you effective or not? Are you- do you get along with other people or not?

Sexual life in Borderline and Narcissistic Personalities (00:30:24)And we ask the same about their sexual life. Are you happy? Do you have a relationship?

When sex becomes complicated, not only because it's a fundamental aspect of life that is in conventional reality, is usually suppressed and highly privileged, but because it involves implicitly the integration of the erotic dimension, sexual excitement, orgasm and sexual behavior with the emotional feelings of love and tenderness.

And when we study sexuality, we study the extent to which the erotic and the emotional have been integrated, which is what happens maturely normally. In contrast to conflictual lack of integration by which the erotic and the emotional remains separate and create serious problems in intimate relations. So we try to find out about that. And regarding social life, we find out to what extent the person, his friend, his social environment that enriches life or feels isolated for whatever reason, incapable of establishing such a social life. And to what extent is he able to establish relationship in depth, in friendship, not only in sexual love or to what extent is this not possible? And with patients having borderline personality organization, usually there are serious problems in work and profession, in love and sex, and in their social life, family life such as between parents and children. And so the present, the careful study of functioning in present life leads to the diagnosis of the personality disorder.

Puder:

Can you say a little bit more about when someone has this borderline level of organization and their sexual intimacy is separated from more of the erotic side. Like how does that show up? What would a patient be saying to let you know that they've separated those two things?

Kernberg:

First of all, I need to modify what I said- that in that they are patients on a higher level of functioning, or the neurotic level of functioning, who also have such separation between love and sex, namely people with a masochistic personality, which is a non-borderline personality disorder. But the borderline personality organization, patients have the greatest difficulties. The most typical is presented by the narcissistic personality. The most typical cases, they have great difficulty for intimate relations. They can't maintain an intimate relation. The men have relation with women for a few months- it's all they tolerate before the relationship goes up in smoke. So they replace the lack of intimacy of love with freedom in sex. So you find men, and the same thing holds for women, and men get involved with many women, have great sexual relations and infatuation that lasts for weeks or a few months. Then they get bored, fed up, end of relationship, on with the next.

So that sex determines the capacity to maintain brief, repetitive relationships without a capacity for relation in depth. On the other hand, they may maintain a very dependent relationship with one woman who has a kind of a motherly function with whom they have no sexual interest, but are very dependent and exploitive. So they may be married men who act like children who are exploitative to women who tolerate it while they have sexual pleasure with a number of women. That would be one way. Another possibility is there is a full sexual relation, but in which there is an alternation between intense aggression and rejection. And then re-encounter sex permits them to re-encounter the relationship in which there is depth and dependency. In contrast to narcissistic personality, the ordinary, non-narcissistic borderline patient is capable of maintaining long-term relationships, but within each of them, chaos in which love and aggression shift rapidly and create chronic couple conflicts.

There are patients who- of course there are some patients with a total inhibition of their sexual impulses in which there has been too much aggression in very early development to permit eroticism to develop, or this strictly rigid, excessively rigid education has kind of severely inhibited their sexual behavior or forced it into remaining at the level of infantile sexuality. Sexual life begins with birth- what we now know is that children, if you leave, if you leave babies alone, in the sense you don't forbid sexual behavior, they start masturbating in the second half of the first year of life. And during the second year of life, boys and girls masturbate. Girls in general tend to end this first masturbation phase around age three, around age three, but reestablish it later at age five or six. Boys tend to, if not forbidden, tend to masterbate all through until adulthood.

Masturbation is a normal sexual activity when there is no other sexual outlet. And we have learned that it's a normal aspect of infantile psychology. It has taken us, Sigmund Freud, and a hundred years later to have this slowly sinking in. Even in the modern forms of the various Western religions, masturbation is no longer a major sin. And so science has been able to modify our attitude towards sexuality. But in general, in borderline personality organization, either sexuality is combined so much with aggression that chronic chaotic conflict prevents a good sexual relationship, a stable one with stable love, stable sexual erotic gratification- excitement is an alternative to not being able- a woman may be sexually excited and or orgastic with one man, totally non responsive to another one. So there may be a sharp way of splitting or division within erotic life. I don't know whether I've answered your question.

Puder:

Do you see with the narcissism, specifically, more of the sadism in the sexuality? Or is it specific to a certain personality type? How do you see that play out in the work that you've done?

Kernberg:

We all have a potential for love and for aggression. That's universal. Usually love wins over aggression. From babyhood on, we have more experience of good relations than bad ones. But of course, there are traumatized children whose life has mostly bad experiences. They are- everything goes wrong. Under ordinary circumstances, we use aggression constructively by self-affirmation, by endurance, by defending ourselves realistically. And aggression also enters— sexuality — in the sense that from the beginning of life, there is a pleasure in penetrating and being penetrated that already has an erotic quality. There is an erotic quality in biting, in being bitten, in fusing lovingly with the other by touching skin— as well as the feeling as one penetrates the body of the other, or as being penetrated. So the erotic impulses show from the beginning of life in the capacity to experience sexual excitement and to the erotic pleasure in watching once partner, the baby watching mother and mother watching the baby, which is the origin of voyeurism or sexual pleasure with seeing the sexually prohibited part of others.

And exhibitionism, which is the opposite, the erotic pleasure in showing one's forbidden parts to others, to excite them. In masochism, the slight pleasure in mild pain, that is part of sexual excitement. And sadistic pleasure in inducing pain in the other, which is part of sexual excitement when it is within a dominant loving atmosphere and signals the erotic pleasure of mutual fusing. When there's an excessive degree of aggression, then these tendencies become dominant and create problems.

And the most important problem is that excessive aggression makes ordinary sexual intercourse dangerous— dangerous to penetrate, dangerous to be penetrated. And so one remains with a childlike equivalence of masturbation, voyeurism, exhibitionism, fetishism. We call them perversions, or paraphilias, when they become indispensable preludes to sexual intercourse when the individual only acquires the security of sexual excitement and orgasm after having fulfilled these pregenital, early erotic desires. So, perversions are really sexual inhibitions of ordinary sexual behavior— retreat from it into the infantile equivalence.

Normal sexual relations, however, include all those infantile components. So a couple that has a good, mature sexual relationship may have games, plays, and fantasies, and activities of a masochistic, sadistic, exhibitionistic, voyeuristic, heterosexual and homosexual quality, and apropos homosexuality and heterosexuality unconsciousness— we have both tendencies, although usually one clearly predominates in most cases. But there are persons who, of course, who maintain both homosexual and heterosexual impulses of various degrees. So sexuality becomes complicated. This has been accentuated in recent fashions and political movements.

Transference Focused Psychotherapy and Reflective Function (00:45:08)Puder:

One thing that I really loved about the- when I read the transference focused psychotherapy articles is when they looked at reflective function before and after transference focused psychotherapy therapy. And I think transference focused psychotherapy is one of the only therapies that has shown an improvement in reflective function. Reflective function being measured by the adult attachment interview. Fonagy was the main originator of that manual. Do you have any thoughts on why transference focused psychotherapy increases reflective function where things like dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT) did not show any change in reflective function?

Kernberg:

Because transference focused psychotherapy (TFP) permits the full expression of a conflict in its positive and negative aspects. Patients who develop a negative transference, we don't try to reduce it. To the contrary, we try for the patient to experience fully the negative transference in terms of identifying with the hostility of the object and the self as victim, and then with the hostility of the self and the object as victim. In other words, we try to familiarize the patient to make him accept the extreme of his reaction, to then confront him with the opposite extreme that we also tolerate of the intensity of loving and erotic impulses to the therapist, both is dual and recipient of love. So that by permitting the full expression of the extremes of love integration, we facilitate the interpretive integration of them and permit the patient to tolerate the simultaneous contradictory impulses that are part of normal human ambivalence.

And the patient then is able to see that yes, he has an ideal view of himself as a very nice person, but in part of him is also a nasty person. And introspection, insight consists in the capacity of an integrated view of all potential that one has. In contrast to remain splitting into a false idealized version completely separate from all aggression. So self reflection signifies a realistic way of assessing one in one's strength and weaknesses. Good and bad aspects are a mature distance from oneself acting in any concrete interaction.

Puder:

Okay. Okay. So a lot of people do not like the idea that we all have aggression. Right? And what I'm hearing from you is that you really allow the patient to feel the full weight of their aggressiveness. And that's very different than like trying to give them coping strategies or trying to tell them, no, you're not really aggressive, or you're not really angry. So like, give me some examples or help me understand how you might help someone tolerate their own aggression.

Kernberg:

Take a marital conflict. A woman hates her man because he has been treating her badly during breakfast, has not been coming home, has forgotten something important, gets enraged at him. He in turn gets enraged defending himself. They're in the middle of a big fight, but at the same time, they both have a consciousness that they love each other. And that fight is going to end in a good way into a good relationship. They have no doubts about that. They tolerate bad momentary interaction with a deep conviction of the consistency of a dominant love. In contrast to another couple who, when they are enraged, they feel this is the end. I'm walking out of this. I don't want to see that man ever again, or that woman, never again.

So the tolerance of one's fighting mood when one is angry with the consciousness of the permanent, of the deep relationship, that transcends the momentary one. That is what characterizes self reflectiveness: the capacity to see one's overall relationship rather than being victim of a certain mood and then having the sense that there is no other possibility is that particular mood. A man gets enraged at the way his wife is treating the children and gets so enraged to say, “You do this once again, I walk out.” And he's ready to walk out, and drop the relationship. So there is an intolerance of the bad, unavoidable, bad aspects of any relationship of daily life. Tolerance of ambivalence is really what marks self-reflectiveness. What Kleinian psychoanalysis calls the depressive position, which is the sense of the potential for sadness for treating badly people one really loves.

All of us have moments in which we don't treat those we love well. It takes a baby a year or two to realize that the mother that he hates, when he hates her, is the same mother that he loves when he loves her. And eventually is the capacity of feeling depressed when he's angry at the mother that he loves, and he sad over losing the mother that he loves because he's so angry. That is an indication of mature reflection. The capacity for reaction with sadness about one's own reaction and the awareness that one has different- general relationship with somebody with one is in a momentary mood, very different from the usual habitual one.

Kernberg:

A person who tends to be kind of rough and is acting superior with subordinates has a kind of inappropriate grandiosity, may recognize that he has that tendency and accept that he has a problem in the way he treats others that he has to correct. And that becomes part of his personality watching out what he knows of problems in his own tendencies. That indicates self-reflection. The general intention, how we should behave with others controls the immediate behavior, even if it's very different from what his general attitude is. This is what we mean by an integrated view of self and an integrated view of others. I mean, a man comes home with his serious mind and his wife thinks, oh, he doesn't love me anymore.

Then he comes home with a little friendly face, ah, he loves me. She doesn't have the capacity to know that he loves her, whether it's in a good mood or a bad mood. The integration of his present mood into his general relation with her indicates maturity, integration of the object representation. So integration of self-representation and integration of object representation. Mark normality, normal identity and capacity for reflectiveness. And we develop that throughout the treatment that tends to resolve primitive defensive operations, normalize identity, and therefore normalize the capacity of dealing with a major task of work and profession, love and sex, social life, and one's own creativity.

Envy, Promiscuity, and the Link with Personality Disorders (00:55:43) Puder:

Tell me about your thoughts on envy and how someone with maybe more narcissistic borderline level functioning, how envy shows up for them versus maybe normal people.

Kernberg:

A very good question. Envy is a normal aggressive affect with very specific characteristics. It is anger at somebody who has something that we want and we don't have. So we want something that we don't have and are angry at whoever has it when we don't. It is a normal way in which a baby sees another baby has a toy that it- he wants to have that toy and gets angry if he doesn't get that toy or something exactly like it. So it is a human emotion. That is one of the negative aspects of our potential that normally we have. We tolerate it. It doesn't control our lives. With narcissistic personality, the problem is they present very intense aggression that takes the form of envy. Usually the cause of that is a lack of loving, sufficiently loving relationships in very, very early life in the first two or three years of life.

When one feels loved, one internalizes a good representation of others, and feels fulfilled by the people who have been good to one. If one doesn't have any of this, there's a sense of emptiness and one gets the painful observer that other people feel so good about their relation with others while we feel so bad. So envy becomes a very strong motivation because basically we don't feel the internalization of love that others have. And envy then grows to the extent that whatever we like and don't have enrages us. It destroys our relationship because whomever we could love, and be friendly with. Turns out to have things that we don't have to begin with, the very capacity to love. So the way that envy gives one a painful sense of lacking, of emptiness. And the way to fight it off is to devalue what one end is.

Normally, when we get a good response to our behavior from others, we feel very happy that others love us, and we see it as a gift. In other words, normally we have a feeling of gratitude for the love that we get. Envious people lack the capacity of gratitude, because what they get gives them a sense of what they didn't have. It reminds them of what they didn't have, which colors what they get. They're happy that they get it, but they don't have that feeling of happiness. With the happiness that the other feels in giving them something. So envy tends to spoil what one end is, which means that narcissistic personality fall in love with the woman, unconsciously hate what they admire in her from her physical appearance to her capacity, to her potential. And so unconsciously, they tend to devalue it and that makes this woman indifferent and boring, and they have to drop her.

So unconscious envy, the defense against it by devaluation is what motivates the sexual promiscuity of narcissistic personalities. The counterpart of envy is an unconscious destruction of the values that others have and that one doesn't. Students with a narcissistic personality can learn only what they feel they learn because they take over what others know. They incorporate the knowledge from others. That's kind of, it's like stealing from others makes them feel good. But when they have to acknowledge that they depend on the other, it spoils it. Because then envy is unavoidable. Narcissistic personalities can learn from what they learn, by what they feel they are learning by themselves without anybody giving them anything. They take it from others, but they can't read a book. They can't learn from a book because they have to- they have is independent knowledge from them, and they resent it. So you find very intelligent people who can't read a book or spoil their own capacity of interest in a certain field. So envy tends to ruin the capacity to absorb good things, establish good relationship. In the worst case, any area, one cannot enjoy anything except being admired, which is recognizing of one's greatness by the others. And if one of the predisposition to the narcissistic personality are parents who really don't love the children, but they are happy with admirable things that children have, that others admire the child. The parent, the narcissistic parent, uses the child as something great, “Look what beautiful children I have.” So they admire their child, but they don't love it.

So when the- when love is replaced by admiration is the only source of what loved one receives, it fosters narcissistic personality. One has no hope for love. Only when others admire one, one can feel good about oneself. So the psychopathology of envy is very damaging. And any major issue in the treatment that one solves by analyzing all its causes and consequences.

Histrionic vs. Hysterical Personality: Otto Kernberg Clarifies Neurotic and Borderline Levels of Functioning and Sexual Dynamics (01:03:52)Puder:

I'm also curious about- you mentioned histrionic personality before. Do you see this on the borderline level of functioning or more the neurotic or both?

Kernberg:

Yeah. There is a confusion in the literature about this. There exists a high level personality disorder, the hysterical personality disorder. Which has normal identity and the main problem is sexual inhibition and efforts to overcome the sexual inhibition by various means. Sexuality is a great problem. They act quite maturely except when it comes to sex, when they become quite childish. Now, because politically hysterical personality usually went together with an attack of women because the impression was that only women had hysterical personality, which is false. Men also present hysterical personalities. The official classification of personality disorders called it histrionic personality disorder, so to take it away from its political implication. And the histrionic personality disorder, in the official classification, covers both the hysterical and the histrionic in a strict sense equivalent to the infantile personality, which are patients who have sexual difficulties, but part of a general severe personality disorder with identity diffusion. So that the histrionic personality, how it is used generally refers to a broad spectrum. Most of them are really their borderline personality organization, when in fact, a subgroup is part of a higher level neurotic organization.

How do we make that differentiation? The histrionic personality disorder is childlike or infantile in all aspects of life, work, professional, school, love, sex, social life. And is part of this childlike regression. Feelings are expressed through behavior more than verbally. And the exaggeration of behavior is what from the outside looks at theatricality, an exaggeration. Theatrical exaggerated behavior, which has an infantile quality to it, and is important aspects of those personality disorders. Histrionic means behavioral exaggeration of real feelings one has and conveys a sense of artificiality in contrast to the expression of real feelings in a profound sense. So these are patients who give the feeling that they exaggerate, that they do theater with what they feel to impress others, as if it were profound. It’s lack of sincerity, lack of honesty, when it is really part of a general childlike regression to childlike communication of affect.

So the histrionic personality of personalities with childlike behavior in all their interactions may include sexual inhibition, but very often surprisingly doesn't. So often, the histrionic personality on a borderline level are freer sexually than the hysterical personality on a neurotic level, because the hysterical personality, using the mechanism of repression, inhibits totally the sexual response. While the borderline personality, by the splitting mechanism, is able to have great sex with one partner and zero with others. So in a strange way, borderline patients may be freer of sexually than higher level neurotic patients. The main problem is in the relationship with others, and of course, borderline patients who, on top of all their problems, have an extremely severe sexual inhibition with zero capacity for any sexual excitement or enjoyment constitute the most serious part of sexual inhibition that requires long term treatment.

Paranoid Personality (01:09:35) Puder:

Hmm. Do you want to talk about borderline level of functioning with the paranoid personality type? Like what is kind of like the thing that is most common with that group?

Kernberg:

Paranoid personalities are using the mechanism of projective identification as a dominant mechanism. They are part of borderline personality organization with intense aggression that they attribute to others because of that mechanism, meaning that they are hypersensitive to anything that can be interpreted as a negative attitude toward them. They're suspicious that others' behavior indicates hostility toward the person- hostility or the effort to disguise or hide hostility. At the same time, they tend to be very aggressive because they have excessive aggression, and they tend to use omnipotent control efforts to control the other person whom they see is dominated by aggression toward them. So the combination of aggressive behavior, hyper-suspiciousness, and efforts of sadistic control of others are the main characteristics of the paranoid personality.

Schizoid Personality (1:11:19)Puder:

And, and you touched on schizoid a little bit. Schizoid with borderline level of functioning.

Kernberg:

Yeah. The schizoid personality uses predominantly the mechanism of splitting in efforts to avoid conflicts by such generalized splitting of the expression of all affects, that it is as if they had no affects. There is a kind of a fragmentation of affect as if extreme forms of splitting. So they fragment both their aggressive affects and withdraw from contacts in order not to be tempted to become aggressive. And they fragment the view of themselves as aggressive to avoid it. And sometimes they show a very sharp perception of others because they're so suspicious and so observant. Nothing escapes them. They are very good in spite of the identity diffusion, to know exactly what to expect from others. But about self, they have a complete confusion because of the fragmentation of all affective experience. So the identity diffusion shows in sharp description of others while they look and integrated view of them. It's- they see the wood, they see the trees, but they don't see the wood. And they withdraw protectively from avoiding aggressive induction with others. They are in-they look as if they didn't need affective relation and love. That's a mistake. They do need love, but they are afraid that their own aggression will destroy the affective potential of a good relation with significant others.

So the withdrawal protects them from direct search for love. And to the contrary, they have to do a tremendous effort to be able to express any close relationship with others. So their relationships are distant. The affect is dispersed, so it's hard for them to know what they really want, and they are ignorant of their own deep needs for love, that they have to reject out of fear of being rejected. And so there is hyper-alertness to what's going on, but without the aggression of the paranoid personality.

Social withdrawal rather than omnipotent control. And the sense of uncomfort and loneliness and distance in group situations. So a sense of loneliness, confusion about the self, not clear awareness of their need of significant others, and they are capturing the great details of the personality of others without really putting it together in an integrated view. These are the main characteristics of the schizoid personality, and the so-called schizotypal is just the more severe form of that, except that in the schizotypal there is genetic stronger genetic, hereditary disposition than in the schizoid personality.

Puder:

What role does fantasy play for schizotypal and schizoid? What role did you understand my question?

Kernberg:

Where, where does that play…

Puder:

Fantasy?

Kernberg:

In withdrawing from immediate social reality for the reasons that I mentioned, they replace their interaction with others by an intense fantasy life. They find in their intense fantasy life, an expression of their needs relating to others. So they are particularly prone to create their own internal world, gratifying their needs, because they don't dare to express it in external reality, out of the fear of their own aggression.

Puder:

Hmm. How about someone who's classically borderline personality disorder? Do you- how do you make sense of their intense fear of disconnection, of the withdrawal of the other?

Kernberg:

Well because the splitting operation and the activation of intense aggression toward people whom they love they project the aggression and any real frustration creates an exaggerated reaction. They are afraid of being left, of being dropped, of being abandoned because they see others with the intense aggression that they can't tolerate in themselves.

So they take one way to solve the dilemma between love and aggression is to look for an ideal relation with the other as a protection against the field. Aggressive rejection by the other, they become very dependent and intolerable of being separate, that intolerance of separation has to do with the fact that any separation is immediately translated into a sense of an aggressive rejection of the patient.

Why Therapists Want to Help (01:18:37) Puder:

Good. Good. I, what do you think of most therapists who come into practice? Do you find them more of the depressive personality type? Or what kind of range have you seen?

Kernberg:

Well, I've had a long professional life and I've seen, I think, a very broad spectrum of patients. Yes. I believe I've seen probably most patients described in the literature.

Puder:

Is there a commonality of the helper of the person that wants to help? Maybe of the person where there was a role reversal early on in their childhood where they were the ones who were like the family therapist, even at a very young age. Like, what is-like how- where do those people fit in your sort of…

Kernberg:

I think that therapists may have many reasons for becoming a therapist. Very often, persons who have had strong personal problems that they have overcome, they then want to become therapists out of an experience of gratitude and identification with the people who help them. Some people are looking for solutions to their own problems in helping others. For some people it is a source of great gratification to have a profession that helps others. And there go all the motivations for medical professions, nursing, psychology, including that of psychotherapist interested in the psychological functioning of self and others, and how to modify it. There are some people who become psychotherapists secondary to their interests in neurobiology with the functioning of the brain. Sometimes psychotherapists have the unconscious motivation of helping others out of the situation in which the therapist had been in the past broadening the effect of his treatment. And one thing that was important for me was that sense of being able to change one's way of behavior. I had ways of behaving I was not happy with, and I had difficulty changing, and I wanted to know how much change can one or turn in self and in others. That drew me to get into a personal psychoanalysis first, and then became interested in psychotherapy in general.

Puder:

And how much did you change?

Kernberg:

Well, I changed significantly. I changed significantly. I had two personal analysis, so I had people helping me, and I had the luck of great teachers, really an unusual luck that- and met a number of the leaders of the field and with some of them became real friends, and that was very important. I owe a great deal to people such as Jacob Arlow and Andre Green and Betty Joseph and many others.

Puder:

But it sounds like you were also a great student because when he gives- when he tells you to read the book, you read the 12 volumes. Sounds like you, which-

Kernberg:

Yeah.

Puder:

It's an unusual student to come back and said, “I read the 12 volumes!”

Kernberg:

I read the- I admired him greatly and it was worth it. I learned the descriptive psychiatry more than most psychiatrists of my generation. It helped me to become very observant about small issues of behavior. It really wasn't- I got a specialized training..

Puder:

What would you say is something that you feel a lot of therapists don't understand that you wish they would understand at this point?

Kernberg:

It's very difficult to- generalize. My experience is mainly with the psychodynamic psychotherapists. I have limited experience of working with the cognitive behavioral therapist. Although I do have some, and very impressed by what some cognitive behavior therapy can achieve. But for psychoanalytic psychotherapists, I think the most important issue is first of all, comfort with one’s own aggression.

Therapists have to be comfortable with their own aggression, not having to act it out nor being afraid of it. That's one important issue. One, of course, a crucial issue is having a real interest in people and getting to know about people. Being curious about how other people are functioning. There are many therapists who don't pay sufficient attention to that. Then I think psychotherapists need to have a great, a great common sense. Psychotherapy starts where common sense ends. And in order to deal with the subtlety of conflicts, one has to have first a good hold of solid reality. I think that therapists can come from many directions. They can come from a very intuitive emotional direction or very intellectual ones, and they have to learn to compliment what comes natural with what they have to learn. The very intellectual ones have to learn about expression of emotions, and the most emotionally intuitive ones have to learn how to formulate things cognitively. And it really is a strong wish to help other people. I think these are the most important ingredients.

Puder:

Yeah. Yeah. That's good. Well, as we kind of- I don't want to take too much of your time today, and I'm- I feel like almost a part two is necessary to hash out some more of these ideas, or part 10 or part 11. But I'm curious, as we've talked today, if any lingering ideas are going through your mind that you haven't had adequate time to express.

Kernberg:

I think the great goals of treatment are to help people to become more effectively self affirmative, and at the same time more capable to develop relationships in depth with others. These are two basic issues of normal functioning, to take care of one's relations with others and to take care of oneself in a reasonable way. Acquire full responsibility for one's behavior in one's life.

Puder:

Do you, okay, so one more- one more question.. What was- do you feel like there's any room to explore the thing that you were doing before you did the psychoanalysis two times that you wanted to change? And did you actually feel it changed?

Kernberg:

Are you asking me what I was considering some other profession?

Puder:

No, no, no, no. You said earlier there was something about yourself that you wanted to change through psychoanalysis. Is there anything else you would be willing to share about that publicly?

Kernberg:

Yeah. Well, I don't want to share too many personal issues, but I used to be quite obsessive, excessively intellectual, and I have become much freer with my emotions.

Puder:

Well, I thank you for that and thank you for coming on. I've really enjoyed my time talking to you, Dr. Kernberg. It's a pleasure. And I'm very grateful for your many articles and books. And there was just a recent biography that was written about you [Otto Kernberg: A Contemporary Introduction]. I think Yeomans wrote it in part that I've appreciated and I know the people that I've been listening to my podcast for a while have been grateful for his expertise, and I'm sure they'll be grateful for you coming on today. So thank you so much.

Kernberg:

You're most welcome. It has been a pleasure. I'm glad it worked out.

Puder:

Fantastic. Thank you so much. I will stop the recording now.

Kernberg:

Okay.

🌐 Interested in learning more about personality disorders and Transference-Focused Psychotherapy? Visit https://istfp.org/ to explore insightful resources and information.

🛠️ Are you a mental health professional seeking specialized training in Transference-Focused Psychotherapy? Discover upcoming training programs here: https://istfp.org/training/tfp-trainings/

Additional Resources

Episode 029: What is psychodynamic theory?

Episode 087: Disorganized Attachment: Fear without Solution

Episode 115: Borderline Personality Disorder: History, Symptoms, Environment, Genetics & Brain Science

Episode 130: Borderline Personality Disorder: Psychotherapy Schema Therapy

Episode 171: Nancy McWilliams on Mental Health, Transference, and Dissociation

Episode 206: Mentalization Based Therapy (MBT), with Dr. Anthony W. Bateman, MA, FRCPSYCH and Dr. Peter Fonagy, PhD, FBA

Episode 213: Reflective Functioning: The Key to Attachment with Dr. Howard Steele

Episode 215: Understanding Complex PTSD and Borderline Personality Disorder

Episode 224: Understanding Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) Medications & Treatment

Episode 231: Borderline Personality Disorder: Splitting & Identity Diffusion with Mark Ruffalo

ReferencesAmerican Psychological Association. (n.d.). Identity diffusion. In APA Dictionary of Psychology. Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://dictionary.apa.org/identity-diffusion

Amos, A. (2015). Melanie Klein. Institute of Psychoanalysis. Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://psychoanalysis.org.uk/our-authors-and-theorists/melanie-klein

Anderson, R. (n.d.). Betty Joseph. Institute of Psychoanalysis. https://psychoanalysis.org.uk/our-authors-and-theorists/betty-joseph

Assink, M., Spruit, A., Schuts, M., Lindauer, R., van der Put, C. E., & Stams, G.-J. J. M. (2018). The intergenerational transmission of child maltreatment: A three-level meta-analysis. Child Abuse & Neglect, 84, 131–145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2018.07.037

Bailey, R., & Pico, J. (2023, May 22). Defense mechanisms. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK559106/

Brenner, C. (2006). Jacob A. Arlow (1912–2004). American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(9), 1518. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.2006.163.9.1518

Bumke, O. (Ed.). (1928–1939). Handbuch der Geisteskrankheiten [Handbook of mental disorders] (Vols. 1–12). Julius Springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-642-47333-3

Clarkin, J. F., Caligor, E., Stern, B., & Kernberg, O. F. (2004). Structured Interview of Personality Organization (STIPO). Personality Disorders Institute, Weill Medical College of Cornell University. Retrieved from https://www.borderlinedisorders.com/structured-interview-of-personality-organization.ph

Doering, S. (n.d.). Curriculum vitae. European Society for the Study of Personality Disorders. Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://www.esspd.eu/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/CV_Doering.pdf

Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. W. W. Norton. https://archive.org/details/identityyouthcri00erik

Florenzano R. (2009). Docencia universitaria y psicoanálisis: Los aportes de Ignacio Matte Blanco [Ignacio Matte Blanco, MD, and the development of psychiatry teaching to medical students]. Revista medica de Chile, 137(9), 1248–1252. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/20011967/

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Steele, H., & Steele, M. (1998). Reflective Functioning Scale (RF) [Database record]. APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t03490-000

George, C., Main, M., & Kaplan, N. (1985). Adult Attachment Interview (AAI) [Database record]. APA PsycTests.

https://doi.org/10.1037/t02879-000

Johns Hopkins Gazette. (2005, April 18). Obituary: Jerome Frank, 95, noted psychotherapy researcher. Johns Hopkins Gazette, 34(30). Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://pages.jh.edu/gazette/2005/18apr05/18frank.html

Jordan-Moore, J. (1995). Obituary: Ignacio Matte Blanco 1908–1995. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76, 1035–1041. https://pep-web.org/browse/document/ijp.076.1035a

Kansas Historical Society. (2017, July). Menninger Clinic. Kansapedia. Retrieved https://www.kansashistory.gov/kansapedia/menninger-clinic/12147

Kernberg, O. F. (1967). Borderline personality organization. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 15(3), 641–685. https://doi.org/10.1177/000306516701500309

Kernberg, O. F. (1975). Borderline conditions and pathological narcissism (pp. 24–25). New York: Jason Aronson. https://archive.org/details/borderlinecondit00kern

Kernberg, O. F. (1984). Severe personality disorders: Psychotherapeutic strategies. Yale University Press. https://archive.org/details/severepersonalit00kern

Kernberg, O. F. (2000). Borderline conditions and pathological narcissism. Jason Aronson. (The Master Work Series). https://www.scribd.com/document/425936113/the-Master-Work-Series-Otto-F-Kernberg-Borderline-Conditions-and-Pathological-Narcissism-Jason-Aronson-Inc-2000

Kernberg, O. F., Yeomans, F. E., Clarkin, J. F., & Levy, K. N. (2008). Transference focused psychotherapy: overview and update. The International journal of psycho-analysis, 89(3), 601–620. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-8315.2008.00046.x

Kernberg, O. F. (2016). Psychoanalytic education at the crossroads: Reformation, change and the future of psychoanalytic training. Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2016-16118-000

Klein M. (1996). Notes on some schizoid mechanisms. The Journal of psychotherapy practice and research, 5(2), 160–179. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3330415/

Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Kelly, K. M., Reynoso, J. S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74(6), 1027–1040. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.74.6.1027

McWilliams, N. (2011). Psychoanalytic diagnosis: Understanding personality structure in the clinical process (2nd ed.). Guilford Press.​ https://nancymcwilliams.com/books-authored/

Orenstein, G. A., & Lewis, L. (2022, November 7). Erikson's stages of psychosocial development. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK556096/

Perelberg, R. ( 2015). André Green. Institute of Psychoanalysis. https://psychoanalysis.org.uk/authors-and-theorists/andr%C3%A9-green

Sam, N. (2018, November 28). Descriptive psychiatry. In PsychologyDictionary.org. https://psychologydictionary.org/descriptive-psychiatry/

Santander, P. (n.d.). Chilean Psychoanalytic Association. International Psychoanalytical Association. Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://www.ipa.world/IPA/en/Societies/societies_focus/chilesoc.aspx​

Weill Cornell Medicine Psychiatry. (n.d.). John F. Clarkin, Ph.D., appointed director of the Personality Disorders Institute (PDI). Retrieved April 23, 2025, from https://psychiatry.weill.cornell.edu/news/john-f-clarkin-phd-appointed-director-personality-disorders-institute-pdi

Yeomans, F. E., Diamond, D., & Caligor, E. (2024). Otto Kernberg: A contemporary introduction (1st ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003053415

View Details

Joshua Mangunsong, Liam Browning, Brandon Luu, MD; Nicholas Fabiano, MD; David Puder, MD

Corresponding author: David Puder, MD

Reviewer: Erica Vega, Joanie Burns, PMHNP-BC

None of the authors/presenters have any conflicts of interest.

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.5 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

**Abstract:**Creatine, widely known for enhancing athletic performance, is gaining attention for its potential as a novel adjunct psychiatric treatment. Beyond muscle function, creatine supports brain energy metabolism, which has increasing evidence for a role in mood disorders like depression and bipolar disorder.

Recent studies suggest creatine supplementation can enhance treatment outcomes in psychiatric conditions. Sherpa et al. (2025) found that adding creatine to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) significantly improved depressive symptoms. Similarly, Lyoo et al. (2012) reported creatine enhanced response to SSRIs in women with major depressive disorder.

Neuroimaging studies indicate creatine boosts phosphocreatine levels in brain regions linked to mood regulation, and doses above the normal 5 grams per day have added increases in brain creatine levels. Observational data also suggest an inverse relationship between dietary creatine intake and depression prevalence.

This article and accompanying podcast episode provides a scoping review of the evidence on creatine’s psychiatric applications, exploring its mechanisms, clinical relevance, and future research directions.

IntroductionCreatine is a naturally occurring compound essential for cellular energy metabolism, primarily through its role in adenosine triphosphate (ATP) regeneration via the phosphocreatine system (Miller, 2022). It is widely recognized for its benefits in sports performance, muscle growth, and recovery, as well as its potential neuroprotective properties. Beyond its established role in muscle physiology, emerging evidence suggests creatine may have significant effects on brain bioenergetics, cognition, and mental health (Prokopidis et al., 2023). There are several mechanisms that may explain these effects.

Animal models offer additional support for creatine’s neurotherapeutic potential. In a study examining the impact of dietary creatine on experimental traumatic brain injury in rats, supplementation with a diet containing 1% creatine for four weeks significantly reduced cortical damage by 50% (p < 0.01). Given typical daily food consumption in rats, this 1% dietary supplementation approximates a daily intake of around 0.5–1 g/kg, translating to approximately 35–70 grams of creatine per day—for a 70 kg human. The observed neuroprotective effects are thought to arise from enhanced mitochondrial bioenergetics, characterized by increased mitochondrial membrane potential, reduced calcium accumulation, lower reactive oxygen species production, sustained ATP levels, and inhibited opening of mitochondrial permeability transition pores (MPTP) (Sullivan et al., 2000). Another study found that high-dose creatine supplementation (approximately equivalent to 280 g/day in a 70 kg human, significantly higher than typical human dosages) attenuated striatal dopamine depletion in a mouse model of Parkinson’s disease, reducing dopamine loss from 56% in untreated mice to 33% in creatine-treated mice (p < 0.05) (Yang et al., 2009). In a mouse model of chronic mild stress-induced depression, creatine supplementation significantly reduced depressive behaviors measured by the forced swim test, decreasing immobility time from 106.7 seconds in stressed controls to 39.0 seconds with creatine alone, and further down to 34.1 seconds with combined creatine plus exercise treatment. Serotonin (5-HT)-positive neurons in the dorsal raphe nucleus increased substantially from 55.0 cells in stressed controls to 126.8 cells with creatine alone, and even more markedly to 206.1 cells with the combination of creatine and exercise. The creatine dose used (~4% dietary inclusion) translates to approximately 140 grams per day for a 70 kg human, far exceeding the standard human supplementation dose of 5 grams per day, indicating results achieved at a high pharmacological dose​ (Ahn et al., 2016).

In humans, a study found that creatine supplementation as an add-on to cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) demonstrated potential in treating depression, as evidenced by a greater reduction in Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9) scores compared to CBT with placebo (Sherpa et al., 2025).

Emerging neurobiological research has highlighted creatine’s role in brain bioenergetics, with supplementation shown to increase brain phosphocreatine levels and enhance cognitive processes such as memory, attention, and information processing speed (Avgerinos et al., 2018; Xu et al., 2024). Meta-analyses have found more pronounced effects in older adults and under conditions of metabolic stress, such as sleep deprivation, although evidence for broader executive function remains inconclusive (Avgerinos et al., 2018, Prokopidis et al., 2023). These findings suggest creatine’s utility may extend beyond its known ergogenic effects into domains of cognitive and mental health.

Mental health disorders are a leading cause of disability worldwide. In 2019, approximately 1 in every 8 people, or 970 million individuals globally, were living with a mental disorder, with anxiety and depressive disorders being the most common (World Health Organization, 2022). Conventional treatments, including pharmacotherapy and psychotherapy, are effective for many but often have limitations such as delayed onset, incomplete response, and adverse side effects (Hoskins et al., 2015; Howes et al., 2022; Leichsenring et al., 2022). The growing field of nutritional psychiatry emphasizes the role of diet and supplementation in mental health, leading to increasing interest in creatine due to its safety profile, accessibility, and emerging evidence supporting its use in psychiatric treatment.

Concerns about creatine’s long-term renal safety have been common, largely due to elevated serum creatinine levels, which can be misinterpreted as signs of kidney dysfunction. However, a frequently cited study done in 1999 followed nine healthy athletes who had used creatine for 10 months to 5 years at doses ranging from 1 to 20 g/day (Poortmans & Francaux, 1999). Compared to 85 non-supplementing controls, no significant differences were found in serum creatinine, BUN, creatinine clearance, or urinary creatinine excretion. These findings support the renal safety of prolonged creatine use in healthy individuals, and remain one of the most cited pieces of real-world safety data.

While several systematic reviews have investigated creatine’s effects on cognition and neurological function, few have comprehensively addressed its psychiatric applications. Existing reviews often focus on general populations or specific cognitive outcomes, leaving gaps in understanding its role across diverse psychiatric disorders (Avgerinos et al., 2018; Xu et al., 2024). Despite promising preliminary findings, research on creatine’s psychiatric applications remains in its early stages. Many studies focus on specific diagnoses, often with small sample sizes and inconsistent methodologies, leading to mixed findings (Juneja et al., 2024). Additionally, while the potential mechanisms of creatine’s effects on mood and cognition are being explored, they remain incompletely understood. Notably, no comprehensive synthesis has systematically examined creatine’s role across multiple psychiatric disorders, leaving a critical gap in the literature.

This scoping review aims to systematically map the existing literature on creatine supplementation across various psychiatric disorders. By synthesizing findings from diverse studies, this review seeks to provide a clearer picture of creatine’s potential clinical applications, effectiveness, and underlying mechanisms. Identifying knowledge gaps will also help guide future research directions and inform potential clinical recommendations.

The primary objective of this review is to explore and summarize current knowledge on creatine supplementation in relation to different psychiatric conditions. By assessing the breadth of existing evidence, this review will help determine the extent of creatine’s potential benefits for mental health and highlight areas where further investigation is needed. Before we begin the review, we will first introduce creatine’s potential mechanism for mood disorders and also prior studies on sleep as they add to the overall understanding of prior research.

Creatine’s Potential Mechanism For Mood DisordersWith regard to its mechanism, creatine is most well-known for its role in the creatine/phosphocreatine (Cr/CrP) buffer system. Phosphocreatine can transfer a phosphate group to ADP in order to regenerate ATP during periods of high energy demand (Adhihetty & Beal, 2008). While glycolysis and oxidative phosphorylation can take between 30 seconds and a few minutes to replenish ATP, the Cr/CrP system can regenerate ATP in as little as 5–10 seconds. In exercising muscle, this ATP supplied by phosphocreatine is often what allows someone to perform an extra rep or two during sets.

Muscle cells typically rely first on aerobic respiration, fueled by pyruvate entering the TCA cycle and by fat oxidation. When energy demands escalate and less oxygen is available, anaerobic respiration increases, burning glucose for short-term fuel but yielding less ATP and producing lactic acid (leading to the “burn” felt in muscles). Because anaerobic pathways take up to 30 seconds to 2 minutes to recover, the Cr/CrP system steps in to supply rapid energy for approximately 5–10 seconds until muscle exhaustion (Mahoney et al., 2002).

Additionally, the Cr/CrP system buffers intracellular ATP levels, improving mitochondrial function. One study by Walsh et al. (2001) showed creatine increased mitochondrial ATP production by 60% in muscle tissue during intense exercise. The authors suggest that excess ATP (and thus limited ADP availability) within the cell inhibits key metabolic enzymes, signaling that no further glucose or fat breakdown is needed. This can lead to an accumulation of substrates and metabolic intermediates, some of which may be toxic at high concentrations and reduce mitochondrial efficiency. A buildup of ATP can also slow the electron transport chain, potentially increasing the leakage of electrons and the formation of reactive oxygen species (ROS), known to damage cells. Several studies in mouse models of neurodegenerative diseases (e.g., ALS, Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease) suggest creatine’s ROS-reducing properties and mitochondrial membrane stabilization capabilities may improve neuronal survival, motor function, and overall survival (Dedeoglu et al., 2003). However, these benefits have not consistently translated to humans (Forbes et al., 2022).

To recognize creatine’s potential role in neurons, it is important to understand how neurons generate and use ATP. Neurons constantly consume energy, with the brain using around 20% of the body’s calories despite being only ~2% of its mass (Attwell & Laughlin, 2001). However, unlike muscle cells, neurons do not uptake a significant amount of glucose or fat, meaning their glycolytic and fat oxidation capacities are limited. Instead, neurons mainly rely on aerobic respiration with lactate serving as the primary fuel source via the astrocyte-neuron lactate shuttle. Astrocytes take in glucose from the blood, perform glycolysis to generate lactate, and shuttle this lactate to neurons; the neurons then convert lactate into pyruvate for use in the TCA cycle (Mason, 2017). Nevertheless, because some neuronal processes require energy on the order of milliseconds, the Cr/CrP system in the brain helps meet these immediate energy demands. Examples of some of the most time-sensitive, energetically demanding processes at the cellular level include the Na⁺/K⁺-ATPase pump (regulates resting membrane potential), synaptic vesicle release and recycling, and calcium regulation through Ca²⁺-ATP pumps. Burst-firing neurons—such as CA3 neurons in the hippocampus, thalamic relay neurons, cortical pyramidal cells, Purkinje neurons in the cerebellum, and dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra and ventral tegmental area—have high energy demands and are particularly susceptible to energy deficits (Joo et al., 2021; Krahe & Gabbiani, 2004). Other energetically demanding states also include sleep deprivation, hypoxia, aging, and depression.

It should be noted that the brain is one of the few organs (alongside the liver, kidneys, pancreas) that endogenously produces creatine, likely owing to the time-sensitive and energetically demanding tasks mentioned above. However, because of this endogenous production, brain cells store significantly less creatine than muscle tissue and have limited ability to transport creatine across the blood-brain barrier, which is cause for debate about creatine supplementation’s ability to increase brain creatine levels (Forbes et al., 2022). Nevertheless, studies in which participants are placed under energetically demanding states or have lower brain creatine at baseline consistently show increased brain creatine uptake and improvements in cognitive function (Forbes et al., 2022).

Based on the neuroenergetics hypothesis, one proposed antidepressant mechanism is that exogenous creatine, by bolstering ATP availability, may facilitate optimal neuronal firing for complex cognitive processes, especially in patients with limited brain creatine stores or who are engaging in intensive cognitive tasks, such as therapy. Higher cognitive processes, including complex meta-conscious activities (awareness of the contents of one’s consciousness) and insight formation, place significantly greater energetic demands on the brain than do simple sensory processing or brainstem functions (Chen & Zhang, 2021). These higher-order brain activities require more extensive spatiotemporal coordination among neurons in disparate brain regions, often manifesting through synchronized gamma oscillations (40–100 Hz), which are energetically costly and rely on robust ATP availability (Joo et al., 2021). Consequently, maintaining or enhancing functional connectivity of these higher-order networks is crucial for meta-cognition (awareness of one’s thought process), as a limitation in ATP in one set of neurons can disrupt the synchronized neural firing within these disparate circuits and thus limit the individual’s ability to maintain focus and to generate new insights (Chen & Zhang, 2021). In this context, creatine supplementation may help buffer neuronal energy demands, thus supporting neural synchronization that underlies the advanced cognition necessary for deeper self-awareness and therapeutic insight. However, more studies are needed to adequately assess this hypothesis, as most studies in cognition assess cognitive battery tasks that do not test novel insight generation.

In addition to supporting neuroenergetics, creatine supplementation may exhibit antidepressant effects through several other mechanisms, including reducing glutamate-induced excitotoxicity and ROS species production, as well as potentiating synaptogenesis and synaptic plasticity.

Creatine Supplementation Enhances Cognitive Performance and Brain Function During Sleep Deprivation and Hypoxia Emerging research demonstrates creatine supplementation significantly improves cognitive performance, executive functioning, and brain excitability under conditions of sleep deprivation and oxygen deprivation (hypoxia). This highlights creatine's potential as a neuroprotective supplement during periods of neural energy stress.

In a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial (McMorris et al., 2006), 19 healthy young adults received creatine supplementation (20 g/day, administered as four daily doses of 5 g) or placebo for 7 days, followed by 24 hours of sleep deprivation combined with mild intermittent exercise. Cognitive and psychomotor performance were assessed at baseline (0 h) and after 6, 12, and 24 hours of sleep deprivation using tests including random movement generation, verbal and spatial recall, choice reaction time, static balance, and mood state. At 24 hours, the creatine group showed significantly less impairment compared to placebo in performance on tasks reliant on executive function and psychomotor skills, including better random movement generation (Adjacency score significantly improved, p < 0.05), faster choice reaction times (~0 ms change vs. ~21 ms deterioration in placebo, p < 0.05), and improved static balance (fewer corrections needed, p < 0.01). Mood state was also better preserved with significantly lower reported fatigue (p < 0.005) and higher vigor (p < 0.02) in the creatine group. However, simpler short-term memory tasks (verbal and spatial recall) were unaffected by creatine supplementation. Plasma concentrations of norepinephrine and dopamine increased significantly after 24 hours of sleep deprivation, while cortisol levels significantly decreased, but these effects did not differ between the creatine and placebo groups. The study suggested creatine supplementation selectively benefits tasks that tax the prefrontal cortex under conditions of prolonged wakefulness and mild stress, likely due to enhanced energetic support in these brain regions.

In a subsequent double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial, (McMorris et al. (2007) 19 healthy young adults were assigned to either creatine supplementation (20 g/day, provided as four daily doses of 5 g) or placebo for 7 days, followed by a 36-hour period of continuous wakefulness accompanied by intermittent moderate-intensity exercise. Creatine supplementation selectively improved performance only on the central executive random number generation task at the 36-hour time point, where the creatine group's performance significantly surpassed the placebo group’s (p < 0.05), with random number generation index (RNG) scores progressively improving from baseline to 36 hours in the creatine group (p < 0.01). In contrast, creatine supplementation did not significantly affect simpler cognitive tasks such as verbal recall or choice reaction time, nor did it affect dynamic balance, mood states, cognitive effort, or cortisol concentrations. These findings indicate creatine's cognitive benefits appear selective, occurring primarily under prolonged sleep deprivation conditions and specifically on complex executive tasks that heavily engage the prefrontal cortex.

In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial (Turner et al., 2015), 15 healthy adults supplemented with creatine (~20 g/day for 7 days) or placebo. Instead of sleep loss, subjects experienced acute hypoxia by breathing a gas mixture containing 10% oxygen for 90 minutes. Main outcomes included cognitive performance, specifically complex attentional capacity, corticomotor excitability assessed by transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and subjective alertness or fatigue. Creatine supplementation significantly preserved cognitive performance during hypoxia, particularly complex attention tasks, and markedly enhanced corticomotor excitability by approximately 70% compared to placebo. Supplementation also effectively increased brain creatine concentrations by an average of 9.2%.

In a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled crossover trial (Gordji-Nejad et al., 2024), healthy adults received a single oral high-dose of creatine monohydrate (0.35 g/kg, ~25 g for a 70 kg individual) or placebo during 21 hours of sleep deprivation. Cognitive performance and cerebral energy metabolism were assessed at baseline and at 3.5, 5.5, and 7.5 hours post-supplementation using ^31P-MRS and ^1H-MRS imaging. Creatine supplementation significantly improved cognitive performance, enhancing processing speed by approximately 16–29% and memory by about 10%, while also reducing subjective fatigue by roughly 8%. At a metabolic level, creatine increased cerebral phosphocreatine (PCr) by ~4–6% and total creatine (tCr) by approximately 5%, reduced inorganic phosphate (Pi) by 8–10%, lowered ATP levels by up to 18%, and prevented the sleep deprivation-induced reduction in cerebral pH. These findings suggest a single high-dose creatine supplement effectively counteracts the cognitive and energetic impairments associated with acute sleep deprivation.

Creatine also improved cognitive performance and processing speed.

Note. Reprinted from “Single dose creatine improves cognitive performance and induces changes in cerebral high energy phosphates during sleep deprivation”, by Gordji-Nejad et al., 2024, Scientific Reports, 14, p. 4937.

  *Note.* Reprinted from “Single dose creatine improves cognitive performance and induces changes in cerebral high energy phosphates during sleep deprivation”, by Gordji-Nejad et al., 2024, *Scientific Reports, 14*, p. 4937.

Taken together, these findings strongly support creatine's selective benefit for cognitive tasks demanding high executive functioning and attentional capacity under conditions of prolonged wakefulness and acute hypoxia. Creatine supplementation appears most beneficial when neural energy supply is compromised, suggesting potential clinical and practical applications for maintaining cognitive performance under stress.

MethodsObjectiveThis scoping review aims to map the existing literature on creatine supplementation in mental health across various psychiatric diagnostic categories, identifying key themes, research gaps, and implications for clinical practice and future research.

FrameworkThis review follows Arksey and O’Malley's methodological framework for scoping reviews, enhanced by the recommendations of the Joanna Briggs Institute (JBI) (Peters et al., 2015). It is reported in accordance with the PRISMA extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) checklist (Tricco et al., 2018).

Identifying the Research QuestionOur primary research question was: “What is known from the existing literature about the effects and implications of creatine supplementation across different psychiatric diagnostic categories?” In this study, we defined a scoping review as a research method designed to systematically explore the existing literature on a specific topic or field, with the goal of identifying key themes, research gaps, and various types of evidence that can guide practice, policy development, and future research (Munn et al., 2022).

Search StrategyA comprehensive search was conducted in the following databases: PubMed, EMBASE, and Cochrane Library. Search terms included various combinations and synonyms of the following keywords:

  • Creatine or creatine supplementation AND mental health, psychiatric disorders, depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, cognitive disorders, neurodevelopmental disorders, PTSD, substance use disorders

The search was restricted to peer-reviewed articles published in English, with no limitations on date to ensure comprehensive literature coverage.

Study SelectionStudies were eligible if they met the following inclusion criteria:

  • Empirical studies (qualitative, quantitative, mixed methods)
  • Human studies across any age group
  • Studies specifically assessing creatine supplementation effects on mental health outcomes in any defined psychiatric diagnostic category.

Exclusion criteria included:

  • Animal studies
  • Non-original research (reviews, editorials, opinion pieces)
  • Studies with non-oral creatine administration routes
  • Non-English articles

Data ExtractionData were systematically extracted using a standardized extraction template capturing:

  • Authors, publication year, and country
  • Study design and methodology
  • Diagnostic categories studied
  • Participant demographics (age, gender, clinical diagnosis, number)
  • Details of creatine supplementation (dosage, frequency, duration)
  • Outcome measures used
  • Summary of primary and secondary mental health outcomes
  • Reported adverse effects or safety concerns

Data SynthesisResults were synthesized narratively to identify overarching themes, diagnostic-specific findings, methodological approaches, and gaps in the literature. The data were categorized and summarized according to psychiatric diagnostic groups to facilitate a clear understanding of the current evidence landscape.

ResultsReportingThis scoping review was reported in accordance with the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR) checklist (Tricco et al., 2018), ensuring methodological transparency and completeness.

Study Selection ProcessA total of 21,858 records were identified through database searches. After title and abstract screening of each record, 5.682 full-text articles were assessed for eligibility. Ultimately, 15 studies met inclusion criteria and were included in this review.

The study selection process is illustrated in Figure 1 (PRISMA-ScR flow diagram).

**Figure 1.** PRISMA-ScR flow diagram of study selection process.

Characteristics of Included StudiesThe included studies spanned from 2006 to 2025, covering diverse psychiatric populations including depression, bipolar disorder, PTSD, schizophrenia, and substance use disorders. Most studies (n = 15) were randomized controlled trials, with additional open-label studies, pilot trials, and case reports.

Table 1 presents detailed characteristics of each study, including study design, sample size, diagnosis, creatine dosage, duration, and mental health outcomes assessed.

Table 1. Summary of Included Studies Evaluating Creatine Supplementation Across Psychiatric Disorders (n = 15)

      **Narrative Synthesis by Diagnostic Categories**Mood Disorders (Depression, Bipolar Disorder)The majority of studies focused on depressive disorders, with creatine supplementation often evaluated as an adjunct to SSRIs, CBT, or other psychotherapies. Doses ranged from 3–10g/day, with durations of 4 to 8 weeks. Several studies reported statistically significant improvements in depression severity, though some findings were limited by small sample sizes and short durations (Sherpa et al., 2025; Lyoo et al., 2012).

Adjunctive Creatine Boosts CBT Effectiveness in Depression Treatment (Sherpa et al., 2025)In this double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled feasibility trial, researchers investigated the effects of oral creatine monohydrate supplementation as an adjunct to cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT). 100 adults with major depressive disorder (MDD) received biweekly CBT with either 5g/day of creatine or placebo for 8 weeks. The creatine group saw a greater reduction in PHQ-9 scores, with an adjusted mean difference of −5.12 (95% CI: −7.20 to −3.52; p < 0.05). Practically, this means that, by adding creatine to CBT, several symptoms like “little interest or pleasure in doing things” would go from “more than half the days” to “several days” in a two week period. Of note, the creatine group was also found to have lower treatment discontinuation rates and no significant increase in adverse events when compared to placebo. However, diarrhea (15 vs. 6 reports) and abdominal pain (9 vs. 1 reports) were more frequently reported in the creatine group, while vomiting (2 vs. 9 reports) and pruritus (4 vs. 11 reports) were more common in the placebo group. These findings support creatine’s safety and tolerability. This study was done on a mixed-gender population (50% female; mean age ~30 years old), and is one of the few on creatine supplementation in a lower-resourced clinical setting. Below are some of the data from this study as mentioned above.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Efficacy and safety profile of oral creatine monohydrate in add-on to cognitive-behavioural therapy in depression: An 8-week pilot, double-blind, randomised, placebo-controlled feasibility and exploratory trial in an under-resourced area”, by Sherpa et al., 2025, *European Neuropsychopharmacology*, *90*, p. 32.

Creatine Augmentation Enhances Antidepressant Efficacy in Women with Depression (Lyoo et al., 2012)This 8-week double-blind, placebo-controlled RCT recruited 52 women with MDD. Participants received escitalopram in addition to either creatine or placebo. The dosage of creatine started at 3g/day for week 1, going up to 5g/day from weeks 2-8. Four weeks into the study, mean Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM-D) scores dropped 21.8% more in the creatine group versus the placebo group. By week 8, mean HAM-D scores had decreased from 26.9 to 5.4 in the creatine group, versus 26.7 to 9.8 in the placebo group (p < 0.001) Researchers reported an effect size of Cohen’s d = 1.13 for the difference in HAM-D score reduction from baseline to the end of the study (8 weeks). By week 8, significantly more participants in the creatine group achieved remission compared to placebo (52.0% vs. 25.9%; p = 0.008).

*Note.* Reprinted from “A randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled trial of oral creatine monohydrate augmentation for enhanced response to a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor in women with major depressive disorder”, by Lyoo et al., 2012, *The American journal of psychiatry*, *169*(9), p. 941.

Creatine Shows Higher Remission Rates for Bipolar Depression Despite Mixed Results on Symptom Reduction (Toniolo et al., 2018)In this randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, Toniolo et al. (2018) investigated the efficacy of creatine monohydrate (6g/day) as an adjunctive treatment for patients with bipolar disorder type I or II experiencing a depressive episode. Over the course of 6 weeks, patients either received 6g/day of creatine or placebo. Efficacy was primarily measured using the Montgomery–Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) scores. While a statistically significant difference in score reduction was not found between the groups (p = 0.560; Cohen’s d = 0.231), the creatine group did see a significantly greater rate of remission (defined as MADRS score ≤ 12). On ITT analysis, the creatine group saw a remission rate of 52.9% versus the placebo group’s rate of 11.1% (p = 0.012, OR = 9.0). Of note, one patient from the creatine group experienced a hypomanic switch, and another had a manic switch.

*Note.* Reprinted from “A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, proof-of-concept trial of creatine monohydrate as adjunctive treatment for bipolar depression”, by Toniolo et al., 2018, *Journal of Neural Transmission, 125,* p. 253.

Creatine Improves Depression Symptoms and Boosts Brain Energy Metabolism in SSRI-Resistant Adolescents (Kondo et al., 2011)In this open-label pilot study by Kondo et al. (2011), five female adolescents (ages 14-18) with SSRI-resistant major depressive disorder (MDD) received adjunctive treatment of creatine monohydrate at 4g/day for 8 weeks. All participants continued their stable fluoxetine treatment throughout the study. Depression severity was measured using the Children’s Depression Rating Scale–Revised (CDRS-R), which saw mean scores drop from 69.0 at baseline to 30.6 by the end of the study (56% decline). The study also utilized 31-phosphorus magnetic resonance spectroscopy (31P-MRS) to measure brain phosphocreatine levels, which showed a significant increase of 6.4% in the frontal lobe of participants when compared to scans of healthy female adolescents (p = 0.02). This study was among the first to report measurable increases in brain PCr associated with creatine supplementation in a psychiatric population. However, its small sample size and lack of a placebo control limit broader generalizability.

Creatine Supplementation Shows Rapid Antidepressant Effects but Potential Risk of Manic Switch in Bipolar Disorder (Roitman et al., 2007)This was a 4-week open-label trial of oral creatine monohydrate (titrated from 3g to 5g/day) supplementation in 8 patients with unipolar depression and 2 with bipolar depression. Of the ten participants, one significantly improved after the first week and withdrew, and the two patients with bipolar disorder experienced manic/hypomanic switches, also withdrawing early; therefore, statistical analyses included only the seven remaining unipolar participants who completed at least three weeks. Participants showed significant improvement across multiple scales, with mean HAM-D dropping from 23.14 to 12.57 (p = 0.002), mean Clinical Global Impression (CGI) scores dropping from 4.43 to 3.00 (p = 0.02), and mean Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAS) scores dropping from 18.71 to 12.00 (p = 0.016).

Creatine Reduces Depression and Methamphetamine Use While Increasing Brain Energy in Females with Dual Diagnosis (Hellem et al., 2015)In this open-label pilot study, 14 women with Major Depressive Disorder and active methamphetamine use were given 5g/day creatine monohydrate over the course of 8 weeks. Eleven participants (78.6%) completed the trial, experiencing significant reductions in mean HAM-D scores from 16.86 at baseline to 7.36 by week 8 (56.4% decrease). Participants also underwent 31-Phosphorus-magnetic resonance spectroscopy, which showed an increase in mean frontal lobe PCr from 0.223 to 0.233 (p < 0.01, Cohen’s d = 0.92). Additionally, significant reductions in anxiety (Beck Anxiety Inventory scores) were seen as early as week 2 and sustained through study completion. Methamphetamine use also decreased by over 50% by week 6, as measured by urine drug screens. This was the first study to show the potential effectiveness of creatine in a dual-diagnosis population.

Creatine Monohydrate Increases Brain Phosphocreatine and Correlates with Improved Depression Symptoms in SSRI-Resistant Adolescent Females (Kondo et al., 2016)This randomized, placebo-controlled, dose-ranging study recruited 34 adolescent females aged 13-20 years with SSRI-resistant depression, assigning each to 2g, 4g, or 10g/day of either creatine or placebo for 8 weeks. In contrast to the studies discussed above, depression scores (CDRS-R scores, in this study) were the secondary outcome in this study. The primary outcome was frontal lobe phosphocreatine as measured on 31P-MRS. The mean frontal lobe PCr increased by 4.6%, 4.1%, and 9.1% in the 2g, 4g, and 10g groups respectively, while the placebo group showed a decrease of 0.7%. However, these differences did not reach statistical significance between groups (p = 0.69), and the study may have been underpowered to detect statistically significant differences. While researchers did not find a statistically significant between-group difference in CDRS-R score reduction, regression analysis did reveal an inverse correlation between frontal lobe PCr and depression scores (p = 0.02). Creatine supplementation was generally well-tolerated, with no significant differences in adverse effects, weight gain, or renal function between groups.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Creatine target engagement with brain bioenergetics: a dose-ranging phosphorus-31 magnetic resonance spectroscopy study of adolescent females with SSRI-resistant depression”, by Kondo et al., 2016, *Amino Acids, 48*, p. 1948.

Creatine Augmentation Shows No Significant Benefit for SSRI-Resistant Depression but May Induce Rapid Improvement in Select Female Patients (Nemets & Levine, 2013)This 4-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-finding trial investigated oral creatine as an add-on to ongoing antidepressant treatment in 18 adults with MDD refractory to SSRIs, SNRIs, or NASA antidepressants (e.g. citalopram, venlafaxine, mirtazapine). Participants were divided into 4 groups, receiving either creatine or placebo of up to 5g/day or 10g/day. Mean HAM-D scores were measured, which saw a decrease in all who received creatine from 27.6 to 13.4 (versus 28.2 to 15.3 in the placebo group); however, these findings were not statistically significant (p = 0.4). Researchers also find no dose effect.

*Note.* Reprinted from “A pilot dose-finding clinical trial of creatine monohydrate augmentation to SSRIs/SNRIs/NASA antidepressant treatment in major depression”, by Nemets & Levine, 2013, *International clinical psychopharmacology, 28*(3), pp. 127-133.

Creatine Supplementation Enhances Brain Metabolism, Rich-Club Networks, and Depression Outcomes in Women with MDD (Yoon et al., 2016)This study was an extension of the Lyoo et al. (2012) RCT discussed above. Researchers studied the effects of 5g/day of oral creatine in women with MDD who were undergoing treatment with escitalopram. Of the 52 participants, 34 agreed to additionally undergo pre- and post-treatment neuroimaging via ¹H-MRS and diffusion tensor imaging (DTI). Metabolic and network outcomes were measured for changes in prefrontal N-acetylaspartate, a marker of neuronal viability and mitochondrial function. Participants in the creatine group saw significant increase in NAA versus the placebo group (p = 0.01, Cohen’s d = 0.73) and versus healthy controls (p = 0.03, Cohen’s d = 0.66). “Rich-club” networks (sets of highly connected brain regions associated with efficient global communication, reported to expend large amounts of metabolic energy, thus rendering them vulnerable to altered bioenergetics) were also measured, showing a significant increase in the creatine group versus placebo group and healthy controls (p = 0.01, Cohen’s d = 0.79; p = 0.03, Cohen’s d = 0.64). All of these findings on neuroimaging correlated with greater improvements in depressive symptoms.

*Note.* Reprinted from “ Effects of creatine monohydrate augmentation on brain metabolic and network outcome measures in women with major depressive disorder.”, by Yoon et al., 2016, *Biological Psychiatry, 80*(6), pp. 439–447.

  *Note.* Reprinted from “ Effects of creatine monohydrate augmentation on brain metabolic and network outcome measures in women with major depressive disorder.”, by Yoon et al., 2016, *Biological Psychiatry, 80*(6), pp. 439–447.

Creatine and 5-HTP Combination Significantly Improves Depression in SSRI/SNRI-Resistant MDD (Kious et al., 2017)This was an open-label, 8-week pilot study investigating the effects of creatine monohydrate in conjunction with 5-hydroxytryptophan as adjunctive treatment in 15 women with SSRI/SNRI-resistant MDD. Participants received 5/g day of oral creatine monohydrate and 100 mg twice daily of 5-HTP. Depression severity was measured using HAM-D, showing significant improvement with mean scores dropping from 18.9 at baseline to 7.5 by the conclusion of the study (p < 0.00001).

*Note.* Reprinted from “An open-label pilot study of combined augmentation with creatine monohydrate and 5-hydroxytryptophan for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor–or serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor–resistant depression in adult women”, by Kious et al., 2017, *Journal of clinical psychopharmacology, 37*(5), pp.578-583.

Creatine Improves Verbal Fluency but Not Mood Symptoms in Bipolar Depression (Toniolo et al., 2017)This 6-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial investigated the effects of 6g/day of creatine monohydrate on mood symptoms and cognitive performance in 18 participants (ages 18-59) with bipolar depression. Patients received either creatine or placebo across the 6 weeks, in addition to their prior established mood-stabilizing regimens. MADRS and HAM-D scores were measured at baseline and at the end of the study, with no statistically significant differences between treatment groups (p = 0.496). However, there was a significant improvement in the FAS verbal fluency test for the creatine group (p = 0.017, Cohen’s d = 1.252). Other neuropsychological tests were also administered, including the Wisconsin Card Sorting Test (assesses cognitive flexibility and problem-solving) and the Stroop test (measures attention and inhibitory control), both of which did not show statistically significant differences between groups.

Creatine Improves Mood, Pain, and Quality of Life in Treatment-Resistant Depression (Amital et al., 2006b)This case report studied the effects of oral creatine monohydrate supplementation in a 52-year-old woman with treatment-resistant depression, PTSD, and fibromyalgia. The patient received 3g/day of creatine in week 1, increasing to 5g/day for weeks 2 through 4. Additionally, she continued to receive her ongoing pharmacotherapy with citalopram. Throughout the study, her HAM-D score dropped from 24 to 16 (33% decrease). Her pain severity was also measured using the Visual Analog Scale (VAS), which saw a decline from 80 to 40. The Short Form 36 Health Status Questionnaire (SF-36) was used to measure her quality of life, and her score increased by 30% throughout the study. Of note, the patient noted improved sleep and cognitive functioning, and requested to continue creatine supplementation after the conclusion of the study.

Creatine Supplementation Shows Modest Benefits for Anxiety Symptoms as Secondary OutcomeFew studies directly assessed anxiety outcomes. Where measured, anxiety symptoms tended to improve in parallel with depression, but no studies focused on anxiety as a primary endpoint. For example, in studies primarily focused on depression or PTSD, anxiety symptoms were assessed as secondary outcomes using instruments like the Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale (HAM-A) or Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), with modest improvements reported (Amital et al., 2006a; Kious et al., 2017).

Creatine Supplementation Yields Inconsistent Results for Schizophrenia TreatmentTwo studies evaluated creatine supplementation in individuals with schizophrenia. One RCT (Kaptsan et al., 2007) found no significant benefits, while an open-label study (Levental et al., 2015) showed potential improvement in schizophrenia symptoms with high-dose creatine. After 6 months of daily creatine supplementation, PANSS (Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale) scores and PANSS general subscale scores showed significant reduction from 92.6 to 87.4 (-5.2) and 46.9 to 43.9 (-3.0), respectively (p = 0.004 and p = 0.021, respectively).

Creatine Supplementation Does Not Improve Schizophrenia Symptoms in Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial (Kaptsan et al., 2007)This was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, crossover study on the effects of oral creatine monohydrate on 12 patients diagnosed with schizophrenia. Patients received either creatine (3g/day for the first month, 5g/day for the following two months) or placebo for 3 months at a time, after which they would switch to the alternative treatment for another 3 months. There were several outcomes measured, including the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS), Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scale, and Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale (AIMS). There were no statistically significant differences found between creatine and placebo for any of these scales. Creatine supplementation was well tolerated, with the main side effect noted being nausea in two of the patients.

High-Dose Creatine Improves Negative Symptoms and Ward Behavior in Treatment-Resistant Schizophrenia (Levental et al., 2015)This was a 6-month, open-label, pilot study investigating high-dose creatine monohydrate augmentation in 7 male patients (age 35-55) with schizophrenia and treatment-resistant negative symptoms. Creatine dosing was titrated starting at 3g/day (weeks 1–2), 5g/day (weeks 3–4), 7g/day (weeks 5–6), and finally 10g/day (week 7 onward). Several outcomes were measured across the study, including the Positive and Negative Symptoms Scale (PANSS), Clinical Global Impressions (CGI), Nurse Observation Scale for Inpatient Evaluation (NOSIE; a sensitive rating scale for ward behavior), Extrapyramidal Symptom Rating Scale (ESRS, designed to rate the severity of four types of drug-induced movement disorders), and the Mindstreams computerized cognitive battery (a validated computerized neuropsychological test battery assessing memory, attention, executive function, and processing speed). Researchers found a significant change in mean total PANSS scores with creatine augmentation (p = 0.004); however, it was noted that this may have limited clinical value due to there only being mild improvement in the mean general psychopathology PANSS subscale scores (46.9 at baseline to 43.9 by the end of month 6, p = 0.021). Mean total NOSIE scores also saw a significant improvement (108.6 to 134.3, p = 0.043), particularly in personal neatness (p = 0.038), psychomotor retardation (p = 0.043), and social competence (p = 0.023).

*Note.* Reprinted from “ A pilot open study of long term high dose creatine augmentation in patients with treatment resistant negative symptoms schizophrenia”, by Levental et al., 2015, *Israel Journal of Psychiatry, 52*(1). p. 9.

Creatine Improves PTSD Symptoms and Quality of Life in Small Clinical StudiesTwo studies examined PTSD: an open-label trial and a case study (Amital et al., 2006a & 2006b), both of which reported symptom improvement when creatine was added to ongoing treatment. In the open-label trial (Amital et al., 2006a), total CAPS (Clinician Administered PTSD Scale) scores saw an average 5.8 point reduction (p = 0.003). The case study was focused on a patient with comorbid PTSD, depression, and fibromyalgia (Amital et al., 2006b). While there was no formal PTSD symptom scale used in the study, there was a 30% improvement in overall quality of life as measured by the SF-36 Health Status Questionnaire, particularly in domains related to vitality, social functioning, and mental health.

Creatine Supplementation Reduces PTSD and Depressive Symptoms in Open-Label Trial (Amital et al., 2006a)This was a 4 week, open-label pilot study investigating the effects of oral creatine monohydrate in 10 patients (8 men, 2 women; ages 43-61) diagnosed with PTSD. Creatine dosing was 3g/day for week 1 and 5g/day for weeks 2 through 4 (in addition to ongoing psychiatric treatment). The Clinician Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) was used to assess PTSD severity, and total scores dropped from 75.6 at baseline to 69.8 at the end of week 4 (p = 0.003). Depressive symptoms were also measured using the HAM-D scale, with scores also dropping from 24.1 to 20.4 (p = 0.006).

Creatine Supplementation Reduces Depression and Increases Brain Energy but Not Methamphetamine Use in Substance Use Disorder One pilot study discussed above (Hellem et al., 2015) evaluated creatine as an adjunctive treatment in females with methamphetamine dependence and comorbid depression. While methamphetamine use was monitored via urine drug screen and self-reports, there were no significant reductions in use throughout the study. Researchers did find a significant reduction in depressive symptoms, with mean HAM-D scores dropping from 16.9 to 7.36. Brain phosphocreatine levels were also measured during the study via phosphorus magnetic resonance spectroscopy, with levels significantly increasing from 0.223 to 0.233 (p < 0.01). This suggests increased brain energy metabolism associated with creatine supplementation.

Cognitive and Neurodevelopmental Disorders (e.g., Autism, ADHD)No RCTs were found in ADHD or learning disorders.

Summary Of Outcomes And ThemesAmong all psychiatric diagnoses reviewed, creatine supplementation demonstrated the greatest benefit in reducing depressive symptoms, particularly when used as an adjunctive treatment alongside established antidepressant medications or psychotherapies. Cognitive outcomes were less consistently measured but showed significant improvements in specific cognitive domains, notably verbal fluency, processing speed, and attentional capacity in selected studies. Across the reviewed literature, study designs, sample sizes, and creatine dosages varied considerably (ranging from 3g/day to 10g/day). Given previous studies reviewed on sleep deprivation, hypoxia, and animal models, it appears that many studies included in this review may have utilized suboptimal dosing strategies. Higher creatine doses—approximately 20 grams/day used in human studies involving sleep and oxygen deprivation, and doses proportionally higher in animal models—suggest potential underdosing in several psychiatric studies, which could partly explain mixed findings and modest effect sizes.

Common methodological limitations throughout included small sample sizes, short trial durations, open-label designs, absence of placebo controls in some studies, and limited diversity in patient populations. Adverse effects were generally minimal and infrequent; however, two studies involving bipolar patients (Roitman et al., 2007; Toniolo et al., 2018) reported cases of manic or hypomanic switches, highlighting the need for cautious monitoring in bipolar populations.

The bulk of available evidence focuses on depressive disorders, resulting in substantial research gaps in other psychiatric conditions, including anxiety disorders, PTSD, schizophrenia, substance use disorders, and neurodevelopmental disorders such as ADHD and autism. Future studies should aim to address these gaps through rigorous randomized controlled trials with adequately powered sample sizes, appropriate placebo controls, diverse patient populations, longer treatment durations, and consideration of higher-dose creatine supplementation strategies supported by prior literature.

DiscussionOverview of Included StudiesThis scoping review analyzed 15 different studies across 5 diagnostic categories, with mood disorders seeing the greatest representation (10 articles primarily studying MDD, 2 articles focused on bipolar disorder). Several of the studies investigated patient populations with multiple diagnoses (e.g. MDD and SUD). Of note, there were no studies found focusing on creatine supplementation in anxiety disorders. The majority of the studies utilized creatine as an adjunct therapy alongside ongoing psychiatric treatments (e.g. CBT, SSRIs, etc.). Creatine dosage ranged from 3-10g/day, with most studies titrating up from a lower initial dose. Across the mood disorder studies, creatine consistently improved depressive symptoms, with multiple studies reporting statistically significant reductions in mean PHQ-9, HAM-D, and MADRS scores. Neuroimaging outcomes were also measured in 3 studies (via 31P-MRS or 1H-MRS), which saw increased PCr and NAA levels when measuring after creatine supplementation.

Interpretation and Clinical ImplicationsCreatine’s potential role in psychiatry is supported by biological rationale grounded in its function as a cellular energy buffer. It facilitates rapid regeneration of ATP via the PCr system. Regions of the brain that have high metabolic activity, such as the prefrontal cortex and hippocampus, rely on this mechanism in order to regulate emotion and cognition. Studies have shown creatine also having the ability to enhance gamma-band oscillations, support astrocyte-neuron energy transfer, and stabilize mitochondrial function—all of which contribute to maintaining neural efficiency and resilience under stress (Chen & Zhang, 2021). This aligns with the bioenergetic framework proposed by Fabiano and Stubbs (2025), who argue that depression involves mitochondrial dysfunction and ATP instability under chronic stress, and that creatine may restore energetic balance and promote neuroplasticity.

Clinically, creatine has shown promise as an adjunctive treatment across various psychiatric populations, particularly in unipolar and bipolar depression, where it has been associated with reductions in symptom severity and improvements in cognitive domains such as verbal fluency. Given prior evidence from human studies involving sleep and oxygen deprivation (using doses around 20 g/day), as well as animal studies employing significantly higher doses, many of the reviewed psychiatric studies may have used suboptimal creatine dosing, potentially underestimating its therapeutic efficacy. Its strong safety profile—supported by consistent tolerability across studies with doses ranging from 3g to 10g/day—makes it an appealing low-risk intervention, especially in low-resource or integrative care settings. While no serious adverse events were reported in the studies reviewed, isolated cases of manic switching in bipolar participants underscore the need for monitoring and further investigation in this population. Overall, the convergence of clinical, cognitive, and neurobiological data suggests that creatine holds meaningful therapeutic potential and warrants further study as a complementary psychiatric intervention.

Strengths and Limitations of This Scoping ReviewThis scoping review adhered to pre-specified protocol as specified by the Arksey and O’Malley framework and PRISMA-ScR checklist. Our search strategy applied comprehensive coverage by searching for studies from five different databases (PubMED, EMBASE, Cochrane Library, PsycINFO, and Web of Science), with manual reference list screening, citation tracking and keyword refinement across multiple diagnostic categories. Our inclusion criteria were clearly defined, with relevance screening occurring subsequently. Data extraction methods were standardized, focusing on detailed information on study design, dosing, outcomes, and effect sizes. Additional synthesis was done by diagnostic group and outcome domain (e.g. neuroimaging, cognition). This review is among the first to systematically explore studies investigating creatine as a supplement to psychiatric disorders. To our knowledge, this is one of the first reviews to systematically examine the use of creatine supplementation across psychiatric disorders, and the most comprehensive.

Despite our broad inclusion criteria, our review focused only on oral creatine monohydrate supplementation in human studies. Excluding animal research/studies, or IV/topical creatine administration may have caused us to miss out on potentially informative outcomes. The variety of the studies reviewed (sample size, outcome measures, duration, etc.) limited our ability to synthesize findings quantitatively or conduct formal comparisons between studies. Most of the studies had small sample sizes and were open-label designs, both of which increase risk of bias and decrease generalizability. Limiting our search to English-language studies may have prevented us from incorporating relevant research published in other languages or in gray literature. While screening and data were conducted systematically, interpretation of findings was partially subject to reviewer judgment.

RecommendationsFuture research on creatine supplementation in psychiatric populations should implement larger, multicenter randomized controlled trials to robustly confirm efficacy across diverse diagnostic groups. Future studies should explicitly investigate anxiety disorders and psychotic disorders, given the notable scarcity of research in these areas. Optimal creatine dosing (including higher doses such as 10g to 20g/day) and longer treatment durations (e.g., 10–12 weeks or longer) should be systematically explored to identify the most effective supplementation protocols. Objective biomarkers (e.g., 31P-MRS, cognitive batteries) should continue to be incorporated to elucidate the biological mechanisms underlying treatment response. Long-term safety data would be invaluable, especially for patient subgroups at higher risk of adverse outcomes (e.g., manic switching in bipolar disorder).

While creatine’s mood-related effects have been more widely studied, its potential to enhance cognitive performance under stress remains an important area for future investigation. Preliminary studies suggest that creatine may selectively improve executive function in energy-demanding conditions such as sleep deprivation and oxygen deprivation (McMorris et al., 2007; Turner et al., 2015). These effects appear to be task-dependent, with benefits most pronounced for prefrontal-mediated functions like attention and working memory, rather than simpler recall tasks (McMorris et al., 2007). This specificity points to the value of studying creatine in psychiatric and neurologic populations that experience cognitive slowing, attentional deficits, or neuroenergetic dysfunction. Future trials should incorporate standardized cognitive testing and, where feasible, neuroimaging modalities such as ³¹P-MRS to evaluate whether cognitive benefits correspond with changes in brain energy metabolism (Gordji-Nejad et al., 2024).

ConclusionThis comprehensive scoping review highlights creatine monohydrate as a promising adjunctive therapeutic intervention for various psychiatric conditions, particularly demonstrating robust efficacy in mood disorders such as unipolar and bipolar depression. Creatine supplementation consistently improved depressive symptoms, enhanced cognitive function, and supported critical neuroenergetic processes, including elevated brain phosphocreatine and neuronal viability. Notably, studies employing rigorous methodologies, such as randomized controlled trials with neuroimaging biomarkers, reinforce the validity of these findings.

Despite its demonstrated potential, current studies often employ lower dosages (3–10g/day) than those proven effective in neurophysiologically demanding conditions such as sleep deprivation and hypoxia, or in animal models where higher dosages yielded greater therapeutic benefits. Human neuroimaging studies have shown that creatine doses between 2–5g/day typically produce modest brain phosphocreatine increases of approximately 4–6%, while higher doses of around 10g/day for 8 weeks or 20g/day for 7 days have resulted in more substantial elevations (approximately 9–10%) in brain creatine concentrations, correlating with enhanced cognitive function and reduced fatigue. Therefore, future research should rigorously investigate higher-dose regimens and extended supplementation durations to optimize therapeutic outcomes. Additionally, expanding the scope to address under-examined psychiatric disorders—particularly anxiety disorders and psychosis—could uncover broader clinical applications for creatine.

Creatine’s strong safety and tolerability profile, combined with its accessibility and low cost, position it uniquely as an attractive adjunctive treatment, especially relevant in resource-limited settings. Nevertheless, vigilance regarding potential adverse effects, such as manic switching in vulnerable bipolar populations, remains crucial.

Importantly, creatine supplementation represents just one piece of a broader strategy aimed at improving metabolic function. Future research should prioritize exploring combinations of interventions, such as integrating creatine with structured exercise programs, sauna, dietary interventions including ketogenic diets, and other metabolic-enhancing therapies. Given the substantial evidence supporting exercise's role in enhancing cognitive health, promoting neurogenesis, and reducing inflammation, (Episode 165) future studies should particularly emphasize combining creatine supplementation with structured exercise programs to optimize cognitive and psychiatric outcomes. Such integrative approaches could potentially yield more comprehensive improvements in psychiatric and cognitive outcomes.

In summary, the existing evidence compellingly supports creatine monohydrate’s role as a viable adjunctive treatment capable of significantly enhancing mood, cognitive performance, and neurobiological resilience across psychiatric populations. To fully capitalize on creatine's therapeutic potential, forthcoming research must prioritize robust, adequately powered clinical trials exploring optimized dosing strategies, long-term outcomes, integrative metabolic therapies, and broader psychiatric applications. Consequently, clinicians and researchers alike should consider creatine supplementation not merely as an experimental option, but as a scientifically substantiated intervention poised to substantially augment existing psychiatric treatment paradigms.

References:Adhihetty, P. J., & Beal, M. F. (2008). Creatine and its potential therapeutic value for targeting cellular energy impairment in neurodegenerative diseases. Neuromolecular medicine, 10(4), 275–290. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12017-008-8053-y

Ahn, N., Leem, Y. H., Kato, M., & Chang, H. (2016). Effects of creatine monohydrate supplementation and exercise on depression-like behaviors and raphe 5-HT neurons in mice. Journal of Exercise Nutrition & Biochemistry, 20(3), 24–31. https://doi.org/10.20463/jenb.2016.09.20.3.4

Amital, D., Vishne, T., Roitman, S., Kotler, M., & Levine, J. (2006a). Open Study of Creatine Monohydrate in Treatment-Resistant Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67(5), 836–837. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v67n0521c

Amital, D., Vishne, T., Rubinow, A., & Levine, J. (2006b). Observed effects of creatine monohydrate in a patient with depression and fibromyalgia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(10), 1840-1841. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.2006.163.10.1840b​

Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping Studies: Towards a Methodological Framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology: Theory & Practice, 8(1), 19–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616

Attwell, D., & Laughlin, S. B. (2001). An energy budget for signaling in the grey matter of the brain. Journal of cerebral blood flow and metabolism : official journal of the International Society of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 21(10), 1133–1145. https://doi.org/10.1097/00004647-200110000-00001

Avgerinos, K. I., Spyrou, N., Bougioukas, K. I., & Kapogiannis, D. (2018). Effects of creatine supplementation on cognitive function of healthy individuals: A systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Experimental gerontology, 108, 166-173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exger.2018.04.013

Chen, Y., & Zhang, J. (2021). How energy supports our brain to yield consciousness: Insights from neuroimaging based on the neuroenergetics hypothesis. Frontiers in Systems Neuroscience, 15, 648860. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2021.648860

Dedeoglu, A., Kubilus, J. K., Yang, L., Ferrante, K. L., Hersch, S. M., Beal, M. F., & Ferrante, A. R. J. (2003). Creatine therapy provides neuroprotection after onset of clinical symptoms in Huntington's disease transgenic mice. Journal of Neurochemistry, 85(6), 1359–1367. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1471-4159.2003.01706.x

Fabiano, N., & Stubbs, B. (2025). Creatine as a treatment for depression: A brain bioenergetics perspective. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 96, 3-4. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2025.03.014

Faulkner, P., Paioni, S. L., Kozhuharova, P., Orlov, N., Lythgoe, D. J., Daniju, Y., Morgenroth, E., Barker, H., & Allen, P. (2021). Relationship between depression, prefrontal creatine and grey matter volume. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 35(12), 1464–1472. https://doi.org/10.1177/02698811211050550

Forbes, S. C., Cordingley, D. M., Cornish, S. M., Gualano, B., Roschel, H., Ostojic, S. M., Rawson, E. S., Roy, B. D., Prokopidis, K., Giannos, P., & Candow, D. G. (2022). Effects of Creatine Supplementation on Brain Function and Health. Nutrients, 14(5), 921. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14050921

Gordji-Nejad, A., Matusch, A., Kleedörfer, S., Patel, H. J., Drzezga, A., Elmenhorst, D., Binkofski, F., & Bauer, A. (2024). Single dose creatine improves cognitive performance and induces changes in cerebral high energy phosphates during sleep deprivation. Scientific Reports, 14, 4937. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-024-54249-9

Hellem, T. L., Sung, Y.-H., Shi, X.-F., Pett, M. A., Latendresse, G., Morgan, J., Huber, R. S., Kuykendall, D., Lundberg, K. J., & Renshaw, P. F. (2015). A pilot study of creatine as a novel treatment for depression in methamphetamine using females. Journal of Dual Diagnosis, 11(3–4), 189–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/15504263.2015.1100471

Hoskins, M., Pearce, J., Bethell, A., Dankova, L., Barbui, C., Tol, W. A., van Ommeren, M., de Jong, J., Seedat, S., Chen, H., & Bisson, J. I. (2015). Pharmacotherapy for post-traumatic stress disorder: systematic review and meta-analysis. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 206(2), 93–100. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.114.148551

Howes, O. D., Thase, M. E., & Pillinger, T. (2022). Treatment resistance in psychiatry: state of the art and new directions. Molecular Psychiatry, 27(1), 58-72. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-021-01200-3

Joo, P., Lee, H., Wang, S., Kim, S., & Hudetz, A. G. (2021). Network Model With Reduced Metabolic Rate Predicts Spatial Synchrony of Neuronal Activity. Frontiers in computational neuroscience, 15, 738362. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncom.2021.738362

Juneja, K., Bhuchakra, H. P., Sadhukhan, S., Mehta, I., Niharika, A., Thareja, S., Nimmakayala, T., & Sahu, S. (2024). Creatine Supplementation in Depression: A Review of Mechanisms, Efficacy, Clinical Outcomes, and Future Directions. Cureus, 16(10), e71638. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.71638

Kaptsan, A., Odessky, A., Osher, Y., & Levine, J. (2007). Lack of efficacy of 5 grams daily of creatine in schizophrenia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 68(6), 881-884. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v68n0609

Kious, B. M., Sabic, H., Sung, Y. H., Kondo, D. G., & Renshaw, P. (2017). An open-label pilot study of combined augmentation with creatine monohydrate and 5-hydroxytryptophan for selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor–or serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor–resistant depression in adult women. Journal of clinical psychopharmacology, 37(5), 578-583. https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0000000000000754

Kondo, D. G., Sung, Y. H., Hellem, T. L., Fiedler, K. K., Shi, X., Jeong, E. K., & Renshaw, P. F. (2011). Open-label adjunctive creatine for female adolescents with SSRI-resistant major depressive disorder: a 31-phosphorus magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Journal of affective disorders, 135(1-3), 354-361. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2011.07.010

Kondo, D. G., Forrest, L. N., Shi, X., Sung, Y. H., Hellem, T. L., Huber, R. S., & Renshaw, P. F. (2016). Creatine target engagement with brain bioenergetics: a dose-ranging phosphorus-31 magnetic resonance spectroscopy study of adolescent females with SSRI-resistant depression. Amino Acids, 48, 1941-1954. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00726-016-2194-3

Krahe, R., & Gabbiani, F. (2004). Burst firing in sensory systems. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 5(1), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn1296

Leichsenring, F., Steinert, C., Rabung, S., & Ioannidis, J. P. A. (2022). The efficacy of psychotherapies and pharmacotherapies for mental disorders in adults: an umbrella review and meta-analytic evaluation of recent meta-analyses. World psychiatry : official journal of the World Psychiatric Association (WPA), 21(1), 133–145. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20941

Levental, U., Bersudsky, Y., Dwalatzky, T., Lerner, V., Medina, S., & Levine, J. (2015). A pilot open study of long term high dose creatine augmentation in patients with treatment resistant negative symptoms schizophrenia. Israel Journal of Psychiatry, 52(1), 6. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25841104/

Lyoo, I. K., Yoon, S., Kim, T. S., Hwang, J., Kim, J. E., Won, W., Bae, S., & Renshaw, P. F. (2012). A randomized, double-blind placebo-controlled trial of oral creatine monohydrate augmentation for enhanced response to a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor in women with major depressive disorder. The American journal of psychiatry, 169(9), 937–945. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2012.12010009

Mason, S. (2017). Lactate shuttles in neuroenergetics—Homeostasis, allostasis and beyond. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 11, 43. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2017.00043

McMorris, T., Harris, R. C., Swain, J., Corbett, J., Collard, K., Dyson, R. J., Dye, L., Hodgson, C., & Draper, N. (2006). Effect of creatine supplementation and sleep deprivation, with mild exercise, on cognitive and psychomotor performance, mood state, and plasma concentrations of catecholamines and cortisol. Psychopharmacology, 185(1), 93–103. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-005-0269-z

McMorris, T., Harris, R. C., Howard, A. N., Langridge, G., Hall, B., Corbett, J., Dicks, M., & Hodgson, C. (2007). Creatine supplementation, sleep deprivation, cortisol, melatonin and behavior. Physiology & Behavior, 90(1), 21–28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.physbeh.2006.08.024

Miller, E. (2022, October 15). Metabolic pathways explained. Cleveland Clinic. https://health.clevelandclinic.org/metabolic-pathways-metabolic-conditioning

Munn, Z., Pollock, D., Khalil, H., Alexander, L., Mclnerney, P., Godfrey, C. M., Peters, M., & Tricco, A. C. (2022). What are scoping reviews? Providing a formal definition of scoping reviews as a type of evidence synthesis. JBI evidence synthesis, 20(4), 950–952. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-21-00483

Nemets, B., & Levine, J. (2013). A pilot dose-finding clinical trial of creatine monohydrate augmentation to SSRIs/SNRIs/NASA antidepressant treatment in major depression. International clinical psychopharmacology, 28(3), 127-133. https://doi.org/10.1097/YIC.0b013e32835ff20f

Pan, J. W., & Takahashi, K. (2007). Cerebral energetic effects of creatine supplementation in humans. American Journal of Physiology-Regulatory, Integrative and Comparative Physiology, 292(4), R1745-R1750. https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.00717.2006

Peters, M. D., Godfrey, C. M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D., & Soares, C. B. (2015). Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. International journal of evidence-based healthcare, 13(3), 141–146. https://doi.org/10.1097/XEB.0000000000000050

Poortmans, J. R., & Francaux, M. (1999). Long-term oral creatine supplementation does not impair renal function in healthy athletes. Medicine and science in sports and exercise, 31(8), 1108-1110. https://doi.org/10.1097/00005768-199908000-00005

Prokopidis, K., Giannos, P., Triantafyllidis, K. K., Kechagias, K. S., Forbes, S. C., & Candow, D. G. (2023). Effects of creatine supplementation on memory in healthy individuals: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Nutrition reviews, 81(4), 416–427. https://doi.org/10.1093/nutrit/nuac064

Roitman, S., Green, T., Osher, Y., Karni, N., & Levine, J. (2007). Creatine monohydrate in resistant depression: a preliminary study. Bipolar Disorders, 9(7), 754-758. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1399-5618.2007.00532.x

Sherpa, N. N., De Giorgi, R., Ostinelli, E. G., Choudhury, A., Dolma, T., & Dorjee, S. (2025). Efficacy and safety profile of oral creatine monohydrate in add-on to cognitive-behavioural therapy in depression: An 8-week pilot, double-blind, randomised, placebo-controlled feasibility and exploratory trial in an under-resourced area. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 90, 28-35.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2024.10.004

Smith, A. N., Morris, J. K., Carbuhn, A. F., Keller, J. E., Sullivan, D. K., & Taylor, M. K. (2023). Creatine as a therapeutic target in Alzheimer's disease. Current Developments in Nutrition, 7(11), 102011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cdnut.2023.102011

Sullivan, P. G., Geiger, J. D., Mattson, M. P., & Scheff, S. W. (2000). Dietary supplement creatine protects against traumatic brain injury. Annals of neurology, 48(5), 723–729. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11079535/

Toniolo, R. A., Fernandes, F. B. F., Silva, M., Dias, R. D. S., & Lafer, B. (2017). Cognitive effects of creatine monohydrate adjunctive therapy in patients with bipolar depression: Results from a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Journal of affective disorders, 224, 69–75. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2016.11.029

Toniolo, R. A., Silva, M., Fernandes, F. D. B. F., Amaral, J. A. D. M. S., Dias, R. D. S., & Lafer, B. (2018). A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, proof-of-concept trial of creatine monohydrate as adjunctive treatment for bipolar depression. Journal of Neural Transmission, 125, 247-257. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00702-017-1817-5

Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., Peters, M. D. J., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., Hempel, S., Akl, E. A., Chang, C., McGowan, J., Stewart, L., Hartling, L., Aldcroft, A., Wilson, M. G., Garritty, C., Lewin, S., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. Annals of internal medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M`18-0850

Turner, C. E., Byblow, W. D., & Gant, N. (2015). Creatine supplementation enhances corticomotor excitability and cognitive performance during oxygen deprivation. The Journal of Neuroscience, 35(4), 1773–1780. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3113-14.2015

Vittengl, J. R., Clark, L. A., Smits, J. A., Thase, M. E., & Jarrett, R. B. (2019). Do comorbid social and other anxiety disorders predict outcomes during and after cognitive therapy for depression? Journal of Affective Disorders, 242, 150–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.036

Walsh, B., Tonkonogi, M., Söderlund, K., Hultman, E., Saks, V., & Sahlin, K. (2001). The role of phosphorylcreatine and creatine in the regulation of mitochondrial respiration in human skeletal muscle. The Journal of physiology, 537(3), 971-978.https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7793.2001.00971.x

World Health Organization (WHO). (2022). Mental disorders Fact Sheet. Retrieved March 3, 2025 from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/mental-disorders

Xu, C., Bi, S., Zhang, W., & Luo, L. (2024). The effects of creatine supplementation on cognitive function in adults: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Nutrition, 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2024.1424972

Yang, L., Calingasan, N. Y., Wille, E. J., Cormier, K., Smith, K., Ferrante, R. J., & Flint Beal, M. (2009). Combination therapy with coenzyme Q10 and creatine produces additive neuroprotective effects in models of Parkinson’s and Huntington’s diseases. Journal of neurochemistry, 109(5), 1427-1439. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-4159.2009.06074.x​

Yoon, S., Kim, J. E., Hwang, J., Kim, T. S., Kang, H. J., Namgung, E., Ban, S., Oh, S., Yang, J., Renshaw, P. F., & Lyoo, I. K. (2016). Effects of creatine monohydrate augmentation on brain metabolic and network outcome measures in women with major depressive disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 80(6), 439–447. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.11.027

View Details

Matt Bernstein, MD; David Puder, MD

Joining today’s episode is Dr. Matt Bernstein, the Chief Executive Officer of Accord and a leading voice in metabolic psychiatry, a field exploring how metabolism, nutrition, circadian rhythms, and exercise influence brain function and mental health. A summa cum laude graduate of Columbia University and a trained psychiatrist from the MGH McLean Psychiatry Residency Program, he has held leadership roles at McLean Hospital and Ellenhorn, organized the first public conference on metabolic psychiatry in 2023, and serves on the clinical advisory board of Metabolic Mind.

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.75 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Editor: Joanie Burns, PMHNP

Reviewer: Erika Vega, MD, Liam Browning

Metabolic Interventions for Psychiatric Conditions: Reassessing Treatment Strategies Through a Metabolic LensIntroductionA surge in public interest, evidenced by popular YouTube channels (e.g., Lauren Kennedy West with 300K+ subscribers; Metabolic Mind with 60K subscribers) and high‐view interviews as well as successful books by experts like Dr. Georgia Ede and Chris Palmer, reflects a growing belief that targeting metabolic dysfunction may offer a more sustainable path to mental health. This interest is particularly compelling given the shortcomings of current pharmacotherapies, which, while effective in acute symptom management, often yield suboptimal functional outcomes and carry significant metabolic and neurological side effects.

I. Foundations in Neurology: Evidence from EpilepsyA. The Ketogenic Diet in Pediatric and Adult Epilepsy

The ketogenic diet (KD) has been a cornerstone of treatment for refractory epilepsy for over a century. Originally introduced in 1921 by Wilder at the Mayo clinic (Höhn et al., 2019) to mimic the metabolic effects of fasting, the KD rapidly gained acceptance for its ability to reduce seizure frequency and severity—especially in children with treatment-resistant epilepsy.

Key Findings in Pediatric Epilepsy:Multiple randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and meta-analyses have demonstrated the efficacy of the KD in pediatric populations. For example, Neal et al. (2008) conducted a landmark RCT (145 children ages 2-16) showing that children with drug-resistant epilepsy on the classic KD experienced a 75% reduction in seizure frequency, with nearly 38% of patients achieving greater than a 50% reduction in seizures compared to 6% of controls (28/73 vs 4/72 patients, p<0.0001). In many cases, prolonged adherence to the KD has resulted in complete seizure freedom in up to 30% of patients (Freeman et al., 2007; Neal et al., 2008). Additionally, two Cochrane reviews by Martin‐McGill et al. (2018 and 2020) confirmed that the KD is effective in reducing seizure frequency in children with drug-resistant epilepsy, noting improvements not only in seizure control but also in quality of life and cognitive outcomes over long-term follow-up.

Sustained Seizure Control After Diet Discontinuation:Notably, several studies have reported that the beneficial effects of the KD may extend beyond the period of strict dietary adherence. For instance, Martinez et al. (2007) observed that a majority of children who achieved seizure control on the KD maintained their improved outcomes even after tapering the diet. Another study (Patel et al., 2010) found that excellent seizure control actually improved from 52% to 79% after an average of 6 years post-discontinuation of the diet. These findings suggest that early seizure control in pediatric epilepsy may be predictive of long-term remission even after dietary discontinuation.

Diverse Dietary Approaches:Over time, variations of the KD have been developed, such as the modified Atkins diet (MAD) and the low glycemic index treatment (LGIT), which offer greater flexibility while preserving the core metabolic benefits. These alternative protocols have expanded the applicability of metabolic therapy in both pediatric and adult epilepsy, providing clinicians with additional tools to tailor treatment to individual patient needs.

Findings in Adult Epilepsy:Although the majority of research has focused on pediatric populations, the KD has also been applied in adult patients with epilepsy. A meta-analysis by Ye et al. (2015) indicates that adults with intractable epilepsy can benefit from the KD, with more than 50% efficacy rate with the classic KD and slightly lower response rates, but higher compliance with a modified Atkins diet (MAD).

B. Clinical Implications for Psychiatry

The well-validated efficacy of KD in epilepsy supports the rationale for exploring its “off label” use in psychiatry. In both fields, treatments that modulate neuronal excitability and energy metabolism offer the potential to improve clinical outcomes with fewer long-term side effects. Psychiatrists frequently employ treatments that originated in clinical neurology. Valproic acid and lamotrigine originated as FDA approved treatments for epilepsy and were later studied and approved by the FDA as treatments for bipolar disorder. Vagus nerve stimulation was originally approved for epilepsy but later won approval by the FDA as treatments for major depression and obesity.

II. The Bidirectional Relationship Between Metabolic and Brain DisordersA robust body of evidence indicates that metabolic disorders, including diabetes, insulin resistance, and cardiovascular disease, are closely intertwined with mental health disorders such as depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia. This bidirectional relationship implies that metabolic dysregulation can predispose individuals to psychiatric conditions and vice versa.

Longitudinal Evidence Linking Metabolic Dysfunction to Psychiatric Outcomes

Perry et al. (2021) provided compelling longitudinal data in a large cohort of children. Their study found that those with the highest levels of insulin and other metabolic abnormalities in childhood had a significantly increased risk of developing mental health disorders in young adulthood, such as schizophrenia and major depressive disorder. This research underscores the importance of early metabolic health in predicting later psychiatric outcomes.

In a complementary study, Pan et al. (2010) examined a cohort of women over time and found a bidirectional association between depression and type 2 diabetes. Women with a history of depression were more likely to develop diabetes and, conversely, those with diabetes had an elevated risk of subsequent depression. These findings emphasize that mood disorders and metabolic disturbances share common physiological pathways, such as chronic inflammation, dysregulated hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis activity, and impaired insulin signaling.

Meta-analytic research by Luppino et al. (2010) further corroborates this bidirectional link. Their systematic review and meta-analysis showed that obesity not only increases the risk of developing depression but that depression can lead to subsequent weight gain and metabolic syndrome. This reciprocal relationship suggests that metabolic dysregulation and mental illness are interconnected via overlapping biological mechanisms.

The convergence of evidence from these diverse studies highlights that poor metabolic health in early life is a predictor of later psychiatric morbidity and that the presence of mental health disorders further exacerbates metabolic risk.

*These studies collectively suggest that early metabolic dysregulation is not only a marker, but may be a modifiable risk factor for later mental health disorders.*

Implications of the Bidirectional Relationship

The evidence supports a model in which metabolic and psychiatric disorders are interconnected through shared pathophysiological processes. Chronic inflammation, oxidative stress, poor mitochondrial function and impaired insulin signaling are common threads that link these conditions. Recognizing the bidirectional relationship has several important clinical implications:

  • Early Intervention: Screening for metabolic abnormalities in childhood and early adulthood may allow for the early identification of individuals at risk for developing psychiatric disorders.
  • Integrated Treatment Approaches: Interventions that address metabolic dysfunction such as the ketogenic diet, exercise, mindfulness and circadian rhythm alignment could potentially mitigate the development or severity of mental health disorders. In fact, there are multiple case reports and case series demonstrating dramatic clinical benefits of ketogenic diets, as discussed in Section V below, and the evidence for the power of exercise as a metabolic and mental health intervention has been well documented elsewhere (see also Episodes 10, 96, 142, 165, 179, and 230). Mindfulness interventions and circadian rhythm alignment also have been demonstrated to improve both mental and metabolic health, but a presentation of the evidence for these interventions is outside the scope of this review.
  • Holistic Patient Care: Understanding the interplay between metabolic and psychiatric health underscores the need for integrated care models that simultaneously address both physical and mental health (see also Episode 207).

In summary, the convergence of data from multiple longitudinal studies not only reinforces the association between metabolic dysregulation and mental illness, but also provides a compelling rationale for employing metabolic interventions as part of a comprehensive treatment strategy in psychiatry.

III. Metabolic Health and Functional Outcomes in Serious Mental IllnessPatients with serious mental illnesses (SMIs) such as schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and major depressive disorder (MDD) are at significantly increased risk for metabolic disturbances. These patients exhibit higher rates of obesity, insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, and cardiovascular disease compared to the general population. These metabolic abnormalities contribute substantially to the reported 15–20 year reduction in life expectancy observed among these individuals.

A. Metabolic Dysregulation in Schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorder, and Major Depressive Disorder

Recent studies have consistently shown that the prevalence of metabolic syndrome is alarmingly high in patients with SMIs. For instance, Mazereel, et al. (2020) reviewed how psychotropic medications exacerbate obesity and metabolic syndrome in these populations, while Barton et al. (2020) reported significantly higher rates of metabolic syndrome and diabetes in psychiatric inpatients compared with the general population. In schizophrenia, systematic reviews (e.g., Rognoni et al., 2021) confirm that second-generation antipsychotic drugs are associated with significant metabolic and cardiovascular side effects. Similar challenges are observed in bipolar disorder, where studies such as Vancampfort et al. (2013) have confirmed the high metabolic risk in that population that is exacerbated by second-generation antipsychotics.

B. Adverse Metabolic Effects of Psychotropic Medications

Psychotropic medications are often necessary for managing acute psychiatric symptoms, but they frequently exacerbate underlying metabolic dysfunction. Key observations include:

  • Antipsychotics: Second-generation antipsychotics such as clozapine, olanzapine, quetiapine and risperidone are well documented to induce weight gain, hyperglycemia, and dyslipidemia (Bernardo et al., 2021; Rognoni et al., 2021). These side effects contribute to a significantly elevated risk of metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease in patients with schizophrenia and bipolar disorder, as well as those with other conditions such as major depressive disorder and anxiety disorders (OCD, PTSD), where these medications are also used at increased frequencies.
  • Mood Stabilizers:
  • Valproic acid and lithium are both associated with significant weight gain. One review of a few studies reported the effect is greater with lithium (Dols et al., 2013) while a small prospective cohort trial found that valproic acid had significantly greater weight gain than lithium over a 6 month period (Banihashem et al., 2022).

  • Antidepressants: Several recent studies have shown that antidepressant treatment, particularly with certain SSRIs, is associated with weight gain, reduced muscle mass, and heightened cardiometabolic risk (Andersson et al., 2024). Such metabolic side effects can further impact overall health and functional recovery in patients with major depressive disorder.

These findings underscore the importance of regularly monitoring metabolic parameters in patients receiving psychotropic medications and employing integrated treatment approaches that address both psychiatric and metabolic health.

C. Improved Long-Term Functional Outcomes Through Progressive Antipsychotic Dose Reduction

Research suggests that long-term functional outcomes may be significantly improved by systematically reducing antipsychotic dosages in stable patients. Wunderink et al. (2013) demonstrated that first-episode psychosis patients who underwent structured antipsychotic dose reduction in the first two years achieved better social and vocational recovery five years later compared to those maintained on higher doses in the first two years. Key mechanisms may include:

  • Reduced Dopamine Blockade: Given the importance of dopamine signaling to reward and motivation, lowering doses of medications that block dopamine receptors may alleviate cognitive and negative symptoms.
  • Mitigation of Metabolic Side Effects: Decreasing antipsychotic dosage can stabilize weight and may improve insulin sensitivity.

IV. Patient Selection for Metabolic InterventionsIdentifying patients who may benefit most from metabolic interventions is critical. Categories to consider include:

  • Patients stable on psychiatric medications with inadequate symptom relief and/or with poor metabolic health: These individuals often experience incomplete functional recovery which may be due to insufficient symptom reduction, medication side effects, and metabolic dysfunction. Metabolic interventions may allow for improved symptom control, safer medication reductions, and improved functional outcomes.
  • Patients preferring holistic approaches: Some individuals opt for non-medical treatments for many reasons. Some are concerned about the side effects of medications and other treatments such as ECT or TMS. Some are drawn to treatments that are considered more natural such as those rooted in diet and exercise.
  • Patients intolerant to psychiatric medications: Many individuals have tried medications and could not tolerate the side effects or did not like the way they subjectively felt on these medications. For these patients, metabolic therapies may provide an alternative route to symptom relief and functional recovery.
  • Additional categories: This may include individuals with comorbid metabolic diseases (e.g., diabetes, obesity, PCOS, etc.) who might derive dual benefits from a program of metabolic interventions.

V. Evidence for Metabolic Interventions in PsychiatryOver the last few years, accumulating research has highlighted the therapeutic potential of metabolic interventions—particularly the ketogenic diet (KD)—in managing psychiatric conditions such as bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and major depressive disorder (MDD). Below is a summary of key studies and their clinical significance. There are additional studies documenting the benefits of ketogenic diets in anorexia nervosa (Calabrese et al., 2022), autism spectrum disorders (Schrickel et al., 2025), alcohol withdrawal symptoms (Wiers et al., 2021 and 2024), and dementia (Anderson et al., 2025). Of note, most of these studies did not have a control group and therefore could be subject to multiple types of bias.

A. Summary of Key Studies

  1. Calkin et al. (2022):
  2. Design & Population: The TRIO-BD study was a randomized, quadruple-masked, placebo-controlled clinical trial that evaluated the effects of treating insulin resistance with metformin in patients with treatment-resistant bipolar depression.
  3. Findings: The study demonstrated that reversing insulin resistance through metformin treatment led to a significant improvement in depressive symptoms, with a higher proportion of patients achieving remission compared to the placebo group. Importantly, the clinical improvement was strongly correlated with improvements in metabolic parameters, including HOMA-IRscores (fasting insulin, fasting glucose), suggesting that the antidepressant effect of metformin may be mediated through enhanced insulin sensitivity.
  4. Clinical Significance: This study highlights the critical role of metabolic health in the management of treatment-resistant depression and suggests that targeting insulin resistance may be a viable therapeutic strategy. The findings support the broader hypothesis that metabolic interventions, including dietary approaches like the ketogenic diet, could provide significant psychiatric benefits by addressing underlying metabolic dysfunction.
  5. Sethi et al. (2024):
  6. Design & Population: A 4-month pilot trial involving patients with bipolar disorder and schizophrenia.
  7. Adherence: High adherence (80–100% ketosis) correlated with more pronounced improvements in both psychiatric and metabolic parameters.
  8. Bipolar disorder: 76% (16 out of 21 participants)
  9. Schizophrenia spectrum disorders (including schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder): 24% (5 out of 21 participants)
  10. Participants maintained their usual psychotropic medications throughout the trial without restrictions on dose adjustments with their doctor.
  11. Participants were not asked to track calories; instead, they were instructed to limit their carbohydrate intake to approximately 20 grams daily (excluding fiber), consume one cup of vegetables and two cups of salad per day, and were encouraged to drink eight glasses of water daily.
  12. Adherence was defined by blood ketone levels: adherent participants had ketone levels between 0.5 – 5 mM for 80–100% of measurements.

  13. Findings: Participants adhering to a KD experienced a 32% reduction in psychotic symptoms (in schizophrenia), a significant improvement in mood symptoms in those with bipolar (with greater adherence to the diet associated with more improvements), improvements in life satisfaction, global functioning and marked metabolic improvements (e.g., reduced weight, visceral adipose tissue and insulin resistance).

  14. Fourteen participants were fully adherent to the diet (ketone levels >0.5 in at least 80% of measurements), six were partially adherent (ketone levels >0.5 between 60–80% of the time), and one participant was non-adherent.
  15. Metabolic Outcomes:
  16. 10% average weight reduction
  17. 11% reduction in waist circumference
  18. Reduction of Fat Mass Index by 17%
  19. 36% reduction in visceral adipose tissue for adherent participants
  20. 27% reduction in HOMA-IR (insulin resistance measure) among adherent participants.
  21. High-sensitivity C-reactive protein (hs-CRP), a marker of inflammation, decreased by 23% overall
  22. Triglycerides reduced by 25% in adherent participants
  23. LDL cholesterol increased by 21%; however, this was primarily large buoyant LDL rather than small dense LDL, suggesting lower cardiovascular risk
  24. Complete resolution of metabolic syndrome criteria in all participants initially diagnosed
  25. HbA1c reduced by 3.6% overall and 4.9% in adherent participants

  26. 17% improvement in insulin sensitivity

  27. Psychiatric Outcomes:

  28. Schizophrenia participants experienced a 32% reduction in psychotic symptoms (Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale).
  29. Participants with bipolar disorder specifically saw an increase in the proportion classified as “recovered or recovering,” going from 38% to 81%, with 100% of adherent bipolar participants reaching a “recovered or recovering” state.
  30. Clinical Global Impression (CGI) scores improved by an average of 31%.
  31. Among those with baseline symptoms, 79% showed clinically meaningful improvement.
  32. Overall improvements in depression (PHQ-9 score reduced by 33%), anxiety (GAD-7 reduced by 8.9%), sleep quality (PSQI improved by 19%), and global functioning (GAF improved by 17%).
  33. Qualitative patient feedback highlighted significant personal improvements such as reduction in anxiety attacks, mood stabilization better than previous medications (e.g., lamotrigine), increased sexual activity after years of inactivity, and subjective feelings of significant recovery.

  34. Clinical Significance: Demonstrates the potential for KD to address both psychiatric and metabolic dimensions of illness in severely ill outpatients, paving the way for randomized controlled studies in similar populations.

  35. Common ketogenic diet-related side effects (e.g., fatigue, constipation, headache) were mostly transient, resolving within 3 weeks.
  36. Danan et al. (2022):
  37. Design & Population: A retrospective analysis of 31 inpatients with refractory mental illness in a psychiatric hospital who received a ketogenic diet with regular psychiatric care.
  38. Bipolar disorder type II: 13 patients (42%)
  39. Schizoaffective disorder: 12 patients (39%)
  40. Major depressive disorder: 7 patients (23%)
  41. Among the 28 patients who adhered to the diet for over two weeks, urine ketone testing was conducted once during the intervention and showed positive results in 18 patients (64%). Dietary adherence was rated as excellent for 11 patients (39%), good for 12 patients (43%), and fair for 5 patients (18%).

  42. Findings: KD intervention led to substantial reductions in Hamilton Depression Rating Scale, Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale scores, Positive and Negative Symptom Scale and Clinical Global Impression, with effect sizes far surpassing those typically reported for medication trials. Metabolic parameters improved and a majority of patients had their medication doses decreased during the study.

  43. Depression: Substantial reductions in depression severity scores:
  44. HAM-D: Reduced from 25.4 to 7.7 (69% improvement).
  45. MADRS: Reduced from 29.6 to 10.1 (67% improvement).

  46. Psychosis: For patients with schizoaffective disorder, PANSS scores improved from 91.4 to 49.3 (45% improvement).

  47. Clinical Global Impression (CGI-S): Improved from 4.9 to 2.0, with 43% achieving clinical remission.
  48. 64% of patients had their psychotropic medication doses reduced during the intervention.

  49. Clinical Significance: Suggests that metabolic therapies can yield robust psychiatric symptom improvements in treatment refractory inpatients, opening opportunities for randomized controlled studies in similar populations.

  50. Limitations:
  51. Retrospective design, small sample size, lack of randomization or control group, and potential biases (e.g., expectancy, selection bias).
  52. Short and variable duration of KD adherence (ranging from 15–248 days).

In conclusion, the Danan et al. (2022) study provides compelling preliminary evidence supporting the ketogenic diet’s therapeutic potential for severe, treatment-refractory mental illness, aligning well with calls for more rigorous future studies.

  1. Calabrese et al. (2024):
  2. Design & Population: A retrospective case series examining personalized ketogenic metabolic therapy in outpatients with depression and anxiety in 3 adults age 32 to 36.
  3. Adherence defined by achieving and maintaining capillary BHB ≥0.8 mmol/L and GKI <6.
  4. Integrated support system: bi-weekly consultations, virtual groups, daily food journaling, nature activities, community engagement, and ongoing psychiatric follow-up.

  5. Findings: Complete remission of mood and anxiety symptoms within 7–12 weeks, accompanied by significant metabolic enhancements.

  6. Notable improvements in associated psychiatric conditions, including cessation of binge eating behaviors and obsessive-compulsive symptoms.
  7. Anxiety symptoms generally remitted earlier than depression (within 2–6 weeks).

  8. Clinical Significance: Illustrates how KD can rapidly improve mood disorders, potentially decreasing the need for polypharmacy.

  9. Campbell et al. (2025)
  10. Design & Population: A pilot study for 6-8 weeks of a KD in euthymic bipolar disorder, assessing clinical, metabolic, and magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS) findings.
  11. Findings: There were significant correlations between ketone levels and mood, energy, anxiety and impulsivity. Significant reductions were seen in weight and systolic blood pressure. MRS showed significant reductions in glutamine, glutamate and myo-inositol in relevant brain regions.
  12. Decreased glutamate + glutamine (Glx):
  13. 11.6% decrease in anterior cingulate cortex (ACC, p=0.025)
  14. 13.6% decrease in posterior cingulate cortex (PCC, p<0.001)
  15. Glutamate (Glu) and glutamine (Gln), collectively called Glx, are key excitatory neurotransmitters and neuromodulators. Elevated glutamate is frequently observed in mood disorders like bipolar disorder and depression, suggesting excessive neuronal activity, excitotoxicity, or dysregulated energy metabolism.
  16. A significant reduction of Glutamine in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC, a region involved in emotional regulation and cognitive control) and posterior cingulate cortex (PCC, important for self-reflection, rumination, and emotional processing) indicates that a ketogenic diet (KD) might reduce excitatory neurotransmission or normalize glutamate-related disturbances. Clinically, this might help stabilize mood, reduce anxiety, and mitigate symptoms of emotional dysregulation common in bipolar disorder.

  17. Decreased total choline in ACC (p=0.004) and PCC (p<0.001)

  18. Total choline (tCho) measured via spectroscopy is associated with cell membrane metabolism, myelination, and membrane turnover. Elevated choline often suggests increased cellular turnover, inflammation, or metabolic stress.
  19. The observed reduction in choline in the ACC and PCC suggests a decrease in cellular turnover or reduced inflammation and neuronal stress. This may reflect an improvement in neuronal integrity or reduced inflammatory processes—potentially beneficial changes in bipolar disorder.

  20. Reduced myo-inositol in PCC (p=0.025)

  21. Myo-inositol (mI) is involved in cell signaling, particularly in phosphoinositide signaling pathways associated with mood regulation and insulin sensitivity. Elevated myo-inositol often reflects disturbed signal transduction and metabolic dysfunction and is associated with bipolar disorder, depression, and anxiety disorders.
  22. A reduction in myo-inositol, especially in the PCC, may reflect improved insulin signaling, reduced inflammation, or improved neurochemical regulation associated with mood stabilization.

  23. No significant metabolite changes in the right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (RDLPFC).

Clinical Significance: MRS revealed changes in brain energy metabolism suggestive of improved neuronal bioenergetics. Clinically, this underscores the possibility of achieving better functional outcomes through targeted metabolic therapies.

*Note.* Reprinted from “A pilot study of a ketogenic diet in bipolar disorder: Clinical, metabolic and magnetic resonance spectroscopy findings”, by Campbell et al., 2025, *BJPsych Open, 11*, e34, 1–8.

Note the step up in improvement, better modeled by a non-linear step up.

B. Relevance to Clinical Practice and Functional Outcomes

  1. Dual Benefits on Metabolic and Psychiatric Health:Each of these studies underscores the capacity of metabolic interventions to address both core psychiatric symptoms and the metabolic side effects commonly associated with psychotropic medications. This dual action is particularly valuable for patients with severe mental illness (SMI), who often experience significant metabolic comorbidities.
  2. Potential for Medication Optimization and Reduced Side Effects:The large effect sizes observed (e.g., Calabrese et al., 2024 and Danan et al., 2022) suggest that KD and other metabolic therapies can provide robust symptom relief, thereby creating opportunities to lower psychotropic dosages. Such dose reductions may mitigate long-term adverse effects (including metabolic dysregulation) and promote better functional recovery.
  3. Enhanced Quality of Life and Functional Recovery:Improvements in mood and psychotic symptoms, coupled with metabolic stabilization, can lead to gains in social, vocational, and cognitive functioning. Studies like Wunderink et al. (2013) have shown that judicious medication reduction supports better long-term outcomes. Metabolic interventions, by further alleviating medication-induced metabolic strain, may amplify these benefits.

C. Conclusion: Pathway to Optimal Outcomes

Collectively, these studies reinforce the growing awareness that metabolic interventions—particularly the ketogenic diet—hold promise as potent adjunctive or alternative treatments in severe mental illness. By targeting both psychiatric symptoms and metabolic dysfunction, clinicians can aim for improved functional outcomes that extend beyond mere symptom management. As future research continues to elucidate the underlying mechanisms and refine patient selection criteria, metabolic therapies may become a cornerstone of comprehensive care for individuals with schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and major depressive disorder.

VI. Mechanistic Insights: How Ketogenic Diets Improve Brain HealthKetogenic metabolic therapies confer benefits through several interrelated biological pathways. Due to the success of ketogenic diets in improving clinical benefits in epilepsy, there has been tremendous interest in trying to understand the mechanisms underlying this phenomenon. There is now an extensive literature that has accumulated in this area, giving clinicians confidence that these interventions have a strong basis in relevant neuroscience.

1. Alternative Energy Substrate Provision

  • Ketone Bodies as Fuel: In states of glucose hypometabolism, often associated with insulin resistance, ketone bodies (e.g., beta-hydroxybutyrate) provide a stable energy source for neurons, generate fewer reactive oxygen species, and help stabilize neuronal excitability (Newman & Verdin, 2017; Veech, 2004).

2. Anti-inflammatory and Antioxidant Effects

  • Inflammasome Inhibition: BHB inhibits the NLRP3 inflammasome, reducing pro-inflammatory cytokines (Youm et al., 2015).
  • Oxidative Stress Reduction: Ketone metabolism increases the NAD⁺/NADH ratio, boosting endogenous antioxidant defenses (Newman & Verdin, 2017).

3. Enhanced Mitochondrial Function and Biogenesis

  • Mitochondrial Efficiency: Activation of PGC-1α promotes mitochondrial biogenesis and improves ATP production, crucial for synaptic plasticity (Anderson et al., 2025; Rho, 2017). In addition to their well‐known role in ATP production, mitochondria are also crucial regulators of brain function through their involvement in neurotransmitter release, intracellular calcium homeostasis, and retrograde signaling that influences nuclear gene transcription and synaptic plasticity, processes that are essential for neuroprotection and have been implicated in the pathophysiology of various mental health disorders (Picard & McEwen, 2018).

4. Neurotransmitter Modulation

  • Balancing Excitation and Inhibition: KD increases GABA synthesis while reducing glutamate excitotoxicity, thus stabilizing neural networks (Anderson et al., 2025).

5. Epigenetic Regulation and Neurotrophic Support

  • Histone Deacetylase (HDAC) Inhibition: BHB’s inhibition of HDACs leads to increased histone acetylation and upregulation of neuroplasticity-related genes (e.g., brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF)) (Newman & Verdin, 2017).

6. Modulation of the Gut-Brain Axis

  • Microbiome Changes: KD alters gut microbiota composition, reducing systemic inflammation and producing neuroactive metabolites (Olson et al., 2018).

7. Improved Insulin Sensitivity

  • Restoration of Insulin Signaling: Agents like metformin enhance both peripheral and central insulin sensitivity, which is linked to better cognitive function and can improve treatment resistant bipolar depression (Calkin, et al., 2022). Ketogenic diets have been shown to be a potent way to restore insulin sensitivity (Hallberg et al., 2018).

VII. Ideal Metabolic Treatment Plan: A Multimodal ApproachWhile there is emerging evidence that the ketogenic diet on its own can markedly improve outcomes in serious mental illness and a large body of evidence that exercise can be an excellent treatment for mild to moderate depression, it is intriguing to consider that an approach that combines multiple interventions could have an even greater impact.

Mindfulness practices have been shown to have a wide range of benefits, including decreasing distressing emotions, depressive symptoms, and perceived stress, as well as increasing positive psychological and physical well-being markers. These benefits are at least partially mediated through safety signaling, during which energetic resources are directed toward cellular optimization and away from energy-demanding stress states (Crosswell et al., 2024)

Circadian rhythm alignment plays a crucial role in regulating hormonal cycles and metabolic processes. When internal clocks are properly synchronized, the timed release of hormones, such as cortisol, insulin, and melatonin, is optimized, which promotes efficient glucose metabolism and improves insulin sensitivity. Moreover, this alignment enhances sleep quality and stabilizes neural circuits involved in mood regulation, thereby reducing the risk of depression and anxiety. For instance, Scheer et al. (2009) demonstrated that circadian misalignment impairs glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity, suggesting that restoring circadian regularity may counteract these metabolic disruptions and support better mental health.

A proposed quartet of lifestyle interventions to create the ideal conditions for metabolic and mental health improvement:

  • An Individualized Well-Formulated Ketogenic Diet: Including a predominance of whole foods, adequate high quality protein, healthy fats, plentiful fiber and phytonutrients from a variety of vegetables. It also may involve eliminating foods to which the individual is sensitive (can commonly mean gluten, dairy and other foods to which many individuals are sensitive).
  • Individualized Exercise Plan: Including resistance training, high-intensity interval training (HIIT), and aerobic training, all of which have independent benefits on metabolic health, mental health, and neuroplasticity. This should be geared to the fitness level and preferences of the individual, and ideally both time efficient, enjoyable and progressive in intensity over time.
  • Mindfulness Practices: This can include a variety of options such as meditation, prayer, visualization, chanting, yoga, Tai Chi and Qigong. Technology such as biofeedback devices (Heartmath, the Muse) can be useful tools to facilitate the ability to achieve deep rest states in some individuals.
  • Circadian Rhythm Alignment: Through strategies such as morning sunlight exposure and more time outside, regular sleep and meal times, and minimizing all blue-light before bedtime and overnight.

Each modality independently improves both metabolic and mental health and, when combined, they may yield synergistic benefits that further enhance overall clinical outcomes.

VIII. Special Populations and ContraindicationsA. Special Populations

Ketogenic diets and other metabolic interventions have demonstrated benefits in populations with comorbid conditions:

  • Diabetes and Obesity: Improved glycemic control and weight loss (Hallberg et al., 2018).
  • Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome (PCOS): Beneficial hormonal and metabolic effects (Mavropoulos et al., 2005).
  • Migraine Headaches: Reduction in migraine frequency and intensity (Tereshko et al., 2023).
  • Autism Spectrum Disorder: Improvements in behavior and cognitive function in some cases (Schrickel et al., 2025).
  • Mild Cognitive Impairment and Neurodegenerative Conditions: Enhanced brain energy metabolism and improvements in cognition and functioning (Anderson et al., 2025).
  • Substance Abuse Disorders: Reduced withdrawal symptoms and cravings (Wiers et al., 2021 and 2024).
  • Pregnancy: Data regarding the safety of ketogenic diet (KD) use during pregnancy are limited and predominantly originate from contexts involving epilepsy and metabolic disorders. Current evidence consists mostly of small case reports, observational data, and animal studies, making definitive risk assessments challenging and individualized. Animal studies, such as Sussman et al. (2013), have shown significant alterations in fetal organ growth (e.g., enlarged hearts, reduced brain size), changes in brain structure, impaired neuronal density, and delayed neurological development linked to maternal KD, raising concerns about potential developmental impacts. In humans, observational studies like epidemiological research by Desrosiers et al. (2018) noted increased neural tube defect risks associated with very low carbohydrate intake, potentially due to decreased folate consumption. Kramer and Smith (2021) provided a contrasting perspective, reporting a successful KD pregnancy outcome in a case of metabolic disorder (Glut1 deficiency syndrome), highlighting the importance of individualized and supervised clinical management. Recent reviews by Miłosz et al. (2025) reinforce these concerns, noting risks of nutritional deficiencies, metabolic disturbances, increased genome methylation variability, ketoacidosis, and developmental abnormalities, balanced by therapeutic benefits in specific contexts such as epilepsy, PCOS, and Glut1 deficiency. While most direct human evidence from epilepsy and metabolic disorder contexts reports generally favorable short-term outcomes, isolated minor anomalies and nutritional deficiencies (particularly folate and essential vitamins) have been noted. Experts thus emphasize careful monitoring and nutritional supplementation. KD therapy may offer therapeutic benefits in carefully selected and medically supervised scenarios; however, broader and long-term studies are essential to clarify its safety profile during pregnancy (Van der Louw et al., 2017; Miłosz et al., 2025).

B. Contraindications

While KD can be highly effective, it is not appropriate for everyone. Contraindications include:

  • Certain Metabolic Disorders: Inborn errors of metabolism that impair fat oxidation. These are rare and typically discovered in early childhood.
  • Medications Requiring Glycemic Stability: Some drugs (e.g., SGLT2 inhibitors) may need to be adjusted to avoid adverse effects like euglycemic ketoacidosis.
  • Severe Liver or Pancreatic Disease: May impair fat metabolism.

IX. Practical Tips and Clinical Pearls (Clinical Opinion Section) Patient Selection: Ideal candidates include those with insufficient functional recovery, poor metabolic health, and/or medication intolerances. An assessment of someone’s motivation to engage in these types of lifestyle interventions is a crucial first step in the process. * Multidisciplinary Support: Effective implementation often requires collaboration among psychiatrists, dietitians, primary care providers, mental health professionals, personal trainers, family, and other community supports. * Monitoring and Assessment: Regular metabolic assessments including weight, vital signs, blood glucose, lipids, thyroid panel, insulin resistance score, specific micronutrients, daily ketones. * Medication monitoring and adjustment: Careful attention needs to be paid to certain medications such as: + Lithium, valproic acid and carbamazepine (and other medications with narrow therapeutic indices) may need to be adjusted in the early KD adaptation period, when diuresis and fluid shifts are common. + Anti-hypertensives may need to be lowered as blood pressure typically improves with the ketogenic diet, sometimes rapidly. + Diabetes medications* may need to be lowered as early as the first few days, as some carry a risk of hypoglycemia when carbohydrate intake is severely restricted. Collaboration with an endocrinologist and the use of a continuous glucose monitor are strongly recommended.

  • Patient Education/Close Collaboration: Use clear, accessible language to explain how metabolic therapies work and their potential benefits. There may need to be close collaboration with patients and members of the care team, especially in the early stages, to avoid adjustment effects (“keto flu”) and to ensure that the plan is being followed appropriately
  • Individualized Pace of Implementation: Some individuals may benefit from a step-wise or gradual implementation process. This is especially true when attempts at implementing the whole plan at once seem overwhelming and may enhance long-term adherence. One may start with small dietary changes and a modest exercise program. It is important to notice and celebrate the early metabolic and mental health improvements and build on the progress that has been made by adding more interventions. On the other hand, there may be advantages in many individuals to engaging in an immersive and comprehensive approach from the beginning, as it allows for rapid and noticeable benefits, which can greatly enhance motivation.
  • Adjusting Psychotropic Medications: Careful consideration should be given to reducing doses of psychotropic medications if the expected improvement is occurring in metabolic and mental health, always in a controlled and monitored manner.
  • Medication Potentiation: As things are improving on a metabolic plan, clinicians and patients sometimes see an increase in physical symptoms, which are best understood as the effects of medication potentiation. While there is little research in this area, clinicians theorize that there may be enhanced bioavailability or altered pharmacokinetics (possibly due to changes in cytochrome P450 enzyme activity from a high-fat diet) which may lead to increased drug effects. With antipsychotics, one may see increased sedation, orthostatic hypotension, or even new extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS). Similarly, for mood stabilizers and antidepressants, potentiation might lead to heightened side effects such as increased sedation or other side effects typical of that particular medication.
  • Individualized Plans: Emphasize the importance of personalized treatment plans that factor in patient preferences and comorbidities.

X. Future Directions and Clinical IntegrationThe rapid pace of research in metabolic psychiatry promises further clarity on optimal protocols and long-term outcomes. Ongoing randomized controlled trials with advanced imaging and biomarker analyses will help delineate which patient subgroups benefit most and which protocols are most effective. Ultimately, integrating metabolic interventions into standard psychiatric practice may lead to a paradigm shift toward personalized, biologically-based treatments. See the following table for some of the studies that are in progress at this time:

Note. Ongoing studies in metabolic psychiatry. Adapted from "Metabolic Mind," by the Baszucki group, 2025 (https://www.metabolicmind.org/research). Copyright 2024 by Metabolic Mind.

Supplements for Ketogenic DietSodium: Amount: 3,000–5,000 mg per day: Approximately 1.5–2 teaspoons of added salt daily, especially during the first 4 weeks. * Reason:* Keto reduces insulin, causing the kidneys to excrete more sodium and water. Glycogen depletion also leads to less water and more diuresis. Increased sodium intake prevents fatigue, muscle cramps, headaches (“keto flu”), and dizziness.

Potassium: Amount: 3,000–4,700 mg per day * Reason: When insulin levels drop due to carbohydrate restriction, the kidneys not only excrete more sodium but also potassium. This renal potassium excretion is often secondary to sodium loss, causing an increased need for potassium replacement. Helps maintain electrolyte balance, prevents muscle cramps, heart palpitations, and weakness. * Sources:* + Ideally, potassium should come from dietary sources rather than supplements. However, it’s important to consult your doctor, as excessive potassium intake can lead to health complications. + Avocado (~700 mg per avocado) + Spinach (~500–800 mg per cooked cup) + Salmon (~500 mg per 6 oz serving) + Potassium chloride supplement (e.g., “lite salt”) if needed (¼ teaspoon ~700 mg potassium)

Magnesium: Amount: Aim for 300–400 mg/day ideally, mostly through foods. * Reason: It is estimated thatmore than 50% of Americans may be deficient in magnesium which is a cofactor for more than 300 enzymes that regulate diverse reactions in the body. Magnesium is required for energy production, contributes to the structural development of bone and is required for the synthesis of DNA, RNA, and the antioxidant glutathione. Magnesium also plays a role in the active transport of calcium and potassium ions across cell membranes, a process that is important to nerve impulse conduction, muscle contraction, and normal heart rhythm. * Sources* + Pumpkin seeds: ~150 mg per 1 oz (28 g) + Spinach: ~150–160 mg per cooked cup + Swiss chard: ~150 mg per cooked cup + Almonds: ~75–80 mg per 1 oz (23 almonds) + Dark chocolate (70–85%+ cacao): ~65 mg per 1 oz square + Avocado: ~60 mg per medium avocado + Hemp seeds: ~70 mg per 2 tablespoons + Chia seeds: ~95 mg per 2 tablespoons + Mackerel: ~80 mg per 3 oz serving + Brazil nuts: ~105 mg per 1 oz (6–7 nuts)

Optimize Hydration During Keto Adaptation

In the first weeks of adapting to a ketogenic diet, increasing water intake is often beneficial and, along with the above electrolytes, should prevent the side effects of this adaptation phase, also known as the “keto flu”. This can include effects such as headaches, muscle aches or cramps, low energy, nausea and brain fog. While there is some debate over whether one should “drink to thirst” or to attempt to meet a certain volume of water, a reasonable quantity of water in the first two weeks of adaptation is 0.5 oz. per pound of body weight along with electrolyte supplementation through diet or other means. So, that would be 100 oz. for a 200 pound person or 60 oz for a 120 pound person.

Labs to Do When Starting the Ketogenic DietStrongly Recommended Baseline Labs (need periodic rechecking):1. Comprehensive Metabolic Panel (CMP)

Why: Evaluates kidney and liver function, electrolyte status, and baseline glucose, essential because keto affects fluid and electrolyte balance and can impact liver metabolism.

  1. Complete Blood Count (CBC)
    Why: Screens for anemia, infection, inflammation, or blood disorders. Helpful due to dietary shifts affecting nutrient status and absorption.
  2. Fasting Lipid Panel
    Why: Provides baseline cholesterol levels (HDL, LDL, triglycerides) and monitors changes in cardiovascular risk markers due to the high-fat content of keto diets.
  3. Vitamin D (25-OH Vitamin D)

Why: Many people are deficient and it is vital to maintain immune, bone, and metabolic health. Helps identify deficiency and potential need for supplementation.

  1. Vitamin B12
    Why: Essential for nerve health, cognitive function, and red blood cell production. Helps identify baseline status and potential need for supplementation.
  2. Carnitine Levels
    Why: Critical for transporting fatty acids into mitochondria for fat metabolism. Low levels impair the effectiveness of the ketogenic diet and are also associated with depression, causing fatigue or muscle weakness.
  3. Thyroid Stimulating Hormone (TSH)
    Why: Thyroid hormones regulate metabolism; keto diets can slightly affect thyroid function. Monitoring helps prevent thyroid-related metabolic slowdown.
  4. Hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c)
    Why: Establishes baseline glucose control and identifies insulin resistance or prediabetes; tracks keto’s effect on long-term glucose metabolism.
  5. Magnesium (RBC Magnesium preferred)

Why: Keto diets can induce magnesium deficiency due to increased renal excretion and dietary restriction, causing muscle cramps, fatigue, and anxiety. Use caution when interpreting magnesium blood tests and clinical assessment may be more accurate.

Optional Labs Helpful for Deeper Nutritional and Metabolic Assessment (available at standard laboratories):1. Iron Panel (Total Iron, Iron Binding Capacity, Ferritin)
Why: Identifies iron deficiency or overload. Iron deficiency is common in the general population (especially in menstruating women), and impairs mitochondrial function. Iron overload is common in those who are supplementing with iron. 1. Homocysteine
Why: Elevated levels indicate increased cardiovascular risk and potential deficiencies in B vitamins (folate, B12), which is common in the general population. 2. Uric Acid
Why: Keto may initially elevate uric acid levels, increasing gout risk. Helpful to monitor, particularly in susceptible individuals. 3. Celiac Disease Screening Panel (Tissue Transglutaminase AB IgA and Immunoglobulin A)
Why: Screens for underlying gluten sensitivity or celiac disease, which can impact nutrient absorption and gut health, especially important if the ketogenic diet doesn’t resolve digestive issues. 4. Copper and Ceruloplasmin
Why: Assess copper status; imbalance can affect energy metabolism, neurological health, and iron utilization. Useful in restrictive or highly selective diets. Excess free copper is also common in the general population and is associated with anxiety and other psychiatric symptoms, as it is an essential cofactor for the enzyme that converts dopamine to norepinephrine. 5. hs-CRP (High-sensitivity C-Reactive Protein)
Why: Evaluates systemic inflammation; helpful for assessing cardiovascular risk and inflammation status, potentially improved by the ketogenic diet. 6. HOMA-IR (or Fasting Insulin)
Why: Directly measures insulin sensitivity and metabolic health. The ketogenic diet commonly improves insulin resistance; baseline is valuable for tracking metabolic progress. 7. Additional Thyroid Studies (Free T3, Free T4, Reverse T3, Thyroid Antibodies)
Why: Provides comprehensive thyroid function assessment, especially useful if symptoms of low metabolism, fatigue, or weight stagnation occur despite dietary compliance.

ConclusionThe extensive evidence from the well-established efficacy of the ketogenic diet in epilepsy to emerging data in psychiatric populations supports the promise of metabolic interventions in mental health. With the potential for effect sizes exceeding those of conventional medications (as demonstrated by Danan et al., 2022), and a robust mechanistic rationale spanning energy metabolism, inflammation, mitochondrial function, and neurotransmitter balance, metabolic therapies offer a transformative potential. When implemented in a multimodal, patient-centered approach, these interventions may not only reduce psychiatric symptoms and side effects, but also improve overall functional recovery and quality of life.

References:Anderson, J., Ozan, E., Chouinard, V.-A., Grant, G., MacDonald, A., Thakkar, L., & Palmer, C. (2025). The ketogenic diet as a transdiagnostic treatment for neuropsychiatric disorders: Mechanisms and clinical outcomes. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-024-00339-4

Andersson, P., Linge, J., Gurholt, T. P., Sønderby, I. E., Hindley, G., Andreassen, O. A., & Dahlqvist Leinhard, O. (2024). Poor muscle health and cardiometabolic risks associated with antidepressant treatment. Obesity, 32(10), 1857–1869. https://doi.org/10.1002/oby.24085

Banihashem, S. S., Ashrafzadeh, S., Esfahani, M. P., Morsalivachin, Z., Shamsi, A., Motazedian, S., & Mousavipour, M. (2022). Body composition changes in psychiatric patients treated with lithium and valproate. Journal of Mental Health & Clinical Psychology, 6(3), 23–28. https://doi.org/10.29245/2578-2959/2022/3.1255

Barton, B. B., Zagler, A., Engl, K., Rihs, L., & Musil, R. (2020). Prevalence of obesity, metabolic syndrome, diabetes and risk of cardiovascular disease in a psychiatric inpatient sample: Results of the Metabolism in Psychiatry (MiP) Study. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 270(5), 597–609. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-019-01043-8

Bernardo, M., Rico-Villademoros, F., García-Rizo, C., Rojo, R., & Gómez-Huelgas, R. (2021). Real-world data on the adverse metabolic effects of second-generation antipsychotics and their potential determinants in adult patients: A systematic review of population-based studies. Advances in Therapy, 38(5), 2491–2512. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12325-021-01689-8

Calabrese, L., Frase, R., & Ghaloo, M. (2024). Complete remission of depression and anxiety using a ketogenic diet: A case series. Frontiers in Nutrition, 11, 1396685. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2024.1396685

Calabrese, L., Scolnick, B., Zupec-Kania, B., Beckwith, C., Costello, K., & Frank, G. K. W. (2022). Ketogenic diet and ketamine infusion treatment to target chronic persistent eating disorder psychopathology in anorexia nervosa: A pilot study. Eating and Weight Disorders - Studies on Anorexia, Bulimia and Obesity. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40519-022-01455-x

Calkin, C. V., Chengappa, K. N. R., Cairns, K., Cookey, J., Gannon, J., Alda, M., Reardon, C., Sanches, M., & Růzicková, M. (2022). Treating insulin resistance with metformin as a strategy to improve clinical outcomes in treatment-resistant bipolar depression (the TRIO-BD study): A randomized, quadruple-masked, placebo-controlled clinical trial. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 83(2), 21m14022. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.21m14022

Campbell, I. H., Needham, N., Grossi, H., Kamenska, I., Luz, S., Sheehan, S., Thompson, G., Thrippleton, M. J., Gibbs, M. C., Leitao, J., Moses, T., Burgess, K., Rigby, B. P., Simpson, S. A., McIntosh, E., Brown, R., Meadowcroft, B., & Creasy, F. (2025). A pilot study of a ketogenic diet in bipolar disorder: Clinical, metabolic and magnetic resonance spectroscopy findings. BJPsych Open, 11, e34, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjo.2024.841

Crosswell, A. D., Mayer, S. E., Whitehurst, L. N., Picard, M., Zebarjadian, S., & Epel, E. S. (2024). Deep rest: An integrative model of how contemplative practices combat stress and enhance the body’s restorative capacity. Psychological Review, 131(1), 247–270. https://doi.org/10.1037/rev0000453

Danan, A., Westman, E. C., Saslow, L. R., & Ede, G. (2022). The ketogenic diet for refractory mental illness: A retrospective analysis of 31 inpatients. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 13, 951376. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2022.951376

Desrosiers, T. A., Siega-Riz, A. M., Mosley, B. S., Meyer, R. E., & National Birth Defects Prevention Study (2018). Low carbohydrate diets may increase risk of neural tube defects. Birth defects research, 110(11), 901–909. https://doi.org/10.1002/bdr2.1198

Dols, A., Sienaert, P., van Gerven, H., Schouws, S., Stevens, A., Kupka, R., & Stek, M. L. (2013). The prevalence and management of side effects of lithium and anticonvulsants as mood stabilizers in bipolar disorder from a clinical perspective: A review. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 28(6), 287–296. https://doi.org/10.1097/YIC.0b013e32836435e2

Freeman, J. M., Kossoff, E. H., & Hartman, A. L. (2007). The ketogenic diet: One decade later. Pediatrics, 119(3), 535–543. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2006-2447

Hallberg, S. J., McKenzie, A. L., Williams, P. T., Bhanpuri, N. H., Peters, A. L., Campbell, W. W., Hazbun, T. L., Volk, B. M., McCarter, J. P., & Volek, J. S. (2018). Effectiveness and safety of a novel care model for the management of type 2 diabetes at one year: An open-label, non-randomized, controlled study. Diabetes Therapy, 9(2), 583–612. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13300-018-0373-9

Höhn, S., Dozières-Puyravel, B., & Auvin, S. (2019). History of dietary treatment from Wilder's hypothesis to the first open studies in the 1920s. Epilepsy & Behavior, 101(Part A), 106588. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yebeh.2019.106588

Kramer, J., & Smith, L. (2021). Ketogenic diet in Glut 1 deficiency through the life cycle: Pregnancy to neonate to preschooler. Child Neurology Open, 8. https://doi.org/10.1177/2329048X211034655

Luppino, F. S., de Wit, L. M., Bouvy, P. F., Stijnen, T., Cuijpers, P., Penninx, B. W. J. H., & Zitman, F. G. (2010). Overweight, obesity, and depression: A systematic review and meta-analysis of longitudinal studies. Archives of General Psychiatry, 67(3), 220–229. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2010.2

Martin-McGill, K. J., Jackson, C. F., Bresnahan, R., Levy, R. G., & Cooper, P. N. (2018). Ketogenic diets for drug-resistant epilepsy. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 11, CD001903. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD001903.pub4

Martin-McGill, K. J., Jackson, C. F., Bresnahan, R., Levy, R. G., & Cooper, P. N. (2020). Ketogenic diets for drug-resistant epilepsy. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 6, CD001903. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD001903.pub5

Martinez, C., Pyzik, P.L., & Kossoff, E.H. (2007). Discontinuing the Ketogenic Diet in Seizure-Free Children: Recurrence and Risk Factors. Epilepsia, 48(1):187–190. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1528-1167.2006.00911.x

Mavropoulos, J. C., Yancy, W. S., Hepburn, J., & Westman, E. C. (2005). The effects of a low-carbohydrate, ketogenic diet on the polycystic ovary syndrome: A pilot study. Nutrition & Metabolism, 2(1), 35. https://doi.org/10.1186/1743-7075-2-35

Mazereel, V., Detraux, J., Vancampfort, D., van Winkel, R., & De Hert, M. (2020). Impact of Psychotropic Medication Effects on Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome in People With Serious Mental Illness. Frontiers in endocrinology, 11, 573479. https://doi.org/10.3389/fendo.2020.573479

Miłosz, A., Michalczyk, J., Morawik, I., Długoborska, K., & Gesek, M. (2025). Possible impact of use of a ketogenic diet in pregnancy on the fetus: Review of animal and human studies. NFS Journal, 38, 100212. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nfs.2025.100212

Neal, E. G., Chaffe, H., Schwartz, R. H., Lawson, M. S., Edwards, N., Fitzsimmons, G., Whitney, A., & Cross, J. H. (2008). The ketogenic diet for the treatment of childhood epilepsy: A randomised controlled trial. The Lancet Neurology, 7(6), 500–506. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1474-4422(08)70092-9

Newman, J. C., & Verdin, E. (2017). β-Hydroxybutyrate: A signaling metabolite. Annual Review of Nutrition, 37, 51–76. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-nutr-071816-064916

Olson, C. A., Vuong, H. E., Yano, J. M., Liang, Q. Y., Nusbaum, D. J., & Hsiao, E. Y. (2018). The gut microbiota mediates the anti-seizure effects of the ketogenic diet. Cell, 173(7), 1728-1741.e13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cell.2018.04.027

Pan, A., Lucas, M., Sun, Q., van Dam, R. M., Franco, O. H., Willett, W. C., Manson, J. E., & Hu, F. B. (2010). Bidirectional association between depression and type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Archives of Internal Medicine, 170(21), 1884–1891. https://doi.org/10.1001/archinternmed.2010.356

Patel, A., Pyzik, P. L., Turner, Z., Rubenstein, J. E., & Kossoff, E. H. (2010). Long-term outcomes of children treated with the ketogenic diet in the past. Epilepsia, 51(7), 1277–1282. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1528-1167.2009.02488.x

Perry, B. I., Stochl, J., Upthegrove, R., Zammit, S., Wareham, N., Langenberg, C., Winpenny, E., Dunger, D., Jones, P. B., & Khandaker, G. M. (2021). Longitudinal trends in childhood insulin levels and body mass index and associations with risks of psychosis and depression in young adults. JAMA Psychiatry, 78(4), 416–425. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.4180

Picard, M., & McEwen, B. S. (2018). Psychological stress and mitochondria: A systematic review. Psychosomatic Medicine, 80(2), 141–153. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0000000000000545

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, March 22). Sensorium Part 3: Exercise as a Prescription for Depression, Anxiety, Chronic Stress (like Diabetes) and Sensorium (No. 010) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-10-sensorium-part-3-exercise-as-a-prescription-for-depression-anxiety-chronic-stress?rq=010

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, Sept. 30). The Best Exercise Program For Depression (No. 096) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/the-best-exercise-program-for-depression?rq=096

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, March 15). Exercise as a Drug for Mental Health and Longevity (No. 142) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-142-exercise-as-a-drug-for-mental-health-and-longevity?rq=exercise

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, Dec. 9). Exercise for the Brain (No. 165) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-165-exercise-for-the-brain?rq=exercise

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, May 12). Exercise & Mental Health 2023 Update (No. 179) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-179-exercise-amp-mental-health-2023-update?rq=exercise

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, March 8). 5 Factors and Domains of Psychiatric Care (No. 207) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-207-5-factors-and-domains-of-psychiatric-care?rq=207

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, Dec. 20). Exercise Compared to Medications or Therapy for Depression (No. 230) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-230-exercise-vs-medications-therapy-depression-treatment?rq=exercise

Rho, J. M. (2017). How does the ketogenic diet induce anti-seizure effects? Neuroscience Letters, 637, 4–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neulet.2015.07.034

Rognoni, C., Bertolani, A. & Jommi C. (2021). Second-generation antipsychotic drugs for patients with schizophrenia: Systematic literature review and meta-analysis of metabolic and cardiovascular side effects. Clinical Drug Investigation, 41(9), 763–775. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40261-021-01000-1

Schrickel, A., Groeneweg, J., & Dekeyster, E. (2025). Exploring the potential of the ketogenic diet in autism spectrum disorder: Metabolic, genetic, and therapeutic insights. Metabolic Brain Disease, 40, 94. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11011-024-01518-1

Sethi, S., Wakeham, D., Ketter, T., Hooshmand, F., Bjornstad, J., Richards, B., Westman, E. C., Krauss, R. M., & Saslow, L. (2024). Ketogenic diet intervention on metabolic and psychiatric health in bipolar and schizophrenia: A pilot trial. Psychiatry Research, 335, 115866. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2024.115866

Scheer, F. A., Hilton, M. F., Mantzoros, C. S., & Shea, S. A. (2009). Adverse metabolic and cardiovascular consequences of circadian misalignment. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106(11), 4453-4458. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0808180106

Sussman, D., van Eede, M., Wong, M. D., Adamson, S. L., & Henkelman, M. (2013). Effects of a ketogenic diet during pregnancy on embryonic growth in the mouse. BMC pregnancy and childbirth, 13, 109. https://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2393-13-109

Tereshko, Y., Dal Bello, S., Di Lorenzo, C., Pez, S., Pittino, A., Sartor, R., Filippi, F., Lettieri, C., Belgrado, E., Garbo, R., Merlino, G., Gigli, G. L., & Valente, M. (2023). 2:1 ketogenic diet and low-glycemic-index diet for the treatment of chronic and episodic migraine: A single-center real-life retrospective study. The Journal of Headache and Pain, 24, Article 95. https://doi.org/10.1186/s10194-023-01635-9

Vancampfort, D., Vansteelandt, K., Correll, C. U., Mitchell, A. J., De Herdt, A., Sienaert, P., Probst, M., & De Hert, M. (2013). Metabolic syndrome and metabolic abnormalities in bipolar disorder: A meta-analysis of prevalence rates and moderators. American Journal of Psychiatry, 170(3), 265–274. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2012.12050620

Van der Louw, E. J. T. M., Williams, T. J., Henry-Barron, B. J., Olieman, J. F., Duvekot, J. J., Vermeulen, M. J., Bannink, N., Williams, M., Neuteboom, R. F., Kossoff, E. H., Catsman-Berrevoets, C. E., & Cervenka, M. C. (2017). Ketogenic diet therapy for epilepsy during pregnancy: A case series. Seizure, 45, 198–201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seizure.2016.12.019

Veech, R. L. (2004). The therapeutic implications of ketone bodies: The effects of ketone bodies in pathological conditions: Ketosis, ketogenic diet, redox states, insulin resistance, and mitochondrial metabolism. Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes, and Essential Fatty Acids, 70(3), 309-319. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.plefa.2003.09.007

Wiers, C. E., Manza, P., Wang, G.-J., & Volkow, N. D. (2024). Ketogenic diet reduces a neurobiological craving signature in inpatients with alcohol use disorder. Frontiers in Nutrition, 11, 1254341. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnut.2024.1254341

Wiers, C. E., Vendruscolo, L. F., van der Veen, J. W., Manza, P., Shokri-Kojori, E., Kroll, D. S., Feldman, D. E., McPherson, K. L., Biesecker, C. L., Zhang, R., Herman, K., Elvig, S. K., Vendruscolo, J. C. M., Turner, S. A., Yang, S., Schwandt, M., Tomasi, D., Cervenka, M. C., Fink-Jensen, A., ... Volkow, N. D. (2021). Ketogenic diet reduces alcohol withdrawal symptoms in humans and alcohol intake in rodents. Science Advances, 7, eabf6780. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.abf6780

Wunderink, L., Nieboer, R. M., Wiersma, D., Sytema, S., & Nienhuis, F. J. (2013). Recovery in remitted first-episode psychosis at 7 years of follow-up of an early dose reduction/discontinuation or maintenance treatment strategy: Long-term follow-up of a 2-year randomized clinical trial. JAMA Psychiatry, 70(9), 913–920. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2013.19

Ye, F., Li, X. J., Jiang, W. L., Sun, H. B., & Liu, J. (2015). Efficacy of and patient compliance with a ketogenic diet in adults with intractable epilepsy: A meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Neurology, 11(1), 26–31. https://doi.org/10.3988/jcn.2015.11.1.26

Youm, Y.-H., Nguyen, K. Y., Grant, R. W., Goldberg, E. L., Bodogai, M., Kim, D., D'Agostino, D., Planavsky, N., Lupfer, C., Kanneganti, T. D., Kang, S., Horvath, T. L., Fahmy, T. M., Crawford, P. A., Biragyn, A., Alnemri, E., & Dixit, V. D. (2015). The ketone metabolite β-hydroxybutyrate blocks NLRP3 inflammasome–mediated inflammatory disease. Nature Medicine, 21(3), 263–269. https://doi.org/10.1038/nm.3804

View Details

Date Published: 3/28/25
Liam Browning, Joanie Burns, DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC, Al-Baab Khan, David Puder, MD

Corresponding author: David Puder, MD

Peer reviewed: Erika Vega, MD

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.75 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Clozapine remains the gold-standard antipsychotic for treatment-resistant schizophrenia (TRS). Discovered in the 1950s and reintroduced in 1989 after initial concerns about agranulocytosis (Khokhar et al., 2018), clozapine has a unique efficacy in patients who fail to respond to other antipsychotics. It is also the only FDA-approved agent to reduce suicidal behavior in schizophrenia and schizoaffective disorder, and this advantage translates into lower overall mortality. Despite its unparalleled benefits, clozapine is underutilized due to its complex side effect profile and monitoring requirements (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). This article provides an up-to-date clinical guide on clozapine for practicing psychiatrists, synthesizing current research, and insights from an interview with Dr. Michael Cummings. We will review clozapine’s pharmacology, best practices for initiation and side effect management, and emerging uses.

The FDA is Ending Clozapine REMSOn February 25th, 2025, the FDA rescinded the Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS) for clozapine. Clozapine had been pulled from the market in the 1970s after fatal cases of severe neutropenia in Finland, but the pivotal Kane and colleagues trial in 1988 showed clozapine to be highly effective for treatment-resistant schizophrenia. In order to bring the drug back to the market, the REMS imposed stringent requirements on clinicians and patients.

Under REMS, prescribers were required to monitor absolute neutrophil counts (ANC) weekly for the first six months, then every two weeks for another six months, and monthly thereafter (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). The cumulative 12-month risk of any neutropenia (ANC < 1500/μ) is about 3-4%, while severe, life-threatening neutropenia (ANC < 500/μ) is about 0.8-0.9% (Li et al., 2020; Myles et al, 2018). However, data show that the absolute risk of severe neutropenia peaks during the first three months, then drops to roughly 1 in 6,000–10,000 after the one-year mark—a rate comparable to other non-chemotherapy drugs that can affect the bone marrow (e.g., anticonvulsants, antibiotics, antithyroid medications, fluoxetine, etc.).

*Note.* Reprinted from “Clozapine-induced agranulocytosis. Incidence and risk factors in the United States”, by Alvir et al., 1993, *New England Journal of Medicine,* 329, 162–167.

To ensure proper oversight following these risk patterns, many European guidelines have required only weekly monitoring for 18 weeks, then monthly until one year, and discontinued routine checks thereafter. Morbidity and mortality rates in Europe are on par with those seen under the stricter U.S. REMS, indicating that the REMS schedule for monitoring does not significantly improve safety—but presents a barrier to using the medication.

With the REMS program abolished, the FDA no longer imposes a centralized or mandatory monitoring schedule for clozapine, shifting the responsibility to clinicians. They advise clinicians to follow best practices as outlined in the prescribing information and use clinical judgment, especially in the high-risk window of the first 6 months:

  • Weekly ANC checks for the first 6 months.
  • Every 2 weeks for the next 6 months.
  • Option to discontinue mandatory routine checks after 12 months, provided the patient has had no episodes of significant neutropenia, remains clinically stable, and is properly educated on early signs of infection.

The advent of rapid, point-of-care fingerstick ANC testing also offers an additional practical advantage, as it simplifies lab checks and further reduces barriers. With these changes, more patients will have access to this life-changing medication.

Indications and Unique Efficacy in SchizophreniaClozapine’s primary indication is treatment-resistant schizophrenia, defined by failure to respond to at least two antipsychotic trials that were of adequate duration (6 or more weeks) and dose (therapeutic plasma levels or an LAI). Approximately one-third of people with schizophrenia meet this criterion. Once these criteria are met, the odds of a patient achieving remission with a non-clozapine antipsychotic are less than 7% (Howes et al., 2017), compared to about 40% with clozapine. In one study response rate was 53.2% in the optimal range of 223–558 ng/mL (Northwood et al., 2023). However, if treatment-resistant schizophrenia is not addressed early on, Clozapine’s effectiveness begins to decline (40%-60% to around 30%). Therefore, it is beneficial to switch patients sooner to offer the best chance for improvement.

In addition to symptom reduction, clozapine is the only FDA-approved drug to reduce recurrent suicidal behavior in schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). This stems from the InterSePT trial findings that patients treated with clozapine (n = 490) showed less suicidal behavior compared to patients treated with olanzapine (n = 490; 20.8% vs. 28.8%, 26% relative risk reduction) (Meltzer et al., 2003).

Clozapine is also effective for comorbid aggression and violence. Research and clinical consensus indicate that clozapine can reduce hostile and aggressive behaviors in schizophreniamore than other antipsychotics and that this may be independent of its effects on psychotic symptoms or sedation, but can be attributed to its effects on cognition and executive functioning (Faden & Citrome, 2024).

Emerging and Off-Label Uses: Beyond schizophrenia, clozapine’s off-label uses are expanding. Low-dose clozapine is highly effective for Parkinson’s disease psychosis, treating hallucinations without exacerbating motor symptoms (Friedman, 2022). It was the first antipsychotic shown to improve Parkinson’s psychosis while improving tremor in some cases (Taylor et al., 2022). However, because Parkinson’s patients are prone to aspiration and clozapine can increase saliva production, it is important to weigh these risks and benefits appropriately (see below section on managing side effects). Clozapine has also been used in treatment-refractory bipolar disorder (especially with psychotic features or rapid cycling), though evidence is primarily from case series. Additionally, emerging research supports clozapine’s efficacy incatatonia, particularly when associated with schizophrenia or treatment-resistant psychotic disorders (Saini et al., 2024). “An important caveat with catatonia is catatonia is always a secondary syndrome…so you ultimately have to treat the underlying condition if you hope to control catatonia,” Dr. Cummings states. Clozapine may not only treat underlying psychosis but also modulate GABAergic and glutamatergic pathways implicated in catatonia. It has shown promise in benzodiazepine-refractory cases and, in some instances, may reduce reliance on electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) for chronic catatonic states.

Pharmacology: Mechanism of Action and Receptor ProfileClozapine’s efficacy and side effect profile are best understood through its distinctive pharmacology. It is classified as a “multi-receptor” atypical antipsychotic, with a mechanism markedly different from first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs):

  • Dopamine Receptor Binding: Clozapine is a relatively weak dopamine D₂ receptor antagonist, with fast dissociation kinetics and less than 20-68% D₂ receptor occupancy at therapeutic doses (Nordström et al., 1995). This contrasts with FGAs and the -dones subclass of antipsychotics (e.g. risperidone), which require ~70–80% D₂ blockade for antipsychotic effect and often exceed the threshold for extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS) (de Greef et al., 2011). Clozapine’s lower striatal D₂ occupancy, especially in the nigrostriatal pathway, explains its minimal EPS liability (de Greef et al., 2011). Its inverse agonist activity on 5-HT2A has also been proposed to increase nigrostriatal dopamine release while decreasing mesolimbic dopamine, thereby treating psychosis without causing significant parkinsonism (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). Interestingly, clozapine does bind D₄ receptors with high affinity, though the clinical significance of D₄ blockade is unclear.
  • Serotonin Antagonism: Clozapine potently acts as an antagonist at 5-HT2A receptors (more specifically, it is an inverse agonist at 5-HT2A, as it decreases 5-HT2A activity when bound, unlike true antagonists that simply prevent agonist binding without changing receptor activity) (Li et al., 2014). By blocking 5-HT2A in the cortex and striatum, clozapine disinhibits dopamine release in the striatum, counteracting D₂ blockade effects on movement (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). This mechanism, in addition to its limited dopamine antagonism at therapeutic doses, explains why clozapine has lower risks of EPS compared to other antipsychotics. 5-HT2A antagonism may also contribute to improvements in negative symptoms and mood.
  • Adrenergic, Muscarinic, and Histaminergic Effects: Clozapine’s broad receptor profile includes antagonism at α₂-adrenergic receptors, multiple muscarinic acetylcholine receptors, and H₁ and H₂ histamine receptors (Dell’Osso et al., 2024):
  • α₂-Adrenergic antagonism may enhance norepinephrine and dopamine release in the prefrontal cortex, which some hypothesize helps with negative symptoms and cognitive deficits (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).
  • α₁-adrenergic antagonism contributes to orthostatic hypotension.
  • Muscarinic receptor antagonist (M1–M5), particularly at M1, M3, and M5. Dr. Cummings notes that 50-100 mg of clozapine is as anticholinergic as 1 mg of benztropine (de Leon, 2005). This underlies many side effects (e.g. constipation, tachycardia, urinary retention, blurred vision). When high doses of clozapine are stopped abruptly, this can lead to a rebound cholinergic delirium due to the greater number of M receptors available to bind to acetylcholine (Stanilla et al.,1997). This rebound can also be associated with other classic symptoms of excessive cholinergic activity, such as sweating, nausea, diarrhea, urinary urgency, insomnia, and vivid dreams. If stopping clozapine abruptly due to serious complications such as severe neutropenia or myocarditis, start benztropine (or another strong anticholinergic [e.g. trihexyphenidyl, diphenhydramine]) at the equivalent dose (1 mg benztropine per 50-100 mg clozapine). Otherwise, taper clozapine gradually to reduce the likelihood of cholinergic rebound and EPS if initiating an antipsychotic with strong D2 antagonism.
  • Norclozapine, the active metabolite of clozapine, is also thought to act as a muscarinic partial agonist on M4 receptors of salivary glands, contributing to drooling.
  • Histamine H₁ blockade explains the prominent sedation and weight gain, while H2 interactions have been speculated to aid clozapine’s efficacy in TRS (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).

Key point: Do not stop clozapine abruptly! Sudden withdrawal could cause delirium…

Pharmacokinetics: Smoking and Drug-Drug Interactions with ClozapineAfter oral administration, clozapine’s plasma half-life typically ranges from about 8 to 16 hours (though it can be longer in chronic use or at higher doses), and the parent drug is extensively transformed by CYP1A2 and, to a lesser extent, by CYP3A4 and CYP2D6 into the active metabolite N-desmethylclozapine (norclozapine) and clozapine N-oxide, an inactive metabolite.

Smoking candramatically affect clozapine levels. The aryl hydrocarbons produced by cigarette smoking (not the nicotine) induces CYP1A2, leading to a significant decrease in plasma levels. As little as 7-12 cigarettes per day can induce CYP1A2 activity, and full induction of the enzyme increases its activity by about 1.7 fold (Haslemo et al., 2006; Zhou et al., 2009). Therefore, smokers often require 50% higher doses, and if a patient stops smoking, clozapine levels can rise sharply, risking toxicity. Routine inquiry about tobacco use (including cannabis smoking) is essential, as is coordinating any smoking cessation with proactive dose adjustment (Blacker, 2020; Montville et al., 2021). Other drugs, such as phenytoin, rifampin, and carbamazepine can induce CYP3A4.

Nicotine vaping (e.g., e-cigs, vapes), however, do not affect clozapine levels like cigarettes do. Therefore if a patient switches from cigarette smoking to vaping, plasma concentrations of clozapine can increase drastically, so similar precautions must take place.

Key point: consistent smoking or caffeine habits should be maintained once a clozapine dose is established, or doses must be adjusted with changes.

Drugs with the greatest inhibitory effect on CYP1A2 include fluvoxamine, ciprofloxacin, and enoxacin can increase clozapine levels by 2- to 5-fold. Similarly, high amounts of caffeine (in excess of 400mg) can mildly raise clozapine levels (about 5-10%) by competing for CYP1A2 (Hägg et al., 2000).

Here are tables summarizing how various CYP450 enzyme inducers, inhibitors, and other factors impact clozapine levels and metabolism (see alsoEpisode 141):

   **Initiation and Dosing Strategies for Clozapine** Initiating clozapine requires a gradual titration to balance efficacy, tolerability, and safety. The standard approach is to “start low and go slow.”

A typical schedule begins at 12.5-25 mg once at bedtime on day 1. Giving the initial doses at bedtime is recommended because clozapine’s sedative and orthostatic effects (via α₁ and H1 receptors) are most prominent when initiating the drug. If this dose it tolerated, then increase to 12.5-25 mg twice daily, then up to 100mg per day by the end of the first week and 200mg per day by the end of the second week.

Slower titration of 50 mg increments (or less) once or twice per week is recommended to allow the body to acclimate to clozapine’s sedative and cardiovascular effects and reduces the risk of seizures. It usually takes about 2–3 weeks to reach a therapeutic dose (e.g. 300+ mg/day), though titration can be faster in a hospital setting with close monitoring. Dr. Cummings notes that after a dose increase it takes only about two weeks to reach 80% of that dose’s expected plasma concentration, so titrating slower than two week increments is unnecessary in most cases.

Therapeutic Dosing and Monitoring Plasma ConcentrationsThe effective dose range for clozapine in schizophrenia is broad (usually 200–600 mg/day). Many patients respond around 300–450 mg/day, but some require higher doses (600–900 mg/day) for full remission. Importantly, response is correlated with plasma clozapine levels.

Therapeutic drug monitoring is recommended to ensure plasma levels are above approximately 350 ng/mL, which is often cited as the minimum level for response, according to a recent meta-analysis (Northwood et al., 2023). Plasma concentrations can be expected to scale nearly 1:1 with oral dosing in men (350 mg dose = 350 ng/mL plasma level), while plasma concentrations in women scale at about 1:1.3 (350mg dose = about 500 ng/mL plasma level). Dr. Cummings mentions that with dosing, pushing higher concentrations can lead the patient to develop intolerable side effects or saturate the utility of the drug.

When patients are not responding as expected, monitoring plasma concentrations can distinguish between a pharmacokinetic issue (“pseudo-resistance” due to rapid metabolism) that leads to subtherapeutic plasma levels versus true clozapine resistance. For example, a non-smoking patient on 400 mg nightly with a plasma level of only 200 ng/mL may be an ultra-rapid metabolizer or non-adherent, whereas a patient with plasma levels of 500 ng/mL and no response after 3 months may require even higher plasma levels as tolerated (Dr. Cummings notes plasma concentrations may need to be titrated up to 1000 ng/mL and even up to 1400 ng/mL in very rare cases, but this is off-label, and done in a controlled setting with high monitoring and expertise) or further augmentation strategies such as ECT or adding a second antipsychotic (e.g. aripiprazole).

Augmentation and Combination For patients who are truly clozapine-resistant, confirmed by ensuring adequate plasma levels for 8 to 12 weeks and ruling out pharmacokinetic interactions, several augmentation strategies may be considered.

Addition of a Second Antipsychotic:

Although evidence supporting this strategy is limited, (Chiu et al., 2020), Tiihonen and colleagues (2019) conducted a large cohort study following over 62,000 patients for 20 years and found that patients treated with a combination of clozapine and aripiprazole had a 14% lower risk of psychiatric hospitalization compared to those on clozapine monotherapy, and that this combination was associated with the lowest hospitalization rates among all tested. However, combinations of clozapine with other antipsychotics did not significantly reduce hospitalization rates compared to clozapine alone.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Association of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy vs Monotherapy With Psychiatric Rehospitalization Among Adults With Schizophrenia”, by Tiihonen et al., 2019, *JAMA psychiatry*, *76*(5), 499–507.

When combining another antipsychotic with clozapine, it is important to choose an agent that has a complementary binding profile to clozapine. For example, clozapine’s antimuscarinic effects block the action of xanomeline, whereas antipsychotics acting on D2 receptors (such as aripiprazole) are more appropriate.

ECT augmentation

A meta-analysis by Wang et al. (2018) examined 18 RCTs, primarily conducted in China, and found that patients receiving ECT augmentation showed greater symptom improvement (effect size 1.4) and remission rates compared to those on clozapine alone. However, a more recent sham-controlled trial by Melzer-Ribeiro et al. (2024) found no significant differences in symptoms or remission rates after 20 ECT sessions. Nevertheless, ECT may be particularly useful in those with catatonic or affective features (Grover et al., 2023).

Antipsychotic Polypharmacy Without Clozapine:

For patients who are not candidates for clozapine due to intolerance or logistical barriers, combining two non-clozapine antipsychotics can be considered. Dr. Cummings notes that the goal with polypharmacy is to combine different mechanisms of action hoping for additive benefits in treatment (see also Episode 214). According to the Tiihonen et al. (2019) meta-analysis, selecting antipsychotics with complementary receptor binding profiles is a rational approach. For example, a high-affinity D2 antagonist such as haloperidol could be paired with a second-generation antipsychotic with broader receptor activity, such as olanzapine. This outcome is still inferior to clozapine’s efficacy and will expose the patient to a greater risk of EPS if both agents are used at high doses (Carnahan et al., 2006; Taipale et al., 2023).

*Note.* Reprinted from “Association of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy vs Monotherapy With Psychiatric Rehospitalization Among Adults With Schizophrenia”, by Tiihonen et al., 2019, *JAMA psychiatry*, *76*(5), 499–507.

  *Note.* Reprinted from “Association of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy vs Monotherapy With Psychiatric Rehospitalization Among Adults With Schizophrenia”, by Tiihonen et al., 2019, *JAMA psychiatry*, *76*(5), 499–507.

Monitoring and Managing Side EffectsClozapine’s side effect profile is extensive, spanning nearly every organ system. Up to 40% of patients discontinue clozapine within 2 years due to side effects or non-adherence (Dell’Osso et al., 2024; Lieberman & Stroup, 2011). However, most side effects are manageable with vigilant monitoring and targeted interventions, and despite the increased risk of severe side effects compared to other antipsychotics, all-cause mortality is lower in patients treated with clozapine (Hayes et al., 2015).

Hematologic: NeutropeniaAs discussed above, the most notorious clozapine complication is severe neutropenia, or agranulocytosis. Clozapine-induced agranulocytosis occurs in roughly 0.5-1% of patients, typically within the first six months of treatment (Myles et al., 2018). Due to mandatory blood count monitoring through REMS, the fatality rate of clozapine agranulocytosis has fallen to around 2.7–3% (much lower than the ~7–10% mortality for agranulocytosis from other causes) (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). The overall death rate from agranulocytosis in patients exposed to clozapine is less than 0.05% (Myles et al., 2018).

Known risk factors for clozapine induced neutropenia include concurrent valproate use, older age, female sex, and Asian ethnicity, as well as certain HLA genetic polymorphisms (HLA-DQB1 6672G>C [rs113332494], HLA-B38:01)(Legge et al., 2019; Konte et al., 2021). However, it should be noted that the genetics underlying clozapine-induced neutropenia are likely multifactorial and that having these genetic variants does not preclude initiation of the drug.

Management of Neutropenia: If neutropenia occurs, management depends on severity.

  • Mild neutropenia (ANC 1000–1500/µL): Increase monitoring frequency to three times weekly until ANC reaches above 1500/µL.
  • Moderate neutropenia (ANC 500-999/µL): Stop clozapine treatment until ANC normalizes. ANC should be checked daily until it returns to above 1000/µL, then three times weekly until ANC reaches above 1500/µL, and then weekly for an additional 4 weeks. After ANC stabilizes, a rechallenge can be initiated. A hematology consult is recommended.
  • Severe neutropenia (agranulocytosis, ANC < 500/µL): Stop clozapine, consult hematology, and initiate infection precautions. ANC checks should proceed following the same protocol as moderate neutropenia (daily until above 1000/µL then 3x/week until above 1500/µL). A rechallenge is not recommended unless the prescriber determines the risks of treatment outweigh the benefits.

Augmenting Neutrophil Count Granulocyte Colony-Stimulating Factor (G-CSF, or filgrastim) can accelerate neutrophil recovery for a clozapine rechallenge. A 2023 systematic review found that clozapine rechallenge with G-CSF support can be effective regardless of initial agranulocytosis severity (Corbeil et al., 2023). In addition to G-CSF, lithium can also be used to induce granulocytosis via enhancing production of G-CSF and stimulating proliferation of pluripotent stem cells (Focosi et al., 2009).

Benign ethnic neutropenia is a genetic variant in individuals of African or Middle Eastern descent that periodically lowers baseline ANC (<1500/µL) without a concomitant increased risk of infection. Guidelines allow adjusted ANC thresholds in such cases so that clozapine is not inappropriately withheld. If suspected in a patient, consult hematology to establish the diagnosis by ruling out other potential causes and to pursue genetic testing.

Cardiovascular: Myocarditis, Cardiomyopathy, and HypotensionSerious cardiac side effects of clozapine, though rare, have garnered increased attention. Myocarditis, a potentially fatal complication, occurs in an estimated 0.02–1.2% of clozapine patients and is thought to be the result of a hypersensitivity reaction. Notably, about 50% of cases present within the first month of treatment (median onset ~2–3 weeks) and rarely occur thereafter (Bellissima et al., 2018). Vital signs (heart rate, temperature), labs (troponins and CRP), and symptoms (chest pain, fatigue) should be monitored at each weekly visit during the first 6 weeks (Segev et al., 2021). Some experts recommend a baseline echocardiogram as well.

The most common presentation is an unexplained fever with associated chest pain or malaise. However, benign fever is a common complaint, occurring in up to 20% of patients initiated on clozapine. If a patient does have a fever during the first 8 weeks, best practice is to send the patient to the ED for a workup that includes a physical exam, CBC, troponins, CRP, and imaging, if needed. If myocarditis is confirmed (e.g. via markedly elevated troponin or echocardiogram findings), clozapine must be stopped and cardiology consulted. There is no notable consensus on rechallenge after myocarditis; it has been done successfully in select cases after recovery, but only with extreme caution and perhaps a very slow titration (Manu et al., 2018).

Cardiomyopathy (dilated heart failure from long-term toxicity) is another rare complication (estimated <5% incidence), and unlike other complications of clozapine, it typically occurs after months or years of treatment. It should be suspected if a patient develops insidious dyspnea, edema, or exercise intolerance. Annual physical exams (and possibly periodic echocardiograms in high-risk individuals) are prudent to catch late cardiomyopathy. As with myocarditis, cardiomyopathy usually necessitates stopping clozapine (Murch et al., 2013).

On the benign end of the spectrum, sinus tachycardia is very common with clozapine, seen in up to 25% of patients (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). Clozapine’s anticholinergic and adrenergic effects increase heart rate. This resting tachycardia often peaks during titration and may subside over 4–6 weeks. Unless the heart rate is >120 or symptomatic, it can be monitored; if persistent, a low-dose beta blocker (e.g. atenolol 25–50 mg) can be used after the initial titration period (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). (Beta blockers should be avoided in the first 6 weeks unless absolutely needed, as they could mask early signs of myocarditis). Educating the patient about hydration and avoiding caffeine (which can worsen tachycardia) is also helpful, and determining whether the tachycardia is secondary to orthostasis is crucial.

Orthostatic hypotension frequently occurs during the first two weeks of titration due to α₁ blockade and sedation. Patients should be warned to rise slowly and stay hydrated. Most will develop tolerance by week 4. If significant dizziness or near-syncope occurs, the titration speed should be slowed or held. In severe cases, addition of midodrine or fludrocortisone can support blood pressure (Dell’Osso et al., 2024), but these are rarely needed if titration is cautious. Hypertension on clozapine is uncommon, but if it emerges later in treatment, it may relate to weight gain and metabolic changes; standard antihypertensives can be used as needed (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).

Neurologic: Seizures, Sedation, and Neuropsychiatric Effects of ClozapineSeizures: Clozapine lowers the seizure threshold in a dose-dependent manner. At doses <300 mg the risk is low (<1%), but at higher doses (600–900 mg) the risk of generalized seizures rises to around 3–5% (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). Myoclonic jerks can precede generalized seizures in some patients. Electroencephalogram (EEG) abnormalities, including generalized slowing and epileptiform discharges, are also prevalent among clozapine-treated patients, occurring in approximately 50% to 60% of cases (Hatano et al., 2023). To mitigate this risk, slow titration and using the lowest effective dose are essential (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).

If a patient has a seizure on clozapine, first ensure their clozapine level is not supra-therapeutic or rising too quickly. Typically, you would temporarily halt clozapine or reduce the dose, then add an anticonvulsant. Once stabilized, clozapine can be cautiously resumed at a lower dose alongside the anticonvulsant. “...Seizure, per se, is not a reason to stop clozapine…It’s a reason to add an antiepileptic to prevent the seizures,” says Dr. Cummings. Prophylactic valproate or lamotrigine can be considered in patients with epilepsy or EEG abnormalities before starting clozapine, or those needing very high clozapine doses (Varma et al., 2011). However, valproate can also lead to neutropenia in a dose-dependent manner and is also teratogenic in both men and women.

Sedation: Nearly all patients experience sedation on clozapine, especially during initiation. Histamine H₁ antagonism and anticholinergic effects cause drowsiness, which is often most pronounced in the first few weeks. Sedation can be dose-limiting, but concentrating the dose at night can help minimize daytime sedation. Over time, many patients develop partial tolerance to the sedative effect as H₁ receptors adapt (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). Importantly, clozapine’s sedative and sialorrhea effects make aspiration a concern at night, especially in elderly patients and those with Parkinson’s disease.

Delirium and Miscellaneous CNS effects: Clozapine’s anticholinergic properties occasionally cause a delirium, especially at higher doses, in susceptible patients (e.g. those with baseline cognitive impairment), or when abruptly stopped due to cholinergic rebound.

Rarely, clozapine can precipitate obsessive-compulsive symptoms or worsen pre-existing OCD, likely due to clozapine’s antagonism at 5-HT2A/C receptors (Moreno Tarazona et al., 2025). Management involves lowering the clozapine dose if feasible, adding an SSRI (avoid fluvoxamine or fluoxetine), or augmenting with another antipsychotic such as aripiprazole (Kim et al., 2019). If a patient does not present entirely with schizophrenia, but has a schizoaffective disorder or bipolar disorder, the option for an antidepressant while on clozapine becomes risky.

Extrapyramidal symptoms are distinctly uncommon, but clozapine can occasionally cause tremors or rigidity (often treatable by beta-blockers or anticholinergics) and very rarely neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS). Interestingly, if a patient has a history of NMS to another antipsychotic, about 79% will also get NMS if re-challenged with clozapine (Dell’Osso et al., 2024), so extreme caution is warranted in such scenarios. Some evidence suggests concomitant valproate might predispose to NMS with clozapine (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).

Metabolic and Endocrine: Weight Gain, Diabetes, and Lipid AbnormalitiesClozapine is the most metabolically problematic antipsychotic. Studies report that one-third to one-half of patients on clozapine gain more than 7% of their baseline body weight, driven by H₁ histamine and 5-HT2C antagonism, which increase appetite, along with increased insulin resistance and reduced activity due to sedation. Weight gain typically starts within the first six months and can progress over time to metabolic syndrome, characterized by T2DM, hyperlipidemia, and hypercholesterolemia. Up to 26% of clozapine-treated patients develop new-onset diabetes over six years, with severe cases leading to hyperosmolar coma or diabetic ketoacidosis (McGrath et al., 2022). Baseline assessment of weight, waist circumference, blood pressure, fasting glucose and HbA1c, and lipids, then follow-up at 3 months and at least annually (more frequently if changes occur) can prevent and ameliorate cardiovascular consequences (Dell’Osso et al., 2024). Managing clozapine induced metabolic syndrome requires a proactive approach, including nutritional counseling, regular exercise, and pharmacotherapy, including metformin, GLP-1 agonists, insulin and statins (see also Episode 223.)

Managing SialorrheaSialorrhea (Excessive Salivation): Paradoxically, clozapine often causes drooling (especially at night), despite having anticholinergic properties, which may be attributable to norclozapine’s partial agonist activity at M4 receptors. Up to 30–80% of patients experience sialorrhea to some degree. Dr. Cummings notes, “In many patients, that actually increases the risk of aspiration and aspiration of pneumonia. It’s one of the dangerous side effects of clozapine.”

Non-pharmacological approaches include sleeping on an incline and placing a towel over the pillow. Pharmacologically, sublingual anticholinergic drops (atropine 1% ophthalmic drops, 1–2 drops under the tongue at bedtime) often help reduce nocturnal drooling. Systemic agents like glycopyrrolate (which does not cross blood-brain barrier significantly), 1–2 mg at bedtime is a common approach that can reduce drooling with less risk of central anticholinergic side effects. Alternatively, low-dose clonidine or benztropine at night may provide some relief. Recent evidence suggests that agents from the benzamide class (such as amisulpride or metoclopramide) might also alleviate clozapine-associated sialorrhea, though this is a newer strategy and not yet widely adopted. In refractory cases, Botox injections into salivary glands have been tried. Notably, sialorrhea tends to improve over time as tolerance develops, but many patients require ongoing bedtime medication to fully control it.

Managing Constipation and Urinary RetentionConstipation and GI Hypomotility: Clozapine’s anticholinergic potency and 5-HT antagonism makes constipation the most fatal complication attributed to clozapine, as it can lead to bowel obstruction and ensuing perforation, strangulation, compartment syndrome, and sepsis (Patel et al., 2021). Importantly, hypomotility can occur regardless of treatment duration and is quite common, with some studies finding up to 30–60% of clozapine patients experience significant constipation and up to 80% experience colonic hypomotility, defined as colonic transit time greater than two standard deviations above the population mean (Every-Palmer et al., 2016). Therefore, collecting a history of baseline bowel functioning (frequency and consistency of bowel movements), performing an abdominal exam (can supplement with an abdominal X-ray), and tapering off other anticholinergic medications should be completed prior to initiating clozapine. Proactive prophylaxis is also critical: a bowel regimen with daily osmotic laxatives (polyethylene glycol) and/or stool softeners should be started at the first sign of constipation, or even preemptively in those with a history of slow bowels. Although evidence from RCTs is limited (Every-Palmer et al., 2017), many clinicians will schedule laxatives (e.g. PEG 3350 17g daily or docusate 100-250 mg QHS) for all clozapine patients to prevent severe constipation. If a patient experiences constipation and 2 days pass without bowel movement, intensify laxatives (add senna, bisacodyl if not already using, and increase docusate to max dose of 250 mg or to 125 mg BID) and monitor closely. If the patient is still constipated, perform a digital rectal exam to assess whether stool is impacted and consult GI to see if an enema or disimpaction is needed. If impacted, stop stimulant laxatives. If not impacted, consider using an intestinal secretagogue such as lubiprostone or prucalopride.

Oftentime, patients will be reluctant to use laxatives for their constipation or to disclose their symptoms, but it is important to educate patients that unlike typical constipation, this is a medication effect that must be managed daily. Clozapine-induced ileus is a medical emergency with a fatality rate of 15-28% (Cohen, 2017). If a patient on clozapine develops new abdominal pain and distension, or vomiting, an urgent evaluation (physical exam, abdominal X-ray or CT) is warranted.

Urinary retention or incontinence: Clozapine’s anticholinergic effects can also cause urinary hesitancy or retention, particularly in older men with prostate hypertrophy. If urinary retention occurs, dose reduction and urology consult (for catheterization or bethanechol, a cholinergic agent) may be needed. On the other hand, some patients experience nocturnal enuresis (bedwetting) on clozapine, possibly related to deep sedation and pelvic muscle relaxation. For enuresis, behavioral strategies (limiting evening fluids, setting an alarm to toilet at night) are first-line. If needed, desmopressin at bedtime or low-dose ephedrine/midodrine have been used in case reports to reduce enuresis (Tanzer et al., 2023).

Thromboembolism: Emerging evidence from case studies links clozapine to increased risk of venous thromboembolism (Pallares Vela et al., 2021). However, this effect may not be unique to clozapine, as sedentary behavior from sedation and weight gain are risk factors common to other antipsychotics. Clinicians should encourage mobility, manage weight, and have a high index of suspicion for symptoms like unilateral leg swelling or acute shortness of breath.

Managing Illness on ClozapinePatients who develop severe infections can present with increased clozapine levels. Although not caused by the drug itself, cytokines interleukin 6 and interleukin 8 that are produced during severe infections can inhibit the cytochrome enzymes. During periods of illness, clozapine dose distribution should be managed carefully.

ConclusionClozapine is a uniquely effective antipsychotic that offers hope for patients with the most challenging forms of schizophrenia and related disorders. Its use requires a high level of clinical diligence – from slow, careful titration and blood monitoring to the anticipation and management of numerous side effects. For the practicing psychiatrist, becoming adept with clozapine greatly expands the therapeutic toolkit for treatment-resistant illness. Key takeaways include:

  • Unmatched Efficacy: Clozapine remains the only evidence-based option for true treatment-resistant schizophrenia, with proven advantages in reducing psychosis, preventing suicide (Dell’Osso et al., 2024), and improving life outcomes in patients who have failed other treatments. No combination of other antipsychotics has been shown to equal clozapine’s effectiveness in this population (Puder, 2024a).
  • Complex Pharmacology: Understanding clozapine’s receptor profile (low D₂ occupancy, high 5-HT₂A antagonism, plus noradrenergic, cholinergic, and histaminergic actions) helps predict its clinical effects – minimal EPS but prominent sedation, metabolic changes, and unique benefits in conditions like catatonia (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).
  • Monitoring and Side Effect Management: A structured monitoring schedule for blood counts, metabolic metrics, and cardiac symptoms is essential. Proactive side effect management (e.g. bowel regimen, exercise/diet counseling, beta blockers for tachycardia, sugar monitoring) allows most patients to remain on clozapine long-term. Severe complications like agranulocytosis and myocarditis are rare and can be mitigated by close observation during high-risk periods (Dell’Osso et al., 2024).
  • Special Clinical Situations: Clozapine shows efficacy beyond psychosis, notably in mitigating catatonia (alone or with ECT) (Dell’Osso et al., 2024) and in improving tardive movement disorders and akathisia (Spivak et al., 1997). It should be considered in persistent catatonia associated with schizophrenia, and tapered carefully to avoid withdrawal catatonia (Rogers et al., 2023). Its low EPS profile makes it ideal for patients intolerant of other antipsychotics due to motor side effects.
  • Emerging Uses: Ongoing research is exploring clozapine’s neurobiological impacts such as neurotrophic effects, and its potential benefits in mood disorders, personality disorders, and neurodevelopmental disorders. While these uses are off-label, they underscore clozapine’s far-reaching influence on the brain and behavior.

In treating severe psychiatric illness, clozapine often turns the tide for individuals who have suffered years of treatment failures. By combining vigilance in monitoring with an up-to-date knowledge of side effect management and adjunctive strategies, clinicians can use clozapine safely and effectively. The conversational insights of experienced clinicians like Dr. Cummings, backed by contemporary research, reinforce that clozapine therapy is both an art and a science – one that pays dividends in restored lives when done carefully. With systematic practice and patient education, psychiatrists can incorporate clozapine into clinical care as an authoritative yet compassionate treatment approach, offering patients with refractory schizophrenia a chance at remission and improved quality of life.

Additional episodes discussing clozapine

  • Episode 020: The History and Use of Antipsychotics
  • Episode 049: Clozapine for Treatment Resistant Schizophrenia
  • Episode 127: Using Antipsychotic Plasma Levels-Therapeutic Threshold
  • Episode 129: Psychosis: Management of Complex Treatment-Resistant Psychotic Disorders
  • Episode 141: Psychopharmacology Mediators
  • Episode 190: Schizophrenia Treatment: Clozapine, LAIs, Technology and Equity with John Kane, MD and Lauren Hanna, MD
  • Episode 210: Q&A with Dr. Cummings
  • Episode 211: Early Psychosis: Detection and Treatment

References:Alvir, J. M., Lieberman, J. A., Safferman, A. Z., Schwimmer, J. L., & Schaaf, J. A. (1993). Clozapine-induced agranulocytosis. Incidence and risk factors in the United States. The New England journal of medicine, 329(3), 162–167. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199307153290303

Bellissima, B. L., Tingle, M. D., Cicović, A., Alawami, M., & Kenedi, C. (2018). A systematic review of clozapine-induced myocarditis. International Journal of Cardiology, 259, 122–129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcard.2017.12.102

Blacker C. J. (2020). Clinical Issues to Consider for Clozapine Patients Who Vape: A Case Illustration. Focus (American Psychiatric Publishing), 18(1), 55–57. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.focus.20190025

Carnahan, R. M., Lund, B. C., Perry, P. J., & Chrischilles, E. A. (2006). Increased risk of extrapyramidal side-effect treatment associated with atypical antipsychotic polytherapy. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 113(2), 135–141. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0447.2005.00589.x

Chiu, Y. H., Hsu, C. Y., Lu, M. L., & Chen, C. H. (2020). Augmentation Strategies for Clozapine-Resistant Patients with Schizophrenia. Current pharmaceutical design, 26(2), 218–227. https://doi.org/10.2174/1381612826666200110102254

Cohen, D. (2017). Clozapine and Gastrointestinal Hypomotility. CNS Drugs, 31, 1083–1091. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-017-0481-5

Corbeil, O., Béchard, L., Fournier, É., Plante, M., Thivierge, M.-A., Lafrenière, C.-É., Huot-Lavoie, M., Brodeur, S., Essiambre, A.-M., Roy, M.-A., & Demers, M.-F. (2023). Clozapine rechallenge or continuation despite neutropenia or agranulocytosis using colony-stimulating factor: A systematic review. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 37(4), 370–377. https://doi.org/10.1177/02698811231154111

de Greef, R., Maloney, A., Olsson-Gisleskog, P., Schoemaker, J., & Panagides, J. (2011). Dopamine D2 occupancy as a biomarker for antipsychotics: quantifying the relationship with efficacy and extrapyramidal symptoms. The AAPS journal, 13(1), 121–130. https://doi.org/10.1208/s12248-010-9247-4

de Leon, J. (2005). Benztropine equivalents for antimuscarinic medication. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162(3), 627. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.162.3.627

Dell’Osso, L., Bonelli, C., Nardi, B., Giovannoni, F., Pronestì, C., Cremone, I. M., Amatori, G., Pini, S., & Carpita, B. (2024). Rethinking Clozapine: Lights and Shadows of a Revolutionary Drug. Brain Sciences, 14(1), 103. https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci14010103

Every-Palmer, S., Ellis, P. M., Nowitz, M., Stanley, J., Grant, E., Huthwaite, M., & Dunn, H. (2017). The Porirua Protocol in the treatment of clozapine-induced gastrointestinal hypomotility and constipation: A pre- and post-treatment study. CNS Drugs, 31, 75–85. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-016-0391-y

Every-Palmer, S., Nowitz, M., Stanley, J., Grant, E., Huthwaite, M., Dunn, H., & Ellis, P. M. (2016). Clozapine-treated Patients Have Marked Gastrointestinal Hypomotility, the Probable Basis of Life-threatening Gastrointestinal Complications: A Cross Sectional Study. EBioMedicine, 5, 125–134. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ebiom.2016.02.020

Faden, J., & Citrome, L. (2024). A systematic review of clozapine for aggression and violence in patients with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Schizophrenia Research, 268, 265–281. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2023.11.008

Focosi, D., Azzarà, A., Kast, R. E., Carulli, G., & Petrini, M. (2009). Lithium and hematology: Established and proposed uses. Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 85(1), 20–28. https://doi.org/10.1189/jlb.0608388

Friedman, J.H. (2022), Clozapine Is Severely Underused in Parkinson's Disease Patients. Mov Disord Clin Pract, 9: 1021-1024. https://doi.org/10.1002/mdc3.13582

Grover, S., Sarkar, S., & Sahoo, S. (2023). Augmentation strategies for clozapine resistance: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Acta Neuropsychiatrica, 35(2), 65–75. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/neu.2022.30

Hägg, S., Spigset, O., Mjörndal, T., & Dahlqvist, R. (2000). Effect of caffeine on clozapine pharmacokinetics in healthy volunteers. British Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 49(1), 59–63. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2125.2000.00111.x

Haslemo, T., Eikeseth, P. H., Tanum, L., Molden, E., & Refsum, H. (2006). The effect of variable cigarette consumption on the interaction with clozapine and olanzapine. European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 62(12), 1049–1053. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00228-006-0209-9

Hatano, M., Yamada, K., Matsuzaki, H., Yokoi, R., Saito, T., & Yamada, S. (2023). Analysis of clozapine-induced seizures using the Japanese Adverse Drug Event Report database. PLoS ONE, 18(6), e0287122. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0287122

Hayes, R. D., Downs, J., Chang, C. K., Jackson, R. G., Shetty, H., Broadbent, M., Hotopf, M., & Stewart, R. (2015). The effect of clozapine on premature mortality: an assessment of clinical monitoring and other potential confounders. Schizophrenia bulletin, 41(3), 644–655. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbu120

Howes, O. D., McCutcheon, R., Agid, O., de Bartolomeis, A., van Beveren, N. J., Birnbaum, M. L., Bloomfield, M. A., Bressan, R. A., Buchanan, R. W., Carpenter, W. T., Castle, D. J., Citrome, L., Daskalakis, Z. J., Davidson, M., Drake, R. J., Dursun, S., Ebdrup, B. H., Elkis, H., Falkai, P., Fleischhacker, W. W., … Correll, C. U. (2017). Treatment-resistant schizophrenia: Treatment Response and Resistance in Psychosis (TRRIP) Working Group consensus guidelines on diagnosis and terminology. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 174(3), 216–229. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2016.16050503

Kane, J., Honigfeld, G., Singer, J., & Meltzer, H. (1988). Clozapine for the treatment-resistant schizophrenic: A double-blind comparison with chlorpromazine. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45(9), 789–796. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.1988.01800330013001

Khokhar, J. Y., Henricks, A. M., Sullivan, E. D. K., & Green, A. I. (2018). Unique Effects of Clozapine: A Pharmacological Perspective. Advances in pharmacology (San Diego, Calif.), 82, 137–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.apha.2017.09.009

Kim, D. D., Barr, A. M., White, R. F., Honer, W. G., & Procyshyn, R. M. (2019). Clozapine-induced obsessive–compulsive symptoms: mechanisms and treatment. Journal of psychiatry & neuroscience : JPN, 44(1), 71–72. https://doi.org/10.1503/jpn.180087

Konte, B., Walters, J. T. R., Rujescu, D., Legge, S. E., Pardiñas, A. F., Cohen, D., Pirmohamed, M., Tiihonen, J., Hartmann, A. M., Bogers, J. P., van der Weide, J., van der Weide, K., Putkonen, A., Repo-Tiihonen, E., Hallikainen, T., Silva, E., Ingimarsson, O., Sigurdsson, E., Kennedy, J. L., Sullivan, P. F., … Giegling, I. (2021). HLA-DQB1 6672G>C (rs113332494) is associated with clozapine-induced neutropenia and agranulocytosis in individuals of European ancestry. Translational psychiatry, 11(1), 214. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-021-01322-w

Legge, S. E., & Walters, J. T. (2019). Genetics of clozapine-associated neutropenia: recent advances, challenges and future perspective. Pharmacogenomics, 20(4), 279–290. https://doi.org/10.2217/pgs-2018-0188

Li, C. H., Stratford, R. E., Velez de Mendizabal, N., Cremers, T. I. F. H., Pollock, B. G., Mulsant, B. H., Remington, G., & Bies, R. R. (2014). Prediction of brain clozapine and norclozapine concentrations in humans from a scaled pharmacokinetic model for rat brain and plasma pharmacokinetics. Journal of Translational Medicine, 12, 203. https://doi.org/10.1186/1479-5876-12-203

Li, X.-H., Zhong, X.-M., Lu, L., Zheng, W., Wang, S.-B., Rao, W.-W., Wang, S., Ng, C. H., Ungvari, G. S., Wang, G., & Xiang, Y.-T. (2020). The prevalence of agranulocytosis and related death in clozapine-treated patients: A comprehensive meta-analysis of observational studies. Psychological Medicine, 50(4), 583–594. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291719000369

Lieberman, J. A., & Stroup, T. S. (2011). The NIMH-CATIE schizophrenia study: What did we learn? American Journal of Psychiatry, 168(8). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2011.11010039

Manu, P., Lapitskaya, Y., Shaikh, A., & Nielsen, J. (2018). Clozapine rechallenge after major adverse effects: Clinical guidelines based on 259 cases. American Journal of Therapeutics, 25(2), e218–e223. https://doi.org/10.1097/MJT.0000000000000715

McGrath, N. M., Humberstone, V., & Abraham, A. C. (2022). Diabetes mellitus prevalence in Northland New Zealand schizophrenia patients on clozapine. New Zealand Medical Journal, 135(1558), 41–45. https://nzmj.org.nz/media/pages/journal/vol-135-no-1558/8572fa6ef3-1696471165/vol-135-no-1558.pdf#page=41

Meltzer, H. Y., Alphs, L., Green, A. I., Altamura, A. C., Anand, R., Bertoldi, A., Bourgeois, M., Chouinard, G., Islam, M. Z., Kane, J., Krishnan, R., Lindenmayer, J.-P., & Potkin, S. (2003). Clozapine treatment for suicidality in schizophrenia: International Suicide Prevention Trial (InterSePT). Archives of General Psychiatry, 60(1), 82–91. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.60.1.82

Melzer-Ribeiro, D. L., Napolitano, I. C., Leite, S. A., Alencar de Souza, J. A., Vizzotto, A. D. B., Di Sarno, E. S., Fortes, M., Gomes, M. L., de Oliveira, G. M., Avrichir, B. S., Talib, L. L., Correll, C. U., & Elkis, H. (2024). Randomized, double-blind, sham-controlled trial to evaluate the efficacy and tolerability of electroconvulsive therapy in patients with clozapine-resistant schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 268, 252–260. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2023.11.009

Montville, D. J., Lindsey, J. M., & Leung, J. G. (2021). Fluctuation between cigarette smoking and use of electronic nicotine delivery systems: Impact on clozapine concentrations and clinical effect. Mental Health Clinician, 11(6), 365-368. https://www.doi.org/10.9740/mhc.2021.11.365

Moreno Tarazona, E., Orozco Gonzalez, M., La Rosa Giron, A., Ruiz-Grosso, P., & Lazo-Porras, M. (2025). Prevalence of obsessive-compulsive symptoms in patients with schizophrenia treated with clozapine: A scoping review. BMC Psychiatry, 25, 71. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-024-06466-9

Murch, S., Tran, N., Liew, D., Petrakis, M., Prior, D., & Castle, D. (2013). Echocardiographic monitoring for clozapine cardiac toxicity: Lessons from real-world experience. Australasian Psychiatry, 21(3), 258–261. https://doi.org/10.1177/1039856213475684

Myles, N., Myles, H., Xia, S., Large, M., Kisely, S., Galletly, C., Bird, R., & Siskind, D. (2018). Meta-analysis examining the epidemiology of clozapine-associated neutropenia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 138(2), 101–109. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.12898

Nordström, A. L., Farde, L., Nyberg, S., Karlsson, P., Halldin, C., & Sedvall, G. (1995). D1, D2, and 5-HT2 receptor occupancy in relation to clozapine serum concentration: a PET study of schizophrenic patients. The American journal of psychiatry, 152(10), 1444–1449. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.152.10.1444

Northwood, K., Pearson, E., Arnautovska, U., Kisely, S., Pawar, M., Sharma, M., Vitangcol, K., Wagner, E., Warren, N., & Siskind, D. (2023). Optimising plasma clozapine levels to improve treatment response: an individual patient data meta-analysis and receiver operating characteristic curve analysis. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 222(6), 241–245. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.2023.27

Pallares Vela, E., Dave, P., & Cancarevic, I. (2021). Clozapine-related thromboembolic events. Cureus, 13(8), e16883. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.16883

Patel, R. S., Veluri, N., Suchorab, A., Shah, K., & Verma, G. (2021). Clozapine-Induced Constipation: A Case Report and Review of Current Management Guidelines. Cureus, 13(5), e14846. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.14846

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, March 8). Psychopharmacology Mediators (No. 141) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-141-psychopharmacology-mediators?rq=141

Puder, D. (Host). (2024a, May 29). Q&A with Dr. Cummings Part 2 (No. 214) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-214-qanda-with-dr-cummings-part-2#:~:text=antagonist,treating%20me%20with%20something%20that

Puder, D. (Host). (2024,Sept. 27). Managing Weight Gain from Psychiatric Medications with Dr. Michael Cummings (No. 223) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-223-glp1-agonists-for-psych-med-induced-weight-gain

Rogers, J. P., Oldham, M. A., Fricchione, G., Northoff, G., Ellen Wilson, J., Mann, S. C., Francis, A., Wieck, A., Elizabeth Wachtel, L., Lewis, G., Grover, S., Hirjak, D., Ahuja, N., Zandi, M. S., Young, A. H., Fone, K., Andrews, S., Kessler, D., Saifee, T., Gee, S., … David, A. S. (2023). Evidence-based consensus guidelines for the management of catatonia: Recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 37(4), 327–369. https://doi.org/10.1177/02698811231158232

Saini, A., Begum, N., Matti, J., Ghanem, D. A., Fripp, L., Pollak, T. A., Zandi, M. S., David, A., Lewis, G., & Rogers, J. (2024). Clozapine as a treatment for catatonia: A systematic review. Schizophrenia research, 263, 275–281. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2022.09.021

Segev, A., Iqbal, E., McDonagh, T. A., Casetta, C., Oloyede, E., Piper, S., Plymen, C. M., & MacCabe, J. H. (2021). Clozapine-induced myocarditis: electronic health register analysis of incidence, timing, clinical markers and diagnostic accuracy. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 219(6), 644–651. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.2021.58

Spivak, B., Mester, R., Abesgaus, J., Wittenberg, N., Adlersberg, S., Gonen, N., & Weizman, A. (1997). Clozapine treatment for neuroleptic-induced tardive dyskinesia, parkinsonism, and chronic akathisia in schizophrenic patients. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 58(7), 318–322. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v58n0706

Stanilla, J. K., de Leon, J., & Simpson, G. M. (1997). Clozapine withdrawal resulting in delirium with psychosis: A report of three cases. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58(6), 252–255. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v58n0603

Taipale, H., Tanskanen, A., & Tiihonen, J. (2023). Safety of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy Versus Monotherapy in a Nationwide Cohort of 61,889 Patients With Schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 180(5), 377–385. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.20220446

Tanzer, T., Warren, N., McMahon, L., Barras, M., Kisely, S., Brooks, E., & Siskind, D. (2023). Treatment strategies for clozapine-induced nocturnal enuresis and urinary incontinence: A systematic review. CNS Spectrums, 28(2), 133–144. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1092852922000050

Taylor, C., Marsh-Davies, A., Skelly, R., Archibald, N., & Jackson, S. (2022). Setting up a clozapine service for Parkinson’s psychosis. BJPsych Advances, 28(2), 90–98. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1192/bja.2021.24

Tiihonen, J., Taipale, H., Mehtälä, J., Vattulainen, P., Correll, C. U., & Tanskanen, A. (2019). Association of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy vs Monotherapy With Psychiatric Rehospitalization Among Adults With Schizophrenia. JAMA psychiatry, 76(5), 499–507. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2018.4320

Varma, S., Bishara, D., Besag, F. M., & Taylor, D. (2011). Clozapine-related EEG changes and seizures: dose and plasma-level relationships. Therapeutic advances in psychopharmacology, 1(2), 47–66. https://doi.org/10.1177/2045125311405566

Wang, G., Zheng, W., Li, X.-B., Wang, S.-B., Cai, D.-B., Yang, X.-H., Ungvari, G. S., Xiang, Y.-T., & Correll, C. U. (2018). ECT augmentation of clozapine for clozapine-resistant schizophrenia: A meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 105, 23–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2018.08.002

Zhou, S. F., Wang, B., Yang, L. P., & Liu, J. P. (2009). Structure, function, regulation and polymorphism and the clinical significance of human cytochrome P450 1A2. Drug Metabolism Reviews, 42(2), 268–354. https://doi.org/10.3109/03602530903286476

View Details

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.25 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Article Authors: Awais Aftab, MD, David Puder, MD

Article review team: Joanie Burns, DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC, Erica Vega, MD

None of the presenters or review team have any conflict of interest.

On today’s podcast, I interviewed Awais Aftab, MD is a psychiatrist in Cleveland, OH, and a Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at Case Western Reserve University. His academic, educational, and public-facing work focuses on conceptual and critical issues in psychiatry. His first book, “Conversations in Critical Psychiatry,” (2024) is an edited volume of interviews published by Oxford University Press. He writes online on his Substack newsletter Psychiatry at the Margins. I would also recommend following him on X.

Introduction To The Serotonin Hypothesis And ControversiesThere has been a recent surge in interest around the serotonin hypothesis of depression, the mechanisms of antidepressant action, and the efficacy of antidepressants. Meta-analyses and critical reviews (e.g., Moncrieff et al., 2023) have challenged the long-held assumption that depression is caused by a serotonin deficiency. While many researchers had already moved beyond this simplistic model years ago, its persistence in public discourse and pharmaceutical marketing made the critique particularly impactful. This notion became entrenched partly through pharmaceutical marketing in the 1990s. Given the popularity of the "chemical imbalance" narrative, these scientific debates have reignited public and academic debates about whether current treatments are based on flawed assumptions. Independently, there is a growing sentiment that antidepressants are being over-prescribed and there is increasing concern around historically-neglected adverse effects such as antidepressant withdrawal and sexual dysfunction (Aftab, 2024). Non-pharmacological interventions such as psychotherapy and lifestyle changes (see prior episodes on diet and exercise: 009, 010, 018, 059, 096, 131, 142, 163, 165, 179, 187, 230) are typically underutilized. Interest in newer treatments such as ketamine, psychedelics, and newer protocols of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) has highlighted the limitations of first-line antidepressants. High-profile articles, books, and social media discussions have contributed to widespread public interest. These issues have become enmeshed with political developments and culture wars. In this context, clarity on what scientific literature says about serotonin abnormalities in depression, involvement of serotonergic pathways in regulation of mood and behavior, therapeutic mechanisms of antidepressants, and efficacy of antidepressants is essential.

What Is The “Serotonin Hypothesis”?Discussions on the serotonin hypothesis quickly become confusing because there is no precise articulation of what the serotonin hypothesis of depression is or what the nature of the relationship between various aspects of the serotonergic system and various aspects of depression is supposed to be. As a result, it is not evident that disproving some versions of the serotonin hypothesis means that “serotonin has nothing to do with depression.”

Here is an incomplete list of the ways in which we might understand the relationship between depression and serotonin:

  • Depression is caused by low levels of serotonin in the brain or low serotonergic activity
  • Depression, generally or in some subset of patients, involves alterations of the serotonin signaling system (e.g. in the distribution or sensitivity of certain sorts of serotonin receptors)
  • The serotonergic system mechanistically links depressive symptoms and neurobiological dysfunctions in other aspects of brain functioning (e.g. neurogenesis or neuroplasticity)
  • The serotonin system is generally involved in the regulation of mood and temperament, and there may be no specific abnormality in the serotonin system in depression, by and large, but it still provides us a target for intervention with serotonergic antidepressants.

In addition, we can also talk about whether this involvement of serotonin is considered the central or primary cause of depression or whether it exists as one causal element in a more complex causal web.

We’ve known for decades that the “serotonin deficiency” version of this hypothesis is not supported by evidence. Many researchers have believed that some alterations exist in the serotonin system, and some preliminary research findings did suggest that, but nothing conclusive has emerged that commands a strong consensus.

The significance of monoamine depletion remains to be dispelled.

In 2007, a meta-analysis by Ruhé and colleagues, published in Molecular Psychiatry, reported that acute tryptophan depletion produces depressed mood in healthy individuals with a family history of depression [Hedges’ g (95% CI) −0.56 (−1.00 to −0.13)] and in patients with depression in remission [Hedges’ g of -1.90 (-3.02 to -0.78) for individuals not on antidepressants at the time of study, and Hedges’ g of -0.49 (-0.89 to -0.10) for those on antidepressants].

A 2015 meta-analysis by Kambeitz and Howes indicated that serotonin transporter availability in depressed patients is reduced in key regions of the limbic system. Fifty (n=27 in vivo and n=25 post mortem) studies including 877 patients with depression (mean age: 42.9 years) and 968 healthy controls (mean age: 42.7 years). In vivo neuroimaging studies indicated reduced serotonin transporter binding in the striatum (g=-0.39, p=0.01), the amygdala (g=-0.37, p=0.01) and the brainstem (g=-0.31, p=0.01), including the midbrain (g=-0.27, p=0.02), but no significant alteration in the thalamus or the hippocampus. The post mortem findings were not statistically significant.

And in October 2022, after the Moncrieff and colleagues (2023) paper was published online ahead of print in July 2022, Erritzoe and colleagues (2023) published the first direct assessment of serotonin release capacity in people with depression reported a reduction in serotonin release capacity in patients experiencing a major depressive episode. 17 antidepressant-free patients with major depressive episode and 20 healthy controls underwent 90-minute dynamic [11C]Cimbi-36 PET. Following d-amphetamine administration, a change in frontal nondisplaceable binding potential (BPND), a measure of serotonin release capacity, was significantly lower in individuals with major depressive episode than the HC group (HC: 15% ± 14% vs. MDE: 6.5% ± 20%, p = .041). (It’s a small study, and the difference between groups is not that striking; thus, these findings should be interpreted cautiously and considered preliminary.)

The end result is that the presence and nature of alteration of the serotonergic system in depression, a heterogenous syndrome, are open scientific problems. Depression is a highly heterogenous and multifactorial condition, and involves a range of neurophysiological, psychological, and sociopolitical factors. Given the heterogeneity of depression, it is highly unlikely that such abnormalities of serotonin, even if they exist, will be present in most individuals with depression.

Aside from the question of serotonin alteration or dysfunction, the involvement of the serotonin system in the general regulation of mood and emotions is backed by a large body of literature from animals as well as humans (e.g., Roberts et al., 2020 and Salvan et al., 2023). Serotonin’s effects on impulsivity and negative biases are supported by convergent evidence from various studies, and appear to be related to the SSRI hypothesized effects on emotional information processing.

Antidepressants, including SSRIs, show a consistent and large effect in forced swim test in rodents. The swim test involves the scoring of active (swimming and climbing) or passive (immobility) behavior when rodents are forced to swim in a cylinder from which there is no escape (Slattery & Cryan, 2012). Reduction in passive behavior has traditionally been interpreted as an antidepressant-like effect, however, others have argued that the rodent forced swim test measures stress-coping strategy, not depression-like behavior (Commons et al., 2017). (However, animal models like the FST have significant limitations in translating directly to human depression, given the complexity and variability of depressive symptoms and underlying biology in humans.) Regardless of the behavioral interpretation of FST, it is a demonstration of the behavioral effects of serotonergic transmission. In a 2018 meta-analysis of mouse FST, fluoxetine had an effect size of 1.99 compared to the control solution (p < 0.001) (Kara et al., 2018).

Using population-level brain imaging from the Human Connectome Project (HCP), Salvan et al. (2023) identified two distinct patterns in serotonin receptor network connectivity. The first pattern correlated with impulsivity (acting impatiently or without thinking), antisocial behaviors, and aggression; the second related to negatively biased reward processing (viewing rewards as less valuable), depression, and panic symptoms. These results replicate the established division of the effects of serotonin modulation on human behavior postulated by influential theories of serotonin function.

Colwell and colleagues used a selective serotonin releasing agent, fenfluramine, which directly elevates synaptic serotonin levels, to investigate its effects on behaviors traditionally associated with serotonin function. The study (n=53 participants) demonstrated through computational modeling that increased serotonin reduced sensitivity specifically to aversive outcomes (Cohen's d = -0.57, p = 0.04), influencing how participants responded to negative feedback during reinforcement learning tasks. Additionally, increased serotonin enhanced behavioral inhibition by promoting more cautious decision-making, particularly reducing impulsivity during aversive emotional interference (e.g., fearful faces) (Cohen’s d = 1.28, p < 0.0001). (Colwell et al,, 2024). These results suggest serotonin's role in reducing impulsivity and moderating negative emotional reactivity, possibly by dampening the exaggerated negative biases seen in anxiety or depression.

Even if there is no dysfunction of serotonin in depression, the link between serotonergic mechanisms and aspects of mood/behavior allows for the possibility of effective intervention. There is nothing wrong with kidneys in chronic heart failure, but we can use diuresis as a treatment; there is nothing wrong with prostaglandin pathways in infections, but we can act on them to treat fever; etc. Serotonergic pathways appear to be mechanistically involved in regulation of mood and emotions. There may not necessarily be anything “wrong,” “dysfunctional,” or “imbalanced” in these pathways (except in an indirect sense (Aftab, 2023)) — they may be working just fine — but if they are involved in how mood/emotions are regulated, they can be intervened on to produce desired effects.

Moncrieff’s 2023 Umbrella Review Focused on Serotonin Association, Not Antidepressant EfficacyThe current iteration of public and scientific debate around the serotonin hypothesis has revolved around a 2023 Umbrella Review by Moncrieff and colleagues.

This has been particularly controversial because the review was quickly used by the authors to publicly state that this challenges the idea that antidepressant medications are effective (since there is no “serotonin imbalance” to fix) and that depression cannot be considered to be a medical condition. Additionally, the authors stated that any potential benefits of antidepressants are attributable to a general blunting effect rather than specific actions on serotonin. These claims went far and beyond the questions addressed in the review.

  • They aimed to synthesize and evaluate evidence on whether depression is associated with lowered serotonin concentration or activity in a systematic umbrella review of the principal relevant areas of research.
  • Systematic reviews, meta-analyses and large data-set analyses in the following areas were identified: serotonin and serotonin metabolite, 5-HIAA, concentrations in body fluids; serotonin 5-HT1A receptor binding; serotonin transporter (SERT) levels measured by imaging or at post-mortem; tryptophan depletion studies; SERT gene associations and SERT gene-environment interactions. Studies of depression associated with physical conditions and specific subtypes of depression (e.g. bipolar depression) were excluded.
  • 17 studies were included: 12 systematic reviews and meta-analyses, 1 collaborative meta-analysis, 1 meta-analysis of large cohort studies, 1 systematic review and narrative synthesis, 1 genetic association study and 1 umbrella review.
  • Two meta-analyses of overlapping studies examining the serotonin metabolite, 5-HIAA, showed no association with depression (largest n = 1002).
  • One meta-analysis of cohort studies of plasma serotonin showed no relationship with depression, and evidence that lowered serotonin concentration was associated with antidepressant use (n = 1869).
  • Two meta-analyses of overlapping studies examining the 5-HT1A receptor (largest n = 561), and three meta-analyses of overlapping studies examining SERT binding (largest n = 1845) showed weak and inconsistent evidence of reduced binding in some areas.
  • One meta-analysis of tryptophan depletion studies found no effect in most healthy volunteers (n = 566), but weak evidence of an effect in those with a family history of depression (n = 75).
  • Another systematic review (n = 342) and a sample of ten subsequent studies (n = 407) found no effect in volunteers. The two largest and highest quality studies of the SERT gene, one genetic association study (n = 115,257) and one collaborative meta-analysis (n = 43,165), revealed no evidence of an association with depression, or of an interaction between genotype, stress and depression.
  • The main areas of serotonin research provide no consistent evidence of there being an association between serotonin and depression, and no support for the hypothesis that depression is caused by lowered serotonin activity or concentrations.
  • Moncrieff and colleagues stated that some evidence was also consistent with the possibility that long-term antidepressant use reduces serotonin concentration.

Academic Critique Of Moncrieff’s Paper: Methodological Misrepresentation And Inappropriate ExtrapolationThe review led to a fierce set of responses from the psychiatric community. The most important among them is a commentary by Jauhar and colleagues (2023), in Molecular Psychiatry, authored by 35 distinguished scientists, a who’s who of psychiatric and psychopharmacological research, aptly titled, “A leaky umbrella has little value: evidence clearly indicates the serotonin system is implicated in depression.

Jauhar and colleagues (2023) point out serious issues with the methodology of the umbrella review, identify compromising errors in methodological misrepresentation, and dispute the validity of the conclusions.

  • They argue that multiple methodological choices (such as choosing not to synthesize the results of individual meta-analyses because they included overlapping studies, exclusion of important primary studies relevant to the serotonin-depression link, assessing quality of evidence using a “modified” version of GRADE introduced in a post-hoc protocol amendment, etc.) biased the conclusions of the review.
  • The confounding effects of antidepressants were only considered if the results were positive. Jauhar and colleagues counter: “It is unclear why confounding of effects of antidepressants would not apply to all studies, i.e. not just where positive outcomes were seen: antidepressants are as likely to confound studies with negative results…” (Jauhar et al., 2023, p. 3150).
  • Aside from noting the exclusion of an important clinical and molecular imaging study of tryptophan depletion, Jauhar and colleagues also dispute the Moncrieff and colleagues’ interpretation of a meta-analysis of tryptophan depletion (Ruhé et al., 2007). The meta-analysis actually showed a large effect size of tryptophan depletion on mood in depressed people not taking antidepressants.

A more accurate interpretation is that tryptophan depletion studies suggest a role for 5-HT in people vulnerable to depression and in those remitted on SSRI treatment. In contrast, by citing a series of individual negative studies in healthy participants, the authors give the impression tryptophan depletion has no effect (Jauhar et al., 2023, p. 3150).

  • Several studies of circulating tryptophan concentrations were excluded from the umbrella review. L-tryptophan plasma concentrations have been shown to be decreased in major depression in small studies, including in unmedicated individuals.
  • Important molecular imaging evidence was misinterpreted. Moncrieff and colleagues stated that reduced binding of serotonin 1A receptors suggests increased levels of synaptic serotonin, but reduced binding can also be because of decreased receptor density or affinity. Jauhar and colleagues appear to have mistakenly assumed that serotonin 1A receptors are exclusively presynaptic autoreceptors, but most serotonin 1A receptors are post-synaptic heteroreceptors. Diminished availability of serotonin 1A receptors in unmedicated depression is consistent with lowered serotonin transmission, and Jauhar and colleagues say that this is a replicated finding in people who were not on antidepressants.
  • Moncrieff and colleagues stated that there is a lack of consistency in the brain areas in which serotonin transporter binding has been reported. Jauhar and colleagues argue that in serotonin transporter binding studies, a number of brain regions have actually been consistently implicated.
  • Moncrieff and colleagues attributed the results of serotonin transporter binding studies in meta-analyses to prior antidepressant treatment, but this ignores the fact that reduced serotonin transporter findings have also been reported in drug-naive populations, and they missed the fact that 149 out of 364 people in an included meta-analysis were drug naive.
  • A small study, published by Erriztoe and colleagues in 2023, employing a relatively direct assessment of serotonin release capacity, the first study of its kind, provided preliminary evidence of reduced serotonin release capacity in individuals with depression, which shows that this is still an active area of scientific inquiry and any closure is premature.
  • The serotonergic system continues to be an important mechanism implicated in the effects of traditional antidepressants as well as psychedelics.
  • Jauhar and colleagues (2023):

To summarise, the methodology is inconsistent with an umbrella review, with substantial bias created by the authors’ chosen quality criteria, selective reporting, and interpretation of results. There is an underappreciation of the complexities of neuroscience and neuropsychopharmacology, and it is therefore impossible for the reader to draw valid or reliable conclusions. A more accurate, constructive conclusion would be that acute tryptophan depletion and decreased plasma tryptophan in depression indicate a role for 5-HT in those vulnerable to or suffering from depression, and that molecular imaging suggests the system is perturbed. The proven efficacy of SSRIs in a proportion of people with depression lends credibility to this position (Jauhar et al., 2023, Conclusion).

Concerns about methodology and interpretation are noted in some other commentaries as well. Bartova and colleagues (2023) write:

Since [Moncrieff et al.’s] deduction is based on selected literature covering serotonin exclusively, and hence, addressing only a part of the complex understanding of depression, we argue that the authors’ conclusion, that the serotonin theory cannot be empirically substantiated, cannot be derived from the present work. A meta-analysis revealing spatial-temporal dynamics of the serotonergic neurotransmission in depression underlines the fact that serotonin represents a crucial but dynamic neurobiological underpinning of depression… (Bartova et al., 2023, para 2).

The reference cited is a meta-analysis (Gryglewski et al., 2014) of molecular imaging of serotonin transporters in major depression which revealed reductions in serotonin transporter in midbrain and amygdala. Bartova and colleagues emphasize the complex etiology of depression of which the serotonin system is a part, and say, “… the serotonin theory of depression has been substantially extended and partly modified regarding neuroplastic mechanisms rather than not empirically substantiated as suggested by the authors.”

Jacobsen (2023) comments in a response statement: “Moncrieff et al. appears unfamiliar with serotonin biology and pharmacology. The review contains factual errors, makes conclusions serotonin neurobiology may not support, and quotes the cited literature in a selective manner” (Jacobsen, 2023). Jacobsen goes on to list “the most obvious errors” pertaining to tryptophan depletion and serotonin receptor studies.

In their response to comments, Moncrieff and colleagues (2023) begin by noting that critics appear to be advancing a confusing picture of the serotonin hypothesis both long discarded and still supported, which shows Moncrieff and colleagues’ remarkable lack of appreciation of the complexity of the issues at hand, the different ways in which the serotonergic system appears to be relevant to depression, and that there is no simple, well-defined serotonin hypothesis (à la serotonin deficiency) being defended here. Moncrieff and colleagues defend their methodology and the interpretation of results, but they fail to acknowledge the significance of tryptophan and serotonin receptor studies and other limitations pointed out by critics. They also continue to promote skepticism about antidepressant efficacy and push speculative ideas about antidepressant benefits being accounted for by effects such as emotional blunting, a hypothesis they consider to be more plausible than the entire scientific literature on neurotransmitters, neuroplasticity, inflammation, or neural networks!

Their response highlights that the umbrella review findings, even if accepted at face value, acquire scientific significance only in the broader context of a universe of critical beliefs that lack widespread scientific support, beliefs including a general dismissal of the neurobiology of depression, skepticism about antidepressant efficacy, and adoption of the “drug centered model.”

It is essential to emphasize that the popularized "chemical imbalance" narrative—often simplistically communicated in patient education—never fully reflected the complexity understood by neuroscientists. Depression involves multiple neurotransmitter systems (dopamine, norepinephrine, GABA, glutamate) interacting dynamically. Thus, disproving a simplistic serotonin deficiency does not invalidate serotonin’s role altogether.

The Real Goal Of The Umbrella Review Was To Shift Public Narratives Around AntidepressantsIn retrospect, it seems clear that the goal of the Moncrieff and colleagues paper was not really scientific. Rather than seek to explicate the complicated role that the serotonergic system plays in depression, it appears to me that the authors were far more interested in refuting the popular “chemical imbalance” idea that exists in the public imagination. In order to effectively do so, and to generate provocative headlines, they needed a clean and simple conclusion with a critical hit on the serotonin-depression link. There was no room for intricacies, as that would have been a rhetorical impediment. The task of answering scientific questions by acknowledging complexities is quite different from the task of generating a public narrative with rhetorical appeal. Moncrieff and colleagues tried to hit two birds with one stone, and steamrolled over crucial scientific details in the process. Trying to score points in the psychiatric culture wars using scientific reviews is a recipe for bad science.

The validity of the "chemical imbalance" narrative has historically had little correlation with scientific findings regarding the serotonin system. Based on existing evidence from tryptophan and serotonin receptor binding studies, it does seem possible that alterations of the serotonin system play a role in depression, but the role of serotonin must be conceptualized within a whole network of other causal factors that range from molecular to cultural. None of this justifies characterizing depression as primarily a “chemical imbalance” (which is misleading at best, outright false at worst) or as fundamentally a problem of serotonin. Alterations in the serotonin system may be present in depression; however, the concept of a chemical imbalance, as commonly perceived by the public, lacks strong scientific support. Such a position may not generate headlines, but it does far more justice to the body of scientific evidence.

What do we know about how antidepressants work, especially in relationship to the serotonin system?Individuals in states of depression and anxiety often show a negativity bias in processing emotionally significant information, and they can be “stuck” in a negative cognitive and emotional state such that their usual mental flexibility is lost. People with depression and anxiety are more likely to interpret neutral or ambiguous facial expressions as negative, such as assuming someone looks sad. They also tend to focus more on negative information and remember it more easily. Additionally, they don’t respond as positively to rewards, have less motivation to seek them out, and are more sensitive to punishment. Individuals not only view the world and themselves negatively but also find it difficult to benefit from positive experiences around them. Depressed people often struggle with cognitive and emotional flexibility and are limited in their ability to switch between emotions and experience a range of emotions.

Shifts in Emotional Information ProcessingThe cognitive neuropsychological hypothesis (Godlewska & Harmer, 2020) suggests that antidepressants lead to early positive changes in emotional processing that predict later clinical improvements. Studies on healthy volunteers who take antidepressants show a shift in emotional processing tasks, such as recognizing emotions in facial expressions, within days, sometimes even after a single dose. Similar effects have subsequently been reproduced in individuals with depression and are also supported by animal studies. SSRIs seem to primarily affect the processing of negative emotions, while norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors have a better impact on how participants respond to positive or rewarding stimuli.

An important aspect of this hypothesis is that while a positive shift in emotional processing is crucial, it is not necessarily sufficient on its own. The interaction between changes in emotional processing and the environment is vital to improvement. Social interactions allowing individuals to relearn positive emotional associations play a key role. Patients in more positive environments and with stronger social supports are more likely to benefit from these early emotional changes.

In a recent study (Colwell et al., 2024) in which serotonin was directly increased in brain synapses without using SSRIs, people became less sensitive to negative outcomes with more serotonin, and their self-control improved during decision-making. That is, an increase in synaptic serotonin decreases reinforcement sensitivity to loss outcomes and enhances behavioral inhibition and impulse control.

Cognitive Flexibility and NeuroplasticityShine and colleagues (2022) hypothesize the role of serotonin as allowing for a switch between modes of “cognitive automaticity” and “cognitive flux.” If a person becomes overly reliant on recurrent, well-established behavioral patterns—behaviors that are increasingly stereotyped and inflexible (such as depressive ruminations and compulsive behaviors)—this could be conceptualized as a state of “cognitive constipation.” Increasing serotonergic activity in such a situation allows for a switch to more flexible modes of cognitive processing. [A patient of mine once described his improvement on an antidepressant as, “It is as if I mentally feel more malleable, better able to identify and move away from unhelpful thinking patterns.”]

Mechanisms of this cognitive flexibility appear to be related to both serotonergic enhancement as well as neuroplasticity. Antidepressants appear to facilitate two key processes: rapid changes in emotional processing along with molecular cascades that promote long-term neuroplasticity (Page et al., 2024). There is a decent body of literature supporting the idea that antidepressants promote neurotropic signaling, particularly by increasing brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and activating the receptor TrkB, which enhances synapse formation and maintenance. The outcome can resemble the flexible state seen in early brain development. Studies in rodents show that environmental interventions alone don’t induce functional changes, but when combined with antidepressants, they can reverse maladaptive behaviors like aggression. Similarly, in humans, antidepressants seem to create a “window of plasticity” that allows environmental factors, such as positive experiences or psychotherapy, to reshape neural activity (Page et al., 2024).

Effects on NeuroticismSSRIs appear to reduce neuroticism (Soskin et al., 2012), a personality trait characterized by emotional instability, negative emotions, and a heightened sensitivity to stress. Neuroticism is closely linked to vulnerability to depression and anxiety, and a reduction in neuroticism appears to be a mediator of antidepressant response (Quilty et al., 2008).

The effects of neuroticism are well illustrated by Tang and colleagues in a 2009 placebo-controlled trial (n=240) that investigated the effects of an SSRI (paroxetine) on personality traits in patients with major depression. The study compared patients receiving paroxetine, a placebo, or cognitive therapy to examine whether SSRIs specifically influence these personality traits beyond simply improving depressive symptoms.

Patients who took paroxetine experienced significantly greater changes in neuroticism and extraversion compared to those who received a placebo. These personality changes were observed even after accounting for improvements in depression. Patients taking paroxetine showed much larger reductions in neuroticism (6.8 times greater) and increases in extraversion (3.5 times greater) than those on placebo, even when matched for similar depression improvements. While placebo patients experienced substantial reductions in depression, they showed minimal changes in neuroticism and extraversion. Cognitive therapy also led to notable changes in personality traits, particularly neuroticism, though the effect was less distinct once depression improvement was controlled for. In addition, a reduction in neuroticism during SSRI treatment was linked to lower relapse rates among those who responded to paroxetine, but this was not observed among those who responded to cognitive therapy.

This suggests that SSRIs have a specific pharmacological effect on neuroticism, and the effect on neuroticism contributes directly to acute and prophylactic therapeutic effects in treating depression.

Antidepressant effects on neuroticism may be linked to findings from animal models that antidepressants confer “resilience” against stress. In animal models, for example, chronic antidepressant administration can protect against the cognitive and emotional disturbances that result from chronic, unpredictable stress (Bondi et al., 2008).

Controversy Around The Efficacy Of AntidepressantsAntidepressants outperform placebo in randomized clinical trials in a manner that is statistically significant (that is, the results are unlikely to have occurred by chance alone). This was confirmed in one of the largest meta-analysis ever conducted, that included 522 clinical trials and 116K subjects: “In terms of efficacy, all antidepressants were more effective than placebo, with ORs ranging between 2·13 (95% credible interval [CrI] 1·89–2·41) for amitriptyline and 1·37 (1·16–1·63) for reboxetine” (Cipriani et al., 2018a, Findings). This finding has been consistently demonstrated in multiple meta-analyses and is widely accepted as robust. There is broad consensus that antidepressants exhibit statistically significant superiority over placebo.

The problem, however, is that the average difference between improvement in depressive symptoms — as measured by the most commonly used rating scale Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HDRS) — is 2 points, or an effect size of 0.3 which is considered small. In a recent analysis of trials in the FDA database (baseline mean HDRS-17 score of 23; subjects had at least moderate severity depression on HDRS), HDRS score improved by 8 points on average in the placebo group vs 9.8 points in the antidepressant group. HDRS-17 total score ranges from 0 to 52. A difference of 2 points is not very meaningful at face-value (Stone et al., 2022).

This is the heart of the controversy: if antidepressants are clinically effective, why only a 2 point difference from placebo? How could a 2 point difference be indicative of anything but lack of clinically significant efficacy?

There are several non-mutually exclusive ways of responding to this:

  1. An average different of 2 points obscures variation in treatment response and there are subgroups that display a substantial difference from placebo.
  2. HDRS total score is an inappropriate measure of antidepressant efficacy; it may be sufficient to demonstrate a statistical separation from placebo, but does not appropriately quantify the magnitude of benefit.
  3. Despite appearances, a 2 point HDRS average difference from placebo is indeed clinically meaningful.

1. Different trajectories of responseTraditionally, this argument has been made using “response rates” (50% reduction in symptom severity) and “remission rates” (near complete resolution of depressive symptoms). The average response to placebo in meta-analyses is around 35% compared to about 50% for antidepressants (Cipriani et al., 2018b). While clinicians find thinking in terms of response and remission rates to be more clinically meaningful than average HDRS score (for good reasons), critics have objected to such binary categorizations as arbitrary and artificially inflating efficacy. There is an argument to be made in favor of response and remission rates, but I will not dwell on that here.

Fortunately, differences in response to antidepressants can also be demonstrated without appeal to arbitrary thresholds of response rate and remission rate.

Thase and colleagues (2011) used a special statistical model to demonstrate that patient subgroups of those benefiting or not benefiting from treatment could be identified, and that about 20% of patients benefited from escitalopram but not from placebo treatment (which corresponds to a number needed to treat [NNT] of 5).

In the Stone and colleagues (2022) analysis of antidepressant trials in the FDA database, 3 trajectories of response patterns were found, with average HDRS-17 score reductions of 16.0 (large response), 8.9 (nonspecific response), and 1.7 points (minimal response). Compared to placebo, antidepressant treatment was more likely to show large responses (24.5% v 9.6%) and less likely to show minimal responses (12.2% v 21.5%). Most responses (60-70%), however, were in the non-specific category, without a prominent difference between antidepressant and placebo. The NNT for large response for antidepressant vs placebo was 6.7. (There is a case to be made that this may be an underestimate based on differences among antidepressants in the database and because of inclusion of trials with pediatric patients.)

A medication that demonstrates a large response in 25% of patients (vs 10% of those in the placebo group) and reduces the likelihood of a minimal response is by no means a medication with “marginal efficacy” and with therapeutic effects that are “clinically meaningless.” This constitutes a clear signal of efficacy in a subset of patients that is otherwise obscured by a small average difference. The NNT of 6-7 also falls well within the respectable range when it comes to treatments in general medicine. Anyone who thinks that this constitutes marginal efficacy lacks a sense of perspective of what treatment efficacy generally looks like in medicine and clinical psychology.

The efficacy certainly leaves much to be desired. It is not as high as we would like it to be. It can be nonetheless be described as, in words of Peter Kramer, “ordinarily well.” It is also notable that this is efficacy data for a single trial of antidepressant. In clinical practice, it often takes 2 or 3 trials to find an antidepressant that the patient finds to be efficacious and tolerable, and the success rates are correspondingly higher in clinical practice.

2. HDRS total score is not the right measureAnother response to the dilemma of “2 point HDRS difference from placebo” is to point out the limitations of using HDRS-17 for the purpose of evaluating antidepressant efficacy. The 17 items included in the scale represent an idiosyncratic mix. There is, for example, only one item about depressed mood, but three items about insomnia. It also includes symptoms peripherally related to depression, such as hypochondriasis, sexual symptoms, and gastrointestinal symptoms. The inclusion of sexual and gastrointestinal symptoms is particularly problematic because these are also recognized side effects of antidepressant medications, so the scale poorly discriminates between depressive symptoms and medication side effects. Furthermore, each item is given equal weight and the validity of adding these items into a single meaningful score is questioned by many.

A study by Hieronymus and colleagues (2016) provides an obvious example of the dilemma of relying on HDRS scores, as demonstrated in their patient-level post-hoc analyses of antidepressant effects on individual items of HDRS, in particular the depressed mood item. Table 3, from the article, shows an average effect size of 0.27 for HDRS total score, but 0.40 for the depressed mood item. It is also interesting to see the pattern of response among different items — there are many that change poorly. Again, emphasizing the inability of total score to illuminate the magnitude of antidepressant efficacy.

Furthermore, they also note that the depressed mood item more consistently separates active treatment from placebo at week 6:

While 18 out of 32 comparisons [56%] failed to separate active drug from placebo at week 6 with respect to reduction in HDRS-17-sum, only 3 out of 32 comparisons [9%] were negative when depressed mood was used as an effect parameter (P<0.001). The observation that 29 out of 32 comparisons detected an antidepressant signal from the tested SSRI suggests the effect of these drugs to be more consistent across trials than previously assumed (Hieronymus et al., 2016, Discussion).

Considerations, such as these, may be related to the fact that in the PANDA study in primary care patients, while the differences in the depression rating scales (PHQ-9 and BDI-II) were unimpressive (not statistically significant for PHQ-9 and only statistically significant for BDI-II at 12 weeks), a crude 1-item measure of “Feeling better (self-rated improvement)” showed prominent separation: 59% felt better with antidepressant at 12 weeks compared to 42% with placebo (Lewis et al., 2019).

3. A 2-point average difference from placebo is nonetheless meaningfulThere are different ways of supporting this point. The first relates to what we have discussed in #1 — averages can obscure subgroup differences.

A second way is to compare it to the effect of other standard treatments. In the case of depression, psychotherapy provides a meaningful comparison. A number of trials have compared antidepressant treatment to short-term manualized psychotherapy (usually CBT) and the results are pretty clear across multiple trials: both antidepressant and short-term manualized psychotherapy have equal effects on depression rating scales, and the combination of both is superior to individual treatment. This is best illustrated in a meta-analysis by Cuijpers and colleagues (2020). As a consequence, a firm commitment to the view that antidepressants are only marginally effective necessitates the acceptance that short-term manualized psychotherapy, which represents the majority of randomized controlled trial evidence for psychotherapy, is also only marginally effective in the acute treatment of depression. (There is some data to suggest that psychotherapy and combination of psychotherapy and antidepressant have more sustained long-term effects than antidepressant alone.)

A relevant comparison can be drawn with treatments in general medicine. A key reference in this context is a study by Leucht and colleagues (2012), which demonstrates that the effect size of antidepressants, relative to placebo, is comparable to that of other established medical treatments.

A third category of response makes the point that a 2-point difference from placebo group is different from a 2-point difference from no treatment. Treatment in the placebo group is not simply a dummy pill, but also involves extensive weekly evaluations with a host of built in psychosocial support and, at times, financial compensation. The improvement seen in the placebo group is likely a mixture of natural history, regression to the mean, expectancy effects, and therapeutic effects of indirect psychosocial support.

This points to a problem with the additivity of antidepressant and “placebo” effects. A robust discussion of this aspect is highlighted by Peter Kramer in Ordinarily Well. Kramer uses the example of vodka vs placebo tonic water to make the point. If we see “4 points” of intoxication/incoordination on an imaginary scale with consumption of vodka, vs “2 points” of intoxication/incoordination with placebo tonic water, the “real” effect of vodka is not vodka minus placebo. We have subtracted too much because effects of alcohol and expectancy are not additive. Vodka + placebo/expectancy (4 points + 2 points) does not equal 6 points; it is still 4 points.

In the case of depression, the antidepressant and psychotherapy effects are not additive. “[T]he common outcome in psychiatric research is, two and two do not equal four,” Kramer further elaborates:

Placebo and antidepressant effects are unlikely to be additive. Much of what medication accomplishes, it achieves on its own…. In antidepressant trials, almost certainly, full additivity does not apply—and yet our calculations, including ones for effect sizes, assume it. Virtually every formal estimate of antidepressant efficacy arises from a premise, the right to subtract, that is unproven and likely wrong. Our estimates of drug efficacy run too low (Kramer, 2017, p. 112 ).

The additivity assumption is also noted by Kirsch and colleagues (2022), who are otherwise skeptical of antidepressant efficacy: “If antidepressant drug effects and antidepressant placebo effects are not additive… then antidepressant drugs have substantial pharmacologic effects that are duplicated or masked by placebo” (Kirsch et al., 2022)

According to Kramer, this is precisely what is going on, and leads us to a certain uncomfortable conclusion:

We cannot count on additivity. This uncertainty presents a challenge for evidence-based psychiatry: Our controlled trials, conventionally analyzed, may not reflect reality. Despite our use of randomization, they are likely subject to a consistent confound, arising from a technical bias against antidepressants. We know that antidepressants work. We cannot say how well (Kramer, 2017, p 113. )

Antidepressant Efficacy and Depression SeveritySome early analyses such as by Khan and colleagues (2005) have reported the effect size of antidepressants increases with the severity of depression, such that when considering placebo vs. antidepressant effect, for the severe group there is a difference of roughly 8.3 points on HAM-D, but the overall response to antidepressant is 16.5 in this category. This is a very significant decrease in depressive symptoms.

However, subsequent analyses have re-assessed these estimates and the resulting picture is more complex.

Rabinowitz and colleagues (2016), for example, reported in their analyses of RCTs (n=10,737) that there was no significant interaction between baseline depression severity and antidepressant response (placebo vs active treatment) when using patient-level data, and a significant relationship emerged only when using trial-level data [Patient-level data is more accurate]. The drug-placebo mean difference (HDRS) was 2.04 for low baseline severity, 1.82 for medium, and 2.41 for high.

Furukawa and colleagues (2018) examined individual participant data meta-analysis of RCTs for second-generation antidepressants from Japan, and found that interaction between baseline severity and treatment was not statistically significant (coefficient = −0.04, 95% confidence interval: −0.16 to 0.08, P = 0.49). "We may expect as much benefit from antidepressant treatments for mild, moderate or severe major depression."

Hieronymus and colleagues (2019) conducted item-based patient-level, post-hoc analysis and showed that there is no relationship between baseline severity and antidepressant response as far as core symptoms of depression are concerned, but more peripheral symptoms on HDRS-17 show a more pronounced response to treatment as baseline severity increases.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Influence of baseline severity on the effects of SSRIs in depression: An item-based, patient-level post-hoc analysis”, by Hieronymus et al., 2019, *The Lancet Psychiatry, 6*(9), 745–752, Figure 2.

  *Note.* Reprinted from “Influence of baseline severity on the effects of SSRIs in depression: An item-based, patient-level post-hoc analysis”, by Hieronymus et al., 2019, *The Lancet Psychiatry, 6*(9), 745–752, Figure 4.

And finally, in an individual participant data analysis of FDA trials by Stone and colleagues (2022):

When baseline severity was used as the only covariate, improvement with drug and placebo increased with greater baseline severity. The advantage of drug over placebo increased with baseline severity by 0.09 points (95% confidence interval 0.06 to 0.12) for every one point increase in severity. The estimated difference between drug and placebo at a baseline severity of 16 points (5th centile) was 1.1 points, increasing to 2.5 points at a baseline severity of 29.6 points (95th centile) (Stone et al., 2022, p. 3)

.

From discussion:

Previous analyses of the relation between baseline severity and the efficacy of antidepressants found null to moderate (slope about 0.3) effects, and these effects might be attributable to instrument behavior rather than patient experience. We found that the effect of baseline severity was statistically significant (P<0.001) but small (slope about 0.1) (Stone et al., 2022, p. 6 ).

Therefore, it appears that the effect of antidepressants on core symptoms of depression compared to placebo is generally similar across different levels of severity, but improvements in peripheral symptoms, such as insomnia, is more pronounced at higher severity. Antidepressants are effective in cases of mild depression as well, however, given their side-effect profiles (such as gastrointestinal effects, sexual dysfunction, weight gain, and antidepressant withdrawal), the risk-benefit ratio is more favorable if mild depression is preferentially treated with psychosocial and lifestyle interventions. This is the position taken by depression practice guidelines by NICE and RANZCP as well (see also Malhi et al., 2022 for a comparison of guidelines from the UK and Australia/New Zealand, which demonstrate significant convergence in recommendations).

*Note.* Reprinted from “The management of depression: The evidence speaks for itself”, by Malhi et al., 2023, *The British Journal of Psychiatry, 222*(3), 97–99, Figure 1.

Conclusion In conclusion, the controversies surrounding the serotonin hypothesis underscore the importance of approaching depression through a nuanced and multidimensional framework. As explored throughout this paper, simplistic narratives, such as the “chemical imbalance” idea, though widely communicated to the public, have never accurately reflected the complex realities uncovered by neuroscientific and clinical research. Depression involves dynamic interactions among multiple neurotransmitter systems—not just serotonin, but dopamine, norepinephrine, glutamate, and GABA—as well as broader neurobiological factors such as neuroplasticity, stress-response dysregulation, inflammation, genetic predispositions, and psychological influences including cognitive biases and personality traits.

Critically examining Moncrieff and colleagues' (2023) umbrella review revealed significant methodological limitations and interpretative overreach, demonstrating that disproving an overly simplistic serotonin-deficiency hypothesis neither invalidates serotonin’s important role nor diminishes the relevance of antidepressants that act upon serotonergic mechanisms. Effective treatment, as discussed extensively in prior episodes of PsychiatryPodcast.com, integrates pharmacological interventions within a broader biopsychosocial context—encompassing psychotherapy, lifestyle modifications, diet, exercise, meaningful relationships, and supportive environmental factors.

Additionally, drawing upon the concept of reflective functioning (the capacity to reflect upon, understand, and interpret complex mental states in oneself and others), clinicians can move beyond oversimplified explanations and instead engage in deeper, more nuanced dialogues with patients about their depression. As clinicians and researchers, we aspire to help our patients deepen their understanding beyond the popularized but misleading “depression equals low serotonin” narrative, and toward a more holistic perspective where they value not only medication but also therapy, nutrition, exercise, and sustained lifestyle changes. Yet, this message—that meaningful improvement is not a quick fix—is less seductive. It highlights that lasting change involves deeper psychotherapy, altering daily routines, making intentional dietary choices, and maintaining consistent physical activity.

Just as patients may sometimes enter lower states of reflective function, idealizing or devaluing their early attachment figures and losing sight of relational complexities, we as healthcare providers can also find ourselves drawn to simplified, rigid narratives—idealizing certain treatments or prematurely dismissing others, especially under conditions of short visits, clinical fatigue, or burnout. Maintaining our own reflective function, along with the humility and curiosity it fosters, is essential to navigating the inherent complexity of depression and providing genuinely patient-centered care. Indeed, after years of weekly therapy—sometimes hundreds of hours spent with one patient—the deeper, more personal meanings and origins of their depression finally come to light, reinforcing that complexity, patience, and reflective understanding must remain central to our approach.

References:Aftab, A. (2023, January 6). When are we justified in calling mental disorders "brain disorders"? Psychiatry at the Margins. https://www.psychiatrymargins.com/p/when-are-we-justified-in-calling

Aftab, A. (2024, October 19). How Antidepressants Work. Psychiatry at the Margins. https://www.psychiatrymargins.com/p/how-antidepressants-work

Bartova, L., Lanzenberger, R., Rujescu, D., & Kasper, S. (2023). Reply to: “The serotonin theory of depression: A systematic umbrella review of the evidence” published by Moncrieff, J., Cooper, R. E., Stockmann, T., Amendola, S., Hengartner, M. P., & Horowitz, M. A. in Molecular Psychiatry (2022, July 20). Molecular Psychiatry, 28, 3153–3154. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-023-02093-0

Bondi, C. O., Rodriguez, G., Gould, G. G., Frazer, A., & Morilak, D. A. (2008). Chronic unpredictable stress induces a cognitive deficit and anxiety-like behavior in rats that is prevented by chronic antidepressant drug treatment. Neuropsychopharmacology, 33(2), 320–331. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.npp.1301410

Cipriani, A., Furukawa, T. A., Salanti, G., Chaimani, A., Atkinson, L. Z., Ogawa, Y., Leucht, S., Ruhe, H. G., Turner, E. H., Higgins, J. P. T., Egger, M., Takeshima, N., Hayasaka, Y., Imai, H., Shinohara, K., Tajika, A., Ioannidis, J. P. A., & Geddes, J. R. (2018a). Comparative efficacy and acceptability of 21 antidepressant drugs for the acute treatment of adults with major depressive disorder: A systematic review and network meta-analysis. The Lancet, 391(10128), 1357–1366. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(17)32802-7

Cipriani, A., Salanti, G., Furukawa, T. A., Egger, M., Leucht, S., Ruhe, H. G., Turner, E. H., Atkinson, L. Z., Chaimani, A., Higgins, J. P. T., Ogawa, Y., Takeshima, N., Hayasaka, Y., Imai, H., Shinohara, K., Tajika, A., Ioannidis, J. P. A., & Geddes, J. R. (2018b). Antidepressants might work for people with major depression: Where do we go from here? The Lancet Psychiatry, 5(6), 461–463. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30132-2

Colwell, M. J., Tagomori, H., Shang, F., Cheng, H. I., Wigg, C. E., Browning, M., Cowen, P. J., Murphy, S. E., & Harmer, C. J. (2024). Direct serotonin release in humans shapes aversive learning and inhibition. Nature Communications, 15, 6617. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-50394-x

Commons, K. G., Cholanians, A. B., Babb, J. A., & Ehlinger, D. G. (2017). The rodent forced swim test measures stress-coping strategy, not depression-like behavior. ACS Chemical Neuroscience, 8(5), 955–960. https://doi.org/10.1021/acschemneuro.7b00042

Cuijpers, P., Noma, H., Karyotaki, E.,  Vinkers, C.H., Cipriani,  . and Furukawa, T.A. (2020), A network meta-analysis of the effects of psychotherapies, pharmacotherapies and their combination in the treatment of adult depression. World Psychiatry, 19: 92-107. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20701

Erritzoe, D., Godlewska, B. R., Rizzo, G., Searle, G. E., Agnorelli, C., Lewis, Y., Ashok, A. H., Colasanti, A., Boura, I., Farrell, C., Parfitt, H., Howes, O., Passchier, J., Gunn, R. N., Politis, M., Nutt, D. J., Cowen, P. J., Knudsen, G. M., & Rabiner, E. A. (2023). Brain serotonin release is reduced in patients with depression: A [¹¹C]Cimbi-36 positron emission tomography study with a d-amphetamine challenge. Biological Psychiatry, 93(12), 1089–1098. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2022.10.012

Furukawa, T. A., Maruo, K., Noma, H., Tanaka, S., Imai, H., Shinohara, K., Ikeda, K., Yamawaki, S., Levine, S. Z., Goldberg, Y., Leucht, S., & Cipriani, A. (2018). Initial severity of major depression and efficacy of new-generation antidepressants: Individual participant data meta-analysis. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 137(6), 450–458. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.12886

Godlewska, B. R., & Harmer, C. J. (2021). Cognitive neuropsychological theory of antidepressant action: A modern-day approach to depression and its treatment. Psychopharmacology, 238(5), 1265–1278. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-019-05448-0

Gryglewski, G., Lanzenberger, R., Kranz, G. S., & Cumming, P. (2014). Meta-analysis of molecular imaging of serotonin transporters in major depression. Journal of cerebral blood flow and metabolism : official journal of the International Society of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism, 34(7), 1096–1103. https://doi.org/10.1038/jcbfm.2014.82

Hieronymus, F., Emilsson, J., Nilsson, S., & Eriksson, E. (2016). Consistent superiority of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors over placebo in reducing depressed mood in patients with major depression. Molecular Psychiatry, 21(4), 523–530. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2015.53

Hieronymus, F., Lisinski, A., Nilsson, S., & Eriksson, E. (2019). Influence of baseline severity on the effects of SSRIs in depression: An item-based, patient-level post-hoc analysis. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(9), 745–752. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30216-0

Jacobsen, J. P. R. (2023). Serotonin and depression—An alternative interpretation of the data in Moncrieff et al. Molecular Psychiatry, 28, 3158–3159. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-023-02090-3

Jauhar, S., Arnone, D., Baldwin, D. S., Bloomfield, M., Browning, M., Cleare, A. J., Corlett, P., Deakin, J. F. W., Erritzoe, D., Fu, C., Fusar-Poli, P., Goodwin, G. M., Hayes, J., Howard, R., Howes, O. D., Juruena, M. F., Lam, R. W., Lawrie, S. M., McAllister-Williams, H., Marwaha, S., ... Cowen, P. J. (2023). A leaky umbrella has little value: Evidence clearly indicates the serotonin system is implicated in depression. Molecular Psychiatry, 28(7), 3149–3152. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-023-02095-y

Kambeitz, J. P., & Howes, O. D. (2015). The serotonin transporter in depression: Meta-analysis of in vivo and post mortem findings and implications for understanding and treating depression. Journal of affective disorders, 186, 358–366. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2015.07.034

Kara, N. Z., Stukalin, Y., & Einat, H. (2018). Revisiting the validity of the mouse forced swim test: Systematic review and meta-analysis of the effects of prototypic antidepressants. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 84, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2017.11.003

Khan, A., Brodhead, A. E., Kolts, R. L., & Brown, W. A. (2005). Severity of depressive symptoms and response to antidepressants and placebo in antidepressant trials. Journal of psychiatric research, 39(2), 145–150. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2004.06.005

Kirsch, I., Moore, T. J., Scoboria, A., & Nicholls, S. S. (2002). The emperor's new drugs: An analysis of antidepressant medication data submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Prevention & Treatment, 5(1), Article 23. https://doi.org/10.1037/1522-3736.5.1.523a

Kramer, P. D. (2016). Ordinarily well: The case for antidepressants. Farrar, Straus and Giroux.

Leucht, S., Hierl, S., Kissling, W., Dold, M., & Davis, J. M. (2012). Putting the efficacy of psychiatric and general medicine medication into perspective: review of meta-analyses. British Journal of Psychiatry, 200(2), 97–106. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.111.096594

Lewis, G., Duffy, L., Ades, A., Amos, R., Araya, R., Brabyn, S., Button, K. S., Churchill, R., Derrick, C., Dowrick, C., Gilbody, S., Fawsitt, C., Hollingworth, W., Jones, V., Kendrick, T., Kessler, D., Kounali, D., Khan, N., Lanham, P., Pervin, J., Peters, T. J., Riozzie, D., Salaminios, G., Thomas, L., Welton, N. J., Wiles, N., Woodhouse, R., & Lewis, G. (2019). The clinical effectiveness of sertraline in primary care and the role of depression severity and duration (PANDA): A pragmatic, double-blind, placebo-controlled randomised trial. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(11), 903–914. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30366-9

Malhi, G. S., Bell, E., Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Bryant, R., Hopwood, M., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Porter, R., Singh, A. B., & Murray, G. (2023). The management of depression: The evidence speaks for itself. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 222(3), 97–99. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.2022.133

Moncrieff, J., Cooper, R. E., Stockmann, T., Amendola, S., Hengartner, M. P., & Horowitz, M. A. (2023). The serotonin theory of depression: A systematic umbrella review of the evidence. Molecular Psychiatry, 28, 3243–3256. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-022-01661-0

Page, C. E., Epperson, C. N., Novick, A. M., Duffy, K. A., & Thompson, S. M. (2024). Beyond the serotonin deficit hypothesis: Communicating a neuroplasticity framework of major depressive disorder. Molecular Psychiatry, 29, 3802–3813. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-024-02625-2

Quilty, L. C., Meusel, L.-A. C., & Bagby, R. M. (2008). Neuroticism as a mediator of treatment response to SSRIs in major depressive disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 111(1), 67–73. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2008.02.006

Rabinowitz, J., Werbeloff, N., Mandel, F. S., Menard, F., Marangell, L., & Kapur, S. (2016). Initial depression severity and response to antidepressants v. placebo: Patient-level data analysis from 34 randomised controlled trials. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 209(5), 427–428. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.115.174415

Roberts, C., Sahakian, B. J., & Robbins, T. W. (2020). Psychological mechanisms and functions of 5-HT and SSRIs in potential therapeutic change: Lessons from the serotonergic modulation of action selection, learning, affect, and social cognition. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 119, 138–167. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2020.09.001

Ruhé, H. G., Mason, N. S., & Schene, A. H. (2007). Mood is indirectly related to serotonin, norepinephrine and dopamine levels in humans: a meta-analysis of monoamine depletion studies. Molecular psychiatry, 12(4), 331–359. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.mp.4001949

Salvan, P., Fonseca, M., Winkler, A. M., Beauchamp, A., Lerch, J. P., & Johansen-Berg, H. (2023). Serotonin regulation of behavior via large-scale neuromodulation of serotonin receptor networks. Nature Neuroscience, 26, 53–63. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-022-01213-3

Shine, J. M., O’Callaghan, C., Walpola, I. C., Wainstein, G., Taylor, N., Aru, J., Huebner, B., & John, Y. J. (2022). Understanding the effects of serotonin in the brain through its role in the gastrointestinal tract. Brain, 145(9), 2967–2981. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awac256

Slattery, D., & Cryan, J. (2012). Using the rat forced swim test to assess antidepressant-like activity in rodents. Nature Protocols, 7, 1009–1014. https://doi.org/10.1038/nprot.2012.044

Soskin, D. P., Carl, J. R., Alpert, J., & Fava, M. (2012). Antidepressant effects on emotional temperament: Toward a biobehavioral research paradigm for major depressive disorder. CNS Neuroscience & Therapeutics, 18(5), 441–451. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1755-5949.2012.00318.x

Stone, M. B., Yaseen, Z. S., Miller, B. J., Richardville, K., Kalaria, S. N., Kirsch, I., et al. (2022). Response to acute monotherapy for major depressive disorder in randomized, placebo-controlled trials submitted to the US Food and Drug Administration: Individual participant data analysis. BMJ, 378, e067606. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2021-067606

Tang, T. Z., DeRubeis, R. J., Hollon, S. D., Amsterdam, J., Shelton, R., & Schalet, B. (2009). Personality change during depression treatment: A placebo-controlled trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66(12), 1322–1330. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.166

Thase, M. E., Larsen, K. G., & Kennedy, S. H. (2011). Assessing the 'true' effect of active antidepressant therapy v. placebo in major depressive disorder: use of a mixture model. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 199(6), 501–507. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.111.093336

View Details

Podcast Host: David Puder, MD

Transcription Editing: Al-Baab Khan, Joanie Burns

Reviewer: Erika Vega, MD

By listening to this episode, you can earn 2.0 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Dr. Yeomans is the President of the International Society of Transference-Focused Psychotherapy (ISTFP) and is a leading figure in the development and dissemination of Transference-Focused Psychotherapy, an evidence-based psychodynamic treatment for personality disorders. He has co-authored several influential works on TFP, including:

  • Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for Borderline Personality Disorder: A Clinical Guide (2015).
  • A Primer on Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for the Borderline Patient

His work emphasizes the importance of understanding internalized object relations and their manifestation in the therapeutic relationship, aiming to promote personality integration and symptom reduction.

David Puder:

I thought we'd start and talk about what is, maybe for those who are less familiar and we're really speaking to an audience here of mental health professionals, people in training. They've probably heard about transference-focused psychotherapy [TFP]. I imagine they all know what transference is, but I'm hoping, in this discussion, to pull out some of the nuance of the uniqueness of the approach. On the podcast, we've talked about reflective function and how transference-focused therapy uniquely improves reflective function [see also episode 213]. So I'm wondering if you could introduce broadly transference- focused therapy and where it is today in terms of research.

Frank Yeomans:

Certainly, I'd be happy to try to do that. It might turn into a lengthy answer, but when you said that, going back to your statement, most people are familiar with transference. That's probably true. But there's also a common misperception, misunderstanding of transference, which is that it's the past being repeated in the present. That leaves out the mind, because what is actually being activated in the present when transference occurs isn't an accurate version of what happened in the past. It consists of the activation of mental images, internal representations of people, experiences, relationships that are laid down as memory traces in the mind, but often become modified and sometimes exaggerated by the processes of the mind and unconscious processes that we think about when we think about a psychoanalytic approach. Or there are fears, there are desires, or anxieties. All these have an impact on the way the memory traces are laid down into the internal representations.

So when I talk about transference in general, I'm gonna refer to the title of one of Kernberg's early works, which is Internal World and External Reality. The idea is that in the course of the development of any individual, they internalize images, as I said, representations of themselves interacting with others. These become paradigms or templates for later experiences. So transference is first of all, it's a universal phenomenon. We all transfer onto each other. Anytime I meet somebody new, my first encounter with you, there are traits, aspects of you that will activate in me, memories of, and this is largely unconscious, but you know, I'll think of, you know, “He kinda reminds me of X, Y, or Z.” So I'll project onto you characteristics that may or may not really fit who you are. The challenge in adapting to reality is taking in who the other is.

So you get a precise, an exact sense of them that might be different from your initial reaction based on some kind of images that are activated in you. So it might help at this point to give, what I think is a fairly dramatic example, and it's actually the clinical experience that convinced me to work with this approach. I had just finished my training as a psychiatrist and was working at a hospital, but also started a private practice. And one of my first patients was a man with a combination of borderline and narcissistic personality disorders. We can talk about each of those later if you'd like. But in any case, like a lot of patients with narcissistic personality disorders, he had kind of an angry, aggressive, devaluing stance toward me a lot of the time. He was kind of a tough cookie, to put it in plain English.

In any case, in one session, this guy who was usually angry and critical told me a story that's of something that happened to him when he was a kid, five, six years old. It's a very sad story, and it brought tears to my eyes, which is not what usually happens when I'm in a therapy session, but can happen anyway. So he noticed that, and he said, you have tears in your eyes. And I simply said, yes. I didn't know what else to say. Then he looked at me very closely, he kinda scrutinized me and said, in all seriousness, he said, “You are mocking me.” So that is an example of transference where the internal representation, the other who is mocking you, so prevailed over what seemed like kind of clear evidence to most people that I was sympathizing with him, that his transference onto me was what we call a paranoid transference.

“The other person doesn't like me, is critical of me, is mocking me.” And if your transferences are so strong that they prevent you from getting an accurate take on reality, then it makes it hard to adjust to life and to have success and satisfaction in life. And our patients tend to have those kind of distorted transferences where the internal image prevails over the external data that they're taking in. So in a more typical case, it's the patient who just assumes when you look at the clock to know when to end the session, that you hate them and wanna get rid of them. And that's a transference triggered by a minor external event, but leading through a massive projection.

Puder:

Can I ask you about this? So his comment, he said, “You're mocking me.” He's seen you. You're feeling emotionally distraught. So he's unable to empathize with your true experience. His reflective abilities about you and what you're really doing are off. Very off. Right. Was the paranoid transference there, the fear that you're mocking him, was that tied into the actual trauma of what happened to him when he was five years old? Like was in that five-year-old instance of him going through that conflict, was there some aggression maybe that was disavowed and now is pointed at you, his therapist?

Yeomans:

I think that's very likely the case, but it is a good point to bring up because a lot of therapies, and this is one way in which transference focused psychotherapy differs from more classical psychoanalytic psychotherapies, a lot of therapies would jump to the past and say, “Oh, in that experience, did you feel your parents (who were the people involved in the interaction, as I recall), you know, were criticizing you unfairly, putting you down, mocking you?” Then, let's try to distinguish then from now. In transference psychotherapy, we would consider that focus on the past to be an avoidance of what's happening in the here and now, because we think it's more effective therapeutically to work with what the patient is feeling in relation to you. Rather than say, “Hey, let's look at the past 30 years ago.” So you can, let's put it this way to say, “Okay, you know, you took in these ideas that people were supposed to care for you or mocking you because your parents seem to have done that.”

Yeomans:

This man is going through life on a daily basis, misperceiving others. So we do not try to correct the distortion. If it would work, I'd be happy to correct the distortion. I'd be happy to say to him, “No, please trust me. You know I'm sympathizing with you. I'm not mocking you.” But it doesn't work to say to somebody who's incapable of trust to say to them, please trust me. They're not going to. So you have to enter into the projection. You have to be able to carry the projection so that you and the patient can look at it together. So instead of saying, “No, please understand, I'm not mocking you.” My response, I mean, this was ages ago, would've been something along the lines of, “That sounds like a terrible experience to come to therapy for help and to wind up with a therapist who's mocking you. Let's think about that together. I'd like to hear more about that.” First of all, your willingness to entertain the negative projection, the negative transference usually is an implicit sign, “Maybe you're not so bad”, because anybody who's really negatively inclined to would've said, “Oh, no, no, let's not go there.” So my willingness to say, “If I'm mocking you, let's think about it”, opens up reflection.

Puder:

Okay. So, how would you feel if I pretended to be this patient? And we kind of go into this scenario right there and see what happens.

Yeomans:

We can give it a try.

Puder:

Let's give it a try. Okay. So you, you had just said to me that statement, so I'm gonna go from there. Okay.

Well yeah, I'm here. I'm paying money to be here. And like, I'm telling you this awful, awful event that happened to me when I was five. And all of a sudden, like, you're like mocking me. And I'm just like, what the heck?

Yeomans:

Well, I guess it's not just at age five, but right now your life is full of really awful events, including what's happening between us. And I can understand your depression when a helper, or a so-called helper, seems to be the opposite. It must be awfully frustrating to seek help and to encounter the opposite-- mockery.

Puder:

Well, I feel like, you know, somehow you're doing this kind of psychotherapy gymnastics around me right now, but I can't believe I caught you mocking me.

Yeomans:

So I'm trying to weasel out of what, in fact, I think of you really, which is kind of a negative critical mocking stance. So I'm trying to put the veil over that and retreat to my pretend position of sort of being a concerned caretaker. That's what's going on.

Puder:

Yeah, exactly. Like how, you know, I tried to call you and then it took like three days to hear back just the other week. And, this is just another example of this. It's like, if you really cared, you would've called me back that day. I was in absolute crisis.

Yeomans:

So it's important that this is coming out so clearly now. I guess you felt this for a while, but didn't bring it up. And again, I wanna try to sort this out because it's a pretty sad situation in life when even the person who's supposed to help turns his back on you, doesn't care enough to call back. And now it seems like the kind of mockery you see in me has broken through. One thing that's implicit in all of this is the view that I'm dishonest. You know, maybe we should think about that because you seem to feel that I'm pretending to be one thing and I'm really another. Let's open that up, please.

Puder:

Yeah, I mean, there's part of me that's like, I know a couple weeks ago I wouldn’t have, I think, I don't think I thought I saw you that way at all. I thought you were the greatest, you know, doctor ever. But somehow, all of a sudden, it seems like you're just like all the other shitheads in my life that have preceded you.

Yeomans:

Yeah, I can see that. That's confusing. And I do remember when you seemed, you know, to think I was a good guy. So therapy is about trying to figure out things that are confusing. Maybe you've figured out or decided once and for all that the good guy thing was nonsense. And that, you know, I'm like everybody else: I don't like you, reject you, internally, mock you. But on the other hand, this seems to be a little bit of that first part, which by the way, might not be the whole story either, because that seemed to be a little too good to be true. But in any case, I think you're struggling with something. It's not totally out in the open what you're struggling with. 'Cause I think it's not fully in your awareness, but at the same time that you have this negative feeling toward me, you're still coming here. So that's kind of contradictory and we should work to figure out how to sort out that confusion.

Puder:

You know, I haven't told you a dream that I had this week about you, and I think it might relate. I had a dream that we had ended a session and I had left, but the door was cracked, and I overheard a phone call with you and some colleague on the phone, and you were laughing about me with this colleague. And then when I woke up, I felt like it was so true, like it actually had happened, but that I was, I felt just absolutely betrayed. Yeah. That was the end of the dream.

Yeomans:

When did you have the dream?

Puder

Last night.

Yeomans:

Oh, just last night? Okay. Well, it seems like it's the same thing as what?

Puder:

What we're talking about.

Yeomans:

Yeah. You feel it has materialized here. Then, in spite of my, what you see as a facade of interest in you and wanting to help you, that in my mind, the honest reaction I have is to think you're kind of a pathetic human being. And you know, like I say, talk more about that.

Yeomans:

Well, lemme just say, you know, because what I'd like to do is, I'm trying to understand what in your mind would lead to my thinking, “You're a pathetic human being.”

Puder:

Oh, I mean, I think it's like a deep fear, you know? I mean, and you know, when I was, some of the early situations that I had where I felt some level of betrayal.

And I think it's a fear that I have.

Yeomans:

Being betrayed and being pathetic are not exactly the same thing. I can understand your feeling betrayed, but what I see now is a kind of feeling pathetic. Where, you know, we've seen so many instances where you disqualify yourself, attack yourself, put down an effort you've made. And I think what's happening between us, as you see it, goes on in your mind – within you – in other words, you against you– the way you see me against you right now.

Puder:

Hmm. Yeah. And so I think I'm confused because it seems like you're not against me right in this moment. You're curious about how I'm observing you.

Yeomans:

Let me just finish Yeah. That I say that is another possibility. It's very important to figure out which of the two possibilities seems more real.

Puder:

Well, I think I'm curious 'cause you've done this a lot. Like what would the patient say at this point? Would they soften, you know, in their kind of observations? Would they get more reflective? Would they dig in?

Yeomans:

I would say more often than not, no. Because defenses are very strong. When I say defenses, I mean, especially when we're talking about people with borderline level personality disorders, splitting defenses where–which we should discuss at some point–the person can't get in touch with their own aggressive feelings and sees all the aggression in the other, as this man is seeing all the aggression in me. I'm trying to get him to see there's some aggression in him. Which in fact, he turns against himself. But to answer your question about what patients usually do. Usually, they say, “Oh, you're just,” you know… what will they say? “You know, you're just running circles around me. You're just trying to use the psychobabble to cover up what I know is true.” So you can't expect every intervention to lead to increased insight, but you just have to continue with it, stay committed, and assume instances like this will happen again and again.

Yeomans:

And when you're lucky and you've accumulated enough mutual experience, one of those moments will lead to the person thinking about what you're saying and beginning to reflect and take it in. We have some research along those lines. One of our colleagues, Yogev Kivity and his other researchers published a paper about what leads to change and to the reflective functioning you mentioned. And it is what, in his paper, he calls “bids for reflection.” In the traditional TFP literature, we call it “confrontation.” A lot of people say that's not a good word– It applies to a hostile confrontation, but it really means doing what I tried to do with you in the clinical vignette. Say we've got this and we've got that, and they don't seem to fit together. How can we reflect on them? So, short answer to your question is most years the patient continues with their defensive projection, but if you keep going, eventually they begin to reflect.

Puder:

Yeah. Oh yeah. I think it's okay. So I think there's a couple things that I was trying to embody: the idealization early on in treatment and then this kind of became the devaluation, right? So I think this is a lot of what clinicians have seen. It's like, initially the patient is like, you're this all good, perfectly nurturing, you know, figure who really gets me. You truly understand me. Finally, I have a clinician that has enough expertise to help me. You know, you hear like a bunch of these strung together and you start to get a little bit worried as an experienced clinician, like, “Oh, okay. There's something deeper going on here.” Right? And then the devaluation, right? So, he's currently in the devaluation, where now you're malevolent, incompetent, cold, rejecting. And this is partly what you consider a borderline level of functioning, right? So not neurotic level of functioning. Not psychotic. Borderline level of functioning. There's a lot of this idealization – devaluation.

Object Relations Theory and What Is Behind Borderline Level of Functioning (00:22:12)Yeomans:

Yeah. But let's talk about the basic theory, because to understand what's behind idealization and devaluation, I think we have to take a little review of object relations there. Is that okay? So object relations theory is a branch of psychoanalytic theory that emphasizes the self in relation to the other [see also episodes 192 and 231]. Early Freud posited neurotic conflicts based on an internal struggle between an impulse, a drive, and a prohibition against the drive. So, you know, somebody wants to have sex, but they think it's bad and they get a symptom. And, you know, I'm simplifying, but in any case, some later analysts came along, and the one I'm thinking of in particular is Melanie Klein, who said, well, people do have drives. They have sexual drives, they have libidinal drives, and libidinal means more than sexual, it means affiliative, you know, attachment related you know, wanting to have or satisfying relations with others.

Yeomans:

So there are libidinal drives in the broad sense, and there are aggressive drives– anger, wanting to strike out, wanting to…combination to assert oneself and defend oneself. Not all aggression is bad. It can involve competitiveness and assertion and competition and creativity. Anyway, the idea is that if you have those drives, libidinal ones and aggressive ones, you don't just feel a drive, you feel a drive in relation to the object of the drive. If you're feeling you wanna connect to somebody, you have the idea of with whom you wanna connect, or if you wanna, you know, have some kind of competition with somebody, there's an object of that. So given that emphasis on the connection of the drive to the object of the drive, we can then look at infant development. And the newborn takes in a lot of experiences, and it's complicated because of neurobiology and the myelin, myelination of the brain, and so on and so forth.

Yeomans:

But, and you know, there's still a gap between the analytic theory and neurobiology. Although the gap is narrowing. So in this theory, in the early year or year and a half of life, as it is posited – experiences with the caretakers are, by the infant, seen as either perfectly satisfying or totally depriving, because there's no concept of object constancy. If you're being, you know, caressed and fed and kept warm and cozy, you're in heaven. But if you're uncomfortable, you're cold, you're hungry, you're soiled, and the caretaker isn't there, you don't have this feeling: “Oh, I know, mom will come around. You know, just give her a little time.” You don't have that object constancy. You're in pain, you're suffering, and you perceive the other as the source of the suffering. So you're either in heaven or in hell. The other is totally caring for you in an ideal way, which doesn't correspond to reality, by the way, or the other is persecuting you, not just unavailable, but persecuting you.

So, in object relations theory, the early makeup of the mind is divided between the segment of the mind that's about positive, ideal experiences and negative persecutory experiences. Interestingly, this corresponds to some neurobiology because it seems like the brain areas where positive affect is located and the brain areas of negative affect are different brain areas that require cortical intervention to bring them together. And we think therapy can help with that. So in any case, if you go through life where things are either perfect or terrible, you don't adapt well to the complexity of life because life isn't that way. So to go back to your concepts of idealization and devaluing, patients often come in projecting, “I finally found the ideal therapist –this guy knows everything. Everything's gonna be perfect.” Now, that positive side of the split internal world is just as pathological as the negative side – that's all about paranoia and rejection and harm. Because the positive side doesn't correspond to reality. You never find the perfect caretaker. No matter how much you're in love with your partner, they're not gonna be perfect. So you have to accept that. But people with splitting, when we talk about splitting, we mean the splitting between the all good and the all bad. People with splitting expect perfection. And for a while they might continue with you with the illusion that they found that, but inevitably there'll be disappointment and then it flips into the devaluing. So let's talk about what happens in successful psychological development. Oh, by the way, that split organization is called the paranoid schizoid organization. It's called schizoid because it's split. Why is it called paranoid? Because in that mental organization where aggression and libido, fondness and aggression are totally divided, the person experiencing aggression is not comfortable seeing himself or herself as the source of the aggression.

They tend to project the aggression and see it as coming from outside. So as soon as you begin to get close to somebody, you're nervous, you think something bad is gonna happen, rejection, harm, so on. So in successful psychological development, we move from the paranoid schizoid position – the radical separation of positive and negative, and the projection of anything aggressive on others – to what, interestingly, Melanie Klein called the depressive organization, which doesn't sound great. Who wants to be depressed? But it's more specific than that. If you integrate those two radical polarized extremes, two things happen. One, is you have to give up and you have to mourn your belief that you can ever find the ideal other, or that you can ever be the perfect ideal self. You have to give up on thinking anybody can be ideal, and that's kind of a sad awareness. The second thing that happens when you begin to integrate your positive and negative emotions is that you begin to have awareness and take some responsibility and consciousness for the aggressive feelings you always saw as outside of you. So it's a painful trajectory from splitting and projection to integration and mourning the ideal object and accepting that one has one's own aggression. I'd like to give you a clinical example in a minute, but does this help understand why patients come in with the idealization and then inevitably switch to devaluing when you don't meet their perfect expectation?

Puder:

Yeah, I think the thing that I would love to hear from you, kind of like how it fits into this, is the idea of identity diffusion [see also episodes 88, 170, 225, 231].

Yeomans:

Yeah.

Puder:

Can you integrate that into how you…does that fit somewhere into this?

Yeomans:

Oh, it's perfect, in fact, it's good you bring that up because in our model of the mind of personality and of personality disorders and it's treatment, identity is the core concept. Whether the identity is integrated or fragmented and diffuse. It's important when we talk about identity, to think about how we mean it. Because a lot of people, when they think about identity, think about identifications. You know, what's my gender? What's my sexual orientation? What's my ethnic affiliation? What's my nationality? What's my sports team? What are my interests? So there are all kinds of elements of identity. And when we talk about identity, that's not exactly the level at which we're talking. We are talking about identity as the ability to be in touch with and grasp and manage the full range of your internal emotional states. In other words, does your identity allow you to assume and connect with the full range of who you are as an emotional being?

That's a different level of identity. It's a very core sense of identity. Do I have an integrated identity? Means, have I gone beyond the paranoid-schizoid position where everything was polarized and fragmented so that I could not have a stable emotional existence? I was buffeted back and forth between idealization and devaluation. I don't have that core sense of emotional stability where I get it. I can be loving, I can be angry, I can adore somebody, I can be rageful with somebody. So our sense of identity integration is to be integrated emotionally, not to reject, but often project parts of your emotional self.

Puder:

Okay. Like so I've been, I've been reading thinking about identity diffusion. I was reading about this guy Salman Akhtar. Six characteristics. You know, and is this what we're talking about, the same thing? Or is that slightly different? His six characteristics were temporal discontinuity of the self, lack of authenticity, feelings of emptiness. Emptiness is kind of different from loneliness because there's a hollowness. Just feeling like, just like a shell. A lack of identity around gender, a lack of identity around sexuality. So just kind of like a diffusion beyond just like, who am I? What am I doing in the world? Is this kind of what we're talking about?

Yeomans:

Akhtar is a really brilliant guy, and I haven't read exactly what you're talking about. I would agree with the first part. I wouldn't talk as much about the second part. The emptiness. Can you mention the first three things you said? One was emptiness versus loneliness. So I wanna talk more about that.

Puder:

Like the discontinuity in the self.

Yeomans:

Yeah. And discontinuity in time. Yeah.

Puder:

So it's like a quote from him: “The past, present, and future are not integrated into a smooth continuum of remembered, felt, and expected existence for these patients” (Akhtar, 1984).

Yeomans:

Yeah.

Puder:

So that's one of them. Temporal discontinuity of the self like a chronology of how they see their life. A lack of authenticity. Here's a quote, “Act as someone else they know would act, not in a manner that is genuinely their own” (Akhtar, 1984). So they put on different faces, so to speak. Feelings of emptiness is like a hollow shell – lacks capacity to fantasize for a person or experience in the midst of, in contrast to a lonely person may fantasize for connectedness with someone. They don't have that fantasy for that other person.

Yeomans:

Yeah. Let me say I think that's a nice delineation of what we call identity diffusion. And it has to do, I'm trying to bring this all together around a concept with the development of a core sense of self. If you remain split and you're flipping back and forth: I love this person. I hate this person. Which, by the way, has internal correlates. Which is, I love myself. I hate myself. As I was trying to point out in our patient role play, he was very rejecting of himself. At the same time, he saw me as rejecting. You don't have that ballast, that core, that integrated foundation on which to build. You're just flipping back and forth between two states that never come together. That leads to emptiness. That leads to a sense of not development over time, but just time passing without development.

Dr. Kernberg has an interesting article about what he calls the destruction of time (2008). Because, if we consider time from the subjective point of view, what is our experience of going through life and the passage of time? Kernberg's idea is that we sense time as we build and grow as a self. As we enrich who we are, we add to our sense of who we are, we become more complex and we add to what we've done and what we plan to do. If you haven't yet achieved emotional integration, you can't develop because you don't know whether you're loving or hating. You can't combine the two. And if you're always jumping back and forth between two things, you don't have that foundation upon which to build. A lot of my patients say to me, “You know, the worst part of having borderline personality disorder is not the acting out when I'm maybe hurting myself or having a rage attack or something like that.”

And we should get back to the experience of aggression in the borderline patient. “The acting out isn't the worst part. The worst part are those moments when I'm sitting alone by myself and I feel totally empty.” We have to, as therapists, try to empathize with what that is like. It's pretty horrifying. Pretty scary. And a lot of the acting out is to escape from that core feeling of emptiness. And if you do have that feeling of emptiness and unclarity about who you are, then you are gonna mimic other people. You know, “I'll do what this one does. I'll do what that one does.” So, I agree a lot with what Akhtar says. I wanna invoke another title of one of Kernberg's books. He has a title called, The Inseparable Nature of Love and Aggression. And I think that relates to this concept of integration.

A lot of my patients who are stuck in that kind of naive belief that you can find the ideal, say, I know I'm getting better because I'm going out with this guy and, you know, we were having a really good time, but then I, you know, I, I don't think I can sustain it or, you know, I ruined it all because I got angry at him. I felt angry at him. And I say, well, yeah, but let's look at that. Do you feel you can really know somebody in depth, have a lot of shared experience, and it's all gonna be positive. If that's your goal, you're not gonna have any deep relationships, because in intimacy, deep connectedness is gonna include negative feelings as well as positive ones. That's a more concrete example of integration.

Puder:

In one of your YouTubes, I forgot which one, but you said something like the, the strongest identities are based off of religion, philosophy, or art. Did you say that?

[Exact quote from timecode: 33:45: “we can certainly maintain a belief in ideals, but it's better to find your ideals through spirituality or through art or through philosophy and ethics”].

Yeomans:

No, I didn't, but I'd be happy to talk about it.

Yeomans:

Well, I don't know who said that. I think you might've heard what I said about religion, philosophy, and art. Which is that that’s where you can idealize. I said, you know, when I just went over the object relations theory, where you go from the split organization, paranoid, schizoid to the integrated, more complex organization where you give up the idea of perfection and finding the ideal in another person. I wanna emphasize that I'm not totally cynical. I don't think you're not allowed to have ideal beliefs, ideal values. They might be embodied in a spiritual system, an ethical system, and artistic pursuit and aesthetic pursuit. So I think ideals are laudable, but look for them where they might exist and not in another person or oneself.

Puder:

Okay. Thank you. Thank you for that clarification. So, okay. So is someone inevitably always going to be in the depressive position? Is that where they stay forever?

Yeomans:

Well, first of all, when somebody advances to the depressive position, that really enriches life. As I said, you lose the idealization and you have to take responsibility for your aggressive feelings. But then you're in much closer contact with reality. You can really engage with others more fully. You can engage with your work, your projects more fully. So when patients make that shift to the integrated to depressive position, we help them work through the sad feelings about mourning the ideal object, and usually the guilt feelings about having their own aggression. And we try to help them see they can, what we call sublimate or direct or manage their aggression so that it can have positive applications, not negative ones. But when you mentioned the transition from the paranoid schizo split position to the integrated depressive one, unfortunately that's not a development that necessarily takes place once and for all. People like you, I assume, and me, I hope, who are in the integrated depressive level, under certain circumstances, we can regress back to splitting if we're under enough stress or if we just want the pleasure and simplicity of splitting.

Yeomans:

Because splitting allows you not to think as much. Splitting is simple, but in a way it's reassuring when your mind functions according to splitting. You know what's good, and you know what's bad. There's no ambiguity. So, if for example, you go to a, up here in the Northeast, it would be a Red Sox Yankees game for two hours. You can allow yourself to regress, to forget about all the complexity of the world. You know, your team or the good ones, the other team, or the evil ones, and you can enjoy that for two hours. The problem is that political leaders can appeal to splitting when they say, we are all good. The only problems are outside of our group, everything bad is outside. That's just like the borderline patient who says everything bad is in the other. I am, I don't have any bad traits. So I think there's a seductive splitting. You don't have to think as much, and you're told what's right and what's wrong.

Puder:

I, and I think there's a, I mean, if you look at both sides of political spectrums, it's very common that the person will adopt all of the policies of one side. Right. It's very rare to find someone who's nuanced and parses out different policies. And can see good and bad. So I think we all do kind of enjoy and revel in at times this splitting as well within our sort of tribe, right. And is that, well, a natural process?

Yeomans:

We can until the system breaks down. Because in that tribe mentality, people are not taking responsibility for themselves, but only blaming the other. And then when you get enough of that going on, somebody's gonna get into violence and it's gonna fall apart.

Puder:

Okay. So I think this is a really good aspect I like about depth therapy [see also episodes 154 and 208], is you get the person to a place of taking some responsibility. Yeah. Rather than just blaming purely all their situations they found themselves in. But do you find that there's also this kind of over exaggeration of like, all of life's issues that you have are because of the traumas that you've faced, right. And, and does this kind of like, push against transference-focused therapy, which is kind of like, “Hey, we're taking responsibility for…”?

Yeomans:

No, you're bringing up a very big issue, and a controversial one; and an area in which we sometimes get accused of being insensitive and non-empathic. So let me give you a clinical example first, and then I'll get back to that trauma question. Because, when we talk about taking responsibility for one's own aggression, we should speak for a moment about the concept of acting out. Everybody talks about acting out, but the true meaning of the term has been lost at this point. When clinicians say, “Oh, he or she acted out”, it usually kind of means they misbehaved. But the definition of acting out is to put into an action, an emotion. One cannot consciously stay with that one cannot tolerate in oneself. So you discharge the emotion through action instead of feeling it and thinking about it. So here's my example. A patient of mine came to therapy saying that even though she made a suicide attempt, she wanted me to understand she didn't have a psychiatric illness.

That all of her problems were caused by her monster husband, who made her life so miserable that any woman married to him would sometimes rather be dead. And unfortunately, that can be the case, and I, at the beginning of therapy, I had to consider that that might be an accurate description of her life. Anyway, a couple of months into therapy she comes into a session and says, “I told you how awful my husband is. Can you believe he forgot our wedding anniversary? He knows how much that means to me. He's awful. He's callous. He's cruel.” In the meantime, before that session, I had received a phone message from the husband who said, “Doctor, I don't know what to do. I forgot our anniversary. And I know that's bad. and I know that, you know, is something my wife cares a lot about. But she got so angry at me that she picked up the TV and threw it across the room at me.”

Yeomans:

So in the session, I said to my patient, “ Well, I can understand your hurt feelings and how bad it was that your husband forgot your anniversary, but he left me a message that you threw the TV at him.” You know, I said that calmly, not condemning her in any way, staying neutral. And she said, “What else could I do? I was upset.” It's different to say I was “upset” than to say I was “rageful and angry”. She felt a discomfort that I believe was rooted in her rage and anger, but she didn't wanna feel, “I'm rageful and angry. I wanna get rid of this emotion. So I'll throw the TV and then I'll sort of get it out of my system.” So if we see acting out as the discharge of something, one cannot think about, our job as therapists is first and foremost to get people to think about what's in them that is true–difficult for them to think about on their own. Now, how does that tie into trauma?

Puder:

Wait. Can I ask this sort of a side question on this? How do you feel when the family member calls you and gives you information like that? Because sometimes it can put us in a difficult position, right? Sometimes I'll get an email from a mother or father, you know, and it's like, you know, sometimes it is a little bit like, “Okay, what is reality here?” Right?

Yeomans:

Oh, very much so. But I'm glad you asked that. In TFP we're, even though we're based on psychoanalytic concepts and techniques, we are more open to contact with other persons in the patient's life. You know, classic analysis is the analyst or the therapist and the patient. That's like totally hermetically sealed. But with patients with severe personality disorders in the initial evaluation, we emphasize you have to evaluate a person and discuss what the nature of the treatment will be and what the conditions of the treatment will be. You have to have all of that in place before you begin the therapy. So anyway, part of that assessment in our practice increasingly involves bringing in the parents. If it's a young person who's very dependent on the parents or the partner, if it's somebody who's living with somebody or very close to something. And why do we do that?

We do that, because first of all, most people don't understand personality disorders. Most people, and I think this is a problem with American psychiatry, most people just think about symptom disorders. “It's a depression. It's an anxiety disorder. So there's gotta be a medication for it.” Well, you can be depressed because of the way your mind works, not because your neurons aren't firing. Right? So if we, one of our steps of beginning treatment is after our assessment to have an open discussion with the patient about our diagnostic impression. If it is a personality disorder, we say that. We explain it in simple English. We emphasize the new understanding of personality and personality disorders, that it centers around difficulties in the way one thinks about and feels about oneself and about others. That's in the alternative model of the DSM-5. And then we bring in the family with the patient present, and we have the same discussion.

Why do we do that? So first of all, they won't have unrealistic expectations that there's just a medication that hasn't been tried yet, or ECT [electroconvulsive therapy], or TMS [transcranial magnetic stimulation] or something like that. And secondly, because there's a common misconception that you can't expect much from a person with a personality disorder; and we don't find that to be true. We think you can expect a lot, but I don't mean to say this in the sense of putting a burden on the patient, but opening the patient up to their potential so they don't see themselves as medically disabled for the rest of their lives. They can get better, as many do. They can have a much more productive life.

Puder:

I think that's so important, because especially, I think people think, “Personality disorder. You have this for life.” And, and I think that a lot of people with BPD or borderline level functioning, they take on illness as a narrative about themself. And then, you know, what you're challenging is that identity of illness.

Yeomans:

Yeah.

Puder:

And like, “I am an ill person. I will always be an ill person.” Yeah. Which is why I get, I've turned so many people from bipolar to unipolar and personality disorder because it's like, “No, like there is hope.” Right? Yeah. You don't need to be on medication your whole life. If you have a personality disorder. Actually, the new standard with the APA, American Psychiatric Association, the borderline personality disorder, is not medication, isn't going to treat borderline personality disorder (APA, 2024). It may treat some of the comorbid issues, but not actually borderline personality disorder.

Yeomans:

That's the most important message from this whole discussion. I hope your viewers have stayed with us long enough to hear what you just said.

Puder:

So, go on. I'm with you. Okay. Anyway, I'm like, we're on the same team here.

Yeomans:

That's very important. Anyway, after having had this initial contact with partner or parents, whoever it may be, with a patient present, I said, “You leave it open that if those parties think there's something important to communicate to you, they can provide you that information.” The patient usually says, “you're violating my confidentiality.” And I say “No, because I'm not telling them anything. I'm just letting them know if they have a concern they think I should know about, they can tell me. And that doesn't mean I'll necessarily believe them. You know, maybe they'll say something and, you know, you'll say, that's not accurate, and maybe it'll be their issue and not yours or ours.” So anyway, that, I hope, is an answer to how we would deal with information from a third party.

Puder:

Yeah, that's good.

Yeoman

The trauma.

Puder:

We're talking about trauma. Yeah. And the reason why I'm bringing this up is because I've been thinking a lot about complex PTSD, BPD and the odds ratio when you go into like adverse childhood experiences [ACEs]. When you go into, like, when a child has four to five, the odds ratio of either one of those is like 20. It goes way up. And so, I personally see it's not enough to have a lot of ACEs to develop BPD, but it's like a part, it seems to be a part of that process [see also episodes 92, 115, 203, 204, 215, 217, & 224].

Yeomans:

Yeah. Well, it gets complicated. So first of all, let's think about what Freud called the complimentary [sic] series [complemental series]. It's a basic concept where he sees two main contributors to psychopathology. One is temperament. And the sort of emotional raw material one is born with. Some people have much more fiery and intense temperaments than others. So temperament could be the main factor in the development of a personality disorder. But the other part of the complimentary [sic] series is developmental experience. And the adverse childhood experiences you're talking about can be a good example of that. So in Freud's model, he says, you know, any individual might have their own proportion of the temperamental contribution to the pathology and the developmental. But let's go back to what you said about complex trauma and borderline personality. Let's rewind to the 1990s. I was running, I was the unit chief on an inpatient unit where we had all patients with relatively severe borderline personality disorder.

Yeomans:

And we would like to invite people who might contribute to our knowledge to come and talk to us. And at that time, and is kind of a resurgence of it now, there's a very strong emphasis on trauma as maybe the most important factor in the development of personality disorders. So Judith Herman, who writes and researches you know, trauma, a great deal along with her colleague, Bessel van der Kolk, came and spoke to us. And her work is really good. But I think she, and we are not on the same page about borderline personality disorder, because she said, “You know, you guys don't understand borderline personality disorder is a misconception. All of these patients you have are trauma patients and you should see them and treat them as trauma patients.” What is the difference there? The difference is what you said about most trauma models. I'm not saying all– because I'm not totally versed in trauma models, but they would not see any contribution of the patient's own aggressive feelings.

They would see aggression in the patient, not as the patient's innate inherent stuff. But as the result of traumatic experiences, which have been introduced into the patient's mind from outside. Mentalization based therapy is sort of a good example of this. They talk about the alien self. Their model of BPD is somewhat different from the TFP model. It's interesting 'cause both are considered psychoanalytic models, but I think TFP goes deeper in terms of looking at the core deep conflict in the mind between libidinal feelings and aggressive feelings, loving and hating. Whereas in MBT, they say, what happens is that the borderline patient has had experiences of trauma growing up, so they have in their mind an internal image of aggression that has been introduced to their mind from the outside. And that is, to use their word, colonizing their mind. And as you help them to think and reflect more clearly to mentalize their internal states and the internal states of others better, that alien aggressive element just kind of goes away.

Yeomans:

I consider that a little naive. I think that everybody, you, me, and everybody I have ever encountered, you know, part of the human nature, part of human nature is some aggression. We wouldn't have survived as a species otherwise. The problem is how in touch with that are you and how do you manage that? So I think what happens with BPD patients is, as we know, let me just give a little reference to research and then I'll get back to the clinical example. Studies have shown that about 70% of patients with BPD have had experiences of trauma. But first of all, if you look more carefully as Joel Paris, up in Montreal did, the trauma isn't all major trauma. But I think, more importantly, is to reference a study that shows that if you start by looking at the general population, and you look at the subgroup of the general population who have experienced trauma, and you study that group of trauma experiencing individuals, the majority of them do not have psychiatric conditions.

Yeomans:

So, you can't say trauma equals the development of psychopathology. We think it has to do with the way trauma is processed. And we're not saying that trauma doesn't have an impact, but let me reference a patient of mine who is a, actually a lovely young woman in her early twenties who was lovely except when she was making serious and violent suicide attempts. In a session in my office, she banged her fist on the arm of the chair and said, “I'd rather be dead than think I have anything in common with that awful abusive father of mine!” And I said,

“I think you just defined your problem beautifully. You'd rather be dead than think you have anything in common with him. Whereas, as a matter of fact, you almost undoubtedly have something in common with him because we all have some angry, aggressive feelings, part of who we are. I think your problem is that when you feel the first emergence, the slightest inkling of an aggressive feeling in you, you can't think about it, accept it, and work with it. The slightest inkling of an aggressive feeling in you activates the internal representation of a totally abusive father. And then you think you don't deserve to exist.”

So the problem is that the trauma introduces into the person's mind images of aggression that are excessive and not easy to tolerate.

Puder:

Yeah. I'm following you. I have a couple thoughts. One of the thoughts is that I've studied micro expression. So I look at small moments of flashes on the face of people as they talk to me. And often, you know, anger is given a bad rap. People don't like to think that they are angry. People don't like to imagine that they're angry. And my conception of anger has shifted over the years as I've watched people. Because they not only flash micro expressions of anger when they're frustrated at their spouse or in an argument, but they flash it as well when they're talking about what they're passionate about, a book that they're writing, an artistic endeavor. It's a passion project. And so I've reconceptualized anger as it's the energy to overcome an obstacle to move towards a goal.

And so I agree with your conceptualization that we have this drive, right, which I would say is aggressive. This aggressive drive, a drive that's maybe competitive, maybe at its worst, it's envy to a place that it doesn't allow friendships. Maybe at its best, it's a drive that allows people to accomplish worthy things, that improve society, improves your family, improves yourself. So that's my first thought on what you said.

The second thing is when I think about what we've talked about BPD on prior episodes, and we talked about some early studies by Chess, Thomas, Rutter, and Birch (1963) [see also episode 115] , they did a study of 141 children that they followed. And it was this longitudinal study where they classified people as easy, slow to warm up, and difficult. And 10% of the kids were difficult from a very young age.

And the difficult ones they described as often irregular in feeding and sleeping are slow to accept new foods, take a long time to adjust to new routines or activities, and tend to cry a great deal. And they followed these children and the difficult children accounted for the largest proportion of kids that had behavioral problems later on. And, and so it was Dr. Cummings, who has been on my podcast a number of times, he was emphasizing that a lot of the kids that potentially develop BPD have this kind of like temperamental sensitivity, higher aggressiveness. And then, if they don't go through traumas, maybe they don't develop BPD, but with a wrong environment, lack of empathy, lack of connectedness, maybe a disconnect between parenting styles, disconnect between personalities. Maybe they develop something that looks more like BPD. Maybe they, you know, we know that attachment disorganization has something to do with it. The beta's [β’s] pretty small. Emotional dysregulation and adolescence has much higher beta. I'm kind of like agreeing with you and kind of adding on this layer. And I think that with, so coming back to this idea of aggression and the positive sense of like personal responsibility taking ownership is sometimes disavowed and someone ends up in this kind of like, victim, hero, persecutor.

Yeomans:

Yeah.

Puder:

And the trauma therapy ends up in that place where the patient is always the victim. The therapist is always the hero. And the bad things in life are always the persecutor that happened earlier in life. And it's a very seductive place to live. But, it also kind of leaves them in that illness narrative, which I think keeps them stuck.

Yeomans:

Yeah. There's so much coming. First of all, I really endorse this emphasis on micro expressions. That's when a lot of what is split off and not in awareness comes through in facial expressions, nonverbal communication. Second, what was Chess’ work you're referring to? Yeah. I haven't thought about that in ages. I'm very glad to hear you refer to that because it should be given more importance in the current day. Or maybe it's just me. But you know, I haven't thought about that in a long time. But getting back to what you just said about therapist-hero, patient-victim, abuser. Outside that's where we sort of upset the apple cart, if you will. Because, we don't accept this hero role in TFP. And this is where the role of therapeutic neutrality comes in. We're often criticized these days for what we call neutrality. Can I talk about that for a minute?

Puder:

I noticed it in our back and forth. It's like you were not really overly reassuring. Right? And, you were curious. And I was almost about to like, push you on it in the role play, but I decided not to shift gears and be like, I feel like you're really distant right now. You don't really care. It looks like you're almost bored.

Yeomans:

You could be quoting a session I had yesterday. But go ahead.

Puder:

So go ahead. Tell me.

Yeomans:

That's the point. We stay neutral and that doesn't mean indifferent. We care a great deal about our patients. We react emotionally to our patients. We tend to keep our emotional reactions inside and to reflect upon them. That gets to countertransference and how one can use that. But if you're not explicitly endorsing, and I'll use the word “validating”, 'cause that's so important in DBT, the patient, often you're considered suspicious or negative, and then you just don't get this hero treatment that you would get if you said, “Yeah, it must be terrible to have had that dad who was so awful.” I mean, I wouldn't necessarily not say that. I mean, it was terrible to have that dad. But then I might say, “But if we only talk about him in the past, I think we're missing something that goes on in your current life.”

And that's when you sort of stop from totally supporting a projective defense, and you begin to be open to a deeper look inside. And that's when you're not the hero anymore, because you're saying something that connects with the patient's doubt about themself, but they had doubts about themselves before they came into your office. They just want you to reassure them. They shouldn't have any doubt. But instead of that, we're saying, what are your doubts about what is there in you that you're concerned about? Maybe if we thought about it, you could sort of get to know yourself more fully.

Puder:

What if I had said to you in that role play, “Dr. Yeomans, it's like, I feel like as you're responding to this, to me, like I sense there's so much dispassion, and I would expect you to at least react a little bit to me saying that you were making fun of me. Like it seems like you're just kind of apathetic to that accusation.”

Yeomans:

Again, I'm channeling assess…I'm trying, it's a tough position because you're being…Oh, I know. Let me let see,

Puder:

Go ahead.

Yeomans:

So essentially you’re experiencing me as a combination of indifferent and neglectful.

Puder:

Yeah. It's like, for some reason, that feels more true than you being the abuser. You know, it feels like, it feels like it's a form of abuse to just neglect me and to be apathetic.

Yeomans:

So what you would like is for me to hardly endorse the position you're taking and just say, if we could just get you beyond what your parents did to you, you know, you sort of deal with life better, be able to have better relationships, feel better about yourself. Is that the model you have in mind?

Puder:

It's like I'm talking to a, a door and I just want some…

Yeomans:

Well….

Puder:

Something other than this. I mean, it's just like even the speed at which you said that it's like lulling me into some sort of hypnosis or something. I don't know if that's like part of what you're trying to do.

Yeomans:

Well, I don't mean to be sarcastic, but the kind of thing you're asking me for. You've had a number of times over kind of long periods of therapy. So first of all…

Puder:

Yeah. And I know they were all like, I hate them all. You know? Like, they're all, well, some of them had some decent parts, but most of them were like all, you know, just quacks. They were quacky.

Yeomans:

Let's get back to here. Okay. You know, I am speaking slowly, so I'm a robot without any feeling about you. And that reflects my lack of interest, Am I getting it right?

Puder:

Yeah. I don't know. Maybe. Maybe I'm just one of a hundred patients of yours and you like, you know, it's just like, “Okay, here we go again.” You know.

Yeomans:

That I get this.

Puder:

What do you mean you get, what do you mean? What does that mean? You get it.

Yeomans:

Now? I get why it is so depressing, your life. I mean, I don't think I'd say, yeah.

Puder:

It's like you're the person who's supposed to care the most. And when I sense that you don't care at all, it's like, it's like a dagger into my heart.

Yeomans:

Well, I can understand if you feel that after coming here now for three months, twice a week, that I don't even see you. That I kind of just have this boilerplate response to the person who came before you and the person who came after you. That would leave a person pretty sad and desperate. So there I do get it.

Puder:

Yes. Thank you for that. Yes. It leaves me sad. It leaves me desolate. It leaves me feeling like, “What the heck am I doing here?”

Yeomans:

Yeah.

Puder:

Like, did I choose wrongly? Am I crazy to think that you'll be able to help me?

Yeomans:

Well, that's the question. What are you doing here? Because, like I said before, in spite of all the dissatisfaction and I guess pain you're experiencing here, you keep coming. So I just wonder if there's something else going on.

Puder:

Why, you're the person who's supposed to tell me what I'm doing here. Not me. Like, I'm not the professional.

Yeomans:

I have a hypothesis. So my hypothesis is that in spite of all surface appearances, our repeated meetings have activated some feelings in you. Negative, positive, both. But we're seeing the negative ones. We're not really seeing a whole lot of the positive ones. And yet you're coming here and continuing to do so, so just, it's something positive, but it seems really scary to you.

Puder:

And I'm embarrassed about how honest this conversation is right now. Like, this is very uncomfortable for me. I usually am not this honest.

Yeomans:

Well, do you, would you agree with me that honesty might be useful and helpful in therapy and what are? What would you usually hide? I don't think what you would usually hide would be your criticism of me. And you're saying, I'm a robot and don't care and mock you. I think what you might be hiding is that you kind of wish we had a good connection. But that's scary to think about.

Puder:

It's scary to think that you don't care.

Yeomans:

Well, but see, that's what…

Puder:

I desperately want to know that you care. Like, do you?

Yeomans:

Yeah. But I don't think I could say anything that would convince you. I think we have to continue with what you're experiencing here and what's noticeable. I think you could agree or disagree, is that you feel safer with the negative feelings than with the positive ones. And when you said you were being a little more honest here, I think it had to do with maybe communicating something positive. But that's like really going on thin ice for you. 'Cause that's not your general experience in life.

Puder:

Hmm. I think if you were to gimme a hug, I think that would convince me that you appreciated me.

Yeomans:

Well, I disagree, because you've had that kind of therapy before. And I think to ask for that is to short circuit what you're feeling right now to short circuit that tug of war in you right now. “Can I trust him? I'd like to, but I can't trust him. He's gonna hurt me.” I'd rather stick with the tug of war than try to put it to a premature close.

Yeomans:

I was gonna say, you know, that's just not something I think would be therapeutic, or be helpful, and could kind of complicate matters.

Puder:

Okay. Let's debrief. Okay. So this is like something that you experience with patients. It's like this, the neutrality kind of can engender. So Nancy McWilliams talks about, like, it's the, the tetra of the hero, the victim, the persecutor. And then she says the fourth, the uninterested observer. Right. Which the therapist can kind of get pulled into. So that's like another level of transference, right?

Yeomans:

Yeah. But the key is to being…maybe the word is too strong, but almost passionately interested in your patient. Concentrating on them, devoting your attention to them, and even in spite of your feeling as a patient that I speak slowly and without any affect. Over time, our belief is that that solid commitment to the patient is going to sink in at some level. But I also wanna say, I don't wanna portray this as simply a corrective emotional experience, but it's important to maintain that focus, that concentration, and that commitment because patients push us outta that position. Patients provoke us by provoking countertransference reactions where we can get angry at them, we can reject them, we can distance ourselves from them. It happens particularly with narcissistic patients. We haven't talked as much about narcissistic patients, but let's, for a moment. Patients with classic borderline personality disorder have almost universally an insecure attachment style as do patients with other severe personality disorders.

But there are different subtypes of insecure attachment and borderline patients. Classic borderline patients generally have what's called the preoccupied insecure, which is ruminating about the other person in the interaction. “What is he thinking about me? How did he think about the last thing I said? Does he think I'm stupid?” If the patient is worried about you and your responses, you have a ton of material to work with. So, the classic narcissistic patient has an insecure, dismissive form of attachment. You don't matter at all. I could care less about you. So what studies and clinical experience have shown is that when the therapist is subject to that dismissive attitude of the patients, most often they mirror it and they back away and they become dismissive and devaluing of themselves. That's why I say for you to maintain intense interest and commitment is not a given. A lot of therapists are derailed from that because of the countertransference reactions that are elicited in them, elicited in them from the patient.

Puder:

Interesting. Okay. So yeah, somehow their detachment as a sort of a mechanism of staying connected to mom, right? So it's like the classic picture. If mom leaves the room, there's toys, they're distressed, but they're pretending as if they're playing happily with the toys. Mom comes back and they don't even look at her, you know, but they really are in a distressed state. Their cortisol is high. So that's more of that avoidant attachment style. So you're saying that that occurring in the room when they are like that somehow that this is the way that I'm thinking of it. It's like our mirror neuron representation of that countertransferentially wants to distance ourself or become a little bit more disengaged.

Yeomans:

Yeah. Right. So anyway, to get back to whether it's a corrective experience. Emotional experience or not, your ability to stay committed, interested, and devoted to the patient, in spite of all of the storminess and the kind of negative feelings that can arise and sometimes wishes to distance herself. That in and of itself isn't enough to make the patient sort of reconsider if somebody might really care about them. Because if you take the guy who saw my tears as mockery, you have to do some interpretation before he can take in my commitment in him and interest in him, you have to help him see that he is putting in me something that exists within him. And, like I said, when we were doing or discussing the role play, the mocking person is part of his own mind towards himself that he exports to others. If we get him to see that it exists within himself, then maybe he will be less inclined to automatically see others as rejecting and be able to take in their caring about him in a way he couldn't before.

Omnipotent Control (1:19:50)Puder:

Okay. How does the kind transference of omnipotent control kind of fit into that? Like where they’re agenda setting, boundary testing?

Yeomans:

Yeah, I'm gonna refer to your notes that you sent to me about topics that might come up, because in a way that's totally understandable. You wanna talk about different types of transferences devaluing, erotic, childlike, regressive rejecting, and the controlling omnipotent. But the first thing I wanna emphasize is that given the internal fragmentation of the patient's mind, you can have rapid shifts from one transference to another. You were talking about that to some extent when you talked about going from idealization to devaluing. But you kind of talked about that as though it was like a once and for all shift. But depending on the circumstances, people can, not consciously, but just in effect, hop back and forth from one way of experiencing themselves in relation to you to another. And it can be a little bewildering until you have time to think and observe it.

So given that understanding, the transferences can shift a lot. And that's a lot of material for our reflection and engagement with the patient–the controlling or omnipotent transference makes perfect sense. It's a manifestation of the primitive defense mechanism of omnipotent control. The individual feels that usually through the way they verbally interact with the other, they have to control the interaction. Why does that make sense? If your mind is organized the way I described in the paranoid schizoid form, then by virtue of your projection of any aggressive stuff onto the other, others by definition aren't safe. They're either gonna disapprove of you or abandon you, or criticize you or hurt you. So as you get close to other people, what's the only reasonable thing to do? Control them. If in your gut you think they're a threat, you have to have control. How does this manifest in a psychotherapy session?

Can I give you an example? Because it'll take a few. So, a patient started therapy and she was such a classic example of seeing all the hostility outside of her. Everybody mistreated her–family, people she encountered, the waitress at the restaurant, the checkout person. Everybody she felt was critical and disapproving and rejecting and mean to her. Anyway, so she starts therapy and for session after session, she comes in and talks nonstop with kind of a pressured speech, which helped me understand why for many years she was diagnosed as bipolar. Pressured speech, you know, kind of a hypomanic style. Anyway, after the six or eight sessions of this, I did what is the main shift if we're considering the difference between TFP and more classic therapies perhaps in particular classic psychoanalytic therapies.

Yeomans:

I shifted from following the content of what she was saying, because all the stories were the same. “This person treated me badly. That person treated me badly.” You shift from the content to the interaction. This is something that most therapists have a hard time doing because you're taking the focus away from what they're saying to what's happening. And I said, “can we think for a minute about what's going on between us?” And she said, “You're interrupting me.”

“Yeah, I realized that, but I had something I felt might be useful to think about.”

She said, “What's wrong with you? You told me at the beginning of therapy, I was supposed to just come here and say everything on my mind. That's what I'm doing. You're interrupting me.”

So I said, “I also said that, you know, sometimes I might have an idea to think about that I like to introduce. So, you know, that's kind of what I'm trying to do now.”

She goes, “Alright, what's your stupid idea?” She was very angry and devaluing.

So this is where I'm gonna say in like three minutes, what took 20 minutes to go over with her, because you have to be so tactful. This is where you begin to challenge the patient's defenses of projecting everything on the other.

I said, ”You know, if we think back on all these sessions we had, could we agree that the kind of pattern is you come in and you talk, and there's really kind of no room for me to participate. Or, you know, my job is to sit and listen and take in.

“What's wrong with that? That's what you told me to do.”

I said, “Well, as I said, nothing's wrong with it. But we might wanna kind of understand something about it. And let's just start by describing what happens. Would you agree that, you know, your style of speech and talking, you know, without interruption, let's just say maybe that has a little bit of a controlling quality to it.”

You have to be very tactful. I was kind of surprised because she said, “Well, maybe it is a little controlling. So what?”

So I said, “well, you know, that's up to you if you wanna be controlling. You have every right to be controlling. But I think it might help to think about what motivates that and the impact it has on relations.” And in a way that surprised me, she burst into tears and she said, “if I didn't control you, you'd leave me like everybody else does.”

Perfect example of what I was saying, omnipotent control. If the other is gonna do something to you, you have to hold them in your grip. But ironically, it's the holding others in your grip that makes them run away from you. So that's an example of omnipotent control and how I might work with it with a patient.

Puder:

Wow. Oh man. Yeah. I had stirred up some stuff.

Yeomans:

I mean, the main point is I had to do what therapists have a great deal of difficulty doing it. You say, let's stop listening to what you're saying and let's look at what's going on here. For some reason, that makes therapists nervous. They don't think they have a right to do it. It made you nervous.

Puder:

No. It's just. Well, there's something about when I was a resident, I had a really good attending who was like, you know, the more you tell me about this person, it's like, she's talking at you, not with you. And so is that kind of like omnipotent control through the speech? Is that the…

Yeomans:

Yeah, and that's why, and here, I have very strong feelings. That's why a lot of psychotherapy has a real bad name within the world of psychiatry. And in the medical world, a lot of our colleagues say, “Oh, you know, psychiatry really isn’t medicine, especially if you're doing psychotherapy.” Well, that really annoys me. But when I get residents coming to me and saying, “Well, I inherited this case and she's been coming to the clinic for 20 years,” and then the resident starts presenting material and all the patient does is what my patient was doing, and she's been doing that for 20 years with one resident after another, that's a waste of a valuable medical resource–my psychiatry resident’s time. He should just be a sympathetic listener, if that's what you wanna give the patient, get her a reading group or something like that. But you know, we are trained to help people, not just to absorb, I mean, not just be a sympathetic ear. We're too highly trained and too valuable a resource. that resident should be saying, “What is it you're doing here with me that we could understand might be related to the fact that you don't have a lot of other people you're close to in your life.

Puder:

That's good, man. I feel like I want to get to some other stuff that might relate. 'Cause I feel like erotic transference can sometimes have that flavor, where it's like out of the fear they want to control. Interestingly, I've done episodes on transference here, and I've had people reach out to me by email saying like, “Hey, I find myself in this situation. I'm a patient. I have this therapist who's, you know, 50 years older than me, but for whatever reason, I feel like erotically charged towards them. And how do I make sense of this?” Sometimes I'll say things like, “Well, maybe, you know, have you told the therapist this?” But I'm curious how you have dealt with this over the years, and I know it's like something people might have interest in hearing.

Yeomans:

Oh, sure. And it's also important because you have to distinguish between the erotic transference, which is based on loving libidinal feelings and the eroticized transference, which has the look of an erotic transference, but that is perverse and destructive. We can talk about both, but basically that patient you initially referenced who says, “You know, he's 50 years older than me, but I have these loving feelings and sexual feelings. How can I understand that”–she should mention it to the therapist. And generally, those feelings are based on what we'll just go back to again and again, which is an internal representation of an idealized object that doesn't exist in reality, but that the person is projecting onto you. So when a patient, just to give you an example, a patient of mine came in and said, “You know, this has gotta be our last session.”

“Why?”

“Because I have to confess I'm in love with you, and it's hopeless because you could never feel for me the way I feel for you. And it's embarrassing and it's humiliating.”

So one approach to that is to say, “You know, I realize how uncomfortable this is, but the great thing about psychotherapy is we can talk about everything, understand things, help you move forward, nothing's gonna get acted upon.” So I said, “I know how hard and awkward it is, but you know you've been coming here for a couple of years, I'm sure you have some sense of who I am, but on the other hand, you know, since I don't talk about myself, there are probably a lot of things you don't know. And I'd like to hear more about how you imagine me and how you see me.” And she started describing somebody that was so perfect, so ideal, that even as she was listening to herself, she began to chuckle and say, “I guess that kind of person couldn't really exist.” So that's just a simple– simplification, a sort of a reduced version of how one might deal with that.

Puder:

I mean, part of me is like, well, maybe you are a great human. Here you've dedicated your life to helping people, and you've written books to help other people learn how to help other people. So like, what's reality? Maybe you are this archetypal male, right?

Yeomans:

I think that's idealization.

I'm thinking about a supervision I did last week. Maybe, I'm trying to put the focus off myself. A therapist, who's a really good therapist, was presenting a case…It had to do with the therapist being made to doubt themselves. But the reason that came to my mind is you're saying, yeah, I have written books and I have, you know, dedicated a lot of my life– certainly not all – to helping other people, but you know, I have my flaws, I have my weaknesses.

Puder:

Then why don't you tell me some of them? I mean, it would be helpful for me as a patient to know your flaws. Why don't you tell me your flaws?

Yeomans:

I'm more interested in the fact that you can't imagine them, because if I just give you a list of my flaws, you're gonna go on with this idealization and find somebody else to pin it on. So I think we'd be better off looking at how you manage to blind yourself to anything that might be less than perfect about me, and stay stuck in that perfect view. And we should also think about how important it is for you to do that. How much it means to you, how sad it would be to get beyond this idea somebody could be the way you're imagining me.

Puder:

I'm just convinced that if you don't tell me some of your imperfections, I'm just gonna inevitably not be able to un-idealize you. So I think that the only way I can get to a more balanced view is by you telling me the truth.

Yeomans:

Well, let's look at what's going on right now. Clearly, I'm not so perfect because you're having to increasingly control me to get what you want from me. So if you're putting such increasing demands on me, it sort of implies I'm not gonna give you what you want. That in and of itself is a problem, isn't it?

Puder:

Well, I think the very nature of the therapy relationship is you're not gonna be able to gimme what I want. It's gonna end some time. And our age discrepancy. At some point, you're gonna die before, you know, what if I need you 20 years from now, you know?

Yeomans:

All right, let's get back to the here and now, Not 20 years from now. You're saying to me, tell me an imperfection. If you don't tell me an imperfection, I'm gonna keep idealizing you. That's of interest to me. Because if you have to control the other to feel okay in the relationship with them, including me, what does that mean about who the other really is? I guess you're thinking that I'm not so perfect because I'm not giving you what you want. Never will. And that the only way for you to get it is to demand it and insist upon it. That doesn't seem like a very harmonious relationship.

Puder:

Touche.

Yeomans:

Okay. You always have to stick with what's going on in the here and now.

Puder:

Oh, that's good. That's good because it's that omnipotent control transference that are leaking back in, right?

Yeomans:

Yeah. And anytime you have that controlling, it implies there's no trust of the other.

Yeomans:

But let me just say one more thing. The funny thing about the erotic transference is it's harder for patients to work with than the paranoid transference or the negative transference- paranoid, negative, sort of the same. So the therapist comes into supervision, you know, it's terrible. “You know, my patient thinks I don't care about them and thinks I mock them and thinks I secretly don't like them.” And you say, “Well, you have to keep in mind, this is a very simple concept. They're not talking about you. They're talking about what they're projecting on you. They're talking about an internal element of their mind that they're sticking onto you. It's not you.”

“Oh, yeah. Well, that's perfectly logical because I'm a nice guy and I don't dislike my patients and don’t wanna get rid of them.”

Then the therapist, a year later, comes and says, “This is terrible. My patient is saying she's in love with me.”

Which we don't always get to. I'd say most cases don't get to an explicitly erotic transference. But then the therapist says, “What do I do now?” You have to say, “As I said to you, look at what they're projecting on you.” This therapist, who thought it is totally unreasonable to think the patient sees them as a bad guy. the same therapist might think, “oh, they're in love with me. That's kind of logical. I'm a nice guy.”

Puder:

Oh, man.

Yeomans:

Yeah. You have to get them to see that's not the real picture.

Puder:

Yeah.. I once had a supervisor who said it's like she was a patient at one point, and she said that she had some, you know, these kind of feelings towards her therapist. And the therapist turned to her and said, “Look, I could be a one-eyed cyclops, and you would have these feelings.”

Yeomans:

That's interesting. I wouldn't say that. You know, why?

Puder:

Why?

Yeomans:

That's telling the patient, you are wrong to have these feelings.

Puder:

I think it was more. I think the tone was more like, “These feelings that you're having towards me are more to do with the process of what's occurring in therapy than me as a person.”

Yeomans:

I could see a moment for that maybe, but I don't like…Your perception of me is wrong. Because there, like, going back to the guy- am I a friend or am I a foe? You want him to struggle with it internally instead of saying, “Your negative view of me isn't really connected to me, it's all projection.” That's saying, “You know, that's your problem. And the real problem is figuring out whether to believe in or not what you're projecting.” And I don't wanna short circuit that process by saying, “It's all you. Get over it. Problem is in you”

Puder:

You want them to be more reflective. And want to short circuit the reflectiveness of what's going on.

Yeomans:

Yeah. You wanna entertain the possibility that maybe you are an uncaring, mechanical robot who treats all his patients the same way and has no feelings for any of them. To honor that projection, as I said right at the beginning, paradoxically, is a way to increase the patient's nascent, sort of fledgling little bit of trust in you when you can say, “You know, let's think about that. Let's reflect on what you're feeling. Let's not dismiss it a priori.”

Puder:

Okay. So I think there's a couple questions we should definitely sort of hit real quick before we kind of wrap this thing up. One, would be the frame. I think a lot of the transference occurs in the frame. So I think we could probably devote two hours just to this, but attendance of therapy, reporting thoughts or feelings, the fee. How do you do contacts between session? Like what if…

Yeomans:

Can I go into an example of that? Okay. Because that's so important. Our position at TFP is that therapy takes place in the sessions and communication outside of the sessions is something we don't do. Except, for two reasons. One is practical needs like rescheduling or if you're having a true emergency. Now we can go back to what a true emergency is. But anyway, let me give you this example. A therapist comes into supervision, mid-career therapist, analytically trained, doing a kind of a typical psychodynamic therapy with a 40 something year old woman who is depressed a lot of the time, not successful in her work, and not successful in her love life. Can't get an intimate relationship going. Anyway, In the course of the therapy, the lady starts sending emails to the therapist. It begins as a trickle, but it becomes a flood.

So the therapist comes for TFP supervision and says, “You know, what do I do? I don't know what to do with all these emails.” He hadn't yet established the frame that you and I have been talking about, like limiting communication. So in the supervision, I said, “Well, I think you should say to the person, you're gonna recommend some modification in the form of therapy you're gonna do, you're gonna make it more structured. You’re gonna explain to her, you think that would have more benefit. And part of the increased structure would be that these communications between sessions stop. And as I said, only occur under two circumstances.” So that evoked, and by the way, if you wanna evoke transference, just stick to your frame of treatment. All my supervisees say, “All your patients have strong transferences to you. My patients just talk about all kinds of other stuff in their life. They don't have transferences.”

Yeomans:

You want transference? Go back to the frame. Be careful about the frame. So anyway, the therapist says, “This lady, you know, okay, so this, you know, revision in our model of treatment is that we don't have all those email contacts,” and that evoked transference. “What, you're abandoning me, you don't care about me.” And this allowed the therapist to analyze what was central to their interaction and to her pathology. She was finding in him, through her behavior, that I can send an endless number of emails to my therapist and the God-like perfect giver therapist will accept them and take them in and maybe respond to them. That was the enactment of an unrealistic internal image of the perfect provider. Why was her life a failure? Because she was going through life expecting to find a boyfriend who would be that perfectly giving. Why was she a failure at work? She expected herself to be perfect in ways that were not realistic. She was always critical of herself. So when the therapist said, “You know, we can't continue with all these emails,” that brought to the forefront what had been enacted, which was her wish for somebody perfect. And what needed to be analyzed was the fact that this wasn't gonna happen, and the way they were doing therapy was perpetuating an illusion rather than looking at it and understanding it and moving beyond it.

Puder:

Okay. That's good. Yeah, that's good.

Okay. I'm not gonna say too much on that. I just want to kind of, as we're kind of wrapping up our time. I really appreciate it, and there's a lot of things here that I think it's gonna be of great value to my audience.

And thank you so much for your time and, and thoughtfulness and everything.

But I wanted to see if there's anything else that is on your mind. That you feel like you just want to definitely talk about it. Is there anything else there?

Yeomans:

The one thing I don't think we've talked about enough, or one of a number, but the main thing is the difference between a classic narcissistic personality disorder patient and a classic borderline personality disorder patient. I refer to this a little bit when I talked about the difference in attachment style, the borderline preoccupied versus the narcissistic dismissive. But if we look at the internal structure of the narcissistic patient at the core, we find the same identity diffusion, the same kind of stew of unintegrated representations of self and other. You know, idealization, devaluing, feeling good, feeling bad, having dependency wishes, rejecting them, having fears, having desires. All that turmoil of unintegrated affects exist in the narcissistic patient, but the narcissistic patient unconsciously in their mind create a structure that seals over and hides or prevents access to that inner turmoil. We call that structure the pathological, grandiose self.

Yeomans:

It's a self story, a narrative of the self that provides a sense of unity and integration of the self, but it doesn't correspond to reality. It reassures the patient that they're okay, but it doesn't hold water. Simple example, the failure to launch young adult. The guy who finished college, because of his own self criticisms and insecurities, can't get involved in any kind of work. So he kind of retreats to the basement of, or the attic of, the parents' home and says, “I'm writing a novel.” So what sustains his self-esteem? I'm a novelist. I am writing a novel. So that's my purpose. That's what defines me. But years can go by and nothing much happens. And they’re falling far behind the curve. They hold onto their identity as the undiscovered novelist for dear life. And when they come into therapy, you have to help them move beyond their grandiose narrative and get in touch with all the painful longings and insecurities that they have, that they're defending against by this narrative that seems to reassure them, but doesn't have grounding. In reality, it's harder to work with narcissistic patients than with borderline patients.

Puder:

I think one of the things that the mentalization people said that was really kind of like was like an aha moment for me, and I think you just resaid it in a different way. But it was like, people with BPD, they crumble when there's an attachment injury. Boyfriend breaks up with them, they get suicidal. NPD, they crumble when there's a self-image injury.

Puder:

Lose a job, wake up to the reality that no one will read their novel. You know, like the incongruencies. That's kind of what you're saying or would you put some…

Yeomans:

That's interesting, I hadn't thought of it exactly that way. I think that makes sense. But in that formulation, what I don't find is what, in our model, we see as the protective, pathologically protective of the narcissistic narrative. Because the way you just formulated it, the borderline patient is gonna get in touch with all their anxiety and distress when there's a relationship failure. And the narcissistic patient will get in touch with it when there's a kind of a functioning or performance failure. But in our experience, the narcissistic patient, the very ill ones, managed to avoid those moments of crisis by an entrenchment in a narrative that can go on unabated for years. And so it's not as easy to access their distress.

Puder:

Okay. Because in the midst of losing the job, the narrative psychologically stabilizes them.

Yeomans:

Well, you know, to some degree. I give the example, first of all, if it's the kind of narcissistic patient I usually do, they don't have the job to begin with. But so they lose their job. And instead of saying, “You know, I guess there's something wrong with the way I performed there.” It's like, “You know why they fired me? Because I'm the only person there who was truly honest. They all would compromise. I would never make compromises. That's the only reason that firm makes any money. All the other people there would look the other way when something wasn't done right. I don't have that, you know, I'm above that. So, sure. They didn't like me. They didn't like me because of my level of honesty, not because there's anything wrong with them. The problem is with them and their lack of honesty and their compromising nature.” So, you see how the narrative, the narcissistic grandiose narrative repairs the injury instead of opening it up.

Puder:

Yeah. Yeah. That's really good. And it's still that, like borderline level of functioning with the splitting, the good-bad split with the identity diffusion.

Yeomans:

When you help the person see beyond their grandiose narrative, when this lady began to see, maybe it's not so simple that she's just morally superior to everybody else in the world. She begins to get in touch with longings to connect to other people, wishes for dependency that she's never been able to act on because she's too afraid of getting rejected. And the midphase of working with narcissistic patients, it's extremely painful and distressing to them. And you have to overtly empathize with that and say, you know, you're getting in touch with stuff now that's making you feel worse than when you began the therapy. I'm sorry about that, but I don't know any other way to really get better, except to get in touch with all this stuff that I think was there from the beginning, but that you were fending off.

Puder:

There's one other epiphany on narcissism. I want to kind of bring out and see what you think about it. I'm a big fan of the Big Five [see also episodes 92, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, & 101].

Yeomans:

Oh, okay. I'm not, but let's go ahead.

Puder:

So, in this study (Samuel, et al., 2008), they looked at narcissism versus BPD and how they map on the Big Five. So borderline personality disorder had very strong links. And, if you're watching on YouTube, you'll see the slide I have on this with neuroticism. With all the facets of neuroticism. With anxiousness, with anger, hostility, anger, hostility was pretty strong. These are effect size…. Sorry, they're not correlations. So the effect size was about 0.5 for anger. Hostility for depression. Self-consciousness was 0.35. Impulsiveness, 0.34. Vulnerability 0.4. These are pretty strong effect sizes. And then for other facets in borderline personality disorder, there's some reduction in warmth and positive emotions in the extroversion domain. There's some, in the agreeableness. There's lower trust. Lower straightforwardness. Lower compliance. And in the conscientiousness domains, there's lower competence, lower dutiful, lower self-discipline, and lower deliberation.

In the narcissistic in the only neuroticism domains that are lower…. Sorry, higher. Higher, like more neurotic is the anger, hostility. . Now this is a self-reported scale. I have to say this. So this is self-perception, so it's not necessarily reality. Right. It's not like the family member did this for them. A little bit more impulsive, but not too much more. And then the other ones that are different in the narcissistic personality was the low agreeableness. Specifically, the ones that were very low were modesty and straightforwardness. Straightforwardness is, do they, questions like, can you be Machiavellian? Can you pull someone, you know, do you enjoy something like that? Modesty is, you know, how do you view yourself compared to other people? So any brief reflections on that, or is that helpful or interesting to you?

**Yeomans:**

Well, as I said, I'm not a big fan of the Big Five because I find it a little reductionist. But the way you divide it up into the subcategories is more interesting. But it's actually lucky for me that it's time to stop, because I have to. I'd be happy to look at that graph if you send it to me and have a little more time to reflect on it. But I don't have anything much off the top of my head to say about it.

Puder:

I really appreciate your time. I know we're wrapping it up here. If someone was listening to this and they were really wanting to do a training in that. What is the pathway to become someone who's a certified transference-focused therapist?

Yeomans:

Well, I hope people might wanna do that. I do find it a helpful form of therapy for many people and an interesting way to do our work. So I would direct the person to two organizations. One is a group called TFP, New York [https://www.tfpny.com/]. You can just Google that group and we can direct people towards trainings. And the other one is the International Society for Transference Focused Psychotherapy [https://istfp.org/]. The website there is istfp.org. And on that website, there's also a lot of information about trainings. But we're very eager to train people. We enjoy it, and we find the people who come for training usually find it rewarding. So I hope, and maybe you could post those websites. Okay.

Puder:

That's good. And then I think we should just say this for the record, 'cause you're gonna have a lot of people reach out to you who want you to be their therapist. Do you have openings at this point? Or if a patient was listening to this, and they were like, “I need this type of therapy,” where do they go?

Yeomans:

Yeah. First of all, I don't have any openings at this stage of my career. I'm devoting myself more to teaching and supervision than to practice. So, I'm sorry I don't have any openings, but I would go for referrals to the TFP New York website or to something I mentioned to you, David. It's a wonderful organization, part of the Department of Psychiatry here at Weill Cornell Medical Center called the Borderline Personality Disorder Resource Center. Website is [https://www.nyp.org/bpdresourcecenter]. And over the years, we have established a database of clinicians, not only in this country, but in many other countries who are trained to treat borderline personality disorder. Because even with all the advances that have been made over the last decades in understanding BPD, how to treat it, and teaching more and more therapists about it, there is not an adequate number of therapists for this patient population. So if you're looking for a referral, go to [https://www.nyp.org/bpdresourcecenter]. Or if you're looking specifically for TFP, you could go to TFP, New York.

Puder:

Awesome. Thank you so much. Appreciate you. Love to have you back on.

Yeomans:

Well, I have a feeling that could happen because you make the two hours go by very quickly with interesting questions and comments you had. So thank you.

Puder:

Alright, well thank you so much for your time.

Yeomans:

You're welcome. Bye-Bye now.

🌐 Interested in learning more about personality disorders and Transference-Focused Psychotherapy? Visit https://istfp.org/ to explore insightful resources and information.

🛠️ Are you a mental health professional seeking specialized training in Transference-Focused Psychotherapy? Discover upcoming training programs here: https://istfp.org/training/tfp-trainings/

View Details

Intro by: David Puder MD

Transcription Help: Valentina D'Annuncio, Al-Baab Khan

Peer Reviewed by: Erica Vega, Joanie Burns PMHNP-BC

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

IntroductionThis episode honors Dr. John Tarr, my late mentor, whose wisdom on ending therapy reflects what I feel now as I lose him.

I will share a lecture he gave on ending therapy—the “graduation” or “transition” that goes on in therapy. Just like in a patient’s graduation, the therapist’s voice may stay active in their mind. Dr. Tarr and I might be geographically apart, but his presence and my memories of him endure.

I am personally, therefore, both listening to him talk about this and experiencing it to be true. In my tougher moments of life, I can attune to Dr. Tarr’s voice, advice, and kindness.

Dr. John Tarr was a psychiatrist and psychotherapist who trained under Franz Alexander. He passed away on June 12th, 2023, at the age of 94, but with the mind of a young man, while globetrotting in Scotland. After his death, I had a lovely lunch with his widow of 66 years, Beverly, who shared with me that at one point Dr. Tarr wanted to be a radio host—news to me, as he refused to come on the podcast. I believe he was subjugating his earlier life desire to be exhibitionistic to his desire to be supportive of cultivating my aspirations and professional identity.

He was still seeing clients and mentoring residents at the time of his death. He was a citizen of the world—he was born in South Africa, attended boarding school in India, made trips to Venice for opera and connecting with glass-blowers, maintained ongoing relationships with English book-binders and worldwide orchestral musicians, made frequent visits to France, and had recently completed a trip to China.

He was my teacher from July 2011 to June 2014. Subsequently, we co-taught psychotherapy classes together from July 2014 till May 2023, 2-5 hours per week.

His mind was as sharp as ever when he passed. He was an obsessive, lifelong learner. He was thoughtful, encouraging, not prone to self-aggrandizement.

Through his generativity, encouragement, and wisdom he was a later life father figure to me.

In the clip, Dr. Tarr talks about how we internalize our mentors, loved ones, and therapists into us and can access them at a future time.

As a new Resident at Loma Linda University, I had almost no exposure to psychotherapy when I started the Therapeutic Alliance class with Dr. Tarr.

I remember hearing his words and thinking to myself, “What is he talking about? What? How does this work?” His language was so complex. His words were a symphony of empathic immersion into the hardships we face, reducing shame, creating a space for connection…the opening of the mind.

It is hard to describe something with which we have no framework to understand.

I am still understanding what it means to do deep psychotherapy, the type of psychotherapy that stirs up every kind of transference and countertransference possible.

Back then, I was more curious, trying to understand, trying to translate his erudite pontifications into things I could grasp.

Several months before his passing, Dr. Tarr sent an email to me detailing that he would leave me a prized book, Meditations by Marcus Areulius.

“This is yours on my demise.

There are colored inserts in addition to the gilding.

Bound by Sangorski and Sutcliffe, one of the most famous firms of book binders in the world. They bound the jeweled Omar Khayam commissioned by Widener (Harvard college library is named for him) and unfortunately sunk in the Titanic.”

I wrote back:

May 9, 2023, 5:09 AM

It will be a treasure to remember you.

I gave a book to a patient. Wrote a note. It was our last visit at Loma Linda before I left for Florida. They restarted with me. Last week she told me every time she misses me she reads a bit. I am sure it will be the same for us.

I can hear Dr. Tarr’s warmth, love and kindness in my mind. He will go with me. His last words to me two days before he passed were,

“I love and respect you.”

I wrote him back after our conversation:

Dr. Tarr,

Thank you for sharing your words. I am sorry I was a bit speechless. My words are that I have had several fathers in my life, and you are one of them. Your mentorship has allowed me to succeed in my career. But much more, your mentorship and father-ship has given me a gift of love and support and enthusiasm that often was not there from others. I have tears in my eyes. I know the way we see God is likely different, but I believe you have the fruit of the spirit—love being the main one. Please know that I am praying for you and will hope for your full recovery, and to see you in July.

David Puder

The world without him feels like a bit more lonely place. But even as I say that, he still exists, inside me, inside anyone who was his patient, student, anyone who allowed his empathic wisdom to permeate their being.

In a large part, this whole podcast is a way to carry Dr. Tarr’s spirit, erudite wisdom and prolific empathic teaching forward.

Now, let’s listen to Dr. Tarr himself as he discusses endings—how they can become transitions, and how his voice, and the voices of our mentors, truly stay with us.

The Emotional Complexity of Goodbyes: Understanding Separation, Transition, and Psychological ImpactDr. Tarr:

Goodbye is one of the most visceral things that anybody can have. And it’s experienced idiosyncratically by people in a lot of different ways. There are different separation types. The ideal one is mutually agreed on. That almost never happens. It’s almost always unilateral. Even in psychoanalysis where somebody’s been coming for three or four years, three and four times a week, it’s very seldom, mutually concurred in. It’s usually triggered by one person.

The mutually concurred in, is the easiest to handle. The one that's thrust on the patient by a rotation is the hardest. They can understand somebody dying. They can understand not going away. It's a huge feeling of abandonment, which I want to talk about. I don't like the word, as I said, “termination.” It has to do with pregnancy. I use the word “transition.” Although, sometimes I slip back into it. When it’s transitioning to another therapist or into therapy, which is a continuation of the talking therapy that goes on inside the person.

What are the emotions that get stirred up in transitioning? Seventy-five percent of patients have extreme sadness–mourning, feelings of loss. Fifty percent have rage, anger, hostility. Fifty-four percent of patients have a recurrence of their old symptoms. And about a third of patients develop new symptoms all around the issue of parting. It's a very, very potent kind of process.

The Deep Ties Between Goodbye, Self-Esteem, and Emotional AbandonmentWhy does it become so complicated for people?

For one thing, esteem and abandonment issues almost inevitably get triggered. Do you know the Cole Porter lyric:

“Everytime we say goodbye, I die a little. Everytime we say goodbye, I die a little?”

Non-consciously partings are portrayed as death. And finitude and death are the most potent emotions one can feel. But we experience much more that— the rest of the lyric is (it was a very popular song at one point in the age of the dinosaurs. Perhaps, before you were born):

“Everytime we say goodbye, I die a little. Everytime we say goodbye, I wonder why a little. Why the gods above me who must be in the know think so little of me, they allow you to go.”

What is “thinking so little of me”? That means, if they thought more of me, if I had more esteem, this parting wouldn't be happening.

So esteem, in Cole Porter's lyrics, gets portrayed in that way. It also alludes to something else that goes on non-consciously, which is that I ought to be loved forever. And that's why the god business gets triggered in there, too. The gods are involved in triggering separations, which they shouldn't be. What's the opposite of feeling “I have no esteem.” “I'm being rejected.” “I'm being abandoned,” which almost all patients feel, as a matter of fact.

Here’s another lyric by A.A. Milne:

“How lucky am I to have had something that makes saying goodbye so hard.”

That's a different meaning attribution, isn't it? “I've been so lucky to have something and it was so good that it makes saying goodbye so hard.” It's a different kind of connotation. It's very hard to do that. Some patients can, as a matter of fact. Particularly if they can feel that what has gone on is permanent. And it is permanent, as a matter of fact, in many ways. Because, many patients, if in the termination— transition phase of therapy, learn about how the permanence of a voice inside them—that they can carry with them the rest of their lives—which is the dialogue that has gone on between you, that that cannot be taken away. That the insights cannot be taken away. That they can be applied to daily situations. Does any of this sound like… Have you separated from a patient or had a separation? Does any of this feel like it is fitting what I'm saying?

The esteem component is very important because of the difference between “transitioning because it's desirable now,” and, “I count for so little that I'm being rejected now and being abandoned now.” And that's a very frequent meaning/connotation that gets detected.

The Psychology of Transition: Renunciation, Abandonment Fears, and the Power of a Fixed Ending in TherapyOkay, so we are relinquishing when we transition the patient—we are giving up protection and guidance. Is that one of the things that's being given up? We're also giving up a relationship and planning for that and preparing for it and processing it.

Okay. It stirs up giving up protection, but it stirs up abandonment threats, which are profound. Or, is one abandoning somebody or is one coming to the conclusion of a part effort? That effort being the enhancement of life and the transformation into better living patterns that one is hoping for- will take place in a continuing way and in an even more potent way after the therapy is stopped. I have conviction- the development can continue without the therapist when the therapist is stopped. That makes it easier for me to transition with patients. And if the patients believe that, that makes it easier for them too. It takes some convincing sometimes to do that. In part, it's a renunciation and having learned what in life has to be renounced and what cannot be avoided renouncing is one of the steps toward maturity. So, learning about renunciation techniques can be focused on in the end therapy.

The other thing that can make it very potent toward the end is that when one knows that there's a specific date. Now there's an incubation period between telling a person that therapy will stop at a particular time and from then on to the end of therapy. That's a little bit at odds with our conviction and every writer's conviction about it, that if a resident is starting with a patient or anybody starting with a patient where there is gonna be a fixed outcome. The patient and the therapist should know that from day one in the first session: this therapy is gonna last until June, so and so. That helps keep away from the process of becoming a permanent patient. It also helps facilitate intense focus on the here and now and urgency about change because there's a fixed known. Therapy in which a fixed date is set up in advance, numerous studies have been found to be more potent than one that's open-ended.

Embracing Transition: Opportunities for Growth, Self-Reflection, and Strengthening Self-Worth in TherapyOkay. What are some of the opportunities as transitioning to independence begins that one can do? First of all, one comes to grips with one's own feelings, how much good have I done? Could I have done more? Could the patient have done more? Dealing with the conditionality of what's been achieved so far and dealing with that explicitly with the patient. That is, what are some of the things that we wish we could have handled better? What are some of the things we wish we could have talked about? What are some of the feelings that haven't changed that you wish could be changed? And beginning with what has been accomplished and what has not been accomplished, what one is disappointed about can bring a huge amount of potency into therapy. So that the focus on in what way have I been helpful to you? In what ways have we not been helpful in our working together? What are the times when mistrust is intruded? What are the times when you felt I didn't understand what was going on? And that can be the most significant part of therapy going over the pluses and minuses of what has gone on.

How does one attempt to cope with this? First of all, I think the most important part is to try and stabilize self-esteem and the sense of self–that this is part of life. This is not a personal idiosyncratic rejection. You're not being abandoned. This is part of living. This is the part of the way it works. Everything is finite. Nothing lives forever, unfortunately. And we are going to be dealing within the limits of what we have available with as much progress as we can. We are assuming that there's narcissistic disequilibrium in the patient, that their self-worth is inevitably affected by that. And when it is, we try and help stabilize self-esteem and self-worth. That can be even more potent than in the working through part of therapy or the introductory part of therapy.

The Enduring Impact of Therapy: Attachment, Memory, and the Transition to IndependenceSo a kind of reminiscing about experiences together is one component of what is very desirable. Another is a focusing on that, you know, we can be attached even though we are geographically separated. You have memories of what we've talked about. They're inside you now. You have a version of me inside you. You have feelings that are toward me. Whether we are together or not, those feelings continue. Now, if it's a kind of patient that has had an impact on me, I will say:

“This does not stop my thinking about you. When I'm reminded of…, and I'll pick up a conflict that the patient has had. When I'm reminded of a situation in which you have been rejected in the past and felt so terrible about it, and I encounter a rejecting situation, that will probably trigger in me memories of what we've been talking about. So you will be in my mind and I will be in your mind. And my voice and the things we've said together and your voice and the things that you've said to me are part of your sense of self now.”

And that can continue short of Alzheimer's, indefinitely. And patients find that helpful, as a matter of fact. And to put it in a kind of an explicit:

“Being attached, though we are apart. Our attachment memories and our attachment representations, and your version of me and my version of you, are now part of our inner lives. And that they're there forever.”

We go a little bit away from “as we think together” and “as we've been working together” and as “you and I have been doing this,” a little more into as “you do this” and as “I do this” and change our language of “togetherness” and “we-ness” a little bit into the, “as you learn to do this” and as “I think about you” and stop using the, “we” quite as much in the collective and diminish that.

Winding Down Therapy: The Debate on Tapering, Emotional Contagion, and Lasting TransformationThere's a debate about this because there are very few patients that you see more than once a week in psychotherapeutic circles, elsewhere where there are options. There's a huge debate about whether you wind down, I'm seeing somebody three times a week. Do I go to twice a week, and once a week, and taper off or do it abruptly? I'm not for the tapering business, I'm for working as hard as possible in the number of sessions. But there are other points of view about that.

Can one be enthusiastic, genuinely, about some aspect of the patient's future as we're winding down the therapy? I find it possible to be enthusiastic with every patient about some aspect. I may have been disappointed in a diminished progress in one area, but if there's been progress in one area, and if I am fairly confident that that can continue, then I can be enthusiastic about encouraging the patient to have a new mastered strength. And, I think there's an emotional contagion that goes on between me and patients.

And I think that the mirror neurons pick that up and, and if I am genuinely pleased that something worthwhile is going to be permanently a part of a patient, I want them to know that. And I want them to think.

Another question that comes up. What about the succeeding visits with the patient? Does one leave with the understanding this is over–this is forever or with certain patients you can call me. I tend to tell patients that I will be thinking about them. And after a period of time when things are settled down, I sometimes would like to be able to call them and inquire what's going on. And I almost invariably would do that about a year later and inquire on somebody, particularly if somebody's not seeing a different therapist, that complicates it a little more.

Now, in some instances, I've invited patients to come in and done a kind of postmortem on the therapy because they're feeling more secure after having stopped it. I would to venture things more, I probably told this illustration before, but one of my earliest patients was a very distressed physician, wonderful woman, volunteered around the world AIDS programs, got addicted to pain medication while a physician, went cold turkey off it, refused even when dental extractions to have any analgesics given cuz she was afraid she'd get addicted. She was bisexual. She had commitment problems. There were issues about adopting children. And it was a very long therapy. Many years after she stopped, she came in, somewhat reluctantly, and I asked her a number of things. But one of the things that really impressed me was that she said:

“You know, Dr. Tarr, I knew that something was wrong and I knew that something had changed, but I didn't have any conviction that anything could permanently be changed in my life. And I lay there talking three or four times a week. And for the first year I was doing it mainly because you seemed so convinced that it would work and that you seemed so enthusiastic about what you were doing. And I was skeptical about that. And it took about a year before I began to feel that I was involved with that.”

Now, that was a complete surprise to me. I had no idea that she'd had that long a period of tentativeness about seeing me. It also reinforced a little bit that being together, irrespective of what the person is feeling is going on, can in some instances be rather transmuting and transforming, because she did flourish.

The Impact of Early Losses on Therapy Partings: Revisiting Trauma, Coping Strategies, and Emotional GrowthThe stages of parting resemble the stages of mourning. So they can be denial, anger, depression, and bargaining. And they can be incremental- when one tries to deal with those incrementally and take them for change.

What I want to say is because breaking up with the therapist or because leaving the therapist is a parting, it's gonna be very significantly affected by the outcome of multiple past parting experiences. Particularly, if there were profound losses in early childhood. Particularly if there was an abandonment by a spouse, at some point. And what is useful about keeping that in mind is that that can get activated in the parting dealings with parting from the therapist to re-visit, or sometimes to visit for the first time some of the most significant losses from the past. So you have potency then, when in the present there's a prescribed parting taking place to open up the forced partings that a person's had to undergo in the past. And the quality of what goes on is very largely determined by how past losses have been dealt with.

The other side of that is that one can then maturate into developing new coping patterns for dealing with losses that one hasn't been able to develop from the past. So I think that there can be strong potency in loss, survival, modulation techniques in the last days of therapy. I think a lot of countertransference gets stirred up when we think about what we intended to do and hope to do with the patient. With some patients, there's a phrase that people use, “What's the escape velocity”? Some patients have been so aggravating that some therapists really want them to have a get out of there with high escape velocity. Unfortunately, that does happen. It happens to almost everybody. Although I've been very fortunate and I'm very selective about patients. I've not had the busiest practice in the world, but I've had the most gratifying. But I've only picked people that I really wanted to live with for a long period of time.

And I have at least three patients right now that I'm gonna have to have a terrible personal struggle saying goodbye to. Because I just don't want them to leave.

David Puder:

And, do they want to?

Dr. Tarr:

No, they don't want to. And I'm feeling partially- one of them I've been probably seeing for 30 years, three times a week. And another one I've been seeing almost that long. And this new guy that I have, that is so promiscuous. He is one of the most intelligent people I've ever had. And I just love getting involved in his world, which is mastery and control in some areas of life and absolute helplessness in others. Absolute helplessness. In an intellectual sense he can argue with anybody in the world. And he's the premier person in his field and his book is the standard text in the field. But when it comes to emotions and connectedness, he's lost, absolutely lost.

Student:

What is developmentally, what do you think, would be behind that? You know, kind of one area gets strong and the other one doesn't develop?

Dr. Tarr:

There are different lines of development. Freud wrote on lines of development. There's a line of development of morality. There's a line of development of autonomy. A line of development of the superego. There's a line of intellectual mastery of the things. And he was gifted and brilliant and it worked. And he had a tyrannical grandfather he was sent to live with at a very early age. And he had a stepfather who was abusive. And he had a narcissistic mother, who was a famous politician. And he had a very complicated childhood. And he doesn't trust anyone. I'm the third or fourth therapist he's had. And what he's telling me is that he's never been involved in any relationship in which he feels as secure. And how that came about, I'm not sure. I'm not that different, much different, with him than some of the other people that have seen him in other things.

But there is an idiosyncratic chemistry with certain patients that you can't put words on- that just flows. An answer to your question, there are independent lines of development and maturation, which are not concurrent with each other and can be paralyzed in some areas and have what we used to call fixations in development. There are other people who've gone beyond that. And then they will regress and go back to the point of fixation. There's some people who've never gone beyond it. It is an actual fixation, so it's not a regression.

Okay. So just in the last couple of minutes. Earlier losses dominate whether termination occurs at favorable or difficult times in the person's life, is a big factor. If somebody's just gotten promoted versus somebody hasn't gotten promoted, stopping therapy is gonna be a very different situation depending on that.

The reactions to termination will be significantly influenced by the level of the patient's earlier capacity to achieve mastery over the separation-individuation crisis. That's the bottom line. They're gonna be influenced by the here and now, but also some significantly from the past. Okay. What are some of the coping strategies that get used? Avoiding emotions, idealizing the therapist or the patient, a negative transference, pain and grief exaggerated. Some patients deny that it's really stopping– it's gonna be going on forever. There's self-blame: if I'd been a better patient, if I'd been more interesting, he would want to continue with me. Rage for what gets perceived as abandonment or object loss. Devaluation of the therapist–very frequent. It is easier to depart from somebody whom you're reducing in value. Devaluation of the self. Return of the symptoms, which should ensure that the relationship continues. What are the main things one tries to do?

Sustaining Esteem and Positive Coping Through Therapy Termination: A Structured TransitionSustain esteem. Respect what's positive in the patient and that can continue in the future. Talk about the fact that there is permanence in the patient, in oneself.

“I've been altered by working with you. You've been altered by working with me. I will be thinking about you. You can think about what we said when stress arises. We can rehearse together how on your own you can handle the most significant losses.”

And I think perspective rehearsal in the final parts of transitioning are very helpful. Structuring it as graduation and as a new beginning and in a positive kind of way. Reinforcing over and over again that there's been an internalization of coping patterns, of insights, of emotional experiences. And that internalization can be positive and can be permanent.

In some instances, when the patience will be continuing, focusing on there is an institutional transference- even though you're not seeing me, you’re coming to the same place, the same offices, same institution. Because there are institutional transferences that can help patients get through this. I use explicit words at times. “You know, my voice can stay active in you. Things I'm saying now you can remember, you can quote them to yourself. You can have a dialogue with me even though we are not talking for it.” So, I'm saying that planning for it, and preparing for it, and processing it can be rather important.

OutroDr. Tarr with erudite wisdom expresses how ending treatment can bring up previous losses and meanings can get attached and potentially modulated in the process.

Therefore it is important to look at the meanings attached to the ending of treatment. Do they feel that if the gods cared about them, this would not happen? Do they feel “I count for so little, I am being rejected now.”

Or rather, can we look at how parts of the goodness of treatment will go with them, empowering future connectedness with life. Can we together have the conviction that the client’s development will continue without the therapist?

Dr. Tarr may no longer be with us, but his wisdom and spirit are still a part of me, and they’re a part of anyone whose life he touched.

View Details

Liam Browning, Brandon Luu, MD, Nicholas Fabiano, MD, David Puder, MD

Editor: Joanie Burns, NP

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.5 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

IntroductionCold exposure, a practice involving brief immersion in cold temperatures through showers, ice baths, cryotherapy, and cold-water plunges, has surged in popularity in recent years, due in part to advocates on social media such as Wim Hof.

Wim Hof (famously dubbed “The Iceman”) has built a global following with his extreme feats of cold endurance and his Wim Hof Method, which involves cold exposure with deep, rapid breathing practices. He asserts that cold immersion strengthens the immune system, helps regulate stress, and boosts mental clarity, all while training the body and mind to adapt to challenging conditions.

Other podcasters have amplified these claims and brought them into mainstream attention, often citing research on the potential for cold exposure to increase dopamine levels, improve mood, kickstart metabolism, and enhance mental toughness. To many, cold immersion is more than just a wellness trend—it’s now seen as a science-backed way to improve mental health (Czarnecki et al., 2024). In this podcast, we’ll dive into the science of cold immersion, separating fact from hype to evaluate its relevance for mental health and well-being.

Forms of Cold Exposure Available for Mental HealthThe practice of cold immersion involves cold plunges, cold showers, cold-water swimming, and cryotherapy.

  • Cold water immersion: 5-15°C (40-59°F) for 2-15 minutes
  • Cold showers: <15°C (<59°F)
  • Cold water swimming <15°C (59°F)
  • Cryotherapy: -110 to -140°C (-166 to -220°F) for 2-4 minutes

Although many people choose to take cold showers daily, the thermal conductivity, or heat-transfer coefficient, is lowest for air (0.024 W/m·K), compared with water (0.58 W/m·K) and ice (2.1 W/m·K), meaning cold water and ice are about 25x and 100x more efficient at transferring heat, respectively, compared to air. This also explains why cryotherapy temperatures need to be so low.

However, ice is less effective at cooling than water because it does not adhere to the body’s contour to maximize surface area. Water also allows for convective cooling, where the movement of water molecules constantly circulates cold water to the skin.

Compare the length of time recorded by Guinness World Records:

  • Longest swim: Krzysztof Gajewski swam 3.7 miles in 1 hour and 46 minutes at 4.84°C (40.7°F)
  • Longest full contact with ice: 4 hours and 2 minutes by Lukasz Szpunar

History of Cold Therapy for Physical and Mental HealthThe deliberate exposure to cold temperatures for therapeutic benefits has deep cultural and historical roots that date back to Greek and Roman times where it was used in bathhouses. It was also used medicinally during this time period, particularly by Hippocrates and Galen, the famous Roman physician who used cold water immersion for fevers and snow for bleeding. The practice has continued in Nordic countries where it remains an integral part of daily life. In Finland, for example, sauna use is sometimes paired with plunging into icy waters. This sauna-cold routine has been a cornerstone of Finnish wellness culture for centuries and has gained global recognition for its purported health benefits.

The Kuopio Ischemic Heart Disease Risk Factor (KIHD) Study (Laukkanen et al., 2018) discussed in our earlier episode on sauna (episode 221), highlights the profound health benefits of sauna practices.

The study followed thousands of Finnish men and found that almost daily sauna use is associated with reduced risks​:

  • 47% lower risk of hypertension
  • 62% lower risk of stroke
  • 66% decreased risk of dementia
  • 37% reduced risk of pneumonia
  • 78% reduced risk of a psychotic disorder

While the sauna itself plays a significant role, cold exposure might have also played a role in some of these health benefits. However, this study did not describe the extent to which subjects were engaging in cold exposure, and the epidemiological data on the practice is incredibly scarce. We contacted the authors of the KIHD study in Finland, Dr. Jussi Kauhanen and Dr. Jari Laukkanen, and they said the amount of cold exposure was not measured, and likely the practices varied between winter and summer and might be hard to measure in a cohort like this.

What Happens to the Body During Cold Exposure?When the body is suddenly exposed to extreme cold, it initiates a “cold shock” response, which is essentially an acute stress response. This involves a coordinated surge of bottom-up signals from the body and top-down processing in the brain. At the core of this response are two main, interlinked systems: the sympathetic nervous system and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. Together, they form a recursive feedback loop that influences arousal, decision-making, and the body’s capacity to adapt to stress. Notably, these same pathways are also activated by other intense stressors, such as vigorous exercise or life-or-death scenarios.

  • “Bottom up” signals from the body
  • Cold is detected by thermoreceptors of the skin that are sensitive to rapid temperature drops. This activates sensory nerve fibers that synapse onto the spinal cord and signal up to the thalamus and the hypothalamus in the brain.
  • The hypothalamus integrates these thermal signals and activates arousal centers in the brainstem and the spinal cord, activating the sympathetic nervous system.
  • The sympathetic nervous system signals the adrenals to release epinephrine (adrenaline) and norepinephrine (noradrenaline) into the bloodstream.
  • At the same time, the hypothalamus releases corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH), activating the HPA-axis and potentiating release of norepinephrine in the brain via the locus coeruleus.

  • “Top-down” signals from the brain and mind (Morris et al., 2020)

  • In anticipation of the cold and during immersion, our sensory cortices, prefrontal cortex (PFC), insula, and anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) constantly evaluate how much danger the cold plunge poses to us.
  • These converge onto salience and anxiety centers of the brain, such as the amygdala, which excite the locus coeruleus, the brain’s primary source of norepinephrine, and the hypothalamus, which increases CRH release and HPA-axis activity.
  • In turn, the increased norepinephrine and CRH heighten our arousal and narrow our attention to help us make fast decisions in the face of our perceived danger.
  • While the cold immersion continues and we attempt calm ourselves, we rely on the PFC to regulate the amygdala and hypothalamus, but the high levels of norepinephrine, CRH, and cortisol bias our thinking and our decision-making towards reflexive, survival based decisions, driving us to want to get out of the cold.

The end result:

  • Vasoconstriction: Blood vessels constrict to preserve core temperature, reducing blood flow to extremities.
  • Nerve conduction slows due to the cold, leading to a reduction in pain and sensation.
  • Heart rate: Typically increases at start, followed by a decrease. After exercise it might lead to a drop by cooling the body quickly.
  • Increase in systolic and diastolic blood pressure, sometimes as much as 20-40mmHg.
  • Increased respiratory rate: Breathing becomes rapid and shallow, sometimes gasping.
  • This is how many die when submerging in cold water.

  • Norepinephrine increases ~ 2-3 fold and remains elevated for hours.

  • Cortisol increases, but this may be for the unacclimated.
  • Shivering is maximal at core body temperature ~ 34–35°C (93-95°F).

Cold Water Swimming and its BenefitsCold water swimming, a practice deeply rooted in Nordic traditions, is gaining global attention for its purported health benefits. Dr. Susanna Søberg, author of Winter Swimming, highlights its potential to improve metabolism through the activation of brown adipose tissue (BAT) and its mood-enhancing effects. These effects are commonly cited by enthusiasts and researchers alike, especially as initial studies of cold water swimmers showed positive effects on the metabolism, mood, and well-being (for review, see Kunutsor et al., 2024).

Several studies have assessed the effect of cold-water swimming on mood, most notable of which is a case report of a 24-year-old woman with treatment-resistant depression who took up weekly open-water swimming off the coast of England and had complete remission of symptoms without medications (van Tulleken et al., 2018). It should be noted that this patient swam from April-September, not in the winter.

However, as with other cold immersion practices, the evidence remains limited. These initial studies lack adequate controls, sometimes lacking control groups entirely, have small sample sizes, have limited replicability, and do not account for confounding factors like physical activity, socialization, healthy user bias, and the calming effects of natural environments. Thus, to disentangle the mechanisms of cold exposure, we need to focus on passive methods of cold exposure.

Cold Therapy Improves MoodMultiple studies have shown an improvement in mood immediately after cold-exposure: * Kelly and Bird, 2021: Improved mood following a single immersion in cold water: + 42 participants stood in chest-deep 13.6°C (56.48°F) sea water in the UK in November for up to 20 minutes. + Compared to the 22 controls, the cold water group experienced small but significant improvements on all Short Form of the Profile of Mood States (POMS-SF) subscales immediately after cold water exposure. - Overall, 15 point decrease (51 to 36) for cold water vs. 2 point decrease (42 to 40) in the control group. - Vigor by 1.1, and Esteem-Related Affect by 2.2 points Tension by 2.5, Anger 1.25, Depression 2.1, Fatigue 2.2, and Confusion 2.8 points. - Control group increased in depression by 1 point. - The maximum score for these subscales ranges from 16-32.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Improved mood following a single immersion in cold water”, by Kelly, J. S. & Bird, E. (2022). *Lifestyle Medicine*, 3(1), e53.

Yankouskaya and colleagues 2023: Short-Term Head-Out Whole-Body Cold-Water Immersion Facilitates Positive Affect and Increases Interaction between Large-Scale Brain Networks:

  • 33 participants sat in mildly cold 20°C (68°F) water up to their clavicles for 5 minutes
  • Immediately after immersion, positive affect increased and negative affect decreased according to [the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule] PANAS by about 5 points each.
  • Participants also felt more active, alert, attentive, inspired, proud, and less nervous.
  • Cold water immersion correlated with brain activity changes on fMRI scans, specifically, with increased coupling of the mPFC with the anterior insula and dlPFC and decreased coupling between the mPFC and the ACC. Of note: Mechanistically, aberrant functional connectivity between these nodes has been linked to various depressive symptoms (Sheline et al., 2010).

Four connections were uniquely correlated with self-reported changes in positive affect after cold-water immersion: between DMN.MPFC; two nodes of the salience network (ACC and RPFC-L); and between FP.PPC, DAN.IPS, and Vis.Lat in the right hemisphere. Notably, a recent study identified these same regions of the salience network (dlPFC and ACC) to be larger in depressed patients compared to healthy controls (Lynch et al., 2023).

*Note.* Reprinted from “Short-Term Head-Out Whole-Body Cold-Water Immersion Facilitates Positive Affect and Increases Interaction between Large-Scale Brain Networks”, by Yankouskaya, A. et al., 2023, *Biology*, *12*(2), p. 211.

Reed and colleagues 2023: Cardiovascular and Mood Responses to an Acute Bout of Cold Water Immersion:

  • Sixteen adults immersed for 15 minutes in 10°C (50°F) water up to the sternum (they did not cover with cold water the cervical sympathetic chain of the sympathetic nervous system surrounds the jugular area in the neck).
  • Assessments were conducted pre-immersion, during immersion (1-minute and 15-minute time points), 30 minutes post-immersion, and 180 minutes post-immersion.
  • Negative affect (assessed via PANAS) decreased significantly only 180 minutes post-immersion (p < 0.001), but not during or immediately after immersion. Positive affect did not change.
  • However, for the negative affect, this may be due to one participant responding well (see box plot below)

    Note. Reprinted from “Cardiovascular and mood responses to an acute bout of cold water immersion”, by Reed, E. L. et al., 2023, Journal of thermal biology, 118, 103727.

  • Serum cortisol levels did not change from 0 minutes to 30 minutes but decreased by 47% at 180 minutes (p = 0.014).

  • No significant changes in β-endorphin levels were observed throughout the protocol.

Cold Exposure Increases Dopamine and Norepinephrine in the Body: The Catecholamine HypothesisThe anecdotal improvements in mood in those observed in these studies may be due to increases in catecholamines, as first demonstrated by a study in 2000 by Sramek and colleagues, Human physiological responses to immersion into water of different temperatures:

  • 10 male subjects sat in a chair in different temperatures of mildly cold water for 1 hour.
  • 32°C, 20°C, and 14°C (90°F, 68°F, 59°F respectively).
  • Plasma norepinephrine, dopamine, epinephrine, and cortisol levels were checked sequentially at 0, 30, 60, 120 minutes.
  • The coldest temperature dropped rectal temperatures from 37.3°C to 35.6°C and increased metabolic rate by 350% while also mildly increasing HR, SBP/DBP.
  • Plasma peripheral (not in the brain) norepinephrine and dopamine each increased 5-fold during immersion in the coldest water, while epinephrine remained unchanged.
  • Plasma cortisol decreased in each session, including in control sessions, which may suggest psychological-mediated elevations in cortisol that decreased as the participants became used to intervention.

    Note. Reprinted from “Human physiological responses to immersion into water of different temperatures”, by Šrámek, P. et al., 2000, Eur J Appl Physiol, 81, pp. 436–442.

Meanwhile, a more recent study by Eimonte and colleagues (2021) showed that norepinephrine, epinephrine, and cortisol can increase with shorter cold-plunge sessions. In this study, 12 young men sat in mildly cold 14°C (59°F) water for 10 min. Cortisol (ηp2 = 0.22), norepinephrine (ηp2 > 0.4), and epinephrine (ηp2 > 0.5) were each significantly increased and remained elevated for several hours after immersion.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Residual effects of short-term whole-body cold-water immersion on the cytokine profile, white blood cell count, and blood markers of stress”, by Eimonte, M. et al., 2021, *International Journal of Hyperthermia*, *38*(1), 696–707.

Leppäluoto and colleagues (2008) investigated the effects of repeated cold exposure over 12 weeks in 20 female participants, comparing 3x weekly cold water swimming (0–2°C for 20 seconds) and cryotherapy (-110°C for 2 minutes). The study found that plasma norepinephrine increased 2-3 fold acutely after each session for both interventions, and this effect persisted throughout the 12-week period.

In contrast, changes in epinephrine and adrenocorticotropic hormone(ACTH) levels were minimal. Cortisol levels peaked during the first two weeks of cold-water swimming before declining by week 4, indicating habituation to the stressor. It’s unclear to what extent the habituation is a result of psychological or physiological adaptation. Meanwhile, pro-inflammatory cytokines such as IL-1β, IL-6, and TNF-α remained unchanged.

*Note.* Reprinted from “Effects of long‐term whole‐body cold exposures on plasma concentrations of ACTH, beta‐endorphin, cortisol, catecholamines and cytokines in healthy females”, by Leppäluoto, J. et al., 2008, *Scandinavian Journal of Clinical and Laboratory Investigation*, *68*(2), 145–153.

This suggests that norepinephrine will likely continue to increase during cold exposure even after a person becomes cold-adapted. While the increases in norepinephrine suggest a plausible mechanism for the enhancements in mood and feelings of alertness and have been touted by social media influencers, there has only been one RCT assessing repeated cold exposure on depressive symptoms:

A Randomized Control Trial of Cold Therapy on Depressive SymptomsRymaszewska and colleagues (2020): Efficacy of the Whole-Body Cryotherapy as Add-on Therapy to Pharmacological Treatment of Depression—A Randomized Controlled Trial:

  • Methods
  • 92 adults (aged 20–73 years) with a diagnosis of mild-moderate depression (17 on HAM-D and 21-24 on BDI) who were receiving outpatient therapy.
  • Participants were randomly allocated and exposed to cryogenic temperatures −110°C to −135°C (the experimental group (EG)) or to low, but not cryogenic temperatures −50°C [the control group (CG)].
  • 10 3-minute sessions across 2 weeks (Mon-Fri).

  • Results

  • Both groups improved on the HAM-D and BDI.
  • There were no differences between groups on either of these metrics by the end of the study.

  • BDI only differed between the two groups 1 week after treatment, when the cryotherapy group scored an average of 9 points lower on BDI compared to the control group (decrease from 21.7 to 9.4 in cryotherapy group vs. 24 to 18.6 in control group).

  • This effect was not maintained after 2 weeks of treatment or after 2 week follow up (cryotherapy group increased to 15.2 vs. controls 18.1).

  • However, cryotherapy participants reported statistically significant improvements in several items on the BDI.

  • Sadness, loss of pleasure, self-criticalness, loss of interest, and indecisiveness.
  • The cryotherapy group also had significantly lower scores on the cognitive-affective dimension and the somatic dimension.

  • Cryotherapy participants also improved more on quality of life and other symptoms related to pain, sleep, and self-acceptance.

  • There were no changes in inflammatory markers (CRP, IL-6, IL-10, NO) or antioxidative stress.

Central vs. Peripheral Catecholamines: Does cold exposure increase levels of dopamine in the brain?Dopamine, a neuromodulator associated with mood, motivation, and reward, has garnered significant attention in discussions about cold exposure. While there is some evidence, such as the Sramek and colleagues (2000) study, suggesting a substantial increase in plasma dopamine levels following cold water immersion, it is important to note that this finding does not necessarily translate to increased dopamine activity in the central nervous system. Mechanistically, peripheral increases in dopamine do not translate into an increase in central dopamine levels. The blood-brain barrier is highly selective and restricts the passage of many substances from the bloodstream. Dopamine is relatively polar and is actively blocked by efflux transporters at the blood-brain barrier, preventing any significant entry (Abbott et al., 2010). As an example, for people with Parkinson’s Disease (low dopamine centrally), simply administering dopamine peripherally does not increase central levels. Instead, L-DOPA (levodopa), a precursor of dopamine, is used, since it can cross the blood-brain barrier (Oertel et al., 2016).

In rodents, chronic cold exposure leads to an adaptive reduction in central dopamine, likely to attenuate the dopamine system to subsequent stressors (Moore et al., 2001 & Valenti et al., 2012). Rodents exposed to acute stressors such as tail shock, foot shock or restraint exhibit marked increases in extracellular DA levels in the mPFC and moderate increases in the NAc and/or striatum (Moore et al., 2001); however, no studies exist measuring the effect of acute cold exposure on central dopamine levels or on reward-related activity in the brain. It’s unclear whether these stress-related increases in dopamine are linked to reward or represent a separate mechanism linked to aversive stimuli (Holly & Miczek. 2016). Because cold exposure in animal studies is involuntary—and, from the rodent’s perspective, likely torture—its relevance to human experiences is limited. Humans who deliberately engage in cold water immersion often view it as a personal challenge to overcome, a process that can itself elevate dopamine via a sense of reward. Thus, data from animal models of forced cold exposure may not readily translate to the human context in which belief in the health benefits could amplify–or lead to–a dopaminergic response.

Meanwhile, peripheral norepinephrine released from the adrenals is also not thought to cross the blood-brain barrier, but, unlike dopamine, peripheral norepinephrine is likely associated with increased norepinephrine in the brain in response to a stressor. This is due to the hypothalamus’s parallel actions on increasing activity of the locus coeruleus (via CRF) and the sympathetic nervous system, as well as the influence of baroreceptors on the locus coeruleus (Van Bockstaele et al., 2001). While no human studies have measured central norepinephrine in humans in response to stress, animal models show that the amount of central norepinephrine and the activity of locus coeruleus neurons increase in response to various forms of stress, including foot shock, restraint, and auditory stress (Valentino & Bockstaele, 2008). There is some evidence of chronic cold exposure (5°C [41°F] cold room for multiple days/weeks) altering locus coeruleus activity and extracellular norepinephrine in the brains of mice (Jedema et al., 2001; Buffalari & Grace, 2009), but there are no studies assessing acute cold exposure on brain norepinephrine in animals.

Notably, exercise can increase plasma norepinephrine by 1.5-6x, depending on the intensity (Zouhal et al., 2008). Meanwhile, medications such as SNRIs affect plasma concentrations less due to their selectivity for norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine transporters in the brain.

Cold Exposure on Inflammation and Immune FunctioningAlthough this cryotherapy study did not show a direct effect on inflammation, many proponents of cold exposure, particularly Wim Hof, argue that it improves inflammation and immune functioning. A self-report survey in 1999 by Siems suggested that cold water swimmers experience 40% less upper respiratory tract infections than those who don’t engage in cold water swimming. A study of Wim Hof and some of his followers also showed a reduced pro-inflammatory cytokine response (IL-6, TNF-alpha) to injected bacterial endotoxin (Kox et al., 2014). Wim Hof also claims cold exposure increases WBCs, and although there is a theoretical basis of the enhanced immune response (as norepinephrine and cortisol are thought to mobilize WBCs in states of sympathetic arousal in preparation for defense of microbes associated with potential bodily injury), the results of studies in winter swimmers and in those engaging in passive cold water immersion are limited. For example, some studies show an increase in pro-inflammatory plasma IL-6 concentration and monocytes in cold water swimmers (Dugué & Leppänen, 2000; Lombardi et al., 2014) and with passive cold water immersion (Janský et al., 1996; Brazaitis et al., 2021). However, these studies were small, heterogeneous, and lacked adequate controls, and the in vivo significance of these findings and whether they are clinically relevant have not been studied adequately (Tipton et al., 2017).

There are no studies, to our knowledge, that assess changes in inflammatory cytokines in participants who have elevated cytokines at baseline, which represents a possible ceiling effect observed in current studies.

The anti-inflammatory effects of cold exposure are also questionable for exercise-induced inflammation, as a recent systematic review and meta-analysis of some low-quality cold water immersion studies showed no effect on post-exercise inflammatory markers (IL-6, CRP, IL-10) and a small positive effect for reducing exercise-related delayed onset muscle soreness (DOMS) (Xiao et al., 2023). Nevertheless, as we’ll discuss later, anabolic signaling, which relies on inflammatory signaling processes, is significantly decreased by cold exposure, suggesting cold exposure could have an impact on local inflammation.

How Cold Therapy Affects the Mind: Mindfulness, Overcoming Challenges, and DissociationThere are very few studies on the topic, but a qualitative study (Østergaard et al., 2024) did identify mindfulness as a key theme expressed by Danes who were frequent cold water swimmers:

It can be quite meditative to sit there in the water. You quickly forget other things and have a strong focus on being present in the moment, because it’s challenging to think about other stuff when you’re getting hit with that cold water constantly. So, I don’t think much is happening in your head.

Sometimes it can be challenging to sit and meditate and not think about anything. But when you get into the cold water, you just can’t think about anything else. It’s like the body, with the cold and warmth just forces you to be in the moment.

From our own experience, the first seconds in the water can be profoundly overwhelming, as the shock of the cold water abruptly brings attention to the body's physiological responses. A heightened sense of panic may arise, accompanied by rapid breathing and an intense urge to escape the situation. However, by consciously regulating one’s breathing and enduring the discomfort, a state of calmness gradually emerges. This experience of pushing through the discomfort is echoed by Andrew Huberman, who advises to push through multiple of these “walls,” as this can help train willpower and resilience.

Patients with borderline personality disorder often do grounding tasks within dialectical behavioral therapy, including holding ice. For many patients, this can be something that deters self-harm behavior.

However, studies have shown that cold can increase dissociation acutely (beyond a certain temperature and duration), likely as a way to protect ourselves from the pain. A study of the cold pressor task (holding your arms under freezing water for as long as you can) showed small increases in dissociation symptoms (peritraumatic dissociative experiences scale ([PDES]; t(69) = 4.87, P < 0.01, partial η2 = 0.26), but those with high trait dissociation (>25 on dissociative experiences scale [DES]) did not experience more dissociation than those with low trait dissociation (<10 on DES). (Giesbrecht et al., 2008). A repeat similar study found that pain catastrophizing was a much stronger predictor of how much someone would dissociate during this cold pressor task, compared to anxiety sensitivity and depression symptoms (Gómez-Pérez, et al., 2013).

  • Anxiety Sensitivity (AS): predicted 5% of the variance in laboratory-induced dissociation.
  • Depressive Symptoms: predicted 4.4% of the variance in laboratory-induced dissociation.
  • Pain Catastrophizing: predicted 18.6% of the variance in laboratory-induced dissociation, highlighting its role in how stress is appraised.

It would be interesting to have another arm of this study type where participants are told that doing this would decrease dissociation and improve mental wellbeing. Perhaps from that arm, the “meaning” would change the appraisal of the stress, and the pain would have meaning and less dissociation. This change in meaning is reminiscent of what Viktor Frankl observed as a common thread in those that suffered in the concentration camps (see episode 113):

The way in which a man accepts his fate and all the suffering it entails, the way in which he takes up his cross, gives him ample opportunity—even under the most difficult circumstances—to add a deeper meaning to his life. It may remain brave, dignified and unselfish. Or in the bitter fight for self-preservation he may forget his human dignity and become no more than an animal.

Future studies should address how cold exposure acclimatization changes the stress response and the degree of dissociation someone experiences. Furthermore, as we discussed in episode 230 in the written section titled “The Psychological Antidepressant Mechanisms of Exercise”, there is a benefit of “mastery experiences” as key sources of self-efficacy, in which enduring challenges and increasing one’s capabilities can improve how they feel about themselves. There might be an increase in self-efficacy from progressive cold exposure, which improves things like dissociation and mood.

Is Cold Exposure Just Placebo?Generally, it also needs to be considered that few studies use a control arm that could benefit from the placebo effect.

An interesting study assessed the effect of 21 days of the Wim Hof Method (30-second to 3-minute cold showers plus rapid breathing) vs. active control (warm showers and slow breathing) in 78 mildly depressed (PHQ score 10-20) women (avg age 45) (Blades et al., 2024). Both groups experienced a 20-30% reduction in depression (CES-D) and anxiety (GAD-7) symptoms but with no differences between groups. However, due to the different breathing patterns and different temperatures, it is difficult to isolate the effect of cold exposure. Also, the showers might not have been cold enough to cause a robust physiological response, potentially making the breathing a more important factor. Given both groups engaged in an intervention, the rate of spontaneous remission can’t be ruled out with the current study design.

(Depressive symptoms)

Note. Reprinted from “A randomized controlled clinical trial of a Wim Hof Method intervention in women with high depressive symptoms”, by Blades, R.et al., 2024, Comprehensive psychoneuroendocrinology, 20, 100272.

Broatch and colleagues (2014) attempted to control for the placebo effect by comparing cold water immersion to immersion in room temperature water and immersion in room temperature water with an added skin cleanser. The participants were told the skin cleanser was beneficial for improving post-exercise recovery. Results showed that only the control group without the added skin cleanser had a reduction in leg strength and subjective ratings of readiness for exercise, pain, and vigor 48 hours after completing a HIIT session.

This raises an important need for future cold immersion studies to measure and control for expectancy effects when evaluating treatment outcomes. Research in other areas of psychiatry, such as the antidepressant effects of psychedelics, has demonstrated that belief in a treatment’s efficacy can significantly moderate outcomes. For instance, psychedelics only show superiority over traditional antidepressants when participants believe in their therapeutic potential (Dutcher & Krystal, 2024).

The Theoretical Mechanism Behind Cold Therapy’s Beneficial Effects on MoodEngaging in consistent, challenging activities that elevate norepinephrine and dopamine levels—such as cold exposure and exercise—may theoretically recalibrate the signal-to-noise ratio within fear and anxiety-related neural circuits that activate the stress response, thereby reducing anxiety through bottom-up mechanisms. However, it is less clear whether these activities influence top-down cognitive processes, such as the tendency to misperceive threats or maintain negative self-perceptions. Addressing these cognitive biases appears to require targeted psychotherapeutic interventions.

Takeaways on the Antidepressant Effects of Cold Exposure* There are very few studies assessing the effect of cold exposure on depressive symptoms. * Mood improves immediately during and following cold exposure. * Norepinephrine is consistently increased during cold exposure and can persist for several hours. * Increases in cortisol during cold exposure may reflect psychological stress, as this effect decreases with repeated exposures. * Cold exposure likely has a small, undetermined effect on the immune system. * There are undoubtedly psychological mechanisms of the mood improvements of cold exposure, but not enough trials measure them or adequately account for placebo effects.

Cold Exposure Improves Post-Exercise Soreness, Power, and StrengthCurrently, the most robust evidence for cold therapy is in improving post-exercise recovery. As previously mentioned, the strongest evidence for cold-water immersion is for improving delayed onset muscle soreness (DOMs) (24 h: SMD -0.34, 95%CI [-0.65, -0.04], 7 trials) the following day, according to a meta-analysis of 7 studies. However, rates of perceived exertion were unchanged at 24 and 48 hours. There was also a small effect of improving power recovery 24 hours after cold-water immersion (24 h: SMD 4.77, 95%CI [2.12, 7.42] 4 trials) as measured by the countermovement jumps and sprints (Xiao et al., 2023). It should be noted that many studies used different protocols of cold exposure, including the exercise selection, method of cold exposure, temperature, and duration.

For cold water immersion, colder temperatures have not been shown to provide additional benefit for muscle soreness, as a recent review of 44 studies found that studies using severe cold (5-9°C) and moderate cold (10-15°C) were similarly efficacious (SMD =.99 and 1.0 respectively) when compared to control (Batista et al., 2023). Interestingly, when stratifying studies by time of immersion, only studies of short (<10 min) or medium (11-15 min) duration showed a reduction in DOMs compared to control, while longer immersions (>16 min) was not statistically significant (SMD 95% CI [-.16, 1.65], but this may be a result of publication bias.

Interestingly, the previous meta-analysis by Xiao and colleagues showed a reduction in creatine kinase and lactic acid, markers of muscle damage and metabolism, at 24 and 48 hours after cold-exposure. However, muscle damage is thought to be a key mediator of muscle growth. Cold therapy may actually dampen the anabolic response to training by limiting muscle damage and by suppressing muscle protein synthesis and mTOR signaling (Peake et al., 2020).

In a 12-week trial of 21 men, after each strength training session, participants were randomized to 10 minute cold-water immersion up to the waist (10.1°C) or 10 minute active recovery on an exercise bike. The cold-water immersion group grew significantly less muscle (d = −4.1; P < 0.001) and their muscle fibers had less myonuclei, which are thought to increase growth factor secretion in response to exercise-induced inflammatory signaling (Roberts et al., 2015).

These findings were replicated in another study by Fyfe and colleagues (2019), showing that cold-water immersion up to the sternum (15 min at 23°C) blunted muscle gains to a 7-week training program compared to controls who sat in a chair. Endurance and muscle strength were unchanged.

Meanwhile, there are only five studies assessing the effect of cryotherapy on training adaptations, with mixed but limited findings thus far (Haq et al., 2022).

Cold Exposure and Brown Fat: Separating Hype from ScienceBrown fat, or brown adipose tissue (BAT), is a subtype of fat tissue with many mitochondria that give the fat a more gray/brown hue. The mitochondria of brown fat are unique because they have an uncoupling protein that allows the brown fat to use glucose and other fat molecules to generate heat. This heat generating capability is vital for babies, as they cannot shiver.

Some studies have shown that brown fat can increase in activity in response to cold (Søberg et al., 2021), thus many advocates of cold-exposure claim that this increase in metabolic activity can be beneficial for metabolism and longevity.

However, this study by Søberg had major limitations:

  • Group similarities:
  • Both did around the same total physical activity/training per week, same plasma glucose, same cholesterol.

  • Differences in groups:

  • Total fat % was lower in the winter swimmer group (12.0% vs 18.2%).
  • This means the winter swimmers at the same BMI had more muscle potentially and less fat to insulate body heat, necessitating more heat production through brown fat.

  • The reported 500-calorie difference in daily resting energy expenditure is based on an extrapolation from measurements taken during a 30-minute cooling session using calorimetry. During this session, researchers observed a 10 calorie difference between the two groups. When this small difference was scaled to a full day, it resulted in the reported figures of 3,044 calories in the cold water swimmers versus 2,560 calories in the controls. However, it’s important to note that this difference in energy expenditure occurs only during the cooling period. Therefore, to achieve the reported benefits of BAT, one would need to remain cold consistently throughout the day.

  • Even if the authors were able to detect a true difference in 10 calories, which itself could reflect measurement variability of their calorimetry setup, it is not tenable to assume all of these calories can be contributed to BAT. The authors themselves state “the difference in cold-induced energy expenditure could not be explained by differential glucose tracer uptake in BAT between groups, also arguing for additional contributors in cold-induced thermogenesis.”

Where these claims continue to fall short is that BAT is incredibly sparse in adults, even in cold swimmers. It may be only 50-300g (about 1 pound) in the average adult and is only detectable in less than half of people. BAT is detectable more often in the winter, in women, in younger people, and in people with less adiposity (Au-Yong et al., 2009; Saito et al., 2009). This likely correlates with the amount of time someone feels cold.

The total energy expenditure of active BAT is incredibly small, on the order of 2-5% of basal metabolic rate (van Marken Lichtenbelt & Schrauwen, 2011). Assuming a total daily energy expenditure of 2000-3000 calories, of which basal metabolic rate is about 60%, this would equate to 40-90 calories/day. This pales in comparison to the brain, which accounts for about 20% of basal metabolic rate, and to skeletal muscle. The authors state “the improved glucose clearance following cold acclimation in humans is likely mediated, at least partly, by more efficient insulin-mediated glucose uptake by the skeletal muscle.” Consider how much glucose is taken up by muscles after a meal. It’s thought that muscle takes up 80% of postprandial glucose.

Cold exposure is thought to only increase the activity in brown fat, unlike dinitrophenol (DNP), a fat loss drug used in the 1920s-30s and by some bodybuilders today, which uncouples mitochondria in all tissues. While DNP increases energy expenditure by 30-40% and leads to weight loss by about 1lb/week, it has an incredibly low therapeutic index, as you can imagine disrupting mitochondrial functioning in the heart and brain can lead to devastating consequences (Cutting et al., 1933; Ost et al., 2017). Of note, there are currently phase II clinical trials investigating different prodrugs of DNP for use in type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD).

Does Cold Water Swimming Decrease Insulin?Another frequently cited mechanism by which cold exposure improves metabolism is its potential to enhance insulin sensitivity and lower fasting insulin levels. For example, a study by Gibas-Dorna and colleagues (2016) investigated the effects of repeated cold water swimming on fasting insulin levels over seven months in non-obese female swimmers. In the cold exposure group, fasting insulin levels significantly decreased from 8.98 ± 2.29 µIU/mL in October (average water temperature 9.5°C or 49.1°F) to 6.82 ± 1.17 µIU/mL in January (1.0°C or 33.8°F), representing a reduction of 2.16 µIU/mL. By April (4.4°C or 39.9°F), insulin levels had slightly risen to 7.43 ± 1.36 µIU/mL, but they remained lower than at baseline. Conversely, the control group of indoor swimmers showed negligible changes in fasting insulin, with levels averaging around 7.00 µIU/mL from October to January.

However, before concluding that cold water swimming alone meaningfully reduces insulin, it’s important to consider this study had major limitations. First, the cold water swimming group had significantly higher baseline levels of insulin than the control group, which complicates any comparisons between the two groups. Secondly, this study was an observational study that did not control for factors such as exercise frequency, dietary habits, or other lifestyle behaviors–important influences on insulin and leptin levels. This is especially relevant considering the cold water swimming group is a self-selecting population (participants of an outdoor swimming club) that likely already believes in the health benefits of cold water swimming and therefore is more likely to make other health-conscious changes. In other studies on exercise and diet, when participants begin to change their exercise or eating habits for the better, they will typically change the other as well. Lastly, the study did not specify how often the participants engaged in cold exposure (“twice a week, or more than twice a week”), and if cold exposure alone were the key driver of lower insulin, it would be logical to see a continued decrease in insulin levels from January to March, when water temperatures are typically at their coldest; the data, however, did not clearly establish that trend.

A few small studies on passive cold exposure in diabetic patients have also reported modest effects on improved insulin sensitivity and increased metabolic rate. These effects are thought to be largely driven by cold-induced shivering, which elevates energy expenditure and glucose uptake by muscles, functioning similarly to mild exercise. When shivering is suppressed, the effects on insulin sensitivity are reduced but remain statistically significant, likely due to increased sympathetic nervous system activity or mildly elevated glucose uptake by brown adipose tissue and muscle during non-shivering thermogenesis (Remie et al., 2021). While these studies suggest short-term improvements in insulin sensitivity and energy expenditure, the changes are relatively modest, have shown limited replicability from study to study, and pale in comparison to exercise. Furthermore, there are no randomized controlled trials that have convincingly demonstrated long-term benefits of cold exposure in lowering basal insulin levels or insulin sensitivity.

Cold Exposure Acutely Decreases Processing Speed and Executive FunctioningIn a systematic review of 18 studies (eight studies of cold air exposure and 10 of cold water immersion) on cold exposure’s effects on cognitive performance, cold exposure was shown to induce an impairment in 15 out of the 18 experimental settings, both during cold exposure and in the minutes to hours after. Processing speed and executive function showed the more consistent impairment while working memory and attention showed contrasting results (Falla et al., 2021).

Safety/Precautions of Cold Exposure* Cardiovascular risks + Risk of ventricular arrhythmias with concurrent sympathetic/parasympathetic activation from the dive response (Shattock & Tipton, 2012) - Predisposing factors, such as long QT syndrome, ischemic heart disease or myocardial hypertrophy, may be necessary for fatal arrhythmias to evolve in absence of hypothermia.

  • Arrhythmias due to hypothermia
  • The risk is highest during the “afterdrop”
  • During cold water immersion, the blood vessels in the arms and legs constrict in order to shunt blood to the core bodily organs, leaving your arms and legs much cooler. When you get out of the cold water, peripheral vasoconstriction decreases and the cold and warm blood mix, leading to a drop in core temperature as much as 4°F.

  • Risk of worsening ischemia, angina

  • Increased sympathetic nervous system response during cold shock may place strain on the heart, similar to exercise, which can exacerbate ischemia.

  • Neurological risks

  • Cerebral perfusion pressure decreases due to rapid hyperventilation from the cold shock response, increasing risk for ischemic stroke.
  • Patients with autonomic dysfunction or thoracic spinal cord injury should avoid cold exposure.

  • Other conditions such as asthma and Raynaud’s are relative contraindications to cold exposure, due to the respective risks of asthma exacerbation and ischemia of the fingers.

Recommendations and Future Directions: A Call for Further StudiesDespite widespread claims on social media regarding the mood-enhancing and cognitive benefits of cold exposure, there are currently very few randomized controlled trials (RCTs) on the subject. Additionally, significant heterogeneity exists among studies and the practices promoted online, making it unclear what specific protocols—such as temperature, duration, or timing—are most effective for mood enhancement, muscle recovery, or other purported benefits.

From a practical perspective, if a patient has no contraindications and finds cold exposure enjoyable, it may be reasonable to support its continued use. The benefit-to-risk ratio appears favorable, as the potential benefits, although not well-defined, likely outweigh the relatively low risks and costs associated with the practice. Furthermore, the placebo effect should not be underestimated; activities that foster a sense of energy and vitality may positively impact other facets of daily life. Psychological factors, such as the enhanced self-efficacy derived from overcoming the discomfort of cold exposure, may also contribute to mood improvements. However, to date, no studies have directly investigated these potential mediating effects.

In future studies, an ideal RCT would have the following design:

  • Treatment population: 50 patients with moderate depression
  • Treatment frequency and duration: 5x/Week for 8 weeks (to allow for any epigenetic impacts, similar to medications)
  • Treatment arms: Cold exposure 45°F for 3-5 minutes vs. active controls who are in water that seems cold 67°F 3-5 minutes
  • Outcome: Depression (HAM-D), Anxiety (GAD-7), Self-Efficacy (GSE), Treatment Expectations (TEX-Q), measured at 2, 4, 8, and 12 weeks. Cortisol, norepinephrine, dopamine, pre-post immersion once weekly.

Cold therapy offers intriguing possibilities for mental health, with evidence suggesting mood elevation and potential antidepressant effects. While physiological changes, including increasing norepinephrine levels, may underlie some of these benefits, the psychological aspect of willingly embracing discomfort aligns with logotherapy principles, promoting meaning through overcoming challenges. The research remains in its infancy, with mixed results and limitations in study designs. Nevertheless, social media influencers espouse the benefits of such interventions on enhancing resilience and treating mental health conditions, which need to be evaluated critically before clinicians can incorporate this into practice. If you are interested in collaborating to launch a study exploring these effects in psychiatry, let’s connect to bring this idea to life and study this much needed topic.

References:Abbott, N. J., Patabendige, A. A., Dolman, D. E., Yusof, S. R., & Begley, D. J. (2010). Structure and function of the blood-brain barrier. Neurobiology of disease, 37(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nbd.2009.07.030

Ancient Origins. (2016). Galen: A famous medical researcher of classical antiquity. Ancient Origins. Retrieved January 14, 2025, from https://www.ancient-origins.net/history-famous-people/galen-famous-medical-researcher-classical-antiquity-005459/

Au-Yong, I. T. H., Thorn, N., Ganatra, R., Perkins, A. C., Symonds, M. E. (2009). Brown Adipose Tissue and Seasonal Variation in Humans. Diabetes, 58(11), 2583–2587. https://doi.org/10.2337/db09-0833

Batista, N. P., de Carvalho, F. A., Machado, A. F., Micheletti, J. K., & Pastre, C. M. (2023). What Parameters Influence the Effect of Cold-Water Immersion on Muscle Soreness? An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Clinical journal of sport medicine : official journal of the Canadian Academy of Sport Medicine, 33(1), 13–25. https://doi.org/10.1097/JSM.0000000000001081

Blades, R., Mendes, W. B., Don, B. P., Mayer, S. E., Dileo, R., O'Bryan, J., Fromer, E., Guan, J. Y., Cheng, S. S., Mason, A. E., Prather, A. A., & Epel, E. S. (2024). A randomized controlled clinical trial of a Wim Hof Method intervention in women with high depressive symptoms. Comprehensive psychoneuroendocrinology, 20, 100272. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpnec.2024.100272

Brazaitis, M., Eimantas, N., Daniuseviciute, L., Mickeviciene, D., Steponaviciute, R., & Skurvydas, A. (2014). Two strategies for response to 14 °C cold-water immersion: is there a difference in the response of motor, cognitive, immune and stress markers?. PloS one, 9(9), e109020. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0109020

Brenke, R. (1990). Winter swimming—an extreme form of body hardening. Therapeutikon, 4, 466-472.

Broatch, J. R., Petersen, A., & Bishop, D. J. (2014). Postexercise Cold Water Immersion Benefits Are Not Greater than the Placebo Effect. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise 46(11), 2139-2147. DOI: 10.1249/MSS.0000000000000348

Buffalari, D. M. & Grace, A. A. (2009). Chronic cold stress increases excitatory effects of norepinephrine on spontaneous and evoked activity of basolateral amygdala neurons, International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 12(1), 95–107. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1461145708009140

Cutting W .C., Mehrtens H. G., & Tainter M.L. (1933). Actions and uses of dinitrophenol: promising metabolic applications. JAMA, 101, 193‐195. https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?journal=JAMA&title=Actions%20and%20uses%20of%20dinitrophenol:%20promising%20metabolic%20applications&author=WC%20Cutting&author=HG%20Mehrtens&author=ML%20Tainter&volume=101&publication_year=1933&pages=193-195&

Czarnecki, J., Nowakowska-Domagała, K., & Mokros, Ł. (2024). Combined cold-water immersion and breathwork may be associated with improved mental health and reduction in the duration of upper respiratory tract infection - a case-control study. International journal of circumpolar health, 83(1), 2330741. https://doi.org/10.1080/22423982

Dugué, B., & Leppänen, E. (2000). Adaptation related to cytokines in man: effects of regular swimming in ice-cold water. Clinical physiology (Oxford, England), 20(2), 114–121. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2281.2000.00235.x

Dutcher, E. G., & Krystal, A. D. (2024). Treatment Expectancies and Psilocybin vs Escitalopram for Depression. JAMA psychiatry, 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2024.4387. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2024.4387

Eimonte, M., Paulauskas, H., Daniuseviciute, L., Eimantas, N., Vitkauskiene, A., Dauksaite, G., Solianik, R., & Brazaitis, M. (2021). Residual effects of short-term whole-body cold-water immersion on the cytokine profile, white blood cell count, and blood markers of stress. International Journal of Hyperthermia, 38(1), 696–707. https://doi.org/10.1080/02656736.2021.1915504

Falla, M., Micarelli, A., Hüfner, K., & Strapazzon, G. (2021). The Effect of Cold Exposure on Cognitive Performance in Healthy Adults: A Systematic Review. International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(18), 9725. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18189725

Fyfe, J. J., Broatch, J. R., Trewin, A. J., Hanson, E. D., Argus, C. K., Garnham, A. P., Halson, S. L., Polman, R. C., Bishop, D. J., & Petersen, A. C. (2019). Cold water immersion attenuates anabolic signaling and skeletal muscle fiber hypertrophy, but not strength gain, following whole-body resistance training. Journal of applied physiology (Bethesda, Md. : 1985), 127(5), 1403–1418. https://doi.org/10.1152/japplphysiol.00127.2019

Gibas-Dorna, M., Checinska, Z., Korek, E., Kupsz, J., Sowinska, A., Wojciechowska, M., Krauss, H., & Piątek, J. (2016). Variations in leptin and insulin levels within one swimming season in non-obese female cold water swimmers. Scandinavian Journal of Clinical and Laboratory Investigation, 76(6), 486–491. https://doi.org/10.1080/00365513.2016.1201851

Giesbrecht, T., Smeets, T., & Merckelbach, H. (2008). Dissociative experiences on ice: Peritraumatic and trait dissociation during the cold pressor test. Psychiatry Research, 157(1–3), 115–121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2006.12.012

Gómez-Pérez, L., López-Martínez, A. E., & Asmundson, G. J. G. (2013). Predictors of trait dissociation and peritraumatic dissociation induced via cold pressor. Psychiatry Research, 210(3), 939–945. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2013.08.021

Guinness World Records. (2025). Full body contact ice endurance. Retrieved January 13, 2025, from https://www.guinnessworldrecords.com/world-records/24052-full-body-contact-ice-endurance

Guinness World Records. (2025). Guinness World Records. Retrieved January 13, 2025, from https://www.guinnessworldrecords.com/

Guinness World Records. (2025). Longest distance ice swim (male). Retrieved January 13, 2025, from https://www.guinnessworldrecords.com/world-records/589877-longest-distance-ice-swim-male

Haq, A., Ribbans, W. J., Hohenauer, E., & Baross, A. W. (2022). The Effect of Repetitive Whole Body Cryotherapy Treatment on Adaptations to a Strength and Endurance Training Programme in Physically Active Males. Frontiers in sports and active living, 4, 834386. https://doi.org/10.3389/fspor.2022.834386

Holly, E.N. & Miczek, K.A. (2016). Ventral tegmental area dopamine revisited: effects of acute and repeated stress. Psychopharmacology, 233, 163–186. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-015-4151-3

Huberman Lab. (2024). Huberman Lab. Retrieved January 12, 2025, from https://www.hubermanlab.com/

Janský, L., Pospísilová, D., Honzová, S., Ulicný, B., Srámek, P., Zeman, V., & Kamínková, J. (1996). Immune system of cold-exposed and cold-adapted humans. European journal of applied physiology and occupational physiology, 72(5-6), 445–450. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00242274

Jedema, H. P., Finlay, J. M., Sved, A. F., & Grace, A. A. (2001). Chronic cold exposure potentiates CRH-evoked increases in electrophysiologic activity of locus coeruleus neurons. Biological Psychiatry, 49(4), 351–359. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0006-3223(00)01054-2

Kelly, J. S., & Bird, E. (2022). Improved mood following a single immersion in cold water. Lifestyle Medicine, 3(1), e53. https://doi.org/10.1002/lim2.53

Kox, M., van Eijk, L. T., Zwaag, J., van den Wildenberg, J., Sweep, F. C., van der Hoeven, J. G., & Pickkers, P. (2014). Voluntary activation of the sympathetic nervous system and attenuation of the innate immune response in humans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 111(20), 7379–7384. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1322174111

Kunutsor, S. K., Lehoczki, A., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2024). The untapped potential of cold water therapy as part of a lifestyle intervention for promoting healthy aging. GeroScience. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11357-024-01295-w

Laukkanen, T., Kunutsor, S. K., Khan, H., Willeit, P., Zaccardi, F., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2018). Sauna bathing is associated with reduced cardiovascular mortality and improves risk prediction in men and women: a prospective cohort study. BMC medicine, 16(1), 219. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-018-1198-0

Leppäluoto, J., Westerlund, T., Huttunen, P., Oksa, J., Smolander, J., Dugué, B., & Mikkelsson, M. (2008). Effects of long‐term whole‐body cold exposures on plasma concentrations of ACTH, beta‐endorphin, cortisol, catecholamines and cytokines in healthy females. Scandinavian Journal of Clinical and Laboratory Investigation, 68(2), 145–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/00365510701516350

Lombardi, G., Ricci, C., & Banfi, G. (2011). Effect of winter swimming on haematological parameters. Biochemia medica, 21(1), 71–78. https://doi.org/10.11613/bm.2011.014

Lynch, C. J., Elbau, I. G., Ng, T., Ayaz, A., Zhu, S., Wolk, D., Manfredi, N., Johnson, M., Chang, M., Chou, J., Summerville, I., Ho, C., Lueckel, M., Bukhari, H., Buchanan, D., Victoria, L. W., Solomonov, N., Goldwaser, E., Moia, S., ... Liston, C. (2024). Frontostriatal salience network expansion in individuals in depression. Nature, 633, 624–633. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-024-07805-2

Moore, H., Rose, H., & Grace, A. (2001). Chronic cold stress reduces the spontaneous activity of ventral tegmental dopamine neurons. Neuropsychopharmacology, 24(4), 410–419. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0893-133X(00)00188-3

Morris, L. S., McCall, J. G., Charney, D. S., & Murrough, J. W. (2020). The role of the locus coeruleus in the generation of pathological anxiety. Brain and Neuroscience Advances, 4. doi:10.1177/2398212820930321

Ost, M., Keipert, S., & Klaus, S. (2017). Targeted mitochondrial uncoupling beyond UCP1 - The fine line between death and metabolic health. Biochimie, 134, 77–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biochi.2016.11.013

Østergaard, E. B., Petersen, A. A., van den Hengel, L., Jensen, A. M., Jensen, N. B., Sparre, P. W., & Dahlgaard, J. (2024). Winter Bathing in Denmark: A Qualitative Case Study on Winter Bathing’s Impact on Mental Health. Healthcare, 12(20), 2076. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare12202076

Peake, J. M., Markworth, J. F., Cumming, K. T., Aas, S. N., Roberts, L. A., Raastad, T., Cameron-Smith, D., & Figueiredo, V. C. (2020). The Effects of Cold Water Immersion and Active Recovery on Molecular Factors That Regulate Growth and Remodeling of Skeletal Muscle After Resistance Exercise. Frontiers in physiology, 11, 737. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2020.00737

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, August 30). Sauna & Heat Exposure’s Impact on Mental & Physical Health (No. 221) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-221-sauna-amp-heat-exposures-impact-on-mental-amp-physical-health

Reed, E. L., Chapman, C. L., Whittman, E. K., Park, T. E., Larson, E. A., Kaiser, B. W., Comrada, L. N., Wiedenfeld Needham, K., Halliwill, J. R., & Minson, C. T. (2023). Cardiovascular and mood responses to an acute bout of cold water immersion. Journal of thermal biology, 118, 103727. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jtherbio.2023.103727

Remie, C. M. E., Moonen, M. P. B., Roumans, K. H. M., Nascimento, E. B. M., Gemmink, A., Havekes, B., Schaart, G., Kornips, E., Joris, P. J., Schrauwen-Hinderling, V. B., Hoeks, J., Kersten, S., Hesselink, M. K. C., Phielix, E., van Marken Lichtenbelt, W. D., & Schrauwen, P. (2021). Metabolic responses to mild cold acclimation in type 2 diabetes patients. Nature Communications, 12(1), Article 1516. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-21813-0

Roberts, L. A., Raastad, T., Markworth, J. F., Figueiredo, V. C., Egner, I. M., Shield, A., Cameron-Smith, D., Coombes, J. S., & Peake, J. M. (2015). Post-exercise cold water immersion attenuates acute anabolic signalling and long-term adaptations in muscle to strength training. The Journal of physiology, 593(18), 4285–4301. https://doi.org/10.1113/JP270570

Rymaszewska, J., Lion, K. M., Pawlik-Sobecka, L., Pawłowski, T., Szcześniak, D., Trypka, E., Rymaszewska, J. E., Zabłocka, A., & Stanczykiewicz, B. (2020). Efficacy of the Whole-Body Cryotherapy as Add-on Therapy to Pharmacological Treatment of Depression-A Randomized Controlled Trial. Frontiers in psychiatry, 11, 522. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2020.00522

Saito, M., Okamatsu-Ogura, Y., Matsushita, M., Watanabe, K., Yoneshiro, T., Nio-Kobayashi, J., Iwanaga, T., Miyagawa, M., Kameya, T., Nakada, K., Kawai, Y., & Tsujisaki, M. (2009). High incidence of metabolically active brown adipose tissue in healthy adult humans: effects of cold exposure and adiposity. Diabetes, 58(7), 1526–1531. https://doi.org/10.2337/db09-0530

Shattock, M. J., & Tipton, M. J. (2012). 'Autonomic conflict': a different way to die during cold water immersion?. The Journal of physiology, 590(14), 3219–3230. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2012.229864

Sheline, Y. I., Price, J. L., Yan, Z., & Mintun, M. A. (2010). Resting-state functional MRI in depression unmasks increased connectivity between networks via the dorsal nexus. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 107(24), 11020–11025. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1000446107

Siems, W. G., Brenke, R., Sommerburg, O., & Grune, T. (1999). Improved antioxidative protection in winter swimmers. QJM : monthly journal of the Association of Physicians, 92(4), 193–198. https://doi.org/10.1093/qjmed/92.4.193

Søberg Institute. (2024). About us. Retrieved January 11, 2025, from https://soeberginstitute.com/pages/about

Søberg, S. (2023). Winter swimming: The Nordic way towards a healthier and happier life. Quercus Publishing. https://soeberginstitute.com/pages/winter-swimming-book

Søberg, S., Löfgren, J., Philipsen, F. E., Jensen, M., Hansen, A. E., Ahrens, E., Nystrup, K. B., Nielsen, R. D., Sølling, C., Wedell-Neergaard, A. S., Berntsen, M., Loft, A., Kjær, A., Gerhart-Hines, Z., Johannesen, H. H., Pedersen, B. K., Karstoft, K., & Scheele, C. (2021). Altered brown fat thermoregulation and enhanced cold-induced thermogenesis in young, healthy, winter-swimming men. Cell reports. Medicine, 2(10), 100408. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.xcrm.2021.100408

Šrámek, P., Šimečková, M., Janský, L. Šavlíková, J., & Vybíral, S. (2000). Human physiological responses to immersion into water of different temperatures. Eur J Appl Physiol, 81, 436–442. https://doi.org/10.1007/s004210050065

Tipton, M. J., Collier, N., Massey, H., Corbett, J., & Harper, M. (2017). Cold water immersion: kill or cure?. Experimental physiology, 102(11), 1335–1355. https://doi.org/10.1113/EP086283

Valenti, O., Gill, K. M., & Grace, A. A. (2012). Different stressors produce excitation or inhibition of mesolimbic dopamine neuron activity: Response alteration by stress pre-exposure. European Journal of Neuroscience, 35(8), 1312–1321. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1460-9568.2012.08038.x

Valentino, R. J., & Van Bockstaele, E. (2008). Convergent regulation of locus coeruleus activity as an adaptive response to stress. European Journal of Pharmacology, 583(2-3), 194-203. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejphar.2007.11.062

Van Bockstaele, E. J., Bajic, D., Proudfit, H., & Valentino, R. J. (2001). Topographic architecture of stress-related pathways targeting the noradrenergic locus coeruleus. Physiology & Behavior, 73(3), 273–283. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0031-9384(01)00448-6

van Marken Lichtenbelt, W. D., & Schrauwen, P. (2011). Implications of nonshivering thermogenesis for energy balance regulation in humans. American journal of physiology. Regulatory, integrative and comparative physiology, 301(2), R285–R296. https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.00652.2010

van Tulleken, C., Tipton, M., Massey, H., & Harper, C. M. (2018). Open water swimming as a treatment for major depressive disorder. BMJ case reports, 2018, bcr2018225007. https://doi.org/10.1136/bcr-2018-225007

Wim Hof Method. (2-25). Discover the method. Retrieved from https://www.wimhofmethod.com/

Xiao, F., Kabachkova, A. V., Jiao, L., Zhao, H., & Kapilevich, L. V. (2023). Effects of cold water immersion after exercise on fatigue recovery and exercise performance: A meta-analysis. Frontiers in Physiology, 14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2023.1006512

Yankouskaya, A., Williamson, R., Stacey, C., Totman, J. J., & Massey, H. (2023). Short-Term Head-Out Whole-Body Cold-Water Immersion Facilitates Positive Affect and Increases Interaction between Large-Scale Brain Networks. Biology, 12(2), 211. https://doi.org/10.3390/biology12020211

Zouhal, H., Jacob, C., Delamarche, P., & Gratas-Delamarche, A. (2008). Catecholamines and the Effects of Exercise, Training and Gender. Sports Med, 38, 401–423. https://doi.org/10.2165/00007256-200838050-00004

View Details

Audio Interview: Mark Ruffalo, David Puder

Transcript simplification and citing by: Jorge Salazar, MD, Al-Baab Khan

Editor: Joanie Burns, NP

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.75 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Introduction to Burnham’s Article on Splitting in a Psychiatric Hospital 00:00:16

Puder

Welcome back to the podcast. Today, I’m joined by Mark Ruffalo. He is a person that I've become friends with, he's local to Florida. I would say he drove out to be in person for this.

I actually got to know him through the residents who were in the book club a couple times. They were big fans and said, ‘He’s the best teacher—you have to meet him!’ Later, we met on X (formally called Twitter), where I was like, ‘this guy knows a lot about BPD.’ I was also listening to some of your YouTube content and I knew we had to collaborate. Mark, I know you're a fan of the history of psychiatry, so in this episode, we’ll explore borderline personality disorder—even before it was formally called that. Would you say that’s fair to say?

Ruffalo

I think that's a pretty good description.

Puder

Specifically, we’ll discuss a paper titled The Special Problem Patient, Victim or Agent of Splitting? by Donald L. Burnham, published in 1966. For those of you listening, you might wonder, “Why a paper from 1966?” Papers aren’t written like this anymore. Mark, this is one of your favorites, right?

Ruffalo

Yes, it’s one of my favorite papers in the history of psychiatry. Burnham does such a good job describing the syndrome in a way that’s rare in today’s literature. I’m not entirely sure why, but I really love the older texts because of just how descriptive it is.

Puder

I think it's almost like the new stuff has gotten so far from the practical. You know, we look at correlations, like a 0.3 correlation between this group and that group, or we look at a lot of statistical things that are a little more esoteric or difficult to handle or understand. This is a paper about 12 women over a 10-year period at Chestnut Lodge, ages 16 to 35. Actually, there was a book written about Chestnut Lodge called, The Mental Hospital, which was published in 1954. So I was looking at that and thinking to myself, 'Okay, this is a place where people stayed for 18 months.' This is how it used to be done. You can imagine this place where you had these nurses and doctors, and you had 30, 40 people staying for a prolonged stay. The kind of data you could get out of that is so much richer than my experience of the psychiatric hospital, which was usually just three to four days for most patients with borderline personality disorder. And maybe someone stayed for six months if they were truly in a psychotic space, but that was a total exception.

Ruffalo

For those who don't know, Chestnut Lodge was one of the psychoanalytic hospitals that opened in the early part of the 20th century to treat mainly schizophrenic patients. There were a few notable hospitals that opened during this time, with Chestnut Lodge perhaps being the most famous. Others included The Menninger Clinic, which is still around, obviously; Austen Riggs Center, which is in Western Massachusetts; and a few others. These were places that specialized in the psychoanalytic treatment of severe psychopathology. Virtually all of them, except for Austen Riggs, have closed. Menninger is still around, but now it's in Texas and has changed a bit. It's definitely a different era in psychiatry now, and many major names came through Chestnut Lodge, including Harold Searles, Otto Will, and several other big names in the history of psychiatry.

Puder

And so I was thinking about, what do you get from studying people for 18 months, right? So when they talk about how they collected the data, they mention talking to all the staff members, and they have recorded sessions of these conferences. They’re narrowing in on 12 patients who evoked the most emotion and turmoil within the teams. I also love this from a team perspective. As someone who's run a partial and an IOP, I can visualize the people who split the team the best. As someone who's been in practice, I'm reading this and I'm sweating, my head is hot. I'm imagining scenarios, situations. If I had read this as a medical student, I might have been bored or slightly amused, just thinking, 'Okay, what?' But when you're reading this as someone who's in the trenches, in the deep interpersonal team dynamics, it hits differently. This week, I had a patient split me and my therapist, and you know, it happens, right?

Ruffalo

I think it's hard sometimes to truly grasp the essence of splitting unless you've experienced it firsthand. You can read all the texts and papers in the world, but unless you've experienced the extremes of idealization and devaluation right before your eyes, it's hard to really comprehend what we mean when we talk about splitting. This paper, in essence, is about staff splitting, a term that’s used all the time now. One of the best contemporary scholars on this topic is Glen Gabbard, whose writing is really quite extensive on splitting in hospitals and among staff members. But I think Burnham here is discussing this phenomenon before it was fully elaborated, making it one of the early papers on this concept.

Puder

Yeah. And I would say Glen Gabbard, one thing I didn’t know about him as I was reading his textbooks as a resident, is that he's become the go-to person for psychiatrists dealing with major boundary violations. He's essentially built his career off of this, consulting with psychiatrists, physicians, and therapists who find themselves in ethical quandaries. But here, we have a paper written about this before the term 'borderline personality disorder' was even really a word.

The Psychiatric Evolution of Borderline Personality Disorder 00:07:18

Ruffalo

So, you see, this is 1966. A bit of history on borderline personality disorder: It was John Gunderson, along with Margaret Singer in 1975, who coined the term 'borderline personality disorder.' But borderline states had been described in psychiatry as early as the 1930s, with Adolf Stern, who first described a condition existing somewhere between psychosis and psycho-neurosis. You see different terms being used—Bleuler, I think, talked about latent schizophrenia. Perhaps most notably, there was Hoch and Polatin’s concept of pseudoneurotic schizophrenia from 1949. A psychiatrist named Peterson discussed subclinical schizophrenia, and Kernberg in the 1960s described borderline personality organization, a broader concept that captures all personality disorders defined by the DSM. Then, Gunderson really described a distinct syndrome that we now call borderline personality disorder, which made its way into the DSM-III in 1980. There have been various descriptions of this condition or syndrome over the years, but it was Gunderson’s work that defined it as a distinct disorder. Another influential concept was Helene Deutsche’s 'as if' personality, which is sometimes grouped with all the historical antecedents to BPD.

Puder

Yeah. And I think, you know, it’s not like it hasn’t been around or that it was invented. People used to call it hysteria, which probably meant something similar to BPD. What do you think?

Ruffalo

Yeah, and there are some scholars, like Nancy McWilliams and Jonathan Shedler, who argue that a lot of what we call BPD is actually histrionic personality organized at the borderline level, to use Kernberg’s conceptualization. Others, like Gunderson, see it as its own syndrome. I think there’s good evidence to suggest that what we call BPD is actually a cohesive syndrome [Bohus et al. paper from 2021 supports BPD as a valid and cohesive clinical syndrome].

The symptoms tend to occur together, there's a course to the illness that begins in adolescence, and there's research on genetics. So, I do believe in BPD as a distinct psychiatric disorder. In fact, Otto Kernberg has come around to accepting this notion as well. He now incorporates BPD in his theory of personality organization.

Balancing Process and Skills in BPD Therapy 00:10:20

Puder

Yeah, this is something I’ve covered in past episodes, most recently on medications in BPD. In summary, many national societies are moving away from seeing medications as helpful for BPD itself. If there are comorbid issues, maybe you can treat those, but they’re moving away from the idea that people necessarily need to be on long-term medications.

Ruffalo

It was just a few weeks ago that the American Psychiatric Association published some new guidelines on treating BPD. They basically said psychotherapy is the treatment of choice, and while medications may be useful at times and for targeting specific symptoms, they are not advised long-term. What’s also noteworthy about the guidelines is that the APA acknowledged that psychodynamic treatments are effective, and that there isn’t one single effective psychotherapy for BPD. For years, decades now, dialectical behavior therapy has been talked about as the gold standard, and it can certainly be an effective treatment. But now, there's greater recognition that therapies like transference-focused psychotherapy [see also Episodes 130, 140, 170, and 171] , which is based on Kernberg's work; good psychiatric management, which was Gunderson’s approach and is still being taught and written about; and also mentalization-based therapy [see also Episodes 29, 115, 206, and 224], which I know you’re interested in, are also valuable.

Puder

Well, I've been covering all these topics. So, when this report came out, I was like, have I somehow influenced the APA? But probably not. We’ve been talking about this for a while. I had an episode with Feinstein where we went through five different well-studied therapies. There are studies comparing dialectical behavior therapy with transference-focused therapy, and they both show great results. In some ways, I’d argue transference-focused therapy is better, because there seems to be an improvement in reflective function. I’ve covered that topic [see also Episodes 41, 206, 213, and 224], and that has really helped my understanding of BPD and severe psychopathology in a way that’s much deeper than just saying ‘the therapeutic alliance is so important for psychotherapy.’

Puder

I used to be a huge proponent of therapeutic alliance, but I think I’ve shifted more towards the view that what we’re really trying to do is improve reflective function. Not just in our clients, but in ourselves as therapists as well. That’s a much more complex and nuanced process, and it uses things like transference and countertransference.

Okay, but I want to get into this paper because it's so good. I want to read parts of it to you guys. It starts out discussing internal splits—how the patient's experience and presentation of herself are divided. It says 'herself' because all of the clients in this cohort were female. The typical patient in this series was very poorly integrated and, in certain respects, poorly differentiated. It’s going to go through what that means palpably. I just want to point out that when we think of BPD, there are different levels of functioning, and these patients are probably more on the severe level of dysfunction. I was also thinking, do these patients become dysregulated in such an intensive setting?

Ruffalo

Sure.

Puder

And I wonder about that.

Ruffalo

Yeah. I wonder about that as well. There are certainly mixed opinions on treating BPD in the hospital setting, with some people arguing that these patients should not be admitted to general psychiatric units. I think there’s some valid reasoning behind that. The exception might be if you have a unit specializing in personality disorders, like Kernberg’s unit in New York, where it might be more appropriate to treat these patients in an inpatient setting. But, yeah, you have to wonder whether the length of stay and intensity of treatment are factors. Years ago, there was this idea of transference psychosis in borderline patients. Kernberg talks about this, and he recounts a case from early in his career where a patient saw him walking down the sidewalk in New York City and hallucinated Dr. Kernberg spitting on the ground out of contempt for the patient. The patient had a transient hallucinatory experience related to the therapy. It was noted that the intensity and frequency of classical psychoanalytic treatment—seeing the patient on the couch three, four, or five times a week—was not suitable for borderline patients, as it could trigger a transference psychosis. So, one has to wonder, when patients like this are hospitalized for long periods, whether regression occurs as a result of the hospitalization itself. In fact, hospitalization might worsen these patients, even though we might not recognize or see it in that way today. These are important considerations.

Puder

Yeah, I think when you consider most DBT tracks I've seen, they’ll have a process group once a day. So, you might be processing five days a week, but you’re not the only one sharing with one person in a dyadic way. The program I used to run was focused on psychosomatic patients, and every group was process. For some patients, it was just too much. In our program, each group had an element of process. I think that’s one reason DBT tracks focus a lot on skills-based groups. You know, they have transfer focused therapies twice a week.

Now, if you look at the papers on mentalization-based therapy, where it’s been very successful, they start with five groups a week, then go to three, and then two, for about a year and a half. By the end, patients might have had around 500 treatments. It's a lot of time and a lot of hours—500 hours of treatment. But when you think about the full spectrum of someone's life and attachments, 500 hours is just a blip in their overall life trajectory. Even 50 hours can make such an impact sometimes. In fact, 75% of people improve in just 50 hours of psychotherapy. That’s impressive. [see also Episode 144]

Ruffalo

So, I don't know for certain, but I imagine that here in the 1960s at Chestnut Lodge, a lot of these patients were seeing their psychiatrist for psychotherapy probably every single day. For 50 minutes or an hour, I would imagine that was the context. And then also group psychotherapies and attention from the nursing staff.

Symptomatology & Self-Perception00:18:01

Puder

Yeah. So when I read the book that was written about this, it mentioned— and I was specifically looking at the boundary violations—some of the staff members, especially nurses and aides, became too close to certain patients. They would spend disproportionate time attending to favored patients, sharing personal details of their own lives, and relying on the patients for emotional support. And that's the type of patient we're talking about today. Yes, they would elicit this incredible bond in the staff, and through that bond, the normal frame of how you might relate to a patient would dissipate.

Ruffalo

There's a great quote from Burnham (1966) in the article that captures this—the very essence of what you're describing. He writes, “No one could remain indifferent to or only mildly interested in the appeal. Its irresistible, gripping, insistent demand quality evoked the most intense feelings, whether of love or of hate” (p. 109).

Puder

I would say that the appeal is like this request from the patient for a special type of relationship with a particular person. They hoped to obtain the ideal self, they hoped to obtain this perfect maternal role. Right?

I want to talk about when they looked at the commonalities of patients. I want to go category by category and just kind of break this down. So, the first category was body image disturbances. This is on page 107, and it says:

She also reported such experiences as her arms swelling, her head shrinking, her body being dismembered, tenuously glued together, or suspended in midair, somehow apart from herself. Other patients spoke of feeling dead, encased in cement, and uncertain whether they still were breathing (Burnham, 1966, p.107).

Ruffalo

These are obviously symptoms that point to this historic notion that borderline personality was a schizophrenia-like syndrome. I mean, we're really talking about psychotic symptoms here. One has to wonder whether some of these patients included in the group of 12 did in fact have a psychotic illness. I've done a little bit of writing on these types of symptoms in BPD. I think they're underestimated. I think the DSM does a really poor job of appreciating the frequency and severity of these symptoms in borderline patients. I mean, in the diagnostic criteria, all we see is a reference to transient paranoia, which certainly does happen in BPD. But I think if you look a little bit closer and really do a good job evaluating the patient, you'll see brief experiences of hallucinatory phenomena, similarities in terms of how patients use logic and how they come to conclusions—similarities between BPD patients and schizophrenia patients. And other commonalities including disturbances in how one perceives one's body.

Depersonalization & Dissociation 00:21:52

Puder

When I read a lot of these, first of all, it's very visceral language. And this is why I'm saying like, no one writes like this anymore when they write about BPD. I just haven't read anything like this. To me, it's a very dissociative phenomenon that I'm reading. It's a way that I've understood a lot of the complexity of these symptoms: when you feel tenuously glued together, suspended in midair, somehow, it seems like a very dissociated state.

Let me go on to depersonalization, because that is the very definition of dissociation. It says: they felt like a stranger to themself, whose body is this, is it all mechanical and doesn't have human feeling? They refer to themselves in the second or third person. One patient referred to her eye as 'the thing one sees with,' and she strongly implied that her use of the word 'I' would be criminal misappropriation of a scarce item, which others deserved far more than she. These patients shared a pervasive doubt concerning what of themselves and others was real and what was false. They were enormously preoccupied with how to distinguish the genuine from the pretended, most obviously, in their testing of others, but fundamentally in trying to resolve their uncertainty of self-definition.

Ruffalo

Sure. This is touching on what we would say in modern object relations theory is self and object differentiation. You know, where do I end and where does the other person begin? And all sorts of disturbances here in the patient's object relations.

Puder

I think of this as dissociation, like when all the other defenses break down. Things like sublimation, rationalization, humor, denial… When those break down, it kind of ends in this more dissociated state. Do you see it differently than I do?

Ruffalo

I see it very similarly. I would say either a dissociative state or psychotic defenses at that point. So, you know, paranoid projections, hallucinations, and the like.

Puder

I've had a patient that I worked through successfully who had a dissociated transference of me. So it's not that she didn't exist, although she felt like she was often in a cloud or disconnected from her body. She went from seeing me as this kind, warm, generative figure she could bring to mind when she was distressed, to seeing me as a frightening, scary presence, as if I didn’t exist at all. Even when I was there with her in the session. It took about a year and a half—this was the most prolonged dissociative transference I’ve ever encountered with a client. It was a year and a half before we worked through it. To be vague, it required consistently showing up and being as present as I could. But even during the sessions, I started to feel dissociated. I had to ground myself, bring myself back into my body. I would sometimes feel extremely sleepy at times and needed to stand up or even pinch myself to stay grounded.

Ruffalo

What you're describing, of course, is the patient inducing a phenomenon that's very similar to their own experience. And this is the essence of countertransference. With these types of patients, we often experience intense countertransference reactions, and these reactions give us insights into the patient. I’m sure you’ve discussed this with other guests before, but it’s important. It reveals something significant about the patient, especially in cases of borderline pathology.

Puder

Yeah. It took me a while to realize this with this particular patient. I found it helpful to interpret it this way: much of her childhood was shaped by her experience with her parents. She viewed them as these ghostlike figures. And in a way, she was reprocessing that experience through me. When we worked through it, she could tolerate being around her parents more.

The Interplay of Self-Worth, Soothing, and Hypersensitivity 00:26:33

Puder

Okay, let's move to the next category:

Inside-outside uncertainty

She often perceived shifts in her feelings as drastic changes in the appearance and intentions of others. In the midst of all this inner-outer uncertainty she had little sense of autonomous control, but felt at the mercy of her environment.

One patient said, "Whose thoughts are those? They must be some- thing from a movie or a book. People have me connected up and are putting slides in my head to make me see and say what they want (Burnham, 1966, p.107).

Puder

It’s like a bunch of opposite paradoxes to some degree. Inner-outer uncertainty… She felt at the mercy of her environment and others, like where do other people end and I begin? Mentalization theory discusses this concept, calling it 'psychic equivalence mode,' where patients feel like their thoughts are reality. So when they perceive that other people are thinking something, they are actually thinking it.

It’s not just 'Dr. Puder might be angry with me,' or 'Maybe, Dr. Puder is angry with me, but I could be wrong.' No, it’s 'Dr. Puder is angry with me.' It's an absolute certainty.

Ruffalo

This also touches on Gunderson’s notion of interpersonal hypersensitivity. Patients are incredibly sensitive to what’s going on around them, often misperceiving their environment. As Harold Searles said, the borderline patient has no symptom-free moments. He pointed out that every little thing, from how you greet the patient in the waiting room to how you answer the phone when they call to change their appointment, could be vulnerable to misinterpretation.

Puder

Exactly. There’s this exquisite hypersensitivity. And it’s driven by interpersonal fear. It’s like, 'Are you and I going to be okay? Do you really care about me? Am I really your special patient? Am I someone you really care about? Am I important to you?' It’s intense fear around these questions.

I don't know if you heard my discussion with the mentalization-based guys on narcissism, but it was like an epiphany for me. I realized that the same level of fear in narcissists is tied to the question: Is this person wounding my perception of how others see me? It’s not about the relationship itself; it's about this image I have of myself, as this wonderful teacher, being wounded by this slight from this person.

Ruffalo

Yes, exactly. So, I think the deficit in narcissistic patients is in the area of self-worth. In borderline patients, it’s both in self-worth and in the ability to hold and soothe themselves. This was part of Gerald Adler's work in the 80s. He talked about a borderline-narcissistic continuum. So, we often see in borderline patients the same deficits as in narcissistic patients, but with an additional aspect of the illness when it comes to the inability to soothe and hold themselves during periods of aloneness. We could go into that idea of a continuum more if you'd like.

Puder

Yeah, help me understand that continuum. So, people with borderline personalities are really struggling to soothe themselves when they’re alone, right? And, as you know, many therapies have… when I heard Marsha Linehan talk about DBT [see also Episode 140], she would mention how borderline patients would call her. Patients with borderline traits—I'm trying to be careful about saying the 'borderline' because it labels them at the core of the disorder. I think it's the person who struggles with borderline traits. So, they would call her. I don’t have this feature in my practice, right? I think there's a different way of framing it, and the frame is very important to maintain. Therapy takes place within the session.

Ruffalo

Yeah. So, Kernberg and the transference-focused people argue that the therapy contract is essential when working with borderline patients. One of the first things that should be done is outlining the role of the patient, the role of the therapist, and maintaining the frame. Keeping the contract is vital in treating these patients. Now, Gerald Adler, whose work on BPD I really like, argued that the goal of treatment is for the patient to internalize a holding, soothing object in the form of the therapist. So, Adler recommended that when the therapist went on vacation, they should send a postcard to their patients so that the patients have something to remember them by. This might sound odd to other psychodynamic theorists, and I doubt Kernberg would agree with this approach, but Adler believed that the goal of treating borderline patients, at least the borderline segment of the pathology, was for them to internalize a soothing, holding object that could sustain them during periods of aloneness. So, they wouldn't need to reach out to others in frantic efforts to sustain themselves. This ties into his idea of evocative memory, which I find to be a very useful concept. I'd like to talk about that for a moment. Adler thought that the fundamental deficit in borderline patients was in their use of evocative memory. In healthy, normal functioning, we are able to summon a mental representation of a healthy internal object that provides us with comfort and soothes us. So, we don’t have to rely on other people to do this for us. We can do it ourselves and feel fine being alone. Adler believed that borderline patients can’t do this. They rely on self-objects, meaning they rely on other people to perform this vital psychological function for them. When these self-objects aren’t available, the patient falls apart. Adler links this idea to developmental psychopathology and developmental theory. He talks about object constancy and the formation of evocative memory in early life, somewhere between 12 months and 2 years of age. Any disturbances during that time may give rise to some of the symptoms of BPD. I think this concept of evocative memory and object constancy is really powerful for understanding why a patient becomes so frantic when their primary object is unavailable

Nature vs Nurture in BPD 00:34:46

Puder

Interesting. Two thoughts come to mind. One is from my episode on the prisons of Mesopotamia (see also Episode 172), where we discussed solitary confinement. It's actually toxic to everyone’s brain—being alone for months in solitary confinement shrinks the brain. There have been a lot of brain studies on this. It’s incredibly harmful to the brain. Afterward, everyone has worse mental health, with higher rates of psychosis and other issues. So, I think I might challenge this idea that we should be okay alone. I’m not so sure that’s always the case.

Ruffalo

I think there's nuance there.

Puder

Yeah, there’s nuance. Maybe it’s not the level of desperation or the real painful agony of separateness.

Ruffalo

I’ve had BPD patients tell me that it feels like they’re dying—like metaphorical death—when the object isn’t available.

Puder

Yeah, it’s absolute agony. It triggers a stress response in my body, just thinking about the suffering from the agony. When I read this paper, it mentions that several of the patients had been adopted, or had been cared for by a series of parent surrogates. Almost all of them had deep doubts about who their real parents were. They often developed compensatory fantasies, imagining they were descended from famous or royal figures. These were tough childhoods. Some might argue, 'I know someone with BPD who came from a really warm family, what about them?' But I’d say, 'How much do we really know about what that family was like for that child?' Was there a personality mismatch in that family? Were there messages from the parents like, 'You can’t show up emotionally, because my emotions need to be fully present and there’s no room for yours?' Or was there hostility or anger that silenced a sensitive person? I see expressions on your face that suggest you resonate with something or maybe have some memories of these things.

Ruffalo

Yes, it’s very complex. You're right, there are some patients who seem to come from fairly normal childhoods and still develop BPD. Joel Paris, who’s in Canada, talks about this and finds it quite problematic to say that all BPD cases result from trauma (Paris, 2020). I think that resonates with me. When we look at genetic research, about 40-50% of what we call BPD appears to be inherited.

Puder

That's similar to ADHD, which is more like 60%. For height, it’s about 90%. So, yes, I agree some of it is genetic. But I also want to highlight the role of adverse childhood experiences [see also Episodes 88, 92, 203, 204, 215, 217, and 224]. I recently did a deep dive into this, and as you move from one to two, three, four, five, or six different types of adverse experiences, the odds ratio for developing BPD jumps to about 25 when you hit five.

Ruffalo

Does not surprise me at all.

Puder

Exactly. While many conditions show an odds ratio of 2 (things like heart disease, diabetes, physical issues), BPD and complex PTSD have a much higher increase. It’s striking.

Ruffalo

I think psychodynamic theorists have known this for decades. I get a little frustrated when people talk about trauma as if it’s a new idea in the field. If you read historical texts, you’ll see attachment, neglect, and abuse have been discussed for a long time in psychoanalysis. It’s not a new discovery. In terms of psychogenetic factors, I think neglect is likely a more significant or relevant factor than overt abuse in BPD, though overt abuse is certainly present. Linehan and Kernberg seem to agree that neglect is a more important factor. However, there were studies in the '90s showing that 60-70% of patients with BPD had experienced sexual abuse. [This 1995 paper by Kenneth Silk et al. found that among 37 psychiatric inpatients with BPD, 76% had experienced sexual abuse.] So trauma is obviously relevant. But I worry when we go on a search for trauma in every patient’s background.

Puder

Yes, and that’s a pet peeve of mine. It’s concerning when therapists ask very leading questions, because their own journey can imprint onto their patients in the same way, which is problematic.

Ruffalo

That’s very problematic nowadays.

Puder

Yes, I’ve seen this with a religious figure in one of the towns I lived in. He seemed to think that certain types of people had certain trauma, and he became EMDR [eye movement desensitization and reprocessing] certified even though he wasn’t a therapist. That was a bad combination. I also knew a therapist who had been through sexual abuse herself, because several of her patients told me similar stories. We must be aware of our own issues and how they might affect our work.

We also need to consider disorganized attachment, which can be observed at four months of age and linked to higher rates of dissociation by age one and a half. So, there’s a link between early attachment wounds and later difficulties (see also Episodes 69, 87, 88, 194, 206, and 225). We’re not just talking about the still-face experiment, but how repeated experiences of emotional unavailability and chaos create disruptions in development. For some of my patients, their mothers were addicted to meth, alcohol, and other drugs, making them chaotic and emotionally absent. For others, their mothers had schizophrenia and were psychotic, paranoid, and erratic, often not on medication. Some of my patients were in and out of foster homes, leading to very erratic, chaotic environments. So, it’s important to recognize there are many different scenarios here. We can’t assume one path or search for the same experiences in every case.

Ruffalo

Right, exactly. Kernberg highlights this, and it’s important to note that there’s no single path to borderline personality disorder. We see trauma, abuse, neglect, as well as genetic factors, especially innate aggression and attachment pathology. BPD is complex and doesn’t have one cause. That’s why a biopsychosocial approach is crucial in understanding it, and in psychiatry overall

Identity Diffusion: Gender, Sexuality, Age & Role Dynamics 00:43:45

Puder

One section that I found interesting discussed gender and sexuality in BPD patients. It’s important to note that these issues are fluid and change from moment to moment. Sexual identity and role also were uncertain and conflictual. These patients were tormented by questions such as, "Am I woman or man, girl or boy? 'Which do I want to be? Am I like my father or my mother?" These conflicts were outwardly manifest in oscillations between masculine and feminine choices of dress, grooming, and activity interests. One patient, apparently in a determined effort to deny all femininity, sheared off her hair, smoked cigars, and wore trousers. A few weeks later, however, at a hospital party she was most decidedly feminine in a low-cut gown and evening gloves, and obviously enjoyed flirtatious exchanges with many of the men present. She, like most of the special-problem patients studied, often displayed feminine- masculine oscillations within spans of a few days or even hours.

Ruffalo

Yes, absolutely. This speaks to identity diffusion in these patients.

Puder

Exactly. I wrote down 'distinct gender identity crises in BPD.' It’s not that these individuals have always had a very concrete, fixed identity. The question is, how do we, as therapists, approach this in a nuanced way? We must avoid seeing it as monolithic and instead view it as part of a broader identity diffusion. I don’t think we talk enough about this aspect, but it’s crucial in understanding the complexities of BPD.

Ruffalo

We certainly don't talk enough about sexuality in this context. It’s a controversial territory and it’s sometimes difficult to navigate when it comes to issues of sexuality in borderline personality disorder. But going back to the '80s, Akhtar described the syndrome of identity diffusion, and one of its core symptoms is a diffusion in sexual identity. As you pointed out, it’s not just about identity confusion—it’s about the rapid and frequent changes in one’s sense of self, particularly in sexuality. These shifts can happen within days, or even hours, as noted in this paper. There’s something significant about that rapidity.

Puder

Yes, and in the next section, it mentions that age can fluctuate too.

Several claimed ages older or younger than their actual ages, and their appearances tended to fit these claims. Not infrequently, they had been encouraged to premature competence, or rather, pseudo competence, in various sectors of behavior. For example, one patient described with mixed pride and resentment how, before the age of five, she had made her way alone around the New York City subway system. —Notice it's with pride and resentment—. Others had been included in adult social activities at inappropriately young ages. Several had been recruited by their mothers as special confidantes and companions, to be leaned upon and entrusted with intimate details of the mothers' problems, including those of their marital relationships. The usual boundaries between generations had been blurred, and at times the usual independent-dependent axis of the mother-child relationship had almost been reversed. The daughter-father relationships had been similarly distorted, with frequent not-so-subtle invitations to "be a better wife to me than your mother is” (Burnham, 1966, p.108).

or as a patient has told me, 'My dad dumps all his issues on me.' There was no space for the children to express their own concerns because their parents had turned them into emotional support systems.

Ruffalo

Yes, that’s a total blurring of family dynamics. We see that all the time.

Puder

Exactly, it’s the parentification and it’s the role reversal. I think about my own kids, and while I share things with them, it’s never in a dysregulated way. But many of my patients talk about growing up with dysregulated parents—where the mother or father would rant for hours about personal issues. It’s an incredibly unhealthy dynamic.

Ruffalo

Yeah. And many of these children grow up to work in the helping professions, ironically.

Puder

Oh, absolutely. And those of us who’ve been in similar situations understand it. It often comes with this mixture of pride and resentment. It’s like, 'I had this valuable place in the family unit.' There’s a certain power in it, a special role, but at the same time, it’s suffocating for a lot of my patients. They feel this weight, like their emotional system wasn’t ready for it, but they had to deal with it. Then, they become the person that others turn to because they’re seen as a good listener. This social connection might be what they wanted or needed, but it also brings the burden of taking on other people’s emotional weight. And sometimes, they’ll come to therapy saying, 'This is the first time I’ve had a place where I can share.' But even then, they’re often afraid of burdening the therapist. I'm still afraid that it's too much. I shouldn't be sharing with you my weight or my stuff. So, it's like somehow that was imprinted and then transferentially shows up in the relationship.

Caution in the Patient & Therapist Relationship with BPD 00:50:35

Ruffalo

Yes, I think when we observe this dynamic in a therapist who was raised in such an environment, it often manifests as what is traditionally referred to as a rescue fantasy. This is the therapist's sublimated need to "rescue" a broken parent, a drive they channel into their work with patients. While this can serve as a powerful and effective motivator in therapy, it also carries significant risks. A therapist with such a strong desire to save or rescue their patient may inadvertently blur boundaries, potentially leading to ethical violations or emotional entanglements.

Puder

Absolutely. And it’s crucial to approach this dynamic with compassion and curiosity rather than judgment. For example, when working with therapists as a supervisor, I don’t adopt a punitive stance if boundaries have been crossed. Instead, I explore the underlying factors: What happened here? What led to accepting client calls at all hours of the day and night? Pulling back from these patterns can feel excruciating—not just for the therapist but also for the patient, who may perceive it as deprivation.

Ruffalo

That’s precisely why establishing a clear therapeutic frame or contract is so vital. When a therapist begins to step back and enforce boundaries, it can feel to the patient as though they’re being denied care or compassion.

Puder

When this happens, the patient can quickly shift from idealizing the therapist to devaluing them entirely. The rage that was previously directed inward—through self-harm, negative self-appraisals, or other behaviors—might now be directed at the therapist. For someone whose identity is tied to helping, this can be an exquisitely painful experience.

Ruffalo

Absolutely. It can be deeply painful and have profound effects on the therapist. Harold Searles wrote a paper in 1959 titled, “The Effort to Drive the Other Person Crazy,” which is language we wouldn’t use today. But when the patient is subjected to alternating between idealizing and devaluing patterns, it can have a profound effect on the psyche of the therapist, creating confusion: What is it that you want from me? The patient, in essence, projects disavowed aspects of themselves onto the therapist, in the attempts to induce in the therapist feelings similar to what the patient experiences.

Puder

Yeah. This is projective identification. The patient projects these feelings onto the therapist, and the therapist, depending on their own developmental history, may unconsciously identify with them. Interestingly, I used to work at a clinic that Dr. Randy Sansone did research out of, and he found higher rates of Borderline Personality Disorder in resident clinics compared to regular outpatient clinics (Sansone & Sansone, 2015).

Ruffalo

Interesting.

Puder

Yeah, and I can think of a couple of reasons why this might be the case. Having sent patients to resident clinics, I often referred patients who were really difficult to place with other therapists. Many therapists would see these patients once and decide they weren’t a good fit. However, residents were generally more open to taking on anyone. So sometimes that was the reason. But I think there’s something more to it. But yeah, I think there's something about that. Just beware, if you're a young professional listening to this.

Presentations of BPD in Literature 00:53:30

Puder

Uncertainty of Self Valuation:

The typical special-problem patient fluctuated unevenly between global good and bad self-appraisals. Once again, we’re talking about identity diffusion—the sense of self shifting so quickly. at one time regarding herself as a kind, generous near-angel, and at another as a loathsome, evil monster. She also oscillated between the opposite poles of many pairs of component attributes. Among the most salient of these were the sick-well and the dependent-independent polarities. (Burnham, 1966, p.108).

Ruffalo

Right, we’re seeing contradiction and paradox here—self-splitting. When splitting is discussed, it’s often framed as the patient viewing others as either entirely good or entirely bad. But patients also engage in self-splitting. At different points, they might see themselves as intelligent, attractive, and worthy, and at other times as foolish, unattractive, and unlovable. Self-splitting is just as significant.

Puder

Yeah. They also talked about: “Her grooming ranged from highly fastidious to totally neglectful; her eating habits from gluttony to ascetic starvation; and her communicativeness from lively conversation to muteness. Sometimes she was kind and considerate, at other times sarcastic and demanding” (Burnham, 1966, p.109).

Do you see why this paper is such a favorite?

Ruffalo

You just don't see this type of writing anymore.

Puder
It’s beautiful writing—really beautiful. It’s so delightful to read such beautiful writing, but at the same time I had a stress reaction reading it. At the same time, I’m empathizing with many patients I’ve seen over the years who struggle with these dynamics.

Ruffalo
It feels very “experience-near,” whereas much of today’s scientific writing feels “experience-far.”

Puder

It's intellectualization, creating a sense of distance—like operating on a cadaver. In the paper, they mention that terms like "mixed" and "borderline" were frequently used when attempting to place the patient in a diagnostic category. Even here, "borderline" was applied as a kind of in-between classification when they weren’t sure where she fit.

Ruffalo

As Nancy McWilliams puts it, “Too crazy to be neurotic, but not crazy enough to be psychotic.” Of course, I don’t mean “crazy” in a pejorative sense—that’s McWilliams describing the ambiguity often associated with borderline cases.

Variability of Self & Exploring BPD Relationship Dynamics 00:58:37

Puder

Okay. Here's another one:

Also filled with uncertainty were answers to vexing questions of her capacity for self-control and responsibility. At times she appeared to be a purposeful, even willful, active agent; at other times a helpless, passive victim. The variability of her behavior also spawned doubts about her sincerity and genuineness, similar to her own unsure- ness of where her masks left off and where her real self began. How to distinguish the genuine from the pretended plagued the patient and staff alike. (Burnham, 1966, p.109).

I think, as someone experienced with these cases, it’s important to avoid moralizing. I’m not trying to figure out what’s “real” or not; What are your thoughts on this?

Ruffalo

So often, borderline patients express, “I don’t know who I am. I have no idea who I am.” Burnham (1966) writes that “it’s difficult to determine where their masks end and their true self begins” (p.109 ). The variability between seeing themselves as capable and competent versus utterly helpless and victimized is striking. And yes, the concept of “victim” is significant here. When we consider the victim-victimizer dynamic, persecutory objects often play a role in their lives. At different times, therapists or psychiatrists may find themselves cast into these roles. I agree—it’s important to avoid moralizing the behavior. We can describe it and understand its phenomenology without passing judgment. But I think we run into trouble when we shy away from describing the behavior entirely. I think that some people get offended just by sort of talking about the behavior the patient engages in as if it's a bad thing to do.

Puder (01:04:31):

Right. So where does this identity diffusion come from? The struggle to form a coherent sense of self often leads to vacillating between extremes. Let’s dive into the appeal made by these patients:

It comprised requests for healing, rescue, and protection from suffering. The theme of intense need was communicated variously: "I need you... You are my lifeline… You make me alive, complete, and real…You are absolutely essential to me." Obviously, such poignant statements readily evoked wishes to help in persons who had elected healing roles. More than this, they prompted in many listeners a profound sense of being chosen as the needed person, a response which Main termed "the arousal of omnipotence” (Burnham, 1966, p. 109 ).

Ruffalo

This is one of my favorite passages in the paper because Burnham is talking about the vulnerability of therapists, doctors, and nurses to this kind of appeal. And the feelings it evokes in the other person to be needed and wanted. When a patient expresses that their survival depends on you—conveying something like, "Without you, I will fall apart. You are essential to me"—it resonates deeply, especially with those who have chosen a helping profession as their life's work. This appeal evokes a profound reaction, a sense of purpose and importance. And this is often a source of conflicts we see interpersonally. Burnham highlights how the chosen caregiver often becomes deeply invested in their role as the "needed person." There's something profoundly significant about being selected as the one who is uniquely required, and this sense of indispensability can both empower and complicate the therapeutic relationship.

Puder

“The arousal of omnipotence” (Burnham, 1966, p.109). What do you think about that phrase?

Ruffalo

I don't know exactly what Main is referring to there, but I think it refers to the sense that the therapist or caregiver believes they are the only one capable of truly understanding and helping the patient. This belief can create a "hero complex," where the helper sees themselves as the savior.

Puder

Oh yeah, it’s a hero. A type of fantasy, right? When you go back. Exactly. You mentioned victim, abuser, and hero. And this is why, when I talk about the hero's journey, I like to pose the therapist not as the hero, but as the guide, right? Yes. If anything, in the story, you're the guide which is kind of like in the hero's journey—it’s the common mythological structure. The hero ventures into a foreign land, needing to overcome obstacles. Encounters a guide to equip them in some way to overcome the obstacles they go, then separately overcome the obstacles and come up against maybe malevolence or evil, overcome it, and then go back home and bring some of the gifts that they learned along the way.

Ruffalo

That's a good metaphor. In therapy, this often plays out when the therapist assumes the role of a boundless helper or savior—believing that they can rescue the patient. The therapist might think, "It will be because of me that I save this patient." This can lead to several problems in treatment. For instance, if you're involved in psychopharmacology, you may end up prescribing medication that isn't appropriate or fail to hospitalize a patient who truly needs it because you believe you can handle everything. The mindset might be, "I'm the only one who truly understands this patient." Over time, this can lead to more significant boundary issues as well.

Puder

In the article, they talk about the origins of the appeal:

The patient's urge for a very special relationship, tantamount to rebirth into a good-mother-self union, was rooted in her conviction that herself was directly and currently shaped by proximate per- sons. In a manner typical of her faulty self-other differentiation, she experienced her good self as resulting from current contact with good persons, her bad self from contact with bad persons, and her uncertainties and variations of self-definition from the inconsistencies within and among others (Burnham, 1966, p.110).

Ruffalo

I think this is 10 or 15 years later when we see Gunderson discussing the same concept—the sensitivity of the patient to relationships with others. He defines the syndrome as an interpersonal problem at its core, explaining how the patient’s emotions are intricately tied to the dynamics of their relationships, to use Gunderson's term, with the “major object.” If they feel good today, it's because things are going well with the major object. If they feel depressed, it’s likely because there is some problem in that relationship. And their sense of goodness, or how good they are in the world, is shaped by ‘proximate persons,’ to use Burnham’s term. Their sense of self-worth, their sense of goodness, and even their will to continue living in some cases are linked to whether they feel appreciated, cared for, and loved by the ‘major object,’ (further highlighting how interconnected their self-concept is with their relationships).

Splitting: Good Objects vs. Bad Objects & How it ManifestsPuder

The paper describes how some nursing staff noticed they were perceived as the “good objects,” and they tried to encourage others to become good objects as well. Meanwhile, the patient identified other individuals as “bad objects” and tried to distance themselves from them. Additionally, the patient attempted to “purify” themselves by projecting their bad self-elements onto those defined as bad objects. Essentially, all the negativity from the patient, all of the badness, was transferred to these bad objects. This unique form of splitting creates factions within the unit. Some staff members thought, “We just need to love this person more and give them what they want,” while others believed, “This person is manipulative, lying, and taking advantage of the system. We need to be stricter.”

Ruffalo

Yes, and this dynamic often escalates. Members of the first group may accuse those in the second group of being too punitive, authoritarian, or lacking compassion. It can become quite contentious. Gabbard discusses this phenomenon extensively in his writings on staff splitting. These intense divisions can sometimes align along professional lines—for example, differences between nurses, social workers, and psychiatrists—or they may simply depend on individual personalities. Another related paper that touches on this theme is from the 1980s. It’s titled “Treating The Patient Who ‘Can’t’ Versus Treating The Patient Who ‘Won’t’”, and it explores splitting in the context of whether a patient is unwilling or unable to do something. Some staff members may assert that the patient isn’t trying hard enough, while others argue that the patient’s illness genuinely prevents them from accomplishing certain tasks. These kinds of divisions often take similar forms.

Puder

I love how you incorporate insights from other papers into this discussion—that’s so good. The paper further discusses:

The urge for an all-good self participating in all- good relationships runs counter to normal integration of both good and bad within the self and within particular relationships. These points of contrast are important in understanding the nature of the appeal(Burnham, 1966, p.111).

Ruffalo

Yes, it ties back to fundamental object relations theory. Integration—the ability to see both good and bad qualities in oneself and others—is a key part of healthy development. For example, being able to say, “This person has both good and bad qualities, but overall, they’re a decent person.” When someone hasn’t achieved that developmental milestone, we see splitting. Here, they perceive people as entirely good or entirely bad. For example, a person is seen as composed only of good qualities or only of bad ones, with no nuance. Achieving integration is a vital developmental achievement in object relations theory.

Puder

So the appeal starts often with the call from the referring agency. When I read this part, I thought, “Wow.” So you can imagine it says:

Often the initial referral was made through special channels and contained a mixed plea and warning that the patient required and deserved special treatment. The referring person would emphasize how vital it was that the patient be met by sensitive understanding lest the basis for treatment be undermined at the outset. His advance briefing would include warnings of others' failures at this task and invitations to rectify their insensitivities and mishandling of the patient. Requests for the assignment of the especially skillful and experienced therapist of a specified age and sex were common (Burnham, 1966, p.111)

Ruffalo

Yes, we still see this all the time today. I’m not sure if you follow this on social media, but I’m a member of some local groups where people post looking for referrals for certain types of patients. Often, you’ll see something like the case you just described. They’ll say, “I have a very vulnerable patient with special needs who requires particularly sensitive care.” Then, they’ll specify that the patient needs a therapist who is either a male or female of a specific age range, someone inclusive, and so on. This is exactly the kind of phenomenon Burnham was talking about over 50 years ago.

Puder

From the outset the typical problem patient engaged in a quest for persons who might fit the

good-mother, magic- helper mold (Burnham, 1966, p.112).

So, this patient is searching for this person. They're searching and I would say there's some that are just better at cultivating, and like getting this type of relationship, you know?

Poignant depiction of the theme of love- deprivation in her life was outstanding. This was conveyed by myriad subtle hints as well as by full descriptions. She avowed that her parents had been so troubled, insensitive, or otherwise preoccupied that they had neglected her needs (Burnham, 1966, p. 112).

Potentially that really did happen. So potentially... I'm like, where do I stand right now? I'm not really the magical helper, in the way I frame it.

Ruffalo

Yeah, I think that the theme of love deprivation is really interesting to me. I think clinically this often plays out when a patient comes in and starts talking about how other therapists have failed them, that no one has ever really understood them, no one has really "got" them. They've been deprived of good treatment by their past providers. Now, you and I both know there’s a lot of good therapy out there, and there’s a lot of bad therapy as well. So, you certainly can’t diagnose a patient based on this alone. But this theme of feeling deprived by all past providers or love partners is very common in borderline psychopathology.

Puder

Yeah, it’s a mixture. It’s complicated, like you said. This is where, if it's a one-off, ‘I know this provider well, I’ve had many patients with this provider,’ and this person says this, it's like, "Wow." But if it’s the 10th story about that provider, as a psychiatrist, I’ll sometimes hear the 10th story about a specific provider, it’s like, ‘Oh, take note of that too.’ But inevitably, most providers, I can kind of figure out who they work well with and who they don’t. It’s also how they cultivate certain stories about the provider, it’s like they’re splitting from the very beginning.

Ruffalo

Very often in the initial stages with this type of patient, you’ll be cast in the role of, you know, the White Knight. You know, they’ll say, "You’re the best doctor I think I’ve ever seen. You have all these great reviews on the internet, and I’m so thankful you’ve accepted me as a patient." And, you know, the idealization often begins pretty early. But as Jonathan Shedler (2022) says, “If you're cast as the White Knight in Act One, you're almost certain to be cast as a villain in Act Two” [sic]. And, of course, he’s talking about splitting and the inevitable devaluation that follows in the treatment of these patients.

Motivations of Suffering & Manipulation with BPD 01:17:33

Puder

I think it's worth going through like this one little part that talks about:

Her sufferings took on the form of intense loathing and accusations of herself using such epithets as “dirty, disgraceful thing…monster…. horrible murderer... disgusting piece of garbage.” She experienced some of these accusations as arising from within, others from outside.

Episodic self-mutilation was also frequent. Her violent hatred and rejection of parts of herself had multiple meanings, several of which will be discussed later (Burnham, 1966, p. 112).

I want to focus on the meaning of self-hatred as a form of suffering. And I would say, there is a lot of suffering in these patients. So, as we talk about this, I don’t want us to miss the heart of it, which is that we study this to help, and not over-idealize ourselves as they idealize us, or over-devalue ourselves as they devalue us. But to have some thick skin to ride through it and see ourselves with the constancy that they don’t necessarily see.

Ruffalo

I think the point about suffering in these patients is so important. When I was in graduate school and doing my internship and psychotherapy training, we certainly talked about the suffering of schizophrenic patients, those with bipolar illness, and the severely depressed patient. I believe the suffering we see in borderline personality disorder is amongst the most severe, if not the most severe, in all psychiatric illnesses. As I’ve worked with borderline patients, I think the suffering is different in some ways from how a patient with psychotic illness suffers, but it’s still profound. I think some people interpret discussing the nature and symptoms of the psychopathology as somehow missing or neglecting how much the patient suffers or what their experience is like. But I don’t see it that way. I think discussing the nature of the psychopathology is a way to understand the depth and severity of the suffering. If you don’t talk about the nature of the psychopathology, you miss it. So, there’s room for both: we can understand the pathology and also appreciate the intensity and severity of the suffering these patients endure.

Puder

I would add that, as someone who has led a team, particularly in the partial IOP that I ran, I would sometimes see the splitting. Being able to point that out to the team, put words to it, and get both sides to talk about it was some of the most important work I did. My psychodynamic understanding of transference, countertransference, and projective identification helped me in that process. When I imagine talking to you, it’s about keeping the team together as well. I imagine that as people move forward in their profession, they become team leaders, whether it’s in a small community or overseeing people who work for them. Having this ability and this paper as a tool, is important. I wonder if you could speak to this point:

The present series of patients also presented evidence of childhood experiences that taught them the power of displays of suffering and threats of self-harm to influence others. Frequently, one or both parents had used such methods of appeal or coercion in other instances. Strong self-destructive urges, while not manifesting in the parent's overt behavior, had featured prominently in their fantasies and dreams (Burnham, 1966, p.112).

Ruffalo

Yeah, I think it just makes sense that in the context of neglect, a child might learn to resort to all sorts of means to garner love, attention, and sympathy. So, I think this is often the seeds or the root of some of what we describe as manipulation. And I think this is an important way of understanding it.

Puder

And when we think of manipulation, we often think of someone manipulating us to get money, sex, or control. But this isn't necessarily what we're talking about here. We're talking about manipulation with the goal of having you as a love object, this stabilizing force internally, the soothing mother for them. This perspective helps us have more compassion for the tactics they use. A lot of this isn't conscious— they don’t realize they’re doing it. I'm also reminded of stories of sociopathy, where someone was born into a family with a father who was a conman, and they ended up doing similar things. Perhaps their parent used illness as a way of regaining connection. Maybe the mother threatened suicide when she needed something. Some of these behaviors may have been caught, not learned consciously.

It's not about shaming that, but about understanding it.

Ruffalo

Yeah, I think of somatic or hypochondriacal symptoms often developing this way. If a child's emotional needs weren’t attuned to, if they weren’t listened to emotionally, but instead a parent would bring them to a doctor at the first sign of a cough or fever, unconsciously, the child may start to exhibit physical symptoms to garner emotional attention and love. It’s a powerful idea.

Puder

Yeah. And I think the skillfulness determined how well they probably were able to achieve that. They talk about how She further exemplified the care she desired by ministering to substitute objects, including live pets or cuddly toy animals. For instance, she would embrace and rock one of these, saying, ‘She is frightened and wants to be held’(Burnham, 1966, p.113).I had one attending who said, you know someone likely has borderline personality disorder if they come into the office with a stuffed animal.

Ruffalo

Yeah, I heard the same thing at Pitt. It was very commonly said, and I think there’s truth to these notions that have been around for decades.

Puder

They talked about how they described their room- one patient even tacked on the wall, pelts of pets that had died. You can think about these as transitory objects, love objects from the past.

Ruffalo

Again, to sustain the patient, right. In the failure of evocative memory, to go back to Adler, the patient needs some tangible representation of a good object. I've heard of patients who will hold on to something that reminds them of their partner when their partner is gone, to remind them that their partner still exists in the world. It could be a small gift or something they hold in their pocket—some type of souvenir that the patient can use to conjure up the mental representation of the partner in the absence of the other person. So, in this case, the pets on the wall could be something akin to that.

Puder

A staff member once commented, "Going into her room is like going inside her." The urge to create an all-good world of perfect constancy was clearly evident. The quality which she most desired in the supplies was genuineness. Again and again, she sought proof that they were real, not pretended, but her doubts never seemed quite fully allayed. Repeatedly she said explicitly and implicitly, "You don't really care. If you did, you would do something to prove it more tangibly (Burnham, 1966, p.110).

Ruffalo

Yeah. This touches on what the psychiatrist Grotstein talked about when he was describing the "black hole." He used this metaphor to describe the futility of satisfying a patient who’s plagued by this type of problem. It's sort of like pouring into a glass with no bottom—there's nothing that can be said or done that truly allays the patient's abandonment anxiety. The patient always requires more and more proof from the object that you're not going to leave them. And sometimes, this is asked explicitly in therapy. I have patients who ask me, you know, sometimes weekly, "You're not going to retire, are you? You're not going to move, or you're not going to fire me, are you?" And that may allay their concerns for a short period of time, but as Grotstein would say, it’s like a black hole phenomenon.

…01:28:52

Puder

I recently did an episode on OCD (Episode 228), and they talk about not reassuring the patient, but sitting in the doubt. I wonder if that's how we should approach that type of anxiety.

Ruffalo

That's interesting. Yeah.

Puder

It's almost like it's really distressing. I think this is what Dr. Tar would say, what he taught me. It's so distressing to think that I might leave, and I just want to sit with you in that distress. Then I'll keep reading from this article:

“If you really cared, you would give me more than talk." She spoke of many earlier experiences in which the actions of others had belied their words. Her word-wariness and seemingly insatiable desire for something more, of course, presented difficult problems in psychotherapy (Burnham, 1966, p.113).

Ruffalo

Yes. Words are not enough. You need to show me. I think that's a pervasive communication in these patients.

Puder

They go on to sharing secrets. So you can start to see where this is, where there's some slight boundary violations. There may be some places for sharing stories from your own life, but for her, the appeal was sharing secrets and receiving secrets. As Maine termed them:

…The precious little jewels of information, while telling each that this information was something she had been unable to tell anyone else, and extracting from each a promise that the secret would be revealed to no one else. Thus secrets were offered, and frequently accepted, as a valuable token of trust and esteem, creating a two-person secret society (Burnham, 1966, p.113).

This idea of secrets was later somewhat dismantled when the staff would come together in sessions and realize that multiple staff members had received the same secrets. So, it was a way of connectedness that was common.

Ruffalo

Yes. "I'm going to tell you something I've never told anybody else"—in reality, I've told multiple others this exact thing, but yes.

Puder

Another side to the patient's bestowal of secrets was her encouraging her confidants to reciprocate by confiding in her. She implied that this would go far toward proving their trust and esteem of her. She further encouraged confidences by a remarkable, though uneven, capacity for empathic reading of the inmost thoughts of others (Burnham, 1966, p.114).

These patients are often very sophisticated in reading the room, picking up on small grudges between individuals. Exploiting those grudges, gathering secrets about staff members, and potentially using those as weapons.

Ruffalo

Yes, this is what’s often referred to as triangulation. Much of it is motivated by unconscious forces, but it manifests as attempts to divide and conquer, reflecting the underlying pathology.

How BPD Bargains & Projects Unconsciously 01:32:27

Puder

The next topic is the "bargain."

A special feature of “the appeal” was “the bargain”, which as offered by the patient and accepted by the staff, was largely unspoken and perhaps largely unconscious. It involved the patient offering the implicit promise that not only that her needs were temporary and satiable, but also that if they were met, she would become well. “If you will temporarily be a good mother to me, I will then become strong and self- sufficient, even to live up to my potentialities.” (Burnham, 1966, p.114).

This dynamic becomes challenging for the provider because it demands breaking the normal frame of care. The patient conveys that colluding with her in a special type of relationship is what will be healing.

And, and this is where I think as providers, we need to be very sure that our normal way of doing things is sufficient.

Ruffalo

Exactly. What’s communicated is essentially, "I need you to bend or break the rules for me." The implication is that if you really cared about me, you’d do so. If you truly wanted to help me, you'd deviate from your established practices. Practically, this might look like texting or calling outside of sessions, meeting in non-clinical settings like parks or restaurants, or doing something outside the standard therapeutic framework. The unspoken bargain becomes, "This deviation from the norm is essential for my healing."

Puder

And I’m thinking: is it behavioral therapy to meet a patient in a park if they're anxious about going to parks? Maybe for someone with OCD, but not necessarily for this type of patient.

Ruffalo
Sure. This is why diagnosis is so important. Not every patient is treated the same way. There’s so much anti-psychiatry rhetoric out there, but this is one of the most important aspects of diagnosis in terms of psychotherapy. Treating a personality-disordered patient is very different from treating someone with other types of pathologies. I was just reading Kernberg yesterday, and he discusses how, in less severe pathologies, there’s often a blurring between psychodynamic and supportive psychotherapy. But when we're dealing with severe personality pathology, it requires a different approach.

Puder

I think one thing we may not fully address is how through this special relationship with the patient, there’s a dynamic where they can turn you against another staff member. What happens is, because of the intense self-hatred that the patient carries—the cutting, the self-harm—it needs an outlet. That inner conflict and badness have to be directed somewhere. It’s like they want you to align with them, to collude with their own anger and vitriol, and project that onto another person. So, the other staff member becomes “all bad,” in their eyes. They split, and that internal conflict manifests outwardly—through self-harm, through their interactions, and even in their dreams.

Ruffalo

Yeah, I think Gabbard has commented on how a patient's projection of their own internal conflicts can serve to alleviate those conflicts when they see them externalized—manifesting as conflict between staff members. The projection of inner turmoil onto others becomes as a mechanism for resolving unconscious forces within the self.

Puder

The paper touches on this further, particularly the concept of splitting. It discusses how team meetings became a critical tool in managing the splitting dynamic. This aligns with approaches like mentalization-based therapy and DBT. Marsha Linehan, the creator of DBT, once said at a conference that if you're not meeting as a team regularly to discuss these patients, you're not actually practicing DBT.

As leaders—because I consider all my listeners to be leaders—you're instrumental in facilitating teamwork and addressing splitting dynamics.

Provider Education on BPD & Closing Remarks 01:37:46

Puder

One of the things that stood out to me is that you may enlist colleagues to meet the patient’s needs. Your own internal regulation can reach a point where you are no longer able to meet those needs. It escalates to where you start seeking more and more support to help you regulate. I remember a colleague coming to me who was completely dysregulated after working with one of these patients. He didn’t even know she had borderline personality disorder. He had completed an entire counseling degree and had never been taught how to treat it.

Ruffalo

Such a failure of education. It's very unfortunate. Very unfortunate.

Puder

Even just saying, “This person has borderline personality disorder,” was a revelation for him. He looked at me with this expression, like, “What is that? And how do I treat it?”

Ruffalo

It's very unfortunate. Very unfortunate.

Puder

He got some books on different ways of treating it, and he’s doing good work now. It’s been several years, and the patient is thriving, at least the last time I spoke to him. So one of the things they comment towards the end of this paper was that sometimes the group meetings were not enough. And so have some compassion for yourself as a future provider, as someone who will be a part of teams.

“In outlining the benefits from these group meetings, it would be inaccurate to leave the impression that they were a sure..fire cure-all of the splitting problem. This they were not; sometimes they foundered or totally collapsed” (Burnham, 1966, p.122).

This was awesome. I feel like if we had another hour, we could do justice to the rest of the article. But you’ll have to check it out yourself. On my website, psychiatrypodcast.com, we’ll link the full article, so you can go there and read the whole thing.

Ruffalo

Definitely. I encourage your listeners to read it. It’s, you know, 49 years old now—1966, right? At first, you might think, "Oh, it’s outdated," but no, there’s real gold in this article.

Puder

Yeah. And what I appreciate about you is that you don’t neglect these older, valuable articles. I’d love to have you on again, maybe to go through more of them one at a time and really do them justice. There’s so much wisdom in these historical works. Honestly, I could see this as a great CME opportunity—you know, continuing medical education credits—because it’s so in-depth. And even though this article is 50 years old, it has timeless insights. I was thinking about how history is essential. You can’t have a philosophy or theory without grounding it in historical facts. This author and the research team did a good job summarizing the dynamics of 12 patients who effectively split the unit over a 10-year period. They captured it in a qualitative way—not with a lot of statistics, but through early qualitative research, which is the foundation of so many great papers.

Ruffalo

Absolutely. The foundation of psychiatry, psychopathology, and psychotherapy was qualitative work and case studies. If you don’t know the history, you might think you’ve invented something new, when in reality, it’s been explored for decades—sometimes even a century or more.

Puder

Exactly. That’s the “grandiose naivety,” right? It’s probably why you and I won’t create our own schools of therapy. We recognize that we’re not better than the greats who came before us. There’s just so much value in learning from them.

Okay, we’ll leave it there for today. Thank you so much for coming on—I really appreciate it. Now we’re off to enjoy some steak.

Ruffalo

Yeah. Thanks so much for having me. Been looking forward to this and appreciate the opportunity.

Puder

And I heard you’re thinking about writing a book that compiles many of these excellent papers.

Ruffalo

We're in the early stages of that right now, but yeah, I think it's gonna be an ‘essential papers’ sort of book on BPD where I write an introductory chapter and sort of try to weave all the theory together.

Puder

Let me just plug you here—you didn’t ask me to do this, but Mark L. Ruffalo. You can find him on Twitter, or X. He’s worth following to learn from the articles and insights he shares. Okay. We'll leave it there.

Ruffalo

Thanks David.

ReferencesAdler, G. (1981). The borderline-narcissistic personality disorder continuum. The American journal of psychiatry, 138(1), 46–50. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.138.1.46

Akhtar S. (1984). The syndrome of identity diffusion. The American journal of psychiatry, 141(11), 1381–1385. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.141.11.1381

Anscombe, R. (1986). Treating the Patient Who “Can’t” versus Treating the Patient Who “Won’t.” American Journal of Psychotherapy, 40(1), 26–35. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.psychotherapy.1986.40.1.26

Asylum Projects. (2022). Chestnut Lodge Sanatarium. Retrieved from https://www.asylumprojects.org/index.php?title=Chestnut_Lodge_Sanatarium

Austen Riggs Center. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://www.austenriggs.org/

Behavioral Research & Therapy Clinics. (2025). Marsha Linehan. University of Washington. Retrieved from https://depts.washington.edu/uwbrtc/our-team/marsha-linehan/

Burnham D. L. (1966). The special-problem patient: victim or agent of splitting?. Psychiatry, 29(2), 105–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/00332747.1966.11023457

D'Agostino, A., Rossi Monti, M., & Starcevic, V. (2019). Psychotic symptoms in borderline personality disorder: an update. Current opinion in psychiatry, 32(1), 22–26. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCO.0000000000000462

Gunderson, J. G., & Lyons-Ruth, K. (2008). BPD's interpersonal hypersensitivity phenotype: a gene-environment-developmental model. Journal of personality disorders, 22(1), 22–41. https://doi.org/10.1521/pedi.2008.22.1.22

Hoch, P., & Polatin, P. (1949). Pseudoneurotic forms of schizophrenia. Psychiatric Quarterly, 23, 248–276. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01563119

Kanter, J. (2021). Otto Allen Will Jr.: A brief portrait. Psychiatry, 84(1), 16–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00332747.2021.1889313

Keepers, G. A., Fochtmann, L. J., Anzia, J. M., Benjamin, S., Lyness, J. M., Mojtabai, R., Servis, M., Choi-Kain, L., Nelson, K. J., Oldham, J. M., Sharp, C., Degenhardt, A., Hong, S., & Medicus, J. (2024). The American Psychiatric Association practice guideline for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 181(11). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.24181010

McGinn, L. K. (1998). Interview: Otto F. Kernberg, M.D., F.A.P.A., Developer of Object Relations Psychoanalytic Therapy for Borderline Personality Disorder. American Journal of Psychotherapy, (52)2, 125-260. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.psychotherapy.1998.52.2.191

Menninger Clinic. (2025). Homepage. Retrieved from https://www.menningerclinic.org/

Oransky, I. (2004). Margaret Thaler Singer. The Lancet, (363)9406, 403. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(04)15460-3

Paris, J. (2020). Treatment of borderline personality disorder: A guide to evidence-based practice (2nd ed.). Guilford Press. https://www.guilford.com/books/Treatment-of-Borderline-Personality-Disorder/Joel-Paris/9781462541935

Peralta, V., & Cuesta, M. J. (2011). Eugen Bleuler and the Schizophrenias: 100 years After. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 37(6), 1118–1120. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbr126

Peterson, D. R. (1954). The diagnosis of subclinical schizophrenia. Journal of consulting psychology, 18(3), 198–200. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0061349

Psychiatric Times. (2005, April 1). Through the times with Glen O. Gabbard, M.D. Psychiatric Times, 22(4). Retrieved from https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/through-times-glen-o-gabbard-md

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, September 19). What is psychodynamic theory? (No. 29) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2018/9/19/what-is-psychodynamic-theory?rq=mentalization%20based

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, March 31). Therapeutic Alliance Part 4: What is Transference and Countertransference? (No. 41) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/strongepisode-041-strongtherapeutic-alliance-part-4-what-is-transference-and-countertransference?rq=041

Puder, D. (Host). (2019, December 11). Therapeutic Alliance Part 6: Attachment Types and Application (No. 69) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2019/12/11/therapeutic-alliance-how-to-build-an-attachment-with-your-patient?rq=disorganized%20attachment

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, July 25). Disorganized Attachment: Fear without Solution (No. 87) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/2020/7/25/jta1s2b7mixbkkge59fio4rz1vcj3b?rq=disorganized%20attachment

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, August 8). Disorganized Attachment: Fear Without Solution Part 2 (No. 88) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/strongepisode-088-strongdisorganized-attachmentnbspfear-without-solution-part-2?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, September 17). The Big Five: Neuroticism Part 1 (No. 92) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/strongepisode-092-strongthe-big-five-neuroticism-part-1?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2021, May 13). Borderline Personality Disorder: History, Symptoms, Environment, Genetics & Brain Science (No. 115) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-115-borderline-personality-disorder-history-symptoms-environment-genetics-amp-brain-science?rq=mentalization%20based

Puder, D. (Host). (2021, November 8). Borderline Personality Disorder: Psychotherapy Schema Therapy(No. 130) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-130-borderline-personality-disorder-psychotherapy-schema-therapy?rq=130

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, February 25). Borderline Personality Disorder: Common Factors In Effective Therapies With Dr. Robert Feinstein (No. 140) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-140-borderline-personality-disorder-common-factors-in-effective-therapies-with-dr-robert-feinstein?rq=140

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, April 5). Psychodynamic Psychotherapy with Jonathan Shedler, Ph.D.

(No. 144) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-144-a-rose-by-another-name-psychodynamic-processes-in-other-therapies?rq=shedler

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, February 24). Using Transference To Improve Connection (No. 170) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-170-using-transference-to-improve-connection?rq=170

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, March 3). Nancy McWilliams on Mental Health, Transference, and Dissociation (No. 171) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-171-nancy-mcwilliams-on-mental-health-transference-and-dissociation?rq=171

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, March 10). Prisons in Ancient Mesopotamia with Nicholas Reid (No. 172) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-172-prisons-in-ancient-mesopotamia-with-nicholas-reid?rq=Mesopotamia

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, October 11). Dr. Sue Johnson: Attunement, Attachment and the Development of Emotionally Focused Therapy (No. 194) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-194-dr-sue-johnson-attunement-attachment-and-the-development-of-emotionally-focused-therapy?rq=disorganized%20attachment

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, January 19). Adverse Childhood Experiences and Their Lasting Impact on Health: A Comprehensive Guide (No. 203) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-203-adverse-childhood-experiences-and-their-lasting-impact-on-health-a-comprehensive-guide?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, February 2). Adverse Childhood Experiences Part 2: Measurement, Impact on Future Mental Health, Dissociation, and Timing of Trauma (No. 204) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-204-adverse-childhood-experiences-part-2-measurement-impact-on-future-mental-health-dissociation-and-timing-of-trauma?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, February 23). Mentalization Based Therapy (MBT), with Dr. Anthony W. Bateman, MA, FRCPSYCH and Dr. Peter Fonagy, PhD, FBA (No. 206) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-206-mentalization-based-therapy-mbt-with-dr-anthony-w-bateman-ma-frcpsych-and-dr-peter-fonagy-phd-fba?rq=mentalization%20based

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, May 17). Reflective Functioning: The Key to Attachment with Dr. Howard Steele (No. 213) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/reflective-functioning-the-key-to-attachment-with-dr-howard-steele?rq=213

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, June 14). Understanding Complex PTSD and Borderline Personality Disorder (No. 215) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-215-understanding-complex-ptsd-and-borderline-personality-disorder?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, July 19). Adverse Childhood Experiences - HPA axis & Brain changes: cortisol, amygdala, hippocampus, cytokines, & epigenetics (Part 3 of ACE series) (No. 217) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-217-adverse-childhood-experiences-part-3-aces?rq=adverse%20childhood%20experiences

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, October 9). Understanding Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) Medications & Treatment (No. 224) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/bpd-treatment-medications-and-therapy?rq=mentalization%20based

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, October 25). Psychology and Inside Out 2: A Breakdown of Adolescent Emotional Lives (No. 225) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-225-inside-out-2-adolescent-emotions-psychology-analysis?rq=disorganized%20attachment

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, December 6). Comprehensive Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) Treatment Guide: Evidence-Based ERP Approaches and Best Practices for Clinicians (No. 228) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-228-comprehensive-ocd-treatment-guide-evidence-based-erp-and-cognitive-strategies

Sansone, R. A., & Sansone, L. A. (2015). Borderline Personality Disorder in the Medical Setting: Suggestive Behaviors, Syndromes, and Diagnoses. Innovations in clinical neuroscience, 12(7-8), 39–44. PMCID: PMC4558791 PMID: 26351624

Scharff, J. S. (2015, November 24). A tribute to Harold F. Searles, M.D. International Psychotherapy Institute. Retrieved from https://theipi.org/a-tribute-to-harold-f-searles-m-d/

Searles, H. F. (1959). The effort to drive the other person crazy: An element in the aetiology and psychotherapy of schizophrenia. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 32, 1–18. https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1111/j.2044-8341.1959.tb00463.x

Shedler, J. [@JohnathanShedler]. (2022, August 16). If you audition for the role of White Knight in Act I, don't be surprised when you're cast as Villain in Act II.[X]. X (FKA Twitter). https://x.com/JonathanShedler/status/1559719049189150721?mx=2

Silk, K. R., Lee, S., Hill, E. M., & Lohr, N. E. (1995). Borderline personality disorder symptoms and severity of sexual abuse. The American journal of psychiatry, 152(7), 1059–1064. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.152.7.1059

Stanton, A. H. (1954). The mental hospital: A study of institutional participation in psychiatric illness and treatment. New York: Basic Books. https://archive.org/details/mentalhospitalst0000stan/page/n9/mode/2up

Stefana, A. (2015). Adolph Stern, father of term “borderline personality”. Minerva psichiatrica. (56)2. 95. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/284733558_Adolph_Stern_father_of_term_borderline_personality

Triarhou, L.C. (2022). Helene Deutsch (1884–1982). In: The Brain Masters of Vienna. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-13052-6_15

View Details

Audio Episode Host: David Puder, MD

Audio Episode Guest: Nicholas Fabiano MD, Brendon Stubbs PhD

Article Authors: Nicholas Fabiano MD, Liam Browning BA, Christopher Campbell, Brendon Stubbs PhD, David Puder MD

Article Reviewers: Erica Vega, MD, Joanie Burns DNP

Corresponding author: David Puder, MD

Psychiatry CME for listening to this activity: 1.75

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Date Published: 12/20/2024

Conflicts of interest: Brendon Stubbs is on the Editorial Board of the Journal of Physical Activity and Health, Ageing Research Reviews, Mental Health and Physical Activity, The Journal of Evidence Based Medicine, and The Brazilian Journal of Psychiatry. Brendon has received honorarium from a co-edited book on exercise and mental illness (Elsevier), an associated education course and unrelated advisory work from ASICS and FitXR LTD.

Dr. David Puder and Dr. Nicholas Fabiano have no conflict of interests to report.

Introduction On Exercise For DepressionExercise benefits both mental and physical health. Specifically, it has demonstrated antidepressant effects, which are often compared to other first-line treatment options such as medications or therapy. In previous episodes, we have explored various aspects of exercise, including exercise as a prescription for depression/anxiety/stress (episode 010), performance enhancement (episode 012), strength training for depression (episode 018), the best exercise program for depression (episode 096), exercise as a drug for mental health and longevity (episode 142), exercise for the brain (episode 165), and the exercise & mental health 2023 update (episode 179).

In today’s episode, we are delighted to welcome two leading experts in exercise and mental health: Nicholas Fabiano, MD and Brendon Stubbs, PhD. Dr. Fabiano is a psychiatry resident at the University of Ottawa and has contributed extensively to research on exercise and mental health, as well as other innovative topics in psychiatry and medicine. Dr Stubbs is recognized as one of the world’s foremost researchers in mental health and neuroscience, ranked among the top 0.1% of researchers in the field. He has authored more than 2,500 studies, influenced global health policies through organizations such as the World Health Organization and the World Psychiatric Association, and influenced various public health campaigns. Dr. Stubbs has been an instrumental force in bringing credibility and legitimacy to the use of exercise as a valuable treatment modality. Together, Dr. Stubbs and Dr. Fabiano bring unparalleled expertise to today’s conversation on exercise and depression.

We hope you enjoy this engaging episode and encourage you to explore the work of Dr. Fabiano and Dr. Stubbs, as well as our previous episodes on exercise and mental health, for further insights into this transformative area of research.

Why Exercise: The Science Behind Its Power To Combat DepressionPhysical activity (PA) is any movement that uses energy, while exercise is a planned and structured form of PA aimed at improving fitness. PA provides many benefits for mental health. It reduces stress, improves sleep, boosts mood, enhances self-esteem, and has specific antidepressant effects (Wegner et al., 2014). Upon contraction, muscles release myokines (cytokines and peptides) that mediate communication with other organs to increase brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) (Oudbier et al., 2022). Studies have demonstrated that PA promotes neuroplasticity through this upregulation of BDNF, which is important for mood regulation (Wegner et al., 2014). There exists also a bidirectional relationship with depression—PA reduces depressive symptoms, while inactivity is associated with increased depression risk (Huang et al., 2020). Given its broad impact on mental and physical health, PA has been included in treatment guidelines for depression as a first-line therapy (Lam et al., 2024).

Public Perception Of Exercise As A Treatment For Depression (Fabiano et al., 2024)Decades ago, exercise was not a serious treatment option for depression. However, over the last 30 years, the sheer volume of research publications on physical activity, mental health, and well-being has become immense. A recent bibliometric analysis of the literature found 55,353 documents on exercise and mental health published between 1988-2021 (Sabe et al., 2022). In particular, a large-scale umbrella review (including 97 reviews [1039 trials and 128,119 participants]) found that exercise was highly beneficial for improving symptoms of depression, anxiety and distress across a wide range of adult populations, including the general population, people with diagnosed mental health disorders and people with chronic disease (Singh et al., 2023b). Although these findings are certainly valuable, the media misconstrued the evidence stating that, “[E]xercise is around 1.5 times more effective than either medication or cognitive behaviour therapy” (Singh et al., 2023a); this misleading headline has since been widely disseminated to millions across news outlets, podcasts, videos, and blogs. This claim erroneously arose through the comparison of effect sizes from “very low quality” previous systematic reviews of physical activity interventions for mental health (Singh et al., 2023b). Given the overlapping 95% confidence intervals and substantially methodologically superior systematic reviews the authors used as a comparison, they made a more accurate statement that exercise is “comparable to or slightly greater” (in mild symptoms).

It is imperative that robust science is communicated widely, but this needs to be done in the interest of science and, in this case, patients. As the media is known to play a crucial role in influencing people’s perception and behaviors, it is imperative that dissemination of scientific information is both clear and accurate. Previous research has demonstrated that subtle misinformation in news headlines, such as the claim that exercise is more effective than medication or therapy, can affect readers’ memory, inferential reasoning, and behavioral intentions (Ecker et al., 2014). Further, readers struggle to update their memory in order to correct initial misconceptions, which highlights the importance of factual messaging to the general public (Ecker et al., 2014).

This is particularly important when it is considered that there is already significant stigma surrounding the use of psychotropic medications, such as antidepressants (Sansone & Sansone, 2012). Thus, wide dissemination of the non-evidence-based claim that exercise is 1.5 times better than other first-line treatments may lead to direct harm to vulnerable patients who may delay seeking specialist support, stop taking medications, or stop attending therapy due to such headlines. Prior evidence has demonstrated that a greater delay to treatment of a depressive episode is associated with a reduced response, and may precede development of a treatment-resistant depression (Corey-Lisle et al., 2004). Further, for those already taking an antidepressant medication, abrupt discontinuation, without physician supervision, can lead to withdrawal effects characterised by dizziness, weakness, nausea, headaches, and insomnia, among others. Moreover, media claims often fail to mention that the evidence for exercise in depression lies mostly in the mild to moderate cases, therefore those with severe depression may be experiencing extreme distress warranting immediate medical attention (i.e., due to active suicidal ideation or malnutrition due to severely reduced intake).

What Does The Evidence Actually Show About Exercise And Depression?Meta-analysis of Exercise for Depression (Heissel et al., 2023) The objective of this meta-analysis was to estimate the efficacy of exercise on depressive symptoms compared with non-active control groups and to determine the moderating effects of exercise on depression and the presence of publication bias. Randomized controlled trials (RCTs) including participants aged 18 years or older with a diagnosis of major depressive disorder or those with depressive symptoms determined by validated screening measures scoring above the threshold value, investigating the effects of an exercise intervention (aerobic and/or resistance exercise) compared with a non-exercising control group were included. The authors found:

  • 41 studies (2264 participants) were included.
  • Twenty-one studies assessed depressive symptoms, while MDD was diagnosed in 20 studies.
  • Percentage of females ranged from 26% to 100%, mean age from 18.8 to 87.9 years.
  • Only non-active controls “such as usual-care, wait-list control conditions or placebo pills” were included.
  • “Studies with any other exercise intervention (such as stretching or low-dose exercise) as a comparator were excluded.”
  • Taking out the low-dose exercise or stretching exercises from this meta-analysis is interesting because these types of studies control for the antidepressant effect of starting an intervention or group activity, allowing for a more accurate assessment of the true effects of exercise. Using studies that compare exercise to waitlist control and non-interventional groups might inflate the effect size of exercise.

  • Large effects were found in:

  • All exercise interventions (standardized mean difference (SMD)=−0.946, 95% CI −1.18 to −0.71)
  • Individuals with major depressive disorder (SMD=−0.998, 95% CI −1.39 to −0.61, k=20)
  • Supervised exercise interventions (SMD=−1.026, 95% CI −1.28 to −0.77, k=40)

  • Moderate effects were found in:

  • Low risk of bias studies (SMD=−0.666, 95% CI −0.99 to −0.34, k=12, NNT=2.8 (95% CI 1.94 to 5.22)).

  • Based on exercise type:

  • Aerobic (SMD=−1.156) and resistance training (−1.042) as exercise types showed large effects whereas mixed aerobic and resistance training showed small effects (−0.455).

    Meta-regression:

  • Shorter trials associated with larger effects (β=0.032, 95% CI 0.01 to 0.09, p=0.032, R²=0.06).

  • In this study they used unstandardized beta, meaning the average number of standard deviations that the dependent variable changed for each unit change (as opposed to each standard deviation change) on the independent variable. In this example, since the unit of the independent variable is in weeks: if a study lasts 10 weeks, compared to 5 weeks, the effect size might be 0.16 units smaller (0.032 × 5 weeks).

  • Higher antidepressant use by the control group was associated with smaller effects (β=−0.013, 95% CI −0.02 to −0.01, p=0.012, R²=0.28).

    Mean change and number needed to treat (NNT):

  • Mean change of −4.70 points (95% CI −6.25 to −3.15, p<0.001, n=685) on the HAM-D and for the BDI of −6.49 points (95% CI −8.55 to −4.42, p<0.001, n=275).

  • NNT was 2.0 (95% CI 1.68 to 2.59) for the main-analysis, and 2.8 (95% CI 1.94 to 5.22) for the low risk of bias studies.
  • For MDD, only the NNT was 1.9 (95% CI 1.49 to 2.99) and 1.6 (95% CI 1.58 to 2.41) in supervision by other professionals/students.
  • The authors conclude that exercise is efficacious in treating depression and depressive symptoms and should be offered as an evidence-based treatment option focusing on supervised and group exercise with moderate intensity and aerobic exercise regimes.

Network Meta-analysis: Comparing Exercise To Pharmacological Interventions For Depression (Recchia et al., 2022)The objective of this network meta-analysis was to assess the comparative effectiveness of exercise, antidepressants, and their combination for alleviating depressive symptoms in adults with non-severe depression. RCTs that examined the effectiveness of an exercise, antidepressant, or combination intervention against either treatment alone or a control/placebo condition in adults with non-severe depression were included. The authors found:

  • 21 RCTs (2551 participants) were included.
  • Antidepressants versus controls (n=11), exercise versus controls (n=6), combined treatments versus antidepressants (n=4) and combined treatments versus exercise (n=1).

  • No differences in treatment effectiveness among the three main interventions, although all treatments were more beneficial than controls.

  • Exercise vs antidepressants: SMD, −0.12; 95% CI −0.33 to 0.10
  • Combination versus exercise: SMD, 0.00; 95% CI −0.33 to 0.33
  • Combination vs antidepressants: SMD, −0.12; 95% CI −0.40 to 0.16
  • Exercise interventions had higher drop-out rates than antidepressant interventions (RR 1.31; 95% CI 1.09 to 1.57)

  • Despite the greater drop-out rates in the exercise group, the proportion of participants with adverse events was greater in the antidepressant group, with 22% reporting adverse events compared with 9% in the exercise group.

    The authors conclude that the results suggest no difference between exercise and pharmacological interventions in reducing depressive symptoms in adults with non-severe depression.

Network Meta-analysis: Optimal Exercise Dose And Modality For Treating Major Depression Compared To Psychotherapy And Antidepressants (Noetel et al., 2024)The objective of this network meta-analysis was to identify the optimal dose and modality of exercise for treating major depressive disorder, compared with psychotherapy, antidepressants, and control conditions. Any randomized trial with exercise arms for participants meeting clinical cut-offs for major depression were included. The authors found:

  • 218 studies (14170 participants) were included.
  • Compared with active controls “usual care, placebo tablet, stretching, educational control, and social support,” large reductions in depression were found for:
  • Dance (n=107, κ=5, Hedges’ g −0.96, 95% credible interval −1.36 to −0.56)
  • SMDs are usually estimated by Cohen’s d or Hedges’ g. Cohen’s d divides the difference between sample means of a continuous response by the pooled standard deviation, but is subject to non negligible bias for small sample sizes. Hedges’ g removes this bias with a correction factor.

  • Compared with active controls, moderate reductions in depression were found for:

  • Walking or jogging (n=1210, κ=51, g −0.63, −0.80 to −0.46)
  • Yoga (n=1047, κ=33, g=−0.55, −0.73 to −0.36)
  • Strength training (n=643, κ=22, g=−0.49, −0.69 to −0.29)
  • Mixed aerobic exercises (n=1286, κ=51, g=−0.43, −0.61 to −0.25)
  • Tai chi or qigong (n=343, κ=12, g=−0.42, −0.65 to −0.21)

  • Moderate, clinically meaningful effects were also present when exercise was combined with SSRIs (n=268, κ=11, g=−0.55, −0.86 to −0.23) or aerobic exercise was combined with psychotherapy (n=404, κ=15, g=−0.54, −0.76 to −0.32).

  • All these treatments were significantly stronger than the standardized minimum clinically important difference compared with active control (g=−0.20), equating to an absolute g value of −1.16.
  • For acceptability, the odds of participants dropping out of the study were lower for:
  • Strength training (n=247, direct evidence κ=6, odds ratio 0.55, 95% credible interval 0.31 to 0.99)
  • Yoga (n=264, κ=5, 0.57, 0.35 to 0.94)

  • Effects were moderate for cognitive behavior therapy alone (n=712, κ=20, g=−0.55, −0.75 to −0.37) and small for SSRIs (n=432, κ=16, g=−0.26, −0.50 to −0.01) compared with active controls.

    Across modalities, a clear dose-response curve was observed for intensity of exercise prescribed.

    Use of group exercise appeared to moderate the effects:

  • Overall effects were similar for individual (g=−1.10, −1.57 to −0.64) and group exercise (g=−1.16, −1.61 to −0.73).

  • Yoga was better delivered in groups.
  • Strength training and mixed aerobic exercise were better delivered individually.
  • The authors concluded that exercise is an effective treatment for depression, with walking or jogging, yoga, and strength training more effective than other exercises, particularly when intense.

Comparing Antidepressants and Running Therapy on Mental and Physical Health Outcomes (Verhoeven et al., 2023)The objective of this study was to examine the effects of antidepressants versus running therapy on both mental and physical health. According to a partially randomized patient preference design (compares two or more interventions among groups of patients, some of whom choose the intervention they receive), 141 patients with depression and/or anxiety disorder (mean age 38.2 years; 58.2% female; 45 participants received antidepressant medication and 96 underwent running therapy) were randomized or offered preferred 16-week treatment: antidepressant medication (escitalopram or sertraline) or group-based running therapy ≥2 per week. Baseline (T0) and post-treatment assessment at week 16 (T16) included mental (diagnosis status and symptom severity) and physical health indicators (metabolic and immune indicators, heart rate (variability), weight, lung function, hand grip strength, fitness). The authors found:

  • Intention-to-treat analyses (analyzing the results of RCTs that compares groups based on their initial treatment assignment, rather than the treatment they actually received) showed that remission rates at T16 were comparable (antidepressants: 44.8 %; running: 43.3 %; p=.881)
  • There was a larger decrease in anxiety symptoms after six weeks in the antidepressant group, which suggests faster improvement on especially anxiety-related symptoms

    However, the groups differed significantly on various changes in physical health:

  • Weight (d=0.57; p=.001)

  • Waist circumference (d=0.44; p=.011)
  • Systolic (d=0.45; p=.011) and diastolic (d=0.53; p=.002) blood pressure
  • Heart rate (d=0.36; p=.033) and heart rate variability (d=0.48; p=.006).
  • Adherence:
  • In the antidepressant group, 82.2 % (N=37) of all participants adhered to the medication treatment protocol.
  • In the running therapy group, 52.1 % (N=50) of participants completed >22 sessions of exercise therapy.
  • The treatment adherence was significantly higher in the antidepressant group compared to the running therapy group (p<.001).

  • Limitation: A minority of the participants were willing to be randomized; the running therapy was larger due to greater preference for this intervention (out of 141 participants, 22 were willing to be randomized into the antidepressant [n=9] or the running therapy [n=13] groups, while 119 participants chose the treatment of their preference: antidepressant [n=36] or running therapy [n=83]).

  • The authors conclude that while the interventions had comparable effects on mental health, running therapy outperformed antidepressants on physical health, due to both larger improvements in the running therapy group as well as larger deterioration in the antidepressant group.

Internet-Based Cognitive Behavioural Therapy Compared to Exercise for Depression (Hallgren et al., 2018)The objective of this RCT was to compare the effectiveness of exercise, internet-based cognitive behavioral therapy (ICBT), and usual care for depression. A multicentre, three-group parallel, randomized controlled trial was conducted with assessment at 3 months (post-treatment) and 12 months (primary end-point). 740 adults (mean age 43; 73% female; 56 received usual care, 49 received exercise, and 42 received ICBT) with mild to moderate depression aged 18–71 years were recruited from primary healthcare centres located throughout Sweden were included. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three 12-week interventions:

  • Supervised group exercise:
  • Patients in the exercise group were further randomized to one of three supervised exercise conditions: light exercise (yoga/stretching classes), moderate exercise (an intermediate aerobics class) and vigorous exercise (a higher-intensity aerobics/bodyweight strength training class).
  • Patients were requested to complete three 60 min sessions per week for 12 weeks; sessions typically included 5–20 participants.

  • Clinician-supported ICBT:

  • Treatment involved the patient working through a self-help manual available online in the form of modules.

  • Usual care by a physician:

  • Standard treatment for depression administered by their primary care physician.
  • In most instances, ‘usual care’ consisted of 45–60 min CBT delivered by an accredited psychologist or counselor.

The authors found:

  • Mean differences in MADRS score at 12 months were 12.1 (ICBT), 11.4 (exercise) and 9.7 (usual care)
  • Exercise and ICBT had equivocal effects, which were greater than treatment as usual.

    The authors conclude that the long-term treatment effects reported here suggest that prescribed exercise and clinician-supported ICBT should be considered for the treatment of mild to moderate depression in adults.

Exercise as an Add-On Therapy to Medications and CBT for Depression (Gourgouvelis et al., 2018) The objective of this study was to investigate the effects of exercise as an add-on therapy with antidepressant medication and cognitive behavioral group therapy (CBGT) on treatment outcomes in low-active MDD patients. Sixteen people were recruited; eight medicated patients performed an 8-week exercise intervention in addition to CBGT, and eight medicated patients attended the CBGT only. Twenty-two low-active, healthy participants with no history of mental health illness were also recruited to provide normal healthy values for comparison. The authors found:

  • Exercise resulted in greater reduction in depression symptoms (p=0.007, d=2.06), with 75% of the patients showing either a therapeutic response or a complete remission of symptoms vs. 25% of those who did not exercise.
  • Exercise was associated with greater improvements in sleep quality (p=0.046, d=1.28) and cognitive function (p=0.046, d=1.08).

    The exercise group also had a significant increase in plasma brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), p=0.003, d=6.46, that was associated with improvements in depression scores (p=0.002, R2=0.50) and sleep quality (p=0.011, R2=0.38).

  • R-squared values range from 0 to 1, with 0 indicating the model doesn’t explain any variability and 1 indicating the model explains all variability.

    The authors conclude that exercise as an add-on to conventional antidepressant therapies improved the efficacy of standard treatment interventions.

Multisystem Benefits Of Exercise For Mental And Physical HealthComorbidity Between Major Depressive Disorder and Physical Diseases (Berk et al., 2023)* Those with common physical diseases (such as cardiovascular diseases, cancer and neurodegenerative disorders) experience significantly elevated rates of MDD, and those with MDD have an increased risk of numerous physical diseases. * This significant comorbidity is associated with worse outcomes, reduced treatment adherence, increased mortality, and greater health care utilization/costs. * The figure below demonstrates the association between MDD and various physical diseases according to Mendelian randomization studies. + One issue we have with this study is that it suggests a unidirectional association between type 2 diabetes mellitus and major depressive disorder. However, other studies highlight the bidirectional relationship between major depressive disorder and both type 1 and type 2 diabetes. For instance, when blood glucose levels are well-controlled, depression scores tend to improve; conversely, when blood glucose levels are poorly controlled, depression screening scores often worsen. Similarly, as major depressive disorder symptoms improve, blood glucose levels also improve, and patients are more likely to adhere to blood glucose monitoring, insulin use, and dietary modifications. By contrast, an escalation in depressive symptoms correlates with a decline in these measures (Bernstein et al., 2013; Corathers et al., 2013; Massengale, 2005; Santos et al., 2015).

Antidepressant Side Effects (Wang et al., 2018)On top of the aforementioned physical health comorbidities associated with depression, antidepressant medications have several known side effects such as:
  • Cardiovascular side-effects:
  • Increased resting heart rate
  • Decreased heart rate variability
  • Hypertension

  • Gastrointestinal side effects:

  • Constipation

  • Metabolic:

  • Weight gain

  • Sleep:

  • Increased rapid eye-movement (REM) sleep latency
  • Insomnia

  • Musculoskeletal:

  • Increased risk of fractures

Therefore, although at best there is equivalence of efficacy between exercise interventions and medications or therapy, this does not mean these treatment modalities are all the same in the treatment of depression. Beyond its antidepressant effects, exercise has numerous multisystem benefits, which are often in contrast to the adverse side effects of antidepressant medications (Warburton et al., 2006). As such, exercise has the unique ability to simultaneously bolster one’s mental and physical health. Despite these beneficial multisystem effects and higher adverse events in antidepressant trials, there is a higher drop-out rate for exercise interventions (Recchia et al., 2022). This likely arises from the fact that exercise is physically demanding and more difficult to implement when compared to pharmacological interventions such as antidepressants. This places an onus of responsibility on the healthcare provider to develop an understanding of the benefits of exercise, address barriers, provide clear exercise “prescriptions,” and incorporate behavioral change techniques to increase initiation and adherence.

Optimal Amount of Exercise to Improve Depressive Symptoms (Tian et al., 2024)The objective of this systematic review and Bayesian model-based network meta-analysis of RCTs was to examine the efficacy of four major types of exercise (aerobic, resistance, mixed, and mind-body) on depression, as well as the dose-response relationship between total and specific exercise and depressive symptoms. People aged 18 years or older with a diagnosis of major depressive disorder, or a depressive symptom score above a threshold as determined by a validated screening measure, implemented one or more exercise therapy groups, and assessments of depressive symptoms at baseline and follow-up were included. The authors found:

  • Forty-six RCTs (3164 people) were included.
  • All exercise types improved depressive symptoms:
  • Aerobic (SMD = -0.93; 95% CI: -1.25 to -0.62)
  • Mind-body exercise (SMD) = -0.81; 95% CI: -1.19 to -0.42)
  • Mixed (SMD = -0.77; 95% CI: -1.20 to -0.34)
  • Resistance exercise (SMD = -0.76; 95% CI: -1.24 to -0.28)

  • The metabolic equivalent of task (MET) is a measure of the ratio of the rate at which a person expends energy, relative to the mass of that person, while performing some specific physical activity compared to a reference, currently set by convention at an absolute 3.5 mL of oxygen per kg per minute.

    The dose-response meta-analysis showed a u-shaped curve between exercise dose and depressive symptoms.

    There were different optimal doses, depending on the type of physical activity whereby AE=aerobic, RE=resistance, ME=mixed, and MBE=mind-body.

    The minimum effective dose was estimated to be 320 metabolic equivalent (METs) -min per week and the optimal response was 860 METs-min per week.

  • This is equivalent to 245 min of walking (3.5 METs-min), 140 min of moderate-intensity aerobic exercise (6 METs-min), or 215 min of yoga (4 METs-min) per week.

  • The authors conclude that clinicians can carefully select the appropriate dose of exercise based on the patient’s individual characteristics and needs, in conjunction with psychological care interventions.

The Physiologic Antidepressant Mechanisms Of Exercise (Hird et al., 2024)The objective of this review was to propose a novel hypothesis for understanding the antidepressant effects of exercise, centred on motivation, across different levels of explanation. The authors found:

Depression is associated with disruptions to several closely related neural and cognitive processes, including dopamine transmission, fronto-striatal brain activity and connectivity, reward processing and motivation.
  • There is also evidence to suggest that the motivational symptoms of depression are related to inflammation (Bell et al., 2017).
  • Inflammation is known to reduce dopamine transmission, which, in turn, is strongly implicated in effort-based decision making for reward; however, aerobic exercise is known to decrease this systemic inflammation.
  • By reducing inflammation and boosting dopamine transmission, exercise improves “interest-activity” symptoms of depression—namely anhedonia, fatigue and subjective cognitive impairment—by increasing propensity to exert effort.
  • From this, cognitive impairment in depression may also be conceptualized through an effort-based decision-making framework, which may help to explain the impact of exercise on cognitive impairment.

The Psychological Antidepressant Mechanisms of ExerciseWhile the physiological mechanisms of exercise in alleviating anhedonia, fatigue, and passivity are increasingly well-characterized, its psychological mechanisms in improving cognitive and emotional symptoms of depression are no less significant.

Among the more commonly understood cognitive symptoms of depression is the persistently negative or conflicting view of the self (Montesano et al., 2017). Therefore, one of the most compelling explanations for exercise’s antidepressant effects lies in its ability to foster a sense of mastery—the belief that one can successfully accomplish tasks and achieve personal goals.

This concept is foundational to Albert Bandura’s work in self-efficacy (1977), which emphasizes the importance of mastery experiences as a key source of self-efficacy. For individuals with depression, who often feel incapable of change and struggle with helplessness, negative self-perception, and diminished agency, exercise provides an opportunity to counter these patterns through incremental and tangible achievements.

In a randomized controlled trial conducted by Craft (2005), 40 women with moderate depression were assigned to either a 9-week aerobic exercise intervention (3 sessions per week) or a control group. Each session involved 30 minutes of treadmill walking or cycling at moderate intensity. The results showed a significant improvement in coping self-efficacy—defined as the belief in one’s ability to manage depressive symptoms—among women in the exercise group compared to controls. Importantly, the coping self-efficacy was strongly correlated with reductions in depressive symptoms (r = −0.79, p < 0.05), suggesting that enhanced self-belief acted as a mediator for mood improvements.

Similarly, a 10-year longitudinal study by Harris and colleagues (2006) investigated the role of physical activity as a coping mechanism in 452 adults with depression. The authors followed this cohort and assessed their physical activity levels, coping, and depression and found that individuals who adopted regular exercise as part of their coping strategies reported greater coping efficacy and experienced significant reductions in depressive symptoms over time. The data indicated that regular exercise contributed not only to immediate self-efficacy gains but also to long-term resilience in managing stress and depressive episodes.

Importantly, constructs of the self, such as self-esteem and self-efficacy, can be viewed both as a global construct and as domain-specific. For example, domains include academic, social, physical, and emotional, within which are even more specific contexts (ability in math, science, baseball, giving a speech), and an individual’s sense of competency in these different areas depends on their prior experience. Some theorists suggest that exercise more tangibly improves physical self-efficacy, whereby these improvements do not easily generalize to improvements in global self-esteem or self-efficacy. While early research suggested minimal global changes in self-esteem following exercise, these two studies of coping efficacy highlight that improvements in self-efficacy are not entirely domain specific.

(Sonstroem & Morgan, 1989)

A meta-analysis by Spence, McGannon, and Poon (2005) lended support to the mastery hypothesis by revealing small but significant improvements in global self-esteem (effect size d = 0.23) following exercise interventions. Importantly, the effect was larger (d = 0.32) when physical fitness improved, suggesting that tangible improvements in fitness, which are probably more likely to improve physical self-efficacy, are key to improving global self-efficacy.

It may be that certain forms of exercise, such as weightlifting, running, and climbing, are particularly effective in promoting mastery because they provide objective feedback on progress. Measurable achievements reinforce the relationship between effort and reward, engaging dopaminergic pathways and further motivating continued participation.

Exercise as a Form of Behavioral ActivationThis ties closely to behavioral activation, a therapeutic approach of CBT that encourages engagement in structured, goal-directed activities to counteract the passivity and withdrawal characteristic of depression. Behavioral activation posits that progressively increasing participation in rewarding and meaningful activities provides opportunities for positive reinforcement and habit formation, which can improve mood and disrupt maladaptive cognitive patterns. Surprisingly, there has been only one study published on using exercise as an augment to behavioral activation.

Szuhany and Otto (2020) conducted a randomized pilot trial examining the effects of augmenting behavioral activation with exercise versus stretching in 31 sedentary adults with MDD. Participants completed nine sessions of BA over 12 weeks and were randomized to an additional 30-minute exercise or stretching component immediately following each session.

The exercise group was also encouraged to engage in moderate-intensity aerobic exercise (e.g., brisk walking, cycling) on their own for a total of 150 minutes per week. The stretching group performed light stretching or yoga to control for non-aerobic movement.

Both groups demonstrated significant improvements in depressive symptoms (MADRS: d=1.19; BDI-II: d=1.16), functional impairment (d=0.87), and quality of life (d=1.06) over the course of treatment. However, the exercise group showed greater improvements in perceived stress and distress intolerance, with medium-to-large effect sizes (d ≈ 0.70–1.01). Participants who engaged in more exercise (regardless of group assignment) experienced faster and larger reductions in depressive symptoms.

While the literature describing the psychological mechanism of exercise’s antidepressant effects is limited, there is plenty of reason to believe exercise can be used as a tool to challenge a patient’s understanding of themselves in a way that compliments therapy.

How To Prescribe Exercise For Depression: A Practical Guide For Clinicians (Zhou et al., 2024)Components of an Effective Physical Activity Prescription for Mental Health Prescribing physical activity involves more than simply encouraging patients to “be active.” Similar to the low adherence rates observed with psychiatric medications—where the CATIE study reported discontinuation rates as high as 74% within 18 months (Swartz et al., 2007) —we must approach physical activity recommendations utilizing an empathic and understanding approach. Building a collaborative alliance around shared goals is essential for increasing engagement. Like medication adherence, developing PA habits takes time, and patience is key to success. It can take a similar approach that a physician uses to prescribe a medication, which often includes dose, frequency, and route of administration. For PA, a structured approach based on the FITT framework—Frequency, Intensity, Time, and Type—ensures that PA is both effective and sustainable.

Frequency—how often one is participating in PA. For optimal outcomes, patients should participate in PA three to five times per week. Regular, consistent activity is key to maximizing the antidepressant effects. For patients unfamiliar with PA or who struggle with motivation, reducing sedentary behaviors (e.g., sitting, watching TV, using a computer) or aiming for even lower PA frequency, such as once a week, can still provide benefits and serve as a starting point. Ultimately, any PA is better than none.

Intensity—How Much Energy is Expended During PA. The “talk test” is a practical way for patients to measure PA intensity, which is separated into three groups: (1) low intensity (you can talk and sing during the activity), (2) moderate intensity (you can talk but not sing during the activity), and (3) vigorous intensity (you cannot say more than a few words during the activity). Moderate- to vigorous-intensity PA is recommended for treating depression in adults. However, the patient’s baseline fitness level and preferences help to determine the initial plan. Additionally, intensity influences affect during physical activity (PA) and plays a key role in planning. For individuals with severe depressive symptoms or older adults, starting with low-intensity activities like walking or yoga may be more suitable and still provide mental health benefits. As patients become more comfortable with PA, they can gradually increase the intensity.

Time—how long PA sessions are. Sessions of 45 to 60 minutes are most effective for improving mood and reducing depressive symptoms. However, shorter durations—such as 10- to 30-minute bouts—can still provide meaningful benefits. The emphasis should be on starting with manageable/realistic goals and gradually increasing the duration as patients gain confidence.

Type—aerobic, resistance, or mind-body. All three PA types (and their combinations) have been shown to reduce depressive symptoms. Aerobic activities include walking, swimming, and cycling; resistance training activities include weightlifting or bodyweight exercises; while mind-body activities include yoga, tai chi, and qigong. As people with depression are characterized by strong affective responses, clinicians should encourage patients to select enjoyable activities, leading to greater adherence and long-term success.

Supervision and Support for Enhancing Exercise Benefits Supervised PA enhances adherence and amplifies the antidepressant effects of physical activity, particularly in the early stages. Structured group-based PA or individual sessions with an exercise professional, such as a kinesiologist or health coach, provide accountability and motivation, which are particularly important for individuals with depression, who may struggle with fatigue or low motivation. When supervision is not feasible, clinicians can recommend online exercise programs, fitness apps, or community resources that provide structure.

Social interaction during PA can further enhance its mental health benefits. Group activities or buddy systems can reduce feelings of isolation, which are common in depression (particularly among older individuals), and promote a sense of community. For patients who prefer individual activities, encouraging them to engage in outdoor PA may also boost mood and adherence, as exposure to nature has additional benefits for mental health (Bettmann et al., 2024).

Overcoming Barriers To Physical ActivityBarriers such as low energy, lack of motivation, low income, comorbidities, inexperience with PA, and time constraints are common among individuals with depression and can hinder engagement in PA. Particularly, green space availability is significantly lower in neighbourhoods with increased poverty, limiting access to outdoor physical activity. A scoping review identified these as key obstacles but also highlighted that social support and enjoyable activities can facilitate adherence. One useful strategy is the “commit 10” approach, where patients commit to just 10 minutes of PA, with the option to continue if they feel capable. Further, engaging in small bouts of activity (such as walking the stairs instead of taking the elevator) or setting daily step goals can make PA more feasible for those with limited time. Although these recommendations fall short of the optimal PA threshold according to the FITT framework, they provide manageable/realistic starting points that can reduce the psychological barriers to beginning a new activity, fostering positive associations with PA for patients.

Gradual progression in both the intensity and duration of PA is essential to prevent patients from feeling overwhelmed. Starting with small, achievable goals allows individuals to build confidence and gradually incorporate more PA into their routines. Clinicians can emphasize that any amount of physical activity (PA) is beneficial and that setbacks or missed sessions are not failures. It is important to maintain the therapeutic alliance when making recommendations, especially to avoid evoking feelings of shame if goals are not met. At the same time, motivational interviewing techniques can be used, where the clinician encourages the patient to express their reasons for change, reflects these reasons back to them, and emphasizes previous successful habits that supported adherence to change.

Patient Involvement in Decision-Making Enhances Exercise Adherence Involving patients in the decision-making process is crucial for long-term adherence. Patients are likely to be more motivated and maintain a PA plan when they have a say in their activity–inventory patient preferences, whether they enjoy indoor or outdoor activities, and whether they prefer activities alone or in groups.

Flexibility in Exercise Regimen Supports Adherence Approaching physical activity (PA) for depression with flexibility is important. Patients with depression often experience fluctuations in mood and energy levels, and rigid activity goals may not always be achievable. Clinicians can encourage patients to view PA as a flexible, adaptive process and remind them that even small amounts provide benefits. This approach helps foster a positive mindset toward PA, supporting long-term adherence.

ConclusionDepression is a complex mental illness with devastating impacts. As such, it is vital for clinicians to consider and utilize all available treatment approaches. Exercise stands out as a unique and evidence-based intervention that addresses both mental and physical health needs simultaneously. As highlighted in today’s episode, research demonstrates that exercise is effective both as a standalone treatment and in conjunction with antidepressant medications and psychotherapy.

When prescribing exercise, clinicians should prioritize aerobic and resistance exercises, which are associated with the best outcomes. Moreover, an optimal exercise dose is approximately 860 MET-minutes/week (e.g., 245 minutes of walking or 140 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise). Tailoring exercise to the patient’s needs using the FITT framework (Frequency, Intensity, Time, and Type), flexibility in exercise regimens, supervised exercise programs, and strategies like the “commit 10” approach can further enhance adherence and long-term success. Ultimately, by integrating exercise into a patient’s treatment regimen for depression, clinicians can promote an effective, patient-centered approach to psychiatric care that has broad benefits for both mind and body.

Previous Episodes To Explore: Sensorium Part 3: Exercise as a Prescription for Depression, Anxiety, Chronic Stress (like Diabetes) and Sensorium (episode 010): Exercise, especially strength training, improves cognitive function, mental health, and overall resilience. It reduces depressive symptoms, enhances brain plasticity, lowers the risk of dementia, and counteracts stress while also improving physical health markers like muscle strength, insulin sensitivity, and cardiovascular health. High-intensity training shows particularly strong benefits for mood, vitality, and cognitive function. * Performance Enhancement with Dr. MaryEllen Eller (episode 012): A discussion about the benefits of learning how to consciously modulate your internal sympathetic state as the key to unlocking optimal performance. * Prescribing Strength Training for Depression (episode 018): A discussion about how strength training can decrease depression and help people deal with anger and develop confidence and assertiveness. Resources are provided to help formulate a simple strength training program. * The Best Exercise Program For Depression (episode 096): A review of recent studies on strength training, exercise, and depression, highlighting the effectiveness of strength training both as a treatment for depression and as a protective measure against its onset. Also discussed: how aerobic training compares with high-intensity interval training (HIIT) in addressing depressive symptoms and practical ways to incorporate these findings into clinical practice. * Exercise as a Drug for Mental Health and Longevity (episode 142): Dr. Puder speaks with Dr. Stephen Seiler about the connection between mental health and physical activity. Physical activity has been shown to reduce stress reactivity and reduce all cause mortality. Physical activity also results in decreased psychosocial stress. * Exercise for the Brain (episode 165): A deep dive into the pathophysiology behind positive effects of exercise and the concept of contracting skeletal muscle behaving as an endocrine organ. * Exercise & Mental Health 2023 Update (episode 179): An in depth discussion on the extensive research available on the benefits of exercise for the brain and pathophysiology as it pertains to dementia, skeletal muscle mass, exercise as a mental health treatment, and cardiorespiratory fitness and its relationship to all-cause mortality. * 5 Factors and Domains of Psychiatric Care* (episode 207): The 5-factor approach to holistic, patient-centered psychiatric care recognizes each individual’s unique physiological and psychological makeup. It focuses on four modifiable environmental factors—therapy, sleep, activity, and nutrition—to enhance well-being, with the option of adding medication as a fifth factor.

References:Bandura, A. (1977). Self-efficacy: Toward a unifying theory of behavioral change. Psychological Review, 84(2), 191–215. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-295X.84.2.19 1

Bell, J. A., Kivimäki, M., Bullmore, E. T., Steptoe, A., MRC ImmunoPsychiatry Consortium, & Carvalho, L. A. (2017). Repeated exposure to systemic inflammation and risk of new depressive symptoms among older adults. Transl Psychiatry 7, e1208. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2017.155

Berk, M., Köhler-Forsberg, O., Turner, M., Penninx, B.W.J.H., Wrobel, A., Firth, J., Loughman, A., Reavley, N.J., McGrath, J.J., Momen, N.C., Plana-Ripoll, O., O'Neil, A., Siskind, D., Williams, L.J., Carvalho, A.F., Schmaal, L., Walker, A.J., Dean, O., Walder, K., Berk, L., Dodd, S., Yung, A.R., & Marx, W. (2023). Comorbidity between major depressive disorder and physical diseases: a comprehensive review of epidemiology, mechanisms and management. World Psychiatry, 22: 366-387. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21110

Bettmann, J. E., Speelman, E., Blumenthal, E., Couch, S., & Schmalz, D. L. (2024). Nature Exposure, Even as Little as 10 Minutes, is Likely to Yield Short-Term Benefits for Adults with Mental Illness: A Meta Analysis. Ecopsychology. https://doi.org/10.1089/eco.2023.0063

Bernstein, C. M., Stockwell, M. S., Gallagher, M. P., Rosenthal, S. L., & Soren, K. (2013). Mental health issues in adolescents and young adults with type 1 diabetes: prevalence and impact on glycemic control. Clinical pediatrics, 52(1), 10–15. https://doi.org/10.1177/0009922812459950

Corathers, S. D., Kichler, J., Jones, N. H., Houchen, A., Jolly, M., Morwessel, N., Crawford, P., Dolan, L. M., & Hood, K. K. (2013). Improving depression screening for adolescents with type 1 diabetes. Pediatrics, 132(5), e1395–e1402. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2013-0681

Corey-Lisle, P. K., Nash, R., Stang, P., Swindle, R. (2004). Response, Partial Response, and Nonresponse in Primary Care Treatment of Depression. Arch Intern Med. 164(11):1197–1204. https://doi:10.1001/archinte.164.11.1197

Craft, L. L. (2005). Exercise and clinical depression: Examining two psychological mechanisms. Psychology of Sport and Exercise, 6(2), 151–171. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychsport.2003.11.003

Ecker, U. K. H., Lewandowsky, S., Chang, E. P., & Pillai, R. (2014). The effects of subtle misinformation in news headlines. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 20(4), 323–335. https://doi.org/10.1037/xap0000028

Fabiano, N., Puder, D., & Stubbs, B. (2024). The Evidence Is Clear, Exercise Is Not Better Than Antidepressants or Therapy: It Is Crucial to Communicate Science Honestly. Journal of Physical Activity and Health (published online ahead of print 2024). Retrieved Dec. 13, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1123/jpah.2024-0743

Gourgouvelis, J., Yielder, P., Clarke, S. T., Behbahani, H., & Murphy, B. A. (2018). Exercise leads to better clinical outcomes in those receiving medication plus cognitive behavioral therapy for major depressive disorder. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2018.00037

Hallgren, M., Helgadóttir, B., Herring, M. P., Zeebari, Z., Lindefors, N., Kaldo, V., Öjehagen, A., & Forsell, Y. (2016). Exercise and internet-based cognitive–behavioural therapy for depression: multicentre randomised controlled trial with 12-month follow-up. British Journal of Psychiatry, 209(5), 414–420. doi:10.1192/bjp.bp.115.177576

Harris, A. H., Cronkite, R., & Moos, R. (2006). Physical activity, exercise coping, and depression in a 10-year cohort study of depressed patients. Journal of affective disorders, 93(1-3), 79–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2006.02.013

Heissel, A., Teismann, T., Kahl, K. G., Puschmann, A. K., Sutter, L., Schuch, F. B., Stubbs, B., & Vancampfort, D. (2023). Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57(16), 1049–1057. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106282

Hird, E.J., Slanina-Davies, A., Lewis, G. Hamer, M., & Rosier, J. P. (2024). From movement to motivation: a proposed framework to understand the antidepressant effect of exercise. Transl Psychiatry 14, 273. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-024-02922-y

Huang, Y., Li, L., Gan, Y., Wang, C., Jiang, H., Cao, S., & Lu, Z. (2020). Sedentary behaviors and risk of depression: a meta-analysis of prospective studies. Translational psychiatry, 10(1), 26. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-020-0715-z

Lam, R. W., Kennedy, S. H., Adams, C., Bahji, A., Beaulieu, S., Bhat, V., Blier, P., Blumberger, D. M., Brietzke, E., Chakrabarty, T., Do, A., Frey, B. N., Giacobbe, P., Gratzer, D., Grigoriadis, S., Habert, J., Ishrat Husain, M., Ismail, Z., McGirr, A., McIntyre, R. S., … Milev, R. V. (2024). Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) 2023 Update on Clinical Guidelines for Management of Major Depressive Disorder in Adults: Réseau canadien pour les traitements de l'humeur et de l'anxiété (CANMAT) 2023 : Mise à jour des lignes directrices cliniques pour la prise en charge du trouble dépressif majeur chez les adultes. Canadian journal of psychiatry. Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 69(9), 641–687. https://doi.org/10.1177/07067437241245384

Massengale J. (2005). Depression and the adolescent with type 1 diabetes: the covert comorbidity. Issues in mental health nursing, 26(2), 137–148. https://doi.org/10.1080/01612840590901590

Montesano, A., Feixas, G., Caspar, F., & Winter, D. (2017). Depression and identity: Are self-constructions negative or conflictual? Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 877. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00877

Noetel, M., Sanders, T., Gallardo-Gómez, D., Taylor, P., del Pozo Cruz, B., van den Hoek, D., Smith, J. J., Mahoney, J., Spathis, J., Moresi, M., Pagano, R., Pagano, L., Vasconcellos, R., Arnott, H., Varley, B., Parker, P., Biddle, S., & Lonsdale, C. (2024). Effect of exercise for depression: systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials BMJ, 384:e075847. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj-2023-075847

Oudbier, S. J., Goh, J., Looijaard, S. M. L. M., Reijnierse, E. M., Meskers, C. G. M., & Maier, A. B. (2022). Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, March 22). Sensorium Part 3: Exercise as a Prescription for Depression, Anxiety, Chronic Stress (like Diabetes) and Sensorium (No. 10) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-10-sensorium-part-3-exercise-as-a-prescription-for-depression-anxiety-chronic-stress

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, April 16). Performance Enhancement with Dr. MaryEllen Eller (No. 12) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/performance-enhancement-breathing-maryellen-eller?rq=012

Puder, D. (Host). (2018, May 18). Prescribing Strength Training for Depression (No. 18) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/prescribing-strength-training-depression-treatment

Puder, D. (Host). (2020, Sept. 30). The Best Exercise Program For Depression (No. 96) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/the-best-exercise-program-for-depression

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, March 15). Exercise as a Drug for Mental Health and Longevity(No. 142) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-142-exercise-as-a-drug-for-mental-health-and-longevity

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, Dec. 9). Exercise for the Brain (No. 165) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-165-exercise-for-the-brain

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, May 12). Exercise & Mental Health 2023 Update (No. 179) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-179-exercise-amp-mental-health-2023-update

Puder, D. (Host). (2024, May 4). 5 Factors and Domains of Psychiatric Care (No. 207) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-207-5-factors-and-domains-of-psychiatric-care?rq=207

Recchia, F., Leung, C. K., Chin, E. C., Fong, D. Y., Montero, D., Cheng, C. P., Yau, S. Y., & Siu, P. M. (2022). Comparative effectiveness of exercise, antidepressants, and their combination in treating non-severe depression: A systematic review and network meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 56(23), 1375–1380. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-105964

Sabe, M., Chen, C., Sentissi, O., Deenik, J., Vancampfort, D., Firth, J., Smith, L., Stubbs, B., Rosenbaum, S., Schuch, F. B., & Solmi, M. (2022). Thirty years of research on physical activity, mental health, and wellbeing: A scientometric analysis of hotspots and trends. Frontiers in Public Health, 10. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpubh.2022.943435

Sansone, R. A., & Sansone, L. A. (2012). Antidepressant adherence: are patients taking their medications?. Innovations in clinical neuroscience, 9(5-6), 41–46. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC3398686/

Santos, F. R., Sigulem, D., Areco, K. C., Gabbay, M. A., Dib, S. A., & Bernardo, V. (2015). Hope matters to the glycemic control of adolescents and young adults with type 1 diabetes. Journal of health psychology, 20(5), 681–689. https://doi.org/10.1177/1359105315573429

Singh, B., Maher, C., & Brinsley, J. (2023a, March 1). Exercise is even more effective than counselling or medication for depression. But how much do you need? The Guardian.Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/lifeandstyle/2023/mar/02/exercise-is-even-more-effective-than-counselling-or-medication-for-depression-but-how-much-do-you-need

Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O’Connor, E., Eglitis, E., Ferguson, T., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E. M., Maher, C. (2023b).Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 57,1203-1209. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195

Sonstroem, R. J., & Morgan, W. P. (1989). Exercise and self-esteem: rationale and model. Medicine and science in sports and exercise, 21(3), 329–337. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/2659918/

Spence, J. C., McGannon, K. R., & Poon, P. (2005). The Effect of Exercise on Global Self-Esteem: A Quantitative Review. Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 27(3), 311-334. Retrieved Dec 20, 2024, from https://doi.org/10.1123/jsep.27.3.311

Swartz, M. S., Perkins, D. O., Stroup, T. S., Davis, S. M., Capuano, G., Rosenheck, R. A., Reimherr, F., McGee, M. F., Keefe, R. S., McEvoy, J. P., Hsiao, J. K., Lieberman, J. A., & CATIE Investigators (2007). Effects of antipsychotic medications on psychosocial functioning in patients with chronic schizophrenia: findings from the NIMH CATIE study. The American journal of psychiatry, 164(3), 428–436. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.2007.164.3.428

Szuhany, K. L., & Otto, M. W. (2020). Efficacy evaluation of exercise as an augmentation strategy to brief behavioral activation treatment for depression: A randomized pilot trial. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 49(3), 228–241. https://doi.org/10.1080/16506073.2019.1641145

Tian, S., Liang, Z., Qui, F., Yu, Y., Wang, C., Zhang, M., & Wang, X. (2024). Optimal exercise modality and dose to improve depressive symptoms in adults with major depressive disorder: A systematic review and Bayesian model-based network meta-analysis of RCTs. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 176, 384–392. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2024.06.031

Verhoeven, J. E., Han, L. K. M., Lever-van Milligen, B. A., Hu, M. X., Révész, D., Hoogendoorn, A. W., Batelaan, N. M., van Schaik, D. J. F., van Balkom, A. J. L. M., van Oppen, P., & Penninx, B. W. J. H. (2023). Antidepressants or running therapy: Comparing effects on mental and physical health in patients with depression and anxiety disorders. Journal of Affective Disorders, 329, 19–29. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2023.02.064

Wang, S.-M., Han, C., Bahk, W.-M., Lee, S.-J., Patkar, A. A., Masand, P. S., & Pae, C.-U. (2018). Addressing the side effects of contemporary antidepressant drugs: A comprehensive review. Chonnam Medical Journal, 54(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.4068/cmj.2018.54.2.101

Warburton, D. E. R., Nicol, C. W., & Bredin, S. S. D. (2006). Health benefits of physical activity: The evidence. CMAJ, 174(6), 801–809. https://doi.org/10.1503/cmaj.051351

Wegner, M., Helmich, I., Machado, S., Nardi, A. E., Arias-Carrion, O., & Budde, H. (2014). Effects of exercise on anxiety and depression disorders: review of meta- analyses and neurobiological mechanisms. CNS & neurological disorders drug targets, 13(6), 1002–1014. https://doi.org/10.2174/1871527313666140612102841

Zhou, C., Puder, D., & Fabiano, N. (2024). How to prescribe physical activity for depression. Sports Psychiatry, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1024/2674-0052/a000099

View Details

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.25 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Article Author: Stijn Vanheule, PhD

Podcast Host: David Puder, MD

Podcast guest: Stijn Vanheule, PhD

Stijn Vanheule, PhD, is a professor of clinical psychology and psychoanalysis at Ghent University (Belgium), where he chairs the Department of Psychoanalysis. He has published extensively on psychosis and other mental health-related topics, as well as Lacanian psychoanalysis. He is also a practicing psychoanalyst in Belgium. An overview of his publications, which include 7 monographs and 220 peer-reviewed papers in academic journals, can be found here.

In September of 2024, Other Press published my new book, Why Psychosis Is Not So Crazy. This nonfiction work is written for mental health care professionals, patients and their families, and anyone curious about psychosis, psychology, and creativity.

Why Psychosis Feels Strange—Yet Is More Common Than You ThinkThe idea of experiencing psychosis might seem abnormal and strange. However, I explore how psychosis-like experiences are more common than many might think. Research shows that about 15% of the general population has had short-lived or isolated psychosis-like experiences (Verdoux & van Os, 2002) , such as holding strong irrational beliefs, seeing a ghost, or witnessing paranormal phenomena (Monshouwer et al., 2023). For 7% of the population, these experiences can be classified as “psychotic,” (van Os & Reininghaus, 2016) and in 3% of cases (Perälä et al., 2007), the situation may become severe enough to require psychiatric intervention.

Challenging Stereotypes: The Real-Life Course of PsychosisWhen people think about psychosis, dramatic portrayals often dominate—decline, danger, and unpredictable behavior. But through my research and writing, I offer a different perspective. Evidence shows that most individuals who experience a psychotic episode recover well (van Os. et al., 2012). For example, 15% of cases involve one or two brief episodes with no lingering clinical symptoms. In 30% of cases, the course is episodic, with multiple episodes throughout life but no residual symptoms in between. Another 40% of cases are episodic as well, though with mild symptoms persisting between episodes. Only 15% of cases have a poor outcome, with ongoing symptoms and significant impairment.

Through this book, I hope to challenge misconceptions and provide a deeper understanding of psychosis—not as something to fear, but as an experience that can be understood, addressed, and often overcome. I argue that contemporary mental health care’s approach to psychotic experiences—as mere signs of illness that require management—is limited, because it overlooks their psychological meaning. Rooted in psychoanalysis, I suggest that psychotic symptoms are subjective expressions of serious existential challenges. The model discussed in Why Psychosis Is Not So Crazy connects psychosis to language use and the difficulties individuals face in interpreting life’s events within common-sense narratives.

How Our Minds Work: Primary-Process vs. Secondary-Process Thinking in PsychosisIn my view, psychotic outbreaks occur when common ways of making sense of reality break down, leading to discrete psychotic experiences. These experiences are subtle disturbances in a person’s sense of self and perception of reality, often causing confusion and disorientation. Unlike full-blown psychotic episodes, discrete psychotic experiences are more fragmented. They may manifest as trivial events demanding excessive attention, a loss of control over thoughts and language, strange bodily sensations, impulsive actions, or feelings of detachment from oneself. During these moments, narrative organization and a sense of agency are lost. Instead, consciousness becomes dominated by associative, primary-process thinking, which is experienced passively.

Freud described primary-process thinking as the fundamental mode of thought that operates at the level of unconscious mental functioning, characterized by a free and associative flow of ideas. It differs from secondary-process thinking, which is guided by logic, order, and rational connections, and governs conscious, waking thought. According to Freud, primary-process thinking becomes dominant in dream states and in conditions where the unconscious surfaces, such as during psychotic episodes. It organizes thoughts based on associative links, such as visual or auditory similarities, rather than logical connections. In these states, language and imagery connect freely, producing a surreal and often chaotic experience, much like the free association seen in dreams.

The book elaborates that during psychotic experiences, the dominance of primary-process thinking disrupts the coherence typically provided by secondary-process thinking, leading to a breakdown in logical structuring of thoughts. This results in bewilderment and despair. Hallucinations and delusions further intensify the process, adding a sense of intrusion: strange communications from the outside world seem to haunt the individual.

Breaking Points: Traumatic Events, Existential Struggles, and the Onset of PsychosisIn my view, psychotic experiences are deeply tied to how individuals confront challenging and disruptive events, as well as existential struggles. These experiences often arise when individuals face situations that destabilize their sense of reality. Traumatic events such as conflicts, losses, or major life transitions—like the birth of a child, relationship difficulties, unemployment, or the death of a loved one—can overwhelm a person’s ability to organize their thoughts coherently, resulting in psychotic episodes.

In these moments, the normal frameworks people rely on—such as language and narrative structures—can fail, leading to a collapse of the sense of self and reality. I suggest that when individuals cannot symbolically frame or comprehend these disruptive events, their experiences may become so intense and vivid that they overwhelm the mind, creating a chaotic and disorienting state. Furthermore, these psychotic experiences often express profound, subjective truths related to the existential challenges individuals are grappling with. In this sense, psychosis serves as a manifestation of the struggle to find meaning or stability in the face of life’s uncertainties and existential voids.

The Power of Empathic Listening: Supporting Individuals Through PsychosisTaking this into account, I emphasize the importance of a specific listening approach to help patients overcome these difficulties. A calm, receptive, and dialogical stance is crucial when engaging with individuals experiencing psychosis. I argue against displays of power or anxiety-driven reactions, as these only heighten fear and create distance. Instead, establishing a trusting and supportive environment is essential. Connecting through conversation helps the person articulate their concerns and experiences, enabling them to begin to re-establish their grip on reality.

This listening approach also involves accepting the fragmented and allusive nature of psychotic speech. Rather than dismissing these expressions as nonsensical, I encourage mental health professionals to approach delusions and hallucinations as symbolic references to the issues the person struggles to articulate coherently. Through this perspective, professionals can better support individuals in navigating their experiences and finding meaning amid the disorientation of psychosis.

On page 165, I characterize this as follows:

“If I look at a sculpture by Yayoi Kusama or step into the cinematic world of David Lynch, I do not fully understand everything that I am seeing. Even so, I am still captivated by their work. Their art stimulates new ideas and sensations that go beyond what I ordinarily experience. They take me out of my comfort zone and force me to view reality from a different perspective. This helps me (as it can help all of us) to escape from the force of habit. Art—and, in particular, “unpolished” art that is rough around the edges—gives expression to things we cannot say.

Psychoses have this same expressive status, with the difference that in a psychotic universe everything is wilder and more unbridled than in the creative work of an ordinary artist. And it is precisely there that the challenge is to be found. Like contemporary modern art, psychotic experiences stimulate dialogue and interaction. As soon as we are prepared to regard these experiences as expressive acts, we can come into meaningful contact with them—just as the visitor to an art gallery does with a sculpture or a cinema-goer does with a film. If we can do this, psychosis is no longer a defect, but rather an invitation to listen to a new language full of allusions and to be open to how someone deals with the groundlessness of his existence.”

The book argues that to help people recover from disruptive events and existential struggles in psychosis, mental health care should focus on creating supportive, inclusive, and dialogical environments. I emphasize the importance of not solely relying on medication, as it is not a cure and may not be effective for everyone. Instead, the focus should be on building meaningful connections and understanding the subjective nature of psychotic experiences​.

Key strategies include:

  1. Fostering dialogue and connectedness: Mental health professionals should provide space for open dialogue, enabling individuals to express and work through their experiences. This involves engaging patients and their support networks (family, friends) in conversation to address the underlying social and emotional issues revealed during psychotic episodes​.
  2. Creating safe and welcoming environments: Establishing safe, unforced environments where individuals can freely explore their experiences and interests is crucial.
  3. Offering therapies that foster expression: Approaches that allow individuals to express their experiences creatively (e.g., art, music, storytelling) help in making sense of their psychotic episodes. Such methods are vital for reconnecting with reality and developing a coherent sense of self​.

In making the latter point, I refer to Annie Rogers, a psychoanalyst, clinical psychologist, and professor known for her work in the field of psychoanalysis and trauma, particularly focusing on the experiences of psychosis. She has integrated her own personal experiences with psychosis into her professional and academic work, offering insights into how individuals can navigate and make sense of psychotic experiences. Rogers emphasizes that overcoming psychosis involves finding a new language that resonates with the individual’s own voice and experiences. This process allows for the expression of previously unimaginable thoughts and feelings, creating a space where the illogical aspects of one’s experience can be articulated. In this way, aspects of primary-process thinking are articulated in terms of secondary-process thought. Rogers discovered her new language through psychoanalytic therapy, which provided her with the space to explore her experiences creatively.

However, Rogers suggests that not all primary-process thinking that occurs in the context of psychosis can be expressed in terms of secondary-process memories and narratives. In her view, a “nub of nonsense” will always remain present. This remainder also deserves expression, which can be achieved by playing with forms, images, or even sounds that match the associative nature of someone’s psychotic experiences. For example, she experimented with drawing, printmaking, poetry, and photography, embracing absurdity and whimsy. She used this approach to give expression to elements that remained elusive, accepting that some aspects of her experience would defy logical understanding yet still hold meaning in a symbolic or aesthetic sense.

Jung’s Path to Meaning: Using Creativity to Translate Psychosis into Psychological TheoryAnother example discussed in Why Psychosis Is Not So Crazy concerns Carl Jung, who began experiencing acute psychotic episodes shortly after his rupture with Sigmund Freud. Jung's relationship with Freud started as a promising partnership in advancing psychoanalytic theory but ultimately unraveled due to conflicting theoretical perspectives. Freud viewed Jung as a potential successor, partly because of Jung's respected academic background and non-Jewish identity, which Freud hoped could mitigate some of the anti-Semitism facing psychoanalysis. However, their differing views on the unconscious, sexuality, and spirituality created a divide, leading to a painful separation. This split left Jung in an existential crisis, during which he experienced psychotic episodes marked by powerful, often terrifying visions and auditory hallucinations. These psychotic experiences seemed to erupt as his mental anchors, previously supported by his friendship with Freud, were shaken.

Interestingly, in response to these disruptive experiences, Jung began making notes and drawings to document what he was going through, thus embarking on what he called a “spiritual journey” recorded in The Red Book, an illuminated manuscript blending calligraphic text, esoteric paintings, and mandalas. Jung saw this work as a personal myth-making process, helping him integrate and express his internal chaos. The manuscript includes symbols and imagery that reflect the depth of his visionary experiences. Over time, he translated these experiences into foundational concepts in psychology, such as the animus and anima, introversion and extraversion, and even the idea of a midlife crisis. By recording and reflecting on these visions, Jung managed to integrate the unconscious insights of his primary process into his conscious self through secondary-process thinking, thereby developing theories that bridged personal and collective unconscious elements.

Later in his life, Carl Jung began constructing Bollingen Tower on Lake Zürich—a small, medieval-inspired castle that he designed as a sanctuary for self-reflection and solitude. He saw the tower as a symbol of rebirth and a concrete expression of his psychic life, describing it as a representation of the maternal womb. In Why Psychosis Is Not So Crazy, I draw a parallel between Jung’s use of Bollingen Tower and Annie Rogers’s concept of working with what she calls the “nub of nonsense.” For both, this involves giving form and expression to elusive, illogical elements that resist conventional understanding. Jung’s Bollingen Tower became a personal sanctuary where he could immerse himself in mysticism, allowing primary-process thoughts—marked by symbolic and illogical elements—to exist within a structured physical space. Within the architectural confines of the tower, his “madness” found a safe realm for irrationality and self-expression.

Both Carl Jung and Annie Rogers employed creativity inspired by primary-process thinking not only as a personal outlet but also as a way to break through the isolation of their psychotic experiences and connect with a broader audience. Jung externalized his chaotic, symbolic visions through The Red Book and the construction of Bollingen Tower, translating his internal struggles into tangible, aesthetic forms. This creative process served as a bridge between his inner world and the external world, fostering connections with others who could see the psychological and spiritual value in his insights. Similarly, Annie Rogers used her art to transform her once-isolated experiences into something that could resonate with others. By sharing her work, she invited others to engage with and appreciate her subjective reality.

In both cases, their creative expressions became powerful mediums for building social connections, validating their psychotic experiences, and offering others a way to understand the misunderstood and deeply personal nature of psychosis. Through their work, they opened doors for audiences to explore the richness and complexity of psychotic experiences from a place of empathy and engagement.

Together, Jung’s and Rogers’s methods illustrate that therapeutic work with psychosis can benefit from embracing both primary and secondary process thinking. This dual approach allows patients to express and integrate their fragmented thoughts and experiences in a constructive way. By combining psychoanalytic therapy with active support for creative expression, patients can find coherence and meaning. This, in turn, reduces isolation and provides them with tools to reconnect with reality and others.

Holding Space for Complexity: The Power of Presence in Psychotherapy for PsychosisEffective therapeutic work with individuals suffering from psychosis also requires therapists who can skillfully manage both their own and their patients’ anxiety. This is crucial because psychotic experiences are often deeply overwhelming and disruptive—not only for the individuals experiencing them but also for those providing care. For therapists, this means maintaining a calm, composed presence that allows them to stay engaged and receptive without becoming overwhelmed by the chaos or fear that psychosis can provoke. Moreover, I believe therapists should approach psychotic experiences with creativity, exploring the meanings and paradoxes embedded in such episodes. By providing space for unconventional expressions—whether through symbols, metaphors, or other forms of primary-process thinking—therapists can help patients give voice to experiences and thoughts that might otherwise feel unmanageable.

This creative engagement enables patients to construct a narrative or symbolic language that bridges their fragmented internal experiences with a more coherent reality, paving the way toward recovery. In essence, this therapeutic approach requires flexibility, openness to the surreal and illogical, and a willingness to engage with each patient’s unique symbolic expressions. By doing so, psychotic experiences can be integrated constructively rather than suppressed, allowing for a healing process that respects the individual’s subjective reality.

To illustrate the importance of openness and flexibility in therapeutic work with patients suffering from psychosis, I discuss my therapeutic work with Mario in Why Psychosis Is Not So Crazy. Mario was a young man with Down syndrome who experienced severe psychotic episodes, which led him to withdraw almost entirely from his surroundings. Isolated in his attic room, Mario became locked in an imaginary world, engaging in conversations with an invisible companion. This disrupted his contact with reality and made it difficult for him to connect with those around him.

As a junior clinical psychologist at the time, I observed that a fruitful transference relationship with Mario was only possible when a genuine encounter occurred—one that was not obstructed by my own ego or ambitions:

“One rainy day, about three months after I started visiting him, I arrived at his house for a new session. Afterward, I was scheduled to attend an important meeting, and, with this in mind, I was wearing my best suit, hoping to make a good impression. With my thoughts already half on the meeting, I got out of my car and walked quickly up the garden path toward Mario’s front door, forgetting that this path was covered with moss that had now been made super slippery by the recent downpour. I felt my feet slowly sliding away from under me and, notwithstanding my best efforts to maintain my balance, soon found myself lying flat on my back in the grass, wet and spattered with mud! Mario had witnessed this whole unedifying episode from the loneliness of his attic room. As I struggled to get back to my feet, cursing my stupidity, he opened the front door and called out, “You okay?” Once I was finally inside, he disappeared for a few seconds and returned with a towel, which he pressed to my chest. “Here, clean yourself up.”

Suddenly, he was no longer the one with the problem: it was me! This turned out to be an important breakthrough. Many young professionals, which I was at that time, hold rigid views about their role as a professional. They strive to be seen as an expert and impose their own agenda onto their patients. Or, even worse, they want to be a savior or act as if they are the patient’s closest confidant. In my case, I probably tried to be the clever and heroic therapist who would achieve a breakthrough. However, to my surprise, significant changes were not achieved through my earnest efforts, but rather when I let go of my desire to be the hero and instead focused on being present and attentive for Mario.

Being present and attentive in the moment may sound easy but is very difficult. In daily life, we are often preoccupied with our own thoughts and miss what others are saying. However, if therapists remain deaf like this, they make a serious mistake. Regardless of their level of education or professional experience, all mental health care workers have blind spots they should be aware of. It is part of their job to examine their own attitudes and behaviors. Through discussing this event with my own psychoanalyst, I came to realize that the secret fantasy of being the smart savior was one of my blind spots. It was only by recognizing and acknowledging the caricature of the savior in myself that I was able to let it go.

(…) A key lesson I have learned is that to be effective as a therapist, one must set aside any personal agenda and strive to be fully receptive to what patients are expressing, both verbally and through their symptomatic behaviors. Understanding these expressions can be difficult, as speech may be chaotic, patients’ experiences may be far from reality, and silences can be overwhelming. While this can be frustrating, it becomes less so when you accept that it is inherently difficult to truly comprehend the subtle meanings another person is communicating. Even with detailed attention to an individual’s problems, a missing link will always be present in our understanding. It is by accepting this lack and taking it as our starting point that a true encounter is possible.”

References:Jung, C. G. (2009). The Red Book: Liber Novus (S. Shamdasani, Ed., M. Kyburz, J. Peck, & S. Shamdasani, Trans.). W. W. Norton & Company.

Monshouwer, K., ten Have, M., Tuithof, M., van Dorsselaer, S., Bak, M., Gunter, N., Delespaul, P., van Os, J., & de Graaf, R. (2023). Prevalence, incidence, and persistence of psychotic experiences in the general population: Results of a 9-year follow-up study. Psychological Medicine, 53(8), 3750-3761. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1017/s0033291722002690

Perälä, J., Suvisaari, J., Saarni, S. I., Kuoppasalmi, K., Isometsä, E., Pirkola, S., Partonen, T., Tuulio-Henriksson, A., Hintikka, J., Kieseppä, T., Härkänen, T., Koskinen, S., & Lönnqvist, J. (2007). Lifetime prevalence of psychotic and bipolar I disorders in a general population. Archives of General Psychiatry, 64(1), 19-28. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.64.1.19

Vanheule, S. (2024). Why psychosis is not so crazy: A road map to hope and recovery for families and caregivers. Other Press.

van Os, J., & Reininghaus, U. (2016). Psychosis as a transdiagnostic and extended phenotype in the general population. World Psychiatry, 15(2), 118-124. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20310

van Os, J., Murray, R. M., & First, M. B. (2012). Course and outcome of schizophrenia. In J. A. Lieberman & R. M. Murray (Eds.), Comprehensive care of schizophrenia: A textbook of clinical management (2nd ed., pp. 1–16). Oxford University Press.

Verdoux, H., & van Os, J. (2002). Psychotic symptoms in non-clinical populations and the continuum of psychosis. Schizophrenia Research, 54(1–2), 59-65. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/s0920-9964(01)00352-8

View Details

Writers: Al-Baab Khan, Liam Browning, Joanie Burns DNP, Christopher Campbell, David Puder, M.D.

Audio Episode Host: David Puder, MD

Audio Episode Guest: Fred Penzel, PhD

Corresponding author: David Puder, MD

By listening to this episode, you can earn 1.25 Psychiatry CME Credits.

Other Places to listen: iTunes, Spotify

Date Published: 12/6/2024

In today’s episode, we have the pleasure of talking once again with one of the preeminent OCD experts, Dr. Fred Penzel, who brings over 43 years of experience in treating OCD. Early in his career, Dr. Penzel had a professor say that OCD was simply “too hard to treat.” This challenge motivated Dr. Penzel to dedicate a significant portion of his career to finding effective solutions for treating OCD. In this episode, we will explore the nuances of OCD and the treatment approaches that prove most effective. In previous episodes, we have explored additional aspects of OCD, including a general overview (episode 119), psychotherapy for OCD (episode 126), and the immune-related obsessive-compulsive symptoms associated with PANS and PANDAS (episode 147). We encourage listeners to visit or revisit our prior episodes for additional detail and context on this complex subject. By listening, you’ll not only gain valuable clinical insights but also have the opportunity to earn 1.25 psychiatry CME credits to advance your professional development in mental healthcare.

Introduction To Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) Obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) is a complex and often debilitating condition, defined by intrusive thoughts and repetitive behaviors that vary widely in severity. OCD affects approximately 1.2% of adults in the United States annually and has an overall lifetime prevalence of 2.3% (National Institute of Mental Health, 2023). Notably, the average age of onset is approximately 19 years old, with up to one third of patients first experiencing symptoms in childhood (Anxiety and Depression Association of America, 2022).

Clinical Definition of Obsessions and Compulsions Obsessions:1. Intrusive, persistent thoughts, images, or urges that are experienced as distressing or unwanted, often eliciting significant anxiety or emotional discomfort. 2. These thoughts or impulses are resisted or managed through avoidance, suppression, or engagement in compensatory actions (e.g., compulsions).

Compulsions:1. Repeated actions (e.g., excessive cleaning, checking, or organizing) or mental rituals (e.g., counting, repeating phrases, praying) performed to neutralize obsessions and/or accompanying anxiety, or adhere to strict internal rules. 2. These behaviors aim to alleviate emotional distress or prevent feared outcomes, but are typically excessive or disconnected from the perceived threat.

Clinical Significance:* Obsessions and/or compulsions are disruptive enough to occupy over an hour per day or significantly impair functioning across social, professional, or personal domains. * The presenting symptoms cannot be fully accounted for by another psychiatric condition, ensuring accurate differential diagnosis.

The above definitions and clinical significance of OCD are drawn from the DSM-V (APA, 2013) and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA, 2016).

How OCD Turns Doubt Into An ObsessionObsessive-compulsive disorder is often termed the “doubting disease” due to its hallmark feature: an inability to tolerate uncertainty, resulting in repetitive obsessions and compulsions. These behaviors stem from the brain’s misinterpretation of fear signals and a disrupted confidence in memory and decision making. While OCD sufferers generally exhibit intact cognitive abilities, their excessive need for certainty drives compulsive behaviors that aim to mitigate perceived threats, but paradoxically intensify anxiety over time (Grant & Chamberlain, 2023; Song et al., 2022). As Dr. Fred Penzel describes, “Doubt is the central characteristic of OCD—it is what sets the disorder apart from everyday anxiety. OCD sufferers cannot accept even a reasonable degree of certainty in their lives.”

Breaking The OCD Cycle: Stop The CompulsionsDr. Penzel explains that in OCD, compulsions are performed to alleviate the anxiety caused by obsessions. Therefore, effective treatment focuses on stopping compulsions, which, over time, diminishes the intensity and frequency of the obsessions themselves.

There is a common misunderstanding among patients and providers that the obsession itself is the primary problem, leading to the belief that eliminating obsessive thoughts will reduce anxiety and stop compulsive behaviors. In reality, compulsions occur because the individual feels compelled to act on the obsession in an attempt to gain certainty or relief (e.g., a patient may have an intrusive thought that they forgot to lock their front door, triggering a compulsion to repeatedly check the lock). However, this cycle fails to provide the desired certainty or relief and instead strengthens both the compulsion and the obsession over time.

Performing the compulsion directly reinforces the behavior by providing temporary relief from the anxiety caused by the obsession. This relief serves as negative reinforcement, making it more likely that the compulsion will be repeated in the future. Simultaneously, acting on the compulsion indirectly reinforces the obsession by validating its perceived importance or danger, keeping it prominent in the individual’s mind.

The goal of OCD treatment is not to eliminate the obsession. Instead, it is to help the patient tolerate the discomfort and anxiety caused by intrusive thoughts without resorting to compulsive behaviors. By resisting compulsions, the patient can break the reinforcement cycle that sustains both the compulsions and the obsessions. Over time, they will learn that these intrusive thoughts naturally subside without intervention.

This process of habituation, fundamental to exposure and response prevention (ERP) therapy, requires repeated exposure to distressing thoughts while refraining from compulsive responses. It is not something a patient can simply “think themselves out of”; rather, it is akin to training a muscle. OCD can be conceptualized as a disorder of deeply entrenched habits, and overcoming it takes time, consistent practice, and the willingness to endure discomfort in order to build healthier, more adaptive responses.

The Role Of Ambiguity In OCD One specific feature of OCD is that obsessions can manifest from even the most ambiguous situations. For example, Dr. Penzel describes a driver obsessing about having killed someone on the road. A speed bump, which triggered the intrusive thought, can create an obsessive-compulsive cycle resulting in the driver going back to the speed bump, checking the roads, calling hospitals, and watching the news to seek certainty that they did not hit anyone. The individual may even avoid driving cars to prevent making the obsession a reality.

Although thoughts associated with safely operating a vehicle and staying vigilant are appropriate, one of the distinctions between appropriate behavior and OCD lies in the ambiguity of the trigger. A speed bump to the average driver, through context cues and reassurance, may not cause much concern. A speed bump to a driver with OCD would trigger a cycle of doubt and uncertainty that will never be resolved (see also Driven To Distraction: “Hit And Run OCD”).

“The problem with OCD lies not in the content of the obsession, but in how the brain misinterprets these thoughts as dangerous, necessitating action.”

-Penzel, 2019

Pathway To OCD RecoveryFirst Steps for OCD TherapyWhen considering the hallmarks of good therapy, Dr. Penzel demonstrates that the first step in OCD treatment is psychoeducation, where he teaches patients about the nature of OCD, what to expect from the illness, and why certain treatment methods are required to get better. This is critical as it encourages patients to be partners in their treatment.

The psychoeducation component of treatment is supplemented with Dr. Penzel’s article 25 Tips for Succeeding with OCD Treatment, which provides key principles of understanding OCD and the treatment path. This guide offers clinicians and patients the same information to start their therapy, keeping the standard of care consistent and reliable. Although the guide shares many critical tips for starting, succeeding, and maintaining OCD treatment, a few of the key tips are highlighted below that are especially important for reshaping the philosophical basis of the disorder.

  1. Try not to be a black-and-white, all-or-nothing thinker.
  2. When you have a choice, always go toward the anxiety, never away from it.
  3. Don’t be sidetracked by perfectionism.
  4. It is sometimes possible for OCD to try to make you doubtful about your homework.
  5. Overall, never forget that OCD is very paradoxical and rarely makes much sense.
  6. When faced with two possible choices of what to confront, choose the more difficult of the two whenever possible.
  7. When faced with a challenging assignment or an unexpected challenging situation, try to look at it as a positive.
  8. Remember that in OCD, the problem is not the anxiety—the problem is the compulsions.
  9. Give your homework your full attention, focus on what you are doing, and let yourself feel the anxiety.

These tips address the reality of OCD while providing meaningful insights on how to manage challenges in treatment objectively without creating opportunities to regress.

OCD Homework for Effective TreatmentThese three homework assignments listed below aim to desensitize the patient to the anxiety, control their compulsions, and instill a sense of trust in themselves.

  1. Gradually agree with the obsessive thought.
  2. Sit with the anxiety of the obsessive thought without analyzing it or acting on it.
  3. Refrain from seeking reassurance for the obsessive thought.

The foundation for this homework is in guiding OCD patients to agree with their obsessive thoughts, and to do so gradually so as to not push the patient too far past their comfort zone. Gradual acceptance of the intrusive thought, from acknowledging the presence of the obsession in the periphery to fully agreeing with the obsession for oneself, paves the path to desensitization that is integral for the rest of treatment. For example, if a patient fears that they would kill a civilian while driving, therapy would begin by helping the patient to progressively accept the following thoughts:

  1. People in this world have killed others while driving.
  2. Some people around me have killed others in car accidents.
  3. It is possible that I could kill someone while driving.
  4. I likely have killed someone while driving.
  5. I have killed someone while driving.

By agreeing with the obsessions gradually, patients are able to tolerate the discomfort at each step and work towards breaking the cycle of compulsion when not acting on the anxiety.

In addition to accepting the obsession, it is arguable that the most crucial component of treatment is not providing reassurance. Reassurance can reinforce the obsession by challenging the doubt, thus encouraging the individual to act compulsively, thereby fueling the cycle. Dr. Penzel emphasizes that his patients and their loved ones refrain from reassurance—even from the therapist—as they navigate treatment.

Effective OCD Treatments & PhilosophyExposure and Response Prevention (ERP)ERP remains a cornerstone of OCD treatment. As Dr. Penzel has noted, “You can’t fight OCD with logic, because OCD isn’t logical. It’s emotional.” ERP aligns with this principle by focusing on retraining the brain’s response to distressing stimuli. To achieve this, ERP guides patients to confront their fears without engaging in compulsions. The goal is not to satisfy the obsession, but rather teach patients how to live with their thoughts and uncertainty.

Efficacy of ERP Therapy:Meta-analyses show that ERP results in significant symptom reduction for 60-70% of patients, with effects often sustained long after treatment. ERP is effective across many OCD subtypes, including contamination, harm-related, and existential OCD (Ferrando & Selai, 2021; Song et al., 2022).

Furthermore, ERP is considered widely applicable to various patient populations and settings (Hezel & Simpson, 2019). This speaks to its ability to be effective in both highly structured and real world environments, which makes it ideal for the majority of patients.

Supplementing ERP with additional therapies can also prove beneficial for some individuals in OCD treatment. For example, One study found that this combination led to greater symptom reduction across all main presentations of OCD, with patients achieving clinically significant improvements compared to ERP alone (Rector et al., 2018). Additionally, a review by Hezel and Simpson (2019) saw that patients who took medication (e.g., d-cycloserine) before starting ERP experienced a faster rate of symptom improvement in the first few weeks of therapy.

Cognitive RestructuringCognitive restructuring is a core component of cognitive behavioral therapy and can be used to help patients identify negative thought patterns and replace them with more realistic or positive ones. Cognitive restructuring, when used alongside ERP, helps address the distorted beliefs that drive obsessions. A major focus of this is on Thought-Action Fusion (TAF):

  • Likelihood Thought-Action Fusion: The belief that thinking about an event increases its probability.
  • Moral Thought-Action Fusion: The belief that having a thought is morally equivalent to acting on it.

“OCD’s distortions often involve an exaggerated sense of responsibility and moral accountability. Cognitive therapy helps patients understand that thoughts do not equal actions” (Penzel, 2000).

For example, someone with violent intrusive thoughts might believe they are at risk of harming others simply because the thought occurred. Restructuring these beliefs—by identifying and challenging their validity—has shown to reduce obsessional thinking (Van Noppen et al., 2021).

Embracing UncertaintyFor individuals with OCD, the obsession with finding certainty is not the solution, but the very trap that keeps them stuck. Treatment strategies focus on breaking this cycle by embracing uncertainty rather than eliminating it.

  1. Agreeing with intrusions: Techniques like leaning into feared outcomes, as Penzel advocates, encourage patients to make peace with uncertainty. For instance, a patient with moral obsessions might practice affirmations like, “Maybe I am bad, and that’s okay,” as part of their therapy.
  2. Sitting with doubt: Sitting with the bodily sensation of anxiety is critical to desensitizing the patient to their obsessions. Dr. Puder’s patients might describe this as tightness or heaviness in their chest, tightness in their throat, or a nauseated feeling of wanting to vomit. Often, patients confuse such discomfort with danger. However, despite this anxiety being uncomfortable, there is no threat or danger to the patient or anyone around them. When this happens in session, we sit with them, without reassuring them, creating a safe space for them to experience such sensations through giving them our calm presence.

Cognitive Mechanisms Shaping OCDNeurological and Cognitive DriversResearch highlights that OCD involves intolerance of uncertainty and a tendency to over interpret ambiguous situations as threatening. Computational models suggest that OCD sufferers disproportionately weigh new information over previous knowledge, driving repetitive checking and reassurance-seeking behaviors (Rigoux et al., 2024). As Dr. Penzel elaborates, “For those with OCD, ‘not knowing’ is the equivalent of danger. This drives their need to constantly check or seek reassurance.”

Misinterpretation of Risks & Lack of TrustIndividuals with OCD often overestimate risks and misinterpret benign events as dangers, driven by what Dr. Penzel describes as an “inflated sense of responsibility” and a “need to prevent harm at all costs.” This distorted perception of risk creates a feedback loop where compulsions, intended to reduce uncertainty, paradoxically intensify it. Dr. Penzel explains that the temporary relief provided by compulsive actions strengthens the belief that the compulsion was necessary, thereby reinforcing the behavior (see also How to Defeat OCD by Surrendering).

For instance, someone repeatedly checking if a door is locked may feel more uncertain after each attempt because, as Dr. Penzel points out, the act of checking undermines trust in their memory and their initial decision. This cycle perpetuates a “failure to trust oneself,” further entrenching the compulsion. He likens this to a vicious cycle: “The more you do it, the less sure you are, and the less sure you are, the more you feel you must do it.” By feeding this cycle, compulsions not only fail to provide lasting relief but also deepen the sense of doubt that defines OCD.

Advanced OCD Therapies & Novel InterventionsNarrative Scriptwriting and Imaginal Exposure for OCDFor existential or abstract fears, scriptwriting involves crafting a vivid, detailed narrative of the worst-case scenario and repeatedly exposing oneself to it. This technique leverages the principle of habituation, which Dr. Fred Penzel highlights as a crucial element in reducing the emotional salience of intrusive thoughts. Penzel notes that scriptwriting for existential OCD allows patients to confront their deepest fears—whether about the meaning of life, the universe, or their moral character—without attempting to resolve them. “By sitting with the discomfort,” he explains, “patients gradually desensitize themselves to the anxiety these thoughts provoke, breaking the cycle of avoidance and compulsive analysis.”

Dr. Penzel has observed that this method is particularly effective for moral or existential OCD because it directly challenges the obsessive need for certainty or resolution. He emphasizes that the narrative should be revisited repeatedly and without seeking reassurance, as this helps retrain the brain to tolerate ambiguity and distress. For instance, someone struggling with existential OCD might write and reflect on a script exploring the possibility that life has no inherent meaning, allowing them to embrace the uncertainty rather than fear it (see also “To Be or Not to Be. That is the Obsession: Existential and Philosophical Obsessions”).

Audio Recordings for OCDSimilar to narrative exposure, Dr. Penzel highlights the efficacy of using audio recordings to treat OCD. Effective audio recordings include details of triggering events to activate obsessions and anxieties, which the patient must then overcome. When listening to these recordings repeatedly, patients are activating more memories and details, which are then then built into new recordings and listened to again. The goal is for the patient to strengthen their tolerance to the discomfort from the obsession over time.

The methodology for the recordings is to increase the intensity of the obsession by listening to more detailed and morbid audios until the patient no longer has a reaction to it, or considers it “boring.” During this therapy, the patient is preparing their mind and building tools to address their OCD response. However, if residual obsessions or anxieties are still left, patients will continue listening to recordings and the therapy persists.

Personalized ERP ProtocolsDr. Penzel underscores the importance of tailoring ERP to match the obsessions and compulsions unique to each OCD subtype and patient, emphasizing that “no two cases of OCD are exactly alike.” Customizing exposures enhances treatment efficacy by addressing the specific fears driving the disorder, as illustrated below:

  • Contamination OCD: Patients might perform tasks such as touching “contaminated” objects like public door handles and resisting the urge to wash their hands. Dr. Penzel notes that gradual exposure, starting with less distressing stimuli, helps build tolerance to anxiety while fostering confidence in the treatment process (see also “Stronger Than Dirt–OCD and Contamination”).
  • Harm OCD: Exposure tasks often involve handling feared objects, such as knives, while confronting the irrational belief that simply holding them might cause harm. Penzel advises that therapists create a safe environment for these exposures, gradually dismantling the association between intrusive thoughts and danger (see also “Morbid Obsessions: Thought of Harming Others”).

By targeting the specific fears underlying each OCD presentation, personalized ERP allows patients to confront their obsessions systematically and build resilience against uncertainty.

Augmenting ERP with TechnologyDigital tools such as virtual reality (VR) and mobile apps are being explored to simulate exposures in a controlled, repeatable manner. For example, VR scenarios can replicate real-world triggers, making ERP more accessible and tailored (Javaherirenani et al., 2022).

Predictors Of Treatment SuccessEarly EngagementA meta-analysis revealed that patients who actively engage in ERP early in treatment achieve better outcomes, as success depends on the willingness to confront discomfort. Dr. Penzel stresses the importance of building trust between the therapist and patient during this critical initial phase. According to Penzel, “Patients often come into therapy feeling overwhelmed and hopeless. Helping them take that first step into exposure work, no matter how small, sets the stage for future success.” Early victories, even with less challenging exposures, can boost confidence and reinforce the therapy’s effectiveness.

Penzel also emphasizes the value of psychoeducation during this stage, explaining the mechanisms of OCD and how ERP works to counteract them. As mentioned earlier, when patients understand why they are being asked to endure distress without compulsions, they are more likely to engage actively and maintain commitment to the process. He states, “The more patients understand their enemy, the more empowered they are to fight it.”

Inhibitory LearningThe inhibitory learning model teaches patients to tolerate distress and uncertainty by experiencing anxiety without performing compulsions, gradually weakening the obsession-compulsion cycle. Dr. Penzel emphasizes creating a “library of new experiences” to counteract OCD fears, such as a contamination OCD patient touching feared objects without becoming ill, which rewrites catastrophic associations.

Penzel highlights the importance of varied exposures, cautioning against rigid repetition that leads to habituation. He advises diversifying tasks to “surprise the OCD,” helping patients generalize tolerance for uncertainty across different areas. Mindfulness techniques also reinforce inhibitory learning by fostering nonjudgmental awareness, reducing emotional reactivity to intrusive thoughts, and teaching that anxiety, while uncomfortable, is not dangerous and fades without compulsions.

By combining early engagement, psychoeducation, and inhibitory learning principles, Penzel’s approach enhances evidence-based OCD treatments, boosting long-term recovery prospects.

Social Support One of the most important pillars of treatment success, especially in OCD, is a consistent and reliable support system. Dr. Penzel mentions this is especially crucial when patients are instructed to not seek out reassurance for their obsessions. When discussing the nature of the disorder to support systems, Dr. Penzel says, “I explain how harmful [reassurance] is and how enabling it is…” to illustrate how families can help or hinder the treatment for the patient. The role of a loved one in a patient’s obsessions also play a critical role in treatment of their OCD (see also “Living With Your Loved One’s OCD: Some Advice for Significant Others”).

For instance, one of Dr. Penzel’s patients received therapy for obsessions he had about killing his girlfriend. In addition to Penzel’s guidance, the girlfriend also played an active role in the treatment plan. She participated in the homework, understood her partner’s obsessions, and would sit next to him while he was holding a big knife* in his hand saying, “Please don’t kill me.” This type of support helped the treatment by forcing the patient to confront his fear in every possible situation where harm could have occured, without reassuring his thoughts.

*We recommend not trying this one without consulting an OCD specialist!

OCD & ComorbiditiesOCD can present with other mental illnesses, which, when considering treatment, may require a different approach. Specifically, such cases of comorbidity require identification of the additional mental illness that may be present, and may require treatment of the non-OCD mental illness first.

For example, OCD is one of the most common comorbidities associated with bipolar disorder. During manic or mixed episodes in patients with both OCD and bipolar disorder, the treatment of mood symptoms often takes precedence over the treatment of OCD (Kazhungil, F. & Mohandas, E., 2016). Thus, as Dr. Penzel suggests, managing the bipolar disorder first would offer the necessary stability required to address the OCD. Such approaches are similar to those with comorbid OCD and schizophrenia as well, where managing the more severe illness first gives way to effectively treat the obsessions-compulsions.

On the topic of personality disorders, Dr. Penzel believes that they can be difficult to address in psychiatry, which can make it difficult to identify as a comorbidity with OCD. However, the approach is similar. Patients who present with borderline personality disorder (BPD), or who have trouble regulating emotions, should receive DBT treatment before moving forward with OCD therapy.

Eating Disorders & Body Dysmorphic Disorders Dr. Penzel discusses the connections between obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), body dysmorphic disorder (BDD), and eating disorders, highlighting both their overlapping features and their important distinctions.

BDD, for instance, is classified within the OCD spectrum in the DSM-V due to shared elements, such as intrusive thoughts and compulsive behaviors. However, BDD is unique in its focus on perceived physical flaws, which drive behaviors like mirror checking or skin picking aimed at “fixing” these flaws (see also “Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD) Fact Sheet,” “Eating Disorders are Not the Same as Body Dysmorphic Disorder (And Why It Matters),” “Are Eating Disorders Obsessive Compulsive Disorder? Let Us Discuss,” “Treatment of OCD with Comorbid Eating Disorders,” and “Eating Disorders and OCD: Part of the Spectrum”).

Eating disorders, while they may share some similarities with BDD (such as body image concerns), are distinct conditions. As such, they involve broader psychological and behavioral dimensions and cannot be treated solely through OCD-based methods. Instead, specialized eating disorder therapies are required, though elements of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) for BDD, like body image work and exposure therapy, might provide useful tools.

Trauma & Post-Traumatic Stress DisorderAn additional area for exploration is the relationship between trauma and OCD. Although it is possible for obsessions to center around trauma, Dr. Penzel advises that professional judgement is necessary for determining which condition to prioritize for treatment. If the patient’s post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is severe, addressing it first may help the patient effectively engage in their treatment for OCD. Furthermore, treatments for OCD may also be utilized in addressing trauma (i.e., exposure therapy via recordings). By engaging in such exposure, patients are able to build tolerance to their respective PTSD triggers, which can build the foundation to effectively treat the OCD. However, overlapping features of these conditions, such as intrusive thoughts and avoidance behaviors, can often complicate diagnosis.

For example, consider a case in which a patient has been sexually assaulted. This individual may develop a persistent fear of being assaulted again, which can evolve into intrusive, obsessive thoughts about personal safety and lead to compulsive behaviors (e.g., excessive checking of locks). In these cases of trauma, it is critical to determine whether a patient’s symptoms stem from PTSD, OCD, or a combination of both, to develop an effective treatment plan.

Trichotillomania & Skin PickingTrichotillomania (i.e., hair pulling disorder) or excoriation disorder (i.e., skin picking disorder) are part of body-focused repetitive behaviors (BFRBs), and can have a variety of motivations or inputs. Specifically, it can develop from cognitive, sensory, environmental, or emotional symptoms. Although these disorders are on the spectrum of OCD, Dr. Penzel notes that the treatment for these disorders has to be more comprehensive, as each patient can have a different motivation for their disorder.

For example, a treatment can address the cognitive component for one patient, but a combination of sensory and environmental for another (see also “Comprehensive Behavioral (ComB) Treatment for Skin Picking and Hair Pulling Disorders,” “Excoriation (Skin Picking Disorder) Fact Sheet,” “Skin-Picking and Nail-Biting - Related Disorders,” and “Trichotillomania (Hair Pulling Disorder) Fact Sheet”).

OCD Recovery: After & BeyondThe goal for OCD treatment is to build an individual’s tolerance to their obsessions and anxieties. When thinking about what that looks like, or what the measure of recovery would be, Dr. Penzels explains, “[It’s] when we cannot come up with any more homework assignments to get your anxiety going anymore…[when] the thoughts no longer have an impact on you.”

Through a comprehensive approach, Dr. Penzel is able to illustrate that by requiring the patient to sit with and through the discomfort of their obsessions without engaging in compulsion, they can build the resilience necessary to overcome their OCD. Ultimately, patients will accept their thoughts as exactly that—just thoughts. Dr. Penzel notes that the first half of the treatment involves regaining control over one’s symptoms, and the latter half of treatment involves the maintenance of long-term control over one’s symptoms. Such insight serves as a cautionary note that patient’s must remain vigilant even after they achieve symptom remission in order to guard against future relapse.

The Strain of OCD on Support SystemsOften when patients with OCD struggle, their families struggle as well. Just as the patient loses time doing the obsessions, family time and connection can be lost in the midst of the illness. Attempts to disrupt compulsive routines can sometimes lead to heightened emotions or frustration within the family. Due to the nature of certain compulsions, families as a whole may be limited or restricted from normal activities to avoid triggers. The International OCD Foundation (IOCDF) offers an extensive network of resources and guidance for the families and support persons of patients with OCD.

How to Emotionally Heal from OCDWhen a patient is in recovery, they may reach a point where feelings of guilt and depression begin to arise in the midst of seeing the impact of their illness on their loved ones. While these feelings can be challenging, they present an opportunity for patients to begin the process of self-forgiveness and healing. Patients must understand that they did not choose their illness. As such, forgiveness and acceptance of their past, as well as themselves, is a necessary first step in committing to getting better. Through self-forgiveness and embracing their past experiences (which may be explored via techniques such as therapy, journaling, mindfulness, among others), patients can embrace their new, optimistic future ahead of them and implement their new strategies to live in the present. This process ultimately helps patients build trust and security with their support system each day (see also “Coming to Terms With the Lost Years” and “What Do You Say After You Say You're Sorry?”).

Neurobiological Underpinnings of OCDThe roots of obsessions and compulsions in OCD lie in dysregulated brain activity. Historically, early Positron Emission Tomography (PET) imaging studies identified hyperactivity in the orbitofrontal cortex (OFC) and subcortical regions, primarily the basal ganglia (Baxter et al., 1987).

The basal ganglia are a group of deep brain structures, including the dorsal striatum (putamen and caudate), ventral striatum (nucleus accumbens), pallidum, and subthalamic nucleus. Together, they act as a central hub that filters and refines signals between the cortex, thalamus, and other brain regions, regulating movement, habits, and some emotional and decision-making processes. While early imaging studies lacked the resolution to fully map the complex interactions of these regions, they provided foundational evidence linking basal ganglia dysfunction to OCD.

Volumetric & Structural Differences in OCDAdvances in Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) have enabled researchers to investigate structural abnormalities with more precision. A meta-analysis by Del Casale et al. (2024) synthesized data from over 3,000 subjects and revealed:
  • Increased gray matter volume in the basal ganglia, thalamus, left parietal cortex, and cerebellum.
  • Decreased gray matter volume in cortical regions such as the medial and superior frontal gyri, as well as subcortical areas like the hippocampus and caudate.

While these findings highlighted structural differences in OCD, most volumetric studies, including this meta-analysis, do not account for confounding variables like comorbid psychiatric conditions, socioeconomic factors, or childhood trauma—all of which are independently associated with brain morphology changes.

Fouche et al. (2022) controlled for some of these factors, including medication use and comorbid depression and anxiety, and found no significant structural differences overall. However, among OCD patients with comorbid anxiety or depression, they observed an increased surface area of the pallidum and a decreased surface area of the caudate, suggesting that structural differences might vary with clinical comorbidity.

Importantly, volumetric differences, while informative, do not necessarily correlate with symptoms (Radua and Mataix-Cols, 2009; Tang et al., 2013) or brain function.

Functional Connectivity and NetworksBecause structural studies provide only snapshots of the brain, it is important to examine changes in how parts of the brain interact with each other. Resting-state functional MRI (rs-fMRI) explores the dynamic communication between brain regions while a person is at rest.

Given the findings on the basal ganglia and its potential implication in OCD, initial studies hypothesized there would be connectivity changes between it and other brain regions. Early studies did suggest disrupted connectivity between the striatum and both the PFC and the thalamus (Liu et al., 2023). These findings contributed to the development of the corticostriatal-thalamocortical (CSTC) model, which explains OCD symptoms as arising from dysfunction in these interconnected brain circuits. According to this model, the cortex (OFC and ACC) of a patient with OCD is hyperactive and more likely to produce perceptions of threat or anxiety. This cortical hyperactivity is theorized to be a result of hyperactivity in the thalamus, which relays sensory information to the cortex, and that this thalamic hyperactivity is due to dysfunction of the striatum. However, many of the findings that generated this model were limited by small sample sizes, study heterogeneity, and publication bias, and other studies have suggested that there are other dysfunctional circuits at play.

For example, a recent mega-analysis by the ENIGMA-OCD consortium (Bruin et al., 2023) combined data from 1,024 OCD patients and 1,028 healthy controls across 28 independent studies across the globe using standardized imaging methods. Key findings included:

  • No significant differences in connectivity between the striatum and PFC, challenging the CSTC models.
  • Hyperconnectivity between the thalamus and sensorimotor regions, particularly in patients with more severe symptoms.
  • Sensorimotor hypo-connectivity, suggesting a role for disrupted sensory and motor integration in OCD symptoms.

Interestingly, machine-learning algorithms trained on these connectivity patterns could not reliably classify OCD patients from controls, achieving accuracy only slightly above chance. However, such algorithms performed better in distinguishing medicated versus unmedicated individuals, suggesting medication may be more highly associated with consistent functional connectivity changes than OCD, per se. This may be due to the various ways in which OCD manifests or due to the fact that OCD patients were simply sitting in the MRI machine and not actively experiencing symptoms.

Task-Based fMRI: Inducing OCD Symptoms in Real-TimeTask-based fMRI studies that elicit symptoms of OCD provide a better lens to assess the brains of patients with OCD. Unfortunately, there are relatively few studies that employ this technique because the different symptom triggers associated with each person’s OCD are likely associated with differential brain activity, making these protocols hard to standardize and replicate (Thatikonda et al., 2024 [pre-print]; Viol et al., 2019).

Nevertheless, symptom provocation tasks consistently demonstrate differences in brain regions associated with cognitive control and performance monitoring (e.g., ACC, hippocampus, PFC, amygdala) (De Nadai et al., 2023; Viol et al., 2019).

ERP Therapy & Brain ConnectivityExposure and response prevention (ERP), the gold standard for OCD treatment, targets the cycle of obsessions and compulsions. Two studies, Moody et al. (2017) and Becker et al. (2024), examined its effects on brain connectivity. Both reported changes in neural networks following ERP, including increased activity in the frontoparietal network and default mode network. However, these changes were not consistently correlated with symptom improvement as measured by the Yale-Brown Obsessive Compulsive Scale (YBOCS).

Insights from Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS) for OCDWhile the neurobiology of OCD is not yet fully understood, the disorder is increasingly seen as one of disrupted network dynamics rather than isolated regional dysfunction. Current research supports the notion that OCD reflects over-stimulation of habitual thoughts and compulsions. The anxiety triggered by intrusive thoughts leads to behaviors that provide temporary relief but reinforce maladaptive cycles, likely through aberrant activity in the basal ganglia and reward circuits.

Deep brain stimulation (DBS) targeting areas such as the anterior limb of the internal capsule, which contains a large portion of axons in the CSTC circuit, and nucleus accumbens offers clues about the implicated circuits and holds promise as an intervention for severe cases (Mar-Barrutia et al., 2021).

ConclusionOCD’s defining feature—chronic doubt—creates unique challenges, but also opportunities for effective intervention. Through evidence-based strategies like ERP, cognitive restructuring, and acceptance of uncertainty, patients can regain control and reduce compulsions. These approaches emphasize that intrusive thoughts are neither reflective of intent nor moral character, but rather byproducts of a misfiring brain. Dr. Penzel poignantly notes, “Recovery begins when sufferers stop fighting their thoughts and instead work on tolerating them, allowing uncertainty to become part of life.” By shifting the focus from eliminating doubt to tolerating it, OCD treatment fosters resilience and long-term recovery, ultimately allowing patients to once again engage fully in all aspects of their life.

ReferencesAhmari, S. (2018). Post-mortem Brain Research Holds Potential for Discovery of New OCD Treatments.OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/post-mortem-brain-research/

American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed.). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425596

Anxiety and Depression Association of America (ADAA). (2022, October 28). Anxiety disorders - facts & statistics.Retrieved from https://adaa.org/understanding-anxiety/facts-statistics

Baxter, L. R., Jr, Phelps, M. E., Mazziotta, J. C., Guze, B. H., Schwartz, J. M., & Selin, C. E. (1987). Local cerebral glucose metabolic rates in obsessive-compulsive disorder. A comparison with rates in unipolar depression and in normal controls. Archives of general psychiatry, 44(3), 211–218. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.1987.01800150017003

Becker, H. C., Beltz, A. M., Himle, J. A., Abelson, J. L., Block, S. R., Taylor, S. F., & Fitzgerald, K. D. (2024). Changes in Brain Network Connections After Exposure and Response Prevention Therapy for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder in Adolescents and Adults. Biological psychiatry. Cognitive neuroscience and neuroimaging, 9(1), 70-79. doi:10.1016/j.bpsc.2023.09.009

Bruin, W. B., Abe, Yoshinari, A., Alonso, P., Anticevic, A., Backhausen, L. L., Balachander, S., Bargallo, N., Batistuzzo, M. C., Benedetti, F., Triquell, S. B., Brem, S., Calesella, F., Couto, B., Denys, D. A. J. P., Echevarria, M. A. N., Eng, G. K., Ferreira, S., Feusner, J. D., Grazioplene, R. G…van Wingen, G. A. (2023). The functional connectome in obsessive-compulsive disorder: resting-state mega-analysis and machine learning classification for the ENIGMA-OCD consortium. Molecular psychiatry, 28(10), 4307–4319. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-023-02077-0

Del Casale, A., Ferracuti, S., Barbetti, A. S., Bargagna, P., Zega, P., Iannuccelli, A., Caggese, F., Zoppi, T., De Luca, G. P., Parmigiani, G., Berardelli, I., & Pompili, M. (2022). Grey Matter Volume Reductions of the Left Hippocampus and Amygdala in PTSD: A Coordinate-Based Meta-Analysis of Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies. Neuropsychobiology, 81(4), 257–264. https://doi.org/10.1159/000522003

Del Casale, A., Ferracuti, S., Mancino, S., Arena, J. F., Bilotta, I., Alcibiade, A., Romano, A., Bozzao, A., & Pompili, M. (2024). A coordinate-based meta-analysis of grey matter volume differences between adults with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and healthy controls. Psychiatry research. Neuroimaging, 345, 111908. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pscychresns.2024.111908

De Nadai, A. S., Fitzgerald, K. D., Norman, L. J., Russman Block, S. R., Mannella, K. A., Himle, J. A., & Taylor, S. F. (2023). Defining brain-based OCD patient profiles using task-based fMRI and unsupervised machine learning. Neuropsychopharmacology: official publication of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 48(2), 402–409. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-022-01353-x

Fama, J. M. (n.d.) Excoriation (Skin Picking Disorder) Fact Sheet. International OCD Foundation. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/ExcoriationSkin-Picking.pdf

Ferrando, C., & Selai, C. (2021). A systematic review and meta-analysis on the effectiveness of exposure and response prevention therapy in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders, 31, 100684. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocrd.2021.100684

Fisher, E., Neziroglu, F., & Feusner, J. (2023). Eating Disorders are Not the Same as Body Dysmorphic Disorder (And Why It Matters). OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/eating-disorders-not-the-same-as-bdd/

Fouche, J.P., Groenewold, N. A., Sevenoaks, T., Heany, S., Lochner, C., Alonso, P., Batistuzzo, M. C., Cardoner, N., Ching, C. R. K., de Wit, S. J., Gutman, B., Hoexter, M. Q., Jahanshad, N., Kim, M., Kwon, J. S., Mataix-Cols, D., Menchon, J. M., Miguel E. C., Nakamae, T., Phillips, M. L,…Stein, D. J. (2022). Shape analysis of subcortical structures in obsessive‐compulsive disorder and the relationship with comorbid anxiety, depression, and medication use: A meta‐analysis by the OCD Brain Imaging Consortium. Brain and behavior, 12(10), e2755 doi:10.1002/brb3.2755

Grant, J. E., & Chamberlain, S. R. (2023). Impaired cognitive flexibility across psychiatric disorders. CNS Spectrums, 28(6), 688–692. doi:10.1017/S1092852923002237

Harris, E., Horn, P., Kirschner, A., & Xiang, J. (2019). Measuring Brain Waves Can Help Detect OCD Symptoms in Youth. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/measuring-brain-waves-can-help-detect-ocd-symptoms-in-youth/

Hazari, N., Narayanaswamy, J. C., & Venkatasubramanian, G. (2019). Neuroimaging findings in obsessive-compulsive disorder: A narrative review to elucidate neurobiological underpinnings. Indian journal of psychiatry, 61(Suppl 1), S9–S29. https://doi.org/10.4103/psychiatry.IndianJPsychiatry_525_18

Hezel, D. M. & Simpson, H. B. (2019). “Exposure and response prevention for obsessive-compulsive disorder: A review and new directions.” Indian journal of psychiatry. 61(Suppl 1): S85-S92. doi:10.4103/psychiatry.IndianJPsychiatry_516_18

Hoffman, J., Franklin, D., Mickolus, C., & Padron, M. (2022). Are Eating Disorders Obsessive Compulsive Disorder? Let Us Discuss. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/are-eating-disorders-ocd/

International OCD Foundation (IOCDF). (n.d.). Homepage. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/

Javaherirenani, R., Mortazavi, S. S., Shalbafan, M., Ashouri, A., & Farani, A. R. (2022). Virtual reality exposure and response prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder in patients with contamination subtype in comparison with in vivo exposure therapy: a randomized clinical controlled trial. BMC psychiatry, 22(1), 740. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-022-04402-3

Kazhungil, F., Mohandas, E. (2016). Management of obsessive-compulsive disorder comorbid with bipolar disorder. Indian journal of psychiatry, 58(3), 259–269. https://doi.org/10.4103/0019-5545.192001

Leonard, R. C., & Riemann, B. C. (2013). Treatment of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder with Comorbid Eating Disorders. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/treatment-of-obsessive-compulsive-disorder-with-comorbid-eating-disorders/

Liu, Y., Sun, J., Jiang, J., Wan, K., Tang, Y., Zhang, M., Chen, L., Hua, Q., Fang, W., Zhu, C., & Wang, K. (2023). Brain functional specialization in obsessive-compulsive disorder associated with neurotransmitter profiles. Journal of Affective Disorders, 329, 477–482. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2023.02.146

Maia, T. V., Cooney, R. E., & Peterson, B. S. (2008). The neural bases of obsessive-compulsive disorder in children and adults. Development and psychopathology, 20(4), 1251–1283. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579408000606

Mansueto, C. S. & Golomb, R. G. (2019) Comprehensive Behavioral (ComB) Treatment for Skin Picking and Hair Pulling Disorders. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/comprehensive-behavioral-comb-treatment-for-skin-picking-and-hair-pulling-disorders/

Mar-Barrutia, L., Real, E., Segalás, C., Bertolín, S., Menchón, J. M., & Alonso, P. (2021). Deep brain stimulation for obsessive-compulsive disorder: A systematic review of worldwide experience after 20 years. World journal of psychiatry, 11(9), 659–680. https://doi.org/10.5498/wjp.v11.i9.659

Moody, T. D., Morfini, F., Cheng, G., Sheen, C., Tadayonnejad, R., Reggente, N., O'Neill, J., & Feusner, J. D. (2017). Mechanisms of cognitive-behavioral therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder involve robust and extensive increases in brain network connectivity. Translational psychiatry, 7(9), e1230. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2017.192

National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH). (2023). Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD). Retrieved from https://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/statistics/obsessive-compulsive-disorder-ocd

Neziroglu, F. & Sandler, J. (2009). Eating Disorders and OCD: Part of the Spectrum. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/expert-opinion-eating-disorders-and-ocd/

Neziroglu, F. & Slavin, J. C. (n.d.). Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD) Fact Sheet. International OCD Foundation. Retreived from https://iocdf.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/BDD-1.pdf

Penzel, F. (n.d.). Coming to Terms With the Lost Years. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/coming-to-terms-with-the-lost-years

Penzel, F. (n.d.). How to Defeat OCD by Surrendering. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/how-to-defeat-ocd-by-surrendering-1

Penzel, F. (n.d.). Living With Your Loved One’s OCD: Some Advice for Significant Others. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/living-with-your-loved-ones-ocd-some-advice-for-significant-others-1

Penzel, F. (n.d.). Morbid Obsessions: Thought of Harming Others. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/morbid-obsessions-thought-of-harming-others

Penzel, F. (n.d.). Skin-Picking and Nail-Biting - Related Disorders. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/skin-picking-and-nail-biting-related-disorders

Penzel, F. (n.d.). Stronger Than Dirt–OCD and Contamination. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/stronger-than-dirt-ocd-and-contamination

Penzel, F. (n.d.) To Be or Not to Be. That is the Obsession: Existential and Philosophical Obsessions. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/to-be-or-not-to-be-that-is-the-obsession-existential-and-philosophical-obsessions

Penzel, F. (n.d.). What Do You Say After You Say You're Sorry? (Coming to terms after you recover from OCD. Western Suffolk Psychological Services. Retrieved from https://www.wsps.info/articles/what-do-you-say-after-you-say-youre-sorry-coming-to-terms-after-you-recover-from-ocd-1

Penzel, F. (2000). Obsessive-compulsive disorders: A complete guide to getting well and staying well. Oxford University Press.

Penzel, F. (2014). 25 Tips for Succeeding with OCD Treatment. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/25-tips-for-ocd-treatment/

Penzel, F. (2015). Driven To Distraction: “Hit And Run OCD”. OCD Newsletter. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/expert-opinions/driven-to-distraction-hit-and-run-ocd/

Puder, D. (Host). (2021, June 23). Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) (No. 119) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-119-obsessive-compulsive-disorder-ocd?rq=119

Puder, D. (Host). (2021, Sept. 28). Psychotherapy for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (No. 126) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-126-psychotherapy-for-obsessive-compulsive-disorder

Puder, D. (Host). (2022, May 22). PANS & PANDAS (No. 147) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-147-pans-and-pandas

Puder, D. (Host). (2023, Sept. 8). Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Guide for Therapists and Mental Health Professionals with Dr. Katharine Phillips (No. 191) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Emotion Connection. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-191-body-dysmorphic-disorder-with-dr-katharine-phillips?utm_source=chatgpt.com

Radua, J., & Mataix-Cols, D. (2009). Voxel-wise meta-analysis of grey matter changes in obsessive-compulsive disorder. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 195(5), 393–402. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.bp.108.055046

Rector, N. A., Richter, M. A., Katz, D. & Leybman, M. (2018). Does the addition of cognitive therapy to exposure and response prevention for obsessive compulsive disorder enhance clinical efficacy? A randomized controlled trial in a community setting. British Journal of Clinical Psychology. 58(1): 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjc.12188.

Rigoux, L., Stephan, K. E., & Petzschner, F.H. (2024). Beliefs, compulsive behavior and reduced confidence in control. PLoS Comput Biol 20(6): e1012207. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1012207

Song, Y., Li, D., Zhang, S., Jin, Z., Zhen, Y., Su, Y., Zhang, M., Lu, L., Xue, X., Luo, J., Liang, M., & Li, X. (2022). The effect of exposure and response prevention therapy on obsessive-compulsive disorder: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Psychiatry Research, 317, 114861. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114861

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2016). Table 3.13, DSM-IV to DSM-5 Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Comparison. Nih.gov; Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (US). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK519704/table/ch3.t13/

Tang, W., Li, B., Huang, X., Jiang, X., Li, F., Wang, L., Chen, T., Wang, J., Gong, Q., & Yang, Y. (2013). Morphometric brain characterization of refractory obsessive-compulsive disorder: diffeomorphic anatomic registration using exponentiated Lie algebra. Progress in neuro-psychopharmacology & biological psychiatry, 46, 126–131. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pnpbp.2013.07.011

Thatikonda, N. S., Narayanaswamy, J. C., Venkatasubramanian, G., Reddy, J. Y. C., & Arumugham, S. S. (2024). Differential connectivity of frontolimbic circuit induced by individualized disorder-specific stimuli in distinct symptom profiles of obsessive-compulsive disorder. medRxiv. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.02.16.24302954 (PREPRINT)

Van Noppen, B., Sassano-Higgins, S., Appasani, R., & Sapp, F. (2021). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder: 2021 update. FOCUS, 19(4). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.focus.2021001

Viol, K., Aas, B., Kastinger, A., Kronbichler, M., Schöller, H., Reiter, E. M., Said-Yürekli, S., Kronbichler, L., Kravanja-Spannberger, B., Stöger-Schmidinger, B., Aichhorn, W., & Schiepek, G. (2019). Individual OCD-provoking stimuli activate disorder-related and self-related neuronal networks in fMRI. Psychiatry research. Neuroimaging, 283, 135–144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pscychresns.2018.12.008

Zasio, R. (n.d.). Trichotillomania (Hair Pulling Disorder) Fact Sheet. International OCD Foundation. Retrieved from https://iocdf.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Trichotillomania.pdf

Zhu, Y., Fan, Q., Zhang, H., Qiu, J., Tan, L., Xiao, Z., Tong, S., Chen, J., & Li, Y. (2016). Altered intrinsic insular activity predicts symptom severity in unmedicated obsessive-compulsive disorder patients: a resting state functional magnetic resonance imaging study. BMC psychiatry, 16, 104. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-016-0806-9

How to Earn Psychiatry CME Credits for This Episode

To earn 1.25 psychiatry CME credits for listening to this episode, simply follow these steps:

  1. Listen to the entire episode: Spotify, iTunes, YouTube
  2. Complete the corresponding 4 question brief CME post-episode quiz

View Details

Authors: David Puder, M.D., Joanie Burns, Robert Drozek, LICSW

Presentors: Robert P. Drozek, LICSW, Brandon T. Unruh, M.D., Anthony Bateman, M.A., FRCPsych, David Puder, M.D.

Date Published: 11/15/2024

IntroductionThis week, I am joined by some of the world’s leading experts in treating pathological narcissism and personality disorders: Robert P. Drozek, Dr. Brandon Unruh, and Dr. Anthony Bateman.

Robert P. Drozek is a distinguished psychotherapist specializing in personality disorders, trauma, dissociative disorders, and addiction. He serves as the clinical director of the Mentalization-Based Treatment (MBT) Clinic at McLean Hospital and as a staff psychotherapist in the Gunderson Outpatient Program at McLean. He is a trainer and supervisor in MBT through the Anna Freud Centre in London and holds a teaching associate position in the Department of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. Robert Drozek is a co-founder and co-director of MBT Boston, an organization dedicated to providing training and supervision in mentalization-based treatment. He has authored multiple publications, including the book, Psychoanalysis as an Ethical Process, which explores the role of ethics in psychoanalytic practice. Additionally, Mr. Drozek is the lead developer of mentalization-based treatment for pathological narcissism, co-authoring a comprehensive handbook on the subject.

Brandon Unruh, M.D., is an instructor in psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and the medical director of the Gunderson Residence of McLean Hospital, a specialized residential program for individuals with severe personality disorders. He is also the founding director of McLean’s insurance-based outpatient mentalization-based treatment clinic for personality disorders. His clinical approach is anchored in the integration of evidence-based treatments for personality disorder such as dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), mentalization-based treatment (MBT), transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP), and general/good psychiatric management (GPM). He is an MBT trainer and supervisor through the Anna Freud Centre in London and one of the original cohort of GPM trainers established by John Gunderson. He has published on a variety of topics including suicide, personality disorders, spirituality, medical ethics, general hospital psychiatry, and literature and medicine. He is co-investigator with Mary Zanarini on a randomized-controlled trial studying an MBT group intervention developed to promote flourishing and character virtues in individuals with borderline personality disorder. His academic interests also include the treatment of pathological narcissism, and the relationships between mental health and spirituality and religiosity in both pathological and healthy forms. He is a co-developer of Mentalization-Based Treatment for Pathological Narcissism (MBT-N) along with Robert Drozek and Dr. Anthony Bateman, with whom he co-authored the treatment manual Mentalization-Based Treatment for Pathological Narcissism: A Practical Guide (Oxford, 2023) and with whom he regularly teaches and supervises clinicians and systems implementing this model. He co-edited Borderline Personality Disorder: A Case-Based Approach(Springer, 2018), a generalist guide for clinicians learning to manage BPD.

Dr. Anthony Bateman, M.A., FRCPsych, is a renowned psychiatrist and psychotherapist recognized for co-developing mentalization-based treatment (MBT) alongside Peter Fonagy. MBT is an integrative form of psychotherapy that combines elements from psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, systemic, and ecological approaches, primarily designed for individuals with borderline personality disorder (BPD). Dr. Bateman serves as the Director of Psychotherapy Services and Research Lead for personality disorder at St. Ann’s Hospital in North London. His contributions to the field include co-authoring several seminal works, such as Psychotherapy for Borderline Personality Disorder: Mentalization-Based Treatment and Mentalization-Based Treatment for Personality Disorders: A Practical Guide. These publications provide comprehensive insights into the application of MBT for treating personality disorders.

Narcissistic Personality Disorder (NPD): Prevalence, Epidemiology, and Distinction Between Vulnerable and Grandiose NarcissismNarcissistic personality disorder (NPD) affects an estimated 1-6% of the general population, with significantly higher prevalence observed in psychiatric settings.

There are 2 main types of narcissism:

  • Grandiose Narcissism: Individuals with grandiose narcissism display overt self-importance, entitlement, and a significant lack of empathy. They often present themselves as charismatic, confident, and assertive, attracting admiration through their external charm. However, beneath this outward facade, their sense of self-esteem remains fragile and heavily dependent on external validation. This external validation is vital for maintaining their exaggerated self-image. While they may appear self-assured, their emotional reactions are often disproportionate, particularly when they feel slighted or challenged. Their emotional responses, such as anger or aggression, stem from a need to protect their inflated sense of superiority. Those with grandiose narcissism often come to treatment not by their own choice, but because of external pressures, such as family or others urging them to seek help. This often makes them less likely to seek therapy voluntarily compared to people with vulnerable narcissism.
  • Vulnerable Narcissism: Vulnerable narcissism, in contrast, tends to be less obvious. These individuals often present as introverted, anxious, or hypersensitive. They struggle with deep insecurity and their self-worth is fragile, often fluctuating dramatically based on external validation. While they still maintain a narcissistic self-focus, they tend to exhibit greater emotional instability, with their mood swinging based on how well they perceive they are being validated or admired. For instance, their self-esteem can rise when they receive positive feedback but can plummet with rejection or criticism. Individuals with vulnerable NPD often experience intense shame and self-doubt, which can lead to outbursts of anger when they feel rejected or unappreciated. The heightened emotional instability seen in vulnerable narcissism mirrors the emotional dysregulation in borderline personality disorder (BPD), leading to potential diagnostic confusion.

Just as individuals with BPD may experience decompensation after relational conflicts, those with NPD can face a significant breakdown when their self-image is threatened. For individuals with NPD, these moments can trigger intense emotional distress, rage, or withdrawal as they struggle to protect their fragile sense of self. Their sense of existence is validated by external perceptions and achievements, so any perceived threat to these external sources can feel devastating. Potential triggers include receiving negative feedback, being rejected or ignored, not being the center of attention, experiencing failure or public embarrassment, being outperformed by a peer, losing social status or prestige, being challenged by subordinates or family members, perceived disrespect from authority figures, being compared unfavorably to others, or social media criticism and lack of engagement.

Problems in Mentalizing Associated with Pathological NarcissismPathological narcissism is closely linked with significant impairments in mentalizing, the capacity to understand and interpret one’s own and others’ mental states. These impairments can manifest in various ways, especially within therapeutic contexts, impacting self-reflection, empathy, and relational stability.

Diminished Emotional Awareness and Alexithymia Individuals with NPD frequently experience alexithymia—the difficulty in identifying and describing their emotions, particularly vulnerable ones like sadness, shame, and insecurity. This blunted emotional awareness often leads to a defensive posture, where they mask vulnerability with anger, superiority, or a detached demeanor. Narcissistic individuals may describe external scenarios but struggle to reflect on their emotional states, making it difficult for them to access or express feelings of vulnerability. This lack of emotional insight hinders authentic self-reflection, impeding their capacity to engage deeply in therapeutic work and develop genuine empathy for others.

Overconfidence in Perspective-Taking in NPDIndividuals with NPD often overestimate their ability to understand others’ perspectives. They believe they can accurately interpret others’ thoughts and emotions, but this overconfidence leads to misinterpretations and assumptions. These individuals may experience “psychic equivalence mode,” where they view their perceptions as absolute truths, reinforcing their belief that they understand others perfectly. This can lead to rigid certainty about their perspective, making it difficult for them to entertain or consider alternative viewpoints. In therapy and relationships, this results in a lack of genuine exploration of others’ perspectives, as they focus on justifying their own beliefs rather than seeking to understand others. Their inability to challenge these assumptions causes misunderstandings and conflicts, as they view situations through a self-centered lens, often reacting defensively when their assumptions are questioned. This further isolates the individual, as their view of others becomes increasingly distorted and self-focused.

How Envy Drives Pathological Narcissism: Understanding Its Impact on Self-Esteem and TherapyEnvy exposes a deep sense of inadequacy beneath the inflated self-image. Rather than motivating self-improvement, envy in narcissistic personality disorder (NPD) triggers defensiveness and resentment. These individuals may react to feelings of envy by devaluing others or exaggerating their own achievements to protect their unstable sense-of-self. For instance, in the role play, Dr. Puder lamented, “My best friend got in everywhere and to all the graduate programs that I didn’t get into. We studied together, took the same classes, were in the same research lab—pretty much identical in terms of grades and extracurriculars. Yet he gets in everywhere, and I don’t get in anywhere. What the heck?” This reflects a painful awareness of being outperformed despite feeling equally deserving. Envy challenges their self-worth and highlights their perceived lack of something essential, as seen when a patient exclaims in frustration, “How could they not see how awesome I would be?”

Rather than using envy as a catalyst for growth, it exacerbates their feelings of inferiority, leading them to externalize blame or feel victimized by perceived injustices. The inability to tolerate feelings of envy often leads them to react defensively or aggressively, rather than using the emotion constructively. For example, in the role play, Dr. Puder directed envy toward the therapist by stating, “I don’t think there’s any way that you could know how this feels because you have obtained the pinnacle of success.” This demonstrates how envy can manifest as comparisons to the therapist, making it difficult for the individual to accept feedback or reflect on their own vulnerabilities. Instead of introspection, envy triggers a need to dismiss or surpass others, reinforcing narcissistic behaviors.

This unresolved envy ultimately impairs emotional growth and interpersonal connection, further reinforcing narcissistic patterns and hindering progress in therapy. A patient might even question the value of therapy itself, saying, “Therapy feels so painful, others seem to enjoy it, but it is so hard for me… I question if I should even do this,” reflecting how envy of others’ perceived happiness can lead to despair and withdrawal from the connection going on in therapy. To move through envy constructively, patients must first acknowledge the feeling without judgment and explore what it reveals about their own unmet desires, transforming it into a tool for self-reflection rather than a source of resentment. This can be followed by identifying small, actionable steps toward their own goals, while simultaneously learning to appreciate and celebrate another person’s unique hero’s journey. The inability to sit with envy and process it in a healthy way blocks emotional development, as it turns potentially constructive emotions into barriers that prevent meaningful change.

Impaired Empathy in Narcissistic Personality DisorderIndividuals with NPD often struggle with empathy, despite believing they understand others’ emotions. However, their understanding is typically self-serving, shaped by envy or an inflated sense of superiority. In the role play, Dr. Puder demonstrates impaired empathy by saying, “Are you laughing at my comment here? I’m trying to pour out my heart, and I feel like you’re making light of this.” This reveals an inability to consider the therapist’s benign intent, instead interpreting the situation through a self-focused lens. When envious, they find it difficult to celebrate or feel excited for others’ victories, as their envy clouds their ability to appreciate others’ success. Similarly, when overly confident in their own perspective, they lack the curiosity necessary to explore what they may be missing about others’ experiences. This inability to acknowledge others’ emotions or intentions was evident when Dr. Puder fixated on his own perception of being misunderstood, disregarding the therapist’s genuine efforts to connect. This failure to step outside their own viewpoint or feel joy for others reinforces relational difficulties and emotional isolation.

Black-and-White Thinking in Narcissistic Personality Disorder: Difficulty Tolerating Ambiguity and Rigidity in PerceptionIndividuals with NPD often struggle to tolerate ambiguity in relationships, leading to rigid, black-and-white thinking. They may idealize or devalue others based on minor changes in behavior, causing them to oscillate between admiration and devaluation. This pattern frequently disrupts therapeutic alliances, as they may interpret the therapist’s actions in polarized terms, vacillating between idealization and mistrust. For example, in the role play, Dr. Puder quickly shifts to devaluation with comments like, “Is this what I’m getting from Harvard? Is this what I’m getting?” and “Are you laughing at my comment here? I’m trying to pour out my heart, and I feel like you’re making light of this.” Such statements illustrate how even minor misinterpretations can be perceived as betrayals. Additionally, the patient dismisses the therapist’s empathy with, “I don’t think there’s any way that you could know how this feels because you have obtained the pinnacle of success.” These responses reflect how perceived threats to self-esteem or attachment needs activate defensive mental states that disrupt mentalizing, making it difficult for them to accept feedback or reflect on their own vulnerabilities.

Externalizing Blame in Narcissistic Personality Disorder: How the Teleological Mode Undermines Self-GrowthIndividuals with NPD often externalize blame, attributing their failures or challenges to external factors rather than acknowledging their own role in the issue. This defense mechanism serves to protect their fragile self-esteem and preserve their grandiose self-image. Instead of reflecting on their own vulnerabilities or mistakes, they shift the responsibility elsewhere, which allows them to avoid confronting the deeper emotional insecurities tied to their sense of self. This externalization is partly rooted in the teleological mode, where individuals focus excessively on external achievements (e.g., success, status, appearance) to define their self-worth. In this mode, self-esteem becomes contingent on measurable, external indicators rather than a realistic, internally grounded sense-of-self. When these external markers are threatened or questioned, they externalize blame to preserve their fragile self-worth. This mode prevents them from developing a solid sense-of-self, which, according to Nancy McWilliams, ideally comes from emotional regulation, self-reflection, and integration of both successes and setbacks. By avoiding responsibility and focusing on external validation, individuals with NPD reinforce their reliance on distorted self-concepts and prevent meaningful emotional growth.

Self-Esteem Triggered Mentalizing FailuresMentalizing difficulties in NPD are often heightened when self-esteem is challenged. When individuals perceive a threat to their self-worth or attachment security, they may shift into defensive, non-mentalizing modes, resulting in behaviors like devaluation or idealization of others to protect their self-image. Potential triggers for such responses include:

  • Losing a prestigious job or title, which undermines their sense of status and competence.
  • Aging or changes in physical appearance, which may threaten their self-image tied to attractiveness.
  • Public criticism or negative feedback, especially in front of others, leading to feelings of humiliation.
  • Social comparisons where peers achieve greater success, status, or recognition.
  • Financial setbacks or losing material possessions that were symbols of their success.
  • A loved one or close friend succeeding in areas they feel insecure about, triggering envy and self-doubt.
  • Social exclusion, like not being invited to important events or gatherings.
  • Failing to meet personal or professional goals, leading to intense feelings of inadequacy.
  • Loss of admiration or attention from others, especially on social media platforms.

These experiences would be challenging for anyone, but for someone without a strong, stable sense-of-self, they can become truly tragic. This protective response to perceived threats can manifest as entitlement, blame-shifting, or withdrawal in relationships, making it difficult to maintain consistent engagement in therapy. By externalizing blame and focusing on external validation, individuals with NPD prevent themselves from engaging in self-reflection and emotional growth.

Implications for Therapy and Reflective FunctioningThese mentalizing impairments are thought to play a role in the developmental pathway of narcissistic pathology. In therapy, enhancing reflective functioning—a core skill within mentalization—has shown promise in improving outcomes for individuals with personality disorders, including NPD. By helping individuals recognize the subjectivity of their perspectives and the potential bias in their interpretations, therapy can support patients in moving away from rigid self-perceptions and developing more flexible, empathetic ways of relating to others.

In sum, the impairments in mentalizing associated with NPD contribute to a self-centered, defensive orientation that challenges therapeutic progress. Addressing these mentalizing deficits, particularly by targeting reflective functioning, enables individuals with NPD to cultivate a more nuanced understanding of themselves and others, fostering greater relational stability and personal growth.

Aims and Treatment Strategies in the Development of the Mentalization-Based Treatment (MBT) Model for NarcissismThe development of MBT for pathological narcissism (PN) emerged from a need to address the distinctive challenges posed by narcissistic pathology. Built on the foundation of mentalizing theory, MBT for pathological narcissism was adapted to focus specifically on issues like self-esteem regulation and defensive structures that obstruct mentalization (Drozek & Unruh, 2020; Drozek et al., 2023). Clinical observations revealed that patients with pathological narcissism benefit significantly from structured mentalization exercises, which help them build emotional awareness and relational stability. The introduction of MBT groups for narcissism creates a controlled setting for practicing these skills, allowing participants to engage in real-time mentalization with peers facing similar challenges.

This approach counters the misconception that individuals with pathological narcissism are “untreatable” or resistant to change. Positive outcomes from MBT groups have shown that, with consistent intervention, patients with pathological narcissism can experience meaningful growth in emotional regulation, impulse control, and empathy. These encouraging results are documented in a published paper and an accompanying manual, which now provide clinicians with guidance on implementing MBT for narcissism.

Primary Aims of MBT for NarcissismThe primary aim of MBT for narcissism is to enhance the capacity to mentalize across three domains—content, context, and process—which are central to achieving self-awareness and relational resilience:

  1. Content Domain: This domain focuses on increasing awareness of internal states, such as emotions, thoughts, and intentions. Structured interventions encourage patients to explore their inner experiences and examine how these experiences influence interactions with others. By starting with less emotionally charged content, therapists build a foundation that allows patients to engage with more complex, vulnerable emotions over time.
  2. Context Domain: The context domain emphasizes situational awareness, helping patients recognize the specific triggers that activate narcissistic processes. By reflecting on how context influences their reactions, patients begin to understand the conditional nature of their responses and can gradually work toward modifying maladaptive patterns. This exploration supports insight into how relationships and self-esteem are influenced by situational factors, providing a basis for more adaptive responses.
  3. Process Domain: This domain addresses the relational dynamics that shape a patient’s thoughts and feelings in the moment. By examining these interactions in real time, patients learn to approach relationships with increased flexibility and reduced defensiveness. The goal is to help them recognize and reflect rather than react impulsively, fostering healthier relational dynamics and greater resilience in social situations.

Key Treatment Strategies in MBT for NarcissismMBT for narcissism employs several specific strategies to support these aims: Structured Emotional Regulation: A structured approach to emotional regulation enables patients to stabilize their emotional responses, an essential step before deeper mentalizing work can occur. This focus on managing impulsivity and regulating emotions helps patients build continuity in therapy. * Scaffolded, Stepwise Approach: MBT utilizes a stepwise approach, beginning with less emotionally intense topics to establish a secure foundation. This method allows patients to feel safer before exploring more vulnerable emotional areas, promoting gradual engagement with complex emotions. * Empathy and Perspective-Taking: Strengthening empathy and perspective-taking skills is essential for helping patients understand the impact of their behavior on others. Therapists work with patients to distinguish between intention and impact, fostering a nuanced understanding of interpersonal dynamics. * Contingent and Marked Validation: Therapists employ contingent validation to acknowledge patients’ emotions without reinforcing narcissistic self-enhancement. This technique involves validating the patient’s feelings while subtly challenging underlying assumptions, promoting curiosity and alternative perspectives. * “Reflect, Not React”: A core strategy in MBT is teaching patients to “reflect, not react.” This approach encourages patients to pause and consider their thoughts and emotions rather than responding impulsively. This skill is especially important for managing tendencies like perfectionism and attention-seeking. * Educational Component on Narcissistic Traits*: An educational aspect is incorporated to help patients understand the roots and impacts of their narcissistic traits. By contextualizing their symptoms, patients can reduce self-stigma, facilitating better engagement with mentalizing exercises.

By targeting these three domains—content, context, and process—MBT for narcissism aims to cultivate a balanced and resilient self-concept. This structured, reflective approach enables patients with PN to improve their self-awareness, interpersonal empathy, and emotional regulation, fostering lasting change in their relationships and sense-of-self.

Role of Group Psychotherapy in the Treatment of NarcissismGroup psychotherapy plays a critical role in MBT for narcissism, providing an interactive space where individuals can observe, reflect on, and engage with others in a structured setting. Group members have opportunities to receive immediate feedback and witness the mental and emotional states of others, which supports the development of empathy. This format is particularly valuable for individuals with pathological narcissism, as it allows them to engage in real-time interpersonal exchanges that challenge their usual relational patterns.

In MBT groups, the focus on mentalizing within a peer environment fosters a deeper understanding of one’s own and others’ perspectives, which is essential for improving relational stability. Over time, participants gain the ability to maintain a more balanced view of themselves and others, cultivating resilience against shame-driven responses and enhancing their capacity for empathy. This group dynamic has proven effective in helping individuals with pathological narcissism achieve substantial and lasting interpersonal growth.

Abstract Discussion and the Need for Concrete ClarificationPatients with NPD often engage in therapy through abstract discussions. They might speak in generalizations or offer broad insights about themselves or others, such as “I am the sort of person who always strives for perfection,” or “Her problem is that she is too codependent.” While these statements provide some self-perception, they can avoid deeper emotional engagement and maintain a self-enhanced image.

What to Say Next: Facilitating Concrete ExplorationTo move beyond abstract discourse, it is essential to guide the patient toward concrete experiences and specific events. This involves asking open-ended questions that encourage the patient to describe actual situations and their behaviors within them. For example:

  • “Can you walk me through what happened during that interaction?”
  • “What did you say to her when she expressed her feelings?”
  • “How did you feel in that moment when she responded to you?”

These questions help ground the conversation in reality, allowing both the therapist and the patient to explore the nuances of their experiences.

How to Say It: Emphasizing Empathy and Non-JudgmentWhen prompting the patient for more detailed information, it is crucial to maintain a stance of curiosity and empathy. The therapist should avoid judgmental tones or leading questions that might provoke defensiveness. Instead, use a gentle and supportive approach:

  • “I'm interested in understanding more about that situation.”
  • “It might help to look at what specifically happened so we can explore it together.”
  • “Let's consider how that interaction unfolded from both perspectives.”

This manner of communication fosters a safe therapeutic environment where the patient feels heard and validated, reducing the need to rely on defenses.

Applying Reflective Function to Enhance MentalizingThe goal of these interventions is to strengthen the patient’s reflective functioning—their ability to understand and interpret their own and others’ mental states. By focusing on factual clarification before delving into feelings (“facts before feelings”), the therapist helps the patient build a more accurate and less distorted narrative of events.

Once the concrete details are established, the therapist can guide the patient toward reflecting on their internal experiences and the perspectives of others involved:

  • “What was going through your mind when that happened?”
  • “How do you think she might have felt in that situation?”
  • “What does this interaction tell us about your relationship with her?”

This process encourages the patient to consider multiple viewpoints and recognize the complexity of interpersonal dynamics, which is often a challenge for individuals with PN due to their self-focused orientation.

Outcome: Building a More Balanced Self-PerceptionBy integrating reflective function into therapy, patients begin to articulate a picture of reality that is less dictated by their needs for self-enhancement. They develop greater self-awareness and empathy, which are critical for improving interpersonal relationships and reducing narcissistic processes. Over time, this approach can lead to meaningful changes in behavior and emotional regulation, supporting the overall goals of treatment for pathological narcissism.

Prevalence of Anger-Related Emotions in Pathological Narcissism and Expanding Emotional AwarenessMany individuals with pathological narcissism display anger as a predominant emotion within their narratives. This often accompanies behaviors of self-enhancement, such as devaluing others, emphasizing personal strengths, or recounting instances of being mistreated, casting others as the problem. These tendencies help the individual maintain a sense of superiority and protect them from feelings of vulnerability.

Response: Using the Affect Elaboration Pathway in MBTIn response to this prevalent anger, MBT introduces the affect elaboration pathway specifically tailored for pathological narcissism. This approach encourages individuals to broaden their emotional awareness, moving beyond anger to consider a wider range of feelings, including more vulnerable emotions like sadness, insecurity, or desires for connection.

Therapists initiate this process by asking questions that prompt exploration of underlying feelings. For example:

  • “So, when he called you a ‘loser,’ what emotions did that bring up for you?”
  • “How did that make you feel about yourself?”

These questions facilitate a deeper examination of the emotional response, helping patients acknowledge feelings they might otherwise suppress or overlook. This approach supports the patient in recognizing the layered emotions beneath their anger, fostering a richer emotional awareness that can improve self-understanding and interpersonal relationships.

Reflective functioning (RF) refers to the ability to recognize and interpret mental states, both in oneself and others, with nuance and depth. When assessing RF, low ratings typically indicate responses that are self-centered, simplistic, or lacking in complexity, while higher ratings reflect a sophisticated understanding of the interplay between thoughts, feelings, and behaviors.

For an individual with NPD who solely expresses anger, their RF will be rated low. This type of response often reflects a rigid, concrete mental state that overlooks alternative emotions or perspectives. Self-focused expressions that include self-enhancing or other-devaluing statements often indicate limited mentalization, revealing a minimal capacity to reflect on more vulnerable feelings, such as hurt or insecurity, that might underlie the anger. These responses can seem rote or one-dimensional, with little explicit reference to the mental states of others, consistent with descriptors of low RF in the manual.

In contrast, a response that integrates a range of emotions—such as shame, disgust, guilt, sadness, and insecurity—demonstrates a more advanced RF. For example, if the individual acknowledges feeling insulted but also considers whether their anger masked a sense of inadequacy, this would reflect higher RF. Such a response shows an awareness of the complexity of mental states, an understanding of the defensive nature of certain emotions, and consideration of how these feelings influence their perceptions and actions. This type of nuanced reflection aligns with higher RF ratings, where respondents show an effort to “tease out mental states underlying behavior” and recognize diverse perspectives.

Encouraging individuals with pathological narcissism to explore these underlying emotions facilitates mentalization by fostering a more balanced self-concept, ultimately strengthening reflective function.

Disconnection from Self and Others: The Role of Pretend Mode in Pathological NarcissismIn pathological narcissism, patients frequently exhibit a disconnection from their authentic emotions and desires, often engaging in therapy from a cognitive, detached stance rather than an emotionally grounded one. This phenomenon, referred to in MBT as “pretend mode,” presents a significant barrier to therapeutic progress. In pretend mode, patients intellectualize or theorize about their experiences without genuine emotional involvement, reinforcing defensive structures and limiting opportunities for self-reflection. This detachment hinders the patient’s capacity to form meaningful connections with others and undermines the potential for true mentalization—the ability to understand oneself and others in terms of mental states.

The Reflective Functioning (RF) Manual provides valuable insights into the characteristics of low RF, which closely align with the features of pretend mode. Low RF responses tend to be superficial, self-focused, and lacking in emotional complexity. A patient in pretend mode may discuss events abstractly, often omitting references to their own emotional responses or personal vulnerabilities. According to the RF Manual, such responses lack depth and fail to recognize the range of internal experiences, thus meriting a low RF rating. They reflect a limited capacity for mentalization, as the patient often disregards the mental states of themselves and others, focusing instead on external, intellectualized narratives.

Interventions to Disrupt Pretend Mode and Reconnect with Authentic EmotionsTo counteract pretend mode, MBT utilizes a range of interventions that aim to re-establish an emotional connection and facilitate higher RF. Rather than engaging with the patient’s intellectualized narrative—which often perpetuates pretend mode—therapists guide the conversation toward the patient’s immediate experiences and emotions. These techniques are consistent with the RF Manual’s criteria for moderate to high RF, which involve recognizing multiple mental states, conflicting emotions, and situational influences.

Effective interventions include:

  • Moving from general to specific: By asking patients to provide concrete examples (e.g., “Can you give me a recent example of this?”), therapists help them ground their narratives in real-life events, thereby promoting a more authentic exploration of emotions. This shift away from abstraction encourages patients to connect with their actual experiences, fostering a richer understanding of their emotional responses.
  • Directing attention to present affect: Encouraging patients to articulate their immediate feelings or desires (e.g., “Could you try to put words onto what you are wanting right now?”) interrupts the intellectualized discourse and directs attention to current emotional states. This focus on the present helps patients break away from detached reflections and re-engage with genuine emotions.
  • Naming what is absent: Pointing out missing emotional content—such as saying, “You’re sharing a lot of insights, but I can’t tell what you’re feeling as you sit here with me”—raises awareness of the emotional gaps in the patient’s narrative. This prompts the patient to consider their lived emotional experience, enhancing the capacity for self-reflection and mentalization.
  • Directly challenging pretend mode: In MBT, a “challenge” is a surprising, irreverent, often provocative comment that has the effect of “waking patients up” to more authentically access their own emotional states, or to consider the mental states of the therapist. This can involve the therapist self-disclosing their own emotions (“I am feeling a vague sense of dread right now”), making a humorous comment, saying something bizarre or strange (“I am not really in the room right now”), directly contradicting patients’ perspective; or highlighting an aspect of reality that patients are ignoring or minimizing (“I know you’re extremely hopeful that you will get back together with your ex. Do you ever think about the fact that she’s actively dating other people?”).

These interventions work collectively to “pop the bubble” of pretend mode, reconnecting patients to their authentic selves and enabling genuine therapeutic work. The RF Manual emphasizes that high RF is marked by an awareness of emotional complexity, conflicting feelings, and the mental states of both self and others. By guiding patients in pretend mode to reconnect with their immediate affective experiences, MBT supports the development of higher RF, promoting a balanced and cohesive sense-of-self. This progress is essential in treating PN, as true mentalization—and, consequently, the ability to form meaningful relationships—requires an emotionally engaged and reflective stance.

What is psychic equivalence and how does it emerge?Psychic equivalence is a phenomenon in which individuals equate their internal experiences and beliefs with external reality, perceiving their subjective emotions as objective truths. This cognitive distortion is common in personality disorders like borderline personality disorder (BPD) and is particularly prominent in narcissistic personality disorder (NPD), where rigid self-focused beliefs can lead to the devaluation of others. Research on mentalization and attachment theory provides insight into several key factors that contribute to the emergence of psychic equivalence:

  1. Attachment and early development: Secure attachment experiences in early development are foundational to the capacity for mentalization—the ability to understand oneself and others in terms of mental states. However, individuals with insecure attachment histories often struggle with this skill. When caregivers provide inconsistent, dismissive, or intrusive responses, children may lack sufficient experiences of having their emotions accurately mirrored. This deficit in reflective interaction leads them to experience thoughts and feelings as undifferentiated from reality, resulting in psychic equivalence. For example, a child who feels anger but lacks validation may grow up assuming that their anger reflects others’ intentions, rather than merely their perception​.
  2. Developmental factors and the failure to mentalize: Psychic equivalence is part of what MBT describes as prementalistic modes of functioning—modes of cognition that antedate full mentalizing abilities. In these modes, thoughts and feelings are either overly concrete (psychic equivalence), detached and hypothetical (pretend mode), or understood only in terms of physical actions (teleological mode). These modes can emerge when an individual’s mentalizing capacity is compromised, often due to developmental delays in achieving self-other differentiation. Consequently, under stress or emotional arousal, they revert to perceiving their subjective states as tangible truths.
  3. Trauma and emotional dysregulation: Trauma, particularly early in life, has a profound impact on mentalization. Emotional arousal during traumatic experiences can reinforce the association of feelings with absolute truth, as trauma often disrupts the ability to distinguish between inner states and the external world. This heightened emotional reactivity contributes to psychic equivalence by making intense emotions, such as fear or anger, seem like reliable indicators of external threat or hostility. Studies show that trauma survivors, particularly those with BPD, may interpret strong emotions as direct reflections of others’ intentions, without questioning the subjectivity of these feelings​.

In summary, psychic equivalence is rooted in developmental experiences that limit the capacity for mentalization. Secure attachment, emotional validation, and the opportunity to reflect on one’s inner world are critical in preventing this rigid mode of thinking.

Devaluation of Others and the Role of Psychic Equivalence in NPDIn narcissistic personality disorder (NPD), patients often maintain rigid, devaluing views of others, frequently emphasizing their own superiority. This tendency to view others through a fixed, critical lens reflects the MBT concept of psychic equivalence. For individuals with NPD, this mode of thinking results in equating their negative evaluations of others with objective reality, leaving little room for alternative interpretations. This cognitive rigidity and conflation of subjective experience with fact hinder reflective function, demonstrating a minimal capacity for self-reflection or empathy toward others’ mental states.

Psychic equivalence, by encouraging a single, unchanging view of others, blocks the development of mentalization—the ability to understand oneself and others in terms of mental states—and reinforces maladaptive structures. Individuals in this mode may find it difficult to consider that others could have intentions or feelings different from their own perceptions. This limits flexibility and empathy in relationships, as they are often unwilling or unable to see beyond their own perspective.

Response: Interventions to Disrupt Psychic Equivalence and Foster Reflective FunctionTo address this rigidity and encourage a shift toward mentalizing mode, MBT employs a trajectory of interventions designed to gradually introduce nuance, empathy, and self-reflection. Each intervention corresponds with the RF Manual’s criteria for higher RF, which involve recognizing multiple perspectives, exploring the underlying motivations for rigid views, and appreciating the complexity of relationships.

  1. Empathic validation: Beginning with empathic statements, such as, “It sounds like this was a really challenging interaction,” helps build rapport and reduces defensiveness. This approach establishes a safe space where the patient feels understood, enabling them to consider alternative perspectives without feeling criticized. It also models for the patient an alternative way of engaging with emotions and conflicts, fostering an environment where flexibility in thinking is more possible.
  2. Inviting articulation of their process: By asking patients to describe how they reached their rigid views (e.g., “What clues you in that she was trying to humiliate you?”), therapists encourage patients to reflect on the assumptions underlying their certainty. This exploration aligns with the RF Manual’s moderate RF levels, where individuals begin to acknowledge that their perceptions are influenced by internal states and may not always reflect objective reality. This process disrupts the equivalence between perception and fact, nudging the patient toward seeing their beliefs as interpretations rather than absolute truths.
  3. Examining the impact of certainty: Encouraging patients to reflect on how their rigid views affect them (e.g., “How does it affect you when you focus so much on her deficiencies?”) helps them see the broader consequences of psychic equivalence. This reflection can illuminate the negative emotional and relational impacts of their beliefs, potentially motivating them to reconsider their approach. As the RF Manual notes, awareness of how one’s own mental states affect behavior and relationships is central to higher RF, as it fosters insight into the role of these beliefs in perpetuating conflict or dissatisfaction.
  4. Encouraging nuance: Introducing questions that invite complexity, such as, “Is she always so critical of you, or are there times when she treats you more positively?” helps patients expand their perspective. This intervention challenges black-and-white thinking and opens the possibility that others might have mixed or variable intentions. This greater flexibility is a hallmark of moderate to high RF, where individuals demonstrate an ability to hold multiple, sometimes conflicting views about others.
  5. Offering a therapeutic perspective: Finally, sharing an observation, such as, “I know you see her as treating you poorly, but sometimes it has struck me that you can be a bit aggressive to her as well,” encourages the patient to consider how their actions and demeanor influence their relationships. This feedback invites the patient to reflect on the interaction from a more relational perspective, a characteristic of high RF that requires recognizing the impact of one’s own behavior on others’ responses.

Fostering Higher RF and Moving Toward Mentalizing ModeTogether, these interventions aim to disrupt psychic equivalence by fostering a more balanced, flexible, and empathetic approach to relationships. In shifting from a fixed, self-focused stance to a mentalizing mode, patients with NPD can begin to appreciate the diversity of mental states in themselves and others, achieving higher levels of RF. This process is essential for effective therapy, as it allows individuals to replace defensive, devaluing patterns with genuine self-reflection and connection. By enhancing reflective function, MBT enables patients to form more meaningful interpersonal relationships and to develop a more integrated sense-of-self that embraces complexity and change.

External Standards for Self-Worth: The Role of Teleological Self-EsteemIn some individuals, self-worth and self-esteem are closely tied to external standards, leading to significant self-criticism when they fail to meet these standards. This phenomenon, described in MBT for narcissism as teleological self-esteem, occurs when a person’s sense of self-worth is dependent on achieving specific external goals or maintaining particular roles (Drozek et al., 2023). For example, a patient might believe, “I am worthless because I lost that job,” interpreting the external failure as a direct reflection of their intrinsic value. This mode of thinking is rigid and can prevent a more balanced and internalized sense of self-worth, leaving the individual vulnerable to significant emotional distress when external achievements or validations are lacking.

Teleological self-esteem aligns with teleological mode, one of the prementalistic modes of functioning in MBT. When in teleological mode, individuals require tangible, external evidence to validate their internal feelings or self-concept. When applied to self-esteem, this results in a dependency on external achievements to feel worthwhile, undermining the ability to maintain a stable self-concept independent of circumstances. Research indicates that such externalized standards are often associated with low RF, as described in the Reflective Functioning Manual, where responses tend to be concrete and overly reliant on external markers without introspective reflection.

Interventions to Encourage Internalized and Reflective Self-WorthTo address teleological self-esteem, MBT interventions focus on promoting reflection and helping patients question the perceived necessity of external validation for self-worth. These techniques are aimed at fostering a more balanced and internally grounded sense-of-self, aligning with higher RF, which emphasizes awareness of the subjective nature of mental states.

  1. Empathic validation: By validating the patient’s experience (e.g., “So at this point, you feel like you absolutely need to get your old job back.”), the therapist acknowledges the importance the patient places on the external standard. This step creates a supportive environment in which the patient feels understood, laying the foundation for further exploration of their beliefs.
  2. Exploring emotional meaning: Encouraging the patient to examine what the external factor represents emotionally (e.g., “This sounds so important. Can you tell me more about what makes this the perfect job for you?”) allows them to explore underlying motivations and feelings. This approach aligns with higher RF, as it prompts the patient to move beyond surface-level interpretations and consider the deeper significance of their goals and standards.
  3. Examining the impact of externalized standards: Helping patients reflect on the consequences of tying self-worth to external achievements (e.g., “How does this impact you—to not have the only thing that would make you feel good about yourself?”) fosters insight into how teleological self-esteem may be limiting or damaging. This intervention encourages patients to consider how this dependency might affect their overall well-being and stability.
  4. Explicating the link between external achievements and self-worth: By explicitly linking the external factor to the patient’s sense of self-worth (e.g., “So for you, your old job [external factor] was literally the source of your self-worth [internal process]—without it, you have nothing, and you are nothing.”), the therapist helps make this dependency more conscious. This awareness can motivate the patient to explore alternative sources of self-worth.
  5. Questioning the permanence of external validation: Inquiring about the sustainability of external achievements as a source of self-esteem (e.g., “So if you were to get your job back, would it make you feel good about yourself permanently, once and for all?”) challenges the patient’s assumption that external validation can provide lasting self-worth. This prompts reflection on whether an internalized sense-of-self might offer more stability.
  6. Gently offering an alternative perspective: Carefully sharing an alternative viewpoint (e.g., “I am hearing that, for you, that job is the only way for you to have a sense of self-worth. While you may be right about that, personally, there’s something that just doesn’t feel right about the idea that your only value comes from your professional achievements.”) introduces the possibility of developing a more balanced, intrinsic sense of self-worth. This approach aligns with high RF by promoting awareness of mental states as subjective and encouraging flexibility in self-concept.

Integrating Reflective Functioning and Teleological Self-EsteemThe Reflective Functioning Manual suggests that higher RF involves the capacity to reflect on the subjective and provisional nature of one’s own beliefs, rather than seeing them as absolute truths. By helping patients question the rigid link between external factors and self-worth, MBT supports the development of higher RF, fostering a more resilient and internalized sense-of-self. These interventions enable patients to gradually replace teleological self-esteem with a stable, reflective self-concept that can endure regardless of external achievements or failures. This shift is crucial for achieving therapeutic progress, as it allows patients to maintain self-worth independently, facilitating healthier and more balanced interpersonal relationships.

Introduction to the Role Play: Exploring Mentalization in Narcissistic PatientsThis section delves into a role play exercise designed to demonstrate how mentalization-based treatment (MBT) can be effectively used with patients exhibiting narcissistic traits. The therapists, Dr. Puder and Mr. Drozek, simulate a session to highlight the common challenges of working with individuals who maintain rigid, black-and-white views about their relationships. Narcissistic patients often present with a sense of certainty and negative judgment toward others, which can serve as a defense against underlying feelings of inadequacy and vulnerability.

In the role play, Dr. Puder portrays a patient struggling with intense anger and resentment towards his wife, whom he perceives as unfairly critical despite his efforts. Mr. Drozek, in the role of the therapist, utilizes MBT techniques to explore the patient’s rigid perspective without directly challenging it. By staying attuned to the patient’s experience and gently guiding him to reflect on moments of connection in his relationship, the therapist aims to introduce subtle uncertainty into the patient’s narrative. This approach helps to expand the patient’s mentalizing capacity, encouraging him to move beyond his defensive certainty and consider alternative perspectives.

The role play illustrates key principles of MBT, such as the importance of empathic validation, the use of a non-confrontational stance, and the gradual exploration of the patient's subjective experience. This technique fosters a therapeutic environment where the patient feels understood, allowing for deeper emotional exploration and the potential for meaningful change.

Drozek:
Okay, so this approach really stems from Anthony’s formulations about treating personality disorders more generally. We didn’t do anything entirely new here. The most common form of certainty you’ll see in many individuals with narcissism involves a negative judgment of the other person. For example, “My wife is too critical of me.” That’s often the kind of negative judgment we encounter. In MBT, we wouldn’t challenge that perspective immediately; instead, we would start by saying, “Okay, tell me more. In what ways is she so critical?” You guide them to build their case and then explore the impact on the patient. For instance, “Wow, so when she treats you that way, how does that affect you? What feelings does that bring up for you?” We don't challenge it at first because the goal is to align with their perspective. But if we only do that, we're not truly helping patients to develop a more flexible outlook. So, we have to take it further, which is what Anthony has envisioned.

Puder:
Okay, let’s jump into this. I’ll be the narcissist here, alright?

Drozek:
Cool.

Puder:
Well, it brings up rage for me, Bob. Absolute rage.

Drozek:
Okay. Tell me more. What’s the rage about?

Puder:
It feels so disrespectful, you know?

Drozek:
Yeah, yeah.

Puder:
I’m working my butt off, you know? I do the dishes, and then I hear criticism. It’s like, “Hey, I’m doing a lot here.”

Drozek:
Absolutely. So you’re working really hard, putting in so much effort, and it’s enraging that she would speak to you that way.

Puder:
Yeah, exactly what I said, Bob. Good—you’re repeating back to me exactly what I’m saying.

Drozek:
(Laughs) I know.

Puder:
Is this what I’m getting from Harvard? Is this what I’m getting?

Drozek:
Well, that’s fair. I’m just curious—has she always been this way?

Puder:
Wait, are you laughing at my comment here? I’m trying to pour out my heart, Bob, and I feel like you’re making light of this.

Drozek:
I’m sorry, I apologize. I thought you were joking with the Harvard comment. I appreciate that.

Puder:
No, I was joking (laughs).

Drozek:
Okay, just to be clear—let’s keep going. Has she always been this way?

Puder:
No, I mean, in the beginning—maybe the first six months—she was very supportive. Then something flipped.

Drozek:
I see. And when she was more supportive, how did she treat you?

Puder:
Oh, everything was positive, warm, and full of gratitude.

Drozek:
Now I’m curious—this past week, were there any days when she was better, maybe kinder, than usual?

Puder:
Yeah, maybe.

Drozek:
Okay. What did she do on that day?

Puder:
She greeted me with a hug. That was nice.

Drozek:
Yeah? What was that like?

Puder:
I don’t know. It was... nice, you know?

Drozek:
It sounds nice. I appreciate you putting words to it because it seems like you work incredibly hard, and it doesn’t feel fair that she’s critical. Yet, there are these moments where she’s kinder, warmer, and you see a different side of her. That must be confusing.

Feedback and AnalysisUnruh:
What we just saw was Bob responding to you, David, without challenging or questioning your initial perspective. That’s a core principle in MBT, particularly when treating narcissism. It’s important to start by aligning with the patient’s subjective experience. Bob did not question or criticize but instead asked clarifying questions to explore how you arrived at your perception of your wife as critical.

Unruh:
Even though Bob might have thought, “This sounds overly certain or rigid,” he didn’t press on that immediately. Instead, he used reflective questioning to introduce some nuance, asking about moments when your wife was supportive. The aim here is to slowly shift the patient from a position of certainty to one of curiosity—getting them to see that maybe things aren’t always black and white. That’s where mentalizing begins, by opening up space for different perspectives.

Bateman:
Exactly. The goal is to expand the patient’s field of discovery. You start with a very narrow focus—“My wife is critical”—and gently expand it by exploring other moments and experiences. This is done from a not-knowing stance, where you accept the patient’s perspective without challenging its validity. It’s about creating space for exploration, not dismantling their views outright.

Reflection on the Role-PlayThis role play exercise demonstrates how MBT can be a powerful tool in working with narcissistic patients who are entrenched in rigid, defensive patterns. By adopting a stance of empathic validation and non-confrontational curiosity, the therapist begins to gently unravel the patient’s certainty and defensive posturing. This approach is crucial in treating individuals with narcissistic traits, who often struggle with a disconnection from their authentic emotions, as highlighted earlier in the document.

The technique of mentalization—exploring the patient’s feelings without immediately challenging their narrative—aligns with the broader theme of helping patients move beyond pretend mode. Narcissistic individuals often intellectualize their experiences to avoid confronting deeper vulnerabilities, keeping them trapped in self-reinforcing cycles of blame and resentment. By shifting the focus from an externalized, black-and-white perspective to a more nuanced exploration of internal states, MBT helps patients reconnect with their genuine emotional experiences.

Ultimately, this role play underscores a central theme of the document: the importance of creating a therapeutic space that allows for the gradual development of reflective functioning. In doing so, patients can begin to recognize and tolerate a wider range of emotions, fostering a more cohesive and resilient sense-of-self. This shift is essential not only for reducing pathological narcissistic defenses but also for building the capacity for meaningful interpersonal relationships, which are often compromised in individuals with narcissistic pathology.

Resources:Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2013). Mentalization-Based Treatment. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 33(6), 595–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/07351690.2013.835170

Bateman, A., Fonagy, P., Campbell, C., Luyten, P., & Debbané, M. (2023). Cambridge guide to mentalization-based treatment (MBT). Cambridge University Press. https://a.co/d/3UAQ98X

Drozek, R. P., & Unruh, B. T. (2020). Mentalization-based treatment for pathological

narcissism. Journal of Personality Disorders, 34(Supplement), 177-203. https://doi.org/10.1521/pedi.2020.34.supp.177

Drozek, R. P., Unruh, B. T., & Bateman, A. W. (2023). Mentalization-based treatment for pathological narcissism: A handbook. Oxford. https://global.oup.com/academic/product/mentalization-based-treatment-for-pathological-narcissism-9780192866134?cc=us⟨=en&

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Steele, H., & Steele, M. (n.d.). Reflective-functioning manual: Version 5 for application to Adult Attachment Interviews. University College London, Sub-Department of Clinical Health Psychology.

Upcoming trainings/conferences on MBT for narcissism featuring Bob Drozek, Brandon Unruh, and Anthony Bateman:Understanding Narcissism: From Healthy to Disordered

Offered virtually through Harvard Medical School

Thursday 1/30/2025 through Friday 1/31/2025

Registration: https://cmecatalog.hms.harvard.edu/course/understanding-narcissism-healthy-disordered

Mentalization-based treatment (MBT) for Narcissism Training

Offered virtually through the Anna Freud Centre in London

Wednesday 2/5/2025, Friday 2/7/2025, and Saturday 2/8/2025

Registration:

https://bookings.annafreud.org/s/event/a4VQ5000000Nok5MAC/mentalizationbased-treatment-mbt-and-narcissism-training?filters&chatterGroupId&utm_source&utm_medium&utm_campaign&sort=Asc

View Details

David Puder, MD

Burnout in healthcare professionals often shows up as depersonalization, an emotional detachment that allows clinicians to shield themselves from the overwhelming trauma they witness on a daily basis. Depersonalization falls into the broader category of dissociation, where a clinician becomes emotionally numb and detached from their patients. It acts as a protective mechanism to shield against overwhelming emotions, but is also something we must actively work through to regain emotional connection.

Dr. Jessi Gold, a psychiatrist and Chief Wellness Officer of the University of Tennessee System, sheds light on these experiences through her work, highlighting the toll burnout takes and offering practical solutions for how healthcare providers can reconnect with their emotional lives.

What Does Depersonalization Look Like In Healthcare Workers?Depersonalization doesn’t happen all at once—it builds gradually as clinicians overexpose themselves to trauma without sufficient emotional processing. As a patient of Dr. Gold explains, it’s a protective mechanism: “Not feeling anything is protective in the job, for sure, and I think it’s good sometimes, but maybe it isn’t good all the time” (How Do You Feel?, p. 56).

When depersonalization occurs, healthcare professionals may feel as though they’re going through the motions, seeing patients as tasks to complete rather than individuals in need of care. This is captured in a common set of experiences that align with the depersonalization domain of the Maslach Burnout inventory, such as:

  • “I feel I look after certain patients/clients impersonally, as if they are objects.”
  • “I really don’t care about what happens to some of my patients/clients.”
  • “I have become more insensitive to people since I’ve been working.”
  • “I’m afraid that this job is making me uncaring.”

These statements reflect the emotional distancing that comes with burnout, as clinicians become detached from the empathy that once motivated them. Dr. Gold shares a story about a clinician noticing their own experience with emotional detachment: “...like once at a family dinner when someone asked me about work, I told them about one shift where a bunch of family had died in a car accident, a lot of them kids, and everyone looked so surprised. Some even teared up. And, then there’s me just telling the story like I was ordering a cheeseburger. I didn’t even stop eating dinner” (How Do You Feel?, p. 55).

This numbness isn’t necessarily deliberate—it’s often a way to cope with the relentless exposure to suffering. As one patient describes: “It feels like I’m not processing things like a human” (How Do You Feel?, p. 56). Over time, this lack of emotional processing can lead to deeper feelings of alienation, where healthcare workers feel like they are merely going through the motions, both professionally and personally.

Depersonalization And Dissociation As A Unified ExperienceIn Dr. Gold’s work, the concepts of depersonalization and dissociation often blend together. When clinicians begin to dissociate, the broader category that depersonalization fits into, they are emotionally disconnecting from their environment. As this emotional detachment deepens, clinicians may lose their ability to feel empathy for their patients—and sometimes, even for themselves.

“I used to be able to go into work and see the roses through all of the thorns, but now I only see the thorns. Are there still any roses?” (How Do You Feel?, p. 54). This poignant metaphor illustrates the gradual erosion of joy and meaning in work as depersonalization takes hold.

At its most severe, this process leads to clinicians feeling like they are no longer fully human—just cogs in a broken healthcare machine. As Dr. Gold describes, We healthcare workers regularly see trauma and tragedy in ways that slowly desensitize us... It’s the system that needs fixing, not just us.

The Role Of AlexithymiaOne of the consequences of prolonged depersonalization and dissociation is alexithymia, the inability to recognize or describe one’s own emotions. This can be particularly dangerous for healthcare providers, who rely on their ability to empathize with patients and process their own emotional responses to trauma. Over time, clinicians may lose touch with their emotional states altogether.

Alexithymia often goes hand-in-hand with burnout. A patient of Dr. Gold’s describes how the culture of medical training sometimes discourages the display of emotions: “I remember, in medical school, receiving what were basically subjective evaluations of my personality, in which my supervisors said things like I ‘made faces,’ and I ‘didn’t take my job seriously’ when I acted like myself around patients and supervisors…” (How Do You Feel?, p. 68). Through mentors, we may learn or be encouraged to hide our emotions.

Solutions For Overcoming Depersonalization And AlexithymiaDr. Gold offers several strategies for healthcare professionals to overcome depersonalization, dissociation, and the emotional detachment that accompanies burnout. These solutions are not just about "fixing" the clinician, but also about recognizing the systemic issues that contribute to burnout.

1. Recognizing and Addressing Burnout Early

Dr. Gold emphasizes the importance of catching burnout early, before depersonalization and dissociation become entrenched. “By the time someone shows up in my office, I’m often thinking, ‘I wish you’d come months or even years earlier.’” Recognizing the early warning signs—like feeling other burnout symptoms such as emotional exhaustion or a decreased sense of meaning and purpose at work, can help you catch burnout early.

2. Seeking Therapy to Process Emotions

Therapy is a vital tool for healthcare workers, offering a space to process difficult emotions and reconnect with oneself. Dr. Gold says in the episode, “I would always want a therapist who sees a therapist. I think it’s healthy to admit that our job affects us too”. For clinicians experiencing alexithymia, therapy can help them regain the ability to recognize and describe their emotions, which is essential for both their personal and professional lives.

3. Creating Emotional Boundaries While Staying Connected

While emotional boundaries are necessary for protecting against burnout, Dr. Gold emphasizes that healthcare workers need to find a balance between protecting themselves and staying connected to their patients. “Not feeling anything is protective in the job, for sure, and I think it’s good sometimes, but maybe it isn’t good all the time” (How Do You Feel?, p. 56). Therapy, mindfulness, and regular check-ins with colleagues can help maintain this balance.

4. Challenging Systemic Burnout Causes

Individual solutions are not enough to tackle burnout on their own. Dr. Gold advocates for addressing the systemic issues that drive clinicians to depersonalization in the first place. Sometimes the system says, “You fix you”, instead of fixing itself. That’s what the resiliency conversations have become, and it misses the point—changing the system is what really helps. Institutional change is crucial to preventing burnout, whether through reducing workloads, increasing support staff, or creating environments where healthcare workers feel valued and supported.

5. Reconnecting with the Meaning in the Work

One of the key steps in overcoming depersonalization is rediscovering the meaning in the work. Finding ways to reconnect with the reason you entered the profession—whether through peer support, mindfulness, or creative outlets—can reignite a sense of purpose.

Empathy For Healthcare Providers In BurnoutBurnout is not a personal failing—it’s a response to overwhelming systemic pressures. Dr. Gold’s work offers empathy and understanding for clinicians who find themselves emotionally disconnected from their patients and themselves. She reminds us that it’s not uncommon for healthcare workers to feel numb or disconnected after years of exposure to trauma.

For those struggling with burnout, it’s important to remember that seeking help is not a sign of weakness, but of strength. As Dr. Gold so aptly puts it: “Your story is your story. Tell it when you’re ready, but just know, if a place rejects you for being honest, you probably wouldn’t have fit there anyway.”

By addressing depersonalization, dissociation, and alexithymia head on, healthcare providers can begin to heal, as well as help create a healthier, more sustainable system for everyone.

Further reading:How Do You Feel by Jessi Gold

Connect with Dr. Gold on social media (Instagram, Tiktok, X): @drjessigold and her website drjessigold.com.

View Details

David Puder, MD

Note: Contains spoilers

David Puder, Rachel Blackston and Eric Bender have no conflicts of interest to report.

IntroductionIn this write-up, I reflect on and expand upon insights that emerged from our podcast episode on Inside Out 2. The podcast guests are Rachel Blackston, mother of three and co-owner of a thriving group practice with over 20 therapists in Orlando, and Eric Bender, a psychiatrist who works with adolescents in the San Francisco area and previously joined me in discussing “The Shrink Next Door.”

In Inside Out 2, Riley transitions from childhood into adolescence. The movie introduces new emotions, representing the turbulence and heightened self-consciousness that many teenagers face during this pivotal stage of development.

Setting the Stage: Adolescence and Emotional Transitions in Inside Out 2One of the central themes of Inside Out 2 is the emotional upheaval that accompanies adolescence. As Riley transitions from childhood to her teenage years, we witness the introduction of new emotions—Anxiety, Envy, Embarrassment, and Ennui (Boredom)—which reflect the increasingly complex emotional landscape teens must navigate. This emotional expansion is chaotic but essential to development of internal reflectiveness.

Rachel Blackston shared her personal experience of adolescence within her family, illustrating how accurately the film captures this transition:

“I felt it. A wrecking ball comes into the scene and starts dismantling and disrupting, and that’s sort of what it’s felt like in my household. It’s like Family Island, that used to be the center of everything, gets pushed into the background as Friend Island takes over. Suddenly, as a parent, you’re not the central figure anymore, and that’s a really disorienting experience.”

Family Island—once stable and reliable—begins to fade in importance as Riley’s relationships with peers grow. The metaphor of islands shrinking or growing reflects the real-world shift in a teenager’s priorities as they move through adolescence. A secure attachment with parents provides the emotional foundation needed for teenagers to confidently explore new friendships and navigate the shifting priorities of adolescence.

Adolescence is all about the evolution of identity. The new emotions—Anxiety, Envy, and Embarrassment—are particularly powerful because they represent a teenager’s increasing awareness of how they’re perceived by others. For example, the anxiety Riley feels about how she fits in with her friends and the envy that arises when she sees others doing better or fitting in more easily. These emotions aren’t just disruptions—they’re signs that her self-concept is shifting and expanding.

Dr. Eric Bender added a clinical perspective, connecting these emotional changes to adolescent mental health:

“I see this all the time with my patients. Anxiety especially starts to ramp up as kids hit adolescence. It’s not just that they’re suddenly more emotional—it’s that they’re beginning to realize how others see them, and that’s a massive shift. The fear of not fitting in, of not being good enough, becomes a driving force in their emotional lives. Envy is another big one. It’s natural to compare yourself to your peers, but it can spiral into something destructive if it’s not balanced with a healthy sense-of-self. What I love about Inside Out 2 is that it doesn’t shy away from showing how complicated these feelings can be, especially during this crucial stage of development.” — Dr. Eric Bender

Through these reflections, we see that Inside Out 2 effectively externalizes the complex emotional journey of adolescence, making it easier to visualize and understand.

The Transition To Puberty In Inside Out 2At the beginning of the film, Joy introduces a machine designed to throw bad memories to the back of Riley’s brain (representing the unconscious) as a way to protect her from negative emotions. Joy’s mantra was, “Keep the best, toss the rest.” Now 13 years old, Riley is transitioning to a new school and early in the movie she learns that her friends, Brie and Grace, won’t be attending the same school as her. This revelation shakes her world, marking a significant emotional challenge as she navigates the complexities of adolescence.

Then, the puberty team arrives and causes chaos in headquarters, destroying Joy’s new machine in the process. Riley begins grappling with attachment fears: “I’m not going to be with my friends. What’s going to happen?” A new set of emotions, including Anxiety, enter the scene, adding to her turmoil.

As difficult as this process is for parents—often bringing a sense of grief—it’s essential for them to remain stable through the storm. This development is a crucial part of a child’s sense-of-self and formation of a separate identity from their parents. Without it, kids can become emotionally “stuck.” Parents may long for the days of Inside Out 1, when Riley’s core memories—centered on family moments like ice skating with her parents—were at the forefront, but these memories naturally fade to the background as she grows and new priorities emerge.

The concept of a "sense-of-self" is introduced in Inside Out 2. Before puberty and the Anxiety takes over, Riley’s sense-of-self is built from Joy’s carefully selected memories—all positive, reinforcing the idea that she is a good friend and a good person.

It’s essential for everyone to recognize their inherent worth and value, while maintaining a balanced, reality-based understanding of the unique contributions they bring to relationships—whether as a friend, daughter, or son. These beliefs form the foundation of who we are and how we engage with the world. Because Riley’s childhood was largely positive, her core beliefs and sense-of-self remain stable as she navigates new challenges.

However, not all individuals are as fortunate as Riley in developing a stable sense-of-self. In psychodynamic literature, identity diffusion refers to the difficulty in forming a cohesive and consistent identity, often rooted in early attachment disruptions or unresolved emotional challenges. When this foundational development is interrupted—whether due to trauma, neglect, or inconsistent caregiving—individuals may struggle with a fragmented sense of who they are. Instead of having a stable core identity, they might experience fluctuating self-images, rely heavily on external validation, or feel chronically unsure about their roles, values, or relationships. This lack of a clear identity can lead to emotional instability, poor boundaries, and difficulties in forming meaningful connections. In adolescence, this struggle becomes particularly pronounced, as the natural developmental task of solidifying one’s identity clashes with unresolved emotional wounds from the past.

How Inside Out 2 Could Explore Emotional Trauma and Adverse Childhood ExperiencesMany adults and children have not had the opportunity to properly develop emotionally due to experiencing adverse childhood events (ACEs)—including physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, neglect, domestic violence, or witnessing substance abuse. Research shows that these experiences can lead to long-term changes in the brain and body, such as dysregulation of the HPA axis, heightened amygdala reactivity, and epigenetic changes. These physiological shifts often contribute to emotional and psychological difficulties later in life, including identity diffusion, emotional dysregulation, and challenges in forming healthy relationships (Puder, 2024).

In contrast, Riley from Inside Out does not face significant trauma. Her emotional development follows a normal path, allowing her to form a stable sense-of-self. This is evident in the film, where she successfully navigates early developmental tasks, supported by positive role models and a secure attachment with her parents. As a result, Riley’s core sense-of-self remains intact, and she avoids the deep internal struggles around self-worth and identity that are common among children who experience trauma. In children who have faced early abuse or neglect, thoughts like “I am bad” or “I am worthless” often become deeply ingrained, especially if they enter adolescence without stable role models to help them develop their core identity.

Children who experience disorganized attachment—often due to caregivers who are inconsistent, frightening, or unable to provide reliable comfort—are particularly vulnerable to identity diffusion. Without a secure foundation, these children struggle to form a cohesive sense-of-self and may develop disorganized attachment patterns. As they grow, this can lead to emotional fragmentation, where they lack a stable internal framework to manage their emotions or maintain relationships. This disorganization can result in identity diffusion, where the child feels unsure of who they are, fluctuating between different self-images and relying on external validation to define themselves. Over time, this can manifest as emotional dysregulation, identity disturbance, and dissociative states (Episode 087, Episode 088).

If Inside Out 2 were to explore a character with a high ACE score or disorganized attachment, the emotional landscape would be markedly different from Riley’s. Rather than having a well-developed sense-of-self, a child with a history of trauma would likely experience fragmented emotions, identity confusion, and chronic feelings of emptiness. These symptoms are often seen in individuals with borderline personality disorder (BPD), where identity diffusion leads to unstable emotions, chaotic inner conflicts, and impulsive behaviors as coping mechanisms. This character’s inner world would be far more turbulent, reflecting the complex interplay of trauma, attachment issues, and emotional dysregulation. Where Riley’s emotions are able to coexist and integrate, a traumatized child might find their emotions at odds, leading to inner chaos and difficulty navigating the social and emotional challenges of adolescence (Episode 115).

Exploring such a character would highlight the profound effects of early trauma on emotional development and identity formation, offering a more nuanced portrayal of the struggles faced by children who grow up without the secure attachments and positive experiences that Riley had. It could also provide an opportunity to examine how healing and growth occur, perhaps depicting the character developing resilience through therapeutic relationships, mentorship, or other supportive interventions that help foster a more cohesive sense-of-self.

How Inside Out 2 Depicts Anxiety And Emotional Fragmentation During AdolescenceBy the end of Inside Out, the theme of emotional integration is fully realized as different emotions coexist and contribute to Riley’s sense-of-self. This mirrors real life, where core beliefs like “I’m a good person” and “I’m not good enough” often sit side by side. In Riley’s case, her anxiety inadvertently leads to the emergence of a new critical belief: “I’m not good enough.” These conflicting beliefs coexist within all of us, shaping our identity. The tension between positive and negative self-perceptions is a normal part of emotional development, especially during adolescence when identity formation becomes more complex.

In contrast, individuals who haven’t developed positive core beliefs often experience an imbalance in their self-concept. Instead of holding a mix of positive and negative beliefs, they may internalize a single, dominant thought: “I am bad.” This is particularly common in children who experience neglect or inconsistent caregiving. According to Bowlby’s attachment theory, when children feel abandoned or unworthy due to caregiver neglect, they often internalize a deep sense of shame and inadequacy, believing they are inherently unworthy of love. This can lead to chronic low self-esteem and difficulties in forming secure relationships later in life.

Additionally, as Kohut often emphasized, the absence of empathetic validation from caregivers can result in a fragmented sense-of-self. Children who do not experience emotional attunement may come to believe, “I must need too much” or “I’m overwhelming,” as a way of rationalizing why their needs weren’t met. Without positive role models or emotional support, this narrative of unworthiness can dominate their internal world, setting the stage for emotional dysfunction and relational difficulties in adulthood.

Riley’s sense-of-self, initially rooted in positive core memories, is shaped by Joy’s efforts to maintain her emotional balance. However, as Anxiety enters the picture, Riley’s focus shifts away from her past experiences, and her emotional landscape becomes dominated by fear of the future. Anxiety’s attempt to “build a better Riley”—as seen when she launches Riley’s core sense-of-self to the back of her mind—illustrates the dangers of allowing anxious thoughts to reshape one’s identity. As Nancy McWilliams has often pointed out, anxiety can distort the self-concept, leading individuals to construct identities based on external pressures rather than authentic desires and values. This mirrors how Riley’s authentic self is pushed aside in favor of a version more focused on social acceptance and external validation.

Erik Erikson’s theory of psychosocial development highlights adolescence as a critical period for identity formation, where the conflict between identity and role confusion is central. Adolescents, like Riley, are tasked with forming a stable sense-of-self while navigating external pressures from peers and society. When anxiety takes control, as it does for Riley, it can lead to identity confusion—a state where the individual prioritizes social conformity over personal authenticity. Rather than exploring her true desires, Riley’s anxiety shifts her focus toward constructing an identity shaped by fear and the need for social acceptance, ultimately disrupting the healthy process of identity formation.

This act of emotional suppression fragments Riley’s identity, leaving her disconnected from her authentic self. It serves as a powerful metaphor for how unresolved emotions, especially those driven by anxiety, can take control of our internal landscape, leading to inner turmoil. Anxiety often distorts one’s sense-of-self by introducing fears of inadequacy and a need for external validation, as we see in Riley’s struggle. By prioritizing social acceptance over personal authenticity, her sense-of-self begins to fracture, resulting in emotional confusion and insecurity.

We witness Riley’s emotional fragmentation most clearly when her core memories—representing key aspects of her identity—are literally sent to the back of her mind. This displacement reflects her vulnerability as she tries to navigate new peer relationships without a fully integrated self-concept. Inside Out 2 powerfully illustrates a common experience of adolescence, where shifting social dynamics and increasing self-awareness create internal conflicts that can destabilize one’s identity. The process of forming a cohesive sense of self is complicated by these emotional upheavals, but also represents the essential developmental task of adolescence: integrating these conflicting emotions and experiences into a stable, authentic identity.

Inside Out 2: How Joy’s Anxiety Foreshadows Riley’s Emotional StrugglesInterestingly, before Anxiety officially takes control, Joy’s actions already reveal underlying anxiety. By using a machine to eject bad memories, Joy attempts to protect Riley from negative emotions, but this, in itself, is an anxious response. Joy fears what will happen if Riley retains these difficult memories, reflecting a common human tendency to suppress negative experiences in hopes of securing a better future. This behavior mirrors broader societal pressures to prioritize happiness and avoid discomfort, highlighting the cultural tendency to reject emotional complexity. Joy’s anxious actions foreshadow Anxiety’s role, which centers on planning for and controlling the future to protect Riley from potential pain.

When Anxiety takes over, she believes that Riley can secure her place in social circles, avoid rejection, and ultimately thrive by being overly cautious and strategic in her relationships. Anxiety fixates on ensuring Riley has friends and social acceptance, assuming that by planning and worrying, she can secure Riley’s future success.

In life, we often “send memories to the back” when they feel too overwhelming to confront. These memories, when labeled as negative or painful, can become dissociated or denied, pushed deep into the subconscious. While suppression and denial may work as short-term strategies to cope with overwhelming emotions, these defenses prevent emotional integration, leaving unresolved feelings to resurface in maladaptive ways. They don’t disappear; they resurface in dreams, slips of the tongue, or intense emotional reactions. Inside Out 2 vividly illustrates this process when Anxiety, in an effort to protect Riley from future pain, launches her sense-of-self to the back of her mind. Anxiety’s plan, driven by fear, is to create a “better” Riley—one that is more socially accepted and successful. As Anxiety states, “We build her a new sense-of-self, a brand new her.”

This act of emotional suppression fragments Riley’s identity, leaving her disconnected from her authentic self. As Freud suggested, suppressed memories don’t vanish; they continue to influence behavior from the unconscious. In Riley’s case, the anxiety that pushes her core memories aside reflects a defense mechanism leading to deeper emotional conflict. Nancy McWilliams would argue that anxiety distorts Riley’s self-concept, shifting her focus toward external validation rather than authentic self-expression. Erik Erikson’s theory highlights that adolescence is a time when external social pressures, such as fitting in with peers, exacerbate identity confusion—exactly what we see in Riley’s journey, as her anxiety shifts her focus from personal authenticity to social acceptance.

Winnicott’s concept of the True Self vs. False Self is evident in Anxiety’s attempt to build a “better” version of Riley. By pushing her True Self to the background, Riley becomes disconnected from her emotional core, increasing her vulnerability to instability. Ultimately, the film shows that emotional growth is not about avoiding or erasing painful memories, but about integrating them into a cohesive sense-of-self. As Erikson and Winnicott suggest, emotional resilience comes from embracing all aspects of our experience—both joyful and painful—and learning to live authentically within this complexity.

How Inside Out 2 Shows Parents Unintentionally Suppressing Adolescent Emotions: Lessons In Emotional ExpressionAs parents, there’s often a temptation to rescue our children from difficult emotions or to push for them to always be happy and well-adjusted. In doing so, we might unknowingly encourage emotional suppression—the conscious avoidance of uncomfortable feelings—in an attempt to protect them. This is illustrated in Inside Out 2, where Riley expresses fear about hockey camp, saying, “I’m never gonna make this team. I’m not gonna do well.” Her parents respond, “Don’t think that way,” instead of allowing her to sit with and express her worry. This instinct to soothe or fix emotions is natural but can inadvertently teach children to suppress, rather than confront, their feelings.

While suppression may seem helpful in the short term, if these emotions are never addressed, it can lead to more primitive defenses like denial, where children unconsciously reject their emotions altogether. Over time, instead of simply avoiding difficult feelings, they may lose touch with them, acting as though those emotions don’t exist. In extreme cases, they might develop defenses like projection (blaming others for their feelings) or splitting (seeing situations as entirely good or bad). Helping children acknowledge and process their emotions is essential to prevent the slide into these more primitive, maladaptive defenses.

As therapists, we understand the importance of helping our patients sit with difficult emotions and work through them. But when it comes to our own children, we’re more deeply invested, which makes it harder to follow this same approach. Parents tend to shield their children from discomfort, wanting to reassure them or fix their emotional struggles. However, avoiding these emotions or disavowing them can cause long-term emotional suppression, complicating their ability to process feelings later on.

In a previous episode with Paul Wachtel on disavowed emotions, he explained, “Disavowed emotions do not disappear. They get expressed in ways that are often more destructive than if they were acknowledged and addressed directly.” When parents inadvertently teach their children to suppress or disavow their emotions, those feelings don’t go away—they show up in indirect or harmful ways, such as anxiety, outbursts, or emotional withdrawal.

In Inside Out 2, Riley’s parents unintentionally disavow some of her darker emotions as she navigates adolescence, which fragments her developing sense-of-self. Without a space to express these emotions, Riley begins to internalize that certain feelings are unacceptable or must be hidden. This fragmentation of her emotional experience illustrates how suppressed emotions can resurface in less healthy forms, complicating her emotional development.

There’s a powerful scene in Inside Out 2 when Riley arrives at camp and learns that her friends Brie and Grace won’t be attending the same school as her. The emotions in her head initially urge her to “keep it together,” reflecting the common pressure to suppress sadness and maintain composure. But eventually, her emotions allow Sadness to have a moment to express herself, demonstrating the importance of acknowledging difficult feelings rather than bottling them up.

This scene highlights the psychological truth that if we don’t express our emotions when they arise, they don’t simply disappear—they come out in other, often less healthy ways. It’s like trying to hold a beach ball underwater: the more you push it down, the more forcefully it pops up, often in unexpected and disruptive directions. By not addressing her sadness directly, Riley risks having those unacknowledged feelings manifest in ways that could negatively affect her emotional well-being.

Naming and honoring emotions reduces their power over us. This concept is mirrored in Harry Potter, where Dumbledore encourages Harry to stop calling Voldemort “He Who Must Not Be Named,” saying, “Will you stop that? Just, just name it. Otherwise, it has too much power over you.” The same is true of our emotions: when we refuse to name or acknowledge them, they gain control over us. But when we name and confront our emotions, we take the first step toward processing them in a healthy way.

How Anxiety Hijacks Creativity: Lessons From Inside Out 2 And A Beautiful MindThe character of Anxiety is intentionally uncomfortable and difficult to watch, reflecting how distressing real-life anxiety can be. As Anxiety takes over more of Riley’s mind, the more unsettling it becomes for both Riley and the audience, mirroring the way anxiety feels overwhelming in real life. Watching Anxiety on screen mirrors the frustration and discomfort many people with anxiety experience—constantly wondering, “When can I stop worrying? When will this calm down?” At one point, Joy asks anxiously, “How do we get rid of anxiety?” followed by the somber realization, “Maybe we can't.” This simple yet profound exchange captures a truth at the core of anxiety: it’s not always about eliminating the worry, but learning to live with it.

In the movie, Riley’s mind leads Joy, Sadness, and Disgust to the Imagination Station, a place that symbolizes her creative powers. However, as they enter, they realize that Anxiety has taken over this space, using Riley’s imagination to spin endless fear scenarios—just as anxiety hijacks our thoughts, making us obsess over potential threats and mistakes. Anxiety, standing in front of a large screen and a group of workers, commands, “Great! We need to help Riley prepare. Now is the time to send up every possible thing that could go wrong. We are looking to the future. Every possible mistake she could make…” Riley misses an open goal, and the coach writes about it in her notebook. “Yes! More like that.” The workers, driven by Anxiety, begin churning out these worst-case scenarios, one after another, while Riley, caught in the grip of these imagined fears, tosses and turns in bed, her face showing mounting distress.

It’s a vivid depiction of how anxiety dominates our mental space, often overshadowing other emotions. Anxiety can hold joy, sadness, and other feelings hostage, leaving us focused entirely on what could go wrong. The Imagination Station is turned completely orange—the color of Anxiety in the film.

As I reflected on the Imagination Station scene, it resonated deeply with my own experience of anxiety taking control of my imagination. In the movie, Anxiety hijacks Riley’s creative powers to churn out endless worst-case scenarios, and I know firsthand what that feels like. When anxiety takes over, your mind becomes a factory of potential bad outcomes, constantly spinning up fear scenarios and trying to plan or predict how to handle them. It’s like being your own worst prosecutor—your imagination, once a powerful creative force, turns against you, and it feels as if there is no way to turn it off. You wake up in the middle of the night or early in the morning with your mind relentlessly churning out all the ways things could go wrong. That’s what happens to Riley when the Imagination Station is overtaken by Anxiety—her powers of creativity are completely enveloped by fear and worry, making it difficult to focus on anything else.

In the 2001 film A Beautiful Mind, the highly intelligent protagonist, John Nash, suffers from schizophrenia, creating paranoia that is both nuanced and believable due to his intelligence. His delusions, like working for the Department of Defense to crack secret codes, are so detailed that even he cannot distinguish them from reality. This reflects what we see in highly intelligent individuals with anxiety or psychosis—their imaginative and intellectual abilities make their fears more sophisticated and harder to detect. Nash’s “internal prosecutor” is powerful, as his mind turns against him, weaving intricate, convincing narratives, much like the brutal impact of imagination turned inward in many clients I have seen. His hallucinations and delusions echo the complexities of mental health struggles, where intelligence amplifies the believability of one’s fears.

As Anxiety takes over the Imagination Station, Joy grabs a pen and tries to counter it by drawing positive scenarios for Riley’s future. She imagines Riley scoring the winning goal, surrounded by cheers and celebration. Disgust adds her own flair, sketching Riley painting her nails to match her jersey, making her the trendsetter everyone wants to copy. Fear, ever cautious, shows Riley wearing knee pads for protection, while Anger, in a rare gesture of kindness, draws Riley buying flowers for the losing team as a show of sportsmanship.

Meanwhile, frustrated by Fear’s growing agitation, Embarrassment throws a button away and presses another, causing Riley to focus on these lighter, imaginative scenarios. Joy then rallies the workers to keep creating positive futures, and as the room fills with hopeful images, a pillow fight breaks out. The playful scene finally allows Riley to relax and fall asleep, her mind soothed by the shift away from anxiety-driven fears.

During periods in my life where I wake up at 4 a.m., with my "Imagination Station" running on overdrive, I’ve learned to manage the anxiety by fully waking up my mind and body. Sometimes, I’ll do this with exercise or a cold plunge, a shock to the system that helps me reset. Over the years, I’ve also developed mental “tools” to deal with these moments. I use cognitive therapy techniques, identifying and challenging any cognitive distortions that might be feeding my anxiety. I might lean on logotherapy, refocusing on my deeper meanings and values, or invite my spiritual side into these negative moments to find calm. Sometimes, I distract myself by sublimating my anxiety into meaningful work—taking advantage of the early hours to focus on productivity, perhaps related to the anxiety. On occasion, I’ll reach out to mentors by email, asking for their thoughts, reflections, or prayers, seeking perspective and connection to ground myself.

Examples Of Microexpressions In Inside Out 2: Adolescence and Self-DoubtIn Inside Out 2, the film vividly portrays the self-doubt that begins to emerge during adolescence, often triggered by anxiety and social pressures. Riley’s sense-of-self glows when she’s around her friends, showing how secure and confident she feels in those moments. For example, when she helps Grace pick up pennies, her sense-of-self blossoms, reminding us that being her authentic self strengthens her friendships. However, as she navigates adolescence, self-doubt starts to creep in—something typical of this developmental stage, where kids question their identity and their place in social groups. Adolescents often need reminders that their friendships originally formed because they were true to themselves. As Dr. Bender suggests, a helpful reminder for teens could be, “You made these friends by being yourself. Maybe it’s worth trying to be yourself again—some people might not like you, and that’s okay.”

Microexpressions: Subtle Emotional Cues in AdolescenceThe film also highlights how adolescents internalize self-doubt through subtle emotional cues, specifically microexpressions. As Riley’s friends begin to look uncertain, Riley instinctively picks up on their facial expressions (a microexpression of fear, eyebrows going up and together with tension) before they even verbalize their decision not to attend the same school as her. This is an excellent example of microexpressions in action—quick, subconscious flashes of emotion that last for only a fraction of a second. Long-time listeners of this podcast will remember previous episodes on microexpressions, which are 1/10th-of-a-second glimpses of emotion that appear on someone’s face. Inside Out 2 visually captures this moment as Riley’s mind zooms in on her friends’ faces, revealing slow-motion flashes of fear. These microexpressions suggest that Riley sensed what was happening before she fully realized it consciously.

Mentalizing and Misreading Emotional CuesMentalizing—the ability to understand and interpret others’ emotions and thoughts based on their facial expressions and actions—can be particularly difficult for individuals with borderline personality disorder (BPD). People with BPD often struggle with mismentalizing, misinterpreting others’ emotional cues, especially when their fear of abandonment is triggered. They may overread microexpressions, perceiving neutral or ambiguous expressions as negative or rejecting. Anxiety can heighten this hyperawareness, causing them to constantly try to “read” others, often resulting in misjudgments.

In therapy, part of the process involves helping patients reduce the intensity of hyper-mentalizing and teaching them to interpret emotional cues more accurately without projecting their fears. In Inside Out 2, we see a more adaptive approach in Riley’s response to her friends’ expressions, as her concern prompts her to ask more questions rather than jumping to conclusions. However, if Riley had a history of neglect or trauma, she might misread expressions more frequently, perceiving rejection or disapproval in situations where none exists.

The Normalization Of Self-Reflection And Emotional IntegrationAdolescence brings significant changes in the brain, including maturation of the prefrontal cortex, which enhances self-reflection and emotional regulation. At the same time, heightened activity in the limbic system increases sensitivity to social and emotional cues, contributing to social anxiety. Inside Out 2 normalizes these changes, showing that the internal turbulence of adolescence is universal. In today’s TikTok culture, where self-diagnosis is common, there is a tendency to pathologize normal developmental experiences. Yet, as the movie illustrates, self-reflection and emotional integration are natural parts of growing up.

Our sense-of-self is at its most authentic when we can simply be ourselves. This authenticity

fosters deeper connections with others and strengthens relationships. However, as the film shows, anxiety can often overshadow this authenticity, acting like a blanket that smothers everything, making it difficult to truly connect.

One of the film’s most powerful moments occurs when Riley experiences a panic attack in the penalty box. As she holds her hockey stick and focuses on sensory details—the sunlight, the sounds of the ice—she begins to ground herself. This moment marks the integration of her shadow side, where she allows the return of negative memories and confronts the complexity of her self-image. Riley begins to reconcile conflicting beliefs about herself: “I am a good person, and sometimes I’m selfish”; “I am good enough, and sometimes I’m not.” This emotional integration is further deepened through her repair with Grace and Brie, leading to a resurgence of Joy, not just as an emotion, but as a sense of self-compassion. It is in this moment of self-acceptance that Riley’s sense-of-self returns, allowing her to feel joy and connection once more.

When things calm down, true emotional integration occurs. Riley realizes that she doesn’t need to cling to her old sense-of-self, as Joy had desperately tried to do. Instead, she can embrace the complexities of her emotions—her anxiety, her moments of self-doubt, and her moments of confidence. This recognition—that we can hold multiple, sometimes contradictory, feelings—is part of what it means to be human. While emotional integration takes much longer than a three-day hockey camp in real life, Pixar’s magic reminds us that growth and self-compassion are within reach.

Ennui: The French Art Of BoredomIn Inside Out 2, a new emotion, Ennui, is introduced, perfectly embodying the teenage struggle with boredom and disillusionment. Ennui, too cool for school, lounges on the couch, glued to her iPhone, showing little interest in anything around her. Her indifference only breaks when she loses her phone, and she’s half-heartedly dressed, with one sock barely on, illustrating a complete disengagement from life. Ennui reflects the pressure teens often face to appear aloof and indifferent as a way to fit in with the “cool” crowd.

As adolescents grow, they begin to notice social cues from their peers, learning what is deemed “cool” or “acceptable,” and this creates tension between being authentic and adopting superficial identities. In Inside Out 2, Riley faces this tension directly in a scene where she must decide whether to help someone who drops their coins or ignore them to maintain her cool status. The voices in her head reflect the struggle: one urges her to prioritize her social image, while the other encourages her to help. When Riley chooses to help, it becomes a defining moment for her. The act reinforces her sense-of-self, built on kindness and authenticity, and deepens her connection with others.

This scene underscores a critical lesson for adolescence: while peer pressure may tempt teens to adopt a detached, “too cool” persona, true growth and self-development happen when they stay grounded in their values. Riley’s decision to help shows that embracing authenticity and kindness leads to stronger relationships and a deeper sense-of-self—an important contrast to the apathetic Ennui.

The Split In The Adolescent MindThroughout Inside Out 2, there are moments when Riley lies to fit in with her new group of friends. Every time Riley lies to fit in, an earthquake creates a chasm in her Deep Mind, symbolizing the growing gap between her core emotions and sense of self. This crack, labeled 'sarcasm,' distorts communication between her authentic feelings and outward behavior. When Joy shouts, “You guys are the best crew ever,” the workers on the other side misinterpret her words as sarcastic. This visual metaphor represents Riley’s growing difficulty in staying true to herself, as the divide between her authentic emotions and her outward behavior widens.

This chasm of sarcasm symbolizes the growing tendency for adolescents to hide their true selves in social situations. As Riley distances herself from her core identity, we see how lying to fit in gradually disconnects her from her authentic self. Anxiety pushes her to conform, while her inner self—a reflection of who she has been up until now—reminds her of what she values. It is common during adolescence to experience this inner conflict, where old interests, like Riley’s affection for boy bands, now seem embarrassing or childish. This split reflects the pressure adolescents face to leave behind what once brought them joy, to appear more mature or fit in with peers.

In adolescence, this kind of internal splitting is normal, but it doesn't have to mean completely losing one’s authentic self. Adolescents often feel the need to justify or hide what is meaningful to them in order to be accepted by others. It’s important for them to realize that it’s okay to still like what they used to love, even if it’s no longer “cool.” Encouraging teens to embrace their true interests, rather than disavow them for the sake of fitting in, can strengthen their self-confidence and sense of identity.

For many parents, this split is observable on a daily basis. Adolescents can shift between their “cool” social persona at school and their authentic, silly selves at home, where they feel safer to express who they really are. Providing this safe space for teens allows them to explore both sides of their identity—the part of them that conforms to fit in and the part of them that feels true to who they are. It’s a back-and-forth crossing of the chasm, one that happens even daily, and as parents, it’s essential to champion their authentic selves during these moments.

Adolescents And The Development Of Social VeneersEven if the side of themselves that our kids display when coming home from school isn’t always their silly side—it might be their unpleasant side—in a way, this is complementary to us as parents because it suggests that they believe we can handle them and shows they are not worried about us crumbling if they aren’t the perfect, nicest kid. They have been trying to hold it together all day and there are many different ways they can show up as their true selves at home, allowing themselves to feel things that they wouldn’t want to share with others.

On the other hand, something to acknowledge is that individuals with different degrees of reflective functioning may find it more or less challenging to navigate these various social contexts. Mentalization, or the capacity to understand and interpret others' emotions and thoughts, plays a key role in how adolescents shift between environments. Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), for instance, often struggle with this theory of mind, making it difficult for them to read social cues or adapt their behavior to fit different settings. They may not have the capacity to discern what might be appropriate or how their “audience” could interpret certain information.

In this same way, how our kids respond to their friends might not be the same way they respond to a teacher, which might not be the same way they talk to a parent. It’s almost like code-switching, testing how they can be themselves in various settings. Adolescents with a strong sense of theory of mind will learn to adapt their presentation based on context, while those who struggle with reflective functioning might reveal too much or fail to understand how their behavior affects others. For example, children with ASD may share facts without emotional context, a behavior that requires focused therapeutic work to help them understand and navigate social expectations.

As therapists, we often coach our patients on how to gate or filter aspects of their emotional experiences in different environments to help them achieve their goals. Others may need encouragement to be more vulnerable in relationships. Either approach can be beneficial, depending on the individual’s context and needs. Therapy often fosters reflective functioning by helping patients evaluate how their behavior might be interpreted by others, allowing them to manage social situations more effectively.

Techniques For Managing Panic Attacks Seen In the FilmMoving through the film, Riley gets to the point where she is so overcome with anxiety that she experiences a panic attack in the penalty box at her hockey game. We can witness, as she's coming out of the panic attack, this moment of integration of herself. This isn’t necessarily typical for someone to feel in the middle of a panic attack, but for the purposes of the film, we can see how it is illustrated that she has a coming together of the competing sides of herself— “I can be anxious. I can be good. I can feel bad about myself and I can feel good about myself.” All of that coming together helps her panic subside.

A method they also portray Riley using is the 3-3-3 rule in treatment for panic attacks, which is about observing three things—touch three different things or move three different body parts, etc. We can see Riley actually hearing the skates on the ice and we see a picture of a skate. She observes that she is touching the side rail in the penalty box. This is a grounding technique that helps her come back to the present and realize she is going to be ok. She becomes able to sit with the fact that she hasn’t been good to her friends at hockey camp. She's also doing some great relaxation breathing, inhaling through her nose and exhaling twice as long through her mouth. These are common techniques used to calm panic.

Tying this situation back into the importance of the secure sense-of-self, it is so helpful that Riley had that to draw on during this time of utter panic. Her inner world became so hijacked that she had to go to her outer world to calm down, and the faces of her secure relationships, her friends with whom she had such history, helped remind her of who she was. Mirror neurons, which allow us to resonate with and mirror the emotional states of others, play a significant role in this process of co-regulation. Riley’s ability to ground herself is likely reinforced by the calming, empathic presence of her friends, whose emotional states help reflect a sense of calm and safety back to her.

The film could have shown more of the impact of co-regulation, depicting her interacting with another person’s mind and influencing her during that moment, because we know that our minds are not fully independent. The role of mirror neurons in empathy is part of how this connection works. We can imagine a picture of how the softness of a friend’s love for her helps calm her flying amygdala, displaying the incredible power of co-regulation during such a moment.

She is able to reconnect with the realization that these are her friends, they genuinely care about her, and she can be honest with them. At first, Riley tries to tell her friends that she’s okay, but soon admits that she isn’t, revealing her vulnerability and showing a part of her true self. This moment of honesty allows her to let go of the facade she’s been maintaining, leading to a deeper, more authentic reconnection with her friends. By acknowledging her emotional state and sharing it with them, Riley strengthens her bond with her friends, demonstrating the healing power of vulnerability and authenticity in relationships.

Treating Panic In A Therapy SettingThe sequence of events was accurate, too, in that she really needed to connect to her own body and become grounded before she was able to receive from her friends. In life, we cannot simply look to other people to solve our problems. With patients, we want them to learn both. In instances of working with suicidal patients, we will make a plan where they will first attempt a specific pleasurable activity, and then they will call a friend, then they will get some exercise. It’s really a progression of things that are positive that they could do in the midst of the panic.

If Riley was a patient of ours and she was talking about this panic attack later, we might start by just asking her what it was like, acknowledging that it sounds like a horrible moment, and have her go through it. As she tells her experience, and relives it to some degree, she can walk through it again feeling that she wasn't alone with it—that she actually has somebody else with her who understands this, as we bear witness to her experience and offer empathy through voice and facial expressions. She was so isolated in her own head once anxiety flooded her that it really disconnected her. Resuming some of the disconnected attachment (connection) in the therapy room is the absolute starting place. This can speak to any disavowed part of the experience, as well. If she feels guilty about something, for perhaps pushing her friend over while she was trying to make a shot, or for hogging the ball, we can make room for normalizing those experiences.

Anxiety is often really tricky. It masks other hard feelings, so we can wonder what else is being experienced or repressed in Riley (or a patient). Some of those feelings might be anger, sadness, guilt, embarrassment. If we can recognize that, we can get to what was underneath of it. Maybe she did feel guilty. She ran into Grace and didn't have any remorse on the ice. Or maybe she was so worried about being accepted and felt like she needed to score, as Anxiety kept telling her to do. So we could back up and examine what other emotions were going on previous to the culminating moment of panic. “What were you feeling? What else was in there?” And going from there to understand more and say, “It sounds like that was really hard to feel and it came out in this way. I wonder if there's a way for it to come out differently. Can you tell yourself, ‘I'm really worried I'm not going to be accepted. I'm really worried I'm not going to make the team.” We can help them start putting the feelings into words that allow for expression of the feeling so it doesn't have to build to an uncontrollable moment.

The more Riley’s panic subsides, we see a shift towards her finding meaning in the suffering of what she went through and what she experienced. That can be the place where she comes to terms with the fact that she lost sight of herself in some places in her friendships at the cost of trying to make the team and fit in, and maybe it’s a sadness that she had hurt her friend. Ultimately, it all started with the grief of losing her friends to another school and grew from there.

ConclusionThe final scenes of Inside Out 2 show Anxiety settling into a special chair, complete with a foot massager and a cup of tea—a humorous yet poignant reminder that anxiety, too, has its rightful place. Anxiety can serve a purpose: helping us plan, protect, and prepare for the future. Yet it’s crucial to ensure that anxiety stays within bounds, not overwhelming other emotions or distorting our sense of self. This is an ongoing task, not only for our patients but for ourselves. As mental health professionals, we help our clients find balance, while we ourselves rely on community, supervision, quiet time in nature, and even creative outlets to stay grounded.

Pixar ties up the movie with a hopeful resolution, yet it subtly hints at the ongoing, messy nature of human experience. Emotions like anxiety, embarrassment, and ennui are constants in life. They can challenge us, but also teach us when integrated into a balanced sense of self. For Riley, navigating adolescence meant experiencing and expressing a full range of emotions, learning how lying or performing for others can fracture the self, and realizing how microexpressions and the reactions of others play into her self-concept. Her ability to connect authentically with her friends, largely through empathy and mirror neurons, offers a window into the power of shared emotional resonance.

This visual portrayal of complex themes offers a valuable reminder for therapists, parents, and adolescents alike: all emotions have value, and each part of the self deserves acknowledgment. By maintaining awareness of our own internal “dashboard,” we create a space where we, too, can observe, accept, and integrate all parts of our experience. For viewers young and old, it’s validating to see that emotions—no matter how contradictory or uncomfortable—are universal. Art, like Pixar’s work, reminds us that understanding and embracing our full emotional lives can lead to healing, resilience, and, ultimately, connection with ourselves and others.

View Details

Liam Browning, Christopher Campbell, Mark Ruffalo, Nicholas Fabiano, Joanie Burns, Michael Cummings, David Puder

Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) is often considered challenging to manage from a clinician's perspective. Many clinicians may feel apprehensive about treating patients struggling with BPD, given the complexity and intensity of symptoms. In previous episodes, we’ve explored various aspects of BPD, including a general overview of the disorder (episode 115), schema therapies (episode 130), commonalities to effective treatment approaches (episode 140), and how to distinguish BPD from complex PTSD (episode 215).

Psychotherapy is widely regarded as the most effective treatment modality for managing BPD and remains the cornerstone for BPD treatment. However, important questions still arise: What role, if any, do medications play in the treatment of BPD? What medications should be avoided? What special considerations are necessary when prescribing? How should comorbid conditions be managed with pharmacotherapy?

In this episode, we aim to address these questions comprehensively. Our goal is for clinicians to feel more confident in understanding when and how to use medications for BPD. We also hope to provide valuable information regarding additional treatment modalities, such as exercise, omega-3 fatty acids, Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation (TMS), and esketamine for managing BPD.

Etiology And Causes Of Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)Role of Temperament in BPD DevelopmentMany individuals with BPD exhibit behavioral and temperamental differences from an early age, suggesting that temperament plays a crucial role in the development of the disorder. The New York Longitudinal Study (1956-1988) provides a foundational understanding of how early temperament influences later behavioral problems. Of the 141 infants evaluated, researchers categorized them into three temperament types:

  • Easy (40%): Generally cheerful, quick to adapt to routines, and less emotionally reactive to new stimuli.
  • Slow to warm up (15%): More reserved in activity and hesitant with new experiences but eventually adaptable.
  • Difficult (10%): Highly reactive, irregular in daily routines, slow to accept changes, and prone to distress.

This study found that children classified as "difficult" were more likely to develop behavioral problems, with 70% of the difficult children showing such issues later in life (Chess et al., 1963). These findings emphasize the role of inherent temperament in shaping interpersonal relationships and emotional regulation, which are central challenges for individuals with BPD. Some psychodynamic theorists, such as Kernberg and colleagues (1989), have highlighted innate aggression as a key factor contributing to borderline psychopathology. However, temperament alone cannot account for the disorder’s full complexity; it interacts with genetic predispositions and environmental influences to shape the trajectory of personality development.

Heritability and Genetic Factors in BPD Research into the genetic underpinnings of Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) reveals a moderate but significant genetic contribution to the disorder. A large-scale population-based family study in Sweden, involving over 1.8 million individuals, identified 11,665 individuals clinically diagnosed with BPD (Skoglund et al., 2021). The study found that the heritability of BPD was estimated at 46% (95% CI = 39–53), meaning that approximately half of the variance in BPD traits can be attributed to genetic factors, while the remaining variance is influenced by environmental factors.

This study also highlighted the concordance rates across different types of familial relationships, demonstrating how genetic relatedness impacts the likelihood of developing BPD:

  • Monozygotic (MZ) twins had a concordance rate of 7.4%.
  • Dizygotic (DZ) twins showed a concordance rate of 4.2%.
  • Full siblings had a concordance rate of 2.5%.
  • Maternal half-siblings had a concordance rate of 2.7%.
  • Paternal half-siblings had a concordance rate of 2.0%.

These findings suggest a moderate genetic component compared to other psychiatric and physical conditions. For instance, schizophrenia shows a heritability of 73%, with 33% concordance in MZ twins and 7% in DZ twins (Hilker et al., 2018), while bipolar disorder has a heritability of 60% (Johansson et al., 2019). In contrast, traits like height are highly heritable, with estimates between 89% and 93% (Silventoinen, 2003), and ADHD has a heritability of 71-73% (Nikolas & Burt, 2010).

Although the genetic contribution to BPD is significant, it is notably lower than these other conditions, suggesting a strong interplay between genetic predispositions and environmental influences. The moderate heritability indicates that while genetic factors confer risk, they do not fully account for the disorder's development. This leaves substantial room for environmental stressors, such as adverse childhood experiences (ACEs), to interact with genetic vulnerability and shape the trajectory of the disorder.

Impact of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) on BPDAdverse childhood experiences (ACEs-covered in episodes 203, 204, 217), such as abuse and neglect, are also highly associated with the disorder, suggesting a combination of genetic susceptibilities and environmental stressors creates a fertile ground for the emergence of BPD. A meta-analysis conducted by Porter and colleagues (2020), involving 97 primarily cross-sectional studies, found that individuals with borderline personality disorder (BPD) were 13.91 times more likely (CI 11.11-17.43; p<0.001) to have experienced some form of adversity compared to participants without BPD, including those with other mental health conditions. Specifically, 71.1% of BPD patients reported at least one adverse childhood experience, with emotional abuse (OR 38.11), neglect (OR 17.73), and sexual abuse (OR 5.96) being particularly strongly associated​.

Comorbidities in BPDUp to 85% of patients with BPD have at least one additional mental disorder (Lenzenweger et al., 2007). High rates of specific comorbidities include:

  • Major depressive disorder: at least 70%
  • Post-traumatic stress disorder: 30-50%
  • Substance use: 58-84%

Additionally, 16-40% of patients demonstrate other comorbid disorders such as anxiety, panic disorder, eating disorders, and more (Johnson et al., 2003). These comorbidities add layers of complexity to treatment, particularly when considering pharmacotherapy, and necessitate careful management of overlapping symptoms.

Current Treatment Guidelines Of BPDGiven the limited evidence supporting the effectiveness of medications for treating borderline personality disorder (BPD), national treatment guidelines vary between nations. Some countries recommend medications primarily for managing symptoms associated with BPD, such as mood instability or impulsivity, while others discourage the use of medications altogether, emphasizing psychotherapy as the cornerstone of treatment. Notably, most national guidelines are in agreement that it is appropriate to use medications for the treatment of comorbid mental disorders in patients with BPD. This is an important consideration, as up to 85% of patients with BPD have at least one additional mental disorder (Lenzenweger et al., 2007).

American Psychiatric Association Borderline Personality Disorder Guidelines: Past (2001) and Future (draft; coming 2025):

The 2001 APA guidelines for treating BPD emphasized pharmacotherapy for acute decompensation and for chronic “trait vulnerabilities,” such as affective dysregulation, impulsive-behavioral dyscontrol, and cognitive-perceptual symptoms (Oldham, 2005). On a relatively limited amount of evidence, these guidelines suggested trials of SSRIs for affective dysregulation and impulsivity symptoms, stating a “reasonable trial of an SSRI for treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder is at least 12 weeks,” and that “if affective dysregulation appears as anxiety, an SSRI may be insufficient. At this point, the use of a benzodiazepine should be considered, although there is little systematic research on the use of these medications in patients with borderline personality disorder.”

The APA guidelines are currently being restructured to incorporate extensive research from the past two decades on pharmacotherapy for BPD. A recently published draft of the upcoming 2025 APA guidelines illustrates some proposed updates, though it must be noted that this draft remains tentative and does not represent the current APA standards of care. The draft anticipates recommending that psychotropic medication for BPD be time-limited, targeted to specific measurable symptoms, and used only as an adjunct to psychotherapy. The proposed guidelines emphasize the importance of informing patients that medications will not address core BPD features and warn against over-reliance on them for emotional regulation. Additionally, short-term medication use may be appropriate for managing crises, such as severe agitation or psychosis, but frequent dose changes or prolonged use are discouraged. Medications for managing co-occurring conditions (e.g., depression, OCD) may be considered, but they should be prescribed cautiously, considering risks like toxicity or misuse.

United Kingdom’s National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) clinical practice guidelines 2015:

The United Kingdom’s NICE guidelines advise that pharmaceuticals should not be used for either the treatment of BPD specifically or for the treatment of particular BPD-related symptoms or behaviors. The guidelines emphasize that if sedative or antipsychotic medications are utilized for initial stabilization in the acute setting, they should be used cautiously and with consent from the patient, and should not be utilized for durations longer than 1 week. The guidelines specifically recommend against the use of antipsychotic medications for medium- to long-term treatment of BPD. Lastly, the NICE guidelines do suggest that medications can be considered for treatment of comorbidities in patients with BPD (NICE, 2009).

“Drug treatment should not be used specifically for borderline personality disorder or for the individual symptoms or behaviour associated with the disorder (for example, repeated self-harm, marked emotional instability, risk-taking behaviour and transient psychotic symptoms).”

“Antipsychotic drugs should not be used for the medium- and long-term treatment of borderline personality disorder.”

“​​Drug treatment may be considered in the overall treatment of comorbid conditions.”

“Short-term use of sedative medication may be considered cautiously as part of the overall treatment plan for people with borderline personality disorder in a crisis.”

European guidelines for personality disorders: past, present and future:

A recent 2019 study analyzing the various European guidelines for treatment of personality disorders found that most European nations advise against the use of medications as a first-line treatment for BPD; however, there are notable exceptions. Switzerland, Finland, and the Netherlands all recommend that medications may be considered for targeting specific symptoms or behaviors associated with BPD (Simonsen et al., 2019).

"Finally, recommendations on pharmacological treatment are in overall agreement that, based on sparse trial evidence, medication should not be considered the primary intervention for PD, but should be used mainly for treating comorbid disorders and in some cases used briefly during times of crisis (see Table 4). The Swiss, Finnish and Dutch guidelines suggest that medication may be used to reduce specific dimensions of BPD such as anger, impulsivity or negative mood. However, these specific recommendations are not consistent and are somewhat at odds with the more general recommendation of being cautious with the use of medications."

BPD is Best Treated with PsychotherapyInstead, BPD symptoms should be targeted by therapies, such as dialectical behavioral therapy (DBT), cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), mentalization-based therapy, transference-focused therapy, general psychodynamic psychotherapy, or schema-focused therapy. These therapies focus on helping patients manage intense emotions without turning to destructive or risky impulsive coping strategies, while also promoting the integration of raw emotional experiences into a coherent narrative through promoting reflective functioning. Object relations approaches help patients develop greater integration in their sense of self and other, so that they can approach situations in more appropriate and nuanced ways without resorting to the characteristic defenses of splitting, projection, and projective identification (Kernberg et al., 1989).

Gunderson, whose work in the 1970s helped to identify BPD as a distinct psychiatric disorder, developed an approach for BPD called Handbook of Good Psychiatric Management for Borderline Personality Disorder (Gunderson & Links, 2014), which can be utilized by psychiatrists and clinicians without specific training or supervision in the treatment of BPD patients.

Reflective Function and BPDReflective function (RF) is assessed using the Adult Attachment Interview (AAI) and is scored on a scale from -1 to 9, where higher scores reflect a greater ability to understand and interpret mental states in oneself and others. In the Cassel Hospital Study, the average RF score for patients with Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD) was 2.7, indicating a lower capacity for mentalization. Notably, a study on Transference-Focused Psychotherapy (TFP) showed that RF scores significantly increased from 2.86 to 4.11 after one year of treatment (Fonagy et al., 1998; Levy et al., 2006) (see also episode 213).

8 Years of Mentalization-Based Therapy Improved BPD Symptoms and Reduced Need for Psychiatric MedicationsBateman et al. (2008) (see also episode 206) showed that432 hours of therapy (72 hr of individual mentalization-based therapy [MBT], 216 hr of group MBT, 144 hr of expressive therapy and community meeting) over 1.5 years and an optional booster of 2 hours/week (144 hr) of group MBT for 18 months lead to significant improvements in BPD symptoms (d =1.80), suicide attempts (d = 1.4), hospitalizations (d = 1.50), employment (d = 0.94), and decreased use of antidepressants (d =1.10), antipsychotics (d = 2.04), and mood stabilizers (d = 1.17) at assessment five years after discharge.

**Current Use of Psychiatric Medications in BPD** Overview of Medications for BPDIn 2015, Zanarini and colleagues (2015) reported on a cohort of 290 inpatients with BPD followed over 16 years (avg age 26 at baseline and 42 at follow up) and found at baseline in 1999:
  • 79.7% were taking antidepressants (67.9% SSRI, 31.7% atypical)
  • 43.1% benzodiazepines
  • 38.6% antipsychotics (37.5% FGA, 6.2% SGA)
  • 35.9% mood stabilizer (22.1% anticonvulsant, 25.9% lithium [only 3.9%] at 16 yr FU])
  • Polypharmacy was also common, with almost 19% of patients taking four or more psychotropic drugs.
  • Over time, the rate of antipsychotic and mood stabilizer use remained stable, but with FGA use decreasing and SGA use increasing. Antidepressant and benzodiazepine use decreased.

These findings were mirrored by those of a twenty-year observational study in Spain. Pascual and colleagues (2021) tracked pharmacotherapy trends in 620 patients presenting to an outpatient BPD clinic and showed:

  • Antidepressant use remained stable (74%)
  • Benzodiazepine use decreased (77% to 36%)
  • SGA use increased (15% to 32%)

Despite these high use rates of psychiatric medications in this patient population, a recent Cochrane Review and meta-analysis showed that nearly all classes of medications are ineffective for treating the core symptoms of the disorder (Stoffers-Winterling et al., 2022).

General Clinical Considerations for Pharmacotherapy in BPD (Pascual et al., 2023)* Due to high comorbidity of BPD with addictive disorders, use of substances with high dependence potential should be avoided if possible. * The use of unsafe drugs with risk of overdose (tricyclic antidepressants [TCAs], monoamine oxidase inhibitors [MAOIs]) should be avoided. Even a one week supply of amitriptyline is comparable to the drug’s median lethal dose (LD50) – the dose at which a substance is lethal for 50% of tested subjects.

“There are no clinical trials directly comparing a symptom-targeted approach with other approaches to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders” (Skodol, 2022)

Antipsychotics In The Treatment Of BPDIn clinical practice, low doses of antipsychotics are used for management of BPD-related impulsivity, agitation, aggression, and psychosis. In the inpatient setting, patients are most commonly treated with quetiapine and aripiprazole (Riffer et al., 2019).

According to the Cochrane Review (see below), antipsychotics did not show greater benefit to overall BPD symptoms, suicide, self-harm, impulsivity, or psychosocial functioning compared to placebo. However, there were small but significant improvements in anger and affective instability (with olanzapine, primarily).

Antipsychotics Are Not Effective For Treating BPD SymptomsRandomized controlled trials (RCTs) from cochrane review and meta-analysis (Stoffers-Winterling et al., 2022):

Zanarini et al., 2011: A dose comparison of olanzapine for the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a 12-week randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study
  • 451 outpatients with moderate BPD symptoms randomized to 12 weeks of treatment with olanzapine 2.5 mg/day vs. 5-10 mg/day vs. placebo.
  • Only 5-10 mg olanzapine was associated with significantly greater mean change from baseline to endpoint in Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD) total score relative to placebo (-8.5 vs -6.8, respectively; P = .010; effect size = 0.29; 95% CI, 0.06-0.52).
  • Patients treated with olanzapine were more likely to report adverse effects such as somnolence, fatigue, increased appetite, and weight gain.
  • Black et al., 2014: Comparison of Low and Moderate Dosages of Extended-Release Quetiapine in Borderline Personality Disorder: A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial
  • 95 outpatients with BPD, randomized to 8 weeks of “low dose” quetiapine (150 mg) vs “high dose” quetiapine (300 mg) vs placebo.
  • 82% in the low-dosage quetiapine group were rated as “responders,” compared with 74% in the moderate-dosage group and 48% in the placebo group.
  • The difference in improvement on the Zanarini scale between the low-dosage quetiapine group and the placebo group was statistically significant (d=−0.79, p=0.031); the difference between the moderate-dosage quetiapine group and the placebo group was not (d=−0.41, p=0.265).
  • The overall completion rate for the 8-week double-blind treatment phase was 67% (67% for the low-dosage quetiapine group, 58% for the moderate-dosage quetiapine group, and 79% for the placebo group). Participants who experienced sedation were more likely to drop out.

  • Grant et al., 2022: A Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Study of Brexpiprazole in the Treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder

  • 80 outpatients randomized to 13 weeks of 2 mg/day brexpiprazole vs placebo.
  • There was a significant difference in BPD symptoms, but only for the last visit, and no effect size was reported.

    Antidepressants Do Not Reduce Borderline Personality Disorder SymptomsThe Cochrane Review (see above) noted that antidepressants did not significantly reduce overall BPD severity or improve impulsivity and suicidal behavior, with fluoxetine even associated with an increase in suicidal ideation. Fluvoxamine showed a slight improvement in affective instability, but there were no notable effects on self-harm, feelings of emptiness, or anger. Amitriptyline was the only antidepressant found to significantly reduce depressive symptoms; however, amitriptyline should be avoided in patients with BPD due to the increased lethality associated with overdose.

Lamotrigine (Lamictal) For BPDBPD Symptom Treatment with Lamotrigine (Lamictal) Only two studies have directly assessed the effect of lamictal on BPD symptoms (both used the ZAN-BPD)

  • Small preliminary study (N=28) suggested lamotrigine (flexible dosing) may have an effect on impulsivity, anger, and behavioral dyscontrol in BPD (Reich et al., 2009).
  • However, the large (N = 276) randomized clinical trial carried out by Crawford and colleagues (2018) in patients with BPD found no evidence to support the use of lamotrigine (400 mg/day) for the treatment of BPD symptoms.

Depersonalization/Derealization Treatment with Lamotrigine (Lamictal)There are multiple case reports on using lamotrigine for depersonalization/derealization disorder (Sierra et al., 2006) and only two RCTs:

  • [Retracted due to plagiarism] Aliyev 2011: 80 Azerbaijani outpatients (mean age 37.7, 0% female), lamotrigine (25–300 mg/day) vs placebo for 12 weeks. The lamotrigine therapy group saw greater improvement on the Cambridge Depersonalization Scale (CDS) than the placebo group.
  • Sierra et al. 2003: Cross-over study of 9 UK outpatients with depersonalization/derealization disorder (mean age 35.2), lamotrigine (25–250 mg/day), vs placebo for 12 weeks. Lamotrigine had no significant advantage over placebo.

Do Benzodiazepines Worsen BPD?Previous studies have linked benzodiazepine use to paradoxical increases in impulsivity and violent aggression in patients with BPD (Gardner & Cowdry, 1985). Benzodiazepines are also associated with an increased risk of suicide in patients with BPD and also in other disorders (Dodds, 2021). This effect may be linked to benzodiazepines reducing prefrontal cortex (PFC) activity through GABA signaling, which can lead to disinhibition and impulsivity, similar to the effects observed with alcohol.

Lieslehto and colleagues (2023) assessed risk of suicide attempt or completed suicide by following 22,601 BPD patients for 16 years and found:

  • Decreased risk of suicide attempt or completed suicide in patients taking ADHD medications (HR, 0.83; 95% CI, 0.73-0.95)
  • Null findings for mood stabilizers (HR, 0.97; 95% CI, 0.87-1.08)
  • Increased risk for antidepressants (HR, 1.38; 95% CI, 1.25-1.53), antipsychotics (HR, 1.18; 95% CI, 1.07-1.30), and benzodiazepines (HR, 1.61; 95% CI, 1.45-1.78)

To address reverse causality (the possibility that more severely ill patients, who are at higher risk of self-harm or suicide, are more likely to be prescribed benzodiazepines, antipsychotics, etc.), the authors attempted to control for this by excluding the first two months of treatment from their analysis, operating under the assumption that the drug’s effects would have manifested after this period. However, benzodiazepines, SSRIs, or antipsychotics have not been shown to reduce BPD symptoms or the risk of suicide in BPD patients in prior studies, making the assumption that their impact would only begin after two months problematic. Therefore, this study may overestimate the risks associated with benzodiazepine use in this population, and more studies are needed to identify how benzodiazepines influence BPD symptoms.

Nevertheless, the association of benzodiazepines with increased risk of suicide in other disorders does raise concerns about the risks of their long-term use. For example, Tiihonen and colleagues (2012) demonstrated in a cohort study of 2588 hospitalized patients with a first-time diagnosis of schizophrenia that benzodiazepine use was associated with an increased risk of all-cause mortality (HR, 1.91; 95% CI, 1.13-3.22) and suicidal death (HR, 3.83; 95% CI, 1.45-10.12) while antidepressants did not increase risk for mortality and decreased risk for suicidal death (HR, 0.15; 95% CI, 0.03-0.77).

Use of ADHD medications for ADHD in patients with BPD may improves impulsivity There are few studies assessing the use of stimulants in patients with comorbid ADHD and BPD (Matthies & Phillipsen, 2014). A naturalistic study suggests that methylphenidate may improve impulsivity and reduce self-injurious behavior in individuals with comorbid BPD and ADHD, particularly when combined with intensive DBT. In methylphenidate- (MPH-) treated patients, impulsivity showed a 15.87% reduction compared to 4.96% in the non-treated group. Additionally, depression severity improved by 54.25% in MPH-treated patients versus 29.95% in the non-treated group, and state anger decreased by 28.92% compared to 16.68% in those not receiving MPH. These findings were observed in a naturalistic setting and focused on patients with comorbid ADHD, not in a randomized controlled trial, which limits the ability to establish causal relationships (Prada et al., 2015).

Additional Treatment Modalities For BPDOmega-3 Fatty Acid Supplementation May Reduce Impulsivity and Depressive Symptoms in BPD According to a recent meta-analysis by Kelaiditis and colleagues (2023), omega-3 supplementation has shown potential benefit in treating depression and anxiety, particularly with EPA-enriched formulas. Studies suggest that EPA doses between 1 and 2 grams per day may help reduce depressive symptoms, and recent APA major depressive disorder (MDD) guidelines suggest supplementation may be helpful as an adjunct. The evidence for anxiety is less clear.

The therapeutic mechanism of omega-3 supplementation is unclear but may be related to its effects on reducing inflammation or on regulating neuronal membrane fluidity, allowing for greater neurotransmitter receptor availability. BPD patients may have elevated levels of inflammatory cytokines, possibly linked to early life stress or adverse childhood experiences (see also episode 217), therefore, omega-3 supplementation could help alleviate some symptoms of BPD, such as mood instability and aggression.

A meta-analysis by Karaszewska and colleagues (2021) reviewed four small randomized controlled trials evaluating the effects of omega-3 supplementation on symptoms related to BPD. The analysis found a significant reduction in depressive symptoms (referred to as “affective instability” by the authors) with a standardized mean difference (SMD) of 0.74, and a decrease in impulsivity (SMD = 0.45). Three of the studies compared clinically-dosed EPA (700-1220 mg) and DHA (480-908 mg) to placebo. Only one study directly measured BPD symptoms using a validated scale. Bellino and colleagues (2014) found that 12 weeks of treatment with 1200 mg EPA and 800 mg DHA, combined with 50-100 µg of valproic acid, did not significantly reduce overall BPD symptoms (BPD severity index scale) compared to valproic acid alone. However, small improvements were noted on subscales related to anger and impulsivity.

Although more studies are needed to fully understand the effect of omega-3s on BPD, this intervention offers a low-risk, well-tolerated adjunct to treatment with the added potential for cardiovascular and cognitive benefits.

Borderline Personality Disorder & ExerciseThere is limited research into exercise and BPD. However, exercise has been consistently shown to have a positive effect on mood, anxiety, and overall mental health (seealso episode 179). Numerous studies across various populations and conditions have highlighted the benefits of physical activity for improving emotional well-being and reducing symptoms of mood disorders, implying there may be a role for exercise for treating BPD. Skeletal muscle acts as a neuroendocrine tissue, releasing myokines during contraction that influence various bodily systems, including the brain. Certain myokines, such as cathepsin-B and irisin, can cross the blood–brain barrier, where they subsequently influence an indirect increase in BDNF, resulting in downstream contributions to improved cognition and neuroprotection (Oudbier et al., 2022).

People with BPD are known to be at a higher risk of self-harm and suicide attempt compared to the general population. The majority of suicide attempts are characterized impulsivity and low-lethality (Lopez-Castroman et al., 2016). Previous systematic reviews have demonstrated that exercise significantly decreases suicide attempts in those with mental disorders (Fabiano et al., 2023 & Fabiano et al., 2024). As exercise is known to reduce emotional-impulsivity, it is hypothesized that regular exercise may serve as a protective factor against suicide attempts (Javelle et al., 2022), however further research is required specifically within the BPD population.

St-Amour and colleagues (2022) conducted a small RCT looking at the effect of physical exercise on negative affect in patients with BPD. They randomly assigned 28 participants with BPD to a 20-minute single session of stationary bicycle or a control condition (emotionally neutral video) then watched a short video clip simulating negative mood induction (Silence of the Lambs). Following the negative mood induction, both conditions decreased the level of negative affect with a medium effect size, but there was no significant difference between them (St-Amour et al., 2022).

Apart from this study, there are no other studies investigating the therapeutic effects of exercise for adults with BPD (St-Amour et al., 2021). However, exercise is known to reduce emotional dysregulation, which is a prominent symptom in those with BPD (Berstein et al., 2019). Further, BPD is known to be highly comorbid with other mental disorders (such as depression and anxiety) and physical health conditions (such as metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular diseases), for which exercise has proven efficacy (Doering et al., 2019). In particular, cardiovascular and endocrine diseases account for nearly one third of deaths among people with cluster B personality disorders (Cailhol et al., 2017). As such, although further research is required, exercise may be a promising intervention for those with BPD to reduce emotional dysregulation, treat comorbid mental disorders, and improve overall physical health.

What is Known about Ketamine and Esketamine and BPD?Given BPD is associated with quasi-psychotic and dissociative symptoms, symptoms which ketamine can induce, there is concern that patients with BPD may not tolerate ketamine, or that it could exacerbate their symptoms.

A recent RCT pilot trial attempted to address this question, finding the dissociative effects of ketamine were transient. However, the six ketamine-group participants with history of

dissociative experiences had higher mid-infusion dissociative (Clinician administered dissociative state scale [CADSS]) and positive psychotic symptom (BPRS) scale scores than the four ketamine-group participants without history of dissociation (Fineberg et al., 2023).

The study did not find statistically significant improvements in suicidality or BPD symptoms (ZAN-BPD), but it was likely too underpowered to address these.

Aside from several case reports (Nandan et al., 2023), the only other study assessing ketamine’s effects on BPD symptoms was by Danayan and colleagues (2023):

Real world effectiveness of repeated ketamine infusions for treatment-resistant depression with comorbid borderline personality disorder:

  • Methods
  • 50 outpatients with depression and moderate-to-severe BPD symptoms (measured by Borderline Symptom List 23-item [BSL-23]) and 50 outpatients with only depression received four doses of intravenous ketamine (0.5-0.75 mg/kg over 40 minutes) over two weeks.

  • Results

    After three infusions, the BPD group’s BPD symptoms had improved significantly (p<0.0001; η2=0.44)

  • Both groups also improved in depressive symptoms (QIDS-SR16) (p<0.0001; η2 = 0.185), suicidality single item on QIDS-SR16) (p< 0.0001; η2 = 0.076) and anxiety single item on QIDS-SR16) (p<.0001; η2 = 0.15), with no significant differences between the two groups following four infusions.

  • Ketamine increased dissociation symptoms (CADSS-6) in both groups, but not more in the BPD group.
  • Limitations
  • There was no placebo or active control condition.
  • This analysis is post-hoc, meaning it was not a randomized trial.
  • BSL-23 scores are correlated with depression severity and were not reported in the “BPD-negative” group. This means the BPD-negative group might have had improvements in their BSL-23 scores that the authors did not report.

While the initial results are encouraging, further randomized controlled trials are needed. These studies should incorporate long-term follow up monitoring using appropriate tools that assess dissociation, depersonalization, identity disturbances, and affective instability, in order to evaluate whether patients with BPD are at a greater risk of destabilization.

Dr. Craig Heacock, a psychiatrist with extensive experience prescribing ketamine therapy to many patients, weighed in on its use for BPD (personal correspondence):

“I think lower dose oral ketamine can potentially be helpful in the context of ketamine assisted therapy, but it must be used cautiously and judiciously and only after a strong and trusting therapeutic relationship has developed. Ketamine can light transference on fire, it can trigger self harm and suicidal thoughts in BPD, and it can exacerbate the fragmented sense of self—all of which are major challenges for the therapist and patient. The higher psychedelic doses of ketamine are generally contraindicated for BPD, given the risk of destabilization.”

Initial TMS Studies Show Potential to Treat BPD SymptomsThere have been three pilot studies using transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) to target BPD symptoms (see review: Konstantinou et al., 2021) that have each shown small but positive effects on BPD symptoms or BPD-related symptoms, such as impulsivity, anger, and fear of abandonment.

Cailhol and colleagues (2014) conducted a randomized, controlled study with 10 BPD patients, dividing them into 10 20-minute sessions of active rTMS (n=5) and sham (n=5) groups. Active treatment targeted the right Dorsolateral Prefrontal Cortex with 10 Hz rTMS over two weeks. Results indicated a >30% reduction in BPD Symptom Severity Index (BPDSI) in two of five patients in the treatment group and one of four in the sham group.

Reyes-Lopez and colleagues (2018) found similar reductions in BPD symptoms in 29 patients randomized to 15 sessions of 1Hz or 5Hz rTMS to the Dorsolateral Prefrontal Cortex, especially impulsiveness and emotional instability, with no significant side effects across their cohort.

Calderon-Moctezuma and colleagues (2020) also observed improvements in 14 patients randomized to sham or 15 sessions of 5Hz rTMS over the Dorsomedial Prefrontal Cortex. Only the active group improved on total CGI-BPD scores (p = 0.028).

Does ECT have a Role for Treating BPD?

Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) has been shown to be particularly helpful for patients with treatment-resistant depression, catatonia and psychosis, which could be present in patients with BPD, but it does not treat BPD symptoms specifically. However, there are no published studies on its use for BPD symptoms (Zou et al., 2023).

“There were no ECT studies evaluating BPD symptom outcomes; however, studies of ECT in patients with comorbid BPD and depression suggested that depressive symptoms were less responsive to ECT compared with depression-only patients.”

Partial and therapy are more highly recommended than ECT. Also, consideration of memory issues might dissuade one from doing ECT. Historically, the presence of borderline psychopathology was widely considered a contraindication for ECT.

We asked our colleague Darcy Trenkle, MD, a psychiatrist who ran an ECT program for a number of years, to comment on this:

“I agree that ECT does not directly treat symptoms related to Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD). However, ECT can be highly effective for severe depression and/or catatonia when co-morbid with BPD. Given this, the clinical interview, collateral information, and informed consent process are critical when considering ECT for a patient with co-morbid BPD.

In my evaluations, I always ensured that all non-ECT treatment options had been thoroughly explored before considering ECT. If a patient had participated in PHP, adhered to medications, etc., I would consider ECT but was very clear that we would limit it to a maximum of 9–12 sessions (3x/week), followed by a rapid taper. For patients with BPD, the goal was never to rely on maintenance ECT, as this could potentially do more harm than good.

When I started my ECT practice, I inherited a few patients with BPD who had become dependent on the "experience" of ECT to maintain stability. There was often unconscious secondary gain from long-term maintenance ECT. These patients had developed close relationships with ECT staff, and the entire process—requiring a support person to accompany them—became an ingrained part of their routine. Whenever I tried to space out their sessions, they reported worsening symptoms. Few patients were able to stop ECT without decompensating, as it had become an entrenched part of their identity after 3–4 years. Many were willing to tolerate side effects from monthly ECT sessions out of fear of what life would be like without it.

Overall, I did my best to avoid starting ECT in patients with BPD and had direct conversations explaining my rationale. It was crucial that patients understood the risks, benefits, and alternatives (r/b/a) clearly. If ECT was initiated, I set very clear expectations (e.g., 3x/week for one month followed by an aggressive taper, with the goal of stopping or reducing to no more than quarterly sessions).

It was my genuine belief that in most cases, starting ECT for patients with BPD would do more harm than good. It’s essential to identify the exact symptoms we’re treating and to acknowledge that while ECT is incredibly effective for depression, in BPD, depressive episodes are often part of a more complex symptom profile. Whether depression is 20% or 80% of the acute issues is unclear, and using ECT for what might only be 10-15% of the problem poses a significant risk for limited benefit. Additionally, the nurturing environment that comes with being an ECT patient can inadvertently improve symptoms, which complicates the clinical picture.”

ConclusionPsychotherapy remains the first-line treatment modality for BPD. While medications are commonly prescribed in BPD, their role differs significantly from that in primary mood, anxiety, or psychotic disorders. Medications should primarily be used to address comorbid conditions, such as depression and anxiety, and not as a direct treatment for BPD symptoms. National guidelines suggest avoiding long-term use of medications to manage BPD directly, though sedatives or antipsychotics may be considered for short-term stabilization in cases of severe agitation or psychosis.

High-risk medications, including those with high addictive potential (e.g., benzodiazepines) and those with increased lethality in the setting of overdose (e.g., TCAs or MAOIs), should be avoided given the increased rates of addictive behaviors and suicidality in BPD patients. Additionally, exercise and omega-3 supplementation can be considered as a low-risk intervention that may help reduce impulsivity and depressive symptoms, while also offering physical health benefits. While novel neuromodulation treatments like esketamine and TMS show potential for BPD, they are not yet approved for this use, and more research is needed.

Ultimately, effective treatment of BPD requires a holistic approach, with psychotherapy as the foundation, supported by judicious use of medications and the consideration of integrative interventions like exercise and omega-3 supplementation. Together, these approaches can help patients achieve greater stability, improved emotional regulation, and enhanced quality of life.

Connect with trusted providers in Dr. Puder’s team: here

REFERENCES/RESOURCESAliyev, N. A., & Aliyev, Z. N. (2011). Lamotrigine in the immediate treatment of outpatients with depersonalization disorder without psychiatric comorbidity: randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Journal of clinical psychopharmacology, 31(1), 61–65. https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0b013e31820428e1 (Retraction published J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2014 Dec;34(6):671. doi: 10.1097/JCP.0000000000000243)

Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2008). 8-year follow-up of patients treated for borderline personality disorder: mentalization-based treatment versus treatment as usual. The American journal of psychiatry, 165(5), 631–638. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2007.07040636

Bellino, S., Bozzatello, P., Rocca, G., & Bogetto, F. (2014). Efficacy of omega-3 fatty acids in the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a study of the association with valproic acid. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 28(2), 125–132. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881113510072

Black, D. W., Zanarini, M. C., Romine, A., Shaw, M., Allen, J., & Schulz, S. C. (2014). Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. The American journal of psychiatry, 171(11), 1174–1182. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2014.13101348

Cailhol, L., Roussignol, B., Klein, R., Bousquet, B., Simonetta-Moreau, M., Schmitt, L., Thalamas, C., Tap, G., & Birmes, P. (2014). Borderline personality disorder and rTMS: a pilot trial. Psychiatry research, 216(1), 155–157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2014.01.030

Calderón-Moctezuma, A. R., Reyes-López, J. V., Rodríguez-Valdés, R., Barbosa-Luna, M., Ricardo-Garcell, J., Espino-Cortés, M., Hernández-Chan, N., García-Noguez, L., Roque-Roque, G., Trejo-Cruz, G., Cañizares-Gómez, S., & Hernández-Montiel, H. (2021). Improvement in borderline personality disorder symptomatology after repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the dorsomedial prefrontal cortex: preliminary results. Revista brasileira de psiquiatria (Sao Paulo, Brazil : 1999), 43(1), 65–69. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-4446-2019-0591

Chess, S., Thomas, A., Rutter, M., & Birch, H. G. (1963). Interaction of temperament and environment in the production of behavioral disturbances in children. The American journal of psychiatry, 120, 142–148. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.120.2.142

Crawford, M. J., Sanatinia, R., Barrett, B., Cunningham, G., Dale, O., Ganguli, P., Lawrence-Smith, G., Leeson, V. C., Lemonsky, F., Lykomitrou-Matthews, G., Montgomery, A., Morriss, R., Munjiza, J., Paton, C., Skorodzien, I., Singh, V., Tan, W., Tyrer, P., & Reilly, J. G. (2018). Lamotrigine for people with borderline personality disorder: a RCT. Health technology assessment (Winchester, England), 22(17), 1–68. https://doi.org/10.3310/hta22170

Danayan, K., Chisamore, N., Rodrigues, N. B., Vincenzo, J. D. D., Meshkat, S., Doyle, Z., Mansur, R., Phan, L., Fancy, F., Chau, E., Tabassum, A., Kratiuk, K., Arekapudi, A., Teopiz, K. M., McIntyre, R. S., & Rosenblat, J. D. (2023). Real world effectiveness of repeated ketamine infusions for treatment-resistant depression with comorbid borderline personality disorder. Psychiatry research, 323, 115133. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2023.115133

Dodds T. J. (2017). Prescribed Benzodiazepines and Suicide Risk: A Review of the Literature. The primary care companion for CNS disorders, 19(2), 10.4088/PCC.16r02037. https://doi.org/10.4088/PCC.16r02037

Fineberg, S. K., Choi, E. Y., Shapiro-Thompson, R., Dhaliwal, K., Neustadter, E., Sakheim, M., Null, K., Trujillo-Diaz, D., Rondeau, J., Pittaro, G. F., Peters, J. R., Corlett, P. R., & Krystal, J. H. (2023). A pilot randomized controlled trial of ketamine in Borderline Personality Disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology : official publication of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 48(7), 991–999. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-023-01540-4

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Steele, H., & Steele, M. (1998). REFLECTIVE-FUNCTIONING MANUAL Version 5 FOR APPLICATION TO ADULT ATTACHMENT INTERVIEWS. 5.

Gardner, D. L., & Cowdry, R. W. (1985). Alprazolam-induced dyscontrol in borderline personality disorder. The American journal of psychiatry, 142(1), 98–100. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.142.1.98

Grant, J. E., Valle, S., Chesivoir, E., Ehsan, D., & Chamberlain, S. R. (2021). A double-blind placebo-controlled study of brexpiprazole for the treatment of borderline personality disorder. The British journal of psychiatry : the journal of mental science, 220(2), 1–6. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.2021.159

Gunderson, J. G., & Links, P. (2014). Handbook of good psychiatric management for borderline personality disorder. American Psychiatric Association Publishing.

Hilker, R., Helenius, D., Fagerlund, B., Skytthe, A., Christensen, K., Werge, T. M., Nordentoft, M., & Glenthøj, B. (2018). Heritability of Schizophrenia and Schizophrenia Spectrum Based on the Nationwide Danish Twin Register. Biological psychiatry, 83(6), 492–498. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2017.08.017

Johansson, V., Kuja-Halkola, R., Cannon, T. D., Hultman, C. M., & Hedman, A. M. (2019). A population-based heritability estimate of bipolar disorder - In a Swedish twin sample. Psychiatry research, 278, 180–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2019.06.010

Johnson, D. M., Shea, M. Tracie., Yen, S., Battle, C. L., Zlotnick, C., Sanislow, C. A., Grilo, C. M., Skodol, A. E., Bender, D. S., McGlashan, T. H., Gunderson, J. G., & Zanarini, M. C. (2003). Gender differences in borderline personality disorder: findings from the collaborative longitudinal personality disorders study. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 44(4), 284–292. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0010-440x(03)00090-7

Karaszewska, D. M., Ingenhoven, T., & Mocking, R. J. T. (2021). Marine omega-3 fatty acid supplementation for borderline personality disorder: A meta-analysis. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 82(3), Article 21m13814. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.21m13814

Kelaiditis, C. F., Gibson, E. L., & Dyall, S. C. (2023). Effects of long-chain omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids on reducing anxiety and/or depression in adults; A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Prostaglandins, leukotrienes, and essential fatty acids, 192, 102572. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.plefa.2023.102572

Kernberg, O. F., Selzer, M. A., Koenigsberg, H. W., Carr A. C., & Applebaum A. H. (1989). Psychodynamic psychotherapy of borderline patients. Basic Books.

Konstantinou, G. N., Trevizol, A. P., Downar, J., McMain, S. F., Vila-Rodriguez, F., Daskalakis, Z. J., & Blumberger, D. M. (2021). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in patients with borderline personality disorder: A systematic review. Psychiatry research, 304, 114145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2021.114145

Lenzenweger, M. F., Lane, M. C., Loranger, A. W., & Kessler, R. C. (2007). DSM-IV Personality Disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Biological Psychiatry, 62(6), 553–564. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2006.09.019

Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Kelly, K. M., Reynoso, J. S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74(6), 1027–1040. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006x.74.6.1027

Lieslehto, J., Tiihonen, J., Lähteenvuo, M., Mittendorfer-Rutz, E., Tanskanen, A., & Taipale, H. (2023). Comparative Effectiveness of Pharmacotherapies for the Risk of Attempted or Completed Suicide Among Persons With Borderline Personality Disorder. JAMA network open, 6(6), e2317130. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.17130

Linehan, M. M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. Guilford Press.

Matthies, S. D., & Philipsen, A. (2014). Common ground in Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)-review of recent findings. Borderline personality disorder and emotion dysregulation, 1, 3. https://doi.org/10.1186/2051-6673-1-3

Nandan, N. K., Soni, P. K., Parsaik, A., & Hashmi, A. (2022). "Esketamine" in Borderline Personality Disorder: A Look Beyond Suicidality. Cureus, 14(4), e24632. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.24632

National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). (2009, January 28). Recommendations | Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management | Guidance | NICE. Www.nice.org.uk. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78/chapter/Recommendations

Nikolas, M. A., & Burt, S. A. (2010). Genetic and environmental influences on ADHD symptom dimensions of inattention and hyperactivity: a meta-analysis. Journal of abnormal psychology, 119(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0018010

Oldham, J. (2005). Guideline Watch for the Practice Guideline for the Treatment of Patients With Borderline Personality Disorder 1 GUIDELINE WATCH: PRACTICE GUIDELINE FOR THE TREATMENT OF PATIENTS WITH BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER DEFINITION, DIAGNOSTIC STABILITY, AND LONGITUDINAL COURSE Definition. American Psychiatric Association. https://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/bpd-watch-1410457064610.pdf

Oudbier, S. J., Goh, J., Looijaard, S. M. L. M., Reijnierse, E. M., Meskers, C. G. M., & Maier, A. B. (2022). Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121

Paris, J. (2008). Treatment of borderline personality disorder: A guide to evidence-based practice. Guilford Press.

Pascual, J. C., Arias, L., & Soler, J. (2023). Pharmacological Management of Borderline Personality Disorder and Common Comorbidities. CNS drugs, 37(6), 489–497. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-023-01015-6

Pascual, J. C., Martín-Blanco, A., & Soler, J. (2021). Twenty-Year Trends in the Psychopharmacological Treatment of Outpatients with Borderline Personality Disorder: A Cross-Sectional Naturalistic Study in Spain. CNS drugs, 35(9), 1023–1032. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-021-00852-7

Porter, C., Palmier‐Claus, J., Branitsky, A., Mansell, W., Warwick, H., & Varese, F. (2019). Childhood adversity and borderline personality disorder: a meta‐analysis. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 141(1), 6–20. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.13118

Prada, P., Nicastro, R., Zimmermann, J., Hasler, R., Aubry, J. M., & Perroud, N. (2015). Addition of methylphenidate to intensive dialectical behaviour therapy for patients suffering from comorbid borderline personality disorder and ADHD: a naturalistic study. Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorders, 7(3), 199–209. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12402-015-0165-2

Puder, D. (Host). (2018-current). Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast [Audio podcast]. Emotion Connection, LLC. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/

Reich, D. B., Zanarini, M. C., & Bieri, K. A. (2009). A preliminary study of lamotrigine in the treatment of affective instability in borderline personality disorder. International clinical psychopharmacology, 24(5), 270–275. https://doi.org/10.1097/YIC.0b013e32832d6c2f

Reyes-López, J., Ricardo-Garcell, J., Armas-Castañeda, G., García-Anaya, M., Arango-De Montis, I., González-Olvera, J. J., & Pellicer, F. (2018). Clinical improvement in patients with borderline personality disorder after treatment with repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation: preliminary results. Revista brasileira de psiquiatria (Sao Paulo, Brazil : 1999), 40(1), 97–104. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-4446-2016-2112

Riffer, F., Farkas, M., Streibl, L., Kaiser, E., & Sprung, M. (2019). Psychopharmacological treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: comparing data from routine clinical care with recommended guidelines. International journal of psychiatry in clinical practice, 23(3), 178–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/13651501.2019.1576904

Sierra, M., Baker, D., Medford, N., Lawrence, E., Patel, M., Phillips, M. L., & David, A. S. (2006). Lamotrigine as an add-on treatment for depersonalization disorder: a retrospective study of 32 cases. Clinical neuropharmacology, 29(5), 253–258. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.WNF.0000228368.17970.DA

Sierra, M., Phillips, M. L., Ivin, G., Krystal, J., & David, A. S. (2003). A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 17(1), 103–105. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881103017001712

Silventoinen, K. (2003). Determinants of variation in adult body height. Journal of biosocial science, 35(2), 263–285. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0021932003002633

Simonsen, S., Bateman, A., Bohus, M., Dalewijk, H. J., Doering, S., Kaera, A., Moran, P., Renneberg, B., Ribaudi, J. S., Taubner, S., Wilberg, T., & Mehlum, L. (2019). European guidelines for personality disorders: past, present and future. Borderline Personality Disorder and Emotion Dysregulation, 6(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40479-019-0106-3

Skodol, A. (2022) Borderline personality disorder: Treatment overview. UpToDate. Retrieved October 3, 2024, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/borderline-personality-disorder-treatment-overview

Skoglund, C., Tiger, A., Rück, C., Petrovic, P., Asherson, P., Hellner, C., Mataix-Cols, D., & Kuja-Halkola, R. (2021). Familial risk and heritability of diagnosed borderline personality disorder: a register study of the Swedish population. Molecular psychiatry, 26(3), 999–1008. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-019-0442-0

St-Amour, S., Cailhol, L., Ruocco, A. C., & Bernard, P. (2022). Acute Effect of Physical Exercise on Negative Affect in Borderline Personality Disorder: A Pilot Study. Clinical psychology in Europe, 4(2), e7495. https://doi.org/10.32872/cpe.7495

Stoffers-Winterling, J. M., Storebø, O. J., Pereira Ribeiro, J., Kongerslev, M. T., Völlm, B. A., Mattivi, J. T., Faltinsen, E., Todorovac, A., Jørgensen, M. S., Callesen, H. E., Sales, C. P., Schaug, J. P., Simonsen, E., & Lieb, K. (2022). Pharmacological interventions for people with borderline personality disorder. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews (CDSR), 11(11), CD012956. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD012956.pub2

Tiihonen, J., Taipale, H., Mehtälä, J., Vattulainen, P., Correll, C. U., & Tanskanen, A. (2019). Association of Antipsychotic Polypharmacy vs Monotherapy With Psychiatric Rehospitalization Among Adults With Schizophrenia. JAMA psychiatry, 76(5), 499–507. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2018.4320

Zanarini, M. C., Frankenburg, F. R., Bradford Reich, D., Harned, A. L., & Fitzmaurice, G. M. (2015). Rates of psychotropic medication use reported by borderline patients and axis II comparison subjects over 16 years of prospective follow-up. Journal of clinical psychopharmacology, 35(1), 63–67. https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0000000000000232

Zanarini, M. C., Schulz, S. C., Detke, H. C., Tanaka, Y., Zhao, F., Lin, D., Deberdt, W., Kryzhanovskaya, L., & Corya, S. (2011). A dose comparison of olanzapine for the treatment of borderline personality disorder: a 12-week randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 72(10), 1353–1362. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.08m04138yel

Zou, M., Broadbear, J. H., & Rao, S. (2023). Exploring the Utility of Neurostimulation Therapies in the Treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder: A Systematic Literature Review. The journal of ECT, 39(3), 151–157. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCT.0000000000000916

View Details

Dr. Puder and Dr. Cummings have no conflicts of interest.

Transcript edited by Joanie Burns DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC

In this episode, Dr. Michael Cummings, a renowned expert in psychopharmacology, joins Dr. Puder to discuss the complex relationship between psychiatric medications and weight gain. The conversation explores how medications like antipsychotics (clozapine, olanzapine, risperidone) can lead to metabolic challenges such as obesity and dyslipidemia, especially in patients with chronic mental health conditions. Dr. Cummings delves into the role of GLP-1 agonists, a new class of medications showing promise in managing weight gain and metabolic syndrome. He also covers the mechanisms behind drug-induced weight changes, including how histamine and serotonin receptors influence appetite, metabolism, and overall health. The episode provides listeners with practical strategies for managing medication-induced weight gain, offering insights on diet, exercise, and potential pharmacological interventions.

GLP-1 Agonists In Psychiatry And Weight ManagementDr. Puder (00:02:30):

You recently told me there's this push for GLP-1’s [glucagon-like peptides] to be brought into the state and I know that's a hot topic. There's a lot of expensive medications and so I imagine that's the kind of contract that you're looking at. Is that going to be helpful? What are all the details on that?

Dr. Cummings (00:07:45):

Yes, indeed, that's a hot area currently in the California Department of State Hospitals. As you might guess, with a chronically mentally ill population, most of whom are suffering from a psychotic disorder, rates of obesity and metabolic syndrome are large. We've had an obesity epidemic in the country as a whole, but it's worse among the mentally ill (Goldberg, 2023). I think our average BMI in the state hospital patient population is 29.9. Meaning, the average number in our patients is pushing just a hair short of grade one obesity. And we probably have a prevalence rate of around 60% of people who meet the criteria for obesity and a slightly lower, somewhere in the 50–55% range who meet the formal criteria for metabolic syndrome. Meaning that, in addition to obesity, they have dyslipidemia, hypertension, central adiposity, and all of the health risks that come with that (Shulman et al., 2014). The GLP-1 agonists at this point are about the only class of medications out there that are very good at actually reversing obesity (Goldberg, 2023). There are a number of medications that can slow weight gain such as metformin, but they're not very good at reversing the weight once the weight is on.

Not all of the GLP-1 agonists are great at reducing weight. However, some of the more recent ones, like liraglutide (Larsen et al., 2017), semaglutide, and, in particular, tirzepatide (trade name Mounjaro) have shown good research data suggesting that they can produce a substantial amount of weight loss in addition to correcting things like glucose tolerance and also assisting with decreasing lipid abnormalities (Flory & Lipska, 2019) . We've also discovered that the GLP-1 [glucagon-like peptide] agonists have some unexpected benefits such as reducing alcohol intake, reducing craving for illicit drugs, and at least tiny amounts of data suggesting they may decrease the number of reward-system driven behaviors. That may include things like self-mutilation, self-cutting and other things that might be of benefit in psychiatric patients. The data on those features are pretty new and still pretty small, but they're enticing in the sense that this class of drugs affects a lot of the way our hypothalamus functions in terms of modulating drives and impulses, in addition to the direct anti-obesity and metabolic benefits of the drugs.

Challenges And Caveats Of GLP-1 AgonistsDr. Puder: (00:06:58):

I was excited about these (GLP-1s) at first, and honestly, my excitement has decreased because I see people have gotten on them, and then when they get off, they gain their weight back and often the weight comes back not as the muscle that they lost, but more as fat.

Dr. Cummings:

Well, that's an important element with the GLP-1 agonist is when you make the decision to start them, this is a case of starting what is likely to be a lifelong medication, because indeed, when they are stopped, not only does the weight come back and the metabolic abnormalities come back, they will likely come back in worse form than they were to begin with. In some ways that parallels the history of weight loss diets. They've shown this all the way down to animal studies. If you put a rat on a starvation diet, make it lose weight, and when you give it access to free feeding the first time it will regain the weight it has lost and it will overshoot slightly by 5-10%. If you do the same experiment again with the same rat, it will lose the weight and then when you refeed it, will regain the weight in about half the time and overshoot by more like 15–20%. So when people either engage in repeated dieting or in use of one of these drugs, it has to be either a lifelong change in diet and exercise habits, or a lifelong commitment to take one of these drugs.

Dr. Puder:

So, just to give people an idea, if people are not exercising while they take them, they could lose 35% lean muscle mass when they lose weight. That's a lot of muscle. And you know, muscle is very helpful for so many reasons. We've talked about this a lot in the podcast before. It's like a neuroendocrine tissue for the brain. It's a very healthy tissue.

Dr. Cummings:

Indeed. The other thing we've talked about with patients is they need not only to maintain exercise, they need to maintain an adequate diet, even if they don't feel hungry. They're rare, very rare, but we've had a couple of patients that we've had to take off of these drugs because they went from being obese to being anorectic.

Dr. Puder: Right.

Dr. Cummings:

You know, an interesting case example I can think of is a woman who started with a BMI of 38—grade two obesity—and by the time she got taken off of the GLP-1 agonist by her attending physician, she was at a BMI of 19. Because, as she put it, “I have a piece of toast and a glass of water in the morning, and I'm not hungry anymore.” And of course, you can't live on a piece of toast and a glass of water.

Dr. Puder: So hunger and thirst can be eradicated at a high enough dose.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. And, this was not so in her case. She was at a standard dose, but she was exquisitely sensitive to the effect of the drug. Honestly, she was probably out in the tail of the distribution in terms of sensitivity, but, you know, this was not a class of drugs that she could take.

Dr. Puder:

Yes. I think it's so fascinating because I've seen other patients where it reduces their drive and motivation in other domains of their life. We talked about decreasing the drive to drink alcohol, the drive to drink water, the drive to eat. It acts on the hypothalamus, the brainstem areas involving appetite regulation, reducing the appetite, slowing gastric emptying, but it also hits the reward centers of the brain–nucleus accumbens, ventral tegmental area [VTA]–influencing reward-driven behaviors. Some of which we may not want to decrease.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. Unfortunately, we've never figured out a way to selectively alter the functioning of the reward pathway. In part, that's because neurologically it's a fairly simple pathway. The shell of the nucleus accumbens, not even the whole nucleus accumbens, just the outer layer of neurons, mediates the reward response and projects forward to both the temporal and frontal lobes. But it's a fairly simple on/off nucleus and if you alter its modulation it's not sophisticated enough that you can say, “I want this behavior to go away, but I want that one to be preserved.” The person has to make more of a choice-driven, “I'm going to do this because it's good for me and I'd like to continue this.” Not that it may feel as good as it used to.

Dr. Puder:

Right. So this could apply to things like gambling, binge eating, and shopping? Right? Those could decrease. But also you could have decreased motivation to engage in physical activities and exercise. And that's what I've seen from people. I'm pleading with them like, “Hey, try this. We need to keep exercising.” And people who have been exercising for years will say, “I just no longer… I don't know, I can't exercise while I'm on it. I don't know why I can't exercise, but I just have no desire to lift weights anymore.”

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. The motivation is gone because it no longer induces the same reward it did, which I think the only way around that, if the person really needs the medication, is to have either external ways of being motivated, such as having a trainer who goes, “Get out there and do your lifting,” or, enough internal sense of, “I need to do this because it's good for me, not because it feels good anymore.” Which is a very difficult position. I think sometimes we don't appreciate how much influence our hypothalamus has over our behavior.

Dr. Puder:

So, you're saying if someone's on this, they may need to be on this for a very long time.

Dr. Cummings:

For a very long time. Otherwise, indeed, of all of the studies that have been done now, the longest study I've seen was a two-year follow-up study, but it was the same as all of the one year follow-up studies. If people stop the medication over about a year to a year and a half, all of their weight and dyslipidemia and hypertension and diabetes would go right back to where they were, plus a little bit worse.

Dr. Puder:

To give people context, the positive studies showed that within a year on the medication, with some diet coaching, you could lose about 15–20% of your body weight. And so when people get off of it, they're gaining weight back, is what you're saying?

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. Essentially, the benefits in terms of correcting metabolic abnormalities and in producing weight loss, if you stop the medication, those benefits go away. In other words, the medication does not produce a positive permanent change in the underlying systems. The medications can modulate those systems while the medication is present.

Dr. Puder:

Do you think there's a rebound? \

Dr. Cummings: Yes.

Dr. Puder: With receptor density? Does that change? Does that rebound? Do we know about that?

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, there is a rebound and as I alluded to, it follows the same thing you see with people who lose weight via strenuous dieting. You can lose weight that way, but if you go from diet back to your usual food intake, you'll regain not only the original weight, but you'll overshoot and gain some additional weight. And, you know, anything that goes along with that, if you were glucose intolerant, odds are you'll become glucose intolerant again. If you were dyslipidemic, you're likely to do that again. In other words, if you're just talking about diet and exercise, that's why temporary diet and exercise don't work either. If people are going to change their metabolic status via diet and exercise, it has to be a permanent change in lifestyle. And I think these medications parallel that in that if you want them to produce a permanent change, then you have to take them permanently.

Dr. Puder:

So what we're talking about then is that one needs to actually change habits and on a very deep, deep level, right? So it's like the basal ganglia, the deep brain structure, is involved in habit formation, motor control and somehow we need to institute habits slowly, maybe one at a time. Or, maybe we only change one habit per month or every two months. The question is, how do you change habits?

Dr. Cummings:

With a lot of difficulty. Unfortunately, much of this is stuff that occurs well below the conscious level, and much of it is preset by our genetics. You and I have talked before about what has happened in modern cultures. Historically, obesity was not such a huge problem. If you had to do hours of manual labor, or you had to hunt for your food and chase it in order to have an adequate number of calories. Well, if all you have to do is drive through McDonald's, well that's a basic change in the environment, but our brain doesn't change very quickly.

Dr. Puder:

The problem is that a lot of the medications we give increase weight.

Dr. Cummings: Yes.

Psychiatric Medication And Weight GainDr. Puder (00:18:00):

A patient will come to me in a crisis. They could be psychotic. Their life could be completely torturous. You put them on a second generation antipsychotic, and within a couple months, they're no longer psychotic. They're no longer living in this tortured reality, but they have gained some weight. And so now, as an outpatient psychiatrist, I'm managing a new problem from the medication and I'm trying to figure out how to best help these people. So yes, this is the big sort of overarching problem.

Let's talk about different medications and why they increase weight (Mizuno et al., 2014), starting with the biggest culprits.

Clozapine and Olanzapine and Weight GainDr. Cummings (00:18:45):

Okay. The biggest culprits are clozapine and olanzapine. And they both do a number of things that increase or push the person toward gaining weight. One, they tend to produce glucose intolerance, meaning that the person does not efficiently handle glucose. When you don't efficiently handle glucose, that glucose gets shunted into lipids. And, in particular, there's a shift in balance toward LDL cholesterol as opposed to HDL cholesterol. There's a tendency toward central adiposity. That is gaining fat tissue in the abdomen around organs. That's metabolically active and produces inflammation (Goldberg, 2023). That then tends to become a self-reinforcing cycle so that the person gains weight, which worsens the problem, and they gain more weight, which further worsens the problem.

Now, in the case of these two medications, they also have additional effects that promote weight gain. They're pretty goodH1 histamine antagonists(Foster et al., 2021). They block histamine receptors. People are very familiar with that in terms of when you take an antihistamine and you may get drowsy. But, the other effect the histamines have, particularly if you're taking something that's an antihistamine on an ongoing basis, is you decrease your basal metabolic rate. You don't burn as many calories. That's another tick in the direction toward weight gain because calories you don't burn get stored. The third thing they do is, in the case of these two drugs, antagonize 5-HT2C receptors. These are serotonin receptors that function in the hypothalamus, in the satiety center, to tell you when you've had enough to eat. If you block 5-HT2C receptors, what you tend to get is carbohydrate craving. The person basically cannot pass up a donut, or a cookie, or ice cream. Which, of course, is another great way to gain further weight.

Dr. Puder:

So you have the histamine H1 receptor antagonism, which can cause some nice sedation if they're having difficulty sleeping, but also increases appetite and decreases the metabolic rate. Then you have the serotonin 5-HT2C receptor antagonism. Which they both block in the brain, which leads to…

Dr. Cummings:

… carbohydrate craving. The person wants sugar. I can't tell you how many patients I've seen put on clozapine or olanzapine and they come back and they'll tell me in so many terms, ”I am hungry all the time and what I want is every single sweet thing I see.”

Dr. Puder:

“I'm eating cereal in the middle of the night, sometimes twice.”

What about theM3 receptor antagonism? Do you think that is involved in the insulin secretion?

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. It's involved in insulin secretion, and it probably also does play a role in these people becoming glucose intolerant along with impairment of the functioning of the GLP-1 receptors, which is where the GLP-1 agonists come into the story. They directly oppose the effects of olanzapine and clozapine and similar drugs at the modulation point of that receptor. The change in insulin balance appears to be the most important of the driving forces toward obesity and metabolic syndrome with the antipsychotics. That is likely why olanzapine and clozapine are at the top of the list in terms of producing these effects because they cause the greatest disturbance in those systems.

Dr. Puder:

Okay. Let’s get a little bit deeper into leptin & ghrelin. So leptin promotes satiety. Ghrelin stimulates appetite. Olanzapine and clozapine both disrupt the normal leptin & ghrelin signaling.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. And they essentially shift the balance of these in the direction of increased calorie intake. Whereas, the GLP-1 agonists shift the same systems in the opposite direction.

Dr. Puder:

So they increase ghrelin levels, which increases the hunger hormone. A blunted leptin response results in decreased satiety hormone. So then increased calorie intake and weight gain result.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. And at the same time, the antihistamine effects are decreasing calorie output. So, you know, it's the classic story with weight gain. You have increased calorie intake and decreased calorie output, and that extra energy gets stored as adipose tissue.

Insulin and Weight GainDr. Puder: (00:24:52):

I think insulin is gonna be something huge to look at in coming podcasts and just how important it is to be metabolically healthy, you know, in people with increased rates of depression. If out of control, diabetes has much higher rates of depression. Insulin is impaired in these patients. You want to talk more about that?

Dr. Cummings:

Insulin is critically important in human physiology. During active exercise, skeletal muscle can take up sugar without insulin being present. But that's about the only tissue that can do that. Everything else requires the presence of insulin in order for glucose to get into cells to be used as fuel. So what you have in the case of somebody who is diabetic, type 2 diabetes in particular, is you have an elevated circulating level of insulin that can't bind to its receptor, can't get the sugar into the cells, so the sugar builds up in the bloodstream. That's why people have elevated blood sugar and diabetes. Now, in type 1 diabetes, they actually have a lack of insulin. In type 2, they typically have an excess of insulin, but it's ineffective and can't do its job. So literally, what's happening to this poor person is most of the cells in their body are starving to death because they can't get fuel because the fuel is stuck outside in the bloodstream. And that leads to a whole host of downstream adverse effects in terms of things like poor healing, blindness, neuropathies–you know, all of the long-term consequences of being diabetic.

Dr. Puder:

What I think is the most wild thing about this is the average human, without any glucose regulation issues, they probably have on average aboutone teaspoon of total sugar, total glucose in their blood at a given time. If you were to drain all of my blood, it might have a teaspoon right now.

Dr. Cummings:

That's because if you have normal physiology, the glucose is not supposed to be hanging out in your bloodstream. It's supposed to be getting into the cells where it's oxidized and used to generate ATP [adenosine triphosphate] and essentially provide the energy for the cell. This is like being somewhere in the wintertime and freezing to death, and all of the firewood is stacked outside, but you can't get it into the fireplace.

Dr. Puder:

So imagine someone who is floridly diabetic. Instead of one teaspoon in their blood, total glucose, they have three teaspoons. That's not that much if you think about it, in the big picture of how much sugar we actually drink sometimes. Three teaspoons is not that much, right?

Dr. Cummings:

No, it isn't. But it's the shift in getting it to where it needs to be. In the case of the type 1 diabetic whose beta cells in their pancreas are not producing insulin, of course they can't get the glucose to where it needs to go either, but that's just because they have a lack of insulin to get it there. In the case of type 2, it's because the person is resistant to the presence of insulin.

Dr. Puder:

And then we also think about steroid use–always increased glucose. And, someone who's in a high stress state, there's a transient fight and flight type of response in you. With hyperglycemia–high blood sugar.

So we have these medications that are great medications for treating psychosis, but do cause weight gain.

Dr. Cummings:

This fits into the discussion of the GLP-1 agonists, the antipsychotics, the antidepressants, and anything else you care to name. We have yet to discover any medication that does only the thing that we want it to. You know, the model we divide these into: effects and side effects. But, that's entirely us. The molecule doesn't make any distinction. It just does what it does. And unfortunately, you know, different drugs have different adverse effects, different risks, which is why you're always hearing physicians talk about risk benefit analysis. Are you gonna get more benefit out of this than risk? Obviously, if you don't want to take medication, if there's more risk than benefit, or engage in any other medical procedure where the risk outweighs the benefit. Part of our job, a large part, has become managing the risk profiles of many of these medications so that the patient can derive the benefits safely.

Risperidone: Influence on Weight Gain and Prolactin Dr. Puder: (00:30:40):

Risperidone is another atypical antipsychotic. This one can cause weight gain, as well. There's one mechanism which I think is unique, which is the prolactin elevation, which sometimes occurs (Shimatsu & Hattori, 2012).

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, risperidone, and its metabolite, paliperidone, are both excellent substrates for p-glycoprotein, which is an efflux pump. There are two main places of interest, the blood-brain barrier and the GI tract. The blood-brain barrier is important because it directly pumps these drugs from the brain into the hypophyseal circulation, which supplies the pituitary. So the concentration of these drugs, both of them, winds up being higher in the pituitary than it is in the brain. And in the pituitary, dopamine blockade, D2 blockade, removes tonic inhibition of both prolactin synthesis and prolactin secretion. So if you take away that tonic inhibition, the person will secrete more. They will synthesize more. And the increased synthesis will also drive division of pituicytes that make prolactin, which may eventually result in microadenoma and may eventually result in a macroadenoma (Pekić et al., 2019). All of which is to say that these drugs are especially good at elevating prolactin, which can promote weight gain. But prolactin's normal role is to promote lactation. Women who are lactating need more calories because the calories are getting delivered to the infant. If you're not breastfeeding though, and you're taking something that elevates prolactin, you're setting other things up in the body to store more calories because your body thinks, “Oh, well, we're about to try to raise another human being. So we need to store more calories to be ready.” And so people will gain weight due to prolactin.

Dr. Puder:

So in men with high prolactin, their testes may not work as well, there is decreased testosterone, they may get gynecomastia (breast tissue development). They may have erectile dysfunction, decreased libido, infertility. So, as we give risperidone, we need to watch out for this. This is not something we want them to live with chronically.

Dr. Cummings:

No. Short-term elevation of prolactin is not a medical emergency, but it's not something that you want to leave elevated, particularly if the elevation is causing overt symptoms such as galactorrhea, amenorrhea, or erectile dysfunction.

Dr. Puder:

Also, it can cause osteopenia, osteoporosis.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. And, in both men and women, it does increase the risk of breast cancer, as well. More so in women, of course, but not unheard of in men exposed to prolactin-elevating drugs.

**Dr. Puder:**

There have been a couple questions in our Q&A that we haven't gotten to about what we do if someone has high prolactin when they're on risperidone. What's your algorithm for what you would do first?

Dr. Cummings:

If somebody's on risperidone and they have responded, one option to consider would be, might you want to switch them to an alternative dopamine antagonist? Risperidone and paliperidone are far worse than any of the other D2 antagonists at elevating prolactin. So that's one option. Another option would be if the person responds to risperidone and it's a beautiful response and they have no side effects and they really don't want to change and you don't want to change because they've had a great antipsychotic response to the drug or great behavioral response (for example, in autism), you can give them a dopamine agonist to compete with the drug in the pituitary and see if you can bring down their prolactin. The ones that people have used are things like pramipexole, bromocriptine and, you'll see it recurrent in the literature, aripiprazole. The trouble with the last one is it's very easy to switch antipsychotics in that case without meaning to. Basically, the binding of aripiprazole is so high. The binding affinity is so high that, on average, giving somebody two milligrams of aripiprazole means the aripiprazole is going to occupy 72% of their D2 receptors, which may make the antagonist ineffective because it now has nothing to target. By the time you get up to around 10 milligrams of aripiprazole, whatever antagonist you're giving the person, you have replaced it with aripiprazole. Because the other drug, at that point, has nothing to work with.

Dr. Puder:

What about dose reduction? Could you reduce the dose of risperidone?

Dr. Cummings:

You can. If the person is at a higher dose, you can reduce the dose and thereby reduce the effect of the drug on the pituitary. The caveat there is, you have to proceed carefully so that you don't decrease the dose to the point the person has a psychotic relapse.

Dr. Puder:

Let's say someone has this problem. They know that the patient probably has high prolactin. They figured that out. How fast should they solve this problem? Like, how urgent of an issue is this?

Dr. Cummings:

They should solve it within three to six months.

Dr. Puder:

Okay. That's helpful because that's a different level of a problem than like akathisia.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, because of the effects of prolactin. Now I'm talking about somebody who's asymptomatic, which frankly most people are. You have time because the risks of prolactin are slow and long term. Now, if somebody has overt galactorrhea or amenorrhea that they don't like, or erectile dysfunction, then you may want to proceed more rapidly. But, I've seen people do crazy things with antipsychotics in response to an elevated prolactin that's asymptomatic. Like, cutting the person's antipsychotic in half. Which usually means the person's going to have a psychotic relapse fairly soon. Will it bring down the prolactin? Yes. But at a huge cost in terms of destabilizing the person. Again, in the asymptomatic prolactin elevation patient the elevation, per se, is not an emergency.

Dr. Puder:

This is good because we need to know how quickly we need to solve the issue. So you have some time. You can move slowly. You can follow them every two to three weeks. Try to make some changes. Okay. I think we're good on that one. Let's talk about the next big weight gainer on the list, probably mirtazapine (Remeron). It has some good H2 receptor antagonism.

Dr. Cummings:

It's also a great blocker of 5-HT2C. And indeed, it produces exactly the same response, i.e., the patient will be thinking, “I've never seen a donut that I don't like.”

Dr. Puder:

I've had different responses. Some patients have no issues, very little weight gain. Some people, it's like, “Whoa!” Okay, we're going 15 pounds in a couple months. And we need to think of something else here.

Assessing Side Effects And The Importance Of Early InterventionDr. Cummings (00:39:44):

And in that case, the safest thing to do is choose a different antidepressant or anti-akathisia medication–that's its other major use. Like all medications, people vary in terms of how much they respond to blockade to 5-HT2C. Some people have a dramatic response, some people don't notice much of anything. Most people will notice some increase if you watch them carefully. Some increase in calorie intake, some increase in carbohydrate intake. For some people it may not be enough to make any difference. They may just adjust their activity level to compensate. This does give a chance though, to say something. I think that should be true for all psychiatric offices. Everybody should own a scale and everyone should weigh their patients.

In my primary work is as a consultant, I can't tell you how many times I've gotten calls: “Well, I put this person on ____” (and usually it's olanzapine or clozapine where I work, but it could be mirtazapine just as easily); and I'll get a call from the psychiatrist, “Well, my patient has gained 120 pounds. Should I do something about that?” And of course, the thought that goes through my mind is, “Well, yeah, you should have done something about it about a year ago.” And you know, I think people in psychiatry should remember we are physicians first and then we are psychiatrists.

Dr. Puder:

Yes. The caveat being risk reward. I have one patient, in particular, I'm thinking of, who gained maybe 50 pounds or so. And he's lost some. He's going down slowly, with lifestyle things, but he doesn't really care. He, and his significant other, are like, “You know, we are in such a better place in terms of our marriage, in terms of the arguments we have in terms of him floridly not being psychotic, it's not our priority.” For other people, it would be…

Dr. Cummings:

…a major priority. But, our job, as the physician in this context, is to spot the problem early. You know, it should never be the case that, “Oh, my patient has gained 120 pounds.” You know, if you are actually weighing them every time they come to see you for a visit and you notice that they're gaining weight, then it becomes an issue for clinical discussion and you can lay it out for them: “These are the risks of gaining too much weight. How would you like to address this? We should talk about ways to modify this if it's something you care about, and maybe you should care about it if it's going to shorten your lifespan.” That discussion needs to occur early on, not when you finally notice when the patient can't get through your office door.

In fact, there are nice guidelines out there suggesting that somebody is going to have trouble with a given medication if you take their baseline weight and if they gain 5% above that in the first month, or 7.5% in three months, or 10% in six months. You're looking at somebody who's going to have a long-term weight/metabolic problem with the medication you're giving them.

The advantage, of course, is that if you spot the trend early, it's easier to address. You know, it's far easier to lose five pounds with a little bit of diet and exercise than it is to lose 50 pounds with diet and exercise. It's also easier to prevent weight gain with things like metformin (Chen et al., 2013; Mizuno et al., 2014). You wouldn't have to go to a GLP-1 if you're trying to keep it off, not reverse it. So, there are options out there for dealing with weight gain. But like most problems, better dealt with early than late.

Other Psychotropics Known To Cause Weight GainDr. Puder: (00:44:20):

I want to get through some of the other medications that cause weight gain. Paroxetine (probably the biggest weight gainer of the SSRIs), tricyclic antidepressants like amitriptyline, nortriptyline (have a lot of H2 and serotonin receptor antagonism that causes the weight gain and anticholinergic effects), lithium. Do you want to give any mention of lithium and how that might do it?

Dr. Cummings:

Lithium alters a whole host of things, including a lot of metabolic parameters in terms of basic energy input and output. You could think of lithium as almost turning down the thermostat on a number of things, including emotions, but also including a lot of metabolic parameters.

Dr. Puder:

Then we have valproate (Depakote).

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. Also increases weight in a number of ways. Of course, increases overall GABAergic tone in the brain, which also decreases energy expenditure.

Dr. Puder: Gabapentin, pregabalin.

Dr. Cummings: Same thing.

Multimodal Approaches To Address Medication-induced Weight GainDr. Puder (00:45:47):

Now let's try to think through what could be done. What would be some good pathways? Let's go to the most difficult case. You have treatment-resistant schizophrenia. They're finally starting to get stable on clozapine, but they've gained 50 pounds. Where do you go?

Dr. Cummings:

I can tell you that the formal recommendation from nutritionists is to introduce the person to a diet and exercise program. Unfortunately, I can tell you in schizophrenia, that's almost never successful. Even without medications, people with schizophrenia are very difficult to motivate. They often are very prone to poor dietary habits and a sedentary lifestyle. I think for many of those people who've already gained weight and who look like they're going to continue to gain weight, clozapine is their only viable option to stabilize their mental illness. Until we find things that are better, I suspect that the GLP-1 agonists or combination GLP-1 and GIP [glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide] agonists, like tirzepatide, are likely to be the person's best option.

Dr. Puder:

Just with the caveat that this might be a lifelong journey.

Dr. Cummings:

With the caveat that this might be a lifelong, but, then again, they're suffering from a lifelong mental illness.

Dr. Puder:

The problem I see is, do the insurance companies even pay for these at this point for just plain obesity or just side effects?

Dr. Cummings:

My guess is, over time, the insurance companies will come to the point that they will pay for these. Frankly, a lot of the schizophrenic population are in the public domain, meaning they're being cared for by public healthcare systems. And those systems are already moving in the direction of negotiating for these drugs.

Dr. Puder:

I think at this point, I've had a lot of frustration with insurance companies, trying to get them for people unless they have diabetes.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. Well, insurance companies don't like to pay out money. That's harder for them to argue now that some of these drugs have specific indications for obesity. And it will become harder and harder for them to argue that. My guess is availability will improve with time. One thing that happened recently that may help is Eli Lilly announced that they're going to provide their GLP-1 agonist via compounding pharmacy at a substantially reduced cost for selected patients.

Dr. Puder:

Okay. So you have this person, they're on clozapine. They're stable. So, you might consider diet and exercise. I would say the only success I've had with patients with schizophrenia is if I can get them….Well, I've had a couple that go on their own. If they were doing it before in a very systematic way, they would have more success. Yes. I would say to people that if they weren't, if I could get them to sort of be in some sort of class, you know, at the YMCA or something where there's some group. Very varying rates of success.

Dr. Cummings:

The people I've seen who most often benefit from diet and exercise are those who indeed had a fairly healthy diet and were active exercisers before the onset of their psychosis. It's very difficult to start with somebody who tended to eat a poor diet and was very sedentary prior to the onset of schizophrenia. It's very difficult to get that person up and moving. We have a few recreational therapists who try their very best to make that happen, but their rates of success are fairly low. Now granted, where I work, we're not dealing with the younger, first onset psychosis patients. Our average patient has been psychotically ill for more than a decade and has often undergone a fair amount of deterioration and is suffering not just from obesity, but usually full-blown metabolic syndrome. You can see the writing on the wall. If they don't get that under control, their life is going to be shortened by things like cardiac disease and liver disease and stroke and everything else that can happen to you if you're diabetic and overweight and have abnormal triglycerides and cholesterol (Minuzo et al., 2024).

Dr. Puder:

What about, say they're stable on olanzapine, risperidone, or another one of these bigger weight gainers like quetiapine. Would you ever consider switching to an antipsychotic that's less of a weight gainer?

Dr. Cummings:

For everything except clozapine, yes, I would consider it. Now, it takes careful consideration of the person's overall medication history. Because the big risk, of course, in switching from a successful antipsychotic to something else, is you may lose the psychiatric stability. And, I think something people underappreciate is that with every psychotic break, there's no guarantee that you're going to recapture stability, because every time the person has an episode of psychosis, to some extent, their responsiveness to antipsychotic treatment decreases. Whether it will decrease to a threshold where you just can't recapture them, it's a roll of the dice each time. Which makes you want to do everything you can to prevent relapse. Those are the elements that you have to weigh. While you're wondering, “Should I switch this person to something that's less prone to weight gain?” Unfortunately, many of the medications we have that are either weight neutral, or close to it, have so far tended not to be our most effective antipsychotics. The one that is actually weight neutral, lurasidone, is not a bad antipsychotic in relatively new onset psychosis. It has no cardiac effects. It is weight neutral. It doesn't cause metabolic issues. But I can tell you in the more chronically ill schizophrenic population, it doesn't work very well. Now, if you're treating bipolar depression, it's a wonderful drug, very potent, very effective. But for chronic schizophrenia, not so much.

Same thing is true of drugs like lumateperone. No EPS. Very little metabolic effect. Effect sizes on schizophrenia, while they achieve significance, the effect sizes were small, arguing that it wouldn't be a very effective approach in somebody with a more severe, somewhat more treatment-resistant illness. The new drug that we started out talking about, xanomeline, it's not clear how effective it will be compared to other antipsychotics. Some of the pivotal trial data suggests it may be as good as things like risperidone and haloperidol and olanzapine. But I never entirely trust pivotal trials, because they're very pristine samples and they are of limited size.

New Medications Being StudiedDr. Puder: (00:54:26):

Let's back up because that was part of a private conversation. So xanomeline, which is under investigation, targets the M1 and M4 subtypes of the muscarinic and acetylcholine receptors in the brain (Foster et al., 2021; Paul et al., 2022). So it's a unique mechanism.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. It's unique in that, rather than trying to block dopamine postsynaptically, it regulates, or modulates, the release of dopamine and the ventral tegmental limbic circuits. So that it's more like turning the flow on or off upstream rather than trying to block it downstream. It also stimulates cortical M1 receptors, which may help with cognitive symptoms in schizophrenia. It is metabolically neutral. Also, it does not cause extrapyramidal symptoms like dystonia, Parkinsonism, akathisia. It is likely to be approved by the FDA in the late September of this year [2024], and likely will come to market in early 2025. So it will be an addition to drugs that are not likely to influence metabolic status. Its true efficacy will take time to figure out once we've got more than just the pivotal trial data to work with.

Medication Changes And The Risk of DecompensationDr. Puder: (00:56:22):

So let’s say you have a patient and they're stable on an antipsychotic. You could change the medication. That would risk them decompensating. That's a real risk. And I think you know, we had talked about it in another episode, how if someone just stops an antipsychotic, the relapse rate is 95%.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. It's huge. It's a train wreck.

Dr. Puder:

Which I feel like the anti-psychiatry folks have no idea that's the case. They're like, “Huh, what? No, you just need to take this supplement or just pure psychotherapy.” Which, you know, I'm a fan of psychotherapy.

Dr. Cummings:

People with schizophrenia can benefit from psychotherapy once their psychosis is stabilized. But as we've talked about many times, essentially, the schizophrenia spectrum disorders are a cluster of developmental dementia. And there are things that psychotherapy can change. And there are things that psychotherapy can't change, such as your DNA. Therapy may be able to make changes in your epigenetic profile to some extent, but the neuronal loss, synaptic loss, all those things, there's no evidence that psychotherapy reverses those losses.

Dr. Puder:

Yes. So this is where I think people who follow the podcast closely know there's a good balance between modalities and there's a correct place for medications. There's a correct place for psychotherapy. There's a correct place for both, ideally. I would say psychotherapy for someone who's floridly psychotic is mainly aimed at getting them to take the anti-psychotic. And it would be mainly aimed at therapeutic alliance, connecting with them, building trust as much as possible.

Dr. Cummings:

Once they are more stable, meaning positive symptoms of psychosis have either died out or simmered down, at least, then you have the option, you know, and they may very well benefit from things like cognitive rehabilitation, CBT for schizophrenia, things that will help them deal with life as somebody who has a chronic brain disease. The medications will help decrease the overt symptoms of psychosis, but the medications don't teach people how to live.

Topiramate For Weight Loss: Cognitive Impairments, Renal Risks, And Patient MonitoringDr. Puder: (00:59:17):

We haven't really talked about topiramate and if there's any role for a little bit of topiramate for someone?

Dr. Cummings:

There is. Topiramate is another drug that can produce weight loss (Mizuno et al., 2014). Of course, its limitation is most often cognitive and memory impairment. It also, in some people, particularly if they have unstable renal disease, carries their risk of both renal calculi and metabolic acidosis. Things to keep in mind, if you intend to use topiramate, the weight loss is like many things, plus/minus, some people will lose a great deal of weight and some people it has no effect with all of these drugs. I think the underlying caveat goes back to the statement I made about everyone having a scale. That includes tracking changes for any treatment intervention you're exploring as well. Is it effective?

Dr. Puder:

Yes. I've seen an adolescent patient in a psychiatric hospital, when I was a resident, get kidney stones from topiramate.

And I think when I was taking the history, I was like, “Oh, that's interesting. They've had these kidney stones and they've been on topiramate for six months and they've had them for the last three or four months.” Put it together that they were probably related. And then, the cognitive dulling. You know, word finding issues are profound in some patients.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. It can be very bad when people become anomic. You know you've gone too far with topiramate when you have a conversation [with someone on topiramate] and there are no nouns.

Dr. Puder:

Let me tell you a nightmarish story of this. I had a patient who was on like 200 twice a day for severe migraines and she went through a program. I'm gonna change a couple of the details here. I always protect the patient's identity. She was able to get it down to like 50 once a day, over the course of working with me for six months, and her husband came in one day and he's like, ”I have my wife back. She talks to me now. For years she didn't talk to me.” And so it's a tragic story of these medications that need to be monitored. It just blows my mind that that wasn't caught.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. Well, you're in trouble if everything becomes a ”thingamajig” or a “whatchamacallit.”

Dr. Puder:

Tell me more about that.

Dr. Cummings:

I've had patients who were on topiramate, when they were trying to describe something, “Well, you know, it's this thingamajig. You know, the whatchamacallit. Well, it sort of, well, it kind of you know, it did that sort of thing.” And of course, I've got no idea what they're talking about because there are no nouns and no actual verbs that are helpful.

Dr. Puder:

It's a tragic funny. It's an awful funny. I see it mostly beyond the dose of around 50. In some people, going from 50 to a hundred, some people going from a hundred to 150, all of a sudden they have less ability to recall names of things. And then if you push it up even higher than that and it gets even worse.

Dr. Cummings:

Whenever we start a medication with a patient, we need to educate the patient about what the medication's risks and benefits are, including with topiramate. If you start noticing you can't remember things or you can't find words, I need to know about that sooner rather than later.

Integrating Strength Training And Psychiatry: Building Habits For Providers And PatientsDr. Cummings: (01:03:31):

In conclusion, I would say this is an area that psychiatry has neglected to pay attention to. And, in fact, we're actually doing a study in the state hospital system to look at that issue. It's one we need to pay more attention to, because, again, we're the patient's physician, not just their psychiatrist.

Dr. Puder:

I think my closing remarks would be that, as providers, we need to also develop the habits that we ourselves espouse or desire. I've had a number of listeners reach out and say things like, ”Oh, you know, from listening to your episodes on strength training exercises, I've started a routine and I've been doing it for three years, and it's helped me so much.”

Dr. Cummings: Excellent.

Dr. Puder:

I hope that we can inspire. It takes a while to build a habit. It really does. For me, my habit of strength training is Tuesday and Thursday. I have a group I go to, with eight people, and I've been doing that for years. And then I try to do something every day.

Dr. Cummings:

Very good. I've got a gymnasium in my garage, which helps because it's convenient. I don't have to go anywhere. And my schedule is Monday, Wednesday, Friday for a full workout and Tuesday and Thursday for a more minor workout. And then Saturday and Sunday are just more recreational things. Is it tough some days to get up and go, “Yeah, I'm gonna go out there and do a full workout. I don't feel like it.” But, you know, that's the point where you have to tell yourself, “Well, I'm gonna do it anyway.”

Dr. Puder:

In the ideal setting, we find something we can enjoy. And I would say ideally also we find something that we can do with other people. Ideally some of that is in nature. What is the best sport for you as you get older, the one that you enjoy? For some, it's pickleball. And all they can think about is pickleball. I've kind of moved away from thinking that everyone needs to squat and deadlift. Although, I do think everyone needs to squat and deadlift. I think it's great.

Dr. Cummings:

I think a little bit of weight training is a very good thing for everyone. There's no better form of exercise that will help maintain muscle mass and bone strength. Now, it doesn't have to be a major amount. If you add just a little bit of weight training to the more aerobic things it doesn't take all that much to derive the core benefits. In other words, you don't have to become a bodybuilder to get there. But, a little bit of weight training goes a long way.

Building Lifelong Healthy Eating Habits: Small Dietary Changes For Sustainable HealthDr. Puder: (01:06:34):

And then diet. I think diet is another habit that takes time. And how do you eat healthy in a community with other people? And enjoyable food. For me and my wife, we've improved our habits of eating healthy and now we do sushi. Which I consider a very healthy food. And less steak and fries, more sushi. So, small changes over time. Right. And trying to do it in a way that's going to be doable; and not just doable for like one week and then you switch back.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. What I would counsel people is, “Don't do things where you're going to do something drastic for a short period of time, because typically that produces more loss than gain. You may see gains in the short term, but in the long term, it'll cost you. Small changes that are going to last for the rest of your life are far better for you.”

Dr. Puder:

Awesome. Okay. We will leave it there for today. Thank you, Dr. Cummings. As always, it’s a pleasure to talk to you. Thank you for your continued mentorship and I've gotten so much from this… from you, over the years, and I appreciate you. So, thank you.

Dr. Cummings: Oh, thanks.

Dr. Puder: Okay. All right. We'll leave it there for today.

   References:Chen, C. H., Huang, M. C., Kao, C. F., Lin, S. K., Kuo, P. H., Chiu, C. C., & Lu, M. L. (2013). Effects of adjunctive metformin on metabolic traits in nondiabetic clozapine-treated patients with schizophrenia and the effect of metformin discontinuation on body weight: a 24-week, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. *The Journal of clinical psychiatry*, *74*(5), e424–e430. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.12m08186

Flory, J., & Lipska, K. (2019). Metformin in 2019. JAMA, 321(19), 1926–1927. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2019.3805

Foster, D. J., Bryant, Z. K., & Conn, P. J. (2021). Targeting muscarinic receptors to treat schizophrenia. Behavioural brain research, 405, 113201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbr.2021.113201

Goldberg, J. F. (2023). GLP-1 agonists for weight loss: What you need to know. Current Psychiatry, 22(1), 20–27. https://doi.org/10.12788/cp.0318

Larsen, J. R., Vedtofte, L., Jakobsen, M. S. L., Jespersen, H. R., Jakobsen, M. I., Svensson, C. K., Koyuncu, K., Schjerning, O., Oturai, P. S., Kjaer, A., Nielsen, J., Holst, J. J., Ekstrøm, C. T., Correll, C. U., Vilsbøll, T., & Fink-Jensen, A. (2017). Effect of Liraglutide Treatment on Prediabetes and Overweight or Obesity in Clozapine- or Olanzapine-Treated Patients With Schizophrenia Spectrum Disorder: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA psychiatry, 74(7), 719–728. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2017.1220

Mizuno, Y., Suzuki, T., Nakagawa, A., Yoshida, K., Mimura, M., Fleischhacker, W. W., & Uchida, H. (2014). Pharmacological strategies to counteract antipsychotic-induced weight gain and metabolic adverse effects in schizophrenia: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Schizophrenia bulletin, 40(6), 1385–1403. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbu030

Paul, S. M., Yohn, S. E., Popiolek, M., Miller, A. C., & Felder, C. C. (2022). Muscarinic Acetylcholine Receptor Agonists as Novel Treatments for Schizophrenia. The American journal of psychiatry, 179(9), 611–627. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.21101083

Pekić, S., Medic Stojanoska, M., & Popovic, V. (2019). Hyperprolactinemia/Prolactinomas in the Postmenopausal Period: Challenges in Diagnosis and Management. Neuroendocrinology, 109(1), 28–33. https://doi.org/10.1159/000494725

Shimatsu, A., & Hattori, N. (2012). Macroprolactinemia: diagnostic, clinical, and pathogenic significance. Clinical & developmental immunology, 167132. https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/167132

Shulman, M., Miller, A., Misher, J., & Tentler, A. (2014). Managing cardiovascular disease risk in patients treated with antipsychotics: a multidisciplinary approach. Journal of multidisciplinary healthcare, 7, 489–501. https://doi.org/10.2147/JMDH.S49817

Further reading not covered in episode:Reich, N., & Hölscher, C. (2022). The neuroprotective effects of glucagon-like peptide 1 in Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s disease: An in-depth review. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 16. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2022.970925

Shetty, R., Basheer, F. T., Poojari, P. G., Thunga, G., Chandran, V. P., & Acharya, L. D. (2022). Adverse drug reactions of GLP-1 agonists: A systematic review of case reports. Diabetes & metabolic syndrome, 16(3), 102427. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsx.2022.102427

View Details

James Swanson, Liam Browning, David Puder, M.D.

None of the presenters have any conflicts of interest to report.

Peer reviewers: Dr. Erica Vega, Dr. Jeremiah Stokes

Integrative Psychotherapy: Dr. Paul L. Wachtel’s Pioneering Approach to Blending Therapeutic ModelsDr. Paul L. Wachtel is a distinguished psychologist, psychoanalyst, and professor known for his integrative approach to psychotherapy. His work blends concepts from cognitive-behavioral, psychodynamic, humanistic-experiential, psychoanalytic, behavioral, and systemic therapies. A central theme in Dr. Wachtel’s work is his rejection of rigid adherence to any single therapeutic model. Instead, he advocates for a comprehensive framework that incorporates insights from various approaches to best serve patients’ needs. In this episode, we explore his idea of “making room for the disavowed” and other significant topics in psychotherapy.

Dr. Wachtel’s psychotherapy practice is shaped by his extensive study across multiple therapeutic domains. Initially trained in psychoanalytic ego psychology at Yale’s clinical psychology doctoral program, his approach later expanded to include relational psychoanalysis, behavioral therapy, family therapy, and more. This broad exploration led to his integrative view of psychotherapy. As a pioneer in integration, Dr. Wachtel has significantly contributed to the field by founding the Society for the Exploration of Psychotherapy Integration and authoring numerous influential articles and books. One of his notable works, Making Room for the Disavowed: Reclaiming the Self in Psychotherapy, will be the focus here, highlighting key topics from the podcast discussion.

Reintegrating The Disavowed Self In Therapy: A Path To Holistic HealingDr. Wachtel introduces the term “disavowed self” to describe aspects of an individual’s identity, emotions, or experiences that they have unconsciously rejected or denied. Grasping this concept is crucial for a comprehensive understanding of the therapeutic process. Wachtel highlights a “dialectical tension” that characterizes all well-practiced therapy, regardless of nominal orientation. The therapist must simultaneously manifest a genuinely empathic and validating stance with the patient while being clear-eyed about the ways of thinking and behaving that contribute to the patient’s problems. Ultimately, the therapist’s focus must be more on making room for the thoughts, feelings, desires, and potentials that have been squeezed out or cast aside in the course of development than on interpreting or correcting errors or distortions. Many patients come to therapy already demoralized, and it is essential to maintain an environment that allows them to reclaim their capacity to experience the full spectrum of emotions, even the ability to simultaneously feel seemingly contradictory emotions (such as sorrow and joy), and to develop a full range of adaptive and problem-solving capacities.

Wachtel’s book is filled with practical clinical examples and recommendations that complement his theoretical clarifications. Below, we offer a hypothetical scenario of a client and therapist that illustrates what it means to make room for the disavowed, not just to interpret it.

Case Study: Addressing Anxiety and Assertiveness in Therapy Using Disavowed Self ConceptIn therapy, a client sought help for anxiety and difficulties in his professional relationships. The therapist observed that the client had trouble asserting himself at work, generally going out of his way to avoid conflict and, in the process, frequently suppressed his own needs. Growing up in an environment where his opinions were often dismissed, the client had learned to disavow assertiveness or desire for recognition and to view them as unacceptable. This led him, with little conscious awareness, to consistently downplay his contributions and avoid taking credit for his successes. As a result, he often felt unappreciated and overlooked and, in ways he was not very aware of, to overcompensate for this frustration and deprivation by subtly undermining colleagues’ ideas, creating tension in his workplace relationships that left him puzzled about why his interactions at work were so fraught with difficulty.

Some therapists would focus on pointing out and correcting these problematic behaviors and beliefs in the patient. However, the client’s self-esteem was already fragile, and many ways of pointing out the pattern – even if accurate – could simply add to his experience of incompetence or of being misunderstood or not appreciated. To address this, the therapist needs to help the client accept the legitimacy of the feelings and desires he has long deemed unacceptable. By helping him to reclaim his assertiveness and wish for recognition, and to reintegrate those elements of behavior and experience into his adaptive repertoire, the patient can begin to modify the more abrasive elements of his interactions that had unwittingly arisen as a reaction to his blocked access to more adaptive self-enhancing behavior.

Benefits Of An Integrative Approach In Psychotherapy: A Comprehensive PerspectiveThe integrationist perspective is crucial in psychotherapy because no single orientation in the field has an exclusive hold on truth. As Dr. Wachtel notes, psychotherapy consists of “evolving and open-ended systems of thought and practice whose boundaries with the other major approaches are often, on close inspection, rather porous.” Despite these porous boundaries, each approach maintains a distinct identity, style, and contribution to the therapeutic process.

This perspective challenges the “silo problem,” where practitioners believe that one domain has nothing to offer another, thus limiting the potential for richer, more effective therapeutic outcomes. Embracing an integrationist approach allows for the blending of different perspectives and therapeutic modalities, such as attachment theory and third-wave cognitive behavioral therapy, critical elements in the further evolution of Dr. Wachtel’s integrative approach in his latest book. By combining these diverse approaches, therapists can create a more nuanced and flexible framework that better meets the complex needs of their patients.

How Integrative Psychotherapy Treats Anxiety: Combining Cognitive-Behavioral and Psychodynamic TechniquesDr. Wachtel’s emphasis on making room for what has been repressed, cast aside, or disavowed (rather than on interpreting what the patient has been hiding from himself), is rooted in a key revision of psychoanalytic thought that should have created more fundamental change in therapeutic practice than it did. As Dr. Wachtel points out, Freud essentially “shifted the cornerstone” of psychoanalysis in 1926, when he clarified that it was anxiety that was the fundamental cause of repression rather than vice versa. (Dr. Wachtel also discusses the important ways in which the causal arrows go in both directions.) Attention to this fundamental role of anxiety highlights that, most of all, helping the patient overcome the anxiety that underlies his self-disavowals is what enables both insight and behavior change. This, in the current era, when exposure has become such a prominent element in the treatment of anxiety, opens a crucial path toward combining the strengths of the psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral approaches.

Dr. Wachtel argues that some of the key anxieties that underlie psychological difficulties are anxieties associated with the person’s own thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Psychodynamic interpretations, from this view, are not simply clarifications or generators of insight but, when effective, are to a great extent promoters of exposure. When the therapist’s comments bring the patient into closer contact with experiences he has previously avoided, the effect is very similar to what happens when a cognitive-behavioral therapist promotes exposure to the experiences that that approach tends to place in its theoretical foreground. His work illuminates a range of ways in which the perspectives and the strengths of each approach can be brought together when this critical role of anxiety and of exposure is understood. The two approaches still differ in many ways, but that is a strength rather than a problem. When cognitive-behavioral therapists understand the ways in which psychodynamic approaches are grounded in foundations that significantly overlap with theirs, and psychodynamic therapists understand the powerful ways in which methods central to cognitive-behavior therapy overlap and can contribute to their own work, the possibilities of synergies that benefit patients are greatly enhanced.

Treating Phobias in Therapy: Uncovering Disavowed Emotions for Better OutcomesAn example of how this combined approach can work is seen in the treatment of a patient with a debilitating fear of pigeons that severely limited both her social life and her work life. The patient lived in New York City, where avoiding pigeons to the extent she did meant curtailing much of normal living. The patient viewed the origins of her phobia as lying in a childhood incident where she was bitten by a parakeet, but in the course of the therapy it became clear that a powerful contributor was an extended experience, around the time the phobia began, during which her father was frequently hospitalized due to both cancer and heart disease. Her family, attempting to shield her from this disturbing reality, provided misleading explanations for his prolonged absences and very obvious poor health when he was home (business trips, a bad cold, etc.), but these reassurances failed to reassure. The patient had sensed something was terribly wrong, but she was left with only a vague, persistent feeling of unease and, in essence, the message that there was no room for her to express her worry (because “nothing was wrong”).

The pigeon phobia offered a focus and an explanation for her anxiety, and also some sense of control, since she could diminish her anxiety by avoiding pigeons. Had her parents shared with her, in a developmentally appropriate way, something of the reality the family was facing, it would have been difficult and painful, but she also would have learned ways to cope with (if not totally erase) anxiety through communication and connection. Instead, she learned only avoidant strategies, and because those avoidances ended up also leading to avoidance of the sometimes uncomfortable, but also essential experiences of learning to cope with social and work challenges, her skills in those areas remained undeveloped, adding further fuel to the maintenance of an avoidant and restrictive way of life.

At the time the therapy began, there were many indications that she felt quite angry at her mother and other family members for not having been honest with her or giving her any opportunity to talk about her anxieties and worries, but it was difficult for her to let herself experience that anger. She was also impeded by a clear and understandable mistrust of the honesty or sincerity of others in her life. This mistrust, like the anger, was largely obscured to her by a manifest indifference. She did not let anyone get close enough to her for these uncomfortable feelings to surface, but, of course, that also meant healing experiences and countervailing gratifying experiences were also limited. She viewed herself as interested only in overcoming the pigeon phobia.

Both an exclusively interpretive or insight-oriented approach and an exclusively exposure-focused approach are limited in their ability to address the needs of a patient like this. One element of the treatment did include both imaginal and in vivo exposure to pigeons, but as she began to move through the exposure experiences and made some progress, she began to “forget” to practice between sessions and increasingly disparaged the value of such a “limited” approach. In this, she called upon her increasing interest in the larger dynamics that contributed to the phobia, which made addressing her original presenting complaint seem trivial to her. But in working more directly on the complex of feelings and inhibitions that contributed to her difficulties, she would checkmate those explorations when we got too close to uncomfortable feelings by stating things like “I’d like to see my friends more and pursue more interesting and rewarding work options, but I can’t because of my pigeon phobia.” In her effort to maintain what felt like a fragile equilibrium, psychodynamic exploration could become a source of resistance to exposure therapy and vice versa. Any therapeutic approach that risked disturbing the delicate balance between her sense of safety and underlying dissatisfaction was met with resistance, causing her to retreat from whichever aspect of the therapy—whether psychodynamic exploration or exposure work—felt most threatening at the time.

Ultimately, what she needed was a complex mix of multiple therapeutic methods, deriving from different theoretical rationales, in order to address the complex lattice of anxieties and inhibitions that maintained her unsatisfying stasis. She could not commit herself to wholeheartedly participating in a regimen of exposure until she had worked through the many layers of mistrust that were the heritage of her childhood experience and that, hardly surprisingly, extended (often without much acknowledgement) to the therapist and the therapy. She could not carry through on her increasing insight about the complex feelings generated by those childhood experiences without attention to the ways in which her avoidances had affected her social and occupational skills in the present, an insight that, to be a genuine source of change, required behavioral skill training exercises, as well as other interventions. Each element of the work was supported by and required for the fully effective implementation of other elements from other perspectives, that, in turn, required the support of the first.

Breaking Vicious Cycles in Therapy: The Role of Cyclical Psychodynamics and Disavowed EmotionsThis patient’s pigeon phobia and the limitations it placed on the rest of her life represents an example of “cyclical psychodynamics,” where negative early experiences disrupt the development of crucial skills necessary to connect with others in age-appropriate ways and to express and regulate emotions. This then leads to patterns of avoidance and problematic interactions that further impede the development of those skills, and so further maintain the pattern of internal states and external behavior in a way that locks it in through its own consequences.

In this and many other examples, the inhibitions, avoidances, and truncated expressions of emotion create consequences that perpetuate those very inhibitions, avoidances, and emotional restrictions. The result is a vicious cycle, and effective treatment must address multiple facets of the pattern in order to break that vicious cycle. An understanding of what is being impeded or left out (on the part of both the therapist and the patient) is essential, but understanding alone is insufficient. Multiple interventions contribute by making room for the feelings and behaviors that have been restricted. These interventions address anxiety through verbal clarifications and examinations, promote exposure to the avoided experience, and create opportunities for skill development, practice, and greater comfort and familiarity. The mix of interventions can include explicit formal exercises, as in some therapeutic approaches, and more informal interactional and relational experiences in the therapy room. Often best is a mix of these, with the therapist learning a wide range of skills to help the patient in both the therapy room and in his daily life.

Role Play Case Study: Applying Integrative Therapy Techniques For Complex PhobiasDr. Puder presented the case of a patient who presented with a phobia of elevators at work that caused him intense anxiety, panic attacks, and insomnia (days before riding the elevator). This patient had developed the phobia when he found out he was promoted.

In role playing how he would work with this patient, and in discussing what he did in the role play, Dr. Wachtel explored the possible meaning of the elevator phobia in relation to a fear of “moving up in the world,” symbolized by the movement of the elevator from the lobby to the office high above. He explored the ways in which receiving the promotion and raise was related to engaging in competition or defeating rivals and also to having more and more to lose.

In doing so, he did not “interpret” the meaning to the patient, but invited him to feel certain feelings, to “sit in” the feelings, and, in other ways, combined a more insight-focused approach with an approach in which exposure and actually experiencing the feelings that have been hard to experience was central.

Interpreting Dreams in Psychotherapy: Understanding Unconscious Patterns and MeaningsThe patient had a dream in which he was unable to use the elevator and was fired. Then, because he was fired and lost his income, he defaulted on his house payments and was thrown in jail, losing his family and everything important to him.

In discussing how he would approach this dream, Dr. Wachtel pointed out that in traditional psychoanalytic theory, dreams are understood to have both manifest content (the literal storyline of the dream) and latent content (the hidden, symbolic meaning).

  • The manifest content of a dream is what the dreamer remembers and describes, like the patient’s dream of being unable to use an elevator, getting fired, and subsequently losing everything.
  • The latent content, according to this theory, represents the unconscious wishes, fears, and conflicts that the manifest content disguises.

Traditionally, the focus was on the latent content, on figuring out what the dream “really” means. Dr. Wachtel argues that instead of identifying a single latent content of a patient’s dream, a single “correct” interpretation, it is useful to view the dream as a sample of mental activity in a state of mind in which the defenses were half asleep, providing a window onto many features of the patient’s psychological makeup that are disavowed in the waking state.

Within the role play, Dr. Wachtel picked up on a further elaboration on the dream that the patient reported the following week – he was now in the jail cell, playing chess with a lion, and although he has now lost everything, he is calm and peaceful playing chess with the lion. Dr. Wachtel initially responded to chess as a game that is competitive, that has a winner and a loser. However, the patient stated that when his father taught him to play chess it was not about winning and losing—his father would not let him lose. Instead, the father would turn the board around to himself if his son was losing, giving the son the stronger position. Dr. Wachtel picked up on how the father protected his son from the experience of losing, and wondered about an implicit message that losing was very bad and to be avoided at all costs.

The patient objected to this framing, saying his parents did not care about winning or losing, and even went to his high school athletic events only to hear the band. Dr. Wachel utilizes this information to further highlight the family’s disavowal of competition, commenting that going to sporting events only to hear the band conveys, “I’m not going to look at what’s aggressive and competitive, only what is harmonious.”

Dr. Wachtel acknowledges there is an element of that attitude that could be supportive or reassuring, but states, “That’s only part of life, and you’re trying to figure out, how do I include in myself that part of me that wants to knock heads and clash and engage in rough and tumble competition?” Again aiming for a more experiential and exposure-centered alternative to a purely interpretive approach, he asks the patient, “What does it feel like when you picture yourself really engaging competitively?”

He also explores other issues suggested by the dream, such as feeling safer taking on a lion—a strong, worthy adversary—than a competitor who is vulnerable and afraid of aggression, as perhaps his father was.

How Attachment Theory Shapes Modern Psychotherapy: Key Insights And ApplicationsCategorical Views on AttachmentOur earliest interpersonal relationships play a pivotal role in shaping how we experience ourselves and others and behave throughout life. In one sense, a child is entirely vulnerable, relying on their caregiver to meet their most basic needs. To manage feelings of safety and cope with anxiety, children often adjust their thoughts, emotions, and behaviors to preserve their bond with the caregiver. These adaptations help reduce anxiety and strengthen the relationship, but they can also be a source of maladaptation in the person’s life going forward.

Attachment theory was largely developed by John Bowlby and Mary Ainsworth. Initially, while researching precursors of delinquency, Bowlby (1944) found that emotional regulation and behavior could be explained by experiences of attachment between a caregiver and child. Mary Ainsworth later published additional research backing this idea and clearly categorized the different styles of attachment (Ainsworth et al., 1978). In the literature, attachment styles are broadly categorized as seen below:

  • Secure/Autonomous Attachment - Child expects that their emotional needs will be met by their caregiver.
  • Insecure Attachment - This form of attachment is driven by the expectation that the caregiver will not attend to the child’s needs.
  • Avoidant/Dismissive - Child will try to avoid the feeling of neglect and vulnerability by withdrawing from caregiver.
  • Ambivalent/Anxious-Preoccupied - Attempts are made to get the attention of the caregiver, but the child will likely not be consoled when attention and care is given.
  • Disorganized/Unresolved - Child does not have a clear idea of what they need to accomplish/their emotional needs and they will oscillate from clinginess and distancing themselves.

There is substantial evidence supporting the enduring nature of attachment styles throughout life. Several factors contribute to the strength and persistence of these attachment styles. Wachtel approaches these continuities by examining the feedback loops that develop that maintain patterns.

For example, someone with an anxious attachment style may be looking for constant reassurance from a loved one, which can lead to anxiety, frustration, or withdrawal on the part of the caretaker, thereby further perpetuating the child’s anxiety. On the other hand, a child who is avoidantly attached may show signs of emotional detachment from their caregiver, which in turn may cause the caregiver to feel incompetent, unloved, or unneeded, ultimately leading them to feel less emotionally engaged with their infant, contributing to a vicious cycle that further perpetuates the child’s defensive withdrawal.

Attachment dynamics play a crucial role in psychotherapy, as they shape how we express or suppress our thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. For better or for worse, the patterns we develop in our earliest relationships often influence how we navigate interpersonal interactions throughout life, including therapeutic settings. From these foundational relationships, we gain a sense of which of our thoughts, feelings, and inclinations are accepted and enable us to engage safely and effectively with others and which aspects of our psychological makeup disrupt the sense of mutuality and

resonance that is critical to healthy psychological development (Wachtel, 2023, p. 191). Understanding these dynamics allows therapists to work with clients to explore how early attachment experiences may affect their current emotional responses and relationships.

Reevaluating Attachment Theory in Therapy: Dynamic Interpersonal Processes ExplainedWhile Dr. Wachtel recognizes that the categorical view of attachment can be clinically useful, citing David Wallin’s book, Attachment in Psychotherapy, as an example, he focuses more on the idea of attachment as an evolving interpersonal process. He encourages clinicians to focus on attachment dynamics—specifically, how “attachment experiences contribute to shaping which of their thoughts, feelings, or ways of interacting with the world the developing child accepts and integrates into their sense-of-self… and which get shunted aside… and impeded in their capacity for elaboration, refinement, and further development” (Wachtel, 2023, p. 182).

Parents are the source of safety, but they also provide safety, comfort and security in an inevitably selective manner. They do not accept all experiences, and do not respond in a genuinely comforting way to all feelings, behaviors or desires. So even as the child learns that the parents are a source of safety, it also learns that the parents are a source of contingent safety, that they are safe and secure if they act and feel within certain parameters. What doesn’t fit in those parameters is at least somewhat banished from the evolving personality’s behavioral and experiential repertoire.

Practical Applications of Attachment Theory in Therapy: Techniques and Tips for CliniciansSo the question remains: how exactly do clinicians, armed with the knowledge of attachment theory, help their patients grow and meet their goals? Below are helpful tips that Dr. Wachtel highlights in his book.

  • The work of the therapist can be thought of from the vantage point of the metaphor of search and rescue. The searching aspect refers to finding “the thoughts, feelings, and behavioral inclinations that have been obscured or impeded or rendered difficult to acknowledge” (Wachtel, 2023, p. 225). Rescuing, on the other hand, involves helping the patient become able to incorporate their disavowed thoughts, feelings, and behaviors.
  • Help the client understand how their attachment style directly impacts their current experiences. It is not enough to focus solely on analyzing their past upbringing to understand attachment style. The client should also recognize how their attachment patterns perpetuate adaptive or maladaptive ways of being in the present day.
  • Attachment styles, particularly insecure ones, can reinforce the anxieties and inhibitions developed in early life. The therapist’s job is to help break the cycle that maintains these feelings and inclinations being disavowed by fostering a safe environment for the client to express them. This process can be facilitated through role plays, modeling, rehearsals, or planning graduated goals for the patient to achieve, enabling them to incorporate their disavowed thoughts and feelings into everyday life.
  • A patient's experience of whether a therapist is helpful or unhelpful may be influenced by the impact of earlier significant relationships. For example, if a patient has come, in the course of development, to readily feel invaded or that their boundaries are violated, the therapist must be cautious in making suggestions or interventions. Conversely, a patient who has experienced abandonment or insufficiently active and structured parenting may find a more active approach more helpful.

Understanding Attunement and Emotional Disavowal in Therapy: Effective ApproachesBeing unseen, unheard, or unrelated to by the attachment figure is one of the most difficult experiences. For example, the Still Face Experiment, conducted by Dr. Edward Tronick, involves a mother interacting with her infant, initially engaging in normal, responsive play. Then, the mother is instructed to suddenly adopt a neutral, unresponsive expression—referred to as the “still face.” The infant, who had been happily interacting, quickly becomes distressed, trying various behaviors to re-engage the mother, such as smiling, cooing, or reaching out. When these efforts fail, the infant often becomes increasingly upset, showing signs of confusion and distress. The experiment demonstrated the critical importance of attunement.

The behaviors and expressions that are not met with responsiveness tend to be the ones that are disavowed. This need not imply overt disapproval or harshness. The mere absence of responsiveness can be powerfully motivating.

For example, Dr. Wachtel describes a patient who (clearly categorized as securely attached) entered therapy because, despite a warm and loving, and even physically affectionate, relationship with her husband, she was unable to experience pleasure or arousal when they had intercourse.

At one point, in a conversation with her older brother, he mentioned something he had noticed when she was about a year old and just learning to speak. Her mother was teaching her the names for the parts of the body, as so many mothers do, naming each and pointing to it. Her brother, who was a teenager then, noticed that their mother went from head to toe rather thoroughly, but when she arrived at the belly, she paused for a long time and then skipped down to the knees, anxiously omitting the genitals. As they spoke further, they both recalled many instances of their mother leaving the room during sexual scenes in movies “to fix everyone a snack,” and in many other ways manifesting discomfort with the sexual and sensual side of life, even while being a generally very affectionate and engaged mother.

This discussion with her brother stirred a host of recollections that surprised the patient because they had been both obvious and, nonetheless, largely overlooked by her. She suspected that her mother was not even aware of this avoidance, that it happened automatically and in a way such that both the elements of sexuality, and the avoidance of discussing or acknowledging them, were rendered invisible. “‘Boy, she’s good at that,’ the patient said. ‘It happens so quickly and so smoothly that no one notices. Or at least, I never noticed.’”

Her mother never expressed overt prohibitions regarding sexuality. It was the absence of her response to this side of life, her rendering it invisible, that had the more powerful impact. This kind of parental discomfort can, even in the absence of overt criticism or prohibition, impact the full spectrum of human emotions and experiences. In understanding our patients’ histories, we must of course be alert to instances of trauma, harshness, rage, and so forth. But we must also be attuned to invisibility, both to what the patient has rendered invisible in him/herself and how their key attachment figures were unable to be attuned to or to subjectively tolerate one or another dimension of human experience.

Expert Tips From Dr. Wachtel On Becoming A More Effective Therapist* Ask yourself, “What am I not picking up on?” Just as a parent cannot be equally attentive to or love equally every facet of a child, we cannot respond to every aspect of a patient’s experience that needs attention. * Consult other professionals, as they are likely to notice what we do not. * Consider what personalities or types of patients with whom you connect best. Do not feel bad about referring a patient to another provider if you feel a sense of stagnation or if you feel they would be a better fit. * Avoid theoretical silos and make use of an approach that draws on multiple viewpoints. * Continue learning about yourself and be honest with yourself about the fact that you are human and will continue to make mistakes.

“My analysis expanded my empathetic capacities in other ways. I became slowly, painfully familiar with my blind spots, and with my vanity, greed, envy, sadism…which were only possible to admit and explore because of my analyst’s matter-of-fact acceptance.” -Nancy McWilliams

Resources:Ainsworth, M. D. S., Blehar, M. C., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment: A psychological study of the strange situation. Erlbaum.

Bowlby J. (1944). Forty-four juvenile thieves: Their character and home-life. International Journal of Psychoanalysis. 25:19–52. DOI:10.4324/9780203779958-9

Freud, S. (1926). Inhibitions, symptoms, and anxiety. Standard Edition, Vol. 20 (pp. 87-172). London: Hogarth Press, 1959.

Wachtel, P. L. (1977). Psychoanalysis and behavior therapy: Toward an integration. Basic Books.

Wachtel, P. L. (1987). Action and insight: Psychoanalysis and the active patient. Guilford Press

Wachtel, P. L. (1997). Psychoanalysis, behavior therapy, and the relational world. American Psychological Association.

Wachtel, P. L. (2007). Relational theory and the practice of psychotherapy. The Guilford Press.

Wachtel, P. L. (2013). Therapeutic communication: Knowing what to say when (2nd ed.). The Guilford Press.

Wachtel, P. L. (2014). Cyclical psychodynamics and the contextual self. Routledge.

Wachtel, P. L. (2023). Making room for the disavowed: Making room for the self in therapy. The Guilford Press.

Wallin, D. J. (2007). Attachment in psychotherapy. The Guilford Press.

View Details

Liam Browning, David Puder, MD

A Global History Of Heat Therapy: From Ancient Finnish Saunas to Modern Medicinal UsesTimeline of Heat Therapy: A Global HistoryCirca 4000-2000 B.C.E.:

  • Ancient Finnish Saunas: Early saunas originated in Finland as large pits lined with animal skins, where fires were built to heat stones. These saunas were used for both medicinal and social purposes.

Circa 2000-1000 B.C.E.:

  • Ancient Egyptian Sand Baths: Egyptians used hot sand baths for treating inflammation and pain, representing early passive hyperthermia therapy.

Circa 1000 B.C.E.:

  • Traditional Chinese Medicine and Ayurveda: In China and India, heat therapy techniques like moxibustion and steam treatments are employed for improving circulation, reducing pain, and promoting detoxification.

Circa 500 B.C.E.-500 C.E:

  • Greek and Roman Bathhouses: The Greeks began using heated baths and steam baths, referred to as laconica. Communal bathhouses became central in Roman society, with figures like Galen writing about hot baths to treat melancholia and other ailments.
  • Ottoman Hammams: Public baths in the Middle East and North Africa, known as hammams, were common throughout the region, offering both hygienic and therapeutic benefits. It later rose to greater prominence as an integral part of Islamic culture beginning in the 7th-8th century. The buildings contained a hot room (Hararet) with underfloor heating by a furnace and also a cold room (Soğukluk) for cold water immersion.
  • Native American Sweat Lodges: Indigenous tribes across North America developed sweat lodges, used for purification, spiritual rituals, and healing. These lodges were a staple in Native American culture and closely mirror sauna practices.

Middle Ages (Circa 500-1500 C.E.):

  • European Bathhouses: Communal bathhouses were widespread across medieval Europe, combining hygiene with socializing and therapeutic practices.
  • Mayan Temazcal: In Mesoamerica, the temazcal, a type of sweat lodge, was used for ritualistic cleansing and healing, particularly in the context of childbirth and illness.

19th Century C.E.:

  • Victorian-Era Turkish Baths (Hammams): Western Europe, particularly the U.K., experienced a revival in communal heat therapy with the introduction of hammams, or Turkish baths.

1900s C.E.:

  • “Malaria Fever Cure”: Austrian physicians Julius Wagner-Jauregg and Rudolf Rosenblum introduced heat therapy via induced fever to treat psychiatric symptoms related to syphilis, particularly neurosyphilis, and later experimented with it for other mental health disorders. Before the discovery of penicillin, this method led to significant improvement in about 30-50% of cases; however, some patients experienced worsening symptoms, and approximately 15% died from complications.

1960s C.E.:

  • Development of Infrared Saunas: Infrared saunas, which heat the body directly using radiant heat, were introduced as a modern alternative to traditional saunas, allowing for lower ambient temperatures.

21st Century C.E.:

  • Modern Medical Hyperthermia: Hyperthermia treatments in oncology emerged, where heat is used to target and destroy cancer cells as part of therapeutic protocols.

Present Day:

  • Sauna Culture in Finland: With an estimated 3.2 million saunas for a population of 5.5 million, sauna use remains deeply embedded in Finnish culture and is recognized for its cardiovascular and wellness benefits globally.

How Physical Health Conditions Elevate Depression Risk: Unveiling The Mind-Body ConnectionThere is a strong link between physical health and mental health.

Increased risk of depression with these diseases:

**Key Findings From The Kuopio Ischemic Heart Disease Study: The Long-Term Benefits Of Sauna Use**The strongest literature on sauna is from a longitudinal observational study in Finland, called the Kuopio Ischemic Heart Disease (KIHD) Risk Factor Study.
  • 2,327 middle-aged men (mean age 53 y/o)
  • Grouped participants by sauna frequency:
  • Group 1: Once per week
  • Group 2: 2-3 times per week
  • Group 3: 4-7 times per week

  • Most participants used a dry sauna at an average temperature of 80°C (170°F) for an average of 14 minutes (range 2-90 minutes)

  • One of the first publications of this study looked at cardiovascular outcomes, stroke, and all-cause mortality after 21 years (Laukkanen et al., 2015).
  • Compared to once weekly sauna users, the 3-7x/week users had a 40% reduced risk of all-cause mortality, 50% reduced risk of fatal cardiovascular disease, 48% risk of fatal coronary artery disease, and a 63% decreased risk of sudden cardiac death.
  • This is after adjusting for age, BMI, SBP, LDL, smoking, previous MI, T2DM, activity, and SES.
  • In the unadjusted analyses, the 2-3x/group had a significantly reduced risk of these outcomes, suggesting a dose-response relationship.
  • The dose-response effect was also seen with sauna session duration.
  • Compared to sauna users with sessions less than 11 minutes, the HR for sudden cardiac death was 0.93 (95% CI, 0.67-1.28) and 0.48 (95% CI, 0.31-0.75) for sauna users with average sessions of 11-19 minutes and >19 minutes respectively, supporting this dose-response relationship.

    Follow-up studies from this same cohort showed that compared to once weekly users and controlling for similar confounds, the 4-7x/week users had:

  • 47% lower risk of hypertension (Zaccardi et al., 2017)

  • 62% lower risk of stroke (Kunutsor et al., 2018)
  • 66% decreased risk of dementia and a 65% lower risk of Alzheimer's disease (Laukkanen et al., 2017)
  • 37% reduced risk of pneumonia (Kunutsor et al., 2017)
  • 78% reduced risk of having a psychotic disorder diagnosis on Finnish Hospital Registry (Laukkanen et al., 2019)
  • This did not change when considering sauna session duration
  • Reported rate of psychosis per 1,000 person years
  • Included delirium psychosis potentially
  • At the beginning of the study they excluded study participants who were on antipsychotic medications.

    Sauna vs. Other Interventions: Comparing Long-Term Health Impacts Of Exercise, Diet, and More* Compared to other interventions + Aerobic exercise - 35% reduction in all-cause mortality in participants of the KIHD cohort who were above the sample median VO2 max value compared to the participant below the median (Kunutsor et al., 2017) - A meta-analysis of 11 prospective cohort studies by (Garcia et al., 2023) showed that exercising an equivalence of 8.75 metabolic equivalents (METs) (walking 2.5 hr/week) and 17.5 METS (walking 5hr/week) compared to 0 physical activity led to: * 31% and 34% decrease of all-cause mortality respectively * 29% and 35% CVD mortality * 15% and 18% cancer mortality

  • Given the median in the study sample was 10.5 MET, this is relatively mild-moderate physical activity. The dose response seems to continue with vigorous physical activity according to other studies.

  • All-cause mortality by VO2 max percentile compared to the bottom 25th percentile (“Low”) (Mandsager et al., 2018):
  • 25-50th percentile (“Below Average): 20% reduced risk
  • 50-75th percentile (“Above Average”): 63% reduced risk
  • 75-97.5th percentile (“High”): 74% reduced risk
  • 97.5-100th percentile (“Elite”): 80% reduced risk
  • Even going from “Below Average” to “Above Average” conferred 29% reduced risk

  • Diet

  • Greater adherence to mediterranean diet compared to lowest adherence to mediterranean diet according to a meta-analysis of 43 studies (Becerra-Tomás et al., 2020)
  • 21% reduced risk of CVD mortality
  • 20% reduced risk of stroke

  • Meta-analysis of 17 prospective studies showed that being in the top quintile of EPA/DHA omega 3s (marine sources) was associated with a 15-18% reduced all-cause mortality risk compared to bottom quintile (Harris et al., 2021).

  • Limitations/cautions of the KIHD study

  • Differences in baseline characteristics between once weekly users and 4-7x/week users (although this was controlled)
  • 4-7x/week group was 2 years younger than once weekly group
  • Less smokers (20% vs. 36%)
  • More prevalent alcohol consumption (95% vs. 83.%)
  • Less diabetes (2% vs. 6.6%)
  • Less hypertension (28.1% vs. 35%)

  • Healthy user bias

  • Somewhat mitigated SES differences given how prevalent sauna usage is in Finland

  • Takeaways

  • Regardless of subtle baseline differences between the groups, the results are striking.
  • 20-minute dry sauna sessions at least 4x/week and 80°C (172°F) show the greatest benefit.
  • However, hot baths may be comparable if a sauna is unavailable, as one prospective cohort study in Japan showed reduced risk of stroke and cardiovascular events with daily hot tub baths:
  • Ukai et al. (2020) https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32209614/
  • Reduce the risk of adverse cardiovascular outcomes by about 23–46%.
  • Hot tub baths almost daily or every day versus zero to two times/week were associated with risk reductions in cardiovascular outcomes ranging from 23–46%.
  • However, this is in a younger cohort (40-59 y/o) and in Japan, where cardiovascular deaths are not as common at this age.

Cardiovascular Health Insights: Findings from the KIHD Study and Other Key Research on Physical Wellness* Blood pressure: + The KIHD study from Zaccardi et al., 2017 showed that sauna sessions 4–7 times weekly was associated with a 47% relative decrease in the likelihood of developing hypertension in the 25-year follow up, controlling for age, smoking, body mass index, glucose, creatinine, alcohol consumption, heart rate, family history of hypertension, socioeconomic status, and cardiorespiratory fitness. This effect was insignificant in 2-3 times/week when controlling for these confounds. + Sauna acutely decreases SBP/DBP by about 5-10mmHg for minutes to hours post-sauna (Laukkanen et al., 2018). + Pizzey et al., 2021 reviewed 4 RCTs of repeated (3-5d/week) immersion in hot water (38.5-40.5°C) showed an average reduction in SBP by 5.9 mmHg and DBP by 3.9 vs. sham control. This decrease was observed in healthy, obese, and heart-failure participants with hypertension. + Compare to SBP decreases observed with other lifestyle modifications: - 1mmHg per kg of body weight loss in overweight individuals (Neter et al., 2003) - 6-11mmHg with Dash Diet (emphasizes fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and low-fat dairy products while reducing sodium intake) (Sacks et al., 2001) - 4-9mmHg with aerobic exercise (Cornelissen et al., 2005) - 2-8 mmHg with sodium restriction (He & MacGregor, 2002) - 2-4 mmHg with alcohol moderation (Xin et al., 2001)

  • And 10-15mg decreases in SBP with antihypertensive monotherapy (Paz et al., 2016)
  • The antihypertensive effects of sauna are thought to be due to endothelium-dependent dilatation, reduced arterial stiffness, modulation of the autonomic nervous system (Laukkanen et al., 2018).

Sauna may mimic exercise: The acute changes and after-effects of sauna on cardiac load, blood pressure, and vascular hemodynamics is extremely similar to that of moderate intensity exercise (Ketelhut & Ketelhut, 2019).

Sauna will frequently bring the heart rate to over 100 BPM and even to 150 BPM in more intense settings (Laukkanen & Kunutsor, 2024).

Does sauna provide a different benefit than exercise?

  • Lee et al., 2022 conducted a study comparing 8 weeks of exercise alone, exercise + sauna, and control participants. Both the exercise and sauna routines were progressive in nature. They found that, compared to exercise alone, exercise + sauna improved V02 max (2.7mL/kg/min), total cholesterol (-19mg/dL), and systolic bp (-8mmHg).

    Limitations:

  • Sauna + exercise group experienced more time in which they had elevated HR. If sauna acts as an exercise mimic, time should be controlled.

  • Exercise group did not improve as expected.
  • Aerobic exercise in combination with frequent sauna use has a synergistic effect on lowering cardiovascular-related mortality and all-cause mortality, according to one article from the KIHD study. The strongest reductions in mortality were found in people with high cardiorespiratory fitness (>50th percentile VO2 max) and high frequent sauna bathing (>3 sessions/week) HR ​​0.60 (95% CI: 0.48–0.76), followed by high cardiorespiratory fitness and low frequent sauna bathing 0.63 (95% CI: 0.54–0.74), and then low cardiorespiratory fitness and high frequent sauna bathing 0.78 (95% CI: 0.64–0.96) (Kunutsor et al., 2017).
  • Median follow up 26.1 years
  • 520 CVD deaths and 1124 all-cause death

    DJP: different sports and how long people live, tennis seemed to win- 1) high SES or 2) interaction with people. How much of the sauna is interaction with people?

Exploring Additional Health Benefits of Heat Therapy: Insights into Heart Failure, Diabetes, Joint Disease, and More* A meta-analysis of low-quality studies involving heart failure patients suggests that heat therapy, such as sauna use, can help improve symptoms and reduce levels of B-type natriuretic peptide (BNP), a marker of heart failure severity (Ye et al., 2020). * Qualitative studies of Waon therapy, a far-infrared dry sauna treatment, show improvement in peripheral artery disease (PAD) through enhanced ankle-brachial index (ABI), increased blood flow, and the development of collateral vessels (Tei et al., 2007). * Type 2 diabetes + A review of five studies (Sebők et al., 2021) on Type 2 diabetes found that while there was no significant change in glucose or HbA1c levels with interventions like heat therapy, including sauna use, there was a consistent reduction in systolic blood pressure, averaging 5-10 mmHg. This improvement is important because sustained reductions in blood pressure are associated with a lower risk of cardiovascular events and complications in diabetic patients, making it a valuable adjunct in managing long-term cardiovascular health.

  • Inflammatory joint disease
  • Cozzi and colleagues (2018) reviewed several randomized-controlled trials (RCTs) that demonstrated the benefits of balneotherapy in improving the subjective clinical course of conditions like ankylosing spondylitis, enteropathic spondylitis, and psoriatic arthritis. The studies showed that patients experienced significant relief from symptoms such as pain, stiffness, and fatigue. These improvements were primarily attributed to the anti-inflammatory and pain-relieving effects of balneotherapy, which involves bathing in mineral-rich waters. The findings suggest that balneotherapy can be a valuable complementary treatment option for managing these chronic inflammatory conditions.

Sauna Use for Depression: An Evidence-Based Review Of Infrared And Whole-Body Hyperthermia StudiesThe First RCT on Sauna Use for Depression: Masuda et al. (2005)* The only study on sauna use for depression was a randomized-controlled trial by Masuda et al. (2005). + 28 individuals with mild depression and somatic symptoms were randomized to 4 weeks of infrared sauna sessions or bed rest. + Saunas were 5x/week at 60°C (140°F) for 15 minutes. + Somatic complaints were significantly decreased (t = 4.84, p < .001) and mental complaints were decreased to trend-level significance (t = 2.02, p = .054) in the sauna group according to the Cornell Medical Index. + There were no differences on the Self-rating Depression Scale. + Of note: this was not the most effective dose, as noted above, being of lower temperature and also lower duration of time.

Whole-Body Hyperthermia and Depression: A Review of Key Studies (2019)**Review of depression studies up until 2019:** The impact of whole-body hyperthermia interventions on mood and depression – are we ready for recommendations for clinical application? (**Hanusch & Jansenn**, 2019)
  • Three studies provided whole-body heating in a hot bath and four in infrared chambers.

    Infrared chambers

  • Most protocols included a 45-minute heating time to reach a rectal temperature of 38.5-39 °C followed 30-60 minutes of rest inside the chamber.

  • Bath
  • Water temperature of 37 °C (98.6 °F) and was increased by 1 °C every 10 min for 47 min on average (Hanusch & Jansenn, 2019)
  • Water temperature of 40.2 °C (104.3°F) for an average of 22.6 min (Naumann et al., 2017)
  • There were three open label studies and four RCTs
  • 3/3 open label studies showed significant improvements in depressive symptoms. Two of the open label studies reported effect sizes: 1.71 and 1.85.
  • 3/4 RCTs showed superiority for the hyperthermia group, with inconsistent effects.

Randomized-Controlled Trials on Whole-Body Hyperthermia for DepressionThe most impressive of these RCTs was from Janssen et al. (2016): Whole-Body Hyperthermia for the Treatment of Major Depressive Disorder A Randomized Clinical Trial

  • Methods
  • 34 moderate to severely depressed patients randomized to whole-body hyperthermia (WBH) via infrared chamber (n=16) vs sham-controls who received very mild heat (n=14).
  • Participants underwent a single infrared session in which they sat in the heated chamber until their rectal temperature reached 38.6°C (101.5°F) (avg 47 min), followed by resting in the machine for 60 min.
  • Depressive symptoms were assessed 1, 2, 4, and 6 weeks after WBH using the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAMD).

  • Results

  • Active WBH group showed significantly reduced HAMD scores across the 6-week post intervention study period (WBH vs sham; week 1: −6.53, 95% CI, −9.90 to −3.16, P < .001, d = 2.23; week 2: −6.35, 95% CI, −9.95 to −2.74, P = .001, d = 2.11; week 4: −4.50, 95% CI, −8.17 to −0.84, P = .02, d = 1.66; and week 6: −4.27, 95% CI, −7.94 to −0.61, P = .02, d = 1.66).

  • Limitations/Takeaways

  • The treatment group did have a higher baseline expectancy of the treatment’s efficacy.

    The authors did perform a moderation analysis controlling for expectancy effects, but did not include this variable in their original analysis. The effect size following the moderation analysis was also not reported.

  • However, it is worth noting 70% of the sham group did believe they received the active treatment.

  • Given this is a single session and is unlikely to provide much of a physiological stimulus lasting 6 weeks, more attention should have been given to the belief in treatment efficacy.

The other RCTs used multiple sessions:

  • Hüppe et al. (2009) randomized 36 patients to hyperthermia, sham-control, or waitlist control.
  • There were no significant differences in depressive symptoms, as baseline scores were low and different between groups.

  • Romeyke & Stummer (2014) allocated 104 patients with severe fibromyalgia and MDD to an average of 5 hyperthermia sessions or waitlist control.

  • Pain improved more in the hyperthermia group, but both groups improved in depressive symptoms, with no trend-level differences favoring the hyperthermia group (p = .055).
  • All patients received physical therapy, physiotherapy, acupuncture, psychotherapy.

  • Naumann et al. (2017) randomized 17 moderately depressed patients to 2 weekly hyperthermia baths at  40°C (104°F) for 22 minutes for 4 weeks vs. sham-control that received green light exposure.

  • Significantly more improvement in the hyperthermia group compared to sham-control at week 2 (p=.0370; d = .62 95% CI [-.05 to 1/29) but not at week 6.

General Takeaways and Limitations in Heat Therapy for Depression* Initial findings are promising, but there is a need for more, larger studies using repeated sauna sessions.

How Heat Exposure Enhances Antidepressant Effects: Unveiling The Science Behind Sauna Use and Mental HealthHeat stress and exercise increase the expression of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) (Kojima et al., 2018)Whole-body hyperthermia to a core body temperature of 39.5 °C (103.1 °F) via hot water bath (20-min at 42 °C [107.6 °F]) increased BDNF levels 66% for 15 minutes (Kojima et al., 2018).

Inflammation and Heat ExposureSimilar to exercise, whole body hyperthermia increases plasma levels of pro-inflammatory IL-6 and anti-inflammatory IL-10 (Katchinski et al., 1999; Windsor et al., 2018). However, the impact of these changes on depression and their potential to cause long-term alterations in inflammatory markers remains uncertain (Mac Giollabhui et al., 2024).

The Role of Heat Shock Proteins (HSPs) in Sauna Therapy: Mechanisms Linked to Physical and Therefore Antidepressant EffectsHSPs are a family of proteins observed in all forms of life from bacteria to humans and are crucial for a cell’s protein quality control systems. Cells are largely made of proteins, and over time, proteins will inevitably lose their function and shape. HSPs can physically change the shape of dysfunctional or misfolded proteins. They also help new proteins fold correctly, disaggregate proteins that are clumped together, and target proteins for degradation. When cells are faced with hypoxia, heat stress, nutritional stress, or other stressors, HSP are upregulated to help make new proteins and to repair damaged ones (Rosenzweig et al., 2019).

HSPs may be vital for preventing some of the effects of aging. The cell’s ability to counteract stress declines with age due to a variety of reasons that stem from metabolic dysfunction as a result of mitochondrial decline or accumulations of DNA mutations. Protein quality control systems also decline with age as well, as the number and efficiency of HSPs decreases. As a result, more defunct proteins are formed and our cells become less capable of handling them. Declines in particular HSPs are related to neurodegenerative disorders associated with protein aggregates such as Alzheimers, Parkinson’s, and Huntington disease, and may be related to normal cognitive decline. They also are important for recycling the proteins involved in neurotransmission and can be neuroprotective in cases of seizures and strokes (Stetler et al., 2010).

Sauna and exercise both increase the expression of HSPs, likely through the effects of hyperthermia at temperatures >38.5°C (101.3°F) (Hunt et al., 2019). To what extent elevated HSPs confer a benefit is unclear, but some passive heat exposure studies in rats and humans (serum) have observed that a 30-40% increase in HSP was associated with conserved muscle mass and greater mitochondrial function (Yoshihara et al., 2013; McGorm et al., 2018).

Hormonal Changes with Sauna Use: Short-Term Boosts in Growth Hormone, Testosterone, and CortisolSimilar to aerobic or strength training, sauna increases growth hormone concentration in the short term, often by about 2- to 5-fold (Kukkonen-Harjula et al., 1989). Some studies have also reported small increases in testosterone while others have shown mixed effects on cortisol (Laukkanen & Kunutsor, 2024).

These effects seem similar to that of exercise, as they last only a few hours and do not seem additive when combined with exercise. For instance, one study did not observe an additional increase in GH, testosterone, or cortisol with the addition of sauna following endurance, strength, or a combined workout (Rissanen et al., 2020).

The Detoxifying Power of Sweating: How Sauna and Exercise Aid Heavy Metal ExcretionSweating is often touted as a method to aid heavy metal detoxification. Research suggests that sweat can enhance the excretion of certain metals like aluminum (3.75-fold), cadmium (25-fold), cobalt (7-fold), and lead (17-fold) compared to urine (Genuis et al., 2011). However, the effectiveness and composition of sweat can differ based on whether it’s induced by passive hyperthermia (sauna) or active hyperthermia (exercise).

A small study (Kuan et al., 2022) found that sweat from exercise had higher concentrations of metals like nickel, lead, copper, and arsenic compared to sauna sweat, while mercury levels were similar. This difference likely stems from the greater metabolic activity during exercise, which mobilizes more toxins. In contrast, sauna-induced sweating primarily serves thermoregulation, potentially leading to lower concentrations of some metals.

There is evidence suggesting that dementia may be associated with elevated levels of certain heavy metals in the brain. For example, studies have identified higher concentrations of aluminum, mercury, and lead in individuals with Alzheimer’s disease, pointing to a potential link between metal accumulation and neurodegeneration. While cohort studies from Finland have shown a correlation between frequent sauna use and lower rates of dementia, it remains unclear whether this benefit is directly related to heavy metal excretion or other factors, such as improved cardiovascular health and reduced inflammation. It is important to note that the majority of heavy metals are excreted through stool, with smaller amounts eliminated via urine and sweat. In cases of significantly elevated heavy metal levels, chelation therapy remains the gold standard for treatment.

Safety And Precautions Of Heat Exposure: Risks, Contraindications, And Special ConsiderationsRisks in Extreme Competition:

Death and serious health issues can occur during high-intensity competitions in hot environments, especially when participants push their physical limits.

Pregnancy:

  • Exposure to extreme heat during pregnancy has been linked to central nervous system birth defects, such as anencephaly and spina bifida, and the suggested teratogenic threshold for core body temperature is 39.0 °C (102.2 °F) (Graham et al., 1998).

Contraindications:

  • Heat exposure should be avoided in individuals with certain conditions (Patrick & Johnson, 2021), including:
  • Alcohol use (due to impaired thermoregulation)
  • Hypotension (especially in older adults), which increases the risk of fainting
  • Recent myocardial infarction, unstable angina pectoris, and severe aortic stenosis
  • Altered or reduced sweat function, which impairs the body’s ability to regulate temperature

Hydration and Electrolyte Balance:

  • Dehydration is a common risk during heat exposure, which can lead to complications like heat stroke and fainting. Adequate water and electrolyte intake is essential, especially during prolonged sauna sessions or intense exercise.

Age-Related Risks:

  • Older adults are more susceptible to heat-related complications due to decreased cardiovascular resilience and sweat function. Additional caution is advised for this population.
  • Children are more vulnerable to heat exposure due to their underdeveloped thermoregulation, higher risk of dehydration, and reduced sweating efficiency. They are also less aware of their physical limits, increasing the risk of heat-related illnesses like heat exhaustion or heat stroke. For young children, especially under 6, sauna sessions should be brief (5-10 minutes) at lower temperatures, with close supervision and regular hydration. Gradual acclimatization and education on hydration and rest are key to minimizing risks.

Chronic Health Conditions:

  • Individuals with conditions such as diabetes, multiple sclerosis, or autonomic dysfunction may have reduced heat tolerance. Consultation with a healthcare provider is recommended before engaging in sauna use or intense heat exposure.

Acclimatization:

  • Gradually increasing exposure to heat, starting with shorter sessions at lower temperatures, can improve tolerance and reduce risks, particularly for those new to saunas or hot environments.

Medication Interactions:

It is important to consider that there are life-threatening medication-related hyperthermia syndromes in psychiatry, but that these are not caused by heat exposure (Ahuja & Cole, 2018). These include:

  • Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)
  • Serotonin Syndrome
  • Malignant (or Lethal) Catatonia (often linked to antipsychotics and mood stabilizers)
  • Anticholinergic Toxicity Syndrome
  • Stimulant (cocaine, amphetamine) toxicity
  • Malignant Hyperpyrexia (typically due to anesthetic agents like succinylcholine and inhalational anesthetics)
  • Parkinsonism–Hyperpyrexia Syndrome (can occur with withdrawal from dopamine agonists or abrupt changes in Parkinson’s medication)
  • Thyrotoxicosis (Thyroid Storm) (exacerbated by certain medications like amiodarone)

However, other medications can impact heat tolerance and have been associated with higher risk of adverse heat events (heat exhaustion, heat stroke, dehydration) and greater morbidity in the elderly and in people with predisposing cardiovascular conditions according to a limited number of case studies and case-control studies (Bongers et al., 2020; Kalisch Ellett et al., 2016):

  • Cardiovascular drugs
  • Diuretics, which increase dehydration risk.
  • ACE inhibitors, which can impair thirst.
  • Propranolol, a beta-blocker, increases sweating and therefore fluid replacement is essential.
  • Vasodilators like nitroglycerin, hydralazine, isosorbide dinitrate lower blood pressure by relaxing blood vessels, which can dissipate body temperature, but can lead to hypotension and syncope.

  • GLP-1 inhibitors impair thirst.

  • NSAIDs, potentially through altering prostaglandin signaling, which is known to be important for generating a fever.
  • Anticholinergics (amitriptyline, oxybutynin, diphenhydramine, benztropine) and drugs with anticholinergic activity (tricyclic antidepressants, clozapine, olanzapine, quetiapine, chlorpromazine, and thioridazine) can impair sweating.
  • See episode 102 for a deep dive into anticholinergic medications.

  • Antipsychotics, especially first generation through their high-affinity for D2 receptors, can cause hyperthermia through neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS) and potentially through non-NMS mechanisms by affecting the hypothalamus, the body’s principal heat regulator.

  • Also consider that antipsychotics bind to other sites:
  • Blockage of alpha-1 adrenergic receptors (especially those with strong sedative properties like chlorpromazine and olanzapine) reduce peripheral vasodilation.
  • Blocking histamine H1 receptors can also reduce vasodilation.

  • Clozapine

  • Fever is a notable side-effect within the first few weeks of initiating the drug, and its prevalence has been suggested to be between 6-60% of patients. It is hypothesized to result from immunomodulatory effects on the hypothalamus (Verdoux et al., 2019). If a patient on clozapine presents with a fever, other adverse clozapine reactions (agranulocytosis, myocarditis) need to be ruled out.
  • Clozapine is highly anticholinergic, and it is thought that it can reduce sweating in some patients. This anticholinergic effect also leads to constipation and urinary retention. However, clozapine also has a paradoxical agonism at some muscarinic receptors in the body, leading to excessive drooling and, in up to 6% of cases, excessive sweating (Clozaril package insert; Kenton et al., 2023).

  • SSRIs can impair thermoregulation of the hypothalamus and increase risk of hyponatremia related to SIADH, particularly in the elderly taking fluoxetine or citalopram (Chiu et al., 2020; Kirpekar & Joshi, 2005).

AcknowledgementsWe extend our gratitude to Dr. Rhonda Patrick, Dr. Jari Laukkanen, and Dr. Setor Kunutsor for their insightful reviews on sauna and heat therapy (Patrick & Johnson, 2021;Laukkanen & Kunutsor, 2024), which played a crucial role in shaping this episode.

References:Ahuja, N., & Cole, A. J. (2009). Hyperthermia syndromes in psychiatry. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 15(3), 181–191. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.107.005090

Anderson, R. J., Freedland, K. E., Clouse, R. E., & Lustman, P. J. (2001). The prevalence of comorbid depression in adults with diabetes: a meta-analysis. Diabetes care, 24(6), 1069–1078. https://doi.org/10.2337/diacare.24.6.1069

Becerra-Tomás, N., Blanco Mejía, S., Viguiliouk, E., Khan, T., Kendall, C. W. C., Kahleova, H., Rahelić, D., Sievenpiper, J. L., & Salas-Salvadó, J. (2020). Mediterranean diet, cardiovascular disease and mortality in diabetes: A systematic review and meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies and randomized clinical trials. Critical reviews in food science and nutrition, 60(7), 1207–1227. https://doi.org/10.1080/10408398.2019.1565281

Bongers, K. S., Salahudeen, M. S., & Peterson, G. M. (2020). Drug-associated non-pyrogenic hyperthermia: a narrative review. European journal of clinical pharmacology, 76(1), 9–16. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00228-019-02763-5

Chiu, C. Y., Sarwal, A., Azhar Munir, R., Widjaja, M., Khalid, A., & Khanna, R. (2020). Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone (SIADH) Induced by Long-Term Use of Citalopram and Short-Term Use of Naproxen. The American journal of case reports, 21, e926561. https://doi.org/10.12659/AJCR.926561

Cornelissen, V. A., & Fagard, R. H. (2005). Effects of endurance training on blood pressure, blood pressure-regulating mechanisms, and cardiovascular risk factors. Hypertension (Dallas, Tex. : 1979), 46(4), 667–675. https://doi.org/10.1161/01.HYP.0000184225.05629.51

Cozzi, F., Ciprian, L., Carrara, M., Galozzi, P., Zanatta, E., Scanu, A., Sfriso, P., & Punzi, L. (2018). Balneotherapy in chronic inflammatory rheumatic diseases—a narrative review. Int J Biometeorol 62, 2065–2071. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00484-018-1618-z

Enache, D., Winblad, B., & Aarsland, D. (2011). Depression in dementia: epidemiology, mechanisms, and treatment. Current Opinion in Psychiatry 24(6):p 461-472. DOI: 10.1097/YCO.0b013e32834bb9d4

Garcia, L., Pearce, M., Abbas, A., Mok, A., Strain, T., Ali, S., Crippa, A., Dempsey, P. C., Golubic, R., Kelly, P., Laird, Y., McNamara, E., Moore, S., de Sa, T. H., Smith, A. D., Wijndaele, K., Woodcock, J., & Brage, S. (2023). Non-occupational physical activity and risk of cardiovascular disease, cancer and mortality outcomes: a dose-response meta-analysis of large prospective studies. British journal of sports medicine, 57(15), 979–989. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-105669

Genuis, S. J., Birkholz, D., Rodushkin, I., & Beesoon, S. (2011). Blood, urine, and sweat (BUS) study: monitoring and elimination of bioaccumulated toxic elements. Archives of environmental contamination and toxicology, 61(2), 344–357. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00244-010-9611-5

Graham Jr., J. M., Edwards, M. J., & Edwards, M. J. (1998). Teratogen update: gestational effects of maternal hyperthermia due to febrile illnesses and resultant patterns of defects in humans. Teratology, 58(5), 209-221. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1096-9926(199811)58:5<209::AID-TERA8>3.0.CO;2-Q

Hackett, M. L., & Pickles, K. (2014). Part I: frequency of depression after stroke: an updated systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. International journal of stroke : official journal of the International Stroke Society, 9(8), 1017–1025. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijs.12357

Hanusch, K. U., & Janssen, C. W. (2019). The impact of whole-body hyperthermia interventions on mood and depression – are we ready for recommendations for clinical application? International Journal of Hyperthermia, 36(1), 572–580. https://doi.org/10.1080/02656736.2019.1612103

Harris, W. S., Tintle, N. L., Imamura, F., Qian, F., Ardisson Korat, A. V., Marklund, M., Djoussé, L., Bassett, J. K., Carmichael, P., Chen, Y., Hirakawa, H., Küpers, L. K., Laguzzi, F., Lankinen, M., Murphy, R. A., Samieri, C., Senn, M. K., Shi, P., Virtanen, J. K., Brouwer, I. A., ... in collaboration with the Fatty Acids and Outcomes Research Consortium (FORCE). (2021). Blood n-3 fatty acid levels and total and cause-specific mortality from 17 prospective studies. Nat Commun 12, 2329. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-021-22370-2

He, F. J., & MacGregor, G. A. (2002). Effect of modest salt reduction on blood pressure: a meta-analysis of randomized trials. Implications for public health. Journal of human hypertension, 16(11), 761–770. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.jhh.1001459

Hunt, A. P., Minett, G. M., Gibson, O. R., Kerr, G. K., & Stewart, I. B. (2020). Could Heat Therapy Be an Effective Treatment for Alzheimer's and Parkinson's Diseases? A Narrative Review. Frontiers in physiology, 10, 1556. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2019.01556

Hüppe, M., Müller, J., Schulze, J., Wernze, H., & Ohnsorge, P. (2009). Treatment of patients burdened with lipophilic toxicants: A randomized controlled trial. Activitas Nervosa Superior Rediviva, 51(3-4). http://rediviva.sav.sk/51i34/133.pdf

Janssen, C. W., Lowry, C. A., Mehl, M. R., Allen, J. J. B., Kelly, K. L., Gartner, D. E., Medrano, A., Begay,T. K., Rentscher, K., White, J. J., Fridman, A., Roberts, L. J., Robbins, M. L., Hanusch, K., Cole, S. P., & Raison, C. L. (2016). Whole-Body Hyperthermia for the Treatment of Major Depressive Disorder: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 73(8):789–795. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2016.1031

Kalisch Ellett, L. M., Pratt, N. L., Le Blanc, V. T., Westaway, K., & Roughead, E. E. (2016). Increased risk of hospital admission for dehydration or heat-related illness after initiation of medicines: a sequence symmetry analysis. Journal of clinical pharmacy and therapeutics, 41(5), 503–507. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpt.12418

Katschinski, D. M., Wiedemann, G. J., Longo, W., d'Oleire, F. R., Spriggs, D., & Robins, H. I. (1999). Whole body hyperthermia cytokine induction: a review, and unifying hypothesis for myeloprotection in the setting of cytotoxic therapy. Cytokine & growth factor reviews, 10(2), 93–97. https://doi.org/10.1016/s1359-6101(99)00006-4

Kenton, E. M., Zoellner, S. M., & Nelson, L. A. (2023). Diltiazem for clozapine-induced generalized hyperhidrosis. The mental health clinician, 13(4), 193–195. https://doi.org/10.9740/mhc.2023.08.193

Ketelhut, S., & Ketelhut, R. G. (2019). The blood pressure and heart rate during sauna bath correspond to cardiac responses during submaximal dynamic exercise. Complementary Therapies in Medicine, 44, 218-222. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ctim.2019.05.002

Kirpekar, V. C., & Joshi, P. P. (2005). Syndrome of inappropriate ADH secretion (SIADH) associated with citalopram use. Indian journal of psychiatry, 47(2), 119–120. https://doi.org/10.4103/0019-5545.55960

Kojima, D., Nakamura, T., Banno, M., Umemoto, Y., Kinoshita, T., Ishida, Y., & Tajima, F. (2017). Head-out immersion in hot water increases serum BDNF in healthy males. International Journal of Hyperthermia, 34(6), 834–839. https://doi.org/10.1080/02656736.2017.1394502

Kuan, W. H., Chen, Y. L., & Liu, C. L. (2022). Excretion of Ni, Pb, Cu, As, and Hg in Sweat under Two Sweating Conditions. International journal of environmental research and public health, 19(7), 4323. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19074323

Kukkonen-Harjula, K., Oja, P., Laustiola, K., Vuroi, I., Jolkkonen, J., Siitonen, S., & Vapaatalo, H. (1989). Haemodynamic and hormonal responses to heat exposure in a Finnish sauna bath. Europ. J. Appl. Physiol. 58, 543–550 (1989). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02330710

Kunutsor, S. K., Khan, H., Laukkanen, T., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2017). Joint associations of sauna bathing and cardiorespiratory fitness on cardiovascular and all-cause mortality risk: a long-term prospective cohort study. Annals of Medicine, 50(2), 139–146. https://doi.org/10.1080/07853890.2017.1387927

Kunutsor, S. K., Khan, H., Zaccardi, F., Laukkanen, T., Willeit, P., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2018). Sauna bathing reduces the risk of stroke in Finnish men and women: A prospective cohort study. Neurology, 90(22), e1937–e1944. https://doi.org/10.1212/WNL.0000000000005606

Kunutsor, S. K., Laukkanen, T., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2017). Frequent sauna bathing may reduce the risk of pneumonia in middle-aged Caucasian men: The KIHD prospective cohort study. Respiratory medicine, 132, 161–163. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rmed.2017.10.018

Laukkanen, T., Khan, H., Zaccardi, F., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2015). Association Between Sauna Bathing and Fatal Cardiovascular and All-Cause Mortality Events. JAMA Intern Med. 175(4):542–548. doi:10.1001/jamainternmed.2014.8187

Laukkanen, J. A., & Kunutsor, S. K. (2024). The multifaceted benefits of passive heat therapies for extending the healthspan: A comprehensive review with a focus on Finnish sauna. Temperature (Austin, Tex.), 11(1), 27–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/23328940.2023.2300623

Laukkanen, T., Kunutsor, S., Kauhanen, J.,& Laukkanen, J. A. (2017). Sauna bathing is inversely associated with dementia and Alzheimer's disease in middle-aged Finnish men, Age and Ageing, 46(2). 245–249. https://doi.org/10.1093/ageing/afw212

Laukkanen, T., Kunutsor, S. K., Zaccardi, F., Lee, E., Willeit, P., Khan, H., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2018). Acute effects of sauna bathing on cardiovascular function. J Hum Hypertens, 32, 129–138. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41371-017-0008-z

Laukkanen, J. A., Laukkanen, T., & Kunutsor, S. K. (2018). Cardiovascular and Other Health Benefits of Sauna Bathing: A Review of the Evidence. Mayo Clinic proceedings, 93(8), 1111–1121. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mayocp.2018.04.008

Laukkanen, T., Laukkanen, J. A., & Kunutsor, S. K. (2019). Sauna bathing and risk of psychotic disorders: A prospective cohort study. Medical Principles and Practice, 27(6), 562–569. https://doi.org/10.1159/000493392

Lee, E., Kolunsarka, I., Kostensalo, J., Ahtiainen, J. P., Haapala, E. A., Willeit, P., Kunutsor, S. K., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2022). Effects of regular sauna bathing in conjunction with exercise on cardiovascular function: a multi-arm, randomized controlled trial. American journal of physiology. Regulatory, integrative and comparative physiology, 323(3), R289–R299. https://doi.org/10.1152/ajpregu.00076.2022

Li, Z., Li, Y., Chen, L., Chen, P., & Hu, Y. (2015). Prevalence of Depression in Patients With Hypertension: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Medicine, 94(31), e1317. https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000001317

Lichtman, J. H., Bigger Jr., J. T. , Blumenthal, J. A., Frasure-Smith, N., Kaufmann, P. G., Lespéance, F., Mark, D. B., Sheps, D. S., Taylor, C. B., & Froelicher, E. S. (2008). Care and outcomes research: Endorsed by the American Psychiatric Association. Circulation, 118(17). https://doi.org/10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.108.190769

Mac Giollabhui, N., Lowry, C. A., Nyer, M., Foster, S. L., Liu, R. T., Smith, D. G., Cole, S. P., Mason, A. E., Mischoulon, D., & Raison, C. L. (2024). The antidepressant effect of whole-body hyperthermia is associated with the classical interleukin-6 signaling pathway. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 119, 801–806. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2024.04.040

McGorm, H., Roberts, L. A., Coombes, J. S., & Peake, J. M. (2018). Turning Up the Heat: An Evaluation of the Evidence for Heating to Promote Exercise Recovery, Muscle Rehabilitation and Adaptation. Sports medicine (Auckland, N.Z.), 48(6), 1311–1328. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-018-0876-6

Mandsager, K., Harb, S., Cremer, P., Phelan, D., Nissen, S. E., & Jaber, W. (2018). Association of Cardiorespiratory Fitness With Long-term Mortality Among Adults Undergoing Exercise Treadmill Testing. JAMA Netw Open. 1(6):e183605. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.3605

Masuda, A., Nakazato, M., Kihara, T., Minagoe, S., & Tei, C. (2005). Repeated Thermal Therapy Diminishes Appetite Loss and Subjective Complaints in Mildly Depressed Patients. Psychosomatic Medicine 67(4). 643-647. DOI: 10.1097/01.psy.0000171812.67767.8f

Naumann, J., Grebe, J., Kaifel, S. Weinert,T., Sadaghiani, C., & Huber, R. (2017) Effects of hyperthermic baths on depression, sleep and heart rate variability in patients with depressive disorder: a randomized clinical pilot trial. BMC Complement Altern Med 17, 172. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12906-017-1676-5

Neter, J. E., Stam, B. E., Kok, F. J., Grobbee, D. E., & Geleijnse, J. M. (2003). Influence of weight reduction on blood pressure: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Hypertension, 42(5), 878–884. https://doi.org/10.1161/01.HYP.0000094221.86888.AE

Patrick, R. P., & Johnson, T. L. (2021). Sauna use as a lifestyle practice to extend healthspan. Experimental Gerontology, 154, 111509. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.exger.2021.111509

Paz, M. A., de-La-Sierra, A., Sáez, M., Barceló, M. A., Rodríguez, J. J., Castro, S., Lagarón, C., Garrido, J. M. M., Vera, P., & Coll-de-Tuero, G. (2016). Treatment efficacy of anti-hypertensive drugs in monotherapy or combination: ATOM systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized clinical trials according to PRISMA statement. Medicine, 95(30), e4071. https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000004071

Pizzey, F. K., Smith, E. C., Ruediger, S. L., Keating, S. E., Askew, C. D., Coombes, J. S., & Bailey, T. G. (2021). The effect of heat therapy on blood pressure and peripheral vascular function: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Experimental physiology, 106(6), 1317–1334. https://doi.org/10.1113/EP089424

Puder, D. (Host). (n.d). Anticholinergic Burden (No. 102) [Audio Podcast Episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast, Emotion Connection, LLC. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/anticholinergic

Rissanen, J. A., Häkkinen, A., Laukkanen, J., Kraemer, W. J., & Häkkinen, K. (2020). Acute Neuromuscular and Hormonal Responses to Different Exercise Loadings Followed by a Sauna. Journal of strength and conditioning research, 34(2), 313–322. https://doi.org/10.1519/JSC.0000000000003371

Romeyke, T., & Stummer, H. (2014). Multi-Modal Pain Therapy of Fibromyalgia Syndrome with Integration of Systemic Whole-Body Hyperthermia – Effects on Pain Intensity and Mental State: A Non-Randomised Controlled Study. Journal of Musculoskeletal Pain, 22(4), 341–355. https://doi.org/10.3109/10582452.2014.949336

Rosenzweig, R., Nillegoda, N. B., Mayer, M. P., & Bukau, B. (2019). The Hsp70 chaperone network. Nature reviews. Molecular cell biology, 20(11), 665–680. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41580-019-0133-3

Sacks, F. M., Svetkey, L. P., Vollmer, W. M., Appel, L. J., Bray, G. A., Harsha, D., Obarzanek, E., Conlin, P. R., Miller, E. R., 3rd, Simons-Morton, D. G., Karanja, N., Lin, P. H., & DASH-Sodium Collaborative Research Group (2001). Effects on blood pressure of reduced dietary sodium and the Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diet. DASH-Sodium Collaborative Research Group. The New England journal of medicine, 344(1), 3–10. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM200101043440101

Sebők, J., Édel, Z., Váncsa, S., Farkas, N., Kiss, S., Erőss, B., Török, Z., Balogh, G., Balogi, Z., Nagy, R., Hooper, P. L., Geiger, P. C., Wittmann, I., Vigh, L., Dembrovszky, F., & Hegyi, P. (2021). Heat therapy shows benefit in patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus: a systematic review and meta-analysis. International journal of hyperthermia : the official journal of European Society for Hyperthermic Oncology, North American Hyperthermia Group, 38(1), 1650–1659. https://doi.org/10.1080/02656736.2021.2003445

Stetler, R. A., Gan, Y., Zhang, W., Liou, A. K., Gao, Y., Cao, G., & Chen, J. (2010). Heat shock proteins: cellular and molecular mechanisms in the central nervous system. Progress in neurobiology, 92(2), 184–211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pneurobio.2010.05.002

Tei, C., Shinsato, T., Miyata, M., Kihara, T., & Hamasaki, S. (2007). Waon therapy improves peripheral arterial disease. Journal of the American College of Cardiology, 50(22), 2169-2171. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2007.08.025

Ukai, T., Iso, H., Yamagishi, K., Saito, I., Kokubo, Y., Yatsuya, H., Muraki, I., Eshak, E. S., Sawada, N., & Tsugane, S. (2020). Habitual tub bathing and risks of incident coronary heart disease and stroke. Heart (British Cardiac Society), 106(10), 732–737. https://doi.org/10.1136/heartjnl-2019-315752

U. S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). (2023, June 20). Depression and Aging. https://www.cdc.gov/aging/olderadultsandhealthyaging/depression-and-aging.html

Verdoux, H., Quiles, C., & de Leon, J. (2019). Clinical determinants of fever in clozapine users and implications for treatment management: A narrative review. Schizophrenia Research, 211, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2019.07.040

Windsor, M. T., Bailey, T. G., Perissiou, M., Meital, L., Golledge, J., Russell, F. D., & Askew, C. D. (2018). Cytokine responses to acute exercise in healthy older adults: The effect of cardiorespiratory fitness. Frontiers in Physiology, 9, Article 203. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphys.2018.00203

Xin, X., He, J., Frontini, M. G., Ogden, L. G., Motsamai, O. I., & Whelton, P. K. (2001). Effects of alcohol reduction on blood pressure: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Hypertension (Dallas, Tex. : 1979), 38(5), 1112–1117. https://doi.org/10.1161/hy1101.093424

Ye, W. N., Thipse, M., Mahdi, M. B., Azad, S., Davies, R., Ruel, M., Silver, M. A., Hakami, L., Mesana, T., Leenen, F., & Mussivand, T. (2020). Can heat therapy help patients with heart failure?. Artificial organs, 44(7), 680–692. https://doi.org/10.1111/aor.13659

Yoshihara, T., Naito, H., Kakigi, R., Ichinoseki-Sekine, N., Ogura, Y., Sugiura, T., & Katamoto, S. (2013). Heat stress activates the Akt/mTOR signalling pathway in rat skeletal muscle. Acta physiologica (Oxford, England), 207(2), 416–426. https://doi.org/10.1111/apha.12040

Zaccardi, F., Laukkanen, T., Willeit, P., Kunutsor, S. K., Kauhanen, J., & Laukkanen, J. A. (2017). Sauna Bathing and Incident Hypertension: A Prospective Cohort Study. American Journal of Hypertension, 30(11). 1120–1125. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajh/hpx102

View Details

Emerald Norman, Liam Browning, David Puder, MD

None of the authors have any conflicts of interest to report.

The Expressive Writing ParadigmLibba Bray, New York Times bestselling author of the young adult novel, The Diviners, once wrote, “There is no greater power on this earth than story.” And right she is. Throughout history, the use of stories, narratives, and prose has played an integral role in the way humans relate to both the natural environment and intangible ideas. Today, storytelling continues to be a vehicle used to understand and utilize scientific paradigms and complex emotions. There are many examples of how pervasive storytelling is within our society, from the stories we print, publish, and film, to the stories we tell ourselves. Hollywood media narratives shape the popular cultural standards for art, beauty, and luxury. Arguments transform what should be objective news reports into rousing political attacks. Perhaps the simplest but most compelling case is one’s own private journaling, which allows for the processing of complex emotions experienced throughout the day and condenses hours of living, breathing, talking, and interacting into a single written perspective on a sheet of paper.

One of the ways we can use storytelling to understand the world, each other, and ourselves is through writing. Research is beginning to emerge that suggests writing, composing a story, may prove to be a therapeutic avenue by which we overcome trauma.

“The goal here is to put upsetting experiences into language.” - James Pennebaker, PhD

James Pennebaker, PhD, Professor Emeritus of Psychology at the University of Texas at Austin, is one of the pioneering voices on the topic of utilizing writing as a therapeutic tool for exploring and treating trauma. In an interview with Kim Mills, host of the podcast “Speaking of Psychology,” Pennebaker explains how his research began with looking at the connection between psychological stress and physical symptoms for his book, The Psychology of Physical Symptoms (1982). Through simple questionnaires he developed, his team found that participants with secret past traumatic experiences were more likely to be hospitalized for various physical illnesses. He then shifted his research to exploring the health benefits of disclosing traumatic events, specifically through expressive writing, as a form of trauma therapy.

A Study on Disclosure vs. Non Disclosure of Traumatic EventsPennebaker began his work with establishing the relationship between undisclosed traumas and long-term physical and mental health. His 1988 study included 384 employees of a large Texas-based corporation. Participants completed the SMU Illness Questionnaire, a 49-item checklist that assessed major (e.g., cancer, heart disease) and minor (e.g., colds, headaches) health problems that occurred within the past year. The participants were also asked about childhood (traumatic sexual experiences, divorce or separation of parents, death of a family member or very close friend, victim of violence, or other trauma) and recent (within the last three years) traumas. They found that childhood traumas were much less likely to be confided than recent traumas, and that participants with childhood trauma were more likely to experience health problems within the past year compared to those without trauma, regardless of whether they disclosed the trauma. Additionally, those with undisclosed childhood trauma had significantly more physician visits within the past year compared to participants without trauma. In summary, while the study found that the illness scores for the trauma-non-confided group (mean = 8.60) were slightly larger than those for the trauma-confided group (mean = 7.57), the difference between these groups did not reach statistical significance. The significant impact on health symptoms was primarily due to the experience of childhood trauma itself, regardless of whether the trauma was confided (Pennebaker et al., 1988).

Trauma disclosure is the foundation for expressive writing as therapy. Expressive writing provides a way for one to disclose their trauma, which is associated with decreased total illness.

A Study on Expressive Writing for the Treatment of PTSDPennebaker’s work, throughout the course of his career, found that expressive writing was useful for decreasing a number of physical and psychological pathologies (Pennebaker and Beall, 1986; Pennebaker et al., 1988). A common strategy he used involved having the participants write for 15-20 minutes over three to four days on their deepest thoughts and feelings on emotionally disturbing events and traumatic experiences(Pennebaker and Beall, 1986; Pennebaker et al., 1988).

A 2010 study by Joshua Smyth focused on whether expressive writing could be used as an intervention for treating symptoms of PTSD. It was a randomized trial where subjects were assigned to an experimental expressive writing group or a control group in which they wrote about time management. The subject pool consisted of individuals with a diagnosis of PTSD either from war/combat or sexual assault.

Participants did baseline measurements (completing PSS-I [PTSD Symptoms Scale Interview], POMS [Profile of Mood States], and salivary cortisol testing) then completed three writing sessions (with three prompts) in one day. Writing sessions lasted for 20 minutes and were separated by 15-minute rest intervals. The experimental group was told to write about thoughts and feelings associated with their past trauma.

  • The first prompt had participants identify and label the event along with thoughts and feelings associated.
  • The second prompt instructed participants to tell a story about the event and how it affected them.
  • The third prompt had participants reflect on what they had written in previous sessions and retell their story with any new insights. It also instructed them to examine the rationality of their negative beliefs.

The control group was instructed to write about time management and their daily plans for all three sessions. Writing was unstructured. Follow-up assessments were conducted at three months post-writing.

The study found that expressive writing did not worsen PTSD symptoms, and participants did not indicate being harmed by expressive writing interventions. Mood states such as anger, tension, and depression were decreased in the experimental group with (p-values <.05), (p-values <.05), and (p-values <.10) respectively (Figure 1). In addition, the experimental group showed lower cortisol levels when exposed to imagery of traumatic memories compared to controls (p <.01) (Figure 2).

Overall, they found that expressive writing about a trauma showed a decrease in anger and tension, but not PTSD symptoms.

Limitations of this study include the lack of specific analysis of clinical significance. The researchers reported no decrease in the number of PTSD diagnoses or PTSD-related symptom severity as a result of the intervention. Therefore, we cannot say if this change in mood or neuroendocrine response is large enough to make a difference in the treatment of PTSD. However, we can conclude from this study that expressive writing mildly decreases dysphoric moods and stressful physiological responses in traumatized people, which could potentially facilitate positive adaptation and coping with distress.

It is also unclear if the POMS scores showed a clinically significant change (how many points would be noticeable). The total score for mood disturbance on the scale ranges between -32 to 200 because each item on the 65-item questionnaire can be scaled from 0 (not at all) to 5 (extremely). A lower score indicates a more stable mood profile because most of the items are negative emotion items.

The individual mood components are scored differently based on how many questions pertain to them within the scale. The highest possible score for anger is 48, confusion is 28, depression is 60, fatigue is 28, tension is 36, and vigor (a positive component therefore scored in the opposite direction) is -32. The graph shows that the anger domain had a mean change of approximately -6 (p<0.05) and the tension domain had a mean change of approximately -5 (p<0.05). In the context of the highest scores in each domain category, those small shifts cause a substantial change in the individual mood profile components of anger and tension. Although, again, the clinical significance needs to be judged by clinicians.

Regardless, it is important to note that positive changes in a self-reporting mood scale show that participants were at least perceiving their emotions as being more positive after the intervention. While it is hard to prove from this study that expressive writing makes a real positive difference clinically, we can at least draw the conclusion that a PTSD patient narrativizing their traumatic experience is not harmed by doing so. In fact, it can create more positive feelings and mood states, which we know is a step towards healing. Any low-stakes intervention that can decrease the perceived distress of a sufferer is worth pursuing or adding to other known things that decrease symptoms.

A Study on CPT with Expressive Writing for the Treatment of PTSDA 2012 study on PTSD treatment by Patricia Resick et al. also demonstrated that writing out an account of one’s trauma along with cognitive processing therapy can increase the rate and overall amount of PTSD symptom change when compared to CPT therapy alone in patients with high levels of dissociation.

The researchers used the 30-item Multiscale Dissociation Inventory to determine levels of dissociation. This self-report test measures six types of dissociative response:

  1. Disengagement
  2. Depersonalization
  3. Derealization
  4. Emotional Constriction/Numbing
  5. Memory Disturbance
  6. Identity Dissociation

Respondents indicate how frequently they experienced each item on a 5-point scale where 0 = never and 5 = very often. A higher score represents a higher degree of dissociation.

PTSD symptom severity was assessed using the Post-traumatic Stress Diagnostic Scale (PDS). The Post-traumatic Stress Diagnostic Scale is a 24-item self-reporting scale that evaluates the severity of PTSD symptoms within the last month according to DSM-5 criteria. Symptoms are computed on a 5-point scale of severity and frequency ranging from 0 (not at all) to 4 (6 or more times a week/severe) (Foa, 1997). There are items for each of the 20 DSM-5 diagnostic criteria and 4 items addressing duration, symptom onset, and effect on life. Again, a higher score represents more severe symptomatology, with 96 being the highest possible score.

The study used two interventions and one control (about 50 people in each group). The first two included CPT therapy with (CPT) and without (CPT-C) a written account of trauma. Patients were directed to write a detailed account of their trauma, which they were directed to read to themselves and to the therapist who assisted in processing emotions and challenging maladaptive thought patterns. After several sessions, patients were instructed to write about other topics related to safety, esteem, intimacy, etc. and to correct overgeneralized beliefs related to these themes. The control group wrote about the trauma and also read their account aloud to therapists, who provided supportive comments but without challenging cognitive distortions (WA). These interventions lasted six weeks. Measures (PDS, MDI, and others) were taken pre-intervention, during each week of the intervention, posttreatment, and at a six-month follow-up.

Here is an excerpt of the writing prompt from the CPT therapist and patient manual (veteran/military version):

“Please begin this assignment as soon as possible. Write a full account of the traumatic event and include as many sensory details (sights, sounds, smells, etc.) as possible. Also, include as many of your thoughts and feelings that you recall having during the event. Pick a time and place to write so you have privacy and enough time. Do not stop yourself from feeling your emotions. If you need to stop writing at some point, please draw a line on the paper where you stop. Begin writing again when you can, and continue to write the account even if it takes several occasions. Read the whole account to yourself every day until the next session. Allow yourself to feel your feelings. Bring your account to the next session” (Resick, 2014).

It is worth mentioning that both CPT and CPT-C protocol start off with having the patient write an impact statement, or an account on why they believe the traumatic account occurred, without going into details about the trauma.

Here is excerpt of this prompt from the CPT therapist and patient manual (veteran/military version):

“Please write at least one page on why you think this traumatic event occurred. You are not being asked to write specifics about the traumatic event. Write about what you have been thinking about the cause of the worst event.

Also, consider the effects this traumatic event has had on your beliefs about yourself, others, and the world in the following areas: safety, trust, power/control, esteem, and intimacy. Bring this with you to the next session” (Resick, 2014)

Following that first session assignment, within the CPT format, patients discuss the event with the therapist. In session 2, they complete worksheets to identify connections between events, thoughts, and emotions. During session 3, the patients write a detailed account of their trauma and their emotions around it. This is the element that is not found in CPT-C (the intervention without writing). Sessions 4 and 5 consist of therapists challenging the patient’s thoughts and emotions around the meaning of the event. After session 5, the sessions become more focused on teaching tools that allow them to mitigate the effect of trauma on their lives and challenge negative beliefs. In Sessions 6-12, patients learn how to identify problematic life patterns and use worksheets that focus on different themes each week. The themes are esteem, intimacy, power-control, safety, and trust. During session 11, patients rewrite their impact statements from the first session and reflect with the therapist on how their beliefs change.

The study found that all groups significantly improved on the Post-traumatic Stress Diagnostic Scale and on measures of dissociation (TIS, MDI), with no significant differences between groups at posttreatment and six-month follow-up.

**Writing Increases Speed Of Symptom Reduction For High Dissociation**Figure 1: When looking at 2 SD above the mean for the whole dissociation score (TSI DIS 87.63), CPT (with writing) decreased faster than CPT-C (without writing) (note: difference was in rate of change, not overall change).

Interestingly, at two standard deviations above the mean on the MDI (score of 18.45), the study’s regression equation predicted post treatment Post-traumatic Stress Diagnostic Scale values of 7.75 for those doing CPT with writing and 27.93 for those doing CPT without writing (a 1.12 SD difference!).

Figure 2: Comparing low depersonalization (1 SD below the mean= 6.81) vs. high (1 SD above the mean = 13.79).

**Those Who Depersonalize Are Good Candidates For Writing**When considering the results of those who scored high on the depersonalization subgroup of “high dissociators,” we can see that story writing has a profound effect on symptomatology. The results of this study suggest that the narrativization of trauma is beneficial for those who tend to dissociate, but even more so those who tend to depersonalize, to separate themselves from their own story. This introduces a population of patients who may find value in supplementing their therapy with expressive writing as a method of reintegrating their identity into their story.

However, it is important for more studies to support these specific findings, given these regression analyses extrapolated based on participants at two standard deviations above the mean.

Also, it’s interesting that these graphs demonstrate that WA (the writing alone condition), also improved PTSD symptoms without any of the extra therapy attached. Patients in every intervention got better, showing that writing does have an effect (though less pronounced) even as a stand-alone treatment.

Change in dissociation was the same for all treatment conditions (Table 3).

The primary outcome of resilience was assessed with the Connor-Davidson Resilience Scale (CD-RISC), a validated 25-item scale. The scale carries a five-point range of responses: “not true at all (0), rarely true (1), sometimes true (2), often true (3), and true nearly all of the time (4).” The scale is rated based on how the subject has felt over the past month. The total score ranges from 0 to 100, with higher scores reflecting greater resilience (Connor & Davidson, 2003). The scale was developed by studying the characteristics of resilient people and then formulating them into statements that the user can rate from 0 to 5, corresponding to the above statements.

The current study found a mean increase in resilience scores of about 10.0 with a 95% CI of 5.6-14.4 and a large effect size substantiated by Cohen’s d = 0.75.

For the first of their secondary outcomes, perceived stress was measured by the 10-item Perceived Stress Scale (PSS-10). Scoring is from 0-4 on a 5-point scale, with 0=never and 4=very often. The current study found a difference in perceived stress with an approximate mean decrease of -6.1 and a large effect size shown by Cohen’s d = 0.76.

Depression symptoms were assessed using the 20-item Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression Scale - Revised (CESD-R), which has response values ranging from 0-4 (0=Not at all and 4=Nearly every day for 2 weeks) and assesses DSM-5 criteria symptoms. A CESD-R score of 16 or higher represents possible major depression. Glass’s team found that depression scale scores decreased by a mean of approximately -6.0 ± 11.98 points, with a medium effect size shown by Cohen’s d = 0.52.

Lastly, rumination, defined as “compulsively focused attention on the symptoms of one’s distress,” was measured using the 22-item Rumination Response Scale (RRS). The RRS indicates the frequency of each item on a 4-point scale ranging from 1=Almost never to 4=Almost always. Examples of items include: [how often do I…] “think about how alone you feel” and “think about a recent situation, wishing it had gone better.” The study found that RRS scores decreased from baseline, with a mean decrease of −8.6 ± 10.58 points and the largest effect size of Cohen’s d = 0.82.

Participants also used a scale of 0-10 to answer the question: “To what degree was the writing meaningful and valuable for you?” The table below includes the average ratings. Affirmative writing was found to be the most meaningful by the writers, with an average rating of 8.78, while poetic writing had the lowest meaningfulness rating at 6.92. All types of writing were rated on average above 5, thus concluding that all writing styles were meaningful to the average participant.

This study demonstrates that expressive writing is psychologically beneficial and improves various mental domains. There was a significant improvement in resiliency. Those who write expressively are better equipped to bounce back from traumatic events. Furthermore, breaking resiliency down to some components covered in the CD-RISC reveals that expressive writing helps encourage patience, tolerance of change, adaptability, a sense of humor, and more. These aspects are crucial for maintaining joy and balance in our constantly shifting and evolving lives, even during adverse times.

The secondary outcomes also had significant and large effects, which is useful for identifying which patients will benefit most from a writing intervention. Patients with depressive symptoms can expect modest improvement from this simple and low-cost intervention. Those experiencing persistently high stress, such as business owners, parents, and workers within a competitive field, may significantly lower their stress levels through expressive writing.

A Study Suggesting Writing Decreases RuminationThe study findings suggest that expressive writing significantly lowers rumination with a large effect size. In a 2006 paper, Pennebaker theorized that increased rumination heightens depressive symptoms and that expressive writing mitigates these symptoms by decreasing rumination (Gortner, Rude, and Pennebaker, 2006).

Additionally, participants seemed to enjoy the activity and found it meaningful, as evidenced by the high ratings of acceptability. The paper included favorable participant comments such as, “This process was very new to me and it felt great to express thoughts that come out differently written than in my own head. I find it difficult to express myself verbally and am hopeful this strategy will allow an outlet to my deeper feelings.” This suggests that many people not only comply with but also enjoy this intervention.

However, it is important to note that the study participants signed up voluntarily and were not compensated, which could mean that these effects are most prominent in people who are already interested in writing. The study also lacked a control group, so confounding variables such as the passage of time and the establishment of routine cannot be ruled out as contributing factors to the psychological benefits observed.

A Study on the Effects of Writing on AnxietyAs an undergraduate student, I collaborated with the psychology department chair to craft a randomized controlled trial (RCT) using Pennebaker’s framework to test if an expressive writing condition could decrease anxiety in study participants. Our sample consisted of undergraduate students at Andrews University. We utilized the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory-S Anxiety (STAI-S), created by Spielberger in 1983 and reviewed in 2010 (Spielberger, 2010), to measure state anxiety. The STAI-S contains 20 items using a 4-point Likert Scale (1 = almost never, 2 = sometimes, 3 = often, 4 = almost always). Participants responded to statements indicating how they felt at that moment, such as, “I feel that difficulties are piling up so that I cannot overcome them” and “I feel nervous and restless.”

Experimental participants wrote about a stressful life event, while the control group wrote about the activities of their day. Anxiety scales were collected pre-intervention, 30 minutes post-intervention, and 15 days post-intervention. We found a decrease in state anxiety over time for those assigned to the experimental group compared to the control group. Both groups’ anxiety levels dropped below baseline measurements over time, but the decline in anxiety was steeper for the expressive writing condition than the control condition.

The effect size appeared to be very small for both groups, substantiated by η² values of 0.11 between the experimental and control groups, and η² values of 0.04 and 0.002 between the 30-minute and 15-day time intervals within the experimental group, respectively. The max score on the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory-S Anxiety inventory is 80. We found that participants in both groups had an average score that declined from 46 pre intervention to approx 40 by 30 mins post then increased to 41 by Day 15.

We can conclude from this study that expressive writing has a modest but statistically significant effect on anxiety over time. However, we did not measure clinical significance.

Expressive Writing Decreased Clinical Symptoms For Patients With Asthma And Rheumatoid Arthritis After Four MonthsA study completed by Joshua Smyth in 1999 examined the relationship between expressive writing and physical symptom improvement in patients with mild to moderately severe asthma (n=61) or rheumatoid arthritis (n=51).

Prior to the intervention and then 2 weeks, 2 months, and 4 months after the intervention, the asthma patients were evaluated with spirometry, and the rheumatoid arthritis patients were evaluated by a licensed rheumatologist. For both groups, a strong difference in outcomes was found at the 4-month follow-up (P = .016).

For the asthma group, the average percentage of expected forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) improved from 63.9% at pre-intervention to 76.3% at the 2-week follow-up (P < .001).

The rheumatoid group showed a global decrease in rheumatoid disease activity at the 4-month assessment (F1,46 = 11.48, P = .001).

The study also measured the clinical significance of the results. They found that for both the asthma and rheumatoid arthritis groups, “participants showed greater rates of improvement and lesser rates of worsening than the control group across both diseases (χ² = 10.42, P = .005; Fisher exact P = .0060)” (Smyth, 1999). This demonstrates that there is a clinically significant difference, as well.

The mechanism for why this occurred is still unknown. The study hypothesized that it might be due to psychophysiological improvements in immune function. Another theory suggested that creative writing improved health behaviors by providing an outlet for decreased stress, which might have mitigated the use of other unhealthy coping mechanisms such as smoking or alcohol use. The asthma group also showed statistically significant improvement earlier than the rheumatoid group, which may suggest that there are two completely different patterns of response to expressive writing. Further studies will hopefully dive into the internal processes stimulated by expressive writing that allow for clinical symptomatology improvement.

**Decreased Perceived Emotional Stress Improves Wound Healing In Post Surgical Patients.**Mitigation of stress may play an important role in how expressive writing positively affects mental and physical health. It is well known how stress and anxiety interact hormonally with several body systems. Dr. Edward Tagge discusses these psychobiological interactions in his 2013 paper, *Psychoneuroimmunology and the Pediatric Surgeon*. The paper discusses the bidirectional communication network between the brain and the immunological and endocrinological body axis. His paper found that stress mitigated by cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), mindfulness meditation, and touch therapy improved wound healing and other post-surgical outcomes, likely through immunologic and inflammatory regulation by an “unstressed” brain.

This randomized control trial measured this by analyzing ePTFE tube for hydroxyproline deposition in surgical patients post-cholecystectomy. They used the above-mentioned therapy modalities as their intervention and measured participants’ perceived stress. The study found that intervention group patients showed a reduction in perceived stress compared to the control group and had higher hydroxyproline deposition (p=0.03). This means that less-stressed post-surgical patients had significantly improved wound healing as a result of increased immunological and endocrinological function.

Although I was unable to find studies that directly compare the aforementioned treatment modalities with expressive writing, we know that expressive writing is effective for lowering perceived stress (Glass, Dreusicke et al. 2019) and improving mood (Smyth et. al. 2010). Therefore, we can expect that having patients engage in expressive writing therapy modulates the immune and inflammatory systems in a similar way to the therapies studied in the above RCT.

Clinical Application“In your writing, whatever you write about, just let go and explore your very deepest thoughts and feelings.” - James Pennebaker

Expressive writing has shown small but significant effects in mitigating mood states and physical symptoms. It is a low-cost and easy-to-implement therapy intervention. Of course, the next question is, how can clinicians incorporate expressive writing into clinical practice?

For several of Pennebaker's studies (Gortner, Rude, and Pennebaker, 2006; Baike, Wilhelm 2018), instructions for the experimental condition were as follows:

“For the next 3 days [for ~20 minutes], I would like you to write about your very deepest thoughts and feelings about any difficult or emotionally disturbing events you are experiencing in your life right now. You may also tie your topic in with any past stressful or traumatic experiences you’ve had. In your writing, I’d like you to really let go and explore your very deepest emotions and thoughts. You might link your topic to your relationships with others, including parents, lovers, friends, or relatives. You may also want to consider linking your experience to your past, your present, or your future, or to who you have been, who you would like to be, or who you are now. You may write about the same general issues or experiences on all days of writing, or on different experiences each day. Don’t worry about grammar or spelling—that is not important. All of your writing will be completely confidential.”

This is a template for how a therapeutically successful expressive writing intervention may be introduced to a patient. It is important that the focus is on one’s emotions and connections to memories and relationships rather than on timeliness or grammar.

Pennebaker encourages that the patient should assess themselves after each writing exercise: How am I feeling about what I wrote? Was that really what I should be writing about? How can I explore this topic from a different perspective?

Writing can be done using a computer or on physical paper. Pennebaker says in an interview with Nelda Sue Yaw that physical writing style can be experimental and change to whatever makes the writer most comfortable. That could mean writing with their dominant or non-dominant hand, forgoing paper and writing with just their finger in the air. However one chooses to write, just get it out.

We also can surmise by integrating the studies reviewed earlier that using prompts that encourage variety in style and perspective of writing is also useful for enriching the total experience. Therapists can use the exact prompt above but may also be encouraged to have several writing sessions where affirmations, aspirations, other people’s perspectives, or new insights are proposed as prospective writing topics. In addition, the 2018 Glass study had participants write in metaphor. Having your client try writing a poem, song, sonnet, or story to represent their trauma may be a creative way to have them explore the narrative of their experiences in a fresh, artistic manner.

Based on all that we have discussed, I believe patients who would receive maximum benefit include those who struggle to talk out loud with clinicians or friends and family about their feelings, emotions, and traumas and those with high levels of dissociation. In addition, patients who have a tendency to ruminate or compulsively revisit previous traumas may find expressive writing therapeutic. Other patients who would benefit from expressive writing as an ancillary therapy along with other certified treatment modalities would be patients who struggle with anxiety, chronic stress, chronic disease (e.g., asthma, rheumatoid arthritis), PTSD, or who are post-surgical.

The most important takeaway is that writing should be free and uncurated, as that allows for peak self-expression. Patients should be allowed to focus on current or past traumas and relate them to their past or future, contemplate how they or others are affected, etc. They can write about different traumas or repeat the same traumas. No set agenda, just 20 minutes of free-flowing ideas, allowing them to create a story out of their experiences, ordering the chaos of trauma into a narrative they can accept.

Personal AnecdoteTo end the episode, Dr. Puder challenged himself and me to try expressive writing for a couple of days using the same prompt and a 20-minute timer so that we could experience the intervention firsthand.

Here are my (Emerald Norman) thoughts after completing a couple of sessions:

I initially found it hard to begin and sit down to do the intervention. Every time I attempted to do so, something else grabbed my attention. (More research may be needed to see if this treatment is effective for people with untreated ADHD!) Once I was able to sit myself down for my first writing prompt, I found myself awash with boredom and unsure of what I even wanted to write about.

I have experienced a couple of scenarios in my life that could be interpreted as traumatic. However, none currently affect me (or so I thought). Because I couldn’t think of any current stresses, I began writing about a situation that happened to me many years ago in high school. I was surprised to find that as I began engaging in the story, the time melted away. While I had begun the intervention wrestling with boredom and inattention, within seconds, I was immersed in my writing and emotionally back in high school.

I recounted the story as much as I remembered it but then found myself focusing on how it still affects me today. I admitted to myself feelings that I had taken much conscious effort to suppress over the past years and months. In doing that, I saw how so many of those feelings stemmed from and found root in that past trauma. So much of my self-talk, even today as a medical student, was so obviously shaped by that experience and similar ones. I realized that my past stress was very much my current stress.

The timer went off as I was mid-sentence. I was so engrossed in typing that 20 minutes passed by in what felt like 20 seconds. Physiologically, I was much more aroused than at the start of the task. I was sweating lightly, my heart was pounding a bit, and my thoughts were racing. I took a few minutes to walk around the room before packing my things to head home that first day.

From what I have learned from the articles I read, it is normal to be immediately excited after writing expressively, and the calming, stress-reducing benefits tend to show up weeks and months later. Immediately, I can say that I appreciated being able to make those connections between my past and present feelings as a short-term benefit. Although, it definitely came at the cost of awakening emotions within me that were not positive. I guess the next thing to do is wait.

Audience ActivityWe encourage you to follow the prompt above for 3 days. Try writing in a different style every day, or continue in one style if that is most comfortable to you. See where your writing takes you!

References:American Psychological Association (APA). (March 2024). Expressive Writing. (No. 277) [Audio Podcast episode]. In Speaking of Psychology. https://www.apa.org/news/podcasts/speaking-of-psychology/expressive-writing

Baikie, K. A., & Wilhelm, K. (2005). Emotional and physical health benefits of expressive writing. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 11(5), 338–346. doi:10.1192/apt.11.5.338

Cohen, S., Kamarck, T., & Mermelstein, R. (1983). Perceived Stress Scale [Database record]. APA PsycTests. https://doi.org/10.1037/t02889-000

Connor, K. M., & Davidson, J. R. (2003). Development of a new resilience scale: The Connor‐Davidson resilience scale (CD‐RISC). Depression and Anxiety, 18(2), 76-82. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.10113

Foa, E. B., Cashman, L., Jaycox, L., & Perry, K. (1997). The validation of a self-report measure of posttraumatic stress disorder: The Posttraumatic Diagnostic Scale. Psychological Assessment, 9(4), 445–451. https://doi.org/10.1037/1040-3590.9.4.445

Foa, E. B., McLean, C. P., Zang, Y., Zong, J., Rauch, S., Porter, K., ...& Kauffman, B. (2016). Psychometric properties of the Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Symptoms Scale Interview for DSM-5 (PSSI-5). Psychological Assessment, 28, 1159-1165. doi:10.1037/pas0000259

Glass, O., Dreusicke, M., Evans, J., Bechard, E., & Wolever, R. Q. (2019). Expressive writing to improve resilience to trauma: A clinical feasibility trial. Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, 34, 240-246. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ctcp.2018.12.005

Gortner, E. M., Rude, S. S., & Pennebaker, J. W. (2006). Benefits of expressive writing in lowering rumination and depressive symptoms. Behavior Therapy, 37(3), 292-303. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.beth.2006.01.004

Heuchert, J.P. and McNair, D.M. (2012) Profile of Mood States 2nd Edition. Multi-Health Systems (MHS), Toronto. https://doi.org/10.1037/t05057-000

Kessler, R. C., Andrews, G., Colpe, L. J., Hiripi, E., Mroczek, D. K., Normand, S. L. T., Walters, E. E., & Zaslavsky, A. M. (2002). Short screening scales to monitor population prevalences and trends in non-specific psychological distress. Psychological Medicine, 32(6), 959-976. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.60.2.184

Norman, Emerald Danielle, "Express Yourself : A Study of Expressive Writing and State Anxiety" (2020). Honors Theses. 242. https://dx.doi.org/10.32597/honors/242/

Pennebaker, J. (2017, October 12). How to write expressively and heal yourself [Video]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zP2O_-dE9E8

Pennebaker, J. W., & Beall, S. K. (1986). Confronting a traumatic event: toward an understanding of inhibition and disease. Journal of abnormal psychology, 95(3), 274–281. https://doi.org/10.1037//0021-843x.95.3.274

Pennebaker, J. W., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1988). Disclosure of traumas and immune function: health implications for psychotherapy. Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 56(2), 239–245. https://doi.org/10.1037//0022-006x.56.2.239

Pennebaker, J. W., & Susman, J. R. (1988). Disclosure of traumas and psychosomatic processes. Social Science & Medicine, 26(3), 327-332. https://doi.org/10.1016/0277-9536(88)90397-8

Resick, P. A., Suvak, M. K., Johnides, B. D., Mitchell, K. S., & Iverson, K. M. (2012). The impact of dissociation on PTSD treatment with cognitive processing therapy. Depression and Anxiety, 29(8), 718-730. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.21938

Sloan, D. M., & Marx, B. P. (2019). Expressive writing for military-related trauma: A promising therapeutic intervention. Depression and Anxiety, 36(10), 931-939. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.21938

Smyth, J. M., Hockemeyer, J. R., & Tulloch, H. (2008). Expressive writing and post‐traumatic stress disorder: Effects on trauma symptoms, mood states, and cortisol reactivity. British Journal of Health Psychology, 13(1), 85-93. https://doi.org/10.1348/135910707X250866

Smyth, J. M., Stone, A. A., Hurewitz, A., & Kaell, A. (1999). Effects of writing about stressful experiences on symptom reduction in patients with asthma or rheumatoid arthritis: A randomized trial. JAMA, 281(14), 1304-1309. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.281.14.1304

Spielberger, C. D. (1989). State-Trait Anxiety Inventory: Bibliography (2nd ed.). Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0005-7967(98)00023-0

Tagge, E. P., Natali, E. L., Lima, E., Leek, D., Neece, C. L., & Randall, K. F. (2013). Psychoneuroimmunology and the pediatric surgeon. Seminars in pediatric surgery, 22(3), 144–148. https://doi.org/10.1053/j.sempedsurg.2013.05.002

Treynor, W., Gonzalez, R., & Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2003). Rumination reconsidered: A psychometric analysis. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 27, 247-259. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1023910315561

View Details

Tom Wooldridge, PsyD, ABPP, FIPA, CEDS-S

Part BThis article is Part B of the episode with Tom Wooldridge, PsyD. Find Part A here.

Tom Wooldridge, PsyD, ABPP, FIPA, CEDS-S, is chair of the psychology department at Golden Gate University, a licensed psychologist, and a psychoanalyst. He authored Understanding Anorexia Nervosa in Males (2016), Psychoanalytic Treatment of Eating Disorders (2018), Eating Disorders (2022), and co-edited Advancing Psychotherapy for the Next Generation. His work has been featured in Newsweek, Slate, and WebMD. Dr. Wooldridge is also a Personal and Supervising Analyst at the Psychoanalytic Institute of Northern California and a Training Analyst at the San Francisco Center for Psychoanalysis, with a private practice in Berkeley, CA.

Tom Wooldridge and David Puder have no conflicts of interest to report.

IntroductionWhile psychoanalysis has a long history of engaging with eating disorders, the contemporary field of eating disorders treatment and research has lost sight of its contributions. As I have written elsewhere, I am repeatedly struck by how little the psychoanalytic sensibility infuses eating disorders advocacy, treatment, and research. There are good reasons for this, including the overly reductive claims that psychoanalysts have made about the etiology of eating disorders, the neglect of the importance of family involvement for children and adolescent patients, the need for a larger, multidisciplinary treatment team, and the urgency of weight restoration, when possible, for malnourished patients. In an effort to correct for these failings, however, field may have gone too far, at times focusing solely on symptoms and, thereby, neglecting the complex emotional life of the patient and how the patient’s psychology shapes his or her symptomatic expression.

Therapists who work with eating disorders often hear stories about the crushing impact of multigenerational criticism about weight, body type, and appearance. Our patients speak to us about the multiple meanings of food, weight, and body shape and about how these meanings are embedded in complex familial and cultural systems. As we listen, we try to understand and emotionally resonate with the deep anguish our patients convey. Perhaps, I have often thought, our field’s emphasis on rapid symptom reduction signifies not only our intent to help as quickly as possible, but also our need to evade confrontation with profound emotional pain. This, of course, may foreclose a fuller empathic immersion in our patients’ lives and our understanding of each patient as a multidimensional person, which, in my view, is central to effective psychotherapy.

Psychoanalytic Concepts Helpful For The Treatment Of Eating DisordersIn this brief article, I suggest a few ways in which a psychoanalytic understanding may enrich our efforts to understand and address these complex clinical conditions. At the onset, it must be acknowledged that the term eating disorders refers to a set of descriptive diagnoses — anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge-eating disorder, muscle dysmorphia, orthorexia, to name those most recognized — that describe sets of observable symptoms and behavioral phenomena. This differs from how psychoanalysts would understand these disorders. In contrast to a descriptive diagnosis, a psychodynamic or structural diagnosis emphasizes the patient’s personality structure, including its underlying psychodynamic mechanisms, to understand the patient as a whole person. Because eating disorders are descriptive diagnoses, they do not point to homogenous groups of people but, instead, group together people who have similar observable symptoms and behaviors.

To illustrate this point, consider an empirical study that used the Shedler-Westen Assessment Protocol (SWAP-200) to assess the personality structure of patients with anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. Three categories of patients emerged: a high-functioning/perfectionistic group, a constricted/overcontrolled group, and an emotionally dysregulated/undercontrolled group. As this study suggests, reliance on descriptive diagnosis groups together anorexic patients who are high-functioning and self-critical with those who are highly disturbed, constricted, and avoidant, while also grouping together bulimic patients who are high functioning and self-critical with those who are highly disturbed, impulsive, and emotionally dysregulated (Westen & Hamden-Fischer, 2001). Distinctions such as these are profoundly important to psychotherapists who are attempting to develop a complex and specific case formulation of each patient. Such distinctions are largely neglected in empirical research that focuses on descriptive diagnosis, yet are deeply important for practicing clinicians.

With this idea as our foundation, I will suggest a few central ideas drawn from psychoanalytic theory that can enrich and deepen our understanding of patients with eating disorders. The first is alexithymia or deficits in symbolic functioning: many patients with eating disorders have trouble putting feelings into words. The empirical literature suggests that patients with eating disorders may use maladaptive eating behaviors (e.g., bingeing, purging, restricting) to regulate their emotions (Cooper, 2005). Whereas some studies report no significant differences in alexithymia across eating disorder diagnoses, others suggest individuals with anorexia nervosa experience higher levels (Nowakowski, McFarlane, & Cassin, 2013). Alexithymia appears to decrease significantly post-treatment with all eating disorders (ibid).

Historically, it was taken for granted that all psychic life was representational, either in words or imagery. Now there is now a vast literature on unrepresented states of mind: mental contents not stored in representational form as symbols and images but that nonetheless shape our experience and behavior. The concept of alexithymia emerged as psychoanalysis was beginning to turn its attention toward unrepresented states and group together patients for whom the capacity to symbolize and represent affect is markedly impaired. Psychoanalysts have sophisticated ways of thinking about alexithymia, including the idea of mentalization, a way of thinking about different “registers” of emotional expression, as well as the concept of reverie, which speaks to the intersubjective process that occurs between parent and child as well as between clinician and patient and that is central to facilitating the capacity to identify and elaborate emotional experience. These ideas can help clinicians to facilitate their patient’s ability to speak freely in treatment.

The second important idea I will describe here is abjection. Patients with eating disorders commonly describe the loathing that they experience towards their bodies. They refer to their bodies, or parts of their bodies, as disgusting, ugly, gross, and “fat.” Julia Kristeva’s (1982) notion of abjection offers a way to understand this experience more fully. For Kristeva, the abject consists of that which is taboo: horrific, monstrous elements that were once categorized as part of oneself but have now been rejected. Vomit, perhaps, is an apt example, for it was once inside of us and now, existing outside, is experienced as repellent. Writing of her struggle with anorexia in adolescence, Probyn (2004) eloquently describes this experience.

“Like many, I spent much of my childhood feeling disgusting. However, any evidence of that time is scant. Of the series of photographs that document my childhood, there is an absence that occurs about the time that I was severely anorexic. The reason for the lack of previous documentation is simple: why or how could such a sight be documented? Even now my eyes turn in aversion from memories tinged with a mixture of shame, disgust, and guilt. At the same time, I do remember the splinters of pride that accompanied the disgust: pride at the beautifully prominent set of ribs, the pelvic bones that stood in stark relief, causing shadows to fall on a perfectly concave stomach. Looking back at my experience, I wonder at the forces of pride and shame doing battle in a body that knows itself to be disgusting” (p. 127).

With Probyn’s (2004) description as an example, many patients with eating disorders locate the abject, accompanied by the affect of disgust, in their own bodies or in the bodies of others. This oscillation, between the feeling that one’s body is abject and the feeling that one has rendered their body “clean” through self-starvation and cast out infection, locating it in the other, characterizes their struggle. In my own writing, I have articulated two traumatic themes that contribute to the experience of abjection in patients with eating disorders, though there are likely others as well. Most importantly, these ideas facilitate our ability to empathically grasp the profound extent of the self-loathing and bodily disgust with which these patients struggle.

The final important idea is the object hunger. One of the most common themes observed in patients with eating disorders centers on early traumatic disappointment in the child’s attachment figures (“objects”) that derails the development of an internalized representation of those objects — a key component of healthy psychological structure. In other words, because the child experience’s recurrent, disappointed need for connection with an important other, he is unable to internalize that other and, over time, to provide, at least to some degree, for himself what that other might have originally provided for him. This fuels intense object hunger which, absent intervention, persists throughout further development. The term object hunger refers to is a desperately felt need for contact with another person who can serve as a substitute for missing segments of one’s own psychic structure. This other is loved not as a separate, whole person but, rather, is fervently needed to make up for what is missing internally. This yearning often has a desperate quality that may be conscious or, in contrast, vehemently defended against.

It has often been observed that eating disorders most commonly, though not solely, manifest in adolescence. Notably, adolescence is a period in which object hunger is exacerbated. Blos (1967) conceives of adolescence as a second individuation process: a phase in which the processes of the separation-individuation crisis (Mahler, 1963) are re-worked and expanded upon. Whereas toddlers in separation-individuation gain emotional supplies from reunion with mother, adolescents are more likely to seek supplies from peers, including through the expression of their emerging sexuality in those relationships. Adolescents are notable for seeking out experiences of heightened affect, whether of excitement and elation or pain and anguish. These are manifestations of object hunger, intensified in adolescence because of the concurrent lessening of parental ties as adolescents establish a greater sense of autonomy and personal identity.

ConclusionTo briefly recap, I began this article with an articulation of how psychoanalysis understands eating disorders, emphasizing its focus on the particularity of each patient and the clinician’s efforts to craft a case formulation that emphasizes the specificity of each patient’s personality structure and how that structure is intertwined with his or her symptoms. This emphasis is intended to complement a larger, biopsychosocial understanding of these complex disorders and is only one aspect of a comprehensive treatment team approach. With this understanding in place, I have briefly described three key psychoanalytic ideas that may be useful to clinicians working with this patient population, opening up new avenues for empathic immersion and clinical intervention.

References: Blos, P. (1967). The Second Individuation Process of Adolescence. Psychoanal. Study Child, 22:162-186. DOI: 10.1080/00797308.1967.11822595

Kristeva, J. (1982), Approaching Abjection, Powers of Horror. Columbia University Press, NY, pp: 1 – 31.

Mahler, M. S. 1963 Thoughts about Development and Individuation Psychoanal. Study Child 8:307-324.

Probyn, E. (2004) Carnal Appetites: Food Sex Identities. London: Routledge.

Szmukler, G. I., Dare, C., & Treasure, J. (Eds.). (1995). Handbook of eating disorders: Theory, treatment and research. John Wiley & Sons. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/1995-98437-000

Westen, D., & Harnden-Fischer, J. (2001). Personality profiles in eating disorders: rethinking the distinction between axis I and axis II. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(4), 547-562.

View Details

Liam Browning, David Puder, M.D.

Part AEating Disorders: Empathy, Alexithymia, Reflective FunctionThis article is Part A of the episode with Tom Wooldridge, PsyD. Find Part B here.

None of the authors or speakers have any conflicts of interest.

Family-Based Treatment (FBT) is a widely used approach for treating disordered eating in adolescents by restructuring the family system. It involves a phased approach where responsibility for eating is initially shifted from the patient to the parents or other family members to ensure adequate nutrition and weight restoration. As the patient reaches a healthy weight, control over eating is gradually returned to the patient, while new coping skills are taught to both the patient and family (Rienecke, 2017). In addition to FBT, other effective modalities include cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), which focuses on changing distorted thoughts and behaviors, and dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), which teaches emotional regulation skills. Nutritional counseling and medical management are also crucial components of comprehensive treatment.

While Family-Based Treatment (FBT), cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), and dialectical behavior therapy (DBT) have been effective in treating many patients, these approaches can potentially overlook the underlying personality structure and developmental issues contributing to the disorder. Behaviors like starvation or binging are often expressions of deep psychological pain that the individual has struggled to integrate into their personality in a meaningful way. From a developmental and attachment perspective, these symptoms act as a defense mechanism, delaying the integration of unresolved psychological pain from earlier developmental stages.

Oftentimes, the inability to work through this pain stems from alexithymia and poor reflective functioning, which prevent a patient from using words and expressing their psychological pain to enable healing.

In order to sense a patient's pain to begin to understand its origins, we need to be mindful of our countertransference. When working with these patients, particularly in those who are severely ill, the countertransference can be fear, terror, inadequacy, and desperation. We should recognize that these feelings can influence us to act with a sense of urgency and prevent us from slowing down to understand the inner life of the patient. However, not all patients will be ready to engage in psychoanalytic work, especially those who are severely starved and malnourished. In these cases, getting the patient to gain weight first is vital, and the psychoanalytic mindset can instead be used to coordinate the other members of the care team and to help process their countertransference.

The DSM-5 focuses on observable symptoms, describing anorexic or bulimic patients as homogenous groups. However, the underlying personality structure leading to these symptoms is unique to each individual and can be targeted in therapy. According to Thompson-Brenner et al. (2008), there are three types of personality pathology in adolescents with eating disorders:

  • High-functioning/Perfectionistic
  • Someone who is high achieving but may be sacrificing their self-care in pursuit of their idealistic achievements
  • Developmentally, this person often has a highly functioning, self-critical superego and can be a remnant of shame felt from harsh, critical parenting that is intolerant of weakness/failure.
  • Constricted/Overcontrolled
  • Someone who is overly rigid in their emotional expression
  • This is often the patient who has difficulty engaging in therapy, relying on the therapist to take the lead in sessions or over intellectualizing to constrict their emotions.
  • Emotionally Dysregulated/ Undercontrolled
  • Someone who has difficulty regulating their impulses and emotions
  • This patient can be seen as having a (in psychoanalytic terms) “borderline” structure and can struggle with interpersonal relationships.

Understanding these prototypes can facilitate a developmental relationship between the therapist and patient, in which the therapist can assist a patient in their psychological development. For example, if the patient appears to be more aligned with the high-functioning/perfectionistic, the therapist can probe the role of shame in their psychological development vs. looking at how to find emotions in a constricted/overcontrolled patient.

The underlying personality structure can influence the driving factors of a patient’s body dysmorphia. In a narcissistically organized patient, they may view their body in a more grandiose way or they could be a collapsed narcissist and their binging is a means of coping with their inability to be their idealized self.

Alexithymia And Reflective Functioning In Eating Disorders* Alexithymia, the difficulty in feeling emotions and putting them into words, can result from childhood trauma and attachment insecurity. * Patients with eating disorders are very likely to feel alexithymia, and the initial therapeutic work can be difficult to get off the ground. * These patients will describe feeling empty, yet will deny having a problem or believe their problem is related to their weight. * Alexithymia can be a result of poor reflective functioning and/or malnutrition. * Average reflective functioning score in inpatients with eating disorders is 2.8, compare that to borderline personality disorder patients who scored 2.7. * Reflective function is scored on the Adult Attachment Interview and is defined as the ability to assess the mental states of oneself and others and describe the contributing factors to those mental states from development (see Episode 213).

Male Anorexia* It is often said that 10% of anorexics are male, but it is likely 25% or more. * Under recognition of male anorexia stems from conceptualizing anorexia as a “female” condition and lack of help-seeking from males due to shame. * Eating disorders in men may not always conform to the typical “thin” picture of anorexia as seen with females. Instead, they may be more preoccupied with having a lean, muscular physique, blurring the distinction between muscle dysmorphia and anorexia. * Young men with anorexia or muscle dysmorphia are likely to first present with a fixation on their physique and with an extremely rigid diet and exercise routine. Where at one point they may have enjoyed eating out with friends and family, they now restrict themselves to eating only lean meat or to a fixed number of calories and protein. * There is often a childhood history of being teased or bullied, sometimes for their weight, to which the defense is to become muscular.

Rough-and-Tumble Play* Rough-and-tumble play is a form of play between fathers and children that contributes to the development of a child’s self-regulation and ability to express their aggression. * Patients with anorexia are often clinically recognized as having difficulty separating from the family unit and expressing themselves as an individual. Puberty is a vital period of individuation and also coincides with the emergence of anorexic symptoms in many patients. These symptoms can further limit their independence and increase their reliance on the family. * In some instances, the father in these families often fails to step in and help the child with individuation and outward self-expression, a process that requires aggression directed away from the self. Fathers can facilitate this outward-focused aggression by playing in a way that requires the child to assert their dominance.

Father HungerFather hunger is the deep emotional need or longing that children feel when they lack a positive and nurturing relationship with their father. When these needs go unmet, it can lead to feelings of abandonment, low self-esteem, and difficulties in forming healthy relationships later in life. Father hunger can manifest in various ways, including a search for father figures, risky behaviors, or a constant pursuit of validation and approval. It can appear in therapy, in which the patient may seek that relationship with the therapist. These feelings can be used positively to help promote emotional development.

Mike Tyson, for example, is often discussed in the context of father hunger due to his tumultuous upbringing and the impact of the absence of a stable father figure in his life. Tyson sought out surrogate father figures to fill the void left by his biological father. The most significant of these was Cus D’Amato, the legendary boxing trainer who took Tyson under his wing when he was a troubled teenager. D’Amato provided Tyson with the discipline, guidance, and affection he craved, and his influence was pivotal in shaping Tyson’s aggression into a world-class boxer.

Father hunger is often observed in patients with eating disorders due to their difficulties in individuation, for which they seek guidance on how to separate from their family of origin and exercise agency.

AbjectionThe abject refers to something that exists at the lowest rung of what is considered acceptable— something so far removed from the normal societal standards that it evokes a strong feeling of disgust or repulsion. In psychoanalytic theory, particularly in the work of Julia Kristeva, the abject is closely related to our primal fears and disgusts, such as our reaction to bodily fluids or decay, which ultimately ties back to our fear of mortality and existential dread. However, most people do not think about the abject very often.

People with eating disorders are more often in touch with the abject, and it is demonstrated in their beliefs about their bodies and food, such as “my thighs are disgusting,” “the fat on that steak is disgusting,” the feelings of disgust after binging, and purity after purging.

Probyn (2004) describes this experience:

“Like many, I spent much of my childhood feeling disgusting. However, any evidence of that time is scant. Of the series of photographs that document my childhood, there is an absence that occurs about the time that I was severely anorexic. The reason for the lack of previous documentation is simple: why or how could such a sight be documented? Even now my eyes turn in aversion from memories tinged with a mixture of shame, disgust, and guilt. At the same time, I do remember the splinters of pride that accompanied the disgust: pride at the beautifully prominent set of ribs, the pelvic bones that stood in stark relief, causing shadows to fall on a perfectly concave stomach. Looking back at my experience, I wonder at the forces of pride and shame doing battle in a body that knows itself to be disgusting” (p. 127).

In working with these feelings of abjection, we want to help patients identify these experiences and give voice to them. With improved reflective functioning and mentalization later in therapy, patients can begin to seek out experiences that give feelings of satisfaction with the body.

References:Probyn, E. (2004) Carnal Appetites: Food Sex Identities. London: Routledge.

View Details

Mark Mullen, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

IntroductionAn informed electorate is crucial to a functioning democratic process. Citizens have a crucial interest in understanding how political candidates approach decision making. Such decision making is informed by the values and policies that are espoused by candidates during political campaigns, but are also affected by individual factors relating to a particular candidate. For example, voters may want to know to what degree a candidate is able to understand factual information and appreciate how that information applies to a particular context (two tenets of decisional capacity). Psychiatrists are professionally trained to evaluate such functions, and thus may be called upon to render relevant professional opinions in the political sphere.

There is an extensive history of psychiatry and politics intersecting. Perhaps the most visible flashpoint occurred during the 1964 presidential campaign and gave rise to a movement in organized psychiatry that has resulted in issuance of formal ethical guidance (the “Goldwater Rule”). Such guidance continues to inform psychiatry’s approach to politics today. In this podcast, we will:

  1. Orient listeners to the history of ethical guidelines for psychiatrists providing professional opinions on political candidates, commonly referred to as the “Goldwater Rule.”
  2. Review the American Psychiatric Association’s justification and rationale for the Goldwater Rule.
  3. Discuss common critiques of the Goldwater Rule.

History Of The Goldwater RuleThe 1964 presidential election featured Senator Barry Goldwater running against incumbent President Lyndon B. Johnson. Goldwater was a United States senator from Arizona, a World War II pilot, and a major general in the Air Force Reserve. Goldwater rose to national prominence after authoring a best-selling book, The Conscience of a Conservative (1960).

During the run-up to the 1964 presidential election, a periodical called Fact Magazine published what it touted as “the most intensive character analysis ever made of a living human being,” with Barry Goldwater as the subject. In addition to a narrative analysis of Goldwater’s psychology authored by the magazine’s editor, Ralph Ginzburgh, Fact surveyed American psychiatrists and published the results.

Fact mailed a survey to 12,356 board-certified psychiatrists containing a single question: “Do you think that Barry Goldwater is psychologically fit to serve as President of the United States?” Prior to reading the survey question, respondents read a synopsis of Goldwater written by Fact which referenced his “public temper tantrums,” “occasional outbursts of profanity,” and two alleged “nervous breakdowns” (which were later denied by Goldwater and his family). Fact received 2,417 responses and published 41 pages of excerpts.

A plurality of survey respondents opined that Goldwater was “psychologically unfit” to be president: 1,189 said he was unfit, 657 said he was fit, and 571 declined to weigh in. The responses were impressive. Published excerpts included:

  • “Barry Goldwater’s mental instability stems from the fact that his father was a Jew while his mother was a Protestant.”
  • “I believe Goldwater has the same pathological make-up as Hitler, Castro, Stalin and other known schizophrenic leaders.”
  • “From TV appearances it is apparent that Goldwater hates and fears his wife.”
  • “He is a mass-murderer at heart and ... a dangerous lunatic. ... Any psychiatrist who does not agree with the above is himself psychologically unfit to be a psychiatrist.”
  • An “anal character”
  • A “counterfeit figure of a masculine man”
  • “Dangerous lunatic”
  • “Has a grandiose manner” and “Godlike self-image”
  • “Stronger identification to his mother than to his father”

President Johnson won the election in a landslide. Senator Goldwater then sued the editors of Fact for defamation and libel. Goldwater won the lawsuit after a jury agreed that the defendants knew they were publishing defamatory statements and “were motivated by actual malice when they published the statements.” Goldwater was awarded $75,000 in damages.

Goldwater was able to win the defamation lawsuit by demonstrating the following elements necessary for such a case:

  • False Statement of Fact: The defendants made numerous statements about Goldwater’s mental health and character that were false.
  • Publication: These false statements were widely disseminated through the publication of Fact Magazine.
  • Identification: The statements were clearly about Barry Goldwater, making it easy to identify him as the subject of the defamatory remarks.
  • Harm: The defamatory statements caused harm to Goldwater’s reputation, affecting his public image and potentially his political career.
  • Fault: As a public figure, Goldwater had to prove “actual malice,” which means that the defendants either knew the statements were false or acted with reckless disregard for the truth. The jury found that Fact Magazine and its editor were indeed motivated by actual malice.

The American Psychiatric Association and the Goldwater RuleThe American Psychiatric Association (APA), the professional organization for psychiatrists in the United States, was not pleased with the Fact Magazine piece. The president and medical director of the APA immediately wrote to Fact: “By attaching the stigma of extreme political partisanship to the psychiatric profession as a whole in the heated climate of the current political campaign, Fact has, in effect, administered a low blow to all who would advance the treatment and care of the mentally ill of America.”

The APA then created section 7.3 of “The Principles of Medical Ethics With Annotations Especially Applicable to Psychiatry.” This section of the ethical guidelines is colloquially referred to as the “Goldwater Rule.” It reads: “On occasion, psychiatrists are asked for an opinion about an individual who is in the light of public attention or who has disclosed information about himself/herself through public media. In such circumstances, a psychiatrist may share with the public his or her expertise about psychiatric issues in general. However, it is unethical for a psychiatrist to offer a professional opinion unless he or she has conducted an examination and has been granted proper authorization for such a statement.”

It is important to contextualize the Goldwater Rule in this document. The two sections preceding it encourage psychiatrists to engage in public activity, whereas the Goldwater Rule sets limits on this engagement. This creates a tension that has been the source of eternal discussion. Section 7.1 reads, “A physician shall recognize a responsibility to participate in activities contributing to the improvement of the community and the betterment of public health.” Section 7.2 reads, “Psychiatrists may interpret and share with the public their expertise in the various psychosocial issues that may affect mental health and illness...Psychiatrists shall always be mindful of their separate roles as dedicated citizens and as experts in psychological medicine.”

Justification and RationaleThe American Psychiatric Association has intermittently produced media clarifying and supporting the Goldwater Rule over the last 5 decades. One of the most recent clarifications came from an APA Ethics Committee Opinion in 2017, which outlined a basic rationale for the guidance. We will consider 3 justifications:

  1. Consent or authorization
  2. It is a fundamental principle of medicine that physicians practice under informed consent. Thus, a psychiatric evaluation requires consent or authorization, and the relationship between a physician (psychiatrist) and a patient is one of mutual consent or understanding.
  3. There are some notable examples in psychiatry where it is practiced without consent, for example in forensic evaluations. In such circumstances, psychiatrists are permitted to evaluate individuals based on other authorization, such as a court order.
  4. It follows that psychiatrists are ethically prohibited from evaluating individuals without consent or authorization.

  5. Standard of care

  6. A comprehensive psychiatric interview is the gold standard for psychiatric diagnosis. Physical examination, collateral information, and other sources are important, but are not commensurate with the standard of care.
  7. It is a departure from the methods of the profession to render an opinion without an examination and evaluation. Such behavior compromises the integrity of the psychiatrist and of the profession itself.

  8. Stigma

  9. Offering opinions without consent, authorization, or an evaluation has the potential to stigmatize those with mental illness. Patients may experience increased stigma about their own mental health problems.
  10. Patients may wonder about the rigor and integrity of their own clinical care.
  11. In most violations of the Goldwater Rule, psychiatric opinions are used to treat a political candidate as “other” or “less than,” thus using the powers of the psychiatric profession not to heal a suffering individual but to argue against one’s abilities.

Common Critiques Of The Goldwater RuleThe Goldwater Rule has been controversial since its inception, with one APA board member who voted against the rule opining that it is “a denial of free speech and of every psychiatrist’s God-given right to make a fool of himself or herself.” The critiques of the Goldwater Rule are virtually endless, and it is a topic about which reasonable people can certainly disagree. It is also a topic where one’s position is particularly vulnerable to bias, given that our pre-existing political opinions and values clash directly with professional objectivity. We will briefly summarize three common critiques:

  1. Freedom of speech
  2. The “Goldwater Rule” impinges on an individual’s freedom of speech as it pertains to personal duty and civic responsibility. This is particularly problematic as political speech is a form of speech that should be most fiercely protected. Should a professional organization really be able to require psychiatrists to prioritize professional identity over personal conscience?
  3. Aren’t psychiatrists uniquely qualified to be offering such opinions, especially if the conversation is already happening in the media? Withholding opinions from the most qualified professionals leads to a less well-informed, less robust public conversation.
  4. The APA has responded that this freedom of speech argument “Confuses the personal and professional roles of the psychiatrist.”

  5. Standard of care

  6. Psychiatrists are sometimes asked to render opinions without conducting an examination of an individual. This happens in collaborative care models, forensic cases (recent Depp v. Heard trial as an example), and in psychological profiling – all of which are approved by the APA to a greater or lesser extent. So why can some psychiatrists offer these opinions in some contexts, but it is unethical to do so in other cases?
  7. It is important to note that in the above cases, there is consent or authorization for the professional opinion. Additionally, when such opinions are rendered they must include the evaluative framework, parameters for how and where the information can be used. These opinions must clearly identify the methods used and the limitations of the methods—that is, they must acknowledge the lack of a comprehensive evaluation.

  8. Duty to warn

  9. In matters of national/international security, psychiatrists are uniquely situated to identify psychopathology and we have a duty to warn the public about dangerous individuals.
  10. This critique is the cited justification for psychological profiling performed by APA members on world leaders. Jerrold Post’s profile of Saddam Hussein is a relevant example.
  11. The APA has responded that “this position is a misapplication of the Tarasoff doctrine.” The Tarasoff doctrine only applies when a psychiatrist is providing treatment or evaluation of an individual, and offers crucial guidance for psychiatrists on when confidentiality should be violated. Additionally, for information in the public domain it is not the role of an individual psychiatrist to protect the public—there are law enforcement agencies that have access to greater information, are better equipped to address these threats, and are specifically tasked with doing so.
  12. It’s important to note that the duty to warn varies significantly across states. For instance, California imposes a mandatory duty to protect, requiring mental health professionals to take steps like notifying potential victims or law enforcement. Conversely, states like Florida do not impose a legal duty to warn unless the threat is specific and identifiable.

  13. Relevance Kroll, J., Pouncey, C. (2016). The Ethics of APA’s Goldwater Rule. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law.

  14. The Goldwater Rule is not consistently enforced. Is it fair or relevant to have such rules if the enforcement mechanisms are vanishingly ineffective?
  15. The volume of information, disinformation, and misinformation has increased by orders of magnitude since 1964. Does this change the stakes? In 2024, everyone can instantaneously share public opinions accessible worldwide... except psychiatrists. Is this fair?

ConclusionThe Goldwater Rule offers important ethical guidance for psychiatric professionals who are trying to determine how best to interface with questions at the intersection of psychiatry and politics. The rule has been firmly supported by the APA for five decades, but has been strongly critiqued since its inception. Each psychiatric professional must decide for themselves how best to answer these important political and moral questions, but should be advised that deviation from the ethical standards of psychiatry may come with consequences. We must also consider the legal consequences of defamation and how this might apply if comments against a public persona are both false and also with malice. We hope this episode helps you consider both sides of the argument and deepen your understanding of the overall dynamics that might unfold if the rule were to go away.

References:American Psychiatric Association (APA). APA Ethics Committee Opinion. March 15, 2017. https://www.psychiatry.org/news-room/news-releases/apa-reaffirms-support-for-goldwater-rule

Blotcky, A., Pies, R., Moffic, H. (2022). The Goldwater Rule is Fine, if Refined. Here’s How to Do it. Psychiatric Times, (3)1. https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/the-goldwater-rule-is-fine-if-refined-here-s-how-to-do-it-

Brendel, R. (2017, July 20). The Goldwater Rule is Still Relevant. Psychiatric Times. https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/goldwater-rule-still-relevant

Buckner, C. (2021, March 23). Former Professor Says Yale Fired Her Over Tweet on Trump, Dershowitz. Yale Daily News Blog. https://yaledailynews.com/blog/2021/03/23/former-professor-says-yale-fired-her-over-tweet-on-trump-dershowitz/

Burks, E. (1968, May 28). Goldwater Wins $75,000 in Libel Action. New York Times. https://www.nytimes.com/1968/05/25/archives/goldwater-awarded-75000-in-damages-in-his-suit-for-libel-goldwater.html

CBC Radio. (2018, Jan. 12). Psychiatrist’s New Warning That Trump’s Mental State Is a National and International Security Risk. Quirks & Quarks - CBC Radio. https://www.cbc.ca/radio/quirks/science-explains-when-to-visit-the-hospital-answer-emails-psychiatrist-s-new-warning-on-trump-s-mental-state-1.4480633/psychiatrist-s-new-warning-that-trump-s-mental-state-is-a-national-and-international-security-risk-1.4480637

Ginzberg, R. The Unconscious of a Conservative: A Special Issue on the Mind of Barry Goldwater. Fact 1(5).

Frances, A. (2017, Feb. 14). An Eminent Psychiatrist Demurs on Trump’s Mental State. The New York Times. Opinion. https://www.nytimes.com/2017/02/14/opinion/an-eminent-psychiatrist-demurs-on-trumps-mental-state.html

Glass, L (2017, Jan. 20). Dealing with American Psychiatry’s Gag Rule. Psychiatric Times. https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/dealing-american-psychiatrys-gag-rule

Grisso, T., Appelbaum, P. S. (1998). Assessing competence to consent to treatment: A guide for physicians and other health professionals. Oxford University Press, USA. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780195103724.001.0001

Kroll, J., & Pouncey, C. (2016). The Ethics of APA’s Goldwater Rule. The Journal of the American Academy of Psychiatry and the Law, 44(2), 226–235. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27236179/

Lee, B., Glass, L., Brown, L. (2017, April 23). Yale Psychiatrists Cite Duty to Warn About Unfit President. New York Magazine - Intelligencer. https://nymag.com/intelligencer/2017/04/yale-psychiatrists-cite-duty-to-warn-about-unfit-president.html

Martin-Joy, J. (2020). Diagnosing from a Distance: Debates over Libel Law, Media, and Psychiatric Ethics from Barry Goldwater to Donald Trump. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108761222

View Details

Liam Browning, David Puder MD

Peer reviewed by Erica Vega, Joanie Burns

None of the authors or presenters have any conflicts of interest to report.

In this week’s episode, we continue our series on Adverse Childhood Experiences by delving deeper into the lasting effect of ACEs on the brain and body. We explore the intricate impact of ACEs on the HPA axis, inflammation, and neurobiology, shedding light on their role in various psychiatric disorders. We highlight how these changes may indicate a shared phenotype resulting from early adversity but that they likely do not explain the entire effect ACEs have on an individual.

Highlights* ACEs lead to a more blunted cortisol response to stress * ACEs may lead to epigenetic changes in glucocorticoid receptor genes * ACEs are associated with morphological changes in the brain, including decreased hippocampal volume and decreased white matter integrity in the corpus callosum * ACEs increase levels of chronic inflammatory cytokines * ACEs increase amygdala reactivity to negative emotional stimuli and reduce the activity of the reward system during reward anticipation

What Are The Biological Mechanisms Through Which ACEs Could Exert Their Effects?The mass of research in psychiatry over recent years has been directed towards understanding the biological underpinnings of disorders in hopes of providing diagnostic clarity and targeted treatment.

Researchers have begun to recognize the implications of Adverse Childhood Experiences (ACEs) on mental and physical health outcomes (see episode 1 and 2 of our series), which has led to thousands of studies aimed at understanding the biological effects of ACEs.

Many of these studies are based on the hypothesis that recurrent stressful experiences during development can disrupt the body's stress response system, particularly the glucocorticoid system, also known as the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. If the HPA-axis is highly active while it is undergoing development due to chronic stressful experiences, there may be a long-term upregulation or downregulation of its functionality. It’s hypothesized that these change in long-term functioning could be mediating by epigenetic modifications of genes involved in HPA-axis function.

Some researchers also believe that, given the glucocorticoid system’s broad functionality, particularly in neurodevelopment, elevated glucocorticoid levels during sensitive periods of brain development can cause widespread deficits in neurodevelopment, leading to increased risk for psychiatric disorders.

Cortisol And The Glucocorticoid System: Childhood Trauma Causes A More Blunted Cortisol Response To Stressors Section Highlights:* Childhood maltreatment causes a blunted cortisol response to stress in lab-based settings and to dexamethasone in adults. * A blunted cortisol response is associated with other psychiatric disorders, including PTSD, BPD, and atypical depression, and is correlated with adiposity, inflammation, and poor self-rated health. * Childhood maltreatment may lead to hypocortisolism by decreased morning wakeup cortisol levels in children, leading to flatter daily cortisol rhythms. However, some studies show basal cortisol is increased in abused or neglected children.

What is the function of the HPA-axis?The canonical pathway of the glucocorticoid system begins with the detection of a threat and the activation of corticolimbic regions, primarily the PFC, amygdala, and hippocampus. These regions indirectly (via the stria terminalis) activate neurons in the paraventricular nucleus (PVN) of the hypothalamus carrying corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH), causing the release of CRH into the hypophyseal portal system. CRH travels to the anterior pituitary where it acts on CRHR1 (CRF1 in animals) to cause the release of ACTH into the bloodstream. ACTH then travels to the adrenals, which then produce cortisol (corticosterone in rodents). Cortisol can bind to glucocorticoid receptors within the cell. Once bound with cortisol, the glucocorticoid receptor can translocate to the nucleus where it changes transcription of a variety of genes involved in various functions. Cortisol helps mobilize glucose for energy, ramp up the immune system, enhance salt retention, and modulate the autonomic nervous system.

Once the acute stressor has passed, cortisol acts on glucocorticoid and mineralocorticoid receptors (GR and MR) in the hippocampus, PFC, hypothalamus, and anterior pituitary to suppress the HPA-axis (Urlich-Lai and Patterson, 2009).

Cortisol also can act on G-protein coupled receptors on the surface of neurons and glial cells to influence second messenger systems associated with neurotransmitters. These effects are thought to mediate glucocorticoids' ability to enhance the consolidation of memories associated with the acute stressor (Roozendaal, 2009).

Aside from increasing during the acute stress response, cortisol increases in pulsatile rhythms in a diurnal pattern. Cortisol levels increase 30-45 minutes prior to waking and continue to increase until a peak about 30 minutes after waking. This peak is referred to as the cortisol awakening response and is thought to be influenced by light exposure and expected stress levels for the upcoming day (Bernard et al., 2017). This peak is followed by a gradual decline and a dip in the afternoon followed by continued decline into the evening, during which decreased cortisol levels are helpful for increasing tissue repair, decreasing inflammation, and repairing the body for sleep. Afternoon/evening cortisol may be more easily influenced by environmental factors compared to morning cortisol, which is highly hereditary (Van Hulle et al., 2012).

The diurnal cortisol rhythm is an integral part of the circadian rhythm and is believed to develop as early as three months of age and becomes more prominent by preschool age (Clow et al., 2010; Bernard et al., 2017).

In essence, the cortisol system has a basal, rhythmic component that entrains predictability and stability of day-to-day biological processes while the adaptability of the acute stress response allows individuals to respond effectively to environmental changes.

Maltreatment may lead to decreased morning cortisolThe glucocorticoid system is thought to be dysregulated by maltreatment and early adversity. In regard to basal cortisol, three meta-analyses have shown inconsistent effects for adults and children with self-reported maltreatment on plasma (Bernard et al., 2017) or hair cortisol (Khoury et al., 2019) or 24-hour urine sampling (Schär et al., 2022), but in one of the meta-analyses, significant effects emerged with inclusion of 10 studies with confirmed maltreatment histories by a third-party like CPS finding maltreatment was associated with lower wake up cortisol levels in children (g= 0.24; 95% CI: 0.42 to 0.07) but not significantly different cortisol awakening response (CAR) levels or a more flattened diurnal cortisol slope (i.e. decreasing morning cortisol +/- increased evening cortisol) (Bernard et al., 2017). However, one of the other meta-analyses did find higher evening cortisol levels (g = 0.10, 95% CI [0.03; 0.18]), but this effect was no longer significant when removing studies that had included losing a friend or loved one as a form of early adversity (Schär et al., 2022).

Although, one study by the same author suggests that a more flattened diurnal cortisol slope is seen in younger children exposed to maltreatment and that this can be normalized with parental attachment interventions (Bernard et al., 2015). Other studies have also observed flattened diurnal cortisol rhythms, including a recent study of adolescents in which substantiated physical abuse was associated with a more flattened diurnal rhythm (Shirtcliff et al., 2024), as well as studies in monkeys exposed to maternal separation (Sanchez et al., 2005; Feng et al., 2011) There were no observed differences between types of maltreatment in the meta-analysis (abuse vs. neglect).

Some studies suggest basal cortisol levels may be higher in children exposed to ACEs before decreasing to subnormal levels in adulthood. One longitudinal study by Tricket et al. (2010) followed sexually abused girls aged 6-16 for 15 years and observed that while basal cortisol levels were initially higher in the sexually abused girls compared to demographically matched controls, these levels showed a significantly slower increase into young adulthood. Normally, basal cortisol increases linearly from childhood to early adulthood before leveling off. This study supports the idea of the attenuation hypothesis, where early hypercortisolism leads to an adaptive downregulation of the glucocorticoid system.

Limitations to these studies* Indeed, whether children exposed to maltreatment experience chronic hyper- or hypocortisolism may depend on the type of maltreatment experienced (abuse vs. neglect) or the proximity that the cortisol was measured in relation to their trauma; but findings have been mixed to date.
  • Human studies often measure cortisol many years following traumatic exposure. A meta-analysis of trauma-exposed adults showed that with the more months that had elapsed since the stress first emerged, the lower a person’s morning cortisol total cortisol, ACTH to CRH challenge, and post dexamethasone cortisol (Miller et al., 2007). This could confound some studies finding increased cortisol levels in children exposed to ACEs. It's also a sign that the downregulation of the HPA-axis may happen months to years after trauma.
  • Most human studies oversample females and rely on self-report for maltreatment.
  • The presence of psychopathology (PTSD, MDD) is often not reported or varies from study to study. These are known moderators of cortisol.
  • Grouping of participants and assessment of maltreatment severity vary widely from study to study. For instance, some studies may group participants based on whether they had experienced sexual abuse vs. no sexual abuse. The other types of maltreatment can confound this method of grouping, as can unreported maltreatment in studies that rely on third-party reporting.

Maltreatment is associated with blunted cortisol reactivity to psychosocial stressThere have been three recent meta-analyses assessing cortisol reactivity in participants with ACEs.

Bunea et al. (2017) conducted a meta-analysis of 29 studies on cortisol reactivity in children and adults with ACEs (5% with a clinical diagnosis) to the Trier Social Stress Test (TSST), which involves hastily preparing a presentation or speech on a given topic to a panel of “judges” who are instructed to remain neutral. Following the speech, participants often perform challenging arithmetic. The meta-analyses showed that individuals with ACEs have a more blunted cortisol response to psychosocial stressors compared to those without ACE history (g = −0.39). The blunted cortisol response was more prevalent in adults than in children (adults: g = −0.63; 95% CI: –0.97, –0.28) (children: g = −0.25; 95% CI: −0.38, −0.11) and more prevalent in cases of maltreatment (g = −0.49; 95% CI: −0.65, −0.32) than in other ACEs (parental separation, parental mental illness and substance abuse, illness, death of family, etc.) (g = −0.14; 95% CI: −0.24).

A more recent meta-analyses of 35 studies by Schär et al. (2022) corroborated these findings showed a smaller decrease in cortisol reactivity to the TSST, with effect sizes for different measurement parameters (peak cortisol levels, change in cortisol levels, cortisol recovery time, and total cortisol [AUC]) ranging from -0.17 to -0.28. Notably, there were no differences on the dexamethasone suppression test or the dexamethasone-CRH suppression test.

A recent systematic review and meta-analysis grouped studies using the CTQ to measure ACEs, finding greater CTQ scores correlated with a more blunted cortisol reactivity, (k = 29, β = -0.006; 95% CI: −.010 to −.002, p = .01, R2 = .33) (Brindle et al., 2022), suggesting a dose-response relationship.

Although early life stress is theorized to be uniquely impactful on the development of the HPA-axis, there are few human studies supporting this hypothesis. Nevertheless, a longitudinal study by Young et al. (2019) showed that neither cumulative life stress, early life stress alone, nor adult life stress alone predicted blunted cortisol responses to the TSST in adulthood. Current life stress only predicted blunted cortisol response if there was also presence of high early life stress before the age of 5, defined by 1SD above the mean. This suggests early life stress leads to later HPA-axis dysfunction.

Implications of a blunted cortisol responseRather than being beneficial, a blunted cortisol response can be problematic, indicating an impairment in the body's ability to respond to and recover from stress. This impairment can lead to various long-term health issues, especially if the stressor is chronic or particularly severe. For individuals with a history of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs), this blunted response might reflect a kind of wear and tear on the stress response system, which has been forced to adapt to high levels of stress from an early age.

Similar to individuals with high ACE scores, those with PTSD (d = −.36, SE = .15) (Morris et al., 2012) and BPD (g = -0.32, 95% CI [-0.56 to -0.06]) (Thomas et al., 2018) exhibit reduced basal cortisol levels, and there is a diminished cortisol response in borderline personality disorder to stress (g = -0.32, 95% CI [-0.53, -0.11]) (Thomas et al., 2018) as well as a blunted response to both stress and dexamethasone in PTSD (Morris et al., 2012).

Interestingly, the meta-analyses by Morris et al. (2012) revealed that PTSD patients with comorbid depression exhibit increased cortisol output throughout the day but still experience a pronounced decrease in cortisol in response to dexamethasone. Indeed, different subtypes of depression are associated with different HPA-axis profiles (Gold and Chrousos, 2002; Lamers et al., 2013):

  • Atypical Depression (mood reactivity, weight gain, hypersomnia, leaden paralysis, sensitivity to rejection) - hypoactive HPA system, lower basal cortisol, response to stress has blunted cortisol response, dexamethasone test more normal suppression
  • Melancholic Depression (severe anhedonia, early morning awakenings, psychomotor agitation/retardation, significant weight loss, excessive guilt) - hyperactivity/more reactive HPA system, higher basal cortisol, heightened cortisol response, dexamethasone test often shows non-suppression, higher CRH

Aside from its association with increased psychiatric symptoms, a blunted cortisol response has also been associated with increased adiposity, and potentially greater inflammation (Ronaldson et al., 2016).

HPA-Axis Beyond Cortisol: Low Levels Of Cortisol May Increase CRH and Lead To Increased Anxiety, Depression, Fear, And Addictive BehaviorsMost studies of rodents exposed to maternal separation show an increase in lifelong changes to the stress response demonstrated through changes at the molecular and behavioral level. Adult rodents who were exposed to recurrent maternal separation for 3-6 hours during the first two weeks of life show increased depressive behavior, increased anxiety to novelty, and increased/decreased response to stress into adulthood (Korosi and Baram, 2009). One of the notable molecular changes reported in these recurrently separated rodents include increased ACTH and corticosterone responses to acute psychosocial stress or pain, and this effect persists into adulthood but can be rescued with increased physical contact or feeding the pups (Van Oers et al., 1998).

Another potential moderator of the effect of ACEs on the HPA-axis is CRH. Maternal separation in animal models consistently show increased basal levels of CRH in CSF. This may be a result of decreased expression of GRs in both hippocampus and hypothalamus (Plotsky and Meaney, 1993), which may inhibit negative feedback from cortisol, while increasing hypothalamic and amygdala CRH and increasing CRH receptors in the hippocampus, PFC, PVN, locus coeruleus, and raphe nucleus (Korosi and Baram, 2009; Veenema 2009). Similar effects have been observed in monkeys, as increased basal CRH in the cerebrospinal fluid is seen following maternal separation and abuse, despite decreased basal cortisol levels and/or reactivity to stress (Veenema et al., 2009). Multiple other animal models have shown a similar phenotype of blunted basal or reactive cortisol with elevated CRH (Veenema et al., 2009; Orso et al., 2020).

CRH is thought to potentiate anxiety and addictive behaviors through binding to CRF1 receptors in the amygdala, BNST, hippocampus, VTA, as well as the PFC. Although in animal models increased CRH or CRF1 activity has been heavily implicated in depressive, anxiety, and addictive behaviors resulting from early life stress and that many of these behaviors are reversible with CRF1 antagonism, translation to human studies has been limited (Sanders and Nemeroff, 2016).

In 2000s/2010s several phase 2 clinical trials of CRF1 receptor antagonists on depression and anxiety were conducted, with disappointing results. Of the six studies, five had null or negative results and the only trial with positive results was limited by hepatotoxicity (Sanders and Nemeroff, 2016).

Epigenetics And Gene-Environment Interactions: Maltreatment Is Associated With Hypermethylation Of The Glucocorticoid Receptor Gene And Gypomethylation Of FKBP5* The glucocorticoid receptor gene (NR3C1) is hypermethylated in patients with a history of abuse who died by suicide, with reduced expression of glucocorticoid receptors * Rodent studies show increased maternal care behaviors decrease methylation of Nr3c1, leading to increased glucocorticoid expression in the hippocampus and to greater stress tolerance in adulthood * Epigenetic changes may be modifiable, with maltreated preschoolers showing higher NR3C1 methylation initially but normalization over time * FKBP5 is a regulatory protein that increases glucocorticoid receptor resistance * Low levels of FKBP5 are thought to increase risk of developing PTSD and have been associated with worse PTSD symptoms * Carriers of polymorphisms of FKBP5 may be at higher risk of developing PTSD and/or depression in response to early life stress * Studies are mixed as to how FKBP5 alters the HPA-axis * More large-scale studies examining the entire genome are needed to identify genes that increase the risk of disease in response to maltreatment

The epigenetic modifications of genes encoding glucocorticoid receptors (NR3C1) and the proteins that regulate its function (FKBP5) have seen increasing interest in an attempt to explain how early life stress continues to affect the HPA-axis into adulthood.

Methylation is most often associated with decreased gene expression. Animal studies and postmortem human studies report decreased glucocorticoid receptor and mineralocorticoid receptor expression in response to early life stress that may be specific to the hippocampus (Arabadzisz et al., 2010; McGowan et al., 2009; Veenema et al., 2009).

Nuclear Receptor Subfamily 3, Group C, Member 1 gene (NR3C1) From Ibrahim et al., 2012:

Several postmortem studies of patients with abuse history who died by suicide show these patients had reduced expression of glucocorticoid receptors and hypermethylation of NR3C1 promotors in the hippocampus compared to those without abuse history (Takahashi et al., 2018; Ibrahim et al., 2012).

A review of studies involving peripheral blood samples from patients with a history of maltreatment found that 8 out of 11 studies suggested the 1F promoter of NR3C1 is hypermethylated (Wadji et al., 2021), and this finding is consistent across samples of patients with MDD, BPD, PTSD, and without a psychiatric diagnosis.

However, the specific CpG binding sites identified varied between studies, and the overall effect of methylation has not been consistently replicated by epigenome-wide association studies (EWAS) or prospective studies (Houtepen et al., 2018; Marzi et al., 2018; Dunn et al., 2019).

Other studies in BPD patients and patients with adult-onset PTSD have also shown decreased peripheral methylation of NR3C1 promoters (Flasbeck and Brüne, 2021; Yehuda et al., 2015; Schechter et al., 2015, Labonte et al., 2014). Nevertheless, it should be noted that peripheral methylation may not be an adequate proxy for methylation in the brain, as epigenetic modifications likely occur in a tissue-specific, or even cell-specific manner (Lutz and Turecki, 2014).

Rodent studies show that maternal licking grooming of pups increases hippocampal GR and MR expression, increases hippocampal size and function, and decreases adult stress response (Korosi and Baram, 2009) this may be related to decreased methylation and increased acetylation of the 17 promoter (analogous to the 1F promoter in humans) of Nr3c1 in the hippocampus (Weaver et al., 2004; Murgatroyd et al., 2015). This suggests that early life stress, through decreasing GR and MR, may lead to a decreased sensitivity to negative feedback by cortisol.

It should be noted that it’s still uncertain to what extent epigenetic changes are modifiable and how deterministic sensitive periods are. One longitudinal study by Parent et al. (2017) showed that maltreated preschoolers who had experienced documented maltreatment within 6 months of the study showed higher methylation at NR3C1 1D at baseline compared to non-maltreated preschoolers, but levels of methylation decreased to levels equal to or less than the control group 6 months later.

FKBPThere are likely other mechanisms regulating HPA activity aside from altering GR expression in the hippocampus. FKBP5 is believed to decrease sensitivity of the glucocorticoid receptor to glucocorticoids by decreasing the receptor’s ability to bind glucocorticoids and to translocate to the nucleus. FKBP’s expression is also induced by glucocorticoids, meaning it functions in a negative feedback loop with glucocorticoids (Matosin et al., 2018).

Studies have consistently linked lower FKBP5 expression with PTSD risk and have identified low FKBP5 expression as a risk factor for later PTSD development in pre-deployment soldiers even when controlling for childhood trauma (van Zuiden et al., 2012). Post-mortem studies have also found increased FKBP5 expression in the brains of individuals with BPD, MDD, and schizophrenia (Matosin et al., 2018).

A meta-analysis by (Wang et al., 2018) found evidence for an interaction between early adversity and polymorphisms of the FKBP5 gene that increase risk for depression and PTSD. Carriers of different alleles for SNPs (T-rs1360780 [6 studies], G-rs3800373 [4 studies], T-rs9470080 [5 studies], rs9296158 [see Sheerin et al., 2020]) have consistently been shown to increase PTSD risk while only one SNP has been analyzed in depression (T-rs1360780 [8 studies]).

One study by Binder et al. (2008) showed that carriers of the A risk allele for rs9296158, have increased PTSD symptoms in adulthood with increasing childhood trauma but not adulthood trauma. Notably this dose-dependent effect of childhood trauma with the number of A-alleles. Participants with two types of childhood trauma and mean PTSD Symptom Scale (PSS) scores (>20 is considered clinically significant) in adulthood:

  • No risk allele: 13.54 (SD: 3.76)
  • Heterozygous carrier of A risk allele: 21.25 (2.03)
  • Homozygous for A risk allele: 31.11 (5.37)

This interaction of childhood trauma with SNPs could be mediated by epigenetic modifications, as one study observed that higher cortisol levels demethylate FKBP5 intron 7 in carriers of the SNP rs1360780 T risk allele and that higher CTQ scores, but not adulthood trauma, were correlated with lower methylation (Klengel and Binder, 2014). Although, this study was relatively smaller (N=76).

FKBP5 may also have implications for psychotherapeutic outcomes in PTSD patients, as Levy-Gigi et al. (2013) noted increased FKBP5 expression and hippocampal size as predictors of treatment response in PTSD patients following 12 weekly 1.5-hour sessions of trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy. Likewise, in a study of 43 Ugandans with PTSD undergoing narrative exposure therapy, carriers of the FKBP5 rs1360780 T-risk allele experienced significantly less improvement in PTSD symptoms compared to noncarriers at 10-month post treatment (Cohen's D=1.23 vs. 3.72) (Wilker et al., 2014).

Although FKBP5 has been implicated in increasing risk for depression and PTSD, the mechanism underlying this increased risk is not yet clear. Klengel and Binder showed that the T-risk allele of rs1360780 allele alters the interaction of transcription factors at the promoter of FKBP5, leading to increased transcription of FKBP5 (Klengel and Binder, 2014) and other groups have shown the four risk alleles increase FKBP5 expression in response to glucocorticoids (Matosin et al., 2018). The overexpression of FKBP5 is theorized to delay the negative feedback of glucocorticoids on the HPA-axis through increasing glucocorticoid resistance, which would lead to a prolonged increase in HPA-axis activity.

Meanwhile, Sarapas et al. (2011) observed homozygosity for any one of the four risk alleles was associated decreased FKBP5 expression(B = −177.91), which in turn was correlated with decreased cortisol (B = 0.01) , and increased PTSD symptoms (B = −0.03). These findings are in alignment with studies in PTSD patients showing decreased FKBP5 expression is a risk factor for worse outcomes.

Some authors note that while these SNPs cause glucocorticoid resistance in healthy individuals through FKBP5 overexpression, they are also linked to increased sensitivity to glucocorticoids in PTSD patients, as seen in dexamethasone suppression tests (Vale and Carvalho, 2020). This indicates that other factors influence FKBP5 functionality or that additional factors contribute to the HPA-axis phenotype observed in PTSD patients.

It should be noted that studies looking at one or two genes and their epigenetic modifications–also known as candidate-gene studies–have seen a high degree of criticism in recent years due to their risk for producing false positive results. This is due to their high reliance on regression statistics and inability to control for many important covariates. This leads to a high amount of publication bias. Trauma, increased aerobic exercise, dietary changes, and other physiologic insults produce widespread changes in thousands of epigenetic markers, making it unlikely that variants in one or two genes produce the majority of an effect. Thus, more studies need to assess the effects of ACEs on the entire genome through an epigenome wide approach (EWAS). There have been several EWASes looking at the effects of ACEs, and they do not find the same associations in candidate gene studies of NR3C1 or FKBP5, and have yet to find any consistent association with ACEs (Houtepen et al., 2018; Marzi et al., 2018; Dunn et al., 2019). However, they may currently be underpowered to detect subtle, consistent changes in the epigenome, and more studies in the future will need larger sample sizes. Nevertheless, given the theorized functional relevance of FKBP5 in modulating the glucocorticoid receptor’s response to cortisol, functional polymorphisms in the gene likely do have some effect on the HPA axis, albeit a smaller one than is currently attributed and one that is difficult to measure.

**ACEs Are Associated With Decreased Hippocampal Volume**The amygdala, hippocampus, and prefrontal cortices are the regions with the highest expression of glucocorticoid receptors and are some of the most highly studied brain regions in relation to chronic stress and neurodevelopment. The hippocampus specifically has been shown to reduce in size in response to chronic glucocorticoid and/or CRH stimulation in animal models (Sapolsky, 1996, Maras and Baram, 2012).

According to a 2022 review of meta-analyses by Hakamata et al. 2022, there have been 7 meta-analyses assessing total brain gray matter volume changes in adults with ACEs history compared to those without.

  • All seven have shown decreased hippocampal volumes in the group with ACEs, with a small effect size averaging 0.25 (range from .08 to .77). Findings for the amygdala and other brain regions, including PFC regions, were inconsistent, but more studies tended to report reductions.
  • One of these seven meta-analyses (Calem et al., 2017) noted a small effect size of ACEs and decreased hippocampal volume when including 9 studies with 1200 participants without any past psychiatric history (g =- 0.15 [95 CI -0.26 to -0.03]). But this became insignificant when controlling for gender (g = −0.06, p = 0.368)
  • It should be noted that most of these meta-analytic studies did not assess dose-response, and that the majority of studies included participants who experienced a single trauma. Riem et al. (2015) was the only meta-analysis that looked at the role of multiple trauma exposure compared to single trauma exposure. They assessed only hippocampal volume changes, and despite the fact this study reported low effect sizes (.09), they found that only participants with multiple exposure had reduction in hippocampal volume while those with single exposure did not. Thus, more studies assessing dose-response are needed.
  • These studies also suggest that children and adolescents do not have lower hippocampal volumes, but rather the decrease in volume is observed into adulthood, which is consistent with the idea that neurogenesis continues in the hippocampus throughout early adulthood.

    What is the significance of a .25 SD difference in hippocampal volume?According to a series of meta-analyses by (Schmaal et al., 2016; Ho et al., 2022), patients with MDD (d=−0.14, % difference=−1.24), recurrent MDD (d=−0.17, % difference=−1.44), and early-onset MDD (d=−0.20, % difference=−1.85) have smaller hippocampal volumes, specifically in CA1 regions, which are known to be responsive to stress and are important for learning and memory.

A meta-analysis by Nelson and Tumpap (2017) showed that PTSD patients have decreased hippocampal volume (left hippocampus effect size=–0.400, p<0.001, 5.24% reduction; right hippocampus effect size=–0.462, p<0.001, 5.23% reduction) and that Caps-5 scores correlated negatively with left hippocampal volume decreases but not the right.

There is debate that decreased hippocampal volume observed in PTSD and depression is a result of early trauma and not intrinsic to these disorders. Teicher's endophenotype concept suggests that individuals with a history of maltreatment represent unique biological subtypes of depression, distinct from those with depression but no maltreatment history. He argues that the significant brain differences observed in depressed patients, such as decreased hippocampal volume, might be confounded by the effects of maltreatment rather than being intrinsic markers of depression itself (Teicher and Samson 2013).

One theory of how reduced hippocampal volume could lead to psychopathology is through the lens of reduced pattern distinction. The premise of this theory is that the hippocampus’s primary function is in pattern distinction, which is vital to learning and memory. If this function is decreased, and in the setting of a bias towards negative stimuli, which is commonly seen in patients with depression, this could lead to overgeneralization of ambiguous social or environmental cues towards a negative perception (Lecei and van Winkel, 2020). If negative stimuli are more consistently encoded and neutral/positive stimuli are not, this could subsequently lead to persistent negative narratives about the self and the world.

Indeed, several fMRI studies report that participants with high CTQ scores display differential activity in the left hippocampus in response to novel stimuli, whether it be new faces or odd-ball tasks (Edmiston et al., 2013; Derome et al., 2023).

Exercise and environmental enrichment increase hippocampal volumeNumerous cross-sectional, observational, and RCTs in animals and humans have shown exercise increases gray matter volume in the hippocampus (Erickson et al. 2014).

For example, one RCT by Erickson et al. (2011) of older adults showed that brisk walking for one year not only attenuated age-related gray matter decline as observed in the stretching group, but that it led to a 1-2% increase in hippocampal volume. These increases also correlated to greater spatial memory.

There are also animal models supporting the notion that environmental enrichment, which involves providing a stimulating environment with opportunities for physical activity, social interactions, and cognitive challenges, could lead to increased hippocampal volume and synaptic plasticity (Olson et al., 2006; Eckert and Abraham, 2013).

IQ was not changed by trauma when controlled for family socioeconomic status (Danese et al., 2016) except in cases of severe neglect (Perry 2002) A prospective study by Danese et al. (2016) followed two different cohorts, one in the UK (N=2234) and one in New Zealand (N=1037), to assess the effect of maltreatment on IQ and cognitive performance into adulthood. In the U.K. twin cohort, children who had experienced documented poly-victimization between 5-12 years old hadlower IQ scores at age 12 compared to those without victimization (beta = −0.17, p<0.01), but this effect was attenuated after controlling for IQ at age 5 and family SES (beta = −0.05, p = 0.02). This trend held true for IQ at age 18, as well as performance on multiple cognitive tasks on the Cambridge Neuropsychological Test Automated Battery including spatial working memory, spatial span, and processing latency, where IQ at age 5 and family SES were significant predictors (betas averaging .2 to .3).

This trend was again observed in the New Zealand cohort, finding the effects of childhood trauma on IQ at age 38, working memory, processing speed, verbal comprehension, and perceptual reasoning became insignificant when controlling for maternal IQ at age 3 and family SES.

These effects held true for both prospective and retrospective (CTQ) reporting.

Developmental Outcomes in Romanian Adoptees after being adopted: Figure 1 above comes from Perry 2002 showing dramatic differences of neglect.

The study by Rutter et al, 1998, "Developmental Catch-up and Deficit Following Adoption after Severe Global Early Privation" involved two groups of Romanian children adopted into the UK, categorized based on their age at the time of adoption. The conditions in the residential institutions labeled as "hospitals" or "orphanages" were devastatingly horrific. In these facilities, children, abandoned for various reasons, were largely confined to cots, devoid of toys or playthings, and experienced minimal interaction or speech from caregivers. Caregiving lacked any form of personalization, with basic needs like feeding often reduced to gruel served in bottles with large teats, sometimes left propped up for the children to feed themselves. The physical environment was often harsh, with practices such as washing the children by hosing them down with cold water, further illustrating the neglect and severe lack of humane care in these institutions.

Upon their arrival in the U.K., the majority of the children were in a deteriorated physical condition. They suffered from severe malnutrition, skin disorders, respiratory infections, and chronic intestinal infections, such as giardiasis. They had around 2 standard deviations lower weight, height and head circumference compared to English children. Their Denver quotient for those adopted before age 2 was 76.5, and those adopted between 24 and 42 months was 48.1.

Retesting at 4 years showed the impact of the enriched environments and the reversal of the impact of their early horrific conditions. While they had almost normal weight and height, their head circumference remained around 1-1.5 SD below the mean (worse if entry was after 6 months). The IQ increase was profound and breaths hope into the impact of an enriched environment. The Denver quotient was 115.7 for those who came before 6 months and 96.7 for those that came after 6 months.

Adults who have experienced extreme childhood abuse and neglect can also show immense response to the supportive environments at partial hospitalization programs. For example, Bateman et al. (2008) (see episode 206) showed that 432 hours of therapy (72hr of individual mentalization based therapy [MBT], 216hr of group MBT, 144 hr of expressive therapy and community meeting) over 1.5 years and an optional booster of 2 hours/week (144 hr) of group MBT for 18 months lead to significant improvements in BPD symptoms (d =1.80), suicide attempts (d = 1.4), hospitalizations (d = 1.50), employment (d = 0.94), and decreased use of antidepressants (d =1.10), antipsychotics (d = 2.04), and mood stabilizers (d = 1.17) at assessment five years after discharge.

Although 600 hours of therapy might seem extensive, it is minimal compared to the countless hours patients endured abuse and neglect during childhood. As discussed in episode 206, these 600 hours of therapy become even more impactful when considering patients can apply these mentalization-based skills to improving their relationships outside of therapy. Thousands of hours spent in deeper connection with friends and family is therapeutic in and of itself and can heal the damages of early life trauma.

ACEs Decrease White Matter Integrity In The Corpus CallosumWhite matter is the long collection of myelinated axons that connect different parts of the brain over long distances, such as between the two hemispheres. The corpus callosum is the largest white matter tract in the brain and is important for interhemispheric communication between cortices. Lim et al. (2020) conducted a meta-analysis of whole-brain diffusion tensor imaging (DTI) studies (or studies that look at the diffusion of water through the brain) and showed that those with ACEs had significant decreases of fractional anisotropy in several brain regions including:

  • Corpus callosum
  • Bilateral thalamus and fornix
  • Bilateral optic radiations

They also showed that these white matter changes in the corpus callosum may be found in participants without psychiatric comorbidities, according to an underpowered exploratory analysis of three studies.

Interestingly, age was negatively correlated with FA in the bilateral occipital clusters, right thalamus-fornix, and callosal genu and body, and these abnormalities were noted in older but not younger maltreated individuals compared to age-matched controls.

One longitudinal study by Goetschius et al., 2020 “Childhood violence exposure and social deprivation predict adolescent amygdala-orbitofrontal cortex white matter connectivity” looked at white matter differences in 183 adolescents (15–17 years) whose mothers were interviewed at the child’s birth and again when the child was 1, 3, 5, 9, and 15 years of age on the child’s experience of violence exposure and social deprivation. Using diffusion MRI technology, a modality with greater sensitivity than DTI at detecting subtle changes in white matter morphology, the study showed that when adjusting for recent life stress, internalizing psychopathology, gender, race, maternal education at birth, and maternal marital status at birth, violence exposure and social deprivation at ages 3, 5, and 9 significantly predicted the probability of right hemisphere amygdala–OFC white matter connectivity at age 15-17 (β =−0.317, p = 0.005).

When social deprivation was 0.78 standard deviations or greater, violence exposure and degree of white matter connectivity were inversely related (β = −0.29, p = 0.048). This means that kids with a lack of community or home emotional support, witnessing or being a victim of home or community violence led to less development of white matter connections between amygdala and orbitofrontal cortex, and therefore, greater activation of amygdala to threatening faces.

When social deprivation was 1 standard deviation below the mean, there was no association between violence exposure and amygdala–OFC white matter connectivity (β = 0.02, p = 0.209), suggesting social support may act as a buffer for the development of this white matter tract, which was shown to be predictive of amygdala activation to threatening faces in this study, such that increased white matter was correlated with decreased amygdala activation to threatening (fearful and angry) faces (β = −0.290).

ACEs may affect the white matter by directly impacting oligodendrocytes, as rodent models of social isolation during adolescence demonstrated reduced branching of oligodendrocytes (Makidonen et al., 2012), and postmortem studies show differential transcription activity in oligodendrocytes of patients with ACEs who died by suicide, reflecting a more mature phenotype (Tanti et al., 2018).

ACEs Increase Chronic Inflammatory CytokinesIt’s hypothesized that the neuroimmune system is highly influential in shaping myelination and the integrity of white matter tracts, as supported in animal models (Favrais et al., 2011). Glial cells, for example, are thought to directly contribute to neuronal differentiation, neurogenesis, neuroplasticity, synaptic pruning, myelination, and neural metabolism (Araque and Navarrete, 2010). Disruption to these processes, especially in times of neural development, could theoretically lead to long standing changes (Danese and Baldwin, 2017).

Baumeister et al. (2016) conducted a meta-analysis of 18 cross-sectional studies (N=16 870 adults) for C-reactive protein (CRP), 15 studies (N=3751) for interleukin-6 (IL-6), and 10 studies (N=881) tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). Controlling for age, BMI, and gender, their results showed small increases in baseline peripheral levels of these cytokines (CRP: Fisher’s z=0.10, CI [0.05–0.14]; IL-6: z=0.08, CI [0.03–0.14]; TNF-α z=0.23, CI [0.14–0.32]). This meta-analysis also suggested that different ACEs may predispose to increases in different cytokines, with abuse being associated with increased TNF-α and IL-6, but not CRP, while CRP was elevated in parental neglect.

Later, Kuhlman et al. (2020) corroborated some of these findings by conducting a meta-analysis of 12 studies measuring inflammatory markers in children (9 for CRP and 4 for Il-6). Findings revealed a small association for early life adversity and increased CRP (z = .07 [.04, .10]), but not IL-6 (z = .17 [−.07, .42]).

These meta-analyses have since been followed up by several prospective cohort studies in children showing mixed findings and small associations (Reid et al. 2020; Slopen et al., 2012; Priest et al., 2022), with some prospective studies suggesting that the effects of ACEs may be attenuated over time as the individual ages. Meanwhile others suggest that those with exposure to neglect or 4+ ACEs age at a slightly faster rate (Mian et al., 2022). There is also evidence that people with ACEs are more likely to suffer from cognitive decline and dementia (Corney et al., 2022).

It should be noted that many of these studies do not account for confounders related to sleep, smoking, diet, exercise, or socioeconomic status. Inflammation has also not yet been linked to disrupted neural development in humans.

BDNF has also been studied, and most studies have shown no differences plasma/blood levels in those with high maltreatment history vs low/no maltreatment history (Vyas et al., 2023), while some authors argue for a mediating role of decreased BDNF in the relationship between maltreatment and psychopathology in adulthood (Watt et al., 2020; Maes et al., 2023).

ACEs Inconsistently Impact FMRI Resting-State Connectivity Of Large-Scale Brain NetworksAs far as our understanding goes for large-scale network connectivity (default mode network [mPFC, PCC, temporoparietal junction], salience network [insular cortex, ACC, amygdala], central executive/frontoparietal network [dlPFC, posterior parietal cortex]) there is very limited understanding for how these networks normally develop in children, let alone in response to trauma (Holz et al., 2023).

Conventionally, depression is associated with increased intrinsic connectivity of the DMN, which may be related to rumination (Hamilton et al., 2015) and decreased intrinsic connectivity of the CEN/FPN (Liston et al., 2009; Kaiser et al., 2015), which may account for cognitive dysfunction.

Meanwhile, PTSD and BPD are thought to be characterized by decreased resting state connectivity within anterior and posterior parts of the DMN, which may indicate altered self-referential processing or recall of autobiographical memories, and increased salience network activity that may be related to hyperarousal (Koch et al., 2016; Shafie et al., 2022). There is inconsistent evidence detailing the functional changes in these networks in response to maltreatment specifically (for review see: Ross et al., 2021), but changes in connectivity between anterior and posterior DMN have also been observed in healthy adults with ACEs (Phillip et al., 2012) and in women with PTSD resulting from sexual abuse in childhood (Bluhm et al., 2008).

More consistent evidence exists for task-induced changes in corticolimbic connectivity (i.e. PFC with hippocampus and amygdala) that may be mediated by increased inflammation (Kraynak et al., 2019), but the directionality of these changes varies with age (Holz et al., 2023).

ACEs Increase Amygdala Reactivity To Negative Emotional StimuliFour meta-analytic studies have compared those with ACE history and those without on brain activation during task-based fMRI (Mothersill and Donohoe, 2016; Heany et al., 2018; Hein and Monk, 2017; Kraaijenvanger et al., 2020). All studies included were cross-sectional and retrospectively measured ACEs. These studies were primarily analyses of passive emotional tasks, most commonly viewing emotional faces, although there was a high degree of heterogeneity in the methods used.

  • Results have primarily converged on the amygdala, with all meta-analytic studies supporting increased activation in participants with a history of ACEs, especially during negative stimuli. Effect sizes were not calculated due to heterogeneity.
  • 2/4 meta-analyses distinguished healthy volunteers from patients. Both meta-analyses showed persistent amygdala hyperactivation. However, it was not clear how “healthy” participant was defined.
  • One meta-analysis (Heany et al., 2018) specifically looked at studies using CTQ and socioaffective cues (faces, voices, pain)
  • Results revealed those with high CTQ compared to low CTQ showed:
  • Increased activation in the left superior frontal gyrus and left middle temporal gyrus
  • Decreased activation in the left hippocampus and left superior parietal lobule
  • Right amygdala and left ventral ACC activation was positively related to CTQ scores in response to negative faces

  • Heightened right amygdala reactivity in response to negative/neutral psychosocial cues have also been observed in patients with BPD and PTSD (Schulze et al., 2018)

Some authors theorize that because heightened amygdala activity is a risk factor for later depression, it represents a tendency towards a more negative perceptual bias (Mattson et al., 2017). Indeed, children exposed to violence tend to have a greater sensitivity to identifying anger and classify more faces displaying negative emotions as angry and attribute more hostile intentions, and this may be mediated by heightened amygdala reactivity (Dodge et al., 1990; Dodge et al., 1995).

ACEs Decrease Reward AnticipationThere have been seven studies assessing reward system activity via fMRI and the monetary incentive task. The standard version of the monetary incentive task involves prompting the participant to hit a button after seeing a flash of light. If the participant is fast enough they will receive a reward. Before the light flash is presented, the participant is cued about the degree of value for the reward. This allows researchers to study the anticipatory aspects of attaining a reward and the effects of receiving the reward.

Six of the seven studies on adults and adolescents with early childhood family adversity (Boeker et al., 2014; Holz et al., 2017; Hanson et al., 2015), emotional neglect (Hanson et al., 2015), or institutionalization (Goff et al., 2013; Mehta et al., 2010) have shown reduced activity of the ventral striatum during the anticipation of a reward while one study showed increased activity (Dennison et al. 2017). Only one study reported a beta of  −0.26 for level of adversity and ventral striatum activation, and most studies reported r values around -.2 to -.3 (Hanson et al., 2015). This study also suggested that life stress experienced in early childhood (ages 5-8) was most highly correlated with blunted ventral striatum activity (β−0.327, P = 0.009), while stress experienced in late childhood (β = 0.015, P = 0.9) and adolescence (β = 0.08, P = 0.57) were not statistically correlated.

These results are interesting given decreased striatal activation during reward anticipation is seen in people with substance use disorder (Luijten et al., 2017), anhedonia (Pizzagalli, 2022), and with inflammatory stressors (Eisenberger et al., 2010). Also, considering the striatum receives a high amount of unidirectional input from the amygdala and PFC and that these brain regions all undergo protracted development into adolescence, it seems plausible that ACEs disrupt the development of these circuits.

One potential contributing mechanism to this perturbation could be through modulation of endogenous opioid receptors.

Evidence primarily from animal models suggests that maternal separation modulates the expression and sensitivity of endogenous opioid receptors, leading to increased pain sensitivity and addictive behaviors (Nakamoto and Tokuyama, 2023). In humans, postmortem biopsies of depressed patients who committed suicide and had a history of childhood abuse showed decreased expression of kappa opioid receptors in the anterior insula compared to those without a history of abuse (Lutz et al., 2018), and one study comparing the subjective effects of morphine suggested that healthy participants with a high CTQ score reported liking the drug more than those with low CTQ scores (Carlyle et al., 2021).

These biological changes in those with ACEs may explain some of their propensity for developing a substance use disorder later in life (see episode 204) and should increase our compassion for those with substance use disorders. Decreasing the shame felt by patients who struggle with addiction is vital for promoting connection, as it is a chronic relapsing disorder. Cultivating a stable, longitudinal connection with these patients and increasing their mentalizing capabilities can help them to overcome addiction through enhancing their protective relationships outside of therapy.

ConclusionACEs undeniably leave a lasting impact on a person's biology. However, the effects on the HPA-axis or the hippocampus may not be the most crucial aspects of ACEs' impact on the brain. ACEs likely alter cortical development in ways that make abilities like mentalizing and self-regulation more challenging. These capabilities are difficult to measure through neuroimaging but are vital for fostering deep, intimate connections. As a result, patients who have experienced early life traumas often struggle with forming and maintaining meaningful relationships, impacting their ability to connect with others throughout their lives. It is these abilities that we should strive to improve in our patients as mental health professionals. Improving our patients' capacity to reflect on the mental states and intentions of attachment figures and others, can have profound impacts on their relationships outside of therapy. This progress is crucial for reversing the impacts of childhood trauma.

As mental health professionals, we have a responsibility to facilitate these improvements. Our ability to do so depends not only on our clinical skills but also on our capacity to manage our own emotional responses and be patient and fully present with our patients, especially in the face of difficult interpersonal situations that inevitably arise in therapy. By managing our countertransference, addressing vicarious trauma, and improving our reflective functioning through engaging in our own therapy, we can create a therapeutic environment that promotes the healing and growth of our patients.

ReferencesArabadzisz, D., Diaz-Heijtz, R., Knuesel, I., Weber, E., Pilloud, S., Dettling, A. C., Feldon, J., Law, A. J., Harrison, P. J., & Pryce, C. R. (2010). Primate early life stress leads to long-term mild hippocampal decreases in corticosteroid receptor expression. Biological psychiatry, 67(11), 1106–1109. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2009.12.016

Araque, A., & Navarrete, M. (2010). Glial cells in neuronal network function. Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological sciences, 365(1551), 2375–2381. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2009.0313

Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2008). 8-year follow-up of patients treated for borderline personality disorder: mentalization-based treatment versus treatment as usual. The American journal of psychiatry, 165(5), 631–638. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2007.07040636

Baumeister, D., Akhtar, R., Ciufolini, S., Pariante, C. M., & Mondelli, V. (2016). Childhood trauma and adulthood inflammation: a meta-analysis of peripheral C-reactive protein, interleukin-6 and tumour necrosis factor-α. Molecular psychiatry, 21(5), 642–649. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2015.67

Bernard, K., Frost, A., Bennett, C. B., & Lindhiem, O. (2017). Maltreatment and diurnal cortisol regulation: A meta-analysis. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 78, 57–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2017.01.005

Bernard, K., Hostinar, C. E., & Dozier, M. (2015). Intervention effects on diurnal cortisol rhythms of Child Protective Services-referred infants in early childhood: preschool follow-up results of a randomized clinical trial. JAMA pediatrics, 169(2), 112–119. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2014.2369

Binder, E. B., Bradley, R. G., Liu, W., Epstein, M. P., Deveau, T. C., Mercer, K. B., Tang, Y., Gillespie, C. F., Heim, C. M., Nemeroff, C. B., Schwartz, A. C., Cubells, J. F., & Ressler, K. J. (2008). Association of FKBP5 polymorphisms and childhood abuse with risk of posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms in adults. JAMA, 299(11), 1291–1305. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.299.11.1291

Bluhm, R. L., Williamson, P. C., Osuch, E. A., Frewen, P. A., Stevens, T. K., Boksman, K., Neufeld, R. W., Théberge, J., & Lanius, R. A. (2009). Alterations in default network connectivity in posttraumatic stress disorder related to early-life trauma. Journal of psychiatry & neuroscience : JPN, 34(3), 187–194.

Boecker, R., Holz, N. E., Buchmann, A. F., Blomeyer, D., Plichta, M. M., Wolf, I., Baumeister, S., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Banaschewski, T., Brandeis, D., & Laucht, M. (2014). Impact of early life adversity on reward processing in young adults: EEG-fMRI results from a prospective study over 25 years. PloS one, 9(8), e104185. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0104185

Brindle, R. C., Pearson, A., & Ginty, A. T. (2022). Adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) relate to blunted cardiovascular and cortisol reactivity to acute laboratory stress: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 134, 104530. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2022.104530

Bunea, I. M., Szentágotai-Tătar, A., & Miu, A. C. (2017). Early-life adversity and cortisol response to social stress: a meta-analysis. Translational psychiatry, 7(12), 1274. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-017-0032-3

Calem, M., Bromis, K., McGuire, P., Morgan, C., & Kempton, M. J. (2017). Meta-analysis of associations between childhood adversity and hippocampus and amygdala volume in non-clinical and general population samples. NeuroImage. Clinical, 14, 471–479. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nicl.2017.02.016

Carlyle, M., Broomby, R., Simpson, G., Hannon, R., Fawaz, L., Mollaahmetoglu, O. M., Drain, J., Mostazir, M., & Morgan, C. J. A. (2021). A randomised, double-blind study investigating the relationship between early childhood trauma and the rewarding effects of morphine. Addiction biology, 26(6), e13047. https://doi.org/10.1111/adb.13047

Castro-Vale, I., & Carvalho, D. (2020). The Pathways between Cortisol-Related Regulation Genes and PTSD Psychotherapy. Healthcare (Basel, Switzerland), 8(4), 376. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare8040376

Clow, A., Hucklebridge, F., Stalder, T., Evans, P., & Thorn, L. (2010). The cortisol awakening response: more than a measure of HPA axis function. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 35(1), 97–103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2009.12.011

Corney, K. B., West, E. C., Quirk, S. E., Pasco, J. A., Stuart, A. L., Manavi, B. A., Kavanagh, B. E., & Williams, L. J. (2022). The Relationship Between Adverse Childhood Experiences and Alzheimer's Disease: A Systematic Review. Frontiers in aging neuroscience, 14, 831378. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnagi.2022.831378

Danese, A., & Baldwin, J. R. (2017). Hidden Wounds? Inflammatory Links Between Childhood Trauma and Psychopathology. Annual review of psychology, 68, 517–544. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-010416-044208

Danese, A., Moffitt, T. E., Arseneault, L., Bleiberg, B. A., Dinardo, P. B., Gandelman, S. B., Houts, R., Ambler, A., Fisher, H. L., Poulton, R., & Caspi, A. (2017). The Origins of Cognitive Deficits in Victimized Children: Implications for Neuroscientists and Clinicians. The American journal of psychiatry, 174(4), 349–361. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2016.16030333

Dennison, M. J., Sheridan, M. A., Busso, D. S., Jenness, J. L., Peverill, M., Rosen, M. L., & McLaughlin, K. A. (2016). Neurobehavioral markers of resilience to depression amongst adolescents exposed to child abuse. Journal of abnormal psychology, 125(8), 1201–1212. https://doi.org/10.1037/abn0000215

Derome, M., Machon, S., Barker, H., Kozhuharova, P., Orlov, N., Morgenroth, E., Hugdahl, K., & Allen, P. (2023). High levels of childhood trauma associated with changes in hippocampal functional activity and connectivity in young adults during novelty salience. European archives of psychiatry and clinical neuroscience, 273(5), 1061–1072. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-023-01564-3

Dodge, K. A., Bates, J. E., & Pettit, G. S. (1990). Mechanisms in the cycle of violence. Science (New York, N.Y.), 250(4988), 1678–1683. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.2270481

Dodge, K. A., Pettit, G. S., Bates, J. E., & Valente, E. (1995). Social information-processing patterns partially mediate the effect of early physical abuse on later conduct problems. Journal of abnormal psychology, 104(4), 632–643. https://doi.org/10.1037//0021-843x.104.4.632

Dunn, E. C., Soare, T. W., Zhu, Y., Simpkin, A. J., Suderman, M. J., Klengel, T., Smith, A. D. A. C., Ressler, K. J., & Relton, C. L. (2019). Sensitive Periods for the Effect of Childhood Adversity on DNA Methylation: Results From a Prospective, Longitudinal Study. Biological psychiatry, 85(10), 838–849. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.12.023

Edmiston, E. K., & Blackford, J. U. (2013). Childhood maltreatment and response to novel face stimuli presented during functional magnetic resonance imaging in adults. Psychiatry research, 212(1), 36–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pscychresns.2012.11.009

Eckert, M. J., & Abraham, W. C. (2013). Effects of environmental enrichment exposure on synaptic transmission and plasticity in the hippocampus. Current topics in behavioral neurosciences, 15, 165–187. https://doi.org/10.1007/7854_2012_215

Eisenberger, N. I., Berkman, E. T., Inagaki, T. K., Rameson, L. T., Mashal, N. M., & Irwin, M. R. (2010). Inflammation-induced anhedonia: endotoxin reduces ventral striatum responses to reward. Biological psychiatry, 68(8), 748–754. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2010.06.010

Erickson, K. I., Leckie, R. L., & Weinstein, A. M. (2014). Physical activity, fitness, and gray matter volume. Neurobiology of aging, 35 Suppl 2, S20–S28. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2014.03.034

Erickson, K. I., Voss, M. W., Prakash, R. S., Basak, C., Szabo, A., Chaddock, L., Kim, J. S., Heo, S., Alves, H., White, S. M., Wojcicki, T. R., Mailey, E., Vieira, V. J., Martin, S. A., Pence, B. D., Woods, J. A., McAuley, E., & Kramer, A. F. (2011). Exercise training increases size of hippocampus and improves memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 108(7), 3017–3022. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1015950108

Favrais, G., van de Looij, Y., Fleiss, B., Ramanantsoa, N., Bonnin, P., Stoltenburg-Didinger, G., Lacaud, A., Saliba, E., Dammann, O., Gallego, J., Sizonenko, S., Hagberg, H., Lelièvre, V., & Gressens, P. (2011). Systemic inflammation disrupts the developmental program of white matter. Annals of neurology, 70(4), 550–565. https://doi.org/10.1002/ana.22489

Feng, X., Wang, L., Yang, S., Qin, D., Wang, J., Li, C., Lv, L., Ma, Y., & Hu, X. (2011). Maternal separation produces lasting changes in cortisol and behavior in rhesus monkeys. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 108(34), 14312–14317. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1010943108

Flasbeck, V., & Brüne, M. (2021). Association between childhood maltreatment, psychopathology and DNA methylation of genes involved in stress regulation: Evidence from a study in Borderline Personality Disorder. PloS one, 16(3), e0248514. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0248514

Goetschius, L. G., Hein, T. C., Mitchell, C., Lopez-Duran, N. L., McLoyd, V. C., Brooks-Gunn, J., McLanahan, S. S., Hyde, L. W., & Monk, C. S. (2020). Childhood violence exposure and social deprivation predict adolescent amygdala-orbitofrontal cortex white matter connectivity. Developmental cognitive neuroscience, 45, 100849. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dcn.2020.100849

Goff, B., Gee, D. G., Telzer, E. H., Humphreys, K. L., Gabard-Durnam, L., Flannery, J., & Tottenham, N. (2013). Reduced nucleus accumbens reactivity and adolescent depression following early-life stress. Neuroscience, 249, 129–138. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2012.12.010

Gold, P. W., & Chrousos, G. P. (2002). Organization of the stress system and its dysregulation in melancholic and atypical depression: high vs low CRH/NE states. Molecular psychiatry, 7(3), 254–275. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.mp.4001032

Hakamata, Y., Suzuki, Y., Kobashikawa, H., & Hori, H. (2022). Neurobiology of early life adversity: A systematic review of meta-analyses towards an integrative account of its neurobiological trajectories to mental disorders. Frontiers in neuroendocrinology, 65, 100994. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2022.100994

Hamilton, J. P., Farmer, M., Fogelman, P., & Gotlib, I. H. (2015). Depressive Rumination, the Default-Mode Network, and the Dark Matter of Clinical Neuroscience. Biological psychiatry, 78(4), 224–230. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.02.020

Hanson, J. L., Albert, D., Iselin, A. M., Carré, J. M., Dodge, K. A., & Hariri, A. R. (2016). Cumulative stress in childhood is associated with blunted reward-related brain activity in adulthood. Social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 11(3), 405–412. https://doi.org/10.1093/scan/nsv124

Hanson, J. L., Hariri, A. R., & Williamson, D. E. (2015). Blunted Ventral Striatum Development in Adolescence Reflects Emotional Neglect and Predicts Depressive Symptoms. Biological psychiatry, 78(9), 598–605. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.05.010

Heany, S. J., Groenewold, N. A., Uhlmann, A., Dalvie, S., Stein, D. J., & Brooks, S. J. (2018). The neural correlates of Childhood Trauma Questionnaire scores in adults: A meta-analysis and review of functional magnetic resonance imaging studies. Development and psychopathology, 30(4), 1475–1485. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579417001717

Hein, T. C., & Monk, C. S. (2017). Research Review: Neural response to threat in children, adolescents, and adults after child maltreatment - a quantitative meta-analysis. Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, and allied disciplines, 58(3), 222–230. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12651

Ho, T. C., Gutman, B., Pozzi, E., Grabe, H. J., Hosten, N., Wittfeld, K., Völzke, H., Baune, B., Dannlowski, U., Förster, K., Grotegerd, D., Redlich, R., Jansen, A., Kircher, T., Krug, A., Meinert, S., Nenadic, I., Opel, N., Dinga, R., Veltman, D. J., … Schmaal, L. (2022). Subcortical shape alterations in major depressive disorder: Findings from the ENIGMA major depressive disorder working group. Human brain mapping, 43(1), 341–351. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.24988

Holz, N. E., Berhe, O., Sacu, S., Schwarz, E., Tesarz, J., Heim, C. M., & Tost, H. (2023). Early Social Adversity, Altered Brain Functional Connectivity, and Mental Health. Biological psychiatry, 93(5), 430–441. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2022.10.019

Holz, N. E., Boecker-Schlier, R., Buchmann, A. F., Blomeyer, D., Jennen-Steinmetz, C., Baumeister, S., Plichta, M. M., Cattrell, A., Schumann, G., Esser, G., Schmidt, M., Buitelaar, J., Meyer-Lindenberg, A., Banaschewski, T., Brandeis, D., & Laucht, M. (2017). Ventral striatum and amygdala activity as convergence sites for early adversity and conduct disorder. Social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 12(2), 261–272. https://doi.org/10.1093/scan/nsw120

Houtepen, L. C., Hardy, R., Maddock, J., Kuh, D., Anderson, E. L., Relton, C. L., Suderman, M. J., & Howe, L. D. (2018). Childhood adversity and DNA methylation in two population-based cohorts. Translational psychiatry, 8(1), 266. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-018-0307-3

Ibrahim, P., Almeida, D., Nagy, C., & Turecki, G. (2021). Molecular impacts of childhood abuse on the human brain. Neurobiology of stress, 15, 100343. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ynstr.2021.100343

Kaiser, R. H., Andrews-Hanna, J. R., Wager, T. D., & Pizzagalli, D. A. (2015). Large-Scale Network Dysfunction in Major Depressive Disorder: A Meta-analysis of Resting-State Functional Connectivity. JAMA psychiatry, 72(6), 603–611. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2015.0071

Khoury, J. E., Bosquet Enlow, M., Plamondon, A., & Lyons-Ruth, K. (2019). The association between adversity and hair cortisol levels in humans: A meta-analysis. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 103, 104–117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2019.01.009

Klengel, T., Mehta, D., Anacker, C., Rex-Haffner, M., Pruessner, J. C., Pariante, C. M., Pace, T. W., Mercer, K. B., Mayberg, H. S., Bradley, B., Nemeroff, C. B., Holsboer, F., Heim, C. M., Ressler, K. J., Rein, T., & Binder, E. B. (2013). Allele-specific FKBP5 DNA demethylation mediates gene-childhood trauma interactions. Nature neuroscience, 16(1), 33–41. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.3275

Koch, S. B., van Zuiden, M., Nawijn, L., Frijling, J. L., Veltman, D. J., & Olff, M. (2016). ABERRANT RESTING-STATE BRAIN ACTIVITY IN POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDER: A META-ANALYSIS AND SYSTEMATIC REVIEW. Depression and anxiety, 33(7), 592–605. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.22478

Korosi, A., & Baram, T. Z. (2009). The pathways from mother's love to baby's future. Frontiers in behavioral neuroscience, 3, 27. https://doi.org/10.3389/neuro.08.027.2009

Kraaijenvanger, E. J., Pollok, T. M., Monninger, M., Kaiser, A., Brandeis, D., Banaschewski, T., & Holz, N. E. (2020). Impact of early life adversities on human brain functioning: A coordinate-based meta-analysis. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 113, 62–76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2020.03.008

Kraynak, T. E., Marsland, A. L., Hanson, J. L., & Gianaros, P. J. (2019). Retrospectively reported childhood physical abuse, systemic inflammation, and resting corticolimbic connectivity in midlife adults. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 82, 203–213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2019.08.186

Kuhlman, K. R., Horn, S. R., Chiang, J. J., & Bower, J. E. (2020). Early life adversity exposure and circulating markers of inflammation in children and adolescents: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 86, 30–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2019.04.028

Labonté, B., Azoulay, N., Yerko, V., Turecki, G., & Brunet, A. (2014). Epigenetic modulation of glucocorticoid receptors in posttraumatic stress disorder. Translational psychiatry, 4(3), e368. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2014.3

Lamers, F., Vogelzangs, N., Merikangas, K. R., de Jonge, P., Beekman, A. T., & Penninx, B. W. (2013). Evidence for a differential role of HPA-axis function, inflammation and metabolic syndrome in melancholic versus atypical depression. Molecular psychiatry, 18(6), 692–699. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2012.144

Lecei, A., & van Winkel, R. (2020). Hippocampal pattern separation of emotional information determining risk or resilience in individuals exposed to childhood trauma: Linking exposure to neurodevelopmental alterations and threat anticipation. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 108, 160–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2019.11.010

Levy-Gigi, E., Szabó, C., Kelemen, O., & Kéri, S. (2013). Association among clinical response, hippocampal volume, and FKBP5 gene expression in individuals with posttraumatic stress disorder receiving cognitive behavioral therapy. Biological psychiatry, 74(11), 793–800. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2013.05.017

Lim, L., Howells, H., Radua, J., & Rubia, K. (2020). Aberrant structural connectivity in childhood maltreatment: A meta-analysis. Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 116, 406–414. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2020.07.004

Liston, C., McEwen, B. S., & Casey, B. J. (2009). Psychosocial stress reversibly disrupts prefrontal processing and attentional control. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 106(3), 912–917. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0807041106

Luijten, M., Schellekens, A. F., Kühn, S., Machielse, M. W., & Sescousse, G. (2017). Disruption of Reward Processing in Addiction : An Image-Based Meta-analysis of Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies. JAMA psychiatry, 74(4), 387–398. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2016.3084

Lutz, P. E., Gross, J. A., Dhir, S. K., Maussion, G., Yang, J., Bramoulle, A., Meaney, M. J., & Turecki, G. (2018). Epigenetic Regulation of the Kappa Opioid Receptor by Child Abuse. Biological psychiatry, 84(10), 751–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2017.07.012

Lutz, P. E., & Turecki, G. (2014). DNA methylation and childhood maltreatment: from animal models to human studies. Neuroscience, 264, 142–156. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroscience.2013.07.069

Maes, M., Rachayon, M., Jirakran, K., Sodsai, P., Klinchanhom, S., Debnath, M., Basta-Kaim, A., Kubera, M., Almulla, A. F., & Sughondhabirom, A. (2022). Adverse Childhood Experiences Predict the Phenome of Affective Disorders and These Effects Are Mediated by Staging, Neuroimmunotoxic and Growth Factor Profiles. Cells, 11(9), 1564. https://doi.org/10.3390/cells11091564

Makinodan, M., Rosen, K. M., Ito, S., & Corfas, G. (2012). A critical period for social experience-dependent oligodendrocyte maturation and myelination. Science (New York, N.Y.), 337(6100), 1357–1360. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1220845

Maras, P. M., & Baram, T. Z. (2012). Sculpting the hippocampus from within: stress, spines, and CRH. Trends in neurosciences, 35(5), 315–324. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tins.2012.01.005

Marzi, S. J., Sugden, K., Arseneault, L., Belsky, D. W., Burrage, J., Corcoran, D. L., Danese, A., Fisher, H. L., Hannon, E., Moffitt, T. E., Odgers, C. L., Pariante, C., Poulton, R., Williams, B. S., Wong, C. C. Y., Mill, J., & Caspi, A. (2018). Analysis of DNA Methylation in Young People: Limited Evidence for an Association Between Victimization Stress and Epigenetic Variation in Blood. The American journal of psychiatry, 175(6), 517–529. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.17060693

Matosin, N., Halldorsdottir, T., & Binder, E. B. (2018). Understanding the Molecular Mechanisms Underpinning Gene by Environment Interactions in Psychiatric Disorders: The FKBP5 Model. Biological psychiatry, 83(10), 821–830. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2018.01.021

Mattson, W. I., Hyde, L. W., Shaw, D. S., Forbes, E. E., & Monk, C. S. (2016). Clinical neuroprediction: Amygdala reactivity predicts depressive symptoms 2 years later. Social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 11(6), 892–898. https://doi.org/10.1093/scan/nsw018

McGowan, P. O., Sasaki, A., D'Alessio, A. C., Dymov, S., Labonté, B., Szyf, M., Turecki, G., & Meaney, M. J. (2009). Epigenetic regulation of the glucocorticoid receptor in human brain associates with childhood abuse. Nature neuroscience, 12(3), 342–348. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.2270

Mehta, M. A., Gore-Langton, E., Golembo, N., Colvert, E., Williams, S. C., & Sonuga-Barke, E. (2010). Hyporesponsive reward anticipation in the basal ganglia following severe institutional deprivation early in life. Journal of cognitive neuroscience, 22(10), 2316–2325. https://doi.org/10.1162/jocn.2009.21394

Mian, O., Belsky, D. W., Cohen, A. A., Anderson, L. N., Gonzalez, A., Ma, J., Sloboda, D. M., Bowdish, D. M., & Verschoor, C. P. (2022). Associations between exposure to adverse childhood experiences and biological aging: Evidence from the Canadian Longitudinal Study on Aging. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 142, 105821. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2022.105821

Miller, G. E., Chen, E., & Zhou, E. S. (2007). If it goes up, must it come down? Chronic stress and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical axis in humans. Psychological bulletin, 133(1), 25–45. https://doi.org/10.1037/0033-2909.133.1.25

Morris, M. C., Compas, B. E., & Garber, J. (2012). Relations among posttraumatic stress disorder, comorbid major depression, and HPA function: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clinical psychology review, 32(4), 301–315. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2012.02.002

Mothersill, O., & Donohoe, G. (2016). Neural effects of social environmental stress - an activation likelihood estimation meta-analysis. Psychological medicine, 46(10), 2015–2023. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291716000477

Murgatroyd, C., Quinn, J. P., Sharp, H. M., Pickles, A., & Hill, J. (2015). Effects of prenatal and postnatal depression, and maternal stroking, at the glucocorticoid receptor gene. Translational psychiatry, 5(5), e560. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2014.140

Nakamoto, K., & Tokuyama, S. (2023). Stress-Induced Changes in the Endogenous Opioid System Cause Dysfunction of Pain and Emotion Regulation. International journal of molecular sciences, 24(14), 11713. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms241411713

Nelson, M. D., & Tumpap, A. M. (2017). Posttraumatic stress disorder symptom severity is associated with left hippocampal volume reduction: a meta-analytic study. CNS spectrums, 22(4), 363–372. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1092852916000833

Olson, A. K., Eadie, B. D., Ernst, C., & Christie, B. R. (2006). Environmental enrichment and voluntary exercise massively increase neurogenesis in the adult hippocampus via dissociable pathways. Hippocampus, 16(3), 250–260. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.20157

Orso, R., Creutzberg, K. C., Kestering-Ferreira, E., Wearick-Silva, L. E., Tractenberg, S. G., & Grassi-Oliveira, R. (2020). Maternal Separation Combined With Limited Bedding Increases Anxiety-Like Behavior and Alters Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis Function of Male BALB/cJ Mice. Frontiers in behavioral neuroscience, 14, 600766. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2020.600766

Parent, J., Parade, S. H., Laumann, L. E., Ridout, K. K., Yang, B. Z., Marsit, C. J., Seifer, R., & Tyrka, A. R. (2017). Dynamic stress-related epigenetic regulation of the glucocorticoid receptor gene promoter during early development: The role of child maltreatment. Development and psychopathology, 29(5), 1635–1648. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579417001298

Philip, N. S., Sweet, L. H., Tyrka, A. R., Price, L. H., Bloom, R. F., & Carpenter, L. L. (2013). Decreased default network connectivity is associated with early life stress in medication-free healthy adults. European neuropsychopharmacology : the journal of the European College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 23(1), 24–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2012.10.008

Pizzagalli D. A. (2022). Toward a Better Understanding of the Mechanisms and Pathophysiology of Anhedonia: Are We Ready for Translation?. The American journal of psychiatry, 179(7), 458–469. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.20220423

Plotsky, P. M., & Meaney, M. J. (1993). Early, postnatal experience alters hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) mRNA, median eminence CRF content and stress-induced release in adult rats. Brain research. Molecular brain research, 18(3), 195–200. https://doi.org/10.1016/0169-328x(93)90189-v

Priest, N., Guo, S., Gondek, D., Lacey, R. E., Burgner, D., Downes, M., Slopen, N., Goldfeld, S., Moreno-Betancur, M., Kerr, J. A., Cahill, S., Wake, M., Juonala, M., Lycett, K., & O'Connor, M. (2022). The effect of adverse and positive experiences on inflammatory markers in Australian and UK children. Brain, behavior, & immunity - health, 26, 100550. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbih.2022.100550

Reid, B. M., Doom, J. R., Argote, R. B., Correa-Burrows, P., Lozoff, B., Blanco, E., & Gahagan, S. (2020). Pathways to inflammation in adolescence through early adversity, childhood depressive symptoms, and body mass index: A prospective longitudinal study of Chilean infants. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 86, 4–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2019.06.003

Riem, M. M., Alink, L. R., Out, D., Van Ijzendoorn, M. H., & Bakermans-Kranenburg, M. J. (2015). Beating the brain about abuse: Empirical and meta-analytic studies of the association between maltreatment and hippocampal volume across childhood and adolescence. Development and psychopathology, 27(2), 507–520. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579415000127

Ronaldson, A., Gazali, A. M., Zalli, A., Kaiser, F., Thompson, S. J., Henderson, B., Steptoe, A., & Carvalho, L. (2016). Increased percentages of regulatory T cells are associated with inflammatory and neuroendocrine responses to acute psychological stress and poorer health status in older men and women. Psychopharmacology, 233(9), 1661–1668. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-015-3876-3

Roozendaal, B., McEwen, B. S., & Chattarji, S. (2009). Stress, memory and the amygdala. Nature reviews. Neuroscience, 10(6), 423–433. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn2651

Ross, M. C., Heilicher, M., & Cisler, J. M. (2021). Functional imaging correlates of childhood trauma: A qualitative review of past research and emerging trends. Pharmacology, biochemistry, and behavior, 211, 173297. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pbb.2021.173297

Rutter M. (1998). Developmental catch-up, and deficit, following adoption after severe global early privation. English and Romanian Adoptees (ERA) Study Team. Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, and allied disciplines, 39(4), 465–476.

Sánchez, M. M., Noble, P. M., Lyon, C. K., Plotsky, P. M., Davis, M., Nemeroff, C. B., & Winslow, J. T. (2005). Alterations in diurnal cortisol rhythm and acoustic startle response in nonhuman primates with adverse rearing. Biological psychiatry, 57(4), 373–381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.11.032

Sanders, J., & Nemeroff, C. (2016). The CRF System as a Therapeutic Target for Neuropsychiatric Disorders. Trends in pharmacological sciences, 37(12), 1045–1054. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tips.2016.09.004

Sapolsky R. M. (1996). Stress, Glucocorticoids, and Damage to the Nervous System: The Current State of Confusion. Stress (Amsterdam, Netherlands), 1(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.3109/10253899609001092

Sarapas, C., Cai, G., Bierer, L. M., Golier, J. A., Galea, S., Ising, M., Rein, T., Schmeidler, J., Müller-Myhsok, B., Uhr, M., Holsboer, F., Buxbaum, J. D., & Yehuda, R. (2011). Genetic markers for PTSD risk and resilience among survivors of the World Trade Center attacks. Disease markers, 30(2-3), 101–110. https://doi.org/10.3233/DMA-2011-0764

Schär, S., Mürner-Lavanchy, I., Schmidt, S. J., Koenig, J., & Kaess, M. (2022). Child maltreatment and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis functioning: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in neuroendocrinology, 66, 100987. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2022.100987

Schechter, D. S., Moser, D. A., Paoloni-Giacobino, A., Stenz, L., Gex-Fabry, M., Aue, T., Adouan, W., Cordero, M. I., Suardi, F., Manini, A., Sancho Rossignol, A., Merminod, G., Ansermet, F., Dayer, A. G., & Rusconi Serpa, S. (2015). Methylation of NR3C1 is related to maternal PTSD, parenting stress and maternal medial prefrontal cortical activity in response to child separation among mothers with histories of violence exposure. Frontiers in psychology, 6, 690. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2015.00690

Schmaal, L., Veltman, D. J., van Erp, T. G., Sämann, P. G., Frodl, T., Jahanshad, N., Loehrer, E., Tiemeier, H., Hofman, A., Niessen, W. J., Vernooij, M. W., Ikram, M. A., Wittfeld, K., Grabe, H. J., Block, A., Hegenscheid, K., Völzke, H., Hoehn, D., Czisch, M., Lagopoulos, J., … Hibar, D. P. (2016). Subcortical brain alterations in major depressive disorder: findings from the ENIGMA Major Depressive Disorder working group. Molecular psychiatry, 21(6), 806–812. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2015.69

Schulze, L., Schulze, A., Renneberg, B., Schmahl, C., & Niedtfeld, I. (2019). Neural Correlates of Affective Disturbances: A Comparative Meta-analysis of Negative Affect Processing in Borderline Personality Disorder, Major Depressive Disorder, and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Biological psychiatry. Cognitive neuroscience and neuroimaging, 4(3), 220–232. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpsc.2018.11.004

Shafie, M., Shahmohamadi, E., Cattarinussi, G., Sanjari Moghaddam, H., Akhondzadeh, S., Sambataro, F., Moltrasio, C., & Delvecchio, G. (2023). Resting-state functional magnetic resonance imaging alterations in borderline personality disorder: A systematic review. Journal of affective disorders, 341, 335–345. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2023.09.001

Sheerin, C. M., Lind, M. J., Bountress, K. E., Marraccini, M. E., Amstadter, A. B., Bacanu, S. A., & Nugent, N. R. (2020). Meta-Analysis of Associations Between Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis Genes and Risk of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Journal of traumatic stress, 33(5), 688–698. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.22484

Shirtcliff, E. A., Hanson, J. L., Ruttle, P. L., Smith, B., & Pollak, S. D. (2024). Cortisol's diurnal rhythm indexes the neurobiological impact of child adversity in adolescence. Biological psychology, 187, 108766. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsycho.2024.108766

Slopen, N., Kubzansky, L. D., McLaughlin, K. A., & Koenen, K. C. (2013). Childhood adversity and inflammatory processes in youth: a prospective study. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 38(2), 188–200. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2012.05.013

Takahashi, Y., Kubo, R., Sano, R., Kuninaka, H., Murayama, M., Hayakawa, A., & Kominato, Y. (2018). DNA methylation of the NR3C1 promoter region in brains of pediatric victims of physical abuse. Neurocase, 24(5-6), 269–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/13554794.2019.1582678

Tanti, A., Kim, J. J., Wakid, M., Davoli, M. A., Turecki, G., & Mechawar, N. (2018). Child abuse associates with an imbalance of oligodendrocyte-lineage cells in ventromedial prefrontal white matter. Molecular psychiatry, 23(10), 2018–2028. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2017.231

Teicher, M. H., & Samson, J. A. (2013). Childhood maltreatment and psychopathology: A case for ecophenotypic variants as clinically and neurobiologically distinct subtypes. The American journal of psychiatry, 170(10), 1114–1133. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2013.12070957

Thomas, N., Gurvich, C., Hudaib, A. R., Gavrilidis, E., & Kulkarni, J. (2019). Systematic review and meta-analysis of basal cortisol levels in Borderline Personality Disorder compared to non-psychiatric controls. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 102, 149–157. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2018.12.009

Trickett, P. K., Noll, J. G., Susman, E. J., Shenk, C. E., & Putnam, F. W. (2010). Attenuation of cortisol across development for victims of sexual abuse. Development and psychopathology, 22(1), 165–175. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579409990332

Ulrich-Lai, Y. M., & Herman, J. P. (2009). Neural regulation of endocrine and autonomic stress responses. Nature reviews. Neuroscience, 10(6), 397–409. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn2647

Van Hulle, C. A., Shirtcliff, E. A., Lemery-Chalfant, K., & Goldsmith, H. H. (2012). Genetic and environmental influences on individual differences in cortisol level and circadian rhythm in middle childhood. Hormones and behavior, 62(1), 36–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yhbeh.2012.04.014

van Oers, H. J., de Kloet, E. R., Whelan, T., & Levine, S. (1998). Maternal deprivation effect on the infant's neural stress markers is reversed by tactile stimulation and feeding but not by suppressing corticosterone. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 18(23), 10171–10179. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.18-23-10171.1998

van Zuiden, M., Kavelaars, A., Geuze, E., Olff, M., & Heijnen, C. J. (2013). Predicting PTSD: pre-existing vulnerabilities in glucocorticoid-signaling and implications for preventive interventions. Brain, behavior, and immunity, 30, 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbi.2012.08.015

Veenema A. H. (2009). Early life stress, the development of aggression and neuroendocrine and neurobiological correlates: what can we learn from animal models?. Frontiers in neuroendocrinology, 30(4), 497–518. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.yfrne.2009.03.003

Vyas, N., Wimberly, C. E., Beaman, M. M., Kaplan, S. J., Rasmussen, L. J. H., Wertz, J., Gifford, E. J., & Walsh, K. M. (2023). Systematic review and meta-analysis of the effect of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) on brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) levels. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 151, 106071. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2023.106071

Wadji, D. L., Tandon, T., Ketcha Wanda, G. J. M., Wicky, C., Dentz, A., Hasler, G., Morina, N., & Martin-Soelch, C. (2021). Child maltreatment and NR3C1 exon 1F methylation, link with deregulated hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal axis and psychopathology: A systematic review. Child abuse & neglect, 122, 105304. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2021.105304

Wang, Q., Shelton, R. C., & Dwivedi, Y. (2018). Interaction between early-life stress and FKBP5 gene variants in major depressive disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Journal of affective disorders, 225, 422–428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2017.08.066

Watt, T., Ceballos, N., Kim, S., Pan, X., & Sharma, S. (2019). The Unique Nature of Depression and Anxiety among College Students with Adverse Childhood Experiences. Journal of child & adolescent trauma, 13(2), 163–172. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40653-019-00270-4

Weaver, I. C., Cervoni, N., Champagne, F. A., D'Alessio, A. C., Sharma, S., Seckl, J. R., Dymov, S., Szyf, M., & Meaney, M. J. (2004). Epigenetic programming by maternal behavior. Nature neuroscience, 7(8), 847–854. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn1276

Wilker, S., Pfeiffer, A., Kolassa, S., Elbert, T., Lingenfelder, B., Ovuga, E., Papassotiropoulos, A., de Quervain, D., & Kolassa, I. T. (2014). The role of FKBP5 genotype in moderating long-term effectiveness of exposure-based psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. Translational psychiatry, 4(6), e403. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2014.49

Yehuda, R., Flory, J. D., Bierer, L. M., Henn-Haase, C., Lehrner, A., Desarnaud, F., Makotkine, I., Daskalakis, N. P., Marmar, C. R., & Meaney, M. J. (2015). Lower methylation of glucocorticoid receptor gene promoter 1F in peripheral blood of veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological psychiatry, 77(4), 356–364. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2014.02.006

Young, E. S., Doom, J. R., Farrell, A. K., Carlson, E. A., Englund, M. M., Miller, G. E., Gunnar, M. R., Roisman, G. I., & Simpson, J. A. (2021). Life stress and cortisol reactivity: An exploratory analysis of the effects of stress exposure across life on HPA-axis functioning. Development and psychopathology, 33(1), 301–312. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579419001779

View Details

David Puder, M.D., Eric Bender, M.D.

Neither of the presenters have any conflict of interest.

This week, I am joined by Dr. Eric Bender, a psychiatrist and psychotherapist, to discuss, The Shrink Next Door. Dr. Bender practices in San Francisco, has been featured multiple times on GQ’s online show The Breakdown, Wired magazine’s Tech Help, and on YouTube.

Listening to The Shrink Next Door elicited a range of emotions in me, including angst, sadness, intrigue, and heartache. For those unfamiliar with the story, it revolves around a psychiatrist named Ike who isolates his patient, Marty, from his family, takes over his business, lives in his house, charges him over a million dollars, and makes him undertake various projects for him. We will discuss the podcast's characters as if they are fictional. The podcast, akin to House of Cards for the psychotherapy world, reveals the manipulation and betrayal that can occur behind the scenes. Just as House of Cards exposed viewers to the Machiavellian tactics in politics, The Shrink Next Door disrupts the sacred space of the therapy office.

Disclaimer:

We do not know these individuals personally, nor have we evaluated them as patients. We are listeners analyzing the story, assuming it represents Marty’s perspective truthfully. Our discussion is based on publicly available information and is intended for educational purposes only. We use this case as a study relevant to our profession, as it has sparked widespread discussion. Our focus will be on what not to do in therapy and the essential boundaries physicians must maintain. This analysis is not intended to provide a comprehensive review of the entire case and should not be interpreted as a definitive judgment on the individuals involved. Any comments made are general in nature and not directed at specific persons.

Who Was To Blame?For some listeners, there might be questions about how much blame lies with both parties in such situations. However, as a psychiatrist, it is clear to me that when a psychiatrist violates the fundamental principles of our profession by engaging in either a sexual or business relationship with a patient, the responsibility lies solely with the psychiatrist. Patients seek our help during times of great vulnerability, and the therapeutic relationship, which often involves meeting several times a week, creates a powerful transference. This transference develops because patients often feel truly heard and understood for the first time, leading to a deep sense of trust. This trust can be profoundly transformative, allowing patients to share their life stories and traumas and to feel connected and not alone. Through this connection, memories that were once traumatic and filled with shame become moments of understanding and acceptance. Psychotherapy inherently involves a unique power dynamic, and numerous accounts demonstrate that entering into a business partnership or romantic relationship with a patient never ends well for the patient. Such actions undermine the very purpose of our work, which is to be there for the patient.

Common Abusive Dynamic #1: Losing His Self-Efficacy or Free WillThe first step in Marty losing his ability to choose and act in his own story was Ike positioning himself as the solver of problems—the hero of Marty’s story. In therapy, the hero should always be the patient, but in Marty’s therapy, Ike took on that role. Instead of asking insightful questions and allowing Marty to build his inner strength, Ike did the heavy assertiveness work for him.

  • Offered Calming Expressions: Ike frequently reassured Marty with phrases like, “Don’t worry”, “Calm down,” “We’ll straighten everything out,” “I’m going to take care of everything” (Ep. 1; 1:44).
  • Protective Statements: Ike told Joe that he was the only one protecting Marty from those who would try to take advantage of him (Ep. 1; 28:28).
  • Control Over Personal Relationships: Marty shared that his ex-fiancée demanded a vacation to Mexico that he had promised (Ep. 2). Ike then told Marty that his ex-girlfriend didn’t respect him and that he was an easy target (Ep. 2; 1:34-1:43).
  • Promise of Protection: Ike promised to protect Marty, saying, “I’m going to be like your big brother. I’m going to take care of you. Everybody’s afraid of me” (Ep. 2; 2:33-2:50). However, Ike later denied this (3:45).
  • Manipulating Financial Decisions: Ike instructed Marty to cut Phyllis’s salary, which Marty complied with, though he believed he would have handled it differently if not for Ike’s directive (Ep. 2; 12:20-12:40).
  • Expectations and Ultimatums: Ike expected people to take his advice or not return (Ep. 2; 12:50-13:04).
  • Repeated Demeaning Statements: Session after session, Ike told Marty that he was unlovable, claiming that his sister, nephews, and nobody loved him (Ep. 2; 30:31-30:45).

When a patient wants the therapist to make a decision for them, it can be helpful for the therapist to remark, “It really seems like you are wanting me to make this decision for you.” This can be followed by further questions to explore the patient’s difficulty in making decisions: What would the patient need in order to make such a decision? Is it more information or a specific feeling? Can the patient identify what makes this decision particularly challenging? This approach helps uncover why the patient finds it difficult to make decisions and whether this difficulty is specific to the current situation or a recurring pattern in the patient's life.

Common Abusive Dynamic #2: IsolationIn the series, one of the most damaging actions was when the psychiatrist, Ike, isolated Marty from his loved ones. This isolation prevented Marty from receiving feedback on the abusive dynamics of their relationship. If Marty’s family had known what was happening, they would likely have questioned, “What the heck are you doing letting that shrink live in your house, throwing parties for him all the time, transcribing his books, and paying him for all those things?” In the show, similar to how a cult leader isolates individuals into a group, Marty was isolated by his psychiatrist. Here are examples that demonstrate grooming towards isolation:

  • Submissive Symbolism: Ike hung cartoons in Marty’s bathroom that represented a submissive nature for the client (Ep. 1; 18:49).
  • Protective Statements: Ike told Joe that he was the only one protecting Marty from those who would try to take advantage of him (Ep. 1; 26:44).
  • Promises of Protection: Ike assured Marty, “I’m going to be like your big brother. I’m going to take care of you. Everybody’s afraid of me” (Ep. 2; 2:33-2:50).
  • Isolation from Social Circles: Marty became increasingly isolated from colleagues and friends he had known for years until Ike was his only friend (Ep. 2; 29:04-29:20).
  • Encouraging Family Estrangement: Ike encouraged Judith to hate and cut off her relationship with her mother (Ep. 4; 19:40-19:43).
  • Forced Choices: Ike made Judith choose between him and a friend who had a falling out with Ike, stating, “I can’t be without a therapist, let alone the person who ran my life” (Ep. 4; 25:00-25:14; 25:47-25:50).
  • Discouraging Important Events: Ike recommended that Judith not attend her mother’s funeral (Ep. 4; 28:08).
  • Exploiting Vulnerability: “The more in crisis you are, the more vulnerable you are. Ike likes you that way. He’s treating you to make you better but also keeping you tied to him” (Ep. 4; 31:41-31:51).

These examples illustrate a classic pattern of abusive behavior, where the abuser isolates the victim from their support network to maintain control and dominance. By systematically cutting Marty off from friends and family, Ike ensured that Marty remained dependent on him, thereby reinforcing the power imbalance and perpetuating the abusive dynamic. This kind of manipulation is particularly harmful in a therapeutic setting, where trust and support should be paramount.

Here is how Marty was isolated from his sister:* Marty asks Phyllis for help with Torah reading and making invitations for his Bar Mitzvah, but she declines because she is a single parent with too much on her plate. Consequently, Marty refuses to invite her to the Bar Mitzvah and pushes her out of his life completely (Ep. 2; 14:50-15:51). * Ike told Marty to cut Phyllis’s salary, and he did. Marty believes he would have handled it differently if Ike had not told him to do it (Ep. 2; 11:20-11:40). * Ike expected people to take his advice or not come back (Ep. 2; 11:55-12:04). * Ike and his wife, Becky, attended the ceremony and reception, but Phyllis was not invited (Ep. 2; 16:27-16:35). * Marty used to be a major part of Phyllis’s and her kids’ lives. Marty was the person she always relied on (Ep. 2; 16:47-16:56). * When Marty refused to talk to Phyllis, she took multiple shared valuables from their inheritance to force his hand in communication. Ike told Marty that this was proof that people, including his own sister, wanted to take advantage of him and steal his money. Ike instructed Marty to break off the relationship by writing a letter to Phyllis and her daughter (Ep. 2; 17:51-22:52). * Phyllis’s daughter received a letter from Marty while at school, accusing her mother of being a liar and a thief, thus requiring an end to their relationship (Ep. 2; 23:31-24:23). * Marty revoked the children’s status as benefactors (Ep. 2; 24:23). * “I love you. I love you. I love you. And I’m disowning you. And I love you. That’s the message. And it’s your mother’s fault” (Ep. 2; 25:34-25:44). * Marty knew that this document was wrong. However, the only person he could go to for advice was Ike, who insisted this was the way to deal with the situation (Ep. 2; 26:38-27:00). * Ike asked Marty to bring photos of him and Phyllis to their appointments (Ep. 2; 27:16-27:22). * Ike gave Marty scissors to cut Phyllis out of the photos and sent those halves to Phyllis (Ep. 2; 27:43-27:50). * Marty secretly kept his halves of the photos, which Ike insisted he throw away (Ep. 2; 28:31-28:39). * Session after session, Ike told Marty that he was unlovable, claiming that his sister, nephews, and nobody loved him (Ep. 2; 28:46-28:59). * Marty became increasingly isolated from colleagues and friends he had known for years until Ike was his only friend (Ep. 2; 29:04-29:20).

Ike systematically isolated Marty from his sister, Phyllis, by encouraging Marty to cut her out of significant events, manipulate financial decisions, and sever personal ties through demeaning and controlling actions. This isolation was reinforced by Ike’s continuous undermining of Marty’s self-worth and manipulating his perception of love and loyalty. As a result, Marty was left dependent on Ike, deprived of his family support, and increasingly vulnerable to further abuse.

These tactics are often seen when a cult leader recruits members into the cult. A cult leader senses a vulnerability in a person and recognizes that the person needs something emotionally. The cult leader exploits that need and then starts to control and manipulate the person in ways that may not be immediately recognizable. This often involves cutting the individual off from their loved ones. The leader then assigns the individual a job within the cult that makes them feel valued and important. With the individual isolated and deeply integrated into the cult world, it becomes extremely difficult for anyone to extricate them from the cult.

Abusive Dynamic #3: Reversal Of The Hero’s JourneyAs time progresses, Ike positions himself as the hero and Marty as the victim, casting every other relationship in Marty’s life as the antagonist. This is a complete reversal of the hero’s journey, where the person in therapy should be the hero, equipped by the therapist to navigate and triumph in their own life. Ideally, the therapist empowers the patient to become self-sufficient and resilient.

  • Nicknaming and Undermining: Ike gives Marty the nickname “Easy Mark Marowitz,” implying that Marty won’t be able to handle people coming after his money because he can't handle conflict (Ep. 3; 0:20).
  • Erosion of Self-Confidence: Ike tells Marty that he’s an easy target and that his ex-girlfriend doesn’t respect him (Ep. 2; 1:34-1:43).
  • Reinforcing Paranoia: Ike repeatedly reminds Marty that his ex-girlfriend and sister are after his money (Ep. 3; 1:41-1:48).
  • Demeaning Statements: Session after session, Ike tells Marty that he is unlovable and that his sister, nephews, and nobody loves him (Ep. 2; 28:46-28:59).
  • Dependency: Marty describes his relationship with Ike: “I was basically married to this guy. He was my life. Three times a week I would sit basically at his knee and ask him for directions.” (Ep. 5; 23:37).

Ike’s actions transformed the therapeutic dynamic into one where he became the idealized hero and Marty the dependent victim. By undermining Marty’s confidence, instilling paranoia, and fostering dependency, Ike reversed the intended therapeutic process. Instead of empowering Marty to be self-reliant, Ike ensured Marty remained reliant on him, reinforcing an unhealthy and abusive dynamic.

As therapists, it's important to explore the relationship dynamics with our patients, especially if they seem to view the therapist as a hero. Making an observation can open up this conversation. For instance, you might say, “I notice that in our conversations, you often express how you feel I am right. I am curious what might happen if you ever thought I was wrong, that maybe what I am saying doesn’t actually feel right to you, or that I have misunderstood something.” This invites the patient to reflect on their automatic agreement and consider their own perspectives.

It might be difficult for the patient to express disagreement, but commenting on this difficulty can also be enlightening. You could say, “I sense it might be uncomfortable for you to say something that contradicts me. Can we talk about why that might be?” This helps normalize their feelings and encourages openness.

If the patient seems confused by this conversation, another approach is to explore their tendency to portray the therapist as the hero. You might say, “Sometimes it seems like you portray me as the hero in our sessions. What would it be like to imagine yourself as the hero instead?” This encourages the patient to shift their perspective, recognize their own strengths, and consider their role in their healing journey.

By engaging in these discussions, therapists can promote greater autonomy and empowerment in their patients, helping them develop self-efficacy and confidence. This approach supports a more balanced and effective therapeutic relationship.

Good Psychotherapy Leads To Close And Meaningful Relationships With Other PeopleOur work in psychotherapy is to help individuals connect with others and build meaningful relationships. Many aspects of most psychotherapy outcome questionnaires, such as the OQ 45.2, focus on thriving in relationships. Additionally, research articles emphasize that successful therapy involves not only building a strong therapeutic alliance but also fostering meaningful relationships outside the office.

Here are three key indicators of mental health from the SWAP-200:

  • Is capable of sustaining a meaningful love relationship characterized by genuine intimacy and caring.
  • Is able to find meaning and fulfillment in guiding, mentoring, or nurturing others.
  • Is able to form close and lasting friendships characterized by mutual support and sharing of experiences.

The Harvard longitudinal study further supports this, indicating that relationships play a significant role in determining overall success in life. In a recent episode on mentalization-based therapy, Bateman and Fonagy discussed how their approach helped clients establish meaningful, long-term relationships outside of therapy.

Good Psychotherapy Leads To Empowerment And Living in Alignment With Personal ValuesGood psychotherapy empowers individuals to make decisions and live according to their own desires and values. Effective therapy helps clients become more capable of determining how they want to live, aligning their actions with their personal values, goals, and aspirations. Here are the key aspects of this empowerment:

  • Decision-Making: Therapy enhances an individual's ability to decide how they want to live, based on their own values and desires.
  • Alignment with Values: Clients become more able to live in alignment with their values, goals, and aspirations.
  • Living Out Values: Therapy supports individuals in living out their own values authentically and meaningfully.

A Neglected Therapy: ForgivenessBoundaries are not the only solution to people’s pain and anger. While setting boundaries gives anger a voice, there are times when we have been deeply wronged, and no boundary or expression can change the wrong we feel. In such cases, forgiveness becomes the answer. Forgiveness is not about forgetting or condoning the wrong; it is about acknowledging, ‘I was wronged,’ and choosing to release the anger, sometimes to a higher power or a greater good.

Forgiveness is distinct from reconciliation, which requires a sincere apology from the offending party. It is also different from the restoration of trust, which may take time and effort. Forgiveness is a personal decision to let go of chronic anger and bitterness that would otherwise consume you.

It is important for therapists to be aware of how they might wrong the patient and to acknowledge when they have. Equally, therapists may witness a patient becoming angry with them, which does not necessarily mean the therapist has wronged them. Recognizing and exploring this anger can be a crucial step in the therapeutic process.

As therapists, we might say to our patients, “If you are invested in your therapy, it’s impossible for the way you relate to others in your world not to enter into our relationship. That includes being angry with me.” This statement helps normalize the patient’s anger and opens the door for exploration.

You can use this opportunity to delve into the reasons behind the anger and why it emerged in the therapeutic context. Over time, this exploration can reveal patterns in how the patient experiences and expresses anger in other situations as well. By understanding these patterns, therapists can help patients develop healthier ways of managing and expressing their emotions in various aspects of their lives.

Good Psychotherapy Has EmpathyA recurring theme was the lack of empathy for Marty, which became particularly evident after his surgery when there was no presence, concern, or follow-up. However, the absence of empathy was more insidious and ongoing throughout the therapeutic relationship. Empathy involves understanding and feeling into another’s perspective, emotions, goals, and desires. For a psychiatrist or therapist, empathy is not only the starting place, but a continual journey to remain present and empathic. In my training of residents, if they lack empathy, we focus on developing this skill until it is well established.

Here are moments that illustrate the lack of empathy:

  • Offered Calming Expressions: Phrases like “Don’t worry,” “Calm down,” “We’ll straighten everything out,” “I’m going to take care of everything” (Ep. 1, 1:44) are not empathetic. These paternalistic comforts do not resonate with the pain Marty was experiencing. It is not our responsibility to “fix everything,” and often, everything cannot be fixed. True empathy would involve acknowledging Marty’s feelings and validating his experience.
  • Protective Statements: Ike told Joe that he was the only one protecting Marty from those who would try to take advantage of him (Ep. 1, 26:44). This stance is paternal and unempathic. Empathy would involve understanding Marty’s distress at being taken advantage of, exploring any underlying anger, and asking questions to help Marty find his own voice and set boundaries.

Empathy is crucial in psychotherapy, yet it was notably absent in Marty’s treatment. Instead of offering paternalistic reassurances and taking control, true empathy would have involved understanding and validating Marty’s feelings, encouraging him to express his emotions, and empowering him to set boundaries. Effective therapy requires a continual commitment to empathetic understanding, which fosters healing and growth.

In a good therapy session, empathy might also become a topic of conversation. Therapists may observe that patients often lack empathy for themselves, displaying a tendency to be very judgmental and having a critical inner voice that never stops. This critical voice can significantly impact their mental wellbeing and self-perception.

Unfortunately, in the case discussed in the show, this critical voice seemed to come from the psychiatrist, exacerbating the patient’s struggles rather than alleviating them. Addressing this issue in therapy involves helping patients recognize and challenge their self-critical thoughts, fostering a more compassionate and empathetic attitude towards themselves.

An Essential Journey In Providing Psychotherapy: Doing Your Own WorkAs therapists, we become vulnerable to boundary violations when we have not done our own psychotherapy work and have not forgiven people in our past. For example, if you harbor anger towards your father, any patient who reminds you of your father will trigger emotional reactions. Real forgiveness and real therapy involve working through and remembering heartaches, letting them go, forgiving, and possibly feeling the presence and empathy of a kind person.

Engaging in personal therapeutic work also expands your understanding of early attachment dynamics. As your reflective function increases, you become better equipped to understand and interpret the emotional states of your patients, leading to more effective therapy.

We often explain to young therapists that it is crucial to understand where their own challenges start and end to effectively recognize where their patient’s issues begin. This self-awareness helps therapists maintain clear boundaries and provide better support to their patients by distinguishing their personal experiences from those of their clients.

The Loss Of Boundaries: Both The Process And The Final Consequence Of An Abusive DynamicThe loss of boundaries is both the process and the final consequence of an abusive dynamic. Ike not only had poor boundaries with Marty but also failed to coach Marty on establishing healthy boundaries himself. Boundaries are essential for allowing relationships to flourish. In therapy, a patient might tolerate harmful behaviors, and I often ask them to consider if they could maintain the relationship for ten years under the same conditions. The answer is always no; they would eventually get fed up and leave, causing the relationship to die. Boundaries communicate that poor treatment will result in consequences, offering the offending party an opportunity to grow and change, thus allowing the relationship to thrive.

When we see someone in a relationship where they are tolerating harmful behaviors, we might ask them how they feel about the interactions. We inquire if the patient has a sense of what they might want from that other person or in a certain situation. If the patient is not able to articulate their needs, we might ask: “So when that person does that to you or makes you feel like you have to go along, what happens to what you might want? Where does that go?”

Psychotherapy boundaries exist to keep the patient safe. Common boundaries include avoiding sexual relationships with patients and not engaging in business partnerships with them. The therapist should only benefit from the patient through their hourly rate, and nothing beyond this. The patient is not there to meet the therapist's needs beyond this hourly rate, which is why self-disclosure should only be done in the interest of the patient.

We often explain to patients that we will share something about ourselves only when we feel it will help the patient, not when it will burden them. We make that distinction by considering what the patient might take away from that self-disclosure: Is it for the patient or the therapist? It should ultimately be for the patient or toward furthering the therapeutic relationship in an appropriate manner.

Examples of Boundary Violations: Personal Boundaries: + Ike insisted that Marty give him presents for his birthday (Ep. 1, 24:27). + Ike told Marty to invite their neighbors to a dinner party, claiming Ike was a very important psychiatrist (Ep. 1, 19:53). + Ike and his wife, Becky, attended the ceremony and reception, but Phyllis was not invited (Ep. 2, 16:27-16:35). + Ike gave detailed instructions on what chores he wanted Marty to do for his houses (Ep. 3, 32:08-32:15). + Ike invited patients to parties (Ep. 4, 7:49-7:55). + Ike inappropriately hit on his patients at parties (Ep. 4, 8:53-9:29). + Ike played matchmaker for patients and guests (Ep. 4, 9:29-9:35). + Ike had a patient watch his dog while on vacation as a reward for overcoming a fear of dogs (Ep. 4, 15:33). + Ike had a picture of himself in a bathing suit with three patients in bikinis caressing him (Ep. 4, 29:51-30:48). + Ike spoke about patients to each other negatively, pitting them against each other (Ep. 4, 34:30). + Ike had Marty type up treatments and diagnoses of other patients (Ep. 5, 11:05). + Phyllis discovered Marty wasn't allowed to keep food in the kitchen and had to keep it in his bedroom during Ike's control (Ep. 6, 8:44-9:00). + Phyllis discovered Ike received gifts from party guests as a “thank you,” unknown to Marty (Ep. 6, 16:21-16:46). * Financial Boundaries*: + Marty owned the house and paid for everything Ike wanted (Ep. 1, 20:17). + Ike suggested creating a will to protect Marty's money, making Ike the face of his wealth (Ep. 3, 1:52-1:58). + Marty contributed most of the money to the foundation, but Ike decided where it should go (Ep. 3, 19:03-19:12). + Marty contributed $195,000 while Ike contributed $15,000, with donations benefiting Ike’s connections (Ep. 3, 20:08-20:31). + Ike bought tickets to charity galas to invite people he wanted to befriend ($10,000) (Ep. 3, 22:06-22:27). + Ike encouraged Marty to purchase a house behind his, which Ike immediately took over (Ep. 3, 30:20-31:01). + Ike instructed Marty to leave the house to Becky with a new lawyer (Ep. 3, 35:43-35:52). + Ike expected his wealthy patient to pay for expensive restaurant sessions and transportation (Ep. 4, 33:10-33:40). + In 1994, Marty paid Ike $149,000 for services, including work Marty did for Ike (Ep. 5, 14:47-15:11). + Marty calculated $3.2 million in checks written to Ike over their 29-year relationship, excluding party expenses or foundation money (Ep. 6, 19:53). + Ike used the foundation to write checks to himself under a pseudonym totaling $6,000 (Ep. 6, 20:51-21:09).

  • Business Boundaries:
  • Ike wanted to see Marty’s business operations (Ep. 2, 4:40).
  • Ike made suggestions on office design from a psychological perspective (Ep. 2, 5:30-5:43).
  • Marty called Ike for help with customers, leading to a defensive mood (Ep. 2, 7:25-7:41).
  • Ike impersonated a Jewish business consultant and made business decisions (Ep. 3, 5:50-7:12).
  • Ike also impersonated a quality control officer, dealing poorly with customers (Ep. 3, 6:35-7:41).
  • Ike (as Isaac Stevens) was the president of Marty’s company and bragged about it (Ep. 3, 10:35-10:55).
  • Ike suggested starting a charitable foundation for Marty’s money (Ep. 3, 15:59-16:31).
  • Marty made the “Yaron” foundation the sole beneficiary of his money, with only Ike, his wife, and Marty on the board (Ep. 3, 17:11-17:35).

Boundary: You Can’t Discuss a Patient at AllOne boundary in psychotherapy and psychiatry is not to discuss a past or current patient, except in cases of child abuse or elder abuse. Although Ike had a release of information, his defenses were interesting to observe:

  • Ike told Joe he was the only one protecting Marty from those who would try to take advantage of him (Ep. 1, 26:44).
  • Ike claimed Marty caught animals and drowned them (Ep. 1, 30:28).
  • Ike defended himself by saying Marty bought decorations impulsively and chose not to sleep in the master bedroom (Ep. 1, 33:12-33:22).
  • Ike claimed to be the authority figure for Marty to avoid customer confrontation (Ep. 3, 12:03-12:20).

Ike’s disregard for professional boundaries with Marty led to numerous unethical and abusive behaviors. By involving Marty in inappropriate personal, financial, and business matters, Ike violated the fundamental principles of psychotherapy. These actions not only exploited Marty, but also undermined the integrity of the therapeutic relationship, highlighting the critical importance of maintaining strict boundaries in therapy. Dr. Bender’s way to explain this is to say to young therapists that there are two rules in psychiatry and therapy: 1) Do not sleep with your patients. 2) Don’t be weird. Weird covers a wide range of things, and would include having any type of business relationship with your patient beyond the fees they pay for your time.

An Addiction Of A Different Sort...Another theme worthy of exploration is Ike’s drive for image, being with famous people (especially writers), and appearing illustrious. Everyone has drives and desires, such as sex, self-preservation, looking good to others, and climbing dominance hierarchies. When we prioritize these desires over the best interests of others, we often experience an ever-increasing desire for them and an ever-decreasing pleasure from them. Power, money, sex, and fame are examples of such desires. This theme is important to explore because our society often idolizes those who garner the most attention, regardless of their substance or contributions.

In the past, heroes were often individuals who performed extraordinary acts of service, such as war heroes. Today, our icons are largely actors and celebrities. An example of true substance is a doctor, who I knew before he passed, who dedicates most of his time to raising money so people in Ethiopia can regain their sight. Operating under the radar, he has only a handful of people who knew what he was doing. We live in a world where attention is worshiped, without regard to the substance behind it. Interestingly, top books like The Hunger Games critique the very culture that has become increasingly prevalent.

Moments where Ike sought attention:

  • Marty gave a folder of news clippings Isaac had written and those that had been written about him to his neighbor, Joe, who worked for the New York Times (Ep. 1; 5:28-5:45).
  • Joe was invited to a party by Ike, where guests were prominent New Yorkers (Ep. 1; 6:20).
  • Ike had many photographs of himself with famous people (Ep. 1; 6:49).
  • At a dinner party, Ike talked incessantly about being a sex/celebrity therapist (Ep. 1; 8:28).
  • Ike’s house had a door underneath a 40-foot sundial leading to a basement filled with hundreds of photos (Ep. 1; 17:30).
  • Ike told Marty to invite their neighbors to a dinner party, saying Ike was a very important psychiatrist (Ep. 1; 19:53).

This article delves into the complex dynamics of psychotherapy, using the relationship between Marty and his psychiatrist Ike as a case study to explore themes of boundary violations, the reversal of therapeutic roles, the significance of empathy, and the destructive pursuit of fame. The narrative highlights how Ike’s unethical behaviors and manipulative tactics not only exploited Marty, but also subverted the core principles of effective therapy.

Key Points:

  1. Common Abusive Dynamics:
  2. Loss of Self-Efficacy and Free Will: Ike’s actions undermined Marty’s autonomy, transforming him from the hero of his own story into a victim dependent on Ike. Instead of empowering Marty, Ike positioned himself as the problem solver, exacerbating Marty’s sense of helplessness.
  3. Isolation: Ike systematically isolated Marty from his loved ones, cutting him off from essential feedback and support. This isolation made Marty increasingly reliant on Ike, deepening the abusive dynamic.

  4. Reversal of the Hero’s Journey:

  5. Ike’s manipulation turned the therapeutic relationship on its head. By continually demeaning Marty and reinforcing his dependence, Ike shifted the focus from Marty’s growth to maintaining his own control and dominance.

  6. The Role of Empathy in Therapy:

  7. Effective therapy is rooted in empathy, which was notably absent in Ike’s treatment of Marty. Empathy involves understanding and validating a patient’s experiences, something Ike failed to provide, further harming Marty’s mental health.

  8. The Importance of Personal Therapeutic Work for Therapists:

  9. Therapists must engage in their own therapeutic work to avoid boundary violations and emotional reactivity. By addressing their own unresolved issues, therapists can maintain professional integrity and offer more effective care.

  10. Boundaries in Psychotherapy:

  11. The article emphasizes the necessity of maintaining strict professional boundaries to protect patients. Ike’s numerous boundary violations, including personal, financial, and business entanglements, exemplify the dangers of blurred lines in therapeutic relationships.

  12. An Addiction to Fame:

  13. Ike’s obsession with fame and social dominance illustrated his misplaced priorities. His relentless pursuit of attention and association with prominent figures compromised his ethical obligations and the therapeutic process.

  14. Forgiveness as a Therapeutic Tool:

  15. The article highlights the importance of forgiveness in therapy, distinguishing it from reconciliation and restoration of trust. Forgiveness helps individuals release chronic anger and bitterness, contributing to emotional healing.

Conclusion The case study of Ike and Marty serves as a powerful illustration of what can go wrong in therapy when boundaries are violated, empathy is lacking, and personal agendas overshadow patient care. By examining these dynamics, the article underscores the fundamental principles of effective psychotherapy: empathy, ethical boundaries, and the empowerment of patients to lead their own lives.

Further episodes that might be helpful:Our recent episode “Episode 213: Reflective Functioning: The Key to Attachment with Dr. Howard Steele” discussed a key component present in world class therapists.

Also, “Episode 055: How to Pick a Good Therapist,” discussed what to look for in a good therapist.

View Details

Adam Borecky, M.D. and David Puder, M.D.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by Dr. Adam Borecky. Dr. Borecky is a psychiatrist and therapist who helped author the Connection Index and is part of Dr. Puder’s core team. His practice utilizes a holistic approach towards therapy and medication management.

IntroductionThe purpose of this episode is to provide a clear and simple guide for clinicians on the diagnosis of complex PTSD (C-PTSD) and how it differs from post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and borderline personality disorder (BPD). It is intended to complement and add to recent episodes on attachment and trauma: 213: Reflective Functioning, 203 and 204 on adverse childhood experiences.

Some questions we address in this podcast to equip the next generation of mental health professions are:

  • What are the risk factors that may predict why trauma exposure can lead to varying clinical presentations?
  • What is the difference between C-PTSD and Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)?
  • What are the unique struggles our patients with C-PTSD are dealing with and how can we be prepared to assist them?

To answer these questions, we will look at three pivotal studies on C-PTSD and tie it to real-world examples. Finally, we will look at some common barriers patients with C-PTSD have in seeking and engaging with mental health care.

Complex PTSD And Borderline Personality Disorder: Similarities And DifferencesComplex post-traumatic stress disorder (C-PTSD) is a mental health condition that arises from prolonged or repeated trauma, especially in situations where the individual feels trapped and unable to escape. This is distinct from traditional PTSD, which typically results from a single traumatic event. Complex PTSD can be caused by various types of long-term trauma, including:

  • Long-term childhood psychological, physical, or sexual abuse or neglect
  • Prolonged domestic violence
  • Surviving war, torture, or kidnapping
  • Imprisonment or being held in captivity
  • Repeatedly witnessing violence or abuse
  • Being forced into prostitution, slavery, or other forms of exploitation

While C-PTSD shares some symptoms with PTSD, such as re-experiencing the traumatic event, avoidance of reminders, and hyperarousal, it also includes additional symptoms related to emotional regulation, self-concept, and relationship difficulties. These characteristics often overlap with borderline personality disorder (BPD), which can complicate diagnosis and treatment. BPD is characterized by frantic efforts to avoid abandonment, unstable interpersonal relationships, identity disturbance, impulsivity, self-harm, mood changes, chronic feelings of emptiness, temper outbursts, dissociation, and paranoia.

Complex post-traumatic stress disorder and borderline personality disorder both show increased prevalence with multiple traumas, as highlighted in the adverse childhood experiences (ACE) studies (see episode 204). Understanding C-PTSD is crucial because it addresses the profound and lasting impact of repeated trauma, which is often overlooked in clinical settings. Individuals with C-PTSD may exhibit hesitancy in forming therapeutic relationships, which can hinder effective treatment.

One significant aspect of C-PTSD is its link to avoidant (equivalent to dismissing) attachment styles. One study using a four-item questionnaire to measure adult attachment styles indicates a bivariate correlation value of 0.198 (p= .001) for dismissive attachment styles (low trust, high self-reliance) in individuals with C-PTSD (Karatzias, 2022). This avoidance in attachment reflects a deeper struggle with trust and intimacy, often rooted in early traumatic experiences. In this study they also found a correlation between disorders of self organization (found in c-ptsd) with the childhood trauma questionnaire (0.249), fearful attachment style (.288) but not preoccupied attachment style (.098, p >0.05). We would still desire for a larger study using the adult attachment interview with patients with C-PTSD to look at a more detailed analysis of attachment styles.

When patients with borderline personality disorder are tested using the adult attachment interview, only a small percentage (0% to 8% in various studies) have a secure attachment; the majority having an insecure attachment, either preoccupied (equivalent of ambivalent, a hyperactivating strategy) or unresolved (around conversations of abuse or loss, they have disorganized or disoriented reasoning or discourse). In one study by Fonagy, 32 out of 36 patients with BPD (89%) were unresolved and 75% were preoccupied (Agrawal, et al 2004). The AAI label of unresolved is in respect to a trauma or loss,

Someone with C-PTSD may experience persistent and pervasive difficulties in regulating emotions, maintaining relationships, and feeling safe in the world. These symptoms often manifest in various psychological defenses designed to protect the individual from the overwhelming pain of their trauma.

Individuals with C-PTSD may use several psychological defenses, such as:

  • Denial: Refusing to acknowledge the impact or reality of traumatic experiences.
  • Dissociation: Mentally disconnecting from parts of one's life or from feelings related to trauma, as if they are not real or did not happen.
  • Projection: Attributing one's own uncomfortable feelings or thoughts to someone else, believing others have those feelings towards them.
  • Rationalization: Coming up with seemingly reasonable explanations for events or behaviors driven by trauma.
  • Minimization: Downplaying the significance or effects of one’s traumatic experiences.
  • Idealization: Excessively praising or idealizing people involved in the trauma, avoiding acknowledgment of the harm they caused.
  • Intellectualization: Focusing on facts and logic to avoid dealing with the emotional aspects of trauma.
  • Somatization: Experiencing and expressing psychological pain through physical symptoms.

People with C-PTSD may have a history of avoiding talking or seeking help for their trauma and might say things like:

  • “I really put off seeing a therapist for years.”
  • “It wasn’t that bad.”
  • “Others have it much worse than me.”
  • “I just need to get over it.”
  • “I don’t remember much from that time.”
  • “They didn’t mean to hurt me; they did the best they could.”

Importance of Correct DiagnosisAccurate diagnosis is crucial, when it inspires empathy and compassion for individuals and helps them achieve new levels of thriving. Learning to avoid and withdraw can be an adaptive strategy in childhood. Patients who adaptively learned avoidance strategies early on will subsequently struggle with trusting providers due to extensive interpersonal trauma and may prefer to “go it alone,” making engagement in therapy particularly challenging. Psychotherapy for avoidant or inherently distrusting individuals might require creating space for their avoidance and helping them process these feelings. On the other hand, individuals with BPD are more likely to engage in treatment, but might fluctuate from idealizing to devaluing a provider, necessitating that therapists are well-equipped to handle the unique challenges posed by these patients.

Detailed Exploration Of Key StudiesThe Problem of Psychiatric Diagnosis and ComorbidityPsychiatric diagnosis often grapples with the challenge of pattern-matching self-reported symptoms into “disorders,” which may not always reflect distinct underlying “disease states.” Unlike other medical fields, psychiatry lacks the luxury of definitive pathology, radiology, blood tests, or reliable biomarkers to aid in diagnosis. This makes the field heavily reliant on organizing symptoms statistically to create valid diagnostic categories.

The Solution: Network Analysis and Factor AnalysisTwo statistical approaches used to explore relationships among symptoms are network analysis and factor analysis, particularly exploratory structural equation modeling (ESEM). While both methods seek to understand the interplay of symptoms, they approach it differently:

  • Network Analysis: is like observing individual friends at a party, seeing who talks to whom and who influences whom. This method looks at individual questions and how they interact with each other rather than underlying factors. It maps these direct relationships, providing insights into how symptoms influence each other directly.
  • Exploratory structural equation modeling (ESEM): Imagine trying to understand a group of friends by identifying their unique traits and shared characteristics. It tries to answer how many groups exist. Then it looks at how individual people relate to each group.

Knefel et al., 2016 - Network Analysis
This study of 219 adult survivors of childhood abuse used questionnaires for PTSD, C-PTSD, and BPD, applying network analysis to each symptom. Key findings include:

  1. Three clusters of symptoms developed based on the stronger relationships of individual question with each other as seen in figure 2 and the heat map in figure 3:
  2. PTSD cluster of symptoms:
  3. Distressing dreams (RE1), intrusive recollections (RE2), psychological distress at reminder (RE3), internal avoidance (AV1), external avoidance (AV2), hypervigilance (TH1), exaggerated startle response (TH2)

  4. C-PTSD (disturbances in self-organization):

  5. Emotional numbing (AD6), worthlessness (NSC2), shame (NSC3), guilt (NSC4), feelings of failure (NSC1), no positive emotions (AD7), difficulty feeling close to others (DR2), avoidance of relationships (DR3)

  6. BPD:

  7. Impulsiveness (BP4), self-harm (BP5), mood changes (BP6), chronic emptiness (BP7)
  8. Temper outbursts (BP8), dissociation/paranoid ideation (BP9)

  9. There were some symptoms that crossed over as seen on the heat map (figure 3) that were prevalent at higher amounts (table 1):

  10. The C-PTSD group and PTSD group seemed more related to each other than to BPD (see heat map figure 3).
  11. For example, the C-PTSD questions all also were related to PTSD’s question about exaggerated startle (TH2).

  12. BPD grouping had strong externalizing emotionality that was not seen in PTSD or C-PTSD.

  13. The centrality of depersonalization and derealization connecting PTSD and C-PTSD, particularly following childhood abuse.
  14. BPD had some unique dissociation symptoms clustering differently, suggesting a distinct type of dissociation mixed with paranoid ideation.
  15. Note in figure 2 how BP8 “temper outbursts” and BP9 “dissociation of paranoid ideation” were strongly linked. The question for dissociation of paranoid ideation was, “Have you ever had the feeling that people were talking about you or watching you when they really weren’t?”

    Hyland et al., 2019 - Factor Analysis
    This study aimed to examine the discriminant validity between C-PTSD and BPD symptoms in a UK population sample. Using ESEM on self-reported measures from 546 participants, it identified a three-factor model best representing the data, showing distinct but related latent structures for PTSD, DSO/C-PTSD, and BPD symptoms.

Comparative Insights: Core Differences in BPD and C-PTSD: C-PTSD captures a subset of individuals with a trauma history who also experience disruptions in self-organization leading to avoidance, unlike the externalizing symptoms typical of BPD. In BPD, pain often leads to a push-pull yearning for connection, whereas in C-PTSD, pain leads to withdrawal and avoidance. * Factor Loading: What factor loading shows us about PTSD, disturbances of self organization (DSO) (a unique part of C-PTSD), and BPD: * Factor 1 + PTSD:* The factor that contained PTSD symptoms which were strongly linked to classic PTSD symptoms including upsetting dreams, flashbacks, avoidance of reminders, being on guard, and being jumpy or startled easily. It was only slightly linked (lambda: 0.23-0.24) to the other 2 factors (DSO or BPD).

  • Factor 2
  • DSO (which we will call C-PTSD): Mostly contained links to DSO symptoms (disturbances of self-organization) which is unique to C-PTSD including emotional numbing, feeling like a failure, feeling worthless, feeling cut off from others, feeling difficulty staying close to others. Factor 2 DSO has a smaller link to questions in the PTSD factor, despite in the ICD-11 they are a requirement for the diagnosis. Table 3 shows avoidance of internal and external reminders had a lambda of .35 to .31 respectively.
  • Include difficulty feeling close to others, avoidance of relationships, and deactivation (inability to experience positive emotions).

  • Factor 3

  • BPD: Had high connection with individual questions that usually relate to BPD including being frantic someone close will leave, relationship ups and downs, sudden change in self-image, identity issues, impulsivity, self harm, loss of control in anger, and violence when angry.

    Similarities:

  • Emotional Dysregulation: Both BPD and C-PTSD involve difficulties in managing emotions. Individuals with either condition may experience intense emotional responses and have trouble calming themselves down.

  • Interpersonal Relationship Issues: Both disorders can lead to troubled relationships. People with BPD and C-PTSD may struggle with trust and maintaining stable relationships.
  • Trauma-Related Origins: Both conditions can stem from traumatic experiences, particularly those involving abuse or neglect during childhood.
  • Dissociation: Both BPD and C-PTSD can involve dissociative symptoms, such as feeling detached from oneself or one’s surroundings.

Differences:

  • Sense-of-Self:
  • BPD: Characterized by an unstable sense-of-self, with frequent changes in self-image and identity. Individuals may experience rapid shifts in their interests, values, and goals.
  • C-PTSD: Individuals tend to have a more stable but consistently negative self-view, often feeling worthless, guilty, or ashamed.

  • Emotional Regulation:

  • BPD: Emotional dysregulation in BPD often involves intense, uncontrolled anger and impulsive behaviors, including self-harm and suicidal gestures.
  • C-PTSD: Emotional dysregulation in C-PTSD typically involves emotional numbing, withdrawal, and difficulty self-soothing. Individuals may use dissociation or substance abuse as coping mechanisms.

  • Interpersonal Relationships:

  • BPD: Individuals with BPD may have intense and unstable relationships, characterized by alternating between idealization and devaluation of others. They often fear abandonment and may go to great lengths to avoid it.
  • C-PTSD: People with C-PTSD often avoid close relationships altogether due to a pervasive mistrust of others, stemming from their traumatic experiences.

  • Core Symptoms:

  • BPD: Key symptoms include frantic efforts to avoid abandonment, unstable relationships, impulsivity, chronic feelings of emptiness, and recurrent suicidal behavior.
  • C-PTSD: In addition to PTSD symptoms (intrusive thoughts, avoidance behaviors, and increased arousal), C-PTSD includes persistent feelings of worthlessness, emotional dysregulation, and difficulties in maintaining relationships.

  • Diagnostic Criteria:

  • BPD: Diagnosed based on criteria in the DSM-5, which does not require a traumatic event for diagnosis.
  • C-PTSD: Recognized in the ICD-11 but not in the DSM-5. It requires a history of prolonged trauma and includes additional symptoms beyond those of PTSD.

Unified Classification ProposalGiorou et al., 2018, argue for classifying all three disorders (PTSD, C-PTSD, BPD) under trauma-related disorders due to their common history of trauma. They suggest these diagnoses serve as markers of clinical and biological severity on a spectrum, with C-PTSD as an intermediate. This approach would treat these disorders similarly to how different types of depression are treated under an overarching diagnosis (MDD) with different subtypes (atypical, melancholic, etc.). Such a classification might better reflect the biological and clinical complexity of individuals’ diverse experiences resulting from trauma.

Key Findings

  1. Symptom Clusters: The study identified three distinct clusters of symptoms corresponding to PTSD, C-PTSD, and BPD. Each cluster had unique and overlapping features, particularly in areas of emotional regulation, self-concept, and interpersonal relationships.
  2. Central Symptoms: Symptoms such as emotional dysregulation, negative self-concept, and interpersonal difficulties were central in the network, indicating their pivotal role in the disorders.
  3. Trauma Types and Symptom Severity: The type, duration, and interpersonal nature of trauma were found to significantly influence symptom severity and disorder type. Prolonged and interpersonal traumas were particularly associated with C-PTSD and BPD.

Biological Correlates

The study highlighted the following biological findings:

  1. Neuroimaging Studies: Structural brain abnormalities, such as reduced hippocampal and amygdala volumes, were observed in both BPD and C-PTSD, indicating common neural bases for emotional dysregulation.
  2. HPA Axis Dysfunction: Chronic stress and trauma exposure were linked to dysregulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis, contributing to the development of both BPD and C-PTSD.

Unified Classification Proposal

Giourou et al. (2018) propose a unified classification system for trauma-related disorders, suggesting that PTSD, C-PTSD, and BPD should be considered part of a spectrum of trauma-related disorders. This classification is based on shared etiological factors and overlapping symptoms, emphasizing a continuum of clinical and biological severity. The authors argue that:

  • Trauma Continuum: PTSD, C-PTSD, and BPD exist on a continuum, with C-PTSD as an intermediate state between PTSD and more severe personality changes seen in BPD.
  • Biological and Clinical Overlap: The significant overlap in symptoms and biological findings supports a reclassification that reflects the interconnected nature of these disorders.

Our Reflections on Giourou et al., 2018

As those practicing in the field, we see severity as not related to diagnosis but would rather characterize severity by the following:

  • Avoidance of doing effective treatment
  • Harm to self that would stop treatment from progressing
  • Interpersonal factors that would either lead to avoidance of healing relationships or pushing away of healing relationships
  • The level of reflective function being lower
  • The degree of destabilization that might occur when doing treatment
  • The degree of comorbid other issues like drug addiction

When measuring level of functioning, one commonly used measurement is the OQ-45.2.

Summary And The future Of C-PTSD Treatment:With this knowledge, we can now see how clusters of symptoms relate and how individuals with trauma might fit into a diagnosis of PTSD, C-PTSD and BPD but also have symptoms that are shared between categories. Having a working diagnosis might help a patient not get pulled into long-term ineffectual treatments. People with strong avoidance for effectual treatments because of their focus on the trauma, may lead them to focus on distracting or mind-numbing treatments that don’t get to the core issues in a way that would lead to long-term resolution of symptoms. The hope would be to identify core clusters of symptoms and find approaches to address those. For example, treatment strategies could prioritize central symptoms like dissociation and affect dysregulation to achieve significant clinical improvements.

Also, importantly, we desire to have empathy for the unique strategies that children develop in order to survive their traumas. Instead of taking anger that a patient with BPD may express towards you as a personal slight, we can see that externalizing behaviors might have been an adaptive strategy in the midst of trauma. Instead of seeing avoidance in a patient with C-PTSD as just not needing treatment or not liking you as the provider, you could potentially see it with the understanding that they have adaptively moved away from relationships as a way of survival. Trust for this group will be gained over a long treatment course and with a provider being consistent, warm, kind and empathic towards the difficulty of trusting.

With those things in mind, hopefully this episode increased your internal reflectiveness towards what may be really going on underneath the surface with both yourself and your clients. I imagine we don’t just need a new modality to treat C-PTSD or BPD, but rather a journey towards increasing our own reflective function.

ReferencesAgrawal, H. R., Gunderson, J., Holmes, B. M., & Lyons-Ruth, K. (2004). Attachment studies with borderline patients: A review. Harvard review of psychiatry, 12(2), 94-104.

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1857277/

Battle, C. L., Shea, M. T., Johnson, D. M., Yen, S., Zlotnick, C., Zanarini, M. C., Sanislow, C. A., Skodol, A. E., Gunderson, J. G., Grilo, C. M., McGlashan, T. H., Morey, L. C. (2004). Childhood maltreatment associated with adult personality disorders: findings from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study. Journal of Personality Disorders, 18(2), 193-211. https://doi.org/10.1521/pedi.18.2.193.32777

Battle, D. E. (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). Codas, 25(2), 191-192. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425596.744053

Bryant, R. A. (2010). The complexity of complex PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167(8), 879-881. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2010.10040606

Cloitre, M., Courtois, C. A., Charuvastra, A., Carapezza, R., Stolbach, B. C., Green, B. L. (2011). Treatment of complex PTSD: results of the ISTSS expert clinician survey on best practices. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 24(6), 615-627. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20697

Cloitre, M., Garvert, D. W., Brewin, C. R., Bryant, R. A., Maercker, A. (2013). Evidence for proposed ICD-11 PTSD and complex PTSD: a latent profile analysis. European Journal of Psychotraumatology, 4(1). https://doi.org/10.3402/ejpt.v4i0.20706

Cloitre, M., Garvert, D. W., Weiss, B., Carlson, E. B., Bryant, R. A. (2014). Distinguishing PTSD, Complex PTSD, and Borderline Personality Disorder: A latent class analysis. European Journal of Psychotraumatology, 5(1). https://doi.org/10.3402/ejpt.v5.25097

Cloitre, M., Petkova, E., Wang, J., Lu Lassell, F. (2012). An examination of the influence of a sequential treatment on the course and impact of dissociation among women with PTSD related to childhood abuse. Depression and Anxiety, 29(8), 709-717. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.21920

Cloitre, M., Stolbach, B. C., Herman, J. L., van der Kolk, B., Pynoos, R., Wang, J., Petkova, E. (2009). A developmental approach to complex PTSD: childhood and adult cumulative trauma as predictors of symptom complexity. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22(5), 399-408. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20444

Courtois, C. A. (2008). Complex trauma, complex reactions: Assessment and treatment. Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice, and Policy, S, 86-100. https://doi.org/10.1037/1942-9681.S.1.86

Driessen, M., Herrmann, J., Stahl, K., Zwaan, M., Meier, S., Hill, A., Osterheider, M., Petersen, D. (2000). Magnetic resonance imaging volumes of the hippocampus and the amygdala in women with borderline personality disorder and early traumatization. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57(12), 1115-1122. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.57.12.1115

Ehlers, A., Maercker, A., Boos, A. (2000). Posttraumatic stress disorder following political imprisonment: the role of mental defeat, alienation, and perceived permanent change. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109(1), 45-55. https://doi.org/10.1037/0021-843X.109.1.45

Ford, J. D., Courtois, C. A. (2014). Complex PTSD, affect dysregulation, and borderline personality disorder. Borderline Personality Disorder and Emotion Dysregulation, 1(9). https://doi.org/10.1186/2051-6673-1-9

Grant, B. F., Chou, S. P., Goldstein, R. B., Huang, B., Stinson, F. S., Saha, T. D., Smith, S. M., Dawson, D. A., Pulay, A. J., Pickering, R. P., Ruan, W. J. (2008). Prevalence, correlates, disability, and comorbidity of DSM-IV borderline personality disorder: results from the Wave 2 National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69(4), 533-545. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.v69n0404

Hyland, P., Karatzias, T., Shevlin, M., & Cloitre, M. (2019). Examining the discriminant validity of complex posttraumatic stress disorder and borderline personality disorder symptoms: Results from a United Kingdom population sample. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 32(4), 552-561. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.22444

Irle, E., Lange, C., Sachsse, U. (2005). Reduced size and abnormal asymmetry of parietal cortex in women with borderline personality disorder. Biological Psychiatry, 57(2), 173-182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2004.10.004

Karatzias, T., Shevlin, M., Fyvie, C., Hyland, P., Efthymiadou, E., Wilson, D., Roberts, N., Bisson, J. I., Brewin, C. R., Cloitre, M. (2017). Evidence of distinct profiles of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (C-PTSD) based on the new ICD-11 Trauma Questionnaire (ICD-TQ). Journal of Affective Disorders, 207, 181-187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2016.09.032

Karatzias, T., Shevlin, M., Ford, J. D., Fyvie, C., Grandison, G., Hyland, P., & Cloitre, M. (2022). Childhood trauma, attachment orientation, and complex PTSD (C-PTSD) symptoms in a clinical sample: Implications for treatment. Development and Psychopathology, 34(3), 1192-1197.

Kernberg, O. F., Yeomans, F. E. (2013). Borderline personality disorder, bipolar disorder, depression, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and narcissistic personality disorder: Practical differential diagnosis. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 77(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1521/bumc.2013.77.1.1

Kreisel, S. H., Labudda, K., Kurlandchikov, O., Beblo, T., Mertens, M., Thomas, C., Rullkötter, N., Wingenfeld, K., Mensebach, C., Woermann, F. G., Driessen, M. (2015). Volume of hippocampal substructures in borderline personality disorder. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 231(3), 218-226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pscychresns.2014.11.010

Kuhlmann, A., Bertsch, K., Schmidinger, I., Thomann, P. A., Herpertz, S. C. (2013). Morphometric differences in central stress-regulating structures between women with and without borderline personality disorder. Journal of Psychiatry and Neuroscience, 38(2), 129-137. https://doi.org/10.1503/jpn.120039

Lewis, K. L., Grenyer, B. F. (2009). Borderline personality or complex posttraumatic stress disorder? An update on the controversy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 17(5), 322-328. https://doi.org/10.3109/10673220903271848

McDonnell, M., Robjant, K., Katona, C. (2013). Complex posttraumatic stress disorder and survivors of human rights violations. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 26(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCO.0b013e32835aea9d

Mehta, D., Binder, E. B. (2012). Gene × environment vulnerability factors for PTSD: the HPA-axis. Neuropharmacology, 62(2), 654-662. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2011.03.009

Palic, S., Zerach, G., Shevlin, M., Zeligman, Z., Elklit, A., Solomon, Z. (2016). Evidence of complex posttraumatic stress disorder (C-PTSD) across populations with prolonged trauma of varying interpersonal intensity and ages of exposure. Psychiatry Research, 246, 692-699. https://doi.org

View Details

Valentina Dannuncio, MD, Joanie Burns, DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC; David Puder, MD

Q&A with Dr. Cummings Part 1

In this episode, Dr. Puder interviews Dr. Cummings on various questions asked by the audience. If you would like to enter a question for a future episode, you may do so here.

Neither Dr. Puder or Dr. Cummings have any conflicts of interest to report.

We are providing a cleaned up transcript of this episode below, with some additional citations and information.

If You Were Limited To A Choice Of Three Psychiatric Medications…Dr. Puder:

The first one came from a listener who took this question from, Back From The Abyss, by Dr. Craig Heacock: If you were stuck on a desert island, needing to treat people for the foreseeable future with only three psychiatric medications, which three would you choose? Why?

Dr. Cummings: 1:09

I would probably choose a dopamine antagonist antipsychotic. It's a bit difficult to choose one–something like Risperidone or Haloperidol. I would also choose a mood stabilizer, the most versatile being lithium. Although if I'm on a desert island, my ability to monitor lithium may be limited so I would think about valproic acid, although it's coming up with a lot of issues now in terms of reproductive risk for both men and women. To that point, in the European Union (EU), it's severely restricted (and also in the UK). Essentially, women under 55 can't be prescribed valproic acid unless they are on a permanent form of birth control. But a mood stabilizer would certainly be the second category. And then, I would likely think about an antidepressant. Probably the most likely would be sertraline among the SSRIs because it has the fewest interactions, is fairly well tolerated by most people, and can treat both depression and anxiety disorders.

Valproic Acid And Reproductive RisksDr. Puder: 2:26

Nice, okay. So, I am curious. What is the research about valproic acid in men and pregnancy?

Dr. Cummings:

Basically, as people are likely to recall, among its other properties, valproic acid is a histone deacetylase [HDAC] inhibitor, meaning that it blocks the acetylation of the protein that is involved in the winding and unwinding of DNA. As it turns out, one of the side effects of inhibiting the activity of the acetylation of histone is to increase methylation in sperm DNA. First, in animals, they discovered that it was related to neurocognitive and neurobehavioral problems in mice. Just recently, I believe it was Sweden, Finland, and Norway conducted a registry review since they have birth to death registries and found indeed, that there was an increased rate of neuro behavioral disorders in children born to men who were taking valproic acid within three months of their partner becoming pregnant.

“The data showed that around 5 out of 100 children had a neurodevelopmental disorder when born to fathers treated with valproate compared with around 3 out of 100 when born to fathers treated with lamotrigine or levetiracetam” (PRAC 2024).

Dr. Puder:

This is a good education here. Okay.

Dr. Cummings:

The FDA has not moved on any of this data, but given that the European Union (EU) and the UK have, it's very likely the FDA will require restrictions or limitations in the use of valproic acid in the not too distant future. I would think.

Other Desert Island Treatment Considerations…Dr. Puder: 4:20

I think I would lean more towards lithium, personally. I usually get a pretty decent level at 900-1200 mg. I think I would just look for side effects.

Dr. Cummings:

I mean, you can certainly do it without measuring levels. And, I'm presuming on my desert island, I don't have a lab.

Dr. Puder:

I think I would go more for olanzapine for the antipsychotic. Just because, you know, you get the sleep aid as well as use it for bipolar if you need to. I guess you could use other antipsychotics, too, but it tends to be the one I go to, for someone with bipolar. And I probably agree with you with the sertraline for the antidepressant.

Dr. Cummings:

My hesitation with the olanzapine has to do with, of course, its metabolic side effects. But well, perhaps on a desert island if we don't have a McDonald's, it will be better.

Lithium vs. Valproic AcidDr. Puder: 5:23

So, we're on a desert island. We're not eating very much, probably. Okay, so if you had the choice, I guess this goes along with the last question, as well: between Depakote and lithium to treat bipolar, which would you choose? And, is there any reason why you would choose Depakote? Because we have already talked about that mostly you would choose lithium.

Dr. Cummings:

I would choose lithium over Depakote or valproic acid if those were the only two mood stabilizers available. Lithium has a broader spectrum of activity. It is very good at treating mania and hypomania. It is moderately good at treating depression, which valproic acid is not especially antidepressant. It also reduces suicide risk and reduces violence risk better than valproic acid does. So in general, I see lithium as being the better mood stabilizer. Its caveats, of course, are that it has a narrow therapeutic index and also has a number of issues related to renal function.

“Using a long follow-up period and what we believe is the largest sample ever reported, we found that rates of suicide-related events were significantly decreased during lithium treatment but not valproate treatment, with a possible difference between them. Since the within-individual analyses drew information exclusively from people who attempted suicide during follow-up, our results demonstrated that the association between lithium and reduced suicide-related events existed even among a high-risk population, which is unlikely to be studied in randomized-controlled trials. Moreover, our suggestive between-drug differences supported evidence of unequal antisuicidal effects for lithium and valproate. Finally, we estimated that, in the absence of potential confounding, more than 10% of suicide-related events could have been prevented if all patients had been treated with lithium during the entire follow-up. (Song et al., 2017).

Lithium And Suicide Risk ReductionDr. Puder: 6:40

We've had a couple of questions on this so I’ll jump ahead here.

What is Dr. Cumming’s take on the notion that lithium has less value and effect than previously thought on reducing suicide risk in patients in the treatment of bipolar disorder and MDD? What's the current opinion about lithium's value in this regard? And they're referring to this article, which is Katz 2021 in JAMA, which looked at 519 veterans and they were randomized to lithium or placebo. The mean lithium concentration at three months was 0.54 mEq/L for patients with bipolar disorder, so a lower level than we might treat most bipolar patients. No overall difference in repeated suicide-related events between treatments were found. The hazard ratio was 1.10; 95% CI, 0.77-1.55.

Dr. Cummings:

My comment would be they essentially used a subtherapeutic dose of lithium. And indeed, you know, most studies have found that the optimal range for maintenance treatment with lithium in bipolar illness is in the range of 0.6 to 1.0 mEq/L, with the more severely ill or more frequently cycling patients doing somewhat better at 0.8 to 1.0 mEq/L. So my comment on that would be if you actually give people subtherapeutic amounts of medication, it makes it less likely the medication will work. My other comment would be that there have been subsequent studies with much larger sample sizes. I believe the last one was published by in 2017:

“During follow-up, 10,648 suicide-related events occurred. The incidence rate was significantly decreased by 14% during lithium treatment (hazard ratio 0.86, 95% confidence interval [CI] 0.78-0.95)” (Song et al in 2017).

Studies Involving VeteransDr. Puder: 8:57

When you test veterans, sometimes it's harder to get findings than we might find elsewhere. I remember a TMS study (Yesavage et al., 2018) which was not very positive for veterans. Any thoughts on that population in general?

“In this TMS study of 164 participants, there was no significant difference in remission rates among those getting rTMS and those getting sham” (Yesavage et al., 2018).

Dr. Cummings:

One it's, in most cases, heavily skewed toward male patients. So it's not a good representation of the population as a whole. The other comment I would make, I worked in the VA (veteran affairs) for seven years, and a lot of the veteran patient population is fairly complexly ill much of the time. They often have, in addition to bipolar illness or other psychiatric illness, issues with substance abuse, as well as often multiple intercurrent medical conditions.

My main critique of this study would be that it’s a fairly small sample size. Most of the subsequent studies on lithium have had ends in the 1000s, have included both genders and a much more community-based sample, and have used therapeutic doses.

Hydroxyzine and DiphenhydramineDr. Puder: 10:15

Is hydroxyzine safer than diphenhydramine in terms of anticholinergic burden?

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. That's one I can give an unequivocal answer. Diphenhydramine was the very first antihistamine to be produced. I believe, in 1946. It is highly anticholinergic. Hydroxyzine was produced in the early 1950s. It was assumed to be anticholinergic because it was another antihistamine. However, subsequent Ki studies (dissociation constant studies) have found that, depending on species, the Ki ranges from 600 to greater than 10,000. Affinity for a receptor is one over the Ki , which means one over 600 to one over greater than 10,000. Essentially, that means the drug has a little affinity for acetylcholine receptors.

Dr. Puder:

So hydroxyzine is a very good antihistamine and not very anticholinergic at all.

Dr. Cummings:

No, not whatsoever, in fact. One of the things I like about hydroxyzine is that it is essentially purely antihistaminergic. If your goal is to block H1 receptors to reduce anxiety or to sedate the person, it's a much cleaner approach than using with receptor affinities that you may not want, like diphenhydramine or, for example, quetiapine.

In prior emails, Dr. Cummings has shared from Orzechowski et al., 2005:

In the in vivo part of the study, hydroxyzine had no effect. This is likely because hydroxyzine is rapidly metabolized to cetirizine in intact animals and humans. That is, a drug which has very low affinity for the acetylcholine receptor is metabolized to a molecule that has no affinity at all.

In humans, hydroxyzine’s affinity for the acetylcholine receptor (1/Ki) has been estimated as 1/800 to 1/6000 nM. Assuming that for some reason metabolism to cetirizine was blocked, doses of hydroxyzine which would have a substantial anticholinergic effect would be on the order of several grams. For demented patients, I would be hesitant to use hydroxyzine due to its potent affinity for H1 receptors and likelihood of inducing idiosyncratic agitation. See the attached table.

**Dr. Puder:**

What's the top dose you could go up to on hydroxyzine?

Dr. Cummings:

The daily maximum in Europe is set at 100 milligrams. It's set fairly low. It used to be 400 milligrams until they noticed that at higher doses in mice, it can prolong QT interval. There haven't been any human reports of QT prolongation with hydroxyzine. So, in a lot of registries, you'll still see the maximum listed as 400mg. Some systems, like the California Department of State Hospitals, have lowered the daily maximum to 200 milligrams a day. For most people, though, essentially if you don't get good sedation at 25-100 milligrams, you probably need to be looking at alternative sedative agents. There is a huge variation in terms of how sensitive people are to histamine blockade. Some people are extremely sensitive to just 25 mg of hydroxyzine, while others can easily tolerate 100 milligrams without any sedative effect. So it depends a lot on the individual.

Once A Day Lithium DosingDr. Puder: 13:23

Please explain how lithium can be used once a day at bed time for increased renal safety.

Dr.Cummings:

We will start with why you can use it once a day. The tissue half-life of lithium is longer than its plasma half-life. The brain half-life, meaning how long lithium stays in neurons, is 28 hours. Greater than a day, so you really don't need to divide the dosing to have an adequate concentration in the brain. On the other hand, the shorter plasma half-life allows you to give the kidneys a rest between doses. Lithium tends to accumulate in the distal principal cells of the nephron where it interferes with protein kinase C [PKC] and the formation of aquaporin-2 [AQP2] channels. If it accumulates to a high enough degree, it will actually interfere with mitochondrial function and you’ll get essentially nonfunctional nephrons as a result. The more often you dose lithium, the more likely it is that the nephrons will suffer. There is no reason to divide the doses, given the brain half-life.

Dr. Puder:

Excellent answer.

ECT For CatatoniaDr. Puder: 14:55

This person said they have a patient with chronic catatonia that is really only responsive to ECT. Is this sustainable, long-term treatment and how long/how often can they get this?

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, this is a sustainable long-term treatment. How often they will need ECT will vary depending on their catatonia. Unfortunately, there are some people who are pharmaco-resistant, meaning that their catatonia does not respond to any medication, either benzodiazepine at robust doses, or clozapine, which has also been used to treat catatonia, and they require a ECT. Usually, that's an acute course of two to three times per week until they are stable and then a gradual lengthening of the ECT interval until you find the longest period they can go without the catatonia beginning to reemerge. We have two patients at the hospital where I work, who receive monthly ECT and both have been receiving multiple ECT catatonia. I believe one has been having ECT for five years and the other seven years.

Dr. Puder:

By robust doses of lorazepam, we're talking about 15-18 mg a day.

Dr. Cummings:

I think the largest dose we've given was 24 milligrams a day.

Most used lorazepam 1–4 mg per day, with some using up to 16 mg per day. Some sources recommend a maximum dose of 24 mg and there are cases of such doses being helpful (Taylor et al., 2021; Weder et al., 2008). In contrast, patients with chronic catatonia, especially in the context of schizophrenia, show a less strong response to lorazepam and are more likely to receive ECT (Pelzer et al., 2018; Rasmussen et al., 2016; Ungvari et al., 1999) (Rogers et al., 2023, p. 327-369).

Dr. Puder:

Do you ever see ECT being stretched out longer than one month? Could you stretch it out to two months or three months?

Dr. Cummings:

We have. There aren't enough of these patients to know very well. I think, basically, you stretch the interval as long as you can and it becomes fairly obvious when you have stretched it too long. If you go from four weeks to five weeks and things are fine, good. Then you go to six weeks. But at some point you'll run into a time period where the catatonia begins to reemerge before the next ECT treatment. Essentially, it's a case of finding the best interval for each individual.

Multiple Providers Adjusting MedicationsDr. Puder: 17:22

An anonymous person asks, “Another doctor increased a patient's Xanax [alprazolam], when their provider—you, their psychiatrist—was trying to cut it down over months. What would you do?”

Dr. Cummings:

This is a current, recurring problem. Sometimes known as the “too many cooks in the kitchen problem.” I think the best you can do is collaborate with your colleague about how you're attempting to reduce the use of alprazolam (Xanax), go over the reasons why, and see if you can enlist their aid in letting you be the manager for the alprazolam. Most of the time people are cooperative, particularly if you approach them in a friendly, respectful manner. There's never a guarantee, of course, but the best initial approach is to try to work with your colleagues so you can avoid the “too many cooks” problem.

The Dark Triad: Machiavellianism, Psychopathy, and NarcissismDr. Puder:

What are subtle signs of the dark triad? Dark triad being Machiavellianism, psychopathy, and narcissism.

Dr. Cummings:

Basically, this is really a question about the psychopath. How can you tell if somebody is headed down a psychopathic pathway? Most of the studies in children and adolescents show early evidence ofindifference to the welfare of others and a tendency toward meeting the diagnostic criteria for conduct disorder. If those are occurring, certainly then an investigation of that person's psychological structure deserves further attention. All the way back to collectively, he noted that many of the prisoners he interviewed who were psychopaths had histories, dating back to childhood, suggesting they were headed in that direction. One of his most important findings was that 75% of those who were psychopathic in adolescence went on to become adult criminals, but 25% did not. So there is such a thing as a prosocial psychopath. What we've never figured out since then, however, is how to tilt the balance in the direction of making it more likely that people with the biological underpinning of psychopathy will become productive members of society rather than criminals.

Dr. Puder:

If you were to teach a child how to identify someone who is dark triad, how would you teach that child?

Dr. Cummings:

I’d probably have a discussion with a child and ask them to consider questions like, “Does this person seem indifferent to others, meaning indifferent to the needs or cares of others? Do they ignore rules? Are they always breaking the rules? They don't care what happens to other people?” Those are often, I think, the earliest signs of somebody who's headed down the psychopathic pathway.

Dr. Puder:

Knowing all you know about forensic psychopathology (and those of you listening for the first time, Dr. Cummings is someone who works at a forensic hospital and has seen many violent sexual predators), how would you help parents to teach their kids to not be groomed by a predator? Is there anything you would teach the parents to do, so as to make it more difficult for the child to be groomed?

Dr. Cummings:

The most important element in preventing grooming is to be sure there is an open communication channel between the child and the parents. Groomers are typically only successful when they can isolate the child from the parents. So teaching the child to look out for phrases like, “Why don't we talk but don't tell your parents about this?” That's been one of the unfortunate features of the internet, as it has made it easier for some groomers to get children involved in the conversation online and move them further and further down the pathway of being groomed while not telling their parents. So good, open communication with the parents is vital to prevent that.

Dr. Puder:

Did you hear about the Boy Scouts sex abuse settlement? The number of survivors seemed egregious.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, I heard about the settlement and the number of survivors who had been abused ran into the 1000s, I believe.

Dr. Puder:

…with more than 12,000 survivors in the case. I would say, to answer this myself, “Who are you, as the parent, being groomed by to trust with your child? Because usually there's a grooming of the parent, as well, to trust this person in a way that you normally wouldn't trust a person.

Dr. Cummings:

There's also the element of educating your children about what is and is not appropriate interaction about touching. I would encourage parents to, fairly early on, teach their children the correct names of things related to their genitals so that they can come and accurately report. And if there is a violation, and it goes to court, they make much better witnesses. If they know, they can accurately describe what happened.

Restless Leg Syndrome (RLS)Dr. Puder: 25:40

Someone asked, “I want to ask if there are any clinical pearls for differentiating between restless leg syndrome and akathisia?”

Dr. Cummings:

Yes, there are. Restless leg syndrome [RLS], of course, is a syndrome which occurs typically when the person lies down and is attempting to go to sleep. They have an uncomfortable feeling in the lower extremities. It is relieved when they're getting up and walking around. But then tends to return when they get back in bed and try to go to sleep. In contrast with that, akathisia tends to be present throughout the day. It's not specifically associated with bedtime or attempting to go to sleep. It is a more generalized restlessness and may be much more associated with subjective feelings of anxiety, as well. Whereas, restless leg syndrome is more purely a physical sensation. An important feature of restless leg syndrome is iron levels. Check the person's iron status because iron deficiency is a frequently overlooked cause of restless leg syndrome. Also, restless leg syndrome usually responds exceedingly well to either a low dose benzodiazepine or to a small dose of dopamine agonist at bedtime—things like amantadine, for example.

When to Check a Lithium Level

Dr. Puder: 28:33

Another person asked, “When do you check a lithium level if you're giving once a night bedtime dosing?” They're confused about checking it after 4 or 12 hours.

Dr. Cummings:

The standard, and what all of the labs are using as their standard for lithium is a 12-hour trough. When you get back the lab report and it says the lithium level is this, and this is the usual range, that usual range is based on a 12-hour trough. For example, if the person takes their lithium at 8 p.m., then they need to get their blood drawn reasonably close to 8 a.m. Or, if they take it at 10 p.m., then aim for around 10 a.m.

Although the question is about lithium, there is a difference for valproic acid extended release. As you know, the most common forms are valproic acid, depakene, divalproex DR, where the delay is only a few minutes to get it to the distal stomach, and then there's the extended release, which has a very slow release for the extended release. Unlike 12 hours for the other two, you need to either measure that at 24 hours, or if you have a 12-hour measurement, you can estimate the 24-hour trough by dividing it by 1.3.

Behavioral Disturbances in Dementia

Dr. Puder: 30:00

That's good. I like that. “What's your best advice for treating dementia patients with behavioral disturbances in the long-term care setting?”

Dr. Cumming:

For the dementia patient with behavioral disturbance, the medications that have data to support their effectiveness include memantine, in combination with the acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, the SSRIs, and trazodone when given in small doses multiple times per day. Trazodone 12.5 to 25 milligrams two or three times a day can help decrease psychomotor agitation. The antipsychotics do work for people who are demented and suffer from psychotic signs and symptoms. However, antipsychotics increase mortality rates in the elderly demented. Coming back to the Veterans Administration, the Maust study was the largest study done in this area. They calculated the number needed to harm, calculating harm as death and extra death, over six months. Haloperidol, for example, had a number needed to harm of eight. So if you treat eight patients, you'll kill one of them. The mood stabilizers also had problems. I think valproic acid had a number needed to harm of 26 and risperidone was in the low 20s, around 22. The best of the dopamine antagonists was quetiapine, with number needed to harm of 31. In contrast to that, the number needed to harm with the SSRIs was right around 150, which is actually close to the non medicated mortality rate in people of similar age.

“Compared with antidepressant users, mortality risk ranged from 12.3% (95% CI, 8.6%–16.0%; P < .01) with an NNH of 8 (95% CI, 6–12) for haloperidol users to 3.2% (95% CI, 1.6%–4.9%; P < .01) with an NNH of 31 (95% CI, 21–62) for quetiapine users.” (Maust, et al 2015)

Dr. Puder:

I was looking at a study of antipsychotic drugs and risk of stroke and myocardial infarction, a systematic review and meta analysis as published in 2019 (Zivkovic et al., 2019). In this study, they were looking at 7008 articles and what they found was that in patients with dementia, the risk of issues was much lower. So in the cohort, general population, without dementia and without psychiatric illness, the risk increased twofold for stroke–hazard ratio at 2.3. However, the risk among patients with dementia was much lower at 1.16; and they also found no clear association among studies of psychiatric populations (hazard ratio 1.44) and the confidence interval crossed one. Any thoughts on treating different populations? It seems like there's a lower risk of treating people in the psychiatric population in the dementia population with antipsychotics.

Dr. Cummings:

There does seem to be. It's not very clear why this group is different, although a number of researchers have found very similar numbers. It may be that having a long-term psychotic illness may in some way be protective, perhaps by long-term exposure to antipsychotic medications. Frankly, we don't know that very well. However, it's certainly clear, for example, in people with schizophrenia spectrum disorders they actually have a lesser risk of things like tardive dyskinesia than, say, people with an anxiety or a mood disorder who are exposed to a dopamine antagonist antipsychotic. Why are they at lower risk? I don't think anyone knows the answer to that.

Co-prescribing of Benzodiazepines And StimulantsDr. Puder: 35:02

What are your thoughts on co-prescribing benzodiazepines and stimulants? How problematic is this? I can remember one time I got probably the most upset at any resident moonlighting that I'd ever been upset at. And, if you're listening to this, I'm not going to give away your identity to anyone, so don't worry. But this resident was moonlighting and treating someone with Xanax 2mg TID and Concerta. No, I think it was Adderall. Like, 60 milligrams a day. I'm like, “What are you doing? You've never learned this from anyone here!”

Dr. Cummings:

In general, my comment would be that, pharmacologically, that makes very little sense because you're treating the person with medications that are directly opposing each other. You're giving the person the stimulant hoping to target, in particular, the cortical D1 receptors in the frontal lobe and you're also giving them a drug that increases GABAergic effects at GABAA receptors, which are also most plentiful in cortical regions in the frontal lobe. So, you're trying to turn up the activity of those neurons and turn it down at the same time, which makes very little sense. Now, I would admit there can be subtleties if someone, for example, is on a routine dose of stimulant and takes an occasional dose of benzodiazepine for acute anxiety, for example, because they might also suffer from social anxiety disorder, or something like that. Their stimulant will be less effective when they take the benzodiazepine, but if it's limited, that may not be entirely unreasonable given the clinical circumstances. But from a pharmacological standpoint, it makes no sense to give somebody a drug to increase neuronal activity and a drug to decrease neuronal activity at the same time.

Dr. Puder:

That kind of reminds me of patients who have a history of using methamphetamines and alcohol heavily at the same time.

Dr. Cummings:

Yes. And the reason they do that is because indeed the alcohol does take the edge off of the methamphetamine, but compared to reasonable levels of treatment with say, methylphenidate, or mixed amphetamine salts, like Adderall, at clinical doses, people who abuse methamphetamine are typically using gigantic doses of methamphetamine. That's why the high can take on a very harsh edge or characteristic in terms of paranoia, jitteriness, anxiety, and then, indeed, people will attempt to soften that by co-administering alcohol or other sedative hypnotics.

KratomDr. Puder: 38:23

This is from a patient who says, “The knowledge I've gained from Dr. Cummings in these episodes has greatly shaped the way I practice and educate patients. I'm so grateful for every episode he does with you. Thank you.” This person goes on to say, “I'm seeing many patients in practice who are taking kratom capsules and drinking kratom tea, daily. Attempts to decrease or cease use result in severe withdrawal symptoms. I was wondering if you had any guidance on the use of suboxone to taper or any pearls regarding management of these patients?”

Dr. Cummings:

Like most addictions, it can be difficult to get the person off of the thing that they have become addicted to. Drugs like buprenorphine have been used, usually in a time-limited fashion, although time-limited in this context usually means a year or two, while the person is gradually tapered off the kratom. It's not a very common addiction, but it does seem to be one of the more stubborn addictions.

Deprescribing Benzodiazepines Dr. Puder: 39:51

Here's the next person: “I inherited several patients from another provider who are on high doses of daily benzodiazepines, especially alprazolam. What are your thoughts on management and tapering these individuals? Do you feel as though the pendulum has swung too far in the direction of demonizing benzodiazepines?”

Dr. Cummings:

I think benzodiazepines have reasonable uses. Albeit, they're fairly limited. Certainly if you have somebody who is acutely agitated or is in need of an acute muscle relaxant, for example, or who needs to have a seizure stopped, those are perfectly appropriate uses of benzodiazepines. Interestingly, most of the studies looking at longer-term efficacy have found that (and I know there are exceptions, everyone has one or two patients who swear by their benzodiazepine), for the most part, efficacy of benzodiazepines over the long haul is very low. Do I believe that means that they're demonic drugs? Well, no. But I think we should indeed encourage people not to use them, except as essentially brief rescue medications, because they create more problems than they fix for most individuals. Now in terms of tapering somebody who has been on a benzodiazepine for a long time, be prepared for it to be a very long and slow process. The problem most clinicians have is they want to go too fast. When I've had patients who've been on a benzodiazepine for decades, the taper and withdrawal often takes one to two years.

“Any patient who has taken a benzodiazepine for longer than 3-4 weeks is likely to have withdrawal symptoms if the drug is ceased abruptly. The risk of inducing dependence can be reduced by issuing prescriptions limited to 1–2 weeks supply” (Brett & Murnion, 2025, p. 152-155).

Dr. Puder:

Another person asked, “How do you taper?” Let's say someone is on one milligram of Klonopin [clonazepam] per day. How would you just decrease it by 0.25 every couple of months or would you work with a compounding pharmacist? What are your thoughts?

Dr. Cummings:

Most of the people I've seen who are truly having problems with, for example, clonazepam, are typically taking a dose much higher than 1 milligram a day. It is a very slow process. I typically don't taper people from clonazepam, for example, faster than 0.25-0.5 milligram per month and I work with the patient to find the rate that is comfortable for them. The exception to that is people who've only been on a benzodiazepine for a very short time. It takes about 30 days for somebody to become tolerant of a benzodiazepine. So if the person is only on it for a short period of time, taper becomes much less of an issue because they have not become tolerant of the benzodiazepine.

There are no standard tapering regimens and the rate of tapering depends on the starting dose, duration of therapy, risk of relapse and how well tapering is tolerated by the patient. In general, at higher doses (e.g. greater than 10 mg diazepam equivalents per day) the dose may be tapered more rapidly. Once the patient achieves 10 mg, the dose should be tapered more slowly (e.g. 5 mg twice daily for two weeks, then once daily for two weeks, and then 2 mg daily for two weeks and then cease).

A meta-analysis of treatment for benzodiazepine discontinuation found that gradual dose reduction combined with psychological treatment was superior to gradual dose reduction alone (Brett & Murnion, 2015, p. 152-155).

ClozapineDr. Puder: 43:16

Dr. Pearson asks: “For a patient who benefited from clozapine, but cannot continue due to inability to follow up with regular labs, for whom single antipsychotics are ineffective, what is the best combination of antipsychotics you would recommend?”

Dr. Cummings:

Probably the very next best would be a combination of olanzapine and a potent D2 antagonist. Although, having said that, the response numbers for somebody who has truly treatment-resistant schizophrenia (via the HOWARD study data, which are based on the older Kane criteria) to all of the antipsychotics, other than olanzapine, is 0% to 5%—not very impressive. So as monotherapy, those drugs have a 95% failure rate. Olanzapine at concentrations of 120-250 nanograms per milliliter, where you get a little bit of glutamate modulation, has a success rate of 7%. I haven't seen very good numbers on the combination, but my guess would be you get some additive effects or you may be looking at a response rate of more in the 9 to 12% range—still not very impressive. I wouldn't want to go to my doctor and say, “Well, you're proposing treating me with something that has a 88-91% probability of failure.” But sometimes, that's the best we can do.

Dr. Puder:

Is there any ability, with this type of patient, to get approval due to the risk factor of them not being compliant with labs, bypassing clozapine REMS [risk evaluation and mitigation strategy] or writing them a letter saying, “I have a patient who will die if they don't continue this. They're not going to monitor, but they really need to be on this and they've been safe on it for years. So the risk of developing side effects is pretty low.”

Dr. Cummings:

Presently, there's no way around the clozapine REMS program. However, there may be in the near future. A number of people in psychopharmacology, including myself, have been lobbying the FDA to drop the monitoring requirement at some point. The most aggressive recommendation has been 18 weeks. Meaning, stopping monitoring after 18 weeks, because that's when you start to see a very large fall off in the rate of severe neutropenia, all the way out to, most conservatively, about two years and then not monitoring beyond that. Probably the strongest data in this area has come from the Europeans. For a number of decades now, the Europeans have not required ANC [absolute neutrophil count] monitoring beyond 12 months. Their mortality rate from severe neutropenia does not differ from ours. It's about one per 10,000 cases. Arguing that all the additional monitoring we're doing is not moving the needle and, therefore, has no reason to exist. We'll see what the FDA does. The FDA is actually contemplating scrapping the REMS program altogether, which I don't think would be such a bad thing. The other thing about labs these days is that we have gotten to the point where there is technology available where you can obtain an ANC count by fingerstick rather than by venipuncture. It is not quite as accurate as venipuncture, but it's typically within 5% of the venous puncture value, which is adequate for monitoring purposes; and that, for a lot of patients, removes the barrier because you can actually set up one of the fingerstick machines in a clinic. I know in San Bernardino County the county clinic is working toward having a couple of their clinics actually have the monitoring device in the clinic. It's basically a finger stick. The person puts a drop of blood on a strip. You put the strip into the machine and about two minutes later you get an ANC value.

Dr. Puder:

I'm going to look into that. I have a couple patients that have been hesitant and although the family would like to do it, the patients are completely unwilling.

Dr. Cummings:

I think there is more than one device on the market now. The very first machine that came out was made by Athelas, Inc. [Athelas One (A1)] for $1,000 and the test strips are around $35.

TrichotillomaniaDr. Puder: 49:13

I'm gonna look into that. So trichotillomania—how do you treat patients with trichotillomania?

Dr. Cummings:

Trichotillomania, in terms of theory, fits into what has become known as sort of an extended version of obsessive compulsive disorder, leaving people to try SSRIs and other serotonergic agents to decrease it. Frankly, with somewhat mixed results, a number of studies indicate a decrease. There has also been some evidence to support use of naltrexone for trichotillomania, as well as for things like drinking and kleptomania. Trichotillomania fits into a category of compulsive behaviors, essentially being driven by the dorsal striatum, the same area that gives rise to obsessive-compulsive disorder. So people are looking for ways to target that area.

TMS vs. ECTDr. Puder: 50:34

From a clinical psychiatrist who has listened to Dr. Cummings many times, asks, “What is your opinion of the research efficacy of TMS [transcranial magnetic stimulation] versus ECT [electroconvulsive therapy]? Any update on the availability of TMS in the general population?”

Dr. Cummings:

Basically, ECT remains our most effective treatment if you're talking about treating major depressive disorder, psychotic disorders, catatonia, and bipolar illness. TMS has more modest efficacy. However, it can be quite effective as either a primary or adjunctive treatment in major depressive disorder. It has also shown efficacy in suppressing auditory hallucinations. Probably, the main thing that makes it attractive is that it is easier to administer than ECT.

Dr. Puder:

Any thoughts on the SAINT TMS protocol? This is, for those of you who don't know, a lot of TMS.

Dr. Cummings:

I haven't seen much data to suggest that it is qualitatively better than other forms of TMS. People have tried very frequent frontal and frequent bilateral TMS and there are some indications of improved efficacy when you do that, but it's not a day and night difference between it and the more standard TMS protocols.

Dr. Puder:

The initial studies to me look very positive. So are you seeing something that I'm not seeing?

Dr. Cummings:

I'm seeing that it can be effective, but it's not like oh, this is now going to cure mood disorders across the board.

Dr. Puder:

They're expensive. The centers that I know about, over a week of TMS, giving the TMS throughout the day, eight hours a day. It could be $20,000 for a week's treatment. The private pay TMS centers are very expensive.

So you're not as excited about the SAINT protocol?

Dr. Cummings:

No. There's often at the initial outset of something like the SAINT TMS, or ketamine, is another example, a lot of very positive excitement and there's also often, at the beginning, a very huge placebo effect.

Ketamine vs. EsketamineDr. Puder: 53:39

There is a question about ketamine versus esketamine. The person says, “I have numerous ECT referrals for young clients being prescribed and failed esketamine. I can't find evidence to support this kind of esketamine use, and I'm wondering if there's research information I missed?”

Dr. Cummings:

No, basically esketamine is a viable treatment for some people with depression, but it is not, in most patients, as effective as infusion of ketamine. But even an infusion of ketamine is limited. It's very rapid in effect, but its effect is fairly short-lived and the more you give it, the shorter its antidepressant benefits become. My own view of ketamine is that it can be an excellent treatment for somebody with severe depression who's had suicide risk and you're needing to get them to a euthymic state quickly, but then transitioning them to a lot more long-term treatment. I don't think either ketamine infusion or esketamine is very viable as an ongoing treatment for mood disorder. There are some other uses people have been putting it to people who've been indeed looking at a number of psychedelics, including ketamine, to see if it would enhance some forms of psychotherapy. Early indications are fairly positive. But indeed, they're just that—they're early indications.

Dr. Puder:

When I look at the effect size even for those studies, they're not larger than partial [partial hospitalization program (PHP)]. Partial, for me, for a depressed patient is effect size of two to three, which is what Loma Linda partials are getting. We monitor patients on a regular basis. So when I think about if someone's not being treated effectively in the outpatient, I think partial first. If they get to partial and they’re in partial for a couple of months and they're still not doing well, sometimes we think about ECT.

ECT and Ketamine For Borderline Personality DisorderDr. Puder: What's your thought on borderline personality disorder and the effectiveness of ketamine and ECT?

Dr. Cummings: 56:18

I'm not sure I've seen much solid data to support ECT for either of those indications. Certainly, someone who develops a concurrent major depressive episode might be an ECT candidate or ketamine candidate, but I don't see it for borderline personality disorder, as it doesn't have a primary pharmacological treatment really.

Dr. Puder:

Even a really good ketamine outpatient provider I know tends to stay away from treating patients with borderline personality disorder with ketamine.

Dr. Cummings:

These are people who are already more prone than the average person to dissociative states. And of course, ketamine is a dissociative anesthetic, so I would have some trepidation for that reason.

The other thing is, I haven't seen very good outcome data suggesting that any medication is, if you will, greatly effective for treating borderline personality disorder. Medications in that context seem to be mostly useful at targeting specific symptoms so that the person can manage their life better and make progress in something like dialectical behavioral therapy [DBT].

Reflective FunctionDr. Puder: 58:07

I'm releasing an episode today, as in May 17 when Dr. Cummings and I are recording this episode, on reflective function, which is probably one of the coolest assessment tools I've seen on attachment and also on the capacity to really understand borderline personality disorder. So essentially, the reflective function scale uses a tool called Adult Attachment Interview (AAI) to gauge, by looking at certain questions, your internal reflectiveness of yourself and other people as you complete the Adult Attachment Interview. And they gauge this on an 11 point scale, -1 to 9. Nine being the highest. Most patients with borderline personality disorder score around a three. One good study by Levy et al. found that reflective function increased from three to four. Five is average. So, three to four is a big jump. With a year of transference-focused therapy. Interestingly, in this specific study, dialectical behavioral therapy showed no increase and supportive psychotherapy showed no increase. Transference-focused therapy is very much based on the relationship with the patient and the therapist. It's thought that this could potentially help your understanding of your early life attachments and that's maybe why your reflectiveness would increase. I would say that is kind of a new pinnacle of understanding because when you measure a therapist's reflective function, you're going to find this really interesting. We think about common factors, right? Like what makes one therapist better than another therapist? Common factors have been kind of the buzzwords like “empathy, therapeutic alliance.” Everyone will say that kind of stuff. There was a new study that I stumbled upon that showed if you look at the difference between the best therapists and the worst therapists, 70.5% of it could be made sense of by the reflective function score of the therapist. So the therapist is talking about their childhood, aged zero to 12. You're gauging their ability to reflect deeply and meaningfully. That actually predicted the best versus the worst therapist and the outcome at 70.5%. I was like blown away. So that's what I think about when I think of borderline personality disorder and I think of the effective treatments that may be coming on the horizon. What we need to do, is we need high reflective function therapists working with these types of clients, whether that's DBT, mentalization-based therapy, or transference-focused therapy. There needs to be some emphasis on the interpersonal relationship with the therapist. Any thoughts on that?

Dr. Cummings:

Yeah, I think that's a very promising area. And, again, the psychotherapies that have shown good outcomes with borderline personality disorder are much more effective than medications in treating the underlying disorder. Medications are largely useful for helping the patient manage some of the more intense symptoms. But that's about it. Its medications are much more symptomatic treatment in this context, rather than addressing the underlying disorder. I think that a lot of people have an unrealistically negative view of borderline personality disorder. I've always been impressed by the fact that studies have shown that if you wait long enough, meaning till the borderline person has reached middle age, half of those people who once met the diagnostic criteria no longer do.

Dr. Puder:

Yeah, and I would say in the mentalization-based study, which I know probably the best for if they meet the criteria anymore, the vast majority of them, after treatment, were followed for five years afterwards and did not meet the criteria. I think 85% did not meet the criteria. So when we think about personality disorder, it's a bit of a misnomer [that it lasts forever] because personality never changing. And we've talked about this before, Dr. Cummings, that it is primarily affect dysregulation and maybe there are better names for it.

Dr. Cummings:

Indeed. I know there has to be a better name out there because borderline is a complete misnomer in the sense that these people are not bordering on anything. They are what they are. And what they are, are people who have a difficult time modulating their mood state–their affective state.

Dr. Cummings’ StoryDr. Puder: 1:04:02

Well, we are at about an hour. Anything that's still on your mind that you wanted to teach the audience here—the next generation of providers? Maybe we could go to a fun question, a Dr. Cummings question. Someone was interested, “What is your story, Dr. Cummings? Can you tell us about your training pathway and how you ended up where you are?”

Dr. Cummings:

I can and briefly. I was actually, as an undergraduate, a history major and physics minor—an odd combination to begin with. I went to grad school in physics and in the process of doing that, I worked as a teacher's assistant and was in charge of a couple of classes for premed students and pre nursing students who needed to get their non heavy duty calculus/physics prerequisite. So I spent a lot of time teaching them and became interested in medicine. And from that, went from grad school and physics to medicine. I was actually originally intending to pursue a career in neurosurgery, but became blind and, because I was so very interested in the brain, switched to psychiatry and went to Loma Linda University for psychiatry residency. Then I went to an NIMH extramural program located at UC San Diego. At that time, it was termed a fellowship in psychobiology and psychopharmacology, which got me into research and interested in medications. Then, I worked for the VA for seven years, and then migrated from the VA to the California Department of State Hospitals—a roundabout way of saying I don't think I've ever been quite able to make up my mind what I want to do when I grow up.

Dr. Puder:

Well, I'm very curious, if you don't mind telling the story of how you lost your sight.

Dr. Cummings:

Yeah, I was serving in the U.S. Navy and I came down with a viral infection, which was a fairly ordinary upper respiratory infection, except that it caused a lot of oral and nasal ulceration. The infection died down after about 10 days, but subsequent to that, I developed chorioretinitis, which basically resulted in the death and rupture of retinal blood vessels.

Dr. Puder:

Awful. I'm in awe that you have been able to gain the level of knowledge that you have despite that setback. You just kept going. Psychologically, what was that like?

Dr. Cummings:

It was difficult, of course, because I had frankly intended to make a career of the Navy, perhaps aiming for aerospace medicine. Of course, I got discharged from the Navy and then had to figure out a new career path. Luckily, I had good relationships with a couple of the people in the department of psychiatry at Loma Linda, and they were open to the idea of my pursuing psychiatry residency, which I did with some technical aids along the way. I've gained a lot of information education by using computers and screen readers. I have to say the screen readers, fortunately, have improved. The very early one sounded a lot like a Norwegian with a very bad head cold. And they actually now have fairly pleasant, relatively human sounding voices which are much easier to listen to when you're reading something.

Dr. Puder:

What advice would you give to your younger self? Let's say the younger self that was just starting, or somewhere in their psychiatry residency?

Dr. Cummings:

I think the best piece of advice I could give people is to always read—be curious and read. I think the best piece of advice I could give people is to always read—be curious and read. Osler, at the beginning of the 20th century/end of the 19th century made the comment that it's amazing how many physicians practice without reading. Of course, it's also amazing how badly they practice. Physicians and psychiatrists need to remain curious. We need to be educating ourselves. There's an awful lot we still don't know. And frankly, we owe it to our patients to educate ourselves as much as we can and then to attempt to apply that to helping our patients.

Dr. Puder:

Okay, so someone's hearing this like, “Yes, I would like to read.” We have, of course, a lot of free content on our website. You can download PDFs, and any of Dr. Cummings’ episodes, and in those episodes, we hyperlink a ton of articles that Dr. Cummings has recommended over the years. So that's one place you can start. Are there any other books that you like? Maybe the top three pharmacotherapy books that you recommend?

Dr. Cummings:

Yeah, certainly. I am somewhat biased answering this because I work quite a bit with Stephen Stahl. I would say his Essentials of Psychopharmacology is an excellent beginning for most people. It's readable, it's of sufficiently short length—not quite the tome that the Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry is. It's even a little shorter than the synopsis of that book. Although that also is an excellent, general background reference for psychiatry. I think probably the most important thing about reading is to develop the habit of spending 30 minutes a day reading whatever you're interested in, but reading. Pick your favorite journals. A typical journal article is about 2500 to 3500 words. If you're a fairly fast reader, you can easily read that in 30 minutes. And the main trap I see most people fall into is they see things they want to read, but they're busy, and they say, “I’ll get to it later.” Unfortunately, often “later” never comes. If you can basically rigidly set aside some quiet period of around 30 minutes every day—have a cup of tea, a cup of coffee, read an article—that's 365 articles a year.

Dr. Puder:

Well, I think that's excellent advice. And I would say if you're trying to get through one of those big textbooks, what I used to do is, I would just say, “Okay, I'm gonna try to read 15 pages a day or 10 pages a day,” depending on what rotation I was in, and then just click through them. If you commit to that, you'll get through 100 pages in 10 days. It's a good way to get through a big book.

Thank you, Dr. Cummings. I really appreciate you coming on. I wasn't able to read all these questions. We'll get to some more. If you're part of the email list, if you go on the website and look at our resources, you will be on our list automatically. And we'll do this again. I think this could be like a 20 part series…200 part series, the endless questions. Take care.

Dr. Cummings:

Okay, thanks.

References:Brett, J., and Murnion, B. (2015) Management of benzodiazepine misuse and dependence. Aust Prescr. 38(5):152-5. doi: 10.18773/austprescr.2015.055.

Elbe, D. (2010). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology: Neuroscientific Basis and Practical Applications, Third Edition. J Can Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry. 19(3):230.

Katz, I. R., Rogers, M.P., Lew, R., Thwin, S., Doros, G., Ahearn, E., Ostacher, M. J., DeLisi, L. E., Smith, E. G., Ringer, R. J., Ferguson, R., Hoffman, B., Kaufman, J. S., Paik, J. M., Conrad, C. H., Holmberg, E. F., Boney, T. Y., Huang, G. D., Liang, M. H., and Li+ plus Investigators. (2022). Lithium Treatment in the Prevention of Repeat Suicide-Related Outcomes in Veterans With Major Depression or Bipolar Disorder: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 79(1):24–32. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2021.3170

Levy, K. N., Meehan, K.B., Kelly, K.M., Reynoso, J.S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., Kernberg, O.F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. J Consult Clin Psychol. 74(6):1027-1040. doi: 10.1037/0022-006X.74.6.1027.

Maust, D. T., Kim, H. M., Seyfried, L. S., Chiang, C., Kavanagh, J., Schneider, L. S., Kales, H. C. (2015). Antipsychotics, other psychotropics, and the risk of death in patients with dementia: number needed to harm. JAMA Psychiatry. 72(5):438-45. doi: 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2014.3018.

Orzechowski, R. F., Currie, D. S., and Valancius, C. A. (2005). Comparative anticholinergic activities of 10 histamine H1 receptor antagonists in two functional models. Eur J Pharmacol. 506(3):257-64. doi: 10.1016/j.ejphar.2004.11.006.

PRAC. (2024, January 12). Potential risk of neurodevelopmental disorders in children born to men treated with valproate medicines: PRAC recommends precautionary measures.European Medicines Agency. Retrieved from: https://www.ema.europa.eu/en/news/potential-risk-neurodevelopmental-disorders-children-born-men-treated-valproate-medicines-prac-recommends-precautionary-measures

Rogers, J.P., Oldham, M.A., Fricchione, G., Northoff, G., Wilson, J. E., Mann, S. C., Francis, A., Wieck, A., Wachtel, L. E., Lewis, G., Grover, S., Hirjak, D., Ahuja, N., Zandi, M. S., Young, A. H., Fone, K., Andrews, S., Kessler, D., Saifee, T., Gee, S., Baldwin, D. S., and David, A. S. (2023). Evidence-based consensus guidelines for the management of catatonia: Recommendations from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 37(4):327-369. doi: 10.1177/02698811231158232.

Song, J., Sjölander, A., Joas, E., Bergen, S. E., Runeson, B., Larsson, H., Landén, M., and Lichtenstein, P. (2017). Suicidal Behavior During Lithium and Valproate Treatment: A Within-Individual 8-Year Prospective Study of 50,000 Patients With Bipolar Disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 174(8):795-802. doi: 10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16050542.

Yesavage, J. A., Fairchild, J. K., Mi, Z., Biswas, K., Davis-Karim, A., Phibbs, C. S., Forman, S. D., Thase, M., Williams, L. M., Etkin, A., O'Hara, R., Georgette, G., Beale, T., Huang, G. D., Noda, A., George, M. S., and the VA Cooperative Studies Program Study Team. (2018). Effect of Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation on Treatment-Resistant Major Depression in US Veterans: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry.75(9):884-893. doi: 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2018.1483.

Zivkovic, S., Koh, C. H., Kaza, N., and Jackson, C. A. (2019). Antipsychotic drug use and risk of stroke and myocardial infarction: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Psychiatry.19(1):189. DOI: 10.1186/s12888-019-2177-5

View Details

Matt Yegge, David Puder, MD

At the heart of our ability to successfully communicate and build relationships with one another is an essential capacity for conceptualizing and understanding mental states in the self and in others.

Empathy is the ability to understand and feel into the mental states of another. Previously, we have spoken about how cognitive empathy can be defined as the ability to read and put to words others emotions and perspectives. An example of this is when you might see an expression of anger and hear someone say they are frustrated, and repeat back to them, “I can see that is frustrating.” The other form of empathy is known as affective empathy, which means to feel into another’s emotions. This can be seen when a baby cries when a mother is crying—the baby is feeling and repeating mom’s emotions.

There is a deeper concept that might be considered broader than empathy called “mentalizing,” which contains both cognitive and affective empathy, but also contains understanding one’s own emotions and states. Mentalizing is knowing both your own internal states (emotions, beliefs, needs, goals and desires) and also the states of another. In episode 206, we spoke to the founders of mentalization-based therapy, Peter Fonagy and Anthony Bateman, which is evidence-based for the treatment of borderline personality disorder.

In this current episode, we discuss “reflective function,” which is a precursor to the concept of mentalization. Reflective function is best understood not as synonymous with mentalization, but as a scale from -1 to 9, based off certain adult attachment interview questions that measure the person’s ability to describe their own and others’ internal states, motivations, and articulate a nuanced and unique understanding of life from 0 to 12 years old. This scale was developed by attachment researchers at the University of London, including Dr. Howard Steele and Dr. Peter Fonagy.

We know that in attachment relationships it can be harder to see reality clearly because there are a myriad of developmental issues that are colliding. So the capacity to speak coherently, sophisticatedly and without distortions can be difficult. It is likely, for this reason, that having a high degree of internal reflection into the world of the early attachment figures leads to success as a therapist. A study by John Cologon et al. in 2017 found that 70.5% of what separated the best and worst therapists (as rated by average patient outcomes) related to the therapist’s reflective function.

Figure 1 from the study shows the therapists split into three groups. The OQ-45, which is a good measure for session-to-session change, decreased substantially more for patients with therapists scoring in the highest reflective function group. The lowest reflective function group saw no change.

Reflective functioning is a validated standard for evaluating a person’s capacity for understanding the emotions and behaviors of others. It provides meaningful insight that is being applied in many areas of research, including parenting and childhood development, trauma healing, and even the improvement of therapist efficacy.

Howard Steele, PhD: Exploring the Applications of Attachment TheoryHoward Steele is a full Professor of Psychology at the New School for Social Research in New York City, where he studies attachment and human development.

His academic and research concentrations include attachment theory, intergenerational patterns of attachment, mourning in response to trauma and loss, and attachment-based interventions to promote secure organized attachments and prevent child maltreatment.

Dr. Steele is currently the President and Co-Director of the Center for Attachment Research (CARS) at the New School, and is editor for their research journal, Attachment and Human Development. Howard is married to Dr. Miriam Steele, who is also Co-Director of CARS and has been a frequent collaborator, researcher, and co-author with him on numerous publications.

Steele was also the founding president of the Society for Emotion and Attachment Studies (SEAS).

Through his professorship at The New School for Social Research and his leadership at CARS and SEAS, Dr. Steele is a dedicated mentor, educator, and researcher who is passionate about cultivating the next generations of inspired research and clinical progress.

Steele has authored and co-authored numerous journal articles and several books throughout his career.

Books:

The Handbook of Attachment-Based Interventions, Dr. Howard Steele & Dr. Miriam Steele, 2017

Clinical Applications of the Adult Attachment Interview, Dr. Howard Steele & Dr. Miriam Steele, 2008

Research:

For an exhaustive list of Dr. Howard Steele’s academic publications, visit:

https://center-for-attachment.com/journal-articles-books/

The Development Of Reflective FunctioningIn 1986, Howard Steele began his doctoral studies at the University of London where he met many influential people including Dr. Peter Fonagy. Fonagy and Steele worked together in researching the role of attachment styles in pathological affective disorders, specifically borderline personality disorder.

During this time, Steele and his colleagues were using a new interview tool published in 1985 by Mary Main et al., called the Adult Attachment Interview.

As Steele describes in this episode, the Adult Attachment Interview (AAI) “asks people to talk about their childhood experiences with mother and father as far back as they can remember.”

When looking at the AAI to assess reflective function, there are certain questions that are used in particular: ‘Why do you think your parents behaved as they did during your childhood?’”

Importantly, the interview frequently uses words like “why” and “how” in the phrasing of its questions in order to allow subjects to reflect and think deeply about what might have been going on in their childhood; however, the subjects may give vague, cliche, or impersonal responses (which would be lower reflective function). These are questions that “demand evaluation and demand reflection,” as Steele describes them.

Example:

No. 4 - “I’d like to ask you to choose five adjectives or words that reflect your relationship with your mother starting from as far back as you can remember in early childhood—as early as you can go. Why did you choose these words?”

No. 6 - “When you were upset as a child, what would you do?”

Follow up: “How did you respond to being separated from your parents?”

Question number 11, in particular, stood out to Steele as something unique:

“Why do you think your parents behaved the way they did during your childhood?”

This specific question prompts participants to consider the thoughts and feelings of others, not just their own mental state. Inspired by this shift in perspective, Steele and his team recognized that the self-focused metacognitive monitoring process could be expanded upon to focus on the process of how we monitor and think about the mental states of others.

Steele, Fonagy and colleagues eventually called this interpersonal-mindedness process reflective functioning. They speculated that a person’s capacity for reflective functioning could play a significant role in the way attachment bonds are established and maintained.

Even though ideas about Theory of Mind go back many decades, and this concept of “interpersonal-mindedness” wasn’t wholly new, there were no existing methods for measuring these capacities.

So, Steele and colleagues developed and published the Reflective Functioning Manual, including the Reflective Functioning Scale, as a reliable method for evaluating and measuring a person’s capacity for simultaneous self-awareness and awareness of the mental states of others.

A person’s reflective functioning is not the empathy they have for others, but is, specifically, the cognitive and emotional capacity they demonstrate underneath their perception of others and self.

Reflective Functioning And AttachmentThe application of the RF Scale while evaluating responses to the Adult Attachment Interview can provide insight into how a person’s perception of others impacts their attitudes about themselves, their behaviors towards others, and their ability to cultivate meaningful relationships.

This evaluation provides insight into how adults may feel they have learned to perceive others, feel safe, value themselves, and respond to challenges and aspirations throughout their lives.

“Reflective functioning is the developmental acquisition that permits children to respond not only to another person’s behavior, but to the children’s conception of others’ beliefs, feelings, attitudes, desires, hopes, knowledge, imagination, pretense, deceit, intentions, plans and so on.

RF or mentalization enables children to ‘read’ other people’s minds (BaronCohen, 1995; Baron-Cohen, Tager-Flusberg, & Cohen, 1993; Morton & Frith, 1995).

By attributing mental states to others, children make people’s behavior meaningful and predictable. As children learn to understand other people’s behavior, they can flexibly activate, from the multiple sets of self-other representations they have organized on the basis of prior experience, the one(s) best suited to respond adaptively to particular interpersonal transactions” (Steele, et al., The Reflective Functioning Manual, p. 5).

Creativity, Metaphor, Openness And Reflective FunctioningIn the episode, Dr. Puder and Dr. Steele comment on the relationship between higher reflective functioning and traits such as creativity, curiosity and openness.

“It is the capacity to be patient, to be reticent if you like, to wait and see and listen and ask questions and form a judgment that you have high confidence in, but not absolute confidence in” (Steele).

Having a higher degree of openness is associated with a willingness to become familiar with the unfamiliar, to seek new experiences and perspectives. It also may motivate a person to become more curious and to slow down and be patient in order to more carefully observe and understand new experiences.

High openness is also often related to creativity, and to a significant degree creativity, patience and curiosity are all important factors in a person’s ability to coherently observe, reflect on, and imagine the mental states of others.

The value and significance of metaphor is also discussed briefly, with Steele suggesting that there is an overlap between the use of metaphor and reflective functioning. A person’s ability to think and communicate in metaphor requires them to understand how another person is likely to interpret their meaning from an abstract expression.

One person must imagine how to best express the idea symbolically, and the other person must imagine what the symbolic expression means. This is more successfully accomplished with higher reflective functioning.

In fact, people who are higher in reflective functioning may even engage in metaphor as play, for sheer enjoyment and exploration (i.e., poetry, art, literature, music, etc.).

Individuals who are lower in reflective functioning may also have a lower degree of openness and curiosity about the unfamiliar. This may relate to a lower degree of interest in interpreting unclear symbolic expressions, and may even be associated with an outright rejection of symbolic, non-literal expressions.

Dr. Puder suggests that this higher degree of creativity, openness, and reflective functioning may contribute to higher effectiveness among therapists because they are more eager and motivated to engage their clients with natural curiosity and have a natural inclination to listen patiently, attempting to understand the inner world that clients are trying to communicate.

Further, having a therapist with higher reflective function means that, in their own attachments, they have a depth of understanding and a coherent narrative to make sense why things occurred as they did in their childhood. This depth of knowing themselves may allow them to be curious, open, and empathic to the patient’s experience, knowing in a more articulate way when the patient’s attachment themes are showing up in the here-and-now relationship with them (transference) or when their own reaction is painted by their childhood (countertransference).

The Reflective Functioning ManualThe primary clinical tools within the manual are an 11-point Reflective Functioning Scale and a comprehensive list of 23 score-indicators that describe how to evaluate the responses given while administering the Adult Attachment Interview.

The manual also provides an extensive explanation of reflective functioning, how it relates to metacognition and mentalizing, and how it influences attachment and behavior.

  • Published in July, 1998 through the University of London
  • Authors: Peter Fonagy, Mary Target, Howard Steele, Miriam Steele
  • Synopsis: 47-page manual that:

- Defines reflective functioning, metacognition, and mentalizing skills.

- Describes how these abilities provide insight into human behavior, attachment, and mental health.

- Validates the measure: Provides detailed summaries of research that validate the RF measure.

- Evaluates Responses: Explains how to assign scores to responses using a range of 23 different assessment values (evaluating the level and characteristics of RF demonstrated by each response).

- Scores Assessments: Explains how to assign a final assessment on an 11-point RF Scale based on the scores throughout the interview.

The manual itself is dense and rich with information detailing how reflective functioning is conceptually distinguishable from mentalizing and metacognition.

It also provides a thorough and fascinating look at the history of psychological research and theory that led to the development of the idea of reflective functioning: from Freud’s “Bildung” to Dennett’s three steps in the prediction of behavior to theory of mind and metacognition and Bowlby, Ainsworth and Main’s work in attachment theory.

The text continues with in-depth sections on the psychological process of developing mentalizing skills, an exploration of the key research studies that validate the RF measuring process, and important general considerations for clinicians using the manual for evaluating AAI responses.

Such general considerations include:

  • Only explicitly reflective statements qualify for high ratings.
  • Learned, rote or cliché statements do not qualify for high ratings (3 or lower).
  • Avoid leading or thinking for the subject.
  • Do not limit the scope of a person’s mental states to their formal diagnoses.

The central-most purpose of the manual is its detailed list of 23 response indicators and the 11-point Reflective Functioning Scale, which are used for evaluating responses to the Adult Attachment Interview and assigning a final score that measures a person’s demonstrated level of reflective functioning.

The 23 response indicators are broken out into four key domains of reflective functioning.

Four Domains of Reflective FunctioningListed below are all 23 response indicators within their respective RF domains.

(Section 4: Illustrations of Moderate to High RF)

4.1- Awareness of the Nature of Mental States

*4.1.1: The Opaqueness of Mental States

*4.1.2: Mental States as Susceptible to Disguise

*4.1.3: Recognition of Limitations of Insight

4.1.4: Mental States tied to expressions of appropriate normative judgements

4.1.5: Awareness of the defensive nature of certain mental states

4.2- Explicit Effort to Tease Out Mental States Underlying Behavior

*4.2.1: Accurate attributions of mental states to others

4.2.2: Envisioning the possibility that feelings concerning a situation may be unrelated to the observable aspects of it

4.2.3: Recognition of diverse perspectives

4.2.4: Taking into account one’s own mental state in interpreting other’s behavior

4.2.5: Evaluating mental states from point of view of its impact on behavior of the self and/or other

4.2.6: Taking into account how others perceive oneself

4.2.7: A freshness of recall and thinking about mental states

4.3- Recognizing Developmental Aspects of Mental States

4.3.1: Taking an intergenerational perspective

4.3.2: Taking a developmental perspective

4.3.3: Revising thoughts and feelings about childhood in light of understanding gained since childhood

4.3.4: Envisioning changes of mental states between past and present, and present and future

4.3.5: Envisioning transactional processes between parent and child

4.3.6: Understanding factors which developmentally determine affect regulation

4.3.7: Awareness of family dynamic

4.4- Mental States in Relation to the Interviewer

*4.4.1: Acknowledging the separateness of minds

*4.4.2: Not assuming knowledge

*4.4.3: Emotional attunement

Each of the key domains and subdomains, or response-indicators, in Section 4 represent criteria that suggest Ordinary to Higher Reflective Functioning.

There are 7 response indicators specifically associated with Negative to Low Reflective Functioning, which are found in Section 6:

6.- Illustrations of Negative or Low RF

6.1: Possible implications of subtypes of low RF

*6.2: Rejection of RF

*6.3: Unintegrated, bizarre or inappropriate RF

*6.4: Disavowal of RF

*6.5: Distorting or self-serving RF

*6.6: Naive or simplistic RF

*6.7: Overly-analytical or hyperactive RF

*Indicates a response-indicator criteria that was discussed in this episode.

In the episode, Dr. Steele discusses several of these concepts, some briefly and some at length.

The Opaqueness of Mental States:This is the idea that the person who is receiving the adult attachment interview demonstrates tentativeness about their perception of other people’s feelings or thoughts. They’re acknowledging that this task is complex and often “opaque,” or not completely clear.

“The speaker acknowledges the difficulty one has in being sure of what the other’s intention or mental state is or was, while being prepared to guess.

Thus, the statement, ‘I thought my mother felt resentful of us, but I’m not really sure if she felt that way herself,’ (score of 5) would be regarded as reflective, whereas the statement, ‘One can never know what anyone else thinks,’ (score of 1) would not, without a suggestion as to what may have been thought” (Steele, et al., The Reflective Functioning Manual, p. 15).

Mental States as Susceptible to Disguise:Related to the issue of opaqueness is the possibility of deliberate disguising of internal states. Recognition of this possibility may be implicit or explicitly stated.

A common example would be instances of awareness that the individual may experience different emotions to the ones they display, and may refer to the other or to the self.

“I am so angry at her...but I would never show that to her” (p. 15).

Recognition of Limitations of Insight:Another sign of awareness of the nature of mental states is the explicit qualifying of insight concerning oneself or others (i.e., awareness of one’s limitations in being able to understand self and others):

“I had a lot of respect for my mother, although sometimes she infuriated me because she was a very anxious person and would get very uptight about things and sometimes get a little bit hysterical. I think she was very insecure in her relationship with my father, but I don’t know if that was true” (p. 15).

Intergenerational Perspective:Basic to attachment theory is the assumption that parenting behavior is fundamentally influenced by parents’ thoughts and feelings regarding their childhood relationship experiences.

Statements showing awareness of this intergenerational exchange of ideas, feelings, and behavior is considered reflective as long as the references made are explicit and specific.

“My mother expected great things from her children because, as I’ve been saying, so much had been demanded of her by my grandparents and, at least in my mother’s mind, I believe, she never lived up to those unrealistically high expectations, and so hoped that we would” (p. 17).

Developmental Perspective:Some subjects show awareness of developmental changes in certain mental states. This is regarded as reflective because it assumes that the subject is making assessments of either their own or other’s changing perspective with age.

“When we were little, my father always seemed to have time for us and we would have so much fun together, but then as we got older he withdrew and had difficulty, I think, getting on with teenagers” (p. 18).

Recognition of Diverse Perspectives:The speaker explicitly acknowledges that different people may perceive a given behavior or situation differently.

“My father thought it was fine for Mr. X (the teacher) to behave like that, that it would teach us self-discipline and that kind of stuff. My mother thought that it was appalling to treat children that way. I think he just didn’t know what was going on. How all the children felt” (p. 16).

Steele suggests that having an openness to literature, poetry, art and exposure to unfamiliar cultures is a good way to increase reflective functioning in this category.

Mental States in Relation to the Interviewer:A subject’s recognition of mental states might be shown by their interaction with the interviewer, which we take as an indication of the subject’s willingness to entertain mental states in the context of other relationships. This tendency may again be revealed in a number of ways:

Regarding the work of the therapist: “Each of us tries to imagine what the aims, goals, and purposes of the other are in this conversation. I think that simply engaging in curiosity, organized curiosity about the motives that underlie behavior and the mental states that are the consequences of behavior is going to be very helpful” (p. 19).

The Reflective Functioning Scale (Section 7 in Manual)The scale is rated using values ranging from -1 through 9, with two-point differentials between each score. Thus, the numbers 0, 2, 4, 6 and 8 allow for flexibility in assigning scores that may lay in between key values.

In the episode, Steele gives some insight on why the scale uniquely starts at -1 instead of 0 or 1.

Negative one answers often are a harsh rejection of reflective function like, “How the hell would I know?” or, “I don’t know—you tell me!”

In the episode, Steele gives some insight on why the scale uniquely starts at -1 instead of 0 or 1.

He realized that they needed to create a minus-one score when they looked at interviews from people incarcerated for violent crimes and people incarcerated for repeat drunk driving offenses.

“These are people who have not been well loved, who have not been given the experience of interacting joyfully with another human being. They’ve probably had a lot of harsh, very abusive experiences, and often are abusive in return.

People who commit violence toward other people, it makes sense that they wouldn’t have an appreciation for the humanity of the other. And if you don’t have that appreciation, then you can, of course, behave quite dismissively and violently” (Steele, 00:07:47).

With these individuals, Steele found there was not just a lack of reflective insight (score of 0-1), but often an outright rejection or hostility towards the consideration of others’ thoughts and feelings. By setting the low-end score at -1, the scale was able to represent responses that showed dismissive and rejecting attitudes toward reflective functioning.

Any scores below a 3 are considered low reflective functioning.

Scores of 7 and above are considered high reflective functioning.

“Low reflective functioning indicates a narrowing of the mind. High reflective functioning represents an opening of the mind to a range of possible considerations from a point of humility.”

“One of the central characteristics of high reflective functioning is that the speaker shows an awareness of the limitations on understanding.”

“You don’t get a high score for saying, oh, why did my parents behave the way they did? I know exactly why they behaved the way they did. That’s not possible. It’s not possible for us to have a transparent, clear understanding of our own minds [let alone that of others]” (Steele).

This refers to “The Opaqueness of Mental States” (4.1.1).

People with RF scores of 3 or lower may be completely disinterested in, hostile towards, or absolutely certain of their perception of others’ mental states.

People with RF scores between 3 and 7 may acknowledge that others have their own feelings about things but may “give up on” the task of imagining the mental states of others if they are not expressed clearly.

People with scores of 7 and higher are not dissuaded by the uncertainty of knowing another person’s true state of mind; they’re still willing to venture an intuitive guess and allow themselves to imagine how others may be feeling or thinking.

The RF Scale:-1. Negative Reflective Functioning: Responses must be anti-reflective, hostile, evasive, bizarre or inappropriate. These responses are usually because questions are perceived as a form of attack.

“How the hell should I know what my parents were thinking? You’re the doctor, why don’t you tell me?”

“I know exactly what they were thinking, they wanted to ruin my life because their life sucks so bad and they didn’t want me to be better than them.”

0. Somewhere between -1 and 1

1. Absent but not repudiated RF: Passively evasive, little to no hostility, no evidence of awareness of mental states, excessive self-distortions or grandiosity, leaves interviewer with little useful information.

“I’m sure they knew I’d be fine by myself. Besides, they had to work all the time anyway. It didn’t really bother me so it probably didn’t bother them either.” (Overly self-confident, passively avoids thinking about how their parent’s may have been feeling about leaving them alone.)

2. Somewhere between 1 and 3

3. Questionable or Low RF: Responses contain some suggestion of mentalizing efforts, however, reflective functioning capacity is not explicit, subject does not demonstrate clear understanding of the implications of their statements. Responses may be cliche, superficial, disorganized, excessively deep and detailed, yet unconvincing or irrelevant to the task.

“All parents want their kids to be happy, right? I’m sure that’s what my parents wanted too, they just had to work. It wasn’t all their fault.” (Cliches, blaming circumstances)

“I don’t know, fathers aren’t usually supposed to be the nurturing type so I’m sure that’s why he wasn’t around. It’s just not something that men do.” (Cliches)

4. Somewhere between 3 and 5

5. Definite or Ordinary RF: Responses contain some features which make reflection explicit, such as references to the nature or properties of mental states, how mental states relate to behavior. Responses are personal, not cliche, but not particularly sophisticated.

“Well, I’m sure they didn’t like having to leave me on my own so often, and it probably disappointed them that they had to work so much. They probably worried about me being lonely, and I suppose I can see how that could explain some of the stress we had at home during that time.”

6. Somewhere between 5 and 7

7. Marked RF: Responses contain some features which makes reflection explicit, uses personal, original and sophisticated explanations, unusual level of detail and insight into the mental states of others, insight into influence of mental states on behavior.

“I’m sure it was tough having to leave me at home by myself so much. I know that I resented them working so much and not making arrangements for me to spend that time making friends with other people. They might not have had that kind of behavior modeled for them, after all. I can see how that kind of stress could have built over time, between them being frustrated and me being frustrated, and that this could have contributed to our frequent fighting at home.”

8. Somewhere between 7 and 9

9. Full or Exceptional RF: Unusually high degree of reflective functioning, among top 10% or less. Responses may contain vivid, but not inappropriate, levels of emotion. Responses are strikingly personal and meaningful. Capable of demonstrating significant awareness of mental states of any number of individuals in an interaction scenario.

“I think it must have broken their hearts having to spend so much time away from home, and leaving me on my own so often. We really lost out on a lot of opportunities to bond and get to know each other on a deeper level. I feel like we just kind of developed a superficial relationship as I got older. I think my parents really resented having to work so much—I know I resented them for that—and that probably led to more arguments than it should have. They probably really wanted the best for me, and really wanted to be there but didn’t know how to make that work. I don’t think they had close friends or felt like they could afford daycare, and that probably added to the stress.”

Research And EffectivenessIn the episode, we discuss a number of important studies that helped hone the methodology and demonstrate the effectiveness of this measurement tool.

These studies outline the proving grounds but don’t represent the extent of the application of reflective functioning. Today, researchers and clinicians are continuing to explore ways that the application of reflective functioning can help improve resources for childhood development and parenting, counseling and rehabilitation programs, and even for training of educators, therapists, and care providers.

Therapist Reflective Functioning, Therapist Attachment Style, and Therapist Effectiveness.

Cologon, J., Schweitzer, R., King, R., & Nolte, T. (2017)

Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 44(5), pp. 614-625.

University College London.

This study investigated the relationship between two therapists attributes (reflective functioning and attachment style) and client outcome.

Twenty five therapists, treating a total of 1,001 clients, were assessed using the Adult Attachment Interview and the Experiences in Close Relationships Scale.

The outcome was measured using the Outcome Questionnaire (OQ-45).

The researchers found that the therapists with the highest reflective function had the best outcomes. This accounted for 70.5% of what made the best therapist the best therapist.

“The most widely used method of estimating the variance accounted for proportional reduction in variance (Bryk & Raudenbush, 1992) suggests that 70.5% of the variance in therapist effectiveness is accounted for by RF.”

Results:

“Attachment style did not make a significant contribution to the model.

The high RF group consists of those therapists with an RF score of 7 or higher.

The medium RF group contains therapists scoring higher than 5 and lower than 7.

The low RF group consists of therapists scoring 5 or lower on the RF scale (i.e., lower than normal RF).

It is evident from the slopes that the level of symptoms of the clients of therapists with high RF decreased substantially over time. In other words, these therapists with marked to exceptional reflective function were the most effective.

The level of symptoms for clients of therapists with medium levels of RF also decreased over time, but to a lesser extent than for those of high RF therapists.

Low RF therapists had negligible effect on client symptoms.”

Cassel Hospital StudyThe relation of attachment status, psychiatric classification, and response to psychotherapy.

By Fonagy, P., Leigh, T., Steele, M., Steele, H., Kennedy, R., Mattoon, G., Target, M., Gerber, A.

Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Vol 64(1), Feb 1996, 22-31.

For this study, a sample of 82 out of 85 consecutively admitted non-psychotic inpatients at the Cassel Hospital participated in being administered the Adult Attachment Interview.

The study examined the association between reported physical and sexual abuse, RF scores, and a diagnosis of BPD. To do this, they administered the AAI to all participants and then compared the responses between individuals meeting diagnostic criteria for borderline personality disorder (BPD) diagnosis, individuals reporting abuse in their history, and those without abuse or BPD diagnosis.

They also ran a control study administering the AAI to 85 participants in an outpatient setting meeting “normal” control criteria.

Results:

The study found that participants with a history of physical and sexual abuse were more likely to result in a diagnosis of BPD.

It also found that both victims of abuse and participants with BPD diagnosis were more likely to score lower in reflective functioning than those without abuse/BPD or controls.

“The likelihood of reported abuse being associated with BPD was greater in the group of patients with low RF than those with RF ratings above the median.

Only 4 of 24 (17%) patients reporting abuse in the high RF group were diagnosed with BPD, whereas 28 of 29 patients (97%) reporting abuse in the low RF group reporting abuse were diagnosed with BPD.

In the group not reporting abuse, the prevalence of BPD was the same in low and high RF groups (2 of 17 for high RF vs. 2 of 12 in low RF).”

Reflective function in the presence of abuse is highly predictive of BPD.

Prison Health Center StudyOffending and Attachment: The Relationship between Interpersonal Awareness and Offending in a Prison Population with Psychiatric Disorder.

Fonagy, P; Levinson, A; (2004) Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis.

Levinson & Fonagy (in preparation) collected AAIs from 22 prisoners with diagnosable psychiatric disorder and matched them with 2 control groups on age, gender, social class and IQ: 1) a psychiatric inpatient control group matched for diagnoses (Axis I/II) and 2) a normal control group recruited from a medical outpatient department. The findings may be summarized as follows:

(1) There were significantly more secure attachments in the normal control group but the two clinical groups did not differ in terms of overall level of security.

(2) 36% of the prison group vs. 14% of the psychiatric group were classified as “dismissing,” with normal controls in between (23%).

(3) 45% of the prisoners vs. 64% of psychiatric controls were classified as “preoccupied” with only 14% of non-criminal controls receiving this classification.

(4) 82% of psychiatric patients, but only 36% of prisoners and 0% of non-clinical controls, received “unresolved” classifications.

(5) 82% of prisoners and only 36% of psychiatric patients were rated as having been abused, with only 4% of normal controls (2/3 of abuse was physical, 1/3 sexual in both clinical groups).

(6) Neglect was more prevalent in the prison group, but rejection was more frequently reported by psychiatric patients.

(7) Current anger with attachment figures was dominant in psychiatric patients but relatively more among prisoners.

(8) Prisoners had significantly lower ratings on the reflective function scale (2.5, SD =1.8)) than either psychiatric patients (3.7, SD = 1.5) or those from the non-clinical group (5.8, SD =2.3).

(9) When the prison group was split into those with violent index offenses (murder, malicious wounding, GBH, armed robbery, indecent assault to child), vs. non violent ones (possession, importation, obtaining property by deception, theft, handling stolen goods) the rating on reflectiveness of the former group was found to be significantly lower than the latter.

Levy Study: Effectiveness of Treatment Modality in Changing RFChange in Attachment Patterns and Reflective Function in a Randomized Control Trial of Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for Borderline Personality Disorder.

Levy, K. et al. (2006) Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, Vol. 74, No. 6.

Changes in attachment organization and reflective function (RF) were assessed in one of the three year-long psychotherapy treatments for patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD).

Ninety patients reliably diagnosed with BPD were randomized to transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP), dialectical behavior therapy, or a modified psychodynamic supportive psychotherapy. Attachment organization was assessed with the Adult Attachment Interview and the RF coding scale.

In the transference-focused psychotherapy group, the start of reflective function was 2.86 and it increased to 4.11 by the end of treatment, whereas the DBT group showed no improvement, and the supportive psychotherapy treatment showed no improvement.

Findings suggest that 1 year of intensive TFP can increase patient’s narrative coherence and RF.

Results:

The changes observed in RF in this study represent a significant shift in patient’s capacity to mentalize the thoughts, feelings, intentions, and desires of self and others. Patients in the TFP group entered the study with a mean RF score of 2.86, which is similar to findings from an earlier study examining RF in a sample of participants with BPD (Fonagy et al., 1996).

In our study, only 4 of the 22 TFP patients (15%) entered the study with a score higher than 3 on the RF scale.

As compared with the other treatment conditions, patients in TFP showed a significant increase over the course of treatment in RF, with a mean score of 4.11 posttreatment (approaching ordinary or adequate RF) and almost two-thirds of the patients scoring 4 or better (72.7%, with 31.8% scoring 5 or above).

ConclusionThis is hopefully the first of many episodes where we’ll explore the various ways that reflective functioning is associated with development, behavior, attachment and mental health. From improving patient assessments and evaluations and improving clinical outcomes to improving the effectiveness of therapists, there are numerous valuable applications for reflective functioning as a concept and a tool.

We highly recommend visiting the websites for the Center for Attachment Research and the Society for Emotion and Attachment Studies, reading the Reflective Functioning Manual, and reading any of the numerous studies by Steele, Fonagy, and others for more information.

As always, thank you for listening to the podcast and joining us in our curiosity!

Sign up for a class with Dr. Steele: SteeleH@newschool.edu

View Details

In today’s episode, we talk with Dr. Bruce Perry who co-authored, The Boy Who Was Raised As A Dog, Born For Love: Why Empathy is Essential and Endangered, and What Happened to You? Conversations on Trauma, Resilience, and Healing (2021). We are also joined by Megan White Zappitelli, M.D., a child and adolescent psychiatrist, and Maddison Hussey, M.D., a child and adolescent fellow.

We also recommend you look at the resources below provided to us by Dr. Perry:

Intro to The Neurosequential Model Network

View Details

Monica E. Calkins, PhD, Christian Kohler, MD, Dan Wolf, MD, PhD, Elisa Nelson, PhD, Joanie Burns, DNP, David Puder, MD

There are no conflicts of interest to report.

Guest bios:Monica E. Calkins, PhD

Monica E. Calkins, PhD, is the HeadsUp Co-Director who oversees outreach, education, training, and Coordinated Specialty Care program evaluation and fidelity. Dr. Calkins grew up in Philadelphia, attending Philadelphia public schools and earning a bachelor's degree from Temple University. She earned a doctorate in clinical science and psychopathology research from the University of Minnesota and completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Pennsylvania before joining its faculty, currently Professor of Psychology in Psychiatry. Dr. Calkins’ research and clinical work focuses on early identification and intervention in psychotic disorders, and she has authored more than 200 scholarly publications in this area. Her work and mission is to improve the lives and experiences of young people with psychosis and their families.

Christian Kohler, MD

Christian Kohler, M.D., is the co-director of HeadsUp. Dr. Kohler grew up in Austria and obtained a doctorate in medicine from Innsbruck University. He completed residencies in psychiatry at Wright State University and neurology at the University of Cincinnati, and subsequently a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. Kohler has been on the faculty at the University of Pennsylvania since the late 1990s and is currently professor of psychiatry and neurology. He has participated in research on emotional processing, brain-related studies and novel treatments resulting in over 100 publications to date. Dr. Kohler has extensive experience in the treatment of severe mental illness and, in particular, of young persons with recent onset of psychosis—a challenging and rewarding area to pursue improvement in clinical symptoms and functioning.

Dan Wolf, MD, PhD

Dan Wolf, MD, PhD is the HeadsUp Telehealth Director, as well as a practicing psychiatrist and brain imager specializing in psychosis treatment and research. He completed medical and neuroscience training at Yale University, residency training in psychiatry at Harvard University, postdoctoral training in neuropsychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania, and has been a faculty member at the University of Pennsylvania since 2008.

Elisa Nelson, PhD

Dr. Elisa Nelson is a psychologist in the Psychosis Evaluation and Recovery Center (PERC) at the University of Pennsylvania (Penn). She completed her postdoctoral training in Recovery-Oriented Cognitive Therapy (CT-R) for individuals with serious mental health conditions at Penn. She has supported individuals in coordinated specialty care programs in the early stages of psychosis for several years. She is currently researching CT-R concepts and ways this approach can be adapted to support families in this setting.

Introduction: What Is Early Psychosis And Why Is It An Important Topic?More common than we may think, psychosis is not an illness but a broad clinical term that embodies a range of symptoms in which our thoughts, perceptions, behaviors or feelings become disrupted. Psychosis can trigger misinterpretation or confusion when interacting with the world, which can feel disorienting and cause distress.

Psychosis is sometimes related to a serious mental health disorder, but experiences of psychosis can occur for other reasons, such as with substance use or with certain medical conditions.

SchizophreniaSchizophrenia is one condition associated with psychosis experiences. No two people living with schizophrenia have the exact same experiences, but there are six primary categories of symptoms that people living with schizophrenia experience in some combination: (1) hallucinations—perceiving things, in any one of the five sensory modalities (hearing, seeing, tasting, smelling, touching), that other people don’t hear, see and so on. In schizophrenia, auditory hallucinations such as hearing voices when no one is speaking are common, but people with schizophrenia can have other types of hallucinations as well. (2) delusions—which are very firmly held beliefs with full conviction that things are happening to the person or in the world that are not happening in reality. A person may believe that others are trying to hurt them or follow them, or that events in the world occur in reference to them (like people talking in public are talking about them). The person might also have unusual beliefs like other people can hear their thoughts, or that others are controlling their thoughts or actions against their will. (3) “negative” symptoms—include difficulties in experiencing emotions, like feeling loss of interest, pleasure, motivation, or difficulties in expressing emotions (like appearing to show no emotions on the face). (4) disorganized speech—meaning the speech lacks the typical organization we see in others. A person may go off track when talking, leading others to have trouble following what they are saying, or in extreme cases, the person may even be incoherent to others. (5) disorganized behavior—includes a range of behaviors including extremely poor hygiene, or dressing in a highly unusual manner. (6) catatonic behavior—a marked decrease in responding to the environment. A person, for example, may be mute or immobile.

These symptoms are accompanied by a significant decline in the person’s ability to function— socially, jobs, school, with family—or in younger people, they can lead to challenges achieving typical functioning. In schizophrenia, at least two of the six symptoms mentioned last at least one month, but frequently longer, with an overall duration of at least 6 months. If the symptoms do not last a minimum of six months, or the person only has one symptom that is not interfering in their life, other disorders would be considered. For a diagnosis of schizophrenia, other medical causes of the symptoms, including substance use, are ruled out.

It is important to note that the symptoms typically associated with schizophrenia can also manifest in other mental health disorders. In the DSM-5, these symptoms are addressed under a broader category called 'Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders,' which includes conditions linked to substance use, catatonia, and psychotic disorders due to medical conditions. Moreover, psychosis symptoms such as hallucinations and delusions can also occur in mood disorders; individuals with bipolar disorder or major depressive disorder might experience these symptoms during severe mood episodes. Consequently, the presence of psychosis symptoms alone is not diagnostic of schizophrenia.

Schizophrenia affects about 1% of the population—that is 1 out of every 100 people—and approximately 4% of the population experiences the broader category of psychosis spectrum disorders. Thus, these conditions are more common than many people realize. The onset of schizophrenia usually occurs between the ages of 16 and 30, meaning that often the symptoms begin during the critical developmental period of adolescence or early adulthood. We use the term “First Episode Psychosis” (FEP) to refer to the initial onset of threshold psychosis symptoms described above.

Clinical High Risk and Attenuated PsychosisClinical high risk, or “attenuated psychosis,” refers to symptoms a person experiences that research has shown increase the person’s risk of developing a threshold psychosis disorder like schizophrenia. Those symptoms include what we call “subthreshold” or “attenuated” versions of the symptoms discussed above. For example, a person might start to think or wonder whether people are following them, but they are not as convinced as they would be if they have a threshold delusion. Yet, this experience is troubling and can become quite distressing or interfere with the person's school or work or social relationships. In the subthreshold form of hallucinations, a person might hear unusual sounds or whispers, but they know they are not real—the person lacks the full experience of a true perception as they would for a hallucination.

This clinical high risk stage is important for two main reasons. First, clinically, these symptoms can be very early warning signs of a person developing a psychotic disorder, so they present a real opportunity to seek clinical care before the symptoms have progressed to a much more severe level. One important thing to note here is that some people might experience these kinds of symptoms, and then the symptoms go away on their own, and some people can experience them at this low level without ever transitioning to a psychotic disorder. The challenge is that we cannot currently predict for any given individual what is going to happen. And if those symptoms do not progress, studies have shown that they still might be associated with depression, anxiety, substance use, and poorer overall functioning. Therefore, they are still important to recognize and potentially address through clinical care. Since we cannot tell what the course of any individual's symptoms will be, or how they might impact the individual, it is important that young people are supported and encouraged to talk about their mental health experiences with trusted people—parents, teachers, primary care providers, faith leaders—and seek professional help early. Second, these early symptoms are also a window into the changes in the brain that are happening very early in the course of illness. As we will discuss in more detail below, as researchers, this gives us the opportunity to investigate those changes and ultimately develop better medications or other interventions that we hope can one day be able to improve the course of symptoms, or maybe even prevent schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders altogether.

Recovery: The Coordinated Specialty Care Treatment Model For individuals who have experienced a first-episode of psychosis or clinical high risk symptoms, Coordinated Specialty Care (CSC) is the gold standard treatment. CSC is a recovery-oriented treatment that approaches care from a team perspective, allowing specialists and clinicians to work together to determine the best course of treatment for the patient while also enlisting the help of family and community support. It involves a dedicated multi-disciplinary team of specialists who provide case management, psychotherapy, medication management, supported employment and education, peer support, and family support and education. CSC-type interventions were first developed in Australia and Europe and have been more widely implemented in the U.S. since 2015 through support of the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). As of 2019, there are CSC programs in all 50 states.

In Pennsylvania, there are currently 17 CSC programs for first episode psychosis (FEP), including three in Philadelphia—the program at Penn, which is the Psychosis Evaluation and Recovery Center (PERC), the PEACE program, and one of the newest programs at Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia.

Our CSC programs provide services to young people who have experienced a recent first episode of psychosis (usually within the past one to two years) and generally engage young people in care for two years, some with the option to participate in step-down care after the first two years. We also have two CSC programs dedicated to youth with clinical high risk symptoms, including the PERC program at Penn, and the Hope Team at the University of Pittsburgh (a partner of Penn).

HeadsUpThis work is part of several larger efforts. In 2017, the Pennsylvania Office of Mental Health and Substance Abuse Services (OMHSAS) funded the Pennsylvania Early Intervention Center, now called HeadsUp, to provide fidelity, program evaluation, and training to support Pennsylvania CSC programs. The mission of HeadsUp is to help end the stigma around psychosis through education, advocacy and support. On the HeadsUp website, there is information and resources about early psychosis, including a locator of Pennsylvania CSC programs (Find a Center). Anyone concerned about a young person experiencing early psychosis symptoms is encouraged to reach out to HeadsUp (headsuppaorg@gmail.com) or contact a nearby program.

HeadsUp provides ongoing training and support to the FEP clinicians across Pennsylvania in implementation of Recovery-Oriented Cognitive Therapy (CT-R). CT-R is an evidence supported approach for individuals with serious mental health conditions that uses individualized strategies to support the person in activating adaptive beliefs more often. When the individual has access to this mindset they can better collaborate with their providers on ways to navigate challenges and pursue meaningful life ambitions. In addition to working with individual program participants, clinicians engage family members. Family interventions have been linked to important outcomes (i.e., increased engagement in care, increased retention in services, decreased rate of relapse, reduction in symptoms, improved family interactions) Claxton el al.,, 2017; Lucksted et al., 2016). However, a study surveying FEP family members noted that families experience hesitation about getting involved and express concern about the best strategies to support their loved one in care (Lucksted et al., 2016). To address these needs, some Pennsylvania CSC programs offer support to families in the form of CT-R-based family groups. The purpose of these groups is to empower families by sharing information and strategies and connecting families to other families for support and understanding.

The growth of CSC has been a huge advancement in the field, and many studies have now shown improved outcomes in individuals engaged in 6-24 months of CSC, compared to treatment as usual. However, a large Danish study called OPUS examined ten-year outcome data, which unfortunately did not support sustained clinical and functional improvements in individuals with CSC compared to usual care, highlighting the need for additional longer-term treatment and outcome studies. Our programs have frequently discussed the challenges of identifying post-CSC treatment options for our participants to best support them as they transition out of our CSC programs.

Finally, in the United States, CSC programs remain rare in many regions and are inaccessible to many individuals experiencing a first episode of psychosis. For example, in Pennsylvania, there are still many regions of our commonwealth not yet served. Of the programs available, only 3 are dedicated Clinical High Risk (CHR) programs. At HeadsUp, we also have an “Early Psychosis Mentor” free consultation service for Pennsylvania providers working with individuals experiencing a first episode of psychosis (more information about this can be found on our website. We also conduct provider training to help improve competency and knowledge of providers outside the CSC programs. We hope that through such efforts, we can continue to grow the accessibility, utility, and success of early psychosis care in our region.

Identification, Screening And Referral In Early Psychosis: How To Tell If Someone Is Experiencing Psychosis And What To Do About ItIt is not uncommon for individuals who experience psychosis symptoms to do so for some time prior to presenting for clinical care. Early symptoms are distressing and can interfere with a young person’s life goals. The longer these symptoms go untreated, called the Duration of Untreated Psychosis (or DUP), the harder it may be to recover, contributing to mood symptoms and cognitive dysfunction. The World Health Organization (WHO) recommends a DUP of less than 3 months. However, the DUP in the U.S. averages between 1 and 3 years (in Pennsylvania, the average is about 1 year). This critical delay is due to multiple factors, including limited mental health literacy in the general public, societal stigma about schizophrenia, and the absence of routine or universal screening.

All individuals who come in contact with adolescents and young adults—whether personally or professionally—are in a position to observe a youth who is beginning to experience psychosis. Although relatively less common than other mental health conditions such as depression and anxiety, the consequences can be extremely significant for the individual and their family. Schizophrenia-related disorders are the most highly stigmatized and misunderstood mental health conditions around the world, meaning that young people and others might be afraid to disclose their symptoms or seek help. We, therefore, promote increased mental health literacy about psychosis to raise awareness and knowledge about what psychosis spectrum disorders are and are not.

Mental Health StigmaMental health stigma is a tremendous problem, not just for schizophrenia—which is highly stigmatized—but for all mental health disorders. Stigma includes prejudice (negative attitudes and emotions towards certain groups), often stemming from stereotypes (beliefs about people based on their membership in a particular group). This can lead to discrimination, which is the unfair treatment of people because of the group to which they belong. For individuals and their families, stigma can lead to embarrassment or fear of seeking help if needed, distrust of treatment providers and treatment, impacted relationships with family and friends, personal distress, low self-esteem and self-stigma. It can also exacerbate illness and lead to difficulties with reintegration and recovery, including treatment and medication adherence, denial of symptoms, limited social contacts and fear of job/housing applications.

For society, stigma fosters misunderstanding of mental illness, including myths about the tendency of those with mental illness to be violent or dangerous, which can facilitate fear, avoidance, or rejection of those with mental illness. All of this can affect public funding for research and services for mental health disorders, as well as the legal treatment of people with mental illness. For many people in our society, the media is a main source of information about mental health, but because media portrayals are pervasive, frequently inaccurate, and contain stigmatizing elements, the media is also a primary source of the perpetuated negative public attitudes and stereotypes about mental health disorders. Even professionals and other adults in positions to help young people who are beginning to experience psychosis are exposed to these same negative media portrayals, often leading them to hold the same misinformed and stigmatizing views. Therefore, it is critically important that we advance awareness and knowledge of psychosis spectrum disorders not just in the general public, but also for professionals who interact with youth—teachers, primary care providers, faith leaders, parents, and even the mental health providers who have little prior experience with psychosis.

ScreeningIn a collaboration with Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, the Penn psychosis research group conducted a large study, the Philadelphia Neurodevelopmental Cohort, led by Drs. Raquel Gur and Hakon Hakonarson, where close to 10,000 young people were screened for a range of mental health conditions, including subthreshold psychosis symptoms. The study found them to be relatively common, occurring in 12% of youth aged 11-21. Yet, these symptoms are not asked about in routine clinical care. Depression, anxiety, and suicidality are now routinely screened for in youth primary care, which is a tremendous step forward for youth mental health, in general, but psychosis is generally not included for a variety of reasons. To address this, HeadsUp has developed several brief screeners specifically about subthreshold psychosis. There are several available on the clinicians’ section of the HeadsUp website. The PRIME-5 is a brief 5-item screening tool that we have “age normed” so that users can know whether the experiences being reported are typical for other young people the same age. We have also developed flowchart algorithms available at that link, with separate versions customized for school professionals, primary care providers, and community mental health providers, which can be used to assist decision making in the referral process.

One of our goals, shared by others around the world, is to get the PRIME-5 screeners into primary care, into the schools, and everywhere young people are in order to get more people asking kids about these symptoms. This is especially important for young people who have historically been underserved in traditional community care for psychosis, including Black and indigenous people of color, Asian, Latinx and LGBTQ+ populations. To fill these gaps, the field advocates for increased awareness, education, psychosis screening, and to normalize asking about and thinking about psychosis. In the end, breaking the stigma of mental illness, and its impact on young people, is an ongoing process in which we can all help. We have high hopes that one day we will talk about and approach psychosis spectrum disorders and their treatments the same way we talk about other medical conditions, like heart disease.

Psychopharmacological Considerations In Early Psychosis: Medication Management For Youth And Young AdultsGeneral ConsiderationsPsychosis symptoms (hallucinations, delusions, disorganized behavior, and disorganized speech) commonly coexist with anxiety, mood symptoms, and unpredictable behavior in first episode psychosis (FEP). Therefore, multiple medications, including antipsychotics, antidepressants, and mood stabilizers are commonly used in treating young people living with FEP. In early psychosis, insight regarding the need for treatment and medication adherence are significant challenges that interfere with access to care and adequate treatment otherwise (Mervis et al., 2021). This is a sensitive time period, as delay in treatment of even a few months, and increased duration of untreated psychosis, are related to worse long-term outcomes. Early treatment adherence should be pursued by mutually identifying target symptoms to be addressed in treatment (i.e., shared decision-making). Persons living with FEP are more sensitive to antipsychotics and psychosis symptoms, and they may respond rapidly to low doses of antipsychotic medications (Kohler et al., 2022). Persons living with FEP are also more sensitive to side effects, in particular acute extrapyramidal symptoms and weight gain. Therefore, neither first-generation antipsychotics (FGAs) nor olanzapine are preferred first-line medications in FEP. Remission rates in FEP can be 60-80%, and this should be the goal of initial treatment (Lieberman et al., 1993) and the greatest rate of improvement in positive and negative symptoms is generally seen within 6 months of treatment. Efficacy of a single medication on core psychosis symptoms should be determined over 6-8 weeks of treatment at an adequate dose. Partial treatment adherence/nonadherence is very common and it is important to track medication adherence to monitor for possible pseudo-resistance to antipsychotic treatment. Once psychosis symptoms have remitted, antipsychotic medication can be decreased to a maintenance dose that is based on the individual and, after a single episode, coming off the medication after 1-2 years can be pursued. Unfortunately, many young persons stop medication prematurely resulting in psychosis relapse and the need for more long-term, if not chronic, treatment.

Long-Acting Injectables (LAIs) and ClozapineLong-acting injectables (LAIs) were historically used in people living with chronic serious mental illness (SMI) for symptom control. Over the past 15 years, second-generation antipsychotic (SGA) LAIs have been used more commonly in younger persons. LAIs offer the promise of symptom control for persons with chronic SMI and stabilization/remission during the early course of illness in persons who experience challenges with medication adherence. Nonetheless, LAIs remain underutilized, as about 30% of individuals are nonadherent with oral medications (Lieslehto et al., 2022), and LAIs are prescribed only to 10% of individuals, which is only a third of eligible persons (Reymann et al., 2022). Reasons for underutilization include patient preference and provider preference/comfort with this form of medication. It is important to engage in shared decision-making regarding the goals of treatment and the associated risks/benefits of medications. LAIs are contraindicated in persons who refuse or who feel coerced.

Like LAIs, clozapine is also underutilized in the United States. Provider comfort in prescribing and various logistical barriers lead to wide variation in use. For example, ~5% of antipsychotic prescriptions are for clozapine in the U.S., 25% in China, and 40% in Australia (Kelly et al., 2012). In addition, there is a notable underutilization of clozapine in the U.S. Black population. Too many people end up on single medication or polypharmacy with inadequate symptom improvement. Clozapine use is indicated after 2 trials of antipsychotics at adequate dosage and duration (preferably at least one trial of risperidone or olanzapine). Clozapine has a unique set of actions on multiple neurotransmitter systems, including modulation of cholinergic activity. A combination of these incompletely understood mechanisms likely explain clozapine superior efficacy in people who do not respond to first-line treatment (often referred to as “treatment resistant”). The downside is that clozapine is cumbersome to initiate and can cause significant side effects/risks, and therefore is not indicated as first-line antipsychotic medication.

Medication Management in CSCThe Coordinated Specialty Care (CSC) model is based on a team of providers who offer individualized services to the young person living with psychosis and, ideally, their family member(s). First episode psychosis (FEP) clinics are typically located separately from mental health centers or locations that serve persons with more chronic mental illness. The dedicated team, similar to what has been developed for Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) teams in persons with chronic SMI, allows for more personalized and collaborative or synergistic interventions both in-house and in the community to pursue clinical stabilization and translation of clinical improvement to interpersonal and academic/occupational functioning. For young persons living with FEP, it is essential to pursue stabilization of functioning with the prospect of achieving expected individual milestones of independent functioning, which is critical in this phase of life. Core services that CSC teams offer to individuals include psychotherapy (CT-R for psychosis), medication management, case management, supported employment and education, and peer support services. All members of the CSC team communicate regularly with the program participant and with other members of the care team to best support the individual living with FEP. With respect to medication management, this allows for frequent and open communication around medication side effects/adherence, and quick feedback and intervention by the prescribing team member, as warranted. It is of high importance to also provide support and information on early psychosis to families, with the aim that they can better cope, assist their loved one experiencing psychosis, decrease stigma and self-blame, and connect with other families in the same situation for support. There are typically group-based services for young persons and for parents to increase knowledge, coping skills, and decrease the sense of isolation and stigma.

Impact Of Substances On The Development Of PsychosisExperimentation with psychoactive substances is common during adolescence and early adulthood. With greater public acceptance and also legalization of possession and use, (i.e., cannabis), there has been more widespread use with little knowledge regarding potential adverse consequences beyond the acute effects of being under the influence. Cannabis is the most widely used and accepted psychoactive substance in the young adult age group. It is not uncommon for persons to use cannabis on a daily basis in the form of smoking, vaping, or edibles for different purposes, be it recreational or therapeutic (e.g., to reduce anxiety). While smoking and vaping cannabis produces an immediate psychoactive effect, edibles produce a much slower onset and longer-lasting effect. The type and procurement method of cannabis also has a role in effects (e.g., street-purchased versus dispensary cannabis in regard to quality control; delta 9 THC versus CBD content which have different effects on the brain; synthetic marijuana/K2/spice and delta 8 THC). Potential contamination of street-purchased and availability of delta 8 cannabis products (which can be misleadingly labeled) are problematic. Medical marijuana is widely available and, while not indicated in the FEP population, it represents a compromise of risk mitigation (i.e., knowledge that the product does not include contamination with other drugs or additional harmful pollutants).

Current evidence indicates that early use of cannabis during adolescence is associated with earlier onset of psychosis and that frequent use is also associated with psychosis onset—meaning these psychosis episodes can remain substance-induced and limited to the period around use, but can also produce psychosis onset and enduring or relapsing symptoms. Cannabis use is not only associated with emergence psychosis, but, in those with established psychotic disorder, can increase psychosis symptoms, worsen attention and motivation, and decrease the effectiveness of antipsychotic medications and overall treatment adherence. About 20% (more in some studies) of those who are initially diagnosed with a substance-induced psychosis eventually develop a chronic psychotic disorder that persists even if individuals stop substance use (Myran et al. 2023). Current and recent cannabis use is very common in young persons who connect with FEP programs and is estimated to be around 30-50%.

The general acceptance of cannabis use, and in light of the grave situation associated with the national opioid epidemic, emphasis on cannabis use disorder remains relatively low but is of particular importance in this population. Common approaches in the FEP population include providing evidence-based information about the risks of cannabis for the individual living with FEP, motivational interviewing about the person’s appraisal of their own goals and how cannabis may interfere with these goals, and incorporation of this topic into the different modalities of CSC interventions (CT-R, medication management, peer support, etc.) to provide a uniform message from different angles. Our experience is that cannabis use declines in the first 6 months of CSC treatment. CSC teams, in general, are not equipped to intervene in severe substance use disorder, cannabis or otherwise. When faced with persistent substance use disorder that interferes with treatment and functional goals, the provider team needs to consider referral to more intense and specialized substance use treatment, such as intensive outpatient care, partial hospitalization programs, or interpersonal psychotherapy programs.

KetamineKetamine is a medication that has been widely used for anesthesia induction during surgery, due to its tolerability and short duration. It is also used as a street drug (“Special K”). At higher doses, ketamine blocks glutamate activation at the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor complex in the brain. While it has found a place in clinical treatment of depression, its action is similar to PCP (phencyclidine, “angel dust”) and it too is associated with producing psychosis symptoms. This is of particular importance in persons with psychosis experiences, as it can worsen symptoms and decrease medication efficacy.

PsilocybinPsilocybin is another substance that has seen increased interest in both recreational use and therapeutic application for a variety of conditions, such as depression and anxiety. Psilocybin, like other hallucinogens, stimulates the brain 5HT2A serotonin receptor which is associated with producing psychedelic effects. Newer antipsychotics block activation of this receptor, consistent with the view that hallucinogens are, in part, doing the opposite of antipsychotics. In general, clinicians treating psychosis, as well as those researching therapeutic use of ketamine and psilocybin, consider these to be contraindicated in those with psychosis symptoms, or who are at high risk for psychosis.

A Look Ahead: What’s The Future Of FEP Care? While improved screening, assessment, and treatment approaches already exist, these tools require greater dissemination and implementation. Even the best existing approaches are insufficient to meet the ongoing need, while ongoing research is seeking further innovation and improvement to address gaps in care. A major barrier is that we currently lack the ability to predict which individuals identified as at-risk for psychosis will actually go on to develop psychosis, and in those who already have psychosis we have a poor ability to predict long-term outcomes or likelihood of responding to particular treatments. Another problem is that CSC care generally only lasts for 2 years and studies suggest that the benefits are not necessarily sustained long-term. Yet, we have no means, at this time, of knowing who will need more intensive/costly sustained CSC. Currently, risk for developing schizophrenia is determined primarily on the presence of subthreshold/attenuated symptoms of psychosis. Such approaches identify a group of clinical high risk (CHR) individuals who do have markedly elevated risk (20-30-fold above the general population). However, even in this CHR group, only a minority of individuals (~20-30%) will ever develop schizophrenia or any full-blown psychotic disorder (though most remain impaired, regardless).

This creates a set of interrelated problems for the field. First, the feasibility of testing proposed interventions to prevent transition to psychosis is greatly reduced since the majority of people who might enter such clinical trials are not going to transition to psychosis. Imagine a hypothetical study of 200 individuals at CHR divided equally into treatment and placebo groups (100 per group), with a hypothetical treatment that reduced risk of transition by 10% in those who would in fact otherwise transition. If the enrolled CHR group had a 90% chance of developing psychosis without treatment, the transition/non-transition numbers would be 90/10 in the untreated group, and 81/19 in the treated group. If instead, the CHR group had a 20% risk of transition (consistent with current identification abilities), the numbers would be 20/80 in the untreated group and 18/82 in the treated group, a much smaller overall effect that is harder to detect reliably. Essentially, inclusion of individuals who will not actually develop psychosis in prevention studies dilutes any prevention effect. (This also exposes will-not-convert individuals to risks without benefit, though that is not necessarily the case if focus is on outcomes other than transition.) This means that our inability to identify very high risk groups leads to a requirement for very large sample sizes in clinical trials, which makes these studies much more difficult and expensive to conduct and, thus, less likely to be undertaken.

The lack of efficacious preventative treatments, in turn, complicates the pragmatics and ethics of screening for CHR. Potential distress and stigma associated with being identified as CHR are harder to justify if this identification does not lead to improved outcomes as a result of effective treatment. Better risk stratification and trajectory prediction can also help lead to stepped/targeted care, focusing the least intensive or risky approaches on those at lower risk, and escalating for those at higher risk.

Therefore, a major focus of ongoing research is to identify “biomarkers”—measures that capture variation in biological factors such as genetics, hormones, brain function and brain structure—which might help improve risk prediction. A group at the Penn led an early effort to examine markers of psychosis risk in the general youth population, called the Philadelphia Neurodevelopmental Cohort (referenced above), which identified clinical, cognitive, and imaging phenotypes in at-risk youth that were similar (though less severe) to those seen in schizophrenia. The North American Prodrome Longitudinal Study (NAPLS) brought together a consortium of CHR sites beginning in 2003, with a second phase (NAPLS2) beginning in 2008, and a third phase (NAPLS3) enrolling from 2015-2020. Data was collected from hundreds of individuals at CHR as well as control participants. Analysis of this data is ongoing. One major result of the NAPLS effort has been the development, validation, and dissemination of a risk calculator for transition to threshold psychosis in those already identified as at CHR. This calculator is currently based on factors which correlate to increased risk, such as more severe subthreshold positive symptoms, greater functional decline, lower cognition, younger age, more adverse life events, and positive family history of psychosis. The Penn psychosis research group, and others, have replicated the validity of this calculator, and Penn developed its own version from the community-based Philadelphia Developmental Cohort (Moore et al., 2022).

While this represents clear progress, the accuracy of such calculators is not yet high enough for clinical use, though they may already be useful for stratification in research studies. However, a tradeoff in any risk stratification is that the highest risk group is also the least common risk group, so that defining a risk group based on a very high risk threshold reduces the prevalence and hence the positive predictive value of this cutoff or “test.” It also reduces the proportion of those ultimately converting to psychosis who can be identified (sensitivity) which impacts utility and generalizability. NAPLS has also identified biological phenotypes (biomarkers) linked to higher conversion risk, including more rapid reduction in cortical thickness, higher cortisol, reduced evoked potentials (e.g., mismatch negative on EEG, visual evoked potentials), and higher polygenic risk score for schizophrenia. More rapidly declining cortical thickness, in turn, is related to elevations of inflammatory cytokines, and thalamo-cortical dysconnectivity in resting state fMRI, showing the promise for “branching out” from individual biomarkers to a broader understanding of pathophysiology and risk.

Personalised Prognostic Tools for Early Psychosis Management (PRONIA) is another multi-site effort, based in Europe and Australia, which enrolled participants (approximately 300 per group) from 2014-2019 across four groups including CHR, recent-onset psychosis, recent-onset depression, controls, with follow up to 1.5 years. PRONIA analysis is ongoing, and the main published results focus on identifying heterogeneity within and across these groups with respect to clinical, cognitive, and structural imaging phenotypes (Koutsouleris et al., 2021), with less focus to date on predicting transition.

These efforts have now set the stage for the recently begun Accelerating Medicines Partnership-Schizophrenia (AMP-SCZ) effort, which Penn is part of and currently enrolling participants. More definitive testing of the potential biomarkers found in the NAPLS study, as well as identification of other potential biomarkers, requires the application of multivariable statistical and machine learning models in large numbers of participants. AMP-SCZ is investing roughly $100 million over 5 years aiming to study over 1500 individuals at CHR for psychosis and over 500 control participants across more than 40 sites, 13 countries, and 4 continents. This study is collecting a battery of biomarkers at baseline and 2 months, with further clinical and cognitive follow-up over 2 years. These include MRI for brain structure and function, EEG for brain activity, saliva for stress hormones, blood for genetics and inflammatory cytokines, audio and video recordings for speech and facial expression analysis, and longitudinal assessment of cognition and symptoms as well as smartphone measures of sleep, activity and experience surveys. This massive undertaking involves a collaboration between the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH), the U.S. and European regulatory agencies (FDA and EMA), pharmaceutical companies (BI, Janssen, Otsuka), and nonprofit organizations (NAMI, APA, OneMind, Schizophrenia & Psychosis Action Alliance, Wellcome). In addition to identifying biomarkers predicting outcomes in those at risk for psychosis, AMP-SCZ is building the complex collaborative infrastructures needed for conducting CHR treatment and prevention studies incorporating these biomarkers. The first wave of proposals for this intervention work are already being considered and are expected to begin in the next year.

Early Psychosis Intervention Network (EPINET)Finally, we want to highlight another major effort to improve early psychosis care that the group at Penn is part of called the Early Psychosis Intervention Network (EPINET). EPINET, funded by NIMH in 2019, brings together over 100 early psychosis clinics organized around 8 regional hubs now covering 17 U.S. states. In 2020, the PA programs joined with Maryland programs as a regional EPINET hub, called the Connection Learning Healthcare System. The mission of the hub is to engage patients and other stakeholders in a learning culture, using data to improve practice and identify areas of improvement, and to rapidly translate that knowledge into practice throughout Pennsylvania and Maryland. National EPINET forms a Learning Health System (LHS), meaning a care system that is capable of integrating internal and external data in an ongoing and iterative fashion to optimize outcomes. All of the psychosis clinics in EPINET collect a set of standard clinical measures using uniform methods. EPINET brings together clients and their families, clinicians, health care administrators, and scientific experts into an integrated data sharing and analysis framework to drive continuous collaborative learning and quality improvement for those experiencing early psychosis, and their families.

AMP-SCZ and EPINET are just the beginning. Looking further ahead, we can envision a future when the combination of clinical and biological assessments will provide highly accurate risk predictions, leading to stratified entry into targeted clinical trials and to stepped and targeted care in the context of a learning health care system that employs ongoing assessment and modification of care algorithms. This will require major improvements in scientific knowledge as well as systems of care, derived from work that will build on what is now underway.

ConclusionExperiences of psychosis are common. When these experiences lead to interference in achieving life goals and/or distress, individuals can benefit from seeking evidenced-based care. The gold-standard treatment for young people (~16-30) experiencing psychosis is the Coordinated Specialty Care model, which provides a wide array of integrated services in one location for ~2 years. The earlier individuals experiencing psychosis come to treatment, the better the outcomes. We are all allies in connecting these young people to care and services. Recovery is possible—people living with psychosis experiences can lead full, meaningful, and fulfilling lives.

Resources: Accelerating Medicines Partnership-Schizophrenia (AMP-SCZ): www.ampscz.org

Cannabis and Psychosis Fact Sheet: https://medicine.yale.edu/psychiatry/step/early-intervention-services/cannabis%20use%20and%20psychosis_380524_284_53825_v2.pdf

Counterpoint. Early intervention for psychosis risk syndromes: Minimizing risk and maximizing benefit: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32402605/

Development of the PSYCHS: Positive Symptoms and Diagnostic Criteria for the CAARMS Harmonized with the SIPS: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37641537/

Early Psychosis Intervention Network (EPINET) https://nationalepinet.org/

Find a Center: https://headsup-pa.org/find-a-center/

HeadsUp: https://headsup-pa.org/

Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/headsuppa/ ; @HeadsUpPA

LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/headsup-pa/

Main email address: headsuppaorg@gmail.com

Prediction and Prevention in the Clinical High-Risk for Psychosis Paradigm: A Review of the Current Status and Recommendations for Future Directions of Inquiry: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.770774/full

Prediction Tool for Individual Outcome Trajectories Across the Next Year in First-Episode Psychosis in Coordinated Specialty Care: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC9631229/

Predictors of transition in patients with clinical high risk for psychosis: an umbrella review: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37640731/

Recommended Treatment For Psychotic Episodes Often Stymied By Insurance, Fragmented Mental Health System: https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2024/01/02/1221097477/it-keeps-people-with-schizophrenia-in-school-and-on-the-job-why-wont-insurance-p

X (formerlyTwitter): https://twitter.com/HeadsUpPAorg; @HeadsUpPAorg

YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCxqqq5NWJRbXiy6dH4aZ8mg; @HeadsUp PA

References:Beck, A. T. (1963). Thinking and depression: idiosyncratic content and cognitive distortions. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9(4), 324-33. doi: 10.1001/archpsyc.1963.01720160014002

Calkins, M. E., Moore, T. M., Merikangas, K. R., Burstein, M., Satterthwaite, T. D., Bilker, W. B., Ruparel, K., Chiavacci, R., Wolf, D. H., Mentch, F., Qiu, H., Connolly, J. J., Sleiman, P. A., Hakonarson, H., Gur, R. C., & Gur, R. E. (2014). The psychosis spectrum in a young US community sample: findings from the Philadelphia Neurodevelopmental Cohort. World Psychiatry, 13(3), 296-305. doi: 10.1002/wps.20152

Claxton, M., Onwumere, J., & Fornells-Ambrojo, M. (2017). Do family interventions improve outcomes in early psychosis? A systematic review and meta-analysis. Frontiers in Psychology, 8(371). doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00371

Grant, P. M., & Beck, A. T. (2009). Defeatist beliefs as a mediator of cognitive impairment, negative symptoms, and functioning in schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 34(4), 798-806. doi: 10.1093/schbul/sbn008

Grant, P. M., & Beck, A. T. (2010). Asocial beliefs as predictors of asocial behavior in schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research, 177(1), 65-70. doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2010.01.005

Kelly, D. L., Wehring, H. J., & Vyas, G. (2012). Current status of clozapine in the United States. Shanghai Archives of Psychiatry, 24(2), 110. doi: 10.3969/j.issn.1002-0829.2012.02.007

Kohler, C. G., Wolf, D. H., Abi-Dargham, A., Anticevic, A., Cho, Y.T., Fonteneau, C. Gil, R., Girgis, R. R., Gray, D. G., Grinband, J., Javitch, J. A., Kantrowitz, J. T., Krystal, J. H., Lieberman, J. A., Murray, J.D., Ranganathan, M., Santamauro, N., Van Snellenberg, J., Tamayo, Z., Calkins M. E. ,and the TRANSCENDS group (2023). Illness phase as a key assessment and intervention window for psychosis. Biological Psychiatry Global Open Science, 3(3), 340-350. doi: 10.1016/j.bpsgos.2022.05.009

Koutsouleris, N., Dwyer, D. B., Degenhardt, F., Maj, C., Urquijo-Castro, M. F., Sanfelici, R., Popovic, D., Oeztuerk, O., Haas, S. S., Weiske, J., Ruef, A., Kambeitz-Ilankovic, L., Antonucci, L.A., Neufang, S., Schmidt-Kraepelin, C., Ruhrmann, S., Penzel, N., Kambeitz, J., Haidl, T. K., Rosen, M., ... PRONIA Consortium. (2021). Multimodal machine learning workflows for prediction of psychosis in patients with clinical high-risk syndromes and recent-onset depression. JAMA Psychiatry, 78(2):195-209. doi: 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.3604

Lieberman J, Jody D, Geisler S, et al. (1993). Time course and biologic correlates of treatment response in first-episode schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 50(5):369–376. doi: 10.1001/archpsyc.1993.01820170047006

Lieslehto, J., Tiihonen, J., Lähteenvuo, M., Tanskanen, A., & Taipale, H. (2022). Primary nonadherence to antipsychotic treatment among persons with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 48(3):655-663. doi: 10.1093/schbul/sbac014

Lucksted, A., Stevenson, J., Nossel, I., Drapalski, A., Piscitelli, S., & Dixon, L.B. (2016). Family member engagement with early psychosis specialty care. Early Intervention in Psychiatry,12(5), 922-927. doi: 10.1111/eip.12403

Mervis, J. E., Vohs, J. L., & Lysaker, P. H. (2022). An update on clinical insight, cognitive insight, and introspective accuracy in schizophrenia-spectrum disorders: Symptoms, cognition, and treatment. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 22(3), 245-255. doi: 10.1080/14737175.2022.2049757

Moore, T. M., Calkins, M. E., Rosen, A. F. G., Butler, E. R., Ruparel, K., Fusar-Poli, P., Koutsouleris, N., McGuire, P., Cannon, T. D., Gur, R. C., & Gur, R. E. (2022). Development of a probability calculator for psychosis risk in children, adolescents, and young adults. Psychological Medicine, 52(14), 3159–3167. doi:10.1017/S0033291720005231

Morrison, A. P., Pyle, M., Maughan, D., Johns, L., Freeman, D., Broome, M. R., Husain, N., Fowler, D., Hudson, J., MacLennan, G., Norrie, J., Shiers, D., Hollis, C., James, A., & MAPS group. (2020). Antipsychotic medication versus psychological intervention versus a combination of both in adolescents with first-episode psychosis (MAPS): a multicentre, three-arm, randomised controlled pilot and feasibility study. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(9), 788-800. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32649925/

Myran, D. T., Harrison, L. D., Pugliese, M., Solmi, M., Anderson, K. K., Fiedorowicz, J.G.,

Perlman, C. M., Webber, C., Finkelstein, Y., Tanuseputro, P. (2023). Transition to schizophrenia spectrum disorder following emergency department visits due to substance use with and without psychosis. JAMA Psychiatry, 80(11),1169-1174. doi:

10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2023.3582.

Reymann, S., Schoretsanitis, G., Egger, S.T., Mohonko, A., Kirschner, M., Vetter, S., Homan, P., Seifritz, E., & Burrer, A. (2022). Use of long-acting injectable antipsychotics in inpatients with schizophrenia spectrum disorder in an academic psychiatric hospital in Switzerland. J Pers Med, 12(3):441. doi: 10.3390/jpm12030441

View Details

Episode TranscriptINTRO

Dr Puder: Welcome back to the Psychiatry and Psychotherapy Podcast. I am joined today with Dr. Michael Cummings. He is a pivotal person in this podcast series and his deep dives on psychopharmacology. I send out to my email list if you have gone on my website, you're on my email list and so I sent out, please send me your questions, and I will pitch them Dr. Cummings. This is a cornucopia of questions. It's all over the place. If you like this, you can let me know and if you want to do this again, if we get enough of those positive things, we'll do it again. So here we go. You're ready, Dr. Cummings?

Dr Cummings: I am happy to be back and we'll see what happens.

Dr Puder: Some of these will be rapid fire. Some of them maybe will speak more and I asked people if they wanted me to list their names or not. So if I do, I've gotten their permission. and so we have no conflicts of interest here, Dr. Cummings, to report.

Schizophrenia (1:38)

Here are our questions on schizophrenia: An anonymous listener from Iowa, “I listened to all your podcasts and repeated them. I've learned more from you than my professors. Please speak about treating with two long acting injectables (LAIs). I have a patients with severe psychosis who absolutely will not take any oral. I have cases that become life threatening because the patient believes food and medical treatment are contaminated and refuses them. These are individuals in psychiatric facilities long term. I've had people on Haldol 200 milligrams every two weeks. I've worked with fluphenazine injections, but I've never dosed more than 75 milligrams every two weeks.

Dr Cummings: Okay, essentially this question deals with the issue of polypharmacy. There's nothing inherently forbidden about giving to long acting injectable antipsychotics. The question is whether the combination is rational or irrational. The first step of course, would be to check the single antipsychotic To be sure that it is optimal. While dose can tell you something about optimal treatment, it's very limited because of the variation people have and rate of metabolism for drugs. The better way to assess optimal treatment is to measure the plasma concentration. For example, haloperidol has an optimal range of two to 18 nanograms per milliliter fluphenazine has an optimal range of around one nanograms per milliliter to four nanograms per milliliter. So the first step would be to check to be sure that your single drug is optimal. Usually in a resistant patient, meaning near the upper end of the optimal plasma concentration range for that drug. If the patient fails to respond adequately to an optimal single agent, then the next step is to look for an agent that offers complementary mechanisms of action. For example, combining haloperidol and fluphenazine would make very little sense because they offer essentially very potent D2 receptor antagonism but not much else. An example of something that would be a more rational combination would be haloperidol and olanzapine. In particular, olanzapine at its higher plasma concentration ranges 120 to 150 nanograms per milliliter and begins to give you modest glutamate modulation in addition to dopamine blockade. Combining that with haloperidol could give you a robust D2 blockade plus at least a weaker version of glutamate modulation that is weaker than clozapine's glutamate modulation. Such a combination in oral form has indeed been demonstrated to provide modestly superior antipsychotic effects. One would expect that giving both drugs in long-acting injectable form would produce the same results so that although that has not been specifically tested. One thing you would not want to do would be to combine a dopamine antagonist, like haloperidol, with a partial agonist such as aripiprazole, and that's because they are aripiprazole has a much higher binding affinity for the D2 receptor and will essentially displace the haloperidol so that the haloperidol becomes an inactive drug if the aripiprazole is occupying the vast majority of the D2 receptors.

Dr Puder: Excellent and of course, if they're willing to do clozapine that would be even better.

Clozapine (6:20)

Okay, anonymous listener from Manitoba, who says, “I have listened to all episodes with Dr. Cummings, and they are my favorite. And I'm very grateful for his wisdom and deep knowledge.” By the way, if Dr. Cummings is your favorite, my ego is totally okay with that. He's one of my favorites too.

Dr Cummings: On the other hand, I'm blushing.

Dr Puder: So this person asks, I would like to ask if there are any relative or absolute contraindications to try clozapine for treatment resistant schizophrenia, and whether there are specific factors that would make it unlikely that Clozapine would be effective. The reason I'm asking is that I see a lot of reluctance by psychiatrists to consider clozapine even for the most treatment resistant patients.

Dr Cummings: First clozapine is the gold standard for treatment resistant psychotic illness. The likelihood of a person with treatment resistant schizophrenia responding to clozapine is typically in the 40-60% range, the likelihood that they will respond to a dopamine antagonist, or dopamine partial agonist is somewhere south of 7%. So fairly bad response rates for everything except clozapine. Clozapine does start to lose efficacy after the person has been treatment resistant for more than 2.8 years. That's from a Japanese study by Yamashiro. In which they looked at what happens long term if you don't give Clozapine. There are other articles that have been published about the effects of delaying clozapine treatment. There are no absolute contraindications. People can be rechallenged after things like myocarditis, and even after things like severe neutropenia. It calls for a great deal of careful monitoring, and a very, very slow titration in both of those clinical contexts. Because Clozapine for many patients is their only viable option. The FDA removed severe neutropenia as an absolute contraindication. Basically saying, if the clinician believes that the benefit is more likely than harm then yes, but with obvious caution. Obviously with caution given that severe neutropenia, or myocarditis can both be life threatening.

Dr Puder: Yep, excellent. So in summary, more providers should have less reluctance to use clozapine and remember that constipation kills more people than neutropenia, right?

Dr Cummings: Yes. by a factor of almost 10. People don't appreciate that after someone has been on Clozapine for two years, the risk of death due to severe neutropenia is down in the less than one per 10,000 range, so it's statistically tiny. With respect to the constipation issue, one thing to be sure of for anybody that you treat with clozapine, is to be sure they're on a good bowel regimen. Which can be starting with an osmotic laxative, such as polyethylene glycol. If that's not sufficient, add a stimulant laxative, such as sennosides. If that combination isn't sufficient, replace the sennoside with a secretagogue, like linaclotide or prucalopride, that will avoid the issue of constipation or bowel obstruction in the vast majority of patients also be sure that you don't load the person with other drugs that are anticholinergic 50 milligrams of Clozapine is roughly equivalent, in anticholinergic effects to one milligram of Benztropine.

New Antipsychotics (10:35)

Dr Puder: That's a lot. That's a lot of anticholinergic power. Okay, anonymous listener asks, What do you have to look forward to in the world of new antipsychotics? Are there any new classes of medications that work differently than those other D2 two meds? any hope of long acting injectables for clozapine? Anything to help with negative symptoms and cognition? Okay, should we take an episode on that?

Dr Cummings: I started saying that's about an episode and a half there. The main area that's currently of interest in research for a new mechanism to control schizophrenic symptoms is modulation of M4 muscarinic receptors. The first drug likely to be available in that area is xanomeline. It's an M4 agonist. By the way, Clozapine is also an M4 agonist. Basically, this is a way of presynaptically modulating the release of dopamine in the ventral tegmental area. So rather than trying to block dopamine postsynaptically, this would be an attempt to modulate the release of dopamine in this specific circuit presynaptically. There are also allosteric receptors involved in that pathway and there's some research looking at trace amine-associated receptor (TAAR) molecules to modulate the same circuit. Those are a little further away as potential drugs. Will there be a long acting injectable version of clozapine? It will be difficult because of the doses of Clozapine required, and consequently, the volume involved, but I know there are a couple of people interested in that area. I'm not sure how far along they've gotten with the physical chemistry aspects of looking at, for example, subcutaneous gels that could contain an adequate amount of Clozapine. Not in the United States, but in other countries, there is an immediate release injectable form of Clozapine available. In the UK and Australia, and may be available in other Commonwealth countries, as well. Doses are not high enough for maintenance treatment, but are large enough to permit initiation of clozapine.

CYP Inducers and Inhibitors (13:54)

Dr Puder: Interesting. Okay, Kaden Page (M1 at RUSM), and a longtime listener, who has successfully entered his first year of medical school.

Dr. Cummings: Congratulations!

Dr. Puder: Yes, congratulations, Page. And he says that Dr. Cummings is the Yoda of psychiatry.

Dr. Cummings: Can I say, “Honored I am”

Dr. Puder: Can you speak more to the mechanism in which CYP inducers and inhibitors work? For example, how the interaction between fluvoxamine and Clozapine works and what it does in the body and what the effects are?

Dr Cummings: Let me briefly start back at the beginning. We have CYP enzymes–five large families of them. The first number in the name represents the family. The second is a group within that family and then the last number is the specific enzyme in that group. So for example, 1A2 is family number one group A enzyme number two in that group. Fluvoxamine inhibits 1A2, which is the principal metabolic pathway for clozapine and can consequently increase clozapine by as much as 500 to 1,000%. Which is why if you're going to do that, to inhibit clozapine metabolism, you need to be very careful about dosing and effect because you can make somebody very toxic very quickly. The way inhibition works is that the molecule you're giving, which is an inhibitor, directly binds to the enzyme and blocks its activity. You know, the enzyme has to attach to a substrate, alter the substrate and then release the substrate. If you have a molecule present that binds to the enzyme and then basically, like a bad houseguest refuses to go away. That enzyme can't move on to do anything else and that's what fluvoxamine does to 1A2.

Dr Puder: So basically, fluvoxamine, the bad houseguest, comes in and then doesn't let 1A2 break down clozapine. Because clozapine is so dependent on 1A2, clozapine jumps up 500 to 1,000%.

Dr Cummings: Yes, it can. If somebody gives a what would be a fully antidepressant dose of fluvoxamine. You can use fluvoxamine at tiny doses to increase clozapine plasma concentrations. For example, in a rapid metabolizer, but you need to be very careful about that. Because somebody else might come along and go ''oh, that's not enough antidepressant'' and give the person a dose that will get them into toxic territory with clozapine.

CYP inducers are substances that are metabolized by the target enzyme but also cause the liver to go,''oh, we need to work harder to get rid of that'', and therefore the hepatocytes wrap up the synthesis of that particular enzyme, so that you simply physically have more of the enzyme and that, in other words, the synthesis has been induced and more of whatever that enzyme metabolizes will be done away with more quickly because there are more copies of the enzyme present to attach to and metabolize that particular substrate.

Dr Puder: Very cool. Well, I think I'll shout out to Kaden Page. I think his first couple emails to me were where he was listening to your episodes and he was taking notes and he figured out that one of his–he was on an inpatient unit as like a helper, he wasn’t in med school yet–he was catching some side effects in patients and he was emailing me about it. And I was like, “wow, this is a bright kid”. So shout out to him.

Antipsychotic Polypharmacy (17:57)

Dr. Puder: A listener asks, I work in an inpatient psychiatric unit. Sometimes we have patients who still have pretty significant psychotic symptoms despite up titration of a single antipsychotic, usually Risperdal or Zyprexa. I know that technically, response could be up to six weeks, but we never have that much time to wait for improvement. In these sorts of cases, do you recommend combining antipsychotics during their hospital stay to try to get better symptom control? If so, what combinations would you recommend? This question is assuming that we can't do clozapine for practical reasons such as homelessness, non-compliance, etc.

Dr Cummings: Again, this brings us back to the polypharmacy issue. There is data out there suggesting that polypharmacy is modestly more effective than monotherapy. Provided, as we said before, that you choose drugs that offer complementary mechanisms of action. Again, for example, it would make no sense to combine two drugs like haloperidol and fluphenazine that have essentially identical activity profiles. The one mentioned here haloperidol and olanzapine is a very common combination, because the olanzapine offers a second mechanism of action that haloperidol does not. So you may get essentially a better antipsychotic effect. One important issue with time of response: if you're giving a drug and you're titrating it, the effect you're going to see from that drug, you'll see about 80% of the response in the first two weeks. So, you don't need to wait six weeks to titrate again. If you give somebody what you think is the therapeutic amount of the drug, you're above the minimum response threshold, and you wait two weeks, what you see is about 80% of what you're going to get. So if it's not adequate, you can go ahead and titrate further. That will shorten the amount of time that you're waiting. I know in a lot of inpatient, acute inpatient settings, even that timeframe is too long. I was talking with the local county hospital, here where I work. Their average length of stay these days is 3.5. days–just barely enough time to initiate treatment. Certainly not enough time to complete treatment, which speaks to the importance of step down and day hospital programs after acute hospitalization.

Dr Puder: I'd be curious what you think about, let's say someone was on Abilify Maintena so aripiprazole injection? What augmenting strategies would you give if, like 400 wasn't completely bringing them out of psychosis?

Dr Cummings: If 400 milligrams of Maintena a month is roughly equivalent to 20 milligrams of oral aripiprazole. Frankly, no one has demonstrated much of a difference between 15 milligrams of aripiprazole a day and any higher dose and that's because it has such a high binding affinity. Augmenting the partial agonist is very difficult because of the very high receptor affinity. I certainly would not choose, for example, the dopamine antagonists because they won't ever see the D2 receptor, for the most part. If there's any evidence, for example of bipolar diathesis, then I would certainly be looking at addition of a mood stabilizer, most likely lithium or valproic acid. Unless the patient is female and at risk of pregnancy. I would also consider other drugs such as SSRIs for negative symptoms. Beyond that, there's not a lot. One of the things I always encourage people to do if they're thinking about starting a long acting injectable partial agonist, either Maintena or Aristada, be really, really, really sure that person is a responder to aripiprazole before making that commitment. Because the washout time for the long acting injectables is incredibly long.

Social Media Trends Promoting Deprescribing (22:56)

Dr Puder: Excellent. Okay. Here's a question from an anonymous, New York psychiatrist who calls Dr. Cummings the John Oliver of psychiatry. There seems to be a rise in popular media (TikTok, YouTube) of psychiatric professionals critical of Psychopharmacology and intervening in mental health care with medications. For example, a TikTok doctor, making rounds on the 40 pages with videos critical of SSRIs and benzodiazepines. His TikTok and YouTube channels have recently featured a prominent English psychiatrist and research expert on deprescribing. What do you make of these criticisms? Are they new/newly revisited? Does popular media attention to deprescribing and the overuse of mental health medications do more harm than good? Is it better for patients to observe the psychiatrist debating these issues online as being more harmful to the overall goals in the field profession? How would you recommend talking to patients who have been de-influenced after consuming this media?

Dr Cummings: This is not new. The use of medications has been debated since the introduction of chlorpromazine and to some extent before that with the use of the barbiturates. I think criticism in one sense is founded and that sometimes people get carried away with expecting things from medications that medications cannot deliver. I'm very careful to educate both the people I consult with and patients that medications are tools. They are there to improve certain symptoms and symptom complexes. They are, in psychiatry, generally not curative. That is, they don't change the person's underlying genetics or epigenetics sufficiently to make them a completely different person. I also caution people not to expect pharmacology to address complex issues in the person's life, either past or present; and, to adopt a more balanced view of medication versus psychotherapy. In fact, more often it should be medication plus psychotherapy.

Dr Puder: You know, someone who was critical of the podcast recently, said, “why is there so much psychotherapy stuff on here? This is not a good podcast for us, prescribers.”

It's like, to call yourself a “prescriber”. First of all, like can we talk about that? Are we just “prescribers”, really?

Dr Cummings: I certainly hope not. You know, I am a psychopharmacologist. As people can tell, I spend a lot of time thinking about molecules and neural circuits. I can tell you that there is no pill that is going to cure or fix any complex issue in your life. The pill may help you. But there's still work to be done beyond that and I think that when people forget that that's where a lot of the criticism arises from, “Oh, here take this pill and everything will be 100% okay ". That's nonsense. You know, life is complicated. Life is often difficult; and calls for responses beyond symptom reduction.

Dr Puder: So…yeah, I think I would say, you know, to any psychiatrists who are venturing to make TikTok videos and put out stuff on social media, you have to think through how we can present ourselves in an accurate, nuanced way. And it's difficult. And I think, fear mongering medication side effects, without a sort of a buttressing of why we're using them or how we're using them or when they're helpful or not helpful, I would say is, is probably not helpful for the field. I don't know. Any thoughts on that?

Dr Cummings:Yeah, I would say you know, the approach always has to be balanced and nuanced. Again, medications are tools. They always have both benefits and risks. Those need to be explored with the patient, discussed. and choices made carefully.

Brain imaging and Mental Health (28:16)

Dr Puder: Okay, let's move on. Jacob, who owns his own practice in Wyoming, says “Dr. Cummings is magical. I wish that even a minority of clinicians in the field of mental health were able to study and learn from Dr. Cummings on a regular basis, as we are. His knowledge base is more godly than is standard; and that is both terrifying and enlightening.” Okay, so he uses the information to support his treatment teams. Let me move on to his question. “What is your opinion of when a patient qualifies for the need for brain imaging, or formative and summative evaluations and treatment using a type of brain imaging and mental health?”

Dr Cummings: For most patients with at least severe mental disorders, major depressive disorder, schizophrenia, bipolar illness. Certainly I'm very much one in favor of the patient at the outset of treatment receiving a fairly thorough workup. a good physical, neurologic exam, lab profile, and if they've never had a brain image done, then a MRI without contrast is not unreasonable. and I say this because there are a whole host of both medical and neurological illnesses that can present initially with psychiatric symptoms. We need not to be missing those. I'm very much not one of those psychiatrists who was of the opinion that, ''Oh, psychiatrists should never touch their patient''. I do a physical exam and at least a focused neurological exam on almost every patient I see. Just to be sure nothing is being missed. I'm also a firm believer that psychiatric offices should own things like scales given that we give drugs that cause people to gain weight, and so forth. In other words, we need to be physicians first. So I have a fairly low threshold for ordering an MRI even if I am perfectly aware that the overall yield is likely to be low. But every now and then you find something that you weren't expecting or the patient wasn't expecting and occasionally it’s helpful in terms of directing their treatment.

Dr Puder: Do you think that there's ever a role for a SPECT (single-photon emission computerized tomography) of the brain?

Dr Cummings: There can be in cases where you suspect for example, something that's fairly rare, like nonconvulsive Status Epilepticus. I actually had such a patient, when I worked for the VA. Frankly, all of us had thought he was schizophrenic, except that every time we gave him an antipsychotic, he got substantially worse. And when we got a SPECT scanner. (This speaks to how far back this goes.) We did a SPECT scan and sure enough, he had a hot focus (hot metabolically) deep in the frontal lobe. We put him on valproic acid, and suddenly his psychosis went away. So yes, these days, Positron Emission Tomography (PET) has replaced SPECT scans in many settings, simply because it provides a more accurate, detailed three dimensional image of the brain.

Dr Puder: Okay, so there are certain types of clinics, we won't name names, that use this type of thing often, just for routine evaluation. Is this what we're talking about?

Dr Cummings: No, no. SPECT scan would not be for routine evaluation. SPECT scan would be if you suspect that there's an underlying organic cause going on. Usually something like non-convulsive status, or

Dr Puder: Wouldn't you just get an EEG for like, if you thought a seizure was going on?

Dr Cummings: Nonconvulsive deep epileptiform foci may not show up on a surface EEG and that's because the focus is very deep seated. In this guy's case, it was in the anterior basal ganglia. Well, there's a lot of tissue between that and the cortex and what you're seeing in a standard EEG is primarily the electrical activity of the cortex. If the cortex is fully active it may mask more subtle underlying metabolic hotspots.

Dr Puder: I appreciate your nuance here. The very rare use of it. Okay, so what would be the symptoms of this deep seizure that's ongoing?

Dr Cummings: Usually, in this case, the presentation was of cognitive disorganization. Occasionally, visual hallucinosis. The tip off in this particular case, though, was the worsening whenever exposed to a drug that would lower seizure threshold, like an antipsychotic. Which was the tip off; and this guy's case, it was not a case of he didn't respond to the antipsychotic, even minor doses would make him substantially worse. Which was, of course, not the expected outcome. It's like that old saying when you hear hoofbeats go look for horses, but every now and then you find a zebra.

Dr Puder: Okay Awesome. This is great. Okay, that's like so, no one can say that they didn't learn anything from this episode after learning that. I'm pretty sure everyone learned from that.

Dopamine Agonists (34:39)

Okay. Ryan states, “He's probably the most brilliant and articulate man I've ever heard speak. I often revisit Dr. Cummings’ episode list because I know everything with him will be a gem.” Okay, so here's his question: Do dopamine partial agonists over-compete dopamine antagonists at the D2? Would aripiprazole, for example, preclude further D2 blockade from other antipsychotics? If so, if a patient is on a long acting Abilify (aripiprazole), and experienced breakthrough psychosis, what would be the best strategy to manage their condition?

Dr Cummings: Usually, in those cases where the partial agonist is not proven to be an adequate medication, it's often the case that you're forced to discontinue the long acting injectable partial agonist because if you're truly giving the partial agonist at a therapeutic dose, the odds are you're occupying well, more than 80% of the D2 receptors with the partial agonist. So your antagonist is not going to have much of a target. You can go ahead and initiate an antagonist, stop the partial agonist, and of course it will then gradually wash out. With Maintena, for example, however, the half-life, on average, is 46 and a half days. If you do the math, that means complete washout is going to be 232 and a half days. So, a long time. But it will be going away the entire time and every time the aripiprazole falls off the D2 receptor, that means that receptor is now available for your dopamine antagonist. Just be aware that the antagonist may not have much of an effect initially. And of course, we can always come to the gold standard of antipsychotic treatment, Clozapine, which can be used with partial agonists, because it does not provide its antipsychotic benefit by blocking dopamine. The two known mechanisms, so far, are glutamate modulation at NMDA (N-methyl-D-aspartate) receptors; and, likely, stimulation of M4 muscarinic receptors in the ventral tegmental. Neither of which is directly affected by a dopamine partial agonist.

Dr Puder: I did a polypharm episode without you, Dr. Cummings; and one thing we looked at was, the combination of clozapine and aripiprazole will actually make sense. And there's some good data to support that.

Dr Cummings: Yes, indeed, there have been some studies published that demonstrate the clozapine plus aripiprazole has a more robust augmentation effect than many other combinations.

Depression (38:06)

Dr Puder: All right. We're gonna move on to some questions about depression. Doctor Severin Hahn from Hamburg, Germany, in his second year of psychiatry training. He really appreciates you. He said, he has an entire note of little wisdoms from you, that he uses, and he wishes you could be his personal mentor. He said, “where do you see me lies in the treatment algorithm of depression? How would you treat depression in an algorithm including more exotic options like MAOIs, pramipexole, eszopiclone,SAM-E, T three, etc. Specifically, in what order? Which specific antidepressant first and so on? Would you do including lithium, atypical antipsychotics, thyroid medications.

Dr Cummings: Okay. This could indeed be another entire episode. In brief, however, usually these days antidepressant treatments start with either an SSRI, an SSRIs/5-HT1A drugs, such as vortioxetine or vilazodone, or an SNRI, meaning venlafaxine, duloxetine, or in most of the world milnacipran or levomilnacipran, or bupropion. Basically, if you have a person who does not respond to adequate trials of those medications at some times greater than the typical dose, then it may be time to think about would this person perhaps respond better to a tricyclic antidepressant? Although there is data now suggesting that the tricyclics are not necessarily superior to the SNRIs, if they're truly equivalently dosed. Beyond that, though, you do have the monoamine oxidase inhibitors. And frankly, the MAO inhibitors are likely somewhat better antidepressants than any of the drugs up to this point. And the reason for that is, is that most of our antidepressant drugs directly affect either serotonin or norepinephrine, or both. The MAO Inhibitors go a step beyond that and affect norepinephrine, serotonin and dopamine. Because the MOA otherwise block the degradation of all the monoamines. We sometimes forget that dopamine also plays a role in depression. The reason of course that these never became widely popular drugs is because of the risk of hypertensive crisis known in the 1960s as the cheese reaction because it was triggered by age cheese. Foods are not typically that much of a problem. Because tyramine levels are limited in food.The more dangerous interaction is between the MAO inhibitors and direct sympathomimetic stimulants (ie cold medications). Those can cause severe hypertensive crisis and death. Consequently, these have become unpopular, but we should not forget them. In cases of very refractory major depressive disorder, or severe anxiety disorders, the MAO inhibitors are a little more effective than all of the other antidepressants that we have. Of course, the other thing we can do for people with refractory depressive illness is electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). ECT is still more effective than any of the pharmacological interventions.

We also now have transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) and vagus nerve stimulation as well for chronic recurrent depression. And I think we sometimes still forget that in addition to pharmacotherapy for depressive disorders, things like exercise, lifestyle, cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) or related psychotherapies are incredibly important. Again, this is an area where you do not expect the medication to fix all the problems in the person's life.

Antidepressant Plasma Levels (42:47)

Dr Puder: Awesome. Dr. Hahn also asks, “What do you make of measuring antidepressant plasma levels?”

Dr Cummings: I think that can be useful in the sense that while the antidepressants don't, in most cases, have as well defined plasma concentration ranges for example,as the antipsychotics or lithium do.There are some general indications. For example, if you want to know if the person is actually taking the drug, a blood level can help you with that. If you want to identify whether they are a rapid metabolizer of the drug. Blood levels can also be helpful with that, so that you can at least figure out if you're getting the amount of antidepressant that you're expecting in the person from the dose that you're prescribing. A plasma concentration is an excellent way to know that.

Dr Puder: He also asks, “if you're treating a depression that also has some external stressor that's very large, that likely causes the depression, or a personality disorder that's prevalent in the mix of things, would you use the same algorithm as pure major depressive disorder?”

Dr Cummings: I would use the same algorithm however, there would be a very large emphasis on use of psychotherapy.

Cariprazine (44:27)

Dr Puder: Chris from Ohio says he loves learning from you. And he asks, “Vraylar (cariprazine), which is FDA approved for use with antidepressants to treat depression. He says, I believe they are now marketing more towards this market and would like to be viewed as a monotherapy for depression and more first in line than an SSRI. What are your thoughts on this?”

Dr Cummings: Cariprazine is an interesting drug and is one of the partial agonist antipsychotics. And you're right, drug companies like to market drugs for mood disorders because, frankly, that's a larger population, more potential customers. Cariprazine does have significant antidepressant and anti-manic effects. It's one of the few drugs that, like lithium, can be effective for both the manic and depressive polls of bipolar illness. And it differs from the other partial agonists in that in addition to being fairly robust antagonists or partial agonists to D2 receptors, it also has a significant and even more robust interaction with D3 receptors which alter dopamine activity, particularly in the frontal cortex. I'm not sure I'm willing to go as far as saying that cariprazine should be used as an antidepressant monotherapy. But, it probably is one of the more robust augmenting agents currently for major depression or for bipolar illness; and it may prove itself as monotherapy, but I haven't seen a good head to head comparison across groups comparing standard antidepressant treatment with cariprazine monotherapy. All of the studies I've seen, it’s been used as an augmenting agent.

Dr Puder: Same person further says, you know, he's never seen studies that look at the risk for this medication and TD (tardive dyskinesia). What's your educated guess to the risk, given its mechanism of action?

Dr Cummings: You’re right, there are not good studies regarding cariprazine and TD. In fact, there are not good studies looking at aripiprazole and brexpiprazole and TD. Since these do decrease dopamine signaling, it is almost certain that in some patients they will induce neurologic side effects including things like acute dystonia or Parkinsonism. Albeit at much lower rates than the first generation antagonists. and my guess is you'll also see tardive dyskinesia arise in some patients. Again, it's very likely the most common patient will be elderly female patient with a mood disorder.

Controversy of SSRI Efficacy (48:10)

Dr Puder: Okay, an anonymous fan of Dr. Cummings says, “big fan, a very big fan. And I've listened to his episodes with Dr. Puder many times. I even have his book on treatment resistant psychotic disorders. He is so knowledgeable but more than that, I trust him.” And this person's question is the STAR*D Trial has been re-examined and current controversy seems to lean towards the belief that SSRI medications are ineffective or lacking more than before. SSRIs have been the go to medications for many disorders. And personally, I have seen them work well. How do you view the controversy? And do we need to rethink SSRI use if the controversy warranted?”

Dr Cummings: I think the controversy has more to do with our understanding of things like major depression and anxiety disorders. Early on, people simplistically thought depression is a lack of monoamine neurotransmitter and that turned out frankly, not to be the case. We've talked about before on this podcast that things like major depression and anxiety disorders are likely based on primary dysfunction in the limbic circuits that get beyond the modulatory ability of the monoamine neurotransmitters and that sets an inherent limit on how effective things like the SSRIs can be. If you look at trials of antidepressants, while the numbers don't match precisely, they are relatively uniform in that if you look at, well how many people in a depressed sample or an anxious sample show a 50% reduction in symptoms severity. It's about two thirds. Meaning two thirds get better and one third don't get better by that much. How many of those people achieve full remission? Then you're talking about numbers down around one third. And I think that's what people have recognized is that while these medications do have a positive benefit, achieving remission only in one out of three cases, is not as satisfying an outcome as people would like. And I think again, this speaks to the issue that while the medications are effective and helpful, and in many cases life saving, they should not be the entirety of treatment.

Dr Puder: Yeah, and I think he's kind of hinting that the STAR*D Trial has been re-examined. Is there anything that you've seen on this?

Dr Cummings: It's more a case of the STARD Trial has been debated. Which of course is not uncommon. Almost every major study that occurs then has subsequent smaller studies that examine various aspects of it, and there's typically in the literature and ongoing debate. That certainly has been the case with the STARD Trial. There was a somewhat provocatively titled study about a year ago that the title was, and I'm paraphrasing here, something along the lines of why aren't the SSRIs effective? Which of course, was an overstatement, but it was, I think it was phrased that way to essentially get attention. They went through the same thing that I just noted that in the vast majority of people with major depressive disorder or with severe anxiety disorders, the SSRIs are helpful. Two thirds of people get a 50% reduction in symptoms, and one third actually go into remission. But that's a less than completely satisfying outcome. You know, in the ideal world, of course, we'd like medication that the person takes once and they're cured. We don't have a lot that functions like that.

Dr Puder: Yep. And that's why I think, in my actual clinical practice, it looks a lot like okay, they got 50% reduction in their symptoms, it's probably what we're gonna get from an antidepressant. Now we're going to highly encourage them to get out of bed and you know, do some behavioral activation, get some exercise, start some therapy. You know, things that maybe when they were severely depressed, they couldn't do or had a high resistance to it.

Loss of Medication Efficacy Over Time (52:53)

Dr. Puder: Okay, let's jump to the next question. Scott Cannady, a senior policy adviser of the Virginia Medicaid program, says, “do SSRIs, SNRIs, and other medications for depression lose their clinical effectiveness after years of use?”

Dr Cummings: They can. And this is something that speaks not to necessarily a defect in the medication, but to the fact that many psychiatric illnesses such as bipolar illness, schizophrenia, major depression recurrent are themselves progressive in nature. For example, with major depressive disorder, the overall risk in the population is around 6-8%. But if somebody has had one episode of major depressive disorder, their ongoing risk for a second episode is up around 50%; and it keeps going up the more episodes they have. That speaks to, I think, an evolving underlying abnormality in the way their limbic system functions that can become increasingly resistant to medication. Certainly if you look at the elderly, depressed population, especially those who've had a lifelong history of recurrent major depression, they often reach a point where they become pharmaco-resistant. That is, they reach a point where they don't respond to antidepressants at all. And indeed, they often wind up on things like maintenance ECT as a result.

Dr Puder: We're gonna get through depression and maybe we'll have to do a second recording for the next series. On anxiety, bipolar, ADHD, and so on.

Dr Cummings: Yeah, I was gonna say, otherwise, this could be a marathon podcast.

Dr Puder: Well, maybe we'll put them all together. You know, we'll just kind of glue them all together. It'd be like a six hour episode.

Adjunctive Prescribing with Antipsychotics (54:57)

Dr. Puder: When initiating an antidepressant for unipolar depression, does concomitant prescription of an antipsychotic accelerate response times.

Dr Cummings: That has been looked at, because people have been trying to accelerate the antidepressants for as long as the antidepressants have been around. And indeed, you know, there's now one product on the market that is a combination of bupropion and dextromethorphan for that very purpose. In its pivotal trial, the dextromethorphan addition got a superior response at two weeks, but then by six weeks, the superiority had vanished because the bupropion monotherapy caught up.

Adding an antipsychotic can accelerate antidepressant response particularly for those antipsychotics that have proven themselves to be augmenting agents in terms of antidepressant effects. Whether to routinely use an antipsychotic outside of psychotic depression however, I think warrants careful consideration of potential adverse effects. Because you're adding a whole new class of medication that may involve adverse effects the person who would not have from antidepressant monotherapy. Most of the acceleration study with antidepressants frankly, have not been that impressive. We're talking about shortening the response time by two or three weeks.

Conclusion

Dr Puder: Awesome. Yeah. So I think this is a good place. To stop. Maybe what I'll do is schedule a part two, and we'll have some people add some questions. This could go on forever. This could be an ongoing Q&A with Dr. Cummings. So if you have a question, I'll put up another email when this episode leaves and you can add your question to the Google Form. And I'll try to put it together for the next episode. Dr. Cummings, it's been a pleasure. I think you are well loved in this community here, across the world. And I didn't expect this to be as popular as it has been, but I think we're nearing or have reached 8 million downloads. And that's more than I expected. And so yeah, any final thoughts?

Dr Cummings: I know one person said I was magical. I did like the Harry Potter series. However, I don't own a magic wand.

Dr Puder:Your magic wand is your brain. Someone asked you, I don't think we got to it, how do you study or how do you learn so much or like what's your process?

Dr Cummings: Basically, we can discuss it at some point in greater detail. But basically, I look for new information two ways. I have a number of the major journal table of contents sent to me, which I basically just scan those to see what sort of new and upcoming, what's the current focus of research so that's more or less a cross sectional sample, if you will. And then in certain areas, as I get interested in a particular topic or something appears to be becoming important, I'll do a literature search on that and then look at the research in one particular area, vertically. So in short, that's, that's how I look for information.

Dr Puder: All right. We will leave it there for today. Thank you guys for listening and thank you, Dr. Cummings. As always

Dr. Cummings: Thank you. Bye bye

View Details

Jorge Salazar, MD, Joanie Burns, DNP, Manal Piracha, David Puder, MD

The Origins and Development of Cognitive Processing TherapyPatricia Resick has worked on extensive research throughout her career. Her interest in studying rape emerged during her internship in South Carolina, where she worked with one of the earliest rape crisis centers in the country. As a rape crisis counselor, Dr. Resick witnessed the urgent need for research as she responded to middle-of-the-night calls. She observed the profound impact of trauma on victims and recognized the shortcomings in the training of medical professionals to handle sexual assault cases.

Dr. Resick's early career was marked by developing trauma treatment before terms like PTSD existed. She explored the fear, anxiety, and depression experienced by trauma survivors and noticed a recurring pattern: she saw distorted thoughts coming from shame, disgust, and betrayal.

In response to her findings, Dr. Resick developed Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT), a specific protocol designed to address survivors’ thoughts and emotions related to trauma, offering a structured approach to trauma therapy, which is modeled after Aaron Beck’s cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) model. Whereas Dr. Beck’s model focused on the here and now, Dr. Resick realized there needed to be a focus on the traumatic events. Rather than focus on the beliefs stemming from the trauma, she would go back to the worst trauma, the one causing the PTSD symptoms, using the PTSD Checklist (PCL-5). When interacting with a patient that witnessed significant traumatic events such as domestic violence or abuse, she would evaluate the incident that caused the patient the most distress where they felt like they were going to die.

In CPT, therapists often encounter a recurring pattern of self-blame. Survivors tend to replay scenarios in their minds, pondering what they could have done differently to prevent their suffering. At times, prior beliefs such as “good things happen to good people” and “bad things happen to bad people” can result in the victim questioning if the trauma they experienced occurred simply because they are “bad” people. This belief can lead to feelings of unworthiness, guilt and shame. These feelings must be dismantled by approaching the patient with a set of questions to help expand their thought process and allow them to understand that random and uncontrolled events can lead to suffering, regardless of personal goodness or morality.

Survivors’ responses to trauma vary based on their prior experiences. Those with minimal adversity may internalize blame and seek justification, while those who have endured lifelong abuse may perceive trauma as confirmation of their inherent flaws. Utilizing CPT, patients are guided through a structured process to address their thoughts and beliefs about the traumatic event. The therapy consists of 12 individual sessions that help the patient understand the symptoms of PTSD, explore their thoughts and beliefs, and focus on thought processes to help the patient move forward.

One of the initial assignments is to write an impact statement focused on the identified traumatic event:

“Please write at least one page on why you think this traumatic event occurred. You are not being asked to write specifics about the traumatic event. Write about what you have been thinking about the cause of the worst event.”

Through this exercise, patients examine 5 areas of how the trauma has affected them: through their sense of safety, trust, power and control, self-esteem, and intimacy.

The investigation into the reasons behind a traumatic event is vital because patients often hold onto their existing belief systems, reshaping the event to fit their preconceived ideas. They may assign blame to themselves, convinced they could have prevented the trauma. This distorted perspective serves as the foundation for therapy and therapists use Socratic questioning to confront these beliefs.

During the therapy session, the therapist aims to establish the patient’s “stuck points.” This can be explained to the patient by describing stuck points as thoughts about their understanding of why the trauma occurred or thoughts about themselves and the world around them that has changed due to their trauma. Examples of some stuck point thoughts are, “It’s my fault,” “I should have done something differently,” “We should have gone left instead of right,” etc. Remember, these are thoughts, not feelings.

Other examples include:

  • “If I had done my job better, then other people would have survived.”
  • “Because I did not tell anyone, I am to blame for the abuse.”
  • “I can never really be a good, moral person again because of the things that I have done. I am unlovable.”

Stuck points do not include behaviors, feelings, facts, questions, or moral statements. They are often formatted in an “if…then…” structure. These are concise statements that reflect a thought that is usually black/white in nature and uses extreme language.

In CPT, the patient is asked to write down these thoughts and then reflect on the thoughts that are helping them move forward and the thoughts that are keeping them stuck. Below are examples that commonly get misidentified as stuck points.

Not a stuck point: “Trust”

Why not? This is a concept, not a thought. It is not specific, and you need to identify what the person thinks about trust. In this example, you might ask him/her what about trust is a problem. Possible related stuck points: “I can’t trust anyone.” “If I let anyone get close to me, I will get hurt.” “I can never trust my judgment.”

Not a stuck point: “I am nervous whenever I go on a date.”

Why not? This is describing a feeling, not a thought. In this example, you might ask what patients are telling themselves about the date to help them identify potential stuck points. Possible related stuck points: “If I go on a date, I will get hurt.” “People always take advantage of me.”

The “A-B-C worksheet” helps the patient better understand the connection between their thoughts, feelings, and behaviors.

The Challenging Questions Worksheet helps the patient challenge their maladaptive or problematic belief/stuck point. Not all the questions will apply to their stuck point; however, this exercise works to help the patient evaluate their thought processes. Some questions in the Challenging Questions Worksheet include:
  • What is the evidence for and against this stuck point?
  • Choose one of the next three (whichever one the patient understands best)
  • In what way/s is your stuck point not including all of the information?
  • In what way is your stuck point focused on just one piece of the story?
  • In what way/s is this stuck point focused on unrelated parts of the story?

  • Choose 3 of the following (whichever the patient understands best)

  • Is your stuck point a habit or based on fact? (consider whether you have just said this stuck point to yourself so many times that it seems like fact)
  • Does your stuck point include all-or-none terms? (e.g., either-or, black-white, right-wrong, good-bad)
  • Does your stuck point include words or phrases that are extreme or exaggerated? (i.e., always, forever, never, should, must, can’t, and every time)
  • Where did this stuck point come from? Is this a dependable source of information on this stuck point? (consider where this stuck point comes from – e.g., parents, friends, church, media)
  • How is your stuck point confusing something that is possible with something that is likely?
  • In what ways is your stuck point based on feelings rather than facts?

    By guiding patients through this process, therapists facilitate a shift in their emotional response. Instead of feeling guilt and shame, patients may experience grief or anger, which are more appropriate responses to their circumstances. For example, rape victims may transition from self-blame to righteous anger, directing blame towards the perpetrator. This transformation in thinking and emotion is a key aspect of the therapeutic journey, empowering patients to navigate their trauma with greater clarity and resilience.

Physiologic Responses To Trauma When survivors express feelings of freezing during a traumatic event, therapists employ gentle questioning to delve deeper into the situation. Survivors often blame themselves for their physiological responses, unaware that freezing is a common reaction to trauma. There are two types of freeze responses: one occurs as an initial shock to the unexpected event, while the other arises later as a dissociative mechanism, particularly prevalent in individuals who have experienced childhood abuse (see disorganized attachment episodes 087 and 088). Dissociation involves a physiological response where the body redirects blood flow and releases endorphins to alleviate pain, resulting in a sense of detachment from reality. With repeated exposure to trauma, this response becomes automatic, hindering the individual's ability to intervene and stop the event.

Through education on the physiology of defense mechanisms, therapists aim to provide survivors with insight into their reactions. They explain how the brain's fight or flight response can inhibit speech during moments of intense danger, as the prefrontal cortex, responsible for language processing, is deactivated.

Here are some examples of questions that are monthly asked to be ranked by patients from the PCL-5:

  • Having strong physical reactions when something reminds you of the stressful experience (for example, heart pounding, trouble breathing, sweating)?
  • Avoiding memories, thoughts, or feelings related to the stressful experience?
  • Trouble remembering important parts of the stressful experience?

While individuals without PTSD typically experience a return to normal functioning once the danger has passed, those with PTSD may struggle to regulate their responses, leading to prolonged states of hyperarousal. This understanding helps survivors contextualize their experiences and work towards healing and recovery.

Patients With High Levels Of Dissociation In the study explored by Resick and colleagues (2012), participants were assigned to one of three treatment modalities: Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT) which included both written accounts and cognitive therapy, cognitive therapy alone (CPT-C), and a treatment focusing exclusively on written trauma accounts (WA). The findings revealed that individuals exhibiting higher levels of dissociation, particularly those with significant depersonalization symptoms, demonstrated more favorable outcomes with the comprehensive CPT approach. Whereas those who endorsed low pretreatment levels of dissociation responded most efficiently to CPT-C. The act of writing detailed accounts of their traumatic experiences potentially facilitated the integration of fragmented memories, which, in turn, enhanced the effectiveness of subsequent cognitive therapy. This integrated method was distinctly advantageous for participants with pronounced dissociation, as opposed to other participants who did not display the same level of benefit from either component (written accounts or cognitive therapy) in isolation.

How To Use Socratic Questioning And Common MistakesThe process of utilizing Socratic questioning is particularly challenging because it entails guiding patients to think about their experiences differently without attempting to persuade them directly. Instead of convincing patients, therapists teach them specific skills gradually, such as distinguishing between facts and opinions and exploring the relationship between their thoughts and emotions. Training materials have evolved to emphasize the importance of using exploratory language rather than confrontational terms like “challenge.” Therapists are cautioned against being overly assertive or pushy, as the goal is to facilitate patients’ self-discovery and conviction rather than imposing beliefs onto them.

Successful implementation of Socratic questioning in CPT not only transforms patients’ thoughts and emotions but also impacts their physiological responses, including arousal and startle reactions.

The common response to trauma often involves a sense of personal responsibility or guilt, driven by the belief that one must have made a mistake or deserved the outcome. Individuals may engage in a process of hindsight, imagining what they could have done differently to prevent the event or mitigate its impact. This retrospective analysis can lead to feelings of shame and guilt, as individuals grapple with the idea of undoing the past, which is ultimately impossible. Moreover, individuals may adopt an outcome-based reasoning approach, attributing the occurrence of the event to their own actions or decisions. Such tendencies may be reinforced by upbringings in emotionally abusive environments, where individuals are conditioned to accept blame for everything that goes wrong. As a result, these patterns of thought become ingrained, serving as automatic responses to traumatic experiences.

According to Dr. Resick, until individuals confront and challenge these ingrained beliefs, the trauma may persist unresolved. This involves not only examining and adjusting these beliefs, but also placing them in the context of what actually occurred during the traumatic event. Often, due to the deeply impactful nature of traumatic experiences, crucial details are overlooked or the reality of the situation is distorted. For example, someone may blame themselves for not fighting back harder during an assault without considering the physical constraints they faced, such as being held down by multiple assailants. Through Socratic questioning, therapists guide individuals to revisit the factual aspects of the event, encouraging them to confront the discrepancies between their perceptions and reality. This approach focuses on objectively analyzing the events without delving into graphic details or emotions, allowing individuals to gain a clearer understanding of the circumstances surrounding the trauma and challenging their self-blaming assumptions. Ultimately, this process aims to facilitate cognitive restructuring and promote healing by addressing distorted beliefs and fostering a more accurate perspective of the traumatic experience.

Exploring sensitive topics surrounding sexual abuse, especially for kids who might have felt arousal during the abuse, can be valuable in therapy. It is common for misconceptions to arise, such as equating arousal with pleasure, which can lead to feelings of confusion and shame. Therapists can use gentle, probing questions rooted in the Socratic method to address these misunderstandings, empowering survivors to understand the distinction and alleviate any burdens of guilt or shame they may carry.

Asking such questions is vital. For instance, in cases of sexual abuse, inquiring if survivors experienced arousal can challenge misconceptions and prevent them from internalizing false beliefs about their participation. Recognizing the grooming process in child sexual abuse is also crucial, as perpetrators may manipulate victims into believing they consented. Addressing these sensitive topics allows therapists to offer survivors validation and support, aiding in their healing.

Dr. Resick also stresses the importance of therapists seeking consultation or support when dealing with challenging narratives. It is essential for therapists to acknowledge their own emotional reactions and seek help to prevent burnout or avoidance of trauma-related discussions.

Navigating Sensitivity In Trauma Therapy: Strategies For New ProvidersFor new providers hesitant about practicing trauma therapy due to their own sensitivity, it is important to acknowledge that while they may empathize with their clients, the trauma belongs to the client, not the provider. It is advisable for clinicians to avoid projecting themselves into their clients’ experiences and instead concentrate on supporting clients through their emotions, without internalizing them.

Practical strategies exist to maintain grounding during therapy sessions, such as adhering to the therapeutic model and employing structured questioning techniques. Additionally, supervision plays a vital role in offering guidance on effectively navigating challenging situations.

By prioritizing structured tasks and planning, therapists can ward off dissociation and manage their emotions more effectively. Active thinking plays a key role in maintaining emotional equilibrium and warding off burnout.

It is imperative to acknowledge the importance of seeking support from colleagues and supervisors when faced with distressing narratives. Such support fosters open dialogue among therapists, facilitating the processing of challenging experiences and fostering ongoing professional growth.

Enhancing Therapist Effectiveness: Insights From Reflective FunctionA recent study seeks to understand the critical role of therapist effect in determining treatment outcomes, emphasizing the significance of reflective function (Cologon, 2017). Reflective functioning, defined as the essential human capacity to understand behavior in light of underlying mental states and intentions (Slade, 2005), is measured through the adult attachment interview. It has emerged as a determinant factor, accounting for 70.5% of what constitutes an effective therapist.

Therapists with higher levels of reflective function demonstrated superior outcomes with patients, underscoring the importance of introspection and the ability to reflect on internal and external experiences. This capacity for reflection may be linked with the therapist's adeptness in CPT, particularly in employing Socratic questioning to guide sessions effectively, but more studies are needed.

In this particular study, therapists with higher levels of reflective function exhibited more significant improvements in their patients' symptoms, highlighting the direct impact of therapists' introspective abilities on treatment outcomes.

The findings suggest that assessing reflective function could serve as a valuable tool in identifying promising therapists early in their training. By nurturing and enhancing reflective abilities, training programs can better equip therapists to excel in trauma therapy and other modalities.

Furthermore, the study highlights the necessity for therapists to engage in their own personal growth and healing. Addressing unresolved traumas and developing self-awareness can enhance therapists’ capacity to empathize with their clients and facilitate meaningful therapeutic connections.

Conclusion:Reflecting on the insights gained from the comprehensive discussion on Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT), several critical strategies emerge for enhancing trauma therapy. A pivotal aspect of CPT involves identifying stuck points in patients’ narratives about their trauma. These points often correlate with deeply held beliefs that foster guilt, hindering the patient’s ability to process grief or express anger effectively. Additionally, the discussion highlighted the significant role of writing exercises, particularly for patients with pronounced dissociative symptoms. This approach serves as a vital tool in helping them articulate and process their traumatic experiences coherently. Another essential strategy is the importance of confronting, rather than succumbing to, the temptation to avoid difficult trauma work. This avoidance can significantly impede therapeutic progress and the achievement of desired outcomes. By actively engaging with patients’ traumas and challenging their avoidance behaviors, therapists can facilitate a more effective healing process. These strategies underscore the nuanced complexities of treating trauma and the importance of tailored approaches in therapy.

References:Cigrang, J. A., Rauch, S. A. M., Avila, L. L., Bryan, C. J., Goodie, J. L., Hryshko-Mullen, A., & Peterson, A. L. (2011). Treatment of active-duty military with PTSD in primary care: Early findings. Psychological Services, 8(2), 104-113. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0022740

Cologon, J., Schweitzer, R. D., King, R., & Nolte, T. (2017). Therapist reflective functioning, therapist attachment style and therapist effectiveness. Administration and Policy in Mental Health, 44(5), 614–625. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-017-0790-5

Held, P., Smith, D. L., Pridgen, S., Coleman, J. A., & Klassen, B. J. (2023). More is not always better: 2 weeks of intensive cognitive processing therapy-based treatment are noninferior to 3 weeks. Psychological Trauma: Theory, Research, Practice and Policy, 15(1), 100–109. https://doi.org/10.1037/tra0001257

Resick, P. A., Galovski, T. E., Uhlmansiek, M. O., Scher, C. D., Clum, G. A., & Young-Xu, Y. (2008). A randomized clinical trial to dismantle components of cognitive processing therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder in female victims of interpersonal violence. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 76(2), 243–258. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006x.76.2.243

Resick, P. A., Suvak, M. K., Johnides, B. D., Mitchell, K. S., & Iverson, K. M. (2012). The impact of dissociation on PTSD treatment with cognitive processing therapy. Depression and anxiety, 29(8), 718-730.

Slade, A. (2005). Parental reflective functioning: An introduction. Attachment & Human Development, 7(3), 269–281. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616730500245906

Sobel, A. A., Resick, P. A., & Rabalais, A. E. (2009). The effect of cognitive processing therapy on cognitions: Impact statement coding. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 22(3), 205–211. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.20408

View Details

Rakeen Prince, BA, Linda Michaels, PsyD, MBA, David Puder, MD

In today’s episode we interview Linda Michaels, PsyD, MBA, a clinical psychologist in private practice in Chicago. She is chair and co-founder of the Psychotherapy Action Network (PsiAN), a non-profit that advocates for quality therapy. She is also Consulting Editor of Psychoanalytic Inquiry, Clinical Associate Faculty at the Chicago Center for Psychoanalysis, and a fellow of the Lauder Institute Global MBA program. She has published and presented on the value of psychotherapy, the therapeutic relationship and technology, and the public narrative about therapy. She has also been interviewed by the New York Times, NPR, the John Oliver show, and other national media on the value of psychotherapy. Linda has a former career in business, with over 15 years of experience consulting with organizations in the U.S. and Latin America.

Additionally, she is the co-editor and author of a new book, Advancing Psychotherapy for the Next Generation: Humanizing Mental Health Policy and Practice.

Psychotherapy Action Network (PsiAN): PsiAN strives for a world in which psychotherapies that create lasting change are universally available to those in need. PsiAN has initiatives aimed at mental health professionals, policymakers, and the general public. As part of reaching the public, they conduct research to understand what people want from therapy.

What Do People Want From Therapy?Therapies of depth, insight, and relationship have been missing from, if not pushed out of, the public conversation on mental health treatment. After decades of attack from multiple fronts, these therapies are misunderstood, undervalued, and overlooked by the general public. In order to address this challenge and change this trajectory, we must start by listening to the public and understand their needs, values, and preferences about therapy. Dr. Michaels and colleagues conducted an extensive research project, leveraging qualitative and quantitative tools and techniques widely used in the corporate world, focused on “listening” to the public and understanding what people want and need from therapy.

It’s indisputable that therapies of depth, insight, and relationship are highly effective. What we know now is not only that these therapies work, but that they resonate with a large segment of the public. We learned that many people intuitively know there is more beneath the surface, believe that therapy is a process that takes time, and are willing to make that investment. The research also provides a blueprint for communicating the value of depth therapies to the public, grounded in what we heard from the people themselves, based on four key messages: feeling heard, the ability to make changes and choices, recognizing that therapy is worth the effort, time, and investment, and addressing the root of the issues. These considerations guide ongoing engagement with the public and inform future research endeavors.

What Do Stakeholders Within The Industry Want From Therapy?Stakeholders in the field include insurance companies, pharmaceutical companies, public policymakers, academics, and various external influences.

  • Insurance companies: Want to pay for the cheapest and fastest intervention.
  • Pharmaceutical companies: Want you to buy their products and psychiatric medications.
  • Public policymakers: Want short-term cost containment. Cost containment is about finding ways to save money and reduce spending.
  • Academics: Want to publish studies as quickly and often as possible. Meaning, they tend to favor short-term protocols, which isn’t an accurate reflection of how therapy is actually delivered in the real world.
  • Technology companies: Newer entrants that are marketing technology products and apps directly to consumers are seeking to grow rapidly to satisfy investors.

But What Do People Want From Therapy?* To better understand themselves and to get to the root of their issues * Skills and coping strategies * Talking to someone without feeling judged or ashamed

How Has Therapy Changed Recently?Misconceptions and Influences in Mental Health CareThere is a misconception about therapy that suggests it should be brief, that it should be mainly focused on symptom management or reduction, that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is the gold standard, and that newer medications are significantly superior to older ones. Additionally, emerging forms of therapy, which are now heavily advertised, such as text-based therapy and “AI Therapy” are gaining attention, adding to the complexity of navigating mental health care options.

Unraveling the MisconceptionsBut where do these misconceptions stem from? Delve deeper, and you’ll find a trail leading to the influence of billions of dollars spent to shape public perceptions of therapy. The interconnected web of stakeholders, including private equity investors, Silicon Valley, and insurance companies, all play a role in molding the narrative around mental health care to prioritize profitability over genuine healing.

Access and AwarenessDespite these challenges, recent legislative acts, such as The Affordable Care Act and The Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA) have significantly improved access to mental health services. Additionally, the stigma around mental health has seen a notable decline, especially during the pandemic, with prominent figures like athletes, media personalities, and celebrities openly embracing therapy.

The Pitfalls of Profit-Driven Mental Health CareHowever, the influx of interest in therapy has also attracted opportunistic forces seeking to capitalize on the growing demand. When mental health care falls into the hands of profit-driven entities, the focus often shifts away from genuine healing toward maximizing financial gains. This can lead to the growth of subpar products, superficial therapy approaches, and mere coping strategies masking as legitimate forms of treatment.

Insurance Companies: Balance Profit and CareInsurance companies, in particular, face scrutiny for prioritizing short-term solutions to minimize their costs, enhance their profitability, and meet their quarterly financial targets. This short-sighted approach may result in inadequate medication dosages and limited coverage for comprehensive therapy that meets the standards of generally accepted care, ultimately undermining the effectiveness of mental health care for those who rely on insurance for support.

Navigating Toward Authentic HealingIn light of these challenges, it becomes imperative to advocate for a shift towards client-centered mental health care that prioritizes genuine healing over financial gains. By raising awareness, challenging misconceptions, and advocating for policies that put the needs of individuals first, we can pave the way for a mental health care landscape that truly supports and empowers those seeking healing and growth.

What Is Needed For Individuals To Get The Most Benefit From Therapy?The Importance of Quality TherapyDr. Michaels emphasizes the significance of quality therapy in helping individuals navigate their mental health challenges. She highlights that therapy should not be seen as a one-size-fits-all approach, but rather as a personalized journey tailored to meet each person’s unique needs. Leveraging clinician expertise along with patient preferences, values, and needs are key components of evidence-based practice. Quality therapy involves a collaborative and empathetic therapeutic relationship, where the therapist creates a safe space for clients to explore their thoughts, emotions and experiences.

Building Trust and ConnectionOne of the fundamental aspects of therapy is establishing trust and connection between the therapist and the client. Trust allows individuals to open up and share their deepest concerns without fear of judgment or criticism. A strong therapeutic alliance allows clients to feel understood, validated, and supported throughout their healing process. Decades of evidence also confirm the importance of the therapeutic relationship - the relationship is the effective ingredient in treatment.

Individualized Treatment PlansIt is crucial to develop individualized treatment plans that address the specific needs and goals of each client. Therapy should be a collaborative effort, where clients actively participate in setting their therapeutic objectives. By tailoring treatment plans to individual circumstances, therapists can provide more effective and meaningful support. This approach is supported by the evidence base and aligns with generally accepted standards of care. Importantly, this approach is absent in the one-size-fits-all apps and self-help tools that many technology companies are marketing.

Creating a Safe and Non-Judgmental EnvironmentIn therapy, creating a safe and non-judgmental environment within therapy sessions is essential. This allows clients to freely express their thoughts and emotions, offering self-reflection and personal growth. A safe space encourages clients to confront their challenges, develop coping strategies, and gain a deeper understanding of themselves.

The Role of PsychoeducationDr. Michaels discusses the importance of psychoeducation in therapy. By providing clients with information about their mental health conditions, therapists empower individuals to better understand their experiences and make informed decisions about their treatment. Psychoeducation also helps reduce stigma and promotes self-compassion, enabling clients to embrace their journey towards healing.

A Background On Therapies Of Depth, Insight And RelationshipWhat are therapies of depth, insight and relationship?* Depth: Probing beneath surface-level thoughts, feelings, and behaviors to identify more hidden ideas or fears that interfere with self-esteem and self-confidence. * Insight: Helping people identify and recognize repeating patterns that may have been adaptive initially, but then have held them back from achieving personal or professional goals. * Relationship: The relationship with the therapist is the most effective healing aspect of therapy. The relationship supports the repair of past wounds and traumas, while also providing the foundation to develop new and more satisfying relationships with others and one’s self.

Some examples of therapies of depth, insight, and relationship include psychoanalytic therapy/psychoanalysis, humanistic, existential, attachment-focused. These therapies both help manage and reduce symptoms, as well as pursue the more substantive and sustainable gains in relationships with self and others as well as achievement in personal and professional realms. They often contrast with structured, shorter-term treatments that have a stronger focus on symptom management and behavioral change.

A high-quality, substantial evidence base shows that depth therapies are: Highly effective * Long-lasting * Backed by a robust, high-quality evidence base * Especially effective for comorbidities, personality disorders, chronic conditions * “Dosage” and length of treatment matter * High effect sizes that increase over time, even after treatment stops—in contrast to high relapse rates of short-term therapy and medications

Yet, the public, and some in the policy and even clinical arenas, seem to not understand the evidence base, the effectiveness of depth therapies, and their long-lasting benefits. Understandably, many obtain most of their information about therapy from the popular press, insurance companies, and pharmaceutical advertising, which all favor short-term structured therapies for the many financial and political reasons outlined above (“Ask your doctor about CBT and meds” is a common refrain at the end of many articles on therapy).

In addition, many negative biases and outdated stereotypes about depth therapy/psychoanalytic therapy exist and persist.

“One way to conceptualize the challenges faced by therapies of depth, insight, and relationship is to think of them as a branding problem. This means centering the associations, emotions, mental models, and expectations about depth therapies—the way these therapies have come to “live” in people’s minds and hearts—as a core part of the issue. Using this perspective highlights the need to first listen to the public—the users and potential users of therapy—in order to find ways to engage with them that are meaningful, relevant, impactful, and on their terms” (p. 215).

So, based on Linda Michaels’ prior career in business consulting and consumer insights research, she and her colleague, Santiago Delboy, undertook the task of studying the general public and these questions, mental models, associations, and expectations of therapy.

MethodologyThe qualitative phase included 46 in-depth-interviews, 1:1, for 30-90 minutes each. These interviews helped to surface hypotheses and themes, which were later tested quantitatively.

In the quantitative phase, they fielded an online questionnaire, with the help of a professional marketing research firm that could execute the dissemination and data collection of the survey and ensure an unbiased sample. The quantitative sample was comprised of 1535 individuals, and it was representative of the U.S. population on key 5 variables: age, gender, race/ethnicity, geographic region, and income.

FindingsWhat do people want from therapy: * 70%: “Learning skills and coping strategies,” a focus of most manualized treatment modalities. * 70%: “Better understanding yourself and the root of your issues,” a focus of therapies of depth, insight, and relationship. * 66%: “Sharing your feelings and thoughts without being judged or shamed.” * 60%: “Feeling heard and understood by someone who cares about you.” * 66%: Recognize that therapy takes time, acknowledging that “emotional and psychological problems inherently take time to understand and resolve.”

A similar proportion believe that going to therapy is an investment that is worth making.* 91% prefer a therapy that addresses root causes of symptoms, even if it takes longer, rather than only providing ways to manage symptoms.

What Do People Do Instead And What Is Their Experience With Mental Health Treatment?Regarding actions people would take if they were feeling frustrated, anxious, or not in control of their thoughts and emotions:* 58% stated that they would talk to friends and family. * 57% said that they would keep themselves active and busy as a coping mechanism. * 52% try to remain optimistic and think positively. * 48% said they would consider speaking with a therapist. * Only 23% would consider taking medication to regulate their thoughts and emotions, and a similar percentage would search for ideas on social media.

For those who would not consider therapy* 41% cited that they believe herapy is too expensive as the main reason.

If they were to consider therapy, how would they go about doing so?* 59% said they would ask their physician for recommendations, highlighting the gate-keeping role that physicians may play. * 53% would also look for the mental health providers covered by their insurance, which is consistent with the concerns about the cost of therapy. * Only a third of respondents would ask their family or friends for referrals. * A quarter of respondents would use an online search engine like Google. * Notably, younger people are significantly more likely to engage in these last two behaviors, although they would still start with their physician and insurance company.

Criteria for choosing a therapist?* 65%: whether the therapist is in-network with the patient’s insurance * 52%: office location (this has likely changed due to Covid and the ubiquity of telehealth) * 50%: therapist’s personality (which speaks to the importance of the relationship) * In the single digits were things like the therapist’s theoretical orientation, their degree, their publications or website (factors which many therapists might tend to focus on).

Actual behaviorsThey also researched what people had actually done to deal with mental health, emotional, or psychological difficulties. They found that about half of the sample (47%) had direct experience with therapy or counseling, almost 90% of them as an adult.

One-third of the sample had direct experience with psychiatric medications, and about 28% reported having used mindfulness/meditation or self-help books, the former being more significant among younger respondents.

People expressed interest in typical depth therapy process:The researchers aimed to understand public perceptions of depth, insight, and relationship therapies through concept testing, which is a common tool in corporate market research. They presented a refined description of a typical depth therapy process which had been developed through feedback from the qualitative interviews. This method allowed them to gather feedback on the concept without revealing the specific therapy.

Here is part of what was read to them:

“Its main focus is on understanding and dealing with the underlying causes… People gain self-awareness and self-understanding, which can lead to new ways of seeing and handling problems in life.”

Overall, the responses were quite positive and people said this description matched what they thought of therapy. Some of the positive comments focused on the appreciation of digging deeper to identify underlying issues, its long-lasting impact, and the non-judgemental approach to the patient and their feelings.

  • 58% stated they would definitely or probably consider this form of therapy

Awareness Of Different Types Of Therapy* 66% Psychoanalysis/psychoanalytic therapy * 64% CBT * 42% Mindfulness-based therapy * 30% Humanistic * All other types of therapy included in the survey received 16% awareness or less.

Notably, psychodynamic therapy was among the brands included and awareness was only 16%. This finding would indicate that professionals should carefully consider whether they use the phrase psychodynamic, as it has little meaning to the public. The public is confused enough as it is when it comes to understanding different forms of therapy or choosing a therapist; we do not need to add to this confusion unnecessarily.

How did people in the study compare psychoanalysis/psychoanalytic therapy and CBT?* Psychoanalysis is mostly associated with self-understanding, getting to the “root cause” of problems, being able to help people from all demographics, and being an individualized, yet expensive, treatment option. * CBT is mostly associated with changing behaviors, being able to help people from all demographics, helping people gain control over their lives, and being a relevant, effective, and updated form of therapy for current psychological problems. * However, when compared side by side, psychoanalysis appears to be perceived less favorably than CBT by the general public along most dimensions.

Discussion And RecommendationsThe breadth of this research provides the most extensive dataset on people’s opinions, needs, and attitudes about psychotherapy that we are aware of. The researchers have documented what people want and hope for from therapy, and note how different their expectations are from the most common marketing messages that currently dominate the marketplace.

What the public wants and needs from therapy is well-aligned with what depth therapy can offer, and is also supported by the evidence base documenting therapy outcomes. However, the public does not know this and, in fact, maintains outdated negative stereotypes against depth therapy.

For the public to obtain the benefits it wants from therapy, these misconceptions need to be clarified.

What Is A Blueprint For Engaging With The Public?The framework, grounded in this research, includes four key elements that should be present in any efforts to communicate with the general public about depth therapy. They represent the most important dimensions, based on people’s perceptions and attitudes, that communicate the value of therapies of depth, insight, and relationship:

  1. Basic must-have: “Feel Heard.” For any therapy, the individual must feel heard by their therapist. They need to feel safe and able to be vulnerable, without fears of being judged or ashamed.
  2. Key rational benefit: “Change and Choice.” In terms of what people want to get out of therapy, they want to change feelings, thoughts, behaviors, patterns, relationships, and be able to make new and different choices in their life.
  3. Key emotional benefit: “Worth It.” People view therapy itself as a worthy experience, and that they themselves are worth getting to know and to grow.
  4. Most differentiating factor: “Get to The Root.” People said a top benefit of therapy was to get to the root of themselves and their issues. Depth therapy stands alone in being able to help them achieve this.

View Details

Joanie Burns, DNP, APRN, PMHNP-BC; Adam Borecky, MD; David Puder, MD

“Between stimulus and response there is a space. In that space is our power to choose our response. In our response lies our growth and our freedom.”

— Viktor Frankl IntroductionThe 5-factor approach to holistic, patient-centered psychiatric care takes into account that each individual who seeks care is unique in their physiological and psychological make-up and that there are multiple factors that influence both physical and mental health (for better or worse). While the serotonin theory and other neurochemical theories (aka “chemical imbalance” theories) continue to dominate pop-culture understandings of psychiatry, there is growing evidence that there are multiple causative factors for depression and other mental health diagnoses. Therefore, it is helpful to understand that various factors may be contributing to the presenting symptom(s) and to offer a multi-faceted approach that addresses these factors and alleviates the symptoms.

The 5-factor approach addresses four environmental factors (therapy, sleep, activity, and nutrition) that patients and their caregivers may choose to modify in order to improve overall well-being, as well as the option of including medication/s (the 5th factor). While therapy may not be considered a typical “environmental” factor, in some respects, as with modifying sleep, activity, and nutrition, a patient chooses to attend and participate in therapy and to implement the skills learned in therapy. Likewise, although to a lesser degree, the utilization of medications may be considered a pseudo-environmental factor in that patients make a conscientious/thoughtful choice to accept a medication option, fill the prescription, and take the prescription as directed. At times, this may include modifying or creating a schedule to maintain consistency with a medication regimen and, possibly, the addition of other activities to maintain or improve medication compliance, such as establishing a designated time each week to fill a pill sorter/organizer.

The 5-factor approach to treatment is based on the importance of sensorium and its pivotal role in regulating thoughts, feelings, and overall mental health. Sensorium is a lens to understand how we focus on various things. Sensorium is total brain function, which fluctuates throughout the day and depends on a number of factors, including sleep, stress levels, and more (Ep. 6; Ep. 9; Ep. 10; Ep. 11; Ep. 85; McLaughlin et al., 2007).

The 5 Factors1. Therapy 2. Sleep 3. Activity 4. Nutrition 5. Medication/s

PsychotherapyGiven the heavy emphasis on psychopharmacologic/psychotropic interventions due to chemical imbalance theories, the benefits of psychotherapy and supportive therapeutic interactions are often downplayed or overlooked (Ahmad, 2023; Moncrieff et al., 2022). Additionally, many patients are under the impression that medications are a “quick fix.” Of note, the rate of prescribing medication increased dramatically during the COVID pandemic (Sanborn et al., 2023), and while the percentages of patients receiving any mental health treatment (including therapy) have also increased (Hasin & Grant, 2015; Terlizzi & Schiller, 2022), the prescribing of psychotropic medications remains the default treatment of choice for both providers and patients alike. There is a cultural factor as well, as Americans [in particular] may have “a large appetite for pharmacological treatments” (Kukreja et al., 2013), which may or may not be appropriate (Ep. 157). Simply put, too many patients are being prescribed medication without adjunctive psychotherapy or lifestyle changes (Mojtabai & Olfson, 2008). Because of these factors, mental health concerns are not being treated in the most effective way possible. This is especially the case when considering the treatment of psychological trauma, for which talk therapy can cure in ways medications cannot (Ep. 19; Fischer et al., 2022).

While there is evidence pointing to an increase in referrals for psychotherapy, in comparison to data regarding psychotropic prescribing, a wide discrepancy between referrals for these treatment modalities still exists. Notably, McKay and colleagues (2006) highlight how referrals for medication are numerous despite evidence that the “psychiatrist effect” shows more is happening in psychiatry than just medications (Ep. 168):

  • The proportion of variability in outcomes was due less to the treatment received than to the psychiatrist administering the treatment.
  • The person of the psychiatrist makes a difference in the response to antidepressant medication.
  • The health care community would be wise to consider the psychiatrist not only as a provider of treatment, but also as a means of treatment (McKay et al., 2006).

In one study on obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), two groups of people were studied—those who underwent cognitive behavioral therapy, and those that took medication. The therapy was found to be as helpful in eliminating OCD symptoms. However, the OCD symptoms returned when the medication was stopped. The symptoms did not return when the person had received cognitive behavioral therapy (Baxter, et al., 1992; Ep. 19).

 (McKay et al., 2006)

The positive influence of supportive therapeutic interactions is very apparent in the data from meta-analyses showing significant improvement/resolution of symptoms in patients receiving a placebo during medication trials. “Physicians' failure to establish good rapport with patients accounts for much of the ineffectiveness of care” (McKay et al., 2006). Further supporting the efficacy of therapy as an intervention is the recommendation for therapy (with or without psychotropic medication) in resources such as A Guide to Treatments That Work (Nathan & Gorman, 2015), Psychopharmacology Algorithms (Osser, 2021), Kaplan and Sadock's Synopsis of Psychiatry (Sadock et al., 2015), Psychopharmacology and Pregnancy (Galbally et al., 2014), and the recommendations developed by the United States Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) (Cheung et al., 2018; Siu & USPSTF, 2016; Siu et al., 2016), to name a few.

What do our patients gain from incorporating therapy into their treatment regimen? * Therapeutic interventions provide long-lasting change. + Learn new skills, behaviors, thought patterns

  • More robust than medication interventions for abating and resolving symptoms long term.
  • Expand support system/wellness team.

Is a specific therapeutic modality recommended?Several studies have shown that the therapeutic relationship (rapport between patient and provider) has more bearing on symptom improvement than the modality of therapy employed (Ankarberg & Falkenström, 2008; Ep. 171; McKay et al., 2006; Wampold & Imel, 2015). In an article published in 2010, Dr. Shedler (Ep. 144) expands on this dynamic and highlights how the therapeutic relationship also impacts medication compliance and response to psychotropic medications. To further define and quantify the aspects of therapeutic rapport, Dr. Puder developed a metric called the Connection Index (CI) (Ep. 149; Puder et al., 2022). Utilizing the CI, he has shown how higher scores correlate with better outcomes in supervision (Ep. 149; Puder et al., 2022); other, similar studies have shown this for therapy (more immediate and long-term improvement).

A highly effective therapeutic modality called mentalization-based therapy (MBT) is discussed in “Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast” ep. 205, where doctors Puder, Bateman, and Fonagy highlight the efficacy of MBT and long-duration therapy (Bateman & Fonagy, 2008; Bateman & Fonagy, 2013). Specifically, MBT has demonstrated significant potential to reduce the symptoms, distress, and severity of comorbidities, while increasing the quality of life and relationships in patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD) (Vogt & Norman, 2019).

Signs therapy is working:* Increased connection with others (Ep. 205; McWilliams, 2004) * Nancy McWilliams: the overall aspects of mental health include (Ep.171): + Sense of safety and trust in oneself, others, and the world + Sense of Agency + Sense of continuity + Self-esteem + Affect tolerance + Self-preservation and Altruism + Acceptance + Capacity to love, work, and play

  • Free will/self-regulation (the idea of self-efficacy improving and all the positive associated outcomes) (Baumeister, Crescioni, & Alquist, 2011; Ep. 84, Ep. 85, Ep. 86)
  • Increased vulnerability with the therapist (Ep. 205)

How Long Does Effective Therapy Take?Dr. Shedler and co-author, psychologist Eric Gnaulati (2020), have also written on the question of how much time is needed for therapy to produce meaningful change. In this article, “The Tyranny of Time: How Long Does Effective Therapy Really Take?,” they present evidence that effective therapy takes significantly longer than the 8- to 16-week treatments often used in controlled trials (Ep. 144) (see also Bateman & Fonagy, 2008; Bateman & Fonagy, 2013; Ep. 205; Verheul et al., 2003).

Because of the incredibly difficult nature of studying psychotherapy, researchers typically chose shorter periods of time, 8- and 16-week trials, to study, but not on the basis of research that shows these are inherently beneficial time frames to begin with. Consequently, there are hundreds of studies on treating depression alone, all based on treatments of <16 sessions.

A recent large meta-analysis showed that CBT was effective at getting 20% of people into remission compared to wait list control. The reason it was only 20% is because the studies were short! The insurance companies would love for 12 sessions to be idealized as the “gold standard,” however, in clinical practice this is not enough to get the other 70-80% into remission!

A study of over 10,000 therapy clients, assessed session-to-session with a validated outcome instrument, found that it took 21 sessions or about six months of weekly therapy to see clinically significant changes in 50% of patients. Only after 40 sessions, or almost a year of weekly therapy, did researchers see significant changes in 75% of patients (Lambert et al., 2001). Research has also called into question the long-term efficacy of brief therapy (Shedler & Gnaulati, 2020). Yet brief manualized therapies are still frequently viewed as the standard of care, and most research on psychotherapy continues to focus on abbreviated therapy.

Multiple factors explain the continued predominance of brief therapy. One issue is a lack of communication between researchers and clinicians. Few studies have asked practicing therapists how long it takes for therapy to show significant effects, and when the question is asked, they find that practitioners generally see better results with long-term therapy. An Emory University survey of 270 experienced psychotherapists found that their last completed therapies “in which patient and therapist agreed that the outcome was reasonably successful” required a median of 52 to 75 sessions (Morrison et al., 2003).

Compared to brief therapy, long-term therapy is also simply less studied. Practical constraints are partly to blame: studies of long-term therapy are expensive, methodologically complex, and resource-intensive. But the relative lack of research on long-term therapy also creates a self-fulfilling prophecy: when “less-studied” is falsely equated to “less evidence-based”, it perpetuates the stereotype that long-form therapy is not evidence-based.

Dr. Shedler concludes that “real therapists operating in the real world recognize that therapy takes time and that people don’t come packaged with single DSM disorder categories. People are complex and there is a need to create a relationship with the patient over time. The actual schism is between practicing clinicians and researchers who operate in cognitive parallel universes” (Ep. 144).

The efficacy of therapy as an essential component of treatment is further exemplified by a study conducted by doctors Fonagy and Bateman (2008) that followed patients diagnosed with borderline personality disorder (BPD) 5 years after receiving 18 months of individual and group mentalization-based therapy through a partial hospitalization program and an additional 18 months of twice-weekly mentalization based group therapy. The study yielded statistically significant reductions in suicide attempts, emergency room utilization, quantity and duration of psychoactive medications, and the presence of symptoms that qualify for a diagnosis of BPD. Of specific interest, the treatment group, had a mean of 0.02 years of the 5 years of follow up on 3 or more drugs, where the treatment as usual had 1.9 years on 3 or more drugs, illustrating the impact of enough therapy on long-term outcomes with decreased need of medications.

One group of patients underwent either 18 months of intensive partial hospitalization mentalization-based treatment, at approximately 9 hours of therapy per week for a total of 648 treatment hours, while the other group underwent treatment as usual for BPD. The MBT group then continued with less intensive MBT groups twice a week for an additional 18 months (144 more treatment hours). The standard treatment group did not have any interventions after the initial 18 months. Then, both groups were followed for an additional 5 years without any further interventions.

Significant differences were found at the 18-month check-in, 36-month check-in, and the final 8 year check-in. Differences in the MBT vs. standard treatment groups were increased over the 5 year periods for each outcome (Bateman & Fonagy, 2008; Ep. 206).

**Studies Show Psychotherapy Changes The Brain**All interventions that work to cure depression have a “final common pathway” of leading to positive brain changes via neuroplasticity changes, a marker of which is brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and other neurotrophic factors.
  • Increase in BDNF when psychotherapy is combined with (an)other intervention(s).
  • A rise in BDNF levels was observed in depressive patients when psychotherapy was combined with medication. Patients with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) who responded to therapy presented a raise in BDNF levels mostly when combined with physical activity. There was a rise in BDNF levels in those who responded to psychotherapy in patients with bulimia, in borderline patients, and in insomniacs (Claudino et al., 2020).
  • A PTSD study by Fischer, Schumacher, and Daniels (2022): “PTSD is characterized by specific neurobiological alterations, with preliminary findings indicating that at least some of these may normalize during psychotherapy.”

SleepPhysical and cognitive/emotional functions rely on adequate sleep (Ep. 11). Therefore, regulating sleep helps modulate mood and physical wellbeing and is one of the few things that is easily modified and customized to fit our individual needs. Sleep is an essential component of mental health, so much so that changes in sleep are part of diagnostic criteria for depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, and many other psychiatric disorders (American Psychiatric Association; Ep. 65). Current studies have highlighted an alarming increase in reports of depression, anxiety, and suicidal ideation by persons of all ages, while recent studies regarding sleep are yielding data that point to an increasing trend of sleep deficit, which correlates with worsening physical and mental health.

Recommendations from the CDC and Sleep Foundation:* 9-12 hours recommended for school-age children (6-12yo) * 8-10 hours recommended for teens (13-18yo) + Significant phase for brain growth, development and connectivity + R/L brain connections finalizing (generally complete between ages 17-21yo)

  • 7+ hours recommended for adults (CDC, 2022; Suni, 2022).

A dialogue about sleep:* What is your current sleep schedule? * What time do you go to bed? * How long does it take you to fall asleep? * Do you wake up during the night? If so, how often and are you able to fall back to sleep? * What time do you typically wake up for the day? * Do you feel refreshed when you wake? * Caffeine intake? * Exercise/activity before bed? * Sleep apnea (or other respiratory concerns)? * Medications or other substances that may impact sleep?

For problematic sleep:* To illustrate one new ominous destructive trend: increased screen time before bed. + Several studies have documented the link between nighttime screen use and disruption of sleep. Notably, a study conducted by Mireku et al. (2019) showed that: - Night-time phone and TV use has been associated with a higher likelihood of insufficient sleep (less than 8 hours) on both weekdays and weekends (OR = 1.32 & 95%CI[1.10,1.60]; OR = 1.40 & 95%CI[1.23,1.60] respectively). - Teens using mobile phones in a lighted room had a higher chance of getting insufficient sleep (OR = 1.32 & 95%CI[1.37,1.95]) and sleeping later (OR= 1.64 & 95%CI[1.37,1.95]) on weekends compared to non-users. - Those who used mobile phones in a dark room on weeknights were over 2x more likely to get insufficient sleep (OR=2.13 & 95%CI[1.79,2.54]) and over 3x more likely to go to sleep later (OR=3.38 & 95%CI[3.25, 4.62]) compared to non-users. - Using mobile phones at night was associated with lower quality of sleep compared to non use (β=-1.18 & 95%CI[-1.85,-0.52]). * Screen time during bedtime is even worse for mental health (more and more teens are texting throughout the night) (Hartley et al., 2022; Royant-Parola et al., 2022).

(Hartley et al., 2022)

How To Change Sleep HabitsProvide patients with sleep hygiene tips (preferably in writing). There are open source tip sheets available online. One such resource is provided by the CDC: Tips for Better Sleep | CDC.

Often, if referring to a sleep specialist, patients will be asked the above questions and be advised to implement improved sleep hygiene practices with or without the aid of medications. For some patients, in the absence of a sleep wake disorder, sleep apnea, or other physiological problem causing sleep disruption, refining sleep habits (implementing some/most of the sleep tips) is a cost-effective and efficacious means to achieve consistent sleep on most nights.

ActivityExercise has been found to have better compliance and less side effects when compared to pharmacological interventions, and may be used as a beneficial adjunct to traditional pharmacological methods (Ep. 8; Pajonk et al., 2010; Ströhle et al., 2015).

How does activity improve mood?

  • “Feel good” chemicals such as endorphins and dopamine are released during activity/exercise. There are other lesser known, but no less impactful, chemicals released during exercise (Hunsberger et al., 2009; Turner et al., 2020).
  • Contracting muscle acts as an endocrine organ (Ep. 165; Turner et al., 2020).
  • Brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) is a growth factor for the hippocampus that is involved in cell survival, learning, and neurogenesis. Muscle contractions lead to the secretion of myokines cathepsin-B and irisin which cross the blood–brain barrier to indirectly increase BDNF (Oudbier et al., 2022).

  • Physical and emotional strength/resilience increase (Blumenthal et al., 2007).

  • Increased exposure to eustress (ex: gradual increase of weight training) over time increases overall physical and psychological resilience (Mucke et al., 2018).
  • Low muscle mass with poor mitochondrial health is associated with cognitive impairment. When mitochondria function is increased, there is potentially a higher capacity to weather stressors on a cellular level (Oudbier et al., 2022).
  • Improved sleep.

Thinking back to therapy fundamentals with the cognitive triangle and “feelings follow actions/behavior,” the goal would be to support patients in developing their own plan to implement positive/healthy activity(ies) that will promote wellness. This may mean helping a patient rewrite their internal negative script of “I can’t” or “It’s too hard” to “I can” or “I did it.” We like to use the analogy of baby steps and we remind patients that we are not asking/demanding CrossFit Extreme (for example), but one step toward the patient’s goal(s). Just as we get excited over the baby steps of a toddler, we can share that excitement for ourselves and with each other about the baby steps of growth/personal development we are experiencing from our applied efforts. Too often, we hear people discredit their work. In these instances, we strive to highlight the accomplishment and help the patient acknowledge what they have achieved and give themselves permission to take credit for their work. An example: “I only walked 5 minutes today” reframed as, “I walked 5 minutes today!”

There is evidence to support the efficacy of weight/strength training for improved mental health (Blumenthal et al., 2007; Ep. 10; Ep. 18; Ep. 96; Ep. 142; Ep. 165; Mucke et al., 2018). Again, this is not intended to imply that extreme activity/training is needed to achieve improvement. Taken in its purest sense, this is the gradual increase of strength exercises over time, building both physical and psychological resilience.

NutritionNutrition also plays a role in mental health (Ep. 9, Ep. 59, Ep. 131; Jacka et al., 2017; Lane et al., 2022; Sánchez-Villegas et al., 2009). Of the 5 factors, this is the area that we typically receive the most pushback, often in the form of questions like: “What does food have anything to do with how I feel?” Simply put, what we eat matters, not only for physical well-being, but also for cognitive-emotional health. Take into consideration the proportion of the brain to the overall size of the body. This relatively small part of your body utilizes one-quarter of your daily caloric intake! Choosing healthy meal options equates to choosing clean (cleaner) fuel for the brain. Additionally, when we choose to eat (refuel) makes a difference, as well. Think about how we feel/act when we are hungry – not our best selves (“hangry” is a real thing) (Ep. 9).

Similar to the activity factor, the expectation is not for extreme or fad dieting. The goal is for well-rounded meals with appropriate proportions of micro and macro nutrients and making small, incremental changes versus an overnight dietary overhaul (remember…baby steps).

When is food going to give the biggest win?

  • Getting rid of unhealthy foods (ultra-processed foods), adding healthy foods, and learning to eat them mindfully made a significant difference in depression symptoms (Ep. 131; Ep. 187; Jacka et al., 2017; Lane et al., 2022).
  • A study of 10,094 participants found that diet impacted how many future depressive events took place (Ep. 131; Sánchez-Villegas et al., 2009).
  • Diet can potentially prevent future episodes of depression, with a particular value of increased fruits, nuts, high monounsaturated fatty acids (MUFAs) foods, and fish in moderation (Ep. 131; Sánchez-Villegas et al., 2009).

There are specific vitamins and minerals that are known to impact mental health (Ep. 59) when a deficiency is present. For example, low vitamin D (Lerner et al., 2018) and low folate (vitamin B-9) (Martone, 2018) are associated with depression, and low iron often causes fatigue, which mimics the anergia of depression.

Lack of omega-3 in the diet has been associated with depression and anxiety, according to research into the inflammatory processes that contribute to sub-optimum mental health (Ep. 131; Dighriri et al., 2022; Wenk, 2022). Additionally, adequate omega-3 has been attributed to reduced symptomatology of anxiety, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), autism spectrum disorder (ASD), depression, and schizophrenia (Lange, 2020).

Getting omega-3 through whole foods (Cleveland Clinic, 2023; Dighriri et al., 2022) is important: chia seed, flax seed, salmon, walnuts, spinach, brussel sprouts, seaweed.

Cleveland Clinic, 2023

  (Cleveland Clinic, 2023)

When considering/assessing dietary deficiencies, it may be helpful to obtain lab work or collaborate with the patient’s primary care provider (PCP), as in some cases, prescription repletion is needed versus relying on over-the-counter (OTC)-strength supplements.

A Role For MedicationThere is a lot that can be said here, but the overarching concept, regardless of medication, is maintaining an open dialogue to foster a patient-centered team approach to care. This often entails acknowledging, by saying out loud, “I understand the medications, but you are the expert on you and your input is important,” as well as considering what the research/literature recommends and balancing this with how the patient feels about medication(s). One way to approach this is to emphasize that the recommendations are options, not mandates. This may be especially helpful for a patient who needs to feel that they have control over the process/autonomy over their person. With this in mind, the provider and patient work together to find the best fit for the patient: what will target symptoms, has the lowest side effect potential, and works with the patient's lifestyle/needs.

From a conservative approach, initiate medications “low and slow” and titrate to the lowest effective dose. While there are prescriptions available for just about everything, the goal is to utilize the least amount of medication possible (Ep. 19) and help to make this attainable by implementing any, or all, of the first 4 factors.

Alternatively, in a crisis situation there is a role for putting the fire out—making immediate and frequent changes to rapidly optimize medication efficacy and assist someone out of a very acute episode.

In Episode 19, Dr. Cummings uses a simple guideline to see if someone would benefit from medicine or talk therapy:

  • If what the person is depressed about is something in their lifestyle—their weight, job, relationship—lifestyle changes and talk therapy will probably be most effective.
  • If someone is experiencing neurovegetative symptoms of depression, such as: loss of appetite or increased appetite, severe energy loss, severe sleep disturbance with early morning awakening, physically slowed down, they are suffering from brain disturbances that are helped by medication.

Is Medication Forever?Often, we are asked by patients if medication is forever. This may be one of the most difficult conversations to have with patients, as many patients do not want to hear that long term, or lifelong medication is needed and recommended. It may be helpful to approach the dialogue from a symptomology and/or diagnosis standpoint: “The experts have studied this thoroughly and find that people who have similar symptoms to what you are experiencing will need ____.” For example: single depressive episode = 4-9 months following stabilization according to the APA’s Clinical Practice Guideline for the Treatment of Depression Across Three Age Cohorts (2017), while other sources recommend longer duration of psychotropic medication following point of remission (Shelton, 2001; Zwiebel & Viguera., 2022); recurrent anxiety or depression (specifically, 3+ episodes) = lifelong medication (Miller, 2013); obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), bipolar disorder, schizophrenia = lifelong medication (Ep. 19; Gitlin et al., 2001; Robinson et al., 1999). While it is preferable that patients hear us out and want to follow recommendations in order to avoid decompensation and maintain progress toward their goals, it is helpful to maintain a supportive and empathic “options, not mandates” approach, employing motivational interviewing (MI) (Ep. 199; Miller & Rollnick, 2023; Shea, 2017) and sharing resources from the Common Ground Program (Deegan, 2023) to support patient autonomy and their treatment goals.

Neuroleptic Discontinuation Study (Ep. 8): * Exacerbation or relapse was almost universal within 2 years in those who discontinued antipsychotics (Gitlin et al., 2001). * “Consistent evidence shows that neuroleptics, administered as a maintenance treatment, reduce relapse rates in schizophrenic patients. A comprehensive review that analyzed 66 studies found a mean cumulative relapse rate of 53% in patients withdrawn from neuroleptic therapy compared to 16% for those maintained on a regimen of neuroleptic therapy” (Gitlin et al., 2001). * “Robinson et al. (1999) found that patients who discontinued antipsychotic medications (not randomly assigned but self-selected) following at least 1 year of treatment relapsed at a rate almost five times that of those who continued taking medications over a 5-year period” (Gitlin et al., 2001).

PolypharmacyThere are times when patients are on numerous medications. Whether polypharmacy occurs intentionally or unintentionally, it is important to attempt a thorough medication reconciliation during each appointment and to eliminate redundancies, medication overlap, and medications that complicate/hinder the wellness process (Ep. 19; Ep. 157). “Pill burden” and side effects are often-cited reasons for discontinuing medications. Therefore, striving to utilize the lowest effective dose of the fewest medications is an important aspect not only from a physiological standpoint but also for improving long term medication compliance.

Read et al. (2017): Polypharmacy increased, and in some cases doubled, the risk of adverse effects. The total number of psychotropics was correlated with progressive risk of adverse effects, and was inversely correlated to perceived efficacy of the drugs (Ep. 157).

(Read et al., 2017)

There are several types of polypharmacy. Read et al.’s (2017) definition of polypharmacy, several drugs in multiple classes, is a common one. Further elaborating on polypharmacy, Kukreja et al. (2013) explain there are other ways to define the issue. Polypharmacy can refer to redundancy with multiple drugs in the same class. Adjuvant polypharmacy refers to the use of one drug to treat the adverse effects of another. Polypharmacy through augmentation occurs when one drug’s dose is maximized, but symptoms remain. In these cases, another agent is added to continue to pursue a treatment effect. Additionally there is total polypharmacy, the absolute number of medications regardless of class, mechanism, and indication (Ep. 157; NASMHPD Technical Report, 2001).

Do Psychotropic Medications Hurt the Brain? The first thing to know is that significant depression (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012; Songco et al., 2023; Vialou et al., 2013), bipolar, and schizophrenia (Ep. 8) hurt the brain (Soloey-Nilsen et al., 2022). It seems there is a bidirectional aspect, that both having depression leads to higher rates of things like dementia, but also having a stroke, or some type of brain disease, leads to higher rates of depression (Ep. 155).

How can we tell if the brain is hurt? One marker is brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), which is one of the most studied neurotrophins in the healthy and diseased brain. As a result, there is a large body of evidence that associates BDNF with neuronal maintenance, neuronal survival, plasticity, and neurotransmitter regulation. Patients with psychiatric and neurodegenerative disorders often have reduced BDNF concentrations in their blood and brain. A current hypothesis suggests that these abnormal BDNF levels might be due to the chronic inflammatory state of the brain in certain disorders, as neuroinflammation is known to affect several BDNF-related signaling pathways” (Lima-Giacobbo et al., 2018). SSRIs and ketamine increase BDNF (Bjorkholm & Monteggia, 2015) (so does exercise, as noted in the prior section on exercise/activity). Additionally, some neuroleptic (aka antipsychotic) medications have been found to slow/prevent BDNF reductions, which would otherwise lead to more severe symptomatology and chronicity of symptoms (Bartolomeis et al., 2022).

Without treatment, the majority of mental health symptoms tend to become more severe and more pervasive over time (Severe et al., 2020). With this, symptoms become more difficult to treat. This often correlates with the need for more invasive treatments, such as stronger medications at higher doses and, when appropriate, electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) (Ep. 152). Appropriately applied psychotropic treatment protects the brain from the inflammatory processes that take place during psychological (and physical) stress (symptom exacerbation), which cause measurable brain damage (destruction of neurotransmitters and loss of gray matter) and prevent healing between episodes (Bartolomeis et al., 2022; Bjorkholm & Monteggia, 2015; Hunsberger, et al., 2009; Lima-Giacobbo et al., 2018).

In several episodes of Dr. Puder’s “Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast,” guest presenters explain the neuro-protective benefit of specific medications, the damage that occurs to the brain in the absence of adequate treatment, as well as the significant reduction in suicidality offered by some medications (specifically lithium and clozapine) (Ep. 8, Ep. 49, Ep. 58, Ep. 152, Ep. 190).

It is also crucial to understand how psychiatric disorders alone can cause severe cognitive effects (Ep. 8; Ep. 155; Vialou et al., 2013). Major depressive disorder, as mentioned above, has been associated with significant memory loss and cognitive impairment due to the disruption of metabolic activity in the brain. This is termed pseudodementia, a clinical picture that mimics dementia where patients complain of memory loss. Schizophrenia and bipolar disorder have also been shown to cause severe cognitive impairments (Ep. 152).

Often Overlooked: Lithium, Clozapine and Long-acting Injectables (LAIs)Lithium and clozapine are often overlooked treatments despite a long history of proven effectiveness (Ep. 57; Ep. 58; Lin et al., 2020; Mahli et al., 2023). This trend has led to a dearth of providers who offer these medications as treatment options, where significant provider gaps/disparities have developed in areas where there is a greater patient need for these medications than there are providers available/willing to prescribe and monitor these medications. For example, there are often limited outpatient providers who prescribe and monitor these medications outside of the resources offered by county and state level mental health clinics.

In episodes 57 and 58, Dr. Cummings and Dr. Brown highlight how lithium is highly effective in treating depression, bipolar I, and significantly reducing suicidality (Lewitzka et al., 2015; Song et al., 2017). Additionally, a study by Pompili et al. (2023) cites lower rates of hospitalization in patients treated with lithium. Lithium may be initiated with a loading dose of 600 mg at bedtime (once a day dosing at bedtime puts less strain on renal function) (Ep. 58). Baseline lab work is needed prior to initiating lithium, especially assessing thyroid and renal function. Lithium serum levels are then needed 3-5 days after initiating or increasing the dose and every 3-6 months once on a stable dose.

In episode 190, Dr. Kane emphasizes the unmatched effectiveness of clozapine for treating schizophrenia (Correll et al., 2022) and bipolar disorder. It is highly recommended as a treatment option if a patient fails prior trials of neuroleptic medications (Gammon et al., 2021). Clozapine is the only FDA-approved psychotropic medication for treating treatment-resistant schizophrenia (Ep. 190; Nathan & Gorman, 2015). A systematic quantitative meta-review by Wager et al. (2021) highlights that “even though clozapine is considered one of the most effective medications and is listed in the WHO ‘Model List of Essential Medicines,’ there is frequently a delay in clozapine initiation, leading to poorer mental health and functional outcomes, preceded by attempts of polypharmacy treatment without evidence for effectiveness.” There is evidence to support initiating clozapine after failure of one antipsychotic versus two (Kahn et al., 2018). Studies indicate that if a patient has failed 2 medications, clozapine worked roughly 30% of the time (Nathan & Gorman, 2015; Siskind, Siskind, & Kisely, 2017).

Historically, clozapine has been associated with an increased risk of agranulocytosis (also known as neutropenia), which is low white blood cells and may lead to infection/s. More recent findings indicate that the risk is significantly lower than previously documented (Goldani et al., 2022). However, due to the past-reported risk of developing neutropenia, all patients who are initiated on clozapine (within the U.S.) must be registered in the Clozapine REMS program.

Long-acting injectables (LAIs) have proven to be a game changer in the world of psychiatry and the treatment of chronic mental health disorders such as bipolar disorder and schizophrenia. LAIs provide a safe treatment option for patients, providers, and caregivers who seek to reduce pill burden, the need to remember daily oral doses, and maintain consistent medication serum levels over time (Ep. 190; Kane et al., 2020). LAIs are now offered in 30-, 60-, 90-, and a recently launched 120-day intervals (depending on medication) and are easily administered intramuscularly (IM).

For patients who are not fully responding to treatment, there is a lot of nuance in learning to monitor blood levels of antipsychotics which can give you information (Ep. 127; Meyer & Stahl, 2021).

A Note on THC – a significant roadblock to achieving optimized mental healthWhile the legalization of THC-containing products is expanding, the availability of information for the general public about the negative effects of THC consumption is significantly lacking. THC use is linked to: increased anxiety, apathy, depression, increased risk for psychotic episodes, lower IQ (and that of offspring), increased risk of opioid addiction (and that of offspring) (Ep. 44, Ep. 45, Ep. 64, Ep. 68, Ep. 183, Ep. 184, Yale Med & CDMHA, n.d.).

Simply put, THC utilization interferes with the effectiveness of each of the 5 above mentioned factors.

  • It impedes the therapeutic process by instilling apathy to change and blunts the ability to process emotions and develop healthy coping mechanisms.
  • It disrupts sleep.
  • It tends to make persons apathetic toward physical activity.
  • It is associated with increased appetite (“munchies”), which often manifests as cravings for unhealthy snacks.
  • It limits medications from binding to neurotransmitters and therefore limits the efficacy of medications. It also increases the side effects of medication (especially weight gain).

If THC is not purchased from a licensed dispensary, the potency of THC can vary greatly and is often not known (NIDA, 2022; USDOJ, 2014). Additionally, THC bioavailability varies widely depending on how the THC is consumed—inhalation, oral/edible, topical/transdermal, other (intranasal, rectal) (O’Brien & Blair, 2021). There are also concerns associated with intake of substances that are laced into THC products such as methamphetamines, cocaine, and opioids including fentanyl, as well as contaminants such as heavy metals, fungi, and bacteria.

U Miss, n.d.

ResourcesAhmad, S. (2023, March 10). Why Depression Treatments Sometimes Fail. Psychology Today. https://www.psychologytoday.com/ca/blog/balanced/202303/why-depression-treatments-fail

American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed.). Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association.

American Psychiatric Association (APA) (2017). Treating major depressive disorder; A Quick Reference. Psychiatry.org. 2010. https://www.apa.org/depression-guideline/guideline.pdf

Ankarberg, P., & Falkenström, F. (2008). Treatment of depression with antidepressants is primarily a psychological treatment. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 45(3), 329–339. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0013309

Bartolomeis, A., Barone, A., Begni, V., & Riva, M. A. (2022). Present and future antipsychotic drugs: A systematic review of the putative mechanisms of action for efficacy and a critical appraisal under a translational perspective. Pharmacological Research, 176. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phrs.2022.106078

Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2008). 8-year follow-up of patients treated for borderline personality disorder: mentalization-based treatment versus treatment as usual. The American journal of psychiatry, 165(5), 631–638. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2007.07040636

Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2013). Mentalization-Based Treatment. Psychoanalytic inquiry, 33(6), 595–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/07351690.2013.835170

Baumeister, R.F., Crescioni, A.W. & Alquist, J.L. Free Will as Advanced Action Control for Human Social Life and Culture. Neuroethics 4, 1–11 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12152-010-9058-4

Baxter, L. R., Schwartz, J. M., Bergman, K. S., Szuba, M. P., Guze, B. H., Mazziotta, J. C., Alazraki, A., Selin, C. E., Huan-Kwang, F., Munford, P., & Phelps, M. E. (1992). Caudate glucose metabolic rate changes with both drug and behavior therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder. Archives of general psychiatry, 49(9), 681-689. doi:10.1001/archpsyc.1992.01820090009002

Björkholm, C., & Monteggia, L. M. (2016). BDNF - a key transducer of antidepressant effects. Neuropharmacology, 102, 72–79. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2015.10.034

Blumenthal, J. A., Babyak, M. A., Doraiswamy, P. M., Watkins, L., Hoffman, B. M., Barbour, K. A., Herman, S., Craighead, W. E., Brosse, A. L., Waugh, R., Hinderliter, A. & Sherwood, A. (2007). Exercise and pharmacotherapy in the treatment of major depressive disorder. Psychosomatic medicine, 69(7), 587–596. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e318148c19a

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention(CDC). (2022, September 19). Are you Getting Enough Sleep? National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Division of Population Health. https://www.cdc.gov/sleep/features/getting-enough-sleep.html

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention(CDC). (2022, September 13). Tips for Better Sleep. National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Division of Population Health. https://www.cdc.gov/sleep/about_sleep/sleep_hygiene.html

Cheung, A. H., Zuckerbrot, R. A., Jensen, P. S., Laraque, D., & Stein, R. E. K. (2018). Guidelines for adolescent depression in primary care (GLAD-PC): Part II. Treatment and ongoing management. Pediatrics, 141(3), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2017-4082

Claudino, F.C.A., Gonçalves, L., Schuch, F.B., Martins, H.R.S., & Rocha, N.S. (2020). The Effects of Individual Psychotherapy in BDNF Levels of Patients With Mental Disorders: A Systematic Review. Front. Psychiatry, 11:445. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2020.00445

Cleveland Clinic. (2023). Omega-3 Fatty Acids. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/articles/17290-omega-3-fatty-acids

Clozapine REMS (Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy). (n.d.) Retrieved from: https://www.newclozapinerems.com/home#

Correll, C. U., Agid, O., Crespo-Facorro, B., de Bartolomeis, A., Fagiolini, A., Seppälä, N., & Howes, O. D. (2022). A Guideline and Checklist for Initiating and Managing Clozapine Treatment in Patients with Treatment-Resistant Schizophrenia. CNS drugs, 36(7), 659–679. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-022-00932-2

Deegan, P. (2023). Medication Empowerment (commongroundprogram.com).

Common Ground Program. https://www.commongroundprogram.com/medication-empowerment

Dighriri, I. M., Alsubaie, A. M., Hakami, F. M., Hamithi, D. M., Alshekh, M. M., Khobrani, F. A., Dalak, F. E., Hakami, A. A., Alsueaadi, E. H., Alsaawi, L. S., Alshammari, S. F., Alqahtani, A. S., Alawi, I. A., Aljuaid, A. A., & Tawhari, M. Q. (2022). Effects of Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids on Brain Functions: A Systematic Review. Cureus, 14(10), e30091. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.30091

Duman, R. S. & Aghajanian, G. K. (2012). Synaptic Dysfunction in Depression: Potential Therapeutic Targets. Science, 338,68-72. DOI:10.1126/science.1222939

Fischer, S., Schumacher, S., & Daniels, J. (2022). Neurobiological Changes in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder and Their Reversibility by Psychotherapy. Zeitschrift für Klinische Psychologie und Psychotherapie*, 51 (2). Doi:https://doi.org/10.1026/1616-3443/a000650

Fonagy, P., & Bateman, A. (2008). The development of borderline personality disorder--a mentalizing model. Journal of personality disorders, 22(1), 4–21. https://doi.org/10.1521/pedi.2008.22.1.4

Galbally, M., Snellen, M., & Lewis, A. (2014). Psychopharmacology and pregnancy: Treatment efficacy, risks, and guidelines. New York, NY: Springer.

Gammon, D., Cheng, C., Volkovinskaya, A., Baker, G. B., & Dursun, S. M. (2021). Clozapine: Why Is It So Uniquely Effective in the Treatment of a Range of Neuropsychiatric Disorders?. Biomolecules, 11(7), 1030. https://doi.org/10.3390/biom11071030

Gitlin, M., Nuechterlein, K., Subotnik, K. L., Ventura, J., Mintz, J., Fogelson, D. L., Bartzokis, G. & Aravagiri, M. (2001). Clinical outcome following neuroleptic discontinuation in patients with remitted recent-onset schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(11), 1835-1842. DOI: 10.1176/appi.ajp.158.11.1835

Goldani, A. A. S., Rabelo-da-Ponte, F. D., Feiten, J. G., Lobato, M. I. R., Belmonte-de-Abreu, P. S., & Gama, C. S. (2022). Risk of neutropenia among clozapine users and non-users: results from 5,847 patients. Revista brasileira de psiquiatria (São Paulo, Brazil : 1999), 44(1), 21–25. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-4446-2021-1765

Hartley, S., Royant-Parola, S., Zayoud, A., Gremy, I., & Matulonga, B. (2022). Do both timing and duration of screen use affect sleep patterns in adolescents?. PloS one, 17(10), e0276226. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0276226

Hasin, D. S. & Grant, B. F. (2015). The National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions (NESARC) Waves 1 and 2: review and summary of findings. Soc Psychiatry Psychiatr Epidemiol., 50(11):1609-40. doi: 10.1007/s00127-015-1088-0

Hunsberger, J., Austin, D. R., Henter, I. D., & Chen, G. (2009). The neurotrophic and neuroprotective effects of psychotropic agents. Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 11(3), 333–348. https://doi.org/10.31887/DCNS.2009.11.3/jhunsberger

Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A., M., & Berk, M. (2017). A randomised-controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the ‘SMILES’ trial). BMC Med. 15(23). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y

Kane, J. M., Schooler, N. R., Marcy, P., Correll, C. U., Achtyes, E. D., Gibbons, R. D., & Robinson, D. G. (2020). Effect of Long-Acting Injectable Antipsychotics vs Usual Care on Time to First Hospitalization in Early-Phase Schizophrenia: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA psychiatry, 77(12), 1217–1224. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.2076

Kahn, R. S., van Rossum, I. W., Leucht, S., McGuire, P., Lewis, S. W., Leboyer, M., Arango, C., Dazzan, P., Drake, R., Heres, S., Díaz-Caneja, C. M., Rujescu, D., Weiser, M., Galderisi, S., Glenthøj, B., Eijkemans, M. J. C., Fleischhacker, W. W., Kapur, S., & Sommer, I. E. (2018). Amisulpride and olanzapine followed by open-label treatment with clozapine in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder (OPTiMiSE): a three-phase switching study. Lancet Psychiatry, 5(10):797-807. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(18)30252-9

Kukreja, S., Kalra, G., Shah, N., & Shrivastava, A. (2013). Polypharmacy in psychiatry: a review. Mens Sana Monogr. 11(1), 82-99. doi: 10.4103/0973-1229.104497

Lambert, M. J., Hansen, N. B., & Finch, A. E. (2001). Patient-focused research: Using patient outcome data to enhance treatment effects. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69(2), 159–172. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.69.2.159

Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W. (2022). Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Nutrients, 14(13), 2568. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568

Lange, K. (2020). Omega-3 fatty acids and mental health. Global Health Journal, 4(1). 18-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.glohj.2020.01.004.

Lerner, P. P., Sharony, L., & Miodownik, C. (2018). Association between mental disorders, cognitive disturbances and vitamin D serum level: Current state. Clinical nutrition ESPEN. 23, 89–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.clnesp.2017.11.011

Lewitzka, U., Severus, E., Bauer, R., Ritter, P., Müller-Oerlinghausen, B., & Bauer, M. (2015). The suicide prevention effect of lithium: more than 20 years of evidence-a narrative review. International journal of bipolar disorders, 3(1), 32. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40345-015-0032-2

Lima-Giacobbo, B., Doorduin, J., Klein, H. C., Dierckx, R. A. J. O., Bromberg, E., & de Vries, E. F. J. (2019). Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor in Brain Disorders: Focus on Neuroinflammation. Molecular neurobiology, 56(5), 3295–3312. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12035-018-1283-6

Lin, Y., Mojtabai, R., Goes, F. S., & Zandi, P. P. (2020). Trends in prescriptions of lithium and other medications for patients with bipolar disorder in office-based practices in the United States: 1996-2015. Journal of affective disorders, 276, 883–889. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2020.07.063

McKay, K. M., Imel, Z. E., & Wampold, B. E. (2006). Psychiatrist effects in the psychopharmacological treatment of depression. Journal of affective disorders, 92(2-3), 287–290. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2006.01.020

McLaughlin, K. J., Gomez, J. L., Baran, S. E., & Conrad, C. D. (2007). The effects of chronic stress on hippocampal morphology and function: an evaluation of chronic restraint paradigms. Brain research, 1161, 56–64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brainres.2007.05.042

McWilliams, N. (2004). Psychoanalytic psychotherapy: A practitioner's guide. Guilford Press. https://www.guilford.com/books/Psychoanalytic-Psychotherapy/Nancy-McWilliams/9781593850098

Malhi, G.S., Bell, E., Jadidi, M., Gitlin, M., & Bauer, M. (2023). Countering the declining use of lithium therapy: a call to arms. Int J Bipolar Disord, 11(30) . https://doi.org/10.1186/s40345-023-00310-x

Martone, G. (2018). Enhancement of recovery from mental illness with l-methylfolate supplementation. Perspectives in psychiatric care. 54(2), 331–334. https://doi.org/10.1111/ppc.12227

Meyer, J. M., Stahl, S. M. (2021) The Clinical Use of Antipsychotic Plasma Levels. In: The Clinical Use of Antipsychotic Plasma Levels: Stahl’s Handbooks. Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology Handbooks. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009002103

Miller, J. J. (2013). Discontinuing Medications: When, Why, and How-to. Psychiatric Times, 30(7). https://www.psychiatrictimes.com/view/discontinuing-medications-when-why-and-how

Miller, W. R., & Rollnick, S. (2023). Motivational Interviewing: Helping People Change and Grow. Guilford Publications. https://www.guilford.com/books/Motivational-Interviewing/Miller-Rollnick/9781462552795

Mireku, M. O., Barker, M. M., Mutz, J., Dumontheil, I., Thomas, M. S. C., Röösli, M., Elliott, P., & Toledano, M. B. (2019). Night-time screen-based media device use and adolescents' sleep and health-related quality of life. Environment International. 124. 66-78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envint.2018.11.069

Mojtabai, R., & Olfson, M. (2008). National patterns in antidepressant treatment by psychiatrists and general medical providers: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 69(7), 1064–1074. https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.v69n0704

Moncrieff, J., Cooper, R.E., Stockmann, T. et al. The serotonin theory of depression: a systematic umbrella review of the evidence. Mol Psychiatry (2022). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-022-01661-0

Morrison, K.H., Bradley, R., & Westen, D. (2003). The external validity of controlled clinical trials of psychotherapy for depression and anxiety: A naturalistic study. Psychology and Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice. 76, 109-132. https://doi.org/10.1348/147608303765951168

Mücke, M., Ludyga, S., Colledge, F., & Gerber, M. (2018). Influence of Regular Physical Activity and Fitness on Stress Reactivity as Measured with the Trier Social Stress Test Protocol: A Systematic Review. Sports Med 48, 2607–2622. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-018-0979-0

Nathan, P. E. and Gorman, J. M. (Eds.) (2015). A guide to treatments that work (4th ed.). New York, NY: Oxford University Press. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2015-21466-000

National Association of State Mental Health Program Directors (NASMHPD). (2001): Technical Report on Psychiatric Polypharmacy. https://nasmhpd.org/sites/default/files/TechnicalReportFinal.pdf

National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) (2022). Cannabis Potency Data. Retrieved from: https://nida.nih.gov/research/research-data-measures-resources/cannabis-potency-data

O’Brien, K., & Blair, P. (2021). Routes of Administration, Pharmacokinetics and Safety of Medicinal Cannabis. In: Medicinal Cannabis and CBD in Mental Healthcare. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-78559-8_11

Olfson, M., & Marcus, S. C. (2009). National patterns in antidepressant medication treatment. Archives of general psychiatry, 66(8), 848-856. doi:10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.81

Osser, D. N. (2021). Psychopharmacology Algorithms: Clinical Guidance from the Psychopharmacology Algorithm Project at the Harvard South Shore Psychiatry Residency Program. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer.

Oudbier, S. J., Goh, J., Looijaard, S. M. L. M., Reijnierse, E. M., Meskers, C. G. M., & Maier, A. B. (2022). Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121

Pajonk, F., Wobrock, T., Gruber, O., Scherk, H., Berner, D., Kaizl, I., Kierer, A., Muller, S., Oest, M., Meyer, T., Backens, M., Schneider-Axmann, T., Thornton, A. E., Honer, W. G., & Falkai, P. (2010). Hippocampal Plasticity in Response to Exercise in Schizophrenia. Arch Gen Psychiatry, 67(2):133–143. doi:10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.193

Pompili, M., Berardelli, I., Sarubbi, S., Rogante, E., Germano, L., Sarli, G., Erbuto, D., & Baldessarini, R. J. (2023). Lithium treatment versus hospitalization in bipolar disorder and major depression patients, Journal of Affective Disorders, 340, 245-249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2023.08.028

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 006:Sensorium Part 1: Total Brain Function Optimization

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 008:Schizophrenia with Dr. Cummings: Controversies, Brain Science, Crime, History, Exercise, Successful Treatment

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 009: Diet Optimization for Cognitive Function and Brain Optimization

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 010: Sensorium Part 3: Exercise as a Prescription for Depression, Anxiety, Chronic Stress (like Diabetes) and Sensorium

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 011: Sensorium Part 4: Medications, Drugs (THC, Alcohol), Medical Issues, Sleep, and Free Will

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 018: Prescribing Strength Training for Depression

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 019: How Psychiatric Medications work with Dr. Cummings

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 044: Marijuana and Mental Health

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 045:Schizophrenia in Film and History

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 049: Clozapine for Treatment Resistant Schizophrenia

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 057: Why Lithium is a Great Option for Treating Bipolar, with Dr. Walter A. Brown

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 058: Lithium Indications, Mechanism, Monitoring, & Side Effects

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 059: Which Foods are Good for Mental Health?

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 064: Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis?

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 068: IQ: Predictability, Influences, Genes, Environment, & Trauma

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 084: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 1

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 085: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 2

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 086: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 3

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 096: The Best Exercise Program for Depression

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 131: Diet to Treat Depression and Anxiety

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 142: Exercise as a Drug for Mental Health and Longevity

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 149: Connection Index

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 152: ECT Efficacy and Controversies with Dr. Cummings

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 155: Is Depression a Chemical Imbalance?

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 157: Polypharmacy in Psychiatry

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 165: Exercise for the Brain

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 168: Obsessive-compulsive Personality and the Personality Continuum with Dr. Shedler

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 183: Xylazine, Methamphetamines, Bath Salts, and Spice with Dr. Cummings

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 184: Pregnancy Planning for Patients Taking Psychiatric Medications or with a Mental Health History

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 187: Best Diet For Mood Update 2023

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 190: Schizophrenia Treatment: Clozapine, LAIs, Technology and Equity with John Kane, MD and Lauren Hanna, MD

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 199: Motivational Interviewing with William Miller

Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast Episode 205: Mentalization Based Therapy (MBT), with Dr. Anthony W. Bateman, MA, FRCPSYCH and Dr. Peter Fonagy, PhD, FBA

Puder, D., Dominguez, C., & Borecky, A. (2022). Assessing Interpersonal Relationships in Medical Education: the Connection Index. Acad Psychiatry 46, 683–691 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40596-021-01574-0

Read, J., Gee, A., Diggle, J., & Butler, H. (2017). The interpersonal adverse effects reported by 1008 users of antidepressants; and the incremental impact of polypharmacy. Psychiatry Res. 256:423-427. doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2017.07.003

Robinson, D., Woerner, M. G., Alvir, J. M. J., Bilder, R., Goldman, R., Geisler, S., Koreen, A., Sheitman, B., Chakos, M., Mayerhoff, D., & Lieberman, J. A. (1999). Predictors of relapse following response from a first episode of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Arch Gen Psychiatry; 56:241-247. doi:10.1001/archpsyc.56.3.241

Royant-Parola, S., Londe, V., Tréhout, S., & Hartley, S. (2018). Nouveaux médias sociaux, nouveaux comportements de sommeil chez les adolescents [The use of social media modifies teenagers' sleep-related behavior]. L'Encéphale, 44(4), 321–328. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.encep.2017.03.009

Sadock, B. J., Sadock, V. A., & Ruiz, P. (2015). Kaplan and Sadock's synopsis of psychiatry: Behavioral sciences/clinical psychiatry (11th ed.). Philadelphia, PA: Wolters Kluwer.

Sanborn, M., Ali, M. M., & Creedon, T. B. (2023). National trends in psychotropic medication prescribing before and during the COVID-19 pandemic. Psychiatry research, 325, 115248. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2023.115248

Sánchez-Villegas, A., Delgado-Rodríguez, M., Alonso, A., Schlatter, J., Lahortiga, F., Majem, L. S., & Martinez-Gonzalez, M. A. (2009). Association of the Mediterranean Dietary Pattern With the Incidence of Depression: The Seguimiento Universidad de Navarra/University of Navarra Follow-up (SUN) Cohort. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 66(10):1090–1098. doi:10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.129

Severe, J., Gredon, J. F., & Priyanka, R. (2020). Consequences of Recurrence of Major Depressive Disorder: Is Stopping Effective Antidepressant Medications Ever Safe? FOCUS. 18(2):120-128. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.focus.20200008

Shea, S. C. (2017). Psychiatric interviewing: The art of understanding (3rd ed.). New York, NY: Elsevier.

Shedler, J. (2010). The Efficacy of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy. American Psychologist. (65)2. 198-109. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/20141265/

Shedler, .J. & Gnaulati, E. (2020, March/April). The Tyranny of Time: How Long Does Effective Therapy Really Take? PsychotherapyNetworker. https://www.psychotherapynetworker.org/article/tyranny-time

Shelton, R. C. (2001). Steps Following Attainment of Remission: Discontinuation of Antidepressant Therapy. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry, 3(4):168-174. doi: 10.4088/pcc.v03n0404

Siskind, D., Siskind, V., & Kisely, S. (2017). Clozapine Response Rates among People with Treatment-Resistant Schizophrenia: Data from a Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Canadian journal of psychiatry. Revue canadienne de psychiatrie, 62(11), 772–777. https://doi.org/10.1177/0706743717718167

Siu, A. L., and the US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF). (2016). Screening for Depression in Adults: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 315(4):380–387. doi:10.1001/jama.2015.18392

Siu, A. L., in collaboration with the USPSTF. (2016). Screening for depression in children and adolescents: U. S. Preventive Services Task Force recommendation statement. Pediatrics, 137(3).1-8. doi: 10.7326/M15-2957

Soloey-Nilsen, H., Nygaard-Odeh, K., Kristiansen, M.G. Brekke, O. L., Mollnes, T. E., Reitan, S. K., & Oiesvold, T. (2022). Association between brain-derived neurotropic factor (BDNF), high-sensitivity C-reactive protein (hs-CRP) and psychiatric symptoms in medicated and unmedicated patients. BMC Psychiatry, 22(84). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-022-03744-2

Song, J., Sjölander, A., Joas, E., Bergen, S. E., Runeson, B., Larsson, H., Landén, M., & Lichtenstein, P. (2017). Suicidal behavior during lithium and valproate treatment: A within-individual 8-year prospective study of 50,000 patients with bipolar disorder. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 174(8), 795-802. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16050542

Songco, A., Patel, S. D., Dawes, K., Rodrigues, E., O'Leary, C., Hitchcock, C., Dalgleish, T., & Schweizer, S. (2023). Affective working memory in depression.Emotion, 23(6), 1802–1807. https://doi.org/10.1037/emo0001130

Ströhle, A., Schmidt, D. K., Schultz, F., Fricke, N., Staden, T., Hellweg, R., Priller, J., Rapp, M. A., & Rieckmann, N. (2015). Drug and Exercise Treatment of Alzheimer Disease and Mild Cognitive Impairment: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Effects on Cognition in Randomized Controlled Trials. The American journal of geriatric psychiatry : official journal of the American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry, 23(12), 1234–1249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jagp.2015.07.007

Suni, E. (2023, March 22). How Much Sleep Do We Really Need? Sleep Foundation. https://www.sleepfoundation.org/how-sleep-works/how-much-sleep-do-we-really-need

Terlizzi, E. P. & Schiller, J. S. with the National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS). (2022). Mental Health Treatment Among Adults Aged 18–44: United States, 2019–2021. NCHS Data Brief No. 444. Retrieved from: https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/products/databriefs/db444.htm

Turner, A. I., Smyth, N., Hall, S. J., Torres, S. J., Hussein, M., Jayasinghe, S. U., Ball, K., & Clow, A. J. (2020). Psychological stress reactivity and future health and disease outcomes: A systematic review of prospective evidence. Psychoneuroendocrinology. (114). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psyneuen.2020.104599

US Department of Justice (USDOJ) (2014). What You Should Know About Marijuana Concentrates: THC Extractions. Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) Publications: https://www.dea.gov/sites/default/files/resource-center/Publications/marijuana-concentrates.pdf

US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF). (2022). Screening for Anxiety in Children and Adolescents: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 328(14):1438–1444. doi:10.1001/jama.2022.16936

US Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF). (2022). Screening for Depression and Suicide Risk in Children and Adolescents: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 328(15):1534–1542. doi:10.1001/jama.2022.16946

University of Mississippi (n.d.). Marijuana Research. The Marijuana Project. Retrieved from: https://pharmacy.olemiss.edu/marijuana/about/

Verheul, R., van den Bosch, L. M. C., Koeter, M. W. J., de Ridder, M. A. J., Stijnen, T., & van den Brink, W. (2003). Dialectical behaviour therapy for women with borderline personality disorder: 12-month, randomised clinical trial in The Netherlands. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 182(2), 135-140

Vialou, V., Feng, J., Robison, A. J., & Nestler, E. J. (2013). Epigenetic mechanisms of depression and antidepressant action. Annual review of pharmacology and toxicology, 53, 59–87. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-pharmtox-010611-134540

Vogt, K. S., & Norman, P. (2019). Is mentalization-based therapy effective in treating the symptoms of borderline personality disorder? A systematic review. Psychology and psychotherapy, 92(4), 441–464. https://doi.org/10.1111/papt.12194

Wagner, E., Siafis, S., Fernando, P., Falkai, P., Honer, W. G., Röh, A., Siskind, D., Leucht, S., & Hasan, A. (2021). Efficacy and safety of clozapine in psychotic disorders—a systematic quantitative meta-review. Transl Psychiatry 11, 487. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-021-01613-2

Wampold, B. E., & Imel, Z. E. (2015). The great psychotherapy debate: The evidence for what makes psychotherapy work (2nd ed.). Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2008-07548-000

Wenk, G. (2022). The Impact of Omega-3 on Mental Health: Can anti-inflammatory diets alter the onset of psychosis? Psychology Today. https://www.psychologytoday.com/intl/blog/your-brain-food/202201/the-impact-omega-3-mental-health

Yale School of Medicine & Connecticut Department of Mental Health and Addiction. (n.d). Cannabis and Psychosis Fact Sheet. Retrieved from: https://medicine.yale.edu/psychiatry/step/early-intervention-services/cannabis%20use%20and%20psychosis_380524_284_53825_v2.pdf

Zwiebel, S. J., & Viguera, A. C. (2022). Discontinuing antidepressants: Pearls and pitfalls. Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, 89(1), 18-26. https://doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.89a.21020

*Journal of Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy

View Details

Lauren Geoffrion, MD, David Puder, MD

No conflicts of interest to report on this episode.

No conflicts of interest to report on this episode.

What Is Mentalization?Mentalization refers to the capacity to reflect upon and understand one's own state of mind and the states of mind of others. This involves recognizing and making sense of one's own and others’ emotions, beliefs, needs and desires. People use this tool consciously and unconsciously to make sense of others and themselves. Often done automatically, a person may form beliefs about the people they interact with, making assumptions about their mental states. These beliefs tend to have a strong influence on the mental state of the person, whether or not they are correct.

We have varying degrees of ability to mentalize both ourselves and others accurately. We can have periods of time where we only see our internal thoughts as the truth and times where we treat our internal thoughts as a perspective. Some mental disorders, such as borderline personality disorder (BPD), cause a person to more frequently lose their ability to mentalize accurately, especially when interpersonal stress occurs.

Mentalization-based therapy (MBT) was developed as a response to the belief that a loss of mentalization is the primary pathology that gives rise to the characteristics of borderline personality disorder. MBT was first implemented in both group and individual therapeutic settings for clients with BPD, and has since been applied to a number of mental pathologies.

What Makes A Person Good At Mentalizing?Mentalization evolves within attachment-based interactions, with proficient or robust mentalization closely linked to the presence of a secure attachment. This secure foundation is crucial for the development of sophisticated mentalizing abilities as life progresses.

People with a capacity for robust mentalization are often quite resilient in stressful conditions, verbalize accurate empathy, and possess a sense of internal freedom to explore inner thoughts, feelings, desires and experiences. These traits may show through striking creativity, ability to shift perspectives easily, a confidence to explore and verbalize difficult memories, and the capacity to seek and accept help.

As such, these individuals may gain an integrated cohesive narrative of their lives despite facing adversity, and are adept at relationship-recruiting (building relationships with helpful and caring others) and effective coregulation of negative emotions.

Understanding Borderline Personality DisorderPeople with borderline personality disorder show key characteristics including emotional dysregulation, high levels of impulsivity that lead to self-harm and suicidality, and disturbed interpersonal functioning that is manifested in elevated levels of preoccupied and disorganized attachment patterns. These are often shown through:

  • Fearful attachment (attachment with anxiety and relational avoidance)
  • Extreme discomfort with aloneness
  • Hypersensitivity to social environments
  • Expectation of malevolence from others
  • Reduced positive memories of one-on-one interactions

Studies have revealed that the disturbed nature of social relationships for a person with BPD are likely influenced by the following facets:

  • Comorbidity with dissociative disorders, as a response to increased stress associated with emotional neglect and linked to increased suicidal ideation.
  • A disturbed sense of identity, stemming from a lack of self-directedness or dysfunctional sense of agency.
  • Experiencing unexpectedly intense internal pain with shame in response to negative social events, associated with disturbed relationships and/or childhood abuse and neglect.

To navigate their challenging perceptions of reality, individuals with borderline personality disorder (BPD) frequently adopt maladaptive coping mechanisms. Disorganized attachment patterns in individuals with BPD contribute to marked variations in mentalization; they might experience significant deficits in understanding mental states or engage in hypermentalization—overconfidently inferring the thoughts, motivations, or feelings of others.

Many patients primarily display hyperactivation or deactivation strategies, but some oscillate between the two as one or the other strategy fails.

Hyperactivation strategies may be used by an anxious person with BPD, who may make strong attachments to others quickly and easily. These often result in inappropriately intense relationships and inhibits proper judgment of the trustworthiness of others. Not surprisingly, these relationships often end in disappointment. When met with disappointment or unmet needs, a person with BPD may quickly become dismissive, hostile, or critical, further damaging relationships. Through these responses, individuals with BPD show a prominent loss of ability to mentalize, failing to understand their own mental state and those of others.

Patients may employ deactivation strategies, such as emotional distancing, to manage stressful relationships. However, with increased stress, these patients often lead to insecurity, an increase in negative self-representations, heightened internal distress, and physiological indications of stress. They may maintain a calm veneer, but then display an increase in autonomic manifestations of stress. These individuals might not recognize the link between their physiological stress responses and the ongoing social or conversational context, often attributing discomfort to external factors unrelated to the actual stressor. In the aftermath of utilizing deactivation strategies, these individuals may persist in efforts to mentalize—trying to comprehend their own and others' mental states—yet often do so ineffectively, leading to a cycle of hypermentalization characterized by repeated but unsuccessful attempts to grasp underlying mental states.

Mentalization-Based Therapy as a Tool to Manage Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD)Recognizing the need and developing the ability to mentalize despite stressful situations can help BPD patients overcome many of their pathological responses and deficits in affect. The core features of BPD appear to be connected on multiple levels, and MBT was developed to provide a sound and empirically supported approach to helping these individuals.

Extensive experience with borderline personality disorder led to the following conclusions that piloted and framed the development of MBT:

  • Mentalization, the understanding of the internal states of others, is a developmental achievement and not guaranteed with age.
  • This development depends on the quality of attachment relationships throughout life, and particularly in one’s early years.
  • An ability to skillfully mirror others’ affects has an impact on developing personal affect regulation and self-control, alongside the ability to mentalize.
  • Disrupted early attachments or trauma can lead to diminished ability to mentalize and incoherent self-structure.
  • The capacity to mentalize varies in response to emotional arousal and interpersonal context. For example, a person may be able to mentalize well in a professional setting, but is unable to mentalize when considering parental, or other familial relationships that have strong attachment qualities.
  • A person’s ability to manage their own affect and attention have an influence on their ability to develop mentalization skills.
  • The inability to effectively mentalize, coupled with a disorganized sense of self, is crucial in forming the core characteristics of BPD. This manifests particularly in intense relationships where individuals with BPD might revert to earlier, less sophisticated ways of understanding mental states. They face a compelling urge to project internal experiences, often perceived as unbearable or painful, onto external circumstances. This process not only hinders their ability to relate to others in a stable manner, but also exacerbates the disorder's fundamental features.
  • Therapy focused on developing mentalization in the context of attachment relationships can help behavioral and affective aspects of BPD.

Since its conception, several studies have tested these hypotheses and demonstrated the efficacy of MBT for patients with borderline personality disorder. Dr. Anthony Bateman and Dr. Peter Fonagy demonstrated its efficacy in 2008 through a study comparing MBT with treatment as usual for patients with BPD over a time period of 8 years. Another study published in 2019 accomplished a systematic review of the efficacy of MBT in addressing the symptoms of BPD.

Dr. Bateman’s and Dr. Fonagy’s 8 Year Follow-UpThis study was conducted with the purpose of analyzing both the immediate efficacy and long-term maintenance of treatment gains from treatment with MBT versus psychotherapy treatment as usual for patients with BPD.

One group of patients underwent either 18 months of intensive partial hospitalization mentalization-based treatment, at approximately 9 hours of therapy per week for a total of 648 treatment hours, while the other group underwent treatment as usual for BPD. The MBT group then continued with less intensive MBT groups twice a week, for an additional 18 months (144 more treatment hours). The standard treatment group did not have any interventions after the initial 18 months. Then, both groups were followed for an additional 5 years without any further interventions.

Significant differences were found at the 18-month check in, 36-month check-in, and the final 8 year check in. And, differences in the MBT vs standard treatment groups were increased over the 5 years periods for each outcome.

BPD patients who underwent MBT treatment had lower rates of attempted suicide, decreased need for psychiatric services, fewer hospitalizations, almost negligible percentages of patients taking multiple medications, significantly lower percentages of emergency room visits, and a greater percentage of patients who were employed or in school. These outcomes were nearly opposite for the standardized patient group, with increased or unchanged negative outcomes as more time passed after treatment.

Vogt And Norman Systematic Review On MBT And BPD This paper compared 14 studies on MBT and BPD after identifying, screening, and assessing for eligibility the 1,399 articles available. As a whole, the findings were consistent across the 14 studies, showing significant improvement of psychiatric symptoms with mentalization-based therapy in BPD patients with effect sizes (d) ranging from 0.59 to 1.79.

Similar to the study by Bateman and Fonagy, these studies compared MBT with standardized treatment modalities including supportive group therapy, standard psychiatric care, and traditional psychodynamic approach. Only one study revealed a similar effect size (d =1.21) for both the MBT and standard treatment groups. The remaining studies reported better outcomes with MBT and larger effect sizes.

Other outcomes measured included :

  • Reduction in BPD-specific symptoms (assessed by the Borderline Symptom List)
  • Reduction in self-harm behaviors
  • Reductions in suicide attempts
  • Reductions in personality disorder-related symptoms (using SIPP-118 questionnaire)
  • Efficacy in treating comorbid depression or anxiety
  • Improvement in quality of life
  • Reduction in medication needs
  • Improvement of social adjustment and life satisfaction (using the Social Adjustment Scale)

As a whole, the studies in the review indicated that MBT has significant potential to reduce the symptoms, distresses, and severity of comorbidities, while increasing the quality of life and relationships in patients with BPD.

What Is a Mentalizing Stance?A mentalizing stance is an aspect of the therapist's general attitude that predisposes him to assume that the patient knows more than he does. This “not-knowing” stance allows him to maintain curiosity and humility toward the patient’s perspective. When Dr. Bateman first began working with BPD patients, he unknowingly assumed this stance through his genuine curiosity and lack of understanding why a person would want to commit suicide. Rather than assuming he knew why they thought or felt a certain way, he was disposed to ask, which helped him and his patients immensely.

Despite the proven efficacy of MBT, it is well-known that the skill, attitude, and other traits of a therapist have a significant effect on the efficacy of any given therapy. For mentalization-based therapy to achieve its maximum potential, the therapist must take a mentalizing stance toward the patient throughout their interactions.

The mentalizing stance can be difficult to achieve and maintain throughout a therapeutic relationship. Particular language by the therapist is encouraged to be avoided, such as “You must be feeling….” Simply by using the word “must,” a therapist implies they knew what the patient was feeling without an explicit expression of that feeling. Even if the therapist is correct, receiving the patient’s representation of that feeling, without clouding the therapist’s representation communicates more clearly what the patient is experiencing. A less prescriptive phrasing might be, “I wonder if you might be feeling…” or “Could it be that you feel…?”

Likewise, traits of the BPD patient can make it difficult to maintain mentalization as well. Often, these patients will quickly agree with any suggestion given by the therapist, and enter into pretend-mode functioning. This inhibits access to their true internal world and does not allow them to access their true feelings or mental processes.

Despite taking on a mentalizing stance full of curiosity, a therapist can creatively ask questions to introduce alternative perspectives and help the patient explore their internal world.

Five components that characterize a mentalizing therapeutic stance include:1. Humility, coming from a sense of not-knowing. 2. Patience, in order to take the time to identify different perspectives. 3. Validation and acceptance of different perspectives. 4. Active questioning concerning the patient’s experience. Asking “what” questions for details of the experience, rather than “why” questions regarding explanations. 5. Carefully demonstrating the need for additional understanding concerning statements that do not make immediate sense (without assumptions). The therapist with curiosity states “I don’t understand…” or “This or that is unclear….”

Reflective FunctioningThe Reflective Functioning Scale is assessed through detailed analysis of transcripts from the Adult Attachment Interview (AAI). It specifically evaluates the extent to which an individual can thoughtfully and coherently reflect upon and understand their own and others’ internal mental states, such as thoughts, feelings, and motivations, especially in the context of attachment relationships. This process involves recognizing how these internal states influence behavior in oneself and in interpersonal interactions.

The skillful use of reflective functioning is found to be heavily linked to the efficacy of a therapist in applying therapeutic interventions. In fact, one study found that 70.5% of the variance in therapist effectiveness was attributed to their ability to utilize reflective functioning (Cologon et al., 2017).

A study by Levy et al. (2006), showed when comparing transference focused therapy, dialectical behavioral therapy and supportive psychotherapy, only transference focused therapy showed an improvement in reflective function (from 2.86 to 4.1).

We will return to reflective function in future episodes, as this is such a vital tool to understand.

Further Application Of MentalizationSince the development of MBT for borderline personality disorder, it has been successfully applied to people with antisocial personality disorder, substance use disorders, eating disorders, at-risk mothers with infants and children, with families and adolescents, in schools, and in managing social groups.

The ability to think upon, and seek to understand with humility, the inner world of another person is an invaluable tool. If people are able to create a sensible framework for motivation behind the actions or behaviors around them, it creates more predictability amidst a lack of control. Other benefits of mentalization, or reflective functioning, include:

  • A maintenance of attachment security.
  • Developing a more mature ability to distinguish between appearance and reality. For example, a person who experienced trauma from a parent may be able to distinguish, “He was unloving, but I am not unlovable.”
  • Enhanced communication.
  • Encouragement for meaningful connections between internal and external worlds. This allows a person to achieve deeper connections with others, and thus have more meaningful, understanding relationships.

Healing Takes TimeWhen considering “how long it takes to heal”, patients often desire a clear answer. But, the truth is, it takes years and years. Far longer than the average number of therapy sessions an insurance company approves for mental health disorders in the United States. However, it is important to recognize that healing does not stop after therapy.

A person healing from BPD, or another mental health disorder, will eventually see improvement in their lives over a long period of time if therapy is effective. Different situations, relationships, or events in their lives slowly improve and contribute to their healing along the way. MBT and other therapies strive to increase a person’s capacity to relate to others and the world around them.

Developing mentalization skills increases the capacity to relate to others and the opportunity to create a “virtuous” cycle (positive-feedback loop) that expands their ability to understand and build healthy relationships. For example, a small increase in understanding allows a person to act more generously or thoughtfully in a certain relationship. Those changes in behaviors then create positive responses from the other person, which again changes the way the patient behaves toward them in a positive way. Over the course of time, these improvements in relationships can affect other relationships or social aspects of their lives. Thus, one positive change has the potential to lead potentially endless positive change.

This benefit was demonstrated in Dr. Bateman’s and Dr. Fonagy’s 8-year study, in which patients’ quality of life continued to improve for at least 5 years after their MBT therapy had ended. Unfortunately, patients in the group without MBT did not see the same benefits. Ideally, any therapeutic intervention would cause a positive feedback loop over time that can sustain a patient’s mental health improvement over the course of their lives.

Resource Library:Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2008). 8-year follow-up of patients treated for borderline personality disorder: mentalization-based treatment versus treatment as usual. The American journal of psychiatry, 165(5), 631–638. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2007.07040636

Bateman, A., & Fonagy, P. (2013). Mentalization-Based Treatment. Psychoanalytic inquiry, 33(6), 595–613. https://doi.org/10.1080/07351690.2013.835170

Cologon, J., Schweitzer, R. D., King, R., & Nolte, T. (2017). Therapist Reflective Functioning, Therapist Attachment Style and Therapist Effectiveness. Administration and policy in mental health, 44(5), 614–625. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10488-017-0790-5

Fonagy, P., & Luyten, P. (2009). A developmental, mentalization-based approach to the understanding and treatment of borderline personality disorder. Development and psychopathology, 21(4), 1355–1381. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579409990198

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Steele, H., & Steele, M. (1998). Reflective-functioning manual version 5 for application to adult attachment interviews. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/1461016/1/Reflective%20Functioning%20Manual%20v5%201998.pdf

Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Kelly, K. M., Reynoso, J. S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 74(6), 1027–1040. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.74.6.1027

Vogt, K. S., & Norman, P. (2019). Is mentalization-based therapy effective in treating the symptoms of borderline personality disorder? A systematic review. Psychology and psychotherapy, 92(4), 441–464. https://doi.org/10.1111/papt.12194

View Details

Jonathan Shedler, PhD, David Puder, MD

In this podcast titled Beginning the Treatment, Drs. Puder and Shedler discuss the crucial first sessions with a new patient. Dr. Shedler emphasizes the importance of establishing the therapy “frame,” or the arrangements necessary to do the work of therapy and give it the best chance of success. Part of the frame is a consistent appointment schedule, which provides the continuity to address underlying psychological issues, and the predictability and structure that allows patients to truly open up in therapy. In this portion of the interview (transcribed and edited), Dr. Puder and Dr. Shedler role-play a session with a new patient who has been missing appointments.

The discussion began with Dr. Puder asking about how to handle patients who exhibit avoidance, such as those who miss appointments, or are reluctant to commit to weekly meetings. He asked Dr. Shedler about his approach to patients who show a higher level of avoidance or hesitation.

Shedler (00:24:08):

Part of what we want to do in therapy is create a space where it becomes possible to hear from all of the different facets of the person, including and especially the ones we don't usually get to hear from in words. So, let’s think about the patient you mentioned who agrees to come weekly, then starts missing sessions. What does it mean? Well, we hear from one part of the person in words: I want to come weekly, I want to do this work. Another part of them is communicating loud and clear, except not in thoughts and words. It’s communicated in actions, by missing sessions. We work to put words to what's being communicated. We might say to that patient:

Shedler(00:24:08): [role play begins]

I understand part of you wants to be here and agreed to come weekly, but I think another part of you is communicating something else, not in words. I wonder if we can start to hear from that part… the part that would prefer not to come here, or would prefer not to come here so often. I wonder if we could hear what that part has to say.

Puder (00:25:33):

Oh, no, no, no. I, I was just, uh, I just got really busy and, you know, I know I missed three sessions, but that's like, you know, I was busy and I was doing things, and I just, I honestly just lost track of time and I just, you know, I forgot.

Shedler (00:25:52): I understand that things came up and you lost track of time. But, you know, one of the things we learn as therapists is that there are layers to our experience, and things can have a lot of meanings, not just one. Three times in a row suggests there may be something more going on that deserves our attention. And yeah, I understand, something came up this time, and something else came up the time before, and so on. There are external things that can get in the way. But I think there may be more to this than meets the eye. And I wonder if, instead of sort of batting away my curiosity…

Puder (00:26:55):

Well, you know, I paid you for the three sessions and I, I apologize. I don't, I don't know… nothing is coming to my mind…

Shedler (00:27:04):

Let me interrupt for a moment, because I'm not looking for an apology. I understand you paid, it's not about that. It's about—and I could be mistaken, I'm open to understanding it differently—I think there may be a part of you operating here that's communicating something, not in words but in actions. And I wonder, because I notice that you batted my comment away very quickly when I said, maybe there's more than meets the eye. And you're like, “no, no, no,” very quickly. You responded so quickly, there was no time to take in my comment and let it sink in, give yourself some space to think, see where your thoughts go. There really wasn't space to notice what other thoughts, feelings, images, memories, whatever, might have come up. And that's why I'm suggesting that perhaps there's something more to understand here, and there could be some value in making some time and space to see what we can understand.

Puder (00:28:48):

Well… one thing that comes to my mind is when you shut the door at the end of our last session, you shut it louder than usual. And, I thought that you were really glad to have a door between us, especially after what I shared last session, which I feel embarrassed about sharing.

Shedler (00:29:18):

Say more about that.

Puder:

Shedler (00:29:21): [commentary on role play]

I know it's hard in a role play, but this was an important moment. The patient has just made a shift. He went from, it means nothing, I just lost track of time. To, this might have something to do with my feelings about the previous meeting. And two things are already emerging. The first is the patient’s concern that I don’t want to see him, that I was glad to be rid of him. He’s feeling rejected, feeling that I don't want to be here with him. That's really important. The second thing is his sense of shame about what he shared with me.

The shame is tied to the feeling of rejection. He told me something that feels shameful. And the underlying concern in the background is that I think ill of him for it, that I’m judging or criticizing him. But I don't want to rush in with that interpretation because it's too soon. The patient has just put these ideas on the table for the first time. It's new, they've only just put words to it for the first time for themselves. It hasn't fully sunk in.

So, think about what we do in psychodynamic therapy. The three major areas of technique are clarification, confrontation, interpretation. Interpretation comes last. Clarification means we want the patient to elaborate. We want them to say more, let it come into sharper focus, let them feel it. We want it to become palpable in the room. So I want him to elaborate on this feeling that I was glad to shut the door on him. That he felt ashamed of what he told me, that he’s filled with worries, concerns, fears about what I think of him.

Let’s jump back into the role play, because I just condensed a lot of the work of the session right there. But once the patient has elaborated on these thoughts and feeling and they’re out in the light of day, then I could say something like:

Shedler: [resumes role play]

No wonder you weren't thrilled about coming back for your appointment. If you felt that I was glad to be rid of you, that I couldn't wait to shut the door in your face, why would you want to come back? It makes sense that you wouldn’t.

Puder (00:32:05):

Yeah. It, it just, um, it's really so it's like, it's like weird because I was thinking about it all week and, uh, I even had a dream about it. It's weird to, to obsess about how loud you shut the door all week. I feel silly for even imagining that was, I don't know, that I cared so much or thought about it so much. That, that feels silly to me.

Shedler (00:32:37):

It feels silly that you want help? That you came here for help.

Puder:

Yeah. I mean, you know how… [trails off]

Shedler:

It feels silly that it's important to you. That this matters.

Puder (00:32:55):

Yeah. It feels, it feels important. Yeah. And I guess I didn't want to, you know, talk about this because I felt like the more I talked about it today, the more likely you would fire me or something. I couldn't help but see, like a, a frustration expression on your face there. Were you thinking about firing me?

Shedler (00:33:24):

No, not at all. The expression on my face… you mean, just right here, right now? It wasn’t frustration, I was trying to formulate my words because I want to say this carefully. Because, first of all, you are right. This is important. You didn't come here for sport. You came here because you need help. It is important. And you told me some things that, well… I hear you judging yourself very harshly for the things you told me. And, I'm getting the impression that it, it's really hard to believe I wouldn't be judging you as harshly as you've been judging yourself.

Shedler (00:34:31): [commentary on role play]

Let me make an aside here, for those listening. What did I just do there? I interpreted a projection. I want to let everyone in on my thought process. The patient feels ashamed. They are judging and criticizing and condemning themselves. They feel they are bad and that's their internal experience. Another way to say it is, something inside of them is passing judgment on something else inside of them. But they're attributing that judgment, that condemnation, that shaming, to me. So what I really did when I said, “it's hard to believe that I wouldn't be judging you as harshly as you're judging yourself” is, first, I'm putting the experience into words. I'm describing what is happening. And I'm planting the seed of an idea, that the judgment is coming from inside them, not necessarily from me. So let's pick up the role play from there.

Shedler: [role play resumes]

It's hard to believe that I wouldn't be judging you as harshly as you're judging yourself.

Puder (00:35:46):

You know? I, um, I hear that from you. And I, I think to myself, well, of course that's the right thing for you to say, you know, that you don't judge me.

Shedler (00:35:57):

I notice we get into a bind though. Damned if we do and damned if we don't. If I do judge you, that just confirms your worst fears. And if I say, no, that's not what's going on, that’s not what I’m thinking, then you quickly explain that away, so in your mind, I'm still judging you. So, I notice, it puts you in a bind either way. But I wonder…

Puder (00:36:33):

But how could you not judge me for missing three appointments? Like, I would judge myself. Like, if I had a client who did that, I might, I might fire them. I don't know, if I had a client like that, I would fire him right away. So, um, no, I have a hard time seeing how… how could you not judge me?

Shedler (00:36:59):

Because I understand that you, and for that matter, everyone who comes to treatment, is really of two minds about being here. You've come because you're looking for help. But there's another part of you in the mix. A part that feels like, this is awful. No one would want to deal with me. My therapist wouldn’t want to deal with me. There are reasons why people miss sessions, do all sorts of other things to try to, try to protect yourself from things that are really pretty uncomfortable. It's difficult being here. I think it's hard for you to believe that when I bring up the missed sessions, I’m actually bringing it up out of curiosity, because I do believe there's something to understand, and that's part of the work of the therapy… getting to hear from the parts of you that we don’t usually get to hear from.

Puder (00:38:03): [commentary on role play]

Okay. I think that's good. I think, I think we can move on topics, because I'm a little bit uncomfortable with this. No, I'm joking. . I'm like, it's hard to know if, it's hard to know if I'm still in the patient role or if I'm not anymore.

Shedler (00:38:16):

I’m interested in you observing yourself in the patient role. I’m curious what came up for you when I said, “It's hard to believe that I wouldn't be judging you as harshly as you're judging yourself.” What was your reaction?

Puder (00:38:40):

I thought to myself, at this point in treatment, you have a lot more context for understanding why I would be so judgmental of myself. And so I thought to myself, you know, maybe, maybe you are being honest that you have compassion and it's not just, uh, intellectual, the correct thing to say, you know?

Shedler (00:39:09):

Well, I mean, it's true. I'm not saying it because it's the correct thing to say. I'm saying it because it’s what I'm thinking. But your response is what I was going for, which is always to open space where it becomes possible to think and feel and experience and communicate more than before. We work in therapy to open that space. It's variously been called in the literature reflective space, or analytic space, or mentalization. It’s space to think and feel and reflect beyond what was possible before. So I'm trying to open space. Sometimes, patients are working to collapse the space. When you said at the beginning, “no, no, no, I just lost track of time. It means nothing,” that's collapsing space. I'm working to open the space, to think and feel beyond that. It’s just a moment in time but it had the desired effect; something inside you said, oh, maybe I could think about this differently. Like, maybe there's something more here than I realized.

Puder (00:40:29):

Hmm. Yeah. So, I did, I appreciated that.

Puder [additional comments, added after interview]

One way of understanding why this is such an effective way of doing therapy is to understand how, by asking certain questions, the therapist can increase “reflective function” in a client in the session and also over time with other core attachment figures. John Cologon and colleagues in 2017 published a pivotal article called “Therapist Reflective Functioning, Therapist Attachment Style and Therapist Effectiveness” which found that 70.5% of therapist effectiveness was linked to their own reflective function scores, as measured by Peter Fonagy’s “Reflective-Functioning manual” from 1998. It assesses the depth of the therapist’s reflections of their own and other’s internal emotional processes, scored from the transcription of the therapist’s Adult Attachment Interview. In Dr. Shedler’s questions, you can see him working to increase the internal reflectiveness of the patient around the attachment with the therapist.

Shedler (00:40:32): [commentary on role play]

To circle back, you asked how I handle it when a patient wants to come only every other week. This is how. Before I jump into making a decision, I want to go through this process with the patient. It’s working with defense and resistance. There are good reasons why the patient is on the fence about coming, and they need to know I understand that. There’s discomfort. They’re trying to protect themselves. Part of them hopes for help, part of them wants no part of this. We need to hear from all the parts because if we don’t, the parts we don’t hear from will start running the show. So my preference is not to make a decision before the patient and I understand what it is that we’re really deciding.

What makes the person want to come weekly? How could it be of value to them, what could we do together here? Like, what happens if they come weekly? I don't want to tell them, “this is the work we’re going to do.” I want to show them, by actually doing the work. And the patient thinks, oh, so this is the experience of being in therapy. Oh. This is a little different than what I thought. Like, this does feel useful to me. That's where I'm trying to go.

So, the therapy frame is not about following rules. We don’t say to the patient, this is how we do it, my way or the highway. We say, these are the conditions that will give us the best chance of working in a way that will be helpful to you. But I understand some of it doesn't sit well with you. Let’s talk about it. Let's talk about it all. This is all part of the consultation phase, where we sort out what we are here to do, and how we will go about doing it.

Puder (00:42:18): [commentary on role play]

I love that. I love it, because it's like, it's not jumping prematurely to tell me what's going on. Okay, let's go, let's go back into the the role play.

Puder: [role play resumes]

Yeah. So I was afraid, I was afraid, um, Dr. Shedler, that you were going to, you were going to fire me. And one, one thought that came to my mind right now was, I had a previous therapist and it never really got off the ground. And she, uh, the therapist said something like, I wasn't idealizing her enough. She didn't use those words. It was, it was like, um, she said, most of my clients who come to see me, they know who I am. They know what they're getting into and they don't have any hesitation. And she said that I felt too much hesitation.

Shedler (00:43:18):

That doesn't sound very good at all.

Puder (00:43:21):

Yeah. It was, it was very, um, it felt, it felt a little bit like, uh, it felt rejecting and, and, not allowing me to explore my, my hesitation.

Shedler (00:43:36):

Well, I think you're right. I mean, it didn't leave a lot of room for you to have your own experience. And I'm just imagining, trying to imagine myself in your situation, and it must have felt like shit to be spoken to that way, treated that way.

Puder (00:43:57):

I, um, yeah, I felt like it was a, a little bit, yeah. It's almost like I'm speechless right now thinking back at that. Because it was, it was so painful.

Shedler (00:44:12):

I can imagine. So, that sheds more light on things. I mean, no wonder you're of two minds about coming to your sessions here. You don't want a repeat of that experience.

Puder (00:44:34):

Yeah, absolutely that. I think, I would hope there's some part like we just did earlier, that we could explore if I was hesitant, that's helpful to me.

Shedler (00:44:55):

I would like to do that also. And it sounds like you absolutely did not experience the previous therapy that way. What I would like to do here, I would like to be able to do things together in a way that makes it possible to talk about anything here.

Puder (00:45:17): [role play ends]

That's good. Shall we move on from the role play? We'll have to get a vote from Twitter to see if people want us to continue more role plays in the future.

Puder: [additional comments, added after interview]

As providers, we often have intellectual knowledge, like therapy takes time, and depth work will create the desired long-term changes patients are looking for. However, patients might be hesitant for a variety of reasons and not want to engage to the level necessary for the changes they desire. Dr. Shedler masterfully creates a reflective space to allow for exploration of unspoken things going on between the patient and the therapist, and also historically what went on to create a bit of hesitation as well. You could see empathy in Dr. Shedler’s responses, but I also felt him as a real person responding with authentic and not staged or rehearsed lines. Lines like “it must have felt like shit to be spoken to that way, treated that way” or “that doesn't sound very good at all” come off as a real reflection of Dr. Shedler’s congruent reaction to hearing about the experience with the previous therapist, who seemed to expect idealization and no ambivalence (in this case, a real story about myself with a prior therapist with whom I was starting treatment). In the real encounter I had with a therapist like this, I was myself trying to be honest about my ambivalence, an honesty that was not met with curiosity but rather rejection. When Dr. Shedler gave me his reaction to it, it felt authentic and humanizing, not only of how I viewed him, but also of how I viewed my own prior experience of ambivalence.

In another portion when Dr. Shedler pointed out, “It's hard to believe that I wouldn't be judging you as harshly as you're judging yourself,” I experienced this both as empathy for the reality of what was transpiring between us, but also revealing that perhaps the judgment is not from Dr. Shedler, but something deeper in me that I could look at. Further, perhaps his tone and overall curiosity and openness to explore what might be going on led to an internalized reduction in shame that allowed me to experience this as something that did not make me bad, but rather something that might be looked at with curiosity and understanding.

There was also another interesting shift that occurred in me, and I am curious to hear if others listening had this experience, who have followed Dr. Shedler for a while on Twitter and his writings. The dialogue seemed to shift my conception of him from just an intellectual giant to someone who seemed three dimensional, multifaceted and warm. The curiosity and wonder with which he approached the dialogue seemed void of judgment and harshness, which shifted or increased my sense of depth of him as a person. If you also enjoyed this podcast, tag us both in a tweet (@davidpuder and @jonathanshedler) or send me a message here.

References:Cologon, J., Schweitzer, R. D., King, R., & Nolte, T. (2017). Therapist reflective functioning, therapist attachment style and therapist effectiveness. Administration and Policy in Mental Health and Mental Health Services Research, 44, 614-625.

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Steele, H., & Steele, M. (1998). Reflective-functioning manual version 5 for application to adult attachment interviews.

View Details

Alexander Horwitz, M.D.

Today on the podcast, we are joined by Robert Sapolsky, Ph.D., who is a primatologist and neuroendocrinologist at Stanford University. Sapolsky is a recipient of a MacArthur Foundation genius grant. His lab at Stanford has spent decades examining the neurobiology of stress. In addition to lab work, Sapolsky also spent three decades studying the social biology and physiology of wild baboons in a national park in Kenya. Sapolsky has written a book called Determined: A Science of Life Without Free Will (release date: October 17, 2023), which argues against the notion of free will and is discussed in the episode.

In 2017, Sapolsky published the book Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst, which was based off of his incredibly popular “Human Biology Course” at Stanford. Behave examined the numerous factors that shape human behavior and is a synthesis of neurobiology, endocrinology, molecular biology, genetics, anthropology, psychology, and sociology. Guiding the flow of the book is the concept of time and how it relates to shaping a particular behavior from the moment the behavior occurred, to seconds and minutes before, to days and weeks before, back to adolescence, childhood, infancy, to the time you spent in your mother’s womb, to the culture in which you live, to your ancestors’ culture, and beyond. To quote Sapolsky:

“And it is indeed a mess, a subject involving brain chemistry, hormones, sensory cues, prenatal environment, early experience, genes, both biological and cultural evolution, and ecological pressures, among other things.”

Although the subject matter of Behave and Determined is inherently complex, Sapolsky is a master at distilling complex ideas and creating a sense of wonder at both the complexity and beauty of the natural world. His writing is frequently interjected with humor, pop culture references, famous historical events, personal anecdotes, and the occasional expletive. At the end of Behave, Sapolsky concludes that humans do not have free will. Determined is in some ways an extension of Behave, further arguing why free will does not exist and addressing logical flaws in the arguments for the existence of free will. Determined ends by examining what society might look like if we were to recognize that free will does not exist.

The previous Psychiatry and Psychotherapy episodes about free will explored various definitions of free will, the benefits of believing in free will, and also provided criticism of the book Free Will by Sam Harris who, like Sapolsky, does not believe that humans possess free will. As mentioned in the previous episodes, despite claims made by Harris, the notion of free will has never been proven or disproven. It is unlikely that in the near future there will be one single piece of information that allows us to conclusively prove that free will does or does not exist. To borrow a term from law, Sapolsky makes his argument using the totality of the circumstances by utilizing all of the information available, as opposed to a less ambiguous bright line test.

This episode will provide a counterbalance to the three previous episodes on free will by Dr. Puder and Dr. Matt Hagele. Although Drs. Puder and Hagele set out to not steer listeners in one direction or another about the existence of free will, their opinions manifested within the introduction of the write-up for the first episode:

There has been a war about the subjects of determinism and free will since the very beginning of recorded writings. Within that war, some people use “science” as their main defense, but they present a viewpoint that no scientific experiment could prove. The problem with this is that the general public takes the statement as fact and then acts on it.

Free will and determinism are important to the mental health of individuals because there is a strong tie between our beliefs in this and our general mood, happiness, and sense of meaning in life. The question of whether or not free will exists centers around how much choice we have versus how much is determined by our genes and environment.’

By examining Sapolsky’s view of free will, listeners/readers will have a more complete understanding of the various thoughts that inform the modern free will debate.

Disclaimer: with Determined, Sapolsky has taken an incredibly complex topic and simplified it as much as possible. Determined is focused on free will and also contains a concise summary of Behave, which is over 700 pages. This written summary for the podcast can obviously never address the full complexity of Determined. For the sake of brevity, certain topics have been superficially explored while many are altogether ignored. There will inevitably be mistakes but hopefully most major ideas have been accurately communicated. We hope that reading this summary will stimulate intellectual curiosity and the desire to read Determined.

Turtles All the Way Down

The title of the first chapter comes from an apocryphal encounter between psychologist William James and a woman who approached him after he lectured about the nature of life and the universe. The woman told James he was incorrect and that the world rests on the back of a large turtle. James, somewhat surprised, asked what the turtle rests on, to which the woman stated, on the back of another turtle (which rests on the back of another turtle on the back of another turtle, etc.). Hence, turtles all the way down. Sapolsky uses this as a sort of analogy for the causality of human behavior and, therefore, free will. He recognizes that while it may seem absurd to think of an infinite series of turtles, it is less absurd than to consider a turtle (i.e., part of the causal chain of behavior) floating in air (i.e., free of causality).

Sapolsky delineates two broad goals for Determined:

  1. To convince readers that there is no free will or that we have much less free will than is generally assumed when it “really matters.” The point of the book is not to convince everyone that free will does not exist; he would be happy if more people recognized how constrained we are in terms of our behaviors.
  2. To explain why those who believe in free will are incorrect and how life would improve if we stopped believing in free will.

Free Will Defined

Although there is no universally agreed upon definition of free will, Sapolsky notes:

“Show me a neuron (or brain) whose generation of a behavior is independent of the sum of its biological past, and for the purpose of this book, you’ve demonstrated free will.”

. . .

“In order to prove there’s free will, you have to show me that some behavior just happened out of thin air in the sense of considering all of these biological precursors.”

Determinism Defined

Sapolsky suggests that it is helpful to start out by defining determinism by considering the 18th/19th century French polymath Pierre Simon Laplace who said that if you had a theoretical superhuman who knew the location of every particle in the universe, said superhuman could accurately predict every moment in the future. Laplace also believed if said superhuman knew every past location of every past particle, they could accurately predict the present and that the past would always lead to the present. This does not leave any wiggle room; the past and the future are already determined.

Contemporary views of determinism differ from Laplace in at least three key ways. As it turns out, certain events are not predictable and the universe is not always deterministic. Next, is the role of meta-level consciousness and the constraint of being aware of anything that might affect your thinking (e.g., idealizing your father and wanting to be exactly like him or hating your father and wanting to be the complete opposite of him). Lastly, determinism does not preclude change.

Four Common Beliefs About the Nature of Free Will

There are four common beliefs when it comes to free will:

  1. The world is deterministic and there is no free will. This is often referred to as “hard incompatibilism.” Sapolsky notes that while many people make a distinction between “hard incompatibilism” and “hard determinism,” he refers to them synonymously. Sapolsky argues for “hard determinism.”
  2. The world is deterministic and there is free will. Stated another way: a deterministic world is compatible with free will. Sapolsky notes the vast majority of philosophers and legal scholars maintain this position.
  3. The world is not deterministic and there is no free will.
  4. The world is not deterministic and there is free will. Sapolsky describes those holding this view as “libertarian incompatibilists” who appear to be a rarity.

Sapolsky maintains that if the world is deterministic and there is no free will: “We are nothing more or less than the biological and environmental luck, over which we had no control, that has brought us to any moment.” Therefore, he maintains that it is not just to hold people morally responsible for their actions. Another implication if free will does not exist is that we do not deserve praise for our best actions.

Phineas Gage and a Sliding Scale of Free Will

In 1848, Phineas Gage was involved in a railroad accident that led to a large metal tamping rod shooting into the left side of his face and through his skull. Gage survived the accident but there was a stark change in his previously mild-mannered personality. He became disinhibited and capricious. It is easy for almost anyone to accept that Gage’s post-accident behavior was caused by his injury. Many people tend to think of free will as existing on a sliding scale. For example, having low blood glucose limits free will, as does being intoxicated from alcohol or getting little sleep. The more factors you consider, the smaller our inner locus of control. Sapolsky argues that the idea of an inner self or homunculus separate from our biology and environment is spurious, which leads him to conclude that our best and worst behaviors are no more controllable than Gage’s.

Goodbye, Libet

It is almost impossible to talk about free will without mentioning the seminal 1983 paper by Libet et al. Drs. Puder and Hagele extensively covered the original study as well as the subsequent studies and controversies in the previous episodes of the podcast. Luckily for us, and for the sake of brevity, the studies are probably irrelevant. Although the studies attempt to prove that free will does not exist, their collective proof is far from conclusive.

Intent

A large part of the debate around free will involves intent. Sapolsky asserts that a common flaw in the reasoning of those who advocate for the existence of free will is failure to examine the source of intent. Behave can be thought of as a 700-page treatise on the seemingly limitless sources of intent, which is condensed into a single chapter in Determined.

The Neurobiology of Intent

In order to understand a behavior, you need to understand what happened seconds before the behavior as well as minutes, days, years and even millennia before the behavior occurred. Although Sapolsky would likely scorn him being labeled as a “neuro-essentialist,” he recognizes that the brain is the final common pathway for everything affecting behavior. He repeatedly states that by examining one discipline to explain a behavior (as well as the argument around the existence of free will; although this is not to equate the two), you are invoking all of the other various disciplines because they are inextricably related. For example, neurobiology is influenced by genetics, which is influenced by environment, which is influenced by evolutionary biology, etc. By examining every possible biological component that explains intent, Sapolsky asserts that “there is no room for free will.”

Sapolsky warns about the pitfalls of not considering a historical view when judging people's behavior, especially when the judgment is moralistic. Daniel Dennett of Tufts University is a famous philosopher and leading compatibilist who appears to take an ahistorical approach by asserting that “Luck averages out in the long run." Dennett has used the metaphor of a marathon to illustrate his point and that small advantages even out over time. If someone deserves to win, they will have plenty of opportunities to overcome their disadvantages. Sapolsky sees this as “One step above believing that God invented poverty to punish sinners."

Let us reconsider one of the two quotes from above about defining free will:

“In order to prove there’s free will, you have to show me that some behavior just happened out of thin air in the sense of considering all of these biological precursors.”

Some people, such as prominent compatibilist philosopher Alfred Mele, take issue with the definition. Mele believes this bar is "absurdly high." To Mele, certain events are so detached in time (e.g. your ancestors' culture thousands of years back or even what was happening a minute ago), that they do not affect free will and responsibility. This conclusion is often explained by one or two factors. The first is that the remote event was seemingly irrelevant and that the consequences of your biological and environmental luck are filtered through some sort of a material "you.” The second thought is basically Dennett’s line of thinking and that things even out over time.

Sapolsky again stresses the importance of defining free will as only being possible if neurons’ actions are completely uninfluenced by all the uncontrollable factors that came before. It does not take much to prove to many of us (beyond an elderly white man who was born a man and a member of the dominant ethnic group of a developed country during a time of relative economic prosperity with an exceptionally high IQ to relatively affluent parents with high IQs and advanced degrees and then went on to attend one of the most prestigious university preparatory schools and then got his own advanced degrees and became a leading philosopher) things do not even out over time. This is not to say that said elderly white man did not ever suffer or did not suffer immensely and often, but compared to the other eight billion people on the planet, he had an absurd advantage from the beginning and throughout his life. Pull yourself up by your bootstraps, kid.

Sapolsky broadly divides the nervous system into three components and their role to pro- and antisocial behaviors:

  1. The amygdala: the hub of fear, aggression, and arousal.
  2. The dopaminergic system: the hub of reward, anticipation, and motivation.
  3. The frontal cortex: the hub of regulation and restraint. The prefrontal cortex (PFC) is essential to executive function and decision making. The PFC also sends excitatory signals to the motor cortex and inhibits habitual brain circuits. The PFC is important for inhibiting more emotional brain regions. In one well-replicated study, volunteers were put in a brain scanner and briefly shown pictures of various faces. Flash the face of someone of another race up and 75% of subjects have activation in their amygdala. This occurs in under a tenth of a second. In the majority of the subjects after a few seconds the PFC is able to turn off the amygdala; Sapolsky likens this to a delayed frontal cortical voice stating "Don’t think that way. That is not who I am."

Similar to Behave, Determined also considers the additional brain regions:

  1. The insular cortex (insula), which is involved in olfactory and gustatory disgust. In addition, the insula also responds to moral disgust (i.e., stimuli we deem as morally disgusting). Sapolsky explains that the insula’s ability to help protect us from spoiled food developed around 100 million years ago and that much later (tens of thousands of years ago), humans developed constructs like morality and resulting disgust at violating moral norms. Because brains were not able to develop ad-hoc specialized brain regions with such short notice, the insula became responsible for moral disgust. The difficulty is that the insula cannot differentiate responses to moral disgust versus olfactory or gustatory disgust and that stimulation of the insula activates the amygdala (which as noted above, is responsible for fear and aggression).
  2. Similarly, the orbitofrontal cortex (OFC) is involved in assessing beauty and morality. In three studies, subjects were placed in brain scanners and assessing independently beauty and morality both caused the OFC to light up.1-3 Confusing beauty for morality has major implications for the sentencing of judgment in the criminal justice system. As Sapolsky notes, does this by itself disprove free will? No way, but it is one of the hundreds of examples that he provides that collectively weaken the idea of volitional intent.

The Endocrinology of Intent

This is the provenance of a behavior days to weeks before it occurs. Our hormone levels have a strong effect on behavior although endocrinology alone cannot account for a lack of free will. Sapolsky focuses on the following hormones although there are a multitude of hormones not mentioned:

  1. Testosterone: Despite common misconceptions, testosterone does not cause aggression although it lowers the threshold for aggression, especially in those already prone to aggression.4 Testosterone has a host of other effects including distorting judgment by making neutral faces seem more threatening, making you more overconfident and less generous in economic games resulting in less cooperation, and increasing impulsivity. Testosterone sensitizes the amygdala to directly activate from a stimulus.
  2. Oxytocin: Often referred to as the “love hormone,” which is also commonly misunderstood. Of note, monogamous species have a higher density of oxytocin receptors within the mesolimbic “reward” pathway of the brain. The type of oxytocin, and another hormone vasopressin, receptors you have at birth influence parenting style, stability of romantic relationships, aggressiveness, sensitivity to threat, and charitableness.5,6 Sapolsky addresses if humans are monogamous versus polygamous in Behave although in Determined he leaves it at humans being more monogamous than mouse lemurs but less polygamous than marmosets. Take that as you will. Although oxytocin has the opposite effect of testosterone on the amygdala and makes us more generous, empathic, and trusting with members of a group we consider to be like us, it has the opposite effect in thems (people we perceive as being of an outgroup).
  3. Glucocorticoids: Hormones released during stress can be a good thing in the short term, but chronic glucocorticoid exposure has all sorts of deleterious effects including making us more prone to obesity, heart disease, diabetes, and cancer. Glucocorticoids also sensitize the amygdala and make it more responsive to stimuli, which activates the amygdala, which, in turn, activates the basal ganglia and disrupts the frontal cortex. This leads to faster habitual responses with low accuracy in assessing what is happening. Higher chronic levels of glucocorticoids make us fall back on old habits. During periods of high stress, if we often react to stress with anxiety, we become more anxious. If we often react to stress by feeling helpless, we become more depressed.

Weeks to Years Before

This is the provenance of multiple topics including neuroplasticity and the gut microbiome. There are innumerable examples of how neuroplasticity can affect behavior but Sapolsky focuses on the enlargement of the amygdala during Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and shrinking of the hippocampus during depression as extreme examples. Bacteria also have a role in affecting a behavior weeks before it occurs. Gut bacteria are responsible for subtly affecting a variety of effects including appetite, food cravings, gene expression in neurons, proclivity toward anxiety, and the speed at which some neurological diseases can spread through our brains.

In addition, Sapolsky also considers adolescence, childhood, adverse childhood experiences (ACEs), prenatal environment, genetics, and your family's culture dating back centuries. For the sake of brevity, we will stick to considering a small portion of childhood. The developing brain is influenced by a variety of factors including parenting style, peer socialization, environmental influences (e.g., neighborhood safety, number of liquor stores versus libraries, and presence of readily available healthy food), and cultural beliefs and values among innumerable other things. As a random example, individuals who grew up in clement weather (with mild fluctuations around an average of 70 degrees) were on average more individualistic, extroverted, and open to novel experience with the magnitude of effect being equal or greater than that of age, gender, the country's GDP, population density, and means of production.7 As previously discussed, chronic elevated glucocorticoids have deleterious effects on the brain and can lead to impaired construction of the frontal cortex leading to poor impulse control in adulthood. Similarly, elevated levels of testosterone can lead to a more reactive amygdala and therefore more reactive aggression in adulthood. As stated by Sapolsky: “If you want to be better at being an adult, make sure you pick the right adolescence.”

Sapolsky emphasizes the importance of the environment. Different environments will cause different genetic changes (via epigenetics) in the same gene or genetic switch. For example, depending on your environment, a gene related to risk taking will influence whether you rob a store or gamble on founding a startup. A variant of a gene coding for the dopamine receptor makes you more or less likely to be generous depending on whether you grow up with or without secure parental attachment. The same gene variant is associated with poor gratification postponement if you are raised in poverty. There are numerous similar examples involving other gene-environment relations.8-11 He also stresses that the role of childhood does not by itself invalidate free will and that ACE scores are about adult potential and vulnerability but not destiny. There are numerous adults who have defied expectations given their childhoods; childhood is just one of many pieces in the sequence of influences. Considering all of the above factors helps create a seamless stream of influences, which precludes free will being in the brain but not of it.

The Myth of Grit

"It takes a certain kind of audacity and indifference to look at findings like these and still insist how readily someone does the harder things in life justifies blame, punishment, praise, or reward."

Sapolsky explores the seeming war of wills between the PFC and limbic system. Interestingly, the PFC is engaged when juries decide guilt or innocence while the limbic system is engaged when juries decide punishment.12,13 Although the PFC and limbic system appear to be in opposition, Sapolsky notes that in order to do the correct/harder thing, the PFC requires a large amount of limbic/emotional input.

Going back to childhood, childhood abuse creates an adult PFC that is smaller, thinner, with less gray matter and altered receptor density for various neurotransmitters. Childhood abuse also weakens the connection between the PFC and the amygdala, which leads to a greater tendency to respond to frustration with anger (i.e., “trait anger”). Childhood abuse is a risk factor for a child to grow up and abuse their own children. In one shocking example, at only one month of age, PFC circuitry is noticeably different in children whose mothers were abused in childhood.13,14 Low socioeconomic status or living in a high crime neighborhood for a pregnant woman both predict less cortical development in her baby at the time of birth.15 Similarly, the socioeconomic status of the child's family predicts the volume size and gray matter content of the PFC in kindergarteners, toddlers, 6-month-olds, and even 4-week olds.16-19 These brain changes are mediated by multiple factors including elevated glucocorticoids.

One argument for the emergence of free will is thinking about the transformation of free will over time. Philosopher Neil Levy believes that the passing of time offers opportunities for deliberation and reflection. Levy argues that at some point bad luck ceases to be an excuse for lack of free will. Sapolsky interprets this as "maybe no free will just now, but there was relevant free will in the past." Dennett in response to the idea that we have no control over our biology or environment noted that autonomy is a process that initially is beyond one’s control but as time goes on, we have the opportunity to refine our activities, choices, thoughts, and attitudes. Similarly, philosopher Robert Kane has noted that free will is more than free action and concerns what he terms "self-reflection.” Kane believes that choosing who we are happens at moments of crisis he refers to as “Self-Forming Actions.” This is contrasted with psychiatrist Sean Spence who believes that we have the ability to exert free will during optimal moments and not while in crisis. Sapolsky collectively criticizes these arguments by noting "Was was once now.” It is as if to say that while your neurons are currently functioning within their neuronal network and in the context of hormones, brain development, genetics, and so on, you can somehow step outside all of this. There are no floating turtles.

Studies by neuroscientist Josh Greene have illuminated neurobiological explanations for "doing the harder thing." Greene’s studies stick subjects in a brain scanner and have them play repeated rounds of a chance game that has a 50% success rate. Subjects are told that there is a glitch in the system and they cannot enter their guess and instead they can report if they were wrong or right. By repeating this process enough times you can tell if someone is telling the truth if their average success rate is about 50%. When the opportunity for temptation arises, there is a large activation of the PFC, which corresponds with a person wrestling with whether to cheat. What about people that do not cheat? With these individuals, there is no activation of the PFC.; for these people, not cheating is reflexive. As stated by Greene, rather than with standing temptation due to "will," this is a state of "grace." To summarize the words of Sapolsky, “Doing the right thing is not the harder thing." But what if your PFC is impaired? A substantial percentage of people incarcerated for violent crime have a history of concussive head trauma to the PFC.20,21 Roughly half the people incarcerated for violent antisocial crimes have a history of TBI opposed to 8% of the general population.

One stark demonstration of the fallibility of PFC function is a study of judges overseeing over 1000 parole board decisions. Whether a judge granted someone parole versus more jail time was best predicted by how long it had been since they had eaten a meal. There was a roughly 65% chance of parole if the judge recently had a meal while there was a close to 0% chance if it had been a few hours.22 Sapolsky summaries with the following:

“(a) grit, character, backbone, tenacity, strong moral compass, willing spirit winning out over weak flesh, are all produced by the PFC; (b) the PFC is made of biological stuff identical to the rest of your brain; (c) your current PFC is the outcome of all that uncontrollable biology interacting with all that uncontrollable environment.”

Chaos Theory
Sapolsky addresses three revolutions that numerous thinkers use to support the existence of free will. The first is chaos theory. The central idea of chaos theory is that certain complicated systems cannot be understood on a reductive level. With chaotic systems, you cannot take a reductive approach by breaking down a starting state into component parts and predict the result.

An important component of chaos theory is the concept of “sensitive dependence on initial conditions”: with nonlinear systems, small differences in a starting state can cause huge differences between time points. Stated another way, a tiny difference in a starting state can magnify unpredictably over time. This is well represented by the butterfly effect. Similarly, knowing the present state of a system does not allow you predictive power as to what the starting state was given that it could have arisen from multiple starting states.

The opportunity for seeming lack of predictability is one way that individuals use to prove the existence of free will although Sapolsky notes that even if there is determinism in chaos, it does not help you prove the existence of free will. He further states that even if chaoticism is unpredictable, it is still deterministic. The important distinction is that determinism allows you to explain why something happened while predictability allows you to say what will happen next. Stated another way, chaos theory is "deterministically unpredictable."

Another way that chaos theory is used to prove the existence of free will is through the idea of convergence. Analytic philosophers refer to this phenomenon as over-determination: when different pathways have separately progressed to the same outcome. So, if multiple paths lead to a single system state, and you pause that known state in time, you cannot determine which particular path led to that state (because there are multiple). The ability to rule out every possible cause until you get down to the root cause is called radical eliminative reductionism. Some argue that if you cannot say what caused an event, then you cannot rule-out indeterminism and therefore free will. But, as Sapolsky notes, chaotic convergence only undermines radical reductionism but not determinism: “Just because you can’t tell which of two towers of turtles propping you up goes all the way down doesn’t mean that you’re floating in air.”

Emergent Complexity

“In the face of complicated things, our intuitions beg us to fill up what we do not understand, even can never understand, with mistaken attributions."

Emergent complexity is a result of simple elements that spontaneously self assemble with often shockingly complex results. With enough quantity, extraordinary quality emerges. Examples include ant colonies, honey bees, and slime molds that can predict the optimal placement of train stations as well as urban planners.

Sapolsky notes the following as necessary for emergent complexity:

  • “There is a huge number of ant-like elements, all identical are coming in just a few different types.
  • The "ant" has a very small repertoire of things they can do."
  • There are a few simple rules based on chance interactions with immediate neighbors (e.g., "walk with this pebble and your little ant mandibles until you bump into another and holding a pebble, in which case, drop yours"). No aunt knows more than these few rules, and each and Axis menton in this agent.
  • Out of the hugely complicated phenomena that can produce emerge irreducible properties that exist only went on the collective level (e.g., a single molecule of water cannot be wet; "wetness" average is only from the collectivity of water molecules, and studying single water molecules cannot predict much about wetness) and that are self-contained at the level of complexity (i.e., you can make accurate predictions about the behavior of the collective level without knowing much about the component parts). As summarized by Nobel laureate physicist Philip Anderson, "More is different."
  • These emergent properties are robust and resilient–a waterfall, for example, maintains consistent emergent features over time despite the fact that no water molecule precipitates and waterfall-ness more than once.
  • A detailed picture of the maturely emergent system can be (but is not necessarily) unpredictable, which should have echoes of the previous 2 chapters. Knowing the starting state and reproduction rules (a la cellular automata) gives you the means to develop the complexity but not the means to describe it. Or, to use the word offered by leading developmental neurobiologist of the past century, Paul Weiss, starting state can never contain "itinerary."
  • Part of this unpredictability is due to the fact that in emergent systems, the road you are traveling on is being constructed at the same time and, in fact, you are being on it is influencing the construction process by constituting feedback on the road-making process. Moreover, the goal you are traveling toward may not even exist yet–you are destined to interact with a target spot that may not exist yet but, with any luck, will be constricted in time. In addition, unlike last chapter’s cellular automata, emergent systems are also subjective randomness (jargon: "stochastic events"), where the sequence of random events makes a difference.
  • Often the emergent properties can be breathtakingly adaptive and, despite that, there is no blueprint or blueprint maker.”

A grossly simplified summary of emergent complexity is that the sum is greater than its component parts. The colony of bees is capable of many emergently complex phenomena that a single bee is not. Similarly, our brains are capable of many emergently complex phenomena that are not possible with single neurons or a single network of neurons working together. This sounds like a good opening for explaining the existence of free will; and indeed this is a segue for the work of philosopher Christian List who warns that looking at the world solely through the lens of physics or neuroscience may result in people mistakenly rejecting free will; a mistake caused by focusing on the non-emergent level. In his 2019 book, Why Free Will is Real List asserts that “Free will and its prerequisites are emergent, higher-level phenomena.”

Sapolsky suggests that there are three different ways in which people mistakenly link emergence and free will. The first occurs from ignoring sensitive dependence on initial conditions by stating that the same scenario can lead to different outcomes but this is only when the same scenario is not really the same and is a gross approximation. If the same scenario leading to different outcomes were real, it would prove emergent indeterminism.

The second is simple elements giving rise to emergent states that can do whatever they want. Examples include philosopher Walter Glannon who asserts that although our brains are responsible for generating and sustaining our mental states, they do not determine them and that individuals are capable of willing themselves through choices (i.e., persons are not identical to their brains). Neuroscientist Michael Shadlen asserts that emergent states are "orphan from the chain of cause and effect that lead to their implementation and neural machinery." Again Sapolsky notes, "You can be out of your mind but not out of your brain; no matter how emergently cool, ant colonies are still made of ants that are constrained by whatever individual ants can or can’t do, and brains are still made of brain cells that function like brain cells."

The last mistake concerns the idea that an emergent state can reach down and change the fundamental nature of the simple elements comprising it. This is the idea that building blocks work differently once they are part of something emergent. But as Sapolsky notes, “the whole point of emergence, the basis of its amazingness, is that those idiotically simple little building blocks that only know a few rules about interacting with their immediate neighbors remain precisely as idiotically simple when their building block collective is outperforming urban plan is with business cards." For example, despite emergent properties of the brain, neurons are not freed of their history once they become a part of a complex network.

Quantum Indeterminacy
As it so happens Laplacian determinism cannot explain certain phenomena at the subatomic level and the universe is not completely deterministic. Classical mechanics allows for precise calculations for macroscopic phenomena (e.g., calculating the three dimensional path, or trajectory, of a ball thrown in the air or a rocket being launched into space). Quantum mechanics flies in the face of classical mechanics and determinism.

Sapolsky discusses the wave particle duality of photons and electrons as well as the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle where the position and the momentum of a subatomic particle cannot simultaneously be measured; the exact location of an electron is indeterministic. Electrons are probabilistically found in certain regions of space called orbitals and are in multiple places simultaneously. Oddly, the process of measuring an electron’s position or velocity (and therefore momentum) leads to what is known as a collapse of the wave function transforming from a superposition of states (the electron being in many places simultaneously) to a single defined value (whatever it is that is being measured). The reason for the collapse of a wave function has never been determined. The collapse of the wave function also explains why Schrodinger's cat is simultaneously dead and alive until you look in the box.

Another instance of indeterminism on a microscopic scale is Brownian motion, which explains the random movement of particles suspended in a fluid or gas. Although Brownian motion is a microscopic phenomenon, it has multiple effects on biological systems. Brownian motion can help explain the distribution of populations of axon terminals, the production of the beta-amyloid peptide involved in Alzheimer’s disease, and why fertilized eggs never exactly divide 50:50, which has a major effect on identical twins.

Another instance of indeterminism is the idea of quantum entanglement. Two particles, even hundreds of miles apart, can become “entangled” and their properties such as spin (which has nothing to do with an electron actually spinning around; as a quantum mechanics professor once said, “chocolate” would have been an equally fitting name). When two particles are entangled, if you alter one particle, you alter the other and the change is simultaneous.

As if all of this was not strange enough, Sapolsky discusses quantum tunneling, which is illustrated by electrons being able to seemingly traverse physical spaces such as walls due to superposition. Quantum indeterminacy provides a lot of fodder for doubting the presence of free will. Maybe behavior is a product of the randomness of the previous ideas. Sapolsky ultimately argues against this. The idea of quantum effects bubbling up is considered through the work of Peter Tse with the neurotransmitter glutamate as well as the work of anesthesiologist Stuart Hameroff and physicist Roger Penrose with microtubules. While a glutamatergic neuron has roughly 20-100 trillion glutamate receptors, it is unlikely that a little spontaneous release of glutamate can produce any meaningful effects. In addition, physicist Max Tegmark has shown that the time course of quantum states in microtubules is far too short to have a discernible biological effect. Although there is the potential for a staggering amount of subatomic indeterminacy, the major point is that it does not appear to manifest on the macroscopic level. If it did, Sapolsky notes that “you’d just be making gargly sounds because the muscles in your tongue would be doing all sorts of random things.” Interestingly, Sapolsky does not address string theory and the idea of multiple universes or the many worlds interpretation of quantum mechanics.

Will We Run Amok?

“The theme of the second half of this book is this: We have done it before. Over and over, in various domains, we have shown that we can subtract out a belief that actions are freely, willfully chosen, as we become more knowledgeable, more reflective, more modern. And the roof has not caved in; society can function without her believing that people with epilepsy are in cahoots with Satan and that mothers of schizophrenics caused the disease by hating their child.”

Sapolsky examines the potential for a lack of belief in free will to cause society to run amok:

‘“Don’t blame me; I was possessed by Hatnu Belian, the evil tiger spirit of the forest” is just a hop, skip, and a jamp away from “Don’t blame me; we are just biological machines.”’

As previously explored by Drs. Puder and Hagele, when people believe that they have less free will, their overall behavior appears to be lousier in multiple domains: they become more antisocial, express less gratitude, put less effort into tasks, and monitor errors less closely. Although a 2022 meta-analysis demonstrated that while manipulating people subtly does lessen belief in free will and increase belief in determinism, it does not produce any consistent effects on ethical behavior.23

Sapolsky makes the parallel between atheism and determinism. It was previously thought, and is actually still believed in certain circles, that atheism will lead to immoral behavior. In fact, atheism is punishable by death or prison in 52 countries. Some US states have laws barring atheists from holding public office although these laws are not upheld due to a Supreme Court ruling.

Sapolsky maintains that on average, religious people are more concerned than atheists when maintaining a moral reputation. A large part of religion is about accountability and social desirability. According to Ara Norenzayan, of the University of British Columbia, it is only when societies grow large enough, that gods emerge that are concerned with human reality and punishment for our transgressions.24 Desert dwellers are more likely to be monotheistic, probably reflecting ecological influences. According to Sapolsky, these monotheistic desert dwellers are more effective conquerors, which helps explain why around 55% of humans are affiliated with a religion invented by Middle Eastern monotheistic shepherds.

Atheists are more likely to suffer from clinical depression. Sapolsky asserts that part of this is due to being a minority. Prosociality in religious people is boosted by religious primes while prosociality in atheists is boosted just as much by secular primes. One real world example of atheists who have not run amok is the Scandinavians who have experienced a steep decline in religiosity. Compared to the US, Scandinavian countries consistently fare better on quality of life. Sapolsky notes that correlation of course does not reflect causality but the point is that while there is concern for atheists running amok, the Scandinavian countries provide some doubt. Sapolsky concludes that collectively, studies in experimental settings have shown no difference in ethical behavior between atheists and theists and that once you control for sex, age, socioeconomic status, marital status, and sociality, the majority of differences between theists and atheists disappear.25

Change

Although it may appear otherwise, Sapolsky asserts that we do not change our minds, and that our minds, which are a product of our biology, are changed by circumstance. Our biology is inescapable. The mechanisms of our own neuronal function are the same as those seen in simpler organisms. Chapter 12 goes in depth about the biological mechanism of learning in the sea slug Aplysia californica, which won neuroscientist Eric Kandel a Nobel prize. We are composed of the same machinery for learning as Aplysia californica.

While change is of course possible, we do not freely choose to change. We are changed by the world around us. Attitudes do change and we have the ability to change the attitudes of others. In certain parts of Europe, men with epilepsy were castrated up until the 19th-century. Sapolsky views epilepsy as a model of change for attitudes about free will. There are multiple other historical instances of false attribution leading to stigmatization. One example is the idea of the schizophrenogenic mother proposed by psychoanalyst Fireda Fromm-Reichmann who argued that schizophrenia was caused by cold, distant mothers. We now know that schizophrenia is a biological disorder and not caused by distant parenting.

Absurdism 2.0

Absurdism is the philosophical theory that the universe is irrational and meaningless. Absurdism is often associated with the French-Algerian philosopher Albert Camus who in multiple works, including The Myth of Sisyphus, proposed embracing a cold, indifferent universe by the will to continue living and creating your own meaning. Camus argued that God does not exist, the universe is indifferent to your presence, and that there is no inherent meaning to life. Most people find these ideas pretty depressing.

It could be argued that Sapolksy’s hard determinism takes absurdism to a new level: not only is the universe irrational and meaningless, we are not even free to make our own decisions. We are automatons, but due to consciousness, we are stuck (according to him) with the illusion of agency. We have come to associate our will with a sense of agency: you are thirsty, so you decide to pour yourself a glass of water. Voila! Free will. But if Sapolsky is correct, we are simply observers: "We are not captains of our ship; our ships never had captains. Fuck. That really blows." We are basically Maggie Simpson believing that we are the one driving the car. If Sapolsky is correct, perhaps there is solace in that, for all of us, at least some of the time, our wills and our behaviors align creating a sense of agency and that is good enough. It is often helpful to act as if you have free will: consider all of your options and think deeply when you can, but do not be too hard on yourself because it really could not have been any other way.

What about the negative aspects of not addressing our lack of free will? Sapolsky advocates for criminal justice reform. No more punishment. Instead of prison, he refers to the work of philosopher Derek Perebroom who suggests a model analogous to the medical quarantine model. Extending the idea further, Gregg Caruso stresses the imperative of prevention and addressing the social determinants of criminal behavior. Sapolsky recognizes that punishment works to maintain cooperation. A major problem with our ability to give up on some forms of punishment is that retributive punishment activates the dopamine reward pathway; it feels good when people are punished.

While Sapolsky does not believe in free will, he often fails. He gets frustrated. He casts moral judgements. But all the same he suggests that we recognize there is no free will where it counts. There is no justifiable “deserve” and you are no more entitled to have your moral needs met than the next person. Hating a person for the way they act is no more absurd than hating the sky for storming.

References1. Cheng Q, Cui X, Lin J, Weng X, Mo L. Neural correlates of moral goodness and moral beauty judgments. Brain Res. 2020;1726:146534. doi:10.1016/j.brainres.2019.146534 2. Cui X, Cheng Q, Lin W, Lin J, Mo L. Different influences of facial attractiveness on judgments of moral beauty and moral goodness [published correction appears in Sci Rep. 2019 Nov 20;9(1):17509]. Sci Rep. 2019;9(1):12152. Published 2019 Aug 21. doi:10.1038/s41598-019-48649-5 3. Tsukiura T, Cabeza R. Shared brain activity for aesthetic and moral judgments: implications for the Beauty-is-Good stereotype. Soc Cogn Affect Neurosci. 2011;6(1):138-148. doi:10.1093/scan/nsq025 4. Dixson A, Herbert J. Testosterone, aggressive behavior and dominance rank in captive adult male talapoin monkeys (miopithecus talapoin). Physiology & Behavior. 1977;18(3):539-543.doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/0031-9384(77)90272-4 5. Parker KJ, Kenna HA, Zeitzer JM, et al. Preliminary evidence that plasma oxytocin levels are elevated in major depression. Psychiatry Res. 2010;178(2):359-362. doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2009.09.017 6. Freeman SM, Palumbo MC, Lawrence RH, Smith AL, Goodman MM, Bales KL. Effect of age and autism spectrum disorder on oxytocin receptor density in the human basal forebrain and midbrain. Transl Psychiatry. 2018;8(1):257. Published 2018 Dec 4. doi:10.1038/s41398-018-0315-3 7. Wei W, Lu JG, Galinsky AD, et al. Regional ambient temperature is associated with human personality. Nat Hum Behav. 2017;1(12):890-895. doi:10.1038/s41562-017-0240-0 8. Bakermans-Kranenburg MJ, van Ijzendoorn MH. Differential susceptibility to rearing environment depending on dopamine-related genes: new evidence and a meta-analysis. Dev Psychopathol. 2011;23(1):39-52. doi:10.1017/S0954579410000635 9. Sweitzer MM, Halder I, Flory JD, et al. Polymorphic variation in the dopamine D4 receptor predicts delay discounting as a function of childhood socioeconomic status: evidence for differential susceptibility. Soc Cogn Affect Neurosci. 2013;8(5):499-508. doi:10.1093/scan/nss020 10. Perroud N, Jaussent I, Guillaume S, et al. COMT but not serotonin-related genes modulates the influence of childhood abuse on anger traits. Genes Brain Behav. 2010;9(2):193-202. doi:10.1111/j.1601-183X.2009.00547. 11. Lee SS, Chronis-Tuscano A, Keenan K, et al. Association of maternal dopamine transporter genotype with negative parenting: evidence for gene x environment interaction with child disruptive behavior. Mol Psychiatry. 2010;15(5):548-558. doi:10.1038/mp.2008.102 12. Greene JD, Sommerville RB, Nystrom LE, Darley JM, Cohen JD. An fMRI investigation of emotional engagement in moral judgment. Science. 2001;293(5537):2105-2108. doi:10.1126/science.1062872 13. Greene JD, Nystrom LE, Engell AD, Darley JM, Cohen JD. The neural bases of cognitive conflict and control in moral judgment. Neuron. 2004;44(2):389-400. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2004.09.027 14. Hendrix CL, Dilks DD, McKenna BG, Dunlop AL, Corwin EJ, Brennan PA. Maternal Childhood Adversity Associates With Frontoamygdala Connectivity in Neonates. Biol Psychiatry Cogn Neurosci Neuroimaging. 2021;6(4):470-478. doi:10.1016/j.bpsc.2020.11.003 15. Lu YC, Kapse K, Andersen N, et al. Association Between Socioeconomic Status and In Utero Fetal Brain Development. JAMA Netw Open. 2021;4(3):e213526. Published 2021 Mar 1. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.3526 16. Monninger M, Kraaijenvanger EJ, Pollok TM, et al. The Long-Term Impact of Early Life Stress on Orbitofrontal Cortical Thickness. Cereb Cortex. 2020;30(3):1307-1317. doi:10.1093/cercor/bhz167 17. Bush NR, Obradović J, Adler N, Boyce WT. Kindergarten stressors and cumulative adrenocortical activation: the "first straws" of allostatic load?. Dev Psychopathol. 2011;23(4):1089-1106. doi:10.1017/S0954579411000514 18. Conejero Á, Guerra S, Abundis-Gutiérrez A, Rueda MR. Frontal theta activation associated with error detection in toddlers: influence of familial socioeconomic status. Dev Sci. 2018;21(1):10.1111/desc.12494. doi:10.1111/desc.12494 19. Lu S, Xu R, Cao J, et al. The left dorsolateral prefrontal cortex volume is reduced in adults reporting childhood trauma independent of depression diagnosis. J Psychiatr Res. 2019;112:12-17. doi:10.1016/j.jpsychires.2019.02.014 20. Brower MC, Price BH. Neuropsychiatry of frontal lobe dysfunction in violent and criminal behaviour: a critical review. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2001;71(6):720-726. doi:10.1136/jnnp.71.6.720 21. Shiroma EJ, Ferguson PL, Pickelsimer EE. Prevalence of traumatic brain injury in an offender population: a meta-analysis. J Correct Health Care. 2010;16(2):147-159. doi:10.1177/1078345809356538 22. Danziger S, Levav J, Avnaim-Pesso L. Extraneous factors in judicial decisions. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2011;108(17):6889-6892. doi:10.1073/pnas.1018033108 23. Genschow O, Cracco E, Schneider J, et al. Manipulating Belief in Free Will and Its Downstream Consequences: A Meta-Analysis. Pers Soc Psychol Rev. 2023;27(1):52-82. doi:10.1177/10888683221087527 24. Lang M, Purzycki BG, Apicella CL, et al. Moralizing gods, impartiality and religious parochialism across 15 societies. Proc Biol Sci. 2019;286(1898):20190202. doi:10.1098/rspb.2019.0202 25. Manning LK. Gender and religious differences associated with volunteering in later life. J Women Aging. 2010;22(2):125-135. doi:10.1080/08952841003719224

View Details

Liam Browning, Manal Piracha, Annabel Kuhn, MD, David Puder, MD

Peer reviewed by Erica Vega, DO, Joanie Burns, PMHNP

In this week’s episode of the podcast, we will continue our discussion regarding adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and their influence on the development of future mental health disorders. The greatest predictive factor of the relationship between ACEs and future mental health disorders has to do with the severity, duration, and number of traumatic events. We’ll explore the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire and the data of how ACEs increase the risk of certain personality disorders and psychiatric conditions.

Current Evidence For ACEs Increasing Risk Of Mental Health DisordersWe focus on prospective longitudinal studies that use a third-party (such as official documentation, parent, etc.) to verify ACE exposure, as retrospective and prospective reports show only moderate agreement (r = .47, p<.001; weighted Kappa = .31, 95% CI: .27–.35) (Reuben et al., 2016). However, it is worth mentioning that third-party verification leads to underreporting of ACEs (Teicher et al., 2016). In clinical experience, much trauma is never reported to anyone and held for decades before any disclosure to a mental health professional.

Due to heterogeneity in the literature and the limited use of the original ACE questionnaire, the term “ACEs” will apply to maltreatment and not to the specific ACEs in order to reflect the way it is used throughout the current literature.

The most commonly used self-report questionnaire is the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire (CTQ), which assesses five types of maltreatment experiences—emotional abuse, physical abuse, sexual abuse, emotional neglect, and physical neglect—using a Likert-scale approach. While this scale misses several elements detecting household dysfunction (substance abuse in the family, mental illness in the household, witnessing domestic violence, or having a family member in prison), it gains a greater discernment of maltreatment frequency, as opposed to the dichotomous approach with the ACE questionnaire.

Various Mental Health Diagnoses Gave A Higher Odds Of Occurring With Just One ACE: Experiencing just one ACE increases risk for a lifetime psychiatric diagnosis by about two-fold.

*notice how only one ACE does not increase cPTSD or BPD more than other disorders (see below for the jump when multiple ACEs are added together).

ACEs also increase the risk for earlier substance use (Cannabis: Mills et al., 2017; alcohol/cannabis: Yoon et al., 2020), more frequent and problematic use (Mills et al., 2017; Yoon et al., 2020; Widom et al., 2006), and polysubstance use (Shin, 2012; Davis et al., 2021).

The odds ratio for psychotic disorders is 1.65-2.8, suggesting that genetics as well as ACEs can contribute to the development of schizophrenia.

A cross-sectional study of over 34,000 participants by Afifi et al. (2011) has been one of the best studies to date that demonstrates the association between ACEs and personality disorders. Results from this study showed that experiencing a single ACE is associated with a greater likelihood of developing a personality disorder, even when controlling for sociodemographic characteristics, or other diagnoses (such as mood disorders or substance use disorders). These numbers only reflect one ACE. A meta analysis of 97 studies (mostly cross-sectional) on patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD) by Porter et al. (2020) showed that participants with BPD were 13.91 (CI 11.11-17.43; p<0.001) times more likely to have experienced any form of adversity compared to other participants, including participants with other mental health diagnoses.

A thoughtful and holistic treatment approach is necessary to help minimize the impact of adverse childhood experiences.

To our knowledge, there are no prospective studies assessing bipolar disorder diagnosis. However some studies suggest ACEs are associated with earlier onset, worse affective and psychotic symptoms, and higher likelihood of rapid cycling (Agnew-Blais et al., 2016).

ACEs Increase Risk For Psychiatric Diagnosis In A Dose-Dependent MannerThere are few prospective studies reporting the impact of multiple (i.e., 4 or more) ACEs. One might hypothesize that more ACEs might lead to more challenges throughout the lifetime.

A handful of prospective cohort studies on SUD and psychosis show that for each additional ACE, the likelihood of experiencing either of these disorders increases by about 20-70% (Croft et al., 2019; LeTendre and Reed, 2017).

Meanwhile, for depression, a monumental meta-analysis of cross-sectional studies by Humphreys et al. (2019) looked at how CTQ scores correlate with depression diagnosis and depression symptoms. Pooling 39 studies, total CTQ scores had a pooled effect size of 1.07 (.95-1.19) for predicting lifetime diagnosis of depression, and pooling 70 studies showed a Z-correlation of .35 between CTQ and depressive symptoms. In other words, for each 1 standard deviation increase in total CTQ scores, depression scores are expected to increase by .35 standard deviations. Of note, emotional abuse and emotional neglect had the strongest associations. One study found emotional neglect was specifically linked to anhedonic depression. Think of emotional abuse as leading to a negative internalized self-reflective stance.

Similarly, a cross-sectional study of over 29,000 adolescents from the 2016-2017 National Survey of Children’s Health (NSCH) on the likelihood of a current mental health disorder diagnosis according to parental report (Bomysoad and Francis 2020). The results showed a dose-dependent increase in psychiatric disorder diagnosis:

ACEs are linked to more severe psychiatric symptoms (g = .2 for depression), more psychiatric comorbidities, earlier onset, and increased suicidality (Lippard and Nemeroff, 2020; Childhood Trauma Meta-Analysis Study Group, 2022).
  • Within the data, there is no consistent association between a specific type of ACE and a specific coinciding psychiatric disorder. For instance, some authors break down ACEs into threat vs. deprivation (abuse vs. neglect), and findings have been largely inconsistent. Other studies suggest that all forms of ACEs increase risk for affective disorders (Norman et al., 2012). This may suggest that the dose is most predictive.
  • In a study looking at type and timing, Schalinksi et al., 2016, found that:
  • Childhood trauma that starts earlier has a longer duration, therefore could lead to a more severe psychiatric symptoms in adulthood
  • Shutdown/dissociation (two main sensitivity periods age 3-6 and 12-14)
  • Physical neglect at age 5 Highest importance
  • Age 3-5 associated with hippocampus development, especially vulnerable for later dissociation/PTSD

  • Emotional neglect age 4, 6, 8, 13 had predictive strength

  • Non-verbal emotional abuse age 14
  • Sexual abuse age 12

  • Depression

  • Emotional neglect age 9 was peak impact
  • Sexual abuse age 12

  • PTSD: two sensitivity periods ages 5-6 and 12-16

  • Physical neglect age 5
  • “When considering physical neglect for a 2-year window (age 5–6, importance M= 4.16, SD = 1.95), the predictive strength of physical neglect at ages 5–6 for PTSD symptoms was not better than the predictive strength of MACE overall severity (t9 = 0.34, p = .721) or multiplicity (t9 = 0.62, p = .552).”
  • Meaning- it was as important. Key to PTSD is MACE overall severity, physical neglect 5-6 and MACE multiplicity.

  • Emotional neglect age 6, 14, 16

  • Sexual abuse age 12
  • Non-verbal emotional abuse age 14
  • As you can see in Fig. 2 below, there is a step up in dissociation/PTSD with increased ACE types. Notice this is not a linear effect.

    However, other studies report different effects with respect to timing and type of ACE (see Herzog and Schmahl, 2018).

Consider the patient’s developmental stage when the traumatic event occurred, and how this exposure may have impacted the life trajectory. For instance, maybe a 5-year-old who experienced emotional neglect and emotional abuse could disrupt the development of critical social skills as the child is entering into kindergarten or grade school, and throughout the lifespan. A child lacks coping skills to handle a traumatic event, therefore trauma disrupts normal development. An individual with childhood trauma may turn to maladaptive coping mechanisms later in life, as they never learned how to properly cope with extreme stress.

Following severe trauma, individuals may lose their sense of identity. Trauma is often associated with “fight-or-flight mode”, or dissociation. It is important to help the patient explore their personal narrative and understand what helps them make sense of their lives. We don’t want the patient to be stuck seeing themselves through their mental health disorder. Helping patients identify and relate to their positive attributes can help rebuild a stable sense of self. As mental health providers, we help our patients identify their strengths, abilities, spiritualities, creativities, so that they are able to live a healthy, meaningful and productive life.

How Could ACEs Increase Risk For All Forms Of Psychiatric Disorders?In summary, adverse childhood experiences result in an increased risk for mental health diagnoses across the lifespan. One might expect ACEs to play a role in the later onset of PTSD or BPD. However, based on the above review, we note that ACEs also have an impact on psychotic illnesses, substance use disorders, mood disorders, and personality disorders. Emotional abuse and emotional neglect in childhood are strongly associated with a depression diagnosis. Furthermore, there is increased risk for borderline personality disorder in association with five or more different types of trauma. Based on our review, a greater number of ACEs leads to a greater risk of mental health challenges. Understanding the impact of childhood trauma can help mental health providers reframe the meaning of patients’ maladaptive behaviors. These behaviors often function as powerful coping mechanisms, allowing individuals to escape the lingering effects of trauma.

As mental health providers, engaging with empathy, fostering a strong therapeutic alliance, and establishing a safe environment not only opens the door to difficult conversations, but also plants the seeds for profound personal growth. In this collaborative journey, our aim is to help our patients achieve their mental health goals, and also to help them find the strength to lead a life rich with purpose, meaning, and personal fulfillment.

Citations Abajobir, A. A., Kisely, S., Scott, J. G., Williams, G., Clavarino, A., Strathearn, L., & Najman, J. M. (2017). Childhood Maltreatment and Young Adulthood Hallucinations, Delusional Experiences, and Psychosis: A Longitudinal Study. Schizophrenia bulletin, 43(5), 1045–1055. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbw175

Afifi, T. O., Mather, A., Boman, J., Fleisher, W., Enns, M. W., Macmillan, H., & Sareen, J. (2011). Childhood adversity and personality disorders: results from a nationally representative population-based study. Journal of psychiatric research, 45(6), 814–822. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2010.11.008

Agnew-Blais, J., & Danese, A. (2016). Childhood maltreatment and unfavourable clinical outcomes in bipolar disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The lancet. Psychiatry, 3(4), 342–349. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(15)00544-1

Bomysoad, R. N., & Francis, L. A. (2020). Adverse Childhood Experiences and Mental Health Conditions Among Adolescents. The Journal of adolescent health : official publication of the Society for Adolescent Medicine, 67(6), 868–870. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jadohealth.2020.04.013

Broekhof, R., Nordahl, H. M., Tanum, L., & Selvik, S. G. (2023). Adverse childhood experiences and their association with substance use disorders in adulthood: A general population study (Young-HUNT). Addictive behaviors reports, 17, 100488. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.abrep.2023.100488

Childhood Trauma Meta-Analysis Study Group (2022). Treatment efficacy and effectiveness in adults with major depressive disorder and childhood trauma history: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The lancet. Psychiatry, 9(11), 860–873. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(22)00227-9

Cloitre, M., Hyland, P., Bisson, J. I., Brewin, C. R., Roberts, N. P., Karatzias, T., & Shevlin, M. (2019). ICD-11 Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in the United States: A Population-Based Study. Journal of traumatic stress, 32(6), 833–842. https://doi.org/10.1002/jts.22454

Croft, J., Heron, J., Teufel, C., Cannon, M., Wolke, D., Thompson, A., Houtepen, L., & Zammit, S. (2019). Association of Trauma Type, Age of Exposure, and Frequency in Childhood and Adolescence With Psychotic Experiences in Early Adulthood. JAMA psychiatry, 76(1), 79–86. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2018.3155

Davis, J. P., Tucker, J. S., Stein, B. D., & D'Amico, E. J. (2021). Longitudinal effects of adverse childhood experiences on substance use transition patterns during young adulthood. Child abuse & neglect, 120, 105201. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2021.105201

Humphreys, K. L., LeMoult, J., Wear, J. G., Piersiak, H. A., Lee, A., & Gotlib, I. H. (2020). Child maltreatment and depression: A meta-analysis of studies using the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire. Child abuse & neglect, 102, 104361. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2020.104361

Hyucksun Shin S. (2012). A longitudinal examination of the relationships between childhood maltreatment and patterns of adolescent substance use among high-risk adolescents. The American journal on addictions, 21(5), 453–461. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1521-0391.2012.00255.x

Jääskeläinen, M., Holmila, M., Notkola, I. L., & Raitasalo, K. (2016). Mental disorders and harmful substance use in children of substance abusing parents: A longitudinal register-based study on a complete birth cohort born in 1991. Drug and alcohol review, 35(6), 728–740. https://doi.org/10.1111/dar.12417

LeTendre, M. L., & Reed, M. B. (2017). The Effect of Adverse Childhood Experience on Clinical Diagnosis of a Substance Use Disorder: Results of a Nationally Representative Study. Substance use & misuse, 52(6), 689–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/10826084.2016.1253746

Li, M., D'Arcy, C., & Meng, X. (2016). Maltreatment in childhood substantially increases the risk of adult depression and anxiety in prospective cohort studies: systematic review, meta-analysis, and proportional attributable fractions. Psychological medicine, 46(4), 717–730. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291715002743

Lippard, E. T. C., & Nemeroff, C. B. (2020). The Devastating Clinical Consequences of Child Abuse and Neglect: Increased Disease Vulnerability and Poor Treatment Response in Mood Disorders. The American journal of psychiatry, 177(1), 20–36. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2019.19010020

Mc Elroy, S., & Hevey, D. (2014). Relationship between adverse early experiences, stressors, psychosocial resources and wellbeing. Child abuse & neglect, 38(1), 65–75. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2013.07.017

Mills, R., Kisely, S., Alati, R., Strathearn, L., & Najman, J. M. (2017). Child maltreatment and cannabis use in young adulthood: a birth cohort study. Addiction (Abingdon, England), 112(3), 494–501. https://doi.org/10.1111/add.13634

Norman, R. E., Byambaa, M., De, R., Butchart, A., Scott, J., & Vos, T. (2012). The long-term health consequences of child physical abuse, emotional abuse, and neglect: a systematic review and meta-analysis. PLoS medicine, 9(11), e1001349. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1001349

Porter, C., Palmier-Claus, J., Branitsky, A., Mansell, W., Warwick, H., & Varese, F. (2020). Childhood adversity and borderline personality disorder: a meta-analysis. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 141(1), 6–20. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.13118

Reuben, A., Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., Belsky, D. W., Harrington, H., Schroeder, F., Hogan, S., Ramrakha, S., Poulton, R., & Danese, A. (2016). Lest we forget: comparing retrospective and prospective assessments of adverse childhood experiences in the prediction of adult health. Journal of child psychology and psychiatry, and allied disciplines, 57(10), 1103–1112. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12621

Schalinski, I., Teicher, M. H., Nischk, D., Hinderer, E., Müller, O., & Rockstroh, B. (2016). Type and timing of adverse childhood experiences differentially affect severity of PTSD, dissociative and depressive symptoms in adult inpatients. BMC psychiatry, 16, 295. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-016-1004-5

Selous, C., Kelly-Irving, M., Maughan, B., Eyre, O., Rice, F., & Collishaw, S. (2020). Adverse childhood experiences and adult mood problems: evidence from a five-decade prospective birth cohort. Psychological medicine, 50(14), 2444–2451. https://doi.org/10.1017/S003329171900271X

Slavik, S., & Croake, J. (2006). The individual psychology conception of depression as a stress-diathesis model. The Journal of Individual Psychology, 62(4), 417–428.

Spatz Widom, C., Marmorstein, N. R., & Raskin White, H. (2006). Childhood victimization and illicit drug use in middle adulthood. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 20(4), 394–403. https://doi.org/10.1037/0893-164X.20.4.394

Teicher, M. H., Samson, J. A., Anderson, C. M., & Ohashi, K. (2016). The effects of childhood maltreatment on brain structure, function and connectivity. Nature reviews. Neuroscience, 17(10), 652–666. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn.2016.111

Varese, F., Smeets, F., Drukker, M., Lieverse, R., Lataster, T., Viechtbauer, W., Read, J., van Os, J., & Bentall, R. P. (2012). Childhood adversities increase the risk of psychosis: a meta-analysis of patient-control, prospective- and cross-sectional cohort studies. Schizophrenia bulletin, 38(4), 661–671. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbs050

Widom C. S. (1999). Posttraumatic stress disorder in abused and neglected children grown up. The American journal of psychiatry, 156(8), 1223–1229. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.156.8.1223

Yoon, S., Shi, Y., Yoon, D., Pei, F., Schoppe-Sullivan, S., & Snyder, S. M. (2020). Child Maltreatment, Fathers, and Adolescent Alcohol and Marijuana Use Trajectories. Substance use & misuse, 55(5), 721–733. https://doi.org/10.1080/10826084.2019.1701033

View Details

Liam Browning, Manal Piracha, Annabel Kuhn, MD, David Puder, MD

Peer reviewed by Erica Vega, DO

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

In today's episode post, we embark on an in-depth exploration of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and their profound impact on adult mental and physical health. The CDC defines ACEs as, “potentially traumatic events that occur in childhood.” ACEs include (but are not limited to) physical, emotional, sexual abuse, neglect, household dysfunction, such as domestic violence or parental substance abuse. We'll investigate how these early negative events are critical predictors of adult psychiatric diagnoses, including substance use disorders (SUDs), depression, anxiety, PTSD, psychosis, and personality disorders. Our analysis extends to the intricate ways ACEs affect an individual's physiology and psychology. This episode will be the first of a mini-series of several episodes surrounding the impact of ACEs and how we can treat patients who experienced trauma.

Introduction: Why Care About Adverse Childhood Experiences?ACEs are common and their effects can add up over time. According to the CDC, 61% of adults had at least 1 ACE, and 16% had 4 or more types of ACEs. ACEs occur throughout the entire world population, ACEs can happen to both patients and providers. ACEs can be challenging for both patients and providers; discussing, recalling, and learning about traumatic events can affect body sensations and perhaps lead to dissociation. When providers inquire about ACEs, it should not be something that is done in a hurried or impersonal and detached way. When mental health professionals are beginning to form a therapeutic alliance with the patient, it can be difficult at first to know how to ask the difficult questions regarding trauma. Yet, it is important because a patient may otherwise never bring it up on their own. It can be helpful to first ask the patient, “Have you ever been sexually, emotionally, verbally, or physically abused?” It is important to approach emotional responses with empathy. It is also important to give the patient the freedom to say as much or as little as they feel comfortable. For example, “It is ok if you decide to not tell me any details about what happened, but it is helpful to know if it did happen.” Providing the patient with a sense of control over the conversation is key, as they did not have a sense of control when the trauma was occuring. This then also allows the provider to assess the patient's level of trust. By asking the patient the hard questions, the patient may feel that you are ready to know, and able to hold space for the patient to share, whenever that may be.

When people describe trauma there may be tremendous shame, with thoughts such as “I am bad” or “I did something bad”, “I deserve what happened to me” are often described. Providers should thank patients for sharing something so painful and recognize the courage it took to do so. The core of trauma-focused therapy is helping patients move out of a place of shame and recognize that they are, in fact, not to blame for what happened. Acknowledging a massively impactful life event, such as an ACE, can give providers a greater understanding of the incredible challenges patients have had to overcome throughout their lives, and therefore improve diagnosis and treatment of both mental and physical illnesses.

This understanding naturally brings us to a central principle of Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT): “Given your experiences and the challenges you've faced, it's completely understandable why you're struggling right now. At the same time, I recognize your strong desire for growth and overcoming these obstacles. Together, we'll strive to turn this aspiration into reality.” This balance between acknowledging current difficulties and fostering a commitment to positive change lies at the heart of DBT.

Creating space for discussing trauma can strengthen the therapeutic alliance and minimize negative transference. Sometimes the emotions and situations are experienced towards the provider before they can be understood in the context of their developmental narrative. For example, strong anger and primitive emotions might be projected onto the provider, or even processed through projective identification– where the provider gets pulled into behaving in alignment with the projections.

For many patients, trauma impacts the formation of healthy, stable relationships, and can potentially interfere with a healthy therapeutic alliance with therapists. Demonstrating empathy and compassion as a provider can be a corrective emotional experience, potentially enhancing the patient’s relationship not only with the therapist, but also with others. This is one of the reasons that the specific type of therapy may not matter as much as the therapeutic alliance. In a previous episode with Dr. Robert Feinstein, we discussed common factors in effective therapies. About 89% of outcomes in psychotherapy have to do with factors common to all therapy types: giving the patient empathy, for the patient to be heard and understood, observed, validated, and having a structure to the psychotherapy. Only 10-12% of outcomes are based on patients that need specific treatments because of certain problems where some treatments do work better than others.

In a previous podcast with Dr. William Miller, we discussed research that has shown there is no correlation between therapist outcomes and how many years a therapist has been performing therapy (Anderson et al, 2009). This underscores the importance of deliberate practice in the area of psychotherapy. In the words of Dr. William Miller, “It’s a way of being with people to help people make changes.” This method emphasizes a collaborative and empathetic interaction style, focusing on empowering individuals to drive their own change, making it a valuable asset in any change or growth-oriented setting.

In a study by Reese et al. (2022), a study of 482 married or cohabiting couples who had a child between the ages of 3 and 13 years old completed a survey that analyzed the relationship between parental ACEs and adverse family experiences (AFE). Both parents’ adverse childhood experiences were associated with an increase in their child’s adverse family experiences (a measurement that parents filled out with questions like “Did your child ever live with anyone who was mentally ill or suicidal, or severely depressed for more than a couple weeks?”). Only the fathers adverse childhood experiences impacted a measure of “family health” which had questions like “we support each other.”

In a 2024 study from Italy involving 645 psychiatry residents (trainees), it was observed that these psychiatry residents had a higher incidence of adverse childhood experiences and greater attachment insecurity compared to their peers in other medical specialties. Additionally, psychiatry residents were more inclined to seek social support. Despite the higher rates of emotional abuse, emotional neglect, and physical neglect, they exhibited lower neuroticism and higher openness, according to the Big Five personality traits (Castellini and Tarchi et al., 2024). This trend suggests a potential link between personal trauma and the motivation to pursue psychiatry in order to aid others in similar situations.

In 2014, the worldwide self-reported prevalence of physical and sexual abuse was 22.6% and 12.7%, respectively. Neglect occurred at similar rates, with 16.3% and 18.4% of respondents reporting physical and emotional neglect respectively (Stoltenborgh et al. 2015).

According to a systematic review and meta-analysis published in the Lancet in 2019 by Bellis et al., ACEs were attributed to about 30% of cases of anxiety and 40% of cases of depression in North America and to significant healthcare costs. The study estimated the annual costs of ACEs in North America to $748 billion and $581 billion in Europe.

The ACE StudyHistory of ACEs and the ACE studyThe ACE study by Felitti et al. (1998) was one of the first large-scale efforts to investigate how exposure to multiple types of maltreatment in childhood are linked to negative mental and physical health outcomes throughout the lifespan. It was a cross-sectional questionnaire study on over 8,000 mostly white, middle class, middle-aged adults through Kaiser Permanente in San Diego.

The original ACEs questionnaire included seven categories of abuse and household dysfunction which occurred at the following rates:

  • Emotional abuse 11%
  • Physical abuse 11%
  • Sexual abuse 22%
  • Substance abuse in the immediate family 26%
  • Mental illness in the immediate family 19%
  • Witnessing domestic violence 13%
  • Household member went to prison 3%

In all, 50.5% of the sample reported experiencing at least one ACE. Of those who experienced one ACE, half reported experiencing at least one additional ACE, meaning 25% of the sample experienced two or more ACEs. Certain ACEs such as emotional abuse and domestic violence were particularly associated with other ACEs, as around 90% of participants who had experienced either of these ACEs also reported experiencing an additional ACE.

Compared to zero ACEs, those with four or more ACEs (6.5% of participants) demonstrated (aORs adjusting for age, gender, race, and educational attainment):

Maladaptive health behaviors:

  • Considers self alcoholic 7.4 (5.4–10.2)
  • Ever used illicit drugs 4.7 (3.7–6.0)
  • Ever injected drugs 10.3 (4.9–21.4)
  • 50 or more intercourse partners 3.2 (2.1–5.1)
  • Current smoking 2.2 (1.7–2.9)
  • Poor self-rated health 2.2 (1.8–2.7)

Adverse health outcomes:

  • Suicide attempt 6.6 (4.5–9.8)
  • Two or more weeks depressed 4.6 (3.8–5.6)
  • Obesity (BMI>35) 1.6 (1.2–2.1)
  • Ischemic heart disease 2.2 (1.3–3.7)
  • Cancer 1.9 (1.3–2.7)
  • Stroke 2.4 (1.3–4.3)
  • Chronic bronchitis or emphysema 3.9 (2.6–5.8)
  • Hepatitis or jaundice 2.4 (1.8–3.3)
  • Diabetes 1.6 (1.0–2.5)
  • STI 2.5 (1.9–3.2)
  • Skeletal fractures 1.6(1.3–2.0)

Dr. Vincent Felitti’s lecture on YouTube has a chilling quote:

“The most powerful relationship we saw, was suicide, an individual with an ACE score of six or higher was 4,600% more likely to attempt suicide than an individual with an ACE score of 0.”

Are These Negative Health Outcomes And Mortality Mediated By Health-Risk Behaviors?During Dr. Vincent Felitti’s lecture on ACEs, he stated with a microexpression of pain, that people with 6 or more ACEs died on average, 20 years earlier than those without ACEs. This could seem like a death sentence for those who have many childhood traumas, but the results from the study he’s citing has some nuance worth discussing (Brown et al., 2009).

Interestingly, after multivariable adjustment, adults with six or more ACEs were only 1.7 times more likely to die at age ≤75 years (≥6 vs 0 ACEs: HR=1.73; 95% CI=1.06, 2.83), and this increased risk was not seen in those with 1-5 ACEs.

When controlling for “variables for prevalent disease conditions, risk factors, poor mental health, sexual and reproductive health, social problems, and prescription medication utilization (i.e., ‘ACE-related’ conditions),” the hazard ratio dropped from significance 1.2 (95% CI=0.70, 1.95), suggesting that earlier mortality risk was mediated by “ACE-related conditions.”

Another study by D’Arcy-Bewick et al. (2023), attempted to control for chronic disease prospective study of 6319 participants who were followed from 1995-2018 suggested that there is still a mortality risk of ACEs even when controlling for chronic conditions that are the leading causes of death (hypertension, cardiac disease, cancer, stroke, diabetes). After controlling for these conditions, each additional ACE (there were 20 in this study, as they included additional ACEs related to socioeconomic status) was associated with a hazard ratio (HR) of 1.033 (95% CI=1.014–1.053), suggesting a linear association between ACEs and increased mortality risk. Given the persistent increased risk of mortality controlling for chronic diseases, this may mean that other causes of death, such as suicide and accidental death, may mediated the increased risk.

This suggests that the increased risk of death in those with ACEs are likely related to the mental health and psychosocial related risks (which can potentially be treated).

Numerous studies have attempted to determine the extent to which the increased morbidity and mortality associated with ACEs is mediated by poor health behavior such as smoking, drug use, alcohol, and obesity, or if it is a result of the the direct biological disruptions by ACEs (Godoy et al., 2020). And while there is still limited consensus, there is a link nonetheless between ACEs and mortality.

This understanding is indeed sobering: the immense pain caused by polytrauma often leads to the use of coping strategies that, while adaptive in the short term, will inevitably shorten a person's life.

However, there is also potential for hope. In episode 142, we presented a study showing that the mortality risk associated with low cardiovascular fitness compared to elite fitness was associated with an adjusted HR of 5.04. This shows us that a high ACE score is not a death sentence and that there are other stronger modifiable factors that can influence longevity. As mental health providers, we can collectively work to mitigate the effects of ACEs on health and lifespan by encouraging our patients to engage in these lifestyle changes and by supporting social initiatives that promote increased access to psychotherapy and psychiatry.

ConclusionTrauma can be difficult for both patients and providers to discuss. Further, trauma can be challenging to address through therapy, particularly when individuals do not have access to the necessary resources. Despite all the known benefits of therapy, there are many barriers to accessing care, some of those include limited availability of providers, financial means, personal or societal biases against going to therapy. Unfortunately, there is not a simple solution, but the goal is to improve mental healthcare access for all. Psychiatrists work and purpose is to heal the patient, and hopefully with this episode and future episodes on adverse childhood experiences, we can learn and grow together.

Citations:Anderson, T., Ogles, B. M., Patterson, C. L., Lambert, M. J., & Vermeersch, D. A. (2009). Therapist effects: Facilitative interpersonal skills as a predictor of therapist success. Journal of clinical psychology, 65(7), 755-768. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2009-09397-009

Bellis, M. A., Hughes, K., Ford, K., Ramos Rodriguez, G., Sethi, D., & Passmore, J. (2019). Life course health consequences and associated annual costs of adverse childhood experiences across Europe and North America: A systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Public Health, 4(10). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(19)30145-8

Brown, D. W., Anda, R. F., Tiemeier, H., Felitti, V. J., Edwards, V. J., Croft, J. B., & Giles, W. H. (2009). Adverse childhood experiences and the risk of premature mortality. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 37(5), 389–396. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amepre.2009.06.021

Broekhof, R., Nordahl, H. M., Tanum, L., & Selvik, S. G. (2023). Adverse childhood experiences and their association with Substance Use Disorders in adulthood: A general population study (young-hunt). Addictive Behaviors Reports, 17, 100488. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.abrep.2023.100488

Castellini, G., Tarchi, L., Cassioli, E., Ricca, V., et al. (2024). The interplay between mentalization, personality traits and burnout in psychiatry training: Results from a large multicenter controlled study. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.13649

D’Arcy-Bewick, S., Turiano, N., Sutin, A. R., Terracciano, A., & O’Súilleabháin, P. S. (2023). Adverse childhood experiences and all-cause mortality risk in adulthood. Child Abuse & Neglect, 144, 106386. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2023.106386

Felitti, V. J., Anda, R. F., Nordenberg, D., Williamson, D. F., Spitz, A. M., Edwards, V., Koss, M. P., & Marks, J. S. (1998). Relationship of childhood abuse and household dysfunction to many of the leading causes of death in adults. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 14(4), 245–258. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0749-3797(98)00017-8

Felitti, V. (2016, June 23). Dr. Vincent Felitti: Reflections on the adverse childhood experiences (ACE) study. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-ns8ko9-ljU

Godoy, L. C., Frankfurter, C., Cooper, M., Lay, C., Maunder, R., & Farkouh, M. E. (2021). Association of Adverse Childhood Experiences with cardiovascular disease later in life. JAMA Cardiology, 6(2), 228. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamacardio.2020.6050

Puder, D. (2023, May 15). Episode 142: Exercise as a drug for mental health and longevity. Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-142-exercise-as-a-drug-for-mental-health-and-longevity

Reese, E. M., Barlow, M. J., & Dillon, M., et al. (2022). Intergenerational transmission of trauma: The mediating effects of Family Health. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(10), 5944. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph19105944

Stoltenborgh, M., Bakermans‐Kranenburg, M. J., Alink, L. R., & van IJzendoorn, M. H. (2014). The prevalence of child maltreatment across the globe: Review of a series of Meta‐analyses. Child Abuse Review, 24(1), 37–50. https://doi.org/10.1002/car.2353

View Details

Adam Burt, MD, Manal Piracha MS, David Puder, MD

In today’s episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Judith Beck, a prominent figure in the field of psychology and author of the highly regarded textbook, Cognitive Behavior Therapy: Basics and Beyond, which is a staple in the academic journey of many students in psychiatry, psychology, counseling, social work, and psychiatric nursing. This book, translated into 20 languages, is a key resource in the U.S. as well as globally.

Dr. Beck serves as the president of the Beck Institute for Cognitive Behavior Therapy, which she co-founded with her late father, Dr. Aaron Beck, who is considered the father of CBT. The Beck Institute is a non-profit organization based in Philadelphia. In addition to her leadership role, she is a Clinical Professor of Psychology in Psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania, where she educates residents.

BackgroundCognitive behavior therapy (CBT), initially known as cognitive therapy, is psychotherapy based on the cognitive model developed by Dr. Aaron Beck, influenced by Dr. Albert Ellis, phenomenologists, and eastern and western philosophies. There are multiple forms of CBT available, one being the Beckian CBT. Additional forms include ACT, schema therapy, among others. In Episode 103 on acceptance commitment therapy, we started by looking at randomized-controlled trials that compared CBT to ACT and found they had similar outcomes. Here are a few studies we looked at:

  • An RCT with 135 caregivers showed no difference in improvement of depression between ACT and CBT (Losada et al., 2015).
  • An RCT with 49 adolescent outpatients (age 12-17) with three arms of CBT, ACT, and wait list showed equivalent improvements in anxiety and depression in both CBT and ACT (Swain 2015).
  • An RCT with 157 children compared ACT, CBT, and a wait-list control for anxiety disorders, and showed equivalent results between ACT and CBT (Hancock 2018).

Dr. Aaron Beck: Academic Psychiatrist and PsychoanalystInitially a neurology resident in the 1950s, Dr. Beck was required to complete a term in psychiatry due to a post WW2 and Korean war shortage of psychiatrists. He completed his psychiatry training and subsequently trained as a psychoanalyst, finishing his personal analysis in the late 50s. Given his academic background and enthusiasm for psychoanalysis, he aimed to empirically validate psychoanalytic theories of depression. His initial work was in depression and overturned the prevailing psychoanalytic theory of retroflected hostility in depression. He was also concerned at the inconsistency in formulation of patients between different analysts for the same condition and became skeptical of psychoanalytic theories. His research led to the development of the cognitive model, which postulates that people's depressed mood was influenced by their automatic thoughts.

The Influence of Stoic PhilosophyEpictetus, a Stoic philosopher, famously said, “We cannot choose our external circumstances, but we can always choose how we respond to them.” This mirrors the CBT principle that, while we might not be able to control every aspect of our environment, we can control our reactions and thoughts about those circumstances.

Developed by Albert Ellis, rational emotive behavior therapy (REBT) (a precursor to CBT), was directly influenced by Stoic philosophy. Ellis often quoted Epictetus: “Men are disturbed not by things, but by the view which they take of them.” The Stoic practice of focusing on things within our control, accepting what is beyond our control, and striving for rationality and virtue is reflected in the way Ellis's REBT encourages individuals to challenge and change their irrational beliefs and perceptions.

Aaron Beck's cognitive model for neuroses includes:

  • Depression: It's viewed as stemming from negative perceptions about oneself, one's experiences, and the future. This is encapsulated in the cognitive triad, where individuals see themselves in a negative light, expect negative outcomes, and interpret experiences pessimistically.
  • Anxiety: Characterized as the fear of a future unpleasant event.
  • Phobias: Defined as a specific fear of a bad event occurring in certain situations or circumstances.
  • OCD: It involves the fear of a bad event happening unless preventive actions are taken (Kennerley, 2016).

Dr. Judith Beck recounts one of her father’s clinical anecdotes, where towards the end of the therapy session, as his patient was free-associating on the couch discussing her sexual behaviors, he noted some distress in telling him the details. Dr. Beck interpreted this as shame associated with her behaviors. When prompted about this, her response surprised him. Instead of communicating feelings of shame regarding her behaviors, she had shame regarding her interpretation of his response, she said, “I thought you were bored.” Dr. Beck noticed a similar negative cognition in many of his patients. Rather than see this as part of the overarching transference or countertransference, as discussed in Episode 170, according to Beck this was a cognition, a view she held of herself (that she was boring) that could be deconstructed using certain techniques. Beck views this as one of the experiences that drove him to develop cognitive behavior theory.

Interpersonal statements that connect the therapist and patient, regardless of modality, are very important to pay attention to, empathize with, and, as Judith Beck discusses in our conversation, thank the patient for sharing. These statements not only increase the level of safety the patient feels in the relationship, but also offer important insights that are helpful in guiding the course of treatment.

Cognitive Model BackgroundThe model of mind in CBT is captured by several principles:

Interactive systems:

  • The model of mind in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) incorporates an interactive systems framework. This framework understands problems as arising from interactions within five key internal systems of an individual: thoughts (cognitions), emotions (affect), behaviors, physiological responses, and beliefs or perceptions. These internal systems are continuously interacting not only with each other but also with various external factors, including the social, cultural, familial, and economic contexts in which the individual exists. This approach emphasizes the intricate and dynamic interplay between internal psychological processes and external environmental influences in shaping mental health and behavior.

    Cognitive principle:

  • The cognitive principle of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) posits that an individual's emotional, behavioral, and physiological responses to a situation are governed not by the situation itself, but by their perceptions and interpretations of it. This highlights the central role of thought processes in shaping reactions and behaviors (Beck, 2020; Kennerley, 2016).

  • Marcus Aurelius, a Stoic philosopher, emphasized thoughts and perceptions in shaping our experiences. In his Meditations, he states, “You have power over your mind, not outside events. Realize this, and you will find strength.”

What Are CBT Levels Of Cognition? What Are Automatic Thoughts?Automatic thoughts are spontaneous, often subtle, and emotionally-charged appraisals, interpretations, or ideas that are tied to specific situations. They can be negative and unhelpful or positive and helpful. They can emerge without conscious awareness. For example, the thought “I am useless” might arise when someone is upset due to a mishap, appearing as a straightforward truth. However, a fundamental concept in CBT is that, “thoughts are opinions, not facts,” indicating that automatic thoughts, like all opinions, may not always be accurate.

Typically, automatic thoughts are discussed as if they were verbal statements such as, “I am useless.” However, it is crucial to understand that they can also occur as mental images. For instance, in social phobia a person might not explicitly think, “Others see me as odd,” but, rather, conjure up a mental image of themselves appearing flushed, sweating, and awkward.

Because automatic thoughts instantly affect our emotional state and are readily identifiable, they are often a primary focus early in early therapy sessions.

What Are Dysfunctional Assumptions? Assumptions, or intermediate beliefs, can be either maladaptive or adaptive. These beliefs act as personal rules for living and are shaped by core beliefs. They often take the form of conditional statements such as, “If... then…” or “should/must...otherwise.” These assumptions are more specific than core beliefs but are broader and less precise than automatic thoughts.

For example, a common assumption might be that if one pleases others, they will be accepted, but if they assert their own needs, they will face rejection. These assumptions are not as immediately apparent as automatic thoughts and might not be easily expressed in words. Often, they need to be deduced from a person's actions or from recurring patterns in their automatic thoughts (Beck, 2020; Kennerley, 2016).

What Are Core Beliefs?Core beliefs, also known as schemas, are deeply ingrained beliefs about oneself, the world, and others. These beliefs can be either adaptive and helpful or maladaptive and unhelpful. They are somewhat similar to personality traits in their nature. Typically, core beliefs operate unconsciously, influencing automatic thoughts and assumptions.

These beliefs are often expressed as broad, absolute statements, such as, “I am worthless,” “I am helpless,” or “I am unlovable.” Unlike automatic thoughts, core beliefs are relatively stable over time and are viewed by the individual as fundamental truths applicable in various situations. Usually, these beliefs are formed early in life due to childhood experiences, but they can also develop or change later due to mental illness or trauma.

Core beliefs are not usually the direct focus of short-term therapy for specific issues. However, in the treatment of chronic problems like personality disorders or complex post-traumatic stress disorder, these beliefs are key targets in schema therapy. To understand a person's core beliefs, one often needs to observe their characteristic assumptions, thoughts, and behaviors in different situations, as these beliefs may not be readily verbalized (Beck, 2020).

Adaptive Core Beliefs:* These are positive beliefs about oneself, others, and the world. * Examples include beliefs like "I am generally effective, likable, lovable, and worthwhile." * Beliefs about others tend to be optimistic, viewing them as mostly neutral or well-intentioned, though acknowledging some may be hurtful. * The perception of the world is of it being somewhat predictable and primarily neutral or benign, while recognizing that some aspects may be unsafe.

Maladaptive Core Beliefs:* These are negative beliefs that can be detrimental to one's mental health and well-being. * Common maladaptive beliefs about oneself include, “I’m unlovable,” “I’m helpless,” and “I’m worthless.” * When it comes to others, these beliefs are often pessimistic, viewing people as potentially hurtful, dangerous, and untrustworthy. * Such beliefs are typically ingrained and can influence one's interpretation of events and interactions, often leading to a distorted view of reality (Beck, 2020).

Other CBT Principles: Behavior Principle:* This principle highlights the significant impact of our actions and speech on our thoughts and emotions. * Engaging in certain behaviors or deliberately avoiding them can influence our mental state. * Coping strategies, which can be adaptive (helpful) or maladaptive (harmful), also play a role in shaping our thoughts, emotions, and physiological responses.

Continuum Principle:* Mental health issues are seen as extensions of normal psychological processes, not as fundamentally different states. * This perspective suggests that unhealthy mental states are more intense versions of normal mental states. * This principle aligns with the trend towards dimensional diagnoses in mental health, which view mental health issues as existing on a spectrum.

Here and Now Principle:* In CBT, the focus is often on addressing current issues and processes rather than dwelling on the past. * However, addressing past issues is also a part of CBT, approached in a similar manner to dealing with present concerns. * This principle acknowledges that while past experiences are influential, the current state is where therapy can be most effective.

Empiric Principle:* Emphasizes the importance of grounding both theories and therapeutic practices in scientific evidence rather than anecdote. * This approach is ethically justified and aligns with the principle of distributive justice. * It is foundational to CBT, as the therapy's underlying theory is research-based rather than purely theoretical.

Interpersonal Principle:* CBT is a collaborative process, taking place within the context of a therapeutic relationship or alliance. * Therapists are mindful of their own unspoken thoughts and emotions towards the patient, as well as the patient's responses. * This interaction is similar to the concepts of transference and countertransference, where emotions and thoughts are projected onto each other in the therapeutic setting (Beck, 2020; Kennerley, 2016).

Further Reading On CBT Evidence And NeuroscienceEfficacy Research Cognitive behavior therapy is one of the most well-researched treatments in medicine, and certainly the most well-researched psychotherapy modality. There are multiple systematic reviews demonstrating its effectiveness both short and long term, in many diagnoses, with moderate to large effect sizes.

For example, a very large systematic review and meta-analysis on the effectiveness of CBT for depression, including 409 trials with 52,702 patients, found the effect size of CBT compared to control conditions was medium to large (g=0.79; 95% CI: 0.70-0.89) but when compared to other psychotherapies the difference was very small (g =0.06, 95% CI 0-0.12) (Cuijpers et al., 2023).

Neuroscience Research Neuroscience research into mechanisms of change in CBT have mostly been conducted in anxiety and depressive disorders, including functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) studies and studies of inflammatory cytokines, oxidative stress and telomere biology. Numerous studies suggest the capacity for emotional regulation and modulation of autonomic arousal is enhanced by CBT induced top down control due to neuroplasticity. Studies into inflammation have found CBT reduces expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines. A study conducted by Chen et al. studied a cohort of hemodialysis patients with sleep disturbance. Thirty-seven received tri-weekly cognitive-behavioral therapy lasting 6 weeks and the remaining 35, who received sleep hygiene education, served as controls. The post-trial secondary outcomes of high sensitive c-reactive protein, IL-18, and oxidized low density lipoprotein all significantly declined with CBT compared to controls.

Interestingly, the evidence suggests the mechanism of change in CBT (and other therapies) is similar to those induced by medications (Mansonn et al., 2021). Furmark et al. recognized the neural regions related to treatment with citalopram and CBT in social phobia and how they converge to the amygdala, hippocampus, and adjacent cortical areas, and possibly mean a common way in the successful treatment of social anxiety.

In Paquette et al., fMRI was used to assess neural changes in the brain from cognitive behavioral therapy. CBT was conducted on patients with a spider phobia (n=12). The phobic patients were scanned before starting CBT and it was found that, when exposed to the phobogenic stimuli, there was an increased activation of the right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (Brodmann area-BA 10), the parahippocampal gyrus, and the visual associative cortical areas, bilaterally. After completion of CBT, the scans found no significant activation in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (BA 10) or the parahippocampal gyrus. These findings suggest that an approach like CBT has the potential to modify the dysfunctional neural circuitry associated with anxiety disorders.

A study by Mansson et al. examined CBT-related changes in the brain by evaluating the relationship between structural neuroplasticity (gray matter volume) and functional changes (blood oxygen level dependent) in patients with social anxiety disorder. The study had 26 participants with a diagnosis of SAD and 26 healthy controls. More participants responded positively to the CBT (61%, 8/13) than to the attention bias modification control treatment (23%, 3/13; χ2=3.94, P=0.047). The study found that CBT-induced reductions of the gray matter volumes of the bilateral amygdala and the insula were positively associated with decreased levels of anticipatory speech anxiety (left amygdala).

Time × treatment interactions indicated that left amygdala gray matter volume and right amygdala blood-oxygen-level-dependent response decreased significantly more with CBT compared with the attention bias modification control treatment.

Nine patients with obsessive-compulsive disorder were studied with PET scans before and after 10 weeks of structured exposure and response prevention behavioral and cognitive treatment. Behavior therapy responders had significant (P < .05) bilateral decreases in caudate glucose metabolic rates that were greater than those seen in poor responders to treatment. Before treatment, there were significant correlations of brain activity between the orbital gyri and the head of the caudate nucleus and the orbital gyri and the thalamus on the right. These correlations decreased significantly after effective treatment (Shwartz et al., 1996).

Marwood and colleagues conducted a systematic review and meta-analyses of brain activity changes accompanying psychological therapy, including 22 longitudinal studies (i.e., scanned before and after therapy) with 352 participants. Studies included 5 panic disorder, 4 PTSD, 5 SAD, 3 unipolar depression, 2 specific phobia, 2 OCD, and 5 GAD studies. The illness severity was typically moderate, which is expected in a psychotherapy study. The psychotherapy modality in 13 of the studies was CBT. Other modalities included psychodynamic therapy, EMDR, eclectic and behavioral therapy. Robust findings of the meta-analyses included decreased activation post v. pretherapy in left anterior cingulate, bilateral inferior frontal gyrus and left insula. The authors assert that their findings mirror findings in similar systematic reviews (Marwood et al., 2018).

Chen and colleagues conducted a randomized-controlled trial of CBT (n=37) v. sleep hygiene education (n=35) for haemodialysis patients with disturbed sleep. Patients in the CBT group received 3 sessions of CBT each week for 6 weeks. There were improvements in anxiety, depression and fatigue scores in the CBT, but not in the control group. There were also significant improvements in inflammatory markers (C-reactive protein, interleukin 1b and 18, and oxidized low density lipoprotein) in the CBT group, but not in the control group. The authors suggest CBT is able to improve sleep and inflammation in patients on haemodialysis (Chen et al., 2011).

**Efficacy Systematic Reviews** Listed below are some of the major efficacy systematic reviews for specific conditions treated with CBT:

Carpenter JK, Andrews LA, Witcraft SM, Powers MB, Smits JAJ, Hofmann SG. Cognitive behavioral therapy for anxiety and related disorders: A meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. Depress Anxiety. 2018 Jun;35(6):502-514. doi: 10.1002/da.22728. Epub 2018 Feb 16. PMID: 29451967; PMCID: PMC5992015. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5992015/#:~:text=Evidence%20for%20the%20efficacy%20of,%2C%20generalized%20anxiety%20disorder%20(GAD%3B

Cuijpers P, Berking M, Andersson G, Quigley L, Kleiboer A, Dobson KS. A meta-analysis of cognitive-behavioural therapy for adult depression, alone and in comparison with other treatments. Can J Psychiatry. 2013 Jul;58(7):376-85. doi: 10.1177/070674371305800702. PMID: 23870719.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/23870719/

Cuijpers, P., Miguel, C., Harrer, M., Plessen, C.Y., Ciharova, M., Ebert, D. and Karyotaki, E. (2023), Cognitive behavior therapy vs. control conditions, other psychotherapies, pharmacotherapies and combined treatment for depression: a comprehensive meta-analysis including 409 trials with 52,702 patients. World Psychiatry, 22: 105-115. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/wps.21069#:~:text=The%20main%20effect%20size%20indicating,ranged%20from%20–0.45%20to%202.04

Hofmann SG, Asnaani A, Vonk IJ, Sawyer AT, Fang A. The Efficacy of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Review of Meta-analyses. Cognit Ther Res. 2012 Oct 1;36(5):427-440. doi: 10.1007/s10608-012-9476-1. Epub 2012 Jul 31. PMID: 23459093; PMCID: PMC3584580.

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3584580/

Kindred R, Bates GW, McBride NL. Long-term outcomes of cognitive behavioural therapy for social anxiety disorder: A meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials. J Anxiety Disord. 2022 Dec;92:102640. doi: 10.1016/j.janxdis.2022.102640. Epub 2022 Oct 13. PMID: 36265270.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36265270/

Leichsenring F, Leibing E. The effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and cognitive behavior therapy in the treatment of personality disorders: a meta-analysis. Am J Psychiatry. 2003 Jul;160(7):1223-32. doi: 10.1176/appi.ajp.160.7.1223. PMID: 12832233.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/12832233/

Lewis C, Roberts NP, Andrew M, Starling E, Bisson JI. Psychological therapies for post-traumatic stress disorder in adults: systematic review and meta-analysis. Eur J Psychotraumatology. 2020 Mar 10;11(1):1729633. doi: 10.1080/20008198.2020.1729633. PMID: 32284821; PMCID: PMC7144187.

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7144187/

Linardon J, Wade TD, de la Piedad Garcia X, Brennan L. The efficacy of cognitive-behavioral therapy for eating disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2017 Nov;85(11):1080-1094. doi: 10.1037/ccp0000245. PMID: 29083223.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29083223/

Reid JE, Laws KR, Drummond L, Vismara M, Grancini B, Mpavaenda D, Fineberg NA. Cognitive behavioural therapy with exposure and response prevention in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised-controlled trials. Compr Psychiatry. 2021 Apr;106:152223. doi: 10.1016/j.comppsych.2021.152223. Epub 2021 Feb 2. PMID: 33618297. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33618297/

Ruth von Brachel, Gerrit Hirschfeld, Arleta Berner, Ulrike Willutzki, Tobias Teismann, Jan Christopher Cwik, Julia Velten, Dietmar Schulte, Jürgen Margraf; Long-Term Effectiveness of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Routine Outpatient Care: A 5- to 20-Year Follow-Up Study. Psychother Psychosom 14 August 2019; 88 (4): 225–235. https://doi.org/10.1159/000500188

https://karger.com/pps/article-abstract/88/4/225/283174/Long-Term-Effectiveness-of-Cognitive-Behavioral?redirectedFrom=fulltext

Young Z, Moghaddam N, Tickle A. The Efficacy of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Adults With ADHD: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. J Atten Disord. 2020 Apr;24(6):875-888. doi: 10.1177/1087054716664413. Epub 2016 Aug 22. PMID: 27554190.

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27554190/

References:Beck, J. S. (2020). Cognitive behavior therapy (3rd ed.). Guilford Press.

Chen HY, Cheng IC, Pan YJ, Chiu YL, Hsu SP, Pai MF, Yang JY, Peng YS, Tsai TJ, Wu KD. Cognitive-behavioral therapy for sleep disturbance decreases inflammatory cytokines and oxidative stress in hemodialysis patients. Kidney Int. 2011 Aug;80(4):415-22. doi: 10.1038/ki.2011.151. Epub 2011 Jun 8. PMID: 21654719.

Cuijpers, P., Miguel, C., Harrer, M., Plessen, C.Y., Ciharova, M., Ebert, D. and Karyotaki, E. (2023), Cognitive behavior therapy vs. control conditions, other psychotherapies, pharmacotherapies and combined treatment for depression: a comprehensive meta-analysis including 409 trials with 52,702 patients. World Psychiatry, 22: 105-115. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.21069

Kennerley, H., Kirk, J., & Westbrook, D. (2016). An introduction to cognitive behaviour therapy (3rd ed.). SAGE Publications.

Månsson, K.N.T., Lueken, U. & Frick, A. Enriching CBT by Neuroscience: Novel Avenues to Achieve Personalized Treatments. J Cogn Ther 14, 182–195 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s41811-020-00089-0

Marwood, L., Wise, T., Perkins, A. M., & Cleare, A. J. (2018). Meta-analyses of the neural mechanisms and predictors of response to psychotherapy in depression and anxiety. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 95, 61–72.

View Details

Cara Jacobson, James Swanson, David Puder, MD

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

Introduction The underreporting of psychotic symptoms by patients in depression is a significant concern, frequently driven by the fear of consequences like hospitalization or the stigma of embarrassment.

We'll discuss the history, the differential to consider when thinking of psychotic depression, mechanisms, and treatment. Notably, individuals with psychotic depression face a suicide rate double that of their non-psychotic counterparts. A recent cohort study by Paljärvi in 2023 revealed a stark contrast: deaths due to suicide were 2.6% in the psychotic depression cohort, compared to 1% in the non-psychotic group. Alarmingly, most suicides occurred within the first two years following diagnosis. People who suffer from psychotic depression often do not report their psychotic symptoms, leading to inadequate response to normal depression treatments. With 6-25% of individuals with major depressive disorder (MDD) exhibiting psychotic features, it is imperative to understand and address these unique challenges. Join us as we unravel the complexities of this underrecognized aspect of mental health.

BackgroundHistoryThe concept of psychotic depression has evolved substantially over time, as shown in Table 1, thus it is vital to consider the specific diagnostic criteria and definitions used when interpreting the findings of psychotic depression research over the years.

Note. Adapted from “Psychotic Depression: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Treatment,” by S. L. Dubovsky, B.M. Ghosh, J.C. Serotte, and V. Cranwell, 2021, Psychotherapy and psychosomatics, 90(3), p. 160–177. (https://doi.org/10.1159/000511348). Copyright 2020 by S. Karger AG, Basel.

When psychotic depression is conceptualized simply as a severe form of major depressive disorder (MDD), it implies that these patients “may simply require more of the same treatment as other presentations, rather than a different therapeutic approach required by a distinct illness” (Dubovsky et al., 2021). However, we now know that depressed patients with psychotic symptoms require different treatment than those with non-psychotic depression.

SeverityWhile psychotic depression was once considered a manifestation only of severe major depression, more recently psychosis is not linked diagnostically to severity of depression. The psychosis itself can vary from severe hallucinations and delusions to only mild and fleeting symptoms, and the clinician should consider this when considering treatment priorities. From reviewing various studies it does seem that patients with depression and psychosis tend to have higher scores in the HAM-D or other depression rating scales. Epigenetic changes resulting from primary mood disorders are thought to decrease the threshold for expression of psychosis at a certain level of mood disorder severity in a given patient (Crow, 2007; Dubovsky et al., 2021).

PrevalenceWhile psychotic depression is often thought to be rare, it is, in fact, relatively common and is largely underrecognized and undertreated. In adults with major depressive disorder (MDD), approximately 6-25% have MDD with psychotic features (Coryell et al., 1984; Gaudiano et al., 2009; Johnson et al., 1991).

According to Dubovsky et al. (2021), an estimated 9-35% of children and 5-11% of adolescents report experiencing hallucinations. However, it can be difficult to interpret psychotic symptoms in children due to their developmental ability to understand fantasy vs. reality, and 75-90% of these experiences in children are transient. Still, there is evidence that psychotic experiences in childhood are associated with increased risk of mood or psychotic disorder. Additionally, psychosis in adolescents can, at times, be part of a larger picture of borderline personality disorder.

Subclinical psychotic experiences also occur in around 7% of the general population, and these are transient in 80% of cases, with 20% experiencing persistent psychotic experiences, 7% ultimately developing a psychotic disorder, and less than 1% transitioning to a psychotic disorder each year (van Os & Reininghaus, 2016). Paranoia, hallucinations, and bizarre experiences are less common in people without psychiatric illness and may indicate more clinically relevant psychosis, whereas paranormal beliefs or magical thinking without functional impairment are more often experienced in the general population (Hinterbuchinger et al., 2023; Yung & Lin, 2016).

Psychosis as a Transdiagnostic TraitStudies examining birth cohorts and family histories of patients with mental illness suggest that psychosis is present in a wide variety of psychiatric disorders, and transmission of this trait to offspring can be independent of other features of mental illness, such as mood dysregulation or impairment of information processing, which, for example, might characterize schizophrenia (Dubovsky et al., 2021; van Os & Reininghaus, 2016).

DiagnosisTreatment-Resistant DepressionFirst, it is important to clarify the meaning of treatment resistance versus pseudo resistance:

  • Treatment resistance refers to depression that does not respond to standard treatment.
  • Pseudo resistance refers to instances where either the diagnosis is incorrect or treatment was improperly carried out. For example, this may occur due to subtherapeutic medication dosing, non-compliance, malingering, unrecognized psychosocial factors contributing to depression, unrecognized somatic or psychiatric comorbidity, or drug-induced depression (Bschor et al., 2014).

For patients who do not respond as expected to prescribed medication, when possible, clinicians should ascertain whether their serum drug levels are within the therapeutic range or if they picked up the medications from the pharmacy. A history, physical and screening questionnaires (like the Epworth Sleepiness Scale) can guide the selection of tests such as: sleep study, thyroid function, ECG, syphilis serology, vitamin B12 and folic acid levels, urinalysis, EEG, HIV antibody testing. These investigations play a pivotal role in identifying any underlying conditions that may impact the patient’s symptoms or efficacy of the prescribed treatment.

Psychotic Depression as a Cause of Treatment ResistanceSequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) stands as a multiphase landmark study, offering compelling evidence supporting the use of antidepressants in treating major depressive disorder. The findings indicate that approximately one in three individuals with MDD who undergo initial SSRI treatment may experience complete remission within three months (Howland, 2008).

In 2011, Dr. Roy Perlis and his team presented insights suggesting that the STAR*D trial likely included patients exhibiting psychotic symptoms alongside their MDD. This led to the observation that the effectiveness of SSRIs diminishes in those with psychotic-like symptoms (Perlis et al., 2011). Such revelations by Perlis underscore the limitation of older MDD treatment paradigms, especially in cases where psychotic features are present.

Additionally, Huang et al. (2023) found that various factors were associated with treatment-resistant depression, including mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms, which they termed “emotionally incoherent psychotic symptoms.”

When depressed patients do not improve with antidepressant treatment, clinicians should evaluate carefully for symptoms of psychosis, as misdiagnosis can be a cause of treatment-resistant depression. Patients may minimize or fail to report symptoms like delusions and hallucinations for various reasons, including deficits in abstract thinking, not recognizing their symptoms as abnormal, or fear of potential consequences of reporting symptoms, such as hospitalization or embarrassment. This may necessitate asking specific questions about delusions or hallucinations followed by further questioning to clarify the patient’s true experiences, rather than broad or general questions like simply asking if a patient sees or hears things that others do not (Dubovsky et al., 2021).

Table 2 includes some common clues that a patient may truly have psychosis, despite initially denying psychotic symptoms.

Note. From “Psychotic Depression: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Treatment,” by S. L. Dubovsky, B.M. Ghosh, J.C. Serotte, and V. Cranwell, 2021, Psychotherapy and psychosomatics, 90(3), p. 160–177. (https://doi.org/10.1159/000511348). Copyright 2020 by S. Karger AG, Basel.

DSM 5-TRWhereas previous iterations of the DSM defined psychotic depression only in relation with severe major depression, the current version, DSM-5-TR instead includes specifiers (Table 3) that can be applied to any depressive disorder, including conditions with milder symptoms like persistent depressive disorder, which was previously called dysthymia (American Psychiatric Association, 2022). When using the specifier, “with psychotic features,” the clinician should specify whether the psychotic symptoms are mood-congruent or mood-incongruent. Although some have posited that the prognosis for depression with mood incongruent psychotic features is worse than depression with mood congruent symptoms, most evidence indicates no difference in outcomes. However, mood-incongruent delusions do seem to be more highly associated with bipolar disorder than mood-congruent symptoms (Carlson, 2013; Domschke, 2013).

   Note. Adapted from “Depressive Disorders,” by American Psychiatric Association, 2022, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR). (https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787.x04\_Depressive\_Disorders). Copyright 2022 by American Psychiatric Association Publishing.

Differential DiagnosisBipolar Disorder and Depression with Mixed FeaturesSimilar to the need to evaluate treatment-unresponsive depressed patients for signs of psychosis, clinicians should assess for the presence of hypomanic or manic symptoms, which may indicate bipolar disorder or depression with mixed features, as these conditions may require different treatment (McIntyre et al., 2016; Stahl et al., 2017).

Psychotic depression, and mood-incongruent delusions in particular, seems to increase the likelihood of bipolar disorder (Carlson, 2013; Domschke, 2013). Family history of bipolar disorder is also associated with higher rates of psychotic depression, and family history of psychotic depression is associated with increased rates of bipolar disorder compared to family history of nonpsychotic depression (Domschke, 2013).

Interestingly, mixed features such as increased energy and elevated mood in bipolar psychotic depression can mask the symptoms of depression, and cause patients with psychotic symptoms, in particular, to appear “to function at a higher level than would be predicted by the degree of symptomatology” (Dubovsky et al., 2021). This can lead clinicians to overlook the diagnosis of psychotic depression. Instead, they may dismiss patient-reported symptoms as exaggeration or evidence of a personality disorder.

Compared to unipolar depression, bipolar psychotic depression is also more frequently associated with non-auditory hallucinations, in particular visual hallucinations, though olfactory and haptic hallucinations (the sensation of being touched or having physical contact with an imaginary object or being) also occur (Baethge et al., 2005).

Children and AdolescentsDubovsky et al. (2021) report that young patients who have depression associated with any psychotic symptoms are more likely to develop bipolar disorder than those with nonpsychotic depression. In patients with psychotic mood disorders, youth are more likely than adults to experience hallucinations, which affect 80% of children and adolescents with psychotic depression. “Auditory hallucinations are most common, but they are often accompanied by visual, olfactory, and/or haptic hallucinations” (Carlson, 2013; Sikich, 2013).

Delusions are less common in young patients with psychotic depression, affecting 22%, and delusions of reference, mind reading, and thought broadcasting are most common (Ulloa et al., 2000). As with adults experiencing psychotic symptoms, children may be hesitant to report symptoms like delusions due to fear of negative consequences, such as punishment (Dubovsky et al., 2021).

PTSD and TraumaSome have also speculated that certain patients with apparently treatment-resistant psychotic depression may, in fact, have unrecognized PTSD (Zimmerman & Mattia, 1999). Co-morbid post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), as well as history of childhood trauma are more common in populations with psychotic depression than those with non-psychotic depression, and psychotic symptoms are common in patients with PTSD (Gaudiano & Zimmerman, 2010; Zimmerman & Mattia, 1999). In patients with trauma histories, careful assessment is needed to differentiate between dissociative and psychotic symptoms to prevent overdiagnosis of psychosis.

Although the relationships between PTSD, trauma, borderline personality disorder, and psychotic symptoms are complicated, a 2010 study by Gaudiano & Zimmerman found increased rates of childhood trauma and comorbid PTSD in patients with psychotic major depressive disorder (MDD) compared to those with nonpsychotic MDD, but there was not a statistically significant difference in rates of borderline personality disorder (BPD) between patients with psychotic and nonpsychotic MDD, suggesting that BPD is equally prevalent in each group. Therefore, an individual patient with psychotic depression may have both PTSD and borderline personality disorder.

It can be difficult to distinguish between psychotic depression and PTSD with psychotic features, though delusions and hallucinations unrelated to trauma in patients with PTSD may reflect comorbid psychotic depression rather than a feature of their PTSD (Hamner et al., 1999). While there is limited evidence on the efficacy of either antipsychotic medications or psychotherapy in PTSD with psychosis, these treatments may be beneficial (Buck et al., 2019; Cheng et al., 2019; Compean & Hamner, 2019). However, we do not know if patients with psychotic depression require different approaches to treatment depending on whether or not they have a history of significant trauma or posttraumatic symptoms (Dubovsky et al., 2021).

Additionally, psychotic symptoms directly related to past traumatic experiences, also called trauma-congruent psychotic symptoms, may represent aspects of trauma like flashbacks or dissociative re-experiencing, rather than “true” psychosis, though not all clinicians agree with this idea, and empirical evidence is limited (Clifford et al., 2018; Dubovsky et al., 2021; Piesse et al., 2023; Tschöke & Kratzer, 2023). It is unclear whether treatment needs or prognosis differ between depressed patients with trauma-congruent psychotic symptoms and mood-congruent psychosis symptoms (Dubovsky et al., 2021).

Borderline Personality DisorderSimilar to those with PTSD, patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD) can experience psychosis, either associated with the BPD itself or due to a comorbid condition such as MDD with psychosis. It can also be challenging to differentiate BPD from primary psychotic disorders, especially as both typically first emerge during adolescence and young adulthood. However, BPD is not associated with the disorganization or negative symptoms seen in schizophrenia, and voices heard by patients with BPD tend to be more critical, distressing, and abusive (Cavelti et al., 2021). Belohradova et al. (2022) also highlight the similarities between psychotic symptoms in BPD and schizophrenia, in addition to advocating against dismissing these symptoms in patients with BPD as not serious.

Psychotic symptoms are common in BPD, occurring in around a quarter of these patients (Belohradova et al., 2022). Auditory hallucinations and persecutory delusions are the most frequent psychotic symptoms in BPD, and these are closely associated with or worsened by specific situations, especially interpersonal stressors (D'Agostino et al., 2019). Loneliness or feelings of social isolation are significant factors influencing hallucinations in these patients (Belohradova et al., 2022). Notably, hallucinations in patients with BPD are linked to more frequent hospitalization and increased suicidal risk (Slotema et al., 2018). Future research should focus on the quality and context of psychotic symptoms in BPD and explore links with traumatic experiences, emotion dysregulation, distress tolerance, and interpersonal sensitivity (D'Agostino et al., 2019; Cavelti et al., 2021).

Schizophrenia and Primary Psychotic Disorders Depressive episodes occur in approximately 27-48% of patients with schizophrenia, though depression can be difficult to differentiate from negative symptoms or antipsychotic side effects like bradykinesia, affective blunting, or dysphoria (Dubovsky et al., 2021). However, depressed mood, pessimism, and suicidality are more indicative of depression, while blunted affect and alogia are more suggestive of negative symptoms (Krynicki et al., 2018). Still, antidepressants may lead to improvement of negative symptoms in these patients, though the evidence is limited (Dubovsky et al., 2021).

It is important to avoid increasing antipsychotic doses beyond the point of futility, as these medications are dopamine antagonists and can cause patients to become anergic, anhedonic, or withdrawn due to excessive dopamine blockade, mimicking either negative symptoms or depression. While it was previously thought that initially using higher antipsychotic doses would treat psychosis more quickly or more effectively, this theory of rapid neuroleptization has largely been discredited.

Above the therapeutic range for medications like olanzapine the receptor occupancy curve flattens out, meaning that large increases in medication dosage would be required even to slightly increase the percentage of receptors that are occupied at the risk of substantially worsening the side-effect burden, but with minimal additional benefit from the medication. Clinicians should monitor blood levels to ensure that patients are not overmedicated. For more information on antipsychotic plasma levels, see Episode 127.

Obsessive-Compulsive DisorderAs many patients have both obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and major depression, Rothschild et al. (2006) note the importance of distinguishing the obsessions, intrusive thoughts, and ruminative thoughts of OCD from true delusions that might instead suggest a diagnosis of psychotic depression. The comorbidity of OCD and schizophrenia and the concept of a schizo-obsessive spectrum have also been increasingly recognized in recent years (Cavaco & Ribeiro, 2023).

Substance-Induced PsychosisVarious substances of abuse can induce psychosis, including cocaine, cannabis, synthetic cannabinoids (like spice or K2), synthetic cathinones (bath salts), hallucinogens (psychedelics), entactogens (like MDMA, also known as ecstasy), phencyclidine (PCP), ketamine, and methamphetamines (Fiorentini et al., 2021). For example, around one third of people abusing methamphetamine have experienced methamphetamine-induced psychotic disorder (Fiorentini et al., 2021). Often, substance-induced psychotic symptoms are transient and will resolve after abstinence from the substance; however, several drugs–including cannabis and methamphetamine–are associated with more persistent psychosis or conversion to a chronic psychotic disorder, such as schizophrenia (Fiorentini et al., 2021).

Substance-induced psychosis, particularly related to amphetamine use, should be considered in any patient with a combination of psychosis, hypertension, and tachycardia (Mullen et al., 2023). In addition to psychiatric symptoms like paranoid delusions, hallucinations, mood lability, agitation, and suicidal or homicidal ideation, these patients may also present with a malnourished or disheveled appearance, diaphoresis, skin excoriations due to delusional parasitosis, intraoral exam findings suggestive of “meth mouth,” and abnormal movements, such as pacing or choreiform movements (Mullen et al., 2023). Patients in withdrawal from methamphetamines frequently experience dysphoria, irritability, and agitation, which is associated with alterations in brain levels of dopamine and other neurotransmitters due to the chronic neurotoxic effects of methamphetamine (Nordahl et al., 2003), and this may look like psychotic depression.

Intravenous benzodiazepines are considered first-line treatment for acute amphetamine-related psychosis, while antipsychotics can also be used if needed, and lipophilic beta-blockers (e.g., metoprolol or labetalol) can help treat agitation and hyperadrenergic vital signs in these patients (Mullen et al., 2023). ECT may also be beneficial for patients with refractory methamphetamine-induced psychosis (Grelotti et al., 2010).

The typical course involves methamphetamine inducing non-psychotic psychiatric symptoms, which progress to pre-psychotic symptoms then psychosis (Ujike & Sato, 2004). For example, a patient may develop hypervigilance which ultimately progresses to paranoia and persecutory delusions. While there is wide variability in the length of time from initial methamphetamine use to onset of psychosis (from several weeks to 20 years), a 2004 study of Japanese adults found that this occurred on average after 5.2 ± 5.9 years, and the risk of developing psychosis increased substantially with methamphetamine use longer than 6 months (Ujike & Sato, 2004). Psychotic symptoms typically resolve within one week or up to one month with abstinence from methamphetamine and beginning antipsychotic treatment, but some patients can experience psychosis lasting over 6 months, especially those with a longer history of methamphetamine abuse (Ujike & Sato, 2004). Even after recovering from methamphetamine-induced psychosis, relapse of these symptoms occurs much more quickly after repeated exposure to methamphetamine, most frequently within one month, often in less than one week, and possibly even after only a single dose of methamphetamine; this vulnerability to psychotic relapse can last years or even decades after the last use (Ujike & Sato, 2004). Additionally, long-term methamphetamine abuse can predispose patients to spontaneous relapse of psychotic symptoms in the setting of stressors such as jail detention, severe insomnia, or heavy alcohol use, even in the absence of further methamphetamine consumption (Ujike & Sato, 2004).

Delirium and Medical CausesClinicians must have a high index of suspicion for delirium, especially in situations with rapid onset of symptoms and fluctuating levels of arousal. This is particularly vital in hospital settings where 29-64% of general medical and geriatric inpatients may have delirium (Inouye et al., 2014). Additionally, hypoactive delirium is most common and may go unrecognized in around one third of elderly patients (Al Farsi et al., 2023). Performing a mental status exam and having patients perform clock drawing can assist with identifying delirium.

There are numerous causes of delirium, including infections (urinary tract infections, pneumonia, etc.) or post-surgical complications, sometimes relating to anesthesia effects. Once the underlying cause has been identified, it should be treated appropriately, though the delirium may persist even after discharge from the hospital (Al Farsi et al., 2023).

Interestingly, thyroid dysfunction may also be associated with psychotic depression (Peng et al., 2023).

Neurobiology of DepressionSynaptic Dysfunction and Neuronal Atrophy in DepressionDuman and Aghajanian (2012) proposed that depression may result from synaptic dysfunction, in particular, “destabilization and loss of synaptic connections in mood and emotion circuitry.”

Evidence suggests that depression is associated with loss of synapses and dysregulated connections between different brain regions, as well as neuronal atrophy in the cerebral cortex and limbic system (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). For example, brain-imaging studies have consistently found decreased prefrontal cortex and hippocampus volumes in the brains of patients with depression (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012).

Chronic StressChronic unpredictable stress, which researchers use to help model depression in experiments, causes depression-like behaviors in rodents, and chronic stress is known to result in neuronal atrophy and decreased synaptic connections (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). Chronic stress has also been shown to decrease brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), which is discussed in the next section, in addition to causing neuron degeneration in the amygdala and nucleus accumbens and disrupting brain circuits in these areas that regulate emotion, motivation, and reward behaviors (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). Some of these results from chronic stress can be reversed with antidepressant treatment, exercise, or enriched environments (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012).

BDNFBrain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) is vital for brain development, as well as neuron function, survival, and plasticity, and alterations in BDNF have been strongly implicated in neuronal atrophy and loss of synapses (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). Lower postmortem BDNF levels have been found in the brains of depressed patients, and exposure to either stress or glucocorticoids (corticosteroids) results in decreased BDNF expression in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). In contrast, chronic use of antidepressants increases expression of BDNF in these areas (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012).

Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal AxisDisruption of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and elevated cortisol levels, in particular, have been implicated in the pathophysiology of psychotic depression (DeBattista et al., 2006). There is some evidence that 6-7 days of treatment with mifepristone, an antagonist of the type II glucocorticoid receptor and progesterone receptor, can benefit patients with psychotic depression (DeBattista et al., 2006). One study found an improvement in psychotic symptoms, but no statistically significant improvement in depressive symptoms with seven days of mifepristone treatment (DeBattista et al., 2006). Another found improvement of Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM-D), Clinical Global Impressions Scale (CGI), and Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale (BPRS) scores in patients with psychotic depression after six days of mifepristone (Simpson et al., 2005). A 2009 multisite trial by Blasey et al. found no statistically significant improvement in psychotic symptoms in patients with psychotic depression after seven days of treatment with mifepristone, but they observed that the response rate was significantly increased in patients with mifepristone blood levels greater than or equal to 1800 ng/ml compared to placebo.

For additional information on the biology of depression, see Episode 155: Is Depression a Chemical Imbalance?

Treatment for Psychotic DepressionThe National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE) 2022 guidelines recommend a first-line treatment for psychotic depression involving a combination of antidepressant and antipsychotic medications, specifically highlighting the effectiveness of olanzapine and quetiapine in combination with antidepressants (National Institute for Health and Care Excellence, 2022). Quetiapine was noted for its antidepressant profile as well. Once acute symptoms improve, they advise adding psychotherapy. Electroconvulsive therapy is considered for patients with a strong preference based on positive experiences, a need for rapid response, or when other treatments have been unsuccessful.

Antidepressants + AntipsychoticsChronic use of typical antidepressants, such as SSRIs, leads to slow increases in neurotrophic factor expression, including BDNF, though they do not increase the release of BDNF (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012). Conventional antidepressants also increase synaptic neuroplasticity, and this response seems to require BDNF (Duman & Aghajanian, 2012).

Generally, escalating SSRI dosing beyond the therapeutic range does not improve efficacy. Conversely, some evidence suggests that higher dosages of tricyclic antidepressants, venlafaxine, and tranylcypromine may convey additional efficacy for patients with treatment-resistant depression (Adli et al., 2005).

Although evidence is limited, the combination of antidepressants (typically SSRIs) with antipsychotics is considered first line treatment for patients with psychotic depression. In a Cochrane systematic review synthesizing findings across five studies, Kruizinga et al. (2021) reported low‐ to very low‐certainty evidence of enhanced depression response rates with dual therapy using antipsychotics combined with antidepressants over monotherapy with antidepressants alone, antipsychotics alone, or placebo alone, in patients with psychotic depression.

Antipsychotic Maintenance TherapyCurrent evidence suggests that patients with psychotic depression should continue both antipsychotic and antidepressant medications well after remission.

In the STOP-PD II trial by Flint et al. (2019), 126 patients with psychotic depression treated with dual antidepressant and antipsychotic therapy were randomized to either sertraline + olanzapine or sertraline + placebo maintenance therapy.

  • After 36 weeks, patients receiving both SSRI + antipsychotic therapy had a relapse rate of 20.3% compared to 54.8% in the SSRI + placebo cohort.
  • Most notably, patients receiving the placebo experienced higher relapse rates of depression without psychosis (18 vs. 5), depression with psychosis (11 vs. 4), suicide plan or attempt (3 vs. 0), and psychiatric hospitalization (11 vs. 6).
  • However, “This benefit needs to be balanced against potential adverse effects of olanzapine, including weight gain” (Flint et al., 2019).

ECTRobust evidence supports the effectiveness of electroconvulsive therapy in treating psychotic depression. A significant clinical trial by Petrides et al. (2001) demonstrated compelling results: a 95% remission rate in patients with psychotic depression, compared to 83% remission in those with non-psychotic depression. This highlights the potential of ECT as a highly effective treatment modality for psychotic depression.

A more recent retrospective analysis of 34 depressed patients without psychotic symptoms and 31 with psychotic symptoms found that both the presence of psychotic symptoms and higher psychotic depression assessment scale (PDAS) scores were predictive of response and remission in electroconvulsive therapy for depression, particularly in older patients (van Diermen et al., 2019).

KetamineAccording to Duman & Aghajanian (2012):

  • In contrast to medications like SSRIs that typically take weeks to become effective, ketamine is an NMDA receptor antagonist that has demonstrated rapid antidepressant effects (within hours) that last roughly 7 to 10 days. It is also used to treat bipolar depression and suicidal ideation.
  • Ketamine quickly increases glutamate neurotransmission, in addition to improving synaptic connectivity and plasticity in mood-regulating areas of the brain, providing evidence that synaptic dysfunction is a key component of depression pathophysiology.
  • Ketamine increases BDNF release, as opposed to SSRIs, which only increase BDNF expression, and ketamine-induced synaptogenesis (creation of new synaptic connections between neurons) requires BDNF.
  • The use of ketamine in depression treatment faces limitations due to its psychotomimetic effects, which can mimic symptoms of psychosis, as well as its potential for abuse.
  • Especially given the psychotomimetic effects, people with psychotic depression may not be good candidates for long-term therapeutic use of ketamine.

Comparing ECT, Ketamine, and rTMSInterventional psychiatry includes electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS), and ketamine, all of which have been studied in psychotic depression.

Ketamine vs. ECTKetECT by Ekstrand et al. (2022)

This study of 186 hospital inpatients with unipolar depression found ketamine to be inferior to ECT, with 63% of patients who received ECT achieving remission and 46% of patients who received ketamine infusions. Both groups required a median of 6 sessions.

While ECT was associated with more serious and lasting adverse effects like persistent amnesia, ketamine led to more patient dropouts due to treatment-emergent adverse effects–23% in the ketamine group dropped out before 6 infusions, while 3% dropped out from the ECT group. This might be partially explained by both patients and staff having less familiarity with what adverse effects they could expect from ketamine treatment compared with the better-known side effects of ECT, as well as patients knowing that they would be able to receive ECT at the end of the study regardless of dropping out of the ketamine treatment group.

In this study, among patients with psychotic depression, 79% who received ECT achieved remission, compared to 50% in the ketamine group. However, this difference was not statistically significant (p = 0.15). This p-value indicates that, under the assumption of no true difference between the treatments, there is a 15% probability of observing a difference as large as or larger than the one observed due to random chance. The study did not reach the commonly used threshold for statistical significance (p < 0.05), which might be attributable to the small sample size in both treatment arms, potentially reducing the study's power to detect significant differences.

Furthermore, patients receiving ECT showed greater improvements in Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) scores, but this difference also did not reach statistical significance (p = 0.069). This p-value suggests a 6.9% probability of observing such a difference or more by chance alone if no true difference exists. This is slightly above the conventional 5% threshold (p < 0.05) typically required to declare statistical significance. The limited number of patients with psychotic depression in the sample (14 in the ECT group and 18 in the ketamine group) may contribute to this lack of statistical significance. However, the observed effect size (Cohen's d = 0.68) for the difference in final MADRS scores is notable, indicating a medium effect size and suggesting that ECT might indeed be more effective than ketamine for patients with psychotic depression, despite the lack of statistical significance.

Another subgroup analysis revealed that patients older than 50 years were more likely to remit with ECT (77% of older patients vs. 50% of those younger than 50) but less likely to achieve remission with ketamine (37% of older patients and 61% of younger patients). This finding is consistent with previous research demonstrating high efficacy of ECT in older patients (Geduldig & Kellner 2016), as well as evidence of ketamine treatment failure in older adults (Szymkowicz et al., 2014).

Among those who initially achieved remission, there was no difference in the proportion of patients whose depression relapsed within 12 months (70% in the ketamine group vs 63% who received ECT, P = 0.52), indicating similar long-term effectiveness between the two treatments. These data underscore the importance of long-term follow-up after remission of depression and the necessity for multimodal treatment approaches.

ELEKT-D by Anand et al. (2023)

This study found ketamine noninferior to ECT in 403 outpatients with treatment-resistant depression, but excluded patients with psychotic depression. Over three weeks, patients were randomized to receive either ECT three times per week or a subanesthetic dose of ketamine (0.5mg per kg) given intravenously over 40 minutes twice per week. The primary outcome was treatment response, defined as ≥50% decrease in Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology-Self-Report (QIDS SR) scores. In the ketamine group, 55.4% of patients responded to treatment, compared to 41.2% of patients in the ECT group, meeting the predefined threshold for concluding the noninferiority of ketamine to ECT in the studied outpatients with nonpsychotic depression.

ECT vs. rTMSThere is evidence to suggest that rTMS helps with auditory hallucinations (Gornerova et al., 2023), and this retrospective, register-based, naturalistic study by Strandberg et al. (2023) used a cross-over design to compare ECT with rTMS in a sample of 138 patients with depression who had received both ECT and rTMS across 19 hospitals in Sweden. They did not exclude patients with psychotic depression, and 44.2% of those in the ECT group were taking antipsychotics, as were 48.6% of those receiving rTMS.

The authors found that ECT was more effective than rTMS for decreasing symptoms of depression, with response rates of 38% for ECT and 15% for rTMS. Response was defined as 50% reduction in the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale—Self-report (MADRS-S) score. MADRS-S score improved on average by 15 points with ECT and 5.6 points with rTMS.

Lithium AugmentationAlthough they are no longer considered up-to-date, the 2010 American Psychiatric Association (APA) guidelines recommended lithium as an augmentation therapy for psychotic depression in patients already receiving treatment with antidepressants and antipsychotics (Gelenberg et al., 2010). Notably, lithium has been shown to enhance suicide prevention, which is a significant concern in patients with psychotic depression (Bassett et al., 2022). However, there are no randomized or large-scale studies evaluating lithium efficacy specifically in psychotic depression. It is also unclear whether antipsychotics combined with mood stabilizers are more effective than mood stabilizer monotherapy in psychotic bipolar depression (Rothschild, 2013).

Although the quality of evidence is weak, Rothschild (2013) cites four uncontrolled retrospective studies that demonstrated improved response rates for psychotic depression, particularly in patients with bipolar disorder, when lithium was added to treatment with a combination of antidepressants and antipsychotics.

Despite little evidence on its use in psychotic depression specifically, lithium augmentation has been studied in patients with nonpsychotic depression who partially respond to antidepressant therapy (Rothschild, 2013). A 2021 systematic review and meta-analysis by Vázquez et al. found that augmentation of antidepressant treatment with lithium seems to be more effective, with fewer adverse effects than augmentation with second-generation antipsychotics or esketamine.

PsychotherapyThe article by Gaudiano & Herbert (2006) suggests that acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) for psychotic depression (PD) patients can lead to significant improvements, with 44% of the PD patients in the ACT group showing clinically significant improvement by discharge (≥2 SD change in Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale), compared to 0% in the enhanced treatment as usual group​.

In the realm of treating more complex forms of depression, it has been thought that the efficacy of psychotherapy as a standalone treatment diminishes with increased depression severity or complexity (Dubovsky et al., 2021). However, the studies generally cited are discussion papers or original research with weak quality of evidence (i.e., small, uncontrolled, retrospective studies).

Cognitive-based therapies have shown promise in enhancing coping mechanisms among patients with mood disorders who experience delusional symptoms (Rückl et al., 2015). We discussed psychotherapy for patients with psychosis in episode 180 with Michael Garrett. Additional psychotherapeutic approaches that are employed as complementary treatments include behavioral activation and acceptance and commitment therapy (Rothschild, 2013). In Dr. Puder’s clinical experience, partial hospitalization (psychotherapy groups 7 hours per day, 5 days per week) should be considered in all patients with depression and psychosis either as an alternative to ECT or even after ECT.

A Proposed Treatment Algorithm From Dr. Cummings and Dr. PuderSee Figure 1 for a summary algorithm for psychotic depression, which includes the following recommendations:

  • First, exclude alternative diagnoses, including primary psychotic disorders, bipolar disorder/depression with mixed features, delirium, borderline personality disorder, catatonia, or meth-induced psychosis.
  • For patients with unipolar psychotic depression, consider a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) plus antipsychotic, typically a second-generation antipsychotic (SGA). Also consider partial hospitalization, and lifestyle things like exercise and diet optimization.
  • Consider partial hospitalization.
  • For patients with severe illness who are not progressing in an outpatient setting, consider hospitalization with electroconvulsive therapy (ECT).

    References:Adli, M., Baethge, C., Heinz, A., Langlitz, N., & Bauer, M. (2005). Is dose escalation of antidepressants a rational strategy after a medium-dose treatment has failed? A systematic review. European archives of psychiatry and clinical neuroscience, 255(6), 387–400. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-005-0579-5

Al Farsi, R. S., Al Alawi, A. M., Al Huraizi, A. R., Al-Saadi, T., Al-Hamadani, N., Al Zeedy, K., & Al-Maqbali, J. S. (2023). Delirium in Medically Hospitalized Patients: Prevalence, Recognition and Risk Factors: A Prospective Cohort Study. Journal of clinical medicine, 12(12), 3897. https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm12123897

American Psychiatric Association. (2022). Depressive Disorders. In Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed., text rev.). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787.x04_Depressive_Disorders

Anand, A., Mathew, S. J., Sanacora, G., Murrough, J. W., Goes, F. S., Altinay, M., Aloysi, A. S., Asghar-Ali, A. A., Barnett, B. S., Chang, L. C., Collins, K. A., Costi, S., Iqbal, S., Jha, M. K., Krishnan, K., Malone, D. A., Nikayin, S., Nissen, S. E., Ostroff, R. B., Reti, I. M., … Hu, B. (2023). Ketamine versus ECT for Nonpsychotic Treatment-Resistant Major Depression. The New England journal of medicine, 388(25), 2315–2325. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2302399

Baethge, C., Baldessarini, R. J., Freudenthal, K., Streeruwitz, A., Bauer, M., & Bschor, T. (2005). Hallucinations in bipolar disorder: characteristics and comparison to unipolar depression and schizophrenia. Bipolar disorders, 7(2), 136–145. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1399-5618.2004.00175.x

Bassett, D., Boyce, P., Lyndon, B., Mulder, R., Parker, G., Porter, R., Singh, A., Bell, E., Hamilton, A., Morris, G., & Malhi, G. S. (2022). Guidelines for the management of psychosis in the context of mood disorders. Schizophrenia research, 241, 187–196. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2022.01.047

Belohradova Minarikova, K., Prasko, J., Holubova, M., Vanek, J., Kantor, K., Slepecky, M., Latalova, K., & Ociskova, M. (2022). Hallucinations and Other Psychotic Symptoms in Patients with Borderline Personality Disorder. Neuropsychiatric disease and treatment, 18, 787–799. https://doi.org/10.2147/NDT.S360013

Blasey, C. M., Debattista, C., Roe, R., Block, T., & Belanoff, J. K. (2009). A multisite trial of mifepristone for the treatment of psychotic depression: a site-by-treatment interaction. Contemporary clinical trials, 30(4), 284–288. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cct.2009.03.001

Bschor, T., Bauer, M., & Adli, M. (2014). Chronic and treatment resistant depression: diagnosis and stepwise therapy. Deutsches Ärzteblatt international, 111(45), 766–775. https://doi.org/10.3238/arztebl.2014.0766

Buck, B., Norr, A., Katz, A., Gahm, G. A., & Reger, G. M. (2019). Reductions in reported persecutory ideation and psychotic-like experiences during exposure therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder. Psychiatry research, 272, 190–195. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2018.12.022

Cavaco, T. B., & Ribeiro, J. S. (2023). Drawing the Line Between Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder and Schizophrenia. Cureus, 15(3), e36227. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.36227

Carlson G. A. (2013). Affective disorders and psychosis in youth. Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America, 22(4), 569–580. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chc.2013.04.003

Cavelti, M., Thompson, K., Chanen, A. M., & Kaess, M. (2021). Psychotic symptoms in borderline personality disorder: developmental aspects. Current opinion in psychology, 37, 26–31. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.copsyc.2020.07.003

Cheng, L., Zhu, J., Ji, F., Lin, X., Zheng, L., Chen, C., Chen, G., Xie, Z., Xu, Z., Zhou, C., Xu, Y., & Zhuo, C. (2019). Add-on atypical anti-psychotic treatment alleviates auditory verbal hallucinations in patients with chronic post-traumatic stress disorder. Neuroscience letters, 701, 202–207. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neulet.2019.02.043

Clifford, G., Dalgleish, T., & Hitchcock, C. (2018). Prevalence of auditory pseudohallucinations in adult survivors of physical and sexual trauma with chronic post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Behaviour research and therapy, 111, 113–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2018.10.015

Compean, E., & Hamner, M. (2019). Posttraumatic stress disorder with secondary psychotic features (PTSD-SP): Diagnostic and treatment challenges. Progress in neuro-psychopharmacology & biological psychiatry, 88, 265–275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pnpbp.2018.08.001

Coryell, W., Pfohl, B., & Zimmerman, M. (1984). The clinical and neuroendocrine features of psychotic depression. The Journal of nervous and mental disease, 172(9), 521–528. https://doi.org/10.1097/00005053-198409000-00002

Crow T. J. (2007). How and why genetic linkage has not solved the problem of psychosis: review and hypothesis. The American journal of psychiatry, 164(1), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.1176/ajp.2007.164.1.13

DeBattista, C., Belanoff, J., Glass, S., Khan, A., Horne, R. L., Blasey, C., Carpenter, L. L., & Alva, G. (2006). Mifepristone versus placebo in the treatment of psychosis in patients with psychotic major depression. Biological psychiatry, 60(12), 1343–1349. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2006.05.034

Domschke K. (2013). Clinical and molecular genetics of psychotic depression. Schizophrenia bulletin, 39(4), 766–775. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbt040

Dubovsky, S. L., Ghosh, B. M., Serotte, J. C., & Cranwell, V. (2021). Psychotic Depression: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Treatment. Psychotherapy and psychosomatics, 90(3), 160–177. https://doi.org/10.1159/000511348

Duman, R. S., & Aghajanian, G. K. (2012). Synaptic dysfunction in depression: potential therapeutic targets. Science (New York, N.Y.), 338(6103), 68–72. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1222939

D'Agostino, A., Rossi Monti, M., & Starcevic, V. (2019). Psychotic symptoms in borderline personality disorder: an update. Current opinion in psychiatry, 32(1), 22–26. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCO.0000000000000462

Ekstrand, J., Fattah, C., Persson, M., Cheng, T., Nordanskog, P., Åkeson, J., Tingström, A., Lindström, M. B., Nordenskjöld, A., & Movahed Rad, P. (2022). Racemic Ketamine as an Alternative to Electroconvulsive Therapy for Unipolar Depression: A Randomized, Open-Label, Non-Inferiority Trial (KetECT). The international journal of neuropsychopharmacology, 25(5), 339–349. https://doi.org/10.1093/ijnp/pyab088

Gaudiano, B. A., Dalrymple, K. L., & Zimmerman, M. (2009). Prevalence and clinical characteristics of psychotic versus nonpsychotic major depression in a general psychiatric outpatient clinic. Depression and anxiety, 26(1), 54–64. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.20470

Fiorentini, A., Cantù, F., Crisanti, C., Cereda, G., Oldani, L., & Brambilla, P. (2021). Substance-Induced Psychoses: An Updated Literature Review. Frontiers in psychiatry, 12, 694863. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.694863

Flint, A. J., Meyers, B. S., Rothschild, A. J., Whyte, E. M., Alexopoulos, G. S., Rudorfer, M. V., Marino, P., Banerjee, S., Pollari, C. D., Wu, Y., Voineskos, A. N., Mulsant, B. H., & STOP-PD II Study Group (2019). Effect of Continuing Olanzapine vs Placebo on Relapse Among Patients With Psychotic Depression in Remission: The STOP-PD II Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA, 322(7), 622–631. https://doi.org/10.1001/jama.2019.10517

Gaudiano, B. A., & Herbert, J. D. (2006). Acute treatment of inpatients with psychotic symptoms using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: Pilot results. Behaviour research and therapy, 44(3), 415-437.

Gaudiano, B. A., & Zimmerman, M. (2010). The relationship between childhood trauma history and the psychotic subtype of major depression. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 121(6), 462–470. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0447.2009.01477.x

Geduldig, E. T., & Kellner, C. H. (2016). Electroconvulsive Therapy in the Elderly: New Findings in Geriatric Depression. Current psychiatry reports, 18(4), 40. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11920-016-0674-5

Gelenberg, A.J., Freeman, M.P., Markowitz, J.C., Rosenbaum, J.F., Thase, M.E., Trivedi, M.H., Van Rhoads, R.S. (2010). PRACTICE GUIDELINE FOR THE Treatment of Patients With Major Depressive Disorder (3rd ed.). American Psychiatric Association. https://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/mdd.pdf

Gornerova, N., Brunovsky, M., Klirova, M., Novak, T., Zaytseva, Y., Koprivova, J., Bravermanova, A., & Horacek, J. (2023). The effect of low-frequency rTMS on auditory hallucinations, EEG source localization and functional connectivity in schizophrenia. Neuroscience letters, 794, 136977. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neulet.2022.136977

Grelotti, D. J., Kanayama, G., & Pope, H. G., Jr (2010). Remission of persistent methamphetamine-induced psychosis after electroconvulsive therapy: presentation of a case and review of the literature. The American journal of psychiatry, 167(1), 17–23. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2009.08111695

Hamner, M. B., Frueh, B. C., Ulmer, H. G., & Arana, G. W. (1999). Psychotic features and illness severity in combat veterans with chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological psychiatry, 45(7), 846–852. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0006-3223(98)00301-1

Hinterbuchinger, B., Koch, M., Trimmel, M., Litvan, Z., Baumgartner, J., Meyer, E. L., Friedrich, F., & Mossaheb, N. (2023). Psychotic-like experiences in non-clinical subgroups with and without specific beliefs. BMC psychiatry, 23(1), 397. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-023-04876-9

Howland R. H. (2008). Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D). Part 2: Study outcomes. Journal of psychosocial nursing and mental health services, 46(10), 21–24. https://doi.org/10.3928/02793695-20081001-05

Huang, Y., Sun, P., Wu, Z., Guo, X., Wu, X., Chen, J., Yang, L., Wu, X., & Fang, Y. (2023). Comparison on the clinical features in patients with or without treatment-resistant depression: A National Survey on Symptomatology of Depression report. Psychiatry research, 319, 114972. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114972

Inouye, S. K., Westendorp, R. G., & Saczynski, J. S. (2014). Delirium in elderly people. Lancet (London, England), 383(9920), 911–922. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(13)60688-1

Johnson, J., Horwath, E., & Weissman, M. M. (1991). The validity of major depression with psychotic features based on a community study. Archives of general psychiatry, 48(12), 1075–1081. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.1991.01810360039006

Kruizinga, J., Liemburg, E., Burger, H., Cipriani, A., Geddes, J., Robertson, L., Vogelaar, B., & Nolen, W. A. (2021). Pharmacological treatment for psychotic depression. The Cochrane database of systematic reviews, 12(12), CD004044. https://doi.org/10.1002/14651858.CD004044.pub5

Krynicki, C. R., Upthegrove, R., Deakin, J. F. W., & Barnes, T. R. E. (2018). The relationship between negative symptoms and depression in schizophrenia: a systematic review. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 137(5), 380–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.12873

McIntyre, R. S., Lee, Y., & Mansur, R. B. (2016). A pragmatic approach to the diagnosis and treatment of mixed features in adults with mood disorders. CNS spectrums, 21(S1), 25–33. https://doi.org/10.1017/S109285291600078X

Mullen, J. M., Richards, J. R., & Crawford, A. T. (2023). Amphetamine-Related Psychiatric Disorders. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing.

National Institute for Health and Care Excellence. (2022). Depression in Adults: treatment and management [NG 222]. Retrieved from https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/ng222

Nordahl, T. E., Salo, R., & Leamon, M. (2003). Neuropsychological effects of chronic methamphetamine use on neurotransmitters and cognition: a review. The Journal of neuropsychiatry and clinical neurosciences, 15(3), 317–325. https://doi.org/10.1176/jnp.15.3.317

Paljärvi, T., Tiihonen, J., Lähteenvuo, M., Tanskanen, A., Fazel, S., & Taipale, H. (2023). Psychotic depression and deaths due to suicide. Journal of affective disorders, 321, 28–32. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2022.10.035

Peng, P., Wang, Q., Ren, H., Zhou, Y., Hao, Y., Chen, S., Wu, Q., Li, M., Wang, Y., Yang, Q., Wang, X., Liu, Y., Ma, Y., Li, H., Liu, T., & Zhang, X. (2023). Association between thyroid hormones and comorbid psychotic symptoms in patients with first-episode and drug-naïve major depressive disorder. Psychiatry research, 320, 115052. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2023.115052

Perlis, R. H., Uher, R., Ostacher, M., Goldberg, J. F., Trivedi, M. H., Rush, A. J., & Fava, M. (2011). Association between bipolar spectrum features and treatment outcomes in outpatients with major depressive disorder. Archives of general psychiatry, 68(4), 351–360. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2010.179

Petrides, G., Fink, M., Husain, M. M., Knapp, R. G., Rush, A. J., Mueller, M., Rummans, T. A., O'Connor, K. M., Rasmussen, K. G., Jr, Bernstein, H. J., Biggs, M., Bailine, S. H., & Kellner, C. H. (2001). ECT remission rates in psychotic versus nonpsychotic depressed patients: a report from CORE. The journal of ECT, 17(4), 244–253. https://doi.org/10.1097/00124509-200112000-00003

Piesse, E., Paulik, G., Mathersul, D., Valentine, L., Kamitsis, I., & Bendall, S. (2023). An exploration of the relationship between voices, dissociation, and post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Psychology and psychotherapy, 96(4), 1015–1028. https://doi.org/10.1111/papt.12493

Rothschild, A. J., Mulsant, B. H., Meyers, B. S., & Flint, A. J. (2006). Challenges in Differentiating and Diagnosing Psychotic Depression. Psychiatric Annals, 36(1), 40-46. https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/challenges-differentiating-diagnosing-psychotic/docview/217052563/se-2

Rothschild A. J. (2013). Challenges in the treatment of major depressive disorder with psychotic features. Schizophrenia bulletin, 39(4), 787–796. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbt046

Rückl, S., Gentner, N. C., Büche, L., Backenstrass, M., Barthel, A., Vedder, H., Bürgy, M., & Kronmüller, K. T. (2015). Coping with delusions in schizophrenia and affective disorder with psychotic symptoms: the relationship between coping strategies and dimensions of delusion. Psychopathology, 48(1), 11–17. https://doi.org/10.1159/000363144

Sikich L. (2013). Diagnosis and evaluation of hallucinations and other psychotic symptoms in children and adolescents. Child and adolescent psychiatric clinics of North America, 22(4), 655–673. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chc.2013.06.005

Simpson, G. M., El Sheshai, A., Loza, N., Kingsbury, S. J., Fayek, M., Rady, A., & Fawzy, W. (2005). An 8-week open-label trial of a 6-day course of mifepristone for the treatment of psychotic depression. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 66(5), 598–602. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v66n0509

Slotema, C. W., Blom, J. D., Niemantsverdriet, M. B. A., Deen, M., & Sommer, I. E. C. (2018). Comorbid Diagnosis of Psychotic Disorders in Borderline Personality Disorder: Prevalence and Influence on Outcome. Frontiers in psychiatry, 9, 84. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2018.00084

Stahl, S. M., Morrissette, D. A., Faedda, G., Fava, M., Goldberg, J. F., Keck, P. E., Lee, Y., Malhi, G., Marangoni, C., McElroy, S. L., Ostacher, M., Rosenblat, J. D., Solé, E., Suppes, T., Takeshima, M., Thase, M. E., Vieta, E., Young, A., Zimmerman, M., & McIntyre, R. S. (2017). Guidelines for the recognition and management of mixed depression. CNS spectrums, 22(2), 203–219. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1092852917000165

Strandberg, P., Nordenskjöld, A., Bodén, R., Ekman, C. J., Lundberg, J., & Popiolek, K. (2023). Electroconvulsive Therapy Versus Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation in Patients With a Depressive Episode: A Register-Based Study. The journal of ECT, 10.1097/YCT.0000000000000971. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCT.0000000000000971

Szymkowicz, S. M., Finnegan, N., & Dale, R. M. (2014). Failed response to repeat intravenous ketamine infusions in geriatric patients with major depressive disorder. Journal of clinical psychopharmacology, 34(2), 285–286. https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0000000000000090

Tschöke, S., & Kratzer, L. (2023). Psychotic experiences in trauma-related disorders and borderline personality disorder. The lancet. Psychiatry, 10(1), 5–6. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(22)00399-6

Ujike, H., & Sato, M. (2004). Clinical features of sensitization to methamphetamine observed in patients with methamphetamine dependence and psychosis. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1025, 279–287. https://doi.org/10.1196/annals.1316.035

Ulloa, R. E., Birmaher, B., Axelson, D., Williamson, D. E., Brent, D. A., Ryan, N. D., Bridge, J., & Baugher, M. (2000). Psychosis in a pediatric mood and anxiety disorders clinic: phenomenology and correlates. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 39(3), 337–345. https://doi.org/10.1097/00004583-200003000-00016

van Diermen, L., Versyck, P., van den Ameele, S., Madani, Y., Vermeulen, T., Fransen, E., Sabbe, B. G. C., van der Mast, R. C., Birkenhäger, T. K., & Schrijvers, D. (2019). Performance of the Psychotic Depression Assessment Scale as a Predictor of ECT Outcome. The journal of ECT, 35(4), 238–244. https://doi.org/10.1097/YCT.0000000000000610

van Os, J., & Reininghaus, U. (2016). Psychosis as a transdiagnostic and extended phenotype in the general population. World psychiatry : official journal of the World Psychiatric Association (WPA), 15(2), 118–124. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20310

Vázquez, G. H., Bahji, A., Undurraga, J., Tondo, L., & Baldessarini, R. J. (2021). Efficacy and Tolerability of Combination Treatments for Major Depression: Antidepressants plus Second-Generation Antipsychotics vs. Esketamine vs. Lithium. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 35(8), 890–900. https://doi.org/10.1177/02698811211013579

Yung, A. R., & Lin, A. (2016). Psychotic experiences and their significance. World psychiatry : official journal of the World Psychiatric Association (WPA), 15(2), 130–131. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20328

Zimmerman, M., & Mattia, J. I. (1999). Psychotic subtyping of major depressive disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 60(5), 311–314. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v60n0508

View Details

Manal Piracha

Join us today on the 200th episode of the podcast, as Dr. Puder sits down with Dr. Mark Mullen to discuss the podcast and reflect on some of his favorite episodes. Dr. Mark Mullen is a 4th year psychiatry resident at Creighton University in Omaha, Nebraska, and the host of his own podcast, Psychiatry Bootcamp.

The Psychiatry And Psychotherapy PodcastDr. Puder’s motivation for the podcast stems from a passion to teach mental health professionals how to create more meaningful connections with their patients. It has become a great source of meaning for Dr. Puder, as it has exponentially increased his ability to impact mental health professionals and platform many brilliant, but lesser known in scope, minds in the field of psychiatry. He says, “If I can train 10,000 mental health professionals to do their work better than they were doing before, that would create so much meaning for me.”

To this day, Dr. Puder says one of his greatest internal motivators for the podcast continues to be the ability it gives him to share invaluable knowledge from others in his field and extend their impact. The positive feedback from listeners and stories of how people are impacted by the podcast fuels the passion for future episodes.

As he developed the podcast, Dr. Puder was most surprised by the ability to truly interact with the people he interviews. He enjoys being able to interview such incredible and intelligent people that he has looked up to in the field.

The Success Of The PodcastSome positive feedback Dr. Puder has received about the podcast is that the way complex, relevant topics are presented in such an approachable, conversational manner sets it apart from other related podcasts. It draws people in with its vulnerability and authenticity and the culture of willingness to look beyond the psychiatric criteria and psychopharmacology to holistically assess a condition.

Psychiatry is an art and patients come to be listened to and heard. From the very first encounter with a patient, mental health professionals must show up and be present with the patient in order to foster the most effective relationship. When the clinician is more connected, they truly will see better results with their patients. Psychotherapy is all about connection and, most of the time, more dependent on the provider than the actual modality or treatment plan.

A unique takeaway from the podcast is the encouragement to pick up the small moments of emotions and microexpressions of the patient, which can allow the therapist to embody more compassion for them.

Dr. John Tarr: One Of The Biggest Motivations Behind The Podcast Dr. John Tarr, who passed away this year at the age of 94, was a renowned psychiatrist and psychoanalyst. His influence on Dr. Puder was incredibly profound, inspiring him to create the podcast in the effort to expand his impact on more medical professionals.

Dr. Puder met Dr. Tarr during his (Dr. Puder’s) first year of residency in psychiatry when he joined his introductory class on therapeutic alliance. Over time, their relationship became one of mentor/student and colleague, even teaching jointly at Loma Linda University for the past nine years. Dr. Puder and Dr. Tarr’s worldviews aligned so precisely that they understood each other very well. This sometimes allowed them to anticipate what the other would say in situations with patients. Their thought processes molded into one because of the extensive amount of time they spent together in psychotherapy training and teaching.

While in Dr. Tarr’s class as a first-year resident, Dr. Puder easily developed an admiration for his brilliance. He had the ability to passionately teach psychotherapy using complex language and thought processes that were challenging, yet incredibly intuitive at the same time. Dr. Tarr was a prolific reader who studied the great works of previous psychiatrists and psychotherapists, retaining the posture of a student throughout his life, never quenching his dedication to learning. Additionally, he was mentored by the legendary psychoanalyst, Franz Alexander.

Dr. Tarr’s belief in the power of knowledge was not consigned to the field of psychiatry— he placed high value on all mediums of learning including the arts, traveling, and the beauty of human diversity. He was a loyal and generous benefactor within the music and art community and traveled the globe with his wife, Beverly. Over his lifetime, he developed relationships with a rich spectrum of people. His openness and ability to save a humanizing space for every individual and idea was a very rare and valuable quality.

When asked to identify the most meaningful lesson he learned from Dr. Tarr, Dr. Puder instead offered the observation that it was not one single piece of information or particular moment of guidance that impacted him the most. Rather, it was the way he ultimately internalized who Dr. Tarr was. We all naturally internalize close, meaningful relationships, and Dr. Puder holds his influence as sacred, expressing what will be lifelong gratitude towards Dr. Tarr. “The kindness with patients and colleagues over time became internalized as a fatherly figure,” said Dr. Puder.

Dr. Tarr’s ability to hold an unconditional positive regard for people was unmatched. He treated his patients with an abundance of empathy and left a meaningful mark on his family and friends. His legacy will produce far-reaching results beyond what he or Dr. Puder did and will singularly do in their lifetimes, as Dr. Tarr's influence multiplies through Dr. Puder’s modern social platforms.

Dr. Tarr was an expert in empathy and truly cared about exploring the patient’s fears and anxieties. He had a worldview that allowed him to have deep and profound kindness and compassion towards his patients. He would make sense of a patient’s internal world by thinking about their attachments, life experiences, and temperament.

Dr. Tarr’s Work With The Pre-Lexical Learning PeriodHe was passionate about discussing the pre-lexical period, which covered communication before the development of vocabulary or language—a dance of nonverbal communication. Early attachment periods of development, beginning in the first weeks of life, would be considered the prelexical period. Dr. Tarr was incredibly skilled at identifying prelexical content in therapy sessions and communicating the attachment language back to the patient, providing invaluable information for reaching into the patient's feelings and emotions.

Dr. Puder dedicated the therapeutic alliance series to Dr. Tarr:

Episode 028: Therapeutic Alliance Part 1

Episode 032: Therapeutic Alliance Part 2: Meaning and Viktor Frankl’s Logotherapy

Episode 036: Therapeutic Alliance Part 3: How Empathy Works and How to Improve It

Episode 041: Therapeutic Alliance Part 4: What is Transference and Countertransference?

Episode 062: Therapeutic Alliance Part 5: Emotion

Episode 069: Therapeutic Alliance Part 6: Attachment Types and Application

Episode 070: Connecting with the Psychotic Patient, Therapeutic Alliance Part 7

Reflecting On Favorite Episodes* Episode 171: Nancy McWilliams on Mental Health, Transference, and Dissociation: "Listening in a professional capacity is a disciplined, meditative, and emotionally receptive activity in which the therapist's needs for self-expression and self-acknowledgment are subordinated to the psychological needs of the client" (McWilliams, 2004, p. 133). + In this episode she discusses the adaptive nature of dissociation. For example, when a patient experiences a traumatic event, their brain may dissociate as a defensive mechanism to protect the patient from the distress of the trauma. + Transference is common in patients who dissociate because those who have been mistreated in the past are likely to see the therapist as a threat. The patient sees the abuse they experienced in anyone they interact with.

  • Episode 194: Dr. Sue Johnson: Attunement, Attachment and the Development of Emotionally Focused Therapy: Dr. Puder loved connecting with her and hearing her exuberance regarding attachment. She focused her research on intimate relationships and attachment bonding, emotion, clinical couples therapy, the process of change in psychotherapy and marital therapy, and the role of emotion in therapeutic change
  • Episode 195: Dr. Robert Sapolsky: Baboons, Stress Research, Connection and Determinism: It was great to interact with him, even though Dr. Puder didn’t necessarily agree with his viewpoint.
  • Episode 106: Psilocybin Therapy - Part 2: Clinical Trials, Secondary Effects, Brain Imaging, and the Future of Psilocybin Therapy
  • Episode 164: Listening Psychodynamically

What’s Next For The podcast?Dr. Puder plans to continue interviewing mental health professionals with 20+ years of experience in certain domains that can provide value to the larger community of mental health professionals. (If you are one of those, write here.) He hopes to cover topics that have not received much coverage yet and has a topic series in mind he hopes to begin with guests. He plans to do more episodes with Dr. Cummings and also hopes to release audio clips of Dr. Tarr in order to share his knowledge and perspective with the audience.

If you are a long time listener, please take a moment to introduce yourself to Dr. Puder. You can do that either on social media or through our contact form here.

View Details

James Swanson BS, David Puder MD

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

What Is Motivational Interviewing?Motivational Interviewing (MI) is a particular way of talking with people about change and growth to strengthen their own motivation and commitment. MI is unique in that it does not instill motivation in the patient, but instead evokes the preexisting motivations of a patient to lead to a change in behavior. In this way, it is a humanistic therapeutic approach because it seeks to bring clients closer to their chosen ideals and virtues.

Motivational interviewing serves as a versatile enhancement to various professional practices, whether it’s behavioral therapy, medication counseling, classroom teaching, or sports coaching. In the words of Dr. William Miller, “It’s a way of being with people to help people make changes.” This method emphasizes a collaborative and empathetic interaction style, focusing on empowering individuals to drive their own change, making it a valuable asset in any change or growth-oriented setting.

A central tenant of MI is that the clinicians do not make the client change. Instead, the clinician helps to find and liberate the motivations within the client that leads them to grow. In this way, it is not the clinicians' responsibility to make the client change or quit deleterious behaviors as the power to make decisions resides within the client.

Origins Of Motivational InterviewingIn the early 1980s, Dr. William Miller served as a visiting lecturer at a treatment center for alcohol addiction in Norway. The Norwegian clinicians’ questioned Miller’s patient-centered and empathetic approach to client encounters. Through extensive discussions and careful examination of his therapeutic practices, Dr. Miller distilled his fundamental principles of what would become known as motivational interviewing. This approach emphasized the client’s own motivation and commitment as central to the process of change. In 1983, Dr. Miller introduced the concept of motivational interviewing to the professional community through publication of a discussion paper.

Motivational interviewing started as an intervention for people with alcohol use disorders, but has eventually grown to include people with different substance use disorders, other mental health needs, and broader health care needs.

Over the last four decades, over 2,000 studies have been published evaluating the use of motivational interviewing for a wide range of applications.

Framework Of Motivational InterviewingAs you implement MI into your client encounters, think of the engaging, focusing, evoking, and planning framework. Below, we have summarized all four pillars of the MI framework. In short, this framework helps to identify the what (focusing), why (evoking), and how (planning) a client is going to enact growth and change.

  • Engaging: Empathetic listening is a way to help develop rapport and the therapeutic relationship. MI requires a fair degree of teamwork between the client and clinician. The client must be able to trust the clinician, feel like they have autonomy, and feel engaged throughout the MI session(s).
  • How to engage a client? At its core, listening well entails genuine curiosity about how your client thinks and feels. Below are a few techniques you can practice to help engage and develop better rapport.
  • Accurate Empathy: This is the ability to voice and test your guesses on how the person feels and what they are trying to convey (the key aspect is “voicing” your guesses, as this shows the client you are listening empathetically. Simply listening does not fully show the client this and may not fully advance the therapeutic relationship). The qualities of the therapist may matter more than the modality of behavioral intervention being practiced. Qualities such as engaging in accurate empathy vary between therapists and account for the variation in efficacy within domains of behavioral intervention. The skill of accurate empathy has been shown in multiple studies to be one of the most important qualities of a therapist (for further reading on this, see Effective Psychotherapists: Clinical Skills That Improve Client Outcomes by William R. Miller and Theresa Mayers).
  • Mirroring: Mirroring means suspending all judgment (whether you agree or disagree) or personal/professional opinions and simply trying to understand your patient. To help you with this, think of the OARS pneumonic.
  • Open Questions: These questions are general, but allow the client to talk about anything with you. Any question that does not restrict the patient to a short response answer is likely an open question. People can rely too heavily on questions given that we tend to naturally ask questions in our day-to-day conversations. It’s important to use a variety of OARS if you happen to find yourself using open questions in most of your responses to a client.
  • Affirming: Reflections on a specific part of what the client thought or said. Simple affirmations are straightforward, positive acknowledgments of the client’s statements or behaviors, such as commending effort or acknowledging progress. Complex affirmations delve deeper, often reflecting back on the underlying meaning or personal strengths demonstrated by the client’s words or actions.
  • Reflecting: Try reflecting on what the client says by restating what they say without parroting. For example, a client says they don’t want to get out of bed in the mornings to go to work. A reflective response would be, “You’re finding it challenging to get out of bed in the morning.” From there, the patient can clarify truly if it is challenging or whether you understand what they are trying to convey.
  • Summarizing: A much broader reflection of what your client is trying to convey to you.

  • Around 20% of the MI should involve engagement.

  • Focusing: This pillar of the MI framework deals with identifying one or more goals you and the client can concentrate on during the conversation.

  • In some cases, the goal may be well-defined (i.e., they want to lower their Hgb A1c or want to quit smoking), but other goals may be more nebulous. It is the role of the clinicians to use “engaging” skills to clarify an identifiable goal.
  • Example: A client may say, “I want to regain control of my life.” Through proper engagement and clarifying, you might come to find that what your client really means is “I want to maintain sobriety by quitting alcohol and benzos.”

  • While clinicians can use their expertise to help identify the goal, the specified goal must be based on the client's own wants and desires.

  • What to do with clients that are ambivalent or reluctant to identify an appropriate goal?
  • Value-behavior discrepancy

A good place to start is by identifying a client’s core values. If they are unsure of their core values in life (e.g., caring, family, or fitness), then it is helpful to have them pick out values from a sheet of paper. Once they have identified their core values, you can help them realize their value-behavior discrepancy (e.g., a client values fitness but they continue to smoke a pack of cigarettes a day) by pointing out how current behaviors are compromising.

  • Decisional balance
  • This method requires a more neutral stance compared to the value-behavior discrepancy approach. Let your client explore the pros and cons of changing a behavior at a particular time. The image to the right depicts a decisional balance activity they can work through. Once your client has filled out all four squares, it is necessary to give equal weight in conversation to each area and not try to make a value assessment of the status quo or change. This may help your client feel more understood that you are not simply ignoring the advantages of no change and disadvantages of change, as these are strong pulls.

    Evoking: This pillar of MI involves pulling out the motivations of the client to help empower them to change and grow. You will likely encounter clients that have mixed feelings (ambivalence) about changing behavior. Everyone weighs pros and cons in the process of making changes. Evoking helps to identify the pros and empowers the client to weigh their own pros more than the cons. It is most helpful to understand their motives for change by preparation for change and mobilization for change.

Change talk comes in many different forms. The form we are most familiar with tends to be commitment statements (e.g., “I’m going to start eating a Mediterranean diet to help lower more cholesterol and blood sugars”). Moreover, we are often most optimistic when our clients make commitment statements to change behavior. However, Martin et al. (2011), showed in a sample of people with alcohol use that preparatory and commitment language both predicted favorable change in alcohol use. Thus, it is important to maintain optimism and support when someone endorses preparation language compared to mobilization language (read more about these forms of change talk below). Why does this matter? Clinicians can highlight different forms of change talk to help evoke the clients’ motivations.

  • Preparation: By simply listening to someone preparing to change, we can better understand their unique reasons for doing so. The DARN (desire, ability, reason, need) mnemonic helps a clinician understand why a person is considering a change in their life.
  • Desire: expressing desire or willingness to change (e.g., I want…, I wish…)
  • Ability: demonstrates belief in one's ability to change (e.g., I can… I am able to …)
  • Reason: provides reasons or motivation to change (e.g., If I do, then…)
  • Need: recognizes a personal need for change (e.g., I have to… I need to…)

  • Mobilization: Mobilization language is most commonly used when clients are close to changing. The mnemonic CATs (commitment, activation, and taking steps) can help us recognize these statements.

  • Commitment: involves statements from the client that indicate their commitment to making a change (e.g., I promise… I swear…)
  • Activations: involves statements that show the client is actively considering a change (e.g., I’m willing to… I would consider…)
  • Taking steps: involves statements that show the client has already taken steps to change (e.g., a patient wants to quit opioids and tells their PCP, “I found a methadone clinic near my house yesterday.”).

  • Sustaining: Sustain talk is the opposite of the DARN CATs statements. In short, these statements explain why someone might want to sustain their current, perhaps problematic, behavior (e.g., “I’ve tried to quit smoking before, but it’s too hard because all of my friends smoke” or “I just enjoy smoking too much to give it up.”). Research has shown that, given equal ratios, sustain talk is more powerful than change talk (William Miller, “The evolution of motivational interviewing”, 2023).

  • Below, we have listed appropriate ways for responding to sustain talk, but essentially it’s important to never directly push back against sustain talk.
  • Emphasizing autonomy: When responding to sustain talk, this approach reinforces the client’s sense of agency and understanding that the decision to change or not to change is ultimately theirs to make (e.g., when your client says that they do not want to quit smoking due it being one of the only pleasures they have in life, the clinician can respond, “It’s completely up to you whether you choose to quit or continue smoking. My role is to support your decision and help you explore all your options.”). By emphasizing the client’s autonomy, you are continuing to build trust, reduce resistance, and increase client engagement.
  • Reframing: First, validate the sustain talk and then shift the perspective to present the issue in a new, more positive or constructive light (e.g., in response to a client saying they don’t have time to exercise, you can say, “It sounds like you have a busy schedule, which shows dedication to your responsibilities. Finding an activity that fits into your busy life could help you manage stress and boost your energy for all those commitments.”). In this instance, the clinician acknowledged the patient’s worry about their hectic schedule and then subtly shifted the conversation, suggesting that incorporating exercise could enhance their busy life with positive benefits rather than adding to their burdens.
  • Pendulum approach: Explore the full spectrum of reasons for and against change like a pendulum swinging from one pole to another. This method requires first focusing on the sustain talk and then swinging into the change talk, allowing the client to voice all concerns with you.

  • As you might expect, the higher the ratio of pro-change statements (i.e., DARN CATs) to sustain comments, the more likely a client will change. Research has also shown that if evoking is used as an intervention, clinicians can tip the balance of pro-change statements to sustain comments, which also predicts favorable change in clients.

  • How does one use evoking to tip the balance in favor of change and growth?
  • Attending: Attending is a way to actively listen to your client and pick out the change talks (i.e., DARN CATs) statements. In sessions with clients, they can mention many different statements, some in favor of change, against change, or unrelated comments. Try to pick out the change talk statements and reflect, affirm, summarize, or ask about those statements in particular. In this way, you evoke the patient to spend more mental energy on change talk. Remember, research has shown that the more time spent on change talk, the increased likelihood of favorable outcomes.
  • Inviting: You can invite your client to make change statements instead of waiting for these statements to be made.
  • Directional questioning: Ask open questions that lead the client into change talk.
  • One way to do this is by using DARN (e.g., asking why you would want to make a change in your life using the D or DARN in an open-ended question).

  • Exploring extremes: Ask the client what is the best possible outcome in their life if they were able to make a change (e.g., “Can you describe some of the most detrimental consequences that alcohol has caused in your life” or “Can you think about what your life might look like without alcohol?”).

  • Exploring goals and values: This method helps connect your client's behavioral change with their personal aspirations and core values (e.g., you could ask what things they value most and then ask how their maladaptive behavior inhibits their ability to accomplish that goal or live by their core value).
  • Looking back and forward: You can use this method by first asking the patient to describe their life before their maladaptive behavior began. Then, you can proceed to ask what their life would look like in the future given a desirable behavioral change.

  • Strengthening: Strengthening is a conversational technique that allows us to respond to a client making change talk statements in a way that invites more and strengthens their statements. Below, we have given a few ways to strengthen change talk statements in your clients.

  • Directional reflections: After a patient has made a change statement (i.e., DARN CATs), make a reflection statement (see OARS) for reference. There are many parts of a conversation you reflect on, but these are directional in that you are mainly reflecting on only one aspect of what is said.
  • Directional summaries: As in the last bullet point, you still use your OARS skills. However, this time you are choosing to summarize multiple change talk statements, in an attempt to highlight the pro-change sentiments of the client.

  • Utilizing a scale or ranking system offers a powerful method for gauging an individual’s ambivalence or readiness to embrace change. For instance, posing the question, “On a scale from 0 to 10, how important is it for you to start feeling better?” can be particularly insightful. Such a question is effective because it directly engages the patient in reflecting on their personal motivation and the significance of their health and well-being. It avoids making assumptions about their state of mind and instead invites them to actively participate in evaluating their own priorities and goals. You can follow up your question by asking why they didn’t score a 0 (evoking change talk) and what they would need to score higher (evoking change talk).

  • Planning: This pillar of MI involves collaboratively developing concrete strategies and steps for achieving desired changes. In essence, you are discussing how a patient will make a change or growth. It is important to realize that initiating a plan for change can damage the therapeutic relationship if the client is not fully ready to act. If the client is ready for change, then you can use the tools listed below to initiate the planning phase of MI. This part of the conversation is primarily a negotiation driven by the client's beliefs about how they can reasonably change. The clinician's expertise should be used.
  • Brief action plan: First, create a SMART (specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and time-specific) goal with the patient. Then ask the patient to describe the goal in their own words and assess their confidence in achieving it. Lastly, ask the client how they can stay accountable to achieve the goal.
  • Confidence assessment: This method starts with asking your client how confident they are at successfully executing the plan (e.g., you can ask them to rank themselves from 1 to 10, 10 being the most confident they will execute the plan to success). If they rank themselves lower, you can ask them why they are not confident, and more importantly, what they would need to feel more confident.
  • If clients have low confidence of hope for successfully executing a plan, try these approaches:
  • Reviewing past successes: Ask the client if they have ever made significant changes to their life in the past (e.g., losing weight, quitting a bad habit, etc.). A different way you could ask this is if the patient has ever made significant strides in life (e.g., what’s been one of your greatest achievements). If they have an answer, you can go about asking how they made this change in their life and also reflect on the personal strengths they relied on to achieve their goal. After this discussion, relate it back to the current plan/goal.
  • Reframing past failures: One common reason people lack confidence or hope is that they tried in the past and failed (e.g., the person who quit smoking ten different times). It may be helpful to reframe their failure in a way that provides more confidence/hope for the current attempt (e.g., you can talk about what they learned from the prior attempt of change. You can also try looking at the specific circumstances they were in and reflect on how current circumstances are different and more promising now).

  • Ask-Offer-Ask (AOA): AOA is a way of offering advice to the client. Also, it is important to note that AOA can be used during engaging, focusing, and evoking too. However, AOA lends itself well to the planning phase in the case that the patient could benefit from expert opinion on how to make the change.

  • First, ask: You should ask whether the patient would like to receive your expert opinion/advice (e.g., would you be interested in learning the most beneficial methods for quitting smoking?)
  • Offer: It is important to offer multiple options to the patient, so they can feel more engaged and that the plan is made collaboratively (e.g., “We could start you on drugs like Chantix or Wellbutrin or focus on non-pharmacological methods such as stress reduction or systematic gradual withdrawal.”).
  • Second Ask: Ask how they feel about the options given or if they feel like there were options you did not mention.

Who Benefits From Motivational Interviewing?The majority of motivational interviewing studies have indicated a weak to moderate impact when comparing the intervention to alternative approaches or the absence of an intervention. Consequently, some studies have reported statistically significant improvements in behavior, while others have produced inconclusive results. The strength of this effect size appears to vary depending on the specific behavior being targeted for change, variation of clinician efficacy, or the characteristics of the clients. MI research seems to suggest that it is more effective in facilitating change in certain behaviors as opposed to others, which could be due to research gaps or loss of efficacy based on client circumstances. Below, we have delineated the types of individuals and behaviors for which the literature provides robust support for the efficacy of MI.

  • MI has higher efficacy when conducted at multiple visits or longer client encounters (Rubak et al., 2005).
  • In the context of substance use disorders, there is substantial evidence supporting the effectiveness of motivational interviewing (MI) in enhancing outcomes for individuals grappling with alcohol, tobacco, and cannabis use disorders. However, it’s important to note that substance use disorders beyond these three categories have not received extensive research attention and have not consistently demonstrated significant benefits across multiple studies.
  • Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of MI in producing strong outcomes in the management of chronic diseases such as asthma, cancer, chronic pain, and diabetes, as well as in facilitating the adoption of healthier lifestyles, encompassing dietary and physical activity modifications.
  • The following client characteristics have been demonstrated as indicators of success in motivational interviewing: people with initially lower motivation to change, people with more resistance to change, and minority populations.
  • Can you give MI to groups of people instead of individually?
  • Multiple studies have supported the efficacy of MI implementation in the group setting. Group MI has been validated in the following settings: job finding, weight loss, diabetes management, and alcohol use disorder.

  • MI has proven to be a valuable tool in non-addiction mental health treatment. This was highlighted in a study conducted by Westra et al. in 2009, which employed a randomized-control trial design. In this study, one group received four 50-minute MI sessions prior to starting CBT, while a comparison group was treated with CBT alone. The results were significant: those in the MI-CBT combination group exhibited notably greater reductions in worry and demonstrated improved adherence to therapy-related homework tasks compared to the group that received only CBT. The benefits seen with MI-CBT were even greater in patients with more severe anxiety. This suggests that integrating MI with CBT can enhance therapy outcomes for patients.

How To Practice And Develop Your Motivational Interviewing SkillsResearch has shown that there is no correlation between therapist outcomes and how many years a therapist has been in performing therapy (Taylor and Neimeyer, “The assessment of lifelong learning in psychologists”, 2015). This underscores the importance of deliberate practice in the area of psychotherapy. Fortunately, there are many ways to deliberately practice motivational interviewing—developing skills in motivational interviewing is accessible to anyone. Research has demonstrated that individuals who receive ongoing, objective feedback and coaching over several months to a year generally become more proficient in applying MI within their own practice. Although there is no one-size-fits-all approach to learning, we’ve outlined some key points below.

  • One study assessing the effectiveness of motivational interviewing training took 140 licensed substance abuse professionals and randomly assigned them to learn MI through self-directed material (control group), learning through a workshop only, workshop + receiving feedback after practice, workshop + individualized coaching, and workshop + feedback + coaching (Miller et al., “A randomized trial of methods to help clinicians learn motivational interviewing”, 2004). The study found that those who had sustained proficiency in MI received either coaching and/or feedback, highlighting the need for good and ongoing mentorship of MI for trainees. In other words, reading a book about MI or attending a multi-day workshop will not reliably improve one’s proficiency with the method.
  • One way to practice MI is through recording real or practice sessions with clients. When you record, you can go back to the session and determine (either by yourself or with the help of a mentor) whether you missed out on change statements, if you used OARS, etc.
  • For those who would like to train others in MI, the Motivational Interviewing Network of Trainers (MINT) requires that you pass the Training of New Trainers (TNT) course.
  • Resources for guided and self-directed learning:
  • Books
  • Motivational Interviewing, 4th Edition by William R Miller and Stephen Rollnick
  • Motivational Interviewing in Health Care: Helping Patients Change Behavior
  • Deliberative Practice in Motivational Interview by Jennifer Manuel, Denise Ernst, Alexandre Vaz, and Tony Rousmaniere

  • Online courses

  • Psychwire: an online learning platform known for offering courses in the field of mental health.
  • Motivational Interviewing Foundational (led by Drs William Miller, Theresa Moyers, and Stephen Rollnick)
  • 10 hours across 6 weeks. Cost $450.
  • Courses are CE and CME-accredited

  • Other courses on Psychwire include MI for addiction and healthcare.

  • Professional organizations

  • Motivational Interviewing Network of Trainers (MINT)
  • As mentioned above, MINT offers classes and certification for practitioners already skilled in the area of MI and are looking to become competent enough to train others in MI.

  • American Psychological Association

  • APA periodically offers single-day workshops on MI where people attend in person and get lectures and practice with formative feedback.

View Details

Lauren Hishon, MD, David Puder, MD

Discussion for today's podcast was based on a Workshop created for the Association for Academic Psychiatry, AAP Annual Meeting, September 2023. Included in this discussion were:

Lauren Hishon, MD, Lisa Johnston, MD, Marijana Jovanovic, MD, David Puder, MD

None of the presenters have any conflicts of interest to report.

Burnout Among ResidentsCOVID-19 Residents:* Residents who are working now have spent either all or most of their residency working as first-time physicians during the Covid-19 pandemic. * The impact of this on burnout has been high: + Studies published since the pandemic have shown rates of burnout in psychiatry residents to be as high as 78% (Lee et al., 2022) and 83.3 % (Monteiro et al., 2020). + Pre-covid this number was much lower, with 21% of psychiatry residents reporting symptoms of burnout (Kealy et al., 2016).

What causes burnout?There are many factors associated with burnout supported in the literature. We can break them down into environmental factors, personal factors and non-modifiable factors:

  • Environmental factors
  • Hours of work per week (Lee et al., 2022)
  • Number of on-call shifts per month & weekend on-call shifts per month
  • Number of patients seen per day & clinics per week
  • Difficulty with maintaining relationships with superiors (Alenezi et al., 2022)
  • Occurrence of psychological abuse & poor faculty supervision and learning experience (De Mélo Silva Júnior et al., 2022)
  • Lack of supervision
  • Not having time to rest (Jovanović et al., 2016)
  • Personal factors
  • High neuroticism and use of avoidance as coping mechanism (Lee et al., 2022)
  • Coping with self-blame, substance use or venting (Kaplan et al., 2021)
  • Stress, anxiety and depressive symptoms (Chan et al., 2019)
  • Lack of physical exercise (Alenezi et al., 2022)
  • Non-modifiable factors
  • First two years of training
  • History of receiving mental health help in preceding years
  • Female (Alkhamees et al., 2021)
  • Younger & without children
  • Had not opted for psychiatry as first career choice (Jovanović et al., 2016)

What are the most important factors to address for decreasing burnout?A narrative review of studies published from 1990 to 2015 determined that the factors within the learning and work environment, rather than individual attributes, were the main drivers of burnout (Dyrbye & Shanafelt, 2016).

Another study completed on residents across multiple specialties showed that residents who had been personally mistreated (e.g. public belittlement or humiliation) were 8 times more likely to report burnout, and almost 4 times more likely to report symptoms of anxiety and depression (Cheng et al., 2020). The study concluded that although it is not a causative relationship, the findings show a need to address work-related environmental factors that may be contributing to both resident mistreatment and burnout.

One study done on front-line residents working in NYC during the first year of Covid-19 pandemic found that feeling valued by supervisors was associated with a decrease in burnout odds (Kaplan et al., 2021).

Another study looking at satisfaction of residents with social support received from supervisors, peers, nurses and patients, showed that the best predictor of burnout was dissatisfaction with emotional support received by supervisors (Prins et al., 2007).

What can we do about burnout?Forget the wellness modules!

Systematic review and meta-analysis by De Simone et al. (2021) showed that physician-directed interventions (such as mindfulness-based interventions, stress management skills and coping mechanisms, etc.) were associated with only a small reduction in burnout score. Whereas, organization-directed interventions (such as interventions focusing on workload, schedule, teamwork, communication, etc.) were associated with a moderate reduction in burnout score.

Strategies commonly talked about such as mindfulness-based interventions have only been associated with a small reduction in burnout, with overall low to very low quality of evidence as found in this systematic review and meta-analysis by Fendel et al. (2021).

Focus on Relationships!

A literature review by Kilminster in 2000 reported that the supervision relationship was the most important factor in effective supervision, even more important than the type of supervisory methods used.

A cross-sectional analysis looking at the relationship between team structure, culture and emotional exhaustion of clinicians and staff in a primary care practice showed that the perception of working in a good team culture was associated with less clinician exhaustion (Willard-Grace et al., 2014).

Many studies have looked at the different factors of the Maslach Burnout Inventory (personal accomplishment, emotional exhaustion and depersonalization) and how they are associated with supervisor–trainee relationships.

One study found that interventions aimed at improving connectivity between residents and faculty, with use of extracurricular activities such as hiking, cinema, literature and philosophy, improved residents' perceived personal accomplishment (Aghaei et al., 2022).

A cross-sectional study in Brazil found that the relationship between residents and their preceptors, as well as with the climate of the institution, was correlated with emotional exhaustion and depersonalization. The items most correlated with emotional exhaustion were: “I feel that I am always short of what the preceptors expect of me”; “I feel more pressured than helped by my preceptors”; “I feel collaborative climate in my institution”. The survey items that bore the highest negative correlation with depersonalization were: "I feel a collaborative climate in my institution"; "I feel like I belong in my institution"; and "I feel more pressured than helped by my preceptors." The authors concluded that a potential avenue for reducing burnout may be found in interventions aimed at improving the quality of relationships within an institution (Monteiro et al., 2020).

Pulling It All Together* We can see that the relationship between supervisor and resident is an important environmental mitigating factor in burnout. * As we know, culture is created from the top down. If there are large culture and interpersonal connection issues in a program, then that may be a potential source of the burnout problem. * We also see that organizationally-driven initiatives are more effective at reducing burnout than individually-directed interventions. * As such, we can consider targeting the interpersonal connection between resident and supervisor as a potential avenue to explore when looking at ways to improve burnout.

The Connection IndexThis brings us to introducing the Connection Index, which is a validated feedback tool that measures the interpersonal connection between residents and their clinical supervisor. It is a 12-question survey using a likert scale that was created by Dr. Puder and colleagues and published in the Academic Psychiatry Journal last year, 2022.

The 9-criteria framework (Kashner et al, 2018) was used to validate the Connection Index tool which included factor and content analysis, construct validation and showed a high scalability coefficient and consistency. Further details on the development and validation of the tool can be found (Puder et al., 2022).

A review of literature on interpersonal connection brought to light 4 subdomains that comprise the basis of the connection that is being measured by the tool.

The 4 subdomains of connection include:

  1. Empathy - Tested in Question 1 to 3
  2. Psychological Safety - Question 4 to 6
  3. Education Alliance - Question 7 to 9
  4. Feedback - Question 10 to 12

Further details on how the questions were developed in relation to each subdomain of connection can be found in The Connection Index Manual (linked below).

The Connection Index was studied on 50 residents over 2 years. Each resident completed the Connection Index for their supervisors at the end of each 6 month time period, which ended up capturing 201 unique supervision dyads. Supervision Attendance, Negative Emotional Experience, Prejudice and Bias, Bullying and Harassment as well as Maslach Burnout Inventory (Emotional Exhaustion, Personal Accomplishment and Depersonalization) was also assessed in the questionnaire.

The study found that the higher the Connection Index scores, the more supervision attendance increased, a domain of burnout improved (personal achievement) and the stress of the interaction decreased. There was also a stepwise increase in bullying and bias when the Connection Index was low with a score below 4, as well as a stepwise decrease in depersonalization and emotional exhaustion (two measures of burnout) when Connection Index scores were high and above 6.9.

Ultimately, the Connection Index was found to be a reliable way to measure interpersonal connection between residents and their supervising attendings. It is important that efforts are made to keep individual responses anonymous, and that the results are used to guide improvements in resident education and for faculty coaching, and not for legal matters. The tool may be helpful for academic program assessments, faculty evaluations, and to study how program interventions may have enhanced connection between residents and faculty.

Connected vs. Not Connected SupervisorsA qualitative study (unpublished at this time) was completed with medical students Joseph Wong, Daniela Borecky, Sith Riantawan, Ariana Cunningham, Gretchen Asher and Adam Borecky, and Dr. Puder, where they discussed common themes and traits found in the most and the least connected supervisor within each domain of Connection (Empathy, Psychological Safety, Education Alliance and Feedback).

      **Conclusion*** Burnout and disconnection has become a large issue in psychiatry residency programs.
  • Improving interpersonal connection between residents and supervisors may be a good modifiable factor programs can focus on when wanting to improve connection and reduce burnout.
  • The Connection Index is a valid tool programs can use to measure interpersonal connection between resident and supervising attending to see if there is a problem with certain supervisors or a wider program issue.
  • Programs may use the results gathered from the Connection Index as a starting point for the development of interventions aimed at improving the quality of relationships within their program.

    References:Aghaei, A. M., Sharifi, V., Tabatabaee, M., Abdi-Masouleh, F., & Nooraie, R. Y. (2022). A social network intervention to improve connectivity and burnout among psychiatry residents in an academic institution: a quasi-experimental study. BMC Medical Education, 22(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12909-022-03440-5

Alkhamees, A. A., Assiri, H., Alharbi, H. Y., Nasser, A., & Alkhamees, M. (2021). Burnout and depression among psychiatry residents during COVID-19 pandemic. Human Resources for Health, 19(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12960-021-00584-1

Chan, M. K., Chew, Q. H., & Sim, K. (2019). Burnout and associated factors in psychiatry residents: a systematic review. International Journal of Medical Education, 10, 149–160. https://doi.org/10.5116/ijme.5d21.b621

Cheng, M. Y., Neves, S., Rainwater, J., Wang, J. Z., Davari, P., Maverakis, E., Rea, M., Servis, M. E., Nuovo, J., & Fazel, N. (2020). Exploration of Mistreatment and Burnout Among Resident Physicians: a Cross-Specialty Observational Study. Medical Science Educator, 30(1), 315–321. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40670-019-00905-z

De Mélo Silva Júnior, M. L., Valênça, M. M., & Rocha-Filho, P. a. S. (2022). Individual and residency program factors related to depression, anxiety and burnout in physician residents – a Brazilian survey. BMC Psychiatry, 22(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-022-03916-0

De Simone, S., Vargas, M., & Servillo, G. (2019). Organizational strategies to reduce physician burnout: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Aging Clinical and Experimental Research, 33(4), 883–894. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40520-019-01368-3

Dyrbye, L., & Shanafelt, T. (2016). A narrative review on burnout experienced by medical students and residents. Medical education, 50(1), 132–149. https://doi.org/10.1111/medu.12927

Fendel, J. C., Bürkle, J. J., & Göritz, A. S. (2021). Mindfulness-Based Interventions to Reduce Burnout and Stress in Physicians: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Academic Medicine, 96(5), 751–764. https://doi.org/10.1097/acm.0000000000003936

Jovanović, N., Podlešek, A., Volpe, U., Barrett, E., Ferrari, S., Kuzman, M. R., Wuyts, P., Papp, S., Nawka, A., Vaida, A., Moscoso, A., Andlauer, O., Tateno, M., Lydall, G., Wong, V., Rujević, J., Clausen, N. P., Psaras, R., Delić, A., . . . Beezhold, J. (2016). Burnout syndrome among psychiatric trainees in 22 countries: Risk increased by long working hours, lack of supervision, and psychiatry not being first career choice. European Psychiatry, 32, 34–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eurpsy.2015.10.007

Kaplan, C., Chan, C. C., Feingold, J., Kaye-Kauderer, H., Pietrzak, R. H., Peccoralo, L., Feder, A., Southwick, S. M., Charney, D. S., Burka, L., Basist, M., Ripp, J., & Akhtar, S. (2021). Psychological consequences among residents and fellows during the COVID-19 pandemic in New York City: Implications for targeted interventions. Academic Medicine, 96(12), 1722–1731. https://doi.org/10.1097/acm.0000000000004362

Kashner, T. M., Clarke, C., Aron, D. C., Byrne, J. M., Cannon, G. W., Deemer, D., Gilman, S. C., Kaminetzky, C. P., Loo, L. K., Li, S., Wicker, A., & Keitz, S. A. (2018). The 9-criteria evaluation framework for perceptions survey: the case of VA’s Learners’ Perceptions Survey. Biostatistics & Epidemiology, 4(1), 140–171. https://doi.org/10.1080/24709360.2018.1553362

Kealy, D., Halli, P., Ogrodniczuk, J. S., & Hadjipavlou, G. (2016). Burnout among Canadian Psychiatry Residents: A National Survey. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 61(11), 732–736. https://doi.org/10.1177/0706743716645286

Kilminster, S., & Jolly, B. (2000). Effective supervision in clinical practice settings: a literature review. Medical Education, 34(10), 827–840. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2923.2000.00758.x

Lee, Y. W., Kudva, K. G., Soh, M., Chew, Q. H., & Sim, K. (2020). Inter‐relationships between burnout, personality and coping features in residents within an ACGME‐I Accredited Psychiatry Residency Program. Asia-Pacific Psychiatry, 14(1). https://doi.org/10.1111/appy.12413

Monteiro, G. M. C., Passos, I. C., Baeza, F. L. C., & Hauck, S. (2020b). Burnout in psychiatry residents: the role of relations with peers, preceptors, and the institution. Revista Brasileira De Psiquiatria. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-4446-2019-0797

Prins, J. T., Hoekstra-Weebers, J. E. H. M., Gazendam-Donofrio, S. M., Van De Wiel, H., Sprangers, F., Jaspers, C. A., & Van Der Heijden, F. (2007). The role of social support in burnout among Dutch medical residents. Psychology Health & Medicine, 12(1), 1–6. https://doi.org/10.1080/13548500600782214

Puder, D., Domínguez, C. S., Borecky, A., Ing, A., Ing, K., Martinez, A. E., Pereau, M., & Kashner, T. M. (2022). Assessing Interpersonal Relationships in Medical Education: the Connection Index. Academic Psychiatry, 46(6), 683–691. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40596-021-01574-0

Willard-Grace, R., Hessler, D., Rogers, E. A., Dubé, K., Bodenheimer, T., & Grumbach, K. (2014). Team structure and culture are associated with lower burnout in primary care. Journal of the American Board of Family Medicine, 27(2), 229–238. https://doi.org/10.3122/jabfm.2014.02.130215

View Details

Sally Vanderwiel, MA, David Puder, MD

None of the presenters have any conflicts of interest.

SummaryIn today's episode of the podcast, we talk with Dr. Jennifer Gaudiani (Dr. G), internationally renowned author of the book, Sick Enough: A Guide to the Medical Complications of Eating Disorders, and founder of the Gaudiani Clinic in Denver, Colorado. We deconstruct common myths and misconceptions about eating disorders, exercise, metabolic processes and why the term “sick enough” is such an apt title for a text and discussion on this group of complex and life-threatening mental health conditions.

Dr. G speaks with enthusiasm, compassion and such a high level of empathy and positive regard for all of her patients, with an air of humility, acceptance and acknowledgement of past foibles in this field of practice, that one cannot help but to be somewhat altered in thinking more curiously and positively about this group of patients. In addition, one is also inclined to examine their own practices, ideas about concepts like “thin privilege” and the excessive lengths we go to in a society bathed in “fat phobia” to want to change, shame, and construct arbitrary measures of moral success that have little to no bearing on health. These arbitrary measures are discussed in the podcast, along with necessary scientific evidence dispelling myths about eating disorders, along with myths pertaining to normalized but disordered diet practices like intermittent fasting, orthorexia, and exercise for calorie burning.

Empathy Gaps And Poorly Understood Topics In The Eating Disorder Treatment Milieu Dr. G discusses the extent to which physicians and therapists come unstuck when conceptualizing and treating patients with eating disorders from the historical perspective that all eating disorder sufferers present in emaciated bodies. This, of course, has historical roots with regards to research bias and knowledge gaps in eating disorders, but also feeds into the moral superiority idea that thinness equates to living the “best kind of life,” so long as that thinness does not become life threatening. Contrary to common perceptions, merely 0.1% of the population actually meets the criteria for anorexia nervosa, which includes having an extremely thin and underweight body. With atypical anorexia, the population is 3%, binge eating disorder 4% and equal across genders, and bulimia nervosa 2%. In actual fact, the majority of eating disorder sufferers present in normal or larger bodies, which adds layers of misunderstanding and often unhelpful, trauma-inducing advice from primary care physicians.

Due to the ego-syntonicity of eating disorders and the deep shame and disgust that accompany an eating disorder sufferer’s internal world, when presenting or being encouraged to present for help for the first time, Dr. G explains this conundrum beautifully in describing her earlier work in acute care for eating disorders, as well as in her current role at the Gaudiani Clinic. The regularity of seeing patients presenting for help and being told variations of, “You’re fine—you don’t have an eating disorder. In fact, you could probably lose a few pounds,” are so familiar to clinicians working in this field that part of initial work is undoing the damage caused by these experiences.

Perhaps less poorly understood, but certainly a contributing factor in empathy gaps for clinicians, is that the hallmark of eating disorders is denial of disease severity, thus providing the backdrop for common statements from patients like, “I’m fine. I’m good. What are you talking about? I’m not sick enough. Why am I here? I look fine.” This common thread that a sufferer has never gone far enough is also reinforced by the medical professional when assessing whether a patient is “sick enough” to receive treatment. Dr. G outlines the philosophy that just having an eating disorder is enough to receive help, and perhaps in contrast to other service providers’ views, there is deep empathy for the protective purpose that the eating disorder plays in the patient’s life for reasons such as: numbing of emotions for an emotionally unprepared adolescent, dealing with a fat-phobic society, individuating without the requisite skill set, a way to “cool off their brains,” and a myriad other purposes. Dr. G makes the comparison that with cancer sufferers there is a general consensus that one does not want to “keep the cancer”; however, understanding the self-imposed requirement to “hold on” to the eating disorder as part of the patient’s identity is an understandable and necessary component of treatment.

The Broken SystemUnfortunately, many medical providers do not want to work with eating disorder patients. While well meaning, due to a lack of knowledge and training in this area it can seem easier to minimize symptoms just as the patients do. The undeniable truth of a medical profession bathed in this fat phobia means so much of eating disorder medical training is unlearning that a “root evil of fatness” exists at the core of most medical problems. While those with cancer are not viewed as morally inferior in today’s modern world, God forbid if a healthy person in a fat body visits their primary care doctor for a medical ailment. Familiar advice given many times over by clinicians of eating disorder patients who present in larger bodies is the lecture on losing weight, counting calories, getting on the scales more often, actively focusing on reducing weight, which is instead only more likely to promote the eating disorder from which they are probably already suffering.

With regards to access to routine and necessary surgeries, a larger-bodied patient would be advised to lose X amount of weight prior to a surgery which would enhance mobility and increase health and happiness. Unfortunately, this patient, who has in all likelihood been on diet cycles since a young age with no result other than increasing weight, is now in a position to go into starvation mode in order to access surgery, thus putting the body at risk of a hugely compromised capacity to heal from said surgery due to malnutrition. In contrast, with risky open abdomen bariatric surgery for weight loss, a green light from surgeons and anesthesiologists is generally forthcoming because it is the “morally proper” course of action, given the myth that it is medically necessary to cause weight loss in order to be well.

Eating disorder patients do tend to elicit big transference and countertransference reactions in medical and psychological providers, and while many do not want to do this work, Dr. G brings such warmth to the often cold, lonely, and shameful existences of these patients, that one cannot help but feel deep empathy and compassion for their inner experiences.

The Assessment Of Eating Disorders And The Necessity Of A Comprehensive NarrativeThere is no lab test to determine whether one is suffering from an eating disorder and, generally, with the exception of extreme body appearance at either end of the spectrum, one cannot tell by simply looking at a person. Regardless of body weight and symptom prevalence, all lab tests could still glean normal results, despite there being an extremely malnourished and suffering person sitting in front of you. With this in mind, a major indicator of catastrophic medical danger is a low blood sugar reading (hypoglycemia – under 70 mg/dL), meaning that if a body cannot synthesize glucose any longer, the heart is in grave danger. As Dr. G discusses in Sick Enough, the starved body has been so preoccupied with breaking down muscle and fat, it begins desperately mining for glucose to keep the brain alive.

While each patient has a unique manifestation of medical complications, markers that can be determined through lab tests include the following:

For Malnourishment:* Low blood glucose can occur as the body's glycogen stores become depleted and the liver's ability to produce new glucose through gluconeogenesis is impaired due to malnutrition. * A complete blood count (CBC) may show leukopenia, which is a low white blood cell count often resulting from bone marrow suppression or failure, which can be associated with severe malnutrition. * Elevated levels of aspartate aminotransferase (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) are commonly observed in malnutrition and may signal liver stress or injury. Such elevations can reflect hepatic autophagy, where the liver cells begin to degrade themselves, a process sometimes seen in starvation. * If AST and ALT levels are more than three times the upper limit of normal, this can be a predictor of hypoglycemia, regardless of body mass index (BMI). This may be due to severe liver dysfunction, which can compromise the liver's capacity for gluconeogenesis and subsequently increase the risk of hypoglycemia. * While a low albumin level can indicate malnutrition or chronic illness, it is not specifically indicative of an eating disorder and should not be used in isolation as a diagnostic marker.

For purging (vomiting, laxative abuse, and diuretic abuse):A basic metabolic laboratory panel should test for the following abnormalities:

  • Electrolyte imbalances: Self-induced vomiting and abuse of laxatives or diuretics can lead to significant shifts in electrolytes. Hypokalemia (low potassium) is one of the most common findings due to vomiting and can be dangerous, leading to cardiac arrhythmias. Hypochloremia (low chloride) can also occur as a result of vomiting.
  • Metabolic alkalosis: Chronic vomiting can lead to a loss of stomach acid (hydrochloric acid), resulting in an elevated blood bicarbonate level and a high blood pH, indicating metabolic alkalosis.
  • Altered kidney function: Chronic dehydration from fluid loss can lead to hemoconcentration, reflected in elevated BUN and creatinine levels. However, if purging behaviors have led to chronic dehydration and kidney damage, creatinine may be elevated.
  • Hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia: Although less common, fluctuations in blood sugar levels can occur due to disordered eating patterns. Hypoglycemia might be seen if there has been a prolonged period of fasting or excessive exercise, while hyperglycemia might occur after a binge eating episode, especially if the individual has a coexisting condition like diabetes.
  • Calcium and magnesium: While not part of the standard BMP, individuals with bulimia may also have low levels of calcium and magnesium, especially if they are purging regularly.

Pseudo-Bartter syndrome (severe rebound edema) can occur when purging ceases.

This is related to the cave person brain at work (to be discussed). Diagnosis is made clinically, as there is no blood test; however, a patient with a bicarbonate level of 30 mEq/L and above would be at high risk for this condition.

In Sick Enough, Dr. G outlines in detail the medical treatment and management of each physical complication, that may or may not show up in lab results, to ensure that patients are taken seriously and not “fobbed off” in the manner of the “not sick enough” sequelae. She also discusses those unmeasurable elements of suffering during recovery including POTS and associated conditions.

With regard to hands-on physical examinations for eating disorders, best practice advises an administration within a trauma-informed perspective. Embedded within the bodies of eating-disordered patients so often lies years of body policing, bullying, life experience trauma, medical trauma, shame and disgust, etc. For this reason, Dr. G recommends asking for permission from patients, from head to toe and at each step of the way, prior to any physical examinations.

While the majority of patient data is obtained via the spoken word, the following are some physical markers to look for in patients:

  • Lanugo hair on the face to preserve warmth in starvation, which reemerges from when body was in the womb
  • Puffy and inflamed parotid glands from purging
  • Abnormal thyroid appearance
  • Dental erosion
  • Traumatized and fragile skin
  • Edema or water retention
  • Coldness in the body extremities

While the above are objective measures of body suffering, narrative markers can be ascertained through developing a warm and non-assumptive dialogue with the patient in the initial consultation. One must always keep in mind that patients’ internal mindset that they might not be sick enough to receive help (and to therefore downplay or deny symptoms) are par for the course.

Through a collaborative approach, patients are simply asked to tell their story in order to be known as a whole person, but with an eating disorder acting as the regulator for a range of complex reasons. Questions should inquire about the story of the eating disorder and the patient’s unique relationship to food and to their body, as well as to salient life events, interests, and important relationships.

Dr. G gives some recommendations of exploratory topics:

  • How the patient copes with stressors (both expected and unexpected)
  • The meaning the patient gives to exercise
  • The level of impediment regarding activities a patient loves or once loved in life
  • How connected the patient is to knowing what they need in life and how to meet those needs
  • The patient's sex drive and general energy levels
  • Previous treatment trauma
  • Other markers of psychological and physical suffering

The synthesizing of assessment of the physical and psychological aspects of eating disorders can also be explained by taking a dive into the world of humankind’s supremely clever, well-intentioned, and primitive cave person brain.

The Cave Person BrainEvolved to protect humans from starvation during times of famine, Dr. G talks about the “cave person brain’s” role as identifier and protector of the harms caused by undernourishment. In simple terms, it is like the part of our brains telling us to breathe, scanning us every day, and communicating in no uncertain terms that it will go to desperate lengths to keep us alive. It does this in several ways, such as slowing metabolism and making us chillier so we can return to homeostasis and maintain body temperature at an appropriate mammalian level. Like the spare room in a house where the heat is shut off to preserve energy, it will expend much less energy on digestion. To preserve calories, it tries to shut down the body and go into metabolic hibernation mode, just like those bears do to pass through the winter without food! This often results in patient symptoms of bloating, nausea, excessive fullness, constipation and a slowing heart rate. While no lab test can definitively tell us when the cave person brain is in charge, there can be lab abnormalities.

Unexpected results were yielded from an important study that compared the physiology of exercise, nutrition, and calories of a nomadic tribe in Northern Africa who, by necessity, walked many miles per day with little food, to regular “couch-potato Americans.” In these results, the collective and protective wisdom of the cave person brain is evident. While the researchers expected to find a result symbolic of the virtue and morality of fasting and increased exercise, the result actually showed that both groups burned the exact number of calories. The laws of thermodynamics imply that if we are not fueling the movement we do, then our metabolisms must slow down in response. In other words, if the tribe had had access to 4000 calories a day, then they would have burned 4000 calories a day due to the ability of the metabolism to increase to match movement. In relation to the idea that virtue and morality are inextricably linked to calorie burning and weight loss, our bodies are actually trying to keep us in homeostasis. For example, burning 500 calories through exercise means a metabolism will work 500 calories slower.

Walking The TalkOne of Dr. G’s major skills as an eating disorder physician lies in her obvious passion for the work, but also in her authenticity and great respect for the patients she encounters. A major struggle for patients with eating disorders is a lack of being in sync with their bodies, emerging from the struggles of an inability to identify needs or to accept that needs exist and, therefore, lack of a skill set to meet those needs in a healthy and nurturing manner. Dr. G highlights the major deficits in eating disorder patients with regards to fundamental tasks of growing up, but even within our current cultural milieu, many struggle with this due to an over management of one’s time and space from parental figures. In addition, there is also the added pressure of the internet and social media influencers micromanaging and hijacking every ounce of individuality in vulnerable individuals.

Dr. G suggests that sharing the “good stuff” with patients, at appropriate times and in an appropriate manner, can be highly beneficial. Identifying one's needs without resisting or judging, and being able to meet those needs without chastisement, guilt and shame, means patients are less likely to engage in self-damage to deal with pressure and problems in life. In fact, eating disorder patients tend to get better more authentically and kindly if the interpersonal relational aspects of the treating professional exudes warmth, compassion, and the encouragement to explore, with utmost curiosity, their relationship with themselves through the clinician/patient relationship.

Orthorexia, Intermittent Fasting And Diet Drugs While orthorexia is not an official diagnostic category for eating disorders, it can certainly be a pre or post cursor for anorexia nervosa. The highly detailed rules that do not link to health, but almost become a determining factor for one’s morality and superiority, often lead those in this highly rigid system of food rules and regulations to “break” if the rules are broken. Dr. G recommends that real pathways to health, vibrancy, and strength (which are backed by a wealth of scientific data) include body movement and eating consistently and adequately throughout the day (preferably foods that bring joy and are overall well balanced). Of course, there are always mitigating factors that conspire against this ideal, including systemic poverty, which comes with a wealth of factors interfering with eating for pleasure, thus priming the cave person brain towards extreme eating.

Dr. G discusses intermittent fasting in terms of its lack of any solid scientific evidence proving its benefits from a health perspective, deeming it basically “a diet in sheep’s clothing.” In fact, if the cave person brain is triggered to respond to a body that is in famine for about half the time (discounting sleep as necessary rest), this protective mechanism is required to slow down metabolism in response, thus leading to weight gain. While for some people it can work comfortably without sliding into disordered eating, as they tend to satisfy food requirements despite longer periods of absence, for most it is an invitation to get “weird” about food.

Additionally, diet drugs including GLP-1s like Ozempic, which are used for diabetes and can be helpful for this purpose, are not used in Dr G’s eating disorder treatment clinics. Given the rampant misuse of this medicine and the punishing side effects, coming off the medicine often leads to the same results as diet cycling throughout life—a higher weight than prior to commencement.

The Myth of Exercise For Weight Loss In terms of exercise, Dr. G speaks on the physiology of exercise, nutrition, and calories. In the past, a well-known facet of eating disorder treatment for anorexia included the notion that exercise must cease due to its propensity to burn calories, which, in line with the contradictory nature of the eating disorder, is actually speaking to the eating disorder’s desire to exercise in order to burn calories! At times, of course, exercise may need to cease in physical recovery until patients are well enough to identify the type of exercise most congruent with their identity and body capabilities; however, it cannot be overstated that the purpose of exercise is not for weight loss. Increased exercise without an accompanying increase in calories spurs the cave person brain into action to slow metabolism and protect the body.

Many patients, including those who cannot engage in cardio fitness or do not have bodies with a capacity for this, can greatly benefit from strength training (just as good as cardio in reducing risk for diabetes, heart attacks, strokes, hypertension, etc.). Dr. G describes exercise as a way of reengaging the body in movement for vitality and vibrancy, thus reengaging in an identity not dominated by the eating disorder.

Concluding CommentsAs clinicians who have the privilege of working with eating disorder patients, we have to ask each and every person we encounter, “What is it like to live in your body?” Questions must be asked with absolute curiosity and interest. Every patient’s experience is unique, and while there may be similarities in symptoms, behaviors, lab results, cave person brain responses, and the denial of illness severity (among other things), to make assumptions of patients’ experiences in the world is to potentially cause further harm.

We can create a space where patients are permitted to tell their stories and be believed, validated, and received with the utmost compassion and respect. If a patient has the experience of feeling like a precious and magnificent part of the clinicians day each and every time they connect, then we are on the right track with eating disorder treatment.

Further reading:Sick Enough: A Guide to the Medical Complications of Eating Disorders

Connect with Jennifer Gaudiani, MD: here

Connect with Sally Vanderwiel, MA: here

View Details

Jeremiah Stokes, EdD, LMHC, David Puder, M.D.

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

In this interview with historian Dr. Christopher Browning, we discuss his book, Ordinary Men: Reserve Police Battalion 101 and the Final Solution in Poland. An internationally renowned author and researcher, Dr. Browning is also a professor emeritus of history at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (UNC). He is an internationally recognized expert on the Holocaust and Nazi Germany and has authored over 75 publications.

His focus on Battalion 101 emerged during his research of the Holocaust, when he discovered that this battalion was unlike any other in the German army or police force—it was comprised of ordinary, middle-aged men, not trained soldiers. Despite this fact, they assimilated into the Nazi practices of mass murder with disturbing ease. Dr. Browning examines the psychological and cultural influences that impacted this seeming phenomenon and offers poignant insights from existing historical documents.

The full audio transcription can be found here.

PrefaceThe objective of this episode is to help you consider, as the treatment provider, how our direct work with patients can influence them to challenge and decipher the complexity of their views. We hold the privilege of standing in the gap between patients’ conscious and unconscious experiences with social pressures, helping them to broaden their own capacity for introspection and subsequent healthy responses to external influences and pressures.

The book illuminates the full spectrum and capacity of human behavior as it relates to areas such as obedience, authority, groupthink, collective influence and aggression. It is a painful lesson about power, influence, and the susceptibility for evil. There are countless vital pieces of information in this text that inform our psychology as human beings and we believe that it is absolutely vital to grasp the significance of this book. As you navigate this reading, please consider all of the social challenges we face today and begin to consider your relationship with even your most sacred constructs, also considering your patients’ experiences and how this can be directly applied to your clinical work.

Christopher Browning’s Identification of Historical ConformityWhile studying the 30 volumes of trial manuscripts of post-war Nazi leadership indictments, Dr. Browning, who has spent his 50-year career researching the Holocaust, came across a chilling disclosure that challenged his beliefs on the power of human conformity. On their first day of duty, the men of Reserve Police Battalion 101 had been, astoundingly, offered a choice by their superior, Major Trapp, as to whether or not they wanted to participate in their assignment, which they were told would be to take part in the killing of innocent Polish Jews, mainly women and children. Given the choice, almost everyone still said yes to their assignment.

As he recounted this harrowing discovery on the podcast, the raw enormity of the revelation hit him anew, overwhelming him in a maelstrom of anguish; tears gushed forth, rendering him trapped in a suffocating silence. He had seen something that changed his perspective—the willing, uncoerced consent these men had given to commit mass murder. What began on the first day extended into months, culminating in a small unit of approximately 200 men taking the lives of over eighty-thousand Polish Jews, including women, children, and even infants.

Distinct from the SS or the Hitler Youth, this group was regular, middle-class men—truck drivers, dock workers, and waiters, who weren't lifelong extremists or fervent Nazis and were often family men. These men absorbed the general anti-Jewish biases of their culture, much like any other German of the time, but were spared the intensive ideological brainwashing that groups like the SS or Hitler Youth underwent. Day by day they were given the choice of how much killing they wanted to do, and it was seen as “strong” or “courageous” to do the job. Conformity to the group and authority flips morality upside down, but there are cases where the men had negative physical manifestations from the weight of the atrocities and cases where they became numb and dissociated.

In this article, we consider what can help people think outside of the pressures to conform and how to create values and meaning through attachment, with the hope of increasing the capacity for critical thinking, identification of subtle dehumanization of a group, and a future where protesting will not be the minority of cases as it was in Germany.

Zimbardo's Stanford Prison Experiment and Milgram's Obedience Studies on Authority and ConformityIn the book, Dr. Browning references two studies that measure levels of compliance in people who are asked to assume various roles that, unknowingly, would provide a test case to assess the human susceptibility to the dehumanization process. These studies—Zimbardo's Stanford Prison Experiment and Milgram's Obedience Studies—converge on a central theme: under the influence of authority and societal norms, individuals tend to adopt specific roles and obey authoritative commands.

In the Stanford Prison Experiment, participants were recruited to imitate the role of either prison guard or prisoner, interacting with one another on these terms, while the researcher examined the psychological effects, if any, the roles produced in each participant. Astoundingly, in less than a week, the participants assigned to be guards displayed increasing levels of brutality towards the prisoners, while the prisoners fell into psychological places of despair and depression. Remarkably, visitors, including parents and even a chaplain, displayed trust in the "research" setup and didn't question the unfolding events. While only a minority of the prison guards acted with kindness, the observers still refrained from approaching the school's dean to request the termination of the experiment. It was Zimbardo's research associate, turned future wife, Dr. Christina Maslach, who confronted him and instigated the experiment's successful closure on day six. It is possible to speculate that his attachment to Dr. Maslach influenced his willingness to completely shut down the study.

Likewise, in his groundbreaking obedience research, Stanley Milgram found that when prompted by an authority figure in a controlled setting, approximately 65% of participants were willing to administer increasingly severe electric shocks to actors. These shocks, though simulated and harmless, were presented as escalating up to a life-threatening 450 volts, eliciting visible distress from the actors and profound moral conflict in the participants. In Milgram's experiment, participants displayed palpable emotional distress and internal conflict when they believed they were administering painful shocks to the actors, reflecting the deep psychological impact of their perceived actions.

This psychological turmoil finds a parallel in the police battalion where certain members, overwhelmed by the weight of their actions, occasionally refrained from executing their heinous tasks when not being directly observed. Additionally, alcohol and celebratory social events were frequently provided as post-massacre coping mechanisms, highlighting the profound distress their actions produced.

The Digital Age and PolarizationIf group cohesion and dehumanization of the other group are necessary for horrific events to take place, we need to notice when these mindsets are occurring. In today's digital age, we have witnessed a surge in polarization, and it might get worse. Platforms such as YouTube, TikTok, Instagram, and Twitter are locked in a fierce battle to retain user attention. To achieve this, they employ sophisticated algorithms that detect minute spikes in viewer engagement, subsequently serving content that aligns with these preferences. Thus, you can end up down a rabbit hole and only see videos that reinforce your bias. Research suggests that excessive engagement with short-form videos can adversely affect cognitive abilities. This is evidenced by impaired performance on the Stroop task—an evaluation specifically designed to measure frontal lobe functions, including selective attention, cognitive flexibility, and processing speed (Chen et al., 2022).

Our culture is currently dominated by polarization. As an individual, we are expected, if not required, to align with polarizing views. Collective anger and reactivity are prevalent and we are finding that processes such as civil discourse, diplomacy, and deep introspection around social issues are becoming increasingly unusual and even condemned. This paradigm has given way to a society predicated on conformity to the various ends of the spectrum; we live in a culture whose mantra is, “You are either with us or against us.” Subsequently, this has led individuals to feel they must identify with various groups known as “in-groups” and “out- groups” to the point their identification, alliance and reliance with these groups supersedes their own personal value systems and independent thought on various matters. This has created a society dominated by increasingly polarized collective narratives (shared story or interpretation of events that binds a group of people together). With the increased polarization within groups, there are increased dehumanizing descriptions of the out-group.

Dehumanization While the effects of polarization are very obvious, we can see that its roots are often grown subtly. Once a successful polarizing narrative has been achieved, dehumanization can begin to exist on a subconscious level. Hindsight allows us to see with clarity the intensely polarizing nature of the Nazi party propaganda in the World War II era, which subsequently led to the dehumanization of an entire people group.

It may seem like a dramatic example, but really it is a sobering reminder that, even today, we should be acutely aware of the consequences that can occur in a polarizing environment. We must become attune to these mindsets, guarding against the dehumanization of whole groups of people, including the groups we see displaying dehumanization themselves. Dr. Browning discusses this concept in the book, how it is one-dimensional thinking to label an entire group with the same stamp. He explains in great depth that, within the Nazi regime, there was not a blanket level of compliance or allegiance throughout the party—there were varying degrees of assimilation. His account notes an entire spectrum of groupthink from complete indoctrination of the party ideals, to reluctant compliance, indifference, and unfortunately, in the fewest cases, rejection. Individuals are pulled into the group dynamic due to a variety of psychological influences, which he gives more context to in the book.

After all, it is worth considering if they would behave differently in a different environment. Also worth considering is how we, ourselves, would have behaved in the same or similar setting, as we have seen the innate human proclivity towards compliance in the studies of human behavior. What we should focus on is protesting the ideology, not the group, for the dehumanization. At times, we do encounter individuals who embody more of the dark triad—narcissism, psychopathy and machiavellianism—and those with these characteristics need to be, perhaps, more forcefully ideologically refuted.

Navigating Collective Narratives and Rediscovering Personal ValuesThe therapeutic relationship offers a unique space for individuals to uncover and explore the collective narratives that have influenced them. Our role as therapists is to guide them in reflecting on how these narratives have impacted their way of thinking—perceptions, judgements, ideology and value system. Collective narratives often subtly become part of our unconscious makeup, informing how we view others and interpret our own life experiences. By uncovering these “background” narratives, we can help people identify their own unique ideals and values, allowing them to assign their own meaning. Becoming observant of the pressure to conform to collective narratives creates awareness of our individual tendencies towards groupthink, whether due to adopted ideals or personal experiences, and can illuminate our true values apart from what has been culturally-informed.

When deep conformity is required of someone for integration into a particular group, there may be brief moments of anger, disgust, or internal conflict. Individuals might realize they see issues in a different way, but suppress their own beliefs for the sake of conformity to the group or mainstream societal views. Having patients outline where their own personal value system differs from the prevailing collective views can help to determine these points of cognitive dissonance, framing the concept of “value system” as their individual beliefs about what they deem important, meaningful and right, that influence their behavior.

We can encourage the patient to examine their beliefs or emotional responses to see if any are potentially being fueled by some aspect of groupthink, the echo chamber effect, or pressure to conform. When we encourage them to name their points of disagreement, it deepens their sense of self and fortifies their ability to resist future collective narratives.

Strengthening Personal Convictions Through TherapyAs patients confront their disagreements with collective narratives, it will become crucial for them to also have psychological safety within the therapeutic relationship to feel comfortable voicing thoughts they imagine we would find offensive or that would provoke our “disapproval.” We can provide this safety by modeling a secure attachment patient-provider relationship. This secure attachment modeling offers an anchor point as they explore their identity—their own personal, and deeply embedded, value system. If they feel safe enough within the therapeutic relationship to share their deeply held, personal convictions, without fear of fracturing the relationship, they will develop emotional and psychological resilience, gaining more ability to express these deeply held convictions at a future time when a relational fracture is actually a possibility.

Connection that allows space for disagreement and speaking without shame is powerful and allows for independent future thinking and expression. There is tremendous value in them being able to disagree with us (or their perception of what our position might be)—it is practice for them to be able to disagree with authority and it strengthens their sense of self. It can be thought of as a type of behavioral deconditioning. With the resilience they gain in the safety of the therapeutic relationship, they can move to looking for small moments of disagreements within their social context.

It is worth considering that this process may be harder for people with high agreeableness, a deep, profound hunger for attachment, or parents that never admitted to wrongdoing, to verbalize values that might disagree with a provider. Thus, the provider has to create the psychological space, free of the fear of shame or blame, for examining areas of disagreement. For these types of patients, facing disagreement with authority figures can be painful; however, this pain is an indicator of a deeply held value that has been violated in some way.

By creating a safe psychological space, the patient has the security to wrestle with these pain points and establish a conscious value system around them, which only further strengthens their sense of self and ability to resist groupthink. This relational dynamic creates a microcosm in which the patient “tries out” the expression of their belief, which can then be replicated in the outside world.

Holding Space for Authentic Self-DiscoveryRepressed IndividualityAs we watch our patients break away from group narratives and establish their individualism, we may be observing parts of their psyches being resurrected that have been long repressed. Perhaps they’ve had to hide these vital parts of themselves in order to align with the effect of societal polarization. As we hold space for the patient to freely examine these deeply integral parts of their psyche, they can begin to have a corrective emotional experience.

Deep examination of personal meaning, realigning with values, and the safe and secure attachment forged through the therapeutic relationship build a platform on which the corrective emotional experience can take place. In essence, we hold space for the patient to witness, possibly for the first time, a part of themselves that has the capacity to activate change and be assertive.

Arriving at this place, therapeutically, will most likely be challenging, as the patient will have numerous unconscious defenses they have developed over time as coping, or assimilation, mechanisms. We may find ourselves on the other side of these inner aggressions, at times, as we navigate the layered dynamics. However, within a healthy therapeutic relationship, the aggression can be transferred onto the therapist, who can help name this feeling and explore its origin with the patient. In this context, the anger or aggression can often be traced back to the patient’s long-term inability to freely express their deeply held individuality, their opposition to authority, and the psyche’s natural tendencies for healthy non-conformity. Over time, the safety of the secure attachment between the patient and provider births resilience that will allow the patient to overcome these repressions.

On a biological level, this process produces new neural pathways in the brain, establishing these new schemas on a physiological level—in other words, the patient begins to feel confident in their belief systems. As these patterns repeat, a perpetual cycle of positive reinforcement is created both within and outside of the therapeutic setting.

Empowering IndividualityThrough the process of helping a patient deconstruct unconscious collective narratives and establish healthy individuality with an embedded sense of self, we will witness their empowerment to becoming true agents of change. As they align their value systems, along with the safety achieved within the therapeutic dynamic, they can ultimately find their genuine individual expression and then have the capacity to influence positive change on a systemic level.

Reference:

Chen, Y., Li, M., Guo, F., & Wang, X. (2022). The effect of short-form video addiction on users’ attention. Behaviour & Information Technology, 1-18.

View Details

David Puder, MD

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

IntroductionIn today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by neuroscientist and primatologist, Dr. Robert Sapolsky, to discuss his work with baboons, stress, and his own mental health journey. Dr. Sapolsky is professor of biology, neurology, and neuroscience at Stanford University, as well as an author of several books including, A Primate's Memoir: A Neuroscientist’s Unconventional Life Among the Baboons, Why Zebras Don’t Get Ulcers, and Determined. He has spent extensive time studying baboons in Kenya over the course of his career, a passion he attributes to his extensive time spent in the American Natural History Museum in New York. Joining our conversation is Alexander Horwitz, M.D., a 4th-year psychiatry resident who previously enlightened us on serotonin syndrome in an earlier episode.

Sapolsky’s Work With BaboonsDr. Sapolsky’s study of baboons in Kenya began immediately upon college graduation. Over the next 30 years, he would continue to spend several months a year studying the same troop of baboons in the Serengeti. He began his research of primates with a distinct interpretation of the dominance hierarchy, of which the baboons were initially a textbook example and served to further solidify the concept of social dominance. He initially hypothesized that in the hierarchical and male-dominated dominance structure, baboons at the top would show fewer stress hormones.

For the first twenty years of his research, Dr. Sapolsky was able to observe many identifiable and research-based benefits of being a high-ranking baboon in the troop. Low-ranking baboons experienced higher levels of psychological stress, lack of control, lack of predictability, lack of outlets, as well as elevated basal cortisol levels and trouble turning off their stress response when compared to baboons occupying the higher-ranking positions.

Over time, two pivotal observations prompted Dr. Sapolsky to reevaluate his perspective. The first was a consistent observation he made across various troops: males with stronger social bonds, who didn't bear the constant stress of maintaining dominance, often enjoyed longer lifespans and lower stress hormones. This understanding set the stage for an even more profound revelation, which emerged from the surviving troop of an unexpected tuberculosis event.

After a severe tuberculosis outbreak, caused by infected beef left by a local selling meat to tourists, the dynamics within Dr. Sapolsky's baboon troop underwent a significant shift. The most aggressive baboons (those most willing to fight others for food) were primarily the ones who consumed this tainted meat. As a result, over half of the troop's aggressive male population succumbed to tuberculosis, leading to a notable change in the dominance hierarchy.

In the aftermath of the tuberculosis outbreak, the troop's composition changed dramatically, with more docile, friendly males and a two-to-one female-to-male ratio remaining. This led to a transformative shift in the troop's social dynamics. Remarkably, low-ranking males no longer exhibited high cortisol levels, indicating a less stressful and more cooperative environment. This shift underscored the power of leadership in shaping culture and highlighted the importance of non-genetic transmission of traits. It emphasized that behaviors aren't solely hardwired in DNA but can be significantly molded by the environment and passed down from one generation to the next.

Dr. Sapolsky's extensive work with primates not only expanded the academic horizons but also deeply informed and potentially transformed his personal worldview. His empathy towards the marginalized or those situated lower on society's dominance hierarchy, such as criminals, underscores his belief in a more humane understanding of behavior. Recognizing the complex interplay between genes and environment in shaping decisions, he advocates for a perspective that minimizes judgment and embraces compassion, especially for those who might seem disadvantaged by their circumstances or genetics. Intriguingly, as he discerned the happiness of more socially connected baboons, Dr. Sapolsky entered into matrimony. He has hinted in our interview that this academic epiphany about the importance of affiliative bonds might have paralleled or even influenced his personal life decisions. This intertwining of scientific discovery and personal evolution showcases how profoundly one can impact the other.

Sapolsky’s Work With Stress Humans and animals both exhibit an intrinsic fight-or-flight response when confronted with perceived threats. In his book, Why Zebras Don’t Get Ulcers, Dr. Sapolsky showcases research illustrating the harmful consequences of prolonged stress on our physical and mental well-being. While real threats like extreme temperatures or physical injuries activate the stress response, it can also be triggered by non life-threatening situations. These include consistent perceptions of nonexistent challenges or threats, feelings of helplessness or hopelessness, enduring feelings of loneliness or the perception of being isolated (notably, depression often comes with a heightened perception of social isolation). Interestingly, the narratives we craft about our health, particularly negative or disease-oriented ones, can exacerbate our stress levels, underscoring the power of beliefs in influencing our well-being. At the "MEND IOP & Partial,” for which I have been the medical director for nine years, the therapists incorporate Dr. Sapolsky's invaluable research and book to address and treat chronic stress effectively.

While both animals and humans possess the innate fight-or-flight mechanism, the nuances in their nervous system responses set them apart. For instance, when a zebra perceives a threat, it acts immediately on its instinct to either fight or flee. In contrast, humans, navigating our complex societal structures and expectations, often suppress or delay this physiological response. Some of our stressors, like protracted child custody battles after a painful divorce, can persist for years or even decades. Although we might not always be able to change the external circumstances, we can work towards managing our internal reactions. Engaging in therapy empowers individuals to confront and manage persistent anger, discover forgiveness, and heal from traumas, offering a sense of control in areas where they might have felt powerless.This prolonged activation of the sympathetic nervous system, rather than a swift return to a resting state, has serious implications for our health. Chronic activation is associated with a myriad of health issues, from heart disease and cancer to gastrointestinal problems and migraines.

Research on baboons, including studies by Dr. Sapolsky, reveals that strong social bonds can mitigate stress. Baboons with active social interactions, such as grooming and bonding, exhibit lower stress hormone levels and better overall health. These affiliative behaviors stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, counterbalancing stress responses and highlighting the protective nature of social support.

Dr. Sapolsky emphasizes the protective role of perceived control against stress. However, he cautions against misleading individuals into believing they had control in situations with negative outcomes. Such beliefs can lead them to ruminate on how things might have been different, exacerbating psychological distress. In the nuanced realm of Dialectical Behavior Therapy, we adopt a similar caution. In the dialectical framework of DBT, maladaptive behaviors like cutting are not viewed as failures but rather as the most adaptive responses individuals could manifest given their situations. Yet, juxtaposed with this acceptance is an unwavering commitment to facilitating changes that align individuals with their aspirational goals.

Each individual has a specific bodily system that becomes particularly vulnerable under the pressures of chronic stress. Dr. Sapolsky's candid sharing of his battle with depression not only exemplifies this, but also significantly contributes to breaking the stigma associated with mental illness. He openly shares, “Since my teenage years, I’ve struggled with depression. At times, the medication works wonders, and life feels as radiant as hiking above the tree line on a stunning snow-capped mountain — a feeling most pronounced when I'm amidst the joys of my family. Yet, more often than not, depression lurks just beneath my consciousness, a pervasive melancholy. I've learned to stave it off by immersing myself in work, driven by a relentless ambition, and sometimes sidelining the very things that should, by right, matter most.”

In the interview, he humbly shares his struggle being an uphill battle and how he eventually met the (remarkably patient) love of his life, who helped him realize there was more to life than the length of his CV. He stated that continuing to run as fast and as long on the achievement treadmill was not as important as lifelong, deep attachments, such as to his wife.

Environmental vs. Genetic InfluenceSapolsky makes a powerful argument for how much the environment and genetics shape our reality. A good example from mental health is looking at borderline personality disorder.

In a longitudinal analysis that spanned from infancy to adulthood (28 years of age), Carlson (2009) investigated the relationship between relational experiences and the manifestation of borderline personality symptoms. The study, encompassing 162 participants, yielded noteworthy results: attachment disorganization at 12-18 months was associated with a beta of 0.20, maltreatment within the same age range revealed a beta of 0.20, maternal hostility at 42 months was linked with a beta of 0.42, boundary dissolution had a beta of 0.17, family disruption from 12-64 months showed a beta of 0.12, and emotional regulation at 12 years presented a considerably high beta of 1.39.

To provide some tangible context, consider a hypothetical medication given to a man that increases his child's height by a full effect size, or 3 inches. In this scenario, a beta of 0.2 would signify a height augmentation of 0.6 inches, and a beta of 1.39 would indicate an impressive 4.17 inches. By translating these statistics into more comprehensible measurements like inches, it becomes easier to grasp the profound impact certain experiences can have on the eventual onset of a diagnosis tied to emotional dysregulation.

No one would argue that having BPD is a choice; rather, we would all say it is largely determined. In a similar way that having diabetes leads to the responsibility to get the necessary treatment, so does BPD require one to pursue necessary treatment (which may take years and be very difficult to obtain).

If we recognize that treatment can enhance the ability of someone with severe affect dysregulation to control tendencies like self-harm, we can then explore the notion that certain choices (such as seeking treatment or altering one's environment) can bolster what many define as free will—a term encompassing self-control, rational decision-making, proactive planning, and active choice.

Free Will vs. Determinism My point of contention with Sapolsky lies primarily in our differing views on free will. Sapolsky leans toward a stringent interpretation: for him, free will would entail a neuron's ability to fire without any external influence, be it environmental or biological. In his hard determinism approach, he contends that every behavior we exhibit is an inevitable outcome of prior environmental and biological conditions, negating any possible self-directed influence. A question I neglected to ask him is: since you are asking I show you a neuron that is able to fire without external influence, can you show me an outcome that is completely predicted based on all inputs coming into it? Of course, both are impossible tasks.

Central to Sapolsky's argument is an empirical challenge: it's impossible to replicate and verify that a neuron's specific firing pattern, which precedes an action, would remain unchanged even if all predisposing factors were modified. Because these influential factors are beyond our control, Sapolsky asserts that the concept of free will is both unprovable and implausible, thus advocating for its nonexistence.

When reflecting on the dilemma of individual neurons, I pondered whether the combined actions of the entire neural system might transcend its individual components. Just as the wetness of water cannot be attributed to singular water molecules, life itself isn't defined by isolated cellular components. Instead, life emerges from the intricate interplay of non-living molecules—a classic example of emergent properties. Similarly, traffic jams don't arise due to one car but from the collective behaviors of numerous vehicles on a roadway. In this vein, concepts like self-control, rational decision-making, and planned behavior are not the products of isolated neurons but emerge from the complex interactions among our 86 billion neurons. Each neuron has thousands of connections, and this immense complexity suggests that the collective behavior of these neurons might spawn novel emergent properties, such as consciousness, self-awareness, or even the phenomenon of free will. Neurons never function in isolation—their intricate interconnections create results far more profound and intricate than any individual neuron could produce on its own, much like the countless components of a cell collectively produce the phenomenon of life, which a singular part could never achieve independently.

To this argument Sapolsky responded, "but that [chaotic emergent complexity or non-linearities] sure as hell ain't where you're gonna find free will because every attempt to somehow wave your hands and get free will out of chaoticism or emergent complexity or quantum indeterminacy or stuff every single time, when you look closely enough, there's a step in there that requires you to say, ‘and then magic happens.’ It doesn't really work."

Transitioning to a psychoanalytic lens, I believe that through therapy, individuals can unearth and confront their latent, darker impulses residing in the unconscious. Engaging with these hidden aspects can offer a deeper understanding and, perhaps, even a form of mastery over them. While a strict determinist might view this introspective journey as merely another external influence, I argue that it amplifies our capacity for conscious choice, allowing us to respond rather than react impulsively. For example, in working with a client who yells at his girlfriend, when asked about it he said, “when she disrespects me, I just go black and lose control. I just can’t stop myself.” I asked him why he did not harm her further, and he said, “Well, I don’t want to go to jail.” He viewed his reality as he had no choice, until he realized he was making choices he did not fully know he was making. Of course, Sapolsky may respond, “Yes, here as a therapist you were helping him realize something, so you were acting on him to change his brain.” In a jovial way, I would wonder how embracing “hard determinism” might have been a coping mechanism for a younger Sapolsky.

In a similar way, in training therapists, if we help them become aware and effectively process their countertransference (unconscious motivations, drives, desires, longings, unmet needs), therapists become less likely to be swept into enactments, role reversals, and projective identification. A therapist can thus learn to choose to give empathy and keep the frame when they would have otherwise unconsciously acted in a deterministic way. Becoming aware of our influences can give us more choice or choice that aligns with our meaning and purpose.

If our stress systems are trained, we can metabolize future stress in a different way and dissociate less. This occurs both through progressive strength or heart training and therapy (processing stress with a stable attachment). Through choosing to suffer a bit in the short term, one might be able to better not dissociate under pressure in the future.

While Sapolsky and I may diverge in some aspects, there is undeniable common ground in our perspectives. We both believe change can occur. Similarly, we both agree that with change come biological changes in the brain. He emphasizes the transformative power of hero narratives, such as John Newton's crucial role in ending the slave trade. Sapolsky suggests that sharing such stories can nurture a form of heroism. This resonates with the notion that by exposing individuals to certain concepts, such as the bystander effect—a psychological pattern where people, in the presence of others, are less likely to assist someone in need due to distributed responsibility—we can shape subsequent behaviors. In fact, raising awareness of this phenomenon has been shown to mitigate its occurrence.

Sapolsky would likely agree with this sentiment as well, as he stated in our interview, "The last thing on earth that means is that things cannot change. And it certainly does not mean the next step, which is you should not attempt to try changing things because why bother. When you study the mechanisms by which we change and things change, and neurons change and ion channels change and societies change, all it does is reinforce that much more, that there are mechanistic underpinnings to it. And sometimes the way you access it is by stopping somebody's serotonin reuptake. And sometimes the way you access it is by spending hours and hours listening to someone. . . . Like nervous systems change, change happens, but you don't sit there and decide, that's it, I'm going to change. Because you can't will yourself to have willpower. You gotta be lucky enough to have, like the, the neurons lined up in a way so that the right circumstances can change you." In a sense, he was advocating for attempting positive change, just in case you can actually change! Interestingly in the Free-will and Determinism Scale: Version 4B, question 5 sounds very similar to what he would lean, in a way, towards a belief in free will: “No matter how hard you try, you can’t change your destiny.”

We both agree there are many influences on us. Think of determinism as a chess board, with our genes and environment dictating the rules. Sapolsky posits that each of our moves is predestined. I concur that our movements within this chess game of life are constrained, yet it's crucial to understand that there's flexibility in how we move. Each piece represents different choices, and there are myriad ways to navigate them. As an illustration, as we gain more self-awareness, a sense of our meaning, purpose, and values, we can constrain our decisions to successfully move the pieces towards our intended goal. As we gain more insight to understand our once unconscious motives, we can perhaps see more pieces that can be moved. For instance, being someone who naturally leans toward agreement, I found it challenging to prepare for a discussion where I'd be opposing a mentor I've always admired, like Sapolsky. Through therapy, I've come to recognize the anger that was previously adaptively surprised in my unconscious and often manifested physically as migraines. With this new understanding of my anger, I might actually disagree with someone like Sapolsky and have the capacity to choose to think independently.

Drawing from Sapolsky's journey, the path to self-discovery can often begin in unexpected places. He once shared a whimsical fantasy of darting a professor. Yet, this same imaginative spark, when channeled appropriately, propelled him towards groundbreaking discoveries. For example, he found that baboons with stronger affiliative attachments tend to be happier. Simultaneously, this intense drive, when redirected towards personal pursuits, led Sapolsky to meet the love of his life. Such a deep connection, as his own research might suggest, can potentially contribute to the reduction of stress hormones.

Let's say you still choose to believe in determinism…If you find yourself aligning with Sapolsky's perspective and lean towards determinism, believing that we're essentially biological machines shaped entirely by our genes and environment, I'd urge you to contemplate one crucial aspect: the value of cultivating a heightened locus of control and discovering profound meaning in life. Research underscores this sentiment: a study by Aviad-Wilchek in 2019 revealed that a higher locus of control and a more profound sense of life's meaning correlated with reduced suicidal tendencies (with correlations of -0.82 and -0.49, respectively). Thus, regardless of one's deterministic beliefs, there's undeniable merit in seeking and cherishing life's purpose and significance.

Summary From an early age, Sapolsky identified himself as a determinist and developed a passion for studying apes. His drive and natural intelligence, according to his belief, determined his success in both primatology and stress research at the highest levels. The influence of watching the apes, and his becoming aware of the importance of connection in stress and happiness, coincided with his meaningful relationship and subsequent family. It could be said that he himself is the alpha in many domains of his life. Just look at Joe Rogan’s supplicative posture towards him as an example. He, however, chooses to construct in his mind the most humane world he can imagine, thus his focus on how because we are determined wherever we are in life, we can utilize this to have more compassion on those who might have lower places than ourselves in various dominance hierarchies.

There was a moment in the interview when he also expressed that even if this is an intellectual insight or desire of his, his emotions do not always follow. Of course we all want to be seen as competent and hard working, despite his ideology believing that we can’t take credit for this. And even with his belief of not taking credit for hard work and doing something important, he would simultaneously say a sense of control is a positive way to reduce stress. He shares that despite one's drive, like his own, to climb dominance hierarchies, there is a beauty in his epiphany that the happier, less stressed baboons had closer friendships, and thus we also should focus on our relationships, despite our drives that might take us away from such things. We can appreciate his drive for humanism and kindness towards all humans, and how he creates meaning in “choosing to,” sometimes pushing up against the drive for achievement and, rather, focusing on deep meaningful relationships.

Check out our blog: A Summary of ‘Determined’ by Robert Sapolsky — Does Free Will Exist?

Further episodes on this topic:

Episode 084: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 1

Episode 085: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 2

Episode 086: Free Will in Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Part 3

View Details

Matt Yegge, David Puder, MD

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode

In today’s episode of the podcast, I interview Dr. Sue Johnson, founder of Emotionally Focused Therapy, an intervention for relationships aimed at resolving distress by helping clients become attuned within a secure attachment bond. She has also written countless books and articles, a personal favorite being Hold Me Tight. She was the first person to teach me about the still face experiment in 2013. I, myself, have had the personal benefit of being in EFT with my wife for the past year. I remember watching a video of Sue doing therapy, and I thought, there is some sort of symphony happening here, and I really want to learn how to play the notes. I wanted this session to pull out as many practical pearls as possible from Dr. Johnson, more of the “how” of the process of helping people reconnect.

Dr. Johnson And The Development Of EFTDr. Sue Johnson is a world renowned Clinical Psychologist, award-winning researcher, Professor Emeritus, best-selling author, and director of the International Centre for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT).

In the early 1980s, Dr. Sue Johnson, along with colleague Dr. Leslie Greenberg, developed and established Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) as a new intervention for couples therapy that aimed at resolving distress by helping clients become attuned to their emotions and needs, and to reprocess their patterns of distressed responses into positive and secure attachment bonds.

Over the past 35+ years, EFT has become one of the most thoroughly researched, widely used, highly-regarded and clinically effective interventions in modern psychotherapy.

EFT has been successfully adapted for families and individuals, and continues to be a cornerstone of couples and marital therapy. Additionally, EFT has also been found to be a highly effective treatment for numerous maladies such as PTSD, borderline personality disorder, depression, anxiety, substance use disorders, eating disorders and sexual dysfunction.

As one of the researcher-founders of EFT, Dr. Johnson’s career has made a uniquely profound impact on the fields of psychology, psychiatry, social work and couples counseling.

She has been a critical figure in the development of the understanding that emotions are connected to needs, that the principles of attachment theory apply to adult relationships (not just parents and their children), and that relationships are built upon emotional bonds.

Dr. Johnson continues to inspire and train new generations of therapists through her work with ICEEFT. She remains a dedicated proponent of continued research into the efficacy and advancement of EFT, as a public speaker and by participating in and advising contemporary clinical research studies.

Through the publication of her books Hold Me Tight (2008), Love Sense (2013), and Attachment Theory in Practice (2019), Sue Johnson has extended the reach of her inspiring process of attunement and healing beyond the clinical setting in a way that is accessible to every-day readers across the globe.

From English Literature To Clinical PsychologyBorn in Chatham, England, in 1947, Dr. Johnson attended college at the University of Hull and graduated with a B.A. in English Literature in 1968. Johnson turned her interests and attention towards psychology and moved to Canada to attend the University of British Columbia.

While at the University of British Columbia, she focused her research on intimate relationships and attachment bonding, emotion, clinical couples therapy, the process of change in psychotherapy and marital therapy, and the role of emotion in therapeutic change. It was during her time in graduate school that Dr. Johnson met Leslie Greenberg, who collaborated with her in the development of a new therapy model for couples. As researchers, they were interested in articulating the processes of change in psychotherapy, establishing clear goals for therapy, and developing an alternative to the Behavioral Marital Therapy model for couples interventions.

In 1984, Dr. Johnson earned her Doctorate in Education (EdD) from the University of British Columbia in Counseling Psychology.

The following year in 1985, Johnson and Greenberg published their first clinical research article together and introduced the world to Emotionally Focused Therapy. The article was called, “Emotionally Focused Couples Therapy: An Outcome Study,” published in the Journal of Marital and Family Therapy.

The initial study of the EFT process was a remarkable success. Not only were Johnson and Greenberg able to fill important gaps in the academic literature on couples therapy (identifying process of change, establishing clear therapeutic goals, etc.), the groundbreaking study suggested that the model had promise as a highly effective intervention. In fact, the study suggested that EFT may even have a higher efficacy rate than Behavioral Marital Therapy, which was the gold-standard for couples therapy at the time, yet only held an efficacy rate of around 50%.

These results gained worldwide attention, greenlit more funding, and created demand for additional research into EFT as a clinical therapeutic method. The next steps of the proving grounds would be to show that the results are repeatable and consistently effective, and to explain why the intervention works.

Over the next couple of years, Johnson and Greenberg set out to do just that, resulting in the publication of a co-authored debut book, Emotionally Focused Therapy for Couples (1988), and a follow-up research article in the Journal of Marital and Family Therapy titled, “Relating Process to Outcome in Marital Therapy” (1988).

This study outlined the general process of change for EFT and aimed to explain what variables contributed to successful outcomes in clients. Johnson and Greenberg hypothesized that (in couples settings) emotional experiences could give rise to new perceptions of one’s partner, and to new definitions of one’s relationship.

The study also articulated that the process of change works because:

  1. Emotional responses underlying interactional cycles/positions are experienced and re-processed.
  2. This reprocessing of emotions creates a change in positions, away from hostility and avoidance, toward increased accessibility and responsiveness.

This shift in perspective, known as a softening event, allows both partners to:

  1. begin to develop attunement with each other’s emotions and needs.
  2. establish and integrate a secure primary attachment bond with one another.

One of the key takeaways from this study was that they were able to show that successful outcomes with the therapy were linked to couples experiencing these softening events during their sessions.

“On average, five softening change events were found in the sessions of the successful couples and none were found in the sessions of the low-change couples.

These results confirmed the relevance of encouraging couples to explore their emotional responses and engage in tasks in which they express their attachment needs to their partner in a manner that facilitates emotional engagement.” (Johnson, 1999 EFCT Status & Changes)

It also demonstrated that the most successful couples scored higher on affiliation, and lower on dominance and hostility in their initial evaluations. Successful couples were often more open to experience and exploration of affect. Unsuccessful couples did not experience softening events, showed more hostility and were more closed off to affect exploration.

After this study’s publication, and the publication of the book Emotionally Focused Therapy for Couples, it was clear that EFT was proving itself as a highly effective and empirically-verified new therapy treatment.

Over the next 10 years, Dr. Johnson continued to lead research on EFT, conducting further studies to understand why the therapy is effective, how emotion and attachment impact relationships and self-identity, and to explore new applications for the EFT process. Johnson and her colleagues found that EFT could be useful in family and individual therapy settings. They also found that EFT was a highly effective treatment for PTSD, depression, and other mental and behavioral illnesses.

In 1998, Dr. Johnson crowned a decade of outstanding progress by founding the International Centre for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT) in Ottawa, Canada. ICEEFT offers specialized training, workshops, seminars, conventions and externships for mental health professionals. The organization also provides EFT certification for therapists and sponsors and advocates for the advancement of EFT research and treatment accessibility. Johnson continues to serve as the founding director and president of the organization.

Over the following 25 years since the opening of ICEEFT, Dr. Johnson has continued to publish books, embark on speaking and training tours for EFT, and continues to participate in and advocate for EFT research.

She also contributes to academics as Emeritus Professor of Psychology at the University of Ottawa, and as a Distinguished Research Professor at Alliant University in San Diego, California.

In 2016, Dr. Johnson was named “Family Psychologist of the Year” by the American Psychological Association’s Society for Couples and Family Therapy.

In 2017, she was awarded Membership of the Order of Canada, and awarded the Psychotherapy Networker Lifetime Achievement Award in 2022.

Below is a selection of Sue Johnson’s research publications and books.

Key Research Publications by Dr. Susan M. Johnson: 1985: EFCT Outcome Study

S. Johnson & L. Greenberg, Journal of Marital and Family Therapy

1988: Relating Process to Outcome in Marital Therapy

S. Johnson & L. Greenberg, Journal of Marital and Family Therapy

1997: Predictors of Success in EFT

S. Johnson & E. Talitman, Journal of Marital and Family Therapy

1999: EFCT Status and Changes

Susan M. Johnson et al., APA: Clinical Psychology: Science & Practice

2003: EFT and Depression: A Pilot Study

S. Johnson, A. Dessaulles, W. Denton, American Journal of Marital Therapy

2006: Resolving Attachment Injuries

S. Johnson, J. Makinen, Journal of Counseling and Clinical Psychology

2010: Integrating Sex and Attachment in EFCT

S. Johnson, D. Zuccarini, Journal of Marital and Family Therapy

2010: 3-Year Follow Up: Attachment Injuries using EFT

S. Johnson, J. Makinen, R. Halchuk, Journal of Couple and Marital Therapy

2012: BARE Scale for Measuring Attachment Behavior in Couple Relationships

S. Johnson, J. Sandberg, D. Busby, K. Yoshida, Family Process

2012: United We Stand: EFCT in the treatment of PTSD

S. Johnson, P. Greenman, Journal of Clinical Psychology

2012: Comparisons of Close Relationships: An Evaluation of Relationship Quality and Patterns of Attachment to Parents, Friends and Romantic Partners in Young Adults

Johnson, Caron, Lafontaine, Bureau, Levesque, Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science

2013: Forgiveness and Reconciliation in EFCT

S. Johnson, T. Dagliesh, J. Makinen, D. Zuccarini, Journal of Marital Therapy

2013: Process Research on EFCT: Linking Theory to Practice

S. Johnson, P. Greenman, Family Process

2014: Emotion Regulation and Key Change Events in EFCT

Johnson, Burgess-Moser, McRae, Dagleish, Killian, Journal of Couple & Relationship Therapy

2015: Predicting Change in Marital Satisfaction Throughout EFCT

Johnson, Burgess-Moser, Dagleish, Lafontaine, Wiebe, Tasca, Journal of Marital & Family Therapy

2015: Predicting Key Change Events in EFCT

Johnson, Burgess-Moser, Dagleish, Wiebe, Tasca, Journal of Marital & Family Therapy

2016: Changes in Relationship-Specific Attachment in EFT

Johnson, Burgess-Moser, Dagleish, Lafontaine, Wiebe, Tasca, Journal of Marital & Family Therapy

Books by Dr. Susan M. Johnson:1988: Emotionally Focused Therapy for Couples

Leslie S. Greenberg & Susan M. Johnson, The Guilford Press

1996: Creating Connection: The Practice of Emotionally Focused Marital Therapy

Susan M. Johnson, Brunner/Routledge

2002: Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy with Trauma Survivors: Strengthening Attachment Bonds

Susan M. Johnson, Gulliford Press

2005: Becoming an Emotionally Focused Therapist: The Workbook

Susan M. Johnson, et al., Brunner/Routledge

2008: Hold Me Tight: Seven Conversations for a Lifetime of Love

Susan M. Johnson, Little Brown Publications

2013: Love Sense: The Revolutionary Science of Romantic Relationships

Susan M. Johnson, Little Brown Publications

2016: Created for Connection: The “Hold Me Tight” Guide for Christian Couples

Susan M. Johnson & Kenneth Sanderfer, Little Brown Publications

2019: Attachment Theory In Practice: Emotionally Focused Therapy for Individuals, Couples and Families

Susan M. Johnson, Gulliford Press

2021: A Primer For Emotionally Focused Individual Therapy (EFIT)

Susan M. Johnson, EdD. & Leanne Campbell, PhD., Routledge

2022: Edgar & Eloise - Sagas 1 & 2: For 9 to 90 Year Olds

Susan M. Johnson, Illustrated by Peter Loebel, FriesenPress

What Is Emotionally Focused Therapy? Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) is an attachment-theory centered clinical process of experiencing and reprocessing the emotions underlying distressful patterns of behavior or interaction. At the heart of this practice is an understanding that emotions are deeply connected to needs.

Through the process of becoming attuned to one’s own emotions and needs, and/or the needs and emotions of others, the destructive patterns of negative behavior can be broken, leading to the development of new secure-attachment bonds and the lasting resolution of distress.

In an article titled, “Emotionally Focused Couples Therapy: Status and Challenges” (1999), Johnson et al. describe EFT as:

“... a brief systematic approach to modifying distressed couples’ constricted interaction patterns and emotional responses, which fosters the development of secure attachment bonds between partners.”

Emotionally Focused Therapy is a synthesis of concepts from 4 key psychological models:Experiential Therapy

  • EFT borrows from experiential therapy's emphasis on emotions and the therapeutic experience, focusing on creating a new emotional experience to foster attachment and strengthen the bond between partners.

Intrapsychic Perspective

  • EFT does involve introspection and exploration of the inner emotional world of each individual, helping clients gain awareness of their emotional responses and how they affect their interactions with others.

Interpersonal Systemic Perspective

  • EFT considers the patterns and cycles of interaction between partners, seeking to understand and reorganize the dynamics and roles within the relationship system to promote secure attachment and emotional responsiveness.

Attachment Theory

  • This is central to EFT, focusing on the importance of creating secure emotional bonds and exploring how attachment styles impact the relational dynamics and individual emotional responses.

EFT views the key factors contributing to distress are: Continuous Development of Distressful Emotional States:

  • EFT recognizes that persistent and absorbing states of distressed emotions play a pivotal role in relational distress.

Destructive Interactional Patterns:

  • These patterns emerge from and amplify negative emotions, causing individuals to become ensnared in cycles of interaction that reinforce distress and emotional disconnection.

Impaired Attachment Bonds:

  • Negative emotional experiences often stem from distressed or undeveloped attachment bonds, which are pivotal in shaping emotional responses and interactions.

4 Key Assumptions of EFT: 1. Reciprocal Determination of Emotional Responses and Interaction Patterns: * Emotions and interaction patterns are interlinked and mutually shaping; addressing both is essential in therapy to facilitate meaningful change.

  1. Pervasiveness of Negative Interaction Patterns:
  2. Partners often find themselves entrapped in negative cycles that hinder the development of secure bonds; they are not seen as immature or unskilled, but rather in need of support to express their attachment needs and fears in ways that foster secure bonding.

  3. Centrality of Emotion in Relationship Dynamics:

  4. Emotion is fundamental in defining and reshaping intimate relationships; fostering new emotional experiences and interactions is pivotal for achieving transformative change.

  5. Intimacy as an Attachment Process:

  6. EFT views adult intimacy through the lens of attachment, emphasizing the creation and maintenance of secure attachment bonds as the cornerstone of healthy, fulfilling relationships.

The EFT ProcessEmotionally Focused Therapy theorizes that it is the way people respond to their experience of negative emotions that leads to distressed behavior patterns. These negative emotional responses, such as fear or anger, can become self-reinforcing patterns, which act to perpetuate and exacerbate the intensity of distressed emotions and behavior. This is known as an absorbing state of cyclical, self-reinforcing negative affect, which often leads to crisis for couples, families and individuals alike.

At the root of these negative-affect cycles are incidents that have occurred in the client’s life which have caused “injuries” to their secure attachment needs. These incidents could directly impact the relationship, such as deception or infidelity, or the incidents could precede the relationship and be the result of earlier-life trauma, such as childhood neglect, bullying or abuse.

EFT views relationships through an attachment-centered lens which means that the development of a healthy, affectionate and secure relationship with oneself, or others, requires one’s attachment needs to be met securely. When those needs, such as trust and security, are neglected or damaged, then people can experience distress with one’s self-identity and in relationships with friends, family members or intimate partners.

The EFT process works to identify the presenting negative-affect cycles and uncover the attachment injuries at the root of the distress. The process of uncovering the attachment injuries is the source of a great deal of emotion, and the therapist works with the client(s) to accept, welcome and experience these difficult emotions.

The process of experiencing these emotions requires allowing vulnerability on the behalf of the clients, which is the start of the softening event in EFT. Softening events are pivotal moments that allow both partners in a relationship, or an individual, to experience empathy and shift from a rigid, afraid, closed-off or defensive position to a receptive, accepting and supportive position. This marks the disruption of the cyclical negative-affect pattern.

Before Softening:* Man (Partner A): + Expresses frustration and anger about the lack of sexual intimacy, potentially feeling rejected and undesired.

  • Partner B:
  • May feel pressured and criticized, leading to withdrawal or defensive reactions, creating a cycle of demand and withdrawal.

Softening Process:* Creating Safety: + The therapist creates a safe, non-judgmental space where both partners can openly explore their feelings, needs, and desires related to intimacy.

  • Exploring Underlying Emotions:
  • Partner A is guided to explore and communicate the deeper emotions and needs underlying the desire for more sex, such as the need for closeness, affirmation, or connection.

  • Expressing Vulnerabilities:

  • Partner A shares feelings of rejection and longing for closeness, instead of focusing solely on the desire for more sexual intimacy.

  • Understanding and Empathy:

  • Partner B is encouraged to listen, understand, and empathize with Partner A’s underlying needs and vulnerabilities, without feeling blamed or pressured.

After Softening:* Partner A: + Feels heard, understood, and valued, reducing feelings of frustration and rejection.

  • Partner B:
  • Feels less pressured and criticized, able to respond more openly and warmly, fostering mutual understanding and connection.

Outcome:The softening event allows both partners to break the cycle of demand and withdrawal and to understand and respond to each other’s deeper emotional needs, thereby fostering a closer emotional connection and a more fulfilling sexual relationship.

Before Softening:* Woman (Partner A): + Feels unheard and invalidated, expressing frustration and disappointment.

  • Man (Partner B):
  • May feel criticized and defensive, potentially withdrawing or responding with defensiveness, perpetuating a cycle of miscommunication and disconnection.

Softening Process:* Creating Safety: + The therapist fosters a safe and supportive environment where both partners can openly express and explore their feelings and experiences.

  • Exploring Underlying Emotions:
  • Partner A is encouraged to explore and communicate the deeper emotions and needs associated with feeling unheard, such as feeling unimportant or uncared for.

  • Expressing Vulnerabilities:

  • Partner A shares her longing for understanding, connection, and validation, moving beyond the surface-level complaint of not being listened to.

  • Responsive Attunement:

  • The therapist assists Partner B in tuning into, understanding, and empathetically responding to Partner A’s underlying needs and vulnerabilities.

As the therapist and client(s) work through their emotional experiences they begin to articulate the client’s needs and fears. They then work to reprocess their emotional experiences using therapeutic tasks that establish “prime bonding events”.

Examples of Needs:

Need for Validation:

  • The desire to feel understood, accepted, and valued by significant others.

Need for Affection:

  • The longing for physical warmth, touch, and closeness.

Need for Security:

  • The need to feel safe, secure, and protected within a relationship.

Need for Responsiveness:

  • The desire for partners to be responsive, attentive, and emotionally present.

Need for Appreciation:

  • The longing to feel appreciated, valued, and acknowledged.

Need for Emotional Support:

  • The desire to receive comfort, empathy, and support during times of stress or distress.

Examples of Fears:

Fear of Abandonment:

  • The fear that one’s partner will leave or abandon them emotionally or physically.

Fear of Rejection:

  • The anxiety about being rejected, dismissed, or not being good enough.

Fear of Enmeshment:

  • The fear of losing one’s identity or sense of self within the relationship.

Fear of Criticism:

  • The fear of being judged, criticized, or devalued by significant others.

Fear of Isolation:

  • The fear of being alone, unloved, or uncared for.

Fear of Vulnerability:

  • The anxiety about opening up and revealing one’s true self, with the risk of being hurt or rejected.

While working with couples (or families), the clients begin to bond by learning to understand why each person has been responding the way they have and how, instead of being reactive towards one another, they can begin to consciously offer acceptance and support to one another.

Working with an individual client is the same process. However, it takes place in a context of a relationship with themselves or with an imagined other person (such as a parent that might not be available).

This process is all about attunement. By becoming attuned to the emotions and needs of others, or with themselves, clients are then able to begin to establish secure attachment bonds.

The process of therapy is considered successful when the clients are able to integrate their newly reprocessed emotions into responses and active behaviors that reinforce and maintain their secure attachment bonds.

The clinical practice of EFT is broken down into a 9-step systematic process.

9 Steps of Emotionally Focused TherapyPhase 1: Assessment, Alliance & De-escalation

  • Step 1: Assessment, creating a therapeutic alliance and explicating the core issues in the couple’s conflict using an attachment perspective.
  • Step 2: Identifying the problem interactional cycle that maintains attachment insecurity and relationship distress.
  • Step 3: Accessing the unacknowledged emotions underlying interactional positions.
  • Step 4: Reframing the problem in terms of the cycle, the underlying emotions, and attachment needs.

Phase 2: Creation of Specific Change Events/Shifting Interactional Positions

  • Step 5. Promoting identification with disowned needs and aspects of self, integrating these into relationship interactions.
  • Step 6: Promoting acceptance of the partner’s new construction of experience in the relationship and acceptance of new responses.
  • Step 7: Facilitating the expression of specific needs and wants, creating emotional engagement.

Phase 3: Consolidation of Change

  • Step 8: Facilitating the emergence of new solutions to old problematic relationship issues.
  • Step 9: Consolidating and integrating new positions and new cycles of attachment behavior into the functioning processes of day-to-day life.

Before the process can begin, the therapist must assess whether the clients are likely to respond positively to the therapy, or if they would be better suited for other interventions. It has been established that EFT is most useful for clients who show an openness to experiencing their emotions and to sharing their feelings.

Because this process requires an openness to experiencing personal emotions that may be troubling or triggering, clients who may be experiencing an acute crisis, such as active self-harming, suicidal ideation with plans or who are actively abusing their partners or family members, are considered best suited for other stabilizing interventions before attempting EFT.

Once clients have been approved to begin the EFT process, the therapist will begin to establish a strong therapeutic alliance (which has itself been shown in studies to be a critical factor in successful outcomes).

Without the establishment of a strong therapeutic alliance, clients may struggle to feel secure enough to share and experience their emotions. By trusting in the therapist, the clients are more likely to allow themselves to trust the process and open up to experiencing vulnerable feelings and to new ways of processing those feelings.

From there, over a number of sessions, the therapist will work through each step of the process until the client(s) and therapist are in agreement that a meaningful resolution has been reached and that the positive outcomes have been successfully integrated into the clients’ lives.

The therapist will, sequentially, work to help the clients identify the troubling interaction patterns, then work to identify attachment injuries at the root of the negative patterns. The therapist and clients will then work towards achieving a softening event through a process of experiencing their emotions and expressing their needs. Once softening events have been achieved, the clients can begin to shift their positions from distress to attunement, support, and security.

Why Was Emotionally Focused Therapy Developed? In the early 1980’s, the practice of couples, family, and marital therapy was gaining mainstream popularity through a surge in publications of self-help books and family-oriented magazines and the broadcast of daytime television talk-show programs spotlighting marital distress and dysfunctional families.

This increase in public awareness resulted in an increased demand for therapy services, which, in turn, resulted in an increased demand for research into the development of new, effective therapeutic methods.

In the late 70’s, Dr. Johnson was a clinical psychology researcher looking for ways to advance the science and efficacy of couples therapy.

At that time, Behavioral Marital Therapy (BMT) was the only empirically-validated clinical framework for successful marriage and couples counseling. This modality was developed in the 1970’s and focuses on behavioral cognition as the key to behavioral change.

While this model of treatment was clinically effective, it left a number of important questions unanswered. It was apparent to researchers that the next steps in advancing therapeutic technology would require:

  • Clarifying the role of emotions in relationship interaction dynamics, especially distress.
  • Establishing consistent goals for the application of therapy: What is specific therapeutic success supposed to look like?
  • Identifying the process of change: What is actually causing successful outcomes?
  • Defining the target client demographics for successful therapeutic outcomes: Who is most likely to benefit from this method of treatment?
  • Developing new empirically verified treatment models to provide other reliable options in addition to BMT.

Johnson has stated that she felt there was something inherently flawed with a popular academic idea at the time that relationships were merely complex agreements between people, and that marital distress can be mediated through cognitive negotiation strategies.

Instead, she noticed that cognitive negotiation methods frequently didn’t work in couples therapy. She found herself inspired by Bowlby’s attachment ideas and speculated that relationships were built upon our fundamental human needs for emotional bonding.

Johnson then collaborated with fellow clinician and researcher Leslie Greenberg to explore the role of affect in relationship distress by applying principles of attachment theory (i.e., bonding, emotional and behavioral dysregulation), systems theory, and experiential and intrapsychic perspectives. They also drew upon John Gottman’s studies of interactional distress in couples and his emphasis on the importance of emotional responses in the creation of cyclic patterns of negative interaction.

Johnson and Greenberg developed their research model with the hypothesis that (a) negative interaction cycles were distressing secure attachment bonds between partners, (b) that using emotional experiences could allow partners to reprocess the emotions underlying their responses to each other, and finally that (c) the reprocessed emotions can be integrated into the creation of new, secure attachment bonds and the resolution of the couples’ distress.

Furthermore, Johnson and Greenberg’s study set about articulating clear goals for their therapy model, to understand the process of change in their therapy model, and to articulate the influence of emotional experience and attachment bonds on resolving conflict in relationships.

Over a few short years, Johnson and colleagues were able to develop and empirically validate their new intervention which was aimed, not specifically at clients’ problematic behaviors, but at reprocessing the emotions connected to clients’ unmet needs underlying their behaviors.

Attachment Theory & EFTUnderstanding How To Read The MapDr. Johnson frequently identifies attachment theory as the “map” that EFT therapists use to help their clients work from distress to secure resolution.

This map leads to the “attunement of one’s needs,” which helps the therapist to:

  1. Identify the pattern of distressed interaction.
  2. Identify the needs connected to the clients’ emotional responses.
  3. Lead the client(s) through the process of becoming attuned to their emotions, reframing their responses, and cultivating secure bonds.

It is the idea that our emotions are deeply connected to our needs, and that unmet needs cause distress, that renders this map useful to the EFT therapist. This is attachment theory in practice.

Attachment theory is a conceptual framework for understanding how human beings develop bonds and relationships with one another, and how the kinds of bonds we develop with primary attachment figures in our lives can shape the way we form our sense of self-identity and how we build relationships later in life.

Developed by John Bowlby in the 1950s, attachment theory insists that bonding is an intrinsic human need and that disruptions to attachment bonds cause developmental distress.

Mary Ainsworth built upon Bowlby’s initial studies through her Strange Situation tests, developing the idea of the “attachment figure” and establishing a structured list of “attachment styles” to explain the different patterns of observed behaviors in children during the Strange Situation tests.

Psychologist Mary Main continued Ainsworth’s work on attachment theory and developed a definition and criteria for a problematic attachment style pattern that Ainsworth was not able to explain: disorganized attachment. These three figures established the key framework of attachment theory that researchers and clinicians continue to build upon today.

Attachment theory was originally conceived as a framework for understanding the development of bonds, or lack of bonding, between mothers and their children. Over the decades, this theory has been expanded to account for the different attachment needs people experience in early childhood, adolescence, and through the adult lifespan.

From this attachment perspective, stress or trauma that disrupts the establishment of healthy attachment bonds, at various stages in one’s life, can lead to the development of problematic coping responses. These coping responses can, in turn, lead to a number of interpersonal and intrapersonal problems.

Healthy, or secure, attachment bonding, however, allows one to develop a sense of security and trust in others. Through secure attachment bonding, young children learn to trust themselves and to trust that their needs will reliably, consistently, be met. With that sense of security, they are able to focus more on safely exploring the world around them and building friendships with others, instead of focusing their efforts on developing coping skills to compensate for insecure attachments.

As children age, they become more and more self-reliant. During teen years, children’s attachment needs shift from primary caregivers towards being accepted by their peers. Through secure attachment at this stage in their life, adolescents are able to more easily establish their own sense of self-identity and avoid developing problematic behavior patterns based around their pursuit of peer and romantic acceptance. Attachment bonding allows individuals to develop enough trust in those they rely on the most so that they can explore who they are as a person and how they fit into the world around them.

Throughout adulthood, one’s attachment needs focus less on care providers and peer acceptance and shift more to finding and maintaining meaningful intimate partnerships. Adults generally begin to focus on building their careers and following their own paths in life. Finding life-partners and starting their own families are often central goals in an adult’s life. As such, adults tend to find themselves less concerned with peer approval and more concerned with the approval of a potential partner to share their life with. Thus, establishing secure attachment bonds with one’s intimate partners allows adults to continue to grow as a person, to feel grounded and confident in their ability to navigate life’s challenges and pursue their life goals, and to potentially become a secure and supportive attachment figure to their own children.

Attachment InjuryIn a 2006 study, "Resolving Attachment Injuries in Couples Using EFT: Steps Toward Forgiveness and Reconciliation," Sue Johnson and Judy Makinen define attachment injuries as “attachment-related incidents that stem from an abandonment or betrayal of trust during a critical moment of need in one’s life.”

Attachment injuries may stem from such issues as childhood traumas and abuse, abandonment or neglect, manipulative or toxic friendships, infidelity, addictions, deception, inconsistency, unreliability, professional or financial struggles, communication issues (condescension, insults, misunderstandings), inattentiveness, or unattuned affect.

Johnson states that injurious incidents “define relationships as insecure and maintain relationship distress because they are continually used as a standard for the dependability of the offending partner.” In other words, partners in relationships often become fixated on incidents that cause attachment injuries and, instead of working to resolve the issue at hand, one partner may hold a grudge against the other.

These negative emotional responses perpetuate more negative reactions, gradually becoming a self-reinforcing feedback loop of negative emotional interactions. This cycle creates an impasse that blocks relationship repair.

To better understand how attachment injuries influence relationship distress and how EFT can mend these injuries, Johnson and Makinen developed an 8-Step Attachment Injury Resolution Model.

8-Step Attachment Injury Resolution ModelAttachment Injury Marker

  • In a highly emotional manner, the injured partner describes the incident in which they experienced a violation of trust that damaged their belief in the relationship. The emotional experience is a vivid encounter in the present moment, not a passive, calm recollection of past feelings.
  • The offending partner discounts, denies or minimizes the incident, and their partner’s pain, moving into a defensive position.

Differentiation of Affect

  • The injured partner stays in touch with the injury and begins to articulate its impact and attachment significance.
  • The offending partner begins to hear and understand the significance of the injurious event.

Re-engagement

  • The injured partner tentatively moves toward a more integrated articulation of the injury and allows the other to witness his or her vulnerability by expressing grief and fear concerning the specific loss of the attachment bond.
  • The offending partner becomes more emotionally engaged and acknowledges responsibility for their part. They express empathy, regret and remorse.

Forgiveness and Reconciliation

  • The injured partner then risks asking for comfort and caring that was unavailable at the time of the injury.
  • The offending partner responds in a caring manner that acts as an antidote to the traumatic experience.

Summary Of The Change ProcessHow does EFT get people to soften and shift their emotional positions?

  1. Establishment of a secure, trusting alliance with the therapist.
  2. Therapist’s ability to prompt clients to explore and experience their feelings underlying the distress.
  3. Therapist’s ability to validate the clients real, unmet needs underlying their emotions.
  4. Therapist’s ability to help clients reframe their emotional experiences into new interactions, leading to the development of secure attachment bonds.

The EFT Process is effective at getting distressed, apprehensive, closed-off, aggressive, overwhelmed and withdrawn clients to “soften,” to allow themselves to become vulnerable and ultimately to be able to experience their emotions and express their needs.

The transition from hostility to vulnerability enables clients to reach out and begin to communicate with each other in ways they have not been able to do before.

A crucial difficulty in accomplishing this is that distressed clients are naturally going to be resistant to wanting to open up and share their feelings. This is a common challenge faced by therapists employing any method of talk therapy.

In EFT sessions, the therapist facilitates the eventual softening experience with clients by utilizing key perspectives and methods that build trust and security, and that encourage the clients to tell their story.

It is often not difficult to get clients to speak their mind about what they’re upset about, so the EFT therapist will employ the process of enacting and allow one of the clients (usually a dominating partner) to start out by saying everything they can about what they feel is upsetting them, or what they feel the problem is.

Instead of letting the other partner respond right away, the therapist will stay with this partner and ask them to walk through their experience. The therapist will provide validation as this partner tells their story, and will help to construct a narrative of their point of view so they can feel like they are being heard and understood. In order to prevent the other partner from feeling unheard, the therapist will routinely reference their needs and give verbal reassurance that they will soon have a chance to share their feelings.

This allows one partner at a time to feel like they can take their time to unpack how they’re really feeling underneath the distressed interaction, and to identify what their needs are that aren’t being met.

Empathic attunement, empathetic conjecture, evocative responding, reflecting underlying emotions, and reframing are five important ways that the therapist will continue to engage with clients in a way that reinforces trust and brings them closer to exploring and experiencing emotions.

It is the heightening step of the EFT process that provides the most in-depth emotional experiences. This step primes the softening event. By restructuring these vivid experiences and interactions, the therapist is able to help the clients engage with each other in new ways and use these experiences to shift their positions from distress to attunement. This is where the softening event unfolds.

From there, the therapist continues to work with the clients to review the progress they’ve made, to consolidate a new narrative of their relationship, and to integrate their new-found attunement into secure attachment.

The Key EFT Perspectives And Methods For Facilitating Change* Establishing a strong therapeutic alliance that provides a feeling of safety, validation and trust with the clients. * Understanding that the goal is to establish secure emotional bonds that satisfy attachment needs, not simply to negotiate a compromise to end an argument. * Enacting: Allowing each partner, in turn, to talk about what they feel is causing the distress. This helps the therapist create a narrative of what the distress looks like from both perspectives. * Validating: Consistently providing validation as clients express their perspectives, feelings and needs. * Providing encouraging attunement with clients when they try to withdraw. * Providing affirming attunement to clients when they are expressive. * Providing calming attunement when they are attempting to be dominating.

This maintains the secure alliance and allows clients to feel confident and comfortable with opening up and expressing themselves.

  • Identifying the negative cycle: This provides a clear definition of the pattern of distress that both partners are experiencing.
  • Presenting the negative interaction cycle as the core of the problem.
  • Disarms blame.
  • Helps clients feel more comfortable exploring the issues that initiated and maintain the cycle.
  • Provides a common goal to resolve together.
  • Empathic Attunement: Therapist demonstrates that they are listening carefully and are genuinely interested in understanding the client’s personal experiences.
  • Simple, affirming expressions and attuned body language.
  • Leaning in to what the client is expressing.
  • Helps clients to feel that the therapist is tracking their expressions.
  • Evocative Responding: Therapist relays back and expands upon implicit elements of the client’s experience.
  • Helps to bring attention to unexplored nuances of emotions and needs.
  • Therapist will ask questions like, “What’s happening right now when you said ‘I feel like nothing I ever do is ever good enough’? What’s that feeling like?”
  • Reflecting Underlying Emotions: Therapist offers reflections that draw upon emotions not immediately clear to the client(s).
  • Example: “Of course you close up because this arguing is so painful, so awful that you just close up. Am I getting that right?”
  • Empathetic Conjecture: Therapist closely follows what the client is expressing, asking questions that clarify and explore the deeper significance of what is being expressed.
  • Examples:
  • “You don’t believe it’s possible that anyone could see this part of you and still accept you, is that right?”
  • “I am getting the idea that underneath your frustration you may feel some sadness. Am I getting that right, that really you are feeling loss and sadness.”
  • Reframing: Therapist reframes each partner’s behavior in terms of the attachment needs and wants informing each partner’s position in the relationship.
  • Examples:
  • “You freeze because you feel like you’re right on the edge of losing her, is that right?”
  • “You freeze because she matters so much to you, not because you don’t care.”
  • Heightening: Circling back around to explore the difficult topics brought up in earlier conversations.
  • Clients are guided, individually, to revisit and explore their feelings and needs more deeply.
  • Once clients begin to express their emotions, they are asked to communicate their feelings and needs to one another.
  • Building towards the softening event.
  • Examples:
  • “So you want to crawl into a ball, a tight ball, this is painful, so painful, when he says he still loves her, it hurts so deep, it’s so painful, so difficult that you just want to crawl into a tight ball.”
  • “It seems like this is so hard for you, like climbing a cliff, it's so scary, you’re right on the edge, it’s awful.”
  • “Can you turn to him and tell him, ‘it’s too hard to ask. It’s too hard to ask you to take my hand?’”
  • Restructuring: Therapist offers a directive for the couple, which builds on a new emotional experience and seeks a new response to one’s partner. This shift challenges the couple’s old relationship patterns and links the intrapsychic focus of the previous work to an interpersonal action.
  • This is where the softening event comes to fruition.
  • Partners experience their emotions vividly with each other, which causes a disruption in the cyclic pattern of distressed interaction.
  • Examples:
  • “Can you turn and tell him directly, ‘that really hurt me.’”
  • “This is the first time you’ve mentioned being ashamed. Could you tell him about that shame?”
  • “Can you ask him right here, right now for what you need?”

Softening Event Example:

“When I respond like that and yell at you it’s because I’m really feeling alone and I’m afraid that I’m going to be stuck here alone. I’m really trying to say that I need you, and that I want you to be here with me. I want you to be my partner, but I make you feel threatened. I make you feel like you’re not safe, so you try to avoid me and that hurts me even more. It hurts both of us. I really need you. I miss you and I want to feel secure with you. I want you to feel secure with me too.”

*script examples and definitions referenced from “Therapist’s Core Competencies in Utilizing Emotionally Focused Therapy” by Ronald Vogt, PhD. (2014)

Example of an Attachment-injured Couple’s Interactions From 2006 Resolving Attachment Injuries study:

To illustrate the process of change, a generic example of an

attachment-injured couple (John and Pat) is provided. John and

Pat, both successful professionals, had been married for 30 years

when Pat found out that John had had an affair three years before when

he was away on business.

Pat felt betrayed, and her trust for John was shattered. Over the years, Pat and John never discussed the incident, although John complained that Pat repeatedly reminded

him of his indiscretion. At the intake, Pat presented as angry and

hostile toward John, and he was very defensive. Pat was hyper-

vigilant whenever John went out.

She wanted to know where he was going, whom he was meeting, and when he was coming home. When he was late, she would become distraught, and the cycle

would escalate immediately upon his return. John reported feeling

controlled and refused to comply with her unrealistic demands.

When John was home, he often retreated to his music studio and

listened to music with headphones, which incited Pat’s anger.

Example conversation:

Therapist: You have compartmentalized your feelings, never

talked about your shame because when she got

scared she would remind you of it. Is that it?

John: Yeah, she would get angry, and it was like replay-

ing an old movie. I’d hear it over and over again . . .I couldn’t escape.

I knew that I’d have to deal with it one day, but....

Therapist: So this is new for you to talk about your feelings,

yes?

John: Maybe it’s because I have a really hard time choosing my words and how I would say it.

Therapist: It’s hard to take that in when there is so much

shame and regret about what happened. Can you try ato tell her now?

John (tearfully turning to Pat): I am so, so sorry . . . I’m really sorry. I wasn’t

thinking, and it was a silly, selfish thing to do . . .

without any thought on my part of how it would

affect you.

Pat: Well . . . I accept your apology.

John (sobbing): Because I do love you so very much, and I do want

to grow old with you.

Pat: I can’t believe how I feel . . . since we’ve been

coming here. It is in the past, and I don’t carry it

with me anymore. My life doesn’t revolve around it

anymore. I don’t get up in the morning and think

about it. I am sad to hear that you are dealing with

it more now than before. I don’t want you to worry

about it.

Therapist: It saddens you to hear that he still carries this?

Pat: Uh hmm . . . because it is gone for me, I have

forgiven him. It is in the past. It is not even an issue

anymore. I will never again . . . I know . . . that I

will never worry about it. I just miss you. I need

you in my life. I too want to grow old with you.

John: It has helped talking about the affair and hearing

how you felt. When you told me how you felt

before, all I heard was your anger, which is now

gone. This makes such a big difference when we

talk now.

EFIT & EFFT: Emotionally Focused Therapy For Individuals And Families We’ve primarily used examples of couples therapy (EFCT) in this exploration of EFT, but the same clinical process has been adapted as highly successful interventions for individuals and families alike.

Because this methodology is centered around attachment needs and emotional bonds, it lends itself easily to help families identify and reprocess distressed interaction patterns into secure attachments, much in the same manner that it works with couples.

Our individual, intrapersonal, relationships with ourselves are also deeply influenced by our attachment needs. Attachment theory suggests that the degree to which one is able to meet their emotional bonding needs in childhood, adolescence, and adulthood has an impact on a person’s sense of self-image, self-esteem, and ability to maintain interpersonal relationships. In essence, EFT views a person’s relationship with themselves as being built upon the same foundation of needs and emotions as couples and family structures are.

In the EFIT, EFFT and EFCT Processes:EFIT: Individuals explore distress stemming from traumas that have damaged their attachment experiences and work to establish secure attachment bonds with themselves and/or imagined others (i.e., unavailable parental figures, peers).

EFFT: Families explore and establish a number of simultaneous attachment bonds between adult partners and between parents/caregivers and children.

EFCT: Couples explore how their behaviors affect their ability to establish a secure bond with one another. Additionally, in therapy, individual partners may discover that their problematic emotional responses in the relationship stem from attachment injuries earlier in their own life.

SummarySue Johnson views relationships as being like a dance, with music and tempo, improvisation, risk, needs and, most importantly, feeling.

“Love is a constant process of tuning in, connecting, missing and misreading cues, disconnecting, repairing, and finding deeper connection. It is a dance of meeting and parting and finding each other again. Minute to minute and day to day.” - Sue Johnson, Love Sense, (2013)

In this metaphor, Sue suggests you can’t learn how to dance just by memorizing the steps— you have to become attuned to your partner.

Attunement is crucial in the dances taking place in all of our relationships, whether it is with our co-workers, friends, family members, significant others, or even with ourselves.

When we experience distress in our relationships it is, most often, because the dance has gotten out of attunement (or because it has never reached attunement). Attunement is all about being aware of, and responsive to, the deeper emotional needs of ourselves and others.

When we fail to maintain attunement with our own needs or to the needs of others in our lives, negative patterns of interaction and behavior often emerge. These negative patterns often cause additional negative reactions, eventually creating a pattern of distress.

The EFT Process views relationships through a “lens of attachment science.” The principles of attachment science serve as a map to help the trained therapist observe and identify a client’s presenting patterns of distressed behavior, identify and experience the emotions connected to underlying unmet attachment needs, and to reprocess these emotions into new, healthy and secure attachment bonds.

Just as a good dance instructor helps their student learn to dance by helping them develop familiarity with their movements and understand they aren’t making mistakes because they’re inherently flawed, the EFT therapist also allows their clients to experience their emotions in order to become familiar with their own, and each others’, needs. The EFT therapist also helps the clients understand that it is the underlying cycle of negative interaction that is the problem, which allows the clients to feel like a successful outcome is attainable and worth the effort.

Clinicians and researchers have been building upon these ideas for the last 35+ years, and they continue to be considered a gold-standard in clinical couples therapy today.

View Details

Emmanuelle Issa, Neal Christopher, DO, David Puder, MD

Dr. Neal Christopher and Dr. David Puder do not have any conflicts of interest.

We are joined again by Dr. Neal Christopher, who is currently the Vice Chair and Associate Medical Director of Arrowhead Regional Medical Center and the Psychiatry and Addiction Consultant for the San Bernardino County Department of Public Health. Dr. Christopher has previously appeared on the Psychiatry and Psychotherapy Podcast in episode 063, “Interviewing Well For Psychiatry Residency & Beyond,” and episode 103, “Acceptance and Commitment Therapy with Dr. Steven Hayes.”

In this week’s episode, Dr. Puder and Dr. Christopher discuss the recent elimination of the X-Waiver and what it means for providers, the mechanism and efficacy of buprenorphine, and practical tips for prescribing buprenorphine and supporting patients on their road to recovery from opioid use disorder.

This episode continues our podcast series on addiction, designed to meet the one-time, 8-hour training requirement introduced by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023. This mandate applies to all providers registered with the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and our series primarily focuses on the treatment and management of patients with substance use disorders.

Here are other episodes that contribute towards the training requirement:

  • Episode 183: Xylazine, Methamphetamines, Bath Salts, and Spice with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 182: Opioid Use Disorder with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 181: Alcohol Use Disorder with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 044: Marijuana and Mental Health (0.5 CME units)
  • Episode 064: Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis? (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 066: Fentanyl: The Next Phase in the Opiate Epidemic (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 030: Ketamine and Psychedelics with Dr. Michael Cummings (0.75 CME units)

All these episodes, along with future releases, are included in our yearly subscription. For registration or additional information about this course, please visit: https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/cme-program.

We appreciate your dedication to enhancing patient care and tackling the substantial challenges associated with addiction and detoxification.

Federal Legislation Regarding Controlled SubstancesIn 1970, the Controlled Substances Act established five schedules of controlled substances and required that healthcare providers who wished to prescribe these narcotic medications for maintenance or detoxification treatment annually obtain a license from the Drug Enforcement Administration (Preuss et al., 2023). Each provider’s unique license number allowed for controlled substance prescriptions to be linked to them, which caused healthcare providers to be apprehensive about prescribing these medications.

The Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000 (DATA 2000) amended the Controlled Substances Act and allowed providers to prescribe buprenorphine and other Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved controlled drugs in schedules III, IV, and V for treatment of opioid dependence in office-based settings if certain conditions were met (Model Policy on DATA 2000, n.d.). This amendment increased access to treatment by eliminating the requirement that patients only receive opioid agonist treatment in Opioid Treatment Programs, which were sometimes restricted to being referred to as “methadone clinics.”

The DATA 2000 specified the following requirements that providers prescribing buprenorphine are required to follow: they must be licensed in the state, must have a valid DEA controlled substances registration and identification number, must follow federal and state regulations concerning controlled substances, and must hold a current waiver (H.R.2634, 2000). The DATA 2000 also limited the number of patients a healthcare provider was allowed to treat unless they filed an application with the DEA to extend the waivered capacity. The provider must also demonstrate the ability to recognize when to offer or refer patients to counseling and other supplemental services.

Elimination of the X-Waiver In 2021, the Mainstreaming Addiction Treatment (MAT) Act removed the requirement that healthcare providers were required to obtain a specific DEA waiver in order to prescribe certain controlled substances (H.R.1384, 2021). It also instructed the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) to organize a national campaign to educate providers about substance use disorder and encourage them to incorporate maintenance and detoxification treatment into their practices. This act empowered healthcare providers to treat opioid use disorder (OUD) by allowing providers that held a standard controlled substance license to prescribe buprenorphine to their patients (Dydyk et al., 2023).

In December of 2022, the MAT Act eliminated the DATA-Waiver (X-Waiver) program (Dydyk et al., 2023). In an effort to increase access to OUD treatment, the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 (the Omnibus bill) removed the federal requirement for a special waiver to prescribe controlled substances (Waiver Elimination (MAT Act), 2023). SAMHSA now encourages that all providers registered with the DEA with Schedule III authority prescribe buprenorphine to treat OUD in their own practice if permitted by applicable state law. Additionally, there is no longer a limitation to the number of patients with OUD that a provider can treat.

Current DEA Training RequirementThe Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 enacted a new one-time, 8-hour training requirement for all providers registered with the DEA. The deadline to complete this is the date of the provider’s next scheduled DEA registration submission on or after June 27, 2023, whether it be an initial registration or a registration renewal. This is only a one-time training requirement and will not affect future registration renewals (DEA Training Requirement, 2023).

There are several options to fulfill this requirement:

  1. You automatically satisfy this training if you are board certified in either addiction medicine from the American Board of Preventive Medicine, the American Osteopathic Association, or previously from the American Board of Addiction Medicine, or else in addiction psychiatry from the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology.
  2. You automatically satisfy this training if you graduated in good standing from a medical, physician assistant, advanced practice nursing, or dental school in the US within five years of June 27, 2023 and successfully completed a comprehensive curriculum including a minimum of eight hours of training on treating and managing patients with opioid or other substance use disorders. The training must include the appropriate clinical use of all medications approved by the FDA for substance use disorder treatment or safe pharmacologic management of dental pain and screening. It must also contain education on brief intervention and referral for appropriate treatment of patients with or at risk of developing opioid and other substance use disorders.
  3. You can satisfy this training by completing a total of 8 hours of training on treatment and management of patients with opioid or other substance use disorders.

See this announcement letter addressed to DEA-registered healthcare providers for more information on the new training requirement: https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/pubs/docs/MATE_Training_Letter_Final.pdf

Buprenorphine: Mechanism of Action, Pharmacodynamics, and PharmacokineticsBuprenorphine is a synthetic opioid that is FDA-approved for the treatment of acute pain, chronic pain, and opioid use disorder (Kumar et al., 2023). It acts as a delta-receptor agonist, a kappa-receptor antagonist, and most importantly, a partial mu-receptor agonist. Its partial agonism properties can be described to patients as “a key that fits very tightly into a lock that remains there for a long time but doesn’t open the door all the way.” Fentanyl, a very strong mu-receptor agonist, can be described as “a key that completely opens the door” and naloxone, a mu-receptor antagonist, can be referred to as “a key that slams the door shut”. Buprenorphine is very effective in OUD treatment because it is used as an agonist substitute for stronger full agonists like fentanyl and heroin. It occupies the mu-receptor with a higher binding affinity than other opioids but doesn’t fully activate the downstream pathway like stronger opioids do. As a partial agonist, buprenorphine has a ceiling effect: it will begin to antagonize itself as it reaches a certain concentration, which makes it much harder to overdose and experience respiratory depression.

Buprenorphine has slow dissociation kinetics, which allows its own withdrawal symptoms to be milder and not as uncomfortable for the patient (Kumar et al., 2023). However, if taken too soon after the use of another opioid like fentanyl or heroin, buprenorphine will bind with a greater affinity to the mu-receptors and displace the stronger opioids, which will precipitate a very severe iatrogenic withdrawal that is miserable for patients. Patients often describe the withdrawal experience as “feeling like you’re dying.” Symptoms include flu-like symptoms such as fever and chills, diarrhea, muscle cramps, depression, etc. This very unpleasant experience may reduce a patient’s desire to continue with treatment, so timing is key and will be discussed below.

Buprenorphine has poor bioavailability when administered orally due the liver and intestines breaking down most of the drug (Kumar et al., 2023). Therefore, the preferred route of administration is sublingually, which avoids the first-pass effect and allows absorption to occur quickly. Buprenorphine has a slow onset of action and reaches its peak effect 3 to 4 hours after administration with an average half life of about 38 hours. The cytochrome CYP34A enzymes break down buprenorphine to its active metabolite, norbuprenorphine, which has weak intrinsic activity. The inhibition of these enzymes by certain drugs (i.e. antifungals, macrolide antibiotics, HIV protease inhibitors) will cause increased levels of buprenorphine while the activation of these enzymes by other drugs (i.e. carbamazepine, topiramate, phenytoin, barbiturates) will decrease buprenorphine levels. Thus, the dosage needs to be adjusted based on other medications the patient may be taking. About 80% of buprenorphine and its active metabolite are excreted in the feces while 20% is excreted by the kidneys.

Buprenorphine is widely available combined with naloxone in sublingual film and sublingual tablet forms. Naloxone is commonly known as the opioid overdose rescue medication due to its strong competitive opioid antagonistic effect and its high affinity for the mu-receptor that allows for a very rapid reversal of overdose symptoms (Jordan & Morrisonponce, 2023). Due to naloxone’s inability to be absorbed orally, buprenorphine has the predominant effect when the sublingual film or tablet is taken. If the combination is taken in IV form, naloxone is absorbed and its strong antagonistic effect prevents the high that excess buprenorphine can cause. Additionally, the naloxone component can even precipitate instant withdrawal, which can significantly discourage and dissuade the patient from abusing the combination drug again in the future (Kumar et al., 2023). On the other hand, patients who worry about experiencing withdrawal and cravings find comfort in the fact that when taken sublingually as prescribed, buprenorphine/naloxone will stave off cravings without precipitating withdrawal.

The following is a list of possible adverse effects that may be experienced with buprenorphine treatment: constipation, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, orthostatic hypotension, drowsiness, headache, memory loss, sweating, dry mouth, miosis, sexual side effects, and urinary retention. More serious adverse effects to be aware of are hypotension, central nervous system depression, QT prolongation, and a lowered seizure threshold.

*https://americanaddictioncenters.org/suboxone*

Practical Tips for Buprenorphine Administration in ClinicThe Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) has created the following very helpful resources for practitioners who are looking into prescribing buprenorphine:

Buprenorphine Quick Start Guide: https://www.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/quick-start-guide.pdf

Buprenorphine Quick Start Pocket Guide: https://www.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/quick-start-pocket.pdf

One of the most commonly used formulations of buprenorphine used to treat OUD is Suboxone, which combines buprenorphine and naloxone in a fixed 4 to 1 ratio and is most commonly administered as a sublingual film. (The first number corresponds to the buprenorphine dose and the second number corresponds to the naloxone dose: i.e., 8 mg/2 mg means 8 mg buprenorphine with 2 mg naloxone.) Sublingual films have the lowest potential for misuse since there is no risk of a patient crushing a pill to snort or inject it.

Induction Therapy in ClinicIf a patient has been using heroin and/or fentanyl but has recently moved from contemplation to action and is ready to begin treatment, induction therapy with Suboxone can be initiated (Kumar et al., 2023). If the patient has been using short-acting opioids like heroin or oxycodone, treatment should be started 6 to 12 hours after last use. If the patient is using a long-acting opioid like morphine or oxycodone extended-release formulations, treatment should be initiated at least 24 hours or longer after last use. If the patient is using a fentanyl patch, treatment must be started at least 48 to 72 hours after last use.

Providers can use the following Clinical Opiate Withdrawal Scale (COWS) calculator to quantify the severity of opioid withdrawal symptoms. Induction therapy may be initiated if the patient has a COWS score of 12 or greater: https://www.mdcalc.com/calc/1985/cows-score-opiate-withdrawal

According to the SAMHSA Buprenorphine Quick Start Guide and the Alberta College of Family Physicians induction flow diagram below, the initial buprenorphine dose should be 2 to 4 mg for most patients. If a patient is on high doses of opioids, an additional 2 to 4 mg of buprenorphine can be added on the same day. After the first dose, the healthcare provider should monitor the patient over the next hour to assess whether the withdrawal symptoms have resolved. The COWS calculator can be used to determine the presence and severity of withdrawal symptoms. If the patient is feeling significantly worse, they might be experiencing a possible precipitated withdrawal. The induction process should be stopped and symptoms should be treated. The patient should be rescheduled to attempt induction 24 hours later. If severe withdrawal symptoms are not precipitated, an additional 2 to 4 mg dose can be administered and the patient should be monitored for 2 to 4 hours. If withdrawal symptoms are still not completely alleviated, this process can be repeated up to a maximum of 12 mg on the first day. Once withdrawal symptoms are relieved, the patient can be sent home with 2-4 tablets of 2 mg buprenorphine to complete the induction treatment at home. A follow-up appointment should be scheduled in the next 2 to 7 days. The patient should be instructed and encouraged not to use any opioids at home in the meantime.

Alternatively, a patient might be referred to follow up with a healthcare provider in the outpatient setting after going through a bridge program during a stay at an emergency department (ED). Emergency physicians often start patients with OUD on induction therapy with buprenorphine and monitor them during their ED stay. They are then discharged with enough medication to make it to their first outpatient follow-up appointment, where a provider takes over treatment and titrates dosage according to withdrawal symptoms. A study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) showed that high-dose buprenorphine treatment greater than 12 mg and up to 28 mg is a safe and effective method of induction with no increased incidence of precipitated withdrawal, oversedation, respiratory depression, or other adverse effects secondary to buprenorphine (Herring et al., 2021). For most patients using either fentanyl or IV heroin, 16 mg given as the 8-2mg sublingual film BID is becoming a proven approach to both initiate and bridge patients from the ED into outpatient care.

Maintenance TherapyAccording to SAMHSA and the Alberta College of Family Physicians, the dose of buprenorphine can be gradually increased with respect to the patient’s level of withdrawal symptoms. If withdrawal symptoms are experienced before that day’s dose of buprenorphine, the dose can be increased by a maximum of 4 mg each day. While most patients respond well to 8 to 12 mg per day, the maximum total dose recommended in one day is 24 mg.

Providers should be aware that patients with OUD hide the truth due to the stigma of substance use. However, providers should aim to develop strong relationships where patients feel like they can have honest discussions and tell the truths that they would have otherwise lied about. Providers should not default to deception every time, especially at the beginning of treatment. An inherent mistrust in the patient builds a relationship on a shaky foundation and only increases the risk of relapse and future deception. If a patient reports that their dose of buprenorphine is too low, it may be because they are taking a medication that induces metabolism of buprenorphine or it may be because it truly is too low and needs to be titrated up. Providers should not be afraid to increase the dose because it will keep patients compliant with treatment in the long run.

*Alberta College of Family Physicians*

https://www.cfpc.ca/CFPC/media/Resources/Continuing-Professional-Development/PEER-Design-Final.pdf

Please refer to this StatPearls article on buprenorphine for more information on how to prescribe buprenorphine for special patient populations including elderly, pregnant, breastfeeding, HIV positive, hepatitis positive, and chronic pain patients: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK459126/

Relapse ManagementRelapse is an inherent aspect of opioid use disorder (OUD), demonstrating the chronic nature of this condition. Understanding the pathophysiological impact of OUD on the brain is crucial; it underlines the inability of patients to refrain, evolving from a voluntary action to a compulsive disorder, signifying the loss of choice over time. The treatment journey is progressive, aiming at brain healing and restoring the patient’s ability to say no. Providers should approach relapses without blame or shame, focusing on positive advancements, however incremental they may be, and continuously advancing treatment strategies. A nonjudgmental and supportive approach is essential, emphasizing the importance of maintaining progress and supporting any positive steps taken.

To augment relapse management, providers should embrace a comprehensive approach, incorporating family therapy to build a supportive and understanding environment, and initiating peer support systems to offer shared experiences and mutual understanding. A proactive and personalized relapse prevention plan, focusing on individual triggers and effective coping mechanisms, should be integrated meticulously. Furthermore, the fortification of psychological defenses through resilience building, stress management, and individual and group counseling is pivotal. Continuous education and empowerment are fundamental to enhancing treatment adherence and fostering a sense of control and self-efficacy in managing OUD. These strategies are vital to crafting a resilient support framework, aiming to minimize relapse risks and bolster sustained recovery and well-being.

Education on harm reduction is crucial, such as promoting safer usage practices for those not ready to cease opioid use. It can be a lifesaving interim step, allowing individuals the opportunity to pursue treatment when they are ready. It is paramount to provide a supportive, empathetic, and nonjudgmental environment, allowing patients to be open about relapses without fear of reprimand, thus aiding the progression to recovery.

Discontinuing Buprenorphine TherapyThe question of discontinuing use of buprenorphine may come up with patients who have been on maintenance therapy for longer periods of time. There are many reasons patients desire to stop taking buprenorphine. In some cases, it might be due to adverse effects like constipation, which is why it is important for healthcare providers to inquire about potential side effects like bowel movement frequency on a regular basis. These adverse symptoms can be treated directly, like prescribing stool softeners for constipation, or reducing the dose if patients complain about drowsiness. It is pertinent that providers be proactive in inquiring about how the patient is tolerating the medication to assure that they do not stop buprenorphine due to adverse effects that can be treated. There is no medical reason to discontinue treatment if the patient is not experiencing interactions with other medications or unbearable adverse effects.

In other cases, discontinuing use of buprenorphine is brought up due to pressure being applied by loved ones. Family and friends can sometimes view buprenorphine as “replacing an addiction with another addiction.” To combat this common myth, providers can discuss the progress that the patient has made with his or her family members and friends by pointing out that buprenorphine has taken away their loved one’s cravings and has helped him or her to stop using illicit drugs. Providers can inform families and friends that staying on buprenorphine will significantly decrease the risk that their loved one will relapse and overdose.

Although it is recommended that patients stay on buprenorphine for a minimum of 6 months and ideally 2 years with no illicit drug use and no cravings, patients commonly stop treatment within a few weeks or months. The best way to prevent a relapse of OUD is to maintain patients on buprenorphine. A study published in the American Journal of Psychiatry showed that patients who were retained on buprenorphine for 15 to 18 months had significantly decreased incidence of emergency department visits, inpatient hospitalizations, and filling opioid prescriptions in the 6 months after treatment discontinuation (Williams et al., 2020). However, risk of ED visits, hospitalizations, and overdose were high following discontinuation of buprenorphine regardless of treatment duration. Patients with treatment duration of more than 15 months before discontinuation showed better adverse event outcomes but still had high incidences of adverse outcomes. It is important that providers inform patients of these possibilities including a significantly higher risk of relapse and strongly encourage them to continue buprenorphine.

Therefore, anytime a patient stops opioid maintenance treatment there is risk of relapse. However, if a patient desires to stop buprenorphine treatment and has not had any cravings or illicit drug use for about 5 years, providers can partner with them to gradually taper the dose and ultimately trial discontinuation of buprenorphine. Providers can start by suggesting a taper regimen at a rate of 1 to 2 mg every 1 to 2 weeks or every month. If patients insist on tapering faster, the dose can be decreased every other day or decreased by 2 mg per week. Clonidine can be prescribed to treat peripheral withdrawal symptoms and loperamide can be taken for diarrhea.

Non-Pharmaceutical Interventions for Opioid Use Disorder ManagementIt is helpful for the patient to be connected with sources of support outside of the medical office, such as individual therapy, group therapy, and Narcotics Anonymous support groups where they can be connected with a sponsor. However, healthcare providers have the power to help patients at a level that goes beyond pharmacologic interventions. While medications like buprenorphine should never be withheld in favor of trying non-pharmaceutical interventions first, simple steps such as practicing psychotherapy skills and motivational interviewing can go a long way. During the initial addiction medicine evaluation, providers can work on enhancing patient motivations for change, uncovering patient values, and identifying cognitive distortions and barriers. Treatment approaches should match patients’ needs and they should be offered treatments they are willing to receive. Providers should reduce shame as much as possible because shame-induced treatment only pushes patients further into addiction. If continuing use is planned or likely to occur, then harm reduction principles should be taught.

Motivational interviewing and acceptance and commitment therapy are very effective tools and help to build strong positive relationships between providers and their patients. Please refer to episode 103 of this podcast, also featuring Dr. Neal Christopher, to learn more about acceptance and commitment therapy: Episode 103: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy with Dr. Steven Hayes

ConclusionIn summary, all providers registered with the DEA with Schedule III authority can now prescribe buprenorphine to treat OUD in their own practice with no limitation to the number of patients if permitted by applicable state law. To register with the DEA, providers must complete a one-time, 8-hour training requirement if they do not automatically satisfy one of the other two requirements discussed above.

Buprenorphine is a synthetic opioid that is FDA-approved for the treatment of OUD. It has many pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties that make it very effective for treating OUD. One of the most commonly used formulations of buprenorphine is Suboxone, which is a sublingual film that combines buprenorphine and naloxone and therefore reduces the risk of misuse and overdose.

Healthcare providers can learn how to initiate buprenorphine induction therapy in their clinics, as well as provide maintenance therapy. The risk of relapse and many other adverse outcomes of opioid misuse are almost completely eliminated with maintenance of an appropriate dose. At this time, it appears that the risk of relapse is greater with discontinuation than compared to remaining on maintenance treatment regardless of time frame. Many patients will choose to discontinue at some point and providers should assist with safe tapering and referral.

It is important that providers manage relapse in a nonjudgmental and supportive way and learn how to incorporate non-pharmaceutical interventions such as acceptance and commitment therapy into their practice.

References:DEA Training Requirement. (2023). UCLA Health. https://www.uclahealth.org/programs/medical-staff/trainingeducation/dea-training-requirement-4

Dydyk, A. M., Jain, N. K., & Gupta, M. (2023). Opioid Use Disorder. In StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing. Harm Reduction at SAMHSA.https://www.samhsa.gov/find-help/harm-reduction

Herring, A. A., Vosooghi, A. A., Luftig, J., Anderson, E. S., Zhao, X., Dziura, J., Hawk, K. F., McCormack, R. P., Saxon, A., & D’Onofrio, G. (2021). High-dose buprenorphine induction in the Emergency Department for treatment of opioid use disorder. JAMA Network Open, 4(7). https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2021.17128

H.R.1384 - 117th Congress (2021-2022): Mainstreaming Addiction Treatment Act of 2021. (2021, April 28). Congress.gov. https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-congress/house-bill/1384

H.R.2634 - 106th Congress (1999-2000): Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000. (2000, July 27). Congress.gov. https://www.congress.gov/bill/106th-congress/house-bill/2634

Jordan, M. R., & Morrisonponce, D. (2023). Naloxone. In StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing.

Kumar, R., Viswanath, O., & Saadabadi, A. (2023). Buprenorphine. In StatPearls [Internet]. StatPearls Publishing.Model Policy on DATA 2000 and Treatment of Opioid Addiction in the Medical Office. Federation of State Medical Boards. (2013, April).https://www.fsmb.org/siteassets/advocacy/policies/model-policy-on-data-2000-and-treatment-of-opioid-addiction-in-the-medical-office.pdf

Preuss, C. V., Kalava, A., & King, K. C. (2023). Prescription of Controlled Substances: Benefits and Risks. In StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing.Waiver Elimination (MAT Act). (2023, January 10). SAMHSA. https://www.samhsa.gov/medications-substance-use-disorders/waiver-elimination-mat-act

Williams, A. R., Samples, H., Crystal, S., & Olfson, M. (2020). Acute care, prescription opioid use, and overdose following discontinuation of long-term buprenorphine treatment for opioid use disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 177(2), 117–124. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2019.19060612

View Details

Anika Iftekharuddin, Laura Slusser, David Puder, MD

Dr. Puder does not have any conflicts of interest.

Financial Disclosure for Katharine A. Phillips, M.D.

Fabday LLC (presentation for providers of aesthetic treatment, honorarium)

CeraVe/Roxane S. Chabot DBA RBC Consultants (psychodermatology advisory board, honorarium)

What Is Body Dysmorphic Disorder?Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) remains one of the most intriguing yet under-acknowledged psychiatric conditions of our time. Characterized by an obsessive focus on perceived physical flaws or defects, often invisible to others, this disorder manifests in ways that can profoundly affect an individual's daily life, self-esteem, and overall well-being. Through an exploration of its origins, symptoms, and prevalent treatments, this article aims to equip mental health professionals with a comprehensive understanding of BDD. We also shed light on the invaluable contributions of renowned experts in the field, most notably Dr. Katharine Phillips, whose pioneering research and clinical practices have transformed the way we approach, diagnose, and treat this complex condition. As the quest for insight and effective interventions continues, understanding BDD becomes pivotal for therapists and clinicians dedicated to holistic patient care.

Prevalence And Severity: Unmasking The Silent CrisisCurrent research suggests that 2-3% of the world population suffers from BDD, although many experts think that it is a vastly underreported condition (Enander et al., 2018). In a prevalence study for Nationwide BDD, 60% of those with the disease were found to be female and 40% to be male (Buhlmann et al., 2015; Koran et al., 2008). Some studies show a higher proportion of men having a particular type of BDD called muscle dysmorphia (Pope et al., 2002, The Adonis Complex by Dr. Phillips). Muscle dysmorphia is correlated with higher rates of suicidal thinking, substance abuse, increased compulsion to lift weights, and increased anabolic steroid, growth hormone, and thyroid medication usage (Pope et al., 2002, The Adonis Complex by Dr. Phillips).

The prevalence of BDD is much higher in cosmetic treatment settings. Three fourths of people with BDD have sought cosmetic procedures, and two thirds have received at least one procedure. One study (n=200) showed that procedures are not helpful for BDD patients, with less than 5% of subjects showing improvement in symptoms after cosmetic procedures (Crerand et al., 2005; Phillips et al., 2001). A survey of 265 cosmetic surgeons showed that they often miss/fail to recognize people with BDD (Sarwar 2002). 40% of the surgeons who worked on patients with BDD said they were threatened by these patients legally and/or physically (Crerand et al., 2005). Skin appearance is the leading cause of concern among people with BDD, even more so than surgical concerns. 40% have had dermatological treatment and 20-40% have had cosmetic surgery (Phillips et al., 2001).

Many cases remain undiagnosed or misdiagnosed due to limited awareness or misinterpretation of the symptoms. Clinicians often mistake BDD for narcissism or vanity. Additionally, BDD is often comorbid with depression, anxiety, and substance abuse disorders, which can mask some of the patients’ underlying symptoms (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). Sometimes, a patient’s depression is rooted in the idea that they look so “monstrous” or “ugly” that they cannot function or would be unwelcome in social settings, but patients often have difficulty admitting this to providers as it is a major source of shame and embarrassment for them.

Moreover, patients with BDD often have little insight on their condition, believing that their issues are entirely cosmetic, and they have trouble accepting that a mental healthcare professional will be able to help them. BDD has a strong positive correlation with hospitalization and suicidal ideation (Angelakis et al., 2016; Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). Recognizing the prevalence and depth of this disorder is paramount not only for early intervention, but for mapping out holistic, patient-centric paths to recovery.

Risk FactorsThere are studies that suggest that BDD is 40-50% genetically determined (López-Solà et al., 2014; Enander et al., 2018). Generally, 8% of those with BDD identify at least one family member with diagnosed BDD (Bienvenu et al, 2000). A study involving twins found genetic factors to account for 44% of patient’s dysmorphia with environmental factors contributing to the remaining percentage (Monzani et al., 2012). A preliminary gene study found associations between genes and BDD. In GABAA-γ2, the A allele occurs frequently in people with BDD and in 5-HTTLPR, the s/s genotype occurs frequently in people with BDD. Of note, despite the significance in association of these genetic findings in those with BDD, these findings did not survive subsequent corrections testing (Phillips et al., 2015).

While there are not many studies showing the association of social media and BDD directly, a few studies exist that suggest associations between social media use and negative body image perception. A recent systematic review showed that “social media engagement or exposure to image-related content was associated with higher body dissatisfaction, dieting/restricting food, overeating, and choosing healthy foods” (Rounsefell et al., 2020). More robust studies are needed to examine the association between social media and BDD prevalence. Other factors associated with BDD include history of being teased (Buhlmann et al., 2007), abuse and neglect (Didie et al., 2006), and low parental bonding especially among adolescent females (Heshmati et al., 2023).

Recognition And Diagnosis As mentioned before, BDD frequently remains underdiagnosed or misdiagnosed, due in part to its overlapping symptoms with conditions such as obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) and major depressive disorder. It is crucial for clinicians to be adept at distinguishing BDD from other disorders. This begins with a comprehensive understanding of its core symptom: a preoccupation with perceived defects or flaws in physical appearance which others often find minor or non-observable. People with BDD may exhibit behaviors such as spending at least an hour a day, averaging as much as 3-8 hours per day, thinking about how they look and obsessing over the perceived flaws. BDD causes a significant amount of distress and interferes with everyday functioning (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010).

Furthermore, recognizing associated behaviors—such as repetitive mirror checking or excessive grooming—can also provide diagnostic clarity (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). Properly identifying BDD is not merely an academic exercise; it directly impacts treatment outcomes. Prompt and accurate diagnosis ensures individuals receive appropriate, evidence-based care, improving both prognosis and quality of life.

While imaging studies are not indicated in diagnosing BDD, fMRI brain studies on people with BDD show that these patients are very tuned into detail and have difficulty with holistic visual processing (Feusner, Yaryura-Tobias, Saxena, 2008). In this podcast Dr. Phillips states that the “brains [of people with BDD] are good at seeing detail, but not at seeing the big picture (mentioned at time 35:37 in podcast). Similar visual processing is seen in patients with anorexia nervosa, but they are more severe in BDD (Feusner, Yaryura-Tobias, Saxena, 2008).

Screening and Proactive IdentificationThe nature of BDD means that many suffer silently, being reticent about their fears and perceptions, primarily due to feelings of shame and embarrassment.

Therapists should actively probe for signs of BDD. A simple yet effective screening question can be: "Are you excessively worried about how you look?"

Specific screening tools include:

  1. Body Dysmorphic Disorder Questionnaire (BDDQ): This is a self reporting screening tool with seven items exploring people’s concern and preoccupation about/with their appearance and how much these concerns cause distress in their daily lives. One study found this tool’s sensitivity to be 89.6% and specificity to be 81.4% (Lekakis et al., 2016).
  2. Body Image Disturbance Questionnaire (BIDQ): This is similar to a BDDQ in that it also has seven items, but rather than having yes or no questions like the former, this tool utilizes continuous response scaling. Though this has strong psychometric value, it is limited in its screening for BDD compared to BDDQ (Cash et al., 2004).

Signs and Symptomatic Behaviors* Camouflaging: Many individuals with BDD employ techniques to hide perceived defects, such as wearing hair over their eyes or using excessive makeup (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). * Behavioral clues: Extended durations in the bathroom, frequent mirror-checking, or extreme reactions to photographs can be indicative of BDD (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). * Social patterns: Avoidant behaviors, such as refraining from social events or wearing concealing clothing even in inappropriate weather, can be red flags (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010).

Differentiating BDD from Other Disorders* Social anxiety disorder: While both conditions involve social avoidance, the reasons differ. BDD sufferers avoid social situations due to perceived physical flaws (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). * Skin picking and other disorders: Activities like skin-picking might signal BDD if the intent is to "fix" perceived skin flaws. It's essential to determine the underlying motivation behind such behaviors (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). * OCD: BDD and OCD are classified in the same category in DSM-5. They are similar in that there are distressing intrusive thoughts that trigger compulsive behaviors. The content of OCD thoughts, however, are different (i.e. worried the house will burn down if they don’t check the stove 30 times, so they check the stove 30 times). BDD thought content and compulsive behaviors are about appearance. Additionally, people with OCD have more insight into their illness than those with BDD (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010).

ComorbiditiesBDD can occur with other mental disorders, however, BDD tends to be most commonly associated with severe depression and suicidality. Therefore therapists should always assess suicidality when working with patients with BDD. 80% of patients with BDD have had suicidal ideations at some point in their life. 25% have attempted suicide (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010). Substance use disorder (SUD) has a high association with BDD, as there is self-medication involved in reducing distress that is associated with thoughts. In one study (n=176), 48.9% of the subjects had SUD, and 68% of those subjects stated that BDD preceded and even contributed to their SUD. Suicide attempts were found to be higher among subjects with BDD and SUD than those with just BDD (Grant et al., 2005). Personality disorders, especially avoidant personality disorder, are commonly associated with BDD. On personality scales such as NEO-PI-R, BDD tends to score high on neuroticism, low on extroversion, low on agreeableness, and low on conscientiousness (Phillips and McElroy, 2000). Because there are no longitudinal studies that exist in high-risk groups, it is hard to tell whether these traits cause BDD, or if these traits result from BDD, or if they co-occur with BDD.

Treatment Approaches:Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) remains a cornerstone in treating BDD, though the methods are highly dependent on the disorder and should be tailored to each specific patient. For BDD, it focuses on (Bjornsson, Didie, Phillips, 2010):

  • Ritual prevention: Helping patients develop psychological tools to stop repetitive behavior (mirror checking, skin picking, etc).
  • Exposure therapy: Patients who have difficulty socializing and going outside may need help recognizing and confronting their anxieties.
  • Body image work: Daily exercises to help the patient develop a bigger, more holistic self-image, rather than focusing on specific imperfections.
  • Expanding the patient's sense of self-worth beyond physical appearance.

Pharmaceutical Interventions: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) serve as a first-line medical treatment. For BDD, these often need to be prescribed in higher doses than would be typical for treatment of depression or anxiety. Adolescents and patients with poor tolerance should begin at low doses that are gradually increased until symptoms improve (Phillips and Hollander, 2008).

  • Recommended Dosing (Phillips and Hollander, 2008):
  • Fluoxetine: Dosing ranges from 40 mg to 80 mg.
  • Escitalopram: Starting dose is usually 5-10 mg, which can be titrated up to 20 mg or 30 mg. Average dosing tends to be around 40 mg.
  • Citalopram: Dosing ranges from 30 mg to 100 mg.
  • Fluoxetine: Average dosing is 80 mg. However, dosing can go up to 120 mg.
  • Sertraline: Average dosing is around 250 mg, but it can increase to 400 mg. A study showed increased efficacy in treating OCD with 400 mg of sertraline, especially if 200 mg sertraline was ineffective (Ninan et al., 2006).
  • Fluvoxamine: Dosing ranges between 250 and 250 mg
  • Paroxetine: Dosing ranges between 150 and 250 mg

  • If SSRIs do not work, then another medication should be added to optimize or augment SSRI. If symptoms are not that severe, add buspirone (30-80 mg per day) (Phillips and Hollander, 2008). N-Acetylcysteine (glutamate modulator) can also be used in addition to SSRI in refractory obsessive-compulsive and related disorders (OCDRD) (Parli et al., 2023).

  • Clomipramine is also used in refractory BDD treatment, and its dosing is not to exceed 250 mg per day. If it is added with an SSRI then dosing can start at 25 to 50 mg (Phillips and Hollander, 2008).
  • People with severe symptoms (i.e. severe co-occurring depression, suicidality, aggressive behavior) may need a second generation antipsychotic (Phillips and Hollander, 2008).
  • For mild cases of BDD, patients can choose between CBT and pharmaceutical interventions. For severe cases, especially those with suicidal ideation and hospitalizations, both treatments are recommended (Phillips and Hollander, 2008).

Addressing the desire for cosmetic procedures: Practice guidelines listed in the American Academy of Otolaryngology state that cosmetic procedures are highly contraindicated with BDD (Ishii et al., 2017). Studies show that plastic surgery only improves symptoms about 5% of the time, while 95% of patients experience no change or worsening of their symptoms (Crerand et al., 2005; Phillips et al., 2001). However, it is crucial to address any desire for cosmetic treatments. Therapists should help patients weigh the pros and cons and, where possible, delay such decisions until after undergoing recommended treatments like CBT or SSRI therapy.

The Importance Of Continued Practice: Remission And RelapseRelapse rate after discontinued medication is largely understudied. One study explored relapse rate after a six month treatment regimen of escitalopram, and found that continued use of the medication shows significant benefit as compared to placebo (Phillips, 2016), although six month treatment regimens are not typical for the average BDD patient. Phillips recommends that patients actively and continually practice therapeutic skills and strategies even after the end of formal CBT. Similar to how a musician or athlete needs regular practice to maintain their skills, BDD sufferers should consistently implement their psychological tools for dealing with obsessive thoughts. In milder cases, pharmaceutical interventions may eventually be discontinued, but it is recommended as a lifelong treatment for severe/suicidal cases (Phillips and Hollander, 2008).

Valuable Resources For Therapists CBT can be difficult to implement without a structured format and guidelines. Two manuals which have been tested in research studies include:

Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Treatment Manual, by Sabine Wilhelm, Katharine A. Phillips, and Gail Steketee.

Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Treatment Manual, by David Veal and Fugen Neziroglu.

Conclusion Body dysmorphic disorder presents a unique challenge for mental health professionals due to its multifaceted nature and the profound suffering it causes. It is vital that therapists remain proactive in identifying and treating BDD, ensuring they are equipped with the latest knowledge and techniques. By doing so, we can offer a lifeline to those silently battling this debilitating condition and help them navigate their way to a healthier self-perception and brighter future.

About Dr. Katharine Phillips:Dr. Katharine Phillips stands as a beacon of expertise and innovation in the realm of psychiatry, specifically in understanding BDD. She is an alumna of Dartmouth College and Dartmouth Medical School and is the current Professor of Psychiatry and the DeWitt Wallace Senior Scholar at Weill Cornell Medicine. Her remarkable contributions to the field of psychiatry range from defining the intricate facets of BDD to pioneering treatments, both pharmacological and therapeutic. With over 350 scientific publications and eleven authored or edited books to her name, she has been a touchstone for professionals seeking knowledge on BDD and other psychiatric disorders.

References:Angelakis, I., Gooding, P. A., & Panagioti, M. (2016). Suicidality in body dysmorphic disorder (BDD): A systematic review with meta-analysis. Clinical psychology review, 49, 55–66. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cpr.2016.08.002

Bienvenu, O. J., Samuels, J. F., Riddle, M. A., Hoehn-Saric, R., Liang, K. Y., Cullen, B. A., Grados, M. A., & Nestadt, G. (2000). The relationship of obsessive-compulsive disorder to possible spectrum disorders: results from a family study. Biological psychiatry, 48(4), 287–293. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0006-3223(00)00831-3

Bjornsson, A. S., Didie, E. R., & Phillips, K. A. (2010). Body dysmorphic disorder. Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 12(2), 221–232. https://doi.org/10.31887/DCNS.2010.12.2/abjornsson

Buhlmann, U., Glaesmer, H., Mewes, R., Fama, J. M., Wilhelm, S., Brähler, E., & Rief, W. (2015). Updates on the prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder: A population-based survey. FOCUS, 13(2), 252–257. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.focus.130217

Buhlmann U, Cook LM, Fama JM, Wilhelm S. (2007). Perceived teasing experiences in body dysmorphic disorder. Body Image, 4(4), 381-385. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bodyim.2007.06.004

Cash, T. F., Phillips, K. A., Santos, M. T., & Hrabosky, J. I. (2004). Body Image Disturbance Questionnaire (BIDQ) [Database record]. APA PsycTests.

https://doi.org/10.1037/t20989-000

Crerand, C. E., Phillips, K. A., Menard, W., & Fay, C. (2005). Nonpsychiatric medical treatment of body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics, 46(6), 549–555. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.psy.46.6.549

Didie, E. R., Tortolani, C. C., Pope, C. G., Menard, W., Fay, C., & Phillips, K. A. (2006). Childhood abuse and neglect in body dysmorphic disorder. Child abuse & neglect, 30(10), 1105–1115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2006.03.007

Enander, J., Ivanov, V. Z., Mataix-Cols, D., Kuja-Halkola, R., Ljótsson, B., Lundström, S., Pérez-Vigil, A., Monzani, B., Lichtenstein, P., & Rück, C. (2018). Prevalence and heritability of body dysmorphic symptoms in adolescents and young adults: a population-based nationwide twin study. Psychological medicine, 48(16), 2740–2747. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291718000375

Feusner, J. D., Yaryura-Tobias, J., & Saxena, S. (2008). The pathophysiology of body dysmorphic disorder. Body image, 5(1), 3–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bodyim.2007.11.002

Grant, J. E., Menard, W., Pagano, M. E., Fay, C., & Phillips, K. A. (2005). Substance use disorders in individuals with body dysmorphic disorder. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 66(3), 309–405. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v66n0306

Heshmati, R., Pellerone, M., Esfandi, M. R. N., Yeganeh, N., & Jafari, E. (2023). Interpersonal Attachment Styles and Body Dysmorphic Symptoms in Adolescent Girls: The Mediating Role of Body Image. Clinical neuropsychiatry, 20(2), 141–150. https://doi.org/10.36131/cnfioritieditore20230206

Ishii, L. E., Tollefson, T. T., Basura, G. J., Rosenfeld, R. M., Abramson, P. J., Chaiet, S. R., Davis, K. S., Doghramji, K., Farrior, E. H., Finestone, S. A., Ishman, S. L., Murphy, R. X., Jr, Park, J. G., Setzen, M., Strike, D. J., Walsh, S. A., Warner, J. P., & Nnacheta, L. C. (2017). Clinical Practice Guideline: Improving Nasal Form and Function after Rhinoplasty. Otolaryngology--head and neck surgery : official journal of American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery, 156(2_suppl), S1–S30. https://doi.org/10.1177/0194599816683153

Koran, L. M., Abujaoude, E., Large, M. D., & Serpe, R. T. (2008). The prevalence of body dysmorphic disorder in the United States adult population. CNS spectrums, 13(4), 316–322. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1092852900016436

Lekakis, G., Picavet, V. A., Gabriëls, L., Grietens, J., & Hellings, P. W. (2016). Body Dysmorphic Disorder in aesthetic rhinoplasty: Validating a new screening tool. The Laryngoscope, 126(8), 1739–1745. https://doi.org/10.1002/lary.25963

López-Solà, C., Fontenelle, L. F., Alonso, P., Cuadras, D., Foley, D. L., Pantelis, C., Pujol, J., Yücel, M., Cardoner, N., Soriano-Mas, C., Menchón, J. M., & Harrison, B. J. (2014). Prevalence and heritability of obsessive-compulsive spectrum and anxiety disorder symptoms: A survey of the Australian Twin Registry. American journal of medical genetics. Part B, Neuropsychiatric genetics : the official publication of the International Society of Psychiatric Genetics, 165B(4), 314–325. https://doi.org/10.1002/ajmg.b.32233

Monzani, B., Rijsdijk, F., Anson, M., Iervolino, A. C., Cherkas, L., Spector, T., & Mataix-Cols, D. (2012). A twin study of body dysmorphic concerns. Psychological medicine, 42(9), 1949–1955. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0033291711002741

Ninan, P. T., Koran, L. M., Kiev, A., Davidson, J. R., Rasmussen, S. A., Zajecka, J. M., Robinson, D. G., Crits-Christoph, P., Mandel, F. S., & Austin, C. (2006). High-dose sertraline strategy for nonresponders to acute treatment for obsessive-compulsive disorder: a multicenter double-blind trial. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 67(1), 15–22. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v67n0103

Parli, G. M., Gales, M. A., & Gales, B. J. (2023). "N-Acetylcysteine for Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders in Children and Adolescents: A Review". The Annals of pharmacotherapy, 57(7), 847–854. https://doi.org/10.1177/10600280221138092

Phillips, K. A., Keshaviah, A., Dougherty, D. D., Stout, R. L., Menard, W., & Wilhelm, S. (2016). Pharmacotherapy Relapse Prevention in Body Dysmorphic Disorder: A Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Trial. The American journal of psychiatry, 173(9), 887–895. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2016.15091243

Phillips KA, Zai G, King NA, Menard W, Kennedy JL, Richter MA. (2015). A preliminary candidate gene study in body dysmorphic disorder. Journal of Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders, 6, 72-76. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jocrd.2015.06.004

Phillips, K. A., & Hollander, E. (2008). Treating body dysmorphic disorder with medication: evidence, misconceptions, and a suggested approach. Body image, 5(1), 13–27. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bodyim.2007.12.003

Phillips, K. A., Grant, J., Siniscalchi, J., & Albertini, R. S. (2001). Surgical and nonpsychiatric medical treatment of patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Psychosomatics, 42(6), 504–510. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.psy.42.6.504

Phillips, K. A., & McElroy, S. L. (2000). Personality disorders and traits in patients with body dysmorphic disorder. Comprehensive psychiatry, 41(4), 229–236. https://doi.org/10.1053/comp.2000.7429

Pope, H. G., Phillips, K. A., & Olivardia, R. (2002). The Adonis complex: How to identify, treat, and prevent body obsession in men and boys. Simon & Schuster.

Rounsefell, K., Gibson, S., McLean, S., Blair, M., Molenaar, A., Brennan, L., Truby, H., & McCaffrey, T. A. (2020). Social media, body image and food choices in healthy young adults: A mixed methods systematic review. Nutrition & dietetics: the journal of the Dietitians Association of Australia, 77(1), 19–40. https://doi.org/10.1111/1747-0080.12581

Sarwer D. B. (2002). Awareness and identification of body dysmorphic disorder by aesthetic surgeons: results of a survey of american society for aesthetic plastic surgery members. Aesthetic surgery journal, 22(6), 531–535. https://doi.org/10.1067/maj.2002.129451

View Details

Jason Wong, BA, Joseph Flaxer, MD, MPH, Julia Tartaglia, MD, David Puder, MD

Only Dr. John Kane has any potential reported conflicts of interest:

Consultant to or Receives Honoraria:

Alkermes, Allergan, Boehringer-Ingelheim, Cerevel, Dainippon Sumitomo, H. Lundbeck, HealthRhythms, HLS, Indivior, Intracellular Therapies, Janssen Pharmaceutical, Johnson & Johnson, LB Pharmaceuticals, Merck, Minerva, Neurocrine, Newron, Novartis, NW PharmaTech, Otsuka, Roche, Saladax, Sunovion, Teva

Advisory Boards:

Cerevel, Click Therapeutics, Lundbeck, Merck, Newron, Novartis, Otsuka, Sumitomo, Teva

Grant Support:

Lundbeck, Otsuka, Janssen, Sunovion

Shareholder:

Vanguard Research Group (private), LB Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (private), North Shore Therapeutics (private), MedinCell (public), Sage (public)

Receives royalties

Up to Date

Clozapine HistoryClozapine is a second-generation antipsychotic used for treatment-resistant schizophrenia. Since its discovery in 1958, it has emerged as the sole FDA-approved therapy for treatment-resistant schizophrenia. Yet, its troubled history and gaps of knowledge have continued to prevent its effective use and contributed to its underutilization. In 1975, clozapine was banned in the United States due to reports in Finland describing rates of agranulocytosis of 0.05 to 2%. These were higher than rates among patients who had received standard psychotropic medications and led to a series of deaths (Idänpään-Heikkilä et al., 1975). As a result, the use of clozapine in the U.S. and further drug development was abruptly halted. Per clinical observations, particularly at Zucker Hillside Hospital (ZHH) where there were many hospitalized patients on clozapine, patients with a true diagnosis of schizophrenia had a very difficult time being weaned off due to psychotic decompensation and, when put back on clozapine, staff observed dramatic improvements in clinical status. Research led by John Kane, M.D. at ZHH designed what turned out to be a landmark study, leading clozapine to receive FDA approval in 1990 (Kane et al., 1988).

Underutilization Of ClozapineDespite being the only FDA-approved medication for treatment-resistant schizophrenia, with fatality from agranulocytosis now being very rare, it remains underutilized. It is estimated that 30% of patients with schizophrenia are treatment resistant, but the utilization rate of clozapine in the U.S. is under 10% (Stroup et al., 2014). Furthermore, it is estimated that 20% of first-episode patients are treatment resistant, yet many do not receive clozapine despite this being a critical time to get the illness under control and optimize long-term outcomes (Demjaha et al., 2017; Lally et al., 2016; Kanahara et al., 2018).

In fact, research has shown that there is a case to be made for clozapine being used after the failure of one antipsychotic rather than two (Kahn et al., 2018). Clozapine is associated with lower rates of long-term hospitalizations, despite greater illness severity of patients who tend to receive it (Masuda et al., 2019). A 20‐year follow‐up study of physical morbidity and mortality in relationship to antipsychotic treatment in a nationwide cohort of 62,250 patients with schizophrenia suggested that long‐term antipsychotic use does not increase severe physical morbidity leading to hospitalization, and is associated with substantially decreased mortality, especially among patients treated with clozapine (Taipale et al., 2020).

Tips For Counseling Patients And Families On Clozapine* In addition to presenting benefits and risks, it is important to share success stories. + There are many stories of subsets of clozapine responders for whom the medication was life-changing in dramatically positive ways. * Like we do with many treatments in medicine, start with benefits and then move on to the risks. + Many clinicians will be anxious to convey all of the different and unique risks that clozapine carries, which is important, but often dominates the conversation in a way that is driven by the clinician. + Patients deserve to know the high potential upside. * Recommend an adequate trial as a measure of whether to stay on it for a longer period. + Advise an initial 3- to 4-month trial to get a good sense of how life could be different and how the changes in symptoms and functional outcomes weigh against the side effects. Then, patients can make a more educated decision about a medication that could potentially be life-changing, rather than not trying it at all.

Long-Acting InjectablesLike clozapine, the long-acting injectables (LAIs) are highly underutilized despite being available for many years. They are often viewed as a hassle to use with more work for the clinician. Explaining the benefits and also discussing the risks with patients who initially may be reluctant takes effective training, time, and practice, but when done well can be effective at improving LAI use. An intervention that enacted training sessions with staff of multiple clinics helped to get LAI acceptance rate as high as 86% (Kane et al., 2020). Studies show that across all fields of medicine, about 50% of patients take medications as prescribed (Chaudri 2004).

In psychiatry, we are fortunate to have tools like LAI’s that other fields of medicine do not have, and given the data that shows multiple benefits to LAI use, including increased time to rehospitalization, it makes sense to be offering these tools to patients earlier and more often (Kane et al., 2020). Additionally, LAIs have an important connection to clozapine, in that trialing an LAI before starting clozapine ensures adherence, helping to establish true treatment resistance. Patients are often labeled as treatment resistant when their decompensation is actually due to treatment nonadherence (McCutcheon et al., 2018).

Tips for Counseling Patients on LAIs* Self-reflect on biased ideas we may have internalized regarding LAIs. + Often, psychiatrists wait to offer LAIs to patients who “prove” they are “noncompliant” or who are “bad patients” or “aggressive.” + These views foster negativity toward LAIs and deprive patients of opportunities to use effective treatments. + This kind of language is often racially coded with bias against black and brown populations. * Be mindful of prior trauma associated with injections. + Patients will likely recall traumatizing experiences of being administered injections against their will in the hospital during episodes of agitation. + Differentiate between emergency short-acting injections given involuntarily versus long-acting injections which are a treatment option that can help foster independence and decrease the risk of hospitalization. * Introduce the idea of LAIs early in the treatment course in order to help normalize them as part of the standard of care treatment. + Patients should be informed early in treatment that the recommended course is establishing efficacy and tolerability on oral medication, and then transitioning to an LAI. + The LAI should be presented as a unique tool in psychiatry that we are fortunate to be able to offer.

Recovery Model And Coordinated Specialty CareThe Recovery Model takes a stance of optimism about outcome from serious mental illness and focuses on empowerment, shared decision making, and helping clients find productive roles in line with their goals (Warner 2010). It decenters symptoms and treatment response as a sole focus and gives patients the dignity and autonomy to focus on what outcomes are most important to them. This allows for the dignity of risk and the dignity of going through a learning process if a decision that a patient makes does not end up working out as originally anticipated. The Recovery Model approach is closely tied to the practice of Coordinated Specialty Care (CSC) in the treatment of First Episode Psychosis (FEP). CSC consists of interventions including assertive case management, individual or group psychotherapy, supported employment and education services, family education and support, and low doses of select antipsychotic agents. The CSC framework for FEP is similar to the Assertive Community Treatment (ACT) model, but in contrast to ACT, CSC serves a younger population without established disability and has the capacity for out-of-office visits (but does not require them) (NASMHPD 2023).

Racial Disparities In DiagnosisAs discussed extensively in episode 143, racial bias in diagnostic practice is an important contributing factor. Research shows that in diagnosis of psychotic illness, African American/Black patients have a rate, on average, of three to four times higher than Euro-American/White patients, and Latinx American/Hispanic patients are disproportionately diagnosed with psychotic disorders on average about three times higher compared to Euro-American/White patients (Schwartz & Blankenship, 2014).

There are several potential reasons for this. In addition to racial bias leading to potential misdiagnosis, there is other data that suggests a true disparity in illness prevalence related to social determinants of health. These findings suggest that racial and ethnic disparities in the rates of obstetric complications in the United States could contribute to a developmental trajectory toward psychosis. Additionally, chronic stress due to discrimination against racial and ethnic minoritized individuals can be linked to development of psychosis (Anglin et al., 2021).

Socioculturally-Sensitive Care And SupervisionSocioculturally-attuned psychiatric care is important across the board and is particularly relevant in treatment of patients with psychotic illness, given the above racial disparities discussed. It is vital for psychiatrists to develop effective practices around actively addressing sociocultural context within the patient-doctor relationship. Location of self practices, largely pioneered in the family therapy field, provide a thoughtful approach to dialogue in addressing how the identities of the therapist and the corresponding privilege or subjugation associated with these identities in society can play out in the therapeutic relationship.

Effective use of these practices signals that the therapist is open to exploring how these issues influence patients’ lives (Watts-Jones 2010; Knudson-Martin 2019). Specifically, racial trauma is a topic that tends to be left out of conversations, even in standard care “trauma-informed'' practices (Hardy 2023). Supervision around culturally-sensitive care for trainees is needed in order to teach socioculturally-attuned practices. This starts with culturally-sensitive supervision, which includes practices around location of self, as discussed above. This normalizes and invites conversations around privileged and subjugated identities of supervisor and trainee and how these factors may affect supervision dynamic (Hardy & Bobes, 2016).

Neuromodulation And Psychedelics* For patients resistant to clozapine, augmenting with ECT has added benefit (Petrides et al., 2015). * 3,4-Methylenedioxy methamphetamine (MDMA) has emerged as a novel therapeutic that has potential for use in negative symptoms of schizophrenia. This is an important area of research, given that there are no FDA-approved treatments for negative symptoms, which are a major cause of functional impairment in disability in the illness (Arnovitz et al., 2022).

Digital PsychiatryTechnology offers the potential to disrupt the way psychosis is managed and monitored. Researchers are interested in identifying markers of psychosis in order to detect relapse, which can allow for earlier treatment intervention and better monitoring of treatment response and medication adherence. Research has shown that the median duration of untreated psychosis in community treatment settings is more than 14 months (Addington et al., 2023). As access to digital technologies such as smartphones, wearables, and social media have become more pervasive, researchers have begun examining this digital data for signals of relapse. This concept of using in-situ active and passive data from a person’s smartphone to identify digital biomarkers of mental illness has been referred to as “digital phenotyping” (Torous et al., 2016).

At ZHH, researchers have begun to discover associations between social media and online activity and psychosis. One such research study examined online search activities in 105 patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorder compared to healthy volunteers and found differences in the frequency, timing and content of their search activity (Birnbaum et al., 2020). Furthermore, in later studies examining patient-generated social media activities from platforms such as Facebook and Instagram, researchers were able to identify distinct linguistic and behavioral patterns that were associated with schizophrenia spectrum disorders (Birnbaum et al., 2020; Hänsel et al., 2023). This research highlights the potential to utilize social media and online activity to create digital biomarkers for psychosis that could be used clinically to identify patients who have relapsed and potentially target interventions more quickly. In fact, the ZHH team is studying the potential of harnessing differences in search habits of people with psychosis in order to deliver advertisement-based interventions aimed at driving help-seeking behavior (Kirschenbaum et al., 2020; Birnbaum et al., 2017; Birnbaum et al., 2022).

In order to begin to implement this clinically, several institutions have begun creating “digital clinics” which integrate the use of mobile apps into psychiatric care through digital phenotyping as well as for digital interventions, such as journaling tools, mindfulness activities, medication reminders, and safety planning (King et al., 2023). This new clinical model of care has led to the emergence of a new clinical role, that of a “digital navigator” or a “digital health coach” (Wiśniewski et al., 2020). This is a team member with training in digital health whose role is to assist patients and providers in choosing apps and offering technical support.

However, with the adoption of such tools, it is important to consider the potential risks of such technologies. Data privacy is a main concern, as platforms that aggregate sensitive patient data are at risk of data leaks. A recent 2022 report by researchers at Mozilla found that nearly 60% of popular mental health apps had privacy practices that fell short of Mozilla’s minimum standards (Mozilla 2022). Another potential negative impact is the risk of bias within technologies, which could exacerbate existing health inequities. For example, studies have shown that there is a potential for racial bias in algorithms (SITNFlash 2020). Thus, it will be important for developers of such technologies to utilize ethnically and racially diverse data sets when developing algorithms and to check for potential biases.

Note On the presenters:Dr. Kane:John M. Kane, MD. is Professor of Psychiatry and Molecular Medicine at The Donald and Barbara Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell.

Dr. Kane earned his medical degree from New York University in New York, New York, and completed his internship and residency in Psychiatry at The Zucker Hillside Hospital. He is a diplomate of the American Board of Psychiatry and Neurology.

Dr. Kane is the recipient of many awards, including the Lieber Prize, The APA’s Kempf Award and Foundations Prize, the New York State Office of Mental Health Lifetime Achievement Award, and the Dean Award from the American College of Psychiatrists. He has served as President of the American Society of Clinical Psychopharmacology, the Psychiatry Research Society and the Schizophrenia International Research Society.

Dr. Kane has been the principal investigator on 23 NIH grants focusing on schizophrenia, psychobiology and treatment, recovery, and improving the quality and cost of care. He is the author of over 900 peer-reviewed papers and serves on the editorial boards of numerous journals.

Dr. Hanna: Dr. Lauren Hanna is Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at the Donald and Barbara Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell. She is the Director of Global Mental Health for Northwell’s Center for Global Health where she is working with Guyana’s Ministry of Health to expand national mental health services aimed at suicide prevention. She is Associate Program Director and Director of Antiracism & Social Justice for the Zucker Hillside Hospital Psychiatry Residency Program. In these roles, she oversees the integration of social justice, antiracism, and anti-oppression principles into the didactic curriculum, training the next generation of psychiatrists to be socially-conscious in their work with diverse patient populations.

She supervises residents in the Early Treatment Program and OnTrackNY as part of a multidisciplinary, specialized team with expertise in the treatment of early episode psychosis. Additionally, she is a repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) practitioner for the Bioelectronic Medicine for Neuropsychiatric Disorders (BioMEND) clinical research center and has a tele-psychotherapy private practice.

Dr. TartagliaJulia Tartaglia, M.D. is a PGY-4 psychiatry resident at Zucker Hillside Hospital/Northwell Health. Dr. Tartaglia is passionate about digital psychiatry. She is conducting research on mental health mobile app interventions, social media use, and mental health. At Northwell, she is part of the Zucker Hillside Hospital Digital Psychiatry Program steering committee and founded the Digipsych interest group. She has been a member of the APA App Advisor committee since 2019 and a part of the MHIT committee since 2022. This year she also co-chaired the APA Annual Meeting technology subcommittee.

Dr. Flaxer:Joseph Flaxer, M.D., MPH, is a PGY4 psychiatry resident at Zucker Hillside Hospital/Northwell Health. Dr. Flaxer 's main focuses are community psychiatry, social justice work, family therapy, and he plans to pursue a fellowship in child & adolescent psychiatry. He is on the leadership board of the resident run antiracism organization RISE (dismantling Racial Injustice and promoting Systemic Equity). He is one of the resident psychiatrists in the Early Treatment Program and OnTrackNY programs for treatment of early episode psychosis. His prior public health research was focused on integrated behavioral healthcare for patients with SMI and on historical parallels between opioid and medical cannabis popularization.

References:Abshire, Cathy M.Ed., John Kane, M.D., Tamara G. Sale, M.A., Lisa Dixon, M.D., M.P.H. An Overview of Coordinated Specialty Care (CSC) for Persons with First Episode Psychosis | National Association of State Mental Health Program Directors. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Addington, Jean Ph.D., Robert K. Heinssen, Ph.D., Delbert G. Robinson, M.D., Duration of Untreated Psychosis in Community Treatment Settings in the United States | Psychiatric Services. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Anglin DM, Ereshefsky S, Klaunig MJ, et al. From Womb to Neighborhood: A Racial Analysis of Social Determinants of Psychosis in the United States. Am J Psychiatry. 2021;178(7):599-610.

Arnovitz MD, Spitzberg AJ, Davani AJ, et al. MDMA for the Treatment of Negative Symptoms in Schizophrenia. J Clin Med. 2022;11(12):3255.

Birnbaum ML, Norel R, Van Meter A, et al. Identifying signals associated with psychiatric illness utilizing language and images posted to Facebook. Npj Schizophr. 2020;6(1):1-10.

Birnbaum ML, Garrett C, Baumel A, et al. Using Digital Media Advertising in Early Psychosis Intervention. Psychiatr Serv Wash DC. 2017;68(11):1144-1149.

Birnbaum ML, Garrett C, Baumel A, et al. Digital Strategies to Accelerate Help-Seeking in Youth With Psychiatric Concerns in New York State. Front Psychiatry. 2022;13. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Birnbaum ML, Wen H, Meter AV, et al. Identifying emerging mental illness utilizing search engine activity: A feasibility study. PLOS ONE. 2020;15(10):e0240820.

Chaudri NA. Adherence to Long-term Therapies Evidence for Action. Ann Saudi Med. 2004;24(3):221-222.

Demjaha A, Lappin JM, Stahl D, et al. Antipsychotic treatment resistance in first-episode psychosis: prevalence, subtypes and predictors. Psychol Med. 2017;47(11):1981-1989.

Hänsel K, Lin IW, Sobolev M, et al. Utilizing Instagram Data to Identify Usage Patterns Associated With Schizophrenia Spectrum Disorders. Front Psychiatry. 2021;12. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Hardy, Kenneth V Racial Trauma: Clinical Strategies and Techniques for Healing Invisible Wounds:.: 9781324030430: Amazon.com: Books. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Hardy KV, Bobes T, eds. Culturally Sensitive Supervision and Training: Diverse Perspectives and Practical Applications. 1st edition. Routledge; 2016.

Idänpään-Heikkilä J, Alhava E, Olkinuora M, Palva I. Letter: Clozapine and agranulocytosis. Lancet Lond Engl. 1975;2(7935):611.

Kahn RS, Winter van Rossum I, Leucht S, et al. Amisulpride and olanzapine followed by open-label treatment with clozapine in first-episode schizophrenia and schizophreniform disorder (OPTiMiSE): a three-phase switching study. Lancet Psychiatry. 2018;5(10):797-807.

Kanahara N, Yamanaka H, Suzuki T, Takase M, Iyo M. First-episode psychosis in treatment-resistant schizophrenia: a cross-sectional study of a long-term follow-up cohort. BMC Psychiatry. 2018;18(1):274.

Kane J, Honigfeld G, Singer J, Meltzer H. Clozapine for the treatment-resistant schizophrenic. A double-blind comparison with chlorpromazine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(9):789-796.

Kane JM, Schooler NR, Marcy P, et al. Effect of Long-Acting Injectable Antipsychotics vs Usual Care on Time to First Hospitalization in Early-Phase Schizophrenia: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA Psychiatry. 2020;77(12):1217-1224. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.2076.

King DR, Emerson MR, Tartaglia J, Nanda G, Tatro NA. Methods for Navigating the Mobile Mental Health App Landscape for Clinical Use. Curr Treat Options Psychiatry. Published online May 24, 2023:1-15.

Kirschenbaum MA, Birnbaum ML, Rizvi A, Muscat W, Patel L, Kane JM. Google search activity in early psychosis: A qualitative analysis of internet search query content in first episode psychosis. Early Interv Psychiatry. 2020;14(5):606-612. doi:10.1111/eip.12886.

Knudson-Martin C, McDowell T, Bermudez JM. From Knowing to Doing: Guidelines for Socioculturally Attuned Family Therapy. J Marital Fam Ther. 2019;45(1):47-60.

Lally J, Ajnakina O, Di Forti M, et al. Two distinct patterns of treatment resistance: clinical predictors of treatment resistance in first-episode schizophrenia spectrum psychoses. Psychol Med. 2016;46(15):3231-3240.

Masuda T, Misawa F, Takase M, Kane JM, Correll CU. Association With Hospitalization and All-Cause Discontinuation Among Patients With Schizophrenia on Clozapine vs Other Oral Second-Generation Antipsychotics: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis of Cohort Studies. JAMA Psychiatry. 2019;76(10):1052-1062.

McCutcheon R, Beck K, D’Ambrosio E, et al. Antipsychotic plasma levels in the assessment of poor treatment response in schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2018;137(1):39-46.

Mozilla Foundation. Top Mental Health & Prayer Apps Fail at Privacy, Security. Published May 2, 2022. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Najibi, Alex SITNFlash. Racial Discrimination in Face Recognition Technology. Science in the News. Published October 24, 2020. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Petrides G, Malur C, Braga RJ, et al. Electroconvulsive therapy augmentation in clozapine-resistant schizophrenia: a prospective, randomized study. Am J Psychiatry. 2015;172(1):52-58.

Schwartz RC, Blankenship DM. Racial disparities in psychotic disorder diagnosis: A review of empirical literature. World J Psychiatry. 2014;4(4):133-140.

Stroup TS, Gerhard T, Crystal S, Huang C, Olfson M. Geographic and clinical variation in clozapine use in the United States. Psychiatr Serv Wash DC. 2014;65(2):186-192.

Taipale H, Tanskanen A, Mehtälä J, Vattulainen P, Correll CU, Tiihonen J. 20‐year follow‐up study of physical morbidity and mortality in relationship to antipsychotic treatment in a nationwide cohort of 62,250 patients with schizophrenia (FIN20). World Psychiatry. 2020;19(1):61-68.

Torous J, Kiang MV, Lorme J, Onnela JP. New Tools for New Research in Psychiatry: A Scalable and Customizable Platform to Empower Data Driven Smartphone Research. JMIR Ment Health. 2016;3(2):e16. doi:10.2196/mental.5165.

Warner R. Does the scientific evidence support the recovery model? The Psychiatrist. 2010;34(1):3-5.

Watts-Jones TD. Location of self: opening the door to dialogue on intersectionality in the therapy process. Fam Process. 2010;49(3):405-420.

McCutcheon R, Beck K, D’Ambrosio E, et al. Antipsychotic plasma levels in the assessment of poor treatment response in schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2018;137(1):39-46.

Mozilla Foundation. Top Mental Health & Prayer Apps Fail at Privacy, Security. Published May 2, 2022. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Najibi, Alex SITNFlash. Racial Discrimination in Face Recognition Technology. Science in the News. Published October 24, 2020. Accessed August 20, 2023.

Petrides G, Malur C, Braga RJ, et al. Electroconvulsive therapy augmentation in clozapine-resistant schizophrenia: a prospective, randomized study. Am J Psychiatry. 2015;172(1):52-58.

Schwartz RC, Blankenship DM. Racial disparities in psychotic disorder diagnosis: A review of empirical literature. World J Psychiatry. 2014;4(4):133-140.

Stroup TS, Gerhard T, Crystal S, Huang C, Olfson M. Geographic and clinical variation in clozapine use in the United States. Psychiatr Serv Wash DC. 2014;65(2):186-192.

Taipale H, Tanskanen A, Mehtälä J, Vattulainen P, Correll CU, Tiihonen J. 20‐year follow‐up study of physical morbidity and mortality in relationship to antipsychotic treatment in a nationwide cohort of 62,250 patients with schizophrenia (FIN20). World Psychiatry. 2020;19(1):61-68.

Torous J, Kiang MV, Lorme J, Onnela JP. New Tools for New Research in Psychiatry: A Scalable and Customizable Platform to Empower Data Driven Smartphone Research. JMIR Ment Health. 2016;3(2):e16. doi:10.2196/mental.5165.

Warner R. Does the scientific evidence support the recovery model? The Psychiatrist. 2010;34(1):3-5.

Watts-Jones TD. Location of self: opening the door to dialogue on intersectionality in the therapy process. Fam Process. 2010;49(3):405-420.

View Details

Gerald Cheng, David Puder, MD

Dr. Lederman and Dr. Puder have no conflicts of interest.

In this week’s episode, we have a conversation with Dr. Matthew Lederman, a board-certified internal medicine physician and CNVC Certified Trainer of Nonviolent Communication, as well as a prominent contributor behind the documentary Forks Over Knives. Dr. Lederman and his wife, Dr. Alona Pulde, recently published a book called, Wellness to Wonderful: 9 Pillars for Living Healthier, Longer, and with Greater Joy, and this conversation today revolves around the topic of nonviolent communication.

Dr. Lederman’s Journey Of Discovering Nonviolent CommunicationThrough his work in Nutrition, Lifestyle, and Connection Medicine, Dr. Lederman has been able to improve most of his personal chronic medical issues by adopting a plant-based diet, keeping a consistent exercise schedule, and maintaining healthy sleeping habits. However, despite these changes, he developed severe sciatica at a particularly challenging time in his life. At one point, Dr. Lederman even considered surgery with hopes of improving his back pain, despite knowing that surgery rarely helps with his presentation of symptoms.

One day, Dr. Lederman was handed a book by Dr. John Sarno that introduced the concept of healing pain through mind-body connection. Sarno’s premise was that some somatic issues, like chronic back pain, could be attributed to unresolved emotions, such as repressed anger, and that becoming more in tune with your feelings could help improve these somatic issues. Dr. Lederman began working on self-connection through nonviolent communication and pursuing a better understanding of his feelings and internal dialogue. Over the course of months, his chronic back pain went away completely. What’s more, he noticed that his marriage, parenting, connection with co-workers, and overall well-being seemed to also improve. The positive impact of his journey to deeper self-awareness and self-connection provoked an even greater passion in him to continue learning how to improve his connections with those around him, which eventually led him to the fascinating science supporting the impact connection has on physical health and manifestation of many chronic disorders.

What is Nonviolent Communication? Marshall Rosenberg, the creator of Nonviolent Communication (NVC), described NVC as a process and a language designed to promote understanding, empathy, and compassionate connection between individuals. In other words, NVC is an intention to create a quality of connection using a specific set of skills and principles that provide a framework for navigating conflicts, addressing needs, and building mutually satisfying relationships—it is what makes compassionate giving and receiving possible.

Rosenberg emphasized the importance of nonviolence, which goes beyond physical violence, extending to verbal and emotional violence, as well. NVC aims to shift communication from a language of judgment, blame, and criticism to a language of empathy, understanding, and shared humanity.

At the core of Nonviolent Communication are four key components:* Observation: Stating the objective facts of a situation without evaluation or interpretation. Observations focus on what we see and hear, rather than assumptions or judgments. * Feeling: Expressing the emotions that arise within us in response to the observed situation. Identifying and acknowledging our feelings allows us to connect with our own inner experiences. * Need: Identifying the universal human needs or values that stimulate our feelings. Needs are the underlying motivations or desires that drive our behavior and shape our emotional experiences. * Request: Making clear, positive, and actionable requests to meet our needs. Requests are specific actions we ask of others or ourselves to help fulfill our needs.

It is very important to understand the relationship between needs and feelings. Feelings usually arise from how well needs are or are not met. For example, you are irritated (feeling) when someone cuts in front of you on the freeway (observation) because your need for safety was violated. At that moment, you have a decision on what strategy you will take to address your need for safety. You could choose an aggressive or violent strategy, such as aggressively honking, trying to overtake the car in front, or cussing out the driver who cut you off.

Alternatively, you could choose a nonviolent approach, connecting to feelings behind the observation while deciding if your perception supports connection. For example, maybe the car in front of you forgot to look at his side mirrors before changing lanes because the driver was too stressed trying to speed to get his wife to the nearest hospital. That knowledge changes the interpretation of your observation and might elicit feelings like compassion, empathy, and concern. Looking at things from the other driver’s perspective, the driver changed lanes more quickly than you liked (observation) because he was stressed (feeling) because his need for his wife and baby’s health was in danger.

By consciously integrating these components into our communication, NVC aims to foster understanding, empathy, and cooperation. The process encourages open and honest dialogue, while emphasizing the fundamental shared humanity of all individuals involved.

Applying Nonviolent Communication To ConflictsLederman and Puder take these principles and apply them to an argument between a husband and wife. In this scenario, the husband utilizes the principles of NVC and notices the following:

  • Observation: He recognizes that his chest is tight, and his jaw is clenched. He also observes that his wife talks before he finishes speaking.
  • Feeling: He notices that he is feeling anger and underneath that anger is frustration and disappointment.
  • Need: He realizes that his need for respect and the need to be heard are not getting met.

Before going to step 4 (request), Lederman advises the husband to focus on the quality of connection before requesting the need for respect to be met. In this case, the husband could focus on empathizing with his wife by saying, “I know that you value respect and consideration of people.” This helps break down walls of defensiveness and allows the wife to feel seen. Then the husband could say, “Do you have space to hear what is coming up for me?” This invites a sense of collaboration and agreement between the two parties.

Now is the opportunity for the husband to share his observations, feelings, and needs. During this process, the husband can check in on his wife to see if she is hearing criticism or constructive feedback. If the wife communicates any feelings or statements of defensiveness, the husband has an opportunity to change his approach, express empathy, and help his wife understand his need in a way that does not vilify or stimulate shame. After this, the husband can then share his request, such as letting him finish his statements before she responds. If the wife accepts the request, the husband can express appreciation for acknowledging the request and supporting his need for consideration and care. This approach helps the husband and wife work as a team to meet everyone’s needs in a more effective, less emotionally costly manner.

Summary:For Lederman, NVC is a consciousness, an intention, and a way of life, not something to turn on and off. Lederman acknowledges that adopting the concepts of NVC in our personal lives is a process. It took him over five years of study and regular practice to integrate the concepts of NVC and get where he is today, naturally applying them daily with those around him. The reward for that “work” is that NVC has positively impacted every facet of his life and he hopes that NVC can be a tool to bring more connection to the world at a time when it is needed more than ever.

Read the book: Wellness to Wonderful: 9 Pillars for Living Healthier, Longer, and with Greater Joy

View Details

Between the World and the Self: An Exploration of Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder for Healthcare Professionals Paul Molyneux, RN, Cara Jacobson (MS4), David Puder, MD

In this week’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by registered mental health nurse, Paul Molyneux, to discuss depersonalization/derealization disorder and his personal experiences and recovery from the disorder.

“I woke up this morning

Didn't recognize the man in the mirror

Then I laughed and I said,

‘Oh silly me, that's just me’

Then I proceeded to brush some stranger's teeth

But they were my teeth, and I was weightless

Just quivering like some leaf come in the window of a restroom.”

(Lyrics from the song Pretty Pimpin by Kurt Vile, 2015)

IntroductionHave you ever had the strange experience of looking out into the world only to question whether you were dreaming or not? Or, like the song’s protagonist, have you gazed at yourself in the mirror and wondered who it was staring back at you? You certainly aren’t alone.

The experiences of depersonalization and derealization (DPDR) have been considered the third most frequent psychiatric symptom, after depression and anxiety (Simeon & Abugel, 2008). Indeed, telephone surveys reflect this with 23.4% of respondents having experienced depersonalization or derealization in the last 12 months in a rural Southern US population (Aderibigbe et al., 2001). The lifetime prevalence of transient episodes of depersonalization and derealization has been reported between 26 and 74% (Hunter et al., 2004), with brief episodes often associated with fatigue, stress, and substance use (Hunter et al., 2003). It is worth noting that depersonalization is also associated with several neurological conditions, including migraine and temporal lobe epilepsy (Lambert, 2002). Depersonalization can also follow a bout of a viral infection, including COVID-19 (Simeon & Abugel, 2023).

Whilst transient episodes of depersonalization and derealization are clearly a common part of the human experience, some individuals have more persistent symptoms. For these patients, clinicians may wish to consider a diagnosis of depersonalization/derealization disorder (DDD).

Diagnostic CriteriaThe Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR) categorizes depersonalization/derealization disorder as a dissociative disorder, alongside dissociative identity disorder, dissociative amnesia, and other specified dissociative disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 2022). Some authors have suggested that it may be better conceptualized as an anxiety disorder, given that “anxiety and depersonalization are intimately related” (Medford et al., 2005, p. 98). Nevertheless, to be diagnosed with depersonalization/derealization disorder, patients must meet the following DSM-5-TR criteria:

Adapted from “Dissociative Disorders,” by American Psychiatric Association, 2022, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, Text Revision (DSM-5-TR), F48.1 (https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787.x08_Dissociative_Disorders). Copyright 2022 by American Psychiatric Association Publishing.

In a seminal 2003 paper, leading depersonalization/derealization disorder psychologist and researcher, Dr. Elaine Hunter, and colleagues, fleshed out the then DSM-IV depersonalization disorder criteria, highlighting the range of additional cognitive, affective, and physiological/perceptual symptoms individuals with the disorder might also experience:

Adapted from “Depersonalisation disorder: a cognitive–behavioural conceptualisation,” by E. C. M. Hunter et al., 2003, Behaviour Research and Therapy, 41(12), p. 1452 (https://doi.org/10.1016/s0005-7967(03)00066-4). Copyright 2003 by Elsevier Ltd.

Prevalence (and Paul Molyneux’s story)Once thought to be extremely uncommon, indeed, even the ICD-10 referred to the syndrome as a “rare disorder” (World Health Organization, 1993), epidemiological data from the early 2000s pointed to a prevalence rate of around 1% (Sierra et al., 2004), which has been confirmed by more recent research (Yang et al., 2022). In relation to other psychiatric disorders, the prevalence of depersonalization/derealization disorder is similar to obsessive-compulsive disorder and bipolar disorder (Simeon & Abugel, 2023).

This poses a conundrum. If transient episodes of depersonalization and derealization are common, and depersonalization/derealization disorder is not infrequent, why is this not reflected in the experiences of many clinicians? Authors have put forward a variety of explanations, ranging from professional unawareness to the difficulties patients have in describing their symptoms (Sierra, 2009). Whatever the cause, the fact remains that it can take up to 12 years until a correct diagnosis is made (Hunter et al., 2003). One can only imagine how frustrating that must be for those suffering with this disorder.

In that respect, I (Paul Molyneux) was one of the lucky ones. I’d experienced unproblematic and transient episodes of depersonalization and derealization for as long as I can remember. However, in 2007 the cumulative effects of several social stressors resulted in a panic attack with a strong dissociative element. After the panic had subsided, the depersonalization and derealization remained. I recall the extremely uneasy sense of watching the world as if it were a dream, feeling disconnected from my own hands and reflection, and experiencing a pervasive sense of wooly-headedness, amongst other symptoms. These symptoms remained with me persistently and without relent for nearly two years, which was utterly terrifying.

With an interest in psychiatry – I was studying to be a mental health nurse at the time – I was aware that my symptoms were commensurate with a diagnosis of depersonalization/derealization disorder. I sought help from both my family doctor and a counselor. Whilst well-meaning, both practitioners were clearly inexperienced with depersonalization/derealization disorder and instead chalked my symptoms up to anxiety. This only served to intensify my sense of hopelessness.

Of course, it behooves professionals to be aware of the diagnostic criteria for depersonalization/derealization disorder. However, it is probably just as useful for clinicians to have an insight into how individuals might describe their symptoms. Given the highly subjective and nebulous nature of the experience of depersonalization and derealization, clinicians should be alert to the use of metaphors. For me, the sense of detachment from familiar people and places left me feeling as if I had lost my soul, whilst the dreamlike appearance of reality felt as though I was watching a movie of my life. Individuals will often describe feeling as if a pane of glass has been placed in front of them or as though they might have slipped into an alternative reality.

‘It’s as if’ and ’it’s as though’ are key phrases of which to be mindful here. As per the diagnostic criteria, patients with depersonalization/derealization disorder have intact reality testing and are fully aware they aren’t living in a dream, etc. This will be in clear contrast to the psychotic patient who may suggest they are actually living in a dream. Furthermore, patients with depersonalization/derealization disorder will often present without the high levels of distress, agitation, and disorganized thought that one might associate with something like a psychotic episode.

Predisposing and Precipitating FactorsThe onset of the condition tends to be in late adolescence or early adulthood with most cases seemingly beginning between the ages of 15-19 (Sierra, 2009). That being said, it has been proposed that onset may well begin in childhood and is simply never detected by parents and professionals due to the “reduced linguistic abilities of children which would make it almost impossible for them to describe the experience” (Sierra, 2009, p. 50). Interestingly, a history of emotional abuse or neglect during childhood appears to be a significant risk factor for going on to develop the disorder, with 44 out of 49 individuals reporting having experienced emotional abuse in childhood in one 2001 study (Simeon et al., 2001). The gender distribution for the disorder leans slightly towards a preponderance of males (Baker et al., 2003; Michal et al., 2016).

The specific triggers for chronic depersonalization-derealization are myriad, and even a cursory look on depersonalization online forums reflects this. It is certainly true that many posters point to a scary experience with cannabis which left them with a sense of unreality long after the effects of the drug had worn off. In studies, cannabis is the number one drug cited as having triggered chronic depersonalization and derealization, with hallucinogens, ecstasy, and ketamine also showing up in the data (Simeon & Abugel, 2008). As for other causes, studies have shown that chronic depersonalization-derealization has followed periods of severe stress, trauma, panic, and depression (Simeon et al., 2003). For some, there is no obvious trigger (Simeon & Abugel, 2008). The experience of the disorder remains remarkably similar whether induced by a substance or not, suggesting that drug-induced depersonalization/derealization disorder should not be considered a separate condition (Sierra, 2009). It is worth bearing in mind that whilst many individuals report a rapid onset of the disorder, for others it can emerge insidiously (Simeon & Abugel, 2008).

PsychotherapyI am pleased to report that in 2009, after depersonalization and derealization that had persisted for around two years, I achieved recovery from the condition. Since then, I have had well over a decade to reflect on how my recovery got underway, leading me to a cognitive-behavioral model of the disorder. The model, proposed by Hunter et al. (2003), suggests that the difference between someone who experiences a transient episode of depersonalization and derealization and someone who goes on to experience it persistently, is in how they appraise the symptom. Most of the time, experiences of depersonalization and derealization are put down to situational factors (e.g., “I’m feeling this way because I’ve had a very long and stressful day at work”) and once the situational factor diminishes, so does the dissociation. People who go on to experience depersonalization and derealization as a disorder are said to insert a catastrophic appraisal of their symptoms (e.g., “this must be a sign that I’m going mad”). This sets up a loop, in which the catastrophic narrative creates increased anxiety and distress, which in turn exacerbates pre-existing depersonalization and derealization. For me, I became convinced that my depersonalization and derealization might have been a sign that I’d done some irreversible damage to my brain that there was no going back from.

Once this loop has been established, the model suggests that sufferers then engage in behaviors they think might be helpful, but that only serve to intensify their symptoms. Examples suggested are excessive symptom monitoring (i.e., when we look for something, we tend to find it), avoidance of things that might “trigger” depersonalization and derealization (avoidance reduces our ability to learn that things might not be as bad as we thought and can increase the sense of feeling detached from life), and acting “normal” (in which the very act of acting is itself depersonalizing). For me, once I started to experience persistent depersonalization-derealization, I retired to bed in the hopes that I might have been able to sleep the condition away. Only now do I realize how unhelpful this was given that sleep inertia might easily have been misinterpreted as depersonalization and derealization.

I managed to close these loops when a close friend took me along to a spinning class at a local gym. The intense nature of the experience – the darkened room with disco lights, loud music playing, and a trainer shouting to “go faster!” – allowed for a brief time in which I didn’t dissociate. As a psychologist once put it to me, when you exercise intensely, “you don’t have the luxury to think past your next breath, let alone to ponder about depersonalization and derealization.” Once I realized the depersonalization and derealization wasn’t fixed, my assumption that I’d done irreversible brain damage was disproven, and the spell was broken. This, together with a reduction in social stressors, allowed me to recover over a period of several months.

Psychotherapy is considered the standard of care for dissociative disorders like depersonalization/derealization disorder, as there is not convincing evidence for any particular medication (Scarella & Franzen, 2017). Research has been conducted testing the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) for depersonalization/derealization disorder. Simeon et al. (2003) conducted interviews with patients diagnosed with depersonalization disorder about their treatment history and found that most did find psychotherapy helpful for better understanding their depersonalization symptoms and learning how to cope with them; however, only 2% experienced definite improvement in symptoms, whereas 23% felt their symptoms were slightly better, and 75% had either worse symptoms or no improvement (Simeon et al., 2003). A 2005 open study involving 21 patients treated with CBT saw significant improvement in measures of dissociation, depression, anxiety, and general functioning, with 29% of patients no longer meeting the criteria for the diagnosis by the end of treatment (Hunter et al., 2005). While the evidence overall is limited by small sample sizes, several other treatment modalities have been studied, including dance/movement therapy (Millman et al., 2023), mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (Mishra et al., 2022), CBT-based group therapy (Flückiger et al., 2022), and cognitive therapy targeting social anxiety disorder (Schweden et al., 2016). Some have hypothesized that virtual reality (VR) combined with biofeedback could benefit patients with depersonalization (Patrikelis et al., 2021), although virtual reality itself has been shown to trigger depersonalization-derealization symptoms (Barreda-Ángeles & Hartmann, 2023). Whilst promising, clearly more research is required. Encouragingly, a trial investigating CBT for depersonalization/derealization disorder is due to be completed in 2024 (Hunter, 2023).

PharmacotherapyAn interesting analysis by Simeon et al. (2003) asked 117 participants to retrospectively describe all previous treatments they had received. Although the nature of the study has significant limitations, the results did not paint a particularly optimistic picture. Among several different medications, only SSRIs and benzodiazepines showed a modest benefit, with 38% reporting slight or definite improvement in symptoms with SSRIs, and 52% reporting improvement on benzodiazepines (Simeon et al., 2003). Indeed, at the time of writing, there exists no FDA-approved medication for the treatment of the disorder, and the evidence for pharmacotherapy is very limited overall. A 2023 systematic review by Wang et al. on depersonalization/derealization disorder treatment found that both the quantity and quality of research were lacking. Despite this, when researching for this article, I asked users of a depersonalization/derealization disorder forum about their experiences of recovery from the disorder, with several responders listing medication as something that had helped them personally (Molyneux, 2023).

Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs)SSRIs have been used in the management of depersonalization/derealization disorder, however, there is conflicting evidence for their effectiveness. A double-blind, placebo-controlled study involving 54 patients with DSM-IV depersonalization disorder found that fluoxetine was no better than placebo (Simeon et al., 2004). However, it was found that patients with comorbid anxiety or depression did better on fluoxetine than placebo, with individuals reporting that whilst their depersonalization hadn’t changed much, they were less concerned by it. SSRIs in combination with lamotrigine also have some, albeit limited, evidence of effectiveness for depersonalization-derealization, as discussed below.

LamotrigineThere has been significant interest in whether lamotrigine might be useful in treating depersonalization/derealization disorder, although the evidence is nuanced and limited. Whilst ketamine, an NMDA antagonist that increases glutamate release, is known to bring about dissociative symptoms (Abdallah et al., 2018; Tully et al., 2022), lamotrigine inhibits glutamate release (Gärtner et al., 2023). Pre-treatment with lamotrigine has been reported to reduce dissociative symptoms after ketamine administration (Anand et al., 2000). However, Gärtner et al. (2023) found no difference with lamotrigine pretreatment on subjective symptoms like dissociation in patients who received ketamine, though it did help with “emotional [working memory] and associated neural activity.” Additionally, a double-blind, cross-over, placebo-controlled trial involving nine patients treated with lamotrigine monotherapy failed to show any benefit for depersonalization-derealization symptoms (Sierra et al., 2003).

Despite this, further, admittedly less robust, open-label trials suggest that lamotrigine was helpful in 50-70% of patients when used as an adjunct to an antidepressant, especially an SSRI (Sierra et al., 2001, 2006, as cited in Sierra, 2009). There does exist a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial from 2011 that showed positive results for lamotrigine as a monotherapy for depersonalization/derealization disorder, however, this has since been retracted due to plagiarism (Aliyev & Aliyev, 2011). Since then, there have been some case reports describing improvement of depersonalization and derealization symptoms in patients treated with lamotrigine combined with SSRIs (Belli et al., 2014; McEvoy et al., 2015; Bout et al., 2018), lamotrigine plus sertraline and clomipramine (Rosagro-Escámez et al., 2011), and lamotrigine with venlafaxine (Salgado et al., 2012). Most of these patients also had comorbid psychiatric symptoms or disorders, including anxiety, depression, or obsessive-compulsive disorder.

If using lamotrigine, the team at the then Depersonalization Research Unit in London (now the Depersonalization Disorder Service) suggest that the starting dose should be 25 mg/day and gradually increased at fortnightly intervals (Medford et al., 2005). They recommend monitoring lamotrigine plasma levels, especially if used in combination with sertraline, due to reports of marked changes in lamotrigine levels when the two medications have been used concurrently. In one of the open-label studies, the authors noted that a greater improvement was seen with higher doses—they used up to 600 mg (Sierra et al., 2006). Simeon & Abugel (2023) propose maximizing the dose of lamotrigine, keeping in mind tolerability, if there is an insufficient response to lower dosages.

Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs)There is some limited evidence for the use of tricyclic antidepressants. A case study from 1987 saw primary depersonalization disorder respond well to desipramine (Noyes et al., 1987). Furthermore, a small study found that two of seven patients treated with clomipramine showed significant improvement in their depersonalization symptoms, as did one of six patients taking desipramine; one of the patients who responded to clomipramine had near remission from depersonalization for 4 years, with relapsing symptoms each time she attempted to taper off of clomipramine or change to a different medication (Simeon et al., 1998). Perhaps clomipramine is useful for a subset of patients where obsessions and compulsions are present, given the established overlap between obsessive-compulsive disorder and depersonalization/derealization disorder, (Boysan, 2014; Quigley et al., 2022) and clomipramine’s long-established usefulness in treating OCD (“Clomipramine in the Treatment of Patients with Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder,” 1991), although the same might be said of SSRIs, which are considered first line pharmacotherapy for OCD (Paxos, 2022). Additionally, Simeon & Abugel (2023) point out that clomipramine might be a better option for patients who cannot tolerate the “numbing” effects of the SSRIs.

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs)Sadly, there are no studies involving MAOIs and depersonalization/derealization disorder; however, one 1989 study noted an improvement in a form of depression that featured depersonalization and anxiety when MAOIs were used (Davidson et al., 1989).

Opioid AntagonistsAnother class of medications that are of interest are the opioid antagonists, though as with other pharmacotherapies, the data is very limited. Thinking mechanistically, activation of the endogenous opioid system has been characterized by an amplified pain threshold and a reduced emotional repertoire (Younger et al., 2006), which can reflect the experiences of people with depersonalization/derealization disorder (Sierra, 2009). Furthermore, depersonalization/derealization disorder researcher, Mauricio Sierra, points to research in which subjects exposed to opioid agonists describe experiencing symptoms of depersonalization and derealization (Pfeiffer et al., 1986; Walsh et al., 2001, as cited in Sierra, 2009). It seems plausible that one may see a reduction in depersonalization and derealization symptoms–especially emotional numbing–if an opioid antagonist were initiated. So, what does the research say?

In 2001, Russian researchers conducted a single-blind, placebo-controlled trial involving 14 patients with persistent depersonalization who were treated with naloxone, although only six met the criteria for DSM-IV depersonalization disorder (Nuller et al., 2001). A significant reduction in depersonalization was seen in 10 of the 14 patients (71%), three of whom achieved complete remission.

Two further studies hint at a role for naltrexone, another opioid antagonist, in the treatment of depersonalization symptoms. A 2005 open-label trial on depersonalization disorder involving 14 patients saw an average 30% reduction in symptoms when treated with a mean dose of 120 mg/day (Simeon & Knutelska, 2005). More recently, German researchers Pape & Wöller (2014) tested the effectiveness of low dose naltrexone (2-6 mg/day, 0.06 mg/kg) in reducing dissociative symptoms in patients with severe trauma-related and dissociative disorders. Although the trial did not specifically treat patients with depersonalization/derealization disorder, the study did find an immediate reduction in dissociative symptoms in 11 of 15 patients and a lasting effect in seven (Pape & Wöller, 2014).

Benzodiazepines likely not helpful for depersonalizationIn the retrospective study mentioned earlier, trials of benzodiazepines were reported in 35 of the 117 subjects, with eight reporting a slight improvement and 10 reporting a definite improvement (Simeon et al., 2003). This tallies with the findings of a small survey of online depersonalization forum participants suggesting that clonazepam, alone or in combination with sertraline (or sertraline alone), might be helpful in treating depersonalization (Lambert et al., 2000), as well as case reports reporting improvement with clonazepam during inpatient hospitalization (Weber et al., 2018) or citalopram combined with clonazepam (Sachdev, 2002). Additionally, a 2013 systematic review by Bredlau et al. found that patients taking ketamine for refractory cancer pain experienced adverse effects including depersonalization and derealization, but these were not reported when the ketamine was combined with benzodiazepines.

Simeon & Abugel (2008) indicate that benzodiazepines might be useful in treating patients with depersonalization-derealization and concomitant anxiety. It appears that the benefits of benzodiazepines may be related more so to relieving underlying anxiety that may be triggering depersonalization and derealization, rather than acting directly on these symptoms. However, benzodiazepines should only be used cautiously in patients with depersonalization and derealization. There may be a role for benzodiazepines, particularly for relief of short term panic and anxiety in these patients, but depersonalization is a known adverse effect of certain benzodiazepines, including alprazolam, clonazepam, and temazepam (Lexicomp, 2023a, 2023b, 2023c). Depersonalization and derealization have also been associated with benzodiazepine withdrawal (Lader, 1984; Marriott & Tyrer, 1993; Mintzer et al., 1999).

Antipsychotics: more research neededUnsurprisingly, the literature on antipsychotics is similarly thin, with a notable absence of randomized-controlled trials investigating the efficacy of this class of medications. A 2014 case report pointed to antidepressant therapy with adjunctive aripiprazole being effective in relieving depersonalization-derealization symptoms in three patients with depersonalization disorder and either comorbid OCD or major depression (Uguz & Sahingoz, 2014). This tallies with a prior report in which, after various failed medication trials and combinations, aripiprazole combined with clomipramine and diazepam successfully treated a 23-year-old female with depersonalization disorder and comorbid panic disorder, major depressive disorder, and generalized anxiety disorder, as well as a history of anorexia nervosa between ages 13 and 14 (Janjua et al., 2010).

Whilst some reports do point to a possible role for antipsychotics in depersonalization and derealization treatment, contrary reports suggest that antipsychotics are ineffective (Simeon et al., 2003) or have the potential to make depersonalization and derealization worse (Medford et al., 2005; Sarkar et al., 2001).

StimulantsMore recently, a 2020 case report by Weber about a 35-year-old female with depersonalization/derealization disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, and unspecified depressive disorder (but who did not meet criteria for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder [ADHD]) taking venlafaxine saw improvement in the frequency and intensity of dissociative symptoms with the addition of extended-release mixed amphetamine salts.

Scarella & Franzen (2017) report the case of the effects of stimulant medication on dissociative symptoms in another 35-year-old female with an extensive psychiatric history, including major depression, panic attacks, bulimia nervosa, dissociative amnesia, depersonalization, derealization, suicidal ideation, and self harm, but not attention deficit disorder. The authors also surmise that she likely experienced chronic childhood trauma related to parental misattunement. She had previously been trialed on at least ten different psychiatric medications, as well as several different psychotherapy modalities, with no sustained improvement in symptoms, and she was currently taking desipramine and lorazepam (~3 times per week, for insomnia or anxiety) but continued to have persistent symptoms. With the addition of extended-release mixed amphetamine salts, she experienced brief improvement of depression symptoms but a more sustained decrease in dissociative symptoms, including depersonalization and derealization, which was beneficial in her everyday life and also, notably, facilitated her ability to participate in psychotherapy sessions, ultimately leading to more frequent “periods of relative euthymia” (Scarella & Franzen, 2017).

Further, Foguet et al. (2011) present a case report on a patient with a history of anorexia nervosa and generalized anxiety (but not ADHD) who was admitted to the hospital following a suicide attempt and started on clomipramine and clonazepam, but she experienced persistent depersonalization, depressive symptoms, and suicidal ideation after discharge. It is unclear whether she continued clonazepam as an outpatient, but she did continue clomipramine. In addition, she began taking lamotrigine, with reduction in depersonalization symptoms but not depression, as well as reboxetine (a selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor or sNRI, not to be confused with serotonin–norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor or SNRI), with no symptom improvement, and ultimately, methylphenidate, resulting in improvement in mood and resolution of suicidal ideation after 2 months, and after 4 months, she experienced depersonalization symptoms only sporadically, rather than daily (Foguet et al., 2011).

Perhaps psychostimulants may be useful in depersonalization/derealization disorder patients where there are pronounced cognitive symptoms such as brain fog (Simeon & Abugel, 2023). However, the evidence for stimulants in this condition is certainly limited and has been primarily in combination with other psychopharmacotherapy and involving patients with multiple psychiatric comorbidities. Additionally, Liebowitz et al. (1980) reported two cases of mania induced by treatment of depersonalization with stimulants and antidepressants. As with benzodiazepines, an individualized approach and caution are warranted if prescribing stimulants for depersonalization/derealization disorder.

Art or Science?In the absence of established prescribing guidelines, the practice of prescribing for depersonalization/derealization disorder may feel like guesswork – more art than science. The science, as described in this article, points to tentative evidence suggesting that medication can play a role in the management of depersonalization/derealization disorder. The art is perhaps in matching a particular patient with a subset of symptoms to a specific medication, such as an SSRI where there is comorbid depression or an opioid antagonist where there is pronounced emotional numbing. In doing so, practitioners should also carefully consider how medication might worsen depersonalization and derealization. Directly, some medications are reported to cause depersonalization, for example, antidepressants broadly (Healy, 2022), quetiapine (Sarkar et al., 2001), clomipramine, and buspirone (Joint Formulary Committee, 2023). Indirectly, some medications have the potential to worsen underlying depersonalization and derealization by increasing agitation or anxiety, including aripiprazole, naltrexone, and lamotrigine (Joint Formulary Committee, 2023). Finally, discontinuation or withdrawal from some medications may trigger episodes of depersonalization, for example, SSRIs (Henssler et al., 2019), other antidepressants, benzodiazepines, and mood stabilizers (Cosci & Chouinard, 2020). With this in mind, perhaps the most skilled clinician will be the one who not only knows when to prescribe, but also when not to.

ConclusionWith patients often expressing a strong desire for disorder-specific interventions (Michal et al., 2016) and robust evidence for effective treatments in short supply, those working in general psychiatry may be left feeling unsure as to how to help patients with depersonalization/derealization disorder. Given the typical length of time to diagnosis, perhaps one of the most therapeutic interventions is in simply making the diagnosis, demonstrating that depersonalization/derealization disorder is a well-established condition with a clearly defined diagnostic framework. For some, realizing that they are not alone in experiencing such a bewildering collection of symptoms may be very comforting. Additionally, writing in the British Medical Journal, Hunter et al. (2017) advise that in all cases of depersonalization and derealization, whether transient or persistent, clinicians should normalize the experience and highlight the common connection with acute stress and fatigue. Furthermore, they recommend that practitioners give hope to the possibility of recovery. Fortunately, the internet is replete with depersonalization/derealization disorder recovery stories that professionals can point to. And to that end, I am delighted to add my own recovery story to the compendium.

Connect with Paul Molyneux (Registered Nurse – Mental Health): www.theDPguidancecentre.co.uk

Twitter: @DPguidance

References:Abdallah, C. G., De Feyter, H. M., Averill, L. A., Jiang, L., Averill, C. L., Chowdhury, G. M. I., Purohit, P., de Graaf, R. A., Esterlis, I., Juchem, C., Pittman, B. P., Krystal, J. H., Rothman, D. L., Sanacora, G., & Mason, G. F. (2018). The effects of ketamine on prefrontal glutamate neurotransmission in healthy and depressed subjects. Neuropsychopharmacology : official publication of the American College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 43(10), 2154–2160. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41386-018-0136-3

Aderibigbe, Y. A., Bloch, R. M., & Walker, W. R. (2001). Prevalence of depersonalization and derealization experiences in a rural population. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 36(2), 63–69. https://doi.org/10.1007/s001270050291

Aliyev, N. A., & Aliyev, Z. N. (2011). Lamotrigine in the Immediate Treatment of Outpatients With Depersonalization Disorder Without Psychiatric Comorbidity. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 31(1), 61–65. https://doi.org/10.1097/jcp.0b013e31820428e1

Anand, A., Charney, D. S., Oren, D. A., Berman, R. M., Hu, X. S., Cappiello, A., & Krystal, J. H. (2000). Attenuation of the Neuropsychiatric Effects of Ketamine With Lamotrigine. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57(3), 270. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.57.3.270

American Psychiatric Association. (2022). Dissociative Disorders. In Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (5th ed., text rev.). https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.books.9780890425787.x08_Dissociative_Disorders

Baker, D., Hunter, E., Lawrence, E., Medford, N., Patel, M., Senior, C., Sierra, M., Lambert, M. V., Phillips, M. L., & David, A. S. (2003). Depersonalisation disorder: clinical features of 204 cases. British Journal of Psychiatry, 182(5), 428–433. https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.182.5.428

Barreda-Ángeles, M., & Hartmann, T. (2023). Experiences of Depersonalization/Derealization Among Users of Virtual Reality Applications: A Cross-Sectional Survey. Cyberpsychology, behavior and social networking, 26(1), 22–27. https://doi.org/10.1089/cyber.2022.0152

Belli, H., Akbudak, M., Ural, C., & Aslaner, D. (2014). A Case of Depersonalization with Treatment-resistant Depression Successfully Treated with Sertraline-lamotrigine Combination. West Indian Medical Journal. https://doi.org/10.7727/wimj.2012.303

Boysan, M. (2014). Dissociative experiences are associated with obsessive–compulsive symptoms in a non-clinical sample: A latent profile analysis. Nöro Psikiyatri Arşivi, 51(3), 253–262. https://doi.org/10.4274/npa.y6884

Bout, A., Berhili, N., Benbrahim, M., Aalouane, R., & Rammouz, I. (2018). Trouble de dépersonnalisation/déréalisation résistant et lamotrigine : à propos d’un cas. L’Encéphale, 44(1), 85–87. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.encep.2017.04.003

Bredlau, A. L., Thakur, R., Korones, D. N., & Dworkin, R. H. (2013). Ketamine for pain in adults and children with cancer: a systematic review and synthesis of the literature. Pain medicine (Malden, Mass.), 14(10), 1505–1517. https://doi.org/10.1111/pme.12182

Cosci, F., & Chouinard, G. (2020). Acute and Persistent Withdrawal Syndromes Following Discontinuation of Psychotropic Medications. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 89(5), 283–306. https://doi.org/10.1159/000506868

Clomipramine in the Treatment of Patients with Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder. (1991). Archives of General Psychiatry, 48(8), 730. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.1991.01810320054008

Davidson, J. R. T., Woodbury, M. A., Zisook, S., & Giller, E. L. (1989). Classification of depression by grade of membership: a confirmation study. Psychological Medicine, 19(4), 987–998. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0033291700005717

Flückiger, R., Schmidt, S. J., Michel, C., Kindler, J., & Kaess, M. (2022). Introducing a Group Therapy Program (PLAN D) for Young Outpatients with Derealization and Depersonalization: A Pilot Study. Psychopathology, 55(1), 62–68. https://doi.org/10.1159/000520008

Foguet, Q., Alvárez, M. J., Castells, E., & Arrufat, F. (2011). Methylphenidate in depersonalization disorder: a case report. Actas Espanolas de Psiquiatria, 39(1), 75–78.

Gärtner, M., Weigand, A., Keicher, C., Meiering, M. S., Weigner, D., Carstens, L., Hertrampf, R., Beckmann, C., Mennes, M., Wunder, A., & Grimm, S. (2023). Modulatory Effects of Ketamine and Lamotrigine on Cognition: Emotion Interaction in the Brain. Neuropsychobiology, 82(2), 91–103. https://doi.org/10.1159/000528315

Healy, D. (2022). Psychiatric Drugs Explained. Elsevier Health Sciences.

Henssler, J., Heinz, A., Brandt, L., & Bschor, T. (2019). Antidepressant withdrawal and rebound phenomena. Deutsches Aerzteblatt Online. https://doi.org/10.3238/arztebl.2019.0355

Hunter, E. (2023). Cognitive behaviour therapy for depersonalisation-derealisation disorder. https://doi.org/10.1186/isrctn97686121

Hunter, E. C. M., Baker, D., Phillips, M. L., Sierra, M., & David, A. S. (2005). Cognitive-behaviour therapy for depersonalisation disorder: an open study. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 43(9), 1121–1130. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.brat.2004.08.003

Hunter, E. C. M., Charlton, J., & David, A. S. (2017). Depersonalisation and derealisation: assessment and management. BMJ, j745. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.j745

Hunter, E. C. M., Phillips, M. L., Chalder, T., Sierra, M., & David, A. S. (2003). Depersonalisation disorder: a cognitive–behavioural conceptualisation. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 41(12), 1451–1467. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0005-7967(03)00066-4

Hunter, E. C., Sierra, M., & David, A. S. (2004). The epidemiology of depersonalisation and derealisation. A systematic review. Social psychiatry and psychiatric epidemiology, 39(1), 9–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-004-0701-4

Janjua, A., Rapport, D., & Ferrara, G. (2010). The Woman Who Wasn’t There. Current Psychiatry, 9(4), 62–72. https://cdn.mdedge.com/files/s3fs-public/Document/September-2017/0904CP_Cases.pdf

Joint Formulary Committee. (2023). British national formulary 85. BMJ Publishing and the Royal Pharmaceutical Society.

Lader M. (1984). Benzodiazepine dependence. Progress in neuro-psychopharmacology & biological psychiatry, 8(1), 85–95. https://doi.org/10.1016/0278-5846(84)90139-8

Lambert, M. V., Sierra, M., Phillips, M. L., & David, A. S. (2002). The Spectrum of Organic Depersonalization. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 14(2), 141–154. https://doi.org/10.1176/jnp.14.2.141

Lambert, M. V., Senior, C., Phillips, M. L., & David, A. S. (2000). Depersonalization in Cyberspace. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 188(11), 764–771. https://doi.org/10.1097/00005053-200011000-00007

Lexicomp, Inc. (2023a). Alprazolam: Drug information. UpToDate. Retrieved July 21, 2023, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/alprazolam-drug-information

Lexicomp, Inc. (2023b). Clonazepam: Drug information. UpToDate. Retrieved July 21, 2023, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/clonazepam-drug-information

Lexicomp, Inc. (2023c). Temazepam: Drug information. UpToDate. Retrieved July 21, 2023, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/temazepam-drug-information

Liebowitz, M. R., McGrath, P. J., & Bush, S. C. (1980). Mania occurring during treatment for depersonalization: a report of two cases. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 41(1), 33–34.

Marriott, S., & Tyrer, P. (1993). Benzodiazepine dependence. Avoidance and withdrawal. Drug safety, 9(2), 93–103. https://doi.org/10.2165/00002018-199309020-00003

Medford, N., Sierra, M., Baker, D., & David, A. S. (2005). Understanding and treating depersonalisation disorder. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 11(2), 92–100. https://doi.org/10.1192/apt.11.2.92

McEvoy, K., Anton, B., & Chisolm, M. S. (2015). Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder After Exposure to Mefloquine. Psychosomatics, 56(1), 98–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psym.2014.08.001

Michal, M., Adler, J., Wiltink, J., Reiner, I., Tschan, R., Wölfling, K., Weimert, S., Tuin, I., Subic-Wrana, C., Beutel, M. E., & Zwerenz, R. (2016). A case series of 223 patients with depersonalization-derealization syndrome. BMC Psychiatry, 16(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-016-0908-4

Millman, L. S. M., Hunter, E. C. M., Terhune, D. B., & Orgs, G. (2023). Online structured dance/movement therapy reduces bodily detachment in depersonalization-derealization disorder. Complementary therapies in clinical practice, 51, 101749. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ctcp.2023.101749

Mintzer, M. Z., Stoller, K. B., & Griffiths, R. R. (1999). A controlled study of flumazenil-precipitated withdrawal in chronic low-dose benzodiazepine users. Psychopharmacology, 147(2), 200–209. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002130051161

Mishra, S., Das, N., Mohapatra, D., & Mishra, B. R. (2022). Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy in Depersonalization-Derealization disorder: A Case Report. Indian journal of psychological medicine, 44(6), 620–621. https://doi.org/10.1177/02537176211040259

Molyneux, P. [u/Ok_Bet_508] (2023, September 17). Have you ever recovered from depersonalisation-derealisation? [Online forum post]. Reddit. www.reddit.com/r/derealization/comments/13i1sxe/have_you_recovered_from/?utm_source=share&utm_medium=ios_app&utm_name=ioscss&utm_content=2&utm_term=1

Noyes, R., Kuperman, S., & Olson, S. B. (1987). Desipramine: A Possible Treatment for Depersonalization Disorder*. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 32(9), 782–784. https://doi.org/10.1177/070674378703200911

Nuller, Y. L., Morozova, M. G., Kushnir, O. N., & Hamper, N. (2001). Effect of naloxone therapy on depersonalization: a pilot study. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 15(2), 93–95. https://doi.org/10.1177/026988110101500205

Pape, W., & Wöller, W. (2014). Niedrig dosiertes Naltrexon in der Behandlung dissoziativer Symptome. Der Nervenarzt, 86(3), 346–351. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00115-014-4015-9

Patrikelis, P., Konstantakopoulos, G., Messinis, L., Alexoudi, A., Stefanatou, M., Nasios, G., & Gatzonis, S. (2021). Adaptive immersive Virtual Environments as a treatment for depersonalization disorder. Psychiatrike = Psychiatriki, 32(4), 317–327. https://doi.org/10.22365/jpsych.2021.032

Paxos C. (2022). Moving beyond first-line treatment options for OCD. The mental health clinician, 12(5), 300–308. https://doi.org/10.9740/mhc.2022.10.300

Quigley, L., Warren, J. T., & Townsend, C. (2022). Features of depersonalization: An examination and expansion of the cognitive-behavioral model. Psychology of Consciousness: Theory, Research, and Practice. https://doi.org/10.1037/cns0000336

Rosagro-Escámez, F., Gutiérrez-Fernández, N., Gómez-Merino, P., de la Vega, I., & Carrasco, J. L. (2011). The efficacy of lamotrigine in a resistant case of depersonalization disorder. Actas espanolas de psiquiatria, 39(4), 263–266.

Sachdev, P. (2002). Citalopram-Clonazepam combination for primary depersonalization disorder: a case report. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 36(3), 424–425. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-1614.2001.t01-1-01030.x

Salgado, A., Oliveira, L., Sierra-Siegert, M., & Salgado, J. V. (2012). Depersonalization and Derealization Syndrome: Report on a Case Study and Pharmacological Management. Revista Brasileira de Psiquiatria, 34(4), 505–508. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rbp.2012.04.006

Sarkar, J., Jones, N., & Sullivan, G. (2001). A case of depersonalization–derealization syndrome during treatment with quetiapine. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 15(3), 209–211. https://doi.org/10.1177/026988110101500309

Scarella, T. M., & Franzen, J. R. (2017). Case report: Improvement in dissociative symptoms with mixed amphetamine salts. Journal of trauma & dissociation : the official journal of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation (ISSD), 18(5), 649–662. https://doi.org/10.1080/15299732.2016.1259195

Schweden, T. L. K., Pittig, A., Bräuer, D., Klumbies, E., Kirschbaum, C., & Hoyer, J. (2016). Reduction of depersonalization during social stress through cognitive therapy for social anxiety disorder: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of anxiety disorders, 43, 99–105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.janxdis.2016.09.005

Sierra, M. (2009). Depersonalization: a new look at a neglected syndrome. Cambridge University Press.

Sierra, M., Baker, D., Medford, N., Lawrence, E., Patel, M., Phillips, M. L., & David, A. S. (2006). Lamotrigine as an Add-on Treatment for Depersonalization Disorder. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 29(5), 253–258. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.wnf.0000228368.17970.da

‌Sierra, M., David, A. S., & Hunter, E. C. M. (2004). The epidemiology of depersonalisation and derealisation. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology, 39(1), 9–18. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00127-004-0701-4

Sierra, M., Phillips, M. L., Ivin, G., Krystal, J., & David, A. S. (2003). A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 17(1), 103–105. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881103017001712

Simeon, D., & Abugel, J. (2008). Feeling Unreal. Oxford University Press.

Simeon, D., & Abugel, J. (2023). Feeling Unreal. Oxford University Press.

Simeon, D., Guralnik, O., Schmeidler, J., & Knutelska, M. (2004). Fluoxetine therapy in depersonalisation disorder: Randomised controlled trial. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 185(1), 31-36.https://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.185.1.31

Simeon, D., Guralnik, O., Schmeidler, J., Sirof, B., & Knutelska, M. (2001). The Role of Childhood Interpersonal Trauma in Depersonalization Disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(7), 1027–1033. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.158.7.1027

Simeon, D., & Knutelska, M. (2005). An Open Trial of Naltrexone in the Treatment of Depersonalization Disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 25(3), 267–270. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.jcp.0000162803.61700.4f

Simeon, D., Knutelska, M., Nelson, D., & Guralnik, O. (2003). Feeling Unreal: A Depersonalization Disorder Update of 117 Cases. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64(9), 990–997. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v64n0903

Simeon, D., Stein, D. J., & Hollander, E. (1998). Treatment of depersonalization disorder with clomipramine. Biological Psychiatry, 44(4), 302–303. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0006-3223(98)00023-7

Tully, J. L., Dahlén, A. D., Haggarty, C. J., Schiöth, H. B., & Brooks, S. (2022). Ketamine treatment for refractory anxiety: A systematic review. British journal of clinical pharmacology, 88(10), 4412–4426. https://doi.org/10.1111/bcp.15374

Uguz, F., & Sahingoz, M. (2014). Aripiprazole in Depersonalization Disorder Comorbid With Major Depression and Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 37(4), 125–127. https://doi.org/10.1097/wnf.0000000000000036

Vile, K. (2015). Pretty pimpin [Song]. Matador Records.

Wang, S., Zheng, S., Zhang, X., Ma, R., Feng, S., Song, M., Zhu, H., & Jia, H. (2023). The Treatment of Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder: A Systematic Review. Journal of trauma & dissociation : the official journal of the International Society for the Study of Dissociation (ISSD), 1–24. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/15299732.2023.2231920

Weber, S. R. (2020). Use of Mixed Amphetamine Salts in a Patient with Depersonalization/Derealization Disorder. Innovations in clinical neuroscience, 17(1-3), 45-8.

Weber, J. V., Frizzell, W., Bullard, K. A., & Chien, J. (2018). Resolution of Acute-Onset Depersonalization/Derealization With Clonazepam and Inpatient Hospitalization. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 38(3), 272–273. https://doi.org/10.1097/jcp.0000000000000869

World Health Organization. (1993). The ICD-10 classification of mental and behavioural disorders: Diagnostic criteria for research.

Yang, J., Millman, L. S. M., David, A. S., & Hunter, E. C. M. (2022). The Prevalence of Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder: A Systematic Review. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 24(1), 1–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/15299732.2022.2079796

Younger, J. W., Lawler-Row, K. A., Moe, K. A., Kratz, A. L., & Keenum, A. J. (2006). Effects of Naltrexone on Repressive Coping and Disclosure of Emotional Material: A Test of the Opioid-Peptide Hypothesis of Repression and Hypertension. Psychosomatic Medicine, 68(5), 734–741. https://doi.org/10.1097/01.psy.0000234029.38245.c9

View Details

Austin Coleman, David Puder, MD

In today's episode of the podcast, we will explore the significant connections between our dietary choices and our mental well-being. We will discuss practical steps to incorporate diet as part of mental health treatment and maintenance. This episode is the perfect starting point to discover how nutrition can play a role in supporting mental wellness, whether it is new information or an enhancement of current approaches.

Based on a comprehensive review of the latest research regarding diet and mental health, evidence suggests that a crucial first step in improving emotional well-being involves eliminating ultra-processed foods from our diets. A notable study in 2022 by Lane et al., employing a systematic review and meta-analysis approach, delved into the connection between the consumption of processed foods and mental health disorders. Their findings shed light on the significant impact these foods can have on psychological well-being.

DepressionA comprehensive analysis of eight studies was conducted, involving a total of 102,005 participants. Among these studies, two were prospective in design, carried out in Spain (n = 14,907) and France (n = 26,730). From the prospective studies, a significant association was found between higher consumption of ultra-processed foods and an increased risk of developing depression or experiencing depressive symptoms, with a hazard ratio of 1.22 (95%CI 1.16 to 1.28, p < 0.001, I2 = 0%), based on a sample size of 41,637 individuals. Additionally, six cross-sectional studies were analyzed, with three of them included in a separate meta-analysis involving 15,555 participants. This meta-analysis demonstrated a higher likelihood of depressive symptoms associated with greater consumption of ultra-processed foods, with an odds ratio of 1.44 (95%CI 1.14 to 1.82, p = 0.002, I2 = 0%). Importantly, the main findings remained consistent even after conducting sensitivity analyses.

AnxietySix cross-sectional studies involving a total of 205,146 participants were analyzed. Among these studies, three were included in a meta-analysis with a sample size of 101,709 individuals. The meta-analysis revealed a significant association between higher consumption of ultra-processed foods and increased odds of experiencing anxiety symptoms. The odds ratio was 1.48 (95%CI 1.37 to 1.59, p < 0.001, I2 = 0%).

There were even more studies conducted looking at symptoms of depression and anxiety together. Five cross-sectional studies involving a total of 185,773 participants were analyzed. The results revealed a significant link between higher consumption of ultra-processed foods and increased odds of experiencing depressive and anxiety symptoms. The odds ratio was 1.53 (95%CI 1.43 to 1.63, p < 0.001, I2 = 8.9%).

But which comes first? The processed foods or the problems with mental health? The short answer—more research is needed. Most of the studies within this review were cross-sectional, so determining the directionality of the relationship between the food and mental health was admittedly restricted.

What Are Processed Foods?The authors defined “ultra-processed food” using the NOVA food classification system. “NOVA distinguishes ultra-processed foods as industrial formulations generated through compounds extracted, derived or synthesized from food or food substrates. Ultra-processed food items are characterized as containing five or more ingredients, which typically include artificial food additives rarely or never used in home kitchens (e.g., preservatives, colors, texturizing agents, and olfactory and taste enhancers). These food items are frequently low-priced, convenient, shelf-stable, easily consumed and highly palatable.”

  • Preservatives: These are added to prolong shelf life. Examples include sodium nitrate, sodium benzoate, and sulfites.
  • Sweeteners: Both artificial and natural sweeteners are used to improve the taste. Examples include high fructose corn syrup, aspartame, sucralose, and saccharin.
  • Artificial colors: These are used to make the food look more appealing. Examples include Red #40, Yellow #5, and Blue #1.
  • Artificial flavorings: These are used to enhance or mimic natural flavors. Examples include monosodium glutamate (MSG) and artificial vanilla (vanillin).
  • Texturants: These are used to give foods a specific texture or consistency. Examples include carrageenan, xanthan gum, and guar gum.
  • Emulsifiers: These help mix ingredients together that would normally separate, like oil and water. Examples include soy lecithin and mono- and diglycerides.
  • Acidulants: These are used to control the acidity and pH of foods. Examples include citric acid and vinegar.
  • Hydrogenated oils: These are used to improve shelf life and create a specific texture. They can also create trans fats, which are harmful to health.
  • Stabilizers: These prevent ingredients from separating. Examples include pectin and agar-agar.
  • Humectants: These are used to keep foods moist. Examples include glycerin and propylene glycol.

What types of foods are these commonly in?* Ready-to-eat and ready-to-heat meals: + Instant noodles and soups + Frozen pizza and microwave meals + Canned stews and pasta dishes

  • Sugary snacks and desserts:
  • Packaged cakes and cookies
  • Candy and chocolate bars
  • Ice cream and other frozen desserts

  • Beverages:

  • Soda and other sweetened drinks
  • Packaged fruit juices and fruit drinks
  • Energy drinks and pre-made coffee or tea beverages

  • Processed meats and alternatives:

  • Hot dogs, sausages, and deli meats
  • Chicken nuggets and fish sticks
  • Meat substitutes with a high level of processing

  • Convenience foods and snacks:

  • Chips, pretzels, and other salty snacks
  • Packaged "lunch kits" with crackers, cheese, and processed meats
  • Pre-packaged meals like boxed macaroni and cheese or hamburger helper

What does it say about the nutritional value of these foods?The authors of this meta-analysis addressed this very question, stating, “although NOVA largely ignores the nutritional composition of food in its classification process, many ultra-processed foods are sources of high energy, refined starches, sugar, sodium and saturated and trans-fats. Ultra-processed foods also typically lack the various fibers, polyphenols, omega-3 fatty acids and essential vitamins and minerals of non-ultra-processed foods such as vegetables, fruits, legumes, wholegrains, fatty fish, lean meats, nuts and seeds and others. These nutrient-poor profiles have been implicated in the prevalence, incidence and severity of depression through a number of interacting pathways, including inflammation, oxidative stress and the gut microbiome.”

It appears there are multiple mechanisms by which ultra-processed foods could potentially harm our mental health. These hypotheses include mechanisms of inflammation, oxidative stress, alterations in the gut microbiome, as well as the interference of specific chemicals with neurotransmitter synthesis and release. While the precise details are still being investigated, one thing is evident: these foods are associated with a negative impact not only on our physical health but also on our mental well-being.

Encouraging individuals to prioritize a predominantly plant-based diet consisting of whole, unprocessed foods is indeed a beneficial recommendation for improving mental health. However, it is important to identify specific food properties that may have a negative impact. What can we specifically try to avoid if we want to take steps to improve our mental health through diet?

Enter our next study—the HELIUS (Healthy Life in an Urban Setting) study. In this study, conducted by Vermeulen et al., a sub-sample of participants was taken from the original HELIUS study, which was a large prospective cohort study focusing on the social determinants of disease burden in a diverse population in Amsterdam. The sub-sample consisted of 4,969 individuals aged 18-70 years. The participants were assessed for depressive symptoms using the PHQ-9 based on their belonging to one of three different dietary patterns: High-Sugar (characterized by high consumption of sugary beverages, fruit juices, added sugars, and low intake of red meats and fats), High-Saturated-Fat (characterized by high consumption of butter, high-fat dairy, and low intake of nuts, seeds, and vegetables), or High-Sugar High-Saturated-Fat (characterized by high consumption of sweets, red meats, high-fat dairy products, creams, and fried foods). The study also took into account various demographic and lifestyle factors such as age, sex, ethnicity, marital status, employment status, physical activity, smoking status, as well as health-related variables including energy intake, BMI, prevalent cardiovascular disease (CVD), hypertension, and type 2 diabetes. The participants had an average BMI of 26.7 kg/m2 and an average depressive symptoms score of 5. The study found that when comparing the highest and lowest quartiles, consuming a High-Sugar High-Saturated-Fat (HSHF) dietary pattern was associated with more depressive symptoms (Q1 vs. Q4: β=0.18, 95% CI 0.07, 0.30, p=0.001) and higher odds of depressed mood (Q1 vs. Q4: OR=2.36, 95% CI 1.19, 4.66, p=0.014). However, no significant associations were observed between the other dietary patterns and depressive symptoms. It is intriguing to note that while the High-Sugar and High-Saturated-Fat dietary patterns individually did not show a significant impact on depressive symptoms, their combined effect appears to be significant. These two distinct nutrient groups seem to synergistically contribute to a negative emotional state.

So, in trying to change diet to improve mental health, the implication is to stay away from highly processed food, such as those high in sugar and saturated fat.

What Kinds Of Foods Are Best For Improving Mental Health?The short answer is foods that fall under the large umbrella of “The Mediterranean Diet.” There are a few studies that back this up.

This first study, the SMILES trial by Jacka et al. in 2017, was a major landmark in the world of nutritional psychiatry and has been widely cited (even in this podcast). The SMILES trial, a pioneering randomized-controlled trial, examined the impact of food on depression. This 12-week study involved 67 participants divided into two groups: a dietary intervention group and a control group. The dietary intervention group received nutritional consulting sessions aimed at promoting the consumption of whole grains, vegetables, fruits, legumes, low-fat and unsweetened dairy foods, raw and unsalted nuts, fish, lean red meats, chicken, eggs, and olive oil. Conversely, they were advised to reduce their intake of foods such as sweets, refined cereals, fried foods, fast-food, processed meats, and sugary drinks. Additionally, participants in the dietary intervention group were provided with a food hamper. Meanwhile, the active control group participated in social support sessions consisting of befriending activities such as discussions on shared interests and playing games. The social support sessions were of equal length and frequency as the nutritional consulting sessions in the diet group.

Both the dietary intervention group and the control group were recruited based on their initial poor dietary habits, as confirmed by a score of 75 or less on the Dietary Screening Tool. The primary scale used to assess the outcomes of each group was the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS). The MADRS is a widely recognized scale that measures depressive symptomatology through 10 items rated on a 6-point scale, with a maximum possible score of 60. Higher scores on the MADRS indicate a higher severity of depressive symptoms. In this study, remission was defined as a MADRS score below 10, indicating a significant reduction in depressive symptoms. The study concluded with remarkable findings, showcasing the significant impact of moderate dietary changes on depression treatment. Among the dietary intervention group (n=31), an impressive 32.3% achieved remission from depression, while only 8% in the control group (n=25) experienced the same outcome. This highlights the positive effect of dietary modifications in combating depression. Specifically, the average reduction in MADRS scores was 7.1 points greater in the diet group compared to the control group. This significant difference was supported by a Cohen's d effect size of -1.16 (95% CI -1.73, -0.59, p < 0.001), indicating a substantial improvement in depressive symptoms as a result of the dietary intervention. Notably, the observed mood improvement was not attributed to weight loss, as there were no significant changes in participants' weight throughout the study. Instead, the quality of food consumed played a crucial role.

The dietary intervention group made specific adjustments to their diet, including a notable increase in whole grains by 1.2 servings per day, fruit intake by 0.46 servings per day, dairy consumption by 0.52 servings per day, and olive oil intake by 0.42 servings per day. Additionally, they incorporated 1.4 more servings per week of chickpeas, garbanzo beans, peas, and lentils, as well as 1.12 more servings per week of fish. Moreover, unhealthy food consumption decreased by 21.76 servings per week. These findings highlight the importance of dietary modifications, emphasizing the potential for improving depressive symptoms without relying solely on weight loss but rather focusing on the quality and composition of the food consumed.

An intriguing aspect of the study was the evaluation of costs, considering the common belief that a healthier diet tends to be more expensive. The researchers discovered that, initially, participants spent an average of AU$138 per week on food and beverages for personal consumption. However, the recommended diet in the intervention group resulted in an average cost of AU $112 per week per person, making it AU $26 cheaper per week ($18 when converted to US dollars at the time of this writing). This finding challenges the notion that adopting a healthier diet is financially burdensome, suggesting that it is possible to follow a nutritious eating plan without incurring significantly higher costs. By demonstrating a more affordable dietary approach, the study provides valuable insights for individuals who may have concerns about the financial feasibility of adopting healthier eating habits.

Recent Studies (within the past 6 years) That Support The 2017 SMILES TrialOur first focus will be on the HELFIMED study, a 2017 study conducted by Parletta et al. It investigated the effects of a Mediterranean-style dietary intervention, combined with fish oil supplementation, on improving diet quality and mental health in individuals with depression. This study included a total of 152 participants aged 18 to 65 with diagnosed depression or self-reported depressive symptoms within the past 2 months (participants that self-reported depression were included if they were in the moderate to extremely severe depression range according to the Depression Anxiety Stress Scale (DASS-21)).

It is worth noting that participants were requested to continue their existing depression treatment and were instructed not to initiate any new treatment during the study. These participants were divided into two groups: the MedDiet group (75 individuals at onset, 54 at 3 months, 47 at 6 months) and the social group (77 individuals at onset, 41 at 3 months, 38 at 6 months). The MedDiet group received daily fish oil capsules containing 450 mg of DHA and 100 mg of EPA. They also attended nutrition education and cooking workshops every 2 weeks for a duration of 3 months. These sessions focused on preparing simple and affordable recipes using Mediterranean-style foods. Following each workshop, the MedDiet group received the recipes and ingredients for the foods they learned to cook, as well as additional online and printed resources for ongoing support. In contrast, the social group participated in social sessions held every 2 weeks for the duration of 3 months. These sessions involved activities such as playing games, sharing meals, participating in book clubs, and forming social connections and friendships.

In terms of the study's results, the primary outcome measures used were the DASS-21 (which was also utilized for inclusion criteria) and the Assessment of Quality of Life (AQoL)-8D scores. After 3 months, both the MedDiet group and the social group showed significant improvements in mental health based on these measures. However, the MedDiet group exhibited a greater reduction in depression (as evidenced by a significant t-value of -2.24, p = 0.03) and demonstrated improved mental health quality of life scores (with a significant t-value of 2.10, p = 0.04). Mean DASS-21 scores for the MedDiet group were 23 (SD 1.10) at baseline, 12.63 (SD 1.26) at 3 months whereas the social group was 21.79 (SD 1.08) baseline and 15.94 (SD 1.45) at 3 months -> This is a reduction in DASS scores of 10.37 in the MedDiet group compared to a reduction of 5.85 in the social group, a difference of 4.52.

These positive changes were sustained even at the 6-month evaluation mark. In terms of dietary changes, the MedDiet group demonstrated significant improvements compared to the social group. Specifically, the MedDiet group consumed significantly higher amounts of vegetables, fruit, nuts, legumes, and whole grains. On the other hand, they consumed fewer unhealthy foods such as burgers, chips, and pizza, as well as less red meat and chicken . This study suggests that adopting a Mediterranean-style diet, supplemented with fish oil, can effectively reduce depressive symptoms and improve mental health. The findings support the findings of the SMILES trial and demonstrate that the positive effects of dietary changes can persist for up to 6 months.

In another 2019 study conducted by Francis et al., the researchers targeted young adults aged 17 to 35 who were diagnosed with depression (score greater than or equal to 7) using the Depression, Anxiety, and Stress Scale -21 Depression subscale (DASS-21D) assessment tool and had a poor diet as determined by the Dietary Fat and Sugar Screener.

The study comprised 38 participants in each group and both groups continued to adhere to any ongoing treatment or therapy they were receiving. The diet change group received online video instructions aimed at increasing the consumption of foods aligned with the Mediterranean diet, which included omega-3 fatty acids, vegetables, fruits, whole grains, legumes, unsweetened dairy products, fish, nuts/seeds, and olive oil. Simultaneously, they were advised to decrease the intake of poor-quality foods such as refined carbohydrates, sugar, fatty/processed meats, and soft drinks. The participants in this group were provided with meal plan samples, recipes, a small hamper of food items, and they also received a $60 food reimbursement. Aside from instruction, the diet change group received 5-minute phone calls on Day 7 and Day 14. These calls aimed to inquire about any difficulties the participants were experiencing in adhering to the prescribed diet and to address any challenges by referring to the provided handouts. On the other hand, the control group received no specific instructions regarding dietary changes and were simply asked to return after three weeks. This time frame of three weeks was chosen to mimic the typical time course of antidepressant effects.

The primary outcome measure utilized in the study was the evaluation of depression symptoms using the CESD-R (Center for Epidemiological Studies Depression Scale - Revised) score. The average CESD-R score for the diet change group showed improvement, transitioning from the elevated range to the range of no clinical significance (scores <16). On day 21, the diet change group exhibited significantly lower CESD-R scores compared to the control group when controlling for baseline CESD-R scores (F[1,75] = 7.792, p = .007, Cohen's d = 0.65). Diet change group went from 20.56 to 14.62 on day 21 (change of -5.94), whereas the habitual diet group went from 20.28 to 20.81 (change of + 0.53) -> Difference of 6.47. Notably, even after further adjusting for variables such as age, gender, physical activity, and baseline BMI in an additional analysis (ANCOVA), the significant difference between the groups at day 21 persisted (F[1,71] = 7.091, p = .010). In addition to the CESD-R score, a secondary outcome measure was utilized to assess depressive symptoms in the study. The DASS-21 (previously used to screen participants) score was employed for this purpose.

The findings revealed that the diet change group exhibited improvement in DASS-21 scores, transitioning from the range of moderate severity to the range of normality. In contrast, the control group's DASS-21 scores remained relatively stable within the moderate severity range across baseline and day 21. On day 21, the diet change group demonstrated significantly lower DASS-21-Depression scale scores compared to the control group, while controlling for baseline DASS-21-Depression scores (F[1,75] = 10.104, p = .002, Cohen's d = 0.75). Diet change group went from 7.18 to 4.37 on day 21 (change of -2.81), habitual group went from 7.03 to 6.59 on day 21 (change of -0.44) -> difference of 2.37. This significant improvement at day 21 remained even after adjusting for variables such as age, gender, physical activity, and baseline BMI through an additional analysis using ANCOVA (F[1,71] = 8.165, p = .006).

Furthermore, participants' adherence to the recommended dietary changes was assessed using the Diet Compliance Score, which is a 10-item questionnaire specifically developed for this study that asked participants about how many servings of the recommended foods they ate over the course of the study. The study revealed a significant increase in the consumption of recommended foods within the diet change group compared to the control group (F(1, 75) = 122.786, p = .000, Cohen's d = 2.58). This indicates that participants in the diet change group successfully increased their intake of foods aligned with the intervention's guidelines. Additionally, the diet change group demonstrated a significant reduction in the consumption of foods high in saturated fat and refined sugar, as assessed by the Dietary Fat and Sugar Screener utilized earlier in the study, when compared to the control group (F(1, 75) = 51.969, p = .000, Cohen's d = 1.67).

The findings of this study have several implications. Firstly, they provide further support for the claims made by the previous SMILES trial and HELIUS study, as the current study demonstrates that depressive symptoms significantly improved (with a moderate effect size) through increased consumption of Mediterranean-style foods and a decrease in foods high in saturated fat and refined sugar. Secondly, the study offers a unique perspective by showing that significant results can be achieved in as little as 21 days, whereas the previous SMILES trial ran for 12 weeks. This highlights the potential for relatively rapid improvements in depressive symptoms through dietary changes. Furthermore, the study indicates that these positive effects can have lasting impacts, as demonstrated by the three-month follow-up. The DASS-21 depression scores remained significantly lower than baseline, suggesting the maintenance of intervention effects.

The most recent study to highlight is the AMMEND study by Bayes et al. (2022), which investigates the impact of a Mediterranean diet intervention on the treatment of depression, focusing specifically on young males. This study included 72 male participants aged 18-25 who had a previous diagnosis of depression, scored in the moderate to severe range (score over 20) on the Beck Depression Inventory II (BDI-II), and were found to have a poor diet according to the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization (CSIRO) Diet Survey.

An interesting aspect of this study is the collection of data regarding the participants' existing treatments for depression. Out of the total participants, 45% (n = 33) were seeing a psychologist and 35% (n = 26) were taking medication for their depression. It is noteworthy that despite differences in treatment, all participants, whether receiving treatment or not, had similar baseline depression scores. Among those receiving treatment, the average length of treatment was 1 year for medications and 8 months for psychotherapy.

These participants were then divided into two groups: the Mediterranean Diet Group and the Befriending Group. The participants in the diet group had hour-long appointments with a clinical nutritionist. During these sessions, the nutritionist employed motivational interviewing techniques, provided personalized dietary advice, and collaboratively set goals with the participants to adhere to the Mediterranean diet. The participants were advised on recommended servings of various food groups within the Mediterranean diet, such as whole grains, vegetables, fruits, legumes, nuts/seeds, dairy, fish, red meat, eggs, and limits on sweets, fried foods, processed meats, and sugary drinks. Similar appointments were scheduled at weeks 6 and 12 of the study, and the participants also received additional resources including meal plans, recipes, budgeting tips, and daily diet surveys. Furthermore, they were given a food hamper containing $50 worth of Mediterranean foods. Participants in the Befriending Group received supportive befriending sessions of the same duration and schedule as the nutritionist appointments. These sessions aimed to provide emotional support and companionship. In addition, participants in the befriending group received a $50 gift card as a token of appreciation for their participation in the study.

The study had a duration of 12 weeks, similar to the SMILES trial and the HELFIMED study. The primary outcome measure for depression in this study was the BDI-II, which was used in the inclusion criteria. Both the Mediterranean Diet Group and the Befriending Group had similar BDI-II scores at baseline (mean of 34.8 for Diet and 33.5 for Befriending). However, by week 12, both groups experienced a decrease in BDI-II scores. The diet group showed a mean change of 20.6 (95% CI: 17.08, 24.33), while the befriending group had a mean change of 6.2 (95% CI: 1.83, 10.57). The mean difference in BDI-II scores between the diet group and the befriending group at week 12 was 14.4 (95% CI: 11.41, 17.39), which was statistically significant (P < 0.001). Amazingly, by the end of the study every participant in the diet group showed improvement in their symptoms, with 12 of them (36%) reporting BDI-II scores in the low or minimal depression range.

As with the previous trials we have discussed, adherence to the diet protocol was also assessed using the Mediterranean Diet Adherence Score (MEDAS), which was similar for both the diet and befriending groups at baseline.

Over the course of the study, the Diet Group showed a mean change in MEDAS of 8.0 (95% CI: 7.41, 8.59), while the Befriending Group had a mean change of 0.2 (95% CI: -0.27, 0.67). The mean difference in MEDAS between the Diet Group and the Befriending Group at week 12 was 7.8 (95% CI: 7.23, 8.37; P < 0.001). This study provides further support for the benefits of dietary interventions in improving depressive symptoms. It demonstrates that even with a relatively low number of appointments or interventions, significant improvements in diet and depressive symptoms can be achieved. In contrast to previous studies such as the SMILES trial and the HELFIMED study that involved 7 nutritional counseling appointments, this study showed positive outcomes with only 3 counseling sessions.

Therefore, it suggests that effective dietary interventions for depression may not always require extensive interventions and can be implemented in a more streamlined manner. It would have been truly remarkable and uplifting for a participant who had been utilizing medication or psychotherapy for an extended period to experience a significant reduction in depressive symptoms by incorporating a dietary intervention. This outcome not only underscores the potential of diet as a complementary treatment approach but also instills hope and opens up new possibilities for managing depression. By combining conventional treatments with dietary modifications, a holistic and personalized approach can be established, leading to improved mental well-being and enhanced overall quality of life for individuals struggling with depression.

In summary, these three studies provide valuable insights to build upon the findings of the SMILES trial:

  1. Diet can successfully be modified without requiring intensive or regular nutrition consultation. The inclusion of meal plan samples and online video instructions in the brief diet intervention study demonstrates that individuals can make effective dietary changes with accessible resources.
  2. Changes in diet can yield mental health benefits in a relatively short period. The observed improvements within 21 days highlight the potential for rapid positive effects on mental well-being through dietary interventions.

It sounds pretty clear that, when it comes to improving mental health through diet, the data points to increasing consumption of Mediterranean-style foods (fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, nuts/seeds, heart-healthy fats) and decreasing the consumption of processed foods, foods high in saturated fat and high in sugar.

Are There Any Other Foods With Notable Data In Improving Mental Health?The role of prebiotics, probiotics, and synbiotics in the context of the gut microbiome and its impact on mental health is a topic of great interest. Addressing this question, we turn to the "Gut Feelings" trial conducted by Freijy et al. in February 2023. This groundbreaking randomized controlled trial is among the first of its kind to examine the effects of these biotics on mental health.

The study recruited 119 participants, aged 18-65, who were specifically selected based on criteria such as psychological stress, low prebiotic fiber intake, and no recent use of fermented/prebiotic products, antibiotics, PPIs, NSAIDs, psychotropic medications, or immunosuppressants. Participants were divided into the following groups based on the interventions they received: the probiotic group (n=30), the prebiotic diet group with placebo supplement (n=28), the synbiotic group containing prebiotic diet with probiotic supplement (n=32), and the placebo group (n=28). All participants were instructed to abstain from consuming fermented foods and using probiotic supplements for a period of 2 weeks prior to the start of the study. This restriction on fermented foods and probiotics was maintained throughout the entire 8-week study period. All groups were instructed to take capsules twice daily, one capsule in the morning and one in the evening (with food), for a duration of 8 weeks. (It is important to note that the placebo capsules and the probiotic capsules were indistinguishable in terms of appearance, taste, and texture.)

Participants assigned to the prebiotic diet group were given specific instructions to consume seven or more servings per day of prebiotic-rich foods. This included foods such as watermelon, whole wheat, chickpeas, onion, oats, garlic, and asparagus. The aim was to ensure an adequate intake of dietary prebiotic fibers. The participants in the diet group were provided with examples of high-prebiotic foods and received a hamper containing these foods to kickstart their adherence to the prebiotic diet. They were also given an instructional video that outlined the specifics of the prebiotic diet and provided guidance on incorporating these foods into their daily meals. In contrast, the participants in the non-diet groups watched a video that focused on their assigned supplements and provided information about the overall study design. The primary outcome measure was the total mood disturbance (TMD) score, assessed using the Profile of Mood States Adult Short Form, 2nd edition (POMS 2-SF). The POMS 2-SF is a self-report questionnaire that measures psychological distress experienced over the past week. A decrease in TMD score indicates an improvement in mood, as higher values reflect more negative mood states.

At the end of the 8-week study, there was moderate evidence indicating that the prebiotic diet led to a reduction in mood disturbance compared to the placebo group. The mean difference was -6.97, with a 95% confidence interval of -13.6 to -0.345, and a p-value of 0.039. This corresponds to a Cohen's d effect size of -0.60. However, there was little evidence to suggest that the probiotic or synbiotic treatments had a significant impact on reducing mood disturbance compared to the placebo group. The mean difference for the probiotic group was -2.17 (95% CI: -8.72, 4.38; p = 0.51) and for the synbiotic group was -0.331 (95% CI: -6.81, 6.15; p = 0.92). These effect sizes correspond to Cohen's d values of -0.19 and -0.03, respectively. At week 20, the follow-up assessment revealed no significant differences in mood disturbance between the treatment groups. Furthermore, it was observed that the intake of prebiotics in the diet groups had returned to levels similar to the baseline, indicating a lack of sustained effect on prebiotic intake.

These findings suggest that the initial improvements in mood disturbance observed during the study were not maintained in the long term and the impact of prebiotic intake on mental health may be limited. The reasons behind the differential response observed between the prebiotic diet group, which showed improved mood, and the synbiotic diet group, which did not, are puzzling. The authors suggest that one possible explanation could be the competition between native bacteria and probiotic bacteria. However, they caution against jumping to the conclusion that the prebiotic diet alone was solely responsible for the positive outcomes given that the symbiotic group did not perform any better than placebo.

Are There Studies To Convince Listeners That Some Culturally Favorite Foods Are Beneficial To Mental Health?Let’s talk about chocolate! In a notable cross-sectional study conducted by Jackson et al. in 2019, the relationship between chocolate consumption and depressive symptoms was evaluated. The study observed data from 13,626 participants participating in the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey. Among the participants included in the study, it was found that 11.1% reported consuming chocolate based on the data obtained from two 24-hour dietary recall assessments. Within this subset of participants it was found that 12.1% reported consuming dark chocolate specifically. Fascinatingly, the study revealed that while non-dark chocolate consumption did not exhibit a significant association with clinically relevant depressive symptoms, a noteworthy discovery emerged in relation to dark chocolate consumption. Those who reported consuming dark chocolate showcased significantly lower odds (OR = 0.30, 95% CI 0.21–0.72) of experiencing clinically relevant depressive symptoms. Furthermore, when delving deeper into the analysis and stratifying the results based on the quantity of chocolate consumed, participants in the highest quartile of chocolate consumption (104–454 g/day) exhibited a 57% reduction in the odds of depressive symptoms compared to those who reported no chocolate consumption (OR = 0.43, 95% CI 0.19–0.96), with adjustments made for dark chocolate consumption. This study sheds light on the potential benefits of dark chocolate in mitigating depressive symptoms and highlights the intriguing interplay between chocolate consumption and mental well-being.

The authors of the study provide several potential explanations for the observed effects. One possibility is that the high content of anti-inflammatory flavonoids in dark chocolate may play a significant role. Additionally, the consumption of chocolate, known for its pleasurable experience, could interact with various neurotransmitter systems involved in reward pathways and mood regulation. It is worth noting that chocolate contains several psychoactive ingredients that may contribute to its effects on mental well-being.

In another intriguing study regarding chocolate conducted by Shin et al. in 2022, the researchers aimed to explore the impact of dark chocolate consumption on mood with a specific focus on the gut-brain axis. They designed a randomized-controlled trial involving 48 participants between 20 and 30 years of age. To ensure the study's validity, the participants selected for the trial had specific criteria—they were individuals who did not regularly consume sweets like chocolate or candy, did not have diabetes, did not exhibit significant depression based on Beck Depression Inventory Scores, and had not undertaken any interventions that could affect their gut microbiome, such as gastrointestinal surgery, antibiotic use within the past three months, or pre/probiotic consumption within the last six months.

The participants in this study were divided into three intervention groups: 85% dark chocolate (n=18), 70% dark chocolate (n=16), and control (n=14). The individuals in the chocolate groups were instructed to consume 10g of chocolate three times per day for a duration of 3 weeks. On the other hand, the control group did not receive any chocolate and was instructed to return after the 3-week period. The primary outcome measure used to assess mood in this study was the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule (PANAS). The PANAS is a self-report scale that measures the extent to which participants experience 20 different emotions over the past week.

The study findings revealed there was no significant impact on positive affect with the consumption of dark chocolate; however, the group that consumed 85% dark chocolate showed a significant decrease in negative affect (-4.33 ± 5.91, P=.029). The change in negative affect following the intervention was not significantly different in the group that consumed 70% dark chocolate compared to the control group. The authors point out that these results suggest that the cocoa content within chocolate may give a dose-dependent effect on mood and propose that the mood-altering effects of dark chocolate may be attributed to the presence of polyphenols in cocoa. They refer to a previous randomized-controlled trial that examined the impact of polyphenol treatment on mood. The findings of this RCT align with their own study, indicating that mood was influenced when participants consumed approximately 400 mg of polyphenols per day, which was achieved through the intake of 85% dark chocolate. This suggests that the polyphenols present in dark chocolate, including flavonoids as discussed in the previous study, play a role in the observed mood effects.

In addition to measuring mood, the authors of this study took a unique approach by investigating the impact of dark chocolate consumption on gut microbial diversity. Stool samples were collected before and after the intervention and genomic DNA sequencing was performed to assess gut microbial diversity using metrics such as Faith's Phylogenetic Diversity Index and Operational Taxonomic Units (OTU). The results showed that daily intake of 85% dark chocolate significantly increased the diversity of gut microbial communities (p = .017 for Faith’s PD and p = .003 for OTUs).

In addition to assessing gut microbial diversity and mood separately, the authors of this study further analyzed the relationship between the two. They found a negative correlation between the negative affect score on the PANAS and the number of observed OTUs (r = -0.402, P=.025). This means that as the number of observed OTUs increased (which was significantly higher with the consumption of 85% dark chocolate), the negative affect score decreased. In other words, there was a connection between the diversity of gut bacteria and improved mood, specifically a reduction in negative emotional states. In relation to the previous findings, the authors emphasize that the absorption of polyphenols is dependent on the activity of gut microbiota. The bacteria within the gut microbiome play a crucial role in metabolizing polyphenols, facilitating their proper absorption. Moreover, the metabolism of polyphenols by gut bacteria can also have a direct impact on the composition and functioning of the gut microbiome, highlighting the bidirectional relationship between polyphenols and the microbiota.

Why just chocolate? How about a mocha? While there are a wealth of studies examining the association between coffee consumption and depression, many of them are observational in nature and fail to adequately control for confounding variables, particularly diet. Recognizing this limitation, Navarro et al. in 2018 specifically aimed to investigate the effects of coffee consumption on depression while accounting for adherence to the Mediterranean diet. The study cohort comprised participants from the "Seguimiento Universidad de Navarra" (SUN) project, a prospective cohort designed to investigate the association between diet and chronic diseases. The selected sample for this particular study consisted of 14,413 Spanish university graduates who were free of depression diagnosis or antidepressant use at the beginning of the study and within the initial two years of follow-up. These participants were followed for an average of 10 years. When comparing the highest and lowest categories of coffee consumption, it was observed that individuals who consumed at least 4 cups of coffee per day had a 63% lower risk of depression (HR = 0.37, 95% CI 0.15–0.95) compared to those who consumed less than 1 cup of coffee per day. However, it is important to note that this difference did not reach statistical significance, as indicated by a p-value of 0.22. While the coffee may not have had much of an impact, the cohort of 14,413 individuals in this study exhibited a remarkably low incidence of depression, with only 199 new cases observed over the 10-year follow-up period. When examining the baseline characteristics of the cohort, it was found that their average adherence to the Mediterranean diet, measured on a scale of 0-9, was around 4. While the exact factors contributing to the low incidence of depression in this cohort are not fully understood, it is noteworthy that the majority of participants exhibited at least partial adherence to the Mediterranean diet.

References: Bayes, J., Schloss, J., & Sibbritt, D. (2022). The effect of a Mediterranean diet on the symptoms of depression in young males (the “AMMEND: A Mediterranean diet in men with depression” study): A randomized controlled trial. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 116(2), 572–580. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajcn/nqac106

Francis, H. M., Stevenson, R. J., Chambers, J. R., Gupta, D., Newey, B., & Lim, C. K. (2019). A brief diet intervention can reduce symptoms of depression in young adults – a randomised controlled trial. PLOS ONE, 14(10). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0222768

Freijy, T. M., Cribb, L., Oliver, G., Metri, N.-J., Opie, R. S., Jacka, F. N., Hawrelak, J. A., Rucklidge, J. J., Ng, C. H., & Sarris, J. (2023). Effects of a high-prebiotic diet versus probiotic supplements versus synbiotics on adult mental health: The “Gut Feelings” randomised controlled trial. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 16. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2022.1097278

Jacka, F. N., O’Neil, A., Opie, R., Itsiopoulos, C., Cotton, S., Mohebbi, M., Castle, D., Dash, S., Mihalopoulos, C., Chatterton, M. L., Brazionis, L., Dean, O. M., Hodge, A. M., & Berk, M. (2017). A randomised controlled trial of dietary improvement for adults with major depression (the ‘smiles’ trial). BMC Medicine, 15(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12916-017-0791-y

Jackson, S. E., Smith, L., Firth, J., Grabovac, I., Soysal, P., Koyanagi, A., Hu, L., Stubbs, B., Demurtas, J., Veronese, N., Zhu, X., & Yang, L. (2019). Is there a relationship between chocolate consumption and symptoms of depression? A cross‐sectional survey of 13,626 US adults. Depression and Anxiety, 36(10), 987–995. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.22950

Lane, M. M., Gamage, E., Travica, N., Dissanayaka, T., Ashtree, D. N., Gauci, S., Lotfaliany, M., O’Neil, A., Jacka, F. N., & Marx, W. (2022). Ultra-processed food consumption and mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Nutrients, 14(13), 2568. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14132568

Navarro, A., Abasheva, D., Martínez-González, M., Ruiz-Estigarribia, L., Martín-Calvo, N., Sánchez-Villegas, A., & Toledo, E. (2018). Coffee consumption and the risk of depression in a middle-aged cohort: The sun project. Nutrients, 10(9), 1333. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu10091333

Parletta, N., Zarnowiecki, D., Cho, J., Wilson, A., Bogomolova, S., Villani, A., Itsiopoulos, C., Niyonsenga, T., Blunden, S., Meyer, B., Segal, L., Baune, B. T., & O’Dea, K. (2017). A Mediterranean-style dietary intervention supplemented with fish oil improves diet quality and mental health in people with depression: A randomized controlled trial (HELFIMED). Nutritional Neuroscience, 22(7), 474–487. https://doi.org/10.1080/1028415x.2017.1411320

Shin, J.-H., Kim, C.-S., Cha, L., Kim, S., Lee, S., Chae, S., Chun, W. Y., & Shin, D.-M. (2022). Consumption of 85% cocoa dark chocolate improves mood in association with gut microbial changes in healthy adults: A randomized controlled trial. The Journal of Nutritional Biochemistry, 99, 108854. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jnutbio.2021.108854

Vermeulen, E., Stronks, K., Snijder, M. B., Schene, A. H., Lok, A., de Vries, J. H., Visser, M., Brouwer, I. A., & Nicolaou, M. (2017). A combined high-sugar and high-saturated-fat dietary pattern is associated with more depressive symptoms in a multi-ethnic population: The helius (healthy life in an urban setting) study. Public Health Nutrition, 20(13), 2374–2382. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1368980017001550

View Details

Megan Walsh, Scott Miller, PhD, David Puder, MD

Dr. Miller’s first appearance on the Psychiatry and Psychotherapy Podcast was in episode 077, “Getting Better Results from your Patients as a Psychotherapist,” during which we discussed his book, Better Results. We explored the methodology behind improving outcomes in therapy through targeted development of what Dr. Miller has dubbed the Common Factors, which include therapy structure, hope and expectancy, working alliance, client factors, and therapist factors. In this episode, Dr. Miller returns to expand upon our prior conversation with a focus on how therapists can use deliberate practice to improve their efficacy. We discuss Dr. Miller’s new book, The Field Guide to Better Results, a companion to Better Results, which was recently published in May, 2023.

“Supershrinks”Historically, a veil of mystery enveloped psychotherapy—sessions were never observed by outsiders, even for training purposes. Therapist’s training was based on theory, rather than by observing and learning from therapy sessions. The Gloria Films of 1965 are a rare resource of that time that unveiled the therapist’s office, offering an inside view for learners of therapy techniques.

Early in his career, Dr. Miller was drawn to the type of psychotherapy practice that promoted openness among colleagues, such that they could observe and learn from each other. When it was uncovered that this open and collaborative approach did not improve patient outcomes compared to the standard practice, however, Dr. Miller decided to take a look at the common factors of different approaches to therapy. From there, he began to measure results with the goal of uncovering from session-to-session and client-to-client if what therapists were doing was making a difference for patients. Through years of research he found that, in general, therapists are often helpful, but sometimes not as much. Interestingly, however, there seemed to be certain therapists who consistently achieved the best outcomes no matter who the client or what the presenting problem.

These top performers are colloquially dubbed “supershrinks.” The term supershrink was introduced in 1974 by D. F. Ricks to describe a therapist with exceptional outcomes in working with “highly disturbed” adolescents (Ricks 1974). Patients treated by this supershrink had significantly better outcomes into adulthood compared to those treated by the average therapist. Since that time, however, more research has been conducted on the efficacy of therapy modalities rather than on the factors of the therapists themselves (Okiishi et al., 2003).

Okiishi et al. (2003) examined 1841 clients seen by 91 therapists over 2.5 years to investigate the variability in patient outcomes among therapists. The authors found that certain therapists had clients improve at a rate 10 times greater than the average therapist in the sample, and that those therapists with clients showing the slowest rate of improvement also had more clients reporting an increase in symptoms. Wampold and Brown (2005) reported a similar variability among therapists in patient outcomes. In their study of client encounters of 581 licensed providers (psychologists, psychiatrists, master’s level providers), they found the best therapists in the sample had client improvement rates 50% higher and dropout rates at least 50% lower than the average clinician in the sample. Interestingly, this individual predilection also extended to medication prescription—efficacy seemed to depend upon who prescribed the drug. The authors reported that experience, training, or theoretical orientation of the therapist had no bearing on efficacy of treatment. Thus, the question of what the individual factors were that contributed to an effective therapist persisted.

Dr. Miller has spent much of his career investigating this question. With the Institute for Therapeutic Change, he studied thousands of therapists with a multitude of backgrounds and clinical contexts. The authors found that the top performers (i.e., the therapists with the most favorable outcomes on a consistent basis) spent more time in deliberate practice than their average counterparts. As they note, “As absurd as it sounds, the best of the best simply work harder at improving their performance than others” (Miller et al., 2008).

What is Deliberate Practice?The concept of deliberate practice stems from the work of psychologist Dr. K. Anders Ericcson, considered “the expert on experts.” His study of the best performers in sports, art, music, math, medicine, etc. found that reaching the highest level relied upon deliberate practice and attention to direct feedback. He described deliberate practice as reaching for objectives “just beyond one’s level of proficiency.” Compared to purposeful practice, it involves significant discomfort as one pushes to their perceived limit and extends beyond it. Importantly, deliberate practice requires a careful attention to direct feedback from a coach in addressing deficits.

Dr. Miller discusses an example of deliberate practice in therapy from his Difficult Conversations in Therapy Project. Therapists were exposed to a difficult encounter and asked to rate their degree of empathy using a standardized scale as a baseline. Then, coaches gave the participants highly focused feedback on how to improve their emphatic response, tied to their specific deficit exhibited. Over time, these participants’ empathic response improved and, interestingly, generalized to other scenarios than the original encounter. Compared to control participants who self-reflected after the initial encounter and tried to improve their empathic response on their own, the therapists who engaged in deliberate practice showed greater improvement (Chow et al., n.d.).

How to Use Deliberate Practice to Improve Your Results in TherapySo, how can therapists implement deliberate practice to improve their outcomes? In Better Results and in conjunction with The Field Guide to Better Results, Dr. Miller and co-author Dr. Daryl Chow walk through the Taxonomy of Deliberate Practice Activities (TDPA) – https://drjeffchang.webs.com/Taxonomy%20-%20Therapist%27s%20version%20(v4).pdf. The process can be broken down as follows:

  1. Collect client outcome data. Ideally, Dr. Miller recommends a minimum of 60 sessions to examine using outcome measures such as the ORS or OQ-45. Additionally, engagement in the session from both the client and therapist perspectives should be assessed using the outline of common factors in the TDPA.
  2. Look for the pattern of deficits in outcomes.
  3. Identify the common factor that has leverage on the deficit and develop a specific activity to improve that skill.
  4. Engage in deliberate practice of this specific activity.

A key point in this structure of deliberate practice is the importance of having a coach to help identify the deficit and create a path for improvement. This outside perspective can offer targeted feedback. In thinking about who these coaches “should” be, their central quality is that they are skilled in helping the individual to excel. They don’t necessarily need to possess the highest level of expertise in the particular skill being coached, but they should be highly effective in helping others to develop that skill.

It is important to keep in mind the slowness of this process. Goldberg et al. (2016) reported a case study of deliberate practice in the Calgary Counseling Center, examining outcomes in 5128 patients seen by 153 psychotherapists. While there was improvement in patient outcomes with regular targeted feedback and deliberate practice, the rate at which this improvement occurred was slow (d = 0.035 per year).

Dr. Miller walks through an example with therapist Michael Harloff (listen to his conversation here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qAVDrkJFrxE). After gathering data on outcome and alliance over a number of sessions, Dr. Miller worked with him to investigate patterns in his less effective sessions. They began to notice slightly lower effect sizes with male clients and, after thorough review, they were able to pinpoint that, in particular, it was male clients who were angry. They found that these clients were wanting direct counsel or advice and were subsequently angry when their therapist provided empathy instead. Thus, it was a structure/technique issue reducing his efficacy in these cases. To improve this deficit, Michael engaged in deliberate practice on being more direct with clients—knowing when to give direct counsel and the kind of direct counsel to give. After working on this for some time, his outcomes improved in those cases of male clients who were seeking direct advice.

The Role of Confidence and ExperienceOne caveat we discussed was the role of confidence and experience in therapist’s efficacy and engagement in deliberate practice. Dr. Miller discussed his findings currently under review for publication that showed that when therapists received direct feedback on their expressed empathy during difficult client conversations, their self-confidence declined even though their performance improved. This feedback-driven decline in confidence may point to the self-assessment bias which has been reported among mental health providers (Walfish et al., 2012), with therapists tending to overestimate their skill and efficacy.

While one may expect therapists' experience to improve their outcomes, a number of studies have reported otherwise. Goldberg et al. (2016) found there was a slight decline in psychotherapists’ outcomes as experience (in time and/or number of cases) increases. Furthermore, Öst et al. (2011) reported that clinically inexperienced student therapists receiving supervision had treatment effects on par with experienced licensed psychotherapists. These findings prompt consideration of whether humility may allow these early trainees to maintain an openness and a genuine curiosity to learn and experiment. They underscore the importance of wonder, awe, and curiosity throughout a career in psychotherapy.

In Conclusion: There’s a reason why Malcolm Gladwell’s book, Outliers, has been a bestseller since its release—we are captivated by the notion of potential for greatness. For therapists, striving to be a top performer is striving to provide the best version of themselves in the care of their patients. What underscores the potential to achieve this greatness is a commitment to pay attention to the quality of practice we devote to improving our skills. On a platform of openness and humility, growing from direct feedback, and engaging in deliberate practice, we can move towards the ranks of supershrinks.

References:Ricks, D. F. (1974). Supershrink: Methods of a therapist judged successful on the basis of adult outcomes of adolescent patients. In D. F. Ricks, A. Thomas, & M. Roff (Eds.), Life history research in psychopathology: III. University of Minnesota Press.

Okiishi, J., Lambert, M. J., Nielsen, S. L., & Ogles, B. M. (2003). Waiting for supershrink: An empirical analysis of therapist effects. Clinical Psychology & Psychotherapy: An International Journal of Theory & Practice, 10(6), 361-373.

Wampold, B. E., & Brown, G. S. (2005). Estimating variability in outcomes attributable to therapists: a naturalistic study of outcomes in managed care. Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 73(5), 914–923. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-006X.73.5.914

Miller, S.D., Duncan, B.L., & Hubble, M.A. (2008). Supershrinks: What is the secret of their success? Psychotherapy in Australia, 14, 14.

Chow, D., Lu, S., Tan, G., Kwek, T., & Miller, S. D.(n.d.). A Randomized Clinical Trial of the difficult conversations in therapy (DCT): Can therapists learn from an environment of self-reflection, feedback and successive refinement? (Manuscript in preparation).

Chow, D., & Miller, S. D. (2015). Taxonomy of deliberate practice activities worksheets. International Center for Clinical Excellence (ICCE).

Goldberg, S. B., Rousmaniere, T., Miller, S. D., Whipple, J., Nielsen, S. L., Hoyt, W. T., & Wampold, B. E. (2016). Do psychotherapists improve with time and experience? A longitudinal analysis of outcomes in a clinical setting. Journal of counseling psychology, 63(1), 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1037/cou0000131

Walfish, S., McAlister, B., O'Donnell, P., & Lambert, M. J. (2012). An investigation of self-assessment bias in mental health providers. Psychological reports, 110(2), 639–644. https://doi.org/10.2466/02.07.17.PR0.110.2.639-644

Öst, L. G., Karlstedt, A., & Widén, S. (2012). The effects of cognitive behavior therapy delivered by students in a psychologist training program: an effectiveness study. Behavior therapy, 43(1), 160–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.beth.2011.05.001

Learn more from Dr. Miller:

Better Results released in May, 2020.

Scott Miller’s website: scottdmiller.com

View Details

Nha Nguyen, Catalina Baas, Jorge Salazar, Jonathan Shedler, PhD, David Puder, MD

In this episode of the podcast, we are joined by Dr. Jonathan Shedler to discuss narcissistic personality disorder. Dr. Shedler is a psychologist, consultant, clinical educator, researcher, and author with over 100 scholarly publications. His article, “The Efficacy of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy,” has garnered worldwide recognition for establishing evidence-based support of psychodynamic psychotherapy.

Narcissism In Pop CultureIt has been a long-standing tradition in social media and pop culture to label people as “The Narcissist'' if they have mistreated, gaslighted, or victimized others. Pop culture tends to view narcissism through one lens. In this case, it is the borderline personality organization/malignant narcissism lens, which is a pop-culture version of the complex, multi-headed hydra that we call narcissistic personality.

In pop culture, narcissism is being used as an umbrella term for all bad conduct. In the psychodynamic tradition from which the term arose, narcissistic personality exists at different levels on a continuum of health-pathology: at a healthier, neurotic level of personality organization and at more disturbed, borderline and psychotic levels of personality organization. The psychoanalytic tradition of narcissistic personality is lost to the pop culture definition that all narcissistic individuals are arrogant, self-inflated, exploitive people, when that is not at all the case.

If we go deeper behind an overt narcissist’s facade of superiority, there is great suffering. For example, individuals with narcissistic personality are likely to struggle with feelings of emptiness, meaningless, and inadequacy, and suffer from their inability to develop and keep meaningful relationships. But in social media and pop culture usage, the term is often used as little more than a way to vilify.

Narcissistic PersonalityNarcissistic personality is characterized by contradictory, simultaneous feelings of superiority and grandiosity and feelings of vulnerability, emptiness, and inadequacy. In overt narcissism, we tend to see one side of this inner contradiction: the sense of self-importance and entitlement. Internally, the person is torn between feelings of superiority and entitlement and feelings of emptiness and deep unworthiness. The overt grandiosity defends against and masks the underlying feelings of emptiness, inadequacy, and fragility. The person works continually to shore up a fragile sense of self, and make use of others to support this effort. They need others as an audience, to witness and affirm their importance, and this need can override the awareness that those recruited as their audience are also human beings with their own emotions, needs, vulnerabilities, and experiences. This tends to preclude developing the kind of mutual, genuine relationships that give life a sense of meaning and purpose, that could counteract their inner sense of emptiness and deficiency. The result is that they can be surrounded by admirers yet starve emotionally in a sea of plenty.

There are two main manifestations of narcissism: grandiose (or overt) narcissism and vulnerable (or covert) narcissism. People with grandiose narcissism present themselves as self-important, entitled, and superior. Their narcissistic defenses are effective in keeping their feelings of inadequacy at bay, at least most of the time. Underneath the overt self-importance, however, lie deep feelings of fragility and inadequacy.

In vulnerable narcissism, in contrast, the narcissistic defenses against inadequacy fail. Rather than experiencing themselves as grandiose, they experience themselves, and come across to others, as deflated, self-critical, and beaten down by life. They often present in clinical practice as depressed. Beneath their suffering and self-criticism, we find that their inner life is dominated by fantasies of importance, success, and glory. They are the central characters in their internal narratives, unappreciated, unrecognized, and denied their rightful place in the world. At different times, the same individual may present as either a grandiose or vulnerable narcissist, depending on how well their defenses are functioning and how well the external world is cooperating with those defenses. Both manifestations of severe narcissism preclude developing and maintaining meaningful and lasting interpersonal connections. Ultimately, their lives feel painfully empty.

The expression of grandiose and vulnerable narcissism heavily relies on psychological defenses. Kampe et al., in their 2021 study, found that both types are significantly associated with neurotic and maladaptive defense mechanisms such as reaction formation, acting out, splitting, and passive aggression. However, unlike the vulnerable type, the grandiose type was also significantly associated with some adaptive defense mechanisms, including rationalization, anticipation, and dissociation (Kampe et al., 2021). Adaptive defense mechanisms help individuals cope with unpleasant emotions and are associated with a healthier mental state. The negative association with adaptive defense mechanisms may help explain why vulnerable narcissism is more often associated with observable psychological distress.

Levels Of Personality OrganizationBased on a theoretical framework developed by psychoanalyst Otto Kernberg, personality disorders fall along a continuum of severity with three main levels of organization: neurotic, borderline, and psychotic (Kernberg, 2004).

Neurotic personality organization is the least severe and includes an intact sense of reality, use of mature defense mechanisms, and an established sense of self. It is a healthier version of narcissism that is actually vital in society. They can be visionaries, innovators, and charismatic leaders. We often see these higher-functioning narcissistic individuals as the tech moguls or CEOs of successful, powerful companies. They have grand visions and fantasies and the drive and confidence to make them a reality. Like all narcissists, they have an inflated self-image, but this exaggerated confidence allows them to take risks and, with confident perseverance, build something of genuine and lasting value. With healthy narcissism, grandiosity is connected to reality: in other words, the recognition they crave is based on actual merit, not defensive fantasy. Also, their capacity for attachment is largely intact. Unlike those at more severe levels of disturbance, they are capable of caring, empathy, and love.

Borderline personality organization is a more severe level of disturbance. Reality testing is generally intact—that is, the person is not delusional—but immature and highly costly defenses distort perceptions of both self and others and cause substantial impairment in functioning. As a general rule, when narcissism is pronounced enough to warrant a DSM diagnosis of narcissistic personality disorder (NPD), the person is functioning at a borderline level of personality organization. The central defenses at this level of organization is splitting, or dissociation of good and bad feelings, projection, and projective identification. The person cannot see themselves or others in shades of gray, recognizing that humans are necessarily a complex mix of good and bad qualities, virtues and shortcomings. Instead, they see people in black-and white categories of good and bad, heroes and villains, saints and sinners.

In the case of the borderline-level narcissist, the defense of splitting takes the form of ascribing all good and admirable qualities to themselves and projecting their limitations, failures, and bad feelings onto others. Thus, they experience themselves as all-good and all-important while perceiving others as weak, inadequate, and inferior. At this level of personality organization, defensive grandiosity distorts realistic self-perceptions. The person expects recognition and rewards for their unique talents and achievements, irrespective of whether they are real or merely imagined. They expect accolades and preferential treatment, earned or unearned. Kernberg refers to this defensively distorted self-concept as the “pathological grandiose self” (Kernberg, 2007). It is maintained by dissociating and projecting negative experiences onto others, who are the devalued. Projective identification takes the defense of projection one step further, by treating others in ways that actually induce or elicit the unwanted feelings they have projected with such vehemence.

Most social media and pop-culture depictions of narcissistic personality are, in fact, descriptions of a narcissistic personality style at a borderline level of personality organization. For example, “gaslighting”—thought by social media pundits to be a central feature of narcissism—most often results from the borderline-level defense of projective identification, which has the effect of distorting the other person’s perceptions and experience of self. Some clinicians have described it as a feeling of having their minds “colonized’ by something alien.

A still more severe and destructive version of narcissism is termed malignant narcissism. Always organized at a borderline level of personality organization, malignant narcissism is narcissism suffused with sadistic aggression. The capacity to attach to and care for others is severely damaged, and interpersonal relationships are dominated by aggression and hate. Others exist merely to be used, exploited, and coldly discarded. Mere self-importance isn’t enough for the malignant narcissist; they seek the defeat and obliteration of others. At this level of functioning, malignant narcissism shades into frank psychopathy. Pop-culture and social media portrayals of “narcissism” often fail to distinguish narcissism from borderline personality organization and psychopathy.

Origin And Treatment of NPD: Kohut vs. KernbergNPD is a complex disorder that has many conflicting ideas about its origin and therapeutic treatment. The most significant arguments surround the theories of Kohut and Kernberg.

Kohut believed that NPD was a result of a developmental deficit; in childhood, narcissistic patients failed to develop a stable identity or capacity to internally regulate their own self-esteem. Consequently, they rely on others for external validation (Russel, 1985). Recognizing this, Kohut advocated for treating narcissism with empathy, understanding, and mirroring. He thought this form of therapy could allow narcissistic patients to resume the developmental trajectory and thrive. In contrast, Kernberg explained narcissism in terms of object relationships theory. He believed narcissism developed as a defense in response to parents who made the child feel inadequate and unloved. He recommended that therapists confront narcissistic patients about their grandiosity and unravel their defenses against feelings of inadequacy.

Research On Transference-Focused Psychotherapy With Emphasis On Changing Reflective Function And Attachment Transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP) is a twice-weekly psychoanalytic psychotherapy most commonly used in the treatment of borderline personality disorder. It utilizes the patient-therapist relationship to help patients with identity consolidation, emotional regulation, and interpersonal functioning (Levy et al., 2019). TFP has shown effectiveness in treating borderline personality disorder, in part, through improvement of attachment style and reflective function.

Reflective function is the ability to understand oneself and other people with respect to the thoughts, feelings, desires, and intentions that drive behaviors. Rather than taking behaviors at face value (for example, a child throwing a tantrum), someone with intact reflective function is able to envision the underlying mental state (the child is tired and grumpy). Reflective function is thought to be critical to proper social functioning, and impairments of this ability have been associated with a poorer state of mental health (Anis, 2020).

Although TFP has primarily been studied for borderline personality disorder, similarities in the underlying pathology (especially attachment style and reflective function) suggest TFP may also be a useful treatment approach for narcissistic personality disorder (Diamond and Hersh, 2020).

Research On Transference-Focused Psychotherapy In BPDIn a randomized-controlled trial conducted by Levy et al., “Changes in attachment organization and reflective function were assessed as putative mechanisms of change in 1 of 3 year-long psychotherapy treatments for patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD)” (2006). In this study, ninety patients diagnosed with BPD were randomized into three treatment groups: transference-focused psychotherapy, dialectical behavior therapy, or a modified psychodynamic supportive psychotherapy. To assess attachment organization, the Adult Attachment Interview and the reflective function coding scales were used. The study found that patients’ narrative coherence and reflective function can increase by participating in one year of intensive transference focused psychotherapy. In addition, the authors found that “patients treated with TFP evidenced significant increases in [reflective function], attachment coherence, and rates of being classified as secure with respect to attachment as compared with the other treatment conditions” (Levy et al., 2006). Overall, the study concluded that TFP is an effective treatment for BPD and is more successful than dialectical behavior therapy and supportive psychotherapy in changing attachment.

A separate publication, which appears to evaluate the same study groups as Levy et al., looked at the effects of TFP, dialectical behavior therapy, and psychodynamic supportive psychotherapy on “suicidal behavior, aggression, impulsivity, anxiety, depression, and social adjustment” (Clarkin et al., 2007). It was found that TFP and DBT improved suicidality, while TFP and supportive psychotherapy improved both anger and impulsivity. TFP was the only method significantly associated with improvement of irritability and verbal or physical assault.

In a year-long, randomized-controlled trial, 104 female outpatients were treated with either TFP or by a community psychotherapist in order to “compare transference-focused psychotherapy with treatment by experienced community psychotherapists” (Doering et al., 2010). The study found that both treatments significantly improved depression and anxiety; however, TFP improved general psychopathy while treatment with the psychotherapist did not. In general, TFP was shown to be superior to treatment by experienced community psychotherapists in treating BPD and reducing suicidality and psychiatric inpatient admissions.

A 2015 randomized-controlled trial presented by Fischer-Kern et al. used a sample of 104 patients with BPD to evaluate changes in reflective function. Results suggest improvements in reflective function for those treated with TFP within one year of treatment, while the group treated by experienced community therapists showed no improvement.

A 2017 study by Buchheim et al. compared patients undergoing transference focused psychotherapy and patients seeing experienced community psychotherapists (ECP). They aimed to assess changes in attachment representations, focusing on narrative coherence and resolution of unresolved attachment. Coherence refers to the connection, consistency, and logical relationship between different parts of discourse, where thoughts are clearly related and adapted to the context (Main and Goldwyn, 1998). The results showed significant improvements in attachment security and unresolved trauma within the TFP group, but no significant changes within the ECP group. The coherence scale showed significant improvement within both treatment groups, but the improvement was considerably higher in the TFP group. The between-group difference was also significant; the ECP group had a small Cohen's effect size (d=0.18), and the TFP group had a large effect size (d=1.27).

The 2017 study confirmed previous findings that TFP is better at transitioning individuals from insecure to secure attachment. However, it also revealed a new finding that TFP can lead to a change from unresolved to organized attachment, which is significant for patients with a history of severe maltreatment, abuse, and loss. The shift from insecure to secure attachment status suggests an enhancement in “coherence, attachment-related autonomy, and flexible integration” (Buchheim et al., 2017). TFP, with its structured and emotionally intense approach, creates a safe space for patients to reflect on their attachment patterns. It facilitates integration of polarized emotions, as well as improvement of the understanding of oneself and others, to achieve a more coherent mental state with potential for long-lasting benefit (Buchheim et al., 2017).

Research On Transference-Focused Psychotherapy for NPDA 2017 publication by Stern et al. presented a case example where TFP was used to treat an individual with narcissistic personality disorder. The authors emphasized the importance of “establishing a viable treatment contract, setting the tone and focus of the treatment, and establishing the treatment as an anchor in the patient’s life” early on in the process. They stated that the early stages of therapy can be challenging to work through but, eventually, the patient can be brought to a more exploratory state of mind where they are more receptive to therapeutic reflection and analysis. Eventually, patients become more tolerant of the “negative self-experiences they had projected onto the outside world, while also tolerating more realistic, imperfect representations of self and others” (Stern et al., 2017).

In their 2020 article, Diamond and Hersh describe a treatment model for TFP for narcissistic patients. They cited examples of this method in clinical practice. The first step is contract-setting, which establishes the roles and responsibilities of the patient and therapist. The next stage involves defining and exploring the patient’s dominant object relational dyads. Next, the therapist must identify role-reversal. The narcissistic patient may perceive the therapist as devaluing them and respond by devaluing the therapist through words or actions. As the patient becomes more aware of internally fluctuating between grandiosity and devaluation, they can work toward improvement. Finally, the later stages of TFP involve working through the patient’s narcissistic defenses with the goal of attaining a mature, stable sense of self (Diamond and Hersh, 2020).

Transference And Countertransference In Narcissistic PersonalityThe therapeutic relationship feels significantly different with narcissistic clients than with clients that are not afflicted with NPD. Therapists frequently observe a resistance in narcissistic patients to reciprocate efforts to delve deeper into their psychological state. For narcissists, transference is expressed in the form of devaluing and idealizing. This transference can be explained psychoanalytically: “Rather than projecting a discrete internal object such as a parent onto the therapist, they externalize an aspect of their self” (McWilliams, 2011). In other words, the narcissistic patient projects their devalued or idealized self onto the therapist.

When therapists are devalued by NPD clients, they face numerous accounts of disparagement and belittlement. In doing this, patients are bolstering their grandiosity by flaunting their superiority or associating with their clinician who they view as admirable. In other words, when devaluing, a narcissist displays feelings of self-importance by treating their clinician as inferior. By contrast, in terms of idealization, a narcissist overvalues the therapist and feels special due to their association with the therapist. As a result, “The therapist…becomes a container for their internal process of self-esteem maintenance” (McWilliams 2011). With both devaluation and idealization, narcissists fail to consider that therapists, like all people, have their own challenges, attributes, and feelings. They are preoccupied with viewing therapists through a lens that serves their own purposes.

In response to the transference, therapists often experience countertransference manifesting as feelings of boredom, disengagement, or anger. These reactions can be attributed to the dehumanizing effect they encounter when treating narcissistic patients. In fact, therapists often feel as though they are invisible to the client. “A typical comment about a narcissistic client from a therapist supervision: ‘She comes in every week, gives me the news of the week in review, critiques my clothing, dismisses all my interventions, and leaves. Why does she keep coming back? What is she getting out of this?’ ” (McWilliams 2011). Despite the instinctive reactions of emotional withdrawal or retaliation when faced with devaluation and idealization, effective therapists are adept at exercising restraint, choosing instead to process their own emotional responses in therapy or supervision.

It is crucial to highlight that the primary aim of a narcissistic client's expression of transference, whether through devaluation or idealization, is not to assign positive or negative attributes to the therapist themselves, but rather to satisfy their narcissistic needs. Understanding this enables the therapist to develop a productive countertransference that positively contributes to the client's therapeutic journey.

Applying CountertransferenceTreating patients with NPD can be very taxing, as the transference can elicit strong negative feelings. As previously mentioned, the natural reaction is to disengage and retort, but it is important to be attentive to the countertransference evoked.

Therapists must be fully aware of the transference and countertransference environment with narcissistic patients. What interactions are present that are drawing out these emotions? Instead of feeding into natural instincts, what can be addressed interpersonally? What does this countertransference divulge about their behavior? How can this be tied into their reason for therapy? Through this approach, the therapist can harness countertransference as a tool, sparking introspection in the narcissistic client, thus catalyzing their journey towards self-acceptance and diminishing the propensity to belittle and demean others.

By achieving this, we would simultaneously work towards one of the primary goals of therapy, which is to address the patient's defense mechanisms that hinder their ability to perceive the therapist as a complete individual. Once this objective is accomplished, it significantly increases the likelihood of the patient appreciating others as individuals and, as a result, developing the ability to foster healthier relationships.

References:Anis, L., Perez, G., Benzies, K. M., Ewashen, C., Hart, M., & Letourneau, N. (2020). Convergent Validity of Three Measures of Reflective Function: Parent Development Interview, Parental Reflective Function Questionnaire, and Reflective Function Questionnaire. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 574719. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.574719

Buchheim, A., Hörz-Sagstetter, S., Doering, S., Rentrop, M., Schuster, P., Buchheim, P., Pokorny, D., & Fischer-Kern, M. (2017). Change of Unresolved Attachment in Borderline Personality Disorder: RCT Study of Transference-Focused Psychotherapy. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 86(5), 314–316.

Main M, Goldwyn R: Adult Attachment Scoring and Classification System, version 6.0 (unpubl. manuscript). Berkeley, University of California at Berkeley, 1998.

Clarkin, J. F., Levy, K. N., Lenzenweger, M. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2007). Evaluating three treatments for borderline personality disorder: A multiwave study. American journal of psychiatry, 164(6), 922-928.

Diamond, D., Clarkin, J. F., Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Cain, N. M., Yeomans, F. E., & Kernberg, O. F. (2014). Change in attachment and reflective function in borderline patients with and without comorbid narcissistic personality disorder in transference focused psychotherapy. Contemporary psychoanalysis, 50(1-2), 175-210.

Diamond, D., & Hersh, R. G. (2020). Transference-focused psychotherapy for narcissistic personality disorder: An object relations approach. Journal of personality disorders, 34(Supplement), 159-176.

Doering, S., Hörz, S., Rentrop, M., Fischer-Kern, M., Schuster, P., Benecke, C., ... & Buchheim, P. (2010). Transference-focused psychotherapy v. treatment by community psychotherapists for borderline personality disorder: randomised controlled trial. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 196(5), 389-395.

Feinstein, R. E. (2022). Personality Disorders. Oxford University Press.

Fischer-Kern, M., Doering, S., Taubner, S., Hörz, S., Zimmermann, J., Rentrop, M., ... & Buchheim, A. (2015). Transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Change in reflective function. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 207(2), 173-174.

Kampe, L., Bohn, J., Remmers, C., & Hörz-Sagstetter, S. (2021). It's Not That Great Anymore: The Central Role of Defense Mechanisms in Grandiose and Vulnerable Narcissism. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 12, 661948.

Kernberg, O. F. (2004). Aggressivity, Narcissism, and Self-Destructiveness in the Psychotherapeutic Rela: New Developments in the Psychopathology and Psychotherapy of Severe Personality Disorder. Yale University Press.

Kernberg O. F. (2007). The almost untreatable narcissistic patient. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 55(2), 503–539. https://doi.org/10.1177/00030651070550020701

Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Kelly, K. M., Reynoso, J. S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of consulting and clinical psychology, 74(6), 1027.

Levy, K.N., Draijer, N., Kivity, Y. et al. Transference-Focused Psychotherapy (TFP). Curr Treat Options Psych 6, 312–324 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-019-00193-9

McWilliams, N. (2011). Psychoanalytic diagnosis: Understanding personality structure in the clinical process (2nd ed.). Guilford Press.

Russell G. A. (1985). Narcissism and the narcissistic personality disorder: a comparison of the theories of Kernberg and Kohut. The British journal of medical psychology, 58 ( Pt 2), 137–148. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2044-8341.1985.tb02626.x

Stern, B. L., Diamond, D., & Yeomans, F. E. (2017). Transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP) for narcissistic personality: Engaging patients in the early treatment process. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 34(4), 381.

View Details

Cara Jacobson, Kristin Lasseter, MD, David Puder, MD

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

Dr. Kristin Yeung Lasseter is a renowned reproductive psychiatrist who has dedicated her career to the intersection of mental health and reproductive medicine.

As the founder of Reproductive Psychiatry and Counseling, Dr. Lasseter has been instrumental in expanding access to reproductive psychiatry services in Texas but also worldwide through her teaching and online presence. Through her steadfast devotion to comprehending the singular hurdles faced by individuals as they navigate the reproductive journey, she has garnered immense respect within the field.

Dr. Kristin Yeung Lasseter's profound contributions to advancing women's mental health in Central Texas have been recognized through the prestigious Association of Women Psychiatrists Symonds Fellowship in 2018. Through her expertise, compassion, and advocacy, she is transforming lives and dismantling the stigma associated with perinatal mental health.

Of note, this episode, and the article below is for information purposes only and we recommend talking with a specialist doctor when considering what is the risk and benefits of particular medications in an individual's specific situation.

Risks Of Untreated Peripartum Mental Illness* Untreated and active mental illness adversely affects both mother and fetus; therefore, it is vital to appropriately assess and treat perinatal mental illness for better outcomes for both. * There is a myth that pregnancy is protective against psychiatric illness, but mental health conditions, including suicide and overdose/poisoning related to substance use disorder, account for a larger share of all US pregnancy-related deaths (23%) than any other cause (Centers for Disease Control [CDC], 2022). * Untreated depression in pregnancy is one of the strongest risk factors for postpartum depression, which can have devastating consequences like suicide and infanticide (Payne, 2021). * More pregnant women die from suicide than hemorrhage or preeclampsia (Viswanathan et al., 2021). * Perinatal mental illness is associated with many additional adverse outcomes, including preterm delivery, pre-eclampsia, gestational diabetes, small-for-gestational-age (SGA), fetal distress, neonatal hypoglycemia, adverse neurodevelopmental outcomes, impaired maternal-infant bonding, disordered attachment, infantile colic, and increased use of harsh discipline (Betcher & Wisner, 2020; Payne, 2021). * Psychiatric illness is also associated with high-risk maternal behaviors during pregnancy, like indiscriminate sex and exposure to sexually transmitted infections, substance use, less prenatal care, and poor nutrition (Betcher & Wisner, 2020). * Systematic review and meta-analysis of 191 eligible studies with a combined sample of 195,751 unique mother-child dyads found that offspring of mothers with perinatal depression or anxiety had impaired social-emotional, cognitive, language, motor, and adaptive behavior development, extending beyond infancy and into adolescence (Rogers et al., 2020). * Children exposed to peripartum depression have higher cortisol levels, a finding that lasts into adolescence; antenatal depression treatment may result in more normal cortisol levels in infants (Payne, 2021).

See also:

  • Dr. Edward Tronick’s Still Face Experiment
  • Psychiatry and Psychotherapy Podcast episode on disorganized attachment

Psychiatric Medication In PregnancyUnfortunately, overall quality of evidence on the risks of psychiatric medications in pregnancy is low and confounded by the effects of the underlying conditions. This is illustrated by a 2021 systematic review of psychopharmacotherapy in pregnant, postpartum, or reproductive‐age women in which 95% of the included studies reporting on adverse effects were observational and could not fully account for confounding variables (Viswanathan et al., 2021).

However, it is clear that there are significant harms associated with untreated perinatal mental illness and we know that discontinuing psychiatric medication in pregnancy is associated with relapse of mental illness; in particular, there is a 60-70% risk of relapse in pregnant women with a history of major depressive disorder who discontinue antidepressants and an 80-100% risk of recurrence in women with bipolar disorder not taking medication compared to 29-37% chance in women continuing treatment with mood stabilizers while pregnant (Payne, 2021). Thus, it is important to appropriately screen for and treat perinatal psychiatric illness.

Deciding whether or not to start or continue perinatal psychiatric medications requires ‘risk-risk’ analysis. In general, both patients and clinicians tend to overestimate medication risks in the peripartum period but underestimate the risks associated with untreated psychiatric illness (Horan et al., 2022). Certainly, all patients do not require medication, and psychotherapy, for example, is an effective treatment in appropriately selected patients, but for those with features like moderate-severe symptoms, suicidality, or functional impairment (e.g., inability to care for self or baby), medication is likely indicated.

According to Payne (2021):

  • When possible, it is ideal to make changes 6-12 months prior to attempting pregnancy to ensure mood stability.
  • Minimize the number of medications if possible, considering the patient’s history and potential negative effects of psychiatric illness on the child.
  • Most psychiatric medications can be continued in pregnancy.
  • Bottom line: if the patient is psychiatrically ill, treat the illness.

When caring for patients with unplanned pregnancy (Payne, 2021):

  • See the patient as soon as possible.
  • Do not stop all psychiatric medications immediately.
  • Consider stopping teratogenic medications.
  • If discontinuing a medication, taper when possible.
  • If switching medications, remember baby will be exposed to at least 2 drugs, in addition to the risk of potential relapse.

Psychiatric Medications In LactationAlthough the benefits of breastfeeding on both maternal health and child development in general have been clearly established, there is little definitive evidence on the safety of most medications in nursing mothers, impacts on infant development, or the effects on lactation itself (Jordan et al., 2022). Research on pharmacotherapy and lactation is limited due to various factors, including lack of standardization in population databases, bidirectional effects of breastfeeding and medication use, prenatal medication exposure, and the direct impacts of breastfeeding (or not) on infant health and development, which “may obscure the true relationship between medicine exposure during pregnancy and developmental outcomes” (Jordan et al., 2022). The beneficial effects of breastfeeding may, in fact, offset some of the potential harms of medication exposure through pregnancy or lactation.

For infants already exposed in utero, Payne (2021) proposes that it may be unnecessary to switch while breastfeeding unless:

  • The patient experiences relapse or the current regimen is not working
  • Risk of severe side effects with continued exposure (e.g., clozapine)
  • Infant experiences medical complications or side effects from the medication during breastfeeding
  • Sedation is the most common side effect.
  • Monitor for sleepiness or poor feeding, especially when breastfeeding after a maternal medication dose.
  • If applicable, monitor infant blood levels.
  • While uncommon, antipsychotics can cause stiffness, cogwheeling, and EPS in the baby.

Psychotropic medications pass into breast milk to varying degrees. For example, sertraline is secreted in low amounts, but lithium secretion is relatively high:

  • For exclusively breastfeeding mothers taking sertraline, the estimated infant dose is 0.5% of the maternal weight-adjusted dose (Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®) [LactMed], 2022c).
  • A case series of 11 breastfeeding mothers found that the infant dose of lithium ranged from 0 to 30% of the maternal weight-adjusted dose, with an average of 12.2% (LactMed, 2022m).

Further details are discussed later in this article, but as a broad overview:

  • Most antidepressants can be used in lactation, and generally, breastfeeding mothers needing antidepressant medication should take one that has previously been effective for them (Anderson, 2021).
  • For breastfeeding patients requiring mood stabilizers, lamotrigine can be used (LactMed, 2022e). Valproic acid also appears to be safe in lactation (LactMed, 2022k), but other agents are preferred in women that can become pregnant given its teratogenicity. Lithium can be used in lactation, as well, particularly in healthy, full-term infants (especially those over 2 months old), although this may require close monitoring of infant behavior and/or blood levels (LactMed, 2022m).
  • Some anxiolytics can decrease breastmilk supply or cause sedation in breastfed infants, requiring close monitoring (LactMed 2021a, 2021b, 2022g, 2023b, 2023c).
  • There is less research on antipsychotics, but second generation antipsychotics seem to be relatively safe in lactation, with the exception of clozapine, which has been shown to cause adverse effects in breastfed infants (Uguz, 2016). Some antipsychotics may also increase or decrease breastmilk supply due to dopamine blockade (LactMed, 2022f, 2022i, 2022j, 2022l, 2023e).
  • Stimulant medications for ADHD, in particular methylphenidate, can be used in nursing mothers who require treatment (LactMed, 2023d).
  • Methadone and buprenorphine can be used in lactation for opioid use disorder (Nagpal et al., 2020).

The American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends against parents sharing a sleeping surface with infants (bed sharing) due to the risks of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS), strangulation, suffocation, and entrapment and notes that the baseline risk increases by more than 10 times when someone in the bed has impaired alertness or is less able to arouse due to fatigue, substance use, or sedating medications, including certain antidepressants and other psychiatric medications (Moon et al., 2022). Bed sharing is sometimes referred to as co-sleeping, although this term is imprecise and can also refer to room sharing, where parents sleep in the same room as the infant but on separate sleep surfaces, which is recommended by the AAP and may decrease the risk of SIDS by up to 50%. Of note, they also report that breastfeeding is associated with decreased risk of SIDS.

Further resource: LactMed®Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®) is a fully-referenced database that provides information about levels of drugs and other substances in breastmilk and infant blood, possible adverse effects on nursing infants, and appropriate therapeutic alternatives.

AntidepressantsDeligiannidis & Freeman (2014) report that women are about twice as likely as men to have major depressive disorder (MDD), and approximately 1 in 5 women experience perinatal depression. When left untreated, antepartum depression increases the risk of obstetrical and neonatal complications, and postnatal depression has been found to significantly negatively impact child development (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014).

Numerous observational studies have examined the neurodevelopmental impacts of prenatal antidepressant exposure, and several have suggested adverse effects on children’s language, cognition, and academic performance. However, these deficits are generally mitigated or eliminated when controlling for maternal depression and other confounding factors (Andrade, 2022).

A recent study of standardized exam performance in children aged 9-15 found no change in language scores and a small but significant decrease in math scores (~2 points out of 100) associated with gestational exposure to antidepressants (Andrade, 2022). These findings persisted but were attenuated when accounting for various confounders. It is likely that the remaining deficits after adjustment in this and other studies result from “residual confounding from unmeasured behavioral and internal environment variables associated with untreated maternal depression” (Andrade, 2022). Overall, it appears that prenatal antidepressant exposure may in fact be only a marker of maternal depression and not a direct cause of neurodevelopmental deficits, which seem to result primarily from the consequences of underlying mental illness, rather than medication effects.

While the existing literature does not support withholding antidepressants in perinatal depression, it remains important to use shared decision-making in conversations about medication use (Andrade, 2022).

Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRIs)SSRIs have been studied the most and are the most commonly used antidepressants in pregnancy or lactation, including: fluoxetine (Prozac), citalopram (Celexa), escitalopram (Lexapro), and sertraline (Zoloft).

Neonatal Adaptation Syndrome* All SSRIs carry increased risk of neonatal adaptation syndrome (NAS), a self-limited, frequently mild condition presenting similarly to withdrawal, typically presenting with symptoms like irritability, jitteriness, respiratory distress, seizures, and hypoglycemia (Muzik & Hamilton, 2016). * Several studies have linked exposure to SSRIs in late pregnancy with transient neonatal distress syndromes thought to be caused by withdrawal from antidepressants and possibly affecting ~25% of babies with prenatal SSRI exposure close to the time of delivery (Massachusetts General Hospital [MGH] Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * Symptoms include: tremors, restlessness, increased muscle tone and increased crying, but these syndromes appear to be benign and resolve quickly–within 1-4 days–without medical intervention (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * Limitations include that most studies did not blind the mother’s treatment status, possibly leading to more precautionary admissions to special care nursery in infants with known medication exposure but no serious clinical manifestations, and maternal mood was not assessed, resulting in confounding, as untreated antenatal depression and anxiety are known to contribute to poor neonatal outcomes, including premature delivery and low birth weight (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension* Persistent pulmonary hypertension (PPH) is a serious condition affecting newborns in which high blood pressure in the pulmonary arteries leads to inadequate oxygenation of the blood. There are reports of increased PPH with SSRI exposure, but results were not clinically significant, and the risk appears to be lower than originally thought (Muzik & Hamilton, 2016). * Some studies have also found an association between SSRI use after 20 weeks gestation and increased risk of persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn (PPHN), but the estimated risk is small, affecting less than 1% of infants exposed to SSRIs, and subsequent studies have not found a link between antenatal antidepressant use and PPHN (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * Still, some clinicians advise women to taper or discontinue SSRIs in late pregnancy, but there is not good evidence that this improves neonatal outcomes, which are affected by both treated and untreated mental illness. Importantly, decreasing or discontinuing antidepressants prior to delivery may increase the risk of postpartum depression (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Postpartum Hemorrhage* There is some evidence that SSRIs can interfere with platelet function, resulting in bleeding, and there does appear to be an association between SSRIs and SNRIs and postpartum hemorrhage, although the quality of evidence is low, and further research is needed (Viswanathan et al., 2021).

Congenital Malformations and Development* Neither SSRIs nor SNRIs are linked to increased risk of birth defects or changes in mental development after adjusting for confounders associated with underlying mental illness (Betcher & Wisner, 2020). * Prenatal exposure to tricyclic antidepressants or fluoxetine has not been shown to impact IQ, language, temperament, mood, or behavioral development in preschoolers (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022; Nulman et al., 1997). * When controlling for underlying psychiatric illness, gestational exposure to SSRIs does not appear to increase the risk of autism spectrum disorders (Kobayashi et al., 2016).

Heart Defects* Some studies have demonstrated a link between antenatal SSRI exposure and heart defects, but most did not control for underlying mental illness, and subsequent studies with more appropriate control groups have failed to show the same association, including a study with a sample size over 900,000 (Payne, 2021). * Several meta-analyses have examined associations between antidepressants (SSRIs, sertraline, citalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, and TCAs) and cardiac anomalies but used varying inclusion criteria “that did not consistently exclude cardiac anomalies associated with prematurity” and odds ratios ranged from 0.86 to 1.26, with wide confidence intervals crossing the null (Viswanathan et al., 2021).

Lactation* Breastfeeding mothers who need antidepressant medication should generally take one that has worked well for them in the past (Anderson, 2021). * Some consider sertraline and paroxetine the drugs of choice for breastfeeding women that have not previously used antidepressants due to low levels in breast milk, largely undetectable infant serum levels, and few infant adverse effects (Anderson, 2021). + The relative infant dose of sertraline is around 0.5%, and 1-1.5% for paroxetine.

  • Fluoxetine has a longer half life of 4-6 days and an active metabolite (norfluoxetine) with half life around 7-15 days, which can result in drug accumulation in breastfed infants and infant serum levels up to 59% of maternal levels that decline slowly after stopping breastfeeding or the mother discontinues the medication (Anderson, 2021).
  • If a mother used fluoxetine during pregnancy, most experts do not recommend switching to a different medication for breastfeeding (Anderson, 2021).
  • Citalopram and escitalopram have relative infant doses and half-lives in between those of fluoxetine and sertraline or paroxetine; they can also be used in lactation, particularly if the patient is currently stable on either medication or it has been previously helpful (Anderson, 2021).

Avoidance of Paroxetine (Paxil) in Pregnancy* This is controversial, but generally, it seems that exposure to paroxetine is safer than exposure to untreated mental illness (Lasseter, 2022). * If a patient is stable on paroxetine, it is likely reasonable to continue it during pregnancy, especially if there is a history of severe mental illness, high risk of relapse, or other medications have been ineffective. * Some studies have shown increased risk of heart defects, but others have not. The risk of cardiac defects with paroxetine is lower than once thought and has not been borne out in studies controlling for confounders like maternal depression severity (Huybrechts et al., 2014). * As with other antidepressants, there is a higher risk of neonatal adaptation syndrome, but this is usually mild and of short duration (Payne, 2021). * Similar to other SSRIs, paroxetine is only found in small amounts in breastmilk, and no significant adverse effects have been reported due to exposure to paroxetine through breastfeeding (LactMed, 2022b).

Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors (SNRIs)Congenital Malformations* Prospective data shows exposure to venlafaxine (Effexor) during the first trimester does not increase risk of major malformations (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * There is insufficient data about duloxetine (Cymbalta) (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * As with SSRIs, prenatal exposure to SNRIs is not associated with increased risk of birth defects or changes in mental development after adjusting for confounders associated with underlying mental illness (Betcher & Wisner, 2020).

Lactation* Although research is limited, there have not been reported adverse effects on breastfed infants with duloxetine, and breastmilk levels are very low with a relative infant dose under 1% (Anderson, 2021). * Venlafaxine has an active metabolite (desvenlafaxine) with a longer half life, and the relative infant dose for both substances is ~6.5%, with breastfed infant serum levels ranging from undetectable to 37% of maternal levels; there have been reports of drowsiness or agitation in exposed infants, but most do well, and venlafaxine can be used with caution in lactation (Anderson, 2021).

Bupropion (Wellbutrin)Congenital Malformations* Bupropion use in pregnancy has not been associated with major malformations (Payne, 2021). * Older reports showed increased rates of heart and great vessel malformation with infants exposed to bupropion, but a retrospective cohort study of 1200 infants with bupropion exposure did not show increased risk of cardiovascular malformations, and the Bupropion Pregnancy Registry data shows rates of congenital malformation (3.9%) similar to those with no known teratogen exposure (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Lactation* Bupropion can be used with caution in breastfeeding patients, but there is limited data on its use in lactation, and there have been case reports of possible seizures in breastfed infants, so other medications may be preferred, especially with newborns or premature infants (LactMed, 2023a).

Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs)* Of the TCAs, desipramine and nortriptyline are preferred in pregnancy as they are less anticholinergic and may reduce the risk of orthostatic hypotension, which is common in pregnancy (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Congenital Malformations* Most studies on tricyclic antidepressants have not found an increased risk of malformations (Payne, 2021).

Lactation* Amitriptyline has been associated with extreme drowsiness in a breastfed infant, although other infants have tolerated exposure to this medication well (Anderson, 2021). * Nortriptyline is an active metabolite of amitriptyline but seems to have fewer adverse effects and does not have any active metabolites of its own, so some consider nortriptyline a drug of choice (along with sertraline and paroxetine) in breastfeeding women that have not previously tried antidepressants (Anderson, 2021). * Doxepin should be avoided in breastfeeding due to reports of serious infant adverse effects (Anderson, 2021).

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs)Pregnancy* MAOIs are usually avoided during pregnancy, as they can lead to hypertensive crises if combined with tocolytic medications like terbutaline, and their use in pregnancy has not been well studied (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Lactation* Most MAOIs should be avoided in lactation (Anderson, 2021).

Other Antidepressants* In a prospective study, none of nefazodone, trazodone, and mirtazapine increased rates of congenital malformation (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Brexanolone (Zulresso)Allopregnanolone* Allopregnanolone is a naturally occurring neuroactive progesterone metabolite and GABA-A receptor modulator; when used as a medication, the synthetic analogue of allopregnanolone is called brexanolone (Standeven et al., 2022). * Standeven et al. (2022) report that women with more peripartum mood and anxiety symptoms had lower levels of allopregnanolone in the second trimester (although this was not statistically significant) and higher levels of allopregnanolone at 6 weeks postpartum; these trends persisted whether patients had a psychiatric history or not.

Use in Perinatal Depression* An intravenous preparation of brexanolone (brand name Zulresso) was approved in March 2019 by the FDA and is the first drug specifically designed for postpartum depression (Mughal et al., 2022). * It is only recommended for those with severe postpartum depression whose symptoms are refractory or who decline treatment with antidepressants or ECT (Mughal et al., 2022). * Brexanolone has limited availability and requires continuous monitoring for adverse effects like sedation, loss of consciousness, and hypoxia during a 60 hour infusion (Mughal et al., 2022). + Brexanolone increased the risk of sedation or somnolence to 5%, compared to 0% in the placebo group (Viswanathan et al., 2021).

  • The long-term safety and efficacy still need to be examined (Mughal et al., 2022).

Efficacy* Based on 3 RCTs on brexanolone in a total of 209 women with postpartum depression, the least square mean Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM-D) scores improved 4.1 points more than placebo at 60 hours and 2.6 points over placebo at 30 days, both of which were statistically significant (Viswanathan et al., 2021). + Given that the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (HAM-D) total scores range from 0 to 50, the clinical significance of a 4.1 point improvement can depend on the individual judgment of the treating physician to weigh this potential improvement in the context of other factors, including potential side effects, cost-effectiveness, and feasibility of the treatment regimen.

Table adapted from MDCalc (n.d.) based on the Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression (1960)

AnxiolyticsBenzodiazepines* Due to limited data, the neurodevelopmental effects of prenatal exposure to benzodiazepines remain uncertain (Wang et al., 2022). * Based on the findings of 2 meta-analyses, 2 registry-based studies, and 2 large retrospective cohort studies, pre-pregnancy or prenatal use of benzodiazepines and z-hypnotics is associated with multiple adverse outcomes (Andrade, 2023): + The meta-analyses reported increased rates of spontaneous abortion, induced abortion, preterm birth, low birth weight, small for gestational age, low 5-minute Apgar scores, and neonatal intensive care unit (NICU) admission associated with benzodiazepine and/or z-hypnotic use in pregnancy (Grigoriadis et al., 2020, 2022). + One of the large cohort studies found an increased risk of ectopic pregnancy with benzodiazepine use in the 90 days prior to conception (Wall-Wieler et al., 2020). + The other large cohort study by Noh et al. (2022) found a small but statistically significant increase in risk of overall congenital malformations and cardiac malformations in a South Korean nationwide sample. + In contrast, the two registry studies (Lee et al., 2022; Spuznar et al., 2022) and 2022 meta-analysis by Grigoriadis et al., as well as a previous meta-analysis (Grigoriadis et al., 2019), did not find an increased risk of congenital malformations.

  • However, it is unclear to what degree these associations result directly from medication exposure, as opposed to possible confounding by indication, confounding by severity of indication, or residual confounding (Andrade, 2023).

Lactation* Medications with antihistamine properties like hydroxyzine and diphenhydramine could decrease breastmilk supply, especially with prolonged use, larger doses, in combination with sympathomimetics like pseudoephedrine, or before breastfeeding is well-established (LactMed, 2021a, 2021b). * Benzodiazepines can be used in lactation, but infants should be monitored for sedation and problems with feeding or growth (LactMed, 2022g, 2023b, 2023c). * Lorazepam has a shorter half-life than many benzodiazepines thus is preferred over other drugs with longer half-lives, like alprazolam and clonazepam (LactMed, 2022g, 2023b, 2023c).

Mood Stabilizers and Anti-epileptic drugs (AEDs)* There are more studies looking at these medications used for epilepsy in pregnancy, not directly investigating psychiatric indications like bipolar disorder. * Payne (2021) recommends encouraging all pregnant women taking anticonvulsants to take high-dose folate (4 mg per day), which can theoretically decrease the risk of neural tube defects. * Valproic acid and carbamazepine should be avoided in pregnancy but can be used in lactation (Payne, 2021).

Avoid Valproic Acid, Valproate, and Divalproex (Depakote) in Women of Childbearing Potential* The most important psychiatric medications to avoid in pregnancy are valproic acid and its derivatives: + Valproate is the conjugate base of valproic acid (National Center for Biotechnology Information, 2023b). + Divalproex is a combination of valproic acid and valproate (National Center for Biotechnology Information, 2023a).

  • In general, do not prescribe these medications to women of childbearing potential, even if not planning pregnancy in the near future.
  • However, if a nursing mother requires valproic acid treatment, breastfeeding does appear to be safe (LactMed, 2022k).

Congenital Malformations* A 2021 review by Kaplan and Demir reported estimates of major congenital malformations associated with prenatal valproate/valproic acid exposure ranging from 6.2% to 17.4%, and rates of major congenital malformations were ~2-5 times higher compared to control groups. * The risk of neural tube defects (particularly spina bifida) is approximately 1-2%, which is 10-20 times higher than in the general population (Kaplan & Demir, 2021). * With a neural tube defect risk around 1-6%, valproic acid should only be used as a last resort in women of child-bearing potential due to the high risk of teratogenicity early in pregnancy, often before a woman may be aware of the pregnancy (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022).

Effects on Development, Autism, and Intellectual Disability* The effects of prenatal exposure to valproic acid seem to be dose-dependent and are apparent as early as infancy, with lower developmental quotient (DQ) compared to controls (Bromley & Baker, 2017). * Lower intelligence quotient (IQ) in school children, impaired language functioning, memory, social skills, and motor development have also been reported, in addition to increased risk of neurodevelopmental disorders (Bromley & Baker, 2017). * A population-based cohort study with nearly 4.5 million participants looked at rates of autism and intellectual disability in children born to mothers with epilepsy and found that in those who were not exposed to AEDs, 1.5% were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and 0.8% were diagnosed with intellectual disability by age 8 years (Bjørk et al., 2022). * In same-aged children of mothers with epilepsy exposed to valproate monotherapy, 2.7% had a diagnosis of ASD, and 2.4% were diagnosed with intellectual disability (Bjørk et al., 2022). * 4.3% of those exposed to topiramate had ASD, and 3.1% had intellectual disability (Bjørk et al., 2022).

There was no consistently elevated risk of neurodevelopmental disorders associated with prenatal exposure to monotherapy with lamotrigine, carbamazepine, oxcarbazepine, gabapentin, pregabalin, clonazepam, levetiracetam, or phenobarbital (Bjørk et al., 2022).

Data from Bjørk et al. (2022):

ASD: autism spectrum disorders; ID: intellectual disability

Lactation* Although it is contraindicated in pregnancy, valproic acid can be used in lactation, and there do not seem to be adverse effects on growth or development in breastfed infants (LactMed, 2022k). There is very little data specifically on divalproex, although it is rapidly metabolized to valproic acid (LactMed, 2022h). * In fact, one study on children of mothers with epilepsy treated with anti-epileptic drugs (AED) in pregnancy found lower IQ at age 6 associated with prenatal valproate exposure but no adverse effects on IQ with breastmilk exposure to the studied drugs, valproate, carbamazepine, lamotrigine, and phenytoin (Meador et al., 2014). * In children exposed to the studied AEDs, the adjusted mean IQ was 4 points higher in those who were breastfed than those who did not; for children exposed to valproate, adjusted mean IQ was 12 points higher in the breastfed group than the non-breastfed group (Meador et al., 2014). * Valproic acid is excreted at low levels in breastmilk, and infant blood levels are low to undetectable (LactMed, 2022k). * There is a theoretical risk of hepatotoxicity in breastfed infants, so they should be monitored for signs of liver injury like jaundice, although there have been no reported cases (LactMed, 2022k).

Avoid Carbamazepine (Tegretol) in Pregnancy* Carbamazepine use in pregnancy is associated with increased risk of congenital malformations, including neural tube defects, craniofacial abnormalities, skeletal disorders, hypospadias, and diaphragmatic hernia; it may also increase the risk of hemorrhage in the newborn (Payne, 2021). * However, carbamazepine can be used in breastfeeding (LactMed, 2022d; Payne, 2021).

Lamotrigine (Lamictal)Pregnancy* There is no significantly increased risk of major congenital malformations in babies with prenatal lamotrigine exposure (Kaplan & Demir, 2021). * Analyses of a North American pregnancy registry indicated an increased risk of oral clefts in babies exposed to lamotrigine prenatally, but other registries failed to demonstrate similar findings (Kaplan & Demir, 2021). * When used for seizures, the dose is often increased in pregnancy based on blood levels, but there is not clear evidence that blood levels are correlated with risk of relapse when used for bipolar disorder (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2020). * It is best to check a lamotrigine level prior to pregnancy in a stable patient so you have a reference point for where to aim in pregnancy if their symptoms relapse (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2020). * Recheck lamotrigine blood levels within the first 1-2 weeks postpartum, as they can increase after delivery, and the dosage may need to be adjusted, especially if it was increased significantly in pregnancy (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2020).

Lactation* There do not appear to be adverse effects from lamotrigine monotherapy on growth or development in breastfed infants (LactMed, 2022e). * Toxicity in breastfed infants is rare, but babies should be monitored for apnea, sedation, and poor sucking, as well as rash (LactMed, 2022e) * Transient rashes have been reported in breastfeeding infants exposed to lamotrigine, and there is a theoretical risk of Stevens Johnson Syndrome (SJS), but there have been no reported cases of SJS (Khan et al., 2016). * Infant serum levels should be checked if there is concern for toxicity, and some recommend checking the infant’s serum lamotrigine level, as well as platelets and liver function tests if the maternal dose is increased (LactMed, 2022e).

LithiumBlood Levels* Lithium has a narrow therapeutic index, and it is important to closely monitor blood levels throughout pregnancy and delivery (Khan et al., 2016). * Lithium dose often needs to be increased during pregnancy due to increased renal clearance and expanded maternal fluid volume, and it should be decreased after delivery as renal clearance and fluid volume begin to normalize postpartum (Khan et al., 2016). * In order to minimize the serum concentration in infants, some recommend stopping lithium at the beginning of labor or 24-48 hours prior to scheduled Cesarean delivery, then restarting the pre-pregnancy dose after delivery (LactMed, 2022m). However, Dr. Lasseter generally recommends against doing so because postpartum psychosis can develop within days after birth, and lithium protects against this. Bergink and Kushner (2014) also advise that discontinuing lithium before delivery is unnecessary as long as maternal blood levels are in the therapeutic range.

Ebstein’s Anomaly* Prenatal lithium exposure, particularly in the first trimester, has been associated with heart defects, but the risk is lower than initially reported; more recent studies estimate the absolute risk of Ebstein’s anomaly to be between 1 in 2000 and 1 in 1000 (0.05-0.1%) (MGH Center for Women’s Mental Health, 2022). * Although there seems to be a small increase in cardiac malformations with lithium, it may be reasonable to start or continue it in pregnancy, especially in women with severe bipolar disorder, in whom the risk of relapse may outweigh the risk of Ebstein’s anomaly (Payne, 2021).

Lactation* Some recommend avoiding lithium in lactation due to high levels of excretion into breast milk. However, according to many sources, lithium use is not an absolute contraindication to breastfeeding, particularly with lithium monotherapy and in healthy, full-term infants, especially those older than 2 months (LactMed, 2022m). * When using lithium in breastfeeding patients, the baby should be monitored for signs of toxicity like feeding difficulties, sedation, restlessness, or poor growth; some groups recommend monitoring infant blood levels at different intervals, while other groups recommend checking lithium levels only when there is a clinical suspicion for toxicity (LactMed, 2022m).

Antipsychotics* Although there is limited data, most antipsychotics appear to be relatively safe in pregnancy, with the exception of risperidone, which is associated with a small increase in congenital malformations (Payne, 2021). * Additionally, postpartum psychosis, in particular, can have devastating consequences, including infanticide, so the benefits of antipsychotic treatment likely outweigh medication risks in patients with serious mental illness (Payne, 2021).

Olanzapine (Zyprexa)* Olanzapine is associated with increased risk of gestational diabetes (Betcher & Wisner, 2020). * Preliminary data from the Massachusetts General Hospital National Pregnancy Registry for Psychiatric Medications show no major congenital malformations associated with first trimester olanzapine exposure in a small sample of 49 infants (Viguera et al., 2023). * There have been reports of sedation in breastfed infants exposed to olanzapine, but overall, it is considered a first-line agent among second-generation antipsychotics in lactation (LactMed, 2022i).

Quetiapine (Seroquel)* Based on four controlled studies, the pooled risk ratio for major malformations in infants with prenatal quetiapine exposure is estimated to be 1.03 (95% CI=0.89, 1.19), suggesting no increased risk (Cohen et al., 2018). * Quetiapine is associated with increased risk of gestational diabetes (Betcher & Wisner, 2020). * Breastmilk levels are low (<1% of the maternal weight-adjusted dose), and based on systematic reviews, quetiapine seems to be the first or second choice among second-generation antipsychotics in lactation (LactMed, 2022j).

Aripiprazole (Abilify)* Among 163 infants exposed to aripiprazole in the first trimester, the risk of major malformations was not different compared to controls after adjusting for confounding variables (Freeman et al., 2021). * Data on lactation is limited, and other medications with more data may be preferred over aripiprazole, especially if breastfeeding a newborn or premature infant (LactMed, 2022l). * There have been reports of gynecomastia, galactorrhea, and cessation of lactation, in addition to impaired growth and weight loss in breastfed infants (LactMed, 2022l).

Risperidone (Risperdal)* Risperidone (and potentially paliperidone) seems to increase the risk of overall and cardiac malformations (Betcher & Wisner, 2020). * Risperidone may be considered as a second-line antipsychotic and used cautiously in lactation, but other agents are preferred due to higher breastmilk levels than other medications and reports of “Sedation, failure to thrive, jitteriness, tremors and abnormal muscle movements” in breastfed infants (LactMed, 2023e).

Clozapine (Clozaril)* Clozapine does not appear to be teratogenic, although data is limited (Beex-Oosterhuis et al., 2021). * Clozapine use in pregnancy is associated with 2x higher rates of gestational diabetes and may increase the risk of floppy infant syndrome and neonatal seizures (Mehta & Van Lieshout, 2017). * Several sources recommend against breastfeeding when taking clozapine due to risks of sedation and agranulocytosis in the infant (LactMed, 2022a).

Lactation* Data on antipsychotics and lactation is limited, but a 2016 systematic review of 37 reports found that second generation antipsychotics appear to be relatively safe in lactation, with the exception of clozapine (Uguz, 2016). * Antipsychotics can cause hyperprolactinemia and resulting galactorrhea (milk production in men or nonpregnant, nonlactating women) due to dopamine blockade in the tuberoinfundibular pathway; this has been reported in several different medications, including haloperidol and risperidone (LactMed, 2022f, 2023e). * Galactorrhea has also been reported in olanzapine, quetiapine, and aripiprazole, although these medications have a minimal effect on serum prolactin levels (LactMed, 2022i, 2022j, 2022l). * In nursing mothers with established lactation, the effects of these antipsychotics on prolactin levels may not interfere with breastfeeding (LactMed, 2022f, 2022i, 2022j, 2022l, 2023e). * There have also been case reports of aripiprazole associated with decreased breast milk supply (LactMed, 2022l).

Substance Use Disorders* An estimated 1-5% of pregnancies worldwide are affected by substance use disorders (Nagpal et al., 2020). * A 2013 national survey reported that in the United States, 15.4% of pregnancies were exposed to cigarettes, 9.4% to alcohol, and 5.4% to illicit substances (Louw, 2018). * Substance abuse causes many adverse effects in pregnancy and beyond, including fetal toxicity or teratogenicity, and overdose, which can sadly result in death and other devastating consequences. * Pregnancy motivates many women to stop using, decrease use, or seek out substance use treatment, but some are unable to quit during pregnancy due to the chronic, relapsing nature of these disorders (Louw, 2018). * Unfortunately, postpartum relapse rates are high, particularly in the first 6 months; one prospective study on substance use in pregnant women found that 83% were able to achieve abstinence from at least one substance, but 80% relapsed with at least one substance postpartum (Louw, 2018). * Although criminalization does not lead to better outcomes for either mother or child, some states mandate reporting of all substance use in pregnancy to Child Protective Services (CPS), including prescriptions and medication-assisted treatment, and it is considered child abuse in 18 US states (Prince et al., 2023). * Prenatal substance use is also grounds for involuntary commitment in 3 states (Prince et al., 2023). * Many women avoid prenatal care or hide substance use from their care team due to fear of consequences like losing custody or being arrested (Prince et al., 2023). * It is vital that we support our patients and adequately treat their substance use disorders before, during, and after pregnancy, practicing harm reduction when applicable.

Harm ReductionSee the Pregnancy and Substance Use: A Harm Reduction Toolkit from the CDC

AlcoholFetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders* Alcohol is a well-known teratogen and can cause fetal alcohol spectrum disorders, which include a variety of adverse effects on physical, neurological, and behavioral development (Chung et al., 2021). * In the United States, fetal alcohol syndrome is the most common cause of preventable intellectual disability (Prince et al., 2023).

Naltrexone and Acamprosate* While there is little data on the safety of alcohol use disorder medications in pregnancy, acamprosate and naltrexone have not been associated with significant risks of congenital malformation or other serious adverse effects and should be considered in pregnancy given the known risks of alcohol consumption (Kelty et al., 2021).

Disulfiram* Disulfiram should be avoided in pregnancy due to evidence (albeit limited) of adverse effects from clinical and animal studies (Kelty et al., 2021).

OpioidsNeonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome (NOWS)* Prenatal opioid exposure can lead to neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome (NOWS), which is associated with neurological, gastrointestinal, and respiratory adverse effects and may require prolonged hospitalization (Prince et al., 2023).

Methadone and Buprenorphine* Methadone and buprenorphine are considered safe in pregnancy and can be used in lactation (Nagpal et al., 2020). + Note that this is buprenorphine without naloxone—the combination of buprenorphine and naloxone is suboxone, which is not recommended.

StimulantsPrescribed Stimulants vs Stimulants of Abuse* It is important to make the distinction between prescribed stimulant use (e.g., for ADHD treatment) versus substance abuse, which generally involves much higher doses and can have more severe effects on offspring. * For example, prenatal methamphetamine use is associated with fetal growth restriction and low birth weight (Sankaran et al., 2022), as well as widespread effects on brain development and impairments in intellectual functioning, problem solving, short-term memory, and language development (Kunkler et al., 2022).

Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)* In patients with moderate to severe functional impairment, the benefits can outweigh risks of stimulant medication, such as improving safety while driving (Baker & Freeman, 2018).

Methylphenidate* Methylphenidate has been the best studied, and most studies on stimulants used for ADHD in pregnancy have not found an association with malformations (Baker & Freeman, 2018). * While some studies have found associations with prenatal exposure to stimulants and outcomes like miscarriage, low birth weight, placental problems, and low Apgar scores, others have found no change in risk for congenital malformations, prematurity, or birth weight (Baker & Freeman, 2018). * It is possible that some of the adverse outcomes associated with these medications may be related to the underlying mental illness, rather than the medication alone (Baker & Freeman, 2018). * Mothers who require methylphenidate can continue breastfeeding (LactMed, 2023d).

Lactation* Methylphenidate is undetectable in the serum of breastfed infants, and breastmilk levels appear to be very low, around 0.16%–0.7% of the maternal weight-adjusted dose (LactMed, 2023d). * In typically-prescribed doses, dextroamphetamine does not appear to have adverse effects on nursing infants, and the breastfed infant dosage also seems to be relatively low: 5.7% of maternal dose in one study (Baker & Freeman, 2018).

TobaccoBehavioral Interventions* Counseling (e.g., motivational interviewing or cognitive behavioral therapy) and financial incentives are associated with decreased rates of smoking in pregnancy and lower risk of low birth weight (American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ [ACOG] Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020).

Bupropion (Wellbutrin; Zyban)* Although data is limited, bupropion use in pregnancy is not associated with known risks of fetal anomalies, low birth weight, or preterm birth (ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020). * Bupropion can be used with caution in breastfeeding patients, but there is limited data on its use in lactation, and there have been case reports of possible seizures in breastfed infants, so other medications may be preferred, especially with newborns or premature infants (LactMed, 2023a).

Varenicline (Chantix)* Data on varenicline are very limited, but some small studies have not found evidence of teratogenicity (ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020). * Varenicline is not recommended in breastfeeding due to a lack of evidence, whereas the safety of bupropion in lactation has been somewhat better established (ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020).

Nicotine Replacement Therapy* While some reviews support the efficacy of nicotine replacement for smoking cessation in pregnancy, the evidence is inconsistent, and several US trials have been stopped early due to adverse effects or ineffectiveness (ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020). * Nicotine replacement therapy should only be considered in pregnancy with close monitoring and after detailed discussion of the known risks of continuing to smoke and the possible risks of nicotine replacement (ACOG Committee on Obstetric Practice et al., 2020). * The authors of the LactMed® chapter on nicotine advise avoiding all forms of nicotine in nursing mothers (LactMed, 2020). * The equivalent amount of nicotine from 17 cigarettes passes into the milk daily in breastfeeding mothers using a 21 mg transdermal nicotine patch (LactMed, 2020). * Some advocate for smoking mothers using nicotine replacement in order to reduce breastfed infant exposure to smoke and toxins from cigarettes; however, animal data suggests that nicotine could interfere with infant lung development and may increase the risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) (LactMed, 2020).

Marijuana And Cannabinoids (CBD, THC, Delta-8, etc.)* The use of marijuana and cannabinoids in the perinatal period seems to be increasing in the setting of more widespread legalization and availability (Martin, 2020). * Cannabinoids have been shown to affect pregnancy through activating the endocannabinoid system, including CB1 and CB2 receptors (Martin, 2020). * Perinatal cannabinoid use is associated with impairments in offspring behavioral, cognitive, and emotional development (Martin, 2020). * Although there is no definitive data, marijuana has been associated with preterm birth, low birth weight, and stillbirth (Prince et al., 2023). * The ACOG recommends avoiding marijuana in pregnancy, and the AAP recommends that mothers using marijuana should not breastfeed (Martin, 2020).

Perinatal Psychotherapy Depression* Most research on perinatal psychotherapy has studied patients with major depression or depressive symptoms and indicates that psychotherapy is a safe and effective treatment for perinatal depression. * Psychological interventions such as therapy should be considered first-line treatment for perinatal depression (Cuijpers & Karyotaki, 2021). * Cuijpers and Karyotaki (2021) found that psychological interventions were effective in treating perinatal depression, which remained significant at 12 months after treatment initiation, with an effect size of g=0.67 and number needed to treat (NNT) around 4. * Although therapy may be less effective in patients with chronic depression, psychological interventions are effective, particularly in subthreshold depression where they may prevent progression to major depression (Cuijpers & Karyotaki, 2021). * Meta-analysis by Jiang et al. (2022) with 21 included RCTs found significant improvements in perinatal depression from cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and interpersonal therapy (IPT); IPT was more effective than CBT, and brief interpersonal therapy (IPT-B) was better than standard IPT. * In a prospective randomized clinical trial of pregnant patients from diverse backgrounds with major depressive disorder, IPT-B led to significant improvement in depressive symptoms compared to enhanced usual care (Hankin et al., 2023).

Fatherhood and Mental Health* Although it is frequently underrecognized, misdiagnosed, and undertreated, the prevalence of paternal postpartum depression is estimated between 1.2% and 25.5% and is associated with paternal unemployment and psychological status, maternal mental illness, first pregnancy, and quality of marital relationship (Wang et al., 2021). * In addition to the lack of awareness and screening for paternal mental illness, men with perinatal depression are more likely than women to present with anger, irritability, or interpersonal conflict, which can lead to misdiagnosis (Skilbeck et al., 2023).

Risks of Paternal Perinatal Depression* Paternal perinatal depression is correlated with maternal perinatal depression (Skilbeck et al., 2023). * Additionally, Ashraf et al. (2023) reports that poor paternal mental health, particularly depression, at any stage of child development is associated with a broad range of negative impacts on children, including: + Increased distress in infants and impaired socioemotional development + Disruptive behavior, including oppositional defiant disorder (ODD), conduct disorder (CD), and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) + Neurodevelopmental disorders, such as increased rates of autism spectrum disorders (ASD) + Impaired speech and language development + “Hostile home environments and dysfunctional family dynamics” + Low income, which can further impact maternal and infant health

Benefits of Involved Fathers* Paternal involvement is associated with better early infant neurodevelopment, and this effect is partially mediated by a resulting reduction of parenting stress in mothers (Kim et al., 2016). * Research also shows that supportive fathers can help moderate the effects of maternal adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) on prenatal depressive symptoms, although mothers with high ACE scores are still at increased risk of prenatal depressive symptoms despite high paternal support (Fields et al., 2022). * A prospective study of 95 pregnant women found that involvement of the father of the baby was associated with decreased depressive symptoms and better psychological well-being (Giurgescu & Templin, 2015). * A Japanese cohort study of over 18,000 children found that more active paternal involvement in childcare tasks (like changing diapers) at 6 months of age was associated with greater psychological well-being at 16 years old (Kato et al., 2023).

Treatment of Paternal Mental Illness* While there is limited evidence about treatment of perinatal mental health treatment of fathers, one case study by Skilbeck et al. (2023) reports significant improvement of paternal perinatal depression symptoms in a 22-year-old first-time father taking 20 mg citalopram after attending 12 weekly sessions of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) over 4 months, with maintenance at 3-month follow-up:

Data from Skilbeck et al. (2023)

See also: Raising An Emotionally Intelligent Child

Exercise Effects on Perinatal Depression and Anxiety* High levels of physical activity during pregnancy are associated with lower risk of prenatal depression and anxiety, as well as decreased severity of prenatal depression and anxiety symptoms, reduced stress, and increased quality of life, although pre-pregnancy physical activity did not affect these outcomes (Cai et al., 2022). * In addition to decreased postnatal depression and anxiety, prenatal exercise is associated with enhanced placental growth and nutrient transport during pregnancy (Nagpal et al., 2020). * Levels of BDNF increase in response to exercise, including in pregnant women, and this is thought to mediate at least some of the positive effects of exercise on mental health (Nagpal et al., 2020). * Exercise-based and physical activity interventions may be helpful in the prevention or treatment of perinatal depression, though more rigorous research is needed (Carter et al., 2019). * Among 18 trials on exercise for postpartum depression, overall quality of evidence was low, and there were small effect sizes of exercise interventions (mostly aerobic exercise and coaching vs. usual care) decreasing depressive symptoms (Carter et al., 2019). * Meta-analysis of 12 RCTs found an effect size of 0.41 of perinatal physical activity interventions on postpartum depressive symptoms; with subgroup analysis, they found effect sizes of 0.67 in patients who met postpartum depression criteria at baseline and 0.29 for those who did not meet this criteria (Poyatos-León et al., 2017).

Exercise and Substance Use DisordersAccording to Nagpal et al. (2020):

  • There is some evidence for exercise as an adjunctive treatment for substance use disorder, but insufficient data in pregnancy specifically.
  • Some of this effect may be due to exercise-related stress reduction and mood improvement, which reduces risk of relapse.
  • Animal studies with morphine-dependent pregnant rats have found that exercise was associated with decreased anxiety-related behaviors in the mothers during withdrawal.
  • The pups of morphine-dependent mothers who exercised showed decreased anxiety, decreased voluntary morphine consumption, and increased BDNF in the bone marrow stromal cells compared to pups with sedentary mothers.

Yoga* Meta-analysis by Jiang et al. (2022) found no significant effect of yoga on perinatal depression. * However, some studies have found improvements in depression and anxiety symptoms with perinatal yoga (Muzik et al., 2012; Battle et al., 2015). * A systematic review of 13 studies found evidence for the efficacy of yoga interventions on decreasing depression and anxiety symptoms in pregnant women, although 7 of the 13 also incorporated mindfulness and/or meditation in the intervention (Sheffield & Woods-Giscombé, 2016). * Overall, more research is needed, and there is not strong evidence for the benefits of yoga in this population. * However, yoga is difficult to study due to the heterogeneity of different practices, and it is possible that certain types of yoga are in fact beneficial for perinatal mental health.

Vitamins and Other NutrientsOmega-3’s/Fish Oil* Mocking et al. (2020) suggest that omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) may be an effective adjunctive treatment in postpartum depression, but not for prevention or treatment of depression in pregnancy. + The largest effect of omega-3 PUFA was seen in postpartum depression (-0.886 standardized difference in means [SDM]). + There was a medium to large effect in postpartum women (SDM= -0.656), but negligible effect in pregnancy (SDM= -0.071). + The effect in depressed women was medium (SDM= -0.545), with no effect in women without depression (SDM= -0.073).

DietDietary Effects on Depression* Although there is very little research on diet and perinatal mental health specifically, diet has been shown to impact depression in non-pregnant adults. * The Mediterranean diet appears to result in reduction or remission of depressive symptoms in non-pregnant adults (Ventriglio et al., 2020). * There is also evidence that polyphenols can improve symptoms of depression, and the protective effects of the Mediterranean diet on depression may result from increased consumption of polyphenol-rich foods (e.g., coffee, tea, grapes, citrus, nuts, legumes, and spices) (Bayes et al., 2020).

Prenatal Diet and Offspring Development* Although the results were limited by a large number of animal studies, a 2022 scoping review with 120 included articles found lower rates of offspring anxiety with increased maternal consumption of vitamins and phytochemicals; offspring anxiety rates increased with reduced consumption of omega-3’s and maternal restriction of calories or protein (Monteiro et al., 2022). * A 2017 systematic review and meta-analysis by Borge et al. with 18 studies and over 63,000 participants found small positive associations between better maternal diet and child neurodevelopment. + In the affective domain: Hedge's g=0.088, adjusted for publication bias (unadjusted g=0.093) + Cognitive domain: g=0.14 (no publication bias observed) + Overall summary effect size: g=0.075, adjusted for publication bias (unadjusted g=0.112)

Prenatal Vitamins* A 2019 systematic review and meta-analysis found lower rates of offspring autism spectrum disorders (ASD) with maternal prenatal folic acid or multivitamin use (Li et al., 2019). * In a study of 418 mother-child dyads, moderate-to-severe depression was associated with impaired offspring cognition at 4 years old, and this finding persisted regardless of maternal prenatal vitamin intake (Ssewanyana et al., 2022).

Folate* Folate is commonly used in women of childbearing potential to reduce the risk of neural tube defects, and there is some evidence for its use as an adjunctive treatment in perinatal depression (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014).

Vitamin D* The current evidence on the relationship between vitamin D and perinatal depression is inconclusive due to poor study quality and heterogeneity (Gould et al., 2022). * However, there is evidence that maternal vitamin D deficiency increases the risk of offspring attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum disorder in a dose-dependent manner (Tirani et al., 2023; Upadhyaya et al., 2022). * It is also hypothesized that prenatal exposure to vitamin D deficiency increases the risk of schizophrenia based on higher rates of schizophrenia in people born in winter or spring and “offspring of dark-skinned migrants living in cold climates,” both of which are associated with vitamin D deficiency (Albiñana et al., 2022). * There is some data showing an association between neonatal vitamin deficiency and schizophrenia, though it is possible vitamin D supplementation may not actually mitigate this risk, as common genetic variants linked to schizophrenia also lead to lower vitamin D levels (Albiñana et al., 2022).

Vitamin B12* There is not convincing evidence that vitamin B12 deficiency is associated with either depression in pregnancy or restless leg syndrome (Ramadan et al., 2022).

Complementary And Alternative Medicine* The peripartum period is a vulnerable time, and there are many fads that promise to provide benefit, but may truly be only a placebo or could potentially cause harm. * Many patients prefer alternative non-pharmacologic treatments for peripartum depression due to concern about potential adverse effects on the fetus or infant and may seek Complementary and Alternative Medicine (CAM) treatments (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014). * A national survey in 2007 found that nearly 40% of American adults had used CAM in the past month (Barnes et al., 2008).

Placentophagy* The practice of placentophagy, or consuming the placenta after childbirth, is becoming more popular in Western societies among certain groups of women based on the belief that it can improve mood, increase lactation, and aid recovery by replenishing lost nutrients and hormones (Marraccini & Gorman, 2015). * Placentophagy is common among mammals, and animal studies have demonstrated positive influences on maternal behavior and pain (Marraccini & Gorman, 2015). * However, there is no empirical evidence to support these claims in humans, and further research is needed to establish the properties of the human placenta, effects of encapsulation, and potential benefits or harms of consuming it (Marraccini & Gorman, 2015).

St John's Wort (hypericum perforatum)* There is some evidence that St John’s wort has efficacy similar to TCAs or SSRIs in mild to moderate depression compared to placebo (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014). * However, it is not recommended in pregnant patients due to safety concerns including numerous medication interactions, lack of regulation or standardized dosing (because it is a supplement, thus not regulated by the FDA), and evidence of adverse effects in studies on breastfed infants, as well as in vitro and animal models (Zepeda et al., 2023).

Bright Light Therapy* There is growing interest in bright light therapy as a treatment for perinatal depression, and light boxes are increasingly commercially available. * A randomized controlled trial by Donmez et al. (2022) found significant improvement in perinatal depression symptoms with 45 minutes of daily bright light therapy (10,000 lux) each morning for 3 weeks. + Response rate in the bright light therapy group was 75%, compared to 18.2% in the placebo light condition (<500 lux). + Remission rate with bright light therapy was 41.7% and 0% with placebo.

  • Deligiannidis & Freeman (2014) recommend starting with 30 minutes of bright light therapy in the morning within 10 minutes of waking up.
  • Due to the possibility of undiagnosed bipolar disorder, patients starting bright light therapy should be monitored closely for signs of hypomania, mania, sleep difficulties, or agitation (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014).

Massage* There is some evidence that massage therapy can decrease depressive symptoms in pregnant and non-pregnant people, and antenatal massage may reduce rates of prematurity and low birth weight (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014). * Massage therapy combined with group psychotherapy has also been shown to reduce antenatal depression symptoms and cortisol levels more than group psychotherapy alone (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014).

Acupuncture* A meta-analysis of 30 trials found insufficient evidence for efficacy of acupuncture in major depression compared to sham treatment (Deligiannidis & Freeman, 2014).

Connect with Dr. Kristin Lasseter:Instagram: the.reproductive.psychiatristPrivate Practice Website: Reproductive Psychiatry & Counseling Austin Texas

You Tube: Medical Mamas

ResourcesPerinatal Psychiatry Access ProgramsVarious states have Perinatal Psychiatry Access Programs that allow clinicians to consult with perinatal psychiatrists about their patients, for example, PeriPAN in Texas. UMass Chan Medical School has a list of programs at the link above.

The Periscope Project Provider ToolkitPerinatal psychiatry resources for healthcare providers

LactMed®Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®) is a fully-referenced database that provides information about levels of drugs and other substances in breastmilk and infant blood, possible adverse effects on nursing infants, and appropriate therapeutic alternatives.

REPROTOX®The Reproductive Toxicology Center developed REPROTOX®, a database summarizing “the effects of medications, chemicals, infections, and physical agents on pregnancy, reproduction, and development.”

  • The app can be downloaded here:
  • Apple
  • Android

Pregnancy and Substance Use: A Harm Reduction Toolkit From the CDC

ACOGMore perinatal mental health resources for providers, patients, and families from ACOG

References:American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Obstetric Practice,

Valent, A., Choby, B. (2020). Tobacco and Nicotine Cessation During Pregnancy:

ACOG Committee Opinion, Number 807. Obstetrics and gynecology, 135(5),

e221–e229. https://doi.org/10.1097/AOG.0000000000003822

Albiñana, C., Boelt, S. G., Cohen, A. S., Zhu, Z., Musliner, K. L., Vilhjálmsson, B. J., &

McGrath, J. J. (2022). Developmental exposure to vitamin D deficiency and

subsequent risk of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia research, 247, 26–32.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2021.06.004

Anderson P. O. (2021). Antidepressants and Breastfeeding. Breastfeeding medicine : the

official journal of the Academy of Breastfeeding Medicine, 16(1), 5–7.

https://doi.org/10.1089/bfm.2020.0350

Andrade C. (2022). Gestational Exposure to Antidepressant Drugs and

Neurodevelopment: An Examination of Language, Mathematics, Intelligence, and

Other Cognitive Outcomes. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 83(1), 22f14388.

https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.22f14388

Andrade C. (2023). Gestational Exposure to Benzodiazepines and Z-Hypnotics and the Risk

of Major Congenital Malformations, Ectopic Pregnancy, and Other Adverse Pregnancy

Outcomes. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 84(2), 23f14874.

https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.23f14874

Ashraf, S., Shah, K., Vadukapuram, R., Shah, B., Jaiswal, S., Mansuri, Z., & Jain, S. (2023).

Impact of Paternal Depression on Child Neurodevelopmental Outcomes and

Disorders. The primary care companion for CNS disorders, 25(1), 22r03303.

https://doi.org/10.4088/PCC.22r03303

Baker, A. S., & Freeman, M. P. (2018). Management of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder

During Pregnancy. Obstetrics and gynecology clinics of North America, 45(3),

495–509. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ogc.2018.04.010

Barnes, P. M., Bloom, B., & Nahin, R. L. (2008). Complementary and alternative medicine

use among adults and children: United States, 2007. National health statistics reports,

(12), 1–23.

Battle, C. L., Uebelacker, L. A., Magee, S. R., Sutton, K. A., & Miller, I. W. (2015). Potential

for prenatal yoga to serve as an intervention to treat depression during

pregnancy. Women's health issues : official publication of the Jacobs Institute of

Women's Health, 25(2), 134–141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.whi.2014.12.003

Bayes, J., Schloss, J., & Sibbritt, D. (2020). Effects of Polyphenols in a Mediterranean

Diet on Symptoms of Depression: A Systematic Literature Review. Advances in

nutrition (Bethesda, Md.), 11(3), 602–615.

https://doi.org/10.1093/advances/nmz117

Beex-Oosterhuis, M. M., Van Gool, A. R., Heerdink, E. R., van Kesteren, C., & van Marum, R.

J. (2021). Clozapine Treatment During Pregnancy and the Postpartum Period: A

Systematic Literature Review. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 83(1), 21r13952.

https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.21r13952

Bergink, V., & Kushner, S. A. (2014). Lithium during pregnancy. The American journal of

psychiatry, 171(7), 712–715. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2014.14030409

Betcher, H. K., & Wisner, K. L. (2020). Psychotropic Treatment During Pregnancy:

Research Synthesis and Clinical Care Principles. Journal of women's health

(2002), 29(3), 310–318. https://doi.org/10.1089/jwh.2019.7781

Bjørk, M. H., Zoega, H., Leinonen, M. K., Cohen, J. M., Dreier, J. W., Furu, K., Gilhus, N. E.,

Gissler, M., Hálfdánarson, Ó., Igland, J., Sun, Y., Tomson, T., Alvestad, S., &

Christensen, J. (2022). Association of Prenatal Exposure to Antiseizure

Medication With Risk of Autism and Intellectual Disability. JAMA neurology, 79(7),

672–681. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamaneurol.2022.1269

Borge, T. C., Aase, H., Brantsæter, A. L., & Biele, G. (2017). The importance of maternal

diet quality during pregnancy on cognitive and behavioural outcomes in children:

a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMJ open, 7(9), e016777.

https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2017-016777

Bromley, R. L., & Baker, G. A. (2017). Fetal antiepileptic drug exposure and cognitive

outcomes. Seizure, 44, 225–231. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seizure.2016.10.006

Cai, C., Busch, S., Wang, R., Sivak, A., & Davenport, M. H. (2022). Physical activity before

and during pregnancy and maternal mental health: A systematic review and meta-analysis of observational studies. Journal of affective disorders, 309, 393–403. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2022.04.143

Carter, T., Bastounis, A., Guo, B., & Jane Morrell, C. (2019). The effectiveness of

exercise-based interventions for preventing or treating postpartum depression: a

systematic review and meta-analysis. Archives of women's mental health, 22(1),

37–53. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-018-0869-3

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2022, September 19). Four in 5

pregnancy-related deaths in the U.S. are preventable. Centers for Disease Control and

Prevention. Retrieved February 20, 2023, from

https://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2022/p0919-pregnancy-related-deaths.html

Chung, D. D., Pinson, M. R., Bhenderu, L. S., Lai, M. S., Patel, R. A., & Miranda, R. C.

(2021). Toxic and Teratogenic Effects of Prenatal Alcohol Exposure on Fetal

Development, Adolescence, and Adulthood. International journal of molecular

sciences, 22(16), 8785. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms22168785

Cohen L.S. (2019). Course and Treatment of Mood Disorders during Pregnancy and the

Postpartum Period: Lessons Learned Across Two Decades [PowerPoint Presentation].

MGH Psychiatry Academy Women’s Mental Health Course.

Cohen, L. S., Góez-Mogollón, L., Sosinsky, A. Z., Savella, G. M., Viguera, A. C., Chitayat, D.,

Hernández-Díaz, S., & Freeman, M. P. (2018). Risk of Major Malformations in Infants

Following First-Trimester Exposure to Quetiapine. The American journal of psychiatry,

175(12), 1225–1231. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.18010098

Cuijpers, P., & Karyotaki, E. (2021). The effects of psychological treatment of perinatal

depression: an overview. Archives of women's mental health, 24(5), 801–806.

https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-021-01159-8

Deligiannidis, K. M., & Freeman, M. P. (2014). Complementary and alternative medicine

therapies for perinatal depression. Best practice & research. Clinical obstetrics &

gynaecology, 28(1), 85–95. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpobgyn.2013.08.007

Donmez, M., Yorguner, N., Kora, K., & Topcuoglu, V. (2022). Efficacy of bright light therapy in

perinatal depression: A randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Journal of

psychiatric research, 149, 315–322. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2022.02.027

BK501922/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2020, August 17). Nicotine. National Institute of

Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501586/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2021a, September 20). Diphenhydramine.

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023

from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501878/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2021b, September 20). Hydroxyzine. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK500985/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022a, May 15). Clozapine. National Institute of

Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501650/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022b, May 15). Paroxetine. National Institute of

Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501190/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022c, May 15). Sertraline. National Institute of

Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501191/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022d, June 20). Carbamazepine. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501271/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022e, June 20). Lamotrigine. National Institute

of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501268/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022f, July 18). Haloperidol. National Institute of

Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK500910/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022g, November 30). Clonazepam. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501209/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022h, November 30). Divalproex. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501311/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022i, November 30). Olanzapine. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501056/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022j, November 30). Quetiapine. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501087/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022k, November 30). Valproic Acid. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501274/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022l, December 19). Aripiprazole. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501016/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2022m, December 19). Lithium. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501153/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2023a, January 15). Bupropion. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501184/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2023b, February 15). Alprazolam. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501199/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2023c, February 15). Lorazepam. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501231/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2023d, February 15). Methylphenidate. National

Institute of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501310/

Drugs and Lactation Database (LactMed®). (2023e, May 15). Risperidone. National Institute

of Child Health and Human Development. Retrieved June 22, 2023 from

https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK501095/

Fields, K., Shreffler, K. M., Ciciolla, L., Baraldi, A. N., & Anderson, M. (2023). Maternal

childhood adversity and prenatal depression: the protective role of father

support. Archives of women's mental health, 26(1), 89–97.

https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-022-01278-w

Freeman, M. P., Viguera, A. C., Góez-Mogollón, L., Young, A. V., Caplin, P. S., McElheny, S.

A., Church, T. R., Chitayat, D., Hernández-Díaz, S., & Cohen, L. S. (2021).

Reproductive safety of aripiprazole: data from the Massachusetts General Hospital National Pregnancy Registry for Atypical Antipsychotics. Archives of women's mental health, 24(4), 659–667. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-021-01115-6

Giurgescu, C., & Templin, T. N. (2015). Father Involvement and Psychological Well-Being of

Pregnant Women. MCN. The American journal of maternal child nursing, 40(6),

381–387. https://doi.org/10.1097/NMC.0000000000000183

Gould, J. F., Gibson, R. A., Green, T. J., & Makrides, M. (2022). A Systematic Review of

Vitamin D during Pregnancy and Postnatally and Symptoms of Depression in the

Antenatal and Postpartum Period from Randomized Controlled Trials and

Observational Studies. Nutrients, 14(11), 2300.

https://doi.org/10.3390/nu14112300

Grigoriadis, S., Alibrahim, A., Mansfield, J. K., Sullovey, A., & Robinson, G. E. (2022).

Hypnotic benzodiazepine receptor agonist exposure during pregnancy and the risk of

congenital malformations and other adverse pregnancy outcomes: A systematic

review and meta-analysis. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 146(4), 312–324.

https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.13441

Grigoriadis, S., Graves, L., Peer, M., Mamisashvili, L., Dennis, C. L., Vigod, S. N., Steiner, M.,

Brown, C., Cheung, A., Dawson, H., Rector, N., Guenette, M., & Richter, M. (2019).

Benzodiazepine Use During Pregnancy Alone or in Combination With an

Antidepressant and Congenital Malformations: Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis.

The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 80(4), 18r12412.

https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.18r12412

Grigoriadis, S., Graves, L., Peer, M., Mamisashvili, L., Ruthirakuhan, M., Chan, P., Hennawy,

M., Parikh, S., Vigod, S. N., Dennis, C. L., Steiner, M., Brown, C., Cheung, A.,

Dawson, H., Rector, N., Guenette, M., & Richter, M. (2020). Pregnancy and Delivery

Outcomes Following Benzodiazepine Exposure: A Systematic Review and

Meta-analysis. Canadian journal of psychiatry. Revue canadienne de psychiatrie,

65(12), 821–834. https://doi.org/10.1177/0706743720904860

Hamilton, M., (1960). A rating scale for depression. Journal of neurology, neurosurgery, and

psychiatry, 23(1), 56–62. https://doi.org/10.1136/jnnp.23.1.56

Hankin, B. L., Demers, C. H., Hennessey, E. P., Perzow, S. E. D., Curran, M. C., Gallop, R. J.,

Hoffman, M. C., & Davis, E. P. (2023). Effect of Brief Interpersonal Therapy on

Depression During Pregnancy: A Randomized Clinical Trial. JAMA psychiatry,

e230702. Advance online publication.

https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2023.0702

Horan, A., Kondas, C., & Dinsell, V. (2022). Integrating Peripartum Mental Health Education

into the Psychiatry Clerkship: a Multimodal Approach. Academic psychiatry : the

journal of the American Association of Directors of Psychiatric Residency Training and

the Association for Academic Psychiatry, 46(2), 175–179.

https://doi.org/10.1007/s40596-021-01501-3

Huybrechts, K. F., Palmsten, K., Avorn, J., Cohen, L. S., Holmes, L. B., Franklin, J. M.,

Mogun, H., Levin, R., Kowal, M., Setoguchi, S., & Hernández-Díaz, S. (2014).

Antidepressant use in pregnancy and the risk of cardiac defects. The New England

journal of medicine, 370(25), 2397–2407. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa1312828

Jiang, X., Kang, Y., Li, H., Wang, D, Shan, L., & Wang, F. (2022). Efficacy of nondrug

interventions in perinatal depression: A meta-analysis. Psychiatry Research, 317.

https://doi-org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114916

Jordan, S., Bromley, R., Damase-Michel, C., Given, J., Komninou, S., Loane, M., Marfell, N.,

& Dolk, H. (2022). Breastfeeding, pregnancy, medicines, neurodevelopment, and

population databases: the information desert. International breastfeeding journal,

17(1), 55. https://doi.org/10.1186/s13006-022-00494-5

Kaplan, Y. C., & Demir, O. (2021). Use of Phenytoin, Phenobarbital Carbamazepine,

Levetiracetam Lamotrigine and Valproate in Pregnancy and Breastfeeding: Risk of

Major Malformations, Dose-dependency, Monotherapy vs Polytherapy,

Pharmacokinetics and Clinical Implications. Current neuropharmacology, 19(11),

1805–1824. https://doi.org/10.2174/1570159X19666210211150856

Kato, T., Kachi, Y., Ochi, M., Nagayoshi, M., Dhungel, B., Kondo, T., & Takehara, K. (2023).

The long-term association between paternal involvement in infant care and children's

psychological well-being at age 16 years: An analysis of the Japanese Longitudinal

Survey of Newborns in the 21st Century 2001 cohort. Journal of affective disorders,

324, 114–120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2022.12.075

Kelty, E., Terplan, M., Greenland, M., & Preen, D. (2021). Pharmacotherapies for the

Treatment of Alcohol Use Disorders During Pregnancy: Time to Reconsider?. Drugs,

81(7), 739–748. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40265-021-01509-x

Khan, S. J., Fersh, M. E., Ernst, C., Klipstein, K., Albertini, E. S., & Lusskin, S. I. (2016).

Bipolar Disorder in Pregnancy and Postpartum: Principles of Management. Current

psychiatry reports, 18(2), 13. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11920-015-0658-x

Kim, M., Kang, S. K., Yee, B., Shim, S. Y., & Chung, M. (2016). Paternal involvement and

early infant neurodevelopment: the mediation role of maternal parenting stress.

BMC pediatrics, 16(1), 212. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12887-016-0747-y

Kobayashi, T., Matsuyama, T., Takeuchi, M., & Ito, S. (2016). Autism spectrum disorder and

prenatal exposure to selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors: A systematic review and

meta-analysis. Reproductive toxicology (Elmsford, N.Y.), 65, 170–178.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.reprotox.2016.07.016

Kunkler, C., Lewis, A. J., & Almeida, R. (2022). Methamphetamine exposure during

pregnancy: A meta-analysis of child developmental outcomes. Neuroscience and

biobehavioral reviews, 138, 104714. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2022.104714

Lasseter, K. Y. (2022). Antidepressants Guide. Instagram. Retrieved March 2, 2023, from

https://www.instagram.com/the.reproductive.psychiatrist/guide/antidepressants

/17923393139487991/

Louw K. A. (2018). Substance use in pregnancy: The medical challenge. Obstetric medicine,

11(2), 54–66. https://doi.org/10.1177/1753495X17750299

Li, M., Francis, E., Hinkle, S. N., Ajjarapu, A. S., & Zhang, C. (2019). Preconception and

Prenatal Nutrition and Neurodevelopmental Disorders: A Systematic Review and

Meta-Analysis. Nutrients, 11(7), 1628. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu11071628

Marraccini, M. E., & Gorman, K. S. (2015). Exploring Placentophagy in Humans:

Problems and Recommendations. Journal of midwifery & women's health, 60(4),

371–379. https://doi.org/10.1111/jmwh.12309

Martin G. I. (2020). Marijuana: the effects on pregnancy, the fetus, and the newborn. Journal

of perinatology : official journal of the California Perinatal Association, 40(10),

1470–1476. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41372-020-0708-z

Massachusetts General Hospital Center for Women's Mental Health. (2020, August 18).

Lamotrigine (Lamictal) Dosing During Pregnancy. Retrieved June 14, 2023, from https://womensmentalhealth.org/posts/lamotrigine-lamictal-dosing-during-pregnancy/

Massachusetts General Hospital Center for Women's Mental Health. (2022, August 22).

Psychiatric disorders during pregnancy. Retrieved April 4, 2023, from

https://womensmentalhealth.org/specialty-clinics-2/psychiatric-disorders-during-

pregnancy/

MDCalc. (n.d.). Hamilton depression rating scale (HAM-D).

https://www.mdcalc.com/calc/10043/hamilton-depression-rating-scale-ham-d

Meador, K. J., Baker, G. A., Browning, N., Cohen, M. J., Bromley, R. L., Clayton-Smith, J.,

Kalayjian, L. A., Kanner, A., Liporace, J. D., Pennell, P. B., Privitera, M., Loring, D. W.,

& Neurodevelopmental Effects of Antiepileptic Drugs (NEAD) Study Group (2014).

Breastfeeding in children of women taking antiepileptic drugs: cognitive outcomes at

age 6 years. JAMA pediatrics, 168(8), 729–736.

https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2014.118

Mehta, T. M., & Van Lieshout, R. J. (2017). A review of the safety of clozapine during

pregnancy and lactation. Archives of women's mental health, 20(1), 1–9.

https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-016-0670-0

Mocking, R. J. T., Steijn, K., Roos, C., Assies, J., Bergink, V., Ruhé, H. G., & Schene, A. H.

(2020). Omega-3 Fatty Acid Supplementation for Perinatal Depression: A

Meta-Analysis. The Journal of clinical psychiatry, 81(5), 19r13106.

https://doi.org/10.4088/JCP.19r13106

Monteiro, S., Nejad, Y. S., & Aucoin, M. (2022). Perinatal diet and offspring anxiety: A

scoping review. Translational neuroscience, 13(1), 275–290.

https://doi.org/10.1515/tnsci-2022-0242

Moon, R. Y., Carlin, R. F., Hand, I., & TASK FORCE ON SUDDEN INFANT DEATH

SYNDROME AND THE COMMITTEE ON FETUS AND NEWBORN (2022).

Sleep-Related Infant Deaths: Updated 2022 Recommendations for Reducing Infant

Deaths in the Sleep Environment. Pediatrics, 150(1), e2022057990.

https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2022-057990

Muzik, M., & Hamilton, S. E. (2016). Use of Antidepressants During Pregnancy?: What to

Consider when Weighing Treatment with Antidepressants Against Untreated

Depression. Maternal and child health journal, 20(11), 2268–2279.

https://doi.org/10.1007/s10995-016-2038-5

Muzik, M., Hamilton, S. E., Lisa Rosenblum, K., Waxler, E., & Hadi, Z. (2012). Mindfulness

yoga during pregnancy for psychiatrically at-risk women: preliminary results from

a pilot feasibility study. Complementary therapies in clinical practice, 18(4),

235–240. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ctcp.2012.06.006

Nagpal, T. S., Bhattacharjee, J., da Silva, D. F., Souza, S. C. S., Mohammad, S., Puranda, J.

L., Abu-Dieh, A., Cook, J., & Adamo, K. B. (2020). Physical activity may be an

adjuvant treatment option for substance use disorders during pregnancy: A

scoping review. Birth defects research, 113(3), 265–275.

https://doi.org/10.1002/bdr2.1803

National Center for Biotechnology Information (2023a). PubChem Compound Summary for

CID 23663956, Divalproex sodium. Retrieved June 21, 2023 from

https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/Divalproex-sodium

National Center for Biotechnology Information (2023b). PubChem Compound Summary for

CID 3549980, Valproate. Retrieved June 21, 2023 from

https://pubchem.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/compound/Valproate.

Noh, Y., Lee, H., Choi, A., Kwon, J. S., Choe, S. A., Chae, J., Kim, D. S., & Shin, J. Y. (2022).

First-trimester exposure to benzodiazepines and risk of congenital malformations in

offspring: A population-based cohort study in South Korea. PLoS medicine, 19(3),

e1003945. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pmed.1003945

Nulman, I., Rovet, J., Stewart, D. E., Wolpin, J., Gardner, H. A., Theis, J. G., Kulin, N., &

Koren, G. (1997). Neurodevelopment of children exposed in utero to

antidepressant drugs. The New England journal of medicine, 336(4), 258–262.

https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJM199701233360404

Payne J. L. (2021). Psychiatric Medication Use in Pregnancy and Breastfeeding.

Obstetrics and gynecology clinics of North America, 48(1), 131–149.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ogc.2020.11.006

Poyatos-León, R., García-Hermoso, A., Sanabria-Martínez, G., Álvarez-Bueno, C.,

Cavero-Redondo, I., & Martínez-Vizcaíno, V. (2017). Effects of exercise-based

interventions on postpartum depression: A meta-analysis of randomized

controlled trials. Birth (Berkeley, Calif.), 44(3), 200–208.

https://doi.org/10.1111/birt.12294

Prince, M. K., Daley, S. F., & Ayers, D. (2023). Substance Use in Pregnancy. In StatPearls.

StatPearls Publishing.

Ramadan, E. F., Grisdale, M., & Morais, M. (2022). Maternal Vitamin B12 Levels During

Pregnancy and Their Effects on Maternal Neurocognitive Symptoms: A

Systematic Review. Journal of obstetrics and gynaecology Canada : JOGC =

Journal d'obstétrique et gynécologie du Canada : JOGC, 44(4), 390–394.e3.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jogc.2021.11.017

Rogers, A., Obst, S., Teague, S. J., Rossen, L., Spry, E. A., Macdonald, J. A., Sunderland,

M., Olsson, C. A., Youssef, G., & Hutchinson, D. (2020). Association Between

Maternal Perinatal Depression and Anxiety and Child and Adolescent

Development: A Meta-analysis. JAMA pediatrics, 174(11), 1082–1092.

https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapediatrics.2020.2910

Sankaran, D., Lakshminrusimha, S., & Manja, V. (2022). Methamphetamine: burden,

mechanism and impact on pregnancy, the fetus, and newborn. Journal of perinatology:

official journal of the California Perinatal Association, 42(3), 293–299.

https://doi.org/10.1038/s41372-021-01271-8

Sheffield, K. M., & Woods-Giscombé, C. L. (2016). Efficacy, Feasibility, and Acceptability of

Perinatal Yoga on Women's Mental Health and Well-Being: A Systematic Literature

Review. Journal of holistic nursing : official journal of the American Holistic Nurses'

Association, 34(1), 64–79. https://doi.org/10.1177/0898010115577976

Skilbeck, L., Spanton, C., & Roylance, I. (2023). Recognition and CBT for Paternal

Perinatal Depression in Primary Care: A Case Report. American journal of men's

health, 17(2), 15579883231159955.

https://doi.org/10.1177/15579883231159955

Szpunar, M. J., Freeman, M. P., Kobylski, L. A., Caplin, P. S., Gaccione, P., Viguera, A. C.,

Chitayat, D., Hernández-Díaz, S., & Cohen, L. S. (2022). Risk of major malformations

in infants after first-trimester exposure to benzodiazepines: Results from the

Massachusetts General Hospital National Pregnancy Registry for Psychiatric

Medications. Depression and anxiety, 39(12), 751–759.

https://doi.org/10.1002/da.23280

Ssewanyana, D., Knight, J. A., Matthews, S. G., Wong, J., Khani, N. A., Lye, J., Murphy, K. E.,

Foshay, K., Okeke, J., Lye, S. J., & Hung, R. J. (2022). Maternal prenatal

psychological distress and vitamin intake with children's neurocognitive development.

Pediatric research, 92(5), 1450–1457. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41390-022-02003-0

Standeven, L. R., Osborne, L. M., Betz, J. F., Yenokyan, G., Voegtline, K., Hantsoo, L., &

Payne, J. L. (2022). Allopregnanolone and depression and anxiety symptoms

across the peripartum: an exploratory study. Archives of women's mental health,

25(2), 521–526. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00737-021-01186-5

Tirani, S. A., Balali, A., Askari, G., & Saneei, P. (2023). Maternal serum 25-hydroxy vitamin

D levels and risk of autism spectrum and attention-deficit hyperactivity disorders

in offspring: A systematic review and dose-response meta-analysis. Psychiatry

research, 319, 114977. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114977

Uguz F. (2016). Second-Generation Antipsychotics During the Lactation Period: A

Comparative Systematic Review on Infant Safety. Journal of clinical

psychopharmacology, 36(3), 244–252.

https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0000000000000491

Upadhyaya, S., Ståhlberg, T., Silwal, S., Arrhenius, B., & Sourander, A. (2022). Maternal

Vitamin D Levels during Pregnancy and Offspring Psychiatric Outcomes: A

Systematic Review. International journal of molecular sciences, 24(1), 63.

https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms24010063

Ventriglio, A., Sancassiani, F., Contu, M. P., Latorre, M., Di Slavatore, M., Fornaro, M.,

& Bhugra, D. (2020). Mediterranean Diet and its Benefits on Health and

Mental Health: A Literature Review. Clinical practice and epidemiology in

mental health : CP & EMH, 16(Suppl-1), 156–164.

https://doi.org/10.2174/1745017902016010156

Viguera, A. C., Freeman, M. P., Kobylski, L. A., Rossa, E. T., Gaccione, P., Chitayat, D.,

Hernández-Díaz, S., & Cohen, L. S. (2023). Risk of Major Malformations Following

First-Trimester Exposure to Olanzapine: Preliminary Data From the Massachusetts

General Hospital National Pregnancy Registry for Psychiatric Medications. Journal of

clinical psychopharmacology, 43(2), 106–112.

https://doi.org/10.1097/JCP.0000000000001665

Viswanathan, M., Middleton, J. C., Stuebe, A. M., Berkman, N. D., Goulding, A. N.,

McLaurin-Jiang, S., Dotson, A. B., Coker-Schwimmer, M., Baker, C., Voisin, C. E.,

Bann, C., & Gaynes, B. N. (2021). Maternal, Fetal, and Child Outcomes of Mental Health Treatments in Women: A Meta-Analysis of Pharmacotherapy. Psychiatric research and clinical practice, 3(3), 123–140. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.prcp.20210001

Wall-Wieler, E., Robakis, T. K., Lyell, D. J., Masarwa, R., Platt, R. W., & Carmichael, S. L.

(2020). Benzodiazepine use before conception and risk of ectopic pregnancy.

Human reproduction (Oxford, England), 35(7), 1685–1692.

https://doi.org/10.1093/humrep/deaa082

Wang, D., Li, Y. L., Qiu, D., & Xiao, S. Y. (2021). Factors Influencing Paternal Postpartum

Depression: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Journal of affective

disorders, 293, 51–63. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2021.05.088

Wang, X., Zhang, T., Ekheden, I., Chang, Z., Hellner, C., Jan Hasselström,

Jayaram-Lindström, N., M D'Onofrio, B., Larsson, H., Mataix-Cols, D., & Sidorchuk, A.

(2022). Prenatal exposure to benzodiazepines and Z-drugs in humans and risk of

adverse neurodevelopmental outcomes in offspring: A systematic review.

Neuroscience and biobehavioral reviews, 137, 104647.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2022.104647

Zepeda, R. C., Juárez-Portilla, C., & Molina-Jiménez, T. (2023). St. John's Wort usage in

treating of perinatal depression. Frontiers in behavioral neuroscience, 16,

  1. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2022.1066459

View Details

Catalina Baas, Michael Cummings, MD, David Puder, MD

I am thrilled to continue our podcast series on addiction, designed to meet the one-time, 8-hour training requirement introduced by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023. This mandate applies to all practitioners registered with the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), and our series primarily focuses on the treatment and management of patients with substance use disorders.

Here are other episodes that contribute towards the training requirement:

  • Episode 182: Opioid Use Disorder with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 181: Alcohol Use Disorder with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 044: Marijuana and Mental Health (0.5 CME units)
  • Episode 064: Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis? (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 066: Fentanyl: The Next Phase in the Opiate Epidemic (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 030: Ketamine and Psychedelics with Dr. Michael Cummings (0.75 CME units)

All these episodes, along with future releases, are included in our yearly subscription. For registration or additional information about this course, please visit: https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/cme-program.

We appreciate your dedication to enhancing patient care and tackling the substantial challenges associated with addiction and detoxification. We are eager for your participation in our upcoming CME course, curated with the specific needs of mental health professionals in mind.

We always welcome your suggestions. If there are any addiction experts you'd recommend for me to interview, please do not hesitate to share their names.

Thank you for your unwavering support. Stay tuned for more updates!

XylazineXylazine (also known as “tranq” or the “zombie drug”) is a clonidine analogue and alpha-2 adrenergic agonist with effects in both the central and peripheral nervous system. It functions as a powerful sedative, analgesic, and muscle relaxant, and has long been used in veterinary medicine as a tranquilizer for animals such as dogs and horses. Xylazine is not FDA approved for use in humans due to potentially dangerous side effects including severe central nervous system (CNS) depression or sedation (U.S. Food and Drug Administration, 2022). Alarmingly, xylazine is increasingly being added to drugs sold on the street despite the significant risk it poses.

Side Effects and OverdoseXylazine is preferentially mixed with opioids since it acts to prolong and enhance their effects or, put another way, “give [fentanyl] legs.” However, this combination is extremely hazardous, as it increases the risk of fatal overdose. Xylazine induces sedation by reducing the activity of noradrenergic neurons in the locus coeruleus, which is part of the reticular activating system necessary for maintaining consciousness (Giovannitti et al., 2015). This results in decreased activation of ascending noradrenergic pathways, producing reduced cortical activity and profound sedation for which it is sometimes called the “zombie drug.” When xylazine is combined with opioids, which reduce the brain’s sensitivity to rising CO2 levels, the risk of fatal respiratory depression is magnified. Adding to this risk is the fact that both fentanyl and xylazine can be lethal at very small doses. Importantly, as xylazine is not an opioid, naloxone (Narcan) does not reverse its effects. Even so, providers are still advised to administer naloxone to treat the effects of any opioids taken along with the xylazine.

In addition to sedation and CNS depression, xylazine can produce significant tissue damage and necrosis at IV injection sites. This is believed to be due to vasoconstriction leading to impaired wound healing. The wounds can be so severe as to necessitate amputation (Malayala et al., 2022).

Xylazine Misuse is RisingAccording to the DEA, "xylazine is making the deadliest drug threat our country has ever faced, fentanyl, even deadlier." Mixtures of xylazine and fentanyl have so far been seized in 48 states and, in 2022, “approximately 23% of fentanyl powder and 7% of fentanyl pills seized by the DEA contained xylazine” (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2023).

A current challenge with treating xylazine misuse is that the drug is not detected in routine toxicology screens. Thus, the diagnosis involves clinical suspicion. The presence of sedation, severe skin wounds, and poor response to naloxone in a patient with known substance use can be important clues.

Treatment of Intoxication and WithdrawalTreatment of opioid/xylazine overdose involves administration of naloxone, securing the airway, providing supplemental oxygen, and treating hypotension (Gupta et al., 2023). There is currently no FDA-approved medication for reversing xylazine. Next, the withdrawal effects must be addressed. Xylazine withdrawal primarily involves autonomic instability, which can be very severe and may require admission to the ICU. Possible serious complications include stroke, seizures, and myocardial infarction due to rebound vasoconstriction. Options for pharmacologic management are still under investigation. One case study reported success using dexmedetomidine, phenobarbital, tizanidine, and later clonidine (Ehrman-Dupre et al., 2022).

MethamphetamineOverviewMethamphetamine has historically been used medically for weight loss and treatment of ADHD. However, it has since fallen out of favor due to its neurotoxicity and high addictive potential, as well as the advent of alternative medications.

In contrast to the amphetamine salts now used for ADHD management, methamphetamine more rapidly crosses the blood brain barrier, is more potent, and has longer lasting effects (Goodwin et al., 2009). While a typical dose of amphetamine salts is 5-40mg per day, methamphetamine abusers average 100-1000 mg daily (Moszczynska, 2016).

Mechanism and Side EffectsMethamphetamine is a highly addictive stimulant that exerts its effects by increasing the synaptic release of dopamine, serotonin, and norepinephrine. The mechanism appears to involve displacement of neurotransmitters from transport vesicles, reversal of flow through plasma membrane transporters, and reuptake inhibition (Lin et al., 2016; Kish, 2008).

The flooding of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens, mesolimbic circuitry, and amygdala is also responsible for many of the effects of methamphetamine intoxication, including euphoria, hyperarousal, hypersexuality, agitation, psychosis, and impulsive behaviors such as theft and gambling. Approximately 40% of users experience psychosis, which can involve violent behaviors, paranoid delusions, and hallucinations which commonly involve a feeling of bugs crawling under the skin. These effects are usually transient but may persist in some individuals, making it difficult to distinguish from a primary psychiatric diagnosis (Glasner-Edwards and Mooney, 2014).

As methamphetamine wears off, users can experience a “crash” where they become somnolent and irritable due to depletion of intracellular dopamine stores. Other common symptoms include anhedonia and hyperphagia. In order to stave off the crash and maintain euphoria, users may go on what’s called a “meth run” where they use the drug for several days, often forgoing eating and sleeping (Methamphetamine Research Report, 2016).

Other significant side effects of methamphetamine abuse include tooth decay due to impaired blood supply (“meth mouth”), pupillary dilation, hypertension, stroke, myocardial infarction, arrhythmias, muscle wasting, malnutrition, seizures, and damage to the brain, heart, liver, kidney, and lungs (Yasaei and Saadabadi, 2023). Infections related to IV use are also common.

TreatmentAn acutely intoxicated individual with psychosis can be treated with a low-dose antipsychotic. It is important not to give too high of a dose initially, as the intracellular dopamine depletion present after methamphetamine use can increase the risk of drug-induced parkinsonism and dystonia. Medications such as hydroxyzine can be helpful for acute treatment of anxiety.

After the initial psychosis or agitation is addressed, the patient can be offered supportive care including sleep, food, and fluids. Afterward, patients motivated to quit could benefit from attendance of a treatment program to help maintain abstinence. Therapy can also be highly beneficial, especially for individuals with other underlying psychiatric conditions.

Effects Of Perinatal Drug ExposuresSubstance abuse during pregnancy can have lasting effects on the growing child. Potential consequences of commonly abused substances are as follows:

Methamphetamines: Babies can experience stress and hypoarousal. Toddlers and older children can have delayed milestones, inattention, impaired self-control, and affect disinhibition (National Institute on Drug Abuse, 2021).

Alcohol: Infants may be born with fetal alcohol syndrome, resulting in varying degrees of abnormal facies and intellectual disability.

Opioids: Newborns may experience neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome (NOWS) which can consist of irritability, diarrhea, sweating, breathing difficulty, poor feeding, tremors, and seizures. Kids are also at an increased risk of inattention, lower IQ, and poorer academic performance (Conradt et al., 2019).

Synthetic Cathinones ("Bath Salts")Synthetic cathinones are lab-made drugs designed to mimic traditional stimulant drugs of abuse such as cocaine and amphetamines. They are also falsely marketed and sold in place of MDMA. The drugs are chemically related to cathinone, which is a plant-derived monoamine alkaloid with effects similar to amphetamine. They are often significantly more potent than their non-synthetic counterparts and thus more dangerous. In order to avoid detection, the crystal or powder drugs are packaged and labeled as “bath salts,” “plant food,” or “jewelry cleaner” (National Institute on Drug Abuse, 2020).

Synthetic Cannabinoids (“Spice”)Starting around 2008, synthetic cannabinoids began to appear in herbal smoking mixtures sold online under names such as “Spice” and “K2.” These herbal preparations were marketed as a safe and legal alternative to marijuana. However, synthetic cannabinoids are significantly more dangerous than natural cannabinoids. They have a higher affinity for cannabinoid 1 and 2 receptors as compared to delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), making them more likely to induce a state of paranoid psychosis. Other possible effects include nausea, severe anxiety, panic attacks, tachycardia, and potentially fatal coronary ischemia (Fattore and Fratta, 2011).

Drug-Induced PsychosisDrug-induced psychosis can be caused by many different agents and typically resolves within a few weeks of the drug wearing off. However, among those who develop drug-induced psychosis, approximately 30% will develop a permanent psychotic illness.The drugs most associated with this phenomenon are hallucinogens, delta 9-THC, and amphetamines. One possible mechanism is thought to be related to the drugs inducing some of the same neurological changes seen in individuals prone to primary psychotic conditions. For example, the pathogenesis of schizophrenia has been found to involve synaptic and neuronal loss, and adolescent exposure to THC appears to produce similar changes in the developing brain (Osmio et al., 2019; Bara et al., 2021). Nevertheless, it remains unclear whether the drugs themselves are enough to produce the neurologic changes necessary for psychosis, or if the drug user must additionally have an underlying predisposition to psychosis.

References1. Bara, A., Ferland, J. N., Rompala, G., Szutorisz, H., & Hurd, Y. L. (2021). Cannabis and synaptic reprogramming of the developing brain. Nature reviews. Neuroscience, 22(7), 423–438. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41583-021-00465-5 2. Center for Disease Control and Prevention (2023, June 9). What You Should Know About Xylazine. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/deaths/other-drugs/xylazine/faq.html 3. Conradt, E., Flannery, T., Aschner, J. L., Annett, R. D., Croen, L. A., Duarte, C. S., Friedman, A. M., Guille, C., Hedderson, M. M., Hofheimer, J. A., Jones, M. R., Ladd-Acosta, C., McGrath, M., Moreland, A., Neiderhiser, J. M., Nguyen, R. H. N., Posner, J., Ross, J. L., Savitz, D. A., Ondersma, S. J., … Lester, B. M. (2019). Prenatal Opioid Exposure: Neurodevelopmental Consequences and Future Research Priorities. Pediatrics, 144(3), e20190128. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2019-0128 4. Ehrman-Dupre, R., Kaigh, C., Salzman, M., Haroz, R., Peterson, L. K., & Schmidt, R. (2022). Management of Xylazine Withdrawal in a Hospitalized Patient: A Case Report. Journal of Addiction Medicine, 16(5), 595–598. https://doi.org/10.1097/ADM.0000000000000955 5. Fattore, L., & Fratta, W. (2011). Beyond THC: The New Generation of Cannabinoid Designer Drugs. Frontiers in behavioral neuroscience, 5, 60. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnbeh.2011.00060 6. Giovannitti, J. A., Jr, Thoms, S. M., & Crawford, J. J. (2015). Alpha-2 adrenergic receptor agonists: a review of current clinical applications. Anesthesia progress, 62(1), 31–39. https://doi.org/10.2344/0003-3006-62.1.31 7. Glasner-Edwards, S., & Mooney, L. J. (2014). Methamphetamine psychosis: epidemiology and management. CNS drugs, 28(12), 1115–1126. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-014-0209-8 8. Goodwin, J. S., Larson, G. A., Swant, J., Sen, N., Javitch, J. A., Zahniser, N. R., De Felice, L. J., & Khoshbouei, H. (2009). Amphetamine and methamphetamine differentially affect dopamine transporters in vitro and in vivo. The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 284(5), 2978–2989. https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M805298200 9. Gupta, R., Holtgrave, D. R., & Ashburn, M. A. (2023). Xylazine - Medical and Public Health Imperatives. The New England Journal of Medicine, 388(24), 2209–2212. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMp2303120 10. Lin, M., Sambo, D., & Khoshbouei, H. (2016). Methamphetamine regulation of firing Activity of Dopamine Neurons. The Journal of Neuroscience: The Official Journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 36(40), 10376–10391. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1392-16.2016 11. Malayala, S. V., Papudesi, B. N., Bobb, R., & Wimbush, A. (2022). Xylazine-Induced Skin Ulcers in a Person Who Injects Drugs in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA. Cureus, 14(8), e28160. https://doi.org/10.7759/cureus.28160 12. Methamphetamine Research Report (2016). National Institute on Drug Abuse. https://nida.nih.gov/publications/research-reports/methamphetamine/ 13. Moszczynska A. (2016). Neurobiology and Clinical Manifestations of Methamphetamine Neurotoxicity. The Psychiatric Times, 33(9), 16–18. 14. National Institute on Drug Abuse (2020, July 6). Synthetic Cathinones ("Bath Salts") DrugFacts. https://nida.nih.gov/publications/drugfacts/synthetic-cathinones-bath-salts 15. National Institute on Drug Abuse (2021, April 13). What are the risks of methamphetamine misuse during pregnancy? https://nida.nih.gov/publications/research-reports/methamphetamine/what-are-risks-methamphetamine-misuse-during-pregnancy 16. Osimo, E. F., Beck, K., Reis Marques, T., & Howes, O. D. (2019). Synaptic loss in schizophrenia: a meta-analysis and systematic review of synaptic protein and mRNA measures. Molecular psychiatry, 24(4), 549–561. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-018-0041-5 17. U.S. Food and Drug Administration (2022, November 8). FDA alerts health care professionals of risks to patients exposed to xylazine in illicit drugs. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-safety-and-availability/fda-alerts-health-care-professionals-risks-patients-exposed-xylazine-illicit-drugs 18. Yasaei R, Saadabadi A. Methamphetamine. [Updated 2023 May 1]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2023 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK535356/

View Details

Catalina Baas, David Puder, MD

Michael Cummings, M.D., and David Puder, M.D., do not have any conflicts of interest.

This week’s episode is on opioid use disorder and is the second in our series on addiction. We are once again joined by Dr. Michael Cummings. Dr. Puder and Dr. Cummings discuss the history of opioids, the neurobiology of addiction, risk factors for opioid use disorder, and treatment options.

This episode will count towards the CME requirements of the new DEA law. This is a one-time, 8-hour training requirement introduced by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 for all Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA)-registered practitioners. This training focuses on the treatment and management of patients’ substance use disorders. Here are some other episodes that meet the requirements (more to come!):

  • Episode 181: Alcohol Use Disorder with Dr. Cummings (1 CME unit)
  • Episode 044: Marijuana and Mental Health (0.5 CME units)
  • Episode 064: Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis? (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 066: Fentanyl: The Next Phase in the Opiate Epidemic (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 030: Ketamine and Psychedelics with Dr. Michael Cummings (0.75 CME units)

Of note, under the section 1262 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023, there is also no longer a requirement for a special waiver to prescribe buprenorphine, and no longer a limit on the number of patients a provider can prescribe buprenorphine to under federal law.

  • See DEA website on this detail: here
  • See SAMHSA summary of changes: here

History Of OpioidsFor thousands of years, people have utilized derivatives of the opium poppy for their mellowing and pain-relieving effects. The addictive nature of opioids went largely unrecognized for much of that time. However, a major change occurred in the 19th century when people began to develop increasingly potent opioid medications, starting with the discovery of morphine, which was later modified to make heroin (Rosenblum et al., 2008). As the use of such medications spread, the potential for opioid addiction and dependence became more and more apparent. Heroin was eventually outlawed in 1924, and the use of opioids became tightly regulated from that point on.

In the 1980s, another shift occurred as people became increasingly concerned that chronic pain was being undertreated. A number of influential publications were released arguing that opioids were underutilized due to overblown fears of addiction, and pharmaceutical companies further perpetuated the idea that opioids have a low addictive potential (Meldrum, 2016; Cicero and Ellis, 2017). Additionally, pain was added as a 5th vital sign in many clinical settings. Opioids came into increasing favor and were more liberally prescribed, a trend which ultimately laid the groundwork for today’s opioid crisis. The number of annual opioid prescriptions has continued to rise since the 1990s, with a three-fold increase occurring between 2011 and 2021. The increased amount of prescriptions appears to be directly related to the rising incidence of drug diversion and abuse (Cicero and Ellis, 2017). Approximately 4-5% of people prescribed an opioid ultimately become addicted, with some studies generating substantially higher estimates (Minozzi et al., 2013; Fleming et al., 2007; Boscarino et al., 2010).

The Opioid Epidemic Since 2017, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has recognized the opioid crisis as a national health emergency. Preliminary data from the CDC indicates that over 109,000 people died from a drug overdose in 2022. In 2020, the number of overdose deaths attributed to opioids was nearly 75% (Health and Human Services, 2022). Fentantyl, a synthetic opioid 100 times more potent than morphine, is increasingly responsible for such fatalities. The drug is tasteless, odorless, and extremely cheap to manufacture, making it an ideal agent to add to other drugs for increased profits. Unfortunately, those same properties make it easy for people to accidentally overdose if they are unaware the drugs they purchased contain fentanyl. Just two milligrams—roughly the size of a grain of rice—can be a fatal dose.

Opioid Use DisorderOpioid use disorder (OUD) describes a compulsive pattern of opioid use. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition (DSM-5) criteria for OUD consists of problematic opioid use with at least two of the following in a 12-month span: using opioids more, or over a longer period, than intended; unsuccessful attempts to cut down; spending a significant amount of time on the drug habit; cravings; failure to fulfill obligations; continued use despite social problems; reducing normal activities; risky use, such as driving under the influence; continued use despite health issues; tolerance; and withdrawal (American Psychiatric Association, 2013).

The development of OUD often follows a sequence which is characteristic of addictive behavior. First, the substance (opioids) may be taken to treat an unpleasant condition (pain); next, it is used for the sake of feeling “high”; and finally, the substance is taken to stave off unpleasant withdrawal symptoms (Farisco et al., 2018). Importantly, the disorder typically begins as an unconscious process where the user is unaware that he/she has transitioned into problematic or compulsive use. At that stage, there is an underlying belief that the opioid is still being used for a legitimate reason, and evidence to the contrary is readily overlooked. The reason for this likely has neurobiological underpinnings. Studies suggest that substance addiction is connected to impairment of the paralimbic network, which is important for self-awareness and self-control (Changeux and Lou, 2011).

Neurobiology Of Opioid AddictionThe mu and delta opioid receptors play a major role in promoting opioid addiction and dependence. Both receptors are present throughout the nucleus accumbens, which is a structure involved in motivated behaviors and is a component of the brain’s reward circuitry (Wright & Wesson, 2021). Mu receptors are responsible for the euphoria of taking opioids, while delta receptors appear to increase drug-seeking behaviors by influencing learning, memory, and habit formation (Klenowski et al., 2015; Valentino and Volkow, 2018). Delta receptors also contribute to formation of cues and contexts for drug use, which perpetuates continued use and increases the risk of relapse.

Risk Factors for Opioid Use Disorder

The development of addiction involves a complex interplay between genetics, personality, and social factors such as family environment, peers, life stressors, and culture (Kreek et al., 2012). It is well established in the literature that having a family history of substance abuse is a strong risk factor. The reason for this may be partially genetic, and partially a consequence of childhood influences on mindset, ethical rules, and behavior (Farisco et al., 2018).

Young age is another strong risk factor for addiction. The reward pathway in the brain develops earlier than the prefrontal cortex, which facilitates planning and decision-making. Because of this, younger individuals are more susceptible to reward-seeking behaviors without fully considering the consequences. Additionally, many psychiatric disorders make their first appearance in adolescence and are themselves strongly comorbid with substance abuse (Common Comorbidities with Substance Use Disorders Research Report, 2020).

Additional risk factors include male sex, personal history of substance abuse, lower education level, unemployment, and lower income (Blanco & Volkow, 2019; Webster, 2017).

OverdoseDeath from opioid overdose occurs due to respiratory depression. Under normal circumstances, if breathing is inadequate, neurons in the brain detect the rising CO2 concentration and increase respiratory drive. Opioid overdose impairs this feedback mechanism, which can lead to suffocation.

Opioid DetoxificationOpioid withdrawal generally lasts 3-4 days, but can take up to a week to resolve. Symptoms are unpleasant and can include nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, insomnia, photophobia, piloerection, myalgias, and autonomic hyperactivity. If not monitored, dangerous dehydration and electrolyte disturbances secondary to vomiting and diarrhea can occur.

There are two options for helping patients with opioid detoxification: opioid substitution or symptom management. Substitution involves placing patients on opioid agonists, such as methadone or buprenorphine, and gradually tapering the dose to zero. This route tends to be slower but helps avoid unpleasant withdrawal symptoms. Symptom management involves removing all opioids and treating withdrawal symptoms as they arise. Clonidine, antiemetics, antidiarrheals, sedative hypnotics, and antiepileptics have been utilized for this purpose. Another technique is to place patients under general anesthesia and administer an opioid antagonist so they rapidly undergo detoxification without experiencing withdrawals. However, the safety of this technique has been called into question and is less commonly utilized.

When the withdrawal period ends, patients are no longer physically dependent on opioids. However, they typically still experience drug cravings and can benefit from additional medications and treatment programs (like partial or day treatment programs) to maintain recovery and treat underlying psychiatric issues.

Medication OverviewNaloxone

Mechanism: Rapid-acting mu-opioid receptor antagonist.

Use: Blocks the effects of opioids within 2-3 minutes. Especially useful for reversing overdose.

Naltrexone

Mechanism: Mu, kappa, and delta opioid receptor antagonist.

Use: Helps establish and maintain abstinence by reducing cravings and blocking the effects of any opioids taken. Available as a daily pill or a once-per-month injection.

Clonidine or Guanfacine

Mechanism: Alpha-2-adrenergic agonists.

Use: Reduces sympathetic nervous system activity to decrease withdrawal symptoms.

Hydroxyzine

Mechanism: Pure H1 histamine receptor antagonist.

Use: Decreases cortical activity in the brain to produce sedation and reduce withdrawal symptoms of anxiety.

Buprenorphine

Mechanism: Partial mu receptor agonist.

Use: Substitute for illicit opioids which staves off withdrawal symptoms. Patients are often gradually tapered off, but individuals who have had multiple unsuccessful attempts to stop opioids may be kept on a maintenance dose indefinitely to prevent relapse. Unlike methadone, which must be administered in federally licensed clinics, this drug may be prescribed by any provider with a current DEA registration. Per 2023 DEA guidance, an X-waiver is no longer required.

Suboxone (buprenorphine/naloxone)

Mechanism: Combination of buprenorphine and naloxone.

Use: Functions the same as buprenorphine alone, with epidemiologic studies showing the edition of the naloxone reduces parenteral misuse.

Methadone

Mechanism: Full opioid agonist.

Use: Substitute for illicit opioids. Less commonly used than buprenorphine since it is a full agonist.

Probuphine

Mechanism: Buprenorphine implant.

Use: Each implant is good for six months. Especially useful for patients who struggle with nonadherence.

Additional Recommendations * Recommend psychotherapy to help patients learn to process stressors without relying on substances, as well as to heal from past trauma. * Consider family therapy to help families reconnect, heal, and learn how to support patients in their recovery. * Encourage patients to maintain strong social support, regularly engage in enjoyable activities, and avoid situations/environments that may tempt them to relapse. * Treat any underlying mood disorders to further reduce the risk of relapse.

View Details

Christopher Campbell, Marcus Bell, David Puder, M.D.

Michael Cummings, M.D. and David Puder, M.D. do not have any conflicts of interest.

In this week’s episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Michael Cummings, a psychiatrist, researcher, and associate professor at Loma Linda University. This podcast is the first of a series on addiction and the focus of this week’s episode is on alcohol use disorder. In this episode, Dr. Puder and Dr. Cummings dive into the history of alcohol use, vulnerabilities and mechanisms responsible for the development of alcohol use disorder and its related neurobiological circuits, and common pharmacological, psychotherapeutic, and behavioral interventions and treatments for alcohol use disorder.

This episode will count towards the CME requirements of the new DEA law. This is a one-time, 8 hour training requirement introduced by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 for all Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA)-registered practitioners. This training focuses on the treatment and management of patients with opioid or other substance use disorders. Here are some other episodes that meet the requirements:

  • Episode 044: Marijuana and Mental Health (0.5 CME units)
  • Episode 064: Does Cannabis Use Increase Schizophrenia and Psychosis? (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 066: Fentanyl: The Next Phase in the Opiate Epidemic (0.75 CME units)
  • Episode 030: Ketamine and Psychedelics with Dr. Michael Cummings (0.75 CME units)

I hope this message finds you well. I am writing to inform you about the new one-time, eight-hour training requirement introduced by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2023 for all Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA)-registered practitioners. This training focuses on the treatment and management of patients with opioid or other substance use disorders.

In light of this new requirement, we are excited to announce that our podcast CME will offer/provide enough CME units to meet the new 8-hour CME requirement in the coming 4 months. Our course will provide you with the latest evidence-based information, best practices, and practical tools to enhance your knowledge and skills in addressing addiction and supporting patients during the detoxification process and also in the midst of their addiction and recovery.

History Of Alcohol Use And Modern Day PrevalenceAlcohol, also known as ethanol, was likely discovered before the beginnings of recorded history. It is made through a fermentation process involving microorganisms that chemically alter sugars, such as glucose and fructose, into ethanol and carbon dioxide. This fermentation process can be initiated by humans or can occur spontaneously in nature, such as in the ripe fruits of the marula tree in Africa.

Today, alcohol is the most widely consumed intoxicant, with approximately 55% of the United States population consuming it on a regular basis. Alcohol use disorder has been an ongoing issue for the field of medicine for decades and it is estimated that a cost of $249 billion is incurred annually between the cost of medical care and the cost of lost productivity. In addition to financial costs, alcohol addiction has a variety of deleterious health and wellness effects, including health deterioration, loss of family, and earlier mortality (Witkiewitz, Litten, Leggio, 2019).

Who Is Vulnerable To Alcohol Use Disorder?Alcohol is often the first mind-altering substance that individuals choose to experiment with; however, not all alcohol users develop series and chronic problems. It has been demonstrated in a variety of twin and linkage studies that approximately 50% of the risk of developing alcohol use disorder is related to genetics (Tawa, Hall, Lohoff, 2016; Gardner, 2011). In addition to genetics, physiological susceptibility to the effects of alcohol may influence addictive behavior. Specifically, individuals who are less responsive to the effects of alcohol often need larger quantities of alcohol to become intoxicated; subsequently, such less-responsive individuals are at the greatest risk of developing alcohol use disorder (Tawa, Hall, Lohoff, 2016). Finally, certain psychological predispositions may leave some individuals more vulnerable to the development of substance use disorders. In particular, individuals with a more anhedonic (pleasure-lacking) baseline are more likely to develop problems with substance use. Often, these individuals self-report the initial consumption of such substances as the first time they felt “normal.”

Neurobiological Circuits Of Substance Use DisordersSeveral different neuroanatomical regions and circuits have been demonstrated to be implicated in the pathogenesis of substance use disorder. One such region is the ventral tegmentum, a component of the mesolimbic pathway involved in processes such as emotional regulation, reinforcement learning, and motivation (Gardner, 2011). The ventral tegmentum contains many dopamine releasing nuclei which impinge on the nucleus accumbens, an additional component of the reward circuit. Under normal conditions, dopamine, a neurotransmitter involved in pleasure sensation, is released in response to the pursuit phase and attainment of valued ends (Baik, 2013; Gardner, 2011). However, this dopamine-mediated reward circuit is also active in individuals with addiction, where the both pursuit and utilization of the related substances (or activities such as internet use, sex, etc.) also results in the release of dopamine, often in large amounts (Gardner, 2011).

Interestingly, it has been demonstrated in animal studies that ablation of the nucleus accumbens results in the development of complete resistance to addiction (Gardner, 2011). The nucleus accumbens has several subsequent projections to additional areas, including the prefrontal cortex, orbitofrontal cortex, cingulate gyrus, amygdala, and hippocampus. Each of the aforementioned projection sites may also be dysregulated in addiction. For example, the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) and orbitofrontal cortex (OFC) can be implicated in the anticipation of the next administration of a substance (or behavior), thus strongly orientating people to environmental cues associated with their addiction. Moreover, previous studies have demonstrated that rats addicted to alcohol show greater amounts of neuronal firing when placed in the environment where they usually receive alcohol than when they are presented with alcohol itself. Similar findings have been demonstrated in humans, as well, where individuals suffering from addiction, when placed in a substance-related setting (such as a bar), have a chain of physiologic responses that mimic alcohol itself (Koob and Volkow, 2016). As such, environmental cues related to addiction may serve as significant risk factors for addicts.

While addiction used to be viewed as a character flaw, subsequent advances in medicine and psychiatry have helped to reorient our understanding of addiction as a disease process in which certain individuals develop psychiatric illness due to vulnerabilities to addiction. This frameshift in understanding has been valuable in that it has prompted decreases in feelings of shame individuals may experience and has brought more comfort to the families of these individuals, as well. Importantly, the disease-model of addiction still gives agency to those suffering from addiction; even though they may not be responsible for having their addiction, they are still responsible for managing it.

The disease-model of addiction has resulted in several advances in the medications used to treat addiction. Currently, a variety of addiction medications exist with many unique mechanisms of action, each having unique values in terms of therapeutic indications and ideal patient populations. Below, a list of each medication is provided, along with their subsequent mechanism of actions, ideal patient populations, side effects, general notes, and clinical pearls.

Addiction Medications Disulfaram Mechanism of Action: Disulfaram inhibits an enzyme responsible for the metabolism of alcohol known as alcohol dehydrogenase. Inhibition of this enzyme subsequently results in a buildup of the intermediate acetaldehyde, a molecule associated with many of the negative hangover effects of alcohol use. The disulfaram-induced build-up of acetaldehyde results in many severely unpleasant effects for the patient (nausea, vomiting, dizziness), which can help to deter the patient from consuming alcohol. Disulfaram has an onset of action of 1-2 hours, and a half-life of approximately 1.5 days.

Ideal Patient Population: Disulfaram exhibits the greatest success when used to treat patients who have the desire to quit consuming alcohol, but are struggling to achieve the results they desire. Individuals who have no intention of quitting are less likely to benefit from disulfaram use.

Side Effects: Importantly, one should wait at least 24 hours after their last drink before beginning treatment with disulfaram in order to allow proper metabolism of residual alcohol in the body. Additionally, heavy drinking while on disulfaram can be lethal, and patients should be properly advised of this potentially fatal outcome.

Naltrexone Mechanism of Action: Naltrexone is an opioid antagonist that works by blocking the mu and delta opiate receptors in the nucleus accumbens, which are involved in the pathophysiology of addiction and reward. When these receptors are blocked, the addictive substances become less rewarding, thus decreasing the craving response.

Ideal Patient Population: Similar to disulfaram, naltrexone is also most useful in patients who desire to quit substance use; however, while disulfaram can only be used in treatment of alcohol use disorder, naltrexone has a wide range of applications and has been shown to reduce cravings for alcohol, amphetamines, and even behaviors such as kleptomania.

Side Effects: Naltrexone carries a slight risk of the development of post-dose nausea which can be avoided if consumed with food. Importantly, naltrexone may result in failure of adequate pain control when attempting to mediate pain response via opioid analgesics. Finally, naltrexone may result in reductions in experiences of pleasure along with an increased sensation of aches and pains, largely due to the endogenous enkephalin system, which is suppressed with naltrexone use.

Additional Notes: The typical oral dose of naltrexone ranges from 25 - 150 mg per day. Doses above 150 mg per day are not used because, at this dose, all opioid receptors are already blocked and any additional effectiveness is minimal. In addition to oral administration, naltrexone may also be prescribed as a once-monthly injection of 380 mg, which may be particularly useful for patients in environments in which temptation to relapse is increased or patients who may have adherence issues.

Acamprosate Mechanism of Action: While the precise mechanism in the treatment of alcohol use disorder is not entirely known, it is believed that acamprosate modulates NMDA receptor activity and upregulates the activity of the nucleus accumbens, ultimately resulting in a blunting and reduction of the effects of alcohol and a reduction in craving.

Ideal Patient Population: Acamprosate requires 3 separate doses per day, thus increasing adherence issues. Therefore, acamprosate may best be avoided in patients who anticipate having trouble with medication adherence.

Side Effects: Anhedonia (decreased experience of pleasure) is a commonly reported side effect of acamprosate.

Additional Notes: Acamprosate requires the kidneys for clearance. Importantly, for patients with a GFR of less than 50mL/minute, the dose of acamprosate must be reduced by half.

Topiramate Mechanism of Action: In regards to the treatment of alcohol use disorder, topiramate is a anti-epileptic drug that decreases appetite via manipulation of the feeding and satiety regions of the hypothalamus. In addition to feeding behavior, these centers are also involved in the craving of addictive substances; modulation of these centers via topiramate is effective for decreasing craving and impulsivity.

Ideal Patient Population: Topiramate is typically considered as an alternative for patients who have shown inadequate response or intolerance to the aforementioned medications.

Side Effects: Common side effects of topiramate may include cognitive difficulties, gastrointestinal symptoms, weight loss, mood changes, and fatigue.

Management Of Acute Alcohol Withdrawal And DetoxAcute alcohol withdrawal can be a medical emergency. Alcohol is a central nervous system depressant and chronic use results in an upregulation of the nervous system in order to compensate for alcohol’s depressant effects. Cessation of alcohol use may result in unopposed upregulation of the adrenergic systems, with a series of deleterious effects as a result. Mild effects of alcohol withdrawal may include headaches, tremors, anxiety, sweating, and insomnia. Moderate effects encompass increases in heart rate, blood pressure, nausea, vomiting, and irritability. Finally, the most severe effects of alcohol withdrawal seizures, hyperthermia, cardiovascular instability, delirium tremens (confusion, hallucinations, life-threatening tremors), and even death.

The management of alcohol withdrawal is a multifaceted approach. Firstly, it is important that patients remain adequately hydrated, as dehydration is often a major issue with alcoholics. Additionally, alcoholics are often malnourished. In particular, thiamine deficiency can be a devastating effect of alcoholism, and may result in Wernicke’s encephalopathy (symptoms include confusion and abnormal eye movements) if not adequately addressed. In alcohol withdrawal, it is encouraged to give an initial 100 mg dose of thiamine followed by additional maintenance doses 3 - 4 times daily. Importantly, dextrose may not be given before thiamine, as this can increase the metabolic burden and can precipitate or worsen Wernicke’s encephalopathy.

In addition to management of fluids and nutrition, it is important to treat alcohols with cross-tolerant medications, such as benzodiazepines, to prevent serious negative side effects like delirium tremens or death. Benzodiazepines (such as lorazepam) and alcohol are both positive modulators of the GABA-A receptors. Therefore, treating alcohol withdrawal with benzodiazepines helps to prevent the overactivation of the nervous system and its subsequent damaging effects. Dr. Cummings notes that providers should be sure to give adequate amounts of these medications when treating alcohol withdrawal, as undertreatment may be devastating.

Addiction Treatment And The Integration Of Medication, Therapy, And Support While the use of medication interventions has a multiplicity of benefits, medications alone are inadequate for the treatment of addiction. In addition to medications, an appropriate approach to addiction treatment must also involve additional elements, such as an active participation in a treatment program, psychotherapy, and a supportive community. Lastly, it is important for both providers and patients to understand that substance use disorders are chronic, relapsing diseases. As such, relapses are often inevitable. Providers and patients alike must understand that in the face of a relapse, the appropriate response is not to give up, but simply to get things back under control. We hope that today’s podcast has provided the listeners with valuable information and tools that may serve to facilitate management and treatment of alcohol addiction and its related disorders.

References1. Witkiewitz, K., Litten, R. Z., & Leggio, L. (2019). Advances in the science and treatment of alcohol use disorder. Science advances, 5(9), eaax4043. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.aax4043 2. Tawa, E. A., Hall, S. D., & Lohoff, F. W. (2016). Overview of the Genetics of Alcohol Use Disorder. Alcohol and alcoholism (Oxford, Oxfordshire), 51(5), 507–514. https://doi.org/10.1093/alcalc/agw046 3. Gardner E. L. (2011). Addiction and brain reward and antireward pathways. Advances in psychosomatic medicine, 30, 22–60. https://doi.org/10.1159/000324065 4. Baik J. H. (2013). Dopamine signaling in reward-related behaviors. Frontiers in neural circuits, 7, 152. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncir.2013.00152 5. Koob, G. F., & Volkow, N. D. (2016). Neurobiology of addiction: a neurocircuitry analysis. The lancet. Psychiatry, 3(8), 760–773. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(16)00104-8

View Details

Manal Piracha, David Puder, MD

In this week's episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Michael Garrett, Professor Emeritus of Clinical Psychiatry and former Vice Chair and Director of Psychotherapy Education at SUNY Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, NY. He also wrote a book called, Psychotherapy for Psychosis: Integrating Cognitive-Behavioral and Psychodynamic treatment. He is husband to the prior beloved presenter, Dr. Nancy McWilliams. In this episode, we will discuss how psychotherapy can be effective for patients experiencing psychosis.

IntroductionPsychosis—an alteration in one's perception of reality—is often misunderstood, leading to misconceptions about those experiencing it. These individuals navigate a unique world, inhabited by voices and sensations others cannot comprehend. Yet, their experiences are not entirely disconnected from the 'normal' human experience. In truth, they demonstrate an extreme variant of feelings and perceptions that we all encounter. As we delve into the complex world of psychosis, we'll explore how it can be understood, empathized with, and treated through a combination of cognitive behavioral therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and pharmacology, fundamentally redefining the conventional view of this condition.

Psychosis And A Variance Of Human Experience“Psychosis is grounded in a subjective change of being” (Garrett, p.199). The pathogenesis of psychosis includes experiencing thoughts with an increased “acoustic quality,” characterized as disruptions in one’s self-perception and relationship with one’s body. Psychosis consists of delusional beliefs that appear to be true claims about the world that are literally false but are figuratively true metaphorical statements that aptly capture the patient’s experience. It presents as changes in the subjective experience of consciousness, known as hyperreflexive self-awareness. Psychotic patients are hyper-reflexively self-aware, with the ability to hear and track their own thoughts. The psychotic patient loses their sense of personal agency and their mental processes become objects of perception. These patients record their own stream of consciousness without realizing it and their experiences feel as if they are observing themselves from outside of their own body. For example, a patient hears voices arguing and commenting on the actions of the patient, while the patient “watches” from the outside, being the third-person subject of the debate (Garrett, p.33).

Psychosis is frequently misunderstood as the absence of cognitive capacity; however, it is described as the presence of a belief or reality that is more compelling than an individual’s previous experiences or logic. Dr. Garrett suggests that psychiatrists should respect the patient’s altered subjective reality as a version of the world that the patient strongly believes (Garrett, p. 137). If the therapist can understand how real the patient’s altered reality is, similar to how real the therapist's reality is to the therapist, then they can better empathize with the patient’s distress.

Dr. Garrett discusses how he tries to explain to his patients that their experiences are variants of normal human experience. There are times where non-psychotic individuals feel that attention is focused on them. For example, if someone spills something on their clothes or has a messy hair day during a presentation, they feel that people around them are hyper focused on that one flaw. “When we overreact to an event, we are imagining that something we unconsciously fear has already happened or about to happen” (Garrett, p. 137). When the reality of feeling is translated into conviction, the experience feels real. In situations similar to what is mentioned above, most individuals are able to come to the realization that they have overreacted. The psychotic patients are not able perceive their emotion as overreacting. They don’t have the intuition to understand that their imaginative fear is not actually an existing reality because to them it is real.

It is really challenging for an adult to imagine that their minds are open to anyone to access their thoughts. This relates to the disturbances in self-experience, because as the “I” diminishes and the person becomes an observer to themselves, it becomes a two-dimensional state. When the patient is under the circumstance that they have a thought and it doesn't feel like they thought it, this leads them to believe that someone else is putting thoughts in their head.

Dr. Garrett describes psychotic symptoms as a form of expression of the person’s mental life. “Step on a crack and break your mother’s back” is related to psychic equivalence. For example, a child believes that if they avoid the cracks of the sidewalk, then they won’t hurt their mother. The child is frightened of thinking negative thoughts about their mother, but the child is angry. This phrase implies don’t step on a crack and you save your mother from your own aggression. Their fears get projected outwards, and the sidewalk becomes part of the patient's mind. They believe that the safety measure is to avoid the lines of the sidewalk. We all have some ideas of superstition. For example, in medical school a student might wear the same exact shirt to each medical exam because they believe it is good luck.

Current Biological Theories Of Psychosis:In his book, Dr. Garrett discusses the current theories that explain the potential causes of psychosis.

The Traumagenic Neurodevelopmental Model * This model emphasizes the changes in the brain due to adverse effects and experiences. * The trauma or adverse events that a patient has experienced cause significant neuroanatomical changes that “sculpt” the brain into different shapes that are visible on brain scans. * Childhood maltreatment is an example of how experiences are directly related to changes in brain structure, function, and overall connectivity. * Not all cases of child maltreatment will show signs of psychosis, even though there are physical changes in the brain. * This model puts emphasis on childhood adverse events as an underlying cause of psychosis.

The Biological Neurodevelopmental Model * This model incorporates genetics and biological effects that play a role in the development of schizophrenia in individuals that present at an earlier age. * The “two-hit” model proposed by Keshavan states that insults that occur prenatally or perinatally are combined with later disturbances from experiences and the environment that play a role in neuronal development of adolescence (p. 36).

The Dopamine Theory of Schizophrenia * This theory incorporates the positive and negative symptoms of psychosis that are attributed to dopamine excess in the limbic system or dopamine deficiencies in the frontal cortex. * There is a “presynaptic dopaminergic abnormality” that results in a large increase in dopamine synthesis.

The Dysconnectivity Model * This model incorporates the main pathology of schizophrenia with the idea that some circuits in the brain may be overactive or underactive. * This idea was suggested after it was found that certain regions in the brains of schizophrenics, particularly the frontal lobe and other areas of the brain, had decreased brain connectivity.

How To Get A Resistant Patient To Agree To Psychotherapy?There are certain patients that are beyond the reach of engagement and not easy to approach. However, there are some approaches that can be used to help a patient transition into psychotherapy.

  • Scandinavian countries and a few regions in the U.S. use the Open-Dialogue approach.
  • This approach aims to avoid admitting the patient into a hospital.
  • The goal is to incorporate the family and openly discuss worries or concerns of the family
  • It is an open dialogue with the family in which the person of concern is invited to contribute equally as a participant
  • The discussion is respectful and the family expresses their feelings and explores the dilemma together.
  • This kind of interaction plays an important role in the recovery process of the patient because it eases communication within the members of the group/family.

  • A family consultation in the absence of the patient aims to target the member of the family that likely has a greater emotional influence on the patient.

  • In this approach, the psychiatrist works with that specific family member whom the patient trusts. The psychiatrist learns from their perspective and builds an alliance.
  • Family members are directly affected when their loved ones are the psychotic patient. Dr. Garrett tries to explore the concerns and empathize with their worries regarding the patient.
  • The goal of this approach is not necessarily to cure the patient's symptoms, but to open a conversation that allows the patient to express his/her most concerning distress.
  • Example: A patient hears voices and is greatly distressed. His distress is not regarding what the voices are saying, but that his family does not believe or understand. He feels alienated because his family does not have the same experience as him.

  • Giving the patient an ultimatum if they are not behaving in a civil manner and posing a threat to the family.

  • In this approach, patients are coerced into treatment because they are not safe to go untreated.
  • In some cases, the patient can still develop a meaningful relationship with the psychiatrist.

The Working Formulation Of The CBT And Psychodynamic Components In Dr. Garrett’s book, he discusses approaching patients who experience psychosis with cognitive behavioral therapy and psychodynamic therapy. The combination of cognitive behavioral therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and pharmacology is a fully integrative approach that aims to learn about the underlying events related to the patient’s “mythic narrative perspective” in order to combat the most distressing aspect. Combining these therapies allows for openness and exploration with curiosity regarding the patient. It is the therapist’s job to understand the patient’s perception of their suffering in order to better formulate the patient’s treatment plan.

The working formulation for cognitive behavioral therapy serves as a guide for the psychiatrist when approaching the patient. This includes learning about the patient’s upbringing, familial or interpersonal issues, strengths, weaknesses, and significant life events. Dr. Garrett described the A-B-C sequence which is used to investigate the patients thoughts, feelings, and perceptions critical in their maladaptive beliefs.

The first step determines the “A” of the patient, which is typically an anomalous conscious experience that captures the patient’s attention. It is the starting point in therapy that allows the therapist to find a “cognitive hook” when beginning treatment. For example, a girl that was physically abused by her parents might hear a voice telling her “You’re pathetic!” in which case the voice is “A.” In this situation, the therapist might interpret that as the patient blaming herself for what happened by telling herself she isn’t good enough. “In the A-B-C sequence, C is the emotional and/or behavioral consequence of the belief B activating event A”(Garrett, p. 162). The A-B-C sequence is not permanent and changes over the course of therapy, as it is the working formulation.

The working psychodynamic formulation is the blueprint of the core psychological conflict, interpreting the symbolism underlying the patient’s psychotic symptoms. The sources of information for the psychodynamic work formulation are (Garrett, p. 163):

  1. The psychological and social triggers of the first psychotic episode, and following episodes, in the psychosis
  2. The subject or content of the psychotic symptoms, which convey the person’s unconscious psychological conflicts

The minds of humans create symbols naturally and it is the job of the therapist to help expose the organizational work the patient’s mind has already done through psychodynamic therapy (Garrett, p. 164). This model is therapeutic because it is the intent to understand the patient that is ultimately successful in the recovery process. The patient is able to appreciate this and feel they are worth understanding.

The addition of a pharmacological approach, such as adding neuroleptics to the patient’s regimen, helps modulate the affective zone and help the patient remain in a stable zone. The psychiatrist meets the patient with not only a medical mind, but also a curious mind to explore the patient as a person.

Exploring The Patient’s Symptoms & Using Combination Therapy It is common for patients to feel resistant to treatment due to past traumas from previous hospital experiences. In some cases, where safety concerns are not withstanding and the patient is capable of engaging in a conversation, Dr. Garrett might say to a patient “It is not my intent to prescribe any medication for you as a requirement of our meeting. I am happy to see you without taking medication as we get to know each other and we see how our conversation goes.” The idea is to give the patient the condition that they won’t be forced to take medication. Over a period of time, the patient can evolve into building their own interest in pharmacological treatment.

For example, Dr. Garrett discusses how one of his patient’s refused to ever take psychiatric medication after she went through a traumatizing experience. This patient was involuntarily admitted to the hospital and treated with the medication depakote, which led her to lose all of her hair. The combination of being involuntarily held and forced to take medication that caused a horrible adverse effect led her to swear that she would never take psychiatric medications again.

When the patient started psychotherapy, it was on the condition that she wouldn't have to take medication. Over time in psychotherapy, Dr. Garrett was able to discuss the voices she was hearing and investigate a deeper meaning of her worries. The patient was hearing voices that were telling her someone was going to die. This led her to spend hours a day looking for clues to find out how this person was going to die. Dr. Garrett helped normalize the voices she was hearing by helping her understand it was a variant of normal human experience. After many sessions, she was able to share how she suffered many losses in her life. These losses had a great impact on her because she was starting to feel that death and loss were approaching her soon. Psychosis is a stress-related condition and, in this situation, may have been the cause of her voices.

Together, they concluded that the defense of her psychological experience was to investigate the puzzle of who was going to die next because, in her delusion, it was not going to be her. However, she came to understand in the end that it was her. By getting to this point in psychotherapy, Dr. Garrett established a sense of trust with the patient. He was able to offer a low-dose aripiprazole for medication to help taper the voice-hearing experiences. She agreed to medication, which led to the end of the voice-hearing experience.

This treatment method was a combination of CBT, psychodynamic therapy, and pharmacology. The CBT helped the patient normalize the voice-hearing experience. The psychodynamic/psychoanalytic approach helped the patient understand the conflict regarding her losses and grief. The incorporation of pharmacology helped close the biological window. Overall, this combination therapy worked together to properly assess and treat the patient. She was able to re-enter normal life by working and making an income for herself, which helped boost her self esteem.

Empathizing With The Psychotic Experience The therapist is responsible for understanding how the patient’s lived experience of psychosis demonstrates itself as an altered state of consciousness. In these altered states of consciousness, external stimuli become exceptionally important and pertinent, while changes in self-experience eliminate the first person, becoming the lived experience of psychosis (Garrett, p. 199).

A patient may describe unspeakable tortures that may have never occurred, but the delusion may be consistent with the feeling the patient was experiencing. Therapists can accomplish a personal empathetic understanding into the patient’s psychosis by the expression of metaphors to help recognize their altered states.

The empathic door into psychotic experience can be achieved by reflecting on one’s own hyper-reaction to certain situations. Reflecting on the tension between what is rational and irrational can help a therapist better empathize with the patient’s lived experiences.

Ambitious Psychotherapy In The Public Dr. Garrett discusses the importance of implementing psychotherapy training in the current residency and outpatient programs. He advises that there should be protected time for 1-2 long-term patients selected for an ambitious effort at psychotherapy. Within the clinic, the program can identify a few patients that would be good candidates for psychotherapy and work with them long-term. The trainees would be supervised by experts in psychotherapy to provide guidance and teaching lessons. The goal of the training would be that once the psychiatrist feels more comfortable with psychotherapy with a couple people, they will improve their skills and their level of empathic engagement with all their patients.

Real change is needed in the way care is provided. The four main limitations, according to Dr Garrett, are numbers of staff, funding, guild allegiance and interdisciplinary politics. Psychiatrists who are knowledgeable and skilled in psychotherapy in a program and support therapists and social workers in implementing psychotherapy are needed.

SummaryNavigating the labyrinthine world of psychosis is no simple task. Yet, through a blend of cognitive behavioral therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and pharmacology, clinicians can achieve a deeper understanding of their patients' experiences and provide more effective treatment. This multifaceted approach not only helps in managing symptoms, but also promotes empathy, bridging the gap between the patient's reality and our own. Ultimately, achieving change in mental health care for individuals with psychosis calls for a shift in our therapeutic approaches, reimagining treatment protocols, and re-evaluating our training models. By doing so, we can ensure that each patient's unique world is not just recognized, but also truly understood.

You can continue to learn more from Dr. Garrett’s book, Psychotherapy for Psychosis: Integrating Cognitive Behavioral and Psychodynamic Treatment.

View Details

Rachel Lockard MD, MPH, Desiree Turner, Manal Piracha, David Puder, MD

In a previous episode of the podcast, we discussed exercise for the brain, reviewing the pathophysiology between exercise and dementia, the pathophysiological mechanisms associated between low skeletal muscle mass and cognitive function, exercise as a treatment, and cardiorespiratory fitness and its relationship to all-cause mortality. In today’s episode, we look at the extensive research available on these subjects.

Key Findings From Previous EpisodeOverall Health Benefits of Strength Training:* Exercise may lead to improved memory function due to reversing hippocampal volume loss, leading to improvements in spatial memory (Erikson, 2011). * Low skeletal muscle has also been associated with cognitive impairment and dementia in older adults, which may be due to the effects of exercise on systemic inflammation, insulin metabolism, protein metabolism, and mitochondrial function (Oudbier, 2022). * Systemic inflammation occurs with aging, as there is an increase in pro-inflammatory cytokines and a decrease in myokines, which decreases neuroprotective factors such as BDNF.

This Week’s EpisodeNeurobiological Effects of Exercise This review from De Sousa et al. (2021) describes how physical exercise enhances insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-I) and activates PGC-1α/FNDC5/Irisin pathway. Physical exercise also increases expression of brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) and its receptor, TrkB, in the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex leading to upstream of ERK and inhibiting depressive-like behavior. They show that as IGF-1 increased, antidepressant effects and increases in BDNF were seen in mice. BDNF neurotrophin is an immediate upstream regulator of extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK).

Figure from De Sousa et al. (2021).

Marinus et al. (2019) conducted a meta analysis of 17 studies that revealed strength training and combined aerobic/strength training increases peripheral blood BDNF concentrations in older adults (Z=2.94, P=0.003, Z=3.03, P=0.002, respectively), while low-to-moderate aerobic exercise alone does not (Z=0.82, P=0.41) (Marinus et al., 2019).

Wu et al. (2022) conducted a meta-analysis of fMRI studies looking at the effects of exercise on inhibitory control (14 studies, n=397). Impaired inhibitory control is seen in ADHD, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and substance use disorders. They used activation likelihood estimates to find clusters of exercise-induced neuronal changes in the superior frontal and precentral gyri in frontal lobe, precuneus region in the parietal lobe (essential for response to conflict and attention selection), the temporal gyrus and caudate in the temporal lobe, and the posterior cingulate gyrus and parahippocampal gyrus in the limbic system.

This study highlights connectivity in the frontoparietal network with activation in the frontal lobe associated with motor and cognitive control and the precuneus region of the parietal being essential for attention selection. They also note the importance of regions in the temporal lobe being active during inhibitory control tasks. They also propose that the posterior cingulate gyrus and parahippocampal gyrus of the limbic system structures underlie the mechanism of exercise improvement of cognitive control function through spatial information processing and object recognition, as well as being one of the locations of changes in BDNF levels (Wu et al., 2022).

Baseline Strength, Physical Activity, and DepressionMahmoudi et al. (2022) conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis studying aerobic and resistance training on depressive symptoms, quality of life, and muscle strength in older adults (>60 years). This included 18 studies of older adults without regular exercise at baseline that had a pre-post exercise study design with a non-exercise control (n=1,354, mean age 65-85). They found that exercise training significantly declined depressive symptoms and led to a significant reduction in bodily pain and body mass. This was mediated by significant increases in mental health, physical functioning, and general health subscales of quality of life as well as upper and lower limb strength.

Marques et al., 2020 conducted a cross-sectional and prospective study of late middle-aged to older adults (n=32,392) and moderate or vigorous physical activity (PA) and depression symptoms. The study included 14 European countries across a 4-year follow-up. Moderate and vigorous PA at least once a week is negatively related to depression. This remained significant in the fully-adjusted model including self-rated health, sociodemographic characteristics, and the presence of chronic diseases. Despite initial PA, being active in the present significantly decreases the odds of having current depressive symptoms.

When looking at studies including adults of all ages, a systematic review and meta-analysis including 21 studies (n= 87,508 adults aged ≥18 years, from 26 countries) comparing muscular strength and depression symptoms showed that increased strength was associated with reduced depression symptoms with a pooled OR of 0.85 (Marques et al., 2020).

Figure from Marques et al. (2020).

Overall physical strength can be estimated using handgrip strength. Multiple studies have shown an association with weaker handgrip strength and the incidence of depression and anxiety.

In a cohort study involving 6,392 adult Chinese participants, the incidence of depressive symptoms was higher in populations with lower handgrip strength. In this cohort study, the incidence of depression was 11.9%, 15.5%, and 22.1% in the strong, moderate, and weak handgrip strength group, respectively. This is a consistent finding across countries. The same authors performed a meta-analysis of 6 prospective studies involving 26,473 participants and found a significantly decreased risk of depression symptoms among participants with strong handgrip strength (RR=0.74) (Huang et al., 2019).

A study from Cabanas-Sanchez et al. included 162,167 participants with a mean age of 56 (range 38-70). 3.4% developed depression and 4.1% developed anxiety over 10.0 years. Depression and anxiety outcomes were extracted from primary care and hospital admission records. The stronger the handgrip, the less likely one was to develop depression or anxiety during the follow-up (Cabanas‐Sánchez et al., 2022). The Longitudinal Ageing Study in India (LASI) was a cross-sectional study with older adults aged 60 years and above (n=27,707) and confirmed findings that weaker handgrip strength was associated with depression and cognitive impairment (Muhammad & Maurya, 2022).

Figures from Cabanas‐Sánchez et al., (2022).

A review and network meta-analysis from Yu et al. (2022) of multiple forms of exercise on specific mental health conditions included 117 RCTs of patients with a single diagnosis of depression, anxiety, PTSD, or schizophrenia (n=6,456 participants). Network meta-analysis allows for comparing relative effectiveness of multiple interventions simultaneously and ranking treatments. Multimodal exercise(aerobic, resistance, mind-body) ranked best for treating depression (SMD = 2.7), but aerobic exercise and mind-body exercises both had large effect sizes (>0.78). Resistance exercise seemed to be more beneficial for those with anxiety-related disorders. Positive and negative schizophrenic symptoms were separated in analysis, with resistance exercise having the highest probability of treating positive symptoms and multimodal exercise being ranked highest for negative symptoms (Yu et al., 2022).

Increasing Strength for DepressionA recent systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression was conducted by Heissel et al. (2023) of exercise on major depressive disorder (MDD) and depressive symptoms included 41 studies, n=2,264 adult participants post-intervention. They excluded studies with mind-body exercises and interventions that included other standard treatments (medication, psychotherapy) unless treatment was < 3 months prior. Results showed moderate-to-large effects of exercise on depressive symptoms even when limiting the analysis to low risk of bias studies or only MDD. The main analysis of pooled data from 41 studies showed a large effect size (SMD = −0.946), which increased when excluding studies <6 weeks of intervention (SMD = −0.959).Both aerobic (SMD = −1.156) and resistance training (−1.042) independently showed large effects,whereas mixed aerobic and resistance training showed small effects (−0.455). The calculated NNT was 2.0 for the main-analysis, 2.8 for the low risk of bias studies, 1.9 for MDD only, and 1.6 in supervision by other professionals/students. They also showed that non-inferiority trials indicated that exercise is non inferior to current first-line treatments.

A recent umbrella review of systematic reviews of physical activity interventions and mental health conditions (including depression, anxiety, psychological distress) by Singh et al. (2023) included 97 reviews, 1,079 RCTs, and 128,119 participants. PA across all participants groups and interventions had medium effects on depression (ES=−0.43), anxiety (ES=−0.42), and psychological distress (ES=−0.60). The largest benefits were seen in people with depression, HIV and kidney disease, in pregnant and postpartum women, and in healthy individuals. Similarly, higher intensity physical activity was associated with greater improvements in symptoms. Larger effect sizes were observed in clinical populations with above-average symptoms of depression and anxiety(Singh et al., 2023).

Barahona-Fuentes et al. (2021) conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of adolescents and strength training interventions on depression, anxiety, or stress. Nine studies were included in the systematic review (described strength training interventions in reps/intensity) and seven in the meta-analysis (n=448). They found a large and significant effect of strength training on anxiety (SMD = −1.75) and depression (SMD = −1.61). If you remove studies of aerobic + strength training (SMD = –1.33), conventional strength training only has a higher effect (SMD = –1.92) on depression.

Fabiano et al. (2023) conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of effects of exercise interventions on suicidal ideation and behaviors (17 studies, n=1702 participants, mean follow-up 10 weeks). Post-intervention effect on suicidal ideation was not different between exercise and control groups (SMD = -1.09), but there were improvements seen in number of suicide attempts (OR = 0.23).

Moraes et al. (2020) conducted a RCT with older persons clinically diagnosed with MDD (n = 27) and treated with antidepressants. Groups were randomized into 3 groups for 12 weeks: (1) Aerobic training (AT): 5 min warm up, 20 minutes of 70% HR max or 60% of VO2 max., 5 min warm down; (2) Strength training (ST): 3 sets 8-12 reps of chest press, low row, leg extension, leg curl; and (3) Low-intensity exercise in a control group (CG). In the Hamilton Depression Scale (HAM-D),both strength and aerobic beat control. No difference was found between the aerobic group and strength groups. A limitation of the study is that they excluded more significant depression (HAM-D greater than 18 points).

Reviews of the literature for Episode 96 released in 2020 show that increasing strength has a large impact on depression. A large meta-analysis of 33 randomized controlled trials involving 1,877 patients showed that resistance exercise training significantly reduced their depressive symptoms, with a mean effect size of 0.66. The number needed to treat for 1 patient to enter remission was 4 (Gordon, 2018). A meta-analysis of 27 randomized controlled trials involving 1,452 clinically depressed adults revealed that strength training decreased depressive symptoms more than endurance training did, with a standard mean difference of -0.96for strength training and -0.52 for endurance training. Endurance training lasting longer than 10 minutes increased the effect size to -0.62 (Nebiker, 2018).

A randomized controlled crossover trial of 68 youth (15-25 years old) with major depressive disorder (MDD) were assigned to multimodal exercise of resistance training and high-intensity interval training for 12 weeks. No significant association between strength/aerobic exercise attendance and change in depression severity was observed, but there was a dose-dependent inverse relationship between bench press repetitions and depression severity, with an effect size of -0.51 (Nasstasia, 2019).

High Intensity Interval Training (HIIT) InterventionsReviews for Episode 96 included a large population study from Bennie et al. (2019) of 17,839 adults that found the combination of aerobic and muscle-strengthening exercise was associated with the lowest likelihood of reporting depressive symptoms, followed by aerobic exercise only and muscle strengthening only. Prevalence ratios were 0.26-0.54, 0.36-0.62, and 0.49-0.84, respectively (Bennie, 2019). A cross sectional study from Oftedal et al. (2019) of 5,180 Australian women found that a combination of resistance training and aerobic exercise yielded lower probabilities for depression (RRR=0.61 [0.43-0.86]) than aerobic exercise alone (Oftedal, 2019).

For more recent studies looking at HIIT interventions alone, anxiety symptoms were most commonly studied with improvements seen in clinical anxiety symptomatology. In a limited trial (n=33 participants) by Plag et al. (2020), HIIT was compared to low intensity training (LIT) for treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD). Effects of HIIT were generally about twice as high as for LIT in reducing symptoms of GAD.

A systematic review and meta-analysis assessing exercise and clinical anxiety looked at fifteen studies (n= 675 patients). Results indicated that higher intensity exercise showed more effectiveness than lower intensity for reduction in symptoms of anxiety (Aylett et al., 2018). HIIT for PTSD has been evaluated in multiple small studies with individuals with trauma exposure and subclinical reporting of PTS symptoms. These are extremely limited studies that appear to be cautiously testing the utilization of HIIT with PTSD.

To better understand the effects of various forms of physical activity on strength, Schoenfeld et al. (2017) conducted a meta-analysis (N=21 studies) comparing changes in strength and hypertrophy between low- vs. high-load resistance training protocols. Outcomes for strength found that heavy loading had a greater advantage for gains in 1 repetition maximum strength, compared with low-load training. However, both heavy and light loads showed large effects for 1 repetition maximum increases of about 35.4% and 28.0%, respectively. Heavy loads are essential to reaching maximal gains in isotonic strength, but lighter loads also contribute to substantial increases in this outcome. High and low loads produced similar gains in isometric strength, mean percentage changes were 22.6% and 20.5%. In terms of muscle size, high and low load conditions found similar hypertrophic changes. The mean percentage gains were 8.3% vs 7.0%. Therefore, both heavy and low loads can help promote muscle growth, given that their training is carried out with a high amount of effort (Schoenfeld et al., 2017).

Exercise and Resilience, Stress-Reactivity, & Fear ExtinctionResilience allows one to maintain mental health despite exposure to psychological or physical adversity. Resilience research focuses on protective mechanisms that shield people against the development of stress-related disorders. Fear extinction is the decline of a fear response after repeated exposure to a fear-eliciting conditioned stimulus and is a target for treatment of trauma-related disorders. Impaired resilience or fear extinction contributes to the persistence of many stress- or trauma-related disorders such as anxiety and PTSD.

A longitudinal-prospective study (n=431 adults) by Neumann et al. (2022) compared physical fitness and resilience. They excluded schizophrenia or bipolar disorder, organic mental disorders, substance dependence, and severe axis-I disorders. Fitness was measured with cardiorespiratory fitness (CRF measured as VO2Max), composite strength (handgrip, standing long jump), and sum of metabolic equivalent (MET)-minutes per week (high >3000). Exercises were described through time walking, moderate activity (e.g., carrying light loads, bicycling, or easy swimming), vigorous activity (e.g., lifting, aerobics, fast running). Resilience was indexed by stressor reactivity in response to critical life events and daily hassles, monitored quarterly for 9 months. They found that both muscular and self-perceived fitness were positively associated with stress resilience. Self-reported physical activity and CRF did not independently predict stress resilience. To better understand this, they examined the impact of self-efficacy and found that the muscular fitness and stress resilience relationship was mediated by general self-efficacy. This was proposed to the relation of one’s own perception of fitness and closely relates to the concept of self-efficacy and capability of acting (Neumann et al., 2022).

Szuhaney et al. (2023) recently conducted a cohort study of older adults (50+) who experienced at least one stressor: child/spousal bereavement, myocardial infarction (MI), divorce, job loss, or disability (n=1405) and depression trajectories (resilient, improving, emerging, chronic). Using linear modeling, they found that baseline exercise predicted resilience following a stressor.The resilient group had higher exercise levels pre-to post-stressor.The improving depression group had consistent moderate exercise levels. Increasing and stable-high depression groups reduced exercise following a stressor (Szuhany et al., 2023).

Tanner et al. (2019) provide a narrative review of exercise modulation of fear extinction. The animal data indicates a lack of a beneficial effect of chronic exercise on fear extinction under typical experimental conditions and postulates that this is due to memory consolidation, including consolidation of contextual fear conditioning. Inversely, acute exercise can enhance fear extinction even in previously sedentary rats, and exercise occurring during or immediately following fear extinction is unique in that it not only enhances fear extinction memory, it also reduces fear relapse. Mechanistically, they suggest that nigrostriatal dopamine could contribute to exercise-augmentation of fear extinction. This has been shown through central norepinephrine and dopamine circuits being recruited during exercise, as well as having been reported to enhance fear extinction and increase BDNF (Tanner et al., 2019).

Moya et al. (2021) utilized a rodent model to study mTOR in fear-extinction learning, memory consolidation, and neuronal plasticity following acute exercise. They performed an intracerebral-ventricular injection of rapamycin prior to fear extinction training and acute exercise (wheel running). Literature has shown inhibition of the mTOR pathway with rapamycin decreases p70s6 kinase expression in the amygdala and impairs consolidation of auditory fear memories. They showed that rapamycin injections reduced immunoreactivity of phosphorylated S6 in brain regions involved in fear extinction and eliminated the enhancement of fear extinction memory produced by acute exercise, without reducing voluntary exercise behavior or altering fear extinction in sedentary rats (Moya et al., 2021).

PTSD and ExerciseA small pilot, RCT from Powers et al. (2015) (n=9, 8 females, avg age = 34) included participants with PTSD and randomized them to prolonged exposure (PE) therapy alone or PE + exercise (30-minute bout of moderate-intensity treadmill). They hypothesized that fear extinction modulation could improve outcomes in exposure therapy and that interventions modulating BDNF could play a positive role. Through a mechanistic review, they describe research showing synaptic plasticity in brain regions that are involved in the consolidation of fear extinction and that in humans, reduced BDNF release is associated with impaired functioning of extinction circuitry. Their small study showed that chronic exercise augmented exposure therapy with improvements in PTSD symptoms and elevated BDNF (Powers et al., 2015).

Jadhakhan et al. (2022) conducted a systematic review of exercise on adults with PTSD, including 13 studies from four countries (n=531). Individual forms of exercise/physical activity examined showed some effect on reducing PTSD symptoms, but combined exercises (resistance training, aerobic, strength and yoga) administered over a 12-week period, three times a week for 30–60 min showed greater effects on PTSD symptoms (Jadhakhan et al., 2022).

Reis et al. (2022) conducted a systematic review including 6 single-arm studies (n=101 participants, rated with serious risk of bias) and 3 RCTs (n=217 participants, some concern of elevated bias) where most single-arm studies used yoga-based interventions, whereas RCTs showed more variety and included yoga, aerobic activity, and resistance exercises. They explored exercise, as evidence-based psychotherapies like cognitive processing therapy and prolonged exposure have been shown to be effective for treating PTSD in veterans but are accompanied by high rates of dropout (eg, 40–60%). The pooled SMD of −0.60 for single-arm longitudinal studies suggest a medium decrease in PTSD symptoms for veterans who engage in exercise interventions. Analysis of the RCTs supported this finding, with a pooled SMD of −0.40 reflecting a small-to-medium effect of exercise on PTSD symptoms over control conditions. Given results, there is still a need for additional high-quality randomized trials to confirm the benefits of exercise for PTSD symptom reduction in veterans.

A narrative review of aerobic exercise interventions (+/- resistance training) by Hegberg et al. (2019) included 19 relevant studies (9 observational, 10 intervention). They found that both observational and intervention studies provide support for the notion that aerobic exercise, either alone or in combination with standard treatments, exerts positive mental health benefits among individuals with PTSD.

In one prospective study of 38,883 randomly selected U.S. veterans (77% male), 96% of which did not have PTSD at baseline, participants who reported engaging in vigorous exercise (≥ 20 min, two or more times per week) had significantly decreased odds of developing new PTSD symptoms (OR= 50.58) or having persistent symptoms (OR 50.59) at 3–5 year follow-up (LeardMann et al., 2011).

In another study, inpatients with PTSD (N = 81; mean age: 48; 84% male; BMI = 30.1 obese) were assigned to either a 12-week exercise program that included three, 30-min sessions per week of progressive resistance training, walking (daily step count goal = 10,000 steps), and “care as usual” to “care as usual” alone. Individuals in the exercise group had significantly greater symptom reduction on a self-report measure of PTSD (mean difference = −5.4) (Rosenbaum et al., 2015).

They suggest potential mechanisms by which aerobic exercise could exert a positive impact in PTSD include exposure and desensitization to internal arousal cues, enhanced cognitive function, exercise-induced neuroplasticity, normalization of hypothalamic pituitary axis (HPA) function, and reductions in inflammatory markers. Specifically, repeated exposure to physiological cues, such as rapid heartbeat, in the context of exercise may increase tolerance of and facilitate desensitization to the physiological sensations (Hegberg et al., 2019).

Physical Activity And Anxiety DisordersZika & Becker (2021) conducted a systematic review with multiple meta-analyses of social anxiety disorder (SAD) and any exercise intervention (excluding mind-body or relaxation-focused) for comparisons between interventions (i.e. group vs. individual, endurance vs. resistance training, with or without the presence of a therapist/trainer) with either passive or active control (ex. CBT).

Meta-analysis of studies that included a control group consisted of 4 studies (n=749 participants, mean age 14, range 9-32) had a pooled effect that was not significant, but SAD symptoms were lower in the PA group, subgroup analysis of pooled effect for fear of negative evaluation (FNE) was medium in size (d = −0.48). Twelve studies were included in meta-analysis without a control group (n=29,333, average age 21, range 8-38) with significant medium-sized effect (d = −0.22). 13 studies were included in meta-analysis of cross-sectional studies; the pooled effect size was small, but significantly different from zero. Further subgroup analysis showed significantly lower SAD in longitudinal studies and that the effect of PA was stronger for adults than for children and adolescents. For cross-sectional studies, lower SA was found for people who were more physically active. They believe that lower effect sizes could be due to low levels of SAD symptomatology and FNE reported at baseline in studies, potentially due to fear of participating in long-term study (Zika & Becker, 2021).

Dong et al. (2022) conducted an cross-sectional study of college students (n=248) looking at executive function via Stroop test, the State-trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), then self-reported physical activity (PA). They were interested in the mediating effects on trait anxiety. Anxiety is divided into both state and trait anxiety. (State anxiety is a transient response, whereas trait anxiety is relatively stable associated with anxiety disorders and depression, and poorer executive function.)Vigorous physical activity had a direct effect on low trait anxiety, while the effect of moderate physical activity and low physical activity was mediated exclusively through executive function. Physical activity level had a 72% direct effect on reducing trait anxiety and promoted working memory and inhibition function (Dong et al., 2022).

Effectiveness of CBT for anxiety disorders is well documented and psychotherapies for anxiety disorders yield large effect sizes with CBT ranging from 1.3–1.22 (Bandelow et al., 2015) but still experience high remission rates. To evaluate exercise as an adjunct therapy for CBT, they analyzed eight studies with a total of 431 adult subjects. Add-on PE seems to be feasible and more beneficial for clinical populations when administered regularly several times per week, across several weeks (Frederiksen et al., 2021).

Schizophrenia and ExerciseBredin et al. (2021) conducted a review and meta-analysis of effects of aerobic, resistance, and combined aerobic and resistance exercises (excluded HIIT and mind-body) on schizophrenia symptoms (Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale). 22 studies (n=913) included in review and 12 studies (n=554) included in meta-analysis.

Aerobic training had a significant decrease in negative PANSS scores (ES −2.28) and total (ES −2.51), though recent meta-analysis of just aerobic exercises found benefits with positive PANSS scores, as well (Sabe, 2020).Resistance training alone did not lead to significant effects on PANSS (n=3 studies), although interventions were short (average of 12 weeks), the sample sizes were small (average of 12 participants in the RT groups), and the RT interventions themselves were limited. Grouping together the results from all exercise training modalities revealed significant effects on PANSS negative symptoms (ES −1.90) and Scale for the Assessment of Negative Symptoms (SANS) total (ES −14.90) (Bredin et al., 2021).

Exercise as a Treatment for Schizophrenia is a narrative review of exercise for schizophrenia from Girdler et al. (2019) conducted due to potential neurobiological mechanisms and prior research showing improvements of multiple forms of exercise on symptom severity. Dauwan et al. (2016) (large meta-analysis, n=1,109) showed that physical exercise (PE) had an overall significant effect on improving total symptom severity and both negative and positive symptoms with the largest effect size for negative symptoms. Another review from Firth et al. (2017) (10 studies, n=385 participants) showed that PE improved social cognition, working memory, and attention in patients with schizophrenia and that exercise programs supervised by physical activity professionals were significantly more effective (Girdler et al., 2019).

Mechanistically, patients with schizophrenia have also been found to have decreased serum levels of BDNF. Resistance and aerobic exercise induced increased serum levels of BDNF as well as improved neurocognitive functioning in patients with schizophrenia after 12 weeks of an exercise program (Kim, 2014). Structurally, Pajonk et al. (2010) showed that 3 months of aerobic exercise (moderate-intensity cycling) increased hippocampal volume by 12% compared to no improvement in the non-exercise group resulting in improvements in short-term memory (Girdler et al., 2019).

A systematic review of trials investigating strength training in schizophrenia spectrum disorders, a study aimed at specifically comparing strength training to other forms of exercise, resulted in a review of five studies. At that time only two studies examined the impact of isolated strength training in patients with schizophrenia (Keller-Varady et al., 2019).

RCT with machine-based strength training for large muscle groups (leg press, leg curl, vertical traction, chest press, arm extension, arm curl, abdominal crunch) reported a significantlyimproved muscle strength and psychopathology (PANSS), but no statistically significant effect on depressive symptoms, general quality of life, or BDNF serum levels (Silva, 2015). Strength training in patients with gait deficits showed that leg press did not improve psychopathology or quality of life measures, but improved impaired walking performance (Heggelund, 2012). Very limited sample sizes in both studies with Silva et al. n=12 for RE group and Heggelund et al. n=6 for ST group (Keller-Varady et al., 2019).

Physical exercise is known to be a key component in improving sleep quality among the general public. Poor sleep quality can have a significant impact among individuals with severe mental illness. Patients with schizophrenia may experience a worsening of their symptoms due to poor sleep quality and poor sleep quality effects include worsening cognition and function during waking hours, contributing to symptoms of metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease (Subotnik et al., 2023).

Participants in the study completed an average of 12.6 group exercise sessions and 12.9 individual at home exercise sessions. Their sleep was assessed at baseline and again at 6 months. The study found that the number of group exercise sessions during months 4-6 was associated with longer sleep duration, less dysfunction during the daytime due to lack of sleep, and non-significantly with less need for sleep medication. The group exercise found an improvement in total sleep quality (p= 0.008), however individual exercise was not significantly predictive of total sleep quality (p=0.19) (Subotnik et al., 2023).

Exercise For ADHD Liang et al. (2021) conducted a systematic review (21 studies) and meta-analysis (15 studies, n=493) of RCTs studying exercise interventions and executive function in children and adolescents with ADHD. Exercise interventions improved overall executive function (SMD = 0.611) and had a moderate-to-large positive effect on inhibitory control (g = 0.761) andcognitive flexibility (g = 0.780). Moderate (g = 0.797) to vigorous PA (g = 1.426) and chronic exercise (g = 0.789) significantly moderated effect size (Liang et al., 2021).

The goal of this study by Kadri et al. (2019) was to investigate the effects of Taekwondo intervention of cognitive function in adolescents with ADHD. Taekwondo training specifically incorporates physical and mental components which have shown to increase brain activity and connectivity. The intervention was one and a half years long and the two cognitive instruments that were used to assess cognition were the Stripp and the Ruff 2 and 7 tests. The post test scores between the Taekwondo group and the control group showed statistically significant differences. The Stroop color block test had a large effect size of 1.26. The color word interference test had an effect size of 2.16. The interference test had an effect size of 1.63. Similar results were found in the Ruff 2 and 7 test (measures different components of attentional processes), with an effect size of 2.78 (Kadri et al., 2019).

Borderline Personality Disorder & ExerciseMehren et al. (2020) described the potential benefit of physical activity for the treatment of borderline personality disorder. There is incredibly limited research into exercise and BPD but they use shared symptomatology between ADHD and BPD to show how exercise affects selected BPD-relevant symptoms. Both, ADHD and BPD are characterized by affective instability and impulsive behavior and impairments in executive functioning with benefits in those domains being seen in treatment of ADHD. As in ADHD, exercise-related release of catecholamines could be a potential mechanism of action in BPD, not only improving executive functioning and reducing impulsivity, but also influencing mood-related symptoms. Exercise has shown to affect the endogenous opioid system and to enhance mental stress sensitivity and therefore might positively impact those symptoms in BPD as well (Mehren et al., 2020).

St-Amour et al. (2022) conducted a small RCT looking at the effect of physical exercise on negative affect in patients with BPD. They randomly assigned 28 participants with BPD to a 20-minute single session of stationary bicycle or a control condition (emotionally neutral video) then watched a short video clip simulating negative mood induction (Silence of the Lambs). Following the negative mood induction, both conditions decreased the level of negative affect with a medium effect size, but there was no significant difference between them (St-Amour, 2022).

Exercise Interventions on Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD)Liang et al. (2022) conducted a systematic review (4 articles) and meta-analysis (7 articles, n=248) studying effects of exercise on executive function and cognition in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. Chronic exercise interventions had a small to moderate positive effect on overall EFs in children and adolescents with ASD (g = 0.342). Specifically, chronic exercise interventions had a small to moderate positive effect on cognitive flexibility (g = 0.312) and inhibitory control (g = 0.492), but a non-significant effect size (g = 0.212) on working memory (Liang et al., 2022).

A systematic review and meta-analysis from Yang et al. (2022) on physical activity interventions and mental health and cognition for child and adolescents with intellectual disabilities included 15 studies, n=630 participants with mean age of 13 years. They found significant and large effects of physical activity on mental health in children and adolescents with IDs (g = 0.9), with medium effects on psychological health (g = 0.54) and large effects on cognitive function (g = 1.2). RCT design and intervention components (> 120 minutes per week, therapeutic, and aerobic exercise) demonstrated the strongest effects (Yang et al., 2022).

Addiction/Substance Use Disorder (SUD) and Exercise InterventionsGiménez-Meseguer et al. (2020) conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis (59 studies, n=3,792) examining the effects of physical exercise on mental disorders, quality of life, abstinence, and craving. They found a positive effect of exercise on mental disorders (SMD = 0.66) and quality of life (SMD = 0.69). Subgroup analysis revealed an effect of exercise in craving (SMD = 0.80), stress (SMD = 1.11), anxiety (SMD = 0.50) and depression (SMD = 0.63). When looking at types of exercise, aerobic and combinations of aerobic and strength were effective for the improvement of physical conditions in drug-dependent patients (Giménez-Meseguer, 2020).

Rates Of Injury In Strength SportsImportantly, resistance training (including weightlifting and powerlifting) has not been shown to have increased rates of injury when compared to other sports. In a systematic review from Aasa et al. in 2017, the risk of injury in weightlifting was 2.4-3.3 injuries/1000 hours of training and 1.0-4.4 injuries/1000 hours of training in powerlifting, which is comparable to other non contact sports. The risk of injury in weightlifting and powerlifting is considerably less than contact sports such as football, which has 9.6 injuries/1000 hours of training (Aasa et al., 2017). This is in comparison to other non contact sports such as competitive soccer, which has a risk of injury of 53 injuries/1000 hours of training (Rahnama, 2002).

Bone HealthResistance training is beneficial for any gender and any age group. Bi-weekly resistance training done over a year showed either maintained or increased bone mineral density in postmenopausal women. When resistance training is combined with weight-bearing impact aerobic exercise such as jogging, bone mineral density is maintained or increased in both older women and men (Hong, 2018).

Antipsychotic Treatment & Metabolic SyndromePillinger et al. (2020) conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of blinded RCTs comparing 18 antipsychotics and placebo in the acute setting of schizophrenia (100 studies; n= 25,952 patients). A random-effects network meta-analysis was conducted to investigate treatment-induced changes in body weight, BMI, total cholesterol, LDL cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, triglyceride, and glucose concentrations. Antipsychotics vary markedly in their effects on body weight, BMI, total cholesterol, LDL cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, triglycerides, and glucose concentrations.

  • Change in weight (83 studies, n=18,750 participants using 18 antipsychotics and n=4,210 with placebo): Evidence of weight gain with brexpiprazole, risperidone and paliperidone, quetiapine, iloperidone, sertindole, olanzapine, zotepine, and clozapine; Haloperidol ranked the best and Clozapine ranked the worst.
  • Change in BMI (22 studies, n=4,196 participants using 9 antipsychotics, n=900 placebo): No change in BMI was observed with haloperidol or aripiprazole. BMI increased with lurasidone, risperidone, paliperidone, quetiapine, sertindole, clozapine, and olanzapine. Haloperidol ranked the best and Olazapine ranked the worst in terms of degree of associated BMI alteration.
  • Change in cholesterol (36 studies, n=11,762 participants using 14 antipsychotics and n=2,998 with placebo): Total cholesterol increased with quetiapine, olanzapine, and clozapine; Cariprazine ranked as the best and clozapine as the worst.
  • Change in LDL cholesterol (24 studies, n=7,439 participants using nine antipsychotics, n=2,419 with placebo): Observed decrease in LDL cholesterol with cariprazine and increases in LDL cholesterol with quetiapine and olanzapine; cariprazine ranked the best and olanzapine the worst.
  • Change in HDL cholesterol (22 studies, n=7,073 participants using ten antipsychotics, n=2,189 with placebo): HDL cholesterol increased with aripiprazole and brexpiprazole; aripiprazole and brexpiprazole ranked the best and amisulpride ranked the worst.
  • Change in triglycerides (34 studies, n=10,965 participants using 15 antipsychotics, n=3,021 with placebo): Compared with placebo, triglyceride concentrations increased with quetiapine, olanzapine, zotepine, and clozapine.
  • Change in fasting blood glucose (37 studies, n=10,681 participants using 16 antipsychotics, n=3,032 placebo): Glucose concentrations reduced with lurasidone, and increased with olanzapine, zotepine, and clozapine.

Overall Findings:

  • Clozapine and olanzapine are associated with the largest degree of metabolic dysregulation.
  • Some of the drugs were shown to perform better than placebo on some metabolic measures: lurasidone led to reductions in glucose, cariprazine to reductions in LDL cholesterol, aripiprazole and brexpiprazole to increases in HDL cholesterol.

Cardiovascular Health, Diabetes Prevention, & Weight LossIt is acknowledged that multiple forms of exercise show benefits in cardiovascular health and weight loss. A meta-analysis comparing aerobic training alone and combined aerobic and resistance training in patients with coronary artery disease found combined training superior in decreasing body fat percentage, increasing fat-free mass, and increasing VO2max compared to aerobic training alone (Marzolini, 2020).

Diabetes prevalence has more than doubled since 1980, with 153 million cases increasing to more than 400 million in 2015, according to the World Health Organization. Type 2 diabetes mellitus is characterized by mitochondrial dysfunction and insulin resistance leading to hyperglycemia. It is well known that resistance training combats metabolic dysfunction in obese patients with type 2 diabetes mellitus by increasing insulin sensitivity. Resistance training also has evidence of protective effects against type 2 diabetes mellitus. Obese patients (≥30 BMI) who engaged in 150 minutes or more of resistance training per week had an estimated 60% reduction in risk of developing type 2 diabetes mellitus compared to their peers who engaged in less resistance training (Strasser, 2013).

This is important in the context of mental health treatment as many of our pharmacologic therapies are associated with metabolic syndrome and exercise can be used as a tool to help prevent and/or treat any adverse metabolic effects.

Sexual Health & Testosterone Therapy Sexual function and dysfunction are common concerns amongst patients with depression and those being treated with SSRIs. Reviews of the literature for Episode 96 showed that physical activity can improve sexual health. Specifically, resistance training has a powerful association with increased testosterone and improved sexual function. Its effect on sexual health and performance was demonstrated recently in a 2017 meta-analysis on patients with prostate cancer undergoing androgen deprivation therapy. Groups using resistance training showed less decline in sexual desire and erectile dysfunction compared to control groups (Yunfeng, 2017).

Another study showed an association between fitness and sexual health in women, with sexual arousal being predicted by levels of cardiovascular endurance (Jiannie, 2018). A study in the International Journal of Sports Medicine demonstrated that one strength training workout can raise testosterone in young adults and elderly adults with (p < 0.5) in the young adults and no significant differences between the groups (Smilios, 2006).

A 2019 position statement affirmed that testosterone therapy has a positive effect on sexual desire in women with hypoactive sexual desire and dysfunction and recommends treatment for 3 to 6 months with frequent monitoring to avoid supraphysiologic concentrations (Weiss et al., 2019). A review from Bolour et al. (2005) found that postmenopausal women with loss of libido that were given low-dose testosterone in addition to estrogen significantly improved multiple facets of sexual functioning, including libido and sexual desire, arousal, frequency and satisfaction. They also found that the addition of androgens improved sense of well-being and other psychological factors. One study of transdermal testosterone therapy showed improved scores of anxiety, depressed mood, positive well-being, self-confidence, general health and vitality, and aspects of sexuality (Goldstat et al., 2003).

The APHRODITE trial investigated the effects of transdermal testosterone patches in postmenopausal women not using concomitant estrogen and found improvement in sexual function with minimal androgenic side effects of mildly increased hair growth with the higher 300 μg dose (Davis et al., 2008). Reviews of safety of testosterone therapy in women suggest that 150 μg or 300 μg of transdermal testosterone per day appears to be the safest method of administration (Al-Imari, 2012).

A more recent systematic review and meta-analysis Islam et al. (2019) (36 RCTs, n= 8,480 participants) receiving >12 weeks of testosterone therapy. No restriction was placed on type of menopause (natural or surgical) or use of concurrent hormone treatment (estrogen with or without progesterone). They found that testosterone significantly increased sexual function (e.g. sexual event frequency, sexual desire, pleasure, arousal, self-image) in postmenopausal women. Oral administration of testosterone showed increases in LDL-cholesterol and reductions in total cholesterol, HDL-cholesterol, and triglycerides, which was not seen when administered transdermally. Testosterone was associated with a significantly greater likelihood of reporting acne and hair growth and overall increase in weight, but no serious adverse events were recorded.

Studies have found that testosterone is necessary in maintaining a functional contractile and relaxant machinery, essential in the underlying mechanism of the peripheral arousal response (Cipriani et al., 2022). Women with female sexual dysfunction (n=81) were recruited to assess the effects of 6-month systemic testosterone (T) administration on clitoral color doppler ultrasound. The four different treatment groups were (1) local non-hormonal moisturizer, (2) transdermal 2% T gel 300 mcg/day (T group), (3) local estrogen (E group), and (4) combined therapy (T+E group). Testosterone therapy significantly increased clitoral artery peak systolic velocity when compared to both non-hormonal and estrogen groups. T treatment was associated with significantly higher Female Sexual Function Index desire, pain, arousal, lubrication, orgasm, and total scores at 6-months visit vs. baseline. Similar findings were observed in T + E group. T administration alone and combined with local estrogens was associated with a positive effect on clitoral blood flow and a clinical improvement in sexual function.

References:Erickson, K. I., Voss, M. W., Prakash, R. S., Basak, C., Szabo, A., Chaddock, L., Kim, J. S., Heo, S., Alves, H., White, S. M., Wojcicki, T. R., Mailey, E., Vieira, V. J., Martin, S. A., Pence, B. D., Woods, J. A., McAuley, E., & Kramer, A. F. (2011). Exercise training increases size of hippocampus and improves memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 108(7), 3017–3022. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1015950108

Oudbier, S. J., Goh, J., Looijaard, S. M. L. M., Reijnierse, E. M., Meskers, C. G. M., & Maier, A. B. (2022). Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121

Marinus, N., Hansen, D., Feys, P., Meesen, R., Timmermans, A., & Spildooren, J. (2019). The Impact of Different Types of Exercise Training on Peripheral Blood Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor Concentrations in Older Adults: A Meta-Analysis. Sports medicine (Auckland, N.Z.), 49(10), 1529–1546. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-019-01148-z

De Sousa, R. A. L., Rocha-Dias, I., de Oliveira, L. R. S., Improta-Caria, A. C., Monteiro-Junior, R. S., & Cassilhas, R. C. (2021). Molecular mechanisms of physical exercise on depression in the elderly: a systematic review. Molecular Biology Reports, 48(4), 3853-3862.

Wu, J., Xiao, W., Yip, J., Peng, L., Zheng, K., Takyi Bentil, O., & Ren, Z. (2022). Effects of Exercise on Neural Changes in Inhibitory Control: An ALE Meta-Analysis of fMRI Studies. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 16, 891095. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2022.891095

Huang, X., Ma, J., Ying, Y., Liu, K., Jing, C., & Hao, G. (2021). The handgrip strength and risk of depressive symptoms: a meta-analysis of prospective cohort studies. Quality of life research : an international journal of quality of life aspects of treatment, care and rehabilitation, 30(9), 2467–2474. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11136-021-02858-6

Cabanas-Sánchez, V., Esteban-Cornejo, I., Parra-Soto, S., Petermann-Rocha, F., Gray, S. R., Rodríguez-Artalejo, F., Ho, F. K., Pell, J. P., Martínez-Gómez, D., & Celis-Morales, C. (2022). Muscle strength and incidence of depression and anxiety: findings from the UK Biobank prospective cohort study. Journal of cachexia, sarcopenia and muscle, 13(4), 1983–1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/jcsm.12963

Muhammad, T., & Maurya, P. (2022). Relationship between handgrip strength, depression and cognitive functioning among older adults: Evidence from longitudinal ageing study in India. International journal of geriatric psychiatry, 37(8), 10.1002/gps.5776. https://doi.org/10.1002/gps.5776

Mahmoudi, A., Amirshaghaghi, F., Aminzadeh, R., & Mohamadi Turkmani, E. (2022). Effect of Aerobic, Resistance, and Combined Exercise Training on Depressive Symptoms, Quality of Life, and Muscle Strength in Healthy Older Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials. Biological Research For Nursing, 10998004221104850.

Marques, A., Gomez-Baya, D., Peralta, M., Frasquilho, D., Santos, T., Martins, J., ... & Gaspar de Matos, M. (2020). The effect of muscular strength on depression symptoms in adults: a systematic review and meta-analysis. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(16), 5674.

Marques, A., Bordado, J., Peralta, M., Gouveia, E. R., Tesler, R., Demetriou, Y., & Gomez Baya, D. (2020). Cross-sectional and prospective relationship between physical activity and depression symptoms. Scientific reports, 10(1), 16114. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-72987-4

Yu, Q., Wong, K. K., Lei, O. K., Nie, J., Shi, Q., Zou, L., & Kong, Z. (2022). Comparative Effectiveness of Multiple Exercise Interventions in the Treatment of Mental Health Disorders: A Systematic Review and Network Meta-Analysis. Sports medicine - open, 8(1), 135. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40798-022-00529-5

Heissel, A., Heinen, D., Brokmeier, L. L., Skarabis, N., Kangas, M., Vancampfort, D., Stubbs, B., Firth, J., Ward, P. B., Rosenbaum, S., Hallgren, M., & Schuch, F. (2023). Exercise as medicine for depressive symptoms? A systematic review and meta-analysis with meta-regression. British journal of sports medicine, bjsports-2022-106282. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106282

Singh, B., Olds, T., Curtis, R., Dumuid, D., Virgara, R., Watson, A., Szeto, K., O'Connor, E., Ferguson, T., Eglitis, E., Miatke, A., Simpson, C. E., & Maher, C. (2023). Effectiveness of physical activity interventions for improving depression, anxiety and distress: an overview of systematic reviews. British journal of sports medicine, bjsports-2022-106195. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2022-106195

Gordon, B. R., McDowell, C. P., Hallgren, M., Meyer, J. D., Lyons, M., & Herring, M. P. (2018). Association of Efficacy of Resistance Exercise Training With Depressive Symptoms: Meta-analysis and Meta-regression Analysis of Randomized Clinical Trials. JAMA psychiatry, 75(6), 566–576. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2018.0572

Nebiker, L., Lichtenstein, E., Minghetti, A., Zahner, L., Gerber, M., Faude, O., & Donath, L. (2018). Moderating Effects of Exercise Duration and Intensity in Neuromuscular vs. Endurance Exercise Interventions for the Treatment of Depression: A Meta-Analytical Review. Frontiers in psychiatry, 9, 305. https://do.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2018.00305

Nasstasia, Y., Baker, A. L., Lewin, T. J., Halpin, S. A., Hides, L., Kelly, B. J., & Callister, R. (2019). Differential treatment effects of an integrated motivational interviewing and exercise intervention on depressive symptom profiles and associated factors: A randomised controlled cross-over trial among youth with major depression. Journal of affective disorders, 259, 413–423. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2019.08.035

Bennie, J. A., Teychenne, M. J., De Cocker, K., & Biddle, S. J. H. (2019). Associations between aerobic and muscle-strengthening exercise with depressive symptom severity among 17,839 U.S. adults. Preventive medicine, 121, 121–127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2019.02.022

Oftedal, S., Smith, J., Vandelanotte, C., Burton, N. W., & Duncan, M. J. (2019). Resistance training in addition to aerobic activity is associated with lower likelihood of depression and comorbid depression and anxiety symptoms: A cross sectional analysis of Australian women. Preventive medicine, 126, 105773. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ypmed.2019.105773

Plag, J., Schmidt-Hellinger, P., Klippstein, T., Mumm, J. L. M., Wolfarth, B., Petzold, M. B., & Ströhle, A. (2020). Working out the worries: A randomized controlled trial of high intensity interval training in generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of anxiety disorders, 76, 102311. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.janxdis.2020.102311

Aylett, E., Small, N., & Bower, P. (2018). Exercise in the treatment of clinical anxiety in general practice - a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC health services research, 18(1), 559. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12913-018-3313-5

Schoenfeld, B. J., Grgic, J., Ogborn, D., & Krieger, J. W. (2017). Strength and Hypertrophy Adaptations Between Low- vs. High-Load Resistance Training: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Journal of strength and conditioning research, 31(12), 3508–3523. https://doi.org/10.1519/JSC.0000000000002200

Moraes, H. S., Set al.. (2020). Is Strength Training as Effective as Aerobic Training for Depression in Older Adults? A Randomized Controlled Trial. Neuropsychobiology, 79(2), 141–149. https://doi.org/10.1159/000503750

Barahona-Fuentes, G., Huerta Ojeda, Á., & Chirosa-Ríos, L. (2021). Effects of Training with Different Modes of Strength Intervention on Psychosocial Disorders in Adolescents: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(18), 9477. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph18189477

Neumann, R. J., Ahrens, K. F., Kollmann, B., Goldbach, N., Chmitorz, A., Weichert, D., Fiebach, C. J., Wessa, M., Kalisch, R., Lieb, K., Tüscher, O., Plichta, M. M., Reif, A., & Matura, S. (2022). The impact of physical fitness on resilience to modern life stress and the mediating role of general self-efficacy. European archives of psychiatry and clinical neuroscience, 272(4), 679–692. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00406-021-01338-9

Szuhany, K. L., Malgaroli, M., & Bonanno, G. A. (2023). Physical activity may buffer against depression and promote resilience after major life stressors. Mental health and physical activity, 24, 100505. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mhpa.2023.100505

Moya, N. A., Tanner, M. K., Smith, A. M., Balolia, A., Davis, J. K. P., Bonar, K., Jaime, J., Hubert, T., Silva, J., Whitworth, W., Loetz, E. C., Bland, S. T., & Greenwood, B. N. (2020). Acute exercise enhances fear extinction through a mechanism involving central mTOR signaling. Neurobiology of learning and memory, 176, 107328. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nlm.2020.107328

Tanner, M. K., Hake, H. S., Bouchet, C. A., & Greenwood, B. N. (2018). Running from fear: Exercise modulation of fear extinction. Neurobiology of learning and memory, 151, 28–34. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nlm.2018.03.021

Powers, M. B., Medina, J. L., Burns, S., Kauffman, B. Y., Monfils, M., Asmundson, G. J., Diamond, A., McIntyre, C., & Smits, J. A. (2015). Exercise Augmentation of Exposure Therapy for PTSD: Rationale and Pilot Efficacy Data. Cognitive behaviour therapy, 44(4), 314–327. https://doi.org/10.1080/16506073.2015.1012740

Jadhakhan, F., Lambert, N., Middlebrook, N., Evans, D. W., & Falla, D. (2022). Is exercise/physical activity effective at reducing symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder in adults - A systematic review. Frontiers in psychology, 13, 943479. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.943479

Reis, D. J., Gaddy, M. A., & Chen, G. J. (2022). Exercise to Reduce Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Symptoms in Veterans. Federal practitioner : for the health care professionals of the VA, DoD, and PHS, 39(4), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.12788/fp.0248

Hegberg, N. J., Hayes, J. P., & Hayes, S. M. (2019). Exercise Intervention in PTSD: A Narrative Review and Rationale for Implementation. Frontiers in psychiatry, 10, 133. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2019.00133

LeardMann, C. A., Kelton, M. L., Smith, B., Littman, A. J., Boyko, E. J., Wells, T. S., Smith, T. C., & Millennium Cohort Study Team (2011). Prospectively assessed posttraumatic stress disorder and associated physical activity. Public health reports (Washington, D.C. : 1974), 126(3), 371–383. https://doi.org/10.1177/003335491112600311

Rosenbaum, S., Sherrington, C., & Tiedemann, A. (2015). Exercise augmentation compared with usual care for post-traumatic stress disorder: a randomized controlled trial. Acta psychiatrica Scandinavica, 131(5), 350–359. https://doi.org/10.1111/acps.12371

Zika, M. A., & Becker, L. (2021). Physical Activity as a Treatment for Social Anxiety in Clinical and Non-clinical Populations: A Systematic Review and Three Meta-Analyses for Different Study Designs. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 15, 653108. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2021.653108

Dong, Z., Wang, P., Xin, X., Li, S., Wang, J., Zhao, J., & Wang, X. (2022). The relationship between physical activity and trait anxiety in college students: The mediating role of executive function. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 16, 1009540. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnhum.2022.1009540

Bredin, S. S. D., Kaufman, K. L., Chow, M. I., Lang, D. J., Wu, N., Kim, D. D., & Warburton, D. E. R. (2022). Effects of Aerobic, Resistance, and Combined Exercise Training on Psychiatric Symptom Severity and Related Health Measures in Adults Living With Schizophrenia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Frontiers in cardiovascular medicine, 8, 753117. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcvm.2021.753117

Girdler, S. J., Confino, J. E., & Woesner, M. E. (2019). Exercise as a Treatment for Schizophrenia: A Review. Psychopharmacology bulletin, 49(1), 56–69.

Pajonk, F. G., Wobrock, T., Gruber, O., Scherk, H., Berner, D., Kaizl, I., Kierer, A., Müller, S., Oest, M., Meyer, T., Backens, M., Schneider-Axmann, T., Thornton, A. E., Honer, W. G., & Falkai, P. (2010). Hippocampal plasticity in response to exercise in schizophrenia. Archives of general psychiatry, 67(2), 133–143. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2009.193

Kim, H. J., Song, B. K., So, B., Lee, O., Song, W., & Kim, Y. (2014). Increase of circulating BDNF levels and its relation to improvement of physical fitness following 12 weeks of combined exercise in chronic patients with schizophrenia: a pilot study. Psychiatry research, 220(3), 792–796. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2014.09.020

Dauwan, M., Begemann, M. J., Heringa, S. M., & Sommer, I. E. (2016). Exercise Improves Clinical Symptoms, Quality of Life, Global Functioning, and Depression in Schizophrenia: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Schizophrenia bulletin, 42(3), 588–599. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbv164

Firth, J., Stubbs, B., Rosenbaum, S., Vancampfort, D., Malchow, B., Schuch, F., Elliott, R., Nuechterlein, K. H., & Yung, A. R. (2017). Aerobic Exercise Improves Cognitive Functioning in People With Schizophrenia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Schizophrenia bulletin, 43(3), 546–556. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbw115

Keller-Varady, K., Varady, P. A., Röh, A., Schmitt, A., Falkai, P., Hasan, A., & Malchow, B. (2018). A systematic review of trials investigating strength training in schizophrenia spectrum disorders. Schizophrenia research, 192, 64–68. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2017.06.008

Silva, B. A., Cassilhas, R. C., Attux, C., Cordeiro, Q., Gadelha, A. L., Telles, B. A., Bressan, R. A., Ferreira, F. N., Rodstein, P. H., Daltio, C. S., Tufik, S., & de Mello, M. T. (2015). A 20-week program of resistance or concurrent exercise improves symptoms of schizophrenia: results of a blind, randomized controlled trial. Revista brasileira de psiquiatria (Sao Paulo, Brazil : 1999), 37(4), 271–279. https://doi.org/10.1590/1516-4446-2014-1595

Heggelund, J., Morken, G., Helgerud, J., Nilsberg, G. E., & Hoff, J. (2012). Therapeutic effects of maximal strength training on walking efficiency in patients with schizophrenia - a pilot study. BMC research notes, 5, 344. https://doi.org/10.1186/1756-0500-5-344

Subotnik, K. L., McEwen, S. C., Ventura, J., Turner, L. R., Sturdevant, Y., Niess, T. L., Casaus, L. R., Distler, M. G., Zito, M. F., Hellemann, G. S., Nguyen, C. D., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (2023). Exercise Predicts a Good Night's Sleep: Preliminary Findings from a UCLA Study of First-Episode Schizophrenia. Behavioral sciences (Basel, Switzerland), 13(2), 88. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs13020088

Liang, X., Li, R., Wong, S. H. S., Sum, R. K. W., & Sit, C. H. P. (2021). The impact of exercise interventions concerning executive functions of children and adolescents with attention-deficit/hyperactive disorder: a systematic review and meta-analysis. The international journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity, 18(1), 68. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-021-01135-6

Kadri, A., Slimani, M., Bragazzi, N. L., Tod, D., & Azaiez, F. (2019). Effect of Taekwondo Practice on Cognitive Function in Adolescents with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. International journal of environmental research and public health, 16(2), 204. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph16020204

Yang, W., Liang, X., & Sit, C. H. (2022). Physical activity and mental health in children and adolescents with intellectual disabilities: a meta-analysis using the RE-AIM framework. The international journal of behavioral nutrition and physical activity, 19(1), 80. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-022-01312-1

Giménez-Meseguer, J., Tortosa-Martínez, J., & Cortell-Tormo, J. M. (2020). The Benefits of Physical Exercise on Mental Disorders and Quality of Life in Substance Use Disorders Patients. Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. International journal of environmental research and public health, 17(10), 3680. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17103680

Aasa, U., Svartholm, I., Andersson, F., & Berglund, L. (2017). Injuries among weightlifters and powerlifters: a systematic review. British journal of sports medicine, 51(4), 211–219. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2016-096037

Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Vano, L., Mizuno, Y., Arumuham, A., Hindley, G., Beck, K., Natesan, S., Efthimiou, O., Cipriani, A., & Howes, O. D. (2020). Comparative effects of 18 antipsychotics on metabolic function in patients with schizophrenia, predictors of metabolic dysregulation, and association with psychopathology: a systematic review and network meta-analysis. The lancet. Psychiatry, 7(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-0366(19)30416-X

Marzolini, S., Oh, P. I., & Brooks, D. (2012). Effect of combined aerobic and resistance training versus aerobic training alone in individuals with coronary artery disease: a meta-analysis. European journal of preventive cardiology, 19(1), 81–94. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741826710393197

Strasser, B., & Pesta, D. (2013). Resistance training for diabetes prevention and therapy: experimental findings and molecular mechanisms. BioMed research international, 2013, 805217. https://doi.org/10.1155/2013/805217

Mehren, A., Reichert, M., Coghill, D., Müller, H. H. O., Braun, N., & Philipsen, A. (2020). Physical exercise in attention deficit hyperactivity disorder - evidence and implications for the treatment of borderline personality disorder. Borderline personality disorder and emotion dysregulation, 7, 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40479-019-0115-2

St-Amour, S., Cailhol, L., Ruocco, A. C., & Bernard, P. (2022). Acute Effect of Physical Exercise on Negative Affect in Borderline Personality Disorder: A Pilot Study. Clinical psychology in Europe, 4(2), e7495. https://doi.org/10.32872/cpe.7495

Liang, X., Li, R., Wong, S. H. S., Sum, R. K. W., Wang, P., Yang, B., & Sit, C. H. P. (2022). The Effects of Exercise Interventions on Executive Functions in Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. Sports medicine (Auckland, N.Z.), 52(1), 75–88. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40279-021-01545-3

Fabiano, N., Gupta, A., Fiedorowicz, J. G., Firth, J., Stubbs, B., Vancampfort, D., Schuch, F. B., Carr, L. J., & Solmi, M. (2023). The effect of exercise on suicidal ideation and behaviors: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Journal of affective disorders, 330, 355–366. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2023.02.071

Yunfeng, G., Weiyang, H., Xueyang, H., Yilong, H., & Xin, G. (2017). Exercise overcome adverse effects among prostate cancer patients receiving androgen deprivation therapy: An update meta-analysis. Medicine, 96(27), e7368. https://doi.org/10.1097/MD.0000000000007368

Jiannine L. M. (2018). An investigation of the relationship between physical fitness, self-concept, and sexual functioning. Journal of education and health promotion, 7, 57. https://doi.org/10.4103/jehp.jehp_157_17

Smilios, I., Pilianidis, T., Karamouzis, M., Parlavantzas, A., & Tokmakidis, S. P. (2007). Hormonal responses after a strength endurance resistance exercise protocol in young and elderly males. International journal of sports medicine, 28(5), 401–406. https://doi.org/10.1055/s-2006-924366

Weiss, R. V., Hohl, A., Athayde, A., Pardini, D., Gomes, L., Oliveira, M., Meirelles, R., Clapauch, R., & Spritzer, P. M. (2019). Testosterone therapy for women with low sexual desire: a position statement from the Brazilian Society of Endocrinology and Metabolism. Archives of endocrinology and metabolism, 63(3), 190–198. https://doi.org/10.20945/2359-3997000000152

Cipriani, S., Maseroli, E., Di Stasi, V., Scavello, I., Todisco, T., Rastrelli, G., Fambrini, M., Sorbi, F., Petraglia, F., Jannini, E. A., Maggi, M., & Vignozzi, L. (2021). Effects of testosterone treatment on clitoral haemodynamics in women with sexual dysfunction. Journal of endocrinological investigation, 44(12), 2765–2776. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40618-021-01598-1

Islam, R. M., Bell, R. J., Green, S., Page, M. J., & Davis, S. R. (2019). Safety and efficacy of testosterone for women: a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trial data. The lancet. Diabetes & endocrinology, 7(10), 754–766. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2213-8587(19)30189-5

Al-Imari, L., & Wolfman, W. L. (2012). The safety of testosterone therapy in women. Journal of obstetrics and gynaecology Canada : JOGC = Journal d'obstétrique et gynécologie du Canada : JOGC, 34(9), 859–865. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1701-2163(16)35385-3

Davis, S. R., Moreau, M., Kroll, R., Bouchard, C., Panay, N., Gass, M., Braunstein, G. D., Hirschberg, A. L., Rodenberg, C., Pack, S., Koch, H., Moufarege, A., Studd, J., & APHRODITE Study Team (2008). Testosterone for low libido in postmenopausal women not taking estrogen. The New England journal of medicine, 359(19), 2005–2017. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa0707302

Davis, S. R., Moreau, M., Kroll, R., Bouchard, C., Panay, N., Gass, M., Braunstein, G. D., Hirschberg, A. L., Rodenberg, C., Pack, S., Koch, H., Moufarege, A., Studd, J., & APHRODITE Study Team (2008). Testosterone for low libido in postmenopausal women not taking estrogen. The New England journal of medicine, 359(19), 2005–2017. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa0707302

View Details

Matthew Ymiolek, David Puder, M.D., Russell Norris, Freelance Writer and Copywriter

What Is Red Face?From childhood, Russell experienced intense social anxiety to the point that, on more than one occasion, he discontinued certain extracurricular activities and socially normal gatherings to avoid it. Red Face is a narrative of his struggles with this social anxiety, the accompanying idiopathic craniofacial erythema (uncontrollable blushing), and the many successful and unsuccessful coping mechanisms he has attempted over the years.

Russell first began to experience social anxiety around puberty at age 12 or 13, most noticeably when he was at school. Describing himself as a reserved child, he found being surrounded by so many other people overwhelming. As a teenager he began skipping school, unbeknownst to his parents, as his anxiety became more and more unbearable. He experienced performance anxiety around his competitive swimming, which, as a result, he ended up quitting, and around piano lessons due to his authoritarian-style teacher.

Later, stages of his anxiety became more identifiable and increasingly more socially disruptive. He would notice that his anxiety would often begin days before an anticipated interaction or event. Then, he would experience the acute anxiety of the event and finally, would experience the “comedown dysphoria.” The after or comedown phase also included dissatisfaction with the interaction and severe self-criticism. He would obsessively analyze what he said and how others perceived his performance.

By college, this crippling social anxiety led him into a deep depression accompanied by self-harming behaviors, suicidal thoughts, and substance abuse. He turned to alcohol for relief at this juncture, sometimes consuming an entire bottle of wine to make it through a lecture at school. When suicidal thoughts began to take hold a friend encouraged him to seek help. His general practitioner suggested the use of an antidepressant to help him through the rest of his time at the university. He did see measurable relief from the medication, but he found it came with many frustrating episodes of dissociation, so he did not consider it as a long-term solution, weaning off after a reasonably short time. This left him back where he started, and he continued to search for more coping mechanisms on his own.

At his first job, he continued to experience the overwhelming anxiety of social situations. He noticed that when he slept less, he was less able to focus on his anxiety and it brought some relief. As this was an unsustainable solution, he quickly discontinued this practice and looked for solutions in herbal remedies, none of which he found effective. This was when he turned to exercise for help.

He began the routine of long runs each day and found it tremendously helpful in releasing nervous energy and lessening the symptoms of the anxiety on a noticeable level. But even with incorporating regular exercise into his life there were still situations that would evoke strong anxieties. During this time, beta blockers were suggested as a possible alleviation aid and they did prove to provide significant relief for him. However, he found himself feeling emotionally dependent on them and decided that they, also, were not the end all treatment method he wanted to rely on, which led to using only rarely.

Russell says he never considered therapy as a treatment method, but now wishes he had understood this was an option at a younger age. Russel notes that acceptance commitment therapy stands out to him because of how effective acceptance has been in helping his mental health thus far.

Part of the healing journey for Russell has been to reframe these challenges and find the blessings within them. Over time, he has begun to see anxiety in a different light and even appreciate it, as it guided him towards his very fulfilling career choice. Being married and having kids has also improved his anxiety because it has given him something else to focus on.

Today, Russell has found that writing his book and being on various media outlets has been a form of exposure therapy that has brought him additional relief. Talking openly about his struggles has allowed him to stop worrying about having to keep it a secret. While he encourages those experiencing similar struggles to seek and consider many forms of help, he does stress that there is no quick fix or easy cure. He is quick to remind that his journey was paved by trial and error with a mix of successes and failures.

What Is Idiopathic Craniofacial Erythema?Idiopathic craniofacial erythema, uncontrollable blushing, is an involuntary response to anxiety, stress, or embarrassment. The most common symptoms include the face feeling hot and red or pink color to the cheeks (Kristan & Christer, 1991). The degree to which one is concerned about how they are regarded by others is positively correlated to how predisposed they are to blushing. Anxiety around interactions was one of the four main predictors of blushing propensity. Therefore, this condition is associated with social disorders and can have a significant negative impact on quality of life (Kristan & Christer, 2016). First attempts of treatment should be pharmacologic or psychological, including cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT). Cognitive therapy in group therapy has been shown effective for treating aspects of social anxiety with fear of blushing (Härtling et all., 2016). If those forms of treatment are ineffective surgical interventions, mainly sympathetic denervation is an option (Kristan & Christer, 2016). However, surgical interventions should be approached with high levels of caution.

Literature Behind Russell’s Coping MechanismsBeta blockers and social anxiety:He used propranolol in the book on an as needed basis and ended up having a compulsive relationship with them. There doesn’t seem to be sufficient evidence for their use in social anxiety or anxiety disorders. The meta analysis below says their effect for anxiety is insufficient.

Alcohol and social anxiety:The DSM section below details this relationship. There is a significant amount of literature that shows how close the relationship is between substance abuse and social anxiety.

Parenting and social anxiety:The author talks about a shift to outward focus as a result of having children that significantly helped his anxiety. This is consistent with the thought that high self-consciousness and self-awareness is correlated with higher social anxiety symptoms.

Neuroticism and Social AnxietyNeuroticism, at its core, is a propensity to favor negative emotionality throughout the lifespan (McAdams et al., 2021). The display of negative emotions (fear, frustration, sadness, etc.) broadens as self-awareness and cognition develop. Neuroticism has been shown to be closely related to anxious mood and depression (Naragon-Gainey & Watson, 2011). In the same study, when social anxiety was analyzed in relation to neuroticism, there was not a unique link discovered between the traits, but the two variables were still determined to be related.

A following study investigated the specific traits of neuroticism in comparison to social anxiety, determining that self-consciousness and vulnerability were the strongest predictors of interaction and evaluation anxiety, with self-consciousness being the strongest relationship of all the traits (Newby et al., 2017). This finding demonstrated the relationship between increased self- awareness and fear of interactions.

Key Points In The DSM-5 Related To Russell’s StoryThe DSM-5 contains various points, referenced below, exemplified within Russell’s personal experience. Social anxiety is classified by fear of scenarios where the person may be criticized by others. These scenarios were present in Russell’s upbringing and he described a constant worrying of what others thought of him. The DSM also describes that anticipation of anxiety comes far in advance of social situations. There were several examples where Russell couldn’t sleep or rest because of the anticipation of a social situation. A key characteristic of social anxiety is the disproportionate anxiety to risk ratio. Russell’s anxiety was out of proportion with any risk the scenario presented.

“...fear or anxiety of social situations in which the individual may be scrutinized by others” (p. 230)

“...anticipatory anxiety may occur sometimes far in advance of upcoming situations” (p. 230).

“The fear or anxiety is judged to be out of proportion to the actual risk of being negatively evaluated or to the consequences of such negative evaluation” (p. 230).

“They may seek employment in jobs that do not require social contact” (p. 231).

Self- medication:A key part of Russell’s story involves self-medication, specifically alcohol. Russell described how alcohol allowed him to act comfortably, without the pressures of anxiety. He tells stories about finding the right level of intoxication before his college classes or before work so that no one would know he had been drinking, but he could still function at a normal level. He also employed this coping mechanism before meeting with his first girlfriend out of fear that she wouldn’t like the sober version of himself.

“Self-medication with substances is common (e.g., drinking before going to a party)” (p. 231).

“Men are more likely to fear dating….. and use alcohol and illicit drugs to relieve symptoms of the disorder” (p. 233).

Blushing:The DSM-5 notes that blushing is closely related to social anxiety, which is a key part of Russell's story.

“Blushing is a hallmark physical response of social anxiety disorder” (p. 231).

Depression:Russell experienced deep depression for many years while he battled the hardest seasons of his social anxiety. There was a clear decrease in quality of life, as noted by the DSM-5. His experience with depression and self- harming behaviors is detailed in the book. The onset of social anxiety preceded other mental health issues he faced later on.

“Social anxiety disorder is associated with…. decreased well-being, workplace productivity, socioeconomic status, and quality of life” (p. 233).

“Social anxiety disorder is often comorbid with other anxiety disorders, major depressive disorder, and substance use disorders, and the onset of social anxiety disorder generally precedes that of the other disorder” (p. 235).

Reflections From The Episode Psychotherapy and social anxiety:As mentioned in the episode, psychotherapy is a common tool used for social anxiety disorder. According to a systematic review of 101 trials, individual CBT has been shown to have greater effects on outcomes than placebos suggesting its effects are specific (Mayo-Wilson, et al., 2014).

CYP2D6 (P450) and social anxiety:The CYP2D6 gene is a member of the cytochrome P450 enzyme superfamily (NIH, 2023). According to the NIH, as many as 25% commonly prescribed medications are metabolized by this protein. SSRIs are common inhibitors of CYP450 enzymes, which includes CYP2D6 (Thakur, 2007). Specifically, CYP2D6 is heavily inhibited by fluoxetine and paroxetine. Also paroxetine is broken down by 2D6, so if people have a poor metabolizer variant of 2D6 will break down the drug slower than an ultra rapid metabolizer variant (Marianne, 2008). This relationship has made genetic polymorphisms of CYP2D6 an important factor when considering individual differences in responses to antidepressants like fluoxetine and paroxetine (Kawanishi, et al., 2004). Understanding a patient’s CYP2D6 through genetic testing can provide valuable insight to whether a medication will be safe and effective for them.

Exercise and social anxiety:It can be difficult for those with social anxiety disorder to seek treatment for various reasons. This emphasizes the importance of non-traditional treatments for those with social anxiety disorder. A randomized control trial comparing mindfulness based stress reduction (MBSR) and aerobic exercise for the treatment of social anxiety disorder found significant decreases in clinical symptoms within both groups (Jazari et al., 2012). However only a quarter demonstrated a clinically significant decrease in social anxiety symptoms when compared with a healthy control. The findings of this study show promising effects of non-traditional treatments including aerobic exercise for the treatment of social anxiety, but may need to be used in conjunction with traditional treatments for widespread clinically significant results to be found. It is also important to note the aerobic exercise regiment the participants completed was in a group setting so a form of exposure to social interactions was also present.

A comprehensive analysis of eight randomized controlled studies exploring all types of anxiety disorders and exercise revealed exercise as a consistently effective supplementary treatment (Jayakody et al., 2014). In particular, for social phobias, combining cognitive behavior therapy with exercise (such as a home-based walking regimen) proved more effective in alleviating depression, anxiety, and stress compared to a cognitive behavioral group that received an educational intervention. A suitable starting point is to identify an enjoyable form of exercise and gradually enhance its duration or intensity over several months, while ensuring it remains pleasurable.

ConclusionMany individuals may experience varying degrees of difficulty similar to Russell's at some point in their lives, as they seek effective ways to cope with challenging situations. Russell's book helps to normalize the common barriers to seeking help, such as fear, negative experiences with certain approaches, and uncertainty about where to start or how to find assistance. If Russell had pursued therapy, he would likely have been introduced to some of the same strategies he tried, like exercise, reframing things, behavioral deconditioning and abstaining from alcohol consumption. When applied, these methods did provide significant, consistent relief for his social anxiety.

References:Department of Health & Human Services. (2002, September 23). Blushing and Flushing. Better Health Channel. Retrieved February 24, 2023, from https://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/health/conditionsandtreatments/blushing-and-flushing

Gex-Fabry, M., Eap, C. B., Oneda, B., Gervasoni, N., Aubry, J. M., Bondolfi, G., & Bertschy, G. (2008). CYP2D6 and ABCB1 genetic variability: influence on paroxetine plasma level and therapeutic response. Therapeutic drug monitoring, 30(4), 474-482.

Härtling S, Klotsche J, Heinrich A, Hoyer J. Cognitive Therapy and Task Concentration Training Applied as Intensified Group Therapies for Social Anxiety Disorder with Fear of Blushing-A Randomized Controlled Trial. Clin Psychol Psychother. 2016 Nov;23(6):509-522. doi: 10.1002/cpp.1975. Epub 2015 Oct 9. PMID: 26450116.

Kristian S, Christer D. Facial Blushing: Patient Selection and Long-Term Results. Thorac Surg Clin. 2016 Nov;26(4):459-463. doi: 10.1016/j.thorsurg.2016.06.011. Epub 2016 Aug 4. PMID: 27692205.

Leary, M. R., & Meadows, S. (1991). Predictors, elicitors, and concomitants of social blushing. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60(2), 254–262. https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.60.2.254

McAdams, D. P., Shiner, R. L., & Tackett, J. L. (2021). The Handbook of Personality Development. Guilford Press.

Naragon-Gainey, K., & Watson, D. (2011). Clarifying the dispositional basis of social anxiety: A hierarchical perspective. Personality and Individual Differences, 50(7), 926–934. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2010.07.012

Newby, J., Pitura, V. A., Penney, A. M., Klein, R. G., Flett, G. L., & Hewitt, P. L. (2017). Neuroticism and perfectionism as predictors of social anxiety. Personality and Individual Differences, 106, 263–267. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2016.10.057

Mayo-Wilson, E., Dias, S., Mavranezouli, I., Kew, K., Clark, D. M., Ades, A. E., & Pilling, S. (2014). Psychological and pharmacological interventions for social anxiety disorder in adults: A systematic review and network meta-analysis. The Lancet Psychiatry, 1(5), 368–376. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(14)70329-3

NIH. (2023). CYP2D6 cytochrome P450 family 2 subfamily D member 6 [homo sapiens (human)] - gene - NCBI. National Center for Biotechnology Information. Retrieved March 9, 2023, from https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gene/1565

Thakur, M., Grossman, I., McCrory, D. et al. Review of evidence for genetic testing for CYP450 polymorphisms in management of patients with nonpsychotic depression with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Genet Med 9, 826–835 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1097/GIM.0b013e31815bf98f

Kawanishi, C., Lundgren, S., Ågren, H. et al. Increased incidence of CYP2D6 gene duplication in patients with persistent mood disorders: ultrarapid metabolism of antidepressants as a cause of nonresponse. A pilot study. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 59, 803–807 (2004). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00228-003-0701-4

Jayakody, K., Gunadasa, S., & Hosker, C. (2014). Exercise for anxiety disorders: systematic review. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 48(3), 187. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsports-2012-091287

Jazaieri, H., Goldin, P. R., Werner, K., Ziv, M., & Gross, J. J. (2012). A randomized trial of MBSR versus aerobic exercise for social anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 68(7), 715–731. https://doi.org/10.1002/jclp.21863

View Details

Christopher Campbell, David Puder, M.D.

Kirk Schneider, Ph.D. and David Puder, M.D. do not have any conflicts of interest.

In this week’s episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Kirk Schneider, a psychologist, psychotherapist, and author of,Life-enhancing Anxiety: Key to a Sane World. Dr. Schneider is a practicing psychotherapist and director of the Existential-Humanistic Institute, a psychotherapy training institute. As a former mentee of the great existential psychologist Rollo May and a self-described existential-integrative psychotherapist, he has made significant contributions to the fields of humanistic psychology and existential psychology throughout his career.

Dr. Schneider BiographyDr. Schneider’s journey into the understanding of existence and the human condition began at the young age of two with the unfortunate passing of his older brother. This shattering event led Dr. Schneider to subsequently face internal turmoil and challenges in the form of night terrors and hypochondriasis, which ultimately prompted his family to begin taking him to a psychoanalyst at the age of six. An intuitive child, Dr. Schneider was able to sense that this analyst was a seasoned veteran of the vicissitudes of life, and yet, had managed to transcend such difficulties. In this way, Dr. Schneider’s analyst served as more than just a psychotherapist, but also served as a role model and mentor.

While Dr. Schneider was able to regain semblance of a normal life and childhood, he was once again confronted with significant challenges at the age of twenty-two, when a culmination of stressors and negative life events led him to a tumultuous time of extreme anxiety and panic. During this harrowing experience, Dr. Schnieder turned to a friend and classmate. This classmate gave Dr. Schneider two important gifts in this moment, the comforting quote of “this too shall pass,” and the number of an existential psychoanalyst. Dr. Schneider embarked once again on the deep work of his own psychoanalysis. It was during this time that Dr. Schneider was encouraged to lean into, as opposed to resist, his deep anxieties and fears.

The Trauma and Drama of Birth and the Guides that Emerge Perhaps the first and most fundamental confrontation with the existential reality of human existence begins with birth. Otto Rank, a mentee of Sigmund Freud, described in his book, The Trauma of Birth, the theory that one’s birth marks the shift from union and nonbeing to being and chaos. Dr. Schenider elaborates on this experience further by recasting the experience as “the drama of birth,” in which initial elements of shock and terror are also met with wonder and discovery.

Dr. Schneider describes birth as a wild plunge into a vast unknown sea; no equipment is in place for one to negotiate such a plunge alone, and one must learn to swim at this moment. He goes on to detail how pivotal figures in one’s life may act as guides through such turbulence. During these turbulent experiences, there is a great importance of being met by one’s guide with a proper holding environment, a space within a relationship which provides safety and support for one’s psychological and emotional needs.

Such needs for attunement (for having emotional needs met) begin at birth and extend throughout infancy, as demonstrated by the results of a series of studies which employ a Still-Face Paradigm, originally invented by Edward Tronick, Ph.D. in 1978 (Mesman et. al., 2009). These experiments examined the subsequent effects on infant mood and behavior in situations where a mother is asked to shift from being playful and responsive to unreactive and emotionless (Watch Here). What follows consists of attempts at reconnection by the infant that progress from playful, to angry, and ultimately to a state of dissociation. Remarkably, these experiments have been successfully repeated in neonates as young as 0-4 days old, thus highlighting Dr. Schneider’s emphasis on the importance of a proper holding environment after birth (Nagy et al., 2017).

The findings of the Still-Face Paradigm experiments help demonstrate the effects that such a lack of feelings of support, engagement, and presence can have on the psyche and behavior of neonates and infants, a time when the tools and abilities of self-soothing have not yet developed. The implications of Still-Face Paradigm experiment findings are further demonstrated via a study by Beebe et al. (2010), in which the communication patterns of 4-month-old infants were found to be predictive of attachment patterns at age 12 months. Specifically, it was demonstrated that 12-month-old infants characterized by disorganized attachment styles (described as “fear without resolution”) experienced maternal interactions at age 4 months old that were more generally negative and distant (Read More Here)(Beebe et al., 2010).

Such importance of attunement continues into adolescence and adulthood, as well. Throughout one’s life, pivotal relationships with one’s parents, mentors, or even psychotherapists may allow such individuals to serve as guides along one’s journey through life and existence. When one embarks on an adventure to the unknown with the comfort of a guide who serves as a source of stability and calm during such an endeavor, a positive foundation for growth is laid. Dr. Schneider notes how in the therapeutic journey specifically, the guiding hand of a therapist who is a supportive and comparativelyfree human being may play an essential role in helping the patient to develop such foundations within themselves, thus promoting a foundational healing.

In serving as the hero's guide, the most important factor of this role comes in the form of presence. Offering one’s presence and attention in and of itself is a statement of support and comfort, and is essential in creating a proper holding space for growth. Specifically, Dr. Schneider states that “the presence of a therapist acts as a guiding force for the patient to dive into the patient's unconscious and to do the inner work.”

When such presence is not offered, no amount of competency of the guide may overcome such lack of presence. For example, take the case of Roman emperor Marcus Aurelius and his son. Marcus Aurelius is a historical figure of monumental importance due to his ability to walk a life of both great success and great humility (a rare combination indeed). Despite such worldly success, Marcus Aurelius failed to inculcate the same characteristics in his own son, who turned out to be a monstrous human being in a variety of ways. Marcus Aurelius was absent from his son’s life until his teen years, as he focused all his energy on the Republic. In addition to the daily demands of running the Republic, Marcus Aurelius spent more than a decade of his life leading campaigns against the Germanic tribes to the north (Mark 2022). While the true origins of his son’s constitution may not be entirely understood, it is within the realm of possibility that such a monstrous constitution was a direct result of a mere lack of presence and availability on the part of the father. Negative outcomes related to paternal absence have been clearly demonstrated in research. Specifically, children raised without a paternal presence have increased rates of academic issues, attachment issues, mental health issues, criminal and gang involvement, poverty, and substance abuse (Brown, 2019).

A Culture of Distractions And Quick FixesAs an existential-integrative psychotherapist, Dr. Schneider often returns to the two following questions: “What matters about your life? And, how are you wanting and willing to live it?” Such questions are pivotal in the quest for a life of meaning and purpose; yet, we seem to be evermore in the presence of a culture and climate where quick fixes and distractions serve as roadblocks to the discovery of answers to such existential questions.

A negative feedback loop has emerged where individuals are becoming less inclined to work hard to uncover true meaning and marketing companies are more inclined to offer the illusion of meaning via the consumption of various products. Since their inception, marketing companies have been deeply attuned to the core drivers of human behaviors and motivations and have intentionally tapped into related, deep archetypal seduction processes (i.e., the search for the holy grail). Surprising as it may be, the concept and practice of marketing was actually invented by the nephew of Sigmund Freud, a man named Edward Bernays, who intentionally co-opted his uncle’s work in order to manipulate consumers into purchasing products (for more information on this topic, see the BBC documentary “Century of the Self” [Watch Here]).

In more present times, such hijacking of our innate drives continues in the form of technology companies, which operate with the incentive of attracting as much of our time as they can. Through the use of artificial intelligence and user data, such companies have become masters of psychology through their expertly crafted algorithms that show users exactly what appeals most to them. As Dr. Puder describes, it is indeed a truth that one can learn a great deal about an individual simply by viewing their “for you” page on Instagram or other social media platforms.

The effects of technology companies on our individual psyches may be more profound than one would initially suspect. In particular, from the years 2005-2017 the rates of depression in adolescents increased 52% and from the years 2009-2017 the rates of depression in young adults increased 63% (Twenge et al., 2019). Interestingly, the first iPhone was released in the summer of 2007 and, according to Maryville Online (2021), many of the most prominent social media websites and applications first made their debut between 2006-2011. The ability of technology companies to masterfully craft interfaces that perpetually engage us has resulted in a dwindling of the precious time we once used for introspection and self-reflection. Spare moments, such as waiting for a bus or walking to work, where spontaneous self-reflection once had the opportunity to occur, have now been replaced with an endless stream of content ripe for consumption. A lack of time for such reflection may be one of the mechanisms that has contributed to the alarming rises in mental illness.

A Deep-Work SolutionIn the face of such corrupting societal and corporate forces, Dr. Schneider offers a powerful solution: instead of meaningless quick fixes, deep existential problems indeed require deep introspective work. He believes deep work is required for true healing and will allow for the building of a foundation upon which one can feel more free to pursue lasting fulfillment in relationships and creativity, and can learn to discover things about other people, cultures, and places. In Dr. Schneider’s view, an imperative lies on the shoulders of depth-oriented psychologists and psychiatrists to help inspire a cultural shift towards fewer distractions, slowing down, and time alone, thus allowing the individual to ask and answer those questions that are most important: “What really matters about my life, about the lives of those around me, and how do I live in the face of what matters?” A failure to engage with such questions has possibly contributed to greater extremes and increases in mental illness.

Dr. Schneider argues that rather than running from the inner turmoil that one may feel in the face of of such deep existential questions, a learning to embrace such life-enhancing anxiety may ultimately lead to a greater sense of freedom and an ability to experience a life that is full, rich, and graced with a sense of awe. By foregoing the necessary deep work, many of us today fail to achieve such heights of the psyche and soul. Dr. Schneider suggests that “one must ask whether a lifestyle of speed, packaging, instant gratification, and quick fixes is the kind of lifestyle that is really what you are wanting out of such a finite life.”

Closing Remarks: The Most Important Questions of LifeDr. Schneidercloses this podcast with a revisiting of the most important questions in one’s life. He implores that one must take the time to ask, “What matters about your life, and how you are wanting and willing to live it? How will you put it into action? Are you willing to put it into action?” Elaborating further, Dr. Schneider states that “depth-experiential therapy will foster the answer to such questions, along with reading, friends, mentors, slowing down in one’s life, taking stock,recognizing the preciousness of this fleeting time and space that we have, attemptingto be open to wonder and surprise, to be open to what can happen, what is evolving, and exploring what you are bringing to what is evolving.” Furthermore, he encourages each of us to remain open to a relationship with things greater than ourselves. He argues that “this is essentially what spiritually and religion is about; one may be small and fragile, but one is also capable of great transcendence.” Dr. Schneider leaves us with the notion that by bringing such qualities into one’s own life, one has the potential to not only better their own life, but to bring about a better world, as well.

Read the book:

Life Enhancing Anxiety: Key to a Sane World (for more information visit https://kirkjschneider.com)

References :

  1. Mesman, J., van IJzendoorn, M. H., & Bakermans-Kranenburg, M. J. (2009). The many faces of the Still-Face Paradigm: A review and meta-analysis. Developmental Review, 29(2), 120–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dr.2009.02.001
  2. Nagy, E., Pilling, K., Watt, R., Pal, A., & Orvos, H. (2017). Neonates' responses to repeated exposure to a still face. PloS one, 12(8), e0181688. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0181688
  3. Beebe, B., Jaffe, J., Markese, S., Buck, K., Chen, H., Cohen, P., Bahrick, L., Andrews, H., & Feldstein, S. (2010). The origins of 12-month attachment: A microanalysis of 4-month mother-infant interaction. Attachment & Human Development, 12(1-2), 6–141. https://doi.org/10.1080/14616730903338985
  4. Twenge, J. M., Cooper, A. B., Joiner, T. E., Duffy, M. E., & Binau, S. G. (2019). Age, period, and cohort trends in mood disorder indicators and suicide-related outcomes in a nationally representative dataset, 2005-2017. Journal of abnormal psychology, 128(3), 185–199. https://doi.org/10.1037/abn0000410
  5. The evolution of social media: How did it begin and where could it go next? [Internet]. Maryville Online. 2021 [cited 2023Apr18]. Available from: https://online.maryville.edu/blog/evolution-social-media/#launch
  6. Mark, J. J. (2022, October 25). Marcus Aurelius. World History Encyclopedia. Retrieved April 20, 2023, from https://www.worldhistory.org/Marcus_Aurelius/
  7. Jerrod Brown, M. A. (n.d.). Father-absent homes: Implications for criminal justice and mental health professionals. MemberClicks. Retrieved April 24, 2023, from https://www.mnpsych.org/index.php?option=com_dailyplanetblog&view=entry&category=industry%252520news&id=54

View Details

Liam Browning, David Puder, M.D.

Neither of the authors have any conflicts of interest to report

Why Talk About Microdosing?The idea of using psychedelics to treat psychiatric symptoms has been approaching mainstream popularity thanks to podcasters like Joe Rogan, Tim Ferris, and Sam Harris. As interest in these substances continues to grow, so does the size of the online communities centered around this topic. One such community is the microdosing community. On Reddit alone there are nearly 240 thousand members of the microdosing subreddit, where you can find thousands of anecdotes about how microdosing is helpful for treating depression, anxiety, PTSD, ADHD, etc., along with microdosing guides, harm reduction resources, links to participate in microdosing studies, and reviews of scientific articles. While there is undoubtedly value in recognizing some of the claims being made about microdosing, it’s important to recognize where the literature currently stands and to identify where there are gaps in understanding.

Quotes On Microdosing:Joe Rogan:

  • “People are using psilocybin these days in what they call ‘microdosing,’ taking very small doses and seeing these profound benefits ya know. One of the things that I'm aware of is that kickboxers are using it. A good buddy of mine using it says that he can see things happen before they happen” (Joe Rogan Experience #946 - Dennis Mckenna).
  • “Microdosing for just daily life makes things really fun.”
  • ”I have done it many times and I have taken a gram a day for 30 days in a row. I enjoy it a lot. It gives you a silly, carefree consciousness that is unperturbed, meaning that it doesn’t affect my judgment, it doesn’t affect my ability to have a conversation with someone, it doesn’t affect my ability to do my job.”
  • “It just puts me in this very appreciative, thankful, low anxiety state” (Joe Rogan Experience #1958 - Andrew Huberman).

Ayelet Waldman, from her book, A Really Good Day: How Microdosing Made a Mega Difference in My Mood, My Marriage, and My Life:

  • “For the first time in so long, I feel happy. Not giddy or out of control, just at ease with myself and the world. When I think about my husband and my children, I feel a gentle sense of love and security. I am not anxious for them or annoyed with them. When I think of my work, I feel optimistic, brimming with ideas, yet not spilling over.”

Paul Stamets:

  • “Coders in Silicon Valley from the biggest computer companies that we all know [do it]. This is a not only a fashion, but a tool that they're seeing an increased ability for coming up with codes and it’s a competitive advantage in the capitalistic system” (Joe Rogan Experience #1035 - Paul Stamets).

What is Microdosing?Microdosing was first popularized by Dr. James Fadiman in his book, The Psychedelic Explorer’s Guide, in which he coined the term microdosing and described a microdosing regimen. Dr. Fadiman studied LSD at Stanford during the 1960s, and in the early 2000s his curiosity in microdosing was supposedly sparked after hearing that Albert Hoffman, the first person to synthesize LSD, had microdosed LSD well into his 90s.

From his book:

Microdosing involves taking small amounts of a psychedelic substance (usually one-tenth to one-fifth of a recreational dose) with the intention of enhancing cognitive, emotional, or spiritual functioning. The goal is not to experience a full-blown psychedelic trip, but rather to tap into the subtle, yet powerful, effects of these substances in a more controlled and sustainable way (Fadiman, 2011, p. 29).

The microdosing protocol Dr. Fadiman created is known as “The Fadiman Protocol,” and is the most popularly followed microdosing regimen. The Fadiman Protocol involves taking a low dose of a psychedelic every three days for a period of around 4-6 weeks. The other commonly used protocol is The Stamets Protocol (named after Paul Stamets). It involves taking a microdose for 4-5 days in a row followed by 2-3 days off for 4-6 weeks. Supplements like Niacin and Lion’s Mane mushroom are often “stacked” with the Stamets Protocol.

In regard to the doses used, LSD is commonly taken at 10-26ug, compared to recreational doses of 100-300ug. For psilocybin mushrooms, recreational doses typically range from 3-5g of dried mushrooms, while microdoses are in the range of 0.1-0.7g.

History/Background (covered in more detail in Episode 104)

Psychedelics have historically been used around the world by indigenous tribes in ritualistic practices for the purpose of enhancing religious experiences or rites of passage.

Some examples include:

  • Mazatecs in Mexico and psilocybin mushrooms (Maria Subina)
  • Shipibo in the Amazon and Ayahuasca
  • Ebene and the Yanomami in the Amazon and 5 Meo-DMT
  • Bwiti people in Western Africa and Ibogaine
  • Ainu people in Japan and mushrooms
  • North American Indians and Peyote

LSD was the first psychedelic to become popularized in America after its discovery in 1938 by Swiss Scientist and employee of Sandoz, Albert Hoffman. It was largely limited to researchers up until the 1950s.

Psilocybin mushrooms were later brought to America in the 1950s by Americans who visited the Mazatec people in Mexico.

During the Cold War, LSD was a prevailing symbol of the 1960s counterculture, and a tool used by the CIA to conduct clandestine experiments for the purpose of creating mind-control techniques. This project was termed MK-Ultra and often involved dosing Americans (mainly prostitutes and their clients, prisoners, and CIA agents) against their will and trying to get information from them or control them.

The book, Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties, discusses the idea that Charles Manson used psychological techniques along with LSD on his followers, potentially progressively brainwashing them. It seemed that LSD may have contributed to the absolute loyalty of Manson’s followers, but meth was likely used during the murders. Despite the CIA’s failure to discover mind-control practices, there’s speculation that they backed Manson’s cult and helped keep him out of prison.

Psychedelic Research TodayPsychedelics are overcoming their dark history in America, as we are in the midst of the third wave of interest thanks to the resurgence in macrodosing research and the enthusiasm of social media personalities. However, the research has largely been limited to macrodoses (see: Carhart-Harris et al., 2021; Griffiths et al., 2016; Ross et al., 2016; Grob et al., 2011; Davis et al., 2021).

Considering the limited number of studies on microdosing, there has been a “citizen science” movement by online communities where members are encouraged to collect personal data and share it with forums and online researchers.

With the massive influx of anecdotal reports Dr. Fadiman received in response to his book, he decided to create one of the first online platforms through which microdosers could share their anecdotal experiences and complete mood tracking with the PANAS checklist. In 2019, he published a paper reporting their findings (Fadiman and Korb, 2019).

In this paper and in numerous talks, he has described how microdosers report improvements in general anxiety, academic anxiety, party anxiety, social anxiety, Asperger’s, mood during bipolar depressive episodes, focus, learning, habit formation, headaches, PMS, concussions, trauma, procrastination, stuttering, writer’s block, flow, libido, pain, and more.

Microdosing and Mood/Mental HealthMultiple online surveys and qualitative studies have corroborated Dr. Fadiman’s results, showing decreased depression and anxiety and improved mood in microdosers (Anderson et al., 2019; Fadiman and Korb, 2019; Johnstad, 2018; Polito and Stevenson, 2019; Lea et al., 2020; Cameron et al., 2020), with many microdosers perceiving the practice to be more effective than conventional treatments for psychiatric symptoms (Hutten et al., 2019; Lea et al., 2020). Despite the fact many of these studies often lacked a control group entirely and selected participants from online forums, their statistically significant findings further propelled the microdosing movement (for review of these studies and other microdosing studies up to 2021, see Polito and Liknaitzky, 2022).

Only recently have there been any randomized-control trials of microdosing, and all but two have been in healthy populations. Both of these studies used the microdose group as the active control and later crossed over to the macrodose group, so this limits the ability to make conclusions about long-term effects. Nevertheless, they are worth looking into.

The first study conducted in a clinical population was by Gasser et al., 2014:

Safety and Efficacy of Lysergic Acid Diethylamide-Assisted Psychotherapy for Anxiety Associated With Life-threatening Diseases (2014)

  • Participants/methods
  • RCT where 11 cancer patients who scored > 40 on the STAI (State Trait Anxiety Inventory) were randomized to two psychotherapy sessions in which received either 200ug (n=8) or 20ug (n=3) of LSD, with 2-3 weeks between experimental sessions. After 2 months, the 20ug group crossed over to the high dose condition.
  • Half of participants met diagnostic criteria for GAD based on DSM-IV criteria, and all but one participant was hallucinogen naïve.
  • Participants received two preparatory sessions prior to the 8-hour treatment sessions and three 60-90 minute psychotherapy sessions after each experimental session.

  • Results

  • Two months after the first block of sessions, the high dose group showed significantly lower scores of STAI state and trait anxiety compared to the low dose group (d=1.2 and 1.1 respectively). 3 out of the 8 participants in the high dose group dropped below the threshold of 40 for both state and trait anxiety, while all 3 participants in the low dose group had higher trait anxiety scores and 2 had higher state anxiety scores.
  • On secondary outcome measures related to quality of life (QLQ-30), psychiatric symptoms (SCL-90-R), and anxiety/depression (HADS), participants only improved in these metrics after receiving the high dose, and these effects were maintained at 12-month follow-up. But there were no statistical analyses performed on these data due to the authors’ concerns of multiplicity.

Griffiths et al., 2016: Psilocybin produces substantial and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in patients with life-threatening cancer: A randomized double-blind trial

  • Participants/methods
  • Double blind crossover RCT where 51 cancer patients in various stages of cancer with comorbid DSM-IV diagnosis of depression and/or anxiety disorder were randomized to first receive either a low (1-3 mg) or high (22-30 mg) dose of oral psilocybin followed by the opposite dose 5 weeks later.
  • Participants also met with monitors before, after, and between sessions for a mean total of about 15 hours.

  • Results

  • 5 weeks after the first dosing session, only the high dose group showed significant decreases in clinical questionnaires scores (HAM-D, HAM-A); however, there was a trend in the low dose group.
  • There was a 32% response rate ( ⩾50% decrease relative to baseline) and 16% remission on the HAM-D in the low dose 1st group, compared to 92% response rate and 60% remission rate in the high dose group. For the HAM-A and 24% response rate and 12% remission in the low dose group compared to 76% response rate and 52% remission in the high dose group.

Notes/limitations of these studies

  • No control to compare outcomes with microdose
  • Support from monitors could confound results
  • All subjects received a high dose at some point, so can’t discern the long-term effects of a low dose
  • Highly educated and predominantly white sample with favorable attitudes towards psychedelics in the Griffiths study

Effects On Mood, Anxiety, And Depression Acute studiesIn the following years, eight lab-based controlled trials of microdosing have addressed mood or symptoms of anxiety/depression as one of their outcome measures. All lab-based studies have been in healthy volunteers, with most volunteers having prior experience with psychedelics. The basic design of most of these lab studies is as follows: participants were randomized to receive one to four microdoses of LSD or psilocybin with a washout of at least 5 days between doses. Most of the studies were within-subjects design where participants may have been given, for example, either a placebo, 5ug, 10ug, or 20ug in random order, or they were allocated to receive a placebo or a microdose for multiple sessions and then crossed over to the other treatment condition. Sample sizes ranged from 20 to 56.

Contrary to what is reported in Dr. Fadiman’s work (Fadiman and Korb, 2019), PANAS (Positive and Negative Affect Schedule) was insignificant in two of these lab studies (Bershad et al., 2020 (LSD) and Cavanna et al., 2022 (Psilocybin)).

Four studies measured the acute effects of a microdose of LSD on anxiety, depression, and mood using the POMS. (Profile of Mood States measures six different dimensions of mood swings over a period of time. These include: Tension or Anxiety, Anger or Hostility, Vigor or Activity, Fatigue or Inertia, Depression or Dejection, Confusion or Bewilderment.) Two studies observed a significant increase in the anxiety subscale of POMS during the acute effects of the highest dose (Bershad et al., 2019; Murray et al., 2022), while the other two studies (Hutten et al., 2020a; De wit et al., 2022) found no effect on any subscales of the POMS. One of these studies (Hutten et al., 2020a) found a dose-dependent increase in an anxiety subscale of another questionnaire, the 5D-ASC (5-Dimensional altered states of consciousness rating scale). One of the studies that observed an increase in anxiety also found an increase in elation and positive mood in the highest dose group (26ug-Murray et al., 2022).

Another study (Ramaekers et al., 2021) used the BSI-18 (a symptom scale with subscales of somatization, anxiety, and depression). Compared to baseline, 6h after dosing, the highest dose group showed increases in average anxiety and somatization subscale scores. No changes in the depression subscale were observed.

Repeated dosing studiesCavanna et al., 2022 studied the effect of microdosing .5g of psilocybin and found no change in acute anxiety using the STAI (State Trait Anxiety Inventory) during the effects of a microdose. This study had 34 participants take two doses total, once Wednesday and once Friday. On Sunday, they measured trait anxiety using the STAI and found no difference compared to the week they took placebo doses.

De Wit et al. (2022) conducted a similar study in which 56 participants were randomized to take four doses of either a placebo (n=18), 13ug (n=19), or 26ug (n=19) of LSD, with doses separated by 3-4 day intervals. Three to four days after completing the 4 doses, all groups showed significant reductions in DASS (Depression, Anxiety and Stress Scale) scores (depression, anxiety, stress, total), but no group differences were observed.

Marschall et al. (2022) conducted a double-blind crossover trial with 52 participants, where participants were randomized to first take capsules containing either .7g (equated to about 1.5mg psilocybin) of truffles or non psychedelic mushrooms. The researchers had participants follow the Fadiman protocol, where they took a microdose every 3 days. After 3 weeks, they stopped dosing, waited another 2 weeks and then crossed over to the other group. Depression and stress scores on the DASS were significantly lower after the first block of doses, but this effect was observed in both the microdose group and placebo group.

Takeaways/Limitations of these studies* Participants in these studies were most often recruited from online forums or at psychedelic conferences and had prior experience with psychedelics. They also reported favorable attitudes towards psychedelics. * There was a high rate of breaking blind in all of these studies (about 70% on average), where most participants were able to guess correctly if they had taken either the highest dose or a placebo. * It’s possible that these studies were too short to see any antidepressant effects, with the longest lab study being 3 weeks long. * Considering these studies were completed in healthy volunteers, baseline scores of depression and anxiety were low. Without a clinical population, the magnitude of antidepressant/anxiolytic effects of microdosing cannot be measured adequately.

There are also some interesting results from the largest placebo controlled study to date, by Szigeti et al, 2021: Self-blinding citizen science to explore psychedelic microdosing (2021)

  • Participants/methods
  • This is actually a naturalistic study in which 191 participants learned a self-blinding procedure to use with their own microdoses. There were three groups:
  • 1) 4 weeks of microdosing twice weekly with two weekly placebo doses
  • 2) 2 weeks of microdosing twice weekly along with 2 weeks of placebo
  • 3) 4 weeks placebo
  • 84% of subjects microdosed with LSD, compared to 14% psilocybin, and 2% using another psychedelic
  • Results
  • After 5 weeks, all self-reported psychological outcomes improved significantly in the MD group: well-being (RPWB) increased with 4.2 ± 3.9 (adjusted mean estimate ±95% CI; p=0.04), mindfulness (CAMS) increased with 2.4 ± 1.1 (p<0.001), life satisfaction (SWL) increased with 1.2 ± 1.2 (p=0.04), and paranoia (GPTS) decreased with 5.0 ± 1.7 (p<0.001).
  • Big 5 showed reduced neuroticism trait score (1.3 ± 0.9, p<0.01*) and increased openness (0.9 ± 0.8, p=0.03).
  • Placebo group and half/half group also improved in mindfulness (PL: 1.6 ± 1.1, p<0.01; HH: 1.3 ± 1.2, p=0.02) and paranoia (PL: 3.4 ± 1.7 p<0.001; HH: 4.9 ± 1.9 p<0.001***), but not for well-being or life satisfaction.
  • Neuroticism also decreased in the PL group (1.0 ± 1.0, p=0.04*), but only the microdose group showed sustained decreases at 9-week follow-up.
  • On days they took a microdose, participants reported significantly higher scores on the VAS subscales of mood, energy, creativity, and drug effects and higher PANAS positive mood (with small effect sizes < 0.3) on all scales, with the exception of the drug intensity VAS (d=0.58).
  • STAIT-anxiety was also significantly decreased in the microdose group, while other outcomes of depression (QIDS), mental well-being (WEMWB), social connection (SCS) were insignificant.
  • However, when accounting for belief effects, by including the number of times the participant guessed they had taken a microdose as a covariate, there was no difference between the dosing groups on any long-term measure or short-term measure other than self-reported drug effects (VAS subscale).
  • The number of times that a participant guessed they had taken a microdose significantly correlated with Big 5 agreeableness, openness, and well-being and mindfulness.

Kaertner et al., 2021:Positive expectations predict improved mental-health outcomes linked to psychedelic microdosing

  • Participants/Methods
  • It was a naturalistic online survey study with 253 participants who were planning to begin microdosing.
  • 46% of the participants reported having been diagnosed with one or more psychiatric disorders in the past, with MDD and an anxiety disorder being the most common.
  • Participants were not instructed on a microdosing regimen and were free to choose the substance and the dosing schedule.
  • 48% chose to microdose with psilocybin, 42% LSD, and the remaining 10% chose another psychedelic or a mix of the two.
  • Over 4 weeks, participants took an average of 9 doses (SD=2.31), with most participants following the Fadiman protocol.

  • Results

  • After 4 weeks, participants showed significant improvements in self-reported well-being, symptoms of depression and anxiety, emotional stability, with the greatest difference being observed after the first week.
  • However, when controlling for baseline expectations of the long-term benefits of psychedelics, there were significant correlations with well-being (r=0.275, p=0.007), depressive symptoms (r= − 0.263, p=0.009), and anxiety (r= − 0.220, p=0.025).
  • Participants also saw significant increases in openness, agreeableness, and improvements in Social Connectedness (SCS), Nature-Relatedness (NR-6), Resilience (BRS), Avoidance (BEAQ).

  • Notes/limitations

  • 68% dropout rate
  • The authors suggest that, given the context sensitivity (of set and setting) for psychedelic experiences, microdosing could serve as “active placebos, amplifying the expectations due to the plasticity-promoting nature of the drug effects.”

Theoretic Mechanism Of ActionAre microdoses exerting a neurobiological effect, are they just a placebo, or are they amplifiers of the placebo effect? The self-blinding study supports the idea for a placebo effect, while the authors of the study we just covered suggest microdoses could amplify “expectations due to the plasticity-promoting nature of the drug effect.”

The idea of psychedelics interacting with the placebo effect is intriguing, especially considering the placebo effect is a neurobiological mechanism in and of itself. In a paper discussed recently in the social anxiety episode (Hjorth et al., 2021), two groups received SSRIs, where one group was told they would be receiving an SSRI. Participants who believed they were taking an SSRI showed greater improvements and also increased striatal dopamine activity. In fact, the increase in striatal dopamine from the placebo effect has been shown to correlate with clinical improvement in parkinson symptoms (de la Fuente-Fernández and Stoessl, 2002). The placebo effect is also thought to modulate orbitofrontal and ventromedial prefrontal cortical connectivity with the nucleus accumbens and other reward-related circuitry (Wager and Atlas, 2015). Psychedelics are thought to preferentially increase plasticity in the cortex, particularly in the PFC (de Vos et al., 2021). Therefore, although it's somewhat of a stretch, psychedelics might potentiate the placebo effect.

Psychoplastogens, such as ketamine and psychedelics, are seeing recent interest for their ability to rapidly improve psychiatric symptoms, and it’s possible that this could be a mechanism of microdosing. The downstream effects of 5-HT2A activation likely includes an increase in neurotrophic factors (Carhart-Harris and Nutt, 2017; Vargas et al., 2021), and microdoses can increase plasma BDNF (Hutten et al., 2020b). Neurotrophic factors like BDNF are thought to be lower in patients with MDD (Dwivedi Y. et al., 2009).

The Psychedelic Experience, Suggestibility, and the Role of the TherapistWhile the mechanism of psychedelics is unclear, it’s known that the valence of the psychedelic experience and the psychological engagement in the experience play a considerable role in dictating the improvements in mental health symptoms. For instance, there is an example described by Daniel Schmachtenburger, where, if someone sees a demon and is told by their trip-sitter that the demon is a threat to their soul and that the only means of avoiding the demon is by turning from it and by wearing a feather, this person can develop delusional thoughts about being chased and adopt avoidant behaviors and an emotional dependency for the feather that can persist long after the trip. Meanwhile, if the trip-sitter had instead told them that the demon is only a figment of their mind and that they should turn towards it, the demon can become an abstract representation of their negative thoughts and emotions. As the tripper turns to face the demon and is encouraged by their monitor, they can be encouraged to face it with curiosity and facilitate deep psychological insight. The demon can morph into their father screaming at them and then their grandfather screaming at their father, where they now come to the insight of generational trauma and can forgive their father for how he treated them as a child, allowing for the cultivation of self-acceptance and empathy.

It’s important to recognize that all of the clinical studies to date have been guided in a way that promotes relaxation and introspection, as participants are briefed on what to expect during a psychedelic experience and are told to confront the challenging aspects they may encounter with a sense of curiosity. They also wear a blindfold and listen to comforting music. Without standardized practices in place, there is a concern that therapists can significantly influence the beliefs of patients who take psychedelics.

The psychological insights and beliefs gained from the psychedelic experience could be the driving factor in directing the increased plasticity for precipitating behavioral change. There are also studies suggesting the positive psychological effects of psychedelics are mediated by the feelings of mysticism experienced during a trip (Yaden and Griffiths, 2021; McCulloch et al., 2022), where the psychedelic (”mind-revealing”) effect is only seen with high enough doses.

Microdoses might not be powerful enough to elicit these insights for feelings of mysticism, which begs the question: is the psychedelic experience necessary for the antidepressant effects?

Acute Effects On CreativityIncreased creativity is one of the most heavily touted benefits of microdosing in the community and is observed in subjective reports within observational studies (Fadiman and Korb, 2019; Johnstad, 2018; Lea et al., 2020; Anderson et al., 2019a).

Up until 2019, only a few studies had compared how microdosing changes one’s objective performance of creativity, which is most often measured by performance on divergent and convergent thinking tasks.

One of the first studies exploring objective measures of creativity in response to microdoses was by Prochazkova et al. in 2018 in a study titled, “Exploring the effect of microdosing psychedelics on creativity in an open-label natural setting.” This study was an open-label study at a psychedelic conference, where 38 participants completed divergent and convergent thinking tasks early in the day and then later that same day after taking a microdose of psychedelic truffles (.22-.44g).

In the second session when participants had taken the microdose, they showed significantly higher scores in divergent and convergent thinking tasks (Picture Concept Task for convergent thinking and the Alternative Uses Task for divergent thinking) compared to earlier in the day. They had higher scores in fluency (the number of ideas generated) and originality with small to moderate effect sizes. But the study was open-label and all participants first completed the tasks sober and then later in the day after taking a microdose of psilocybin, so we can’t discern whether practice effects are at play here or whether there was an increased motivation to perform better on these tasks (Prochazkova et al., 2018).

In 2019, as part of an online survey study, Anderson et al. had microdosers and non-microdosers complete an online version of the Unusual Use Task (UUT) for divergent thinking, in which participants generate creative uses for mundane objects. On average, responses made by microdosers were rated to be more clever (b=0.57, SE=0.13, z(423)= 4.25, p < 0.001, r=0.15), more uncommon (b=0.50, SE=0.15, z(427) =3.42, p < 0.001, r= 0.14), and more remote (b=0.74, SE=0.16, z(425)=4.49, p < 0.001, r=0.20) than those made by non microdoses.

At this point, there was a lot of excitement about the potential for microdosing to increase creativity, but since then, there have been two lab-based RCTs that have shown no change in convergent thinking as assessed by the remote associations test (Bershad et al., 2019 N=20, LSD at 3 different doses vs placebo; Cavanna et al., 2022; N=34, psilocybin vs placebo), or on divergent thinking as assessed by the Alternative Uses Task (Cavanna et al., 2022), or the Wallach-Kogan test (Cavanna et al., 2022). The naturalistic placebo-controlled study I had mentioned earlier, in which participants blinded themselves (Szigeti et al, 2021), showed increased perceived creativity on days when participants took a microdose. Again, a majority of participants broke blind here.

Unlike the literature on depression, there is limited evidence of the effect of macrodoses on creativity, especially on divergent and convergent thinking. A 2021 placebo-controlled study by Mason et al., in which moderate macrodose of psilocybin (0.17 mg/kg or 12 mg/70 kg) showed acute deficits in both convergent thinking (d=0.85) and measures of DT, including fluency (the number of ideas generated; d=0.84) and originality (the number of unusual or unique ideas; d=0.65) compared to placebo, but participants reported an increase in the perceived quality of their creative insights. At the 7-day follow-up, CT was still significantly decreased compared to placebo (d=0.60) while novel responses for the divergent thinking task (responses they had never thought of before or seen elsewhere) were increased compared to placebo (d=0.52).

Limitations/takeaways

  • Divergent and convergent thinking are not perfect tools for assessing one’s creativity, as most tasks used to quantify these measures rely heavily on semantic knowledge and processing speed, which both are likely disrupted in a psychedelic experience.
  • Because of the ability for psychedelics to alter self-referential processing, aspects of creativity related to personally-relevant problem solving could be a future direction of study. It’s possible the increased between-network connectivity among cortical regions that do not normally influence each other could allow for the emergence of latent insights or “eureka moments.”
  • “They are not at a higher level of creativity, but they can be creative longer - kind of steady, more in flow” (The Tim Ferriss Show Ep 66: The Psychedelic Explorer's Guide - Risks, Micro-Dosing, Ibogaine, and More).
  • It’s possible that the anecdotes and observational studies in which participants report increased feelings of creativity could be due to psychedelics allowing people to access a creative mindset more often, or being forced into creative thinking, even though they are not objectively more creative. Otherwise, the placebo effect is likely the driving factor.

Acute Effects on Cognitive PerformanceImproving cognitive performance is the most common motive given by people who choose to microdose, according to an online survey study (Hutten et al., 2019), and qualitative and observational studies report increased self-rated focus and productivity with microdosing. (Fadiman and Korb, 2019; Anderson et al., 2019b).

However, the majority of laboratory studies (a total of 7) show no changes while subjects were under the effects of a microdose. Three studies showed no changes in general cognitive function (assessed by digital span substitution task; Hutten et al., 2020a, N=24, LSD; Family et al., 2019, N=48, LSD; De wit et al., 2022, N=56, LSD), two showed no change in working memory (n-back task; Bershad et al., 2019, N=20, LSD; De wit et al., 2022), one for reaction time (psychomotor vigilance task; Hutten et al., 2020a), one for visuospatial processing (Bershad et al., 2019), one showed slight but nonsignificant deficits for attention using the attentional blink task and for the stroop task (Cavanna et al., 2022, N=34, psilocybin vs. placebo), and this same study showed no differences for mind wandering, flow, or cognitive flexibility (Cavanna et al., 2022).

Two studies actually showed impairments in control and cognition based on 5 Dimensions of Altered States of Consciousness Questionnaire (5D-ASC), a 94-item self-report scale with subscales consisting of Oceanic Boundlessness (OB), Anxious Ego Dissolution (AED), Visionary Restructuralization (VR), Auditory Alterations (AA), and Reduction of Vigilance (RV) scales. Both studies showed the highest ratings of impairment in the highest dose group (Bershad et al., 2019; Hutten et al., 2020a), but Hutten et al. showed no effect on a cognitive control task.

Some of these lab-based studies of LSD show slight increases in vigor on the POMS in the highest dosing group relative to placebo (Bershad et al., 2019; De wit et al., 2022) and mild stimulatory/amphetamine-like effects on the Addiction Research Center Inventory (ARCI) (De wit et al., 2022; Murray et al., 2022), but others show sedating effects (Bershad et al., 2020; Family et al., 2019) and others show no difference (Hutten et al., 2020a).

There have yet to be any studies assessing microdosing’s potential effects on learning.

Limitations/takeaways

  • It seems like participants may feel as if they are impaired, but their performance is not significantly changed.
  • However, this goes against the notion that microdosing increases focus, as there weren’t any studies that showed clear and consistent increases in performance on any of these tasks.

Acute Effects On PerceptionWithin the microdosing community, microdoses are traditionally regarded as being sub perceptual or barely noticeable, but a large proportion of the lab studies and even qualitative studies report significant, dose-dependent increases in subjective drug effects (Anderson and Kjellgren, 2019; Bershad et al., 2019; Family et al., 2019; Holze et al., 2021; Hutten et al., 2020a).

On a similar note, Ramaekers et al. studied the effects of microdosing on pain and perception using a cold water submersion task in their study titled, “A low dose of lysergic acid diethylamide decreases pain perception in healthy volunteers.” They randomized 24 participants to receive 5ug, 10ug, 20ug, or placebo and observed that 20 μg of LSD increased subjective ratings of pain tolerance (p=0.006) and decreased ratings of painfulness (p=0.012) and unpleasantness (p=0.008). They also found that, compared to placebo, the 10ug increased symptoms of derealization (p=0.027) and dissociation (p=0.032) and 20ug of LSD increased symptoms of derealization (p=0.002), depersonalization (p=0.001), dissociation (p<0.001), and amnesia (p=0.002) according to a questionnaire (Brief Symptom Inventory-BSI18, which was mentioned for anxiety and depression earlier) (Ramaekers et al., 2021).

There are plenty of anecdotes on online forums of people using microdosing to support mindfulness practices and to increase mental clarity and emotional processing. Two lab studies showed that microdosing does not significantly influence acute responses to emotional faces or interoceptive awareness (Marschall et al., 2022; Bershad et al., 2019). The self-blinding study showed that all subjects improved on the cognitive and affective mindfulness scale (CAMS).

Limitations/takeaways

  • At the doses used in these studies, participants in the higher dose groups tend to feel the effects. It seems the threshold for feeling the subjective effects tends to be around 10-13ug for most people (Bershad et al., 2019; Szigeti et al, 2021; Holze et al., 2021).
  • Microdosing may be useful for pain, but more evidence is needed.
  • It seems microdosing can increase feelings of dissociation and derealization, so more studies need to be conducted in patient populations that experience these symptoms and to determine what percent of the population experiences these effects.
  • No placebo-controlled studies have studied visual acuity.

NeurophysiologyThere has only been one imaging study of microdosing’s effects on the brain, conducted by Bershad et al., 2020, in which they found connectivity changes in the amygdala and thalamus. Although mood changes were inconsistent, the increase in amygdala-middle frontal gyrus connectivity strength was positively correlated with positive mood after the drug (r=0.49, p<0.03).

Bershad et al., 2020: Preliminary report on the effects of a low dose of LSD on resting state amygdalar functional connectivity

Participants/methods

  • Double-blind crossover study (N=20) comparing brain connectivity changes of healthy adults in response to a single dose of 13ug LSD or placebo
  • Measured resting-state connectivity via seed-based fMRI

Results + LSD microdose increased amygdala connectivity with right angular gyrus, right middle frontal gyrus, and the cerebellum, and decreased amygdala connectivity with the left and right postcentral gyrus and the superior temporal gyrus. + Although mood changes were inconsistent, the increase in amygdala-middle frontal gyrus connectivity strength was positively correlated with positive mood after the drug (r=0.49, p<0.03). + No change in thalamocortical connectivity.

Notes/limitations + Changes in resting state amygdala activity and connectivity have been inconsistent in macrodosing studies (Barrett et al., 2020). However, in response to emotional stimuli, increased amygdala activity has been observed (Roseman et al., 2018), as opposed to attenuated responses seen in patients taking SSRIs (Ma et al., 2015). + Alterations to thalamocortical connectivity are supposedly what leads to increases in brain entropy and altered perception (two parameters considered by some researchers to be driving factors for therapeutic effects), and the fact there was no change in this connectivity might suggest 13ug isn’t enough to lead to changes in sensory processing or perception of oneself.

EEG was also used as part of two microdosing studies:

  • Decreased theta band power with eyes closed (Cavanna et al., 2022; Murray et al., 2022)
  • Decreased broadband power in major areas of DMN with eyes closed and in the PCC with eyes open (Murray et al., 2022), which are findings observed with larger doses.

SafetyPsychedelics are considered to be benign substances with limited physiological effects.

However, according to a 2020 online survey study by Hutten et al., approximately 6% of microdosers report experiencing side effects, with headache, fatigue, dizziness, nausea, and trouble sleeping being the most commonly reported effects (Polito and Liknaitzky, 2021).

Multiple studies of macrodoses show mildly increased heart rate and blood pressure in a dose-dependent manner, while microdoses of LSD increase systolic/diastolic blood pressure by less than 10mmHg and do not significantly influence heart rate (Bershad et al., 2019; Bershad et al., 2020; Ramaekers et al., 2021).

However, one of the greatest areas of concern is the potential effect of microdosing on heart valves. “Fen-phen” (fenfluramine), also a 5-HT2B agonist, was withdrawn from the market due to its role in causing valvulopathies similar to those seen in carcinoid syndrome (Roth, 2007) and there have been reports of valvulopathies in people who have taken MDMA chronically (Droogmans et al., 2007), as well as in people taking antiparkinsonian drugs with 5-HT2B agonist properties like cabergoline and pergolide (Zanettini et al, 2007). LSD is particularly potent in its activation of 5-HT2B, as well as psilocybin (Wacker et al., 2017). It’s also a possibility that the metabolites of these drugs have a high affinity for 5-HT2B.

It’s not clear yet how psychedelics interact with other drugs. Fadiman and Korb attempted to address this in their online study, and found limited interactions with a wide range of medications, but more research is needed (Fadiman and Korb, 2019).

It seems that people taking SSRIs need higher doses to feel effects of psychedelics compared to most people (Bonson et al., 1996), but it's not yet clear if this is due to some antagonistic interaction or whether the global downregulation of 5-HT receptors with SSRIs is at play here.

Serotonin syndrome is an obvious concern with psychedelics due to their serotonergic activity and has been observed in a few cases of patients taking MAOIs (Malcom and Thomas, 2021), but not specifically in patients taking SSRIs. However, ayahuasca, which contains DMT and MAOIs, may be more likely to lead to serotonin syndrome with concurrent use of SSRIs.

A recent study was conducted where participants took Escitalopram (10-20 mg) or placebo for 14 days before two high dose psilocybin treatment sessions (Becker et al., 2022). Escitalopram did not reduce the positive mood effects of psilocybin, level of circulating BDNF, SCL6A4 (SERT gene), or 5-HT2AR expression, and actually decreased negative mood effects and cardiovascular response. There were no significant changes in the QT interval or in pharmacokinetics.

Conclusions And Future DirectionsOngoing trials:

  • Murphy et al. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC8062934/
  • “Eighty healthy male participants will receive 14 doses of placebo or 10 μg lysergic acid diethylamide orally every 3rd day over a 6-week treatment protocol. A battery of personality, creativity, mood, cognition, and EEG plasticity measures, as well as resting-state fMRI imaging, will be administered at baseline and at the end of the protocol. Creativity, mood, and plasticity measures will additionally be assessed in the acute phase of the first dose. Daily functioning will be monitored with questionnaires and a wearable sleep and activity tracker.”

  • Petranker et al. https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT05259943

  • “This protocol is for a University of Toronto sponsored, randomized, placebo-controlled crossover phase 2 study of the safety and efficacy of low doses of psilocybin in subjects with depressive symptoms who meet Diagnostic and Statistical Manual 5 (DSM-5) criteria for diagnosis of a persistent depressive disorder (PDD) with pure dysthymic syndrome and who are either unwilling to pursue standard treatment (psychotherapy and/or pharmacotherapy) or have previously been non responsive to standard treatment. This feasibility study will assess whether microdosing has a short-term impact on participant ratings of depressive symptoms. Participants will be administered one dose of either placebo or psilocybin once weekly for four weeks, and then all participants will be administered a dose of psilocybin once weekly for four additional weeks. Short surveys will be collected once weekly three days after the administration of psilocybin/placebo, and follow-ups will occur for up to two years following the beginning of the trial. Using this design will maximize the experimental power to detect an effect if one exists and would inform future research on microdosing in terms of duration, effect size, and expectancy bias.”

Concluding Thoughts:* Placebo and confirmatory effects are a huge concern for the psychedelics field as a whole, and are likely to explain many of the beneficial effects observed in observational studies and in online anecdotes. * Microdosing needs to be studied in clinical populations before conclusions can be made about its effectiveness in treating patients with psychiatric disorders. * Likewise, more tests and applications of creativity are needed to discern whether microdosing can influence creative output. * It seems relatively clear that cognitive performance is not enhanced. * More research is needed to study the effects of microdosing on addiction. * Is the psychedelic experience necessary for therapeutic effects? (Olson, 2020; Yaden and Griffiths, 2020) * Would non psychedelic agonism of the 5HT2A receptor lead to clinical improvement? There’s been a large push by pharmaceutical companies in designing non-hallucinogenic 5HR2AR agonists, but they have yet to be studied in humans. * It might be the case that an individual’s baseline functional connectivity or level of 5HT2A receptors influences the subjective and physiological response to psychedelics (Stenbæk et al., 2021; Preller et al., 2020), so even if the evidence continues to blow everyone away, it's likely that these substances won’t be beneficial for everyone.

ReferencesAnderson, T., Petranker, R., Rosenbaum, D., Weissman, C. R., Dinh-Williams, L.-A., Hui, K., Hapke, E., & Farb, N. A. S. (2019). Microdosing psychedelics: Personality, mental health, and creativity differences in microdosers. Psychopharmacology, 236(2), 731–740. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-018-5106-2

Anderson, T., Petranker, R., Christopher, A., Rosenbaum, D., Weissman, C., Dinh-Williams, L. A., Hui, K., & Hapke, E. (2019). Psychedelic microdosing benefits and challenges: an empirical codebook. Harm reduction journal, 16(1), 43. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12954-019-0308-4

Bershad, A. K., Preller, K. H., Lee, R., Keedy, S., Wren-Jarvis, J., Bremmer, M. P., & de Wit, H. (2020). Preliminary report on the effects of a low dose of LSD on resting state amygdalar functional connectivity. Biological Psychiatry. Cognitive Neuroscience and Neuroimaging, 5(4), 461–467. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpsc.2019.12.007

Bershad, A. K., Schepers, S. T., Bremmer, M. P., Lee, R., & de Wit, H. (2019). Acute Subjective and Behavioral Effects of Microdoses of Lysergic Acid Diethylamide in Healthy Human Volunteers. Biological Psychiatry, 86(10), 792–800. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2019.05.019

Cameron, L. P., Nazarian, A., & Olson, D. E. (2020). Psychedelic Microdosing: Prevalence and Subjective Effects. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 52(2), 113–122. https://doi.org/10.1080/02791072.2020.1718250

Carhart-Harris, R., & Nutt, D. (2017). Serotonin and brain function: A tale of two receptors. Journal of Psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 31(9), 1091–1120. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881117725915

Carhart-Harris, R., Giribaldi, B., Watts, R., Baker-Jones, M., Murphy-Beiner, A., Murphy, R., Martell, J., Blemings, A., Erritzoe, D., & Nutt, D. J. (2021). Trial of Psilocybin versus Escitalopram for Depression. The New England journal of medicine, 384(15), 1402–1411. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa2032994

Cavanna, F., Muller, S., de la Fuente, L. A., Zamberlan, F., Palmucci, M., Janeckova, L., Kuchar, M., Pallavicini, C., & Tagliazucchi, E. (2022). Microdosing with psilocybin mushrooms: A double-blind placebo-controlled study. Translational Psychiatry, 12(1), 307. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-022-02039-0

de la Fuente-Fernández, R., & Stoessl, A. J. (2002). The placebo effect in Parkinson's disease. Trends in neurosciences, 25(6), 302–306. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0166-2236(02)02181-1

de Vos, C. M. H., Mason, N. L., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2021). Psychedelics and Neuroplasticity: A Systematic Review Unraveling the Biological Underpinnings of Psychedelics. Frontiers in psychiatry, 12, 724606. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.724606

de Wit, H., Molla, H. M., Bershad, A., Bremmer, M., & Lee, R. (2022). Repeated low doses of LSD in healthy adults: A placebo-controlled, dose-response study. Addiction Biology, 27(2), e13143. https://doi.org/10.1111/adb.13143

Droogmans, S., Cosyns, B., D'haenen, H., Creeten, E., Weytjens, C., Franken, P. R., Scott, B., Schoors, D., Kemdem, A., Close, L., Vandenbossche, J. L., Bechet, S., & Van Camp, G. (2007). Possible association between 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine abuse and valvular heart disease. The American journal of cardiology, 100(9), 1442–1445. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amjcard.2007.06.045

Dwivedi Y. (2009). Brain-derived neurotrophic factor: role in depression and suicide. Neuropsychiatric disease and treatment, 5, 433–449. https://doi.org/10.2147/ndt.s5700

Family, N., Maillet, E. L., Williams, L. T. J., Krediet, E., Carhart-Harris, R. L., Williams, T. M., Nichols, C. D., Goble, D. J., & Raz, S. (2020). Safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of low dose lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in healthy older volunteers. Psychopharmacology, 237(3), 841–853. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-019-05417-7

Griffiths, R. R., Johnson, M. W., Carducci, M. A., Umbricht, A., Richards, W. A., Richards, B. D., Cosimano, M. P., & Klinedinst, M. A. (2016). Psilocybin produces substantial and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in patients with life-threatening cancer: A randomized double-blind trial. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 30(12), 1181–1197. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881116675513

Holze, F., Liechti, M. E., Hutten, N. R. P. W., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P. C., Theunissen, E. L., Duthaler, U., Feilding, A., Ramaekers, J. G., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2021). Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Lysergic Acid Diethylamide Microdoses in Healthy Participants. Clinical Pharmacology & Therapeutics, 109(3), 658–666. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpt.2057

Hutten, N. R. P. W., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P. C., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2019). Motives and Side-Effects of Microdosing With Psychedelics Among Users. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 22(7), 426–434. https://doi.org/10.1093/ijnp/pyz029

Hutten, N. R. P. W., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P. C., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2019). Self-Rated Effectiveness of Microdosing With Psychedelics for Mental and Physical Health Problems Among Microdosers. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 10. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyt.2019.00672

Hutten, N. R. P. W., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P. C., Theunissen, E. L., Holze, F., Liechti, M. E., Feilding, A., Ramaekers, J. G., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2020). Mood and cognition after administration of low LSD doses in healthy volunteers: A placebo controlled dose-effect finding study. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 41, 81–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2020.10.002

Hutten, N. R. P. W., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P. C., Theunissen, E. L., Holze, F., Liechti, M. E., Varghese, N., Eckert, A., Feilding, A., Ramaekers, J. G., & Kuypers, K. P. C. (2020). Low Doses of LSD Acutely Increase BDNF Blood Plasma Levels in Healthy Volunteers. ACS Pharmacology & Translational Science, 4(2), 461–466. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsptsci.0c00099

Johnstad, P. G. (2018). Powerful substances in tiny amounts: An interview study of psychedelic microdosing. Nordic Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 35(1), 39–51. https://doi.org/10.1177/1455072517753339

Kaertner, L. S., Steinborn, M. B., Kettner, H., Spriggs, M. J., Roseman, L., Buchborn, T., Balaet, M., Timmermann, C., Erritzoe, D., & Carhart-Harris, R. L. (2021). Positive expectations predict improved mental-health outcomes linked to psychedelic microdosing. Scientific Reports, 11, 1941. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-81446-7

Lea, T., Amada, N., Jungaberle, H., Schecke, H., Scherbaum, N., & Klein, M. (2020). Perceived outcomes of psychedelic microdosing as self-managed therapies for mental and substance use disorders. Psychopharmacology, 237(5), 1521–1532. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-020-05477-0

Mason, N. L., Kuypers, K. P. C., Reckweg, J. T., Müller, F., Tse, D. H. Y., Da Rios, B., Toennes, S. W., Stiers, P., Feilding, A., & Ramaekers, J. G. (2021). Spontaneous and deliberate creative cognition during and after psilocybin exposure. Translational Psychiatry, 11(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-021-01335-5

Marschall, J., Fejer, G., Lempe, P., Prochazkova, L., Kuchar, M., Hajkova, K., & van Elk, M. (2022). Psilocybin microdosing does not affect emotion-related symptoms and processing: A preregistered field and lab-based study. Journal of Psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 36(1), 97–113. https://doi.org/10.1177/02698811211050556

McCulloch, D. E., Grzywacz, M. Z., Madsen, M. K., Jensen, P. S., Ozenne, B., Armand, S., Knudsen, G. M., Fisher, P. M., & Stenbæk, D. S. (2022). Psilocybin-Induced Mystical-Type Experiences are Related to Persisting Positive Effects: A Quantitative and Qualitative Report. Frontiers in pharmacology, 13, 841648. https://doi.org/10.3389/fphar.2022.841648

Murray, C. H., Tare, I., Perry, C. M., Malina, M., Lee, R., & de Wit, H. (2022). Low doses of LSD reduce broadband oscillatory power and modulate event-related potentials in healthy adults. Psychopharmacology, 239(6), 1735–1747. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-021-05991-9

Olson D. E. (2020). The Subjective Effects of Psychedelics May Not Be Necessary for Their Enduring Therapeutic Effects. ACS pharmacology & translational science, 4(2), 563–567. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsptsci.0c00192

Polito, V., & Liknaitzky, P. (2022). The emerging science of microdosing: A systematic review of research on low dose psychedelics (1955-2021) and recommendations for the field. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 139, 104706. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2022.104706

Polito, V., & Stevenson, R. J. (2019). A systematic study of microdosing psychedelics. PloS one, 14(2), e0211023. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0211023

Preller, K. H., Duerler, P., Burt, J. B., Ji, J. L., Adkinson, B., Stämpfli, P., Seifritz, E., Repovš, G., Krystal, J. H., Murray, J. D., Anticevic, A., & Vollenweider, F. X. (2020). Psilocybin Induces Time-Dependent Changes in Global Functional Connectivity. Biological psychiatry, 88(2), 197–207. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2019.12.027

Prochazkova, L., Lippelt, D. P., Colzato, L. S., Kuchar, M., Sjoerds, Z., & Hommel, B. (2018). Exploring the effect of microdosing psychedelics on creativity in an open-label natural setting. Psychopharmacology, 235(12), 3401–3413. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00213-018-5049-7

Ramaekers, J. G., Hutten, N., Mason, N. L., Dolder, P., Theunissen, E. L., Holze, F., Liechti, M. E., Feilding, A., & Kuypers, K. P. (2021). A low dose of lysergic acid diethylamide decreases pain perception in healthy volunteers. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 35(4), 398–405. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881120940937

Roth B. L. (2007). Drugs and valvular heart disease. The New England journal of medicine, 356(1), 6–9. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMp068265

Stenbæk, D. S., Madsen, M. K., Ozenne, B., Kristiansen, S., Burmester, D., Erritzoe, D., Knudsen, G. M., & Fisher, P. M. (2021). Brain serotonin 2A receptor binding predicts subjective temporal and mystical effects of psilocybin in healthy humans. Journal of psychopharmacology (Oxford, England), 35(4), 459–468. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881120959609

Szigeti, B., Kartner, L., Blemings, A., Rosas, F., Feilding, A., Nutt, D. J., Carhart-Harris, R. L., & Erritzoe, D. (2021). Self-blinding citizen science to explore psychedelic microdosing. ELife, 10, e62878. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.62878

Vargas, M. V., Meyer, R., Avanes, A. A., Rus, M., & Olson, D. E. (2021). Psychedelics and Other Psychoplastogens for Treating Mental Illness. Frontiers in psychiatry, 12, 727117. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2021.727117

Wager, T. D., & Atlas, L. Y. (2015). The neuroscience of placebo effects: connecting context, learning and health. Nature reviews. Neuroscience, 16(7), 403–418. https://doi.org/10.1038/nrn3976

Waldman, A. (2017). A Really Good Day: How Microdosing Made a Mega Difference in My Mood, My Marriage, and My Life. Vintage.

Yaden, D. B., & Griffiths, R. R. (2021). The Subjective Effects of Psychedelics Are Necessary for Their Enduring Therapeutic Effects. ACS pharmacology & translational science, 4(2), 568–572. https://doi.org/10.1021/acsptsci.0c00194

Zanettini, R., Antonini, A., Gatto, G., Gentile, R., Tesei, S., & Pezzoli, G. (2007). Valvular heart disease and the use of dopamine agonists for Parkinson's disease. The New England journal of medicine, 356(1), 39–46. https://doi.org/10.1056/NEJMoa054830

View Details

Emilia A. Ramirez, BS, Marjorie Buchholz, PhD, LMFT, Jesse Allen, LMFT, MedFT, Brian Distelberg, LMFT, PhD, David Puder, M.D.

None of the presenters have any conflicts of interest

In this episode of the podcast, we host a discussion about the MEND program, which serves patients with chronic illness and their families.

Over the last several years, Dr. Puder has worked as the medical director for Loma Linda University Health’s MEND program, a hospital-based intensive outpatient program (IOP) and partial program that works with patients who have chronic illness and their families. Jesse has been a lead therapist instrumental to the program’s success and Brian Distelberg oversees the MEND program and acts as the Director of Research for the program. During this episode, they come together to discuss the MEND program.

IntroductionThere is strong evidence in academic literature indicating that stress places a negative influence on our mental and physical health. Catecholamines, the body’s stress hormones, contribute to the development and exacerbation of chronic health conditions. For example, increased levels of catecholamines may cause hypertension, inflammation, and immune suppression, which could contribute to chronic illness progression. The production of the catecholamines epinephrine, norepinephrine, and dopamine is initiated by the body’s nervous system; their quantities are influenced by stress and anxiety.

The MEND model assumes that the physiologic stress of chronically ill patients develops in response to, or is at least exacerbated by, psychological, family, and social experiences. Over time, the patient with chronic illness and their family system develop patterns of interaction which trigger the stress response and actively contribute to the illness progression. There is hope and evidence that, by identifying and decreasing the stress response, chronic illness progression can be delayed and health care costs decreased.

Cost BenefitA retrospective study, by Brian Distelberg, Jesse Allen and David Puder, among other colleagues in 2020, reviewed 107 adult patients, ages 18- to 80-year-old, who completed an average of 25 sessions. The study showed a 12-month total cost savings of $16,376. This total cost is a combination of costs due to physical health (PH) and behavioral health (BH), but does not include the cost of the MEND program. With each treatment day valued at $285, the total cost of the program over 25 sessions would be $7,125. Therefore, when accounting for the cost of the MEND program, the 12-month total cost savings would result in a net savings of $9,251.

Another study performed a cost-benefit analysis of the MEND program to determine if there is cost benefit in the pediatric chronic illness management costs. This study found that 12 months post pediatric MEND completion, families saved $15,249 in direct medical costs and an additional $15,627 in indirect costs, saving approximately $5.74 per dollar spent on the MEND program.

Stress ResponseMEND patients are taught to understand the biological processes and negative effects of stress. The mind-body connection is paramount in MEND—specifically, the interaction between a patient’s psyche and the sympathetic nervous system. The sympathetic nervous system is what triggers the biochemical fight, flight, or freeze response in the body. Over 1,400 physiological and biochemical changes occur in the body during the sympathetic response. Within these changes are 30 different stress hormones that are released, including adrenaline, noradrenaline, and cortisol, to prepare the body and mind to respond to the proposed threat.

Prolonged secretion of these stress hormones can contribute to the progression of a chronic illness. This can be seen through various effects of stress hormones: suppression of thyroid function, contribution to blood sugar imbalances, higher blood pressure, lower immunity, increased inflammation, and slowed wound healing. Additionally, a decrease in cognitive performance inhibits one’s ability to process emotions, which can cause depression and anxiety.

The MEND model also recognizes that the stress response experienced in a patient with a chronic illness is interdependent with the parent-child relationship, larger family system, and social networks (such as school or work). Examples of stressors from these social networks include a sense of isolation, feelings of looking different, or being different from healthier peers. Over time, these stress responses directed by a patient’s psyche may develop more frequently and in greater intensity, becoming maladaptive. This maladaptive stress response contributes to chronic disease through the body’s physiological response to stress hormones.

To assess the impact of MEND on decreasing a pediatric patient’s stress response, a prospective pilot study was conducted. This study expanded its patient population from other studies that focused only on pediatric patients with Type I Diabetes by including pediatric patients with various chronic illnesses who were enrolled in the MEND program at Loma Linda University Health.

The study found that dopamine levels rose significantly to a normal range at the completion of the MEND program and continued to increase even at 3 months post-MEND intervention (Distelburg et al., 2018). Epinephrine and norepinephrine levels were also found to decrease significantly to normal range at completion of the program and were maintained at the normal range 3 months later. Another outcome evaluated by this study was in mental health (via HRQL) and cognitive functioning. Both were found to have significant improvement at the end and 3 months post completion of MEND among the pediatric population studied.

Illness NarrativesThe MEND model presupposes that an underlying cause of chronic activation of sympathetic nervous system activity comes from the meaning, or illness narrative, a patient associates with their chronic illness. For instance, if a chronic illness patient believes “I’m a burden,” then each time this belief is heard or felt the patient’s body interprets it as a real threat and mounts a physiological response to the perceived threat. This belief, “I’m a burden,” is a part of their illness narrative. Additionally, the family system may unwittingly become a co-conspirator in the illness narrative and sympathetic nervous system triggering.

For example, there is a heavy burden of financial stress placed on many families of pediatric patients with chronic illness. The parent may miss work and may experience a decrease in their paychecks while trying to afford the costs of care for a child with chronic illness. The financial stress experienced by a family may be observed by the child, contributing to the child’s perceived validity of their illness narrative, “I’m a burden.” While this is often unconscious, the chronic illness patient lives in a world full of real and perceived threats that trigger the sympathetic nervous system stress response. Based on the MEND model’s presupposition that beliefs initiate a stress response and the subsequent physiological responses worsen chronic illness symptoms and outcomes, it is promising for application to various illness narratives.

For example, a longitudinal cohort study at Duke by Pargament et al. in 2001 was conducted to determine the impact of specific religious beliefs on a patient’s mortality risk. The specific beliefs surveyed were that “God has abandoned me,” “God must not love me,” or “the devil caused this illness to happen to me.” This study surveyed 596 hospitalized patients aged 55 and older admitted to Duke’s medical inpatient services. The results indicated that all-cause mortality was increased if patients believed that God had abandoned them (risk ratio, 1.28, P=0.02) or questioned God’s love for them (risk ratio 1.22, P= 0.05) after controlling for demographic, physical health, and mental health variables. The MEND model proposes that these specific religious beliefs induce a stress response in the patient and contribute to the observed increase in mortality risk. The MEND program can be applied to these patients and proposes to help them form healthier narratives that are no longer perceived as threats. MEND provides chronic illness patients and their families with tools to recognize their perceived threats and thus decrease their stress responses.

Reading the Stress Response and CongruencyMany chronic illness patients develop behavioral responses to stress and internal responses to stress as a means of conscious or unconscious communication of their stress. These responses to stress become maladaptive. Some behavioral responses include foot tapping, lack of eye contact, perspiration, smirk, increased speed of speech, changes in breathing pattern, changes in skin color, etc.. These are considered external psychogenic cues of a maladaptive stress response.

Examples of internal responses to stress include immunosuppression, pro-inflammatory process, disruption of regeneration processes (such as sleep and digestion), and they are considered to be internal psychogenic cues of a maladaptive stress response. Identifying the patient’s psychogenic cues to the stress response is important to helping a patient begin to decrease their stress response. MEND therapists help patients and their families recognize these internal and external psychogenic cues to identify when the patient’s body is experiencing stress.

Additionally, when one’s outward expression of emotion, internal emotional process, and physiological response are the same, a patient is said to have psychogenic congruence. When a patient has psychogenic congruence, their stress response decreases. The patient’s stress response, as seen through psychogenic cues, becomes a road map to assist the patient toward developing congruence. MEND therapists help chronic illness patients move toward congruency by finding their most congruent modality of communication (art, written, verbal).

Once this is established, the therapist provides a variety of assignments/interventions that help the patient and family recognize when they are congruent and when they are not. The MEND program maintains that working towards psychogenic congruence is imperative for patients and their families. MEND therapists work to accomplish this by developing baseline behavior and identifying areas of stress and incongruence enforced by a patient’s illness narrative.

The Family SystemThroughout the MEND program, family is considered integral in moving the chronic illness patient toward improved health. These families experience a complex interplay of normal child developmental needs and the additional chronic illness needs. Often, families develop a relationship with the illness in addition to, and sometimes in replacement of, their relationship with the child. Thus, the child may be left struggling to develop ways of having their non-illness needs met.

The MEND model helps families learn to express their needs and concerns regarding the illness, improve their listening, develop more adaptive responses to their child’s needs, and recognize personal stressors. They are also taught to recognize their child’s unique psychogenetic cues of stress. This process allows the family to develop and improve their relationships separate from the illness and its various stressors. This goal is accomplished by creating second order change: meaning, the individual and family have changed the illness narrative and established new patterns of interaction grounded in psychological and physical congruence.

Information:

MEND Program Website

References:Distelberg, D., Castronova, M., Tapanes, D., Puder, D., & Allen, J. (2020). Evaluation of the healthcare cost offsets of MEND: A family systems mental health integration approach. Family Process, 60(2), 331-345. DOI: https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/epdf/10.1111/Famp.12564

Distelberg, D.J., Emerson N.D., Gavaza, P., Tapanes, D., Brown, W.N., Shah, H., Williams-Reade, J., & Montgomery, S. (2016). A cost-benefit analysis of a family systems intervention for managing pediatric chronic illness. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 42(3), 371-382. DOI: 10.1111/jmft.12166

Distelberg, D., Tapanes, D., Emerson, N.D., Brown, W. N., Vaswani, D., Williams-Reade, J., Anspikian, A.M., Montgomery, S. (2018). Prospective pilot study of the Mastering Each New Direction psychosocial family systems program for pediatric chronic illness. Family Process, 57(1), 83-99. DOI: 10.1111/famp.12288

Distelberg, D., Williams-Reade, J., Tapanes, D., Montomery, S., & Pandit, M. (2014). Evaluation of a family systems intervention for managing pediatric chronic illness: Master Each New Direction (MEND). Family Process, 53(2), 194-213. DOI: 10.1111/amp.12066

Pargament KI, Koenig HG, Tarakeshwar N, Hahn J. Religious Struggle as a Predictor of Mortality Among Medically Ill Elderly Patients: A 2-Year Longitudinal Study. Arch Intern Med. 2001;161(15):1881–1885. DOI:10.1001/archinte.161.15.1881

Tapanes, D., Distelberg, B.J., Williams-Reade, J., Montogomery, S. (2015). Master Each New Direction (MEND): A biopsychosocial intervention for pediatric chronic illness. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 26, 3-8. DOI: 10.1080/08975353.2015.1002735

Williams-Reade, J.M., Tapanes, D., Distelberg, D.J. & Montgomery, S. (2020). Pediatric chronic illness management: A qualitative dyadic analysis of adolescent patient and parent illness narratives. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 46(1), 135-148. DOI: 10.1111/jmft.1237

View Details

Alexander Horwitz, M.D., Ken Gillman, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

Conflicts of interest for this episode: Dr. Gillman has equity interests in and is on the advisory board of NeuraWell Therapeutics, the company that has the patent for a modified form of tranylcypromine.

IntroductionIn today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by psychiatrist and neuropharmacologist Dr. Ken Gillman who is the founder and convener of the International MAOI (monoamine oxidase inhibitor) Expert Group and widely recognized as a world expert in serotonin toxicity.

Serotonin toxicity (syndrome) is a rare as well as potentially lethal form of toxicity that results from excess serotonin within neuronal synapses. There are numerous poorly written/controlled case reports that have perpetuated misinformation about drugs that can cause serotonin toxicity. While the word “syndrome” is often used, toxicity is a more accurate description given that toxicity represents a spectrum of severity rather than a defined set of symptoms. In today’s podcast, we will discuss the pathophysiology, causes, clinical presentation, criteria, controversies, and medical management of serotonin toxicity.

Definition and Clinical PresentationSerotonin toxicity is a direct result of ingesting drugs that substantially increase brain concentrations of serotonin. It can be thought of as a drug-induced toxicity caused by serotonin poisoning. Toxicity is viewed as a more accurate description than syndrome for a variety of reasons. In medicine, the term syndrome is a broad definition often used to encompass a set of signs or symptoms without necessarily attributing them to a single identifiable pathogenesis. Syndrome is also often used to imply that something is idiosyncratic and occurs only in certain people and not others, such as neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS). Toxicity implies a spectrum as opposed to a circumscribed set of symptoms. Lithium overdose is not referred to as lithium syndrome – why should this be the case with serotonin?

Excess serotonin produces a spectrum of severity with clinical effects ranging from mild signs and symptoms (which may be underdiagnosed) such astremor and diaphoresis, all the way to more serious effects including muscular hypertonicity and hyperthermia. It is useful to characterize serotonin toxicity as a clinical triad:

  1. Neuromuscular abnormalities (particularly hyperactivity): hyperreflexia, hyperkinesia, tremor, clonus, and pyramidal rigidity (in severe cases)
  2. Autonomic hyperactivity: mydriasis, hyperactive bowel sounds, tachycardia, tachypnea, hyperthermia, diaphoresis
  3. Altered mental status: agitation and hyperarousal.

Symptoms of serotonin toxicity develop rapidly (over hours as opposed to days). Neuromuscular signs are often more observable in the lower limbs. While there are multiple non-specific symptoms associated with serotonin toxicity (e.g., diaphoresis and tachycardia), as discussed below, clonus is the single most important sign for diagnosing serotonin toxicity. Clonus often starts in the lower limbs and then becomes more generalized.

PathophysiologySerotonin toxicity is mediated through 5-HT2A [5-HT = 5-hydroxytryptamine = serotonin] receptor agonism. It was initially thought that 5-HT1A agonism contributes to serotonin toxicity, but it was later shown that 5-HT1A antagonists have a negligible effect on the treatment of serotonin toxicity and that 5-HT1A agonists cause hypothermia (not hyperthermia). In order to induce serotonin toxicity, a drug must increase serotonin concentrations by 50-100 times above baseline. Severe toxicity will result in intrasynaptic serotonin concentrations 1000 times above baseline.

Dr. Gillman has noted three classes of drugs that, in certain combinations at therapeutic doses, can lead to severe serotonin toxicity:

  1. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs)
  2. Serotonin reuptake inhibitors [including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs); given that the word “selective” in SSRI is largely a misnomer, moving forward, they will be referred to [S]SRIs]
  3. Serotonin releasers [e.g. MDMA (“ecstasy”)]

While there are other combinations of drugs/medications that can possibly or rarely cause serotonin toxicity, with normal therapeutic doses, only [S]SRI plus MAOI is likely to lead to severe serotonin toxicity. The risk of an MAOI precipitating serotonin toxicity is related to its inhibition of monoamine oxidase A (MAO-A), which is responsible for the breakdown of serotonin in addition to norepinephrine and dopamine. Monoamine oxidase B (MAOI-B) does not metabolize serotonin.

The following diagram was taken from Dr. Gillman’s website, psychotropical.com, and is a schematic way of considering interactions between the three classes of drugs that can lead to severe serotonin toxicity:

Of note,[S]SRIs block the entry of MDMA into the serotonergic neuron via SERT and therefore prevent the release of excess serotonin and serotonin toxicity.

Overdose with a single [S]SRI leads to moderate serotonin toxicity (requiring inpatient admission and medical treatment) in only 10-20% of cases, but with no fatalities or hyperthermia [i.e., temperature over 38.5 degrees Celsius or 101.3 degrees Fahrenheit]. Combining an MAOI with a [S]SRIleads to severe serotonin toxicity in about 50% of cases (even with therapeutic doses).

CriteriaThere are two major criteria for the diagnosis of serotonin toxicity: the Sternbach Criteria and the Hunter Criteria. The Sternbach Criteria were proposed by psychiatrist Dr. Harvey Sternbach in 1991. Dr. Sternbach reviewed a total of 38 cases from 10 case reports and two case series published in the literature to identify the most common signs and symptoms. In 2003, Professor Ian Whyte (a medical toxicologist) and colleagues published new criteria for serotonin toxicity.

The Hunter Serotonin Toxicity Criteria published by Whyte and colleagues examined all patients admitted to the Hunter Area Toxicology Service (HATS) located in the Hunter Area of New South Wales, Australia, from January 1987 to February 2003 (n = 9960). Data collection was performed by a team of medical toxicologists, which yielded prospective data that was much more reliable than Sternbach’s 38 case reports. The 2003 paper identified 2222 cases of serotonin toxicity (thousands more cases have been subsequently added to the HATS database) and noted that only the following variables were required for accurately predicting serotonin toxicity: spontaneous clonus, inducible clonus, ocular clonus, agitation, diaphoresis, tremor, and hyperreflexia. It is important to note that serotonin toxicity represents a spectrum of symptoms that progress as follows: tremor 🡪 hyperreflexia 🡪 inducible clonus 🡪 spontaneous clonus 🡪 muscular rigidity.

The Hunter Criteria as originally published:

Whyte and colleagues found the new criteria to be simpler, in addition to being more sensitive (84% versus 75 %) and specific (97% versus 96%), compared to the Sternbach Criteria. While the research from the Hunter group provided more sensitive and specific criteria than the Sternbach Criteria, they are research diagnostic criteria and should not be overly relied on when making a clinical diagnosis.

Here is an easier way of looking at the Hunter Criteria (Boyer et al 2005):

**Specific Medications and Controversies**A variety of drugs, including non-psychotropic medications, have greater or lesser potency at serotonin inhibition and therefore might be associated with serotonin toxicity. In addition, there are some other medications that have incorrectly been linked to serotonin toxicity, which is largely due to an excess of poorly controlled case reports.

Some analgesics have weak serotonin reuptake properties and may be associated with serotonin toxicity. Tramadol, in addition to being a synthetic opioid, is also an inhibitor of SERT. The antibiotic linezolid acts as an MAOI. The antipsychotic ziprasidone weakly inhibits SERT, in addition to the norepinephrine transporter (NET), and can to serotonin toxicity when combined with MAOIs. Methylene blue has multiple medical uses but notably acts as a potent MAOI. When treating a patient with serotonin toxicity, it is imperative to consider all of their medications, not just their psychiatric medications. In addition, it is necessary to consider cytochrome P450 interactions.

Tricyclic Antidepressants (TCAs) and MAOIs:It is safe to combine therapeutic doses of TCAs and MAOIs except in two cases: clomipramine and imipramine, which are both relatively potent inhibitors of SERT. The other TCAs do not have enough serotonin reuptake inhibition potency to cause serotonin toxicity when combined with MAOIs.

The following medications have been incorrectly associated with serotonin toxicity:

Mirtazapine:

  1. Mirtazapine is commonly referred to as a noradrenergic and specific serotonin antidepressant (NaSSA), although the pro-serotonergic effect of mirtazapine is dubious at best. The idea that mirtazapine can lead to an increase in serotonin initially came from microdialysis studies in animals that have not been replicated. The pro-serotonergic effects of a medication in humans can be elucidated in a variety of ways: the clinical efficacy for a particular illness thought to have a serotonergic component [e.g., obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and cataplexy], serotonergic side effects (e.g., sexual dysfunction), toxicity in single drug overdose, and serious or fatal serotonin toxicity if mixed with MAOIs. Mirtazapine fails in each of these respects. Mirtazapine pretreatment has actually been shown to abolish hyperthermia in an animal model of serotonin syndrome.
  2. Mirtazapine is ineffective for the treatment of both OCD and cataplexy, does not have sexual side effects, is unlikely to lead to major toxicity in overdose, and can safely be combined with MAOIs. The primary serotoninergic effect of mirtazapine is to antagonize 5-HT2A receptors; as noted above, agonism of 5-HT2A receptors leads to serotonin toxicity. In addition, mirtazapine has virtually no activity at the SERT.

Trazodone:

  1. Trazodone is often referred to as a serotonin antagonist and reuptake inhibitor (SARI). Trazodone, like mirtazapine, is an antagonist of 5-HT2A receptors. Similar to [S]SRIs, trazodone also inhibits the SERT. Despite this, trazodone is not a significant inhibitor of the SERT and its antagonism of 5-HT2A receptors is much more robust.
  2. Similar to mirtazapine, trazodone is ineffective for the treatment of both OCD and cataplexy, does not cause sexual side effects, is unlikely to lead to major toxicity in overdose, and can safely be combined with MAOIs.

Triptans:

  1. In 2006, the FDA issued an alert about potentially life-threatening serotonin toxicity with triptans when combined with [S]SRIs and SNRIs (serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors) based on 29 case reports. In 2009, in response to the FDA alert, Dr. Gillman noted that the affinity of triptans for the 5-HT2A receptor is thousands of times less than the affinity for the 5-HT1D receptor. He also noted that in rodents given 100 times the therapeutic dose of naratriptan, no behavioral effects relevant to serotonin toxicity were observed.
  2. Dr. Gillman also criticized the quality of the case reports, which were often informal, “second-hand,” non-peer-reviewed, and did not use validated criteria to diagnose serotonin toxicity. Shortly after Dr. Gillman’s paper, and also in response to the FDA warning, the American Headache Society put out a position paper examining the 29 cases. Of the 29 cases, 10 met the Sternbach criteria while none met the more sensitive and specific Hunter Criteria.
  3. The authors noted that triptans are agonists of 5-HT1B and 5-HT1D receptors and would likely not lead to serotonin toxicity, which requires stimulation of 5-HT2A receptors. The authors noted “currently available evidence does not support limiting the use of triptans with [S]SRIs or SNRIs, or the use of triptan monotherapy,” but warned “given the seriousness of serotonin syndrome, caution is certainly warranted, and clinicians should be vigilant to serotonin toxicity symptoms.”
  4. Orlova et al. (2018) examined 14 years of electronic health records and identified 19,017 patients who were concurrently taking a triptan and an [S]SRI or SNRI. They identified 17 patients with “possible serotonin syndrome” and two patients who were classified as having a “definite serotonin syndrome.” The authors noted that most of the 17 patients were taking a large number of other medications, which could lead to conditions mimicking serotonin toxicity.

Buspirone:

  1. Buspirone is a 5-HT1A partial agonist. Buspirone has been given with MAOIs and there is no compelling evidence that buspirone leads to serotonin toxicity. As noted previously, 5-HT1A agonism causes hypothermia (not hyperthermia). Like the other medications in this this list, case reports of buspirone causing serotonin toxicity have been reviewed by Dr. Gillman and found to be poorly controlled.

Ondansetron:

  1. Since 2012, the FDA and World Health Organization (WHO) have released reports concluding that there is a potential risk for serotonin toxicity when ondansetron is combined with [S]SRIs. Ondansetron is an antagonist of 5-HT3 receptors and does not possess agonist properties or appreciably increase serotonin concentrations. Ondansetron was thoroughly studied for the treatment of fluvoxamine-induced nausea. Fluvoxamine is a potent inhibitor of SERT. The combination of fluvoxamine and ondansetron did not lead to any observed serotonergic side effects.

Psilocybin and LSD:

  1. Both classic psychedelics are agonists of 5-HT2A receptors, but have not yet been clearly implicated in causing serotonin toxicity despite many multiple poorly controlled case reports purporting to show serotonin toxicity with the drugs. While psilocybin and LSD have not yet been shown to be clear precipitators of serotonin toxicity, caution is still warranted.
  2. Dr. Gillman has hypothesized that although these drugs are potent agonists of 5-HT2A receptors, the concept of agonist-directed signaling might account for the fact that they do not seem to cause serotonin toxicity. Agonist-directed signaling refers to the fact that different agonists can trigger diverse signaling pathways while acting on the same receptor. The serotonin toxicity model is useful for elucidating pharmacologic mechanisms of action; Dr. Gillman, using his knowledge of serotonin toxicity, was able to hypothesize and prove that methylene blue was an MAOI. It is possible that serotonin toxicity will continue to elucidate drug mechanisms of action and to help us better understand functional selectivity.

Differential Diagnosis (Chalk and Cheese)When considering the differential diagnosis of serotonin toxicity, NMS is inevitably brought up given the relative similarities: both are drug-induced, potentially life-threatening, and can lead to neuromuscular and autonomic abnormalities. Despite their similarities, the number of stark differences between the two led Dr. Gillman and Professor Whyte to note that they are as similar as “chalk and cheese.” Serotonin toxicity is caused by drugs that increase intrasynaptic concentrations leading to stimulation of 5-HT2A receptors while NMS is caused by dopamine antagonists.

As noted above, serotonin toxicity is a predictable response to serotonin poisoning and occurs on a spectrum, while NMS is idiosyncratic. Serotonin toxicity develops much more rapidly (i.e., hours) compared to NMS, which is much more insidious and develops over days. Serotonin toxicity leads to hyperkinesia while NMS leads to bradykinesia.

The following table was taken from Boyer et al. (2005) and is a useful summary for comparing severe serotonin toxicity to other clinical conditions:

**Historical Side Note: Libby Zion**Modern medical resident work hours, including the maximum 80-hour work week averaged over four weeks and the 24-hour limit of continuous duty, are largely due to a case of serotonin toxicity that led to the death of a young patient.

In 1984, Libby Zion was an 18-year-old college student who presented to New York Hospital (Weill Cornell Medical Center) with an unidentified flu-like illness. Prior to her presentation, Zion was prescribed chlorpheniramine by her primary care physician for her illness. On admission, Zion was noted to have jerking movements. The admitting team was composed of an intern and second year resident who, after discussing the case with the supervising attending physician, prescribed meperidine (an opioid pain medication that is now more widely recognized as a serotonin reuptake inhibitor) to help with Zion’s jerking movements. Meperidine in combination with the MAOI, phenelzine, which Zion was already taking for depression, and chlorpheniramine, an antihistamine and SERT inhibitor, led to a severe case of serotonin toxicity. Zion’s temperature reached 107 degrees Fahrenheit and she had to be chemically and physically restrained due to agitation. She would eventually die from cardiac arrest.

At the time, the serotonergic effects of meperidine were not well-known. Zion’s parents believed that her death was primarily the result of understaffing at the hospital as well as extreme resident work hours. Of note, Libby was the daughter of Sidney Zion who was a lawyer and writer for The New York Times.

Libby’s parents' indignation about their daughter’s death led to a state investigation, civil trial, and the creation of the Bell Commission to investigate resident work hours. The state investigation ended with the Board of Regents voting to “censure and reprimand” both residents for acts of gross negligence, although they were able to continue practicing medicine. The civil trial led to both residents, along with Libby Zion’s primary care physician, having to pay $375,000 dollars in restitution to the Zion family for negligence. Eventually, the New York State Department of Health Code, Section 405 (also known as Libby Zion’s Law), was created, which mandated the 80-work week and 24-hour limit of continuous duty.

Medical ManagementPharmacologists and toxicologists now prefer to use as little medication as possible to treat a toxidrome caused by other drugs. The priority is to stabilize the patient with conservative management. Treatment depends on the type and quantity of drugs ingested and the evolution/rate of change of symptoms. Dr. Gillman notes that although supportive/non-specific treatment is sometimes all that is needed, not understanding the spectrum concept or failing to take complex risk factors into consideration is dangerous.

Benzodiazepines are often useful for agitation, reducing hyperkinesia, and have also been found to reduce temperature in rats with serotonin toxicity. For severe serotonin toxicity, such co-ingestion of a MAOI plus [S]SRI, toxicologists would recommend transferring the patient to an ICU. The following is possibly indicated with severe serotonin toxicity resulting from co-ingestion of a MAOI and [S]SRI: intubation, neuromuscular paralysis, and active cooling. 5-HT2A antagonists (cyproheptadine or chlorpromazine) are no longer routinely recommended or used.

Take-Home Points * Serotonin toxicity is a result of drugs that increase intrasynaptic concentrations of serotonin by at least 50-100 times above baseline. * Serotonin toxicity is a form of serotonin poisoning. * Serotonin toxicity is the preferred term by experts: toxicity is a more accurate description, given that toxicity represents a spectrum rather than a well-defined set of symptoms or idiosyncratic reaction (i.e., syndrome). * Serotonin toxicity is mediated through agonism of 5-HT2A receptors (not 5-HT1A receptors). * Serotonin toxicity consists of a clinic triad of neuromuscular hyperactivity, autonomic hyperactivity, and altered mental status. * The Hunter Criteria were based on over 2000 cases of serotonin toxicity; data collection was performed by a team of medical toxicologists, which yielded data that was much more reliable than Sternbach’s 38 case reports. * The Hunter Criteria are more sensitive and specific than the Sternbach Criteria. * HATS found that only the following variables were required for predicting serotonin toxicity: spontaneous clonus, inducible clonus, ocular clonus, agitation, diaphoresis, tremor, and hyperreflexia. * Clonus is the single most important sign for diagnosing serotonin toxicity. * There are many poorly written/controlled case reports which promulgate inaccuracies about drugs that cause serotonin toxicity. * Mirtazapine, trazodone, triptans, buspirone, and ondansetron do not cause substantially increase intrasynaptic concentrations of serotonin and therefore do not cause serotonin toxicity. * There are three classes of drugs that, in certain combinations at therapeutic doses, can lead to severe serotonin toxicity: MAOIs, [S]SRIs, and serotonin releasers. * Adding MDMA to an [S]SRI will not cause serotonin toxicity. * Some non-psychiatric medications not usually regarded as psychiatric act as relatively weak SRIs. * When taken alone in overdose, SRIs lead to hospitalization 10-20% of the time but do not result in serious complications including rigidity and hyperthermia greater than 38.5 degrees Celsius or 101.3 degrees Fahrenheit. * Combining an MAOI with an [S]SRI leads to severe serotonin toxicity in ~50% of cases (even with therapeutic doses). * If a patient is admitted to the hospital with serotonin toxicity after co-ingesting a MAOI and [S]SRI, transfer the patient to the ICU and consider consulting a toxicologist. * None of the TCAs are able to precipitate serotonin toxicity when given with MAOIs except for clomipramine and imipramine (do not combine these medications with MAOIs given their relatively potent serotonin reuptake activity). * While the treatment of serotonin toxicity is supportive (e.g., fluids, benzodiazepines, and active cooling), not understanding the spectrum concept or taking into consideration the specific medications ingested is ill-advised. * According to Professor Whyte & Dr. Gillman, serotonin toxicity and NMS are as similar as “chalk and cheese.”

References:Boyer EW, Shannon M. The serotonin syndrome. N Engl J Med. 2005 Mar 17;352(11):1112-20.

Sternbach H. The serotonin syndrome. Am J Psychiatry. 1991 Jun;148(6):705-13.

Dunkley EJ, Isbister GK, Sibbritt D, Dawson AH, Whyte IM. The Hunter Serotonin Toxicity Criteria: simple and accurate diagnostic decision rules for serotonin toxicity. QJM. 2003 Sep;96(9):635-42.

Evans RW, Tepper SJ, Shapiro RE, Sun-Edelstein C, Tietjen GE. The FDA alert on serotonin syndrome with use of triptans combined with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors or selective serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors: American Headache Society position paper. Headache. 2010 Jun;50(6):1089-99.

Foong AL, Grindrod KA, Patel T, Kellar J. Demystifying serotonin syndrome (or serotonin toxicity). Can Fam Physician. 2018;64(10):720-727.

Gillman PK. The serotonin syndrome and its treatment. J Psychopharmacol. 1999;13(1):100-9.

Gillman PK. A systematic review of the serotonergic effects of mirtazapine in humans: implications for its dual action status. Hum Psychopharmacol. 2006 Mar;21(2):117-25.

Gillman PK. CNS toxicity involving methylene blue: the exemplar for understanding and predicting drug interactions that precipitate serotonin toxicity. J Psychopharmacol. 2011;25(3):429-436.

Gillman PK. Successful treatment of serotonin syndrome with chlorpromazine. Med J Aust. 1996 Sep 16;165(6):345-6.

Gillman PK. Triptans, serotonin agonists, and serotonin syndrome (serotonin toxicity): a review. Headache. 2010;50(2):264-272.

Gillman PK. Tricyclic antidepressant pharmacology and therapeutic drug interactions updated. Br J Pharmacol. 2007;151(6):737-748.

Orlova Y, Rizzoli P, Loder E. Association of Coprescription of Triptan Antimigraine Drugs and Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor or Selective Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitor Antidepressants With Serotonin Syndrome. JAMA Neurol. 2018;75(5):566-572. doi:10.1001/jamaneurol.2017.5144

Rojas-Fernandez CH. Can 5-HT3 Antagonists Really Contribute to Serotonin Toxicity? A Call for Clarity and Pharmacological Law and Order. Drugs Real World Outcomes. 2014;1(1):3-5.

View Details

Kaden Page, David Puder, M.D.

David Puder, M.D., Kaden Page, and Pooja Lakshmin, M.D., have no conflicts of interest to report.

On this week’s episode of the podcast, we interview psychiatrist, author, and founder of Gemma Women, Dr. Pooja Lakshmin. Dr. Lakshmin founded Gemma Women for the purpose of educating women on cultural and social structures that impact their mental health. Gemma also provides community groups, evidence-based conversations, and courses covering topics such as stress, inequity, and structural violence. In her new book, Real Self-Care, she discusses personal experiences that led her to create this transformative movement to redefine wellness.

Dr. Lakshmin’s JourneyBy her second year as a psychiatry resident, Dr. Lakshmin found herself deeply unhappy and jaded by the traditional medical schooling system. She became so burned out that she dropped out of her residency program and even ended her marriage due to the strain. After having pursued the most prestigious education available to fulfill her desire to help others, she instead felt betrayed by the lack of ability she found in this system to impact change for patients at a fundamental level. She wanted to see social injustices addressed at a more hands-on scale and give more than just temporary solutions to the issues she witnessed each day.

Continuing her search for a more effective system, she went to the opposite extreme from mainstream medicine and joined a spiritual commune, effectively a cult, that studied female sexuality in conjunction with the neuroscience lab at Rutgers University in San Francisco. What she learned during her time in the commune greatly shaped her future passion for women’s mental health.

Ultimately, however, the system at the commune proved much more unhealthy than it originally appeared to be and she found herself in a similar end as with medical school. It led Dr. Lakshmin to determine that the only way to enact real change is to look inward. As she began a new journey within herself, the pull to challenge the limitations traditional systems put on individuals evolved into a message for all that what we need isn’t self-care, but boundaries across a wide spectrum, which she champions in her book, Real Self-Care.

Faux Self-CareFaux self-care is a term coined by Dr. Lakshmin that she defines as temporary solutions to systemic problems, such as meditation apps and spa days. While not inherently wrong or bad, she suggests that these types of superficial self-care do not offer relief from the root causes of burnout and exhaustion which may, at their core, stem from culturally-embedded issues such as racism, sexism, and unhealthy capitalistic societal practices.

Dr. Lakshmin points out that, for example, there is no possible amount of mainstream self-care that can relieve the burnout created by a 40-hour work week with no childcare. Instead of seeking the change within ourselves, faux self-care keeps our focus on outward change, over which we have very little to no control.

Provider Burnout and Increased ConnectionWhen it comes to burnout in medical students, the potential is extremely high due to the intensity of the learning environment. Dr. Lakschmin recalls one of her most difficult wake-up calls to the seriousness of burnout being when a fellow resident committed suicide. It caused her to take a hard look into the stress of the schooling system and how it contributed to this tragedy, ultimately adding to her own decision to temporarily drop out.

While there are many uncontrollable aspects of medical school and residency training, research suggests students that have a healthy connection with their supervisor report less burnout and more fulfillment during their student career.

A study by Haglund et al. (2009) conducted an analysis of 125 third-year medical students and measured the association between stressful events encountered during clinical rotation and student well-being. Using the Beck Depression Inventory and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Checklist (civilian version) to monitor scores, it was found that rates of both depression and posttraumatic stress were significantly increased (P < 0.05) throughout the academic year before returning to near baseline at the end. Witnessing patients experience trauma did not worsen psychological outcomes; however, poor role modeling by physician superiors increased medical student depression scores.

Puder et al., (2022) created a tool, the connection index to assess interpersonal relationships in the medical education system. Using the 12-item, 7-point Connection Index, the study examined how the relationship between resident and supervising attending affects the clinical learning environment, as well as resident well-being. Results showed a significant association between greater connection and less burnout (P = 0.001 while measuring emotional exhaustion), less mistreatment or bias, and higher attendance to supervision sessions.

Additionally, Panagioti et al. (2017) performed a meta-analysis of 20 separate studies that included 1,550 physicians and assessed the effect of controlled interventions on provider burnout. Interventions were either physician-directed (mindfulness, CBT, personal coping skills) or organization-directed (changes in schedule, reduction in workload). Results showed that physician-directed interventions were associated with a small significant reduction in burnout, while organization-directed interventions were associated with medium significant reduction in burnout. Overall, it was concluded that organization-directed interventions were significantly more effective than physician-organized interventions in reducing the level of burnout (P = 0.04).

The data produced by these analyses support Dr. Lakshmin’s movement that changes presented by the institution, rather than students or the providers, provided more systemic change in the level of burnout among students. Faux self-care interventions, such as extra classes and other interventions that only add to our schedules and mental load, do not address the underlying issues; adjusting the overall system offers more lasting benefit to students.

What Is Real Self-Care?Real self-care may look like being able to admit there are aspects of your job where you are being treated unfairly and identifying how to address the situation. It may be recognizing that some aspects of the job are difficult due to its nature and searching for ways to lessen the impact of these stressors. These are boundaries that can create buffers from overwhelm.

Simply put, real self-care is about reclaiming your power and points of agency in life. It produces inward changes instead of temporary relief, which has a ripple effect on the rest of the ecosystems around you. When enough people pursue these inward self-care changes, we can collectively reach a tipping point that influences change at the systemic level.

Dr. Lakshmin hopes to reconcile the thought that real self-care is one climactic moment when dramatic change occurs; it is actually the accumulation of hundreds of small decisions that consequently steer the quality of your life in a more sustainable direction.

Real self-care involves a level of critical thinking that challenges the current social and cultural norms. At first, it may be isolating to push against these standards. Dr. Lakschmin suggests finding your “tribe” that is willing to think outside the box with you and encourage curiosity in the way the world operates.

Practicing Real Self-CareThe first steps in practicing real self-care are identifying your values, acknowledging the issues that do not align with those values, and recognizing what agency you have over improving the circumstances. Dr. Lakschmin says of real-self care, “It is a verb, not a noun…it is not about the Thing. It is about the process you take.”

Real self-care is a state of awareness that results in this self-care being weaved into the daily context of your life, instead of fifteen minute or hour intervals, through many small decisions.

When beginning the inward self-care journey, Dr. Lakshmin offers four guiding principles: boundary setting, compassionate self-talk, identifying personal values, and asserting your power.

Each of these principles is part of her Real Self-care Compass: the what, how, and why questions that facilitate paving the path forward for your personal self-care journey.

  • What? This involves setting goals for each area of your life: career, personal, etc.
  • How? Ask yourself how you would like the process of achieving your goals to unfold. This should be based on your own personal desires instead of being influenced by the approval of others or how others might accomplish the same goals.
  • Why? Dr. Lakshmin describes the “why” as a personal manifesto. The answer to this question should be the core of what drives you and brings fulfillment.

ConclusionEach area of our lives could benefit from being put through a filter of real self-care. Making small, consistent adjustments to what we have control over can accumulate into lasting personal change and happiness rooted in purpose and living according to our values.

If you are a medical student or resident, training by nature is more life-zapping than life-giving. We as a podcast hope to encourage you during this season to stay true to your values and support your efforts to continue being creative and curious.

Pooja's book, REAL SELF-CARE: A Transformative Program for Redefining Wellness (Crystals, Cleanses, and Bubble Baths Not Included), is available in audiobook (self-narrated), e-book, and hardcover at www.poojalakshmin.com/realselfcare.

Pooja's IG: @poojalakshmin

Pooja's women's mental health education platform, Gemma Women, was co-founded with Dr. Kali Cyrus, M.D., MPH. Dr. Lucy Hutner, M.D., serves as a strategic advisor and consultant to Gemma.

ReferencesHaglund, M. E., aan het Rot, M., Cooper, N. S., Nestadt, P. S., Muller, D., Southwick, S. M., & Charney, D. S. (2009). Resilience in the third year of medical school: a prospective study of the associations between stressful events occurring during clinical rotations and student well-being. Academic medicine, 84(2), 258-268.

Panagioti, M., Panagopoulou, E., Bower, P., Lewith, G., Kontopantelis, E., Chew-Graham, C., ... & Esmail, A. (2017). Controlled interventions to reduce burnout in physicians: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA internal medicine, 177(2), 195-205.

Puder D, Dominguez C, Borecky A, Ing A, Ing K, Martinez AE, Pereau M, Kashner TM. (2022). Assessing Interpersonal Relationships in Medical Education: the Connection Index. Acad Psychiatry, 46(6), 683-691. Epub 2022 Jan 22. PMID: 35064549.

View Details

Manal Piracha, Nicholas Reid, DPhil, David Puder, M.D.

None of the authors and speakers have any conflicts of interest to report.

IntroductionIn today’s episode of the podcast, we speak with Professor Nicholas Reid, author of, Prisons in Ancient Mesopotamia. After introducing us to how Mesopotamians viewed and treated mental health, Reid talks to us about the earliest historical records on imprisonment in the history of the world.

In his book, Reid discusses the evolution of the modern prison system as it relates to ancient Mesopotamia. Together we discuss the commonalities that can be seen between the ancient and modern systems and the benefits that come from learning about past cultures’ successes and weaknesses.

It may seem safely assumable to believe that because we are thousands of years removed from some ancient societies and their often barbaric methods of treating humanity, that we have automatically advanced into a superior, more humane society.

But with our reliance on solitary confinement and a loss of meaning, our system is missing what could be a more healing and transformative journey.

What Is Assyriology And How Is It Studied?Assyriology is the study of the cultures and language of the ancient east, such as Assyria, but also includes other Mesopotamian civilizations such as Sumeria and Babylon.

The research of this time period consists mainly of information found inscribed on clay tablets. Because of the durable nature of clay, hundreds of thousands of these preserved tablets have been discovered and give us insight into many aspects of these civilizations.

Assyriology And Modern CultureThe benefit of studying ancient history is not simply knowledge for knowledge's sake. Taking a look at ancient cultures provides us the opportunity to look at modern society through a different lens, providing insights into what it means to be human and discovering needs that thread through all societies, despite being separated by potentially thousands of years.

There is often a temptation to view the past in black and white terms, either romanticizing it or dismissing it. Instead, there are supreme benefits in being able to see the nuance within history, recognizing there is both beauty and the need for change present in every civilization.

Ancient Prisons And SpiritualityThe Mesopotamian culture was heavily situated around spirituality, deities, and magic. As it pertains to the imprisonment system of the time, each person was believed to have their own deity that needed to be satisfied, by means of penance, for their misdeeds. In turn, their personal deity would appeal to the overseeing prison goddess on their behalf in hopes they would show the prisoner mercy.

Prisoners would work to satisfy the gods through the process of lamenting, a purifying and refining journey marked by enduring hardship and suffering, as described in literary texts. Through this, the person would eventually be made right with their personal deity. When the prisoner’s personal deity had been satisfied, it was then that this deity would advocate for mercy.

Stated Goals Versus Actual PracticeWhile the literary vision was about personal transformation, documents of practice demonstrate that so-called prisons were used for a variety of reasons, including the desire to coerce labor. Just as the stated goals of imprisonment need to squared with actual practice in antiquity, the actual functionality of prisons of our day must be disentangled from the stated goals of correction and reformation.

Group Mentality Among Prisoners TodayA negative element of incarceration is that it creates a homogenous population of individuals who are struggling and leaves them to continue to intrinsically govern themselves. This socially unexposed environment leaves prisoners confined to the influences of crime and harmful behavior. The lack of outside influence impairs their growth into new life patterns.

Outside influences, such as therapists and psychiatrists, can offer prisoners new life perspectives and help them prepare for ways to change their environment so they can successfully rejoin society upon release.

Hurricane Katrina displaced thousands of people. Research on this mass relocation event offered a unique opportunity to study recidivism rates. The rates of recidivism were found to be dramatically reduced among those who had both previously committed crimes and moved away, when compared to recidivism rates among those who did not move and had previously committed crimes. The individuals who moved away were afforded by circumstance the subsequent opportunity to build new social structures that offered growth beyond criminal activity. In short, they were taken out of their previous group mentality.

Solitary ConfinementThe environment of solitary confinement is one of complete deprivation. Children exposed to extreme levels of social deprivation are shown to have a brain one-third the size of their non-neglected peers. Among prisoners held in solitary confinement, research has shown levels of brain atrophy and damage consistent with the findings among children.

The study Psychopathological Effects of Solitary Confinement by Stuart Grassian reviews 14 inmates that were exposed to periods of solitary confinement and, thereafter, began to develop psychiatric symptoms (Grassian, 1983). Some of the changes included perceptual distortions, hallucinations, and derealization experiences. These changes were experienced by seven of the prisoners and five of them reported hearing voices. The specific psychiatric symptoms were similar across most of the inmates. Affective disturbances, such as anxiety associated with the physiological changes such as tachycardia, diaphoresis, feeling short of breath and dizzy, were experienced by ten of the inmates. Other problems included disturbances in thought content, trouble concentrating, and problems of impulse control. Overall, this study found that solitary confinement was associated with major psychiatric risks.

Solitary confinement has been shown to be related to significant effects in regards to PTSD-related symptoms, psychotic experiences, mood related and self-injurious symptoms. A study by Hagan et al. aimed to review the relationship between solitary confinement and post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. The study consisted of 119 participants, and after collecting data it was found that 28% of the participants screened positive for post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Individuals that reported solitary confinement were three times more likely to report PTSD symptoms after adjusting for potential confounders, 43 vs. 16%, p< 0.01.

The study also found that other factors, such as previous trauma exposure and current substance use, were also associated with increased risk of PTSD symptoms. The authors suggest that their findings highlight the need for policies and interventions that aim to reduce the use of solitary confinement in prisons, as well as the need for trauma-informed care for individuals who have been incarcerated, particularly those who have experienced solitary confinement.

One of the consistent findings related to solitary confinement are that a large number of self-harm incidents and suicide attempts occur among prisoners that are placed in environments of restriction and isolation. A study by Kaba et al. reviewed the medical records from the New York City jail from 2010-2013 and found that of the 1,303 incarcerations, 7.3% of the admissions were included in some sort of solitary confinement. Of those individuals within solitary confinement, “53.3% of acts of self-harm and 45.0% of acts of potentially fatal self-harm occurred” (Kaba et al., 2014). Self harm was significantly associated with solitary confinement with an odds ratio of 10.15 in individuals older than 18 with no serious mental illness and an odds ratio of 5.89 in individuals younger than 18 with no serious mental illness. This finding supports how strongly solitary confinement is linked to self-harm, independent of a history of mental illness.

France is known to have “one of the highest prison suicide rates among high-income countries.” Vanhaesebrouck et al., assessed the sociodemographic, health characteristics, and circumstances of suicide of French prisoners who died by suicide. There were 236 suicide cases between 2017 and 2018, 94.9% were males. The study found that of the individuals that died of suicide, 80 individuals had a history of psychiatric disorder, meanwhile 110 developed some kind of psychiatric problem during their stay in prison (Vanhaesebrouck et al., 2022). Results found that 60% of the prisoners that died of suicide visited the health unit one week prior. This is a significant finding that allows healthcare workers and psychiatrists to understand when to intervene. Anxiety and depressive-related disorders were found to be three times more likely during individuals' stay in prison (24.6%) versus prior to prison (8.2%) (Vanhaesebrouck et al., 2022). Humans are not meant to be isolated, they need connection with other human beings who can help them move towards prosocial life choices, including employment training, educational services, or connection with a larger meaning and purpose.

Healthy levels of human connections are essential for survival. A suggested alternative to solitary confinement has been a variety of social programs to bring prisoners into communities and groups.

The Common Goal Of TransformationFrom what we can derive from studying the ancient Mesopotamian culture, a common goal of the prison system then and the prison system today is the idea of transformation. Ancient cultures pursued transformation by means of lamenting to the gods and acts of penance, while the governing powers benefited from the free labor.

Today, the prison system still ideally exists as a medium of transformation for the imprisoned, but falls short of this goal. Solitary confinement remains an all too common form of punishment, as does the issue of group mentality, and the use of prisoners for very low cost labor is still in practice (around 50 cents per hour).

While it may be difficult to envision the giant prison system functioning differently, the search throughout history has been to build a just prison system that is a mode of regeneration for society. If the true goal of an incarceration system is to produce transformation in prisoners for the overall benefit of society, solitary confinement is traumatizing, and we largely lack a spiritual and meaning foundation that would lead to a lament or transformation.

Just as we look back on these now extinct societies and label many of their methods of punishment as barbaric, taking a closer look at our current system reveals that we may be functioning under an illusion of progress. Future societies may look back at us with the same fascination at our attempts to create individual change with systems proven to lack basic efficacy at enacting lasting regeneration in prisoners.

Citations American Civil Liberties Union (2014). A living death: Life without parole for nonviolent offenses. Retrieved from https://www.aclu.org/report/living-death-life-without-parole-nonviolent-offenses

Grassian, S. (1983). Psychopathological effects of solitary confinement. American Journal of Psychiatry, 140(11), 1450-1454.

Hagan, B. O., Wang, E. A., Aminawung, J. A., Albizu-Garcia, C. E., Zaller, N., Nyamu, S., ... & Transitions Clinic Network. (2018). History of solitary confinement is associated with post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms among individuals recently released from prison. Journal of Urban Health, 95, 141-148.

Kaba, F., Lewis, A., Glowa-Kollisch, S., Hadler, J., Lee, D., Alper, H., & Selling, D. (2014). Solitary confinement and risk of self-harm among jail inmates. American Journal of Public Health, 104(3), 442-447.

Reid, J. N. (2022). Prisons in Ancient Mesopotamia: Confinement and Control Until the First Fall of Babylon. Oxford University Press.

Vanhaesebrouck, A., Tostivint, A., Lefèvre, T. et al. Characteristics of persons who died by suicide in prison in France: 2017–2018. BMC Psychiatry 22, 11 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-021-03653-w

View Details

Manal Piracha, David Puder, M.D.

Nancy McWilliams, Ph.D., ABPP, Manal Piracha, David Puder, M.D. do not have any conflicts of interest to report.

Introduction In today’s episode of the podcast, I speak with Nancy McWilliams, Ph.D, a renowned psychologist-psychoanalyst. She has authored several books, including, Psychoanalytic Diagnosis (1994; rev. ed. 2011), Psychoanalytic Case Formulation (1999),Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy (2004), and Psychoanalytic Supervision (2021). She was also the Associate Editor of the Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual (2006; 2nd ed. 2017).

We discuss different aspects of mental health and how it pertains to relationships. We also discuss qualities that make a strong therapist and the ideas of dissociation and transference in therapy.

"The psyche is not of today; its ancestry goes back many millions of years. Individual consciousness is only the flower and the fruit of a season, sprung from the perennial root beneath the earth" (Jung, 1959, p. 42).

What Does Mental Health Look Like?Since the 1980 edition of DSM, the conversation of mental health has mainly revolved around a symptom’s checklist instead of the overall aspects of mental health. Nancy McWilliams defines mental health in terms of certain capacities that exist on a continuum of healthy to unhealthy, rather than a finite list of symptoms.

The overall aspects of mental health include:

  • Sense of safety and trust in oneself, others, and the world.
  • The ability to feel safe with other people and in the world
  • The sense of basic trust in the world and the capacity to evaluate whether you are in a safe environment or relationship.
  • Attachment security
  • Sense of Agency
  • Similar to self-efficacy, self-agency is the idea of an internal locus of control. It is the power and ability to make your own choices in a situation, such as being able to decide whether you want to say yes or no.
  • Sense of continuity
  • The ability to look at the good and bad parts of yourself and consciously see both sides of yourself as a whole. “To have empathy with who you used to be and imagine who you may be in the future.”
  • Feeling a sense of continuity with your body and understanding that you are your body. It is the idea of showing kindness to your body and imperfections rather than participating in destructive habits to hurt yourself.
  • A sense of continuity would mean to see yourself as one person—the good and the bad aspects of yourself—instead of “dissociating from aspects of yourself,” sometimes seeing yourself as wonderful and sometimes seeing yourself as a villain.
  • Self-esteem
  • Self-esteem bridges the gap between expectation and reality. It has two components: reality and reliability.
  • Reality is having reasonable standards for yourself, not being overly critical, perfectionistic or overly inflated.
  • Reliability is the capacity to stay composed in response to criticism or idealization. It is the ability to not fall apart when you are being criticized or feel overly proud when someone compliments you, but being able to count on your own self-evaluation to carry you through and having a balance between the two components.
  • Affect tolerance
  • The capacity to tolerate the whole range of human emotion and affects.
  • Self-Preservation and Altruism
  • This is the ability to stand up for yourself while at the same time sacrifice your time for family and the community. It is the combination of self-love and self-sacrifice.
  • Acceptance
  • We all have circumstances and situations that can’t be changed, but the ability to grieve and keep moving forward rather than being stuck in a state of complaint and victimization is the idea of acceptance. It is being able to eventually forgive and find gratitude.
  • Capacity to love, work, and play
  • We love our partners, kids, and family members. The capacity to love is to engage with others, open our hearts and be ourselves.
  • The capacity to play is letting the kids run around freely and engage in rough play. Play helps form friendships and relationships as kids grow. For adults, the capacity to play is to participate in group activities such as dancing, singing, and sports.
  • The capacity to work doesn’t necessarily mean to only make progress in careers, but also the capacity to explore our passions and find meaning in our work. It is the ability to work and impact others.

As a therapist, these are qualities you want to see increase in your patients.

What Is Mental Health In Relationships?Mental health in relationships is depicted through showing love and devotion to another person by accepting them as they are. This includes several other capacities, such as:

  • Being fully emotionally honest.
  • Being able to acknowledge when you’ve hurt the other person and having the ability to fix those problems.
  • Being able to apologize to your partner, taking responsibility for what dysfunction you bring to a relationship.
  • Having gratitude for who your partner is and accepting them for their perfections and imperfections.
  • Fully committing to the relationship and being able to vocalize what you need.

Understanding Mental Instability It is important to not just re-name or rebrand mental health issues. In doing so, we lose the continuity of clinical and historical significance.

Historically, personality health has been seen on a continuum, from:

Healthy → Neurotic → Borderline → Psychotic

It is important to not confuse “borderline” or “psychotic” here with borderline personality disorder or psychotic illnesses like schizophrenia.

NeuroticIn her book, Psychoanalytic Diagnosis, 2nd Edition: Understanding Personality Structure in the Clinical Process, Dr. McWilliams defines neurotic as “a high level of capacity to function despite emotional suffering” (McWilliams, 2011 p. 54). The neurotic-level patient is able to rationalize his/her emotions. These individuals are in touch with reality and can feel a sense of continuity with their past, as well as look into the future, having the ability to collaborate with the therapist to look within themselves. These patients are ego-syntonic in nature. They are able to see the internal conflict within themselves.

For example, a compulsive person in the neurotic-range may recognize their repetitive activity of locking, unlocking, and relocking the door as unhealthy, but they feel they must do it or else anxiety will ensue. These individuals do not seek validation from the therapist and they are able to agree with the therapist when he/she states that these repetitive activities are unnecessary.

BorderlineThe borderline patients, one step up from the neurotic range, are more troubled. This term developed out of experience with patients that were a step above neurotic but not psychotic. These individuals have a hard time defining themselves and lack the ability to make connections with their child-self and present-self. They have difficulty describing their own personalities and trouble explaining their relationships with important figures in their life in a meaningful way. Individuals who fall into this category are often very black and white thinkers (they are “all good” or “all bad”), have very intense reactions, and tend to feel abandoned when they are separated, yet engulfed and controlled when they are close to others. We often see victims of trauma fall into this category.

Unlike the neurotic person, who is able to appreciate the unique features of their significant others or parents’ personalities and qualities, the borderline patient is short and dismissive in their expression. If asked to describe their mother, they may reply with something like, “She’s a regular mother,” versus, “My mother is supportive of me and cares for everyone around her. She has a way of making me feel better.” When these patients are in therapy, they tend to react with hostility towards their therapist and become easily agitated, alternating between clinging and idealizing you with transference reactions. They may not be able to differentiate you from people in their past.

PsychoticIndividuals on the psychotic end of the spectrum are more internally disorganized and have trouble with self-identity, as well. “They are often confused by and estranged from the assumptions about ‘reality' that are conventional within their culture” (McWilliams, 2011 p. 60). These individuals may even question their own existence. The psychotic-range individuals have a dysfunctional understanding of self, similar to schizophrenic patients.

A psychotic patient may have trouble differentiating what is on the outside versus what is on the inside. For example, if they are angry, they may believe someone is out to get them and not actually be conscious of their anger. They may feel brutally attacked when offered statements of empathy.

The Therapist In Psychotherapy In “The Great Psychotherapy Debate,” Wampold argues that there is no one best therapy, but rather there are common factors that make a huge difference in therapy. Empirical data suggests that therapy progress depends about 80% on the individuals involved and their relationship rather than the techniques.

These common factors include the client's subjective experience and the therapist’s ability to provide a safe and supportive environment, but more so the connection the therapist makes with their patients. The therapist and patient relationship is highly dependent on the therapist’s curiosity of getting to know the patient. As therapists, empathy and willingness to understand the unique qualities of the patients are what help progress the patient-therapist relationship.

Common pathways for therapists to grow In the journey of becoming a better therapist, one of the most important qualities is to have undergone one’s own therapy. When therapists have had their own therapy they can more completely understand the process and the results. This gives therapists the opportunity to internalize the success and their confidence in the therapy process, as well as the ability to convey hope. In the absence of their own therapy, beginning therapists often suffer greatly from imposter syndrome and struggle to deeply convey an authentic sense of being able to help.

Another important quality of a therapist is to have a genuine interest in their patient. They should show interest and curiosity in the patient’s life and stories about their childhood and environment, not only about their mental state. This allows the patient to feel comfortable and it builds trust in the therapist. Patients are all unique and the therapist should be curious about their individual life experiences such as their upbringing, culture, and family dynamic. The eagerness of a therapist to want to know more about their patient shows that they genuinely care.

Being willing to be taught by the patient is important in the therapeutic relationship. The therapist should be able to admit that they are not experts about the patient, although they may be an expert in the patient process. They should teach the therapist about their experience.

An essential feature of being a strong therapist is to have compassion and empathy for the patient. Without these, and normal kindness, the relationship will struggle to survive when the patient displays toxic behavior (which is an important part of the therapy process) that may provoke your own triggers. The most significant defining factor of the therapeutic relationship is that the patient exposes their worst parts in therapy and despite that, you as the therapist are still there for them.

A huge part of being a therapist is encountering and navigating multiple toxic affects each day, ranging from suicidal patients, walking on eggshells around paranoid patients, worrying about a child who could be beaten when they leave, and when to report a borderline case of child abuse. Empathy, love, support and compassion are essential to carrying us through.

Therapists and listening "Listening in a professional capacity is a disciplined, meditative, and emotionally receptive activity in which the therapist's needs for self-expression and self acknowledgment are subordinated to the psychological needs of the client" (McWilliams, 2004, p. 133).

Before a therapist experiences their own therapy, this may seem like a foreign concept. To have someone listen without agenda, without an “advice-giving” mentality or competitive or envious needs is refreshing, and, in turn, it is refreshing to be able to offer this capacity of listening to a patient. It is a very different type of listening when there is an awareness of the desire for self-expression or self-acknowledgement, and instead of pursuing these desires, the therapist is able to willingly subordinate them.

Listening in therapy is not much different from some types of meditative activities, such as trying to interpret a painting. It’s using a right-brained skill to take things in. The focus is on analyzing what is in front of you. In therapy, the therapist is implementing a similar skill of absorbing and taking information in while the patient speaks.

IntentIntent in therapy can be felt instinctively at a mirror neuron level. If the patient perceives that the therapist is for them and has their best interest at heart, chances of successful therapy outcomes are increased. Even if patient situations may be impossible to truly understand, for them to feel the intent to understand makes all the difference.

"Most of the ways that therapists talk during the clinical hour are intended to demonstrate that they are listening" (McWilliams, 2004, p. 134).

We all need to be heard and listened to, including children. Many patients come in and describe being brought up by well-intentioned parents but who didn’t understand the importance of listening to them, instead tending to have their own agenda for the child. That could look like pushing them into sports they do not want to participate in or onto career paths that are not of their interest.

Instead, children would benefit greatly from parental curiosity, perhaps being asked how they experience the world and being taught to name their feelings. It is a shift from a parental-agenda perspective to one of focusing on understanding what the internal life of their child is like and discovering their temperament and talents and what brings them joy.

The anxiety and fast pace of today’s culture requires people to adapt to cultures they didn’t grow up in. This makes it much harder for someone to experience a life where they are explored as an individual versus being treated en masse to those around them. It is profoundly healing when someone takes the time to listen to a person’s story and helps them make sense of their world, experiences, and reactions to these things.

Do therapists have a harder time experiencing anger?In her doctoral dissertation, Dr. Judy Hyde found that depressive personality type was the most common personality type among therapists. She found that therapists tend to be more self-critical and worried that they did the wrong thing, leaning towards introjection instead of projection. If the patient is doing well, they credit the patient’s capacity, and if they are not doing well they blame themselves. Because of these things, these therapists tend to have a difficult time finding their anger.

Although it isn’t usually appropriate for a therapist to express their anger towards a patient, it is important for a therapist to be able to communicate boundaries with their patients to keep a healthy frame that allows for the work to be done long term for the benefit of the patient. This can be difficult for therapists, most of whom are naturally empathic, because it requires them to access a certain degree of their own aggression. Exerting boundaries is a form of anger. But they should be able to tell their patient the fee that is required or specific times they are unavailable to talk. Therapists generally have a harder time doing this because of their personality.

DissociationDissociation, like most aspects of mental health, could be considered to exist on a continuum. While it is a mechanism of self-preservation during times of trauma, it could also be considered a form of dissociation when we get lost in our thoughts while driving down the highway. We are all subject to brief experiences of dissociations. “Researchers in cognitive psychology (e.g., Hilgard, 1986; LeDoux, 1996, 2002) have described simultaneous, coexisting trains of thought in both patient populations and ‘normals’” (McWilliams, 2011, p. 334).

Dissociation is a common, extraordinary ability the mind has to cope with traumatic events. The “glucocorticoids secreted during traumatic experience can shut down the hippocampus, making it impossible for episodic memory (the memory of being there) to be laid down in the first place” (McWilliams, 2011, p. 334). The brains of trauma victims develop the ability to dissociate; in situations where these individuals can’t physically get away, their brains dissociate to protect them from the distress. For example, a victim of trauma may, during the trauma, see themselves floating above and witnessing the act of trauma instead of being present in their body and recognizing it is happening to them.

When a patient has been exposed to enough trauma, their brains can shift to long-term dissociation as a coping mechanism. Ultimately, these patients can develop an altered personality, and, in extreme cases, develop dissociative identity disorder where they shift self-states and experience amnesia during the alterations.

Phillip Bromberg writes “Dissociation, like repression, is a healthy, adaptive function of the human mind. It is a basic process that allows individual self-states to function optimally (not simply defensively) when full immersion in a single reality, a single strong affect, and a suspension of one's self-reflective capacity is exactly what is called for or wished for'' (Bromberg, 1993, 1994).

Dissociation is a mechanism through which humans can maintain a continuation and organization of the sense-of-self. We all have different self-states and part of mental health is being able to stand between those self-states. Self-states can look like the state of being a teacher, the state of being a mother and the state of being a friend, all experienced by the same person. These are all slightly different states of self for one individual person, and “health is the ability to stand in the spaces between realities without losing any of them—the capacity to feel like oneself while being many'' (Bromber, 1993, p. 166). “Standing in the spaces” is the capacity to shift to a different “self” or version of “me” given the situation or subjective reality at any given time. But some people are unable to “stand in the spaces” of their different self-states and these individuals’ self is organized more by dissociation than repression.

The “Shoulds” versus EntitlementIf a person is raised by parents who superimpose feelings of what the child should be doing, they can begin to dissociate by living in a façade from their true selves and live in what Karen Horney, in her book, Neurosis and Human Growth, calls “the tyranny of the shoulds.” This becomes a “harsh superego” that constantly tells them they have responsibilities and duties that should be completed. Most of the time these aren’t responsibilities they want to do but feel the pressure that they have to do. There is this critical internal voice telling them they need to get things done.

McWilliams also sees the other end of the continuum, where the attitude is one more of entitlement, with these individuals believing that the outside world should adapt to them. Because they have been or feel they have been victimized, they feel entitled to the world taking care of them. Rather than having a “supercritical” voice, these individuals express a rather narcissistic element in their attitude, feeling that it is someone else’s responsibility to fix their situation. This attitude lacks the idea of gratitude. Instead of being thankful for what is good about their life situation, they display an attitude of complaint. When gratitude is present, there is less room for complaining.

Our culture today tends to feed these narcissistic tendencies. Using television commercials as an example, admakers used to market toward our sexual side, but today ads often tell us that we deserve certain things and we have the right to give ourselves a break. It feeds the primitive desire to make the world into whatever we think it should be for us.

It is possible for people to enter a space of gratitude from a place of narcissism, but it is a process that takes time. Eventually, these attitudes can be replaced by a sense of agency over their lives instead of resigning themselves to being a victim of circumstance.

TransferenceTransference is when the patient unknowingly conveys feelings towards a person or figure from the past onto the therapist. Transference is very common in dissociative patients. “A person who has been severely mistreated lives in constant readiness to see the abuser in anyone on whom he or she comes to depend” (McWilliams, 2011, p. 346). When treating these patients in therapy, it is essential for the therapist to clarify how different they are from the expected abuser. These patients often confuse their past and present and can have intense reactions towards the therapist.

Transference that comes from the trauma may also present in nonresponsive bystander transference. The bystander in a situation of trauma may be the mother that doesn’t engage or help the child that is being abused by the father or stepfather. These patients often show more anger towards their mother who was the bystander than the father who was the abuser. The refusal to have a relationship and the willingness to disengage is actually more damaging than the abuse itself because, as far as the mind is concerned, at least the abuser is engaging with them and has a relationship with them.

Is there transference of the nonresponder bystander?This is a transference that isn't clearly obvious in therapy. According to McWilliams, as the therapist you can see aspects of this type of transference when the patient shares their stories. It may be noticed as an absence from the therapy; usually the bystander is not mentioned or is absent from the recollections. Additionally, if the therapist looks bored or zoned out, you may be able to recognize the bystander through a countertransference. In order to get back to authentic connection with the patient, the therapist may address the situation head on and ask, “Are you experiencing me as fully there?” Patients may react negatively to this but it is useful for them to even show anger if that is what they're experiencing.

This scenario of neglect and disengagement emphasizes the innate, primitive quality of humans to yearn for attention and attachment and to be protected. If the lack of attachment is severe enough it can be deemed neglect, which is another form of abuse. Studies have shown that neglect can have long-term effects on a child’s brain development (Perry, 2002). The brain requires attention and attachment through relationships for growth and without it there are detrimental consequences.

We respond to different drives. Freud describes some of these drives in a more dichotomous and oversimplified way, such as the libido and the death drive, but more recent research has found more nuanced and specific drives. Jaak Panksepp identifies seven emotional brain systems :

Seeking

The seeking system is associated with dopamine, which mediates our urge for anticipatory rewards, exploration of new environments, investigation of new information, work for resources and motivation to learn.

Rage/Anger

The Rage and anger drive is stimulated by the amygdala. It provides the aggressive energy needed to defend our lives and our loved ones. It is also activated in situations of frustration when access to an expected reward is obstructed or delayed.

Fear

The fear system is associated with the amygdala and periaqueductal gray regions of the brain and stimulates the “fight or flight” response, activating defense mechanisms and behaviors. The fear system “evolved to protect against predation” (McWilliams, 2011, p. 55)

Lust

The lust system is associated with the amygdala and hypothalamus. This system drives sexual behaviors and evokes sexual excitement.

Care

The care system is the source of love among humans, such as between parents/parental figures and children. It drives nurturing behaviors. This system is activated by the anterior cingulate and regulated by hormones oxytocin and prolactin.

Panic/Sadness

This system consists of sadness and grief that is usually triggered by the distress that comes from separation when social bonds between individuals are threatened or lost. The central anxiety for people in the borderline range has to do with activation of the panic system, which deals with early attachment needs (McWilliams, 2011, p. 55).

Play

The play system is the source of joy and pleasure that comes from rough-and-tumble play, interacting with others, exploration, and the excitement of living

These are drive systems that are associated with feeling and affect. Anxiety is associated with the fear system and the panic system. The play system is important for brain growth, mainly in children. Davis et al. found that more kids are being diagnosed with ADD and ADHD because they’re not getting the play time that they need (Davis et al., 2019). A study found that martial arts was a non-pharmacological treatment to help counteract the attentional impairment in patients with ADHD with impressive effect sizes (Kadri et al., 2019). The main systems for attachment are the panic and sadness systems.

Different Modalities For Expression Of Self It can be difficult for some patients to come into therapy and be able to talk about what is going on. Most patients have a hard time being able to discuss their traumas or life stories. However, these patients are sometimes able to express themselves through different modalities such as writing, art, or singing. This is a way for the therapist to reach the real person.

Important terms:Transference

  • When the patient unknowingly transfers feelings towards a person or figure from the past onto the therapist.
  • Example: Seeing the therapist as a father figure who was powerful and authoritative. This would elicit feelings of agitation if the relationship with the father was upsetting/negative.

Countertransference

  • The therapist's reactions to the projections of the patient onto the therapist; a redirection of the therapist’s feelings towards the patient. It is often unconscious.
  • Example: A therapist who fears anger due to a family history of aggression might then discourage expressing anger from their patient

Dissociation

  • Experiencing a disconnection and lack of continuity between thoughts or memories.

Citations: Bromberg, P. M. (1996). Standing in the spaces. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 32(4), 509–535. https://doi.org/10.1080/00107530.1996.10746334

Davis, K. L., & Montag, C. (2018, December 18). Selected principles of pankseppian affective neuroscience. Frontiers. Retrieved February 23, 2023, from https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2018.01025/full#:~:text=Mainly%20using%20ESB%E2%80%94but%20also,PANIC%2FSadness%2C%20and%20PLAY

Kadri, A., Slimani, M., Bragazzi, N. L., Tod, D., & Azaiez, F. (2019). Effect of Taekwondo Practice on Cognitive Function in Adolescents with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. International journal of environmental research and public health, 16(2), 204. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph16020204

McWilliams, N. (2011). Psychoanalytic diagnosis understanding personality structure in the clinical process. The Guilford Press.

Panksepp, J. (2010). Affective neuroscience of the emotional BrainMind: evolutionary perspectives and implications for understanding depression. Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 12(4), 533–545. https://doi.org/10.31887/DCNS.2010.12.4/jpanksepp

View Details

David Puder, M.D.

Dr. Puder has no conflicts of interest to report.

In today’s episode of the podcast, I would like to give you my take on transference. I want to share with you what I actually believe. Often lectures focus on the history of transference or what certain papers say, but I’d like to share my accumulated, internalized experiences and understanding of transference.

My hope is to make this easy to read and understand. I want to give a talk on this that can be understood both by experienced clinicians who are familiar with these concepts, who will imagine where I am pulling different pieces of wisdom and maybe where I am being creative and uniquely contributing to the field, but also by people who don’t have much of a background on transference and want to further explore it.

What Is Transference In Therapy?By categorizing past close relationships, we can be prepared for meeting new people. Our early attachment relationships are always alive in the present. We have transference with every person, in therapy or out of therapy.

Working in the transference in therapy is a focus on the degree the present and past are interacting with each other, but is also a focus on what is going on between us. As a patient places transferences from the past on you, how they believe you may be thinking or feeling about them, they hope for working through some of the dynamics that are unworked through from the past. They hope for (often unconsciously) a way to overcome obstacles, moments of emotional dysregulation, traumas, and to have a corrective emotional relationship.

Often transferences will wait to come out until they have increased trust in you. Raw, unmet needs are thus transferred onto the safest person in the room, so to speak. This happens to a lot of leaders in various positions—teachers, pastors, bosses, anyone in authority, and anyone that they are in an attachment relationship with. I might add, people may also transfer onto their conception of some divine person (consider Greek mythology, as humans transfer their, at times, taboo desires on the gods or characters).

Why Work Through Transference?To show you how important working through transference is, consider this thought experiment. Imagine you, as a patient, spending 100 hours with a therapist, pouring out your life, talking over the most traumatic memories of your past, and at the same time secretly considering:

This person hates me.

This person has disgust towards me.

This person just wants my money.

This person laughs at me, secretly persecuting me behind closed doors and does not care about me.

This person is a quiet bystander who does nothing.

This person will only love me if I perform, am perfect, or show up in a certain way.

Or the thoughts can be positive:

I am overwhelmed by positive feelings towards this person.

I idealize this person; they embody all that is good, all that I aspire to be.

I envy this person and their authority, their position, how they wield their power.

I feel safe and desire this person to make my decisions.

I desire approval from this person.

I desire closeness, but also desire distance and pushing them away feels safer.

Responding to Patient TransferenceHaving compassion on what comes up is all important. By compassion I mean knowing that a lot of this contains suffering or conflict. They may have never had a safe place to express such things before in an interpersonal relationship. Their memories might not even be narrative memories (preverbal, early memories, repetitive experiences that are very unconscious usually) where they actually have words to put to their yearnings or desires and now, when expressed, they may be very strong, raw words, all or nothing words, and black and white words.

People are not choosing to have this transference—it's not a conscious choice. They are not choosing to have these strong feelings (sometimes they are only consciously experienced fleetingly, come out as an image that does not make sense, come out as a quick jab in session or get pushed out from the mind as dreams, which may hide the identity of the therapist).

The narratives that people have about you, as the therapist, and your narratives that you have about the patient, are worth your focus and curiosity. How do we put the stories in their minds into words? How do we empathize with the distress when these narratives come up?

As we talk about these things, my goal is to:

  1. Decrease the shame, fear, and the inner critic.
  2. Celebrate their courage to share and put words to these thoughts.
  3. Empathize with any distress.
  4. Make sense of what might be going on between us.

Why help them decrease the negative internal voice?

  1. Increased creativity occurs.
  2. Increased connection outside of therapy.
  3. Having a good transference helps them process through life’s traumas effectively.
  4. Over time the patient’s transference becomes less fixed, more chosen, and more context dependent.

Listening for this inner interpersonal conversation and what to do with it is something I will wrestle with. As safety is established, they will be able to access memories and events that were previously compartmentalized and dissociated in their mind (lonely memories, memories of trauma).

Supporting Data1.Most therapies have very similar outcomes.

  • ACT vs. CBT (episode 103) have similar outcomes.
  • BPD episode with Dr. Feinstein (episode 140): MBT, CBT, DBT, TFT, SFT, good psychiatric management, are considered the “Big 6” specialized therapies for treating BPD.
  • Two studies have found TFT to help with attachment security and mentalizing (Levy, 2019). One study by Levy (2006) of Transference Focused Psychotherapy (TFP) vs. DBT vs. Supportive Psychodynamic Psychotherapy for BPD found that TFP had increased secure attachments (whereas the other 2 did not change) with increased narrative coherence and also improved reflective function (ability to mentalize the thoughts, feelings, goals of another person).
  • Transference Focused Therapy showed the following brain changes, with successful treatment in patients with BPD (Levy, 2019):
  • This is twice weekly therapy for 12-18 months.
  • Found “relative increase in dorsal prefrontal (dorsal anterior cingulate, dorsolateral prefrontal, and frontopolar cortices) activation and decreased ventrolateral prefrontal activation and hippocampal activation following treatment.”

  • The impact of aspects of the therapist are more important than the particular therapy. So we know that treatment differences have more to do with the following:

  • Empathy

  • Alliance
  • Positive regard
  • Congruence

The below table is taken from Better Results, summarizing the “Great Psychotherapy debate”:

3. In my own research creating “The Connection Index”, I found that burnout decreased if a resident had a supervisor they were highly connected with. I created the connection index to measure connection. Connection was defined by empathy, therapeutic alliance (or education alliance in this case), psychological safety, and feedback. When high in one of these, the supervisor was high in all of them. Which points to why transference is so important—it is the essence of connection. It is putting to words the type of connection going on. When connection is present, the therapy is going to work. Transference is just a way of navigating the relationship to lead to change.
  1. Therefore, therapeutic knowledge, the knowledge about transference and countertransference, has to have the goal of allowing you to remain empathic, with strong alliance and positive regard for the patient, and the patient needs to experience you as having these things. If this teaching allows you increased empathy, alliance, and positive regard, then it is a success.

A Practical Understanding of Transference Work1. How do we see when transference is happening?

  • Identify small slips that speak about the relationship.
  • How you respond to these will dictate the safety of further exploration.
  • Are you enthusiastic for their aggression towards you? Positive feelings?
  • Microexpressions of anger, disgust, pain, when talking about something sometimes raises my curiosity about what is going on between us.

  • Here are some insights that are “gold” coming from the patient:

  • Last time, I said something and realized you did not understand me…
  • Dreams/fantasies
  • Poetry
  • Art

  • More subtle signs:

  • How things are said
  • What is not said
  • Your inner experience (different from previous experiences—your countertransference)
  • They are reacting to you differently
  • Changes in behavior (being late, trying to open up things right at the end of the session to get more time with you, or pushing away in some way).

  • Things I believe that impact what I say:

  • I believe it takes courage to share vulnerability, so I am grateful when patients share these vulnerabilities, especially interpersonal ones. Therefore, I often share how courageous they are being for sharing vulnerable interpersonal content. I know this is positive feedback for sharing in the future.

  • We must expect their hesitations to trust us, to avoid us, to have feelings of reluctance, shame, guilt, and embarrassment. It is uncomfortable to share what one feels ashamed of, what might alienate, cause rejection, loss of face, cause one not to like/love and fear being unliked and unloved.

  • I believe that what we bring to session also impacts the transference. It is important to know that their transference is a valid experience and your actual behavior influences it. Understanding this can help move you from the expert role into more of a student role in the session.

  • Sharing more easily in the future will help the work move forward.
  • Therefore, I want to open the door of these discussions in different ways.
  • Normalize discussion of the interpersonal things going through their head. I will say things like:
  • I think the more we can put to words even fleeting thoughts about what happened in session or what is going on between us will be helpful. Any thoughts, positive and negative, will be helpful.

  • Was there any moment where you felt connected (explore good feelings)? Was there a moment you were afraid I would not grasp all that you were saying? Normalizing that I will not be perfect habituates them to a kind of unique state of permissiveness—it’s ok to talk about this. Anything that goes on in words is ok. Anything that is put into words will not necessarily become translated into behavior. There is no action, it is just words.

  • When that happens, there may be doubt, shame and diminished esteem. To prepare the patient for exploring those negative feelings together, we may say: "When that happens, let's learn together what is happening and how to repair our connectedness."
  • Here are some various thoughts my mentor, Dr. John Tarr has expressed that he might say at the end of a session: “We can now say it is now time to put into words some of the feelings we don’t express anywhere else in life. We want to be able to share with each other some of the happiness and gratification that goes on between you and me, and I would like to say I am delighted if you have any feelings of sadness or lack of gratification with me, it will be helpful for me to know that. You can’t do this anywhere else in life as safely as you can here. Do you feel this is bewildering, odd? Does it help you relax or make you more tense? When I just said this to you about your mother, do you think I did not grasp what you were feeling or did you hope I could be angry about what you were telling me? What were you hoping I would feel? You are now overcoming the social restraints you feel anywhere else. Here it is a unique and special place—it resembles more early maternal nurturance.”
  • I want to have them feel heard, understood, and empathized with in whatever they bring up.
  • When we listen from the patient's world, acknowledge their subjective perspective, resonate with their affect, and look for their meanings. Then an alliance is formed with the patient's expressed experience.
  • We attempt to listen from an others-centered perspective (from what is going on in a different person).
  • By opening an interpersonal feedback possibility from the beginning, we introduce the patient to the likelihood that he or she will develop feelings of being misunderstood.

  • I don’t want to over-intellectualize in the present moment.

  • Instead, I want an integration of emotion and cognition. DBT calls this “wise mind.” Spinosa talked about how the mind and body are one. I want to see beyond the defenses and stay present and instead empathize with the distress they may be feeling.

  • I see the false self (the idealized image they wish to portray to the world) and being governed by the “shoulds” as an adaptive response to belonging to a “clan.” I call this the “clan leader transference” (to date Google has never seen this word before).

  • Someone very invested in their false self may have transference idealizing me or imagining me being judgemental (embodying their shoulds).
  • For example, they idealize me as embodying all their shoulds—the clan leader.
  • Or they imagine that I am critical of them, embodying their shoulds—the critical clan leader.
  • I should be perfect→ He knows I am not perfect and is therefore critical of me.
  • Here is a long quote from a patient who I have worked with for a number of years, which expresses a warm positive transference “I had a pattern of not being enough in my life, constantly needing to prove myself for attachment relationships. There is freedom on the other side.” The patient shared this gratitude with me: “You did not leave. I used to have a lot of repeat tapes when I left, repeating what I said, thinking I should have said something else instead. And I think it is just that, ya, the freedom to be myself [microexpression of sadness flashes on her face]. Of course I wish to be around you all the time, but the end result is that life can be free and there can be reciprocation of acceptance, and care, and authenticity, and I think that [microexpression of anger seen on her face], the “false self” was kind of how I was raised. I had to wear the mask all the time because that is how I earned approval. It is the earning, the “shoulds”, achieving and accomplishing to get love, which is not real love, which is false love, which leads to emptiness, because it is an insatiable addiction. The difference is, the peace and love that I feel here, I can access any time. I love spending time with you, and I know you have exemplified trust, which I can struggle with.” The feeling of hearing this was fresh and alive. “I can run hard enough and fast enough and be a workhorse. It is letting go of that and trusting God is going to provide. There are times I am sad of the brokenness of the world and I can’t believe I am in certain situations, but I have to trust that God brought me to you and I have to trust that I am thankful for where I am now. I am thankful for my story [microexpression of pain on her face at this point] and even when it has been painful and difficult I am able to forgive. In a way, I can understand it could not be any different. I am grateful for how I am supported and have managed to transcend that difficulty. There are certain things—a new home, new creation, a journey home—that bring me joy.” There was a creative explosion in her life after this shift. The acceptance goes with her.

  • Episode 148 has more on the false self.

  • There is also transference in the shadow. I see the shadow (ID, competitive, dark archetypes (Gangas Khan), inner warrior) as part of the true self, and dark archetypal aspects of the personality need to get worked through in order to create boundaries.

  • I uniquely see the shadow having multiple heads. Each of these are traumatic, developmental figures who might have had some more raw and un-worked through aspects of the relationship. Object relations theory informs this for me. Because the attachment figures are so internalized, it doesn’t feel like a façade of false self, it feels like a part of the person. There is a need for integration and processing, and out of that comes transference.

  • When thinking about the hero’s journey, I believe the hero is the patient. But imagine the desire of a patient to make you the hero and give you the power so they do not have to face the dragon themself. When you are properly in the hero’s journey, you are one of many guides, not the main character. Maybe they come with an unmet need that they need to work through. The temptation is to move into the hero role, but the frame is to stay grounded as the guide. Now, their hero’s journey is an internal one, not necessarily an external one. The internal is the walk into the parts of their life that are chaotic, potential “identity diffusion.”

  • Often the patient-hero has untapped creative genius (especially in those with high openness on the big 5). So much of it is blocked for various reasons. The identity is diffuse, often not fully in touch with emotions, desire, playfulness, or huge unconscious resistances that lead to a lack of their creative life being explored.
  • Their self-hatred may cause you to become the villain in terms of transference. You may become the object of the hate or the idealized person. They will test you to see if you are as they fear you to be (uncaring, unloving, laughing, critical) and they will, at some point (if you are doing this properly), idealize you and feel comforted by the representation of you in their mind, a solid object that has unmoving compassion. This is where you need to, as Dostoevsky pointed out, give them their internal locus of control, their freedom, and step out as a guide, but keep them as the hero of their story. This will require you not being the mother who won’t let them go (the Oedipal mother), not being the narcissistic dictator who wants all the power, not being the obsessive compulsive who would leave them in theory and intellectualize where heart and mind need connection. This person is the guide who distracts from the person’s creative core. You have to not be the villain who adds your own chaos back into their life, while you also have to not be the silent observer of the hero’s story, which they might see you as, and allow the patient to know this is a real relationship and you are affected by them.

  • Viktor Frankl says this is achieved by stopping at the most true part of them. The way to do this is through love. “Love is the only way to grasp another human being in the innermost core of his personality. No one can become fully aware of the very essence of another human being unless he loves him. By his love, he is enabled to see the traits and features in the beloved person; and even more, he sees that which is potential in him, which is not yet actualized but yet ought to be actualized. Furthermore, by his love, the loving person enables the beloved person to actualize these potentialities. By making him aware of what he can be and of what he should become, he makes these potentialities come true.” Rumi said, “Your task is not to seek love, but merely to seek and find all the barriers within yourself that you have built against it.”

Further reading:Levy, K. N., Draijer, N., Kivity, Y., Yeomans, F. E., & Rosenstein, L. K. (2019). Transference-focused psychotherapy (TFP). Current treatment options in psychiatry, 6(4), 312-324.

Wampold, B. E., & Imel, Z. E. (2015). The great psychotherapy debate: The evidence for what makes psychotherapy work. Routledge.

Microexpression Training: here

View Details

Manal Piracha, Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

None of the authors or speakers have any conflicts of interest.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we discuss social anxiety disorder, its clinical manifestations and therapeutic treatment methods.

IntroductionSocial anxiety disorder is one of the more common psychiatric disorders with a prevalence of 12%, although this number may be an underrepresentation because of how few patients actually seek treatment (Schneier, 2006). The disorder starts to present in teenage years, but most patients live with their symptoms for 10 or more years until they finally pursue treatment.

Individuals with social anxiety disorder tend to avoid important events and activities, such as classes, meetings, or public speaking. The disorder is essentially the fear of rejection by a group one would like to be part of. This is different from shyness because of the intensity and pervasiveness of the symptoms. Social anxiety disorder is collectively due to one’s genetics and environment. For example, growing up in a home with overbearing or overprotective parents can increase the chances of developing the disorder.

Cognitive behavioral therapy and pharmacotherapy provide treatment for social anxiety disorder. The goal of treatment is to reduce social anxiety to manageable levels. CBT targets the negative thoughts and behaviors that increase situational anxiety and maladaptive behaviors. First-line pharmacotherapy for social anxiety disorder includes selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors (e.g., fluoxetine, paroxetine, fluvoxamine, citalopram, escitalopram, sertraline, vilazodone, vortioxetine) and serotonin-norepinephrine-reuptake inhibitors (e.g., venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, and levomilnacipran).

DSM and Social Anxiety DisorderThe DSM-V has restructured its way of organizing the different classes of anxiety disorders. It removed obsessive-compulsive disorder and post traumatic stress disorder from the anxiety disorder category and created individual categories for each. It added separation anxiety and selective mutism to specific phobias; generalized anxiety disorder and social anxiety disorder now comprise the anxiety disorders category.

DSM-5 Criteria for Social Anxiety Disorder:1. Intense fear or anxiety regarding one or more social situations where the individual is worried they will be judged by others. 2. The individual fears that he or she will act in a way that will be negatively evaluated (i.e., will be humiliating or embarrassing, lead to rejection or be offensive to others). 3. The social situations are avoided or endured with intense fear or anxiety. 4. The fear or anxiety is out of proportion to the actual threat posed by the social situation and to the sociocultural context. 5. The fear, anxiety, or avoidance is persistent, typically lasting for 6 months or more. 6. The fear, anxiety, or avoidance causes clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning. 7. The fear, anxiety, or avoidance is not attributable to the physiological effects of a substance (e.g., drug abuse, medication) or another medical condition. 8. The fear, anxiety, or avoidance is not better explained by the symptoms of another mental disorder such as panic disorder, body dysmorphic disorder, or autism spectrum disorder. 9. If another medical condition (e.g., Parkinson’s disease, obesity, disfigurement from bums or injury) is present, the fear, anxiety, or avoidance is clearly unrelated or is excessive.

What diagnostic questions are important when evaluating SAD?* Ask the patient if there are any situations, such as public speaking or gatherings with strangers, that make them anxious enough that they avoid them. This allows the patient to discuss freely what they avoid in their life. * Ask about comorbid disorders such as depression or comorbid anxiety disorders, such as panic disorders or agoraphobia (extreme end of SAD). * Ask about simple phobias.

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy vs. Psychodynamic Therapy For social anxiety disorder, various methods within cognitive behavioral therapy have shown to be slightly more effective than psychodynamic therapy. This needs to be taken into the context that therapy is more dependent on the therapist’s alliance, empathy, and the patient’s expectation than the modality (Episode 077). In Leichsenring et al., 2013, the study tested the effectiveness of psychodynamic therapy and CBT in social anxiety disorder.

In both CBT and psychodynamic therapy, up to 25 individual 50-minute treatment sessions were conducted. The study found higher remission rates and response rates in patients from the CBT group when compared to the psychodynamic therapy group and the waiting list group. The remission rates of CBT were 36% compared to 26% of the psychodynamic group. The response rates were 60% for CBT when compared to 52% from the psychodynamic group. CBT was found to have a slight win over psychodynamic therapy. Overall, both treatment methods were found to be effective.

During the COVID-19 pandemic and lockdown period, there was great curiosity regarding the impact of social isolation among social anxiety disorder patients that were undergoing treatment. It was wondered whether these patients would revert back to their original states during isolation or if therapy would help them overcome the fears and phobias related to COVID-19. A study compared CBT with psychoeducational-supportive therapy on medical students with social anxiety disorder. These patients had undergone therapy just before the COVID-19 pandemic. The study aimed to follow-up and establish whether treatment effects of CBT were maintained given the social restrictions during the pandemic. The study found that treatment effects of CBT were significantly better and maintained over PST after a 14-month follow up period.

Cognitive behavioral therapy can be a useful tool in helping re-conceptualize an individual's anxiety so that it can be a useful “monitoring” system in the environment.

Exposure therapy, part of CBT, is another useful behavioral therapy mode. In this model, the patient is exposed to the feared stimulus gradually so that they can master the anxiety. It is an alternate approach to train the brain centers to not be overly active when faced with the things that make the individual anxious.

High Comorbidity in SADIt is fairly common for patients with social anxiety disorder (SAD) to also be diagnosed with other mood disorders. Patients with SAD may also have major depression, specific phobias, bipolar disorder or obsessive-compulsive disorder. However, major depression is the most common comorbid disorder among social anxiety disorder patients. These patients tend to present worse, with increased severity of symptoms, increased risk of relapse and decreased functionality (Koyuncu et al., 2019). Patients with SAD fear negative judgment from others, but someone with SAD and major depression would be worried about being negatively judged because they are not deserving or worthy of being liked.

The challenge with comorbidity in SAD is figuring out what therapeutic regimen works best for the patient. One specific study focused on comparing vortioxetine, an SSRI, to a placebo in a group of individuals that had MDD comorbid with SAD. The study found vortioxetine-treated patients did significantly better than those on placebo, and also found improvement in depression before they saw improvement in the social anxiety disorder (Liebowitz et al., 2017).

Neurobiological Associations and Changes in Social Anxiety DisorderThere is a lot of new research aimed at understanding the neurobiology of social anxiety and the neurological components at play. A comprehensive and recent literature review by Mizzi et al., 2021, takes a look at insights on some key neurobiological models of SAD. The most commonly studied region of the brain was the amygdala. Across the studies, high connectivity was found between frontal-amygdala regions, frontal-parietal regions, and temporal-amygdala.

Functional Significance Amygdala and prefrontal cortex: Plays a role in controlling attention to stimuli and emotion regulation with the presence of disturbed top-down control (prefrontal cortex unable to inhibit the amygdala response) or increased bottom-up processes (hypersensitive amygdala leading to increased activity in the prefrontal cortex) in maintaining anxiety. * Superior frontal gyrus: Involved in the initiating responses and is activated during shifts of attention. Altered connectivity between these regions and frontal areas may be linked to impairment in socio-cognitive processes that are seen in social anxiety disorder. * Fusiform gyrus: Involved in facial visual processing. Increased activity between this region and the amygdala may reflect constant hypervigilance to social threats (e.g., angry faces) in people with SAD. + During a face processing task, a study tested the neural responses of patients with social anxiety disorder to fearful vs. neutral faces and the connectivity between the specific brain regions. The study found that there was greater reactivity in the fusiform gyrus and right amygdala in SAD patients compared to the control group (Frick et al., 2013). Patients with SAD attribute anger and hostility to even the neutral faces, which indicates an overattribution to the idea that these patients feel they are being scrutinized or judged. * Parahippocampal region: Hyperactivity has been associated with disruptions in perceptual analysis of scene layouts. Hyperconnectivity between the amygdala and this region may be associated with dysfunction in post-event processing. * Amygdala- frontal connectivity:* The most common finding was changes in positive connectivity between the amygdala and frontal areas. However, disturbances in the fear circuitry are specific to subregions of the amygdala. For example, the centromedial complex of the amygdala (rather than the basolateral or superficial complex) had increased connectivity with the prefrontal cortex.

Some significant neuroanatomical changes have also been studied in SAD patients. A whole-brain voxel-wise analysis compared the brains of SAD patients to a control group and found significantly decreased gray matter volume in the right thalamus, bilateral putamen and the left parahippocampal region of the SAD patients. The study also found a negative correlation between the decreased gray matter in the bilateral putamen and the duration of SAD and positive correlations between the dysfunctional resting state-functional connectivity of the right thalamus with limbic lobe/ACC or cerebellum and SAD duration.

This is a significant finding because the functional changes play a role in the pathophysiology of SAD. The neuroanatomical changes also help assess symptom severity in these patients.

Pharmacological Therapies and Anxiety-related DisordersDr. Cummings discusses the different pharmacological treatments for SAD and states that, essentially, the role of the medications is to help reduce the anxiety to a manageable level so that the patient can be made more available for psychotherapy.

Anxiety can be effectively treated with the balance of medications and therapy. The main medications used for treatment of SAD are SSRIs and SNRIs.

The use of benzodiazepines has been debated and can be seen from a positive and negative angle, depending on the patient population being treated. Clinicians that generally treat patients with addiction related problems don’t like to use benzodiazepines. However, clinicians that treat anxiety-related disorders have to weigh the benefits vs. side effects of use. One study included SAD patients that had already undergone a 10-week treatment plan with sertraline, but lacked positive effects. These patients were divided into 3 different groups. The groups were sertraline plus clonazepam, sertraline plus placebo, and venlafaxine. The treatment plan was 12 weeks long and at the end, results found that the group treated with sertraline and clonazepam did much better than the patients in the other two groups. However, it is well known that there can be significant cognitive issues with use of benzodiazepines (Episode 11), and sometimes they can interfere with the work of therapy.

Other Pharmacological Treatments Aside from SSRIs and SNRIs that are the mainstay of treatment methods for SAD, researchers have started trialing different pharmacological approaches to help reduce anxiety. More recently, research has started on cannabidiol, a psychoactive component of marijuana, and its effects on anxiety. In animal studies, the maze test in rats found that CBD helped them perform better. Cannabidiol enhancement of exposure therapy in treatment refractory patients with social anxiety disorder and panic disorder with agoraphobia: A randomized controlled trial, found that CBD did not improve outcomes in the patients. Nonetheless, research is still needed in this area to better understand how cannabinoids can help modulate the amygdala and other associated areas.

Another approach that still needs research is oxytocin, a neurohormone. In animal studies, it has been shown to reduce anxiety-like behavior and in humans it has been shown to increase human interaction and bonding (Jones et al., 2017).

Drugs vs. Placebo The power of placebo can be pretty meaningful. In a randomized clinical trial by Frick et al., 2021, 27 patients with social anxiety disorder were divided into two groups. One group was verbally told that they were going to receive the effective drug escitalopram (Lexapro) while the other group was told they would receive a non-effective neurokinin-1-receptor antagonist, that would give them the side effects of Lexapro® without any of it effects.

In reality, both groups received escitalopram (Lexapro®) 20 mg to test:

  1. Would expectancy to get treated have an effect on the dopamine and serotonin levels as measured by PET scans with radiotracers.
  2. Would both groups have equal decreases in symptoms

Findings were:

Individuals that were told they were receiving the real medication:

  1. Had significantly lower dopamine transporter binding by the radiotracer in the striatal and thalamic brain (meaning the actual dopamine in the brain was releasing slower from the dopamine transporters, leading to better outcomes due to expectancy).
  2. Had equal serotonin transporter changes as seen by a radiotracer
  3. Had a larger change in effect size d = 2.33 compared to d =0.93 over 9 weeks of treatment

Overall, this study highlights the significance of expectancy and belief and how treatment is highly influenced by the faith one has in a given treatment. For the patient, the thought that taking the drug will make them “safe” has an important impact on the circuitry between the hippocampus, amygdala, and caudate nucleus.

Overview of Pharmacology for Anxiety Disorders:Pharmacotherapy of Anxiety Disorders: Current and Emerging Treatment Options

Below is a chart with an overview of all the medications with their therapeutic doses for anxiety-related disorders.

**More Information on CBT** If you are curious, here are more details regarding CBT and what it entails:

Cognitive behavioral therapy for social anxiety disorder aims to target the painful cycle of negative thoughts (“I won’t have anything to say, people will think I’m stupid.”) and behaviors (e.g., changing jobs to avoid giving presentations) that lead to increased situational anxiety. The goal is to change the individual's thinking and behavioral patterns.

These strategies include:

  • Learning to recognize one’s malformed ways of thinking that create problems and reevaluating them (see episode 2 for more on cognitive distortions).
  • Gaining a better understanding of the behavior and motivation of others.
  • Using problem-solving skills to cope with difficult situations.
  • Learning to develop a greater sense of confidence in one’s own abilities.
  • Facing one’s fears instead of avoiding them.
  • Using roleplay to prepare for potentially problematic interactions with others.
  • Learning to calm one’s mind and relax one’s body.

CBT typically consists of 12 to 16 weekly sessions, each lasting 60 to 90 minutes. The therapist and the patient create a list of feared situations, used as a guide for exposure practices. The therapist helps the patient restructure their cognitive thoughts and alter their expectations of certain situations. For example, individuals that fear social gatherings with strangers because they believe they will be scrutinized or judged are helped to recognize that people are unlikely to notice or care and that most people are paying attention to themselves.

Patients also learn methods to use to replace unhelpful expectations (“I shouldn’t be anxious at a party.”) with positive behavioral goals (“I’ll start two conversations at the party.”). They practice using these methods while being exposed to feared situations in roleplaying with the therapist.

References:Frick, A., Howner, K., Fischer, H., Kristiansson, M., & Furmark, T. (2013). Altered fusiform connectivity during processing of fearful faces in social anxiety disorder. Translational psychiatry, 3(10), e312. https://doi.org/10.1038/tp.2013.85

Hjorth, O. R., Frick, A., Gingnell, M., Hoppe, J. M., Faria, V., Hultberg, S., Alaie, I., Månsson, K. N. T., Rosén, J., Reis, M., Wahlstedt, K., Jonasson, M., Lubberink, M., Antoni, G., Fredrikson, M., & Furmark, T. (2021). Expectancy effects on serotonin and dopamine transporters during SSRI treatment of social anxiety disorder: a randomized clinical trial. Translational Psychiatry, 11(1). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-021-01682-3

Jones, C., Barrera, I., Brothers, S., Ring, R., & Wahlestedt, C. (2017). Oxytocin and social functioning. Dialogues in clinical neuroscience, 19(2), 193–201. https://doi.org/10.31887/DCNS.2017.19.2/cjones

Kwee, C. M., Baas, J. M., van der Flier, F. E., Groenink, L., Duits, P., Eikelenboom, M., van der Veen, D. C., Moerbeek, M., Batelaan, N. M., van Balkom, A. J., & Cath, D. C. (2022). Cannabidiol enhancement of exposure therapy in treatment refractory patients with social anxiety disorder and panic disorder with agoraphobia: A randomised controlled trial. European neuropsychopharmacology : the journal of the European College of Neuropsychopharmacology, 59, 58–67. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euroneuro.2022.04.003

Koyuncu, A., İnce, E., Ertekin, E., & Tükel, R. (2019). Comorbidity in social anxiety disorder: diagnostic and therapeutic challenges. Drugs in context, 8, 212573. https://doi.org/10.7573/dic.212573

Liebowitz, M. R., Careri, J., Blatt, K., Draine, A., Morita, J., Moran, M., & Hanover, R. (2017). Vortioxetine versus placebo in major depressive disorder comorbid with social anxiety disorder. Depression and anxiety, 34(12), 1164–1172. https://doi.org/10.1002/da.22702

Leichsenring, F., Salzer, S., Beutel, M. E., Herpertz, S., Hiller, W., Hoyer, J., Huesing, J., Joraschky, P., Nolting, B., Poehlmann, K., Ritter, V., Stangier, U., Strauss, B., Stuhldreher, N., Tefikow, S., Teismann, T., Willutzki, U., Wiltink, J., & Leibing, E. (2013). Psychodynamic Therapy and Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy in Social Anxiety Disorder: A Multicenter Randomized Controlled Trial. American Journal of Psychiatry, 170(7), 759–767. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2013.12081125

Mizzi, S., Pedersen, M., Lorenzetti, V., Heinrichs, M., & Labuschagne, I. (2021). Resting-state neuroimaging in social anxiety disorder: a systematic review. Molecular Psychiatry, 27(1), 164–179. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41380-021-01154-6

Samantaray, N. N., Kar, N., & Mishra, S. R. (2022). A follow-up study on treatment effects of cognitive-behavioral therapy on social anxiety disorder: Impact of COVID-19 fear during post-lockdown period. Psychiatry research, 310, 114439. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2022.114439

Schneier, F. R. (2006). Social Anxiety Disorder. New England Journal of Medicine, 355(10), 1029–1036. https://doi.org/10.1056/nejmcp060145

Zhang, X., Suo, X., Yang, X., Lai, H., Pan, N., He, M., Li, Q., Kuang, W., Wang, S., & Gong, Q. (2022). Structural and functional deficits and couplings in the cortico-striato-thalamo-cerebellar circuitry in social anxiety disorder. Translational Psychiatry, 12(1). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41398-022-01791-7

Hunter, L. E., Meer, E. A., Gillan, C. M., Hsu, M., & Daw, N. D. (2022). Increased and biased deliberation in social anxiety. Nature Human Behaviour, 6(1), 146-154.

View Details

Jonathan Shedler, M.D. David Puder, M.D.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by Dr. Jonathan Shedler to discuss obsessive-compulsive personality and the continuum on which personalities operate.

Neither of the authors have any conflicts of interest.

IntroductionFor over a century, psychoanalytic psychology has recognized certain types of personality configurations that we see repeatedly. A clinician who understands these familiar patterns has a map of the patient’s interior terrain to help navigate in treatment.

Choosing to remove the word “disorder” from the term is intentional because personality patterns are not inherently pathological. Personality is not about what disorder someone has, but rather who they are as a person. The starting point for discussing personality is recognizing that every human in the world has a personality and a personality style.

There is no clear divide between what we call a personality style and a disorder. The word “disorder” is really one of clinical convenience. When clinicians use the term personality disorder, what they are really saying is there's something about the personality style that is so rigid, extreme, or limiting that it causes dysfunction or suffering. Appending the term “disorder” to a personality style is superimposing a medical term on something that every human possesses and that inherently falls along a continuum.

DSM and Personality DisordersThe way DSM describes personality disorders has really convoluted the clinician’s, as well as the public’s, understanding of personality. The authors of DSM took personality styles discussed in the psychoanalytic literature and described them all in extreme and pathological form, sometimes to the point of caricature, and appended the term “disorder.” As a result, the concept of personality became disconnected from clinical understanding and artificially recast in terms of disorders. Consequently, many clinicians now operate as if personality can be ignored entirely unless the person has a diagnosable personality disorder. This is actually a devolution as opposed to an evolution in the understanding of personality.

By reducing personality to a one-dimensional list of diagnostic criteria, DSM does not consider the underlying psychology involved. The result is that a DSM personality diagnosis is of little practical, clinical value; it tells us nothing about how to conduct effective treatment.

Personality styles are really about the psychological themes that underlie our patterns of thinking and feeling: how we experience ourselves and others, how we attach to other people or fail to attach, habitual and characteristic ways of defending and coping, core motivations, and unconscious concerns and preoccupations. The person’s internal experience is crucial; it is not just about observable behavior. DSM focuses on observable behavior and leaves out the internal experiences and processes that are actually at the core of the personality styles. Once inner experience is excluded, there is no relevant treatment information left.

Obsessive-compulsive PersonalityObsessive-compulsive personality is defined by high conscientiousness, meticulousness, and being highly regimented and cerebral with low emotional awareness. However, these are all the external signs and do not consider internal life.

When asked how they feel about something, someone with OCP will instead tell you what they think. The overuse and overvaluation of thinking, reasoning and logic is a defense against emotional life.

Some regard a logic-ruled mind as an ideal to aspire to, but a person governed completely by logic and disconnected from emotional life is a very incomplete, limited human being. We cannot selectively put a lid on certain emotions and not others. When we squelch “undesirable” emotions, all feelings get squelched. Squelching anger also squelches spontaneity and joy. Reason alone is not meant to be our master. That is not how we are built as human beings.

The whole goal of meaningful psychotherapy is the integration of head and heart, helping the patient to find balance and harmony and become more whole.

Preoccupations of OCPEveryone’s personality style, despite the DSM portrayal, is defined by certain predominant psychological themes and preoccupations. It’s not about healthy vs. pathological, it’s about the recurring themes and patterns in our lives.

In OCP, the predominant unconscious theme is around being in control versus being controlled. They are caught in an internal conflict around submitting to others’ expectations and demands versus defying them. On one side of the conflict is submission to someone else's control, following the rules, deferring to authority. This leads to feelings of humiliation and rage. On the other side of the conflict is defiance, experienced unconsciously as destructive aggression. This leads to fear of retaliation and punishment and accompanying anxiety and guilt. Both sets of feelings are frightening and unacceptable.

As a result, their personalities are organized around constricting and avoiding emotion, which is when the observable features come into play. Their emphasis on logic and reason is less a conscious choice than a psychological defense against something that feels intolerable. This is why when you ask how they feel, they will instead tell you what they think—often with a detailed logical analysis. This is why one theorist referred to people with obsessive-compulsive personalities as “living machines.”

The Role of Psychotherapy in OCPThe goal of psychotherapy is not to change who someone is as a person, but to help them become a more mature, flexible, freer version of themselves. When someone is so occupied with what “makes sense” that they lose access to their needs, wants, and desires, that is not healthy. A psychologically freer person has the capacity to set aside their feelings and desires as a matter of choice, in the service of something of greater importance. When choice disappears and setting aside feelings is obligatory, freedom and flexibility are limited. The goal is to loosen defenses and create greater freedom.

In therapy, people on the OCP continuum may appear to be taking the therapist's observations and comments to heart. However, they are often treating the therapist’s observations only as abstract, academic theories to ponder, not connecting it to their personal experience or recognizing it as true for them personally. For example, they may say, “That makes sense,” which sounds like insight, but is very different from saying, “Yes, I recognize that in myself. I feel it.” A skilled therapist will call attention to the difference, helping the patient recognize how “that makes sense” serves to keep things at a safe, intellectualized distance.

Therapists may be tempted to try techniques to get past defenses and resistance and get to the real underlying feelings. But defenses generally operate automatically, outside awareness. Instead of trying to bypass them, it is more useful to help the patient become aware of them and become curious about them. If a patient is building a wall, our best strategy is not to try to climb over or under or around it, or try to bash it down, but to get curious about the wall itself. Why is there a wall just here? Why in this particular spot? How is it constructed? What purpose does it serve? We want to bring the wall-building into the patient’s awareness and enlist their curiosity about it.

For example, a therapist may be tempted to discuss the importance of attuning to bodily sensations and ask them where they feel something in their bodies. That is skipping a step; it’s trying to solve a problem before the patient experiences it as a problem. Instead, if the patient describes something and leaves out their feelings about it, we might comment on the omission. For example, the therapist might comment, “I’m getting a good sense of the facts and events, but not what they meant to you.” If this doesn’t stimulate the patient’s curiosity, we might go on to comment, “Perhaps there’s a reason you omitted that.” We want to bring the pattern into awareness and help the patient to become curious about it.

The Psychiatrist EffectMany psychiatrists don’t practice psychotherapy—they practice medication management. But the meaning of a pill to a patient is not just a pill. Transference is still present. The pill takes on meanings, reflecting how the patient is experiencing the relationship. It will mean different things to different patients. Even if a psychiatrist is practicing only psychopharmacology, they are going to be a lot more effective if they recognize this.

There is a study that highlights the “psychiatrist effect,” testing the effectiveness of imipramine vs. a placebo (McKay, 2006). The study showed that the most effective psychiatrists got better results prescribing a placebo than the least effective psychiatrists got prescribing the active medication. In other words, the benefits a patient does or does not get from the medication have a lot to do with how they feel about the doctor—and what about the doctor they are symbolically taking in along with the pill. The psychiatrist effect was actually bigger than the difference between the placebo and the imipramine.

The fallacy at the heart of manualized and evidenced-based therapies is that the effect of specific interventions can somehow be isolated from their relational context.

Transference in OCPPsychotherapy that leads to meaningful and lasting change ultimately focuses on personality processes, not signs and symptoms in a vacuum. Intellectualization, emotional constriction, lack of spontaneity, inhibitions, anxiety, rumination, power struggles—the features we associate with OCP— cannot be separated from personality. These are things that are woven into the fabric of their personalities and their lives.

Every human’s life and mind is organized around certain recurring patterns. Our relational patterns are formed through our earliest attachments and we repeat these patterns in various ways, for better or worse, for the rest of our lives. If the patterns allow joy and meaning, all is well. If they limit us or cause suffering, all is not well. Psychotherapy is also a relationship, and patients necessarily bring their relational patterns into the therapy relationship and begin to repeat them. They shape how the patient experiences and responds to the therapist. This is what we call transference.

When a patient attributes motives, intentions, thoughts and feelings to the therapist, they reflect the lenses they bring with them. We count on the patient to bring in these patterns. We want them in the therapy relationship because that's where it is possible to recognize them in a lived, experiential way (in vivo) and understand them. The hope is to find ways to rework them so the patient is not doomed to keep repeating self-limiting or painful patterns for the rest of their lives.

Countertransference in OCPThere is great variability in the way core psychological themes and conflicts manifest themselves in the therapy relationship. One patient may be very submissive and deferential to the therapist, expressing one side of the conflict around control vs. submission; another may be oppositional and argumentative, expressing the other side of the conflict. The same patient may express different sides of the conflict on different occasions.

Countertransference could look like the therapist becoming frustrated and irritated if the patient is overtly oppositional or one-upping them. If the patient is submissive, the therapist may initially fail to notice that the patient is not expressing their own will and agency. Or they may be pleased with the patient’s insights and apparent “progress,” only to realize over time that the insights do not result in any meaningful changes in the patient’s life. Then they may become frustrated with the patient and the treatment.

Harnessing CountertransferenceWhile the instinct may be to ignore countertransferences, this closes down what is possibly the most important channel of communication in the therapy. The three channels of communication are what the patient tells us in words, what they communicate nonverbally, and the countertransference they elicit. We are least trained to pay attention to countertransference (likely to our peril).

In one way or another, the therapist is going to be a part of the conflict around control. The most common reaction from therapists treating patients with OCP is feeling like they are involved in a chess match or a power struggle. The therapy can begin to feel like a standoff. Instead of trying to set that aside and simply offering interventions, a therapist who knows how to think about and use countertransference constructively has other options. One is to make explicit (conscious) that there is something in the relationship that has the quality of a power struggle or standoff—to bring it front and center—and invite the patient as a collaborator to think together about why and how this is happening.

It’s important for the therapist to attend to what is coming up in the countertransference and consider what is fueling it. In what ways are the therapist’s own psychology and relational patterns coming into play? What is the patient’s contribution? What are they doing, specifically? What repetitive interactions are getting played between therapist and patient? Then the therapist begins to call attention to repetitive patterns, and invites the patient to reflect on their side of the experience. This opens the door to understanding and insight—and change.

Every personality style has its preoccupations and will illicit countertransferences in the therapists. They are the gateway to understanding what is going on.

References:McKay, K. M., Imel, Z. E., & Wampold, B. E. (2006). Psychiatrist effects in the psychopharmacological treatment of depression. Journal of affective disorders, 92(2-3), 287-290.

Shedler, J. (2021). The personality syndromes. In R. Feinstein (Ed.), A Primer on Personality Disorders: Multi-Theoretical Viewpoints. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Westen, D., Shedler, J., Bradley, B., & DeFife, J.A. (2012). An empirically derived taxonomy for personality diagnosis: Bridging science and practice in conceptualizing personality. American Journal of Psychiatry, 169(3), 273-284.

View Details

Vardaan Bhat, Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

None of the authors have any conflicts of interest

In today’s episode of the podcast, we discuss the use of long-acting injectable (LAI) antipsychotics. LAIs are administered in intervals ranging from every 2 weeks to every 6 months, eliminating the need for daily oral antipsychotics and thereby improving adherence.

When Are Long-Acting Injectables Helpful?The most notable advantage of LAIs is improved adherence compared to oral formulations. In Europe, 40-50% of patients experiencing psychosis are treated with LAIs (Watts, 2014). In the U.S., the rate can be as low as 10% of treatments (Kane et al., 2021). This is unfortunate, as one of the main reasons for relapses is non-adherence to the oral medications (Robinson et al., 1999; Caseiro et al., 2012). For oral medications, adherence rates are extremely low, often approaching ~1/3, even including a ‘fudge factor’ (classifying 80% adherence as adherent) (Valenstein et al., 2006). There are a number of factors that might contribute to this, including adverse effects and impaired insight into one’s own symptoms (anosognosia).

A benefit to injectables is they do not require a daily adherence schedule. There are formulations of paliperidone palmitate that can be administered as infrequently as every three or six months. Additionally, noncompliance may be less of a concern with LAIs since they cannot be hidden (“cheeked”) or spit out.

A number of studies demonstrate LAIs are associated with lower rates of relapse, hospitalization, and mortality. Perhaps most notably, a Swedish study by Taipale et al. of 29,883 birth-death records showed that, over the course of 7 years, those taking LAIs had a 33% lower rate of all-cause mortality (including death by suicide, accident, overdose, violence) than those taking the equivalent oral counterparts (0.67, 0.56–0.80) (Taipale et al., 2018).

Injection TipsIt is important for psychiatrists to know how to administer these medications to their patients. Adherence is more likely when patients do not have to make a third-party appointment with a provider they may or may not trust.

Nurses deliver injections regularly and can teach this skill very quickly. For the saline-based LAIs, the injection is usually straight in the gluteal or deltoid muscle. The needle goes in and is drawn back slightly (to make sure it’s not in a blood vessel), injected, and pulled out.

For first generation oil-based LAIs such as haloperidol decanoate and fluphenazine decanoate, the Z-track method is used, which involves pulling the skin & subcutaneous tissue while injecting and releasing them afterwards. This prevents the needle from leaving a continuous passageway from muscle to subcutaneous tissue, sealing the medication in the muscle. It leaves behind a viscous liquid material that slowly releases medication into the bloodstream over time. Many of these injectable medications last for a month or more, depending on the drug.

Figure 1: Z-track technique (illustrated)

Note: from Shepherd E (2018) Injection technique 1: administering drugs via the intramuscular route. Nursing Times [online]; 118: 4, 23-25. This article was updated by Shepherd E on 9 March 2022. https://www.nursingtimes.net/clinical-archive/assessment-skills/injection-technique-1-administering-drugs-via-the-intramuscular-route-2-15-03-2022/

How LAIs WorkFigure 2: Ester LAI antipsychotic disposition

*Note.* from O'Brien, M. N., Jiang, W., Wang, Y., & Loffredo, D. M. (2021). Challenges and opportunities in the development of complex generic long-acting injectable drug products. Journal of Controlled Release, 336, 144–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jconrel.2021.06.017

Decanoates are bonded to a 10-carbon lipid chain that is suspended in sesame oil, which is injected into the belly of the muscle where it forms a small sphere and gradually releases the medication. In fluphenazine’s case, the most common dose interval is 2 weeks. For haloperidol, the dose interval is usually 4 weeks.

With drugs like paliperidone palmitate, a microcrystal suspended in saline is injected into the muscle, where it slowly dissolves. The reason they last a month is that the tiny crystals dissolve quickly and release the medication early, while the bigger crystals dissolve more slowly and provide the later dosing of the drug. Formulations of paliperidone palmitate with even larger ranges of crystal sizes last three and six months, respectively.

There is also a version of depot risperidone with microspheres, similar to crystals, that is bonded to a polymer that dissolves.

Two LAI formulations of aripiprazole include aripiprazole monohydrate, which is a crystal, and aripiprazole lauroxil, which is a different type of crystal and has longer variability in terms of how slowly it can dissolve.

There is an LAI formulation of olanzapine pamoate that is bonded to a salt crystal. One version is dosed every 2 weeks and another is dosed every 4 weeks.

In short, the idea is that once these medications are in the muscle, they stay there and, by one mechanism or another, slowly release the drug into the bloodstream.

When Are LAIs Not Useful?LAIs are not contraindicated in any situation where an antipsychotic is appropriate to use. It is advisable to wait to start an LAI until it is certain the person responds to the medication and tolerates it well.

The biggest caveat is that the elimination half-life is incredibly long. If an LAI is administered and it does not work well, the patient will have to wait 5 half-lives. In the longest case, Invega Hafyera (paliperidone palmitate), designed to last 6 months, will require 30 months for wash-out. Others have half lives from 21-46.5 days, so wash-out is still very long.

RisksUnlike the others, olanzapine has a small but nonzero (0.1%) risk of rapid release. The FDA requires that patients be watched for three hours post administration to monitor for sedation via rapid release.

If the olanzapine LAI does release rapidly and a patient becomes very sedated, they should be observed until they wake back up and have their vitals taken. They’ve essentially received an overdose of the drug.

Because of the rapid-release warning, olanzapine pamoate is not often used. The risk of rapid dissociation doesn’t exist for any of the other LAIs.

Figure 3: “Kinetic profiles of severe sedation cases with olanzapine pamoate. (a) Single detailed case example, (b) multiple examples.” (Meyer, 2013)

*Note.* from Meyer, J. M. (2013). Understanding depot antipsychotics: An illustrated guide to kinetics. CNS Spectrums, 18(s1), 55–68. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1092852913000783

Side Effects of LAIs vs. Oral CounterpartsIt is suggested that LAIs may have comparable or improved tolerability relative to their oral counterparts, since LAIs lack the sharp peak plasma concentration & peak-trough ratio seen in oral medications.

Transitioning From Oral to LAISwitching from oral to long-acting injectable (LAI) antipsychotics may require a loading dose to reach steady state more quickly. The specific loading and maintenance doses vary depending on the LAI being used.

Haloperidol decanoate:

  • Such a slow climb that if started and given every month, it would take 3-5 months to reach steady state.
  • This is overcome by loading the drug. E.g., switching from oral 20 mg haloperidol daily and loading it at 200 mg/week for 3 weeks.
  • The oral medication can be stopped when the second loading dose is given. The maintenance dose can be started 14 days after the second loading dose, then 20x original dosing once a month. E.g., 400 mg haloperidol once a month, usually administered 200 mg every 2 weeks due to volume issues.

Fluphenazine decanoate:

  • Very similar to haloperidol decanoate.
  • Usually loaded at 25-50 mg a week for 3 weeks and continued at a maintenance dose starting 2 weeks after the last loading dose.
  • 10 mg a day orally ~= 12.5-25 mg fluphenazine decanoate.

Paliperidone palmitate:

  • The starting point is a monthly dose (INVEGA SUSTENNA) because the INVEGA TRINZA (every 3 months) and INVEGA HAFYERA (every 6 month) are intended for people who have already responded to and are stable on the monthly injection (due to extended washout from longer-acting formulations).
  • Usually start with 156 mg or 234 mg as the initial injection.
  • 1 week later, depending on target blood levels, another dose of either 156/234 mg
  • Then simply continue every month.
  • One limitation:
  • 234 mg/month is equivalent to ~4.5-5.5mg/day oral risperidone.
  • If a patient required >4.5-5.5mg/day oral risperidone, they may have difficulty using INVEGA SUSTENNA because the corresponding LAI dosage can’t be achieved within the recommended dose range.
  • The number of doses can be increased beyond the recommended dose range, but this becomes prohibitively expensive because of the proprietary nature of the drug.

● Cost comparison:

  • Haloperidol decanoate and fluphenazine decanoate have a wholesale cost of less than $500 per year.
  • The wholesale acquisition cost at max dose for INVEGA SUSTENNA is ~$25,000 per year.

Risperidone (2 LAI formulations):

  • RISPERDAL CONSTA (with oral crossover for 3 weeks, as it doesn’t start dissolving until then)
  • Injected every 2 weeks

  • RISPERIDONE PERSERIS (subcutaneous formulation): comes in 90 mg and 120 mg doses

  • Roughly equal to 3-4 mg/day oral Risperidone
  • Doesn’t require oral crossover.

Aripiprazole (2 LAI formulations):

  • Aripiprazole monohydrate/ABILIFY MAINTENA:
  • Give an initial injection of 300-400 mg and continue half the oral dose for 2 weeks.
  • In a lot of countries outside the US, they’ve replaced this with a second injection after 1 week, followed by maintenance treatment.

  • Aripiprazole lauroxil/ARISTADA INITIO:

  • Give an initial dose of ARISTADA INITIO (rapid-release formulation of ARISTADA) and then start the maintenance medication a week later.
  • Doesn’t require oral crossover.

Olanzapine pamoate (ZYPREXA RELPREVV):

  • No oral crossover required
  • Two possible dosing intervals: once every 2 weeks and once every 4 weeks
  • Note risk of rapid release, as discussed under “Risks”

Metabolic DysregulationA meta-analysis by Pillinger et al. in 2019 looked at comparative metabolic changes from taking 18 antipsychotics combining 100 randomized trials in 25,952 patients for predictors of metabolic dysregulation and associations. In regards to weight change, ziprasidone and haloperidol were lower risk whereas quetiapine, olanzapine and clozapine were high risk.

Figure 4: Forest plots of glucose and weight change in patients using antipsychotics

*Note.* from Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Vano, L., Mizuno, Y., Arumuham, A., Hindley, G., Beck, K., Natesan, S., Efthimiou, O., Cipriani, A., & Howes, O. D. (2020). Comparative effects of 18 antipsychotics on metabolic function in patients with schizophrenia, predictors of metabolic dysregulation, and association with psychopathology: A systematic review and network meta-analysis. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(19)30416-x

Limitations of ziprasidone are that it is not available as an LAI, it is difficult for GI tract to absorb, and has to be taken proximate (within 30 minutes) of a 500 calorie meal; otherwise, absorption is 50% or less of what it would be. Also, looking at other meta analyses, ziprasidone tends to end up at or near the bottom in terms of efficacy.

Managing Metabolic Syndrome And Weight GainIt is suggested that psychiatrists have not been nearly aggressive enough in intervening to prevent or treat metabolic syndrome.

  • Criteria for proactive metabolic treatment:
  • Family/personal history of obesity
  • Weight gain of:
  • 5% or more in first month of antipsychotic use
  • 7.5% in first 2 months
  • 10% (or increase in BMI of 1) in first 6 months
  • Most common preventive agent against metabolic syndrome:
  • Metformin
  • Increases insulin sensitivity
  • Not very prone to cause hypoglycemia
  • Does a very nice job of preventing AP-associated weight gain and glucose intolerance.
  • If someone has already gained weight and they are already glucose intolerant, the metformin ceases to be very effective.
  • A new class of med being used in circumstances where it’s not appropriate to switch antipsychotics is the glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) receptor agonists.
  • Liraglutide is the most studied in psychiatry.
  • Several GLP-1 agonists available on the US market:
  • 6 injections, 1 oral form.
  • In most studies,~⅔ of people achieve normal glucose tolerance.
  • People also tend to lose about 10-30% of baseline body weight.
  • The future for GLP-1 agonists in psychiatry looks bright. At the moment, metformin can help prevent metabolic syndrome but doesn’t reverse it. GLP-1 agonists may offer a solution.

(Note: Episode 158 with Rocio Salas-Whalen, an endocrinologist who focuses on weight management, delves further into the literature on GLP-1 agonists.)

One particularly notable study shows 50% of patients achieving 20% weight loss in a year on tirzepatide, which is extremely promising (Jastreboff et al., 2022).

Side Effects Of GLP-1 AgonistsSide effects of GLP-1 antagonists include nausea, GERD, and vomiting (largely because they delay gastric emptying and the stomach feels very full). Patients need to decrease what they eat, especially at night. As most of these medications are titrated from a lower dose to a higher dose the nausea and GI effects tend to mitigate over time. GLP-1 agonists may also suppress thirst, potentially leading to dehydration. As a result, it’s important to remind patients to keep drinking enough water.

Rare risks are pancreatitis and a theoretical possibility of pancreatic carcinoma based on hyperplasia. However, this is based on animal studies and has not yet been seen in humans. If the person being treated has not developed type 2 diabetes, the risk to the pancreas is much lower.

Another listed contraindication is for people with a family history of endocrine neoplasia syndrome type 2, a very rare genetic predisposition towards endocrine cancers. Most psychiatric doctors are not likely to run across many patients with that history.

LAIs During Pregnancy A review of data on the safety profile of antipsychotics, including LAI formulations, suggests prescribing them during pregnancy is safe (Reinstein et al., 2020). In fact, women with psychotic disorders are more prone to relapse when pregnant (Taylor et al., 2018), so taking away their best defense against psychotic episodes makes them more likely to become psychotic and is not usually advisable.

Serious Mental Illness (SMI) and HomelessnessUnfortunately, every predictor of SMI can be found in the homeless. In countries such as Italy and Austria, SMI population are discharged to a supervised house/apartment where they can stay for up to a decade. In America, on the other hand, individuals with SMI are discharged to the street.

Mental illness appears to be a significant risk factor for homelessness; 49% of older homeless adults surveyed in Minnesota reported a serious mental illness (for instance, SAMHSA, 2011), and data also suggests that 75% of chronically homeless people struggle with substance use disorder (SUD) or an SMI (Streeter, 2022). In addition to expanded access to mental healthcare for homeless individuals, there needs to be a greater focus on stable and affordable housing, as most social programs seem to be insufficient if the person does not have stable housing.

ConclusionLong-acting injectable antipsychotics appear effective at improving adherence, are comparably well-tolerated to other formulations, and decrease all-cause mortality. Nevertheless, they are used less than their oral counterparts in most settings. There are also a number of practical considerations, particularly with regards to drug kinetics, that providers should take into account when using LAIs.

As a society, we vastly undertreat the seriously mentally ill. LAIs are a tool we should consider using more in this population to help break the vicious cycle of hospitalization, discharge (without support/supervision), decompensation, and homelessness or incarceration.

References:Caseiro, O., Pérez-Iglesias, R., Mata, I., Martínez-Garcia, O., Pelayo-Terán, J. M., Tabares-Seisdedos, R., Ortiz-García de la Foz, V., Vázquez-Barquero, J. L., & Crespo-Facorro, B. (2012). Predicting relapse after a first episode of non-affective psychosis: A three-year follow-up study. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 46(8), 1099–1105. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2012.05.001

Huybrechts, K. F., Hernández-Díaz, S., Patorno, E., Desai, R. J., Mogun, H., Dejene, S. Z., Cohen, J. M., Panchaud, A., Cohen, L., & Bateman, B. T. (2016). Antipsychotic use in pregnancy and the risk for congenital malformations. JAMA Psychiatry, 73(9), 938. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2016.1520

Jastreboff, A. M., Aronne, L. J., Ahmad, N. N., Wharton, S., Connery, L., Alves, B., Kiyosue, A., Zhang, S., Liu, B., Bunck, M. C., & Stefanski, A. (2022). Tirzepatide once weekly for the treatment of obesity. New England Journal of Medicine, 387(3), 205–216. https://doi.org/10.1056/nejmoa2206038

Kane, J. M., McEvoy, J. P., Correll, C. U., & Llorca, P.-M. (2021). Controversies surrounding the use of long-acting injectable antipsychotic medications for the treatment of patients with schizophrenia. CNS Drugs, 35(11), 1189–1205. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40263-021-00861-6

Puder, D. (Host), Salas-Whalen, R. (Guest). (2022, September 23). Obesity and Weight Loss with Endocrinologist Rocio Salas-Whalen (Ep. 158) [Audio podcast episode]. In Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast.https://www.psychiatrypodcast.com/psychiatry-psychotherapy-podcast/episode-158-obesity-and-weight-loss-with-endocrinologist-rocio-salas-whalen

Reinstein, S. A., Cosgrove, J., Malekshahi, T., & Deligiannidis, K. M. (2020). Long-acting injectable antipsychotic use during pregnancy. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 81(6). https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.20ac13597

Robinson, D., Woerner, M. G., Alvir, J. M., Bilder, R., Goldman, R., Geisler, S., Koreen, A., Sheitman, B., Chakos, M., Mayerhoff, D., & Lieberman, J. A. (1999). Predictors of relapse following response from a first episode of schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56(3), 241. https://doi.org/10.1001/archpsyc.56.3.241

SAMHSA (2011, July).Current Statistics on the Prevalence and Characteristics of People Experiencing Homelessness in the United States. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. Retrieved January 6, 2023, from https://www.samhsa.gov/sites/default/files/programs_campaigns/homelessness_programs_resources/hrc-factsheet-current-statistics-prevalence-characteristics-homelessness.pdf

Shepherd, E. (2018). Injection technique 1: administering drugs via the intramuscular route. Nursing Times, 114(8), 23–25. Retrieved January 8, 2023, from https://www.nursingtimes.net/clinical-archive/assessment-skills/injection-technique-1-administering-drugs-via-the-intramuscular-route-2-15-03-2022/

Streeter, J. L. (2022, May). Homelessness in California: Causes and policy considerations. Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research (SIEPR). Retrieved January 6, 2023, from https://siepr.stanford.edu/publications/policy-brief/homelessness-california-causes-and-policy-considerations

Taipale, H., Mittendorfer-Rutz, E., Alexanderson, K., Majak, M., Mehtälä, J., Hoti, F., Jedenius, E., Enkusson, D., Leval, A., Sermon, J., Tanskanen, A., & Tiihonen, J. (2018). Antipsychotics and mortality in a nationwide cohort of 29,823 patients with schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Research, 197, 274–280. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2017.12.010

Taylor CL, Broadbent M, Khondoker M, et al. Predictors of severe relapse in pregnant women with psychotic or bipolar disorders. J Psychiatr Res. 2018;104:100–107.

Valenstein, M., Ganoczy, D., McCarthy, J. F., Kim, H. M., Lee, T. A., & Blow, F. C. (2006). Antipsychotic adherence over time among patients receiving treatment for schizophrenia. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 67(10), 1542–1550. https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.v67n1008

Watts, V. (2014). Some experts urge more use of long-acting, injectable antipsychotics. Psychiatric News, 49(23), 1–1. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.pn.2014.12a8

Supplementary Readings:Bakker, I. C., Schubart, C. D., & Zelissen, P. M. (2016). Successful treatment of a prolactinoma with the antipsychotic drug aripiprazole. Endocrinology, Diabetes & Metabolism Case Reports, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1530/edm-16-0028

Chung, Y., & Cannon, T. D. (2015). Brain imaging during the transition from psychosis prodrome to schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 203(5), 336–341. https://doi.org/10.1097/nmd.0000000000000286

Correll, C. U., Rubio, J. M., & Kane, J. M. (2018). What is the risk-benefit ratio of long-term antipsychotic treatment in people with schizophrenia? World Psychiatry, 17(2), 149–160. https://doi.org/10.1002/wps.20516

Dietsche, B., Kircher, T., & Falkenberg, I. (2017). Structural brain changes in schizophrenia at different stages of the illness: A selective review of Longitudinal Magnetic Resonance Imaging Studies. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 51(5), 500–508. https://doi.org/10.1177/0004867417699473

Drake, R. J., Husain, N., Marshall, M., Lewis, S. W., Tomenson, B., Chaudhry, I. B., Everard, L., Singh, S., Freemantle, N., Fowler, D., Jones, P. B., Amos, T., Sharma, V., Green, C. D., Fisher, H., Murray, R. M., Wykes, T., Buchan, I., & Birchwood, M. (2020). Effect of delaying treatment of first-episode psychosis on symptoms and social outcomes: A longitudinal analysis and Modelling Study. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(7), 602–610. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(20)30147-4

Díaz, I., Pelayo-Terán, J. M., Pérez-Iglesias, R., Mata, I., Tabarés-Seisdedos, R., Suárez-Pinilla, P., Vázquez-Barquero, J. L., & Crespo-Facorro, B. (2013). Predictors of clinical remission following a first episode of non-affective psychosis: Sociodemographics, premorbid and clinical variables. Psychiatry Research, 206(2-3), 181–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psychres.2012.10.011

Fang, S.-C., Huang, C.-Y., & Shao, Y.-H. J. (2022). Long-term outcomes of early use of long-acting injectable antipsychotics in Schizophrenia. The Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 83(4). https://doi.org/10.4088/jcp.21r14153

FDA. (2015, March 23). FDA Drug Safety Communication: FDA review of study sheds light on two deaths associated with the injectable schizophrenia drug Zyprexa Relprevv (olanzapine pamoate). U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Retrieved December 26, 2022, from https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-safety-and-availability/fda-drug-safety-communication-fda-review-study-sheds-light-two-deaths-associated-injectable

Gault, J. M., Davis, R., Cascella, N. G., Saks, E. R., Corripio-Collado, I., Anderson, W. S., Olincy, A., Thompson, J. A., Pomarol-Clotet, E., Sawa, A., Daskalakis, Z. J., Lipsman, N., & Abosch, A. (2017). Approaches to neuromodulation for schizophrenia. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 89(7), 777–787. https://doi.org/10.1136/jnnp-2017-316946

Goff, D. C., Falkai, P., Fleischhacker, W. W., Girgis, R. R., Kahn, R. M., Uchida, H., Zhao, J., & Lieberman, J. A. (2017). The long-term effects of antipsychotic medication on clinical course in schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 174(9), 840–849. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.16091016

Hayes, R. D., Downs, J., Chang, C.-K., Jackson, R. G., Shetty, H., Broadbent, M., Hotopf, M., & Stewart, R. (2014). The effect of clozapine on premature mortality: An assessment of clinical monitoring and other potential confounders. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 41(3), 644–655. https://doi.org/10.1093/schbul/sbu120

Ho, B.-C., Andreasen, N. C., Ziebell, S., Pierson, R., & Magnotta, V. (2011). Long-term antipsychotic treatment and brain volumes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 68(2), 128. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2010.199

Huhn, M., Nikolakopoulou, A., Schneider-Thoma, J., Krause, M., Samara, M., Peter, N., Arndt, T., Bäckers, L., Rothe, P., Cipriani, A., Davis, J., Salanti, G., & Leucht, S. (2019). Comparative efficacy and tolerability of 32 oral antipsychotics for the acute treatment of adults with multi-episode schizophrenia: A systematic review and network meta-analysis. The Lancet, 394(10202), 939–951. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(19)31135-3

Hunsberger, J., Austin, D. R., Henter, I. D., & Chen, G. (2009). The neurotrophic and neuroprotective effects of psychotropic agents. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 11(3), 333–348. https://doi.org/10.31887/dcns.2009.11.3/jhunsberger

Jayaram, M., Rattehalli, R. D., & Adams, C. E. (2012). Where does evidence from new trials for schizophrenia fit with the existing evidence: A case of the emperor's new clothes? Schizophrenia Research and Treatment, 2012, 1–4. https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/625738

Larsen, J. R., Vedtofte, L., Jakobsen, M. S., Jespersen, H. R., Jakobsen, M. I., Svensson, C. K., Koyuncu, K., Schjerning, O., Oturai, P. S., Kjaer, A., Nielsen, J., Holst, J. J., Ekstrøm, C. T., Correll, C. U., Vilsbøll, T., & Fink-Jensen, A. (2017). Effect of liraglutide treatment on prediabetes and overweight or obesity in clozapine- or olanzapine-treated patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorder. JAMA Psychiatry, 74(7), 719. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2017.1220

Lauriello, J., & Campbell, A. R. (2022, August 18). Pharmacotherapy for schizophrenia: Long-acting injectable antipsychotic drugs. UpToDate. Retrieved December 26, 2022, from https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pharmacotherapy-for-schizophrenia-long-acting-injectable-antipsychotic-drugs

Lei, W., Kirkpatrick, B., Wang, Q., Deng, W., Li, M., Guo, W., Liang, S., Li, Y., Zhang, C., Li, X., Zhang, P., Li, Z., Xiang, B., Chen, J., Hu, X., Zhang, N., & Li, T. (2019). Progressive brain structural changes after the first year of treatment in first-episode treatment-naive patients with deficit or nondeficit schizophrenia. Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging, 288, 12–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pscychresns.2019.04.009

Leucht, S., Cipriani, A., Spineli, L., Mavridis, D., Örey, D., Richter, F., Samara, M., Barbui, C., Engel, R. R., Geddes, J. R., Kissling, W., Stapf, M. P., Lässig, B., Salanti, G., & Davis, J. M. (2013). Comparative efficacy and tolerability of 15 antipsychotic drugs in schizophrenia: A multiple-treatments meta-analysis. The Lancet, 382(9896), 951–962. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(13)60733-3

MacEwan, J. P., Kamat, S. A., Duffy, R. A., Seabury, S., Chou, J. W., Legacy, S. N., Hartry, A., Eramo, A., & Karson, C. (2016). Hospital readmission rates among patients with schizophrenia treated with long-acting injectables or oral antipsychotics. Psychiatric Services, 67(11), 1183–1188. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ps.201500455

Majer, I. M., Gaughran, F., Sapin, C., Beillat, M., & Treur, M. (2015). Efficacy, tolerability, and safety of Aripiprazole once-monthly versus other long-acting injectable antipsychotic therapies in the maintenance treatment of schizophrenia: A mixed treatment comparison of double-blind randomized clinical trials. Journal of Market Access & Health Policy, 3(1), 27208. https://doi.org/10.3402/jmahp.v3.27208

Meyer, J. M. (2013). Understanding depot antipsychotics: An illustrated guide to kinetics. CNS Spectrums, 18(s1), 55–68. https://doi.org/10.1017/s1092852913000783

Mikell, C. B., Sinha, S., Sheth, S. A. (2016). Neurosurgery for schizophrenia: An update on pathophysiology and a novel therapeutic target. Journal of Neurosurgery, 124(4), 917–928. https://doi.org/10.3171/2015.4.jns15120

Mohr, P., Knytl, P., Voráčková, V., Bravermanová, A., & Melicher, T. (2017). Long-acting injectable antipsychotics for prevention and management of violent behaviour in psychotic patients. International Journal of Clinical Practice, 71(9). https://doi.org/10.1111/ijcp.12997

Mortlock, A.-M., Larkin, F., Ross, C. C., Gupta, N., Sengupta, S., & Das, M. (2017). Effectiveness of paliperidone depot injection in seriously violent men with comorbid schizophrenia and dissocial personality disorder in a UK high-security hospital. Therapeutic Advances in Psychopharmacology, 7(5), 169–179. https://doi.org/10.1177/2045125317693513

Moseley, P., Alderson-Day, B., Ellison, A., Jardri, R., & Fernyhough, C. (2016). Non-invasive brain stimulation and auditory verbal hallucinations: New techniques and Future Directions. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 9. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2015.00515

Ostuzzi, G., Bertolini, F., Del Giovane, C., Tedeschi, F., Bovo, C., Gastaldon, C., Nosé, M., Ogheri, F., Papola, D., Purgato, M., Turrini, G., Correll, C. U., & Barbui, C. (2021). Maintenance treatment with long-acting injectable antipsychotics for people with nonaffective psychoses: A network meta-analysis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 178(5), 424–436. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2020.20071120

Pillinger, T., McCutcheon, R. A., Vano, L., Mizuno, Y., Arumuham, A., Hindley, G., Beck, K., Natesan, S., Efthimiou, O., Cipriani, A., & Howes, O. D. (2020). Comparative effects of 18 antipsychotics on metabolic function in patients with schizophrenia, predictors of metabolic dysregulation, and association with psychopathology: A systematic review and network meta-analysis. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1016/s2215-0366(19)30416-x

Salem, H., Nagpal, C., Pigott, T., & Teixeira, A. L. (2017). Revisiting antipsychotic-induced akathisia: Current issues and prospective challenges. Current Neuropharmacology, 15(5). https://doi.org/10.2174/1570159x14666161208153644

Schreiner, A., Bergmans, P., Cherubin, P., Keim, S., Llorca, P.-M., Cosar, B., Petralia, A., Corrivetti, G., & Hargarter, L. (2015). Paliperidone palmitate in non-acute patients with schizophrenia previously unsuccessfully treated with risperidone long-acting therapy or frequently used conventional depot antipsychotics. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 29(8), 910–922. https://doi.org/10.1177/0269881115586284

Shulman, M., Miller, A., Misher, J., & Tentler, A. (2014). Managing cardiovascular disease risk in patients treated with antipsychotics: A multidisciplinary approach. Journal of Multidisciplinary Healthcare, 489. https://doi.org/10.2147/jmdh.s49817

Tiihonen, J. (2012). Polypharmacy with antipsychotics, antidepressants, or benzodiazepines and mortality in schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 69(5), 476. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2011.1532

Tiihonen, J., Tanskanen, A., & Taipale, H. (2018). 20-year nationwide follow-up study on discontinuation of antipsychotic treatment in first-episode schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 175(8), 765–773. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2018.17091001

van Erp, T. G., Hibar, D. P., Rasmussen, J. M., Glahn, D. C., Pearlson, G. D., Andreassen, O. A., Agartz, I., Westlye, L. T., Haukvik, U. K., Dale, A. M., Melle, I., Hartberg, C. B., Gruber, O., Kraemer, B., Zilles, D., Donohoe, G., Kelly, S., McDonald, C., Morris, D. W., … Turner, J. A. (2015). Subcortical brain volume abnormalities in 2028 individuals with schizophrenia and 2540 healthy controls via the Enigma consortium. Molecular Psychiatry, 21(4), 547–553. https://doi.org/10.1038/mp.2015.63

Wiles, D. H., McCreadie, R. G., & Whitehead, A. (1990). Pharmacokinetics of haloperidol and fluphenazine decanoates in chronic schizophrenia. Psychopharmacology, 101(2), 274–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf02244140

Wilson, W. H. (2004). A visual guide to expected blood levels of long-acting injectable risperidone in clinical practice. Journal of Psychiatric Practice, 10(6), 393–401. https://doi.org/10.1097/00131746-200411000-00009

Yung, A. R., & Nelson, B. (2011). Young people at ultra high risk for psychosis: Research from the Pace Clinic. Revista Brasileira De Psiquiatria, 33(suppl 2). https://doi.org/10.1590/s1516-44462011000600003

Zivkovic, S., Koh, C. H., Kaza, N., & Jackson, C. A. (2019). Antipsychotic drug use and risk of stroke and myocardial infarction: A systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC Psychiatry, 19(1). https://doi.org/10.1186/s12888-019-2177-5

View Details

J. Alexander Scott M.D., David Puder M.D.

Dr. Puder, Dr. Resnick, and Dr. Scott have no conflicts of interest to report.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by Dr. Philip Resnick and Dr. Alex Scott as we discuss the topic of malingering.

Dr. Resnick is a professor of psychiatry at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland, Ohio. He has provided consultation in many high profile cases including Jeffrey Dahmer, Timothy McVey, Andrea Yates, Scott Petersen, Brian Mitchell (kidnapper of Elizabeth Smart), Theodore Kaczynski (Unabomber) and Casey Anthony. He has written over 215 professional journal articles and book chapters and contributed two chapters to the Clinical Assessment of Malingering and Deception.

Dr. Scott also joins us from Case Western Reserve University where he is currently a fellow in forensic psychiatry.

Overview of Malingering Malingering is the conscious misrepresentation of psychiatric symptoms for a secondary gain (such as hospitalization, obtaining disability benefits, avoiding criminal responsibility, proceedings or sentencing, or avoiding military service). Malingering can be differentiated from the misrepresentation of symptoms in factitious disorders; those with factitious disorders may exaggerate or feign symptoms for conscious or unconscious reasons and may not be seeking a tangible benefit. Malingering can have legal consequences for the deceiver, particularly in military settings.

Psychotic symptoms are commonly malingered via self-report or “acting erratically.” Mental health professionals must have a clear and comprehensive understanding of genuine psychotic illness in order to detect malingering.

Genuine PsychosisPsychosis is a complex state of behavioral and psychiatric symptoms that involves hallucinations, delusions, disorganized or bizarre behavior, and changes in speech and socialization. Psychotic states are most commonly caused by schizophrenia spectrum disorders, mood disorders, intoxication, and neurologic conditions.

HallucinationsThe mere presence of one symptom of psychosis should not cause a to jump to a diagnosis of psychosis. In fact, these symptoms are not rare, with 10-15% of the population experiencing a hallucinatory phenomenon in their lifetime. It doesn’t necessarily mean the person is psychotic, as there are many reasons to have non-psychotic hallucinations. An example is that between 25-35% of women who lose their husbands will see or hear their husband within six months of the death.

While a delusion is pathognomonic of psychosis, hallucinations (perceiving a stimulus that has no external basis outside the brain) are not pathognomonic for psychosis and many non-psychotic people experience hallucinations in settings of chronic stress, intoxication, or other neurologic illnesses. The most common type of hallucinations in psychotic disorders are auditory, although visual and tactile types also occur. Olfactory or gustatory types are not common, but, when present, are usually associated with medical causes or latent onset schizophrenia.

Several factors can point to genuine psychotic hallucinations. In those with chronic non-psychotic auditory hallucinations, the average age of onset is twelve; in contrast, those with psychotic auditory hallucinations develop them later (average age 21). Non-psychotic auditory hallucinations are more often friendly or encouraging in nature, whereas psychotic hallucinations of voices usually have a degrading, hostile, or paranoid quality. Understanding the qualities of both non-psychotic and psychotic hallucinations is paramount when trying to distinguish these from malingering hallucinations.

The content of auditory hallucinations is affected by the patient’s cultural background, personal interests (e.g., a deeply religious person may be more likely to hear religious themes) and internal struggles (such as depression). Gender differences exist as well; in men, psychotic hallucinations may accuse one of having a homosexual orientation, while in women, hallucinations may accuse one of promiscuity or sexual immorality. In other words, the internal concerns come out in accusatory hallucinations.

Patients experiencing genuine psychotic hallucinations present with commonalities such as:

  • Intermittent rather than continuous hallucinations.
  • 66% identify the person speaking
  • 71% of those experiencing could recall the first time they heard the voices
  • 75% of those experiencing could hear both genders
  • 88% could hear both familiar and unfamiliar voices
  • Only 7% are vague or inaudible (usually the voice is clear)
  • Can be both internally and externally perceived by the patient, so this should not be a standard used to determine malingering.

DelusionsIt is uncommon for a person to have psychotic hallucinations without the presence of delusions. Isolated hallucinations without any co-occurrence of delusions (or other symptoms of psychosis) should raise the level of suspicion for alternate explanations, including malingering. Additionally, the presence of multiple, atypical hallucinations should raise suspicion. When suspicion arises, psychological testing can help confirm the potential malingering.

Around 88% of those who experience hallucinations in genuine psychosis also experience delusions (an idiosyncratic fixed false belief that is not accounted for by one’s own culture or religion). Command auditory hallucinations that occur with delusions can be more dangerous (leading to violence or suicide), which Dr. Resnick refers to as a “double distortion of reality.”

Multiple studies have consistently reported that the single greatest risk factor for someone acting on dangerous command hallucinations is concurrent delusion. For example, if a person hears a voice out of the blue that tells them to kill their mother, their moral fiber would cause them to hesitate; but with a concurrent delusion that the mother is an evil wizardess, they are much more likely to act on that command hallucination than without it.

Within a forensic setting, most people operating under delusion would not try to hide their crime.

Detecting MalingeringThe incidence of malingering in medicolegal contexts has been difficult to estimate. Malingering should be suspected in medicolegal contexts and when there are atypical histories of symptoms given by patients. Those who malinger are, by definition, attempting deception and may therefore never “admit” to anyone about having done so after the fact. Malingering frequently co-occurs in those with a history of genuine psychiatric illness; with these patients, separating feigned from genuine symptoms can be challenging. Mere exaggeration of symptoms (e.g., in order to meet a certain clinical disability rating), is even more difficult to detect.

Many symptoms of psychosis can be simulated by trained actors and psychiatrists cannot independently verify one’s experience of hallucinations or delusions. Thus, the more determined and careful the malingering patient presents themselves, the more difficult it will be to identify the phenomenon.

David Rosenhan’s 1973 study involving the use of actor-patients asked to malinger symptoms of mental illness in order to gain psychiatric admission cast doubt on psychiatry’s abilities to distinguish malingered from genuine psychosis. However, the study had several limitations, including the lack of involuntary patients, the difference in length of hospitalizations from 1973 to today (3-4 weeks as compared to 6-8 days today, leading to disproportionate interpretations), and the admittance to state hospitals instead of private hospitals, which have significant differences in and of themselves. Most importantly, Rosenhan has been accused of faking certain data within the study. These factors undermine the study’s effectiveness in determining the diagnostic skills of the psychiatrists.

The apparent rate of potential malingering (not definite malingering) among persons seeking disability or worker’s comp, for example, is anywhere between 8-40%. However, this number is based on tests such as the MMPI, which was developed based on clinical judgments of whether someone was malingering. There is the collective appearance of substantial malingering based on this single test, but the true incidence of malingering currently remains unknown. The MMPI may pick up more of the suspicion of malingering versus actual malingering.

Several psychometric tests are available to support a diagnosis of malingering. The Miller Forensic Assessment of Symptoms Test (M-FAST) is a popular screening tool with good reliability and validity, but should not be used on its own as the sole support for the diagnosis in the courtroom. Formal interview schedules such as the Structured Interview for Reported Symptoms (SIRS) and the Structured Inventory of Malingered Symptomatology (SIMS) are valid and reliable measures that can be used to help certify the diagnosis in legal contexts, and have good sensitivity and specificity even in evaluating those who have been coached on “beating the test.”

Genuine Versus Malingered SuicidalityPotential malingering often occurs in repeat offenders who are looking for something, such as a warm place to stay (i.e., the hospital). People who are trying to gain admittance to a hospital know that threatening suicide is a definite way to secure admittance. Studies on distinguishing malingering suicidality from those who are genuinely suicidal found that there are many commonalities, such as homelessness, depression, and despair. The single differentiating factor was found to be that the malingerer is more often to make a conditional threat, such as, “If I’m not admitted, I’m going to kill myself.” The person who is genuinely suicidal is much less likely make a conditional threat.

Malingered Psychosis Symptom PresentationPositive symptoms (hallucinations, delusions) are more commonly malingered than are negative symptoms (withdrawal, isolation, disorganized thought processes). Those who malinger are more likely to over-exaggerate symptoms to a degree not typically seen in genuine illness (e.g., chronic, constant, and unremitting auditory hallucinations which are perceived as extremely loud). For example, it is not uncommon for someone to have the delusion they are Jesus Christ, but an over-exaggeration of this delusion would be coming to see us dressed in costume.

The malingered history of hallucinations may also include extremely rare or atypical features, such as only hearing voices from one side of the head, being woken from sleep by voices, and being asked discrete factual questions (hearing a voice ask, “When is your mother’s birthday?”). Well-formed, vivid visual hallucinations are not common in genuine psychosis. Malingered hallucinations and delusions are often incongruent with the affect or emotional state demonstrated by the patient.

Additionally, genuine symptoms of psychosis will remit only after weeks or months of treatment, while malingered symptoms may “clear up” after only a few days of treatment with antipsychotic medication.

Signs suggestive of malingering:

  • Absence of active or subtle signs of psychosis
  • Marked inconsistencies, contradictions
  • More likely to volunteer symptoms of their illness
  • Unlikely psychiatric symptoms
  • Contradictory symptoms
  • Overly dramatic symptom presentations
  • Rare symptoms and improbable symptoms

  • Evasiveness or noncooperation in discussing psychotic symptoms

  • Excessively guarded or hesitant
  • Frequently repeated questions
  • Frequently replies “I don’t know” to simple questions or offers evasive answers
  • Hostile, intimidating; seeks to control interview or refuses to participate

  • In a malingering psychotic patient:

  • Derailment, neologisms, loose associations, word salad are rarely simulated.
  • They repeat a sentence back at you without tangential speech.
  • Those with real mental illness may be the most difficult to catch because they know what it feels like to have psychosis; they have been impatient and watched others and they have a history of a diagnosis.

How to Address MalingeringThe diagnosis of malingering should not be made lightly. Best practice is to clearly document incongruencies and build a case over time. Contextual information (i.e., asking how the patient arrived at the evaluation) is important and can alert the clinician to have some degree of suspicion for malingering. Observational evidence, such as nursing documentation, collateral reports from family and friends, and outside medical records are absolutely necessary to obtain. Documentation should reflect exact statements and observations of the patient, rather than clinician summaries. (“Patient reports auditory hallucinations,” or, “Patient exhibits disorganized behavior.”) DSM diagnoses using the Unspecified modifiers should be made, on a temporary basis, in uncertain cases.

Pierre JM. Assessing Malingered Auditory Verbal Hallucinations in Forensic and Clinical Settings. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law. 2019;47(4):448-456.

Resnick PJ. Defrocking the fraud: the detection of malingering. Isr J Psychiatry Relat Sci. 1993;30(2):93-101.

Resnick PJ. The detection of malingered psychosis. Psychiatr Clin North Am. 1999;22(1):159-172.

Matto M, McNiel DE, Binder RL. A Systematic Approach to the Detection of False PTSD. J Am Acad Psychiatry Law. 2019;47(3):325-334.

View Details

Sonia Ann Marie F. Dela Cruz, M.D., Sarah Alam, M.D., Manojna Kintada, D.O., Derek Lanuto, M.D. , David Puder, M.D.

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

The Muscle as an Endocrine OrganExercise is an integral contributor to brain health. Physical activity slows the rate of cognitive decline in healthy people and in people with neurodegenerative disorders throughout their lifespan (Severinsen, 2020). It also has beneficial effects on mood, sleep, appetite, learning, memory, and executive function (Severinsen, 2020). In fact, exercise has been shown to increase hippocampal volume and blood flow, as well as induce neurogenesis in the dentate gyrus and increase synaptic plasticity (Severinsen, 2020).

In attempts to elucidate the pathophysiology behind such positive effects of exercise, an interesting idea that emerged within the past couple of decades was the concept of contracting skeletal muscle behaving as an endocrine organ. Upon contraction, muscles release “myokines” (first termed in 2003), which are cytokines and peptides that mediate communication with other organs such as the brain, adipose tissue, bone, liver, gut, pancreas, vascular bed, skin and muscle itself (Oudbier, 2022). They affect cognition, lipid and glucose metabolism, muscular hypertrophy and bone formation, to name a few systems (see Figure 1). Myokines can be both pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory (Oudbier, 2022). Examples include IL-6, IL-8, IL-15 and brain derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) (Pedersen, 2008). BDNF is a growth factor for the hippocampus that is involved in cell survival, learning and neurogenesis. Muscle contractions lead to the secretion of myokines cathepsin-B and irisin which cross the blood–brain barrier to indirectly increase BDNF (Oudbier, 2022).

Figure 1. Effect of Myokines on Various Body Systems

*Note*. From “Muscle–Organ Crosstalk: The Emerging Roles of Myokines” by M.C.K. Severinsen, 2020, Endocrine reviews, 41(4), 594–609. https://doi.org/10.1210/endrev/bnaa016. Copyright © Endocrine Society 2020.

The “Myokine Concept” states that physical inactivity suppresses the endocrine function of muscle, tilting the balance towards inflammation and increasing the risk of dementia and cognitive impairment (Oudbier, 2022). When muscle atrophy occurs, fast-twitch type II fibers are lost, which leads to a switch to slow-twitch type I fibers, thus triggering a change in myokine secretion and a pro-inflammatory state (Oudbier, 2022). In combination with muscle atrophy, excess adipose tissue drives IL-6 signaling towards “inflamm-aging” and neurodegeneration (Oudbier, 2022). In fact, chronic inflammation has been associated with a two- to three-fold increase in the systemic concentrations of cytokines and is a strong predictor of all-cause mortality and cardiovascular-disease-cause mortality in the elderly (Pedersen, 2008). The recommendation to patients of increasing exercise (i.e., muscle contraction) serves to counteract this phenomenon.

Exercise and DementiaPrevalence of dementia/Cost of dementiaAccording to the World Health Organization, there are more than 10 million new cases of dementia every year, and currently more than 55 million people live with dementia worldwide (World Health, 2022). Dementia has significant economic implications with an estimated total global cost of dementia in the US as 1.3 trillion dollars, and that cost in 2030 is expected to surpass $2.8 trillion (World Health, 2022). These staggering numbers have led to research on potential treatment options for dementia. One potential treatment option for dementia is exercise, which may be explained further by understanding the pathophysiology associated with exercise and dementia along with potential treatment options.

PathophysiologyThe pathophysiology between exercise and dementia is still being studied with different proposed mechanisms. One six-month randomized control study found aerobic activity leading to improved cortical connectivity when compared with controls (Colcombe, 2004). Exercise may lead to improved memory function due to reversing hippocampal volume loss, leading to improvements in spatial memory (Erikson, 2011). Exercise has been proposed to decrease vascular risk factors associated with dementia (Ahlskog, 2011). Studies have shown improved learning capabilities due to activating genes correlated with mitochondrial function and synaptic plasticity (Stranahan, 2010). Greater cerebral white matter integrity has been linked to higher aerobic fitness and lower obesity rate (Marks, 2007). Low skeletal muscle has also been associated with cognitive impairment and dementia in older adults, which may be due to the effects of exercise on systemic inflammation, insulin metabolism, protein metabolism, and mitochondrial function (Oudbier, 2022). Therefore, the pathophysiology behind how exercise is related to dementia is multifactorial and may be related to cortical connectivity, hippocampus volume size, decreased vascular risk factors, improved skeletal muscle mass, and synaptic plasticity.

Exercise as a TreatmentResearch has demonstrated that higher levels of physical activity have been associated with a reduced risk of Alzheimer’s disease (Buchman, 2012). One study found patients with mild to moderate cognitive impairment in randomized controlled trials had better cognitive scores after 6-12 months of exercise when compared with sedentary controls (Ahlskog, 2011). Exercise may also improve a patient’s ability to perform their ADLS. One study with 134 ambulatory patients from five nursing homes with mild to severe dementia found that a 1-hour simple exercise program led to significantly slower decline in ADL scores. Exercise has been found to have better compliance and less side effects when compared to pharmacological interventions, and may be used as a beneficial adjunct to traditional pharmacological methods (Ströhle, 2015).

Additionally, neuropsychiatric symptoms were found to be reduced in patients with mild Alzheimer’s disease when they engaged in a moderate-to-high intensity exercise program (Smith, 2010). Recommendations of the type and amount of physical activity in the older adults was studied and found that it should emphasize muscle-strength activity, reducing sedentary behaviors, and moderate-intensity aerobic activity (Nelson, 2007). These studies suggest exercise being used as a treatment option for dementia. It may be used as a tool by clinicians to mitigate those with high risk factors for dementia, and suggests that exercise may be used as a preventive measure (Rolland 2007).

Inflammation, Mitochondria, Exercise & Mental HealthExercise and its beneficial effects on the body are innumerable. There have been multiple studies that demonstrate the beneficial effects of exercise on both psychological and physical health. However, with age, it becomes more difficult to exercise to the same intensity and frequency. This can occur due to physical limitations, sedentary lifestyles, or amotivation. Furthermore, physical inactivity can contribute to low skeletal mass which may have detrimental effects on our cognition.

What is the link between low skeletal mass and cognition? In the narrative review, Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function, which was published in 2022, it emphasizes four primary pathophysiological mechanisms that may underlie the association between low skeletal mass and how it may contribute to a decline in cognition.

What are the four pathophysiological mechanisms proposed in this narrative review? In the narrative review, Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function, it focuses on four notable pathophysiological mechanisms. These mechanisms include systemic inflammation, protein metabolism, insulin metabolism, and mitochondrial function.

Before exploring these pathophysiological mechanisms on a deeper level, it is essential to understand low skeletal mass and cognitive dysfunction as one ages. During aging, there is a loss in skeletal muscle mass secondary to decrease in the number of muscle fibers and atrophy of the muscle fibers. Furthermore, it is also noted that during aging there is also a loss of skeletal muscle type II fibers prior to type I fibers. Muscle fiber atrophy leads to anabolic resistance, which is defined as suppression of protein synthesis in response to anabolic stimuli. In addition, there is also a decrease in protein synthesis with aging. This has been linked to a decrease in neural plasticity and connectivity between the neurons. Furthermore, as anabolic resistance builds and there is a decrease in protein synthesis, there is also an increase in muscle breakdown or catabolism, which leads to an increase in toxic metabolites such as UPS (ubiquitin-proteasome system) which further exacerbates the negative protein balance seen with advanced age.

How does aging affect cognition? There are many studies that display the plethora of effects of aging on cognition. Aging is the largest risk factor for cognitive decline. Of note, aging can cause cognitive decline due to malfunctioning neuronal networks, loss of synaptic plasticity, and changes in the neuronal structure. On a molecular level, these changes consist of decrease in the number of axons, decrease in the number of dendritic spines, and morphologic changes in the dendrites which can greatly impact neuronal plasticity and neural networks. These microscopic changes can manifest macroscopically, as cognitive decline greatly impacts short- and long-term memory.

As discussed above, in the narrative review, Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function, it focuses on four notable pathophysiological mechanisms. These mechanisms include systemic inflammation, protein metabolism, insulin metabolism, and mitochondrial function.

Systemic Inflammation* Low skeletal muscle mass is associated with low-grade chronic inflammation. * “Immunosenescence” is defined as less potent immune function that results from aging. * Systemic inflammation occurs with aging as there is an increase in pro-inflammatory cytokines. * Furthermore, there is a decrease in myokines which decreases neuroprotective factors such as BDNF. * Therefore, an increase in proinflammatory cytokines in conjunction with a decrease in neuroprotective factors increase the permeability of the blood-brain barrier, making the brain more permeable to toxins. In addition, it decreases central BDNF expression, which decreases neurogenesis. * In conclusion, systemic inflammation results from impaired myokine secretion which may contribute to cognitive decline due to a decrease in neuroprotective factors and an increase in blood brain barrier permeability.

Protein Metabolism* Muscle catabolism exceeds protein synthesis with aging. This leads to a negative protein balance. This can alter the way proteins are folded, packed, maintained, and broken down. * Negative protein balance can contribute to low skeletal muscle mass. In addition, a negative protein balance can also lower protein concentrations in the brain, which may impact cognition. Furthermore, misfolded proteins have been observed in many types of dementia. * Low skeletal mass is also related to upregulation of ubiquitin proteasome system (UPS) which is essential for removing short-lived, damaged, or misfolded proteins. * However, with a negative protein balance, more proteins are being broken down than synthesized. This upregulates the UPS system to clear the damaged proteins. However, when the UPS system becomes overworked, this causes the damaged proteins to accumulate, which can further exacerbate symptoms. * It is important to note that the upregulation of the UPS system in relation to sarcopenia still requires further investigation.

Insulin Metabolism* Skeletal muscle is instrumental in glucose homeostasis. * Low skeletal mass can lead to insulin resistance. * Furthermore, insulin resistance increases with age. * Insulin resistance is an independent risk factor for cognitive decline. * One of the main energy sources for the brain is glucose. When there is an increase in glucose concentration in the peripheral tissue, insulin sensitivity and glucose regulation is negatively impacted. * Glucose and insulin both pass the blood-brain barrier. With insulin resistance and excess glucose in the blood, neurotransmitter expression and synaptic remodeling are greatly affected. Furthermore, excess insulin decreases the number of insulin receptors in the blood-brain barrier and, thus, attenuates insulin transport in the brain. * Prolonged hyperinsulinemia decreases tissue sensitivity to insulin, leading to neurotoxicity. * Neurotoxic effects that result from hyperinsulinemia and insulin resistance include tau phosphorylation, increase in reactive oxygen species and oxidative stress, and toxicity of AB plaques which can exacerbate cognitive decline.

Mitochondrial Function* Skeletal muscle uses ATP generated by mitochondrial oxidative phosphorylation. * Skeletal muscle utilizes oxygen and, as a result, produces reactive oxygen species (ROS). * When there is a buildup of ROS in conjunction with dysfunctional mitochondria, it can damage cells at a molecular level due to the toxic effects of ROS. * With aging, the mitochondrial oxidative phosphorylation capacity decreases. Furthermore, the mitochondrial DNA undergoes more mutations, which results in oxidative tissue damage. When skeletal muscle does not receive adequate ATP due to dysfunctional mitochondria, cellular apoptosis occurs which leads to loss of skeletal muscle. * Cellular apoptosis also triggers pro-inflammatory cytokines and matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) which further induce transcription of inflammatory markers. * An increase in ROS and oxidative damage also contributes to an increase in AB aggregates, which further contributes to mitochondrial dysfunction. * However, further investigation is needed to better understand the link between mitochondrial dysfunction and cognitive decline.

Figure 2

Note: From Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function, by S.J. Oudbier, J. Goh, S.M.L.M. Looijaard, E.M. Reijnierse, E.M. Meskers, C.G.M., and Maier A.B., 2022, The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121.Copyright © The Journals of Gerontology 2022.

**Exercise and its Beneficial Effects on Cognition*** Physical activity has positive effects on cognition.
  • Physical activity has shown to increase synaptic plasticity and cognition.
  • Exercise increases central BDNF expression which is neuroprotective and supports neural networks.
  • Exercise also helps preserve skeletal muscle mass which is essential as one ages.
  • Furthermore, exercise improves mental health by decreasing depression and anxiety levels.
  • Exercise can help form new social networks and stay connected with the community.
  • Exercise can be motivating via goal-setting and helps individuals cultivate discipline, complete challenges, and set new goals.

Cardiorespiratory Fitness and its Relationship to All-Cause Mortality Often when evaluating interventions and treatments in medicine, the ultimate end point to assess is, “But does it affect mortality?” Comparing different treatments in their effect on mortality can drive our protocols and resources. While, intrinsically, often one would expect people in greater physical fitness to have better health outcomes and lower mortality overall, it is just as important to look at the evidence of this potential relationship, and even more so, as it turns out, the question “What is its magnitude?” A retrospective cohort study by Madsanger et al., published in JAMA Network Open in 2018, set out to evaluate the relationship that different levels of cardiorespiratory fitness had with mortality. But first, a quick statistics refresher:

Absolute Risk is the likelihood that an event or outcome will occur in a group.

Relative Risk (RR), also known as Risk Ratio, is the ratio of the incidence of an outcome, developing a disease, or complication in the exposed group to the incidence of the outcome in the unexposed group. When relative risk is equal to 1, there is no association between exposure and disease. When relative risk is less than 1, exposure is associated with decreased disease occurrence. For rare diseases, odds ratio approximates relative risk (Fletcher, 2014).

Relative Risk Reduction (RRR) is the proportion or percentage of risk reduction attributable to the intervention as compared to a control. It is calculated as absolute risk reduction divided by risk of the unexposed group. Absolute risk reduction is the actual difference in risk attributable to the intervention as compared to a control. It is calculated as the risk of the control minus the risk of intervention.

The Odds Ratio (OR) is the measure showing the association of the outcome given a particular exposure compared to the presence of the outcome without the exposure at a given point of time. An OR > 1 means that the odds of the outcome are greater with the exposure group vs the control group. OR < 1 means the odds of the outcome are lesser in the exposure group than control, and OR = 1 means the exposure doesn’t affect the outcome (Szumilas, 2010).

The Hazard ratio (HR) compares the chance of a negative outcome occurring in one group to another over a period of time, such as mortality in a treatment group versus a control group. HR can be calculated by dividing the chance of an outcome occurring in one group versus the chance of the outcome occurring in the other/control. A HR < 1 means that the measured outcome happens less frequently in the first comparison group, a HR > 1 means that the outcome happens more frequently in the first comparison group, and if HR = 1 then the outcome occurs equally in both groups.

In the study by Madsanger et al. 2018 they compared long-term mortality by ANY cause among populations with different levels of cardiorespiratory fitness. Over a median time period of 8.4 years, they grouped the population into low performance, below average, above average, high, and elite. What they found was striking. They found that as fitness levels increased, risk of all-cause mortality decreased, without a limit. The elite group compared to the low fitness group showed a statistically significant HR of 0.2, indicating that over that period of time, the risk of death to ANY cause was 1/5 in the elite performance group compared to the low performance group. Even comparing the below average vs low fitness would have a RR of 0.51.

Compare these results to the relative risks shown by the treatment with statins to controls without statins in Byrne et al. 2022 that were between 0.91 and 0.86. Cardiorespiratory fitness clearly blows it away. Madsanger et al. even adjusted for and compared their results to the hazard ratios of other common health risk factors. Comparing the below average group to above average group had a HR of 1.41, which is comparable to the relative risk of smoking!

*Note. Reproduced from Figure 2C in Mandsager et al. 2018, showing hazard ratios for all-cause mortality adjusted for the most common medical risk factors.

This study is a strong argument for encouraging greater cardiorespiratory fitness in patients, as the results were shown to be dramatic and often more than the risk factors and conditions currently prioritized. The benefits were shown at all levels and therefore whether encouraging a patient to improve from low fitness to below average or an above average performer to strive for high performance, they can significantly improve their health and reduce their risk of mortality.

References (APA format):

Ahlskog, J. E., Geda, Y. E., Graff-Radford, N. R., & Petersen, R. C. (2011). Physical exercise as a preventive or disease-modifying treatment of dementia and brain aging. Mayo Clinic proceedings, 86(9), 876–884. https://doi.org/10.4065/mcp.2011.0252

Buchman, A. S., Boyle, P. A., Yu, L., Shah, R. C., Wilson, R. S., & Bennett, D. A. (2012). Total daily physical activity and the risk of AD and cognitive decline in older adults. Neurology, 78(17), 1323–1329. https://doi.org/10.1212/WNL.0b013e3182535d35

Byrne, P., Demasi, M., Jones, M., Smith, S. M., O'Brien, K. K., & DuBroff, R. (2022). Evaluating the Association Between Low-Density Lipoprotein Cholesterol Reduction and Relative and Absolute Effects of Statin Treatment: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis. JAMA internal medicine, 182(5), 474–481. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamainternmed.2022.0134

Colcombe, S. J., Kramer, A. F., Erickson, K. I., Scalf, P., McAuley, E., Cohen, N. J., Webb, A., Jerome, G. J., Marquez, D. X., & Elavsky, S. (2004). Cardiovascular fitness, cortical plasticity, and aging. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 101(9), 3316–3321. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0400266101

Erickson, K. I., Voss, M. W., Prakash, R. S., Basak, C., Szabo, A., Chaddock, L., Kim, J. S., Heo, S., Alves, H., White, S. M., Wojcicki, T. R., Mailey, E., Vieira, V. J., Martin, S. A., Pence, B. D., Woods, J. A., McAuley, E., & Kramer, A. F. (2011). Exercise training increases size of hippocampus and improves memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 108(7), 3017–3022. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1015950108

Ferri, E., Marzetti, E., Calvani, R., Picca, A., Cesari, M., & Arosio, B. (2020). Role of Age-Related Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Sarcopenia. International journal of molecular sciences, 21(15), 5236. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijms21155236

Fletcher, R.H., Fletcher, S.W., & Fletcher, G.S. (2014). Clinical Epidemiology: The Essentials. Fifth Ed. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

Gholamnejad, Z., Boskabady, M. H., & Jahangiri, Z. (2020). Exercise and Dementia. Advances in experimental medicine and biology, 1228, 303–315. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-1792-1_20

Irwig L, Irwig J, Trevena L, et al. Smart Health Choices: Making Sense of Health Advice. London: Hammersmith Press; 2008. Chapter 18, Relative risk, relative and absolute risk reduction, number needed to treat and confidence intervals. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK63647/

Mandsager, K., Harb, S., Cremer, P., Phelan, D., Nissen, S. E., & Jaber, W. (2018). Association of Cardiorespiratory Fitness With Long-term Mortality Among Adults Undergoing Exercise Treadmill Testing. JAMA network open, 1(6), e183605. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2018.3605

Marks, B. L., Katz, L. M., Styner, M., & Smith, J. K. (2011). Aerobic fitness and obesity: relationship to cerebral white matter integrity in the brain of active and sedentary older adults. British journal of sports medicine, 45(15), 1208–1215. https://doi.org/10.1136/bjsm.2009.068114

Meng, Q., Lin, M. S., & Tzeng, I. S. (2020). Relationship Between Exercise and Alzheimer's Disease: A Narrative Literature Review. Frontiers in neuroscience, 14, 131. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2020.00131

Murman D. L. (2015). The Impact of Age on Cognition. Seminars in hearing, 36(3), 111–121. https://doi.org/10.1055/s-0035-1555115

Nelson, M. E., Rejeski, W. J., Blair, S. N., Duncan, P. W., Judge, J. O., King, A. C., Macera, C. A., & Castaneda-Sceppa, C. (2007). Physical activity and public health in older adults: recommendation from the American College of Sports Medicine and the American Heart Association. Medicine and science in sports and exercise, 39(8), 1435–1445. https://doi.org/10.1249/mss.0b013e3180616aa2

Oudbier, S. J., Goh, J., Looijaard, S. M. L. M., Reijnierse, E. M., Meskers, C. G. M., & Maier, A. B. (2022). Pathophysiological Mechanisms Explaining the Association Between Low Skeletal Muscle Mass and Cognitive Function. The journals of gerontology. Series A, Biological sciences and medical sciences, 77(10), 1959–1968. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glac121

Pedersen, B. K., & Febbraio, M. A. (2008). Muscle as an endocrine organ: focus on muscle-derived interleukin-6. Physiological reviews, 88(4), 1379–1406. https://doi.org/10.1152/physrev.90100.2007

Peterson, C. M., Johannsen, D. L., & Ravussin, E. (2012). Skeletal muscle mitochondria and aging: a review. Journal of aging research, 2012, 194821. https://doi.org/10.1155/2012/194821

Picca, A., Calvani, R., Bossola, M., Allocca, E., Menghi, A., Pesce, V., Lezza, A. M. S., Bernabei, R., Landi, F., & Marzetti, E. (2018). Update on mitochondria and muscle aging: all wrong roads lead to sarcopenia. Biological chemistry, 399(5), 421–436. https://doi.org/10.1515/hsz-2017-0331

Rolland, Y., Pillard, F., Klapouszczak, A., Reynish, E., Thomas, D., Andrieu, S., Rivière, D., & Vellas, B. (2007). Exercise program for nursing home residents with Alzheimer's disease: a 1-year randomized, controlled trial. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 55(2), 158–165. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1532-5415.2007.01035.x

Severinsen, M. C. K., & Pedersen, B. K. (2020). Muscle-Organ Crosstalk: The Emerging Roles of Myokines. Endocrine reviews, 41(4), 594–609. https://doi.org/10.1210/endrev/bnaa016

Stranahan, A. M., Lee, K., Becker, K. G., Zhang, Y., Maudsley, S., Martin, B., Cutler, R. G., & Mattson, M. P. (2010). Hippocampal gene expression patterns underlying the enhancement of memory by running in aged mice. Neurobiology of aging, 31(11), 1937–1949. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2008.10.016

Smith, P. J., Blumenthal, J. A., Hoffman, B. M., Cooper, H., Strauman, T. A., Welsh-Bohmer, K., Browndyke, J. N., & Sherwood, A. (2010). Aerobic exercise and neurocognitive performance: a meta-analytic review of randomized controlled trials. Psychosomatic medicine, 72(3), 239–252. https://doi.org/10.1097/PSY.0b013e3181d14633

Ströhle, A., Schmidt, D. K., Schultz, F., Fricke, N., Staden, T., Hellweg, R., Priller, J., Rapp, M. A., & Rieckmann, N. (2015). Drug and Exercise Treatment of Alzheimer Disease and Mild Cognitive Impairment: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Effects on Cognition in Randomized Controlled Trials. The American journal of geriatric psychiatry : official journal of the American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry, 23(12), 1234–1249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jagp.2015.07.007

Szumilas M. (2010). Explaining odds ratios. Journal of the Canadian Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry = Journal de l'Académie canadienne de psychiatrie de l'enfant et de l'adolescent, 19(3), 227–229.

Wang, S., Liu, H. Y., Cheng, Y. C., & Su, C. H. (2021). Exercise Dosage in Reducing the Risk of Dementia Development: Mode, Duration, and Intensity-A Narrative Review. International journal of environmental research and public health, 18(24), 13331. https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph182413331

World Health Organization. (2022, September 20). Dementia. World Health Organization.

Retrieved December 2022, from https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/dementia

Wu, H., Jang, J., Dridi, S., Ferrando, A. A., Wolfe, R. R., Kim, I. Y., & Baum, J. I. (2020). Net protein balance correlates with expression of autophagy, mitochondrial biogenesis, and fat metabolism-related genes in skeletal muscle from older adults. Physiological reports, 8(19), e14575. https://doi.org/10.14814/phy2.14575

View Details

David Puder, M.D.

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

This is the Psychiatry & Psychotherapy Podcast. Here we value evidence-based, creative solutions, empathy and connection, and empowering the next generation of mental health professionals. My hope is that this podcast will increase your love and expertise of the heartful real relationships we are honored to have in our journey.

Listening as a therapist or psychiatrist increases connection. It focuses on attachment, the interpersonal emotion, and looks for what is strong and adaptive. With increased connection comes the ability to better tell our story. The shame, self-guilt, self-disgust, and fear of not being enough or being found out melts as we listen for the adaptive reasons behind thoughts and actions. When someone feels connection in the midst of their most distressing memories and thoughts, they will feel less alone, less isolated, and less like they are on a cold island.

I imagine a cold island of a memory in the mind, floating around, with a person trying to stay as warm as possible. This memory might have been traumatic, or just a lack of attunement. As we listen, and are invited in, there are things that keep us from exploring what is there. Fear, shame, self-hatred, all sorts of defenses, conscious and unconscious, kick in to protect this place (and for adaptive reasons). In this episode, I will share some of the techniques, in the most practical way I can describe them; and, with as few theoretical abstractions as possible. This is the beginning of a series on psychodynamic therapy, which is one of the most evidence-based psychotherapies for most mental disorders including anxiety, depression, and personality disorders, like BPD. My approach will focus on components that work across psychotherapy modalities, sometimes called common factors.

We all want to feel heard and understood. As mental health providers, we can grow in this ability to give this gift to others. Maybe one of the biggest struggles anyone faces is to not feel heard and understood enough. Good listening is a gift, something unusual. Some patients I have seen have never really felt listened to. If you have provided therapy for years, or participated in therapy for years, you might know what this means. Being heard, being truly understood, or understood more fully, is a yearning that I hope this episode gives you. If some of the concepts are new for you, I recommend listening to this episode several times; and even discussing the novel components with other professionals. Listening in this way will take everything you have. Although we value it, and love doing it, it will bring you into contact with emotions and fatigue which will stretch you in new ways. You will yourself need someone to give you this gift as well. With that, let's get into the episode.

On Listening: An Active Process* Let the patient be the authority on their life... and you be the student… * Aristotle said hearing contributes most to the growth of intelligence and hearing is crucial for receiving communication (Jackson, 1992; "On the Soul"). * "Listening in a professional capacity is a disciplined, meditative, and emotionally receptive activity in which the therapist's needs for self-expression and self acknowledgment are subordinated to the psychological needs of the client." (McWilliams, 2004 p 133)

+ This means that we are listening in a way that is rare in this day and age.
+ Not listening for your own needs, but primarily for the clients’ needs and subordinating your own which is a meditative task.
  • "Most of the ways that therapists talk during the clinical hour are intended to demonstrate that they are listening." (McWilliams, 2004 p 134)

    • I would say, the majority of my talk is to show that I have been listening. And not just listening in the here and now moment of the client, but listening across sessions and showing deeper levels of empathy that are experienced as pleasurable.
    • Listen to their moment to moment change in emotions

    • Try to enter a bit into their feeling, be present with them, mirror the emotion, use their own words, ask them to find their own words.

    • If you do not understand why they are sad, then stay with it, ask them more questions. Have them deepen your understanding of it. Once they feel that you truly understand, their affect will change. When people feel heard, deeply understood, it is pleasurable.
    • If you do therapy right, it allows a patient to explore themselves: "The appropriateness of any intervention or therapeutic stance should be judged by the criterion of whether it increases the patient's ability to confide, to explore more and more painful self-states, and to expand access to more intense and more discriminated emotional experience– in other words, to elaborate the self." (McWilliams, 2004 p 135)

    • If you are doing therapy right, it allows a patient to continue to explore. It is not that they are continuing to explore things that they know they want to share, but things that they did not even have access to until you listened in a way that reduced shame and fear and therefore that allowed them to elaborate the self and to talk about themselves in deeper ways.Shame- patient looks down

    • It is hard to express in an audio monologue what I might say because it is intuitive and it is real. It is a real relationship. But the gist is that I say something like:

      • “It is understandable that this is really hard to talk about.”
      • “You are entitled to have a difficult time talking about this.”
      • “I can understand why talking about this must be difficult.”
      • “Perhaps as you talk about this you feel uncomfortable.”

        • Try to find the adaptive function:
      • “I hear switching to a new doctor is hard. I think that is a common experience. I think it is adaptive to be hesitant at first in what you share. We are just getting acquainted and it’s early in our working together"

        • Be aware and very cautious when asking "why" questions, you are likely going to arouse the same defensive emotional reactions that occurred when the patient, as a child, was asked "Why did you do that?". At times, "Why" can communicate disapproval. For example, you ask, "Why do you feel that?" And they say, "I DON'T KNOW! Aren't you the doctor?!" Many experts suggest never asking “Why?”Anger/Frustration:
        • “Would you say, as you mentioned this, that you feel frustrated?”
        • Find the adaptive function: “your anger here seemed to have the goal to protect you and your family” “your anger likely kept you alive!"
      • People feel guilt about being angry. Guilt is the turning of anger on oneself.
      • With anger, listen for the goal that existed before the anger came up. Anger is the energy to overcome the obstacle. Anger is adaptive. Life saving.
      • We hear thousands of comments like “don’t be angry”, that might be deeply present keeping us from consciously experiencing anger. This is why shame often surrounds anger.
    • If you are someone who has a high amount of shame surrounding anger you may score very low in the N2 Anger/Hostility subdomain of neuroticism. Whereas, you may score average or above average in everything else in the neuroticism domain. You could also be high-trait agreeable. It is hard to differentiate yourself from others or harder to get in touch with your desires/emotions. A lot of patients come in without much access to a conscious understanding of anger.

    • They may feel anger towards you. That is also good. But hard to express.
    • Anger often seeks to control. And when the anger is not pointed at overcoming the obstacle, listen to where it is pointing.

    • Reaction formation: defense where the impulse is pointed in the opposite direction. For example instead of being angry towards your partner you do something good for them. The defense is adaptive and helpful, and should not be shamed and pointed out in a way that would make the person feel worse for having it!

      • Having compassion for the defense itself is important and seeing the defense as adaptive and the role of the defense. It can be adaptive to have anger. Not feeling upset about them having those defenses is very important.Sadness
        • Sadness is often associated with the loss of something. This could be the loss of a loved one, an ideal, a dream/aspiration. Let us say there was a goal someone had and the anger was no longer able to move them past the obstacle towards the goal. So, they would need to grieve the loss of this thing. Grieve the loss of the ideal family that they desired to create or grieve the loss of finding that perfect partner. There are a lot of different types of grief that could come up. I am not trying to put on someone else what isn’t there. I am observing what is there; I am allowing the patient to teach me and help me understand on a deeper level what is going on.

“Perhaps you are feeling sad as you say this?”

  • Find the adaptive function: “it makes sense that you feel sad here, I think crying and feeling sad shows how much you valued your dad and therefore the loss hurts that much more."
  • When we cannot overcome the obstacle, we often need to grieve the loss of the goal we desired.

Disgust

“I am wondering if you feel disgusted or revulsion here?”

“I hear you feel disgusted…”

Find the adaptive function: “Feeling disgusted by how your sisters turned on you and cast you out of the family makes sense; it sickens you to see the level of their resentment and bitterness."

  • If the person feels a revulsion (which is another word I like to use for disgust) towards something, could that something be poison in their mind or in their body? People will feel disgust towards different things and that can be important to listen to.

Fear

“I hear a deep concern or perhaps fear regarding this”

“Might there be a deep concern or perhaps fear regarding this?”

Find the adaptive function: “After your traumatic event, it makes sense that you would no longer want to put yourself in that situation, so it sounds like you are trying to protect yourself."

  • How is it helping/protecting them? Sometimes when the fear response is really intense they may dissociate, get lightheaded, and disconnect and that could also be adaptive. Maybe it is not adaptive in the moment that it happens, but historically, it may have been adaptive.
  • Maybe they are feeling fear when they describe anxiety. Or it could be excitement, but they call it anxiety/fear.
  • As we listen to someone who says they have “anxiety” this might actually be excitement.

Pain + When you see pain, it is a visceral manifestation of emotional content. This is usually in the context that I am seeing it. It is very helpful to be present with someone in the midst of pain. When my kids get hurt, I think about how I can be present with them. Hold them and give them words to help describe the feeling. Moving to help them is powerful.Listen for resistance - focus on resistance over content of what they are avoiding talking about + I do not know that I like the word ‘resistance’ . It is the classical psychodynamic word. They might define resistance as anything that is moving you away from moving forward in life. Or anything that is moving you away from discussing certain content. Instead of seeing resistance as a negative thing I like to see that it is helpful to talk about and focus on resistance over the content of what they’re resisting talking about. So, for example, they may feel something that is inside of them, if they were to speak it out loud, would cause you to think less of them and they would have incredible shame. So they feel resistance in sharing it. I find it so much more helpful to talk about the difficulty of talking about things and how they might perceive me in hearing the content of what they are about to say and then to empathize with the distress of that. When that happens the patient can feel okay with having apprehension about talking about something, they can see that you are working together, and they are not alone in the midst of the difficulty of talking about something. It is hard to feel shame and togetherness at the same time. Togetherness reduces shame. It is hard to feel lonely and connected at the same time. So, if we are connecting, the patient will feel less lonely and less shame in the here-and-now of the therapeutic moment. That is really hard to get in self-help books or poor therapy. Another person present with you in a way that is togetherness, close, listening… for you. Often these patients have felt so much judgment, that sharing anything critical towards you or things they consider shameful, the intensity of their fear of judgment from you is so much further than anything you would possibly think about. You learn that patients are so much more like yourself than you ever realized. As I am listening, I want to hear them talk about it. They may imagine that I think critically of them, but what I am really trying to do is understand holistically,the completeness of their life in a way that is not condemning or judgemental. It is the opposite. I am trying to see how they are doing the best that they can, given the circumstances that they have experienced. There is a lot of courage and bravery in all of my patients. What I am trying to say is that I am not just saying things for the sake of saying them. I would never want to say something that I do not believe. I am trying to be as honest to my own internal experience as possible. This is where you have to do your own work. Because, if you are getting triggered, then it is 100% necessary to work through the things that are triggering factors for you. * Observe that defenses (sublimation, reaction formation, intellectualization), although they reduce anxiety, may misrepresent reality.

Listen to and notice recurrent themes and patterns + Point out common patterns you hear + Eg.: If everytime you say something to the patient, he says "No, that's not it," thank them for correcting what you misunderstood. Maybe empathize with the difficulty of their experience of you not getting it right; of you not understanding them perfectly.Listening to Developmental Themes: + Before verbal language comes, connection is non-verbal; right brain to right brain nonverbal attunement.

    - Emotional attunement.


        * It is moving attunement. There are movements we do together. If you think about kids before they are verbal there is a lot that can be communicated in a nonverbal way. I think it is unfortunate that some adults think that you do not start connecting with a child until after they can talk. You can really mirror and connect in a nonverbal way; and most importantly, kids *want* to!
  • Assume an attitude of "reverie", like a good maternal object, receiving toxic stuff from patients and then giving it back to them in a detoxified form (Wilfred Bion)
  • Create a "holding" place for patients in which patients have a transitional or play space (Donald Winnicott)

    • A nonverbal attachment emotional response is often very black and white. It is a very strong anger when it comes out. It sounds different. It is best to attune without getting into your left brain. Example: It is very distressing to think I never loved you. It is very distressing to think that I am being critical of you. That is the medicine for the attachment distress.Listen to The Patient’s Idiosyncratic Meaning:
    • “It is as though he listened and such listening as his enfolds us in a silence in which at last we begin to hear what we are meant to be.” - Lao-Tzu

      • The listening brings forth the self. The child is pretty far from their emotional desire and as you attune to the emotion the child becomes more able to see the emotion or desire in themselves. They feel less shame around emotion or desire. They feel it more freely; and feel it when you are not around. They feel it more consciously in a way that is not distressing, which really helps the self come forward.

        • Everything that is said has meaning. Nothing is trivial. Sequences are connected and thoughts and feelings are connected.
      • Imagine approaching someone with the mindset that what they say has meaning. Inevitably they will feel meaningful. They will feel that their thoughts are important and are there for a good reason.

        • Omissions (what is not said) in the patient's stories and memories are importantListen to the patient’s interpersonal relationships
        • How was their relationship with their primary caregivers growing up? Their relationships with friends? Their relationships with past therapists? Their relationship with coworkers or bosses? How do they attach? Feel connected? What happens in the lapses of attachment? What happens in the midst of intimacy?
      • So much of life is connection. So much of life is interpersonal intimacy. So much of the success of the work you do together will be on the meaningfulness of future relationships or the ability to connect with more people in a more meaningful way. I have seen this in some of the patients I have had for long term therapy. They have richer friendships and relationships.

      • Consider, the nature of abuse is to isolate and to make the victim fully immersed fully in the singular relationship with the abuser; and to create a space where all of the psychological needs of the abuser are met while none of the victim’s needs are met. The abuser becomes the sole source of attachment and that allows for the abusive control. Abusers isolate.
      • So, imagine the opposite of that. That the patient may have more fruitful and meaningful relationships with a multiplicity of people. These new relationships and new connections can be celebrated.
      • If a patient enters into an abusive relationship. Often, the abuser will work to split me and the patient because the abuser wants to be the only one connecting with them. They will work to tear the patient away from the family and isolate them. Until you are aware of that abusive dynamic it is harder to stop it.
      • Also, listen to the interpersonal relationship they have with us. It is important because as you build trust and connection, and take away loneliness when talking about the past, that trust and loneliness for those traumas will be experienced differently. Imagine bringing about a memory and inserting a loving person. Schema therapy does that directly. It happens differently in different therapies. I think what is important, is that you have trust and connection while they are talking about the memory. And if the memory causes a trauma, dissociation, and/or shame they will often in the midst of the memory have challenges in the interpersonal experience with you and with the sharing of the trauma. This is really where the work of therapy is very unique; and a more dynamic focus would be the ability to talk about the transference in a way that decreases shame/anxiety.Listen to what is going on in the therapy relationship

        • Dr. John Tarr (my long term mentor): "I participate, I respond, I react to my patient and his or her verbal and non-verbal communications. At the same time, I observe what's going on, what the patient is saying and what he or she is not saying--evidences of anxiety. I become aware of what I am feeling and thinking, and where, if anywhere, the interchanges are going. I am participating and observing and wondering how best to formulate to the particular patient what I observe."
        • Listen in a way that notes what the patient is trying to say about your relationship
        • Patient: "I feel lonely even when I am with people." Doctor: "Do you feel lonely here with me now?" Patient: "No, I feel you understand me somewhat." Doctor: "I want to know if there are any times where you feel more lonely in our sessions. It will be valuable to help me understand what is going on between us."
      • I would also be thinking about the phrase “somewhat.” What would make the interaction feel more comprehensive? Where are the gaps between what has been said and where they are not being felt and understood.

        • "My work, during this arduous first year, consisted of containing my own distress sufficiently that I could provide an environment in which Ruth could continue to tell her story." (McWilliams, 2004 p134-5)
      • We may have patients where we become distressed to some degree by hearing their story. We often listen to very troubling content. So, managing your own distress efficiently could be the main task of the work together. I would say getting some good supervision and therapy of your own goes a long way to help you do that.

      • If you can think about the therapy relationship as essential to the goals of the treatment you will be able to weather through the storms of the ups and downs of a person's life for longer term work. I do not know how to teach that to you without you experiencing it firsthand.For many of these things you have to experience and process with a trusted mentor or coach. If you are experiencing distress, reach out to a colleague if you do not have a supervisor or therapist. Process through the distress.
        • "Are you feeling comfortable talking with me? Is there any way I could make it any easier for you to be frank and open?" (McWilliams, 2004 p 137)Listen to the exploration of fantasy life and dreams
        • In Psychodynamic theory we value fantasy and dreams because they give a glimpse into the unconscious. They give us a glimpse into what is going on at a deeper level. We want to pay attention to the details and emotion. The way they tell the dream or tell the fantasy. The emotions they feel in the here and now about telling the dream. We want to focus on decreasing any shame they feel about telling you the fantasy or dream. We want to focus on helping the patient free-associate the dream or fantasy when a particular image or something comes up. What does that mean? Or what else comes to their mind as they think about that?
        • Listen to the content of the dream (both details and emotions), the way they tell the dream, and the emotion they feel in the here and now about telling the dream.
        • Focus on decreasing any shame they might feel in telling you about fantasies or dreams.
        • Focus on helping the patient free-associate particular portions of the dream/fantasy.
        • If they have positive feelings towards you this may also be distressing. It can be helpful to explore those feelings with words as well. Positive transference is part of what makes good therapy work, but other times it is distressing or overwhelming.

Further reading:

McWilliams, N. (2004). Psychoanalytic psychotherapy: A practitioner's guide. Guilford Press.

View Details

Bobby Kelly, David Puder M.D.

Christopher Palmer, M.D., David Puder M.D. have no conflicts of interest to report.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Chris Palmer, a psychiatrist, researcher, and expert in using the keto diet as a medical treatment for some treatment-resistant patients. Dr. Palmer is currently the director of the Department of Postgraduate and Continuing Education at McLean Hospital and is an assistant professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. He also runs his private practice specializing in treatment-resistant mental health patients.

In his upcoming book, Brain Energy, Dr. Palmer theorizes that there is a direct connection between metabolic health and mental health. In short, he believes there is sufficient evidence to support that all mental health disorders stem from metabolic disorders in the brain. He asserts that understanding mitochondrial function and health at a cellular level will fundamentally change how we interpret and treat patients with psychiatric conditions and result in more effective treatment plans.

The Connection OriginsWe have long understood that metabolic dysfunction and mental illness have some degree of relationship. As early as the 1800s, it was known that those suffering from psychiatric conditions were significantly more likely to develop diabetes (and vice versa); it was observed that these two disorders ran in the same families. (At the time, psychiatric conditions were generically labeled as insanity and would now fall under diagnoses such as bipolar disorder, psychotic depression, or schizophrenia.)

The connection between these two systems was made before medicines existed to treat these conditions. Some believe that diabetes and obesity, along with other conditions, are side effects of modern-day medications, and certainly they may add to the proclivity, but these connections were well-known before the introduction of medications.

A Growing Body of ResearchIn the 1940s, the basic research evidence of the metabolic-mental health connection began accumulating. Studies researched the differences in lactate levels in people with bipolar disorders and chronic depression, finding that levels were elevated in these populations.

By the 1990s, the body of research had grown enormously. Neuroimaging studies employed a variety of imaging techniques such as CT scans, fMRI, PET scans, etc. Dr. Palmer points out that the core of each of these imaging techniques is measuring brain metabolism.

By 2000, researchers and neuroscientists began to focus on formulating data based on the earlier research, further concluding there is significant evidence that mental illness can be attributed to metabolic defects in neurons.

The root of any metabolic problem is at the mitochondrial level because they control metabolism. As a result, research began on the mitochondrial level of metabolic function. Research on these metabolic defects has led to what Dr. Palmer refers to as the “mitochondrial theory of mental disorders,” including autism, bipolar, schizophrenia, depression and other disorders.

The Metabolic-Mental Health Connection TheoryDr. Palmer argues that the theory of metabolic dysfunction being a causal root for mental illness unites the biological, psychological, and social theories between mental and physical health. He points out that there is significant overlap between what we believe can cause mental illness and what can cause mitochondrial dysfunction, such as vitamin deficiencies, trauma, genetics, epigenetics, adverse childhood events, poor sleep schedule, diet, etc.

Based on his research, treatment should always be approached from a metabolic perspective no matter the trauma or diagnosis. Every intersection of factors that lead to metabolic dysfunction (trauma, vitamin deficiency, hormonal dysfunction, etc.) meet at a mitochondrial level and should be treated with metabolically-related methods (diet, exercise, sleep, eliminating toxic substance abuse, etc.).

Dr. Palmer believes that if mental health professionals conceptualize mental illness at the cellular level, treatment will become more practical and less ambiguous. Therefore, this theory suggests the need for a paradigm shift in the understanding of mental illness, and, more importantly, how professionals go about treating it. Dr. Palmer states, “We can develop much more effective and lasting treatments if we target mitochondria and metabolism as opposed to shooting in the dark, trying one pill after another and seeing if anything works.”

Dr. Palmer makes clear that the theory of metabolic/mitochondrial dysfunction does not replace other effectively-known treatments. It exists to better our understanding of the causes of mental illness and provide additional treatment methods to help restore long-term health.

How Does Psychotherapy Fit Into a Metabolically-Minded Treatment Plan?The role of psychotherapy depends on how we are using it and what the intervention is. Psychotherapy is well known to improve metabolic dysfunction and mental illness. Dr. Palmer argues that cognitive psychotherapy may work effectively by reducing stress and, therefore, alleviating metabolic dysfunction and improving mitochondrial function leading to improved mental health. In terms of behavioral therapy, Dr. Palmer suggests that the modification or reduction of certain behaviors can also improve metabolic function.

Examples of Metabolic InterventionsExercise There is a strong link between improving muscular metabolic and mitochondrial function and improved brain mitochondrial and metabolic function. The evidence in both human and animal studies is robust.

Exercise is known to improve brain health and, when taken down to the cellular level, that means increased BDNF (brain-derived neurotrophic factor). BDNF increases mitochondria count and health which leads to higher plasticity and more neurogenesis. Consequently, the brain can grow and thrive and adapt, leading to a decrease in mental health disorders, even neurodegenerative disorders. It all comes down to mitochondrial function and health, which exercise is known to improve.

But exercise isn’t a stand-alone treatment. Treatment plans are multifaceted. However, understanding this cellular-level impact provides insight that is helpful in developing more effective treatment plans.

The Ketogenic DietWhat is it? The ketogenic diet is a low-carbohydrate, high-protein, high-fat diet with the ultimate goal of putting the body in a state of ketosis (when your body begins to burn fat instead of glycogen and produces ketones for energy).

What does it do in the body?The ketogenic diet causes changes in many systems of the body. In the brain, the ketogenic diet influences multiple neurotransmitter systems such as GABA, glutamate, and ATP. It also assists in regulating calcium channels and decreasing inflammation. The ketogenic diet changes the gut biome and improves insulin signaling to the brain, as well. Dr. Palmer believes the ketogenic diet's two most important impacts (in regards to the metabolic theory) are that it improves mitophagy and mitochondrial biogenesis. There is evidence that shows the ketogenic diet improves mitochondrial count and more importantly, mitochondrial health.

Keto and Mental Health The ketogenic diet has been prescribed for treatment-resistant epilepsy for over 100 years. Both human and animal models provide significant evidence that the ketogenic diet is an effective treatment for various psychiatric conditions, the effectiveness being attributed to the improvement of metabolic and mitochondrial dysfunction.

One of the key advantages of the ketogenic diet as a treatment, as compared to other diet regimens, is that it can be objectively measured via blood ketone levels.

What is the evidence?There is emerging research on the ketogenic diet as a treatment for mental illness and there will be much more to come. The Baszucki Brain Research Fund has invested over 60 million dollars towards research on the ketogenic diet and mental illness.

Some examples and summaries of Dr. Palmer's work on the ketogenic diet are listed below.

  • Sarnyai, Z., C.M. Palmer. Ketogenic Therapy in Serious Mental Illness: Emerging Evidence. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology. 2020; 23(7), 434–439, https://doi.org/10.1093/ijnp/pyaa036.
  • This is a meta-analysis of studies regarding the variety of ways in which the ketogenic diet has marked implications for the treatment of mental illness and schizophrenia. A few key takeaways are:
  • Pharmacological inhibition of NMDA-type glutamate receptors in rodents results in the expression of typical schizophrenic behaviors (hyperactivity, stereotyped behaviors, decreased sociabilities, and working memory deficits). A ketogenic diet was introduced over the course of 3 weeks. Ketosis was measured by observing elevated beta-hydroxybutyrate levels, decreased glucose levels, and weight loss. Rodents who received the ketogenic diet intervention displayed significant decreases in schizophrenia-like abnormal behaviors (Kraeuter et al., 2015) (Sarnyai, Z., 2015).
  • Impaired P50 gating is one biological marker of schizophrenia in animal and human models. DBA/2 mice exhibit schizophrenia-like symptoms. Hippocampal P20/N40 gating in DBA/2 mice is a translational endophenotype that manifests similarly to impaired P50 sensory gating in people who suffer from schizophrenia. Following a ketogenic diet, animals with the highest blood ketone levels showed the lowest P20/N40 gating ratios, which implies that the ketogenic diet may alleviate impaired sensory gating (Tregelles et al., 2015).
  • The ketogenic diet has been studied for its antipsychotic effects for over 50 years. In clinical settings, there have been some recorded cases of patients with treatment-resistant schizophrenia/schizoaffective disorder reporting alleviation, and in some cases remission of symptoms after beginning a ketogenic diet. The paper analyzes multiple studies and cases in which this has occurred.

Palmer, C.M., J. Gilbert-Jaramillo, E.C. Westman. “The Ketogenic Diet and Remission of Psychotic Symptoms in Schizophrenia: Two Case Studies.” Schizophrenia Research. 2019 June; 208: 439-440, ISSN 0920-9964. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.schres.2019.03.019

  • An 82-year-old woman suffered from treatment-resistant schizophrenia for 65 years. This patient was prescribed 15 different mood stabilizing and antipsychotic medications throughout her treatment. In 2008, she was taking six medications when she began a ketogenic diet in order to lose weight (she weighed 330 pounds). Within two weeks of beginning her ketogenic diet, she reported marked decreases in schizophrenia symptoms and (by her own volition) stopped taking her medication. Her hallucinations, paranoia, and suicidal thoughts were completely remitted and she lost 150 pounds. She is now able to live an independent life, with no legal guardian, for the first time in her life.
  • A 39-year-old woman had a history of depression, anxiety, and paranoia. When she finally told her healthcare provider about her hallucinations, she was diagnosed with schizophrenia. Over the course of her treatment, she was prescribed 14 different mood-stabilizing/antipsychotic medications. She began the ketogenic diet in 2013 after reporting a series of gastrointestinal issues. Shortly after, she stopped taking all 14 medications and became severely psychotic, resulting in hospitalization. After her hospitalization, she was prescribed haldol-decanoate (a medication she had already tried) and continued her ketogenic diet. In the following months, she tapered off of haldol-decanoate and she experienced full remission from her psychotic symptoms for the first time since 1993.
  • Norwitz, N., G.A. Dalai, S. Sethi; C. Palmer. “Ketogenic diet as a metabolic treatment for mental illness.” Current Opinion in Endocrinology & Diabetes and Obesity: 2020 Oct: 27(5): 269-274. doi: 10.1097/MED.0000000000000564
  • This is a literature review. The researchers propose that schizophrenia, depression, bipolar disorder, and binge eating disorder all share mechanistic pathologies. Examples are glucose hypometabolism, neurotransmitter imbalances, oxidative stress, and inflammation. The ketogenic diet may be an effective treatment for these 4 diseases and their symptoms thereof.
  • Campbell, I., & H. Campbell. “Mechanisms of insulin resistance, mitochondrial dysfunction and the action of the ketogenic diet in bipolar disorder. Focus on the PI3K/AKT/HIF1a pathway.” Medical Hypotheses. 2020 Dec; 145:110299. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mehy.2020.110299
  • Campbell and colleagues discuss possible mechanisms by which the pathogenesis of bipolar disorder may take place. The researchers note that glucose metabolism and mitochondrial dysfunction are key diathesis for bipolar disorder. Further, many individuals who suffer from bipolar disorder are insulin resistant. The researchers propose that hyperinsulinemia resistance triggers mitochondrial dysfunction through a complex insulin-signaling pathway, and a ketogenic diet acts directly on these pathways to alleviate mitochondrial dysfunction.
  • Danan, A., E.C. Westman, L.R. Saslow, & G. Ede. “The Ketogenic Diet for Refractory Mental Illness: a Retrospective Analysis of 31 Inpatients. Frontiers in psychiatry. 2022 Jul; 13:951376. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyt.2022.951376
  • This study was done retrospectively on 31 inpatients suffering from MDD, bipolar disorder, and schizoaffective disorder. Participants were put on a strict ketogenic diet, limited to 20 grams of carbohydrates per day. Mean scores and standard deviations for all three diagnoses improved after 14 days, with the most marked improvement for those with schizoaffective disorder. This study provides some evidence that the ketogenic diet is a viable treatment for psychiatric disorders. However, more controlled studies in which researchers ensure ketosis is taking place and diets are more individualized are needed in the future.

What are the risks?The ketogenic diet causes major shifts in fluid and electrolyte levels in the body. In the early stages before ketosis is achieved, the body burns a lot of glycogen which can lead to muscular dehydration. This also causes the loss of electrolytes. Dr. Palmer advises that, for this reason, those on the ketogenic diet should use more light salt (half sodium, half potassium chloride).

There are other options in terms of supplements as well, but Dr. Palmer continuously stresses the importance of following the instructions of dieticians who specialize in the ketogenic diet. He also warns about the importance of monitoring L-carnitine and selenium levels. L-carnitine aids in moving fat into the cell, and if levels are low, mitochondria may not be able to burn ketones efficiently. The ketogenic diet can result in selenium deficiency, which can be fatal. Dr. Palmer ensures that these cases are incredibly rare, but that selenium levels should be monitored.

Additionally, there is a version of the ketogenic diet used for weight loss, but the version used as a psychiatric intervention is very different and should be administered and closely supervised by a licensed medical professional or ketogenic physician. Professionals who wish to use this diet in their treatment plans need to be well-trained in the medical version of this diet and committed to consistently monitoring specific patient biomarkers, such as cholesterol, triglycerides, insulin, and glucose.

Incorporating the Ketogenic Diet Into Your PracticeThe first step in implementing the ketogenic diet as a treatment is determining whether or not it is appropriate for a specific patient. In his practice, Dr. Palmer begins with a standard mental health assessment and evaluation. After assessment, he determines what medications a patient is on that enhance metabolism and what medications impair metabolism. If a patient has tried multiple medications at different doses and has seen no significant decrease in symptoms, off-label treatments can be considered.

However, using the ketogenic diet should only be suggested if the patient is not experiencing significant metabolic dysfunction due to extraneous factors in other areas of their life, such as lack of exercise, substance use, abuse, sleep patterns, stress levels, etc. If a patient is willing to try a ketogenic diet, it may be implemented. Patients should remain on their medications while starting the diet and be evaluated during the stages of ketosis to assess any clinically significant change in symptoms.

Dr. Palmer suggests trying the ketogenic diet with a patient for three months. If the diet seems to be working after that three-month period (Dr. Palmer says it is typically working profoundly at this point), the clinician should begin to create a plan with the patient to slowly taper off other medications. Common psychoactive medications work against the ketogenic diet by increasing insulin and blood glucose levels. In terms of atypical antipsychotic medications, however, tapering off these should be done very slowly and carefully. The rate at which this tapering can be implemented depends on the amount of time the patient has been using the medication, the severity of symptoms, the overall danger to the patient, etc.

The risk of adverse effects due to the absence of medication is only half of the issue. If a medication is being taken less or not taken at all, the patient is now more reliant on the ketogenic diet to keep symptoms under control. This can pose issues because compliance to the ketogenic diet can be rather fickle. As Dr. Palmer says, there are no “cheat days” in the ketogenic diet. It typically takes about 2-5 days to achieve ketosis, and if a patient remits from ketosis, symptoms can dramatically reappear. Therefore, mental health professionals that are interested in using the ketogenic diet as a treatment must be adequately informed on the scientific details of the ketogenic diet and metabolic functioning as a whole. Perhaps before utilizing the ketogenic diet in practice, one should adhere to Dr. Palmer's two first steps:

  1. Find a licensed ketogenic dietician and partner with them.
  2. Read the book “Ketogenic Therapies” by Eric Kossoff.

While Dr. Palmer did not mention this, it would probably help to read his book, Brain Energy, which comes out on November 15th, 2022.

Conclusions:One issue regarding the ketogenic diet is that a patient must be willing to make the sacrifices and follow through. Dr. Puder had one patient dive into it 100% for three weeks, but could not maintain the diet because she missed fruit and complex carbs.

When asked his opinion on how mitochondrial issues are central to mental illness, Dr. Michael Cummings stated, “I agree with the author that the likely role of mitochondrial abnormalities in neurological and neuropsychiatric diseases has likely been underappreciated. It seems to me, however, that ascribing the cause of all or most brain disease to mitochondrial abnormalities is an example of overly simplistic reductionism. While there are diseases in which a single abnormality or single class of abnormality accounts for the entire etiology of the disease (e.g., sickle cell anemia), such diseases are the exception rather than the rule, especially in organ systems that are complex. Instead, it seems to me that neurological and psychiatric diseases most often arise as emergent properties arising from a cascade of interrelated abnormalities, which are likely to include genetic, epigenetic, histological, endocrine, and inflammatory elements.”

In conclusion, there is no doubt that exercise and diet make a huge impact on mental health. Hopefully, more patients will become open to trying the ketogenic diet as an off-label way of treating schizophrenia and bipolar, but they must be well enough to have 100% follow through. We will also look forward to well done randomized controlled trials in the future.

References and Further Reading:Keto and mental health:

Bostock, E., K.C Kirkby,, & B.V. Taylor (2017). The Current Status of the Ketogenic Diet in Psychiatry. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 8, 43

Włodarczyk, A., M.S. Wiglusz, & W.J. Cubała (2018). Ketogenic Diet for Schizophrenia: Nutritional Approach to Antipsychotic Treatment. Medical Hypotheses.

  • Review of the literatures, mechanism

Kraft, B.D., E.C. Westman. “Schizophrenia, Gluten, and Low-Carbohydrate, Ketogenic Diets: A Case Report and Review of the Literature.” Nutrition & Metabolism 6 (2009): 10.

McClernon, F.J., et al. “The Effects of a Low-Carbohydrate Ketogenic Diet and a Low-Fat Diet on Mood, Hunger, and Other Self-Reported Symptoms.” Obesity (Silver Spring) 15.1 (2007): 182-7.

Pacheco, A., W.S. Easterling, M.W. Pryer. “A Pilot Study of the Ketogenic Diet in Schizophrenia.” American Journal of Psychiatry 121 (1965): 1110-1111.

Phelps, J.R., S.V. Siemers, R.S. El-Mallakh. “The Ketogenic Diet for Type II Bipolar Disorder.” Neurocase 19.5 (2013): 423-6.

Yancy, W.S., D. Almirall, M.L. Maciejewski, R.L. Kolotkin, J.R. McDuffie, & E.C. Westman (2009). Effects of two weight-loss diets on health-related quality of life. Quality of Life Research, 18(3), 281.

  • Better mental health effects with keto than low fat diet

Keto and Diabetes:

Gower, B.A., & A.M. Goss (2014). A Lower-Carbohydrate, Higher-Fat Diet Reduces Abdominal and Intermuscular Fat and Increases Insulin Sensitivity in Adults at Risk of Type 2 Diabetes–3. The Journal of nutrition, 145(1), 177S-183S.

  • Low carbohydrate change in TNF-alpha
  • Greater decrease in intra-abdominal adipose tissue in low carbohydrate

McKeown, N.M., J.B. Meigs, S. Liu, E. Saltzman, P.W. Wilson, & P.F. Jacques (2004). Carbohydrate nutrition, insulin resistance, and the prevalence of the metabolic syndrome in the Framingham Offspring Cohort. Diabetes care, 27(2), 538-546.

  • Homeostasis model assessment of insulin resistance (HOMA-IR) was calculated using the following formula (fasting plasma insulin × plasma glucose)/22.5

Accurso, A., et al. “Dietary Carbohydrate Restriction in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus and Metabolic Syndrome: Time for a Critical Appraisal.” Nutrition & Metabolism 5 (2008): 9.

Allen, F.M. “Studies Concerning Diabetes.” Journal of the American Medical Association 63.11 (1914): 939-943.

Boden, G., et al. “Effect of a Low-Carbohydrate Diet on Appetite, Blood Glucose Levels, and Insulin Resistance in Obese Patients with Type 2 Diabetes.” Annals of Internal Medicine 142.6 (2005): 403-411.

Brand-Miller, J., S. Hayne, P. Petocz, S. Colagiuri. “Low-Glycemic Index Diets in the Management of Diabetes: A Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials.” Diabetes Care 26.8 (2003): 2261-2267.

Dashti, H.M., et al. “Benefcial Effects of Ketogenic Diet in Obese Diabetic Subjects.” Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry 302.1 (2007): 249-256.

Feinman, R.D., J.S. Volek. “Carbohydrate Restriction as the Default Treatment for Type 2 Diabetes and Metabolic Syndrome.” Scandinavian Cardiovascular Journal 42.4 (2008): 256-263.

Feinman, R.D., J.S. Volek, E. Westman. “Dietary Carbohydrate Restriction in the Treatment of Diabetes and Metabolic Syndrome.” Clinical Nutrition Insight 34.12 (2008): 1-5.

Gannon, M.C., F.Q. Nuttall. “Effect of a High-Protein, Low-Carbohydrate Diet on Blood Glucose Control in People with Type 2 Diabetes.” Diabetes 53.9 (2004): 2375-2382.

Hussain, T.A., et al. “Effect of Low-Calorie Versus Low-Carbohydrate Ketogenic Diet in Type 2 Diabetes.” Nutrition 28.10 (2012): 1016-21.

Mobbs, C.V., J. Mastaitis, F. Isoda, M. Poplawski. “Treatment of Diabetes and Diabetic Complications with a Ketogenic Diet.” Journal of Child Neurology 28.8 (2013): 1009-14.

Nielsen, J.V., E. Joensson. “Low-Carbohydrate Diet in Type 2 Diabetes: Stable Improvement of Bodyweight and Glycemic Control During 44 Months Follow-Up.” Nutrition & Metabolism 5 (2008): 14.

Nielsen, J.V., E. Jonsson, A. Ivarsson. “A Low Carbohydrate Diet in Type 1 Diabetes: Clinical Experience—A Brief Report.” Upsala Journal of Medical Sciences 110.3 (2005): 267-273.

Nielsen, J.V., E. Jonsson, A.K. Nilsson. “Lasting Improvement of Hyperglycaemia and Bodyweight: Low-Carbohydrate Diet in Type 2 Diabetes. A Brief Report.” Upsala Journal of Medical Sciences 110.2 (2005): 179-183.

Nielsen, J.V., P. Westerlund, P. Bygren. “A Low-Carbohydrate Diet May Prevent End-Stage Renal Failure in Type 2 Diabetes. A Case Report.” Nutrition & Metabolism 3 (2006): 23.

Vernon, M.C., et al. “Clinical Experience of a Carbohydrate-Restricted Diet: Effect on Diabetes Mellitus.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 1.3 (2003): 233-238.

Westman, E.C., et al. “ The Effect of a Low-Carbohydrate, Ketogenic Diet Versus a Low-Glycemic Index Diet on Glycemic Control in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.” Nutrition & Metabolism 5 (2008): 36.

Westman, E.C., W.S. Yancy Jr., M. Humphreys. “Dietary Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus in the Pre-Insulin Era (1914-1922).” Perspectives in Biology and Medicine 49.1 (2006): 77-83.

Yancy, W.S., Jr., M.C. Vernon, E.C. Westman. “A Pilot Trial of a Low-Carbohydrate, Ketogenic Diet in Patients with Type 2 Diabetes.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 1.3 (2003): 239-243.

Yancy, W.S., Jr., M. Foy, M.C. Vernon, E.C. Westman. “A Low-Carbohydrate Ketogenic Diet to Treat Type 2 Diabetes.” Nutrition & Metabolism 2 (2005): 34.

Keto and Epilepsy:

Barañano, K.W., A.L. Hartman. “The Ketogenic Diet: Uses in Epilepsy and Other Neurologic Illnesses.” Current Treatment Options in Neurology 10.6 (2008): 410-9.

Dressler, A., et al. “Type 1 Diabetes and Epilepsy: Efficacy and Safety of the Ketogenic Diet.” Epilepsia 51.6 (2010): 1086–1089.

Greene, A.E., M.T. Todorova, T.N. Seyfried. “Perspectives on the Metabolic Management of Epilepsy through Dietary Reduction of Glucose and Elevation of Ketone Bodies.” Journal of Neurochemistry 86.3 (2003): 529–537.

Peterson, S.J., et al. “Changes in Growth and Seizure Reduction in Children on the Ketogenic Diet as a Treatment for Intractable Epilepsy.” Journal of the American Dietetic Association 105.5 (2005): 718-25.

General Keto:

Boling, C.L., E.C. Westman, W.S. Yancy Jr. “Carbohydrate-Restricted Diets for Obesity and Related Diseases: An Update.” Current Atherosclerosis Reports 11.6 (2008): 462-9.

Cahill Jr., G.F. “Fuel Metabolism in Starvation.” Annual Review of Nutrition 26 (2006): 1-22.

Feinman, R.D., M. Makowske. “Metabolic Syndrome and Low-Carbohydrate Ketogenic Diets in the Medical School Biochemistry Curriculum.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 1.3 (2003): 189-197.

Liu, Y.M. “Medium-Chain Triglyceride (MCT) Ketogenic Therapy.” Epilepsia 49.Suppl 8 (2008): 33-6.

Manninen, A.H. “Is a Calorie Really a Calorie? Metabolic Advantage of Low-Carbohydrate Diets.” Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition 1.2 (2004): 21-6.

McClernon, F.J., et al. “The Effects of a Low-Carbohydrate Ketogenic Diet and a Low-Fat Diet on Mood, Hunger, and Other Self-Reported Symptoms.” Obesity (Silver Spring) 15.1 (2007): 182-7.

Paoli, A., A. Rubini, J.S. Volek, K.A. Grimaldi. “Beyond Weight Loss: A Review of the Therapeutic Uses of Very-Low-Carbohydrate (Ketogenic) Diets.” European Journal of Clinical Nutrition 67 (2013): 789–796.

Veech, R.L. “The Therapeutic Implications of Ketone Bodies: The Effects of Ketone Bodies in Pathological Conditions: Ketosis, Ketogenic Diet, Redox States, Insulin Resistance, and Mitochondrial Metabolism.” Prostaglandins, Leukotrienes and Essential Fatty Acids 70.3 (2004): 309-19.

Veech, R.L., et al. “Ketone Bodies, Potential Therapeutic Uses.” IUBMB Life 51 (2001): 241-7. Volek, J. S., C. E. Forsythe. “ e Case for Not Restricting Saturated Fat on a Low Carbohydrate Diet.” Nutrition & Metabolism 2 (2005) :21.

Volek, J.S., C.E. Forsythe. “Very-Low-Carbohydrate Diets.” In Essentials of Sports Nutrition and Supplements, edited by Jose Antonio, Douglas Kalman, Je rey R. Stout, Mike Greenwood, Darryn S. Willoughby, and G. Gregory Ha , 581-604. Totowa, NJ: Humana Press, 2008.

Westman, E.C. “A Review of Very Low Carbohydrate Diets for Weight Loss.” Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management 6.7 (1999): 36-40.

Westman, E.C. “Is Dietary Carbohydrate Essential for Human Nutrition?” American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 75.5 (2002): 951-953; author reply 953-954.

Westman, E.C., et al. “Effect of 6-Month Adherence to a Very Low Carbohydrate Diet Pro- gram.” American Journal of Medicine 113.1 (2002): 30-36.

Westman, E.C., et al. “Low-Carbohydrate Nutrition and Metabolism.” American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 86 (2007): 276-84.

Westman, E.C., J. Mavropoulos, W.S. Yancy Jr., J.S. Volek. “A Review of Low-carbohydrate Ketogenic Diets.” Current Atherosclerosis Reports 5.6 (2003): 476-483.

Westman, E.C., W.S. Yancy Jr., M.C. Vernon. “Is a Low-Carb, Low-Fat Diet Optimal?” Archives of Internal Medicine 165.9 (2005): 1071-1072.

Keto and Weight Loss/Metabolic Syndrome/Insulin Resistance:

Al-Sarraj, T., H. Saadi, J.S. Volek, M.L. Fernandez. “Carbohydrate Restriction Favorably Alters Lipoprotein Metabolism in Emirati Subjects Classified with the Metabolic Syndrome.” Nutrition, Metabolism & Cardiovascular Disease 20 (2010): 720-726.

Al-Sarraj, T., H. Saadi, J.S. Volek, M.L. Fernandez. “Metabolic Syndrome Prevalence, Dietary Intake, and Cardiovascular Risk Pro le among Overweight and Obese Adults 18-50 Years Old from the United Arab Emirates.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 8.1 (2010): 39-46.

Bailey, W.A., E.C. Westman, M.L. Marquart, J.R. Guyton. “Low Glycemic Diet for Weight Loss in Hypertriglyceridemic Patients Attending a Lipid Clinic.” Journal of Clinical Lipidology 4.6 (2010): 508-14.

Foster, G.D., et al. “A Randomized Trial of a Low-Carbohydrate Diet for Obesity.” New England Journal of Medicine 348.21 (2003): 2082-2090.

Le Cheminant, J.D., et al. “Comparison of a Low Carbohydrate and Low Fat Diet for Weight Maintenance in Overweight or Obese Adults Enrolled in a Clinical Weight Management Program.” Nutrition Journal 6 (2007): 36.

Noakes, M., P. Foster, J. Keogh, P. Cli on. “Very Low Carbohydrate Diets For Weight Loss And Cardiovascular Risk.” Asia Pacific Journal of Clinical Nutrition 13.Suppl (2004): S64.

Phelan, S., et al. “Three-Year Weight Change in Successful Weight Losers Who Lost Weight on a Low-Carbohydrate Diet.” Obesity (Silver Spring) 15 (2007): 2470–2477.

Ruano, G., et al. “Physiogenomic Analysis of Weight Loss Induced by Dietary Carbohydrate Restriction.” Nutrition & Metabolism 3 (2006): 20.

Shai, I., et al. “Weight Loss with a Low-Carbohydrate, Mediterranean, or Low-Fat Diet.” New England Journal of Medicine 359 (2008): 229-241.

Sharman, M.J., J.S. Volek. “Weight Loss Leads to Reductions in Inflammatory Biomarkers After a Very-Low Carbohydrate Diet and a Low-Fat Diet in Overweight Men.” Clinical Science 107.4 (2004): 365-369.

Sumithran, P., et al. “Ketosis and Appetite-Mediating Nutrients and Hormones After Weight Loss.” European Journal of Clinical Nutrition 67.7 (2013): 759-64.

Tay, J., et al. “Metabolic Effects of Weight Loss on a Very-Low-Carbohydrate Diet Compared with an Isocaloric High-Carbohydrate Diet in Abdominally Obese Subjects.” Journal of the American College of Cardiology 51.1 (2008): 59-67.

Vernon, M.C., et al. “Clinical Experience of a Carbohydrate-Restricted Diet for the Metabolic Syndrome.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 2.3 (2004): 180-6.

Volek, J.S., E.C. Westman. “Very-Low-Carbohydrate Weight-Loss Diets Revisited.” Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine 69.11 (2002): 849, 853, 856-848 passim.

Volek, J.S., et al. “Body Composition and Hormonal Responses to a Carbohydrate-Restricted Diet.” Metabolism 51.7 (2002): 864-870.

Volek, J.S., et al. “Carbohydrate Restriction Has a More Favorable Impact on the Metabolic Syndrome than a Low Fat Diet.” Lipids 44.4 (2009): 297-309.

Volek, J.S., et al. “Comparison of Energy-Restricted Very-Low-Carbohydrate and Low-Fat Diets on Weight Loss and Body Composition in Overweight Men and Women.” Nutrition & Metabolism 1.1 (2004): 13.

Volek, J.S., R.D. Feinman. “Carbohydrate Restriction Improves the Features of Metabolic Syndrome. Metabolic Syndrome May Be Defined by the Response to Carbohydrate Restriction.” Nutrition & Metabolism 2 (2005): 31.

Westman, E.C. “A Review of Very Low Carbohydrate Diets for Weight Loss.” Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management 6.7 (1999): 36-40.

Westman, E.C., et al. “Effect of 6-month Adherence to a Very Low Carbohydrate Diet Program.” American Journal of Medicine 113.1 (2002): 30-36.

Westman, E.C., W.S. Yancy Jr., M.D. Haub, J.S. Volek. “Insulin Resistance from a Low-Carbohydrate, High-Fat Diet Perspective.” Metabolic Syndrome and Related Disorders 3.1 (2005): 14-18.

Yancy, W.S., Jr., et al. “Effects of Two Weight-Loss Diets on Health-Related Quality of Life.” Quality of Life Research 18.3 (2009): 281-289.

Yancy, W.S., Jr., et al. “A Randomized Trial of a Low-Carbohydrate Diet vs Orlistat Plus a Low-Fat Diet for Weight Loss.” Archives of Internal Medicine 170.2 (2010): 136-145.

Autism:

Evangeliou, A., et al. “Application of a Ketogenic Diet in Children with Autistic Behavior: Pilot Study.” Journal of Child Neurology 18.2 (2003): 113-8.

Exercise Performance:

Paoli, A., et al. “Ketogenic Diet Does Not Affect Strength Performance in Elite Artistic Gymnasts.” Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition 9 (2012): 34.

Phinney, S.D. “Ketogenic Diets and Physical Performance.” Nutrition & Metabolism 1.1 (2004): 2.

Phinney, S.D., et al. “The Human Metabolic Response to Chronic Ketosis without Caloric Restriction: Preservation of Submaximal Exercise Capability with Reduced Carbohydrate Oxidation.” Metabolism 32.8 (1983): 769-776.

Alternate Studies:

Seidelmann, S.B., et al. “Dietary Carbohydrate Intake and Mortality: a Prospective Cohort Study and Meta-Analysis.” The Lancet. 2018; 3(9): 419-428. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(18)30135-X

View Details

Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D. have no conflicts of interest to report.

In today’s episode of the podcast, we are joined by Dr. Michael Cummings to discuss the most recent and popular diagnosis wave of individuals believing they may have autism, which has become a recent TikTok phenomenon.

Dr. Cummings notes that during his many years of practice, he has seen different diagnoses go through periods of popularity. When the general population becomes interested in certain diagnoses, it often results in an increase in people wondering if they have it and they often turn to mental health professionals to ask that question. However, we have found that what they are claiming to have does not present in the classical sense; it is somewhat manufactured. This episode hopefully helps you consider when someone does have autism, or when another diagnosis might be more likely the issue.

Limitations In Diagnoses ToolsWhen it comes to psychiatric diagnoses guidelines, in general, a limitation is that the diagnostic nomenclature is imprecise. There is the DSM-5 now, which does help with common agreement on diagnoses, but it is based on clustering symptoms together and blanketly stating that if a specific cluster is present then it is a specific illness. The problem is there is often a great deal of overlap or features among diagnoses.

Some argue that the whole system of categorical personality disorders is the wrong way to think about personality and personality functioning, instead favoring a dimensional analysis of personality.

ASD Diagnostic ConsiderationsOften, individuals with ASD have a propensity to be occupied with a very narrow range of interests, have very limited social interaction, and often, if they do interact with other people they clearly don’t understand the social interaction. They will have difficulty with some abstract language concepts, appear to be unempathetic and unable to make an empathetic connection with others and at times, be either emotionally withdrawn or, if distressed, emotional labile.

People with autism do possess affective empathy, but have lower than average cognitive empathy. Affective empathy is the ability to feel into someone's experience. They may physically react to the emotions they perceive in those around them (it is common for non-verbal autistic patients to get agitated when mom and dad argue in front of them). Cognitive empathy is the ability to put into words someone else’s experiences or their own experience and this is an ability they lack (unless trained). It can make them come off as narcissistic or unempathetic, but they do feel for others they just can’t put words to it or relay it in a clear way.

Autism As A Desirable DiagnosisThe diagnosis of borderline personality disorder, in particular, has a strong history of being pejorative. It is not surprising that people with this diagnosis would like something else as a diagnosis. Because of the prevalence of this negative connotation, Dr. Cummings strongly favors the ICD-11 definition “Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder” vs. the DSM-5 definition of BPD because they renamed it mood dysregulation disorder, which does seem to be the heart of what BPD is. But someone with a mood personality disorder could have autistic characteristics, which is part of the symptom overlap that we encounter.

One comment on a social media post by Dr. Puder was from a school psychologist who observes that autism seems to be a coveted category of disability because it sounds better than saying your child has emotional disturbances.

Additionally, there is much more funding and resources available for people diagnosed with autism.

Another response to the post was a trending concern that if the child does have an affect regulation issue such as BPD, a misdiagnosis could keep them from receiving appropriate, effective treatments. If there is a misdiagnosis, there could be a permanence in the mind of the parent or patient that there won’t be the ability to make the change. And though we have some psychosocial and pharmacological treatments, by and large we do not have an effective treatment for ASD.

Disorder OriginationsWith the historically negative connotation surrounding a BPD diagnosis, it is important to note that this is not something to be blamed on a person. Even if they meet the criteria for BPD, they did not create the mood lability that makes their life difficult and often miserable. So many affect regulation issues start in the first few weeks of life, seeming to be a temperamental inborn propensity, along with trauma, that leads to this issue. These patients are not choosing to have these issues.

Autism appears to start prior to birth. The best biological understanding is that the brain develops in a very sequential pattern of neurons initially with more connections than ultimately need be sustained. As the brain matures, excess neural connections are pruned away, allowing connections that do not work or fit well to atrophy. That process seems to be mistimed in those with autism so that the number of interconnections among neurons in the cortex is excessive. This may be one of the reasons they are prone to preoccupation and in some cases be savants. While every once in a while one of these extra connections may prove to be beneficial in some way, most of the non standard configurations are not beneficial.

When Patients Claim AutismWhen someone comes in with a self-diagnosis, approach with caution. Take time to find out a detailed description of the problems and get their history, mental status, and, in particular, how these issues have developed. In short, develop a profile before rushing to a diagnosis hypothesis. The whole reason we make a diagnosis is to try to match the person with the most effective treatment option available. Rushing into that or accepting a label without testing it first puts the person at risk for not receiving the treatment they need.

How Autism Differs From Other DisordersSchizoid DisordersThe hallmark of schizoid personality disorder is someone who feels disconnected from others and is not bothered by being disconnected. They may lack the ability to verbalize what other people are feeling. They may possess both affective and cognitive awareness in terms of empathy, but, in essence, do not feel the need for connection the way most do. They may have some overlap to ASD, but are missing some of the critical components.

Schizotypal Personality DisorderA classical eccentric individual does not quite fit social norms, but typically does not have the preoccupation, limited range of interests, or deficit in cognitive empathy. Their response to the world is often odd, but it is not ASD because they do not have those particular features.

Paranoid Personality DisorderMost autistic individuals are not paranoid, even though they may be frightened or panicked at times. The hallmark of paranoid personality disorder is essentially to see conspiracies under every rock. It may start with a reasonable suspicion, but once they talk long enough we can see that the suspicion expands in terms of level of importance. Most autistic people do not feel that others are against them or are plotting to harm them.

Borderline Personality DisorderBecause of the emotional lability in people with BPD, they often have difficulty establishing stable relationships, but that is not the same difficulty that autistic patients have in connecting. BPD patients usually connect very well and very intensely, but it is a rollercoaster ride. They will have brief psychotic episodes and dissociations that don’t show up in autism. They also do not have issues with nonverbal communication the way someone with autism might or have the narrow interests characteristic of autism.

Psychopathy Those with psychopathy have issues with affective empathy, while patients with ASD have issues with cognitive empathy. So patients with ASD can seem not empathetic, but they feel into other’s experiences, even expressing it in their emotions (becoming emotionally distressed and agitated) but they cannot put it into words.

Narcissistic Personality DisorderNPD can seem like autism when they are correcting other people's errors or lecturing others on their area of fascination, but narcissistic individuals do not have difficulty connecting with others due to normal amounts of cognitive empathy. However, the nature of the relationship is all about them, not about the other person. They see other people as objects to be used, while autistic individuals have a genuine connection to others, they just do not have language to express it. Narcissists may be superficially able to read people, but their empathy is lacking, as they are gearing their world to support their forward movement. As long as a person supports that goal, they are happy to have them as a part of their world.

Obsessive-compulsive Personality Disorder (OCPD)OCPD is often phenotypically the most difficult to distinguish from autism because the preoccupation and singular focus can look very similar to autism. With each, individuals become incredibly preoccupied with details and want to minimize their interests into a very narrow range. OCPD individuals often seem more interested in imposing their rigidity and preoccupation on other people to a much greater extent than autistic individuals do. Someone with OCPD can be very difficult to treat because they often cannot grasp the big picture; they are entirely focused on the details. They don’t lack the ability to connect with other people or the ability to put things into words.

A thought to go back to is that autism was originally described as a language developmental disorder and almost all autistic individuals have as a central feature the inability to put things into words.

Differentiating Personality From Personality DisorderEssentially, the difference is flexibility. We all have a variety of aspects to our personalities. If we are healthy, we can shift which aspect of our personality is more prominent based on circumstances and context. In some ways, what is giving people with personality disorders difficulties is the inability to make the shift, unable to exhibit flexibility. A person with OCPD has a very difficult time switching from being detail-oriented while doing their accounting job to loosening up and being more free at a social engagement, instead of paying attention to if all of the napkins are lined up.

Also, while a person with ASD may have largely intact linguistic abilities, they lack the ability to intellectually understand the emotional experiences of other people. An OCPD person who stops long enough from attending to details to think about what someone else is feeling has the capacity to process those experiences.

The Purpose Of A Diagnosis Labeling a patient is not always necessary or inherently helpful. There is the issue of the systemic nomenclature and overlap that can make a true diagnosis nebulous. When attempting a diagnosis, we need to carefully construct the history, symptom, and sign profile of the individual patient to find out what is getting in the way of their life in order to arrive at the most accurate diagnosis possible.

When a diagnosis may be helpful:

  • From a psychopharmacological perspective, a diagnosis can be helpful for the purpose of matching the label that best fits with evidenced-based treatment for it.
  • Some patients are looking for validation from a diagnosis that they have something real.
  • An accurate diagnosis may be helpful for ourselves, whether we tell the patient or not, to get a sense of likely prognosis and what kind of support this person will need going forward.

The goal should be to find out what they want to change, what their goals are, what their biggest pain points are and how we get them moving forward from that. Finding out what is hindering their life, what they are wanting relief from—this is the ultimate goal and purpose of a diagnosis. What it comes down to is using the tools we have to find the best possible trajectory for our patients—to get them from where they are to where they want to go.

Further Reading:

Bruno, A., Celebre, L., Torre, G., Pandolfo, G., Mento, C., Cedro, C., ... & Muscatello, M. R. A. (2019). Focus on Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder: A review of the literature. Psychiatry research, 279, 323-330.

Dell'Osso, L., Cremone, I. M., Carpita, B., Fagiolini, A., Massimetti, G., Bossini, L., ... & Gesi, C. (2018). Correlates of autistic traits among patients with borderline personality disorder. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 83, 7-11.

Hofvander, B., Delorme, R., Chaste, P., Nydén, A., Wentz, E., Ståhlberg, O., ... & Leboyer, M. (2009). Psychiatric and psychosocial problems in adults with normal-intelligence autism spectrum disorders. BMC psychiatry, 9(1), 1-9.

-cited 952 times

Anckarsäter, H., Stahlberg, O., Larson, T., Hakansson, C., Jutblad, S. B., Niklasson, L., ... & Rastam, M. (2006). The impact of ADHD and autism spectrum disorders on temperament, character, and personality development. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(7), 1239-1244.

Lai, M. C., & Baron-Cohen, S. (2015). Identifying the lost generation of adults with autism spectrum conditions. The Lancet Psychiatry, 2(11), 1013-1027.

View Details

Corrin Pelini, D.O., Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

Corrin Pelini, D.O., Michael Cummings, M.D., David Puder, M.D. have no conflicts of interest to report.

“I Love You, Now Die”: Details of the Documentary This 2014 case involves Michelle Carter and Conrad Roy, both teenagers at the time in Massachusetts. They met on vacation and a very intense relationship ensued. Their relationship was almost entirely virtual; they met in person only a handful of times. Thousands of text messages were exchanged between Roy and Carter over the next few years. Roy began confiding in Carter about thoughts of suicide. As time went on, she began encouraging him to go through with it: “Drink bleach. Hang yourself. Jump off a building, stab yourself, idk. There’s a lot of ways.” “If you want it as bad as you say you do, it’s time to do it today.” Eventually, Conrad Roy put a small combustion engine in the backseat of his truck and died by carbon monoxide poisoning in a Kmart parking lot. Phone records show he spoke to Michelle twice while he was there. A later text to her friend indicated what was said during the calls: “Sam, his death is my fault. Like, honestly, I could have stopped him. I was on the phone with him and he got out of the car because it was working and he got scared and I fucking told him to get back in.”

The state of Massachusetts investigated the suicide and filed a charge of involuntary manslaughter against Michelle. It went to trial and the judge ruled that she was guilty; she spent 15 months in jail (she was released early for good behavior) and has a five-year probation.

Both Roy and Carter had a history of mental illness. Roy suffered from depression and attempted suicide by intentional acetaminophen overdose, resulting in a hospitalization, predating his involvement with Michelle. He was prescribed citalopram (Celexa) at the time of his death. Carter had a history of an eating disorder. She had been prescribed fluoxetine (Prozac) and then citalopram (Celexa); she was taking Celexa at the time of Conrad’s death.

Peter Breggin’s DefenseDr. Peter Breggin is a psychiatrist that served as an expert witness on behalf of Defendant Michelle Carter. He has been involved in numerous similar cases where he defends individuals who are charged with acts committed while taking psychotropics, most often selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). In his testimony, he asserted the “dangerous” mechanism of action of SSRIs: after use, they cause serotonin to become depleted in the brain. “[The brain] stops producing it, increases removal processes [by hypertrophy of the receptor], and cutting back on receptors.” He argues that citalopram (Celexa), the SSRI Michelle Carter was taking, caused “involuntary intoxication” and she should not be liable for her actions. “She was grandiose, reckless, not thinking about criminal responsibility. She was unable to form intent because she was so grandiose.” He alleged the antidepressant induced a hypomanic state which impaired her judgment.

Of note, Dr. Breggin’s diagnostic evaluation of Michelle Carter was determined without ever interviewing her. His information was gathered by interviews of her family and peers, as well as reading through her medical records and text messages. As Dr. Cummings stated in this episode, the American Psychiatric Association (APA) deems diagnosis without examining the individual to be unethical.

Dr. Cummings refutes Dr. Breggin’s defense in that there is no evidence that Celexa causes an acute intoxication. Rather, the literature describes adverse effects, such as antidepressant-induced jitteriness/anxiety syndrome in the early stages of treatment (Sinclair et al., 2009). It also has the potential to cause rapid cycling in those with bipolar disorder (Ghaemi et al., 2003); however, there is no evidence Carter had a diagnosis of bipolar disorder. Dr. Cummings also disputes his description of SSRI antidepressant mechanism of action. He described that the medications do not deplete serotonin, rather they regulate the concentration of serotonin and transporters in the brain to reach homeostasis.

Peter Breggin’s Other Statements and Our CountersDr. Breggin shares his stance on avoiding the use of psychotropic medications via articles, books, trial testimonies, and video presentations. A video labeled, “The Dangers of Psychotropic Medications,” was posted to the app TikTok. Some of the statements he made about various medications include: stimulants shrink brain tissue; nonbenzodiazepine sedatives shorten lifespan; benzodiazepines shrink brain tissue; antipsychotics “wreck” the basal ganglia, cause a “chemical lobotomy,” and shorten lifespan; and mood stabilizers cause memory issues and learning difficulties.

Contrary to Dr. Breggin’s statement, psychotropic agents have been shown to have neurotrophic & neuroprotective effects. Mood stabilizers, antidepressants, and antipsychotics have been found to upregulate factors such as BDNF (Hunsberger et al., 2009). Imaging has also shown that these medications increase the volume and density of brain tissue (Hunsberger et al., 2009). Dr. Cummings also describes that the decrease in lifespan in those using antipsychotics is not due to the medication, but the effects of the illness itself.

Also in these videos, Dr. Breggin stated that prescribers are unaware of how dangerous psychotropic medications are because they get all their information from drug companies. Although some physicians may meet with drug representatives and be persuaded to prescribe those medications, this is not always the case. Many physicians use evidence-based decision-making, cost of medication, and side-effect profiles to decide upon which medication to prescribe, if one should be prescribed at all. Doctors are not paid more if they prescribe newer and more expensive medication, actually it can take more time filling out dreaded prior authorizations.

Physician Assisted Suicide in CanadaIn June 2016, Canada made it legal for adults to request medical assistance in dying (MAID). In March 2021, revisions to the legislation were made to specify who is eligible to obtain assistance and revise the process. According to the most recent legislation, physicians and nurse practitioners are permitted to provide MAID and other healthcare professionals can assist the process.

There are two forms that are allowed to take place: directly administering a lethal substance or prescribing a lethal medication that the individual takes themselves. Specific drugs are permitted to be used and are outlined by provinces/territories.

The legislation states that if mental illness is the only medical condition an individual has that is causing them to consider MAID, they are not eligible to seek assistance in dying at this time. This will remain in effect until 2023, giving more time to consider how to safely broach this issue.

Specific protocols are outlined by the Canadian government to regulate the process of requesting MAID. It involves multiple medical assessments, submitting a signed written request, an independent witness, and final consent.

All the above information was obtained from Canada.ca, the official website of the Government of Canada.

The Use of Antidepressants in Bipolar PatientsThere is extensive literature supporting caution in using antidepressant medication in patients with bipolar disorder. There is an identified risk of inducing mood-cycling in those taking antidepressants (Ghaemi et al., 2003). They also have not been shown to be any more effective than mood stabilizers in treatment of bipolar disorder. There is no evidence they decrease suicidality or prevent depressive relapses, unlike mood stabilizers (Ghaemi et al., 2003). Regarding the use of antidepressant therapy as adjunctive treatment, it has not been associated with increased efficacy (Sachs et al., 2007). Ideally we should stay away from SSRI and SNRI medications for patients with bipolar, however it is not clear from any evidence that a diagnosis was clear from the documentary.

ConclusionAs psychiatrists listening to this story, it is especially tragic that proper treatment was not given. A partial program would have potentially saved his life or helped improve her hopelessness regarding him changing. There are tons of treatments that were likely not tried, including intensive psychotherapy, ketamine, TMS, or ECT. We discussed how the decision to take one's life is so large that being depressed would remove capacity to make such a decision. We have treated many hopeless people who, after effective treatment, find meaningful work and relationships and look back at their period of hopelessness with new insight into its temporary nature. Unfortunately, Michelle Carter was naive in her understanding of mental illness and if she had years of treating depressed and hopeless patients, she might have had unshaking hope that he could have changed.

View Details

Annabel Kuhn M.D., David Puder M.D.

Annabel Kuhn M.D., David Puder M.D. do not have any conflicts of interest.

In this episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Annabel Kuhn on the subject of online catfishing relationship scams. A doctor of psychiatry, she is now in her second year of residency at Harvard South Shore.

Amidst the rise of dating apps and websites lurks a new form of deviance: online romance scams. We discuss with Dr. Kuhn how to identify an online scammer, the personality types of both the scammer and the scammed, and how providers can help patients who have fallen victim to such a scam.

What Is Catfishing?Merriam-Webster dictionary defines a catfish as “a person who sets up a false personal profile on a social networking site for fraudulent or deceptive purposes.”

There are varying degrees of catfishing. Some instances are more subtle, such as influencers using heavy filters or photoshopping their bodies, while others create entirely fake alternate personas with more disturbing motives. There seem to be differences among genders, based on perceived societal beauty standards, as to what they would each prefer to embellish or deceive in order to appear more attractive to potential suitors or followers. Men tend to misrepresent things like height and wealth, whereas women embellish or alter their appearance via heavy makeup or filters and lie about their weight.

Crazy Examples Of Catfishing“Fatass Kelly Price”Antwane thought he was in a three-year relationship with a man named Tony. It turned out that his cousin Carmen was pretending to be Tony the whole time. When confronted, Carmen infamously states, “You shouldn’t have called me a fatass Kelly Price,” revealing that this cruel three-year trick was an act of revenge based on a comment from her cousin that Kelly found offensive.

BirdmanShelly Chartier pretended to be two different people, catfishing the real person of the persona she created. One of the people she pretended to be was NBA player, Chris “Birdman” Anderson. The other person Shelly pretended to be was Paris Dunn, an aspiring model, in order to talk to Birdman. Then, she pretended to be Birdman and to speak to the real Paris Dunn. Bizarrely, the real people met in person and did not know they hadn’t been talking to one another. She acted as sort of an in-between, receiving texts from one and translating them to the other. When interviewed, Shelly seemed very lonely, which could have been a motive behind her behavior.

Manti Te’o The story of Manti Te’o, star of the Notre Dame football team, was released in a new Netflix documentary in August, 2022.

Manti Te'o was dating a woman named Lennay Kekua, a student at Stanford. Their relationship was long-distance, as Manti was in Indiana and Lennay was in California. Manti Te'o's parents said that he never wanted a woman to interfere with football, so a long distance fully virtual girlfriend was the perfect solution.

Lennay told Manti that she was diagnosed with leukemia and made him promise that he would continue playing football no matter the trajectory of her illness. Lennay passed away from leukemia and Manti continued playing football, going on to have an incredible season, which was seen as inspirational to many people. As it turned out, Manti never actually met Lennay in person. Furthermore, it turned out Lennay was not even a real person. It was another person using someone else’s pictures pretending to be someone named Lennay. This was a big scandal that was hard to clear his name from. It was speculated that the catfisher was one of Manti Te'o's family friends and if Manti knew this was going on and hyped it up for attention.

The catfisher talked about how she wanted attention from men.

Personality DescriptionsVictim:* Lonely, inexperienced in love, naïve * Average-looking men that would have low likelihood of matching with normal people * Possibly on autistic spectrum * High trait agreeableness * Limited time for a “typical” face-to-face relationship (as was the case for Manti Te’o)

Scammer/Money Maker:* Dark triad personality or working for someone with a more dark triad personality * Desperate * Groups/teams of people, under one roof, working together at a call center like thing * Less nefarious motivations could be social anxiety and boredom, or perhaps a person is trying to have a relationship/connect with people but cannot do that in a normal way

“In “real life,” people with a non-heterosexual orientation risk being judged (Bialer & Mcintosh, 2016); in such cases, online relationships afford benefits of an in-person relationship with reduced potential for scrutiny” (Campbell 2022).

There was a survey study published in August 2022 that describes characteristics of catfish and their victims.

Table 1 from Campbell 2022.

What Is An Online Romance Scam?A romance scam is when a criminal initiates a fake romantic relationship with a victim with the intention to defraud the victim of large sums of money. The scammer creates a fake profile on a social media site, dating site, or app with stolen photographs (usually of an attractive model or conventionally attractive person) and a made-up identity. In this fake online relationship, the scammer “grooms” the victim, developing a highly personal and intimate relationship until they feel the victim might be willing to send the scammer money. In fact, there are studies (Miodic 2012, Miodic 2013, and Miodic 2015) that describe internet fraud as a staged process, consisting of three stages: (1) plausibility/grooming (2) interaction with fraudster and (3) losing money to fraudster.

The scammer will quickly declare their love for the victim within weeks of initial contact and discuss the possibility of meeting in person, but will then postpone several times due to emergencies or desperate situations, such as hospitalizations or death of a close loved one. The scammer then manipulates the victim to send money to cover the monetary emergency. The scammer may “test the water,” and ask the victim for small gifts, usually to ensure continuing the relationship, which leads to increasingly expensive gifts and large sums of money. A scammer may also persuade the victim to send photos of intimate body parts and later use this as blackmail to further bind the victim to the scammer.

Once the scam is discovered (according to an article that explores characteristics of online romance scam victims), “the emotional reaction of the victim may go through various phases or have various contrasting aspects at the same time: feelings of shock, anger or shame, the perception of having been emotionally violated (a kind of emotional rape), loss of trust in people, a sensation of disgust towards oneself or the perpetrator of the crime, a feeling of mourning—the so-called “double whammy” of the trauma of having lost both money and a person.”

Parasocial Online RelationshipsOnline romance scams can also take the form of “parasocial relationships.” According to the National Register of Health Service Psychologists, parasocial relationships are “one-sided relationships, where one person extends emotional energy, interest and time, and the other party, the persona, is completely unaware of the other’s existence. Parasocial relationships are most common with celebrities, organizations (such as sports teams) or television stars.”

For example, scammers (often female) will post nude pictures/videos of themselves on OnlyFans.com, which can be viewed by monthly subscribers (often male). The purchasers can also pay money to send messages to the scammer, which are either ignored or responded to with an automatic boilerplate response. The purchaser believes he is involved in a romantic relationship with the scammer and continues to pay for this one-sided relationship. However, because the purchaser understands, to some extent, what they are getting themselves into, it could be argued that this is outside of the bounds of a true scam. It is at the very least a one-sided relationship—the scammer wants money, in a sort of modern-day porn set-up, and the purchaser wants to fulfill a relational or sexual need.

How To Identify An Online Romance ScammerThe following graphic is information pulled and combined from Fightcybercrime.org and advocatingforu.com (website of non-profit “Advocating Against Romance Scammers”).

Personality Traits Of Perpetrators Of Online Romance Scams According to a survey study published in August 2022, “The present study was guided by the Couple and Family Technology Framework to conduct a triangulation mixed-methods design. Data were collected from catfish perpetrators (n = 156) and targets (n = 826) via a web-based survey. Perpetration was positively associated with being a man, having a high education level, high religiosity, and negatively with being heterosexual and Hispanic/Latin American. Perpetration was predicted by impression management and narcissism and negatively by mate value and conscientiousness” (Campbell 2022).

Mate value is defined as “an overall assessment of a person’s desirability as a romantic or reproductive partner. Many factors contribute to a person’s mate value, such as youthfulness, physical attractiveness, status, and wealth. The higher a person’s mate value, the more selective he or she can be when choosing a partner. The concept of mate value was proposed by evolutionary theorists on the basis of ethological research with nonhuman animals, although it is now used by researchers with diverse approaches. Research has demonstrated that people generally form committed relationships with others who have roughly similar levels of mate value” (APA dictionary of psychology).

What is perhaps more noteworthy is that most perpetrators did not report experiencing guilt. Caspi and Gorsky (2006) indicated that guilt may not necessarily arise when people deceive others online, particularly if they believe the truth will pose greater distress for their targets. They further reported that unlike face-to-face deception, which often results in feelings of shame, stress, and tension, online deception is commonly perceived as enjoyable. The latter observation is consistent with the 8% of perpetrators in the present study who indicated that they created their online persona for entertainment purposes. Crowell et al., (2005) stated that online communications are not governed by the same ethics as in-person communications because the targets are perceived as virtual rather than real. Future research might explore the extent to which catfish perpetrators perceive their targets as “real.”

Consistent with the lack of guilt, one of the strongest predictors of catfish perpetration wasnarcissism. People high on this trait lack empathy and are prone to manipulate, deceive, and exploit romantic partners (Campbell et al., 2002; Le 2005). Future research might follow up on this finding by exploring the relative influence of the dark triad (narcissism, Machiavellianism, and psychopathy; Paulhus & Williams, 2002) on catfish perpetration.

The other personality traits that were predicted to characterize catfish perpetrators included low agreeableness, low conscientiousness, and low openness (Hall et al., 2010), but in this study, only low conscientiousness was a significant predictor. The inclusion of other variables in the regression model (e.g., impression management, narcissism) likely accounted for variance that would have been explained by agreeableness; however, even bivariate correlations did not demonstrate a significant association with openness (Campbell 2022).

This study examines factors (including gender, self-monitoring, the big five personality traits, and demographic characteristics) that influence online dating service users’ strategic misrepresentation (i.e., the conscious and intentional misrepresentation of personal characteristics). Using data from a survey of online dating service users (N = 5,020), seven categories of misrepresentation—personal assets, relationship goals, personal interests, personal attributes, past relationships, weight, and age—were examined.

The study found that men are more likely to misrepresent personal assets, relationship goals, personal interests, and personal attributes, whereas women are more likely to misrepresent weight. The study further discovered that self-monitoring (specifically other-directedness) was the strongest and most consistent predictor of misrepresentation in online dating. Agreeableness, conscientiousness, and openness also showed consistent relationships with misrepresentation (Hall 2010).

Personality Traits Of Victims Of Online Romance ScamsCrime prevention studies is an international book series dedicated to research on situational crime prevention and other initiatives to reduce opportunities for crime. The authors of the chapter titled, “Personal Fraud: The Victims and the Scams,” believe that victims of fraud are more likely to be cooperative, greedy, gullible/uncritical, careless, susceptible to flattery, easily intimidated, risk takers, generous, hold respect for authority, and are good citizens. A 2013 survey investigated differences between respondents who did and did not report past compliance with scams. The study found that the principal differences were in the response to very high-value incentives, in the extent to which they reacted with positive emotions to the thought of winning a large prize, in their reliance on signs of official authority, and in their self-confidence.

Some of these differences suggested a dispositional difference between victims and non-victims. To explore these differences, the Susceptibility to Persuasion-II (StP-II) was created in 2018 (as an update to the Susceptibility to Persuasion (StP) which was created in 2013). StP-II in full contains 10 subscales with over 54 items. Three subscales contain further subscales offering an even more precise insight into specific constructs. StP-II-B is a briefer (though less precise) version of the full scale which was created for the sake of brevity and the ability to conduct quick exploratory diagnostics. Both scales have proven to be reliable and repeatable. The factorability criteria of StP-II were satisfied in Study 2, with the Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin measure of sampling adequacy of .875. Bartlett’s test of sphericity was significant with χ2 1431 = 77755.15, p < .001.

Both the StP-II and StP-II-B explore the following items: premeditation, consistency, sensation seeking, self-control, social influence, similarity, risk preferences, attitudes towards advertising, need for cognition, and uniqueness. These scales are not of clinical significance and were created to explore personality traits and factors related to falling victim to a scam.

Artificial Intelligence In Online Romance ScamsIs paying money for an artificially-intelligent romantic relationship a scam?

There’s an app called Replika, which is described on their website as, “An AI companion who is eager to learn and would love to see the world through your eyes. Replika is always ready to chat when you need an empathetic friend.”

“Replika Pro” is their subscription service. The website says, “You can have all kinds of conversations with PRO including more intimate ones. You can also change your relationship status not only to Friend, but to Romantic Partner. In addition to gaining coins with each level-up, Replika Pro subscribers will also get gems as a level-up bonus and as daily rewards.” At the time of writing this blog post, Replika Pro can be purchased for $69.99, allowing 12 months of access.

The website claims, “Even though talking to Replika feels like talking to a human being, rest assured — it’s 100% artificial intelligence. Your Replika is unique to you and wants to know what your world is like.” It’s up to the consumer to decide whether they want to take the risk of disclosing intimate information to a non-human app, which, like any online platform, has the potential for being hacked. Is this any different from the risk someone takes when exploring a new in-person romantic relationship with another living, breathing human being?

One blogger writes, “If you’ve ever used a dating app, you will almost certainly have had more tedious conversations with actual humans than I did with Brad (In fact, Kislev writes that because ‘the quality of conversations today is decreasing anyway, the work of developers is easier than one might guess.’). At the very least, Brad asked lots of questions, kept the ball rolling, and provided a moderately engrossing way of wasting time, which you can’t say the same about for a lot of people on Hinge.”

Helping Patients Who Are CatfishersA notable clinical application for therapists working with perpetrators is to explore their motivation to develop catfish relationships as a means of impression management due low mate value. Clinical approaches that facilitate deconstruction (i.e., narrative therapy) or exception-seeking (i.e., solution-focused brief therapy) may be appropriate to improve beliefs of mate value. Experiential or behavioral models of therapy should also be considered in an effort to develop alternate strategies for avoiding potential rejection besides impression management through online deception. For example, attachment-informed therapy has been proposed as a means of reducing abusive behavior in response to rejection-sensitivity (Brown et al., 2010) (Campbell 2022).

These studies are targeting perpetrators who fall in the categories of more lonely, isolated, not seeking true relationships and instead creating fantasies to engender connection, even if it is fake connection. Trying to get these perpetrators to come to a place where they can have real relationships is key.

When it comes to more nefarious characters who may be high in psychopathy, these scammers are not only not going to respond to therapy, but are very likely not going to even seek therapy. Their motives are money-driven, not connection-driven.

Helping Patients Who Have Fallen Victim To An Online Romance ScamThe perpetrators are often fulfilling some sort of psychological need for their victims pertaining to their hopes and desires. It can be hard, as the psychiatrist or therapist, to break patients out of these perceived relationships. While it may seem easy to identify as a scam to us, the patient may be very emotionally invested in the relationship to the point of choosing the scammer over their relationship with their therapist, especially if this is pointed out too bluntly. Responding to the patient’s needs and desire for connection with empathy, while still pointing out the signs that indicate the relationship is likely a scam, can be helpful. Because it is so harmful it is worth being blunt, but the delivery must be paired with deep empathy.

As providers we want to do the following:

  1. Increase attachment security (starting with us as the provider)
  2. Find meaningful real (in-person) relationships
  3. Increase social and emotional intelligence through psychotherapy

View Details

Alyse Price-Tobler, Mandy Matthewson, PhD., David Puder, M.D.

None of the above have any conflicts of interest to report.

Note: This will be discussed as a form of family violence and child abuse. As such, the content of this presentation will involve discussion of child abuse and its consequences. Please speak to someone if you become distressed during or after this presentation.

In this episode of the podcast, we interview Alyse Price-Tobler, who is a practicing clinical psychotherapist (MCAP) and also in herfinal year of her PhD., and Dr. Mandy Matthewson on the topic of parental alienation.

Alyse Price-Tobler

In her private practice, Alyse works with adolescent and adult survivors of parental alienation and targeted parents exposed to parental alienating behaviors. She sees clients locally in her native Australia as well as all across the world. She has worked in the mental health and disability sector for 34 years. As an adult survivor of severe parental alienation (SPA) herself, she brings in a lived-experience perspective to her research and professional work.

Mandy Matthewson

Dr. Matthewson is a professor and senior lecturer in psychology. She is the lead researcher in the Family and Interpersonal Relationships Lab at the University of Tasmania. Mandy is a clinical psychologist in private practice and on the board of directors of Parental Alienation Australia and the Parental Alienation Study Group. Her primary area of research and clinical practice is with individuals and families exposed to parental alienating behaviors.

Topics included in this resource are:

Children and Parents:

  • What is parental alienation?
  • What are parental alienating behaviors?
  • Who is involved in the alienation?
  • Personality disorders in alienating parents
  • Historical and current content of PA
  • Interventions and preventions
  • Practical advice and getting support

Adult Survivors of Severe Parental Alienation:

  • What are the long-term adverse effects of exposure to parental alienating behaviors on adult survivors of severe parental alienation (SPA)?
  • Related Traumas that may have been experienced/still being experienced by adult survivors of SPA
  • Rationale and significance of Alyse’s PhD thesis on adult survivors of SPA

Children and ParentsWhat is parental alienation?Parental alienation can be defined as the outcome of a process where one parent (the alienating parent) uses parental alienating behaviors to damage the relationship between their child (alienated child) and the child’s other parent (targeted parent). Consequently, the alienated child rejects the targeted parent for no justifiable reason (Haines, Matthewson, & Turnbull, 2020).

One framework for identifying parental alienation is the Five-Factor Model of Parental Alienation.

Parental alienation is said to be present when:

  1. The child actively avoids, resists, or refuses a relationship with the targeted parent.
  2. There is evidence of a prior positive relationship between the child and the targeted parent.
  3. The targeted parent has at least adequate parenting capacity.
  4. There is evidence of alienating behaviors on the part of the alienating parent.
  5. There is evidence of behavioral manifestations of parental alienation in the child (Bernet & Greenhill, 2022).

Often this shows up amidst and following divorces, but can also be seen in in-tact families as parental gatekeeping. Tracking the history of the family, it is often possible to trace the alienation back to before the family breakdown occurred. It can be intergenerational, as well, as parents pass on the traumatizing behaviors to their children who then repeat the patterns or experience intergenerational consequences, such as lack of relationship with a grandparent.

When parental alienation is present, a child moves out of the “kid” role and begins to give the stabilization to the family unit and the alienating parents, known as adultification. This process stabilizes the parent at the cost of the child, but it is the child’s attempt at self-preservation within a chaotic system. The parent uses the child as a weapon and a regulatory object to meet their psychological needs instead of the other way around.

These experiences create attachment trauma, with or without the presence of life or death encounters (physical abuse, serious neglect) or threats. Coercive control from the parent puts the child in a dissociative state and they then go on to have a variety of trauma presentations. The child must dissociate their desire for connection from one of their parents, as well as, in order to meet the needs of the alienating parent, must dissociate from themselves and their own needs, primarily focusing on meeting the alienating parent’s needs. Sense-of-self and autonomy is not fully developed in these children.

Parental alienation has been present in society for centuries, and its effects have been written off with the ever-present statement, “Children are resilient.” Modern society and care providers need to recognize and help correct these narratives so the child does not end up aligning with the alienating parent, as the child’s sense of reality is corrupted by the alienating parent.

A key distinction of parental alienation is that the proposed threat of the alienated parent is not legitimate. There are times when children need to be protected from an abusive parent, but in the case of parental alienation specifically, these allegations are unfounded.

Additionally, children who are victims of abuse describe wanting to see their abuser again, being able to excuse the behavior in some way or citing they were excellent parents in other ways. This is the opposite of children who experience parental alienation, who consistently express not wanting to see the targeted parent again.

Parental Alienating Behaviors (PABs)Parental alienating behaviors include, but are not limited to, the following (Haines et al., 2020):

  1. Denigration of the targeted parent to the child and in front of the child. This tactic is designed to alter the child’s perception of the targeted parent.
  2. Vilification of the targeted parent so that the child forms the belief that the targeted parent is dangerous and poses a risk of harm to the child when in fact they pose no threat.
  3. Interference with time spent with the targeted parent so the child forms the view that they are not wanted by the targeted parent.
  4. Eradication of the targeted parent from the child’s life.
  5. Preventing the targeted parent from receiving information about their child and preventing the targeted parent from giving information to others, including intercepting cards, gifts letters from the targeted parent to the child.
  6. Interrogation of the alienated child when the child does spend time with the targeted parent. This is typically done in a manner where the child is coerced into believing their interaction with the targeted parent was in some way dangerous.
  7. Damage to the loving connection between the targeted parent and child.
  8. Inappropriate disclosure about the targeted parent.
  9. Encouraging the child to be defiant around the targeted parent so any interaction between the two is negative.
  10. Forcing the child to be loyal to only the alienating parent.
  11. Encouraging an enmeshed relationship between the alienating parent and child.
  12. Using emotional manipulation to control the child.
  13. Utilizing third parties such as child protective services to achieve the goal of severing the relationship between the child and the targeted parent.

Parental alienating behaviors are a form of family violence and child abuse because at the heart of these behaviors is coercive control, about which Harman and Matthewson (2020) provide a comprehensive review. Further, studies have shown that alienated children experience emotional, physical, and sexual abuse, as well as serious neglect perpetrated by the alienating parent in addition to parental alienating behaviors (Baker 2007; Bentley & Matthewson, 2020; Clawar & Rivlin, 2013; Verhaar, Matthewson, & Bentley, 2022).

The severity levels of parental alienation are mild, moderate, and severe:

  • Mild parental alienation occurs when a child is exposed to parental alienating behaviors but they are still able to maintain regular contact with the targeted parent (Baker 2007).
  • Moderate parental alienation occurs when the child struggles to maintain contact with the targeted parent because of exposure to parental alienating behaviors. The child may protest against contact with the targeted parent but is fine when the contact is made (Baker 2007).
  • Severe parental alienation occurs when children exposed to parental alienating behaviors are adamant in their hatred of the targeted parent, often refusing visits with them and threatening to abscond if a visit is proposed (Baker 2007). There is no contact between the child and the severed parent and the child closely aligns with the alienating parent, even forming trauma bonds.

Who Is Involved In The Alienation?Targeted ParentsThe targeted parent is the parent who is the target of parental alienating behaviors and rejection from their child. This parent is sometimes referred to as the alienated parent when the parent-child relationship has been completely severed because of severe parental alienation. Targeted parents can be mothers and fathers (Lee-Maturana, Matthewson, & Dwann, 2021), as well as other gender identities such as nonbinary and trans men and women .

Parents who find themselves the target of parental alienation should find a counselor knowledgeable on these topics who can support them through the process.

Therapists and practitioners can best help their parental alienation patients by first becoming well-versed with the topic, then providing these patients a safe space to tell their story while feeling supported and believed. The targeted parent often fears not being believed and instead being viewed as the perpetrator. Having a practitioner in their corner can make a big difference.

Targeted parents may find themselves in a place of communication with their child, but viewed through a critical lens which prevents further relationship. To have the best chance of reunification, the targeted parent should first do their own work to become as healthy as they can be, working through the trauma and grief they have experienced through the process of alienation. Doing this work allows them to be present with their child during a process of reunification and not be stuck trying to get their own needs met from the child. The process of reunification really must be initiated by the child and the targeted parent must be in a healthy place in order to withstand the inevitable cycle of pursuit and withdrawal from the traumatized child.

Children of alienated parents are not taught breech and repair, have had no autonomy, and are not used to having a safe place to express their own needs and feelings. So the very best thing a targeted parent can do for their alienated child is to provide what Carl Rogers terms “unconditional positive regard,” never challenging or arguing with the child, instead steadfastly weathering the anger and confusion from the child as they walk through the process of stabilization. More important than setting the record straight from their side is bringing their values, essence, and empathy to the relationship.

Alienating ParentsThe alienating parent is a parent who, consciously or unconsciously, uses parental alienating behaviors to damage the relationship between the child and the targeted parent. Darnall(1998) proposes that alienating parents fall into three categories:

  1. Naïve alienators acknowledge the value of the children's relationship with their other parent but will occasionally engage in parental alienating behaviors. Naïve alienators typically respond well to psychoeducation about the negative impact of alienating behaviors.

  2. Active alienators strategically use parental alienating behaviors when they feel hurt. Active alienators tend to express remorse once they are fully aware of the damage their behavior causes.

  3. Obsessed alienators use parental alienating behaviors to hurt the other parent for the pain family separation has caused them. These parents typically have little self-control and insight into their behavior. They may present with problematic personality traits.

A severely alienating parent will erase the targeted parent, and any family member who supports the targeted parent, from the child’s life. This may include the child’s grandparents, aunts, uncles, cousins, friends and sometimes even the animals that the child was close to (Baker 2007; Harman, Matthewson, & Baker, 2021).

Personality Disorders in Alienating ParentsResearch suggests that alienating parents may present with personality disorders (e.g., borderline, histrionic, narcissistic, psychopathy), which can be indicative of a complex trauma presentation on the alienating parent’s end (abandonment-type wound, potentially having experienced parental alienation from their own parents). They can present with a “paranoid orientation to interactions with others” and “severe cognitive distortions,” such as holding an unwavering belief that the targeted parent is dangerous in the absence of real threat (Harman & Matthewson, 2020) (5), and an unhealthy, enmeshed relationship with their family of origin (Haines, et al., 2020).. In addition, exposure to parental lack of impulse control, parental mental illness, life stressors, and poor parenting skills are also risk factors for other types of abuse (Baker 2007).

Alienated ChildrenParental alienation starts with the alienating parent corrupting the child’s sense of reality. This parent coerces the child into believing the targeted parent does not want them, love them, and poses a threat to them. The alienating parent emotionally manipulates the child into rejecting and hating the targeted parent. The child then loses their relationship with a parent who is at least good enough and at best the safer parent of the two (Harman et al., 2021). Alienating parents will adultify, parentify and infantilize their children as it suits them.

Adultification occurs when a parent treats their child as an adult, exposing them to adult information and expecting the child to assume adult roles, such as taking on the parental role of younger siblings.

Parentification occurs when a parent expects a child to assume a parent role and requires the child to comfort them when they are distressed.

Infantilization occurs when a parent treats the child as an infant (Haines et al., 2020).

The alienating parent will treat their child accordingly to suit their own needs, prioritizing their needs over and above the needs of the child. As such, the child is unable to develop their own identity because it becomes enmeshed or infused with the identity and needs of the alienating parent (Harman et al., 2021; Verhaar et al., 2022).

Because of parental alienating behaviors, the child will lose their relationship with extended family members. They can lose connection to once familiar communities (e.g., school, church, neighborhood), particularly when the alienating parent makes a unilateral decision to move geographical location to further alienate the child from the targeted parent (Harman et al., 2021).

When children are stuck in the midst of parental alienation, they will unjustifiably denigrate the targeted parent and show no guilt or remorse for doing so. They are steadfast in their view that the targeted parent is deficient and/or dangerous and will not change their view even when they are presented with information that contradicts their belief. Alienated children will parrot the words and stories of the alienating parent. They will insist they have firsthand knowledge of the negative reports they provide about the targeted parent even when it is not possible for them to have such firsthand experience (Haines et al., 2020). It is the alienated child’s lack of ambivalence towards the targeted parent that distinguishes them from children exposed to other form of child abuse Bernet, Gregory, Rohner, & Raey (2020).

The impact of parental alienation on children can last for years and even a lifetime (Baker, 2007). Children subjected to parental alienating behaviors experience the same trauma reactions as those who have suffered other forms of abuse (Verhaar et al., 2022).

Historical and Current Context of Parental Alienation * The parental alienation literature is a maturing field of science. Almost 40% of the parental alienation literature has been published since 2016 (Harman, Warshak, Lorandos, & Florian, 2022). * Over the decades, the parental alienation literature has shifted its focus from trying to conceptualise parental alienation as a mental disorder diagnosed in children to understanding parental alienating behaviors as family violence and child abuse. * In 2004, it was estimated that 20 million children in the United States were alienated from a parent due to exposure to parental alienating behaviors (Opperman 2004). * In 2019, it was estimated that approximately 22 million parents in the United States were targeted parents (Harman, Leder-Elder, & Biringen, 2019). * Of these 22 million parents, it is reported that 6.7% were experiencing moderate to severe alienation, which is 1.3% of the U.S. population. * Parental alienation is a significant social and psychological issue in Australia; however, it has not been measured. Consequently, we only have approximate statistics based on U.S. data. * Anecdotally, approximately 334,220 children in Australia in 2020 were experiencing moderate to severe parental alienation.

Interventions and PreventionsThere are four broad styles of parenting after family separation (Haines et al., 2020). These are summarized below.

Cooperative parenting: These parents have low levels of conflict between them and can co-parent for the benefit of their children despite their differences. This parenting style is associated with good long-term psychosocial outcomes for children, as it prioritizes the needs of the child over and above the parents’ grief reactions after family separation.

Parallel parenting: These parents create parallel homes for their children to move between. Both parents have limited contact with each other and as a result have low or no conflict with each other. Children can generally cope well moving between two homes. It is exposure to conflict between parents and inconsistency in rules within one home that children tend to struggle with.

Mixed Parenting: This style occurs when parents have little to do with each other, but when they do they argue in front of the children, leaving children feeling uncertain.

Parental Alienating Parenting: The parental alienating parenting style is associated with the worst psychosocial outcomes for children.

Prevention, Practical Advice, and Getting Support (Children and Parents)During a divorce, couples heading towards parental alienation are usually easy to spot. These behaviors should be identified and intervention provided. The alienating parent will often try to get the counselor or therapist in an alliance with them. If they do not align with them they will stop therapy. This can become even trickier if both parents are alienating parents.

Preventing parental alienation can include psychoeducation and targeted interventions at the first sign of parental alienation. One such early intervention program for mild to moderate cases of parental alienation is Resetting the Family. This program is effective when alienating parents are naïve or active types. However, preliminary research suggests the program may not be effective in preventing progression to severe parental alienation when the alienating parent is the obsessive type and has underlying psychopathology.

Severe cases of parental alienation need to be treated as a child protection matter. Changing custody to the targeted parent along with interventions to improve family relationships and functioning can be effective (Templer, Matthewson, Haines, & Cox, 2016). Such interventions for severe parental alienation should include:

  • Psychoeducation about parental alienation and its sequelae
  • Protecting the child from harm caused by the alienation
  • Using therapeutic intervention to reduce the child’s distress and improve psychological well-being
  • Using techniques that challenge the child’s distorted thinking
  • Interventions to improve the targeted parent-child relationship
  • Preparing the alienating parent for an improvement in the quality of the targeted parent-child relationship and challenging their distorted thinking
  • Strategies to achieve an effective co-parenting relationship if it is safe to do so
  • Establishing healthy boundaries and communication within the family

Collaboration between mental health therapists and the judiciary is vital for these programs to be effective. This is because a therapeutic program provides the environment for behavior change and court orders can offer sanctions for non-compliance when the goals of intervention are counter to the wishes of the alienating parent (Templer et al., 2016). One such evidence-based program is Building Family Bridges Program.

Sometimes parents need support in achieving the goal of co-parenting. Here is a list of organizations who can help:

Eeny Meeny Miney Mo Foundation: www.emmm.org.au

The International Support Network of Alienated Families: https://isnaf.info

Parental Alienation Study Group: https://pasg.info

AdultsAlyse’s PhD Research Alyse is currently designing a treatment protocol for mental health practitioners who work with adult survivors of severe parental alienation.

Alyse’s PhD research consists of two concurrent studies summarized below.

Part OneAdult survivors of severe parental alienation have been interviewed to explore their experience of accessing mental health support during their recovery journey. The researcher examined the perspectives of what was helpful and unhelpful in therapy. How mental health services can be improved to better support adult survivors of severe parental alienation is also being investigated.

Part Two The perspectives of mental health practitioners who work directly with adult survivors of severe parental alienation have been explored. The researcher examined which therapeutic frameworks are being utilized by practitioners when working with adult survivors and how they believe their training and professional development could best be developed to assist their work with adult survivors of SPA.

The results of this study are currently being analyzed.

What are the long-term adverse effects of exposure to parental alienating behaviors on adult survivors of SPA?Child maltreatment and abusecan lead to self-destructive behavior and complex trauma presentations such as substance abuse, delinquent behavior, separation anxiety, suicidal ideation, suicide attempts, educational difficulties, and fears and phobias (Sher 2017). Some of the psychological issues adults who were exposed to parental alienating behaviors during childhood can experience include complex post-traumatic stress reactions, substance use problems, self-harm behaviors, eating disorders, depression, anxiety, and suicidality (Baker, 2007; Verhaar et al., 2022)

"Child abuse is a major public health concern and a strong predictor of adult psychopathology" (Saini, Hoffman, Pantelis, Everall, & Bousman, 2019, p.107).

What are the long-term extensive adverse effects on adult survivors of SPA?* Some traumatic events in childhood that Perry, 2003 reports include an increased risk for a host of social problems, (e.g., teenage pregnancy, adolescent drug abuse, school failure, victimization, anti-social behavior), also neuropsychiatric problems (e.g., posttraumatic stress disorder, dissociative disorders, conduct disorders) and physical health problems (e.g., heart disease, asthma). * Adults of SPA may also have been exposed to sexual abuse, emotional abuse, physical abuse, poor impulse control, alcoholism, and personality disorders (Baker 2007). * Adverse psychological effects can include anxiety disorders, depression, low self-esteem, guilt, lack of trust (Baker 2007), cognitive dissonance, and false memories (Haines, Matthewson, & Turnbull, 2020). * Adult survivors may also experience suicidality, resentment, and bitterness over time lost with their alienated parent (Sher 2017). * Adult survivors may also avoid rejection from their own children and potential feelings of a lack of belonging by choosing not to have their own children (Sher 2017).

As an insider researcher, it has been Alyse’s experience that many of the mental health practitioners are working without appropriate treatment protocols. To date, there have been no clinical research trials performed regarding treatment recommendations for adult survivors of SPA.

Because this area is so under researched, very little published literature has reported on SPA directly. Therefore, Alyse has drawn upon related divorce and SPA literature to showcase what adult survivors of divorce may have been exposed to.

Related traumas that may have been experienced or are still being experienced by survivors of SPA include:* Intergenerational cycles of trauma and violence (Baker 2007). * Child abduction and child kidnapping (Hickey & Nedim, 2020, p. 1). Baker (2007) reports that stories of beatings, plans of being aborted, thrown in a river, not caring for them properly or being kidnapped may all be a normalized version of reality for the adult survivor of SPA. In addition, adult survivors may have come into contact with organizations specializing in the abduction and kidnapping of children involved in high conflict divorce. There are child abduction rings operating in Queensland and one was offering disgruntled parents to hire them for $1,500 to abduct their child to stop the other parent from having a visitation or gaining access to the child (Hickey & Nedim, 2020). * Adult survivors may have been subjected to child filicide (seeing the killing a child or been targets themselves), or familicide (seeing family members die by murder-suicide) * Factitious Disorder Imposed on Another (FDIA previous Munchausen's by proxy) (Cording & Carter, 2021) * Trauma bonding (previously known as Stockholm Syndrome) (Berkowitz, no year) * Child sexual abuse (CSA) (Baker 2007) * Adult survivors may also be exposed to child sex trafficking and child exploitation (Gozdziak & Bump, 2008). * Unlawful adoption, assault from new stepparents and their children and associated extended family or being farmed out to relatives or foster care (Gozdziak & Bump, 2008) * Adult survivors may have been shot at or have seen family members shot or tortured (University of the Health Sciences, 2021). * Adult victims of child abuse are also at an increased risk for stalking and having a family friend die by suicide or be murdered (Widom, Czaja, & Dutton, 2008). * Adult survivors may also experience Intimate Partner Violence (IPV) (Zerubavel, Messman-Moore, DiLillo, & Gratz, 2016). * This list is not exhaustive and adult survivors may present with experiences that fall outside the ones described when in session with practitioners. Many more specific experiences have been captured by Alyse’s research.

Rationale and significance of further research of adult survivors of SPAGaps identified from the results of the peer reviewed and gray literature reviews included:

  • Information on the long-term physical and mental health challenges and prospects that adult survivors of SPA face.
  • That mental health practitioners are not receiving the complex trauma training that they need. For example, the American Psychological Association (APA) who sampled practicing generalist psychologists noted that trauma psychology is not part of the standard curriculum within graduate-level education (Cook, Dinnen, Rehman, Bufka, & Courtois, 2011). However, generalist level psychologists who have not had specialized training for dealing with trauma survivors treated this cohort at an average of 16.9 hours per month. (Cook, Dinnen, Rehman, Bufka, & Courtois, 2011).
  • Practitioners who work with adult survivors of trauma need to have in-depth knowledge of the effects and symptoms of maltreatment, including the neurobiological impact, the cycles of violence and trauma, and the different pathways to disorganized attachment (Alexander 2015).
  • This gap also identifies that generalized complex trauma training may need to include a new framework for the adult survivors of PA and all its forms.
  • The literature review also identified a large gap regarding the underrepresentation of survivor voices in professional practice, conferences, and academic literature.
  • Data on adult survivors and their practitioners regarding perspectives on SPA has been collected, compared and analyzed for the first time. Results will be published for PA researchers, mental health practitioners, and mental health professionals to gain a deeper understanding of what an adult survivor and their practitioner both require to work together to find improved mental health solutions and a greater therapeutic alliance.
  • The study also addresses the literature gap regarding treatment protocols for practitioners who work with adult survivors.
  • The study data results will be used as the basis of clinical trials, which will lead to a treatment protocol for mental health practitioners who work with adult survivors of SPA.

References:

Alase, A. (2017). The Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA): A Guide to a Good Qualitative Research Approach. International Journal of Education & Literacy Studies, 5(5), 11. Retrieved January 27, 2021. From: https://www.journals.aiac.org.au/index.php/IJELS/article/view/3400/2797

Alvarez, M., & Turner, C. (2021). Diversion Programs: The Role of Parent Education Programs. Parental Alienation International, 6(6), 7-8.

Baker, A. J. (2007). Adult Children of Parental Alienation Syndrome. Breaking the Ties that Bind. New York, New York, USA: W.W Norton & Company. Retrieved November 7, 2020

Cording, J., & Carter, M. (2021). Factitious Disorder Imposed on Another: Literature scan.Wellington: New Zealand Government, Oranga Tamariki—Ministry for Children. Retrieved September 16, 2021. From: https://www.orangatamariki.govt.nz/assets/Uploads/About-us/Research/Latest-research/Factitious-Disorder/Factitious-Disorder-Imposed-on-Another-Literature-Scan.pdf

Bentley, C., & Matthewson, M. (2020). The not-forgotten child: alienated adult children's experience of parental alienation. American Journal of Family Therapy, 48, 509-529.

Bernet, W., Gregory, N., Rohner, R. P., & Reay, K. M. (2020). Measuring the Difference Between Parental Alienation and Parental Estrangement: The PARQ-Gap. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 65(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/1556-4029.14300

Clawar, S.S., & Rivlin, B.V. (2013). Children Held Hostage: Identifying Brainwashed Children, Presenting a Case, and Crafting Solutions, 2nd ed.; American Bar Association, Division of Family Law: Chicago, IL, USA.

Darnall, D. (1998). Divorce Casualties. Protecting your Children From Parental Alienation.Lanham, Maryland, USA: Taylor Trade Publishing. Retrieved January 9, 2021

Das, C. (2016). British-Indian Adult Children of Divorce. Context, Impact and Coping. (2 ed.). New York, NY, USA: Routledge Publishing.

Gardner, R. (1992). The parental alienation syndrome: a guide for mental health and legal professionals. Cresskill, N.J, U.S.A: Creative Therapeutics.

Gozdziak, E., & Bump, M. (2008). Victims No Longer: Research on Child Survivors of Trafficking for Sexual and Labor Exploitation in the United States. U.S. Department of Justice. Retrieved August 30, 2021, from https://www.ojp.gov/pdffiles1/nij/grants/221891.pdf

Haines, J., Matthewson, M.L., & Turnbull, M. (2020). Understanding and Managing Parental Alienation: A Guide to Assessment and Intervention. London: Routledge.

Harman, J. J., Leder-Elder, S., & Biringen, Z. (2019). Prevalence of adults who are the targets of parental alienating behaviors and their impact. Children and Youth Services Review, 106, 1-21. doi:doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2019.104471

Harman, J.J., & Matthewson, M.L. (2020). Alienating Behaviors. In D. Lorandos, & W. Bernet (Eds.), Parental Alienation: Science and Law. (pp. 82-141). Springfield, Illinois, Charles C. Thomas Publisher, Ltd

Harman, J.J., Matthewson, M.L., & Baker, A. (2022). Losses experienced by children alienated from a parent. Current Opinion in Psychology (Special Issue on Separation and Loss), 43, 7-12.

Harman, J. J., Warshak, R. A., Lorandos, D., & Florian, M. J. (2022). Developmental Psychology and the Scientific Status of Parental Alienation. Developmental Psychology. Advance online publication. http://dx.doi.org/10.1037/dev0001404

Hickey, S., & Nedim, U. (2020, August 25). Abducting Your Own Child Can Amount to a Crime in Australia. Retrieved June 19, 2021, from Sydney Criminal Lawyers: https://www.mondaq.com/australia/crime/979016/abducting-your-own-child-can-amount-to-a-crime-in-australia

ISNAF. (2021). Parental Alienation Glossary of Terms. Retrieved January 16, 2021, from The International Support Network of Alienated Families: https://isnaf.info/parental-alienation-glossary-of-terms/

Lee-Maturana, S., Matthewson, M., & Dwan, C. (2021). Ten Key Findings on Targeted Parents’ Experiences: Towards a Broader Definition of Parental Alienation. Journal of Family Issues.

Lorandos, D., Bernet, W., & Sauber, S. R. (2013). Overview of Parental Alienation, in Parental Alienation: The Handbook for Mental Health and Legal Professionals. (B. a. Lorandos, Ed.) Springfield, Illinois, America: Charles C Thomas.

MCMoewe. (2014, August 19). Documentary Exposes Our $50 Billion a Year Divorce Industry. Retrieved August 9, 2021, from Daily Kos: https://www.dailykos.com/stories/2014/8/18/1322591/--Divorce-Corp-Documentary-Offers-Searing-Indictment-of-Our-Corrupt-Family-Courts

Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017, October 2). Thematic Analysis: Striving to Meet the Trustworthiness Criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16(1), 1-13. doi:10.1177/1609406917733847

Opperman, J. (2004, July-August). Parental Alienation Syndrome: what do you do when your child stops seeing you as mom or dad? Children's Voice, 13(4), 23-25. Retrieved August 14, 2021, from https://www-proquest-com.ezproxy.usc.edu.au/docview/203947284?accountid=28745

Perry, B. D. (2003). Effects of Traumatic Events on Children. Retrieved July 20, 2021, from Child Trauma Academy. A Learning Community: http://fa-sett.no/filer/perry-handout-effects-of-trauma.pdf

Saini, S. M., Hoffman, C. R., Pantelis, C., Everall, I. P., & Bousman, C. A. (2019, February). Systematic review and critical appraisal of child abuse measurement instruments. Psychiatry Research, 272, 106-113. doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2018.12.068

Sher, L. (2017). Parental alienation: the impact on men’s mental health. International Journal of Adolescent Medicine and Health; Berlin, 29(3), 1-5. doi:10.1515/ijamh-2015-0083

Shivayogi, P. (2013). Vulnerable population and methods for their safeguard. Perspectives in Clinical Research, 4(1), 53-57. doi:10.4103/2229-3485.106389

Templer, K., Matthewson, M., Haines, J., & Cox, G. (2016, October 3). Recommendations for best practice in response to parental alienation: findings from a systematic review. Journal of Family Therapy, 39(1), 103-122. doi:https://doi-org.ezproxy.usc.edu.au/10.1111/1467-6427.12137

Templer, K., Matthewson, M., Haines, J., & Cox, G. (2016). Recommendations for best practice in response to parental alienation: findings from a systematic review. Journal of Family Therapy, 39(1), 103-122. doi:https://doi-org.ezproxy.usc.edu.au/10.1111/1467-6427.12137

Verhaar, S., Matthewson, M. L., & Bentley, C. (2022). The impact of parental alienatingbehaviors on the mental health of adults alienated in childhood. Children, 9(4), 475.

University of the Health Sciences. (2021). The Impact of Kidnapping, Shooting and Torture on Children. Retrieved June 22, 2021, from The Center for the Study of Traumatic Stress (CSTS): https://www.cstsonline.org/resources/resource-master-list/the-impact-of-kidnapping-shooting-and-torture-on-children

Widom, C. S., Czaja, S. J., & Dutton, M. A. (2008). Childhood victimization and lifetime revictimization. Child Abuse & Neglect, 32(8), 785-796. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chiabu.2007.12.006

Zerubavel, N., Messman-Moore, T. L., DiLillo, D., & Gratz, K. L. (2016, March 12). Childhood Sexual Abuse and Fear of Abandonment Moderate the Relation of Intimate Partner Violence to Severity of Dissociation. Journal of Trauma & Dissociation, 19(1), 9-24. Doi: https://doi-org.ezproxy.usc.edu.au/10.1080/15299732.2017.1289491

View Details

David Puder, M.D., Rocio Salas-Whalen, M.D.

David Puder, M.D and Rocio Salas-Whalen, M.D. have no conflicts of interest to report.

In today’s episode of the podcast, I interview Dr. Rocio Salas-Whalen, owner of New York Endocrinology on Park Avenue. Dr. Salas-Whalen has deep expertise in diabetes, metabolism, obesity, thyroid abnormalities and other endocrine disorders. She completed her internal medicine residency at Albert Einstein College of Medicine and her endocrinology fellowship at the University of Maryland School of Medicine in Baltimore. Additionally, she was a research fellow at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and is board certified in Obesity Medicine.

We will be discussing obesity and weight loss. The definition of obesity has changed significantly in the last few years. In 1942, WHO classified obesity as a chronic disease. In 2013, the American Medical Association accepted it as a chronic metabolic and multifactorial disease.

COVID And ObesityCOVID brought to light, in multiple studies, that patients with high BMI had higher admissions to the ICU, had more severe effects from COVID, higher mortality, and higher need of mechanical ventilation.

Many studies were initially done in Europe and Asia, where obesity is not as prevalent as it is in America. After COVID came to the U.S., an NYU study showed a correlation between BMI and patient admittance into the ICU. Now, looking back at European cases, even though obesity levels are not as high, a correlation can be seen between more adverse effects to COVID and a higher BMI or obesity. The reason for this correlation is that obesity is chronic inflammation, which forces the immune system to be preoccupied with the chronic inflammation and there is not enough immunity to fight the virus.

Obesity And Mental HealthObesity has a profound effect on mental health. The need for the individual to focus on food and weight starts at an early age. By the time they reach adulthood, most of their life's mental energy has been consumed by their weight and how food will affect their weight. It is deeply taxing and is an emotional, deeply personal journey for patients. The idea that these patients are lazy, could do better if they wanted, or that they have obesity due to their lifestyle is not the case. Patients, by adulthood, will have gone through varying combinations of weight loss camps, nutritionists, physical trainers, and multiple diets throughout their lifetime, many times truly having done the work and still having obesity.

Having done all the work, knowing that it is not for lack of trying that they are not losing weight, can actually bring relief because it validates they are putting forth the effort and are not lazy. By having this pressure and guilt relieved, patients are more able to open their minds to other treatments.

Family HistoryWhen evaluating a patient seeking treatment for obesity, it is important to ask the right questions and obtain a detailed family history in order to capture the entire picture.

  1. Family history: Plays a major role in obesity. Gather information from as far back as possible (At what age do they remember recognizing they had to think about food and weight?). Finding where the obesity genes come from can be helpful (Dr. Salas stated 98% of her cases can be traced to family history). There is a very strong familial link.
  2. For females, ask about menstrual history, fertility and PCOS symptoms. For males, erectile dysfunction could be related to obesity.
  3. Lifestyle/Environmental: Exercise, eating habits, relationship with food, sleeping habits, traveling a lot for job. Sleeping habits are very important. Majority of patients don’t have proper sleep, which is an environmental factor that could cause obesity. Many patients also have sleep apnea, which raises cortisol, leading to weight gain and possibly obesity.
  4. Medication: There are multiple medications that cause weight gain. Antidepressants, beta blockers, steroids. Diving deep into their medical history can help find additional causes for obesity.

Fault With BMIBMI has limitations when it comes to determining the ratios of muscle mass to fat mass. Sometimes seeing a normal BMI has to do with a higher fat mass and lower muscle mass, which isn’t healthy. Using MRIs, bone density/dexa scans, or impedance machines can differentiate between fat, water, and muscle, find visceral fat and make calculations that give a better picture than the BMI scale.

Obesity And Metabolic FunctionThe concept of metabolic health is for the ratio of your skeletal muscle mass to be higher than your body fat mass and for your visceral fat to be low. Diagnostic metabolic values include insulin resistance, A1C, blood pressure, and cholesterol.

Most of Dr. Salas-Whalen patients exercise in some capacity but it is important to guide them towards the right exercise, especially on weight loss treatment. There's going to be caloric restriction and muscle loss, so guiding the patient to exercises that will result in the least amount of muscle loss in the weight loss phase is important.

Studies show that when muscle mass drops, percentage body fat goes up. Muscle loss could be due to aging, severe caloric restriction or low protein intake. Likewise, when muscle percentage goes up, body fat percentage goes down. Anytime there’s muscle gain there is automatically fat percentage loss even without medication. Guiding patients to gain muscle will build what was lost and gaining muscle will be part of the maintenance of body fat percentage.

Determining TreatmentThere are a few FDA-approved medications available for weight loss:

  • GLP-1 Wegovy (semaglutide) (weekly injection)
  • GLP-1 Saxenda (liraglutide) (daily injection)
  • GLP-1 & GIP, Mounjaro (tirzepatide) (weekly injection) (only FDA approved for diabetes)
  • Qsymia (a combination of phentermine/topiramate)

Orlistat, which is one of the oldest medications approved, but its side effects can cause diarrhea/soiling and it doesn’t produce the weight loss that we see in newer medications. A significant difference in weight loss is seen from weekly shots rather than daily shots.

While bariatric surgery is a treatment option, a downside is that, mechanically, it shuts down the ability to overeat but does not shut down the psychiatry emotional feedback which often leads to eventual weight gain. Whereas, the use of the GLP-1 and GIP agonists work in your brain, as well as mechanically.

Mounjaro (Tirzepatide)Tirzepatide, which came out this year, is the first combination drug, having GLP-1 and GIP. All the other versions were only GLP-1.

A study of tirzepatide by Jastreboff et al., followed 2539 participants who were given either 5 mg, 10 mg, or 15 mg of tirzepatide. At baseline, the mean body weight was 104.8 kg, the mean BMI was 38.0, and 94.5% of participants had a BMI of 30 or higher. The mean percentage change in weight at week 72 was −15.0% (95% confidence interval [CI], −15.9 to −14.2) with 5-mg weekly doses of tirzepatide, −19.5% (95% CI, −20.4 to −18.5) with 10-mg doses, and −20.9% (95% CI, −21.8 to −19.9). After one year, participants experienced an average change in waist circumference of 7.28 inches in the 15 mg group and -4.8 decrease in diastolic blood pressure.

Ozempic (Semaglutide)In a study of once-weekly semaglutide by Wilding et al., 1,961 participants (18 and older, average age 47) with one unsuccessful dietary effort and a BMI of 30 or greater or BMI of 27 and one untreated issue, were started with 0.25mg per week for 4 weeks and titrated up every 4 weeks to a dose of 2.4mg by week 16. Participants received individual counseling sessions every 4 weeks to help them adhere to a reduced-calorie diet (-500 kcal deficit per day relative to the energy expenditure estimated at the time they underwent randomization) and increased physical activity (with 150 minutes per week of physical activity such as walking, encouraged).

What Is A GLP-1?GLP-1 drugs are not new. They were originally used for diabetes management. The first incretin, a gut hormone that regulates glucose, was discovered in 2005. The first GLP-1 was Byetta (exenatide). It regulates glucose control in type 2 diabetes by helping the pancreas make more insulin, decreasing insulin sensitivity and increasing insulin production. (The effect on the pancreas is glucose dependent—you must have hypoglycemia or type 2 diabetes for this drug to work on the pancreas. That is why it can be used independent of hypoglycemia and diabetes, because you do not develop hypoglycemia (exceptions being if the patient is on insulin or a sulfonylurea, in which case those medicines need to be titrated down).

As GLP-1s started being used, patients had better glucose control, better A1C, and better weight loss, which is rarely seen with any diabetes drug. In fact, many diabetes drugs actually cause weight gain. Then, due to these observations, we branched out off-label and began to use GLP-1 for weight loss. Soon after, studies were performed and these drugs were approved to treat weight loss and obesity.

Emotional Component Of ObesityMany patients who struggle with weight have emotional positive reinforcement with food. The GLP1 and GIP work really well because it works on the amygdala receptors which dissociates any positive reinforcement from food or alcohol for those who struggle with snacking, cravings, or drinking. These medications rewire the brain’s connection to food and take away the element of emotional or social positive reinforcement. Patients will still enjoy and savor food, but they won’t feel the intense anticipation or emotional response from food/alcohol.

Issues With MedicationMedications can be very expensive and insurance may not cover them. Some patients order from Canada. Currently, terzepatide is offering patients with commercial insurance a coupon that, with no prior authorization required, for $25/month for one year.

Wegovy, the FDA-approved semaglutide, runs out of stock constantly because companies didn’t anticipate the demand for it. Due to this, production was shut down, causing patients to switch to Ozempic which resulted in more shortages.

Additionally, upon renewal of health insurance, patients should add weight loss medications to their coverage benefits.

Side EffectsSide effects of GLP-1s can include nausea, vomiting, medullary thyroid carcinoma, which is very rare and since the inclusion of incretin in 2005, there hasn’t been a single case reported in its nearly 20 years of use. Cancer history is an important question to ask in family history because if there is a history of medullary thyroid carcinoma in a first-degree relative, the patient is not a candidate to use a GLP-1 or GIP.

Pancreatitis is another rare (Dr. Salas-Whalen has only seen 2 cases in 12 years), and only seen in patients with type 2 diabetes. If you do not have diabetes, these medications do not touch your pancreas.

Dehydration is a more common side effect that isn’t discussed as much as it needs to be. They can cause severe dehydration, possibly resulting in kidney stones or lightheadedness/loss of consciousness. As these medications take away hunger, they also take away thirst. However, patients may not feel thirsty even if they are dehydrated. The consistent ingestion of fluids is paramount.

GLP-1s and GIP work well and are relatively safe. The experience of the provider giving it is key. While it is possible in some places in the world to obtain these drugs without a prescription, this is highly discouraged because patients need to be closely supervised by medical professionals for the potential side effects and lack of results if the medication isn’t being used properly.

View Details

Jake McBride D.O., David Puder, M.D.

Jake McBride and David Puder have no conflicts of interest to report.

Jacob McBride is a psychiatrist in Pittsburgh, PA. He serves his community through an IOP program and hospital consultations at Saint Clair Health, which is not affiliated with this project. He maintains a private practice, as well, and would be delighted to connect at the contact information below.

Connect with Jake McBride:

412 365 5155

JM@selforganizingsystems.com

Why Look Into Polypharmacy?Almost universally, the rate of antidepressant use has risen over the latter half of the century. Read et al. in their 2017 paper note prescriptions for antidepressants in England doubled from 2005 to 2015 and looked at interpersonal interpersonal adverse effects. With a survey of nearly 1800 individuals, they asked about deleterious effects on sex life, vocation, general physical health, social life, close relationships, and independence. One thousand respondents were taking antidepressants at the time of the survey, 484 of which were taking only antidepressants at the time of the survey. Of this latter category, 86% reported at least one of these side effects. Over half of respondents (63.9%) reported mild adverse effects, a third reported moderate adverse effects (32%), and 4.1 % reported severe adverse effects. Sex life distruption was the most common adverse effects at 43.7%, with other categories reported by ¼ to ⅓ of respondents.

Polypharmacy, defined here as an antidepressant with at least one other tranquiliser, antipsychotic, or mood stabilizer, was reported by 524 respondents. In the same way that an endocrinologist will see more complex diabetic patients than a general practitioner, and they will likely be on more medications, a psychiatrist will see more complex patients and therefore tend to have patients with more medications. Of the respondents in this study, 42.6% with polypharmacy were under the care of a psychiatrist, and 12.6% were under the care of a general practitioner. Polypharmacy increased, and in some cases doubled, the risk of the above adverse effects. The total number of psychotropics was correlated with progressive risk of adverse effects, and was inversely correlated to perceived efficacy of the drugs.

Read’s definition of polypharmacy, several drugs in multiple classes, is a common one. There are other ways to define the issue. Polypharmacy can refer to redundancy with multiple drugs in the same class (Kukreja 2013). Adjuvant polypharmacy refers to the use of one drug to treat the adverse effects of another. Polypharmacy through augmentation occurs when one drug’s dose is maximized, but symptoms remain. In these cases, another agent is added to continue to pursue a treatment effect. Additionally there is total polypharmacy, the absolute number of medications regardless of class, mechanism, and indication.

Epidemiology Polypharmacy is fairly prevalent, though depending on how it is defined and measured, rates vary from 13 to 90% (Kukreja 2013). Up to ⅓ of outpatients are on three or more psychotropics. In 1974, 5% of inpatients were discharged on three or more medications, up to 40% by 1990. In general, multi-class polypharmacy is most prevalent and found in 20.9% of patients (De las Cuevas and Sanz in 2004). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors given with a benzodiazepine are most common, followed by tricyclic antidepressants given with a benzodiazepine. In same-class polypharmacy, multiple benzodiazepines are most common. 19% of child and adolescent patients are reported on multiple classes of psychotropics (Comer 2016).

Why Does Polypharmacy Happen?Many authors give a variety of reasons polypharmacy occurs, many of which are summarized in Kukreja’s 2013 review article. There are scientific reasons for it (with a focus on biogenic amines), their pharmacodynamics, and their metabolism, and there is an impetus to use medications to address psychiatric conditions (Kukreja 2013). There are also economic reasons for it. The pharmaceutical sector of the US economy is immense, valued at 2.8 trillion dollars (statista.com). Discussion on the ways the pharmaceutical industry influences prescribing exceeds the scope of this essay, but there is an enormous amount of capital that depends on prescribing medications. There are regulatory issues as well - the Food and Drug Administration gives indications for a medication only when safety and efficacy for that indication is demonstrated by the manufacturers. This often leaves professional organizations and individual prescribers to their own interpretation of the literature if they wish to use one medication to treat multiple problems. This is made all the more perilous by the economic problem, as off-label prescribing can be illegally encouraged by drug companies. There’s a cultural issue as well, as Americans may have “a large appetite for pharmacological treatments,” which may or may not be appropriate (Kukreja 2013). Sometimes the problem can lie with the prescriber, either due to compromise from the above factors, or compromise from intrinsic factors.

These intrinsic factors are, at times, mistakes. There can be a lack of conviction about declaring a medication trial to be failed, or less charitably a “combination of fear and laziness,” such that treatment failure is addressed not with discontinuation of a medication, but addition of still more (Kingsbury 2001). When there is diagnostic ambiguity, “sloppy diagnosis,” can lead to treating many potential conditions or symptom clusters, rather than working towards a more parsimonious diagnosis with a more parsimonious treatment plan. If there is a cross titration, and the patient does well, many are tempted to halt the titration and proceed with polypharmacy rather than stick to plan and arrive at one, not two, medications. Inadequate pharmacologic knowledge can lead illogical treatment decisions, such as adding a medication with a similar mechanism of action to a similar one already in use, or using multiple meds at sub therapeutic doses.

MeritsThere are times when polypharmacy may be helpful or even necessary. There may be a need due to failure of monotherapy (Sadock 2009). Illness with various phases, such as bipolar d/o, may require many med changes over time, which may necessitate polypharmacy. Comorbidities may require treatment with different agents. When side effects are dose dependent, using more agents at lower doses may avoid these side effects. Adjuvants may be required to respond to adverse effects and other complications. Augmentation can be preferred over switching the initial medication if there is partial response. Symptoms of special concern, like suicidality, may be targeted by the addition of lithium or clozaril. Similar considerations can be seen in other fields, where there is precedent in treating conditions like CHF, epilepsy, cancer, AIDS, etc., which often require polypharmacy.

DemeritsMany concerns arise under a drug regimen with polypharmacy. Adherence becomes more difficult for patients. Cumulative toxicity rises linearly and, where there are interactions, potentially exponentially. Valproate and carbamazepine are a famous example, whereby carbamazepine levels are increased with co-administration, with valproate interfering with its metabolism and also metabolite glucuronidation and clearance (Bernus et al., 1997). It is associated with excessive dosing and early death (Ito et al., 2005). Ito studied 139 patients with schizophrenia across 19 psychiatric units. Polypharmacy and excessive dosing were found in 96 cases. Factors were psychiatrist skepticism towards algorithms, nursing requests, and patient’s clinical condition.

Dealing with PolypharmacyMinimizing polypharmacy requires a complex knowledge of the patient, their conditions, and the medications. The SAIL (simple, adverse, indication, list) acronym offers a good start at this (Lee 1998). Prescribers are to keep drug regimens simple, with once daily regimens where possible. Adverse effects are to be understood not just for each drug independently, but also within their interactions as well. Drug indications must be clearly understood with a well defined therapeutic goal, and the drug’s progress in meeting that goal must be continually reassessed. Keeping an accurate list, while obvious on the face of it, remains a critical task if any of the above advice is to be followed at all. While general principles are helpful in managing polypharmacy, managing the complexity of polypharmacy often requires more detailed attention to specific issues.

Special Topics In PolypharmacyAnticholinergic EffectsJoshi et al., 2021 assessed for impacts of other variables with regression analysis for proxies of disease severity, such as total antipsychotic dosage, negative symptom severity, positive symptom severity, number of hospitalizations, and cigarettes per day. They found decrement across all measured cognitive domains, largely independent of the confounding factors above, and correlated in a dose-dependent manner with the anticholinergic burden.

The average ACB score is 3.8, and the anticholinergic burden is high in the studied schizophrenia/schizoaffective population. An ACB over 3 is associated with 50% increased risk of developing dementia. Anticholinergic effects were detected “across all cognitive domains with comparable magnitude.” This did not vary with the type of medication, but varied with ACB, suggesting the concept of total anticholinergic burden is more important than individual medications.

The results suggest “differences in cognitive outcomes associated with antipsychotic medications, if present, likely occur in the context of overall anticholinergic medication burden and may not necessarily reflect other complex difference in dopaminergic / serotonergic blockade,” a likely reference to the 5HT 1A / 2A effects of atypicals and the theoretical cognitive benefit they may provide.

There is one reason to intentionally incur some anticholinergic burden in the treatment of schizophrenia, the prevention or treatment of EPS (if they have a history of EPS or are high risk).

One criticism of the Anticholinergic Cognitive Burden scale from agingbraincare.org is that it scores medications even if they have no anticholinergic activity. It assigns a score of 1 for possible anticholinergics, including Abilify, Invega, Risperidone. “Aripiprazole, risperidone, and ziprasidone did not demonstrate AA at any of the concentrations studied,” and “in vitro binding of aripiprazole, risperidone, and ziprasidone is negligible” (Chew 2006) at concentrations up to 1000 ng/dL

Bipolar DisorderFornaro et al. in 2016 produced a meta analysis of articles relating to polypharmacy in bipolar disorder. Thirty-one articles met their inclusion criteria. They take pains to discuss one of the main challenges in polypharmacy, which is to define it. While one could describe it as a duplication of med class or mechanism of action for a specific diagnosis, they offer more simple terms: Polypharmacy for the use of 2 or 3 psychotropic medications, and complex polypharmacy for the use of 4 or more psychotropic medications. Prevalence depends on the definition, but as an example, in STEP BD inpatients were on an average of 3.21 +/- 1.46 psychotropics, and 5.94 +/- 3.78 total medications. The Arzneimittelüberwachung in der Psychiatrie Program followed over 2000 cases for 16 years and reported 85% of cases received psychotropic polypharmacy. Of these cases, 15% received monotherapy.

Clinical features of polypharmacy cases are identified. Treatment with second-generation antipsychotics (SGA) drugs, history of suicide attempts, income above $75,000 were associated with higher rates of polypharmacy on analysis of the STEP BD data. Treatment with lithium, valproic acid, and carbamazepine was associated with the lowest rates of polypharmacy. Factors not found to contribute to the risk of polypharmacy include history of psychosis, age of onset, prior hospitalizations, and history of substance use. Neither the subtype (type I vs. II) of bipolar disorder nor the phase of illness (manic, depressed, mixed) contributed to risk. Patients presenting with depression or a mixed episode experienced increased polypharmacy involving selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (45% for depression, 20% for mixed episode) and also benzodiazepines (47% for depression, 33% for mixed episode) (Weinstock 2014). Use of lithium, anticonvulsants, antipsychotics did not vary with episode polarity.

A retrospective chart review of 89 patients, found associations with personality traits as assessed by the revised NEO Five Factor Personality Inventory (Barnett 2010). The low openness group had more current medications (3.7 +/- 1) than those scoring high on openness (2.8 +/- 1.8). Those found using 18 or more medications over their lifespan were found to score low on extraversion and conscientiousness.

Polypharmacy often occurs in the treatment of bipolar disorder while deviating from guidelines. The Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety CANMAT guidelines of 2009, with a 66% concordance in the initial approach to mania. Nonconcordant treatment strategies cites include SGA polypharmacy in 22.1%, use of more than one mood stabilizer in 9.6 %, use of carbamazepine in 1/9%, or typical antipsychotics in 0.4%. Guideline adherence fell to 48.7% at the next treatment step. 26.5% of cases adhered to initial treatment of depression guidelines. Overall CANMAT adherence through all phases was 18.6%. For APA guidelines, it is 7.3 % for mania and 5.6% for depression. Broadly speaking, much of the deviation is polypharmacy where not recommended by guidelines.

Polypharmacy in bipolar disorder is common. Treatment plans often do not follow treatment guidelines. The evidence base for antipsychotics and mood stabilizers is an active area of research with room for difference of opinion, and there is plenty of room for reasonable disagreement about the timing and choice of such agents. Unfortunately, a substantial proportion of the deviation from treatment guidelines involves the use of serotonergic agents, which have been shown to be of little use, or even harmful, in the treatment of bipolar disorder. While there is much research to be done in the multi-phasic, complex phenomenon of bipolar disorder, there is also much to be improved in our utilization of the evidence base as it stands today.

SeroquelIt makes sense to consider seroquel for sleep. It has antihistamine, alpha 1-blocking, alpha 2-promoting, anticholinergic, serotonin-modulating, and dopamine-blocking properties. Low doses of seroquel can have some robust effects, with 100% H1 occupancy and 50% D2 occupancy at 50 mg of the drug (Stahl 2013). Aside from interacting with GABA receptors, one would be hard pressed to find a more thorough profile for a sleep aid. A small study by Cohrs in 2004 involving 14 men showed some benefit for seroquel. It was tested by self-report and polysomnography for 3 nights in a row, 3 times, with 4 days in between. Doses of placebo, 25 mg, and 100 mg were given. Seroquel improved subjective reports and there was a dose-dependent increase in stage 2 sleep.

Unfortunately, there’s not much more evidence than that to back its use. For want of data and onerous side effects, neither European (Riemann 2017) nor American authorities recommend its use (Sateia 2017). The UK (BMJ Best Practice) doesn’t mention seroquel at all in their sleep recommendations. It has been studied in conditions where it has a primary indication like bipolar disorder and schizophrenia, with some benefit shown for sleep (Wine 2009). For PTSD, one study showed comparable efficacy for nightmares but with higher dropout due to side effects (Byers 2010).

Antipsychotic PolypharmacyOne major question in psychiatry is the use of more than one antipsychotic to treat psychosis. A 2004 study by Sernyak found psychiatrists report using more than one antipsychotic to reduce positive symptoms in 61% of cases involving polypharmacy, to reduce negative

symptoms in 20%, to decrease the total amount of medication in 9%, and reduction of EPS in 5% (Sernyak 2004). Historically, there’s been little evidence to support use of more than one antipsychotic, however. Most, if not all, treatment guidelines and reviews do not support antipsychotic polypharmacy, with the possible exception of augmenting clozapine (Tiihonen 2021). Yet 10-20% of outpatients with schizophrenia and 40% of inpatients are estimated to be under treatment with more than one antipsychotic.

About ⅓ of patients with schizophrenia respond well to treatment, ⅓ have some response, and ⅓ do not respond. Interest in antipsychotic combinations, therefore, remains. In a 2019 JAMA article, Tiihonen examined data in national registries to study readmission rates in 62,000 patients, and described these rates as a function of various 2 antipsychotic combinations (Tiihonen 2019). Clozaril and Abilify consistently outperformed other combinations as well as monotherapies. Other clozapine combinations and clozapine monotherapy performed better than other combinations and monotherapies, as well. Monotherapy remains the recommendation from most professional organizations, but there is data to provide guidance for clinicians who choose to pursue polypharmacy. However, this data did not have blood level data, which in prior episodes has been discussed as optimally used to bring a singular medication up to the limit of its therapeutic potential prior to switching or adding a second agent.

ConclusionBecoming an expert at reducing polypharmacy requires being an expert in not only psychopharmacology, but being a coach that directs a patient toward a holistic path. It will likely not be enough to ever just use medications, especially when other themes emerge that need addressing. For example, as a patient has some success with treatment, next they may need to address their sleep apnea, lack of exercise, personality issues that lead to interpersonal conflicts and lack of close relationships. To get them off benzos (over months not weeks) it may require them simultaneously doing psychotherapy more intensely. Walking may not be a big enough dose of exercise to get them producing optimal levels of good hormones that only get increased from strenuous progressive strength training. The patient might need to look deeper at what brings them meaning in logotherapy. Getting off opioids may increase a desire for interpersonal connection which their traumas may cause them to struggle with. The complexity of issues may only grow as you get to know them deeper, but this may also help you know how to better see their issues as more than just something a medication will solve.

Connect with Jake McBride:

412 365 5155

JM@selforganizingsystems.com

View Details

Ragy Girgis, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

Dr. David Puder has no conflicts of interest to report.

Dr. Ragy Girgis conflicts of interest:

  • 2021 IMS Expert Services, paid consultant
  • 2020-2021 Noble Insights, research firm, paid consultant
  • 2020 Wipf and Stock Book, Royalties
  • 2020 Routledge/Taylor and Francis Book, Royalties
  • 2019, 2020 Expert Consulting Fowler White Burnett, Fort Lauderdale, FL

IntroductionIn this week’s episode of the podcast, I interview Dr. Ragy Girgis, a clinical researcher at Columbia University in New York where he also completed his residency in psychiatry in 2009. He received a T32 (training grant) during this time and now conducts clinical trials and high-risk psychosis research. He practiced privately for a time, but is now a full-time clinical researcher. Although primarily a schizophrenia researcher, his interest led him to research the relationship between schizophrenia and mass shootings, leading to the creation of what may be the largest database on mass murder and mass shootings, studying cases dating all the way back to 1900.

Compiling The DatabaseOver the last few years, Dr. Girgis has become interested in the relationship between psychosis and violence. He was finding that while mental illness very slightly increased the risk of violence, the vast majority of those who commit acts of violence, and especially mass murder, do not suffer from any type of psychotic disorder or mental illness.He wanted to compile a database that showed conclusively there is minimal to no association between mass murder and psychotic illness.

The rate of mass shootings is not decreasing. Schoolchildren and parents have become increasingly frightened of being the victim of a school shooting. Additionally, while the stigma surrounding mental illness has improved over time, there remains a very large segment of the population that believes mental illness is the primary cause of mass shootings.

For these and other reasons, he and his colleagues compiled the Columbia Mass Murder Database (Brucato et al., Psychological Medicine, 2021 Feb 17;1-9). Containing the data of almost 1,800 personal-cause mass shootings (i.e., not related to war-, state-, or group-sponsored terrorism, crime, or gang-related activity) and other types of mass murder, it is the largest such database in the world.

Results Of Database ResearchThey wanted to have two groups to compare. Unless there is a comparison, many variables can confound or confuse a result. The main comparison was between between people who commit mass murder with firearms and those who did not use firearms. They found that while 8% of people among mass shooters had history of psychotic illness or psychotic symptoms, the percentage was much higher, 18%, among those who perpetrated mass murder without firearms. In other words, the conclusion was that those with mental illness who commit mass murder are much less likely to use firearms than other methods (e.g., arson). The comparison shows that there isn’t a specific relationship between mass shootings and psychosis. When a mass shooter/murderer has a mental illness, it is usually incidental.

These results generally suggest that while individuals with serious mental illness are slightly overrepresented among mass shooters, they are responsible for a small minority of cases. Additionally, the vast majority of mass shootings are perpetrated by males. The mechanism by which mental disorders slightly increase the risk of violence is by impaired impulse control. This is significant because the effects of mental illness on impulse control are greater in women, who tend not to use firearms when perpetrating mass murder. So this information supports the findings that psychotic illness does not have a specific relationship with guns and mass shootings.

The worldwide prevalence of mass shootings was stable at 7 per billion people between 1900-1970, at which time it began to grow to its current rate of 28 per billion people, a fourfold increase. Mass murder committed with methods other than firearms increased twofold from a stable rate of 7 per billion people between 1900-1970 to about 14 per billion people now.

As this study examined the relationship between psychotic illness and mass murder, results indicated that while the rate of mass shootings has increased, the proportion of mass shooters with a history of psychotic illness has actually decreased.

Psychotic Illness vs. Bad BehaviorMany people do not understand what mental illness actually is, still equating it with immorality, bad behavior, demons, moral failure or sin. Bad behavior is most often not associated with mental illness. Behavior has a lot of causes.

There is a moral component to mass shootings. Evil does take its course. But many who commit mass murder have trouble with impulse control. While mental illness can decrease impulse control, as we see that most mass shooters do not suffer from mental illness, we can look at other causes of decreased impulse control such as chronic or acute life stressors and lower levels of personality organizations (borderline or psychotic on psychodynamic terms) with varying degrees of comprehending reality, levels of defenses, and identity diffusion. It is quite possible to go through life in the lower levels of personality organization without committing mass murders, but sometimes when those who function at these lower levels are presented with some sort of stress they may be unable to handle and act out.

Identifying with the lower levels of personality organization (borderline and psychotic) does not qualify someone for a diagnosis of a psychotic illness. The majority do not have a DSM-5 diagnosis. Instead, this is a personality description or character structure, describing how we interact with the world.

Medication Being Attributed To Mass ShootingsWhenever a mass shooting occurs, the role of psychiatric medication playing a factor in the event concurrently arises. However, looking over another mass shooting database, very few perpetrators were on medications at all.

It can be said with confidence that psychiatric medications play no role in mass shootings and mass murder. With almost 1,800 mass murders closely examined in this database, only approximately 1-2% percent were perpetrated by a person on medications at the time of the event. Even when medications were detected in the blood, the levels were below therapeutic levels. So within the very small percentage of those who incidentally had mental illness and perpetrated a shooting, most could be considered unmedicated because their levels were so low. Instead, there is a wealth of data supporting that therapeutic levels of psychiatric medication specifically improve impulse control.

However, those with mental illness who commit these crimes tend to receive more media attention than those who do not.

Commonalities Among Perpetrators Of Mass ShootingsIn the context of this finding, the oft-reported relationship between mass shootings and suicide, with a focus on school shootings, was re-examined. The psychological profiles and motivations of these perpetrators were examined. With exceptions, many of these individuals tended to be younger males who were empty, angry, and nihilistic, felt rejected by society, were socially, occupationally and/or academically unsuccessful, and blamed society for their failures. These individuals tended to have very fragile egos and were highly narcissistic, feeling they were much more special than they actually were and deserving of fame and notoriety. They harbored a strong desire for this notoriety and infamy. Committing a mass shooting instantly produces these results in today’s culture.

In this context, it becomes clear how these individuals are different from other criminals and why they chose firearms. In most cases, it appears that these perpetrators wanted to commit suicide or be caught. They sought the greatest level of exposure for their actions. It is well known that firearms are the most effective method of suicide. The bottom line is that most mass shooters seem to have no desire to escape. On the contrary, if they don’t want to die, they are seeking the infamy and notoriety that come along with mass, and especially school, shootings.

Why Is It So Difficult To Prevent School Shootings?There are three barriers to any mass shooting. The first is one’s own conscience. The second is the conscience that we generally internalize from those who raised us, those with whom we are closest (often parents, close family, or friends), or society. The third and last is the fear of capture by law enforcement. When there is no fear of capture by law enforcement due to a plan for suicide or the desire for capture, it becomes very challenging to prevent these sorts of tragedies.

Fortunately, there are solutions. First, we must cease the romanticization of gun violence and gun culture perpetrated by movies, television, video games, and the music industry. This is a cultural phenomenon and likely partly explains the great increase in mass shootings since 1970 (especially compared to the slower increase in other types of mass murder) when entertainment began to exert a disproportionate and greater influence on young people, as opposed to before 1970 when parents and educators had the greatest influence on young people.

Additionally, news media and social media influencers (who have gained many followers while covering such events) should stop publishing any personal and detailed information or photographs of mass shooters, giving them the fame they desire. Society needs to be educated on how to not glorify the shooters. When potential mass shooters realize that they will receive no notoriety or infamy were they to perpetrate a mass shooting, they will be less likely to perpetrate them. This will form a feedback loop that will lead to fewer mass shootings.

It should not be ignored that the vast majority of school shooters seem to have no interest in escape, but rather suicide and/or capture and infamy. This should be strongly taken into consideration when law enforcement decides how to respond to future mass shooting events.

Of course, there are many types of, and motivations for, mass shootings. However, there are easily implementable cultural modifications that could allow us some sense of control over these heinous tragedies.

Further reading:

Brucato, G., Appelbaum, P. S., Hesson, H., Shea, E. A., Dishy, G., Lee, K., ... & Girgis, R. R. (2021). Psychotic symptoms in mass shootings v. mass murders not involving firearms: findings from the Columbia mass murder database. Psychological medicine, 1-9.

Mass Shootings in America: 2009–2020. (2020). from Everytown for Gun Safety.

Parks, J., Bechtold, D., Shelp, F, Lieberman, J., & Coffey, S. (2019). Mass violence

in America: Causes, impacts and solutions.

Peterson, J., & Densley, J. (2019). The violence project database of mass shootings

in the United States, 1966–2019.

View Details

Aryana Misaghi, Kaden Page, David Puder

Dr. Michael Cummings and Dr. David Puder who were in the audio of this interview have no conflicts of interest.

On July 20, 2022, Nature published a meta-analysis, “The Serotonin Theory of Depression: A Systematic Umbrella Review,” that concluded serotonin levels are not decreased in people with depression.

In the weeks since, there has been a flurry of articles sensationalizing this news and calling to question the efficacy of antidepressants given this “new” information. We will address some of the questions that these articles pose.

For decades the public has been led to believe that depression is due to a chemical imbalance in the brain. Is this true?

It is important to recognize where this belief originated. When the first antidepressants–known as tricyclic antidepressants–were developed in the 1950s, researchers knew the drugs increased serotonin so they outlined a model that explained depression as a serotonin deficiency based on this simplistic deduction. In the 1990s and early 2000s, after the invention of dozens of SSRIs, pharmaceutical companies used this incomplete model of depression in their advertising and educational materials for physicians. The pharmaceutical companies marketed their drugs to physicians with explanations such as, “These drugs give patients more serotonin which cures their depression, so therefore we conclude that depression is due to a serotonin deficiency.”

In some ways, this line of thinking was helpful to the adoption of SSRIs. Mental illness had long been stigmatized and equating depression to faulty brain chemistry made it more acceptable in society. This chemical theory of depression removed blame from the individual and increased acceptance of medication therapy for depression.

Why Doesn’t The Public Know About This? After the establishment of new information and guidelines for a medical practice, it can take up to ten years to become the new norm. This inherent delay, plus the power of pharmaceutical ad campaigns, has made this myth a difficult one to bust. The reductionist explanation for depression is enticing. Blaming depression on something as nebulous as brain chemistry that a pill can cure is easy to conceptualize and has stuck in the public’s mind for decades.

What Causes Depression, Then? Current research points to primary pathology in the limbic system, the circuitry in the brain responsible for memory, motivation, and behavior. In a 2012 paper in Science, by Ronald Duman and George Aghajanian, it was concluded that one of the chief characteristics of major depression is a loss of synaptic connectivity, particularly atrophy of dendritic spines that is associated with a decrease in neurotrophic factors like BDNF, as well as a decrease in overall metabolic neuronal activity in the limbic system. Depression is also associated with reduced size of prefrontal cortex and hippocampus, with decreased neuronal synapses in these areas. The paper, “Synaptic Dysfunction in Depression: Potential Therapeutic Targets,” had a few important takeaway points:

  1. Chronic unpredictable stress decreases neurogenesis, dendrite complexity, and spine density in the prefrontal cortex.
  2. Chronic stress leads to hypertrophy in the nucleus accumbens and the amygdala. The nucleus accumbens is responsible for motivation and reward, and the amygdala is responsible for fear.
  3. In mice, seven days of 20-30 minute restraint stress lead to atrophy of prefrontal cortex pyramidal neurons.
  4. Glucocorticoids and/or stress decrease BDNF in the prefrontal cortex and hippocampus.

    1. Autopsy of people with depression shows lower BDNF.
    2. Decreased BDNF leads to involution of neuronal processes, dendrite shrinkage, and synaptic terminal atrophy.
    3. Depressed people have lower counter regulatory neuro-steroids like allopregnanolone & dehydroepiandrosterone. Allopregnanolone is associated with abortion of depression and is infused postpartum to prevent postpartum depression.
    4. Prior studies have shown that antidepressants, exercise, and enriched environments increase dendrite complexity and synaptic density.

Control (non-depressed state) vs. stress (depressed) vs. stress treated with ketamine. The neurons regenerate!

Why Does Increasing Serotonin Help, If It’s Not Due To A Deficiency Of Serotonin? The limbic system changes in response to the increased serotonin, modulating itself to work with the new flood of hormones. These changes are beneficial to depression, but as we know, it does not cure the primary cause or prevent depression from reoccurring. Antidepressants produce a 50% reduction in symptoms in about two-thirds of cases of major depression, but produce remission in only about one-third. SSRIs aren’t a perfect solution, but they are certainly a good one for some people.

Just knowing the brain areas associated with depression does not mean medications will be the only solution. It is well-established that therapy changes the brain, as well. Often people do not realize that it takes a significant amount of therapy to produce changes in the brain:

  • A study of over 10,000 therapy clients, assessed session-to-session with a validated outcome instrument, found that it took 21 sessions, or about six months of weekly therapy, to see clinically significant changes in 50% of patients. Only after 40 sessions, or almost a year of weekly therapy, did researchers see significant changes in 75% of patients (Lambert, 2001).
  • An Emory University survey of 270 experienced psychotherapists found that their last completed therapies “in which patient and therapist agreed that the outcome was reasonably successful” required a median of 52 to 75 sessions (Morrison, Bradley & Westen, 2003).

Changes are made in the brain with therapy that are similar to changes produced by medications. Psychotherapies tend to have more permanent changes post-treatment. Well-done psychotherapy does not end with the last session.

Why Do SSRIs Take So Long To Work? As with psychotherapy, the changes in the brain that occur with SSRIs require chronic exposure to the therapy. When medications work, they tend to work faster than psychotherapy. However, psychotherapy tends to have more lasting effects. To illustrate this point, Dr. Hyman in the American Journal of Psychiatry emphasized in his paper, “Initiation and Adaptation: A Paradigm for Understanding Psychotropic Drug Action”(1996), that neurotransmitter turnover is not the accurate picture, rather “chronic drug administration drives the production of adaptations in postreceptor signaling pathways, including regulation of neural gene expression.” Initiation of the therapy, either through medication or psychotherapy, repeatedly perturbs the neuronetwork and leads to adaptation.

Do We Have Anything Faster And/Or More Effective? Ketamine is known to be faster and ECT is typically more effective. Duman and Aghajanian (2012) found that prefrontal cortex and hippocampal damage reversed with ketamine. Ketamine and ECT seem to be more able to stimulate synaptic genesis and turn on rapid-response genes that activate structural genes in the limbic system neurons. It is important to note, however, that even though their focus was on ketamine and its rapid response, other things like antidepressants, exercise, and environmental changes also effectively reverse this damage, albeit more slowly.

Does Depression Cause Changes In The Brain Itself?Yes, which is why the chemical hypothesis is inadequate. From Duman and Aghajanian, we have evidence that neuronal and structural deterioration is associated with depression. Furthermore, a 2011 paper in Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, “Of Sound Mind and Body: Depression, Disease, and Accelerated Aging,” Owen Wolkowitz and colleagues discussed how depression is associated with accelerated aging–yet more evidence that depression has a strong biological component. Major depression is associated with increased incidence of atherosclerosis, heart disease, hypertension, stroke, cognitive decline, dementia, and osteoporosis.

Additionally, “Depressive symptoms in neurodegenerative diseases,” published in 2015 by Baquero and Martin, showed impressive links between the two pathologies. The following list of facts from the paper further illustrates this point:

  1. Depression is found in 40% of patients with frontotemporal degeneration.
  2. Up to 73% of patients diagnosed with corticobasal degeneration have been found to have comorbid depressive symptoms.
  3. Suicide rates in patients with Huntington’s disease have been reported to be four times that of the general population.
  4. Depressive symptomatology is seen in up to 50% of patients with Parkinson’s disease.
  5. Patients with middle cerebral artery lesions were found to have higher rates of depression than patients with lesions affecting posterior circulation.
  6. Importantly, in Lewy body disease, which is caused by deposits of alpha-synuclein in the limbic, paralimbic, and neocortical regions of the brain, depressive symptoms are more severe than in other neurodegenerative diseases. This further highlights evidence that the limbic system plays a major role in depression.

Underlying diseases that adversely affect frontotemporal neural circuits, such as schizophrenia, can produce symptoms fulfilling multiple DSM diagnoses, including depression. Upthegrove and colleagues published “Depression and Schizophrenia: Cause, Consequence, or Trans-diagnostic Issue” in 2016, showing an elevated rate of depression in patients with schizophrenia. In acute episodes, up to 60% of schizophrenic patients suffer from depressive symptoms. Longitudinal studies indicate that up to 80% of schizophrenic patients experience at least one episode of major depression. Evidence has shown that schizophrenic patients who exhibit depressive symptoms have poorer outcomes than others, with risk of suicidality greatly increased in these patients.

The pathophysiology of schizophrenia and depression have many similarities, including hippocampal gray matter volume loss, high rates of childhood trauma, and elevated inflammatory markers such as IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, and TNFα. Blunted affect and withdrawal in depression have been shown to be inversely proportional to gray matter volume in the bilateral cerebellum. Social withdrawal, anhedonia, and loss of motivation are shown to be the most consistent similarities seen between major depression and schizophrenia spectrum disorders. The overlap in symptoms can be explained by alterations in common circuitry, blurring the lines between diagnoses and further illuminating the biological basis of depression.

Why Do Some People Get Depressed, While Others Don’t?From Wolkowitz et al., the moderating effects of depression are coping styles, genetic predispositions, and epigenetic modifications like childhood adversity. Some of the mediating effects are the limbic, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis alterations, reduced glucocorticoid receptor function, altered glucose tolerance and insulin sensitivity, excitotoxicity, increased intracellular calcium, oxidative stress, plus proinflammatory milieu. These physiologic changes that occur in the depressed brain are in addition to the major changes described by Duman and Aghajanian.

Chronic stress plays a major role in the epigenetic modifications that can contribute to depression. Exposure to excessive chronic cortisol seems to be associated not only with promoting depression, but with producing resistance to antidepressant treatments. Each person’s stress tolerance is different, with resilience and mature coping mechanisms acting as protective factors. As people learn and adapt to ways of dealing with distressing events or circumstances, those events or circumstances can become inherently less stressful for them. This does not necessarily include adverse childhood experiences or complex traumas, which can themselves create chronic stress on the body and mind. However, the objective of psychiatric treatment with medication and therapy is to increase resilience, therefore decreasing perceived stress.

How should depression be treated?

Ideally, any mental illness will be treated holistically. There is strong evidence that multimodal treatment, meaning medication plus therapy plus exercise, can produce more robust results than any modality by itself. Medication can help the patient start their therapeutic process and enable them to re-engage with their life. Patients should be encouraged to take further steps to regain control of their lives and take ownership of their healing. Adding exercise and psychotherapy to one’s daily life can provide lasting relief from a depressive episode. However, it is important to weigh the risks and benefits of discontinuing medication therapy, especially if the risk of relapse is high.

Psychiatric medications are typically not curative. They could be better characterized as tools, which may then help make the person more available to participate in things like therapy and exercise and life changes. In treating someone medically, Dr. Cummings recommends a medication trial up to at least minimum therapeutic dose plasma concentration (when blood levels can be measured). If the person doesn't respond, keep titrating upward until either they reach a point where they're having unmanageable side effects or the drug's point of futility is reached.

Hopefully, through this podcast we have shown how complex the treatment of depression is and how many factors need to be both considered and addressed when treating it. Here are some highlights:

  1. SSRI and SNRI deep dives:

    1. Duloxetine efficacy goes up with more severe depression (Episode 112).
    2. In regards to therapy:

    3. Cognitive distortions (faulty ways of thinking and feeling) impact mood and can be targeted (Episode 003).

    4. Emotional detachment can be overcome by finding congruence with safe people (Episode 021).
    5. Trauma can change our nervous system (Episode 023).
    6. Connection is important in both treatment and in training (Episode 149).
    7. There are multiple effective treatments of borderline personality disorder (Episode 140).
    8. Meaning impacts mental health (Episode 082).
    9. Great books have information that can guide some of our most pressing questions (Episode 120).
    10. In regards to sensorium:

    11. Patients can look depressed when really it is a sensorium issue (Episode 006).

    12. Patients can have medications which can impact their sensorium making them look depressed (Episode 011).
    13. Anticholinergic medications may make someone look depressed (Episode 102).
    14. In regards to exercise:

    15. Strength training can clearly reduce depression (Episode 018).

    16. Strength training in recent studies continues to have a strong, and maybe stronger impact, on depression compared to cardio (Episode 096).
    17. Steady state exercise has value, and most endurance athletes spend the majority of their training in lower heart rate zones (Episode 142).
    18. In regards to diet:

    19. New studies continue to come out showing the mental health benefits of certain foods (Episode 131).

    20. In regards to non-SSRI pharmacotherapy treatments:

    21. Ketamine is a powerful tool for treatment resistant depression (Episode 137).

    22. Blood levels can be helpful for tracking medications (Episode 127).
    23. Psilocybin combined with therapy could be an up and coming treatment (Episode 106).
    24. In regards to interventional treatments:

    25. ECT is a powerful treatment for severe depression, catatonia and more (Episode 152).

    26. Other things that might be present with depression and complicate it:

    27. BPD is commonly comorbid with depression and has a unique impact on treatment (Episode 115).

    28. Sometimes severe bodily anxiety is akathisia (Episode 111).
    29. Neuroticism, one of the Big 5 personality traits, can be the underlying issue in someone presenting with depression, and may need a longer course of therapy (Episode 092).
    30. Disorganized attachment can impact mental health and present as depression (Episode 087).

Permalink

View Details

David Puder, M.D.

David Puder and Dr. Mary Jo Peebles have no conflicts of interest to disclose.

IntroductionIn today’s episode of the podcast, I speak with Dr. Mary Jo Peebles, a renowned psychoanalyst, speaker and author, about the significance of psychotherapy from her most recent book, When Psychotherapy Seems Stuck. Dr. Peebles received her Bachelors of Psychology from Wellesley College and her PhD in clinical psychology from Case Western Reserve University. She currently works at her private practice in Bethesda, Maryland.

There is an observable lack of training in psychotherapy among psychiatrists, with often little value even being placed on it. Most proceed in a psychopharmacology route, using medication as their primary treatment method. Only 13% of depressed patients see a therapist whereas 48% receive medication (Puyat et al, 2016).

Dr. Peebles discusses the important role of psychotherapy for patient treatment and also how a therapist's own psychotherapy journey broadens their ability to better connect with and understand their patients.

Personal Therapy As A TherapistPersonal therapy for the therapist is very important, especially considering the unprecedented times we are living in. We have lived in relatively fortunate times for the last 60-80 years, and now that we are experiencing similar hardships as previous generations, we must learn a new resilience and be able to harness that for patients. Doing personal psychotherapy, depth therapy, allows our own internal world to be explored with a trusted other, experiencing the nooks and crannies we usually avoid so when those things come up with our patients we are not as afraid and do not have to use defenses that, in turn, affect the patient.

Psychotherapy Takes TimeThe duration of patient treatment is on a continuum; no time frame is exact or can be widely applied. Dr. Peebles routinely encourages new patients to attend one to two sessions with her before offering her perspective of a treatment plan. Depending on whether she perceives simple traumas or more complex traumas influences her thoughts on treatment duration.

She analogizes that a shorter time frame (ex., 10 sessions) could be compared to a simple home update that would include painting walls and changing out the windows—a lesser-impact change. When it comes to an overhaul, likened to significant structural work on a home, it takes time to confront complex traumas and rebuild the foundational structures that may have been operated from for extended periods of time.

Therapy Beyond SessionsA study presented in Dr. Peebles' book found that it took students who spent one hour per day, five days a week learning Braille, a total of 650 hours to consistently maintain the new brain maps that studying the Braille produced. Applying this transformation process to one hour of therapy per week equates to years of work.

Because the structural therapy change takes time, it is imperative to integrate treatment modalities to compound this therapy process. Multimodal learning densifies interrelated neural firings and web mapping, so it is not either/or when it comes to therapy modalities. It is not helpful to patients to use only one method of treatment. It is the integration of the many types of therapies—biological, behavioral, cognitive— and understanding the different empirically researched body of truths for each, that quickens therapy outcomes. People are multifaceted, so multimodal feedback is needed.

Communicating The Value Of TherapyExtensive therapy does not come without financial investment. There is often a struggle to place the value on therapy that is placed on other things such as travel, homes, experiences. Dr. Peebles gives patients honest, nonjudgmental feedback and perspectives, offering that therapy is an investment into themselves and their future. The payoff of the investment is that with consistent work, good therapy continues after the therapy is discontinued because it has created systemic, sustainable change which will shift future trajectories to increasingly positive outcomes.

Creating Connectedness With PatientsTherapists are the instruments that facilitate the connection of the patient with their emotional understanding and experiences. Dr. Peebles cites Carl Rogers work where he concludes connection is realized through the therapist's empathic capacity, warmth, and genuineness. There are no gimmicks that can force the trust/relationship to form. Trust is earned over hundreds of interactions.

This is where the benefits of personal therapy become useful. If the therapist is the instrument then, like any other instrument, they should be fine-tuned through their own deep work. Pursuing an understanding of their own emotional experiences and biases creates awareness of areas that will make empathy hard to give and how personal attachment patterns and transference translates into different relationships. Being aware of these elements within ourselves equates to a wider breadth of accessible empathy, warmth, and genuineness for ourselves and, therefore, to our patients.

Increasing Patient Emotional AwarenessOften psychotherapy patients need help feeling safe in their own sensations and making sense of their emotions. As the therapist, paying close attention to facial expressions and asking questions are ways to help patients put words to emotions and give them a sense of their experience. Being curious about their experiences and giving feedback helps them understand the physical sensations that may be accompanying their emotions, eventually leading to the ability to verbalize their internal emotional experiences. These are the building blocks of emotional awareness.

Hypotheses Not Conclusions We may be explicitly or implicitly taught that the goal of therapy is to figure out what is going on with the patient and tell them. But whatever conclusion we come to is simply an interpretation of their experiences. Instead, the goal should be to teach them to make up their own mind about what is going on inside them, making them purveyors of their own world. Instead of assuming we know, ask questions. We can have hypotheses and gather evidence, but not our own conclusions. The ultimate outcome is to stimulate the patient to think so they become discerning and develop a sense of their own mind.

View Details

Dr. Khrisan Gosai, Dr. David Puder

Dr. Mark Solms, Dr. David Puder, and Dr. Khrisan Gosai have no conflicts of interest to report.

Dr. Mark Solms, author of, The Hidden Spring, gives us a guided tour of a journey into different aspects of consciousness, how Freud can be updated with the work of Jaak Pankseep and affective neuroscience, as well as some of the more fundamental principles and groundbreaking work in which he comes to the conclusion that the why, how and where of consciousness centers on our “in the moment” experience of emotions and feelings.

Those working in the field of psychology and psychiatry will find the episode of interest, especially as many of our disorders have aspects of disordered consciousness, such as delirium or dissociation. Those of us who have had a grounding in the fundamental concepts of Freud, but find it lacking when applying these ideas more practically, will be interested in how the work of Jaak Panksepp updates some of the concepts from Freud, namely the drive theory, to give a more updated framework so we can see our patients with more neurobiological underpinnings.

What Do We Know About Consciousness?1. Consciousness is generated in the upper brain stem. 2. It is fundamentally affective (the feelings you are aware of in the here and now). 3. It is an extended form of homeostasis (our feelings are there to bring us back to safety). 4. The causal mechanisms of consciousness (in both of its manifestations, neurological and psychological) can be reduced to natural laws detailed in the free-energy principle.

Where Is Consciousness Located?* Dr. Solms notes that the mainstream view of consciousness research is that it is a cortical phenomenon where the brain stem acts more like a power supply, in that it is intrinsic for generating consciousness, but not for any of the qualitative contents of consciousness. * The trouble with this is that children who are born without a cortex (hydranencephaly) as well as decorticated animals do not just have a “blank wakefulness”, devoid of content and quality. Kids with hydranencephaly have a full range of emotional responses and show emotional initiative (Solms & Friston, 2018). * We discuss the differences between different aspects of consciousness such as arousal vs. the actual content or quality of consciousness. * Brain stem regions such as the PAG and the RAS serve to modulate cortical functions; damage to just two cubic millimeters of this region leads to a loss of consciousness. * The consciousness generated by the reticular activating system has a qualitative (what it actually feels like) content of its own; this is what we generally call affect. * Since cortical consciousness is contingent upon brainstem consciousness, affect is revealed to be the foundational form of consciousness. The sentient subject is literally constituted by affect (Solms & Friston, 2018).

I Feel, Therefore I Think, Therefore I Am* The important brainstem regions, which Solms refers to as the “decision triangle” (PAG, superior colliculi, and midbrain locomotor area), receive inputs not just from the cortex as part of its role in modulation, but also from homeostatic error inputs which converge in the PAG. * The work of Antonio Demasio identified feeling with registering states of the body (within a biological scale of values) whereby pleasurable vs. unpleasurable feelings register improving vs. deteriorating chances of survival and reproductive success (Damasio, 2012). * Damasio’s theory was enhanced by the work of Jaak Panksepp, coming to the conclusion that feelings are generated not in the cortex, but the brainstem (and limbic system). * Affect is seen to hedonically valence biological needs so that increasing and decreasing deviations from homeostatic settling points (increasing and decreasing prediction errors) are felt as unpleasure and pleasure, respectively (Solms & Friston, 2018). * This affect is what is felt by the organism and instigates the work that needs to be done to redress the balance (Solms & Friston, 2018). * Affect can be seen as an extended form of homeostasis, which is a basic biological mechanism that arose naturally with self-organization.

Some Nuance On EmotionsDr. Puder’s work on microexpression can add some nuance to how we conceptualize the felt emotion that Dr. Solms describes vs. a mixture of the conscious and unconscious emotion that is displayed in the form of microexpression. Microexpressions may give us clues to the inner experience of anger, pain, disgust, fear, sadness, contempt, happiness, and even dissociation that may not be “felt” consciously. These feelings can lead people to behave with varying degrees of insight. People with alexithymia are more likely to be psychosomatic and may not be the best at understanding their own emotions or the emotions of others. Dr. Solms mentioned how learning about your emotions can be similar to learning about the varieties of red wine. At first you can just say, “This is a red wine”, but later you can articulate more details about the characteristics of the wine. Many patients initially describe feeling “bad” or “anxious”, but can later describe these emotions with more nuance. We all agree that bringing things to the level of conscious feeling allows for increased choice.

Dr. Solms Updates Freud’s Ideas With Sound Neuroscience* Freud's ideas are still taught in medical school and with varying degrees in psychiatry residencies throughout the country. His ideas are seen as a useful framework in how a lot of what drives our behaviors are outside conscious awareness. * He was severely limited by the technology of the time (even the basics of how neurons worked were still mysterious); he sought a more subjective approach to understanding the inner world of his patients. * Thus, psychoanalysis, which looked at inner work of unconscious conflicts and gave meaning to subjective experiences, was born, whereas neurobiology avoided subjectivity, focusing more on what could be measured and observed. * Eric Kandel, renowned neuroscientist and Nobel Prize laureate noted that, “Psychoanalysis still represents the most coherent and intellectually satisfying view of the mind” (Eric Kandel, 2019). * Dr. Solms has been working on bridging the gap between previous Fruedian theories and updating it with findings from neuroscience. His paper on thescientific standing of psychoanalysis (Solms, 2018) does a good job in summarizing the core scientific claims of psychoanalysis and rebuts the prejudice that it is not “evidence-based.” * Solms argues that Freud got the functional relationship between the “id” (brainstem) and the “ego” (cortex) inverted and it is the id, driven by bodily drives, which produce affects that are felt (Solms, 2013).

Bridging To Affective Neuroscience* Instead of the two drives, Eros and Thanatos, as purported by Freud, there are believed to be seven emotional drives, not discounting the other physical drives such as hunger, thirst etc., although there is some gray area between some of them. There is an overlap, for example, between seeing lust as a physical drive or an emotional one. * Jaak Panksepp coined the term “affective neuroscience” that is accepted today as a unique research area in cross-species brain science, utilizing methods of electrical stimulation, pharmacological challenges, and brain lesions of vertebrate brains (mostly mammalian). * Panksepp carved out seven primary emotional systems. The positive systems are seeking, care, play, and lust, whereas fear, sadness, and anger belong to the negative affects (Davis KL and Montag C, 2019).

Below is a pictorial representation of the hierarchy of primary process systems and their subsequent secondary and tertiary process consequences (Panksepp & Bevin, 2012).

ConclusionLearning about consciousness being tied to affect helps us understand why, in dissociation, we feel numb and disconnected from our experience. Dissociation occurs to adaptively evade our consciousness: decreased pain, frozen to avoid predators or avoiding overwhelming affects. When patients start their journey in therapy, they feel big categories of emotions, “good” or “bad”, “pleasure” or “anxiety”, but might not know all the varieties of emotions and what drives are behind them. As clinicians, we may see the microexpressions pop on peoples’ faces, yet their conscious experience might be very different. For example, many of my more somatic patients will just feel pain or headaches, when they have much more nuanced combinations of emotions that are inaccessible, like disgust, anger or sadness. It can take 50-60 sessions to learn how to be congruent with emotions. Many psychological defenses pop up to hide our conscious experience from ourselves for various reasons. At times, patients or parents think some of the basic drives are abnormal and pathologize them. For example, the anger system has a role and a purpose, but to parents may seem pathological. The journey to explore with curiosity some of the basic drives in us (seeking, care, play, lust, fear, sadness and anger) can allow us to understand them in their adaptive roles consciously, even having more control regarding our choice to act upon them or consider what is best for our goals and our communities.

View Details

Manal Piracha M.S., Darcy Temple, M.D., Brandon Kitay, M.D., David Puder M.D.

Introduction In this episode of the podcast, we sit down with Dr. Cummings to discuss the benefits, progress, and fears related to electroconvulsive therapy. For years the efficacy of electroconvulsive therapy has been debated, but we’ve learned that it still remains an essential part of psychiatric treatment in patients with severe mental health disorders. A recent article published in The Independent called, “Thousands of women given ‘dangerous’ electric shocks as mental health treatment in England”, continues to spread fear in regards to the severe adverse effects of ECT. The article claims that the therapy is not much better than the placebo. The article references its information from a paper written by an academic psychologist Dr. Read, in which he argues that ECT has had no significant outcomes or benefits. Dr. Cummings subsequently in 2021 wrote a rebuttal critiquing the work of the ECT antagonists and Dr. Read’s paper. We discuss the claims and how ECT has shown to improve the lives of patients with severe mental health illness.

What Is Electroconvulsive Therapy? Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) is a psychiatric procedure conducted under general anesthesia that uses electricity to induce a therapeutic generalized tonic clonic (“grand mal”) seizure with the goal of improving a patient’s severe mental health condition. Although it has been a controversial topic in the field of psychiatry, it is a method that has made a significant impact in the lives of patients suffering with severe major depression disorder, bipolar disorder, catatonia and schizophrenia. ECT is rapidly more effective than the antidepressant medications, mainly due to its speed of effect. The antidepressants work by altering the levels of neurotransmitters that are released, such as serotonin and norepinephrine. It produces changes in the second messenger signals inside the cells, which lead to changes in gene expression that promote plasticity and influence connectivity between neuronal networks involving these neurotransmitter systems (Vialou et al, 2013) . In contrast, ECT induces changes at multiple levels of brain organization and function by diffuse electrical stimulation that influences both neurophysiology and endogenous neurotransmitter release. These rapid effects at the cellular and molecular level also seem to converge on a mechanism of enhancing synaptic plasticity and therefore altering connectivity on a temporal and regional scale greater than what traditional oral antidepressants can afford ( Singh et al, 2017; Leaver et al, 2021). However, researchers are still trying to understand the contribution of seizure physiology which is important in the clinical response to ECT. For example, whether it’s the activation of a large number of neurons via direct electrical stimulation or the immediate post-seizure quiescent period that causes ECT to be so efficacious (Fosse et al, 2013).

In the Nottingham ECT study, 69 patients took part in a double-blind study to investigate the efficacy of bilateral, unilateral and simulated ECT in the treatment of depressive illness. In this study they looked at the value of MADRS, a scale that psychiatrists use to measure the severity of depression, and how the number changed with the use of unilateral, bilateral and simulated ECT. The study found that unilateral and bilateral ECT are highly effective treatments for depression and significantly superior to the simulated ECT. Evidence also suggested that patients who received bilateral ECT recovered more rapidly and needed fewer treatments than those receiving unilateral ECT.

A review by Pagnin et al in 2008 selected seven randomized controlled trials with a total number of 245 subjects that were suitable for meta-analysis of ECT versus simulated ECT. The study found a significantly greater effect of ECT as compared with simulated ECT and medication (SSRI, TCA, MAOI)

Does ECT Really Cause Brain Damage?Read et al. has cited ECT as being high risk for permanent memory loss in his paper , “The effectiveness of electroconvulsive therapy: A literature review” . Dr Cummings' rebuttal to this paper was addressed in his article, “Should electroconvulsive therapy be banned for schizophrenia?” . Dr Cummings explains the acute adverse effects of ECT related to memory loss during the course of the treatment. ECT does temporarily disrupt the function of the hippocampus, causing memory impairment; however, it is not permanent.

Meeter et al 2011 performed a study looking at memory before, after the ECT series and 3 months after ECT was done. Their first finding was that patients' memory before receiving ECT had worse scores on retrograde amnesia compared to controls, likely because patients that are depressed have impairment to their brain from the depression. They found this correlated highly with pre-ECT anterograde memory function, suggesting a common underlying factor which would be depression. Depression is associated with causing moderate to severe memory deficits in most patients.

Meeter et al concluded, “In conclusion, our results leave open the possibility that ECT as currently practiced does not cause extensive lasting retrograde amnesia, and that the amnesia it does cause is mostly temporary.”

It is also crucial to understand how psychiatric disorders alone can cause severe cognitive effects. Major depressive disorder, as mentioned above, has been associated with significant memory loss and cognitive impairment due to the disruption of metabolic activity in the brain. This is termed pseudodementia, a clinical picture that mimics dementia where patients complain of memory loss. Schizophrenia and bipolar disorder have also been shown to cause severe cognitive impairments.

Other studies worth looking into on Neurocognitive changes:

  1. No change:

    1. Obbels, 2018, Long-term neurocognitive functioning after electroconvulsive therapy in patients with late-life depression.
    2. Improved global neuropsychiatric performance

    3. Verwijk, 2014, Short- and long-term neurocognitive functioning after electroconvulsive therapy in depressed elderly: a prospective naturalistic study

    4. Verwiji, 2012, Neurocognitive effects after brief pulse and ultrabrief pulse unilateral electroconvulsive therapy for major depression: a review.
    5. In regards to dementia, there was decreased risk if > 70 year old, non-significant increased risk if < 70

    6. Osler, 2018, Electroconvulsive therapy and risk of dementia in patients with affective disorders/ a cohort study

ECT Is Essential For Severe Mental Health IllnessDr. Read mainly focuses on the studies related to depression and ECT. However, in Dr. Cummings article, he states that ECT is important for benzodiazepine non-responsive catatonia, treatment resistant neuroleptic malignant syndrome, treatment resistant mania or mixed mood states, treatment resistant Parkinson's disease, pregnancy where pharmacological agents pose an unacceptable risk, and treatment resistant schizophrenia.

Catatonia is a severe motor syndrome that can include immobility, purposeless activity, strange postures, and mutism. A small group of catatonic patients can also suffer from schizophrenia, while a larger group can also suffer with bipolar disorder. The first-line treatment for catatonia is high dose lorazepam. The efficacy of benzodiazepines is determined by dosage, generally 8-24 mg of lorazepam a day. In a clinical review by Sienaert et al, authors state that patients who are unresponsive to benzodiazepines should start electroconvulsive therapy. They state that in situations of rapid response and severe life-threatening conditions, such as malignant catatonia featuring high idiopathic fevers, tachycardia, and severe blood pressure change, ECT should definitively be the treatment of choice. Hundreds of case reports have proven to show excellent efficacy of ECT in catatonia. In Lloyd et al., authors state that studies have shown ECT in catatonic patients to report 80-100% high response rates. In cases of lower response rates, it is explained that populations with higher rates of underlying psychotic disorders, delay in appropriate treatment, and/or recent use of dopamine antagonists may be the underlying cause. There is still no standardized, evidence-based approach to the ECT treatment of patients, but a practical and flexible algorithm is suggested.

Combined Use Of Antipsychotics And ECT In Treatment-Eesistant SchizophreniaDr. Cummings suggests that the addition of ECT to pharmacological therapies has provided a moderate effect size benefit. Clozapine is an atypical antipsychotic often used in the treatment of schizophrenia, specifically for patients that are treatment resistant. Studies have found that 33% of schizophrenic patients are treatment resistant. In Grover et al., authors found that 40-70% of treatment-resistant schizophrenic patients experienced suboptimal responses to clozapine alone (Grover et al., 2015). A meta-analysis by Wang et al., showed that clozapine with ECT compared to clozapine alone had an effect size of 1.44, favoring ECT with clozapine. The augmentation of the drug responses by administering ECT has shown to rapidly improve the patient’s symptoms in treatment-resistant schizophrenia. The potential mechanism behind the combined therapy works by ECT first increasing the blood-brain barrier permeability via stimulation, which in turn allows the bigger molecules like clozapine to penetrate the brain easily and cover a greater surface area in the brain. ECT, therefore, amplifies the effectiveness of clozapine.

A retrospective study by Youn et al, compared patients that underwent acute ECT followed by regular ECT for 6 months, classified as M-ECT, to patients that only received acute ECT. They found that M-ECT maintained acute ECT-induced improvements in psychotic symptoms, which could ultimately be lowered to a level similar in patients using clozapine alone during a long-term observation period. Patients that did not continue with ECT sessions found that the psychotic symptoms gradually deteriorated to pre-ECT levels. This is further explained in the Cochrane Review, “Electroconvulsive Therapy for Schizophrenia”, which included 26 randomized controlled trials that compared real ECT to a placebo. Authors found that when continuation of ECT was added to antipsychotic drugs, the combination of both was superior to the use of antipsychotics alone (Tharyan et al, 2005). The maintenance ECT was shown to be the most efficacious, especially for patients who desire rapid global improvement and a reduction in symptoms.

The Use Of ECT In Correctional FacilitiesThe prevalence of mental illness is high in the inmate population; however, there is a lack of data regarding how many patients would benefit from ECT. The prison system contains a high number of people with mental illness because there are no official in-state facilities for psychiatric patients. There are some similarities in forensic psychiatric hospital patients and inmates. In an article called, “The Practice of Electroconvulsive Therapy in US Correctional Facilities: A Nationwide Survey”, the authors address a study conducted in Germany where they found that electroconvulsive therapy was indicated in 27 of 774 patients in a general psychiatric hospital, in comparison to 10 of 310 patients in a forensic psychiatric hospital (Surya et al, 2015). Based on that information, it is fair to hypothesize that there are inmates that could benefit from ECT, because of the similarities between inmates with mental health illness and forensic psychiatric patients. There is little data available to understand the need for ECT, and the reasons for limited access have much to do with the stigma of ECT, ethical questions regarding ECT in inmates, and the logistics involved with ECT (Surya et al., 2015).

ConclusionDespite advances in pharmacotherapy, electroconvulsive therapy remains an essential part of psychiatric treatment of severe mental health disorders, such as treatment-resistant depression and treatment-resistant schizophrenia. Several studies have found that it is effective in a variety of clinical circumstances. The combined therapy of clozapine and ECT has proven to significantly reduce symptoms in treatment-resistant schizophrenics. Patients with catatonia that are resistant to benzodiazepines or suffer from a severe case of catatonia have also benefited from the use of ECT. Studies have shown that ECT can be used as an effective therapeutic tool.

View Details

Dr. Robert Feinstein and Dr. David Puder have no conflicts of interest

Further Reading From The Episode:

Traditional Apprenticeship model: observation and task performance

Cognitive Apprenticeship Model:

Feinstein, R. E. (2021). Descriptions and Reflections on the Cognitive Apprenticeship Model of Psychotherapy Training & Supervision. Journal of contemporary psychotherapy, 51(2), 155-164.

Books Dr. Robert Feinstein recommended in the episode:

Peebles, M. J. (2012). Beginnings: The art and science of planning psychotherapy. Routledge.

Cabaniss, D. L. (2016). Psychodynamic Psychotherapy: A clinical manual. John Wiley & Sons.

View Details

Manal Piracha M.S., David Puder, M.D.

Dorothy Kaufmann and David Puder have no conflicts of interest to disclose.

Introduction In this episode of the podcast, I speak with Dorothy Kaufman, a marriage and family therapist who was married to the late Daniel Wile. We discuss the book that they both co-authored together called, Solving the Moment: A Collaborative Couple Therapy Manual. Dan is a well-known marriage and family therapist, the creator of Collaborative Couple Therapy, and spoken very highly of by Dr. Gottman.

We discuss a popular method used by Daniel Wile in therapy known as doubling, as well as their experience counseling couples together, and her marriage to Dan.

Doubling: Restating Things As Wishes Or FearsDoubling was Dan’s signature method of talking for each partner in the couple as if he were that person, translating their attack or withdrawal to words of intimacy. Doubling a person is to become that person in that moment by restating their negative emotion or comment as a wish or fear.

The key to this method is to replace “You” statements with “I” statements. This allows the conversation to be less accusatory and allows for intimacy between the two partners where they can express their inner fears and desires. The goal is to get the partner to reach that sigh of relief, phrasing what they are feeling deep down. It's easy to see the person’s anger, but it can be difficult to see the underlying feelings the anger is protecting. One of Dan’s main reasons for this method was to help the client reconnect with their vulnerable feelings. It is very often seen in therapy that there is some wish, fear, shame, disappointment or insecurity behind a partner’s anger. Doubling helps the partner gain access to those feelings and reach a sense of relief by being understood.

The most fundamental part of this method is to let the partner know, after reframing their statement, that your recasting of their statement as an “I wish” or “I fear” is just speculation. The partner can then agree or disagree. By allowing the patient to have the last word the therapist assures equality with the client.

Examples Of Reframing “You” Statements To “I” Ttatements 1. “You never text me when you’re at work.” → “I wish you’d text me when you’re at work.”; “I fear you’re losing interest in me.” 2. “It would be nice if for once you’d make it in time for dinner.” → “I wish we could sit down as a family and have dinner.”; “I fear that I am not that important to you.” 3. “You don’t love me.” → “I am feeling fear that you don’t love me.”

There are a number of underlying vulnerable feelings. The therapist works to translate those feelings so that the blame of the issues isn’t being placed on one partner. When Dan wasn’t able to pinpoint the underlying vulnerable feeling, the client voicing that that was not their feeling is just as helpful because now they are able to better verbalize their inner feelings.

Importance Of Tone One of Dan’s essential principles, to help reframe a partner's statements, is changing the tone. A partner’s tone of voice can make the same words sound loving or angry, depending on the way the partner speaks. “I love you” can be said in a heartfelt way, but it can also be said in a flat, not-so-loving way. Doubling can be used by replacing a partner’s harsh tone with a gentle tone. Tone can also be expressed through body language and facial expressions.

Importance Of Acknowledgement Dorothy discusses how Dan started to add a layer to his method by implementing the importance of acknowledgement. The idea is that a partner owns some responsibility for an argument that occurs between the couple. By sharing a responsibility in the argument, the partner affirms an understanding of their partner's complaints. This can be done just by actively listening to the partner and assuring that they have been heard. “Intimacy comes from one partner voicing their truest inner experience and their partner hearing and acknowledging them.”

The “Unsolvable”Problem Research has found that close to 69% of relationship problems are perpetual problems. Examples of perpetual problems include not being on the same page about whether to have kids, having different ideas about where to raise a family, having different personalities, or having different parenting approaches. When you are attracted to someone for their energy, there is often a shadow side where they have an underlying personality of being the more dominant type. Similarly, if you are attracted to someone for how calm and quiet they are, there is often a shadow side of how they have a more passive personality. The unsolvable problem is who we are as a person. In therapy, we help the partners reconnect the initial attraction that drew them to each other in the first place.

The Pursuer-Distancer Dynamic A common dance in any relationship is one person pursuing and the other distancing. One aspect of pursuit might be to become angry and critical, causing the other partner to become more distant or to shut-down. In this dynamic, when the pursuer pursues, the distancer distances. Perhaps the pursuer has an anxious attachment style and the distancer has an avoidant attachment style. Eventually, the distancer will begin to express avoidance, or stonewalling, by making it harder for the partner to get through to them. In situations like these, you hope to have the couple take a step back and notice the ongoing dance. The therapist can use doubling in this circumstance by using statements such as “I fear when you disengage from me that you don’t love me.” The partner is then more aware of how they really feel, helping the couple reconnect. The “I” statement can be very powerful in these situations.

Articles to read:

Recasting Complaints as Wishes and Fears

You Tube of Dan Wile worth watching:

63: Dan Wile - How Collaboration Creates Intimacy

Book to read:

Solving the Moment

Connect Further With Dorothy Kaufmann: here

View Details

David Puder, M.D.

There are no conflicts of interest to report for this episode.

IntroductionIn this episode of the podcast, I will be discussing something near and dear to my heart—a tool I created to measure the connection between physician/student and teacher/medical learner in medical education. It is a tool called the Connection Index and its purpose is to improve the quality of the medical education experience. I wanted to answer the question of how we create better supervisors and mentors as students embark on their own “hero’s journey” to becoming physicians.

Medical students have the tireless tasks of showing up whenever it is required of them, often working 80-hour weeks in which they miss family and social connections and even meals. The medical education environment influences a student's level of burnout during their learning experience. I have often posed the question to medical students if their most stressful experience during medical school was regarding a patient interaction versus involving a mentor interaction. Consistently, almost every student would raise their hand on the side of an interpersonal conflict with a supervisor.

I used the things I have learned through psychotherapy—therapeutic alliance, empathy, psychological safety, effective feedback, and connection—to look at what had been studied up to this point in medical education. I found that there were no measures to look at empathy between a supervisor and a student; there were several measures to look at empathy between the doctor and the patient. There were also measures to look at psychological safety—how safe you feel giving interpersonal feedback to a supervisor—although it was team-based feedback, not dyad-level feedback. Much of medicine happens on an individual level and it is important to study individual data points to understand how each person is influenced by these relationships.

Challenges students face internally and externally going through medical education* Internally:

+ Burnout


    - Three types: emotional exhaustion, personal accomplishment, depersonalization (Maslach Burnout Inventory)
    - **Poor supervisors and burnout have been shown to be associated.**
+ Suicidality
+ Depression
  • Externally:

    • Paperwork
    • No control over work hours
    • Fixed schedule
    • EMR time > patient time

The Domains of the Connection IndexThe initial study for the Connection Index contained 61 questions regarding seven domains (empathy, education alliance, psychological safety, effective feedback, subjective emotional experience, bullying, harassment, prejudice and bias). The medical students were tested every six months over the course of two years. Four domains of empathy, psychological safety, education alliance and effective feedback were found to be very closely linked and the simplified test consisted of 12 questions regarding these domains. There were seven answers to choose from for each question ranging from strongly agree (7) to strongly disagree (1). The higher the score, the better the level of interpersonal connection.

Stress experienced within the encounters with a supervisor were found to have a linear relationship with the Connection Index; as connection between persons increased, stress decreased. There was found to be a stepwise decrease in emotional exhaustion as the connection score increased from 6.9 to 7. It meant the difference from experiencing emotional exhaustion a few times a week to once a week with just one highly connected person. That person is a “guide” in the student’s hero's journey.

A large prior study showed higher empathy physicians had decreased diabetes complications. A study conducted in Italy showed that the highest empathy physicians had less than half the metabolic conditions than the low empathy physicians (Del Canale et al., 2012). So, empathy is a powerful impactor of not only mental but physical health. All domains flow together; it is almost impossible to score high in one domain, such as empathy, and low in another, like feedback. They are interconnected. When all of these are taking place, students thrive.

Traits of Connected vs. Unconnected AttendingsI just finished a qualitative study (not yet published) that interviewed 16 medical students and asked them to talk about their most connected attending and their least connected attending. We tracked themes with the domains.

What does an attending look like that is the most empathic and the least empathic? The most empathic attendings were mentally present, engaged, understood the concerns of the students, got to know students personally, greeted students and acknowledged their presence and their work. The least empathic and connected supervisors were not mentally present, only concerned about their own matters, didn't know the student’s name, did not ask how they were doing, made the student feel nonexistent, had no respect for their time and made the student afraid to make mistakes.

In the psychological safety domain the most empathic/connected attendings felt safe to ask questions to even if they were busy or the student thought their questons were stupid, the senior encouraged them to learn from and even question their decision making, they cared about the student as individuals and allowed them to express their worries and their thoughts. The least connected attendings made the students fear voicing questions because they were concerned they would look stupid or useless. When students expressed questions, the attending was condescending or hostile or saw them as an attack on their judgment, the student was referred to as a medical student rather than their name, the senior talked on and on, had no expectations of students, and the senior was very disengaged.

By contrast, in the feedback domain, connected attendings had these things in common: they taught at the level of the student, invested in teaching and made sure the student learned, voiced their thought process out loud, gave the students assignments, encouraged them to reteach other students, encouraged the students to take ownership of their patients, gave them autonomy and responsibility, gave specific feedback. The least connected attendings were concerned with showing how smart they were, exposed the student’s lack of knowledge, only gave criticism, couldn't give feedback because they weren’t paying attention, did not use mistakes as learning opportunities, gave generic feedback, gave feedback based on other’s observations and opinions.

In the education domain, the most connected attendings had these traits in common: their goal was to teach and they took time to do so (stayed late, etc.), taught and gave tasks at the student’s level, didn’t make the student feel small or stupid, used mistakes as learning opportunities, did not lose respect for the students after mistakes, gave specific goals, tasks and responsibilities to the student, discussed their learning goals and objectives, made the student feel valued, part of the team, and was looked up to as a role model.

The least connected attendings were dictatorial and gave orders without explanations, shut down a student’s questions or input, looked down at the student’s mistakes, yelled at the student for unspecified skills and tasks not taught, called them “medical student” or wrong name consistently, didn’t give autonomy or responsibility over patients, were concerned with finishing their tasks rather than teaching, ignored the student, blamed the student for shortcomings outside the role on the team, expected the student to read the senior’s mind, and sought to bring people down rather than teach them and bring them up.

ConclusionConnection includes empathy, psychological safety, feedback, and education alliance. There are different ways to score results—not just linear relationships with other outcome measures. The theme of attention and ability to understand the student was a theme of high-connection attendings and there was value in coaching attendings based on these good and bad scores.

View Details

Sara Wierbowski, B.S., Hassan Kanani, M.D., Sonia Ann Marie F. Dela Cruz, M.D., George Gianakakos, M.D., Brady Bradshaw, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

None of the authors or presenters have any conflicts of interest.

IntroductionIn this episode of the podcast, we discuss the work of Karen Horney, M.D., titled, Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle Towards Self Realization. In the book, Horney discusses the concept of neurosis as it stands juxtaposed against what she deems healthy growth and human development. We will be discussing this concept and some of her prevalent theories introduced in the writing, such as the development of neurosis, the contrast to the healthy individual, the components of growth, the tyranny of the “should,” the search for glory, and neurotic claims.

We hope that you will be inspired to pick up this book by Karen Horney and join us in thinking about her important work.

Who Is Karen Horney?Karen Horney was a revolutionary thinker of her time, ushering in a new outgrowth of psychoanalytic thought. Originally from Germany, where she completed her medical (University of Berlin, 1913) and psychiatric (Berlin-Lankwitz, Germany, 1918) training, she eventually moved to the United States in 1932 after being invited by Dr. Franz Alexander the prior year. Her initial work in the U.S. was as the associate director of the Chicago Psychoanalytic Institute. She later moved to New York where she lived until her death in 1952. While her ideas and thoughts stem from previous psychoanalytic schools, such as those established by individuals like Sigmund Freud, she chose to break from the traditional focus of psychoanalytic thought. One of her main reasons for this was the desire to address the moral and cultural pressures of society and how this impacts psychological development. This was different in that it accounted for differences in expectations or norms for a particular individual and how that individual’s life experience drives development. Horney also parted from the central focus of Freudian psychoanalytic thought: “libidinal conflict.” Her work draws on the ideas of many other influences such as: George Groddeck, William James, Erich Fromm, George Simmel, Abram Kardiner, Soren Kierkegaared, and Zen Buddhism.

What Is Neurosis? A core tenet of the book is Horney’s concept of neurosis and the neurotic process. As she states, “The neurotic process is a special form of human development, and, because of the waste of constructive energies which it involves, a particularly unfortunate one” (Horney, page 13). In her portrayal of the concept, it is considered a focus within life and development that leads away from an individual’s true nature and calling. It is a process by which an individual grows alienated from his or her inner self—the core of who they are as an individual. This alienation comes forth via the expenditure of energy for the purpose of fitting into the mold of the rigid system of inner expectations, which are absorbed based on their particular environment and early relationships. Neurosis could be described as a source of energy which builds the mask that people wear, a mask built from what they believe others expect of them (similar to Winnicott’s false self) which requires enormous amounts of energy to maintain and stifles the true or authentic self. They spend extraneous amounts of emotional energy to protect this false, idealized image of themselves. This idealized self can be considered “a comprehensive neurotic solution—i.e., a solution not only for a particular conflict but one that implicitly promises to satisfy all the inner needs that have arisen in an individual at a given time” (Horney, page 23). A neurosis may develop as a way of managing difficult emotions and experiences throughout one’s life. And so while it may take a lot of energy to maintain, we can also respect the individual’s process in trying to manage these difficult emotions in the best way that they could at that time and in that stage of development.

Ultimately, neurosis is a constantly changing phenomenon: “It is a process that grows by its own momentum, that with ruthless logic of its own envelopes more and more areas of personality” (Horney, page 333).

How Does Neurosis Develop (What Is The Neurotic Process)?Horney believed that neurosis develops in childhood, based on the environment in which a child is raised. In a cyclical fashion, neurosis could be influenced by neuroses in the caretakers of a child. If a caretaker is consumed by their own inner beliefs/concepts they may fail to see the child as an individual. They may also project their own neurosis onto the child and into the child’s sense of self and self in the world. They may be dominating, overprotective, indulgent, indifferent, or hypocritical towards the child, based on their own neurotic experience of the world. Being raised in this environment leads to what Horney describes as basic anxiety and a profound sense of insecurity—insecurity in the self, self-agency and in the relationship with the caregiver. Specifically, “it is his feeling of being isolated and helpless in a world conceived as potentially hostile” (Horney, page 18). As a result, the child is left alone with this anxiety, and must form a mechanism to cope and get through this hostile world. This can come as either moving toward, against, or away from others, portrayed through compliance, aggressiveness, or aloofness, respectively.

According to Horney, part of the development of this neurotic belief comes through the very nature of society and societal structure. The way Horney describes this is that “living in a competitive society, and feeling at bottom…isolated and hostile, he can only develop an urgent need to lift himself above others” (Horney, page 21). When feeling less than those around them, the individual drives for the need to be better due to the innately stratified nature of society. There is a totem pole that can be, and in neurosis need be, climbed to advance in a tiered structure of wealth and glory. The problem is that it is the neurotic character who is climbing the totem pole, and so the sense of accomplishment is not felt as a victory for the self but for the mask or false self, the neurotic version of the self.

What Does Karen Horney Consider The “Healthy” Individual?The “healthy” individual, most simply put, is the person who moves towards self-realization. Horney describes everyone having their own conception of the real self which is “that central inner force, common to all human beings and yet unique to each, which is the deep source of growth” (Horney, page 17). Rather than an idealized conception, such as that created by neurosis, the healthy conception of self is that of reality. It requires an awareness of the inner goals, desires, gifts, and values of an individual that are specific to them and realistic to achieve, rather than a projected desire or need of the other.

The healthy individual is someone who:

  1. Understands their true self. They do not make themselves more or less than they truly are, but rather face an understanding and acceptance of themselves in the present moment.
  2. Accepts responsibility. Rather than try to place or displace blame for the consequences of an action, they take responsibility and accept that their actions have a specific outcome (intended or not).
  3. Acts for themselves. It is easy to try to push hardships and difficulties away as a problem for someone else to solve, but the healthy individual steps up to act on their own behalf. This is often referred to as a sense of agency in psychodynamic thinking. That an individual has power to affect meaningful change in their life.

The Key Components Of GrowthHorney defines growth as “free, healthy development in accordance with the potentials of one’s generic and individual nature”(Horney, page 17). To grow as a healthy individual, Horney believes there are several key components. These include:

  1. Favorable environment. As expressed above, the environment that a child is raised in plays a huge role in neurotic development; a key to healthy growth is an environment that is nurturing to unique development. The parent sees and fosters the child’s sense-of-self and encourages and accepts that, rather than projecting their own desires and fears onto the child.
  2. Warmth. While warmth is usually associated with the idea of shelter and basic needs, Horney’s usage refers to the individual being given emotional warmth, such that they feel “inner security and inner freedom” (Horney, page 18). This is also a sense of positive regard or unconditional love.
  3. The goodwill of others. Interactions with others are as equally important as the development of the inner self. When someone is given assistance and kindness from others, it can “guide and encourage him to become a mature and fulfilled individual” (Horney, page 18). They have the experience of being an individual worthy of the goodwill of others.
  4. Healthy friction. Conflict in and of itself is not innately bad or negative. Having a healthy/moderate amount of tension or disagreement with others allows for growth of the individual within the confines of reality. In current psychodynamic thought, this is described as “rupture and repair.” This applies to personal relationships as well as the therapeutic relationship. There will always be a mismatch or misattunement in relationships that may cause conflict. A healthy relationship is able to recognize the rupture and then work to repair it. Having the experience that a relationship can have conflict and still survive as a relationship solidifies the sense-of-self as having agency. “I can disagree with someone, share that with them, and we can continue to be in relationship with each other.” Real relationships have conflict and rupture all the time. Being able to tolerate a rupture speaks to the security in the sense-of-self.

What Is The “Search For Glory”?The search for glory is the focusing of energy to become the false or idealized self. It is a drive of an individual to find glory or praise in themselves. A person comes to see themselves as this perfect idealized self and seeks to find the external validation of it. While this transfer in focus can be a core tenet of the neurotic process, it is not one easily seen by those around them. As Horney explains, “this transfer of his center of gravity is an entirely inward process: there is no observable or conspicuous outward change in him. The change is in the core of his being, in his feeling about himself” (Horney, page 23).

This search for glory comprises two main characteristics and has three notable attributes as discussed by Horney.

The Characteristics:Compulsive Nature

In attempting to achieve glory, a person acts under the pretense that it is something they MUST do to avoid danger. It is not necessarily something that an individual comes to desire or obtain of their own volition, but rather something that they need to do in order to avoid some negative outcome they foresee. It may be an unconscious process. The negative outcome may just be avoiding the anxiety of society/others seeing the flawed true self. This compulsive nature is a drive to perfection that can cause an individual to disregard themselves and reality: “The compulsiveness of the neurotic person’s need for indiscriminate supremacy makes him indifferent to truth, whether concerning himself, others, or facts” (Horney, page 30).

In looking at the compulsive nature, the intensity of the compulsion is related to the intensity of the fear of future danger. As we perceive something to be more important or more anxiety-provoking, more threatening, we react more strongly to it and neglect other things. For example, the inner thought of a therapist who neglects friends, family, and self-care for learning every bit of knowledge regarding their craft might be: “I MUST be the most helpful therapist ever or my patients will die. Or even worse, I will be bad and unworthy.”

Imagination

The imagination is a powerful tool in the search for glory. With it, the individual can imagine what they most want to obtain and achieve. It can endow an individual “with unlimited powers and with exalted faculties; he becomes a hero, a genius, a supreme lover, a saint, a god” (Horney, page 22). Being able to create this mental image of glory drives the behaviors necessary in the pursuit of making it a reality. This is not to say that imagination is negative; it is essential to all individuals and in several positive aspects of life, such as the imagination of joyful situations. However, imagination is easily distorted by neurosis and the idealized image. In place of the real self, the imagination begins to explore the glory of the false self. In doing so, their natural limitations and the limitations of reality become distorted.

A comparison that Horney draws is to that of the desert wanderer. This individual, “under the duress of fatigue and thirst, sees a mirage, [and] may take actual efforts to reach it, but the mirage—the glory—which should end his distress is itself a product of imagination” (Horney, pages 31-32). The glory is the thing that will save the individual, but the glory itself is an imagined aspect of themselves. It isn’t any more real than the mirage.

Examples of this could include a person who thinks that he is above time and physical limitations so that he skips meals and sacrifices sleep to the point of self-exhaustion and collapse. Or someone who refuses to consider any flaws or limitations and reacts with rage whenever reality kicks in. As the image in their mind falls further away from reality, their actions become detrimental in the pursuit of something greater.

The Attributes:1. Need for perfection: “It aims at nothing less than molding the whole personality into the idealized self” (Horney, pages 24-25). In the pursuit of glory, the individual self falls wayside to the perfect self. Their entire being is consumed by this idealized image and the individual molds their personality around perfectionism. The person must follow all of their internal rules. 2. Neurotic ambition: This is “the drive toward external success” (Horney, page 25). To obtain glory, the individual must pursue lofty goals. They seek to obtain the external successes that align with the false self, driving them towards one pursuit or another. This external validation helps the individual feel more secure in the moment. 3. Vindictive triumph: It is “closely linked up with the drive for actual development and success but…its chief aim is to put others to shame or defeat them through one’s very success” (Horney, pages 26-27). The concept of glory and perfection necessitate that others are less than. Vindictive triumph leads to trying to defeat others, returning to the concept that the idealized self is bred in part by the nature of competition in society itself.

An overall summary of the concept of the search for glory and its connection to neurosis can be seen in this summation of the neurotic’s version of reality: “Nothing is impossible to me” (Horney, page 35). This individual is so perfect, ambitious, and triumphant that nothing is impossible, but only when it concerns them and not anyone (or anything) else. There can be no reality-testing here, no admission of conflict or fault. At the same time, the search for glory is less about the journey to obtain glory and more about the mere possession of it. The neurotic individual “does not want to climb a mountain; he wants to be on the peak” (Horney, page 38). This introduces the neurotic claims.

What Are “Neurotic Claims”?Feeding into the cycle of neurosis and a grandiose sense-of-self is what Horney describes as neurotic claims, defining this as “neurotic needs which individuals have unwittingly turned into claims” (Horney, page 42). These are claims that are born from egocentrism and vindictiveness. It is the belief that “he is entitled to be treated by others, or by fate, in accord with his grandiose nothings about himself. Everyone ought to cater to his illusions” (Horney, page 41). That individual is the center of the universe; everything must cater to them and their false sense-of-self. Anything that is not in alignment with their needs/desires/beliefs is considered an infraction against them. In more childish or simplistic terms, it isn’t fair when they don’t get what they want. And yet, similar to wanting to be at the peak of a mountain without climbing it, the individual believes they ought to be handed everything they desire without necessarily putting in the effort themselves.

Neurotic claims are easy to see and unchallenging to succumb to in everyday life. In reality, almost everyone either falls into the category of having neurotic claims themselves or knows someone who does. Those people “whose need is to always be right feel entitled never to be criticized, doubted, or questioned” (Horney, page 43). There are many different forms of neurotic claims and many different variations in which they can play out.

In the book, Horney gives the example of a businessman trying to catch a train. He becomes angry that the train doesn’t leave at the time most convenient for him. When his friend tries to point out how trivial this is, the businessman brushes the friend aside. He, the businessman, is busy and important and therefore his concern is not so trivial. This is a neurotic claim in that he expects the transportation to work for his benefit when in reality his convenience is not any more important than anyone else’s. While it isn’t unreasonable to want this convenience, the expectation that his desire be met is where the neurosis of the claim comes into play.

Here Horney also divulges her own tendency to neurotic claim, explaining a similar unconscious claim as an example in her own life. During a return from a visit to Mexico, she was turned away from her flight “because of priorities” not pertaining to her (others were more important than her in getting this specific flight). Her initial reaction was indignation. When the priorities were such that they harmed her, the reaction was anger. Yet, on principle alone she did admit that priorities were, logically, appropriate. At first the train ride that she had to endure instead made her greatly fatigued. But, on further reflection she realized how ridiculous she was being and was able to enjoy her trip home despite the new inconvenience it had created.

Many people could presumably fall victim to similar unconscious claims. The key is to be able to step back and identify that they are happening, to see cause and effect. But as Horney says, “patients presented with such sequences of cause and effect may start to argue, to become befogged or evasive” (Horney, page 45). This could be seen in relation to several psychiatric conditions, though Horney does not necessarily go through and explain the relation to each and every one.

Relationship Between The “False Self” And The “Shoulds”Related to her concept of neurosis is Horney’s presentation of the “false self.” In her theory, this is the perfectionist, god-like image that a person holds about themselves as a result of neurosis. In contrast to the healthy individual and their understanding of their true self, the individual who falls victim to neurosis builds upon the false self. It becomes a positive feedback system, wherein neurosis feeds into the perception of the false, idealized self, which takes away from the connection to the true self. Thus, the false self becomes more vulnerable to the grips of neurosis and continues the cycle, moving further from becoming a healthy individual.

This system is fed by many of the other concepts that Horney discusses (laid out elsewhere in this summary): neurotic pride, the tyranny of should, and self-hate and self-contempt. One of the main components in this cycle of neurosis and false self are the “shoulds.” These are the demands that define the false self and are a composite of thousands of internalized environmental messages on what the ideal self should be or should do–in other words, the things that should be done in order to obtain this perfection of the false self they have created. While the neurotic claims related to things outside the self, the should is that which demands from within.

The Tyranny of the “Should”At first glance, the idea of shoulds does not seem particularly dangerous or devious. However, the underlying impetus to neurosis and an idealized self comes in the form of should-ing. In using a should statement, an individual becomes trapped by the need to be something other than themselves. Horney perfectly encapsulates this tyranny as she states:

He holds before his soul his image of perfection and unconsciously tells himself:

“Forget about the disgraceful creature you actually are; this is how you should be; and to be this idealized self is all that matters. You should be able to endure everything, to understand everything, to like everybody, to always be productive” (Horney, page 64).

This concept is an important part of her core theories as laid out in the book. In believing that they should be better or should be different, an individual tries to become something else and does not leave room for those key aspects of the healthy individual. It requires a lot of psychic energy to accommodate all of these shoulds and the individual has nothing left to invest in the real self. The individual can become so rigid in their shoulds that there is little flexibility or creativity available to them.

Should statements are something that many people and patients relate to. It is easy to think to ourselves, “I should have done x.” It’s a struggle many face that holds true across time. They are the “impressions of demands on self which, though understandable, are altogether too difficult or rigid” (Horney, page 65). While to some there is a belief that recognizing this very improbability leads to fixing the problem, this is in itself a should. They believe they should become better after realizing how absurd the expectation is and are upset to realize that it doesn’t change anything. That is because “inner dictates, much like political tyranny in a police state, operate with a supreme disregard for the person’s own psychic conditions” (Horney, page 67).

Another way the should becomes harmful and an impedance to growth is when shoulds contradict one another. In such a situation, there is no outcome in which the individual does not still have the belief they should be doing something else. That is, the individual “may be thrown out of gear if he is caught between two contradictory shoulds” (Horney, page 75). This can be seen in the concept of work/life balance. A working man or woman may believe they should be the best at their job and devote time to it, but at the same time that they should put family first. They can’t fully do either without the other suffering. There is also a reduction in anxiety if the individual acknowledges to themselves what they should be doing. For example, someone might say “I should never be mad at my mom,” when they actually do feel angry at the mother. Shoulds have a way of denying an unacceptable affect or feeling, and substituting it with a way of being that is more socially acceptable and also less-anxiety provoking for the individual. Shoulds have a way of reducing anxiety in a fantastical way. If I say I shouldn’t do this or that, it has a way of undoing or dismissing the intolerable feeling.

In this way, the more shoulds an individual has, the more dissatisfied they can become with the way they truly are as their real self. In that way it becomes easy to see how the should grows the false self and denies the true self and the self’s desires.

What Is Neurotic Pride?In all that Horney discusses regarding the false self and the neurotic process, she turns towards what the development truly lacks: self-confidence and self-respect. In the pursuit of glory, the expression of neurotic claims and the attempted fulfillment of shoulds, an individual doesn’t develop the sense of self-worth they need to feel secure. As Horney puts it, “instead of solid self-confidence he gets a glittering gift of the most questionable value: neurotic pride” (Horney, page 87). This is not, as confidence entails, a belief in their own merits, but rather a falsified reliance on the prestige of their associations or images. Horney considers neurotic pride “unsubstantial,” as it is part of “support [of] the glorified version of oneself” (Horney, page 89). It isn’t about what one genuinely offers, but what one externally obtains in alignment with the ideal image of themselves, of the mask.

This neurotic pride comes with a form of insecurity. The social connections or titles created in the pursuit of the false sense-of-self lead an individual to “not feel part of it,” as they do “not have a feeling of belonging, but rather [use] it for [their] personal prestige” (Horney, page 90). Pride is born not in reality but in imagination. Horney references a mother who has the pride of playing her role as caregiver perfectly when in reality that perfection is merely in her head. To connect neurotic pride to modern times, this can easily be seen in aspects of social media. An individual may post the image of their “perfect” life and create an air of superiority in doing so while their true self is not nearly as picture perfect. They may not even realize they aren’t the person in their posts because they are too proud to address their reality.

When neurotic pride is questioned or damaged it can lead to feelings of humiliation or shame. Part of this comes from the mere nature of neurotic pride, in that it is “the combination of it being vitally important to the individual and at the same time rendering him extremely vulnerable” (Horney, page 103). Because of how much this person needs to have pride, they become easily hurt by anything that questions it. It can also touch on a primitive anxiety—if there is some shortcoming that is recognized, it threatens to tumble the whole image. (This related to the previously mentioned attribute of the search of glory being the vindictive triumph.) The individual needs to have success as they triumph over those who would question it.

What Are Self-Hate and Self-Contempt?As a part of this pride system, Horney introduces self-hate and self-contempt. As she states, “pride and self-hate belong inseparably together; they are two expressions of one process” (Horney, page 109). Pride in the ideal self leads to hatred of the true self. The expression of the neurotic process involves both. As Horney states, “the glorified self becomes not only a phantom to be pursued; it also becomes a measuring rod with which to measure his actual being” (Horney, page 110). This leads to self-hate and self-contempt.

These are strategies employed by the pride system to help keep down the real self throughout these pursuits of glory and perfection. In order to distance the idealized, false self even more from the true self, self-hate and self-contempt continuously fight to devalue the real self; “There is the unique, ideal person; and there is an omnipresent stranger (the actual self), always interfering, disturbing, embarrassing” (Horney, page 111). The more that hatred and contempt for this self grows, the more disdain and repulsion there is for the true self. This drives that desire for the false self even more, adding to the cycle of neurosis and stunting the growth that would lead to self-actualization. It breeds war within the self.

The concept of self-hate (along with pride) is what helps determine the shoulds as discussed in early chapters of the book. The more the individual dislikes themselves, the more they believe they “should” be something or someone else. However, the individual may also want to protect themselves from their own self-hatred by trying to soothe anxieties, blame others, or take it out on others. This can occur “when a person is on the verge of realizing, unconsciously, that he cannot possibly measure up to his particular shoulds” (Horney, page 121). It becomes a form of defense against the anxiety of accepting the reality of their true self.

In addition to trying to avoid their own anxiety of acknowledging and accepting their true self, an individual may also feel anxious and therefore opposed to others seeing their true self. This can become a form of externalizing or projecting an individual's own insecurities. That is to say, they may “externalize the self-accusations [they] may feel that everybody is imputing ulterior motives to everything [they do]” (Horney, page 129). The insecurity grows to a point that the self-hatred they feel becomes assigned to an external hatred from those around them. The hatred is projected to those around them, where it may feel less internally conflictual.

Related to self-hate comes the concept of self-contempt: “undermining self-confidence” (Horney, page 132). This is the need to compare oneself. In every situation, they look at those around them and think that those individuals are somehow better than they are or have an advantage. While a neurotic individual believes they should be better than everyone else, they may not always see themselves that way. Additionally, they become vulnerable to the criticisms of others because of the anxiety that these criticisms create. This can eventually lead to the feeling that the individual themselves is at fault and therefore worthy of the abuses of those around them. Because they rely on external validation of their greatness, they will internalize these criticisms as wholly true. They are unable to reflect on these criticisms, to consider whether they are valid and consistent with their sense of self. Instead, they are accepted as wholly true of the self.

Overall, the concepts of self-hatred and self-contempt drive the desire for the ideal self (and its validation) while introducing the insecurities and self doubts that the individual must also face and overcome. The consequence of this can be summarized with the comment that “when he makes a pact with the devil, who promises him glory, he has to go to hell—to the hell within himself” (Horney, page 154).

Other Important Concepts:The Alienation from SelfIn the context of making a sort of pact with the devil, the idea of alienation from self is the result of that deal. That is to say “the abandoning of self corresponds to the selling of one’s soul” (Horney, page 155). The concept of self, real self, is dependent on a full acceptance and understanding of a whole individual, both good and bad. Truly connected self “not merely are body and mind, deed and thought or feeling, consonant and harmonious, but [function] without inner conflict” (Horney, page 157). In selling the soul to neurotic pride and the other downfalls of neurosis, the individual has a fractured self and loses a connection with their actual being.

General Measures to Relieve TensionWith everything that Horney discusses, it becomes apparent that there is a mounting threat of impairment in the individual afflicted by neurosis. In order to address this the individual must find a way to relieve the increasing tensions, because “by now (under the rending impact of the conflicts and tensions mentioned) the danger of psychic destruction is imminent” (Horney, page 177). These forms of relief include:

  1. Alienation from self: discussed above
  2. Externalization of inner experiences: “Intrapsychic processes..are perceived or felt as occurring between the self and the outside world” (Horney, page 178).
  3. Compartmentalization/psychic fragmentation:To “experience himself in a piecemeal way, as if we were the sum total of disconnected parts” (Horney, page 179).
  4. Automatic control:“Checks not only the acting on impulses or the expression of feeling but the impulses and feelings themselves” (Horney, page 181).
  5. Supremacy of the mind:“While feelings, because unruly, are suspects to be controlled, the mind (imagination and reason) expands like a genie from a bottle” (Horney, pages 182-183).

The Appeals: The “solutions” of problems of neurosisThe Expansive Solutions: The Appeal to MasteryWhile the individual may house two sides such as Jekyll and Hyde (a true self and the false, grandiose self), he comes to predominantly identify as that grandiose self. Simply put, “the appeal of life lies in its mastery” (Horney, page 192). That individual is master of everything and can master everything. However, it leaves them vulnerable to the fears and failures of criticisms. Horney hesitatingly calls one of these expansive solutions narcissism, as “the person is his idealized self and seems to adore it” (Horney, page 194). The other two solutions are perfectionism and arrogant vindictiveness. Each is a variant on the main appeal of trying to achieve a mastery of life.

The Self-Effacing Solution: The Appeal of LoveAs a contrast to the expansive solution, the self-effacing solution goes in the complete opposite direction. In this way, rather than attempt to be superior to everyone, this individual “tends to subordinate himself to others, to be dependent upon them, to appease them” (Horney, page 215). This individual leans heavily on the ideas of self-hate and self-contempt. In solving the issues of neurosis, “he has solved his inner conflict by suppressing all expansive attitudes and drives and making self-abnegating trends predominate” (Horney, page 216). This, however, leads to the problem of measuring worth in terms of love which is dependent on those around them.

Morbid Dependency: A major flaw of the appeal of loveAs noted, the self-effacing individual becomes dependent on those around them. They need to love and be loved. This opens the doors to a toxicity “in which the partners torment each other and in which the dependent partner is in danger of destroying himself, slowly and painfully” (Horney, page 243). This toxic relationship is what Horney considers morbid dependency. In modern times this might be simply labeled an abusive relationship. It should also be noted that this is not truly love. This is a relationship free of conflict and one in which neither person is truly known or recognized as an individual. In this way, it may be a repetition of an early relationship pattern. The self-effacing individual denies any needs of the self or agency of the self in order to be in a relationship, at all costs. Horney is calling it love here, but it is really quite superficial and another version of the false self. The person in the relationship is false and puts a self-effacing mask on to be able to be connected to someone else. There is no rupture and repair, there is no ability to tolerate conflict or misattunement. The relationship is only able to exist because the self-effacing individual denies themselves and their needs/desires in the relationship. This is not love, but a maintenance of a dysfunctional equilibrium.

Resignation: The Appeal of FreedomThe final appeal relies on an attitude of disinterest. For this individual, “if he can muster and maintain an attitude of ‘don’t care,’ he feels less bothered by his inner conflicts and can attain a semblance of inner peace” (Horney, page 259). While this individual may pass as “normal” they are not at peace with themselves. They are simply attempting to avoid conflict, which is not the same. The characteristics of this individual include being an onlooker to their own life, having no drive for achievement, lacking goals/plans, and restricting wishes. These individuals can grow detached. They are also sensitive to coercion and adverse to change.

Neurotic DisturbancesIn Human RelationshipsWhile her book focuses on the individual and their intrapersonal conflicts, there are obviously implications for neurotic disturbance in relation to others, as well. In reality, “neurotic claims, while growing from inner needs, are mainly directed towards others” (Horney, page 291). The neurotic individual does not have the same perception of reality and individuals as healthy individuals do. For a neurotic individual, he “sees others in the light of the needs engendered by the pride system” (Horney, 292). In essence, others are inextricably tied to them (in their view). The distortions can come in three main forms: giving someone an inaccurate characteristic, being unable to see an actual flaw, and becoming hypocritical in that they recognize trends in others they themselves have and ignore. Relationships with others can cause insecurities and be volatile in different ways, as well.

In WorkSimilar to relationships, work also requires interaction with the external world. As such, it too can be impacted by neurotic disturbance. For the expansive type (appeal to mastery), they “tend to overrate their capacities or their special gifts” (Horney, page 311). This type of individual sees themselves as more important in the work environment andtends not to give/share credit for work. They also see themselves as infallible. Almost entirely opposite, the self-effacing type (appeal to love), “tends to set his aims too low or underrate his gifts as well as the importance and the value of his work” (Horney, page 316). They are more likely to believe they are incapable of something and could impair their own success/efficiency. While the resigned individual (appeal to freedom) may similarly aim to do less, they “settle for less because to do so is part and parcel of his general resignation from active living” (Horney, page 324). A self-effacing individual prefers to work for others while the reigned type prefers to work alone.

The Road Of Psychoanalytic Therapy

“It is the road to reorientation through self-knowledge” (Horney, page 341).

As laid out by the various descriptions and attributes of the neurotic process, it is one that will lead an individual to become more alienated from true self as it continues on. It is also a process of flux that continually adds new conflicts/issues requiring new solutions. Here, Horney warns, “we must be clear of the seriousness of the involvement in order to guard against false optimism, envisioning quick and easy cures” (Horney, page 333). The road of psychoanalytic therapy is not some simple cure. It too is a process and is guided greatly based on the goals and understanding of the analyst (therapist) directing the therapy. In her form, “we want to help the patient find himself, and with that the possibility of working towards his self-realization” (Horney, page 334). Though, admittedly, it takes work to help the patient feel that he can recognize and let go of all the aspects talked about in the book. And in some cases, the pride involved in the neurotic process may itself become a barrier to seeking help to begin with. The process and the road have to work towards slowly disillusioning the false self and removing those barriers set to the realization of the true self. The full effect is to help the patient try to improve his abilities in that he strives “toward a clearer and deeper experiencing of his feelings, wishes, and beliefs,” as well as towards better use of talents, better perception of self, improved relationships, and the pursuit of fulfilling work (Horney, page 364).

Horney spends the vast majority of the book discussing the problems of neurosis but leaves only one chapter of the book to discuss the concept of treatment. Yet, as she contends, “everything I [have] said pertained to therapy” (Horney, page 341). Although Horney does not emphasize this, we believe that this process can not take place without a strong therapeutic alliance, empathy that reduces shame, and patience for the process.

Theoretical ConsiderationsAs noted at the beginning of this article, Karen Horney drew influences from several other thinkers and her theories stem from those of Sigmund Freud. At the conclusion of the book Horney describes how her theories have evolved and are a continually evolving process. She also compares her ideas to Freud’s to briefly explain some differences. Her overall conclusion is that, “Freud’s philosophy, in this deep sense, is a pessimistic one. Ours, with all its cognizance of the tragic elements of neurosis, is an optimistic one” (Horney, page 378).

Conclusions

“To work at ourselves becomes not only the prime moral obligation, but at the same time, in a very real sense, the prime moral privilege” (Horney, page 15).

While Karen Horney’s Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle Towards Self Realization was published in 1950, the principles she discusses are extremely relevant today. The full nuances and breadth of her arguments and theories cannot be laid out here in their entirety. She gives many incredible examples and encourages working towards the real self, as it is a privilege to reach that actualization of being. Both in personal life and in an understanding of patients, the ideas and concepts she lays out become relevant to trying to live your best life and avoid wasting energy and talent. While the pursuit of glory and self-indulgence is easy to desire, striving for such perfection and neurosis can quickly become a spiral towards unhappiness. Constantly doing what “should” be done leaves little room for an appreciation for what is in the here and now.

View Details

Annabel Kuhn, MD, Sarah O’Dor, PhD, Kyle Williams, MD PhD, David Puder MD

Kyle Williams, MD, PHD conflicts of interest:

  • Octapharma Pharmazeutika Produktionsges.m.b.H.: Research Support
  • PANDAS Network: Research Support
  • PANDAS Physicians Network: Research Support
  • International Obsessive Compulsive Disorder Foundation: Research Support
  • F-Prime Bioscience Research Initiative: Research Support

Sarah O'Dor, PhD

  • Octapharma Pharmazeutika Produktionsges.m.b.H.: Research Support
  • International Obsessive Compulsive Disorder Foundation: Research Support

David Puder and Annabel Kuhn

No conflicts of interest

Kyle Williams, MD, PhD is the founder and director of the Pediatric Neuropsychiatry and Immunology Program at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Williams is a practicing child psychiatrist and neuroscientist, and his research involves the intersection of infections, inflammation and psychiatrist disorders in adults and children. Dr. Williams completed his adult and child psychiatry training at the Yale Child Study Center and completed a PhD in Investigative Medicine (with a concentration on neuroimmunology) at the Yale Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. His primary research and clinical focus is on post-infectious and inflammation-related causes of Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) and movement disorders.

Dr. Williams’ fascination in neuroscience and OCD began when he was an undergraduate student. He was inspired by this study that explored FDG-PET as a tool to predict response to behavioral therapy versus pharmacotherapy. He worked as a tennis coach for a child living with tourette’s syndrome. Dr. Williams spoke with this child's family, who thought that the child’s symptoms were potentially due to a strep infection. They noticed that his tourette's symptoms worsened each time he had a strep infection. Dr. Williams began researching strep and OCD, and came across a paper by Sue Swedo and Judy Rapoport, the individuals credited for discovering the concept of PANDAS/PANS.

After college, Dr. Williams worked at the NIMH (National Institute of Mental Health) where he explored OCD and related disorders before he began medical school in Minnesota. In medical school, he worked with a researcher who explored OCD in a family who lived in Salt Lake City Utah. Dr. Williams went to Salt Lake City to work with this family, in which there were five generations of strep infections. The oldest generation of that family had high rates of Sydenham Chorea which is a movement disorder that results after a strep infection. Individuals with Sydenham chorea had high rates of new onset obsessive compulsive symptoms. Sydenham chorea is a model for PANDAS. PANDAS is characterized as an infection that developed into OCD but without characteristic movements related to Sydenham chorea. Dr. Williams left Salt Lake City thinking that what they saw was a genetic mutation resulting in a type of OCD similar to pandas which was specific to this particular family. But as it turned out, there is an outbreak of rheumatic fever and Syndenham chorea every 10-15 years in the Salt Lake City area. Furthermore, there is a clone of group A strep (GAS) specific to that region. Dr. Williams took two years off from medical school to study that GAS clone in an infectious disease lab to see if anything about that clone could cause PANS/PANDAS. He then finished medical school, adult psychiatry residency, child and adolescent psychiatry fellowship, all while maintaining his focus on PANS/PANDAS.

Sarah O'Dor, PhD, is the Director of Research of the Pediatric Neuropsychiatry and Immunology Program at Massachusetts General Hospital and Instructor at Harvard Medical School. Her research utilizes neuroimaging, randomized control trials, and neurocognitive assessments to better understand and treat neuropsychiatric disorders in children, particularly OCD, anxiety, and PANDAS. She is also a practicing clinical child psychologist specializing in neuropsychological assessments for children, adolescents, and young adults.

Dr. O’Dor has a background in clinical child psychology. While an intern at MGH, she provided CBT for one of Dr. William’s patients who was living with PANDAS. Dr. O’Dor was intrigued by the fluctuations in the patient’s OCD symptoms, as they were often chronologically linked to when the patient had an infection. Excited by the possibility that PANDAS provided a model for understanding the mechanisms of why some children developed neuropsychiatric symptoms, she changed the focus of her research to PANDAS.

What is PANDAS/PANS?PANS/PANDAS is the hypothesis that there are certain types of obsessive compulsive symptoms, tic symptoms or restrictive eating symptoms that are caused by an infection and the immune response to an infection. At this point, by clinical criteria, PANDAS and PANS can only be diagnosed in children, and much of the focus on these diagnoses have been on children. Dr. Williams says that it may be possible that this diagnosis might extend to adults. Dr. Williams and Dr. O’Dor have heard of isolated reports of young adults (around ages 18-20) reporting symptoms that resemble PANDAS/PANS, but are not aware of individuals over the age of thirty years developing new onset obsessive compulsive symptoms, movement symptoms, or restrictive eating symptoms related to recent infection.

  • PANDAS stands for Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorder Associated with Group A Streptococci. It describes a subset of children whose symptoms of OCD or tic disorders are exacerbated by a group A strep infection. After a strep infection clears, a child develops new onset, rapid obsessive compulsive or movement disorder symptoms. PANDAS is specifically tied to a strep infection such as strep throat.
  • PANS stands for Pediatric Acute-onset Neuropsychiatric Syndrome. It describes a clinical syndrome in which OCD (obsessive compulsive disorder) or tics are associated with a non-infectious or infectious trigger. PANS is similar to PANDAS in that it involves rapid onset obsessive compulsive symptoms or tic symptoms but it can be due to any infection such as COVID-19, pneumonia, and more. PANS can also involve new onset avoidant or restrictive eating symptoms following an infectious trigger.

The mechanisms for PANDAS is still a hypothesis. What do we know so far about why these symptoms develop after a strep infection?Briefly:

  1. Studies that immunized mice with Group A Streptococcal bacteria found the mice displayed abnormal behaviors and deposition of antibodies in various brain structures after immunization. (Yaddanapudi 2010)
  2. Additional mouse studies have shown it is possible for immune cells (T-cells) to cross the blood brain barrier following repeated infection with Group A Streptococcus (Dileepan et al., 2015).
  3. Antibodies from children with PANDAS were found to preferentially bind to a specific type of neuron (in both human and mouse brain) called a Cholinergic Interneuron (CIN) (Xu et al., 2021). These cells are part of a network of neurons in a pathway called the Cortico-Striatal-Thalamo-Cortical (CSTC) circuit, which has been implicated in OCD symptoms. These antibodies were specifically directed against these neurons (and not other types) and were present in higher concentrations in PANDAS patients compared to age-matched healthy children. These antibodies also decreased in concentration after treatment, and as OCD symptoms improved. (Xu et al., 2021)
  4. Two population-based studies utilizing the Danish health registry reported significantly increased risk of developing OCD following either a Group A Streptococcal infection or other bacterial infections (Orlovska, S. et al., 2017, Köhler-Forsberg, O. et al., 2019).

What Is The History Of PANS/PANDAS? Researchers at the National Institute of Mental Health studying OCD were investigating a previously recognized link between OCD and Sydenham Chorea in children (SC). SC is a movement disorder characterized by rhythmic, involuntary muscle movements (chorea), hypotonia, and neuropsychiatric symptoms; a substantial degree of patients also display new-onset OCD symptoms. It is a major clinical manifestation of Acute Rheumatic Fever, an inflammatory disease which develops in the weeks to months following a streptococcal infection in a small percentage of individuals. In an attempt to recruit children with SC, these investigators found a subset of children with a “strep” infection preceding a sudden and severe onset of OCD, but these children did not* meet criteria for SC because they lacked chorea. This subset of children provided the diagnostic framework which would become PANDAS and, later, PANS.

What Causes Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD)?Obsessive compulsive disorder is a disorder in which a person has intrusive, recurring thoughts (obsessions) and/or behaviors (compulsions) that he or she feels the urge to repeat over and over. According to this epidemiological study, OCD affects 2% of the general population. According to the NIMH, the causes of OCD are unknown. Dr. Williams states that no single gene has been identified as causing OCD, and it is most likely that many genes are involved. Heritability seems to play a role and according to the NIMH, “twin and family studies have shown that people with first-degree relatives (such as a parent, sibling, or child) who have OCD are at a higher risk for developing OCD themselves. The risk is higher if the first-degree relative developed OCD as a child or teen”.

There are likely many factors that contribute to the development of OCD. It is possible that an infection could trigger OCD in an individual who is genetically predisposed. PANDAS is one hypothesis as to the cause of OCD. The OCD symptoms in PANDAS are identical to the symptoms of non-PANDAS OCD. Some examples include compulsive hand washing, checking, hoarding behaviors, and many more.

How Can A Parent Recognize OCD Symptoms In A Young Child?Diagnosing PANDAS is difficult because differentiating OCD or tics related to an infection, versus other reasons, is difficult. Whether or not OCD symptoms are caused by PANDAS, it is important for parents to recognize potential OCD symptoms in their children. Let’s review some common signs of OCD in general in a child at the age of six.

Some examples of signs of new-onset OCD might include significant changes in, and adherence to, routines. A bedtime routine may suddenly consume hours of time. Another sign might be a child suddenly refusing to go to school for no clear reason–the child might fear a situation related to his or her OCD such as germs, or being around certain people. At first, these symptoms may seem developmentally appropriate in children or the expression of a preference, but these behaviors occur at a frequency and intensity so severe that it significantly interferes with daily life and family routines.

Children with OCD may have intrusive thoughts about harming themselves or others, though they may not desire to do so. These obsessions are sometimes followed by the child repeatedly seeking a parent to seek reassurance or confess troubling thoughts; many parents may not realize this reassurance seeking is a compulsive behavior. They may come home and immediately tell their parents about distressing thoughts they had all day while at school.

Handwashing until one’s skin is raw or showering for hours can be seen in children with OCD. Hoarding behaviors can also be recognized in children as young as 5 or 6. A child with OCD might say “I feel badly for this hamburger wrapper so I need to keep it” because he or she is irrationally holding a meaning or emotion about an object which prevents the object from being thrown away. OCD can be thought of poorly assessing risk about something, and subsequently over-attributing individual control over a situation. For example, a child might think “I’m worried about something bad happening to mom and dad so I have to tap the table fifteen times to stop something bad from happening”. The child might feel less anxious initially, until the obsessive thought returns, sometimes minutes later, and they have to respond by performing the compulsion again..

Other OCD symptoms in children include:

  • Fear of vomiting
  • Repeating routine activities like opening or closing a door
  • Avoiding certain family members or other persons out of fear of contracting an illness or some undesirable trait

These are quite complicated symptoms that can exist even at an early age. At such an early age, a child may not be able to clearly describe specificities regarding the anxiety or the need for the compulsion, and may throw tantrums if their symptoms/obsessions are not accommodated.

Mechanism Of PANDASWe do not know exactly why people develop OCD, the proposed mechanism in PANDAS is that it results from a streptococcus infection and abnormal immune response. One scenario by which this could happen is termed “molecular mimicry”, which suggests that similarities between bacterial and self-proteins are sufficient to result in cross-reactivity of antibodies or T/B cells. In the case of PANDAS, a protein on the surface of the streptococcal bacteria may generate antibodies or cells which react with brain proteins, resulting in PANDAS symptoms. Another hypothesis is that streptococcal infections are uniquely dysregulating to the human immune system in ways other infections are not. Many autoimmune processes are thought to be triggered by infections; the neurological disorder Guillain-Barre Syndrome, for example, can be initiated by a Campylobacter jejuni infection. Given the wide-array of immune-related conditions which may result from a COVID-19 infection, this will remain an area of active research.

Onset Of PANDASDiagnostic criteria for PANDAS were put forth in the late 1990’s, but no accepted lab test or biological markers have been identified. This poses a challenge when working with real-life patients in a clinical setting.

How soon after strep infection do you start to see OCD symptoms in a child living with PANDAS? Families of patients present to Dr. Williams’ and Dr. O’Dor’s clinic and report that their child had rapid onset OCD symptoms in association with a strep infection. Some families report a positive strep infection 6 weeks prior to the onset of symptoms, but some families report that the infection began 3 months prior to the onset of symptoms. Some families report rapid onset OCD symptoms, and will have a co-existing strep infection without even realizing it. In the case of a strep infection several years prior to the onset of OCD symptoms, it is difficult to know for sure if this is a presentation of PANDAS.

Generally, the OCD symptoms begin after the strep infection has cleared, often after a patient has been given antibiotics. This is why we think PANDAS is the immune response to strep infection rather than a toxin related to the strep infection in itself.

How Is PANDAS Diagnosed?In PANDAS cases, the “chief concern” of most parents is how rapidly and significantly their child has changed. The behaviors were never there before, and now the child’s new behaviors dominate all household dynamics.

When Dr. Williams meets with a child and their family reporting new onset OCD symptoms in the presence of recent strep infection he asks the following questions:

  1. Did the child have a confirmed GAS test?

    1. This is necessary for diagnosis of PANDAS
    2. Has the child ever had any anxiety, OCD, movement, tic disorders in the past?

    3. To meet clinical criteria for PANDAS, the episode closest to the recent positive strep test should be the first episode

    4. How quickly do symptoms go from nonexistent to extremely severe?

    5. Most of the time in PANDAS, symptoms go from nonexistent to extremely severe over the course of one week. This is vastly different from OCD (and most other psychiatric disorders) which has a more insidious onset.

Diagnostic criteria for PANDAS is as follows:

  1. Obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and/or tic disorder (Tourette syndrome, chronic motor or vocal tic disorder) that meets DSM 5 diagnostic criteria.
  2. Pediatric onset (between ages three and puberty)
  3. Abrupt onset with episodic course of symptoms
  4. Temporal relation between GAS and onset and/or exacerbation.

    1. This timeframe was not specified in the original description.
    2. Antibody levels to streptolysin O and DNase B remain elevated for several months after an acute infection, complicating the applicability and interpretation of elevated titers.
    3. Neurologic abnormalities

    4. Motoric hyperactivity such as fidgeting, difficulty remaining seated

    5. Choreiform movements which are elicited through stressed postures such as standing upright with feet together and eyes closed, holding arms outstretched with hands extended. These movements are not present at rest.
    6. Frank chorea (rapid, irregular, non stereotypic jerks that are continuous while patient is awake but improves at sleep) suggests Sydenham chorea, not PANDAS.
    7. Considering adding information about other ancillary symptoms, like separation anxiety, fine motor deterioration

How Is PANS Diagnosed?In order to meet clinical criteria for PANS, children do not require a positive strep test. To meet clinical criteria for PANS, children need to have new onset OCD, restrictive eating, or tics, as well as two or more of the following symptoms:

  • Sudden worsening of handwriting
  • Difficulties with sleep
  • Mood lability
  • Aggression
  • Difficulty concentrating
  • Bedwetting

We hypothesize that these symptoms occur in PANS as a result of a change in the cortical striatal loops which have an impact on executive functioning, motor circuitry, and motivation. The average age of onset of PANS is 7-8 years. Most of the children diagnosed with PANS have not had any developmental delays. A PANS diagnosis represents a sudden decrease in previously adequate social and motor functioning which occurs after an infection and in conjunction with new onset OCD, restrictive eating, or tics symptoms. With appropriate treatment, these symptoms resolve and the child’s social and motor functioning return to their previous baseline.

Can Any Child With OCD/Tic Disorder Who Gets Strep Throat Meet Diagnostic Criteria For PANDAS?No. In a prospective study from 2002, twelve children with PANDAS were identified in a primary care setting over the course of three years. Each child had positive throat cultures at the time of onset of neuropsychiatric symptoms. They each had improvement of neuropsychiatric symptoms with antibiotic therapy. In four out of the twelve patients, symptoms resolved completely within 5 to 21 days after onset, and none of the four had recurrence of symptoms. Recurrent neuropsychiatric symptoms developed in the remaining eight children, and each recurrence was associated with a new episode of culture-proven group A strep tonsillopharyngitis. In each recurrence, the neuropsychiatric symptoms resolved with antibiotic therapy.

A study from 2012 assessed 109 prepubertal children with tics, OCD, or both. The children were examined with personal and family history, diagnostic interview, physical examination, medical record review, and measurement of baseline levels of streptococcal antibodies. Significant group differences were found on different variables such that children with PANDAS (versus without PANDAS) were more likely to have had:

  • Dramatic onset

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 5.14 P < .05, Risk Ratio 1.46)
    • Definite remissions

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 4.90 P < .05, Risk Ratio 1.39)

    • Dramatic onset + definite remissions

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 6.82 P < .05, Risk Ratio 1.94)

    • Remission of neuropsychiatric symptoms during antibiotic therapy

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 9.33 P < .01, Risk Ratio 3.98)

    • History of tonsillectomies/adenoidectomies

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 7.03 P < .01, Risk Ratio 2.10)

    • Positive GAS culture

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 15.14 P < .0001, Risk Ratio 1.96)

    • Clumsiness

    • PANDAS vs. without PANDAS (χ² 3.86 P < .05, Risk Ratio 2.37)

Table 2 from Murphy et al, 2012

How Do We Treat PANDAS?Anti-inflammatory medication and antibioticsThe most important and most beneficial treatment for kids with PANDAS is an antiinflammatory medication. First line option is naproxen sodium (also known as aleve). This is preferred to ibuprofen because naproxen only requires twice daily dosing, whereas ibuprofen requires three times daily which could pose a challenge for adherence. Steroids are not recommended as antiinflammatory therapy in children with PANDAS due to significant side effects.

Dr. Williams and Dr. O’Dor have an ongoing trial observing naproxen and treatment of PANDAS symptoms in children. They began this study due to working with many children with PANDAS who have been empirically treated with naproxen with good effect. Anecdotally, it seemed as though children who had the best response to treatment with naproxen were those who were treated closest to the time of onset of symptoms. Preliminary data is not available at this point as this is an ongoing trial.

Dr. Williams advocates for the appropriate use of antibiotics in the treatment of PANDAS. He says antibiotic treatment should not be indefinite, and most children do not require prophylactic antibiotics. The antibiotics used for PANDAS include amoxicillin, cefalexin, and azithromycin if a patient is allergic to penicillin/cephalosporins. Amoxicillin and cefalexin act by modulating glutamate transporter genes. The effect of glutamate seems to be beneficial in short-term treatment of OCD symptoms in children with PANDAS. Azithromycin has a known anti-inflammatory effect, which may also be involved in the treatment of PANDAS. Antibiotics have been explored for the treatment of other psychiatric disorders. For example, ceftriaxone has been studied in the treatment of depression as well as Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS).

Dr. O’Dor shares that it is important to avoid feeling isolated and defeated. Even though PANS/PANDAS is rare, it has happened to many families.

Treating GAS infectionAntibiotics are recommended for treatment of acute strep infection (diagnosed with positive throat culture, rapid antigen test, or positive skin culture from infected skin). Antibiotics should be used to treat GAS infections whether or not neuropsychiatric symptoms are present. Antibiotic therapy reduces severity and duration of symptoms, reduces risk of complications (including risk of acute rheumatic fever), and reduces risk of transmission.

Treating GAS in PANDASChildren with suspected PANDAS (abrupt onset of neuropsychiatric symptoms and evidence of recent GAS infection) should be treated with antimicrobial therapy even if the episode of GAS was already treated. This is because Murphy et. al. 2002 (as discussed earlier) demonstrated resolution of neuropsychiatric symptoms following treatment with antibiotics.

Treating neuropsychiatric symptoms in PANDASSwedo 2004 recommends neuropsychiatric treatment with standard pharmacologic and behavior therapies. OCD symptoms respond to a combination of pharmacotherapy and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT), particularly CBT with Exposure and Response Prevention (ERP). Motor and vocal tics can be treated with medications.

What Does Not Work For Treatment Of PANDAS?PANDAS remains a controversial disorder, and some healthcare providers have strong opinions about whether PANDAS is a “real” disorder or not. Healthcare personnel sometimes give unwelcoming responses to parents when this disorder is mentioned, which leads parents to explore their own treatment options. Parents turn to the internet and discuss with other parents of children with PANDAS to seek treatment options. We as healthcare providers can help patients and families by referring them to providers who can provide appropriate treatment.

Dr. Williams recommends against the following treatments for PANDAS:

  • Elimination/restriction diets (unless a child has a specific gluten allergy which is separate from PANDAS)
  • CBD (cannabidiol)
  • Supplements such as turmeric

Is IVIG Used To Treat PANDAS?Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) is an intravenous infusion of IgG antibodies. These antibodies come from highly screened donors. The antibodies used in the infusion come from several donors, not just a single person. High dose IVIG is an effective treatment for autoimmune conditions such as Kawasaki disease or immune thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP).

It was hypothesized that PANDAS might be an autoimmune or inflammatory disorder, and therefore might respond to IVIG. There have been two blinded trials exploring IVIG for PANDAS. The first blinded trial from Sue Swedo and Susan Perlmutter compared IVIG to plasma exchange (another type of autoimmune therapy in which antibodies are removed from a patient’s bloodstream). They compared IVIG, plasma exchange, and sham IVIG in children with PANDAS. The study demonstrated that 6 weeks after treatment, children who received IVIG and plasma exchange both had significant benefit in OCD and tic symptoms compared to the children who received sham IVIG. The children who had received sham IVIG did not demonstrate improvement after 6 weeks. They were then given IVIG, and their OCD and tics symptoms subsequently improved. This was the first evidence that IVIG is effective. This study was published in 1999, but did not quite catch onto standard psychiatric practice, most likely because psychiatrists do not typically prescribe IVIG. Furthermore, IVIG is expensive and can cost around $10,000 per treatment. This significant cost was not covered by insurance companies as the companies still considered IVIG “experimental”.

Dr. Williams published results from a 2016 randomized controlled trial of IVIG in PANDAS. The first phase of the study explored IVIG versus sham IVIG. He found that there was more improvement in the IVIG group compared to the sham group, but it was not statistically significant. There was tremendous variance between those who responded to IVIG and those who did not. For example, some children given sham IVIG demonstrated radical improvement. The second phase of the trial was open-label. Those who did not improve following the first phase (whether or not they had received IVIG) were offered open label IVIG treatment. Some children received their first dose of IVIG at that time, other children who hadn’t responded to IVIG originally received a second dose of IVIG. 80% of these children who were given IVIG in the second phase improved dramatically. This demonstrates that IVIG treatment is quite nuanced. The study seems to suggest that there is a better response when someone knows what treatment they are receiving.

In July of 2021, Dr. Williams co-authored a paper exploring if there were differences in brain structure that resulted in different responses to IVIG. They found strong evidence for striatal cholinergic interneurons as a critical cellular target that may contribute to pathophysiology in children with rapid-onset OCD symptoms, such as what occurs in children with PANDAS. In the study, they took serum from children with PANDAS who were in that 2016 trial, and infused it into mouse brains. They were looking to see if children with PANDAS had autoimmune antibodies that could bind to mouse brains, as mouse brains are similar to human brains in terms of protein structure. As it turned out, there were in fact antibodies that bound to a certain type of neuron, the cholinergic interneuron, in the basal ganglia of mice. Fortunately, the cholinergic interneuron has a distinct shape, which allows for easier examination. They combined a fluorescent antibody (one which they already knew bound to the cholinergic interneuron) and serum from a child with PANDAS. If both serum and antibody were bound to the same structure, they know they have found the cholinergic interneuron. Serum from children with PANDAS binds to this neuron, whereas serum from healthy control children does not bind to this neuron. This was replicated in the human brain, and it does in fact bind to human brain cholinergic interneuron as well. After treatment with IVIG, binding to the cholinergic interneuron decreased. They used serum from the PANDAS children at multiple time points, and antibody decrease in bloodstream correlated with symptom decrease.

If we were to go back and explore why IVIG failed in some children in the blinded phase of the 2016 study, it could be that children with low levels of antibodies might not respond to IVIG, but they might respond if they have higher antibody levels. Dr O’Dor and Dr Williams have been involved in starting an IVIG multicenter trial, and they are planning to onboard participants soon.

What Advice Would You Give To Front Line Providers?Listen to parents and be open minded. Families go to an average of three providers before their child is diagnosed with PANDAS. A third of children with PANS/PANDAS present to the ER because symptoms are so severe. These families are under a lot of stress and distress, so taking the time to listen to their stories and understand their symptoms is key in linking them to an appropriate provider. Only practice within your comfort zone. If you see a case of new onset OCD and suspect PANS or PANDAS and it is out of your comfort zone, reach out to a different provider. Relatedly, if you are not comfortable prescribing naproxen or antibiotics, don’t prescribe it, refer out.

View Details

David Puder, M.D., Herbert Harman M.D.

Both David Puder, M.D., Herbert Harman M.D. have no conflicts of interest.

Introduction In this episode of the podcast, we interview Dr. Herbert Harman, a psychiatrist who works as a practice line director for Vituity. He graduated medical school from the University of Virginia and performed his residency at the Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinic at The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center in Pittsburgh, PA. He would go on to be commissioned by the United States Air Force and later be deployed to Afghanistan through the United States Army attached to the 82nd Airborne Division serving as a Combat Operational Stress Control Officer in Operation Enduring Freedom.

We will be discussing “moral injury”, an emerging term defined as “perpetuating, failing to prevent, bearing witness to, or learning about acts that transgress deeply held moral beliefs and expectations” (Griffin et al., 2019). Moral injury is similar to PTSD but has distinct differences. While it is often seen in military settings, various front-line careers also present opportunities for moral injury, including psychiatry.

What Is Moral Injury? There are considered to be two types of moral injury: betrayal-based events and perpetuation-based events.

  • Betrayal-based: when a person of authority makes a person do something they do not want to do or does something to them that violates them in some way. It has been described as “a character wound that stems from a betrayal of justice by a person of authority in a high-stakes situation” (Griffin et al., 2019).

    • Displayed in higher levels of anger (Griffin et al., 2019)
    • Perpetuation-based: when a person violates their own values or religious experiences, “perpetrating or witnessing actions that violate one’s core beliefs” (Griffin et al., 2019).

    • Examples of perpetuation-based injurious events could include causing or failing to prevent injury or death of a fellow soldier, killing oppositional fighters, harming or killing civilians (Griffin et al., 2019).

    • Displays higher levels of reexperiencing, guilt/shame, and self-blame (Griffin et al., 2019)

These events are often the stories patients don’t tell you. What they will tell you is the narrative they have told others, during which there will not be a lot of affect, but when they do begin to talk about the perpetrating events it will usually become so difficult that they cannot continue to talk about them.

Those who have experienced a moral injury, while likely not using this term, would be describing a reaction to an event in which their individual sense of identity or justice is shattered by this event. The event is very personal and visceral to them, such as a deployment where a deploying officer exercises unethical behavior and may even give orders for a soldier to perform the unethical behavior, as well. This could include hurting someone or violating a personal moral code.

If a soldier has violated a deeply held conviction, often seen when they have had to kill someone, they can be faced with ruminating thoughts, trying to reconcile that after perhaps a typical upbringing, how they could end up killing someone. They are left to reconcile opposing thoughts and actions, questioning if this is who they are now or if they may have even enjoyed the experience. It is overwhelming to confront a reality of experiencing the exhilaration of saving a comrade and yet still having to face the action of killing others to do so.

Risks Of Moral Injury“Moral injury presents an increased risk of mental disorders, suicidal ideations and attempts”, feelings of guilt/shame, anger (especially with betrayal-type events), social isolation, resentment by feeling misunderstood by civilians, self-deprecation, substance abuse. This can also be seen in religious struggles, doubt, feeling abandoned by God, realizing that their actions are a violation of their beliefs and feeling they are unforgivable (Griffin et al., 2019).

Differentiating From PTSDMoral injury can overlap with PTSD, but it is not exactly the same. With moral injury we do not see so much of the startle response, dissociation or re-experience; it manifests more in avoidance, self-loathing, depression, anhedonia, isolation, guilt and shame (Griffin et al., 2019). PTSD is also more closely related to near death experiences than moral injury. We find evidence of these behaviors and beliefs in the narrative a person tells themselves and divulges within the therapy context. They may describe not knowing who they are anymore, express a lack of motivation to care for themselves or not feel worthy of caring for others.

Because moral injury has elements that may fall under multiple diagnoses, such as depression or PTSD, it doesn’t fit nicely into any one DSM-5 box and benefits from a keen awareness of how moral injury presents differently from these other similar diagnoses. There isn’t a specific therapy known to treat it as it is in the very early stages of being researched, but a provider who knows about moral injury will know the right questions to ask and be prepared to put together a plan of care.

Returns From DeploymentDr. Harman has spent much time meeting with men who have come back from deployment. Many were then usually sent on to recruitment. They would go to high schools to recruit and found themselves trying to convince the kids’ parents why joining the military was a good decision; they found themselves devastated by these conversations. Marines began to talk to Dr. Harman about this combination of depression and identity understanding, the experience of what we now describe as moral injury.

Dr. Harman offers a story of an officer who had led a group in 2003 during which an Iraqi fighter was taken captive and questioned. Over time and throughout questioning they began to humanize one another, realizing they were each two humans defending what they thought was right. The U.S. soldiers wanted to work with the Iraqi fighters and befriended them with the purpose of helping set up the Iraqi military. During this time they became “battle buddies”, even learning about each other’s family and friends. But when one of the Iraqi fighters would be killed it was extremely difficult for the U.S. soldiers to reconcile this, as they had come to feel responsible for the Iraqi fighters. They felt like they had betrayed them, becoming friends and then sending them into battle where decisions were made that led to their death.

Also described by Dr. Harman is a Marine who was deeply patriotic and had a strong sense of honor to his country. During his deployment he had killed many people at close range. At first he felt accomplished and that he was making a difference, but over time he became less enchanted with the luster of war and began to identify himself as simply a person who kills people. He did not want that to be who he was. During his sessions, Dr. Harman noted that how he presented as a father and person was completely different from his narrative as a soldier. He was trying to figure out who he was, wondering how he could be a loving parent, a good citizen. He had to reconcile these new identities/narratives because the narrative of himself had shifted after war.

Moral Injury In Other Front-line FieldsMoral injury within a military setting is a more obvious field in which these events may be given opportunity to occur, but other front-line fields present frequent opportunities for these events, as well, such as police officers, healthcare providers, those involved with child protective services, educators and refugees (Griffin et al., 2019).

Even as psychiatrists we can feel this way, becoming disenchanted with the original purpose we set out to accomplish, burned out by the political and global difficulties that we face. The humanitarian aspect of psychiatric work is always meaningful, but at times our profession can still slip into the pitfall of just feeling like a job. The challenges of the healthcare system can make it hard for it to continue being meaningful because the system often does not allow us to provide the treatment we think would be best for the patient. Therefore, we cannot always get people the help they truly need due to the holes in the medical and political systems. At the same time, it would be equally unfulfilling not to attempt to ensure our patients receive the best care possible despite the setbacks of the system or to fall into the notion that it is someone else’s problem to deal with. But when you go into a career wanting to accomplish something great but then begin to feel like a cog in the wheel, it can feel disenchanting and become an experience of moral injury to the professional.

How Can We Help Morally Injured Patients?We often see morally injured patients prescribed benzodiazepines (sedatives might help with sleep initially, but long-term use disrupts sleep), opiates (for chronic pain even amidst the epidemic of overprescription) and stimulants (these patients can be perceived as not paying attention which could be interpreted as ADD). It is imperative to ensure these medicines make sense for them. If they do not, we should help them get off and instead move to SSRIs (at higher doses) or mood stabilizers (at average doses). We need to make sure that the medications they are on are going to make them better, not worse.

But we shouldn’t necessarily consider ourselves as “med management.” No one truly performs med management because it implies that the patient is the pill, that we are not reducing suffering but just facilitating a transaction. Simply managing medicine does not leave room for holding the space needed to figure out the context of why they may need an SSRI or other medication, which can leave them feeling invalidated. It is missing the point of why, as it relates to the rest of their body. We should appreciate and understand the context of the individual and their experiences.

When we make space to understand the complete context of our veteran patients, we should look for congruent affect in conversations. They could be talking about their symptoms but their internal and external affect be different (they look cheerful and happy but that affect doesn’t match with what they are describing). If what they look like and what they are saying seem incongruent, use different ways to find congruence where what they are saying and feeling match up. Different methods to do this could include talking, writing, drawing. Use whatever method produces congruency. It is also important to connect with them over their successes. Connect with the positive and congruent negative emotion.

It is also crucial to pay attention to what is best for the patient and not always remain tunnel-visioned to strict protocol. Sometimes what is best for the patient may veer from the standard path of care. Developing the ability to discern when it is necessary to break procedure in lieu of pursuing what the patient actually needs can be extremely valuable.

Additionally, humanizing the people who come to you is important. Some may have a history of violence in war but that doesn’t mean they will be violent in your office, even if others view them as scary. Instead, consider an alternate perspective such as the possibility that they may be more of a danger to themselves outside of your office than to you in your office. This element of humanization, especially if you have the shared experience of being a war veteran, represents something unique to the vets you are serving.

Another man came into the ER with new-onset diabetes. The man said he hadn’t slept well since Vietnam, which was 40 years prior. He was guarded, but shared two stories of what we would now consider moral injuries. He had never in his life told anyone either of these stories. The first was how he shot an enemy in a tunnel at close range, then realized it was a child. This experience continued to evoke considerable guilt and shame, constantly reminding him that he broke his moral code. The second experience he described was a time they were receiving heavy fire. His friend was injured with multiple shots to his abdomen and in an attempt to relieve his suffering, he gave him morphine, also realizing it might kill him. When it did, he struggled with self-blame and significant survivor’s guilt. After sharing these stories, he used his Catholic belief system and prayed. Over the next few days Dr. Puder said that he was smiling and reported sleeping well. He checked in with the man a few months later to learn that he was continuing to sleep well. What the man had needed was to tap into the idea that he could be forgiven for these events and that a human being could hear his story and not reject him, and, actually, have compassion for him.

Recognize And Avoid BiasAs a provider, we cannot let our bias slip in when treating patients. (For example, if we are treating a victim of sexual assalt and, as a provider, wonder what they may have done to deserve the assault.) When we discover a bias, we should lead the patient to an alternate provider; we should probably not be the one working with this person. As with working with a vet, our thought shouldn’t immediately be “you shouldn’t have enlisted” or “you knew what you were signing up for”. lf you cannot look at the patient with compassion and understand the whole scenario and what they went through, look for someone else to care for them.

Recovery and Secondary GainsMorally injured patients often believe their problem will keep them disabled for the rest of their life, especially in the presence of secondary gains; it is important for them to believe they can get better. Financial and political systems that are intended to help the suffering sometimes backfire for the patient, as the patient begins to identify himself as a sick person. While it can help them get by, the financial reward and camaraderie can keep them in the disability mindset.

As therapists, we need to lean in with hope and optimism (“I believe you are going to get better.”). We cannot care about their financial benefit that comes from being classified as disabled, we want to see them get better and improve their quality of life. When patients hear this, some don’t come back at all and some come back thankful we gave them a new perspective. But the question of how we reach the people who are turned off by the reframing and giving up the secondary gains remains. There would have to be a systemic shift.

If the patient believes they can’t rejoin society then they do not move forward; it becomes a case of learned helplessness. Even their families can try to keep them in the sick role (presumably for their own gain). These people are obviously suffering (socially disconnected, depressed, addicted). When working with patients who have become dependent on the system, be compassionate to the fact that they have been molded into this by others. We must do our own work to understand what may cause us to feel contempt or negative emotions towards them, because not addressing this keeps us from helping them. Be a voice of hope and be empathic to their distress.

Motivating people to get off medicine and onto another path is very difficult. They truly may want that deep down, but on a surface level it is very hard to do. We can ask ourselves questions that provoke us to understand who they are: What were they like before this experience? How do we help them progress with meaning in life? They need someone to help guide them back to meaning. They need someone to sit with them in the discomfort of their experiences and not be afraid of it. That’s where the work is really done. Creating space so they can divulge what those things are; diagnoses can happen quickly, but relationships and space take time.

View Details

David Kim, Garrett Rossi M.D., Michael Cummings M.D., David Puder M.D.

Dr. Puder and Dr. Cummings have no conflicts of interest to report for the audio that goes with this article.

Overview & EpidemiologyViolence and aggression are often used interchangeably, with subtle distinctions differentiating the two. Aggression is an umbrella term that encompasses violence and is defined as actions that lead to harm towards self, others, or objects, while violence is defined as actions that lead to harm, specifically toward other individuals (Newman, 2012). Aggression, according to the 3-factor approach initially detailed by investigators from the New York State Hospital system, is categorized into three types of assault: impulsive, predatory/organized, and psychotic. Impulsive aggression was the most common type at 54%, with predatory/organized type (29%) and psychotic type (17%) trailing behind (Quanbeck CD, 2007; Meyer et al., 2016). This episode aims to explore the management of agitation, aggression, and violence in the inpatient setting.

Schizophrenia and Comorbid Substance UseA wide array of evidence has historically supported the uncontroversial correlation between violence and mental health disorders, particularly schizophrenia and substance use. A random community sample of 10,000 people reported that in a 12-month span, self-reported violence increased by up to fivefold in patients with schizophrenia compared to their counterparts with no schizophrenia. Furthermore, violence rates increased in individuals with a diagnosis of alcohol use and drug use compared to those with no diagnosis. Violence rates for the former increased by up to 12 times while rates for the latter increased up to 16 times (Maden, 2004). Further research into pharmacological treatments for violence and aggression has proven difficult. Due to the nature of a violent individual, he or she is less likely to commit and remain in the study or consent for treatment (Fazel et al., 2014).

Multiple studies have reproduced the association between schizophrenia and increased risk of violence (Fazel et al., 2009; Iozzino, 2015) especially in those having a first episode and those with co-morbid substance use. In the early 1990’s, Swanson published a revolutionary epidemiological study showing a 6.3% difference (8.4% in schizophrenia vs 2.1% in control group) in one year prevalence of violent behavior (Swanson, 1994). Studies since have exhibited similar findings. Meta-analysis of 35 studies involving 23,972 inpatients from acute psychiatric wards showed that 17% of patients would perpetrate a violent act during their inpatient stay (Iozzino, 2015). This study further reported that higher inpatient violence rates were seen with patient characteristics of male gender, involuntary hospitalization, and substance use.

Comorbid severe mental health illness with substance use disorders have a synergistic effect on violence risk. A systematic review of 20 studies comprised of 18,423 individuals with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders yielded a prevalence rate of 8.9 (5.4-14.7) in psychosis with comorbid substance use and a prevalence rate of 2.1 (1.7-2.7) in psychosis without the comorbidity (Fazel et al., 2009). Surprisingly, the risk of violence in those with psychosis with substance use comorbidity were comparable to those with substance use disorder without psychosis, suggesting that substance use and psychotic symptoms are independent risk factors for violence.

Of note, other factors for violence risk consist of past and present experiences. A history of childhood trauma and neglect, growing up around antisocial behavior, binge drinking, and stressing excessivelywere associated with increased violence risk (Van Dorn et al., 2012).

Bipolar DisorderWhile aggression is not a formal symptom according to DSM-5 criteria for bipolar disorder, aggression is commonly seen in manic and mixed episodes of bipolar disorder. A factor analysis showed that triggers for aggression were paranoia and irritability (Cassidy et al., 1998a) with similar frequencies of aggression between the two subtypes of bipolar disorder (Cassidy et al., 2000).

Lifetime prevalence of aggressive behaviors in bipolar disorder and schizophrenia are comparable to one another. Several large scale epidemiological studies have been conducted to examine the prevalence of bipolar disorder. A sample representing the population of the United States collected by the National Comorbidity Survey (NCS) between 1990 and 1992 found aggressive behavior in 12.2% of individuals with a diagnosis of bipolar disorder (Corrigan & Watson, 2005). The NESARC study from 2001-2002 assessed the prevalence of aggressive behavior in 43,093 adults representing the general U.S. population. It revealed a lifetime prevalence of aggressive behavior in those with bipolar I and bipolar II to be 25.34% and 13.58%, compared to 0.66% in persons without a lifetime psychiatric disorder (Latalova, 2009).

Like schizophrenia, the presence of comorbidities, specifically alcohol/substance use disorder and personality disorders, increase the risk of violence in bipolar disorder. The prevalence of aggressive behavior in pure bipolar disorder (without comorbidity) was found to be 5.12% and 2.52%, compared to pure alcohol dependence and drug dependence which was 7.22% and 11.32%, respectively (Pulay et al., 2008). Violence risk was the highest in bipolar patients with comorbid substance use (adjusted odds ratio, 19.9; 95% CI, 14.7-26.9), while bipolar patients had elevated risk for violence regardless of comorbid substance use (adjusted odds ratio, 3.1; 95% CI, 2.6-3.8) (Fazel et al., 2010a).

Pathophysiology of AggressionHistorically, confinement was the primary intervention for aggressive behaviors in psychopaths, rather than using pharmacologic therapies. Currently, pharmacologic therapeutic interventions are being used ranging from D2 antagonism to clozapine. Studies have examined epigenetics, environmental factors, and also the interaction between the two, as possible pathways that contribute to the development of psychopathic personality traits. A meta-analysis of 20 male cohorts investigated the interaction between childhood adversity with the regulation of monoamine oxidase, type A (MAOA). The study showed that childhood adversity or maltreatment correlated with decreased transcription efficiency of MAOA. The attenuated levels of MAOA lead to diminished norepinephrine and serotonin availability, ultimately leading to the development of antisocial traits (Byrd & Manuck, 2014; Haller et al., 1998). Moreover, another potential cause of serotonin hypofunctionis due to the polymorphisms of serotonin transporter genes with subsequent decreased levels of synaptic serotonin (Pavlov et al., 2012). Of note, schizophrenic patients are genetically predisposed to monoamine oxidase dysfunction (Hoptman, 2015).

Decreased gray matter in numerous paralimbic and limbic areas, namely the amygdala and the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (VMPC), have been implicated as areas of research for treatment in improving psychopathic tendencies (Cummings, 2015; Ermer et al., 2012).

The amygdala and its associated structures are well-known regulators of the fear and anxiety response, while the VMPC processes provoke stimuli and determine a person’s response. The amygdala and VMPC collectively function as a top-down inhibitory system and have been hypothesized to underlie theimpulsive aggression seen in psychopaths(Cummings, 2015; Meyer et al., 2016). MRI studies have shown that attenuated neural connectivity of the amygdala and the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (VMPC) via the uncinate gyrus was found in psychopaths (Contreras-Rodriguez et al., 2014). Furthermore, the 3 distinct types of aggression may have common affected neuroanatomical pathways. A lesion in the VMPC leads to impulsive aggressiveresponses by failing to make appropriate risk/reward assessments that normally inhibit aggressive responses (Meyer et al., 2016).

Etiologies of AggressionDerived from the California State Hospital Violence Assessment and Treatment (Cal-VAT) guidelines (Stahl et al., 2014)

Psychotic aggression (Volavka & Citrome, 2011)

  • Misunderstanding or misinterpreting external stimuli
  • Positive symptoms of psychosis

    • Paranoid delusions
    • Command Hallucinations
    • Grandiosity
    • Autonomic Arousal

Impulsive aggression (Volavka & Citrome, 2011)

  • Hyperreactivity to stimuli
  • Emotional hypersensitivity
  • Exaggerated threat perception
  • No planning or organization
  • Autonomic arousal

Predatory aggression (Hare & Neumann, 2008)

  • Planned violence
  • Goal-directed
  • Lack of remorse
  • Autonomic arousal absent

Physical conditions contributing to violence risk (Hankin et al., 2011)

  • Psychomotor agitation
  • Akathisia
  • Pain or physical discomfort
  • Delirium
  • Intoxication or withdrawal
  • Complex partial seizures
  • Sleep issues

Abnormal laboratory results that may contribute to violence risk (Joshi et al., 2012)

  • Plasma glucose
  • Plasma calcium
  • WBC count to rule out sepsis
  • Infectious disease
  • Hyponatremia or hypernatremia
  • Oxygen desaturation
  • Serum ammonia
  • Thyroid status
  • Sedimentation rate if history of inflammatory disease

Antipsychotics OverviewDopamine Antagonists and Atypical AntipsychoticsPositive psychotic symptoms such as hallucinations and delusions generally prompt patients to behave in ways that may lead to aggression and, at worst, criminal offenses, while negative symptoms affect psychosocial and environmental processing. Mainstay treatment for these positive symptoms has been dopamine D2 receptor antagonism in the mesolimbic tract, whereas treatment for negative symptoms has been shown to be more effectively treated with dopamine partial agonist antipsychotics acting on the mesocortical pathway (Veerman et al., 2017; Stahl, 2017). The dopamine D2 receptor antagonist antipsychotics deploy a shared fundamental mechanism of action: inducing the depolarization blockade of the dopamine neurons in the mesolimbic dopamine pathway (Grace, 1992).

Atypical antipsychotics have decreased binding to dopamine D2 receptors while having increased affinities for norepinephrine(α1 and α2) and serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine1A, 2A, 2C, 3, 6, 7) receptors (Miyamoto et al., 2005) among other receptors. While clozapine and olanzapine are firmly established as effective interventions for acute agitation in schizophrenic patients, short acting IM second-generation antipsychotics such as ziprasidone, olanzapine, and aripiprazole, yielded effect sizes comparable to those of haloperidol and lorazepam (Citrome, 2007). Atypical antipsychotics are generally more favorable due to their decreased tendencies to cause dystonia and Parkinsonism. Of note, clozapine’s mechanism of action is unique, as its antipsychotic effects are more likely due to glutamate modulation rather than its effects on the mesolimbic tract (Cummings et al., 2019).

Antipsychotic TrialsAn appropriate antipsychotic trial in duration and dosage was deemed to be a trial of at least 6 weeks and a 600 mg minimum equivalent of chlorpromazine. Four weeks was deemed sufficient for long-acting injectables (Cummings et al., 2019). Medications must be titrated until the patient responds clinically or develops intolerance to medications. High dosages or plasma concentrations of medication are not sufficient reasons for terminating treatments during trials. If a violent schizophrenic patient does not respond clinically to moderate doses of D2 antagonists, tolerates medications without extrapyramidal side effects (EPS) or akathisia, or refuse/fails a clozapine trial, these patients may be candidates for high plasma-level antipsychotic therapy (Meyer, 2014). A minority of schizophrenic patients display immense tolerance for D2 antagonism without developing EPS or akathisia.

Consequences of Antipsychotic NonadherenceA modifiable risk factor for violent behavior in psychotic patients is antipsychotic nonadherence. Rates of non-adherence for schizophrenic patients were reported to be from 40% to 50%, while all hospitalizations due to non-adherence were reported to be 50% to 55% (Mohr & Volavka, 2012). A prospective observational study with a 3-year follow-up, showed that antipsychotic non-adherence in psychotic patients led to higher number of rehospitalizations, placing financial burdens on institutions and requiring more staff for patient care. In particular, these patients exhibited behavioral dysfunction by using substances at an increased rate in the following two years, being 2.2 times more likely to be arrested (OR = 2.22 [1.53-3.24]) and having 1.8 times more likely chance of falling victim to criminal offenses (OR = 1.82, [1.42-2.34])(Ascher-Svanum et al., 2006). Conversely, psychiatric patients who were adherent to their antipsychotics were found by a Swedish population study involving 82,647 individuals to exhibit a 45% reduction in violent crimes (hazard ratio [HR] 0.55; 95% CI 0.47-0.64) compared to their non-adherent counterparts (Fazel et al., 2014), suggesting that medication adherence is crucial to behavioral regulation.

Treatment Resistance and Pharmacokinetics of AntipsychoticsThere are two principle routes for treatment failure with dopamine antagonists. The first is treatment resistance, indicated by the patient’s inadequate response of reduction of psychotic symptoms of 20% to 30% with two sufficient dopamine antagonist trials. Treatment resistance predicts a subsequent, poor response to further antipsychotics (Volavka, 2013; Cummings et al., 2019). The second route for treatment failure is due to pharmacokinetics.

Generally, therapeutic D2 receptor blockade has been hypothesized to be around 80%. Higher than the 80% receptor blockade is not helpful as the D2 receptor curves plateau past this percentage. This means that at greater than 80% receptor blockade, higher doses result in minimal increases in D2 receptor blockade and increase the risk for side effects (Uchida et al., 2011). An example given by the study (Uchida et al., 2011) showed that tripling the dosage of antipsychotic only increased the receptor blockade by approximately 3% (80% to 83%). Of note, a study involving 28 antipsychotic-naive schizophrenic patients showed that the optimal response occurs with 60% to 80% D2 blockade (Sanne Wulff et al., 2015).

Plasma antipsychotic levels, rather than dosage, is a more accurate measure when investigating antipsychotic efficacy. Plasma levels are more reliable measures of receptor occupancy than the administered dose (Urban & Cubala, 2017). Advantages to measuring antipsychotic plasma concentrations include assessing metabolism, determining optimal plasma concentrations, and investigating possible causes of decompensation or worsening side effects (Dahl, 1986). Differences in clinical response based on antipsychotic plasma concentrations and dose are due to various factors. These factors include adherence, absorption, distribution, catabolism, and elimination (Fan & de Lannoy, 2013). This is the result of extensive first-pass metabolism by the cytochrome P450 system, and the high affinity of antipsychotics for P-glycoprotein (PGP), an efflux transporter (Meyer, 2007). Simultaneous use of antipsychotics and other CYP450 inducers such as cigarette smoke, carbamazepine, rifampin, and phenytoin, among others, can impact antipsychotic plasma levels. Higher doses may be required for those using a CYP450 inducer concomitantly with an antipsychotic. Switching to a medication that does not induce CYP enzymes such as lithium is one strategy to avoid this problem (Meyer, 2007).

If a schizophrenic patient displays persistent violent behavior despite an adequate trial of antipsychotic medication, a lack of EPS symptoms or akathisia, plasma antipsychotic levels can play a crucial role in assessing the reason for persistent violence. Schizophrenic patients with persistent violent behavior despite these measures should be treated with clozapine and in the case of refusal or contraindications, olanzapine is an alternative option (Meyer, 2014).

Treatment/Management of Agitation in an Inpatient SettingOverviewThere are three phases to the treatment of agitation in an inpatient setting. The first phase involves decreasing acute agitation and risk of violence to permit further evaluation. The second phase is to treat the underlying etiology of agitation to stabilize the patient enough to add adjunctive therapies such as rehabilitation or other psychotherapeutic interventions. The third phase is to continue stabilization while encouraging and promoting normative socialization. This episode aims to explore an algorithm from the book, Management of Complex Treatment-resistant Psychotic Disorders.

An acutely aggressive or violent patient can have vastly different presentations. The provider should begin by assessing if the patient is capable of being interviewed, and also formulating the underlying etiology of agitation (psychosis vs bipolar vs drugs vs alcohol withdrawal vs delirium). The distinctive principle in treatment is being able to reconsider diagnostic formulations. If treatment is not yielding an adequate therapeutic response, question the hypothesized etiology and reassess the patient.

Initial treatment for patients acutely agitated with risk of hurting self/othersProviders can use interventions classically used for acute psychomotor agitation: fluphenazine 5 mg or haldol 5 mg, with lorazepam 1 mg, with hydroxyzine 25 mg IM. Hydroxyzine is recommended over benztropine and diphenhydramine, as it is a 1st generation antihistamine that readily passes the blood-brain barrier without causing anticholinergic symptoms (impaired memory and cognition, dental caries, urinary retention, etc.), and possible anticholinergic delirium. Rather than ordering a single high dose of the medications, the prescription recommendation is to use lower doses at higher frequencies to titrate plasma levels of medications to therapeutic levels without relapse of symptoms. Medication administration should not exceed 6 doses in a 24 hour period.

Treatment of the underlying disorderPatients continuing to show persistent agitation should be treated for the underlying cause of the acute agitation. Olanzapine is the initial treatment due to its anticholinergic, dopamine antagonizing, and glutamate-modulating properties (at high plasma concentrations), along with its known antipsychotic and mood stabilizing properties. Olanzapine reaches peak plasma concentration after 6 to 9 hours. Of note, do not use fluvoxamine and olanzapine as fluvoxamine inhibits the P450 1A2 system, increasing risk for olanzapine toxicity.

If there is no therapeutic response, a trial of divalproex is recommended over lithium due to divalproex’s wider therapeutic index. Lithium may be used over depakote if patient has bipolar illness or if the patient is prone to bipolar diathesis. Lithium, with its neurotrophic properties, can be helpful in treating acute agitation if the etiology of the agitation is due to manic or depressive episodes.

Patients exhibiting symptoms of agitation, aggression, or violence should always be assessed for lab abnormalities as the underlying etiology. Common lab values to check are plasma ammonia if the patient exhibits signs and symptoms of delirium (especially if using divalproex), glucose, calcium, sodium, sed rate.

Patients with drug intoxication or withdrawal, specifically methamphetamines, require antipsychotics, benzodiazepines, and at times divalproex until drugs wear off. Alcohol withdrawal requires a cross tapering with a drug that will replace alcohol (e.g., lorazepam) to prevent delirium tremens, with benzodiazepines and magnesium sulfate to decrease seizure risk and blood pressure control.

Delirium traditionally has “waxing and waning” levels of alertness and is a common cause of agitation in the inpatient setting. Delirious patients present with alternating agitation and stupor. The human body is known to have various compensatory mechanisms to preserve the brain. As a result, the presence of delirium reflects a state of the brain where the protective measures of the brain have failed. It has been hypothesized that peripheral infections and inflammatory processes cause excessive release of cytokines IL-6 and IL-8, damaging astrocytic glial cells. Dysfunction of astrocytes causes impairment of the brain’s ability to wash out toxic molecules and modulate CSF production, maintenance, and metabolism, ultimately leading to suboptimal levels of arousal. Treatment of the underlying cause of delirium is recommended when delirium is suspected to be the cause of acute agitation.

Persistent agitation despite attempting to treat underlying causeAt this point, reconsider diagnostic formulations, but also ask two questions: (1) is the patient taking their medications?; and (2) does the patient have abnormal metabolism of the drugs?

For ongoing psychomotor agitation, patients should be considered for sedation for acute management using hydroxyzine, a first generation antihistamine, or clonazepam, a benzodiazepine that increases GABAergic transduction signaling. Hydroxyzine can be used as an anxiolytic and sedative and the recommended dose is 25 mg to 100 mg PO or IM BID. Clonazepam is indicated if valproic acid or lithium is contraindicated. Recommendation for the initial dose is 1 mg TID or QID with adjustments to 0.5 mg to 2 mg TID or QID. These medications are used only in the acute setting and should be discontinued with resolution of symptoms or resistance to treatment.

If a patient is exhibiting symptoms refractory to hydroxyzine or clonazepam, consider bipolar diathesis as a cause. If a patient is inclined for bipolar diathesis, augment with a stronger dopamine antagonist. With low suspicion for bipolar diathesis, consider initiating an SSRI trial. SSRIs are indicated for persistent aggression or dementia related aggression. SSRI’s exert effect by increasing serotonin bioavailability in the limbic system, leading to decreased irritability and impulsivity. Recommendation is to dose daily and if terminating medication to taper over two to four weeks to avoid withdrawals. Contraindications include bipolar patients and autism spectrum disorder due to the risk for increased irritability and aggression.

As sleep deprivation from disrupted or inefficient sleep can be a cause for agitation in hypomanic and manic individuals; inducing sleep is an effective mode of treatment of the underlying cause of agitation. A recommended dose in this setting is zolpidem 10 mg qhs. While effective, zolpidem has a relatively short half-life. In this circumstance, eszopiclone, a benzodiazepine receptor agonist, should be initiated starting at 4 mg qhs.

ClozapineClozapine is viewed as the gold standard therapeutic intervention for violent patients with schizophrenia (Cummings et al., 2019; Frogley et al., 2012; Topiwala & Fazel 2011). Clozapine is a dopamine (D4 > D2) and serotonin agonist, partial 5-H1TA, and a muscarinic (M1-M5), histamine, and alpha-1 adrenergic antagonist (Haidary & Padhy, 2021). Clozapine has also been hypothesized as havingglutamate-modulating properties, which may explain its superiority over other antipsychotics (Veerman et al., 2014). The FDA approved maximum dose is 900 mg per day (Haidary & Padhy, 2021). Clozapine does not usually exert its anti-aggressive effects until an estimated dose of 500 mg (Volavka, 2013). Indications for clozapine include patients with schizophrenia who failed 2 or more antipsychotic trials of adequate dose and duration (Krakowski, 2006).

A review of the literature revealed evidence for the anti-aggression effects of clozapine independent of its antipsychotic effects (Frogley et al., 2012; Meyer 2014). A randomized, double-blind trial consisting of 157 schizophrenic individuals treated with either clozapine, olanzapine, risperidone, or haloperidol, demonstrated that clozapine had higher efficacy than risperidone and haloperidol, and similar efficacy to olanzapine in the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS) (Volavka et al., 2002). A second randomized, double-blind, parallel-group trial of 12 weeks involved 110 aggressive patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders treated with either clozapine, olanzapine, or haloperidol. Clozapine exhibited higher efficacy than olanzapine and haloperidol in two areas: reduction of physical aggression, determined by the Modified Overt Aggression Scale (MOAS) physical aggression score, and overall aggression reduction, determined by the MOAS total score. Olanzapine demonstrated greater efficacy in relation to haloperidol.Confirming the established parameter that clozapine’s anti-aggression effects are independent of its antipsychotic properties, this trial also demonstrated that clozapine did not differ significantly from olanzapine or haloperidol in reducing psychiatric symptoms based on the PANSS total score and the PANSS subscales (Krakowski et al., 2006).

Clozapine, however, is not a definitive treatment for aggression. In one study, up to 50% of patients did not respond to clozapine(Lieberman et al., 1994). Another study from the UK found that patients responded to clozapine at rates from 50% to 60% (Citrome, 2013). Of note, clozapine’s therapeutic effects decline after 2.8 years of treatment in schizophrenic patients refractory to treatment (Cummings et al., 2019). When patients do not respond to maximum plasma levels of clozapine with adjunctive D2 antagonism, the next step is to offer valproic acid, SSRIs, and β-adrenergic antagonists (Goedhard et al., 2006; Citrome and Volavka, 2011).

Olanzapine (Zyprexa)Olanzapine is a well-known therapeutic agent for acute agitation. It’s a D2 antagonist with low affinity for the receptors and also a 5HT2A receptor antagonist in the frontal cortex (Thomas & Saadabadi, 2022). Olanzapine is relatively effective in treating physical aggression compared to haloperidol in violent schizophrenic individuals and has an odds ratio (OR - 1.3(1.2-1.4) for reduced violence. This odds ratio was comparable to the odds ratio (OR - 1.3(1.2-1.4) comparing clozapine and olanzapine (Krakowski et al., 2006). The OR for a double-blind trial consisting of 1445 individuals with schizophrenia resulted in olanzapine having similar effects on anti-aggression with other atypical antipsychotics, not including clozapine (Swanson et al., 2008a). However, in an earlier study comparing olanzapine and risperidone in a 1-year trial, olanzapine reduced violence risk significantly while risperidone failed to yield significant reduction of violence risk (Swanson et al., 2004). Recommended initial doses of olanzapine are 10 mg PO to 20 mg PO. If a patient refuses or is intolerant of oral medications, a 10 mg IM dose can be given (Stahl et al., 2014). Compared to the 50% to 60% response rate to clozapine, the response rate to olanzapine of schizophrenic patients refractory to treatment using Kane’s criteria was only 10% (Conley et al., 2003).

Risperidone (Risperdal)In open-label studies of risperidone for agitation in schizophrenic patients (Chengappa et al., 2000, Bitter et al., 2005) and one double-blind study involving 139 randomized patients (Czobor et al., 1995), risperidone was found to reduce agitation and hostility compared to placebo. However, when compared to other antipsychotics, use of risperidone did not yield significant results (Swanson et al., 2008a). A unique indication for risperidone is failure of treatment response to olanzapine 20 mg BID for acute agitation. If the patient fails to respond by the end of one week with olanzapine, clinicians should add risperidone 2 mg QHS, increasing dose by 2 mg every other day to a target dose of 6 mg QHS (Cummings & Stahl, 2021).

Valproic acid (divalproex) & LithiumBoth lithium and valproic acid, which are commonly used as mood-stabilizing agents in bipolar disorder, can be used as adjunctive treatment for aggression. They both act as agents to minimize limbic activity at the amygdala (Citrome & Volavka, 2011; Correll et al., 2017). Both should be loaded with the goal of achieving a high but safe plasma concentration and continued at this level for no more than 8 weeks (Cummings & Stahl, 2021).

VPA is a possible next step in the management of patients displaying impulsive aggression who did not respond clinically to maximum plasma concentrations of clozapine with adjunct D2 antagonism (Goedhard et al., 2006; Citrome and Volavka, 2011). VPA should be titrated to the optimal plasma concentration of 100 to 120 mcg/ml and maintained at a range of 80-120 mcg/ml (Cummings & Stahl, 2021). Furthermore, VPA should be dosed twice per day to minimize seizure risk. Of note, VPA is associated with decreasing plasma concentration of atypical antipsychotics, olanzapine (Haslemo et al., 2012) and clozapine (Longo & Salzman, 1995), leading to subtherapeutic levels of the antipsychotics.

Lithium has anti-aggression properties in patients with intermittent explosive disorder (Jones et al., 2011), but its effects on agitation in the schizophrenic population are inconclusive. The initial dose of lithium should be 600 mg nightly, increasing the dose by 300 mg every other day to a maximum nightly dose of 1200 mg. Contrary to other medications mentioned, plasma concentrations are not the most useful indicators in predicting clinical response. The minimum plasma concentration for therapeutic response is 0.6 meq/L (Cummings & Stahl, 2021). Use of lithium calls for strict monitoring due to its vast side effect profile (polyuria, tremor, cognitive environment) and requires immediate cessation with either intolerance or lack of clinical response (Citrome 2009).

Long Acting Injectables (LAI)As mentioned above, non-adherence is a modifiable risk factor for violence risk. Non-adherence leads to relapse, rehospitalizations, and higher probability of engaging in violent behaviors. Long acting injectables (LAI), also known as depot injections, are effective in promoting medication adherence so as to minimize the consequences of non-adherence (Haddad et al., 2014; Mohr & Volavka, 2012). A narrative study comprising cross-sectional, retrospective, and prospective studies with case studies and randomized trials, explored the benefits of LAI to treat violence and aggression in psychotic patients (Mohr et al., 2017). As relapse of symptoms can occur following cessation of medication, LAIs reduce chance of relapse due to prolonged plasma concentrations (Mohr et al., 2017; Cummings et al., 2019). Due to a one-time dose of high levels of antipsychotics, LAI medication cannot be titrated to therapeutic levels. There is also the possibility of prolonged side effects compared to oral antipsychotics (Mohr et al., 2017). While there are no controlled trials to confirm if LAIs reduce the risk of violence, retrospective studies have confirmed that LAIs were more effective than their oral counterparts at reducing severity of symptoms including aggression, hostility, violent acts, and criminal offenses (Mohr et al., 2017).

View Details

Claire Baker, David Puder, M.D.

Dr. Jonathan Shedler and David Puder have no conflicts of interest to report for the audio that goes with this article.

IntroductionIn this episode, Dr. Puder interviews Jonathan Shedler, Ph.D. Their conversation covers the ideal length of therapy treatment, the efficacy of psychodynamic therapy, and the role of psychodynamic processes in multiple therapeutic modalities.

Dr. Shedler is an internationally known author, lecture consultant and master clinician. An expert in psychodynamic therapy and personality pathology, he has over 25 years of experience practicing therapy and teaching and supervising mental health professionals. He wrote the pivotal paper “The Efficacy of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy”, which validated psychodynamic therapy as an evidence-based treatment. He is also the creator of the Shedler-Westen Assessment Procedure (SWAP) for personality diagnosis and clinical case formulation and is prolific on Twitter at the handle @jonathanshedler.

Psychodynamic TherapyPsychodynamic therapy is a form of talk therapy focused on exploring the patient’s inner experience, which encompasses emotions, dreams, implicit drives and beliefs and relationships, including the patient-therapist relationship. Dr. Shedler notes that while psychodynamic therapy has a public image of being obscure and possibly even esoteric, in reality it deals with the phenomena of everyday life and realities about the mind and interpersonal connection, with which we all have experience. The things we all deal with are inside us and all around us, so there’s nothing esoteric or unusual about psychodynamic therapy. By employing the use of psychodynamic therapy, we have a way of understanding things about the life of the mind and human connection and interaction. Indicatively, this type of therapy really applies everywhere; it’s not just applicable in a certain kind of therapy or for a certain kind of person. It’s applicable to therapy in general and to life in general.

ProjectionA central concept in psychodynamic theory is that all people have contradictory impulses: the desire to be compassionate, helpful and kind; the desire to destroy, to inflict pain and damage. Psychologically healthy individuals are able to recognize and accept that they have these contradictory impulses within themselves, and keep the most extreme desires in check. Comparatively, individuals with personality pathology are often unable to accept these contradictory impulses and may instead project the impulses onto another person, idea or institution. Unable to recognize their own capacity for hate, they repeatedly see it in things outside of themselves. The projection is “the capacity for hate isn’t in me, it’s out there.”

As more serious kinds of personality disturbances are considered, the boundaries between fantasy and action become very murky. Rather than see their own destructiveness, they project it onto other people or things outside of themselves. If they proceed to act destructively on that perception, it will become very problematic.

Dr. Shedler writes that individuals with a tendency towards pathological behaviors like projection will often find “camouflage” in communities where that behavior is normalized and validated. He notes that “disturbance finds camouflage.” These individuals find a community that seems to normalize or validate the dysfunctional behaviors. This applies across the board and we can see it playing out every day.

Camouflage can be especially common on social media and in online communities, where anonymity enables users to engage in abusive behavior towards strangers with reduced fear of social consequences. For example, someone who suddenly finds themselves the target of intense, vicious hatred by an individual they don’t know may question how they suddenly became so important to this person. They may wonder how it is possible for them to be treated as though this person knew them intimately, knowing their thoughts, motives and intentions, when they are, in fact, complete strangers. This is where the psychoanalytic concept of projection comes in (as the stranger may be projecting all sorts of things).

Through prolonged psychotherapy, patients can become more aware of their destructive impulses and reduce the shame that would drive them into the unconscious. When we deny them we may act them out but at the same time justify ourselves. When we don’t understand our impulses it is easy to respond reactively, potentially in destructive ways; with greater clarity around these impulses, we can keep them as thoughts that don’t harm others.

Projective Identification Projective identificationis a phenomenon that may follow projection. It occurs when an individual projects onto another person, and that other person begins to identify with the projection and act differently than they normally would. Dr. Shedler describes it to mean that a person believes they can release their anger and hatred without restraint on another person to where they react and become angry, in a way making the projection become true. For example, if a therapy patient repeatedly accuses his therapist of hating him, the therapist may notice herself actually feeling frustration or resentment towards the patient where she previously felt neutral or positive.

Therapists may be familiar with the experience of noticing that with a particular patient, they act, feel or think in ways that are out of character for them. Perhaps they will feel an impulse to act out, cross a boundary or collude with the patient. In that moment, the therapist may be identifying with the patient’s projection. The psychoanalysts Glen Gabbard and Thomas Ogden described this experience as “the analyst’s mind [being] colonized by the patient’s internal world” (Gabbard, 2009). This occurs often during psychotherapy, but can also occur outside the confines of therapy between individuals.

When projective identification occurs during therapy, the work of the therapist is first to notice what is occurring. Once they recognize that they are reacting in an unusual way, the clinician can work on finding their way back to their own thoughts and feelings, and aim to make use of the interaction constructively. Moments of projection and projective identification can be used to help patients gain insight into their internal experience and how it plays out in their interpersonal relationships.

How Long Does Effective Therapy Take?Dr. Shedler has also written on the question of how much time is needed for therapy to produce meaningful change. In the article “The Tyranny of Time: How Long Does Effective Therapy Really Take?,” Dr. Shedler and co-author, psychologist Enrico Gnaulati, present evidence that effective therapy takes significantly longer than the 8- to 16-week treatments often used in controlled trials. Because of the incredibly difficult nature of studying psychotherapy, researchers typically chose shorter periods of time, 8- and 16-week trials, to study, but not on the basis of research that shows these are inherently beneficial time frames to begin with. Consequently, there are hundreds of studies on treating depression alone, all based on treatments of <16 sessions.

A study of over 10,000 therapy clients, assessed session-to-session with a validated outcome instrument, found that it took 21 sessions or about six months of weekly therapy to see clinically significant changes in 50% of patients. Only after 40 sessions, or almost a year of weekly therapy, did researchers see significant changes in 75% of patients (Lambert, 2001). Research has also called into question the long-term efficacy of brief therapy (Shedler, 2020). Yet brief manualized therapies are still frequently viewed as the standard of care, and most research on psychotherapy continues to focus on abbreviated therapy.

Multiple factors explain the continued predominance of brief therapy. One issue is a lack of communication between researchers and clinicians. Few studies have asked practicing therapists how long it takes for therapy to show significant effects, and when the question is asked, they find that practitioners generally see better results with long-term therapy. An Emory University survey of 270 experienced psychotherapists found that their last completed therapies “in which patient and therapist agreed that the outcome was reasonably successful” required a median of 52 to 75 sessions (Morrison, Bradley & Westen, 2003).

Compared to brief therapy, long-term therapy is also simply less studied. Practical constraints are partly to blame: studies of long-term therapy are expensive, methodologically complex, and resource-intensive. But the relative lack of research on long-term therapy also creates a self-fulfilling prophecy: when “less-studied” is falsely equated to “less evidence-based”, it perpetuates the stereotype that long-form therapy is not evidence-based.

Dr. Shedler concludes that real therapists operating in the real world recognize that therapy takes time and that people don’t come packaged with single DSM disorder categories. People are complex and there is a need to create a relationship with the patient over time. The actual schism is between practicing clinicians and researchers who operate in cognitive parallel universes.

Evidence for Psychodynamic Therapy & StrategiesDespite methodological constraints, psychodynamic therapy is supported by significant evidence. As Dr. Shedler writes in his article, The Efficacy of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy, not only is psychodynamic therapy evidence-based, but other psychotherapy modalities, including CBT, may be effective partly because they use psychodynamic techniques.

An abundance of studies have found that different psychotherapy modalities show similar efficacy (Seligman, 1995) and one potential explanation for this is the existence of common factors driving efficacy of multiple modalities.

Some researchers have investigated this question by looking past broader “brand names” and assessing specific features in individual therapy sessions (Goldfried & Wolfe, 1996). There isn’t incentive to study the historically effective basic treatment methods; the incentive comes from essentially creating a commodity out of new therapy models that are, at the most basic level, comprised of the same fundamental principles. A number of studies have used the Psychotherapy Process Q-Set, a standardized instrument, to analyze the methods actually used in therapy sessions (PQS; Jones, 2000). In multiple studies, Enrico Jones and colleagues used the PQS to analyze CBT and psychodynamic therapy sessions, and repeatedly found that the use of psychodynamic techniques was correlated with successful outcomes, regardless of whether the therapist was working under a CBT or psychodynamic model (Jones & Pulos, 1993; Ablon & Jones, 1998).

Further studies have not only replicated these findings, but also provided clues as to what elements of psychodynamic therapy may be responsible for its efficacy. In one critical study, CBT sessions conducted according to Beck’s treatment model were assessed for the presence of multiple “Process Variables” (Castonguay et al., 1996). These variables included therapeutic alliance, implementation of the cognitive model, and a variable called “experiencing” which closely relates to the psychodynamic model.

Dr. Shedler remarks that therapeutic alliance is central to all effective treatment models and it cannot be commodified; it simply takes time to form these real relationships. Both therapeutic alliance and experiencing were associated with the greatest improvement. In other words, therapists working within a CBT model had better outcomes when they focused mostly on exploring the patient’s emotions, inner experience and self-knowledge, as well as the therapist-client relationship.

Ingredients of Effective TherapyDr. Shedler particularly emphasizes the importance of the therapeutic relationship, which he describes as a shared understanding between therapist and patient about the purpose of their work and methods they’re using to achieve that purpose. And he notes that a strong working alliance can be especially impactful for patients who have significant difficulties with interpersonal relationships. If a patient normally distances herself from others using slights and attacks, she is likely used to others attacking back or ending the relationship. When she takes this approach towards her therapist, and the therapist instead responds by noticing what’s occurring and responding with curiosity and empathy, it helps her develop insight into her relationship patterns.

The therapist-client relationship is an irreplaceable element of therapy, but is also affected by the therapist’s skills and experience. Three factors are particularly key to the development of a master clinician: experience, quality supervision, and personal therapy. Dr. Shedler points out that learning psychotherapy is basically an apprenticeship model, which is the quality supervision; discussing your patients with a senior clinician can develop our insight in how to navigate their struggles.

Personal therapy is important because, through coming to know ourselves more deeply, we not only grow as people but also deepen our ability to empathize with patients. Clinicians are not exempt from the effect of these psychological concepts; these concepts apply to all people. An element of personal therapy that is especially helpful is it allows us to identify our own projections, before unseen to us. Understanding ourselves in this way creates deeper insight into the struggles of our patients.

Additionally, the therapist-client relationship provides a new relational “template”, as Dr. Shedler refers to it, for the patient to see another example of how a relationship can be. The patient may not have had healthy or safe relationships previously and therapy is an opportunity for them to safely be vulnerable and unmasked in a relationship, free of consequences, from an individual who expresses compassion and empathy without judgment.

SummaryPsychodynamic concepts can be useful for enriching our therapy practice, self-knowledge, and understanding of everyday life. Evidence supports the efficacy of both long-form therapy and psychodynamic therapy specifically. A focus on psychodynamic principles, particularly the therapist-patient relationship and fostering patients’ self-knowledge, can lead to better outcomes in therapy of any modality.

Supplemental material in our resource library:* Episode 029: What is Psychodynamic Theory? * Episode 041: Therapeutic Alliance Part 4: What is Transference and Countertransference? * Episode 065: Is Social Media Good for Mental Health * Episode 140: Borderline Personality Disorder: Common Factors In Effective Therapies With Dr. Robert Feinstein

More information about Dr. Shedler’s work can also be found on his website, jonathanshedler.com.

View Details

Chantel Fletcher, Danielle Hairston, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

There are no conflicts of interest for this episode.

Introduction For decades, Black patients have been consistently diagnosed with schizophrenia more than their white counterparts despite epidemiological data not supporting a true disparity (Gara, et a., 2019; Gara, et al., 2012; Olbert, et al., 2018; Whaley, 2001). Still, the exact causes and solutions have not been firmly established (Gara, et a., 2019; Gara, et al., 2012; Olbert, et al., 2018; Whaley, 2001). There is currently an overdiagnosis of schizophrenia in Black male patients, especially.

In addition to Black patients being diagnosed with schizophrenia at higher rates than white patients, they also are more likely to receive high doses of antipsychotics and depot antipsychotics (Arnold, et al., 2004). Exact causes and solutions for this problem are also not firmly established (Arnold, et al., 2004).

Inaccurate diagnosis of schizophrenia and/or missed diagnosis of affective disorders can lead to inappropriate and inadequate treatment; worsened outcomes can follow. Because schizophrenia is a complex condition with a broad range of signs and symptoms that also occur in other mental disorders, it can be difficult to differentiate it from other serious mental disorders, especially mood disorders. Notably, these other conditions should actually be ruled out before arriving at a diagnosis of schizophrenia.

Furthermore, erroneously diagnosing schizophrenia can dampen expectations of a good prognosis. Additionally, antipsychotics can cause significant side effects and prescribing them inappropriately can lead to undue burden on patients. As a historically marginalized group, receiving inappropriate diagnoses and subsequent inadequate treatment further adds to the difficulties that Black patients face.

It is imperative that psychiatrists do their part to avoid adding to existing health disparities and that they practice in ways that actively counter these disparities.

Historical ContextInappropriate diagnoses of Black populations can be traced back to slavery in this country. Historically, a diagnosis called “drapetomania” was used to pathologize enslaved Black people’s desire to be free. Receiving this diagnosis could actually lead to placement in insane asylums.

In the 1960s, schizophrenia shifted from commonly being assigned to “weak-minded” white women who suffered from what was labeled “hysteria” and could not take care of their families to being assigned to Black men who wanted to voice their needs and their distrust of the system in the civil rights era. It became a diagnosis of “belligerent” and “aggressive” Black men. Around this time, advertisements for Haldol emerged as a drug that can treat belligerent people who need to be controlled.

Disparities in Schizophrenia DiagnosisAs previously stated, Black patients are diagnosed with schizophrenia more often than their white counterparts, which is in contrast to epidemiological findings (Gara, et al., 2019; Gara, et al., 2012; Olbert, et al., 2018; Whaley, 2001). Exact figures vary.

  • Olbert, et al. found that Black patients are diagnosed with schizophrenia 2.4 times more frequently than white patients (OR=2.42, 95% CI [1.59, 3.66]) (Olbert, 2018). This was the case when using both structured (OR=2.43, 95% CI [1.59, 3.72]) and unstructured (OR=1.77, 95% diagnostic assessments) (Olbert, 2018).
  • Gara, et al. found that Black patients had higher rates of clinical diagnoses of schizophrenia than non-Latino white patients did, even after controlling for covariates like serious affective disorders (Gara, et al., 2012).

    • When schizophrenia was narrowly defined, a significant ethnicity/race effect was found even after controlling for all other predictors (𝜒22 = 10.4, P = .01) (Gara, et al., 2012).
    • When schizophrenia was broadly defined, there were also significant differences between African American patients and white patients (OR=2.5; 95% CI, 1.4-4.5) (Gara, et al., 2012). A comparison between African American patients and non-Latino white patients also yielded a significant odds ratio (OR=2.7; 95% CI, 1.5-5.1) (Gara, et al., 2012).
    • Black patients did not significantly differ from white patients in overall severity of manic and depressive symptoms but did evidence more severe psychosis (Gara, et al., 2012).

In addition to being diagnosed with schizophrenia more often, Black patients are also more frequently assigned to the paranoid subtype of schizophrenia than white patients (Whaley, 2001).Due the complexity of this issue, it is likely that there are reasons specific to patient-clinician interactions, as well as reasons outside of that arena. However, clinicians have more control over themselves than outside factors. Thus, it is prudent for them to be aware of the issues that arise in clinical practice when it comes to the diagnosis (inaccurate or otherwise) and treatment of schizophrenia in Black patients.

Affective Symptoms and Schizophrenia DiagnosisGara, et al. found that Black patients with schizophrenia are more likely than non-Latino white patients to screen positive for major depression (Gara, et al., 2019). Among patients with schizoaffective disorder, the difference in percentages of positive screening for depression is not significant between Black patients and non-Latino whites (13% among Black patients versus 10% among non-Latino white patients) (Gara, et al., 2019). It is hypothesized that this may be due to affective symptoms being built into the diagnosis (Gara, et al., 2019).

This phenomenon is consistent with findings in existing literature (Gara, et al., 2019). The PHQ-9 is a commonly used screening tool that has a cut off of ≥10 for depression (Gara, et al., 2019). It is important to recognize that this score tends to capture people who may only have mild depression, as well as people with negative symptoms of schizophrenia, such as anhedonia and low motivation (Gara, et al., 2019).

It is possible that there is conscious or unconscious bias toward the meaning of psychiatric symptoms in Black patients, and that underemphasis of affective symptoms can be a manifestation of this (Gara, et al., 2019). Underemphasis of affective/mood symptoms in Black patients could be a reason why Black patients are diagnosed with schizophrenia more than white patients (Gara, et al., 2019). This can be true even for patients who may have screened positive for depression based on the PHQ-9 but do not ultimately meet all ICD-10 criteria for major depression (Gara, et al., 2019).

Failing to adequately consider affective/mood symptoms in patients may steer clinicians away from diagnoses such as major depression with psychotic features, schizoaffective disorder, or bipolar disorder (Gara, et al., 2019). Interestingly, a 2012 study by Gara, et al. found that Black patients did not significantly differ from white patients in overall severity of manic and depressive symptoms, but did appear to experience more severe psychosis (Gara, et al., 2012). Still, it must be emphasized psychosis is not exclusive to schizophrenia and should not preempt a comprehensive review of diagnoses other than schizophrenia.

Cultural Issues and Schizophrenia DiagnosisIn a study by Whaley, which examined both the agreement between clinical and research diagnoses of schizophrenia and the association between cultural mistrust and disagreement of these diagnoses with regards to paranoid schizophrenia, several agreement categories were created based on clinical, SCID, and best estimate diagnoses (Whaley, 2001). Agreement among clinical diagnoses of schizophrenia with SCID and best estimate diagnoses was poor (κ=0.11, p=ns, κ=0.13, p=ns, respectively). Agreement with SCID and best estimate diagnoses of schizophrenia was favorable (κ=0.73, p<0.0001).

Cultural mistrust among Black patients does not predict an increase in clinical diagnoses of paranoid schizophrenia, but it is positively associated with odds of diagnosis by the best estimate method.

  • Best estimate OR=1.51 when compared to clinical diagnosis
  • Best estimate OR=2.92 when compared to SCID diagnosis

There is significant reported correlation between patients’ self-reported cultural mistrust and interpersonal distrust (Whaley, 2001). These two parameters may overlap in presentation (Whaley, 2001). Patients who did not have comorbid substance abuse, who score high on measures of distrust, and who express more social desirability appear to be more likely to receive a clinical diagnosis of paranoid schizophrenia.

Cultural factors may contribute to Black patients with mood disorders having higher levels of psychotic symptoms or symptoms that are interpreted as psychosis. For example, a reasonable paranoia and cultural mistrust can be understandable sequelae of dealing with racism (Gara, et al., 2012). This may influence patient behavior when interacting with clinicians. It is imperative that a comprehensive evaluation be conducted in order to determine the root cause of a patient’s anger; anger must not be interpreted in singularity. For example, depression can manifest as anger and, at times, anxiety manifests in irritability. Without the context of the individual such as their trauma experiences, family history and their experiences, or an understanding of the patient’s current reality, certain diagnoses may be inappropriate or premature.

Another example includes use of slang that clinicians may misinterpret as disorganized speech. A couple examples include “You don’t want smoke.” “Smoke” in this instance refers to confrontation, conflict, and the like. Another example is “I was ear hustling.” “Ear hustling” means eavesdropping. Devising and testing culturally sensitive instruments for diagnosis might improve clinical assessments. In the meantime, it is important that clinicians be thoughtful about how cultural differences may impact the diagnostic process and work to address it.

Uncomfortable TopicsIn order to best serve your patients, become comfortable broaching uncomfortable topics such as racism, domestic or interpersonal violence, and trauma.

Additionally, do not ignore racially-charged and racially-motivated incidents in the media. Ask how the patient was affected by it.

For instance:

  • How did the Amhaud Arbery killing impact you? Were you affected by the results of that trial?
  • Did the murder of George Floyd impact you in any way?
  • Is this something that your family experienced? (In regards to similar racially discriminatory experiences)
  • Is this something you are worried about for your children?

You can ask these questions even if you are not a Black psychologist or psychiatrist. A helpful preface to a conversation about these topics could be to verbally acknowledge to them that you know that you do not know what this is like but that you are trying to understand in order to better help them.

In this uncomfortable and possibly completely unfamiliar territory to you as a clinician, be ready to be wrong and instead be a safe place for them to disagree with you. Come to terms with the fact that you may not have all the answers.

Sex, Ethnicity, and Antipsychotic Medication UseBlack men are given antipsychotic medication more often than Black women and white men and women, particularly depot antipsychotics (adjusted 𝜒2 = 5.77, df = 1, ORa = 2.6; 95% confidence interval [CI]: 1.19 – 5.14; p < 0.02) (Arnold, et al., 2004). Among Black patients with bipolar and depressive disorders, there is a significant ethnicity effect on high-dose antipsychotic prescribing (adjusted 𝜒2 = 4.4, df = 1, ORa = 8.1; 95% CI: 1.15–58.82; p < 0.04) (Arnold, et al., 2004). Black patients with psychotic mood disorders have an increased likelihood of being prescribed more than 10 haloperidol equivalents in comparison to white patients (Arnold, et al., 2004). Interestingly, ethnicity effects on high-dose antipsychotic prescribing do not appear (adjusted 𝜒2 = 0.63, df = 1, ORa = 1.4; 95% CI: 0.59 – 3.48; p>0.4) (Arnold, et al., 2004). Also interesting to note, it seems that there are no significant differences between sex and ethnic group rates of second-generation (clozapine, risperidone, olanzapine, or quetiapine) (adjusted 𝜒2 = 0.44, df = 1, ORa = 1.13; 95% CI: 0.78 – 1.64; p>0.5) or first generation (adjusted 𝜒2 = 0.02, df = 1, ORa = 1.03; 95% CI: 0.70 – 1.52; p>0.8) antipsychotic prescribing was found (Arnold, et al., 2004).

Though the reasons for higher use of depot antipsychotic medication in Black men is unclear, it can perhaps be linked to compliance concerns (Arnold, et al., 2004). It is important to note, however, that depot antipsychotic usage does not necessarily lead to increased treatment compliance in Black patients (Arnold, et al., 2004). The use of higher doses of antipsychotics in Black patients does not appear to be due to clinical severity (Arnold, et al., 2004).

Per Dr. Hairston, there is a longstanding myth that Black men actually require and tolerate higher doses of antipsychotics. In reality, they are at higher risk for developing extrapyramidal symptoms due to higher doses, particularly if they are psychotropic naive. Additionally, historically and currently, Black patients are more likely to be involuntarily hospitalized and less likely to be offered therapy as a treatment.

Moving ForwardAdequately addressing this issue will require a multipronged approach due its complex nature and enduring presence, requiring detailed and intentional actions, such as to:

  • Document and evaluate as objectively as possible without first putting your own interpretation onto what is seen.
  • Comprehensively evaluate patients in order to avoid arriving at inaccurate diagnoses.
  • Consider the reasoning behind anger in patients. It may not always be inappropriate or secondary to psychosis.
  • Clarify subjectively ambiguous statements rather than automatically assuming their meaning and concluding that they are indicative of psychosis.
  • Assess the effectiveness of patient treatment plans at appropriate intervals and troubleshoot any problems.

    • When appropriate, troubleshooting can include reassessing the diagnosis.
    • Regularly screen patients for affective and depressive symptoms.
    • Become familiar with how symptoms may present differently in other racial groups.
    • Consult with culturally sensitive clinicians when assessing and treating patients.
    • Assess the interracial attitudes of Black patients during clinical evaluations.
    • Make use of structured interviews and/or rating scales when possible, even though the effect size on decreasing overdiagnosis is reportedly small.
    • Examine practice patterns and statistics when possible with regards to diagnostic rates and treatment methods.
    • Demonstrate empathy, approach each patient with an open mind, and practice humility.
    • Keep in mind that the perceived power differential between themselves and physicians is one of many factors that make trust harder to establish.
    • Be prepared to be wrong.
    • Be prepared to be uncomfortable with the realities of racism in the healthcare system.
    • Advocate for patients.

    • Provide them with information that helps them navigate the health system and communicate assertively, clearly, and thoughtfully with their healthcare providers.

    • Help patients learn about mental health in general and their particular diagnoses by providing them with patient-friendly sources of information.
    • Continue research in this area to further elucidate causes and potential solutions.

View Details

Annabel Kuhn, M.D., Yenifer Aponte, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

Dr. Seiler, Dr. Kuhn, Dr. Aponte and Dr. Puder have no conflicts of interest.

In this episode, Dr. Puder speaks with Dr. Stephen Seiler about the connection between mental health and physical activity.

Dr. Seiler grew up in Texas and Arkansas. As a child, Dr. Seiler was so passionate about science that he set up a laboratory under the staircase of his parents’ home. Meanwhile, the young Dr. Seiler also loved sports. When he was 15 years old, he stumbled upon a book chapter titled “The Scientist of Sport”; it was then that he realized his two passions can coexist. Now, Dr. Seiler is known as one of the top exercise physiologists in the world and works in Norway.

Physical activity has been shown to reduce stress reactivity and reduce all cause mortality. Physical activity also results in decreased psychosocial stress. Today we explore this intersection and discuss the significance of incorporating physical exercise as a part of a robust mental health care plan.

Physical Activity Reduces All-Cause MortalityA study from 2018 explored the association between cardiorespiratory fitness and long-term mortality. The study followed a group of 122,000 patients over 8.4 years, and it demonstrated that performance on a treadmill test predicted all-cause mortality. Of the 120,000 patients, 13,637 died by 8.4 year follow up. Of those that died, 23.7% (6,904) were in the “low performance” group on the treadmill test, and only 2.6% (93) were in the “elite” group on the treadmill test. Being an elite performer as opposed to a low performer resulted in a raw 10-fold reduction in all-cause mortality. The hazard ratio going from elite performance to low was 5.04, meaning there would be a 500% increase in risk of death if an elite performer became a low performer. To highlight how significant of a risk this truly is, in this study the hazard ratio for smoking was 1.41, which would mean that smoking causes a 40% increase risk in all-cause mortality.

Table 1 from Mandsager 2018

Dr. Seiler states that this 2018 study is representative and reinforces most or all of the research that has been done on physical activity and physical wellbeing. The London Transport Workers Study (published in 1953) was one of the first studies to explore the connection between physical activity and overall health. The study explored differences in health between tour bus drivers and tour bus guides. The bus drivers sat most of the day, whereas the guides are constantly getting off and on the bus. The guides demonstrated greater overall health. We have 60-70 years worth of studies and data that proves that human bodies are meant to be physically active.

One does not have to fall into the “elite performer” category to achieve health benefits. Dr. Seiler says that a reasonably consistent physical activity plan is beneficial, even if it is not extremely intense. Increasing the duration of moderate exercise is a great way to achieve the health benefits.

Mind-Body Connection During ExerciseProgressive physiologic stress helps us handle psychological stress. When we exercise, the brain is receiving an amazing amount of information from the body. This is known as afferent feedback–the body tells the brain where our limbs are in space and tells us about the chemical state around the muscles. There is also the perception of effort that occurs in a feed-forward and feed-back loop. The feed-forward arm involves the brain’s awareness of how much muscle it is recruiting to do the physical action. Feedback signals from the muscles doing the work influence the brain and inform how much energy is being expended.

Signaling during movement and exercise promotes a conversation between mind and body, where the brain and body are asking one another, “How do I feel?”, or “How much longer can I go at this intensity?”. Teleoanticipation is defined as “the anticipation of the end of a physical task that allows more efficient expenditure of energy”. Ask yourself to find a fairly difficult running pace that you could maintain for an hour. The brain learns quite rapidly about the body and is usually able to find this pace within 5-8 minutes of exercise. The brain is projecting out some rate of fatigue. The brain is learning to build physical courage, and you become more comfortable with the discomfort. In anticipation of fatigue, the brain develops strategies to handle or resist the negative feedback from the muscles. Thus, long-term athletes develop not only better ways for their bodies to physiologically process stress, but also develop ways to psychologically process discomfort.

Exercise Decreases Stress ReactivityStress reactivity is defined as the magnitude of the reaction to acute mental stress (Mücke 2018). Mucke and colleagues found 7 out of 12 studies showed that higher fitness levels had less adrenocortical stress reactivity. A 2010 meta-analysis demonstrated that a higher stress reactivity was associated with higher risk of subsequent cardiovascular complications. Fortunately, there is a way to reduce stress reactivity. One can increase physical activity in order to reduce stress reactivity and therefore reduce risk of cardiovascular complications. A meta-analysis from 2006 found that study participants with increased cardiorespiratory fitness levels showed lower cardiovascular reactivity. Specifically, they reported point estimates of - 1.84 (p < 0.005) for HR, and - 3.69 (p<0.001) for systolic blood pressure. These findings suggest that higher fitness levels are associated with a blunted stress reactivity.

How Do Elite Athletes Exercise?Dr. Seiler and his colleagues published a study in 2006 which quantified the daily distribution of training intensity in a group of well-trained junior cross-country skiers. This paper studied twelve male cross country skiers between ages 17-18. The athletes performed a continuous treadmill test to voluntary exhaustion to determine a heart rate and VO2 corresponding to ventilatory thresholds (VT1, VT2), maximal oxygen consumption (VO2max), and maximum heart rate. VT1 and VT2 as well as blood lactate measurements were used to delineate three intensity zones.

In our podcast, Dr. Seiler describes zone 1 as a “talking pace” level of aerobic exercise. Zone 2 is a “threshold zone”, in which the intensity is too difficult to hold a conversation. Zone 3 represents a high intensity of exercise at which individuals fatigue quickly.

Let’s first explore the zones in terms of lactate concentration. Zone 1 corresponds to ≤2.0mM lactate, zone 2, >2.0 and <4.0mM lactate, and zone 3, ≥4.0mM lactate. Seiler’s 2006 study analyzed 60 consecutive training sessions of athletes, 71% were performed with ≤2.0mM blood lactate, 7% between 2 and 4mM, and 22% with over 4mM (mean=9.5±2.8mM).

Figure 4 from Seiler 2006

Next, let’s examine fitness zones in terms of heart rate. Intensity distribution across endurance training sessions (n=318) was similar when based on heart rate analysis (75±3%, zone 1; 8±3%, zone 2; 17±4%, zone 3) or session RPE (76±4%, zone 1; 6±5%, zone 2; 18±7%, zone 3).

Figure 3 from Seiler 2006: “Training intensity distribution in 318 training bouts where heart rate records were complete and session RPE was recorded. There was no significant difference in intensity distribution between session-goal heart rate analysis and session RPE.”

It might surprise you that elite endurance athletes train primarily in zone 1. According to Dr. Seiler, for elite athletes, 80% to 90% of training sessions are actually spent in zone 1 where there is purposeful but reasonably comfortable intensity. There are indeed times when elite athletes train in zones 2 and 3, and those sessions are important, but the ratio of maintaining a high percentage of zone 1 exercise to zones 2 and 3 seems to be important for physical fitness.

In Seiler’s 2010 review he concludes that frequent, low intensity (≤2.0mM blood lactate), longer duration training is effective in stimulating physiological adaptations.

Measuring Maximum Heart RateAs discussed above, it is useful to know your own maximum heart rate. Many people believe 220 minus your age is equivalent to a maximum heart rate; however, this is not accurate on an individual level. More accurate and personalized measures of maximum heart rate can be calculated based on an individual’s own factors, such as their actual heart rate at maximum exercise. Dr. Seiler says that maximum heart rate does not have correlation with performance. Dr. Seiler says that it is also useful to know your resting heart rate. When you have your maximum and resting heart rate, now you know your range. If you want to stay at 65% of your maximum aerobic capacity, you multiply the range by .65. This will give you a number that you add to your resting heart rate. For example, Dr. Puder’s maximum heart rate is 170 and his resting heart rate is 50, so his range is 170-50 = 120. Then multiplying .65 X 120 = 78, which you add to his resting heart rate of 50. So Dr. Puder’s 65% of his maximum aerobic capacity is a heart rate of 128. Endurance athletes spend 80-90% of their workouts at a heart rate that is 60-70% of their aerobic capacity. For Dr. Puder this would be training around 122-134 beats per minute. You can check your resting heart rate by measuring your heart rate first thing in the morning. You can check your maximum heart rate with a heart rate monitor and do an intensive workout (like a treadmill with increasing the intensity every 1 minute till you can’t go any longer) or going to an exercise laboratory test. As always, consult your physician before attempting something like this!

How Consistent Exercise Changes Our Physiology

Fig. 1 from San-Millán 2018

San-Millán et al,, 2018 compared blood lactate levels (in millimoles per liter) and workload (in Watts) during bicycle exercise. The paper explored three groups, the first group was composed of individuals with diabetes mellitus or metabolic syndrome, the second group was made of individuals who are moderately active (three hours of exercise per week), and the third group was professional endurance athletes. Let’s compare the absolute workload of the three groups at a blood lactate of 2 mmol/L. On average, individuals with metabolic syndrome produce around 125 Watts. On average, moderately active individuals produce 175 watts. Professional endurance athletes produce 275-300 watts, which is a phenomenal difference from the other two groups. What is happening on a cellular level?

Endurance exercise promotes mitochondrial proliferation. Muscle fibers synthesize more mitochondria and more mitochondrial enzymes that aerobically metabolize and use fuel to produce ATP. Essentially, you pack muscle fibers with more mitochondria and they become much more efficient at processing fats and carbohydrates. Mitochondria becomes particularly efficient at metabolizing carbohydrates because lactate is not produced.

Lactate is a small molecule that the body can use to essentially “transport” energy sources around the body. Lactate produced in one muscle fiber can be transported into another fiber where it can be converted into pyruvate and finally transported into the mitochondria of a cell in the muscle fiber. There is a beautiful interplay of fuel sources across fibers and in athletes with a high mitochondrial density there is a significant amount of lactate transportation and conversion into energy. Energy utilization is more efficient within the fibers because of the increased mitochondrial density.

There are three main energy sources that our muscles use: fat, carbohydrates, and stored carbohydrates (known as glycogen). Muscles use all three sources for energy during exercise. The muscles of a professional endurance athlete are optimized to use fat, glycogen, and glucose without an excessive lactate production. The combination is that high performance athletes have very flat lactate curves (as seen above in Fig. 1 from San-Millán 2018), where the intensity of exercise continues to increase, but the blood lactate level remains low. Finally, at 300 Watts, the lactate begins to increase. 300 Watts is the maximum capacity of most individuals, at which their blood lactate levels might be around 10 millimoles per liter, whereas an endurance athlete’s blood lactate would be 3 millimolars per liter at this absolute workload. This phenomenal difference is a result of tremendous levels of low basic (“level 1”) aerobic exercise over time.

After doing prolonged low intensity training, individuals become more efficient at using fat as a fuel source. This is a valuable adaptation. Let’s say you are running a marathon (42.195km or 26.219 miles). Many people will “hit a wall”, often at about the 30km mark or 18.64 miles. This occurs due to the muscle running out of glycogen as a fuel source. Every individual will “hit a wall” at some point when exercising, but the more experienced athletes will get to such a point much later than others. This is because endurance athletes spare their glycogen by using more fat for fuel.

Dr. Puder rowed on his ergometer, took his average heart rate, average watts and measured his lactate every 5 minutes. His goal was to understand his corresponding heart rate for his lactate blood level of 2 mmol/L.

Dr. Seiler states that the first two data points on 1/26/22 are clear indicators that Dr. Puder is in a nice aerobic zone (zone 1) with no increase in blood lactate. There is a clear change from 209 to 247 watts, where Dr. Puder’s blood lactate is now 4.17 mmol/L (the beginning of zone 3). In order for Dr. Puder to achieve optimal aerobic exercise, he should aim for a maximum absolute workload of 215 Watts, at which point his blood lactate will be below 2 until he fatigues. This is consistent with his goal of 60-70% HR zone (122-134) which would be a lactate level just below 2 mmol of lactic acid. Over time the hope would be to produce more watts at a lower heart rate while producing less lactic acid. Optimizing the body's health will impact both longevity, mental wellness and cognitive function.

ConclusionOptimizing our bodies ability to perform in exercise increases longevity, wellness and decreases our stress reactivity. Most of us think that we need to enter into the red zone every workout to achieve results, whereas elite performers only do that around 10% of the time. With my personal training program, I enter into a heart rate zone of 60-70% for the majority of my workouts to optimize long-term performance enhancements. This optimal zone occurs when we produce less than 2 mmol lactic acid. We should be able to talk, but not sing, during this zone 1 training level. I prescribe exercise in this zone to clients along with strength training for optimization of mood and total wellness. Ideally, some of this time is spent in nature and out of a gym.

View Details

Maxwell Schauermann, M.D., David Puder, M.D.

David Puder, M.D. has no conflicts of interest to report.

Joseph Goldberg, M.D. has the following conflicts of interest:

  • Consultant: BioXcel, Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Lundbeck, Otsuka, Sage Pharmaceuticals, Sunovion
  • Speakers bureau: Abbvie, Alkermes, Intracellular Therapies, Sunovion

Maxwell Schauermann, M.D., has no conflicts of interest to report.

Mediators of Treatment Response“Mediators are factors that influence how well a treatment can work after it has commenced. They reflect the kinds of events in real-world settings that could derail or contaminate an otherwise efficacious mode of therapy”.

In this episode, we reviewed some of the mediators of treatment response that Dr. Goldberg outlines in chapter 5 of his new book, Practical Psychopharmacology: Translating Findings From Evidence-Based Trials into Real-World Clinical Practice. Some of the interesting points that I took away from reading his chapter on mediators are included below. It is notable that Dr. Goldberg mentions that some moderators (e.g., characteristics of the patient that influence treatment outcomes) can also be mediators of treatment response. Here we will be focusing on mediators, referring to events that occur to the patient after treatment has begun and influence treatment outcomes.

As an example of how a moderator can also be a mediator, Dr. Goldberg explains in his book that “executive dysfunction can itself moderate poor treatment response in major depressive disorder, while in older adult depression, poor executive function (notably, set shifting and semantic fluency) has been shown to mediate treatment noncompletion, but not nonremission during open treatment with venlafaxine” (Cristancho et al., 2018). As a reminder, set shifting is the ability to move back and forward between different tasks or mental sets and is often used as a measure of cognitive flexibility. Semantic fluency can be defined as a measure of executive functioning ability by one’s ability to name as many different fruits or animals under time pressure.

Treatment Adherence Treatment adherenceis perhaps the most notorious and regularly encountered mediator that we encounter as clinicians. Medication nonadherence is not a unique challenge for doctors, but in psychiatry we face additional barriers such as stigma towards psychotropics, patients with delusional beliefs or low motivation from their depression, anosognosia due to frontal lobe disruption that prevents them from recognizing the need for treatment, and medications with particular troublesome side effect burdens including sexual dysfunction, birth defects, and potential for serum toxicity that can cause organ damage. Psychiatric patients have nonadherence rates of 20-60% (Kreyenbuhl et al., 2016). Per NAMI, early studies of anosognosia have shown that about 30% of patients with schizophrenia and 20% of those with bipolar disorder have severe lack of insight into their diagnosis. Nonadherence is correlated with poorer outcomes including higher rates of hospital admission, suicide and overall mortality. How is one to convince a patient that they need lithium or depakote for their bipolar disorder when their illness prevents them from recognizing the need for treatment and the medications cause such concerning side effects?

Inquiring about nonadherence in a nonjudgmental fashion through normalizing the patient’s experience is essential to maintaining the therapeutic alliance. Physicians should attempt to problem solve nonadherence barriers and tailoring treatment regimens by considering, for example, fluoxetine for its extended half-life (parent drug has 4-6 days then an active metabolite for another 9.3 days, per Epocrates) in a patient with nonadherence. Explore with your patients if there are any issues they are experiencing that contribute to their nonadherence such as medication side effects, difficulty remembering to take the pills that may require behavioral modification interventions, or perhaps feeling that the medications are not doing anything for their symptoms. As Dr. Puder mentioned during the episode, you may also consider scheduling frequent visits during the first few visits with a patient to ensure their response to starting new medications and monitoring for their specific nonadherence barriers. Similar to how asking about suicidality decreases rates of completion, asking about nonadherence can only help improve treatment outcomes. Remember when you see your patients that the best predictor of future nonadherence is a history of past nonadherence. It is also important to note that rates of nonadherence differ across diagnoses and as Dr. Goldberg mentions in this podcast, even side effects themselves may differ with respect to diagnoses.

Dr. Goldberg outlines many different factors that are correlated with higher rates of medication noncompliance in his book, including demographic factors such as:

  • younger age
  • female sex
  • unemployment
  • higher levels of education

Some clinical factors that may also contribute include:

  • having adverse side effects from medications with the perception that it is unmanageable
  • cognitive dysfunction
  • severity of depressive symptoms
  • psychosis
  • having other psychiatric comorbidities
  • substance abuse
  • lack of social support
  • poor insight into the need for treatment
  • negative attitudes towards medications
  • a history of suicide attempts
  • early age of illness onset
  • shorter duration of illness

As mentioned in the podcast episode, it appears that patients who are less ill and also more severely ill would predictably have the worst medication adherence rates.

While there is always the potential for involuntary psychotropic treatment while hospitalized, it is always preferable to ally with the patient to find a treatment regimen that stabilizes their condition with the least amount of side effect burden.

Some ways to increase medication adherence include:

  • reducing dosing frequency as much as possible
  • clear and open communication about experiencing side effects
  • behavioral strategies such as placing medications next to one’s toothbrush as a cue to pair behaviors together
  • technological aids such as medication trackers or alarms to aid the patient in remembering to take their medications

Interestingly, a review of behavioral strategies for medication adherence suggests that motivational interviewing and other psychoeducational approaches are less effective for preventing nonadherence than those using behavioral tailoring (Kreyenbuhl et al., 2016).

Early Placebo ResponseIt is also important to remember that significant early response to treatment (<2 weeks) may indicate placebo response or that may not be a durable improvement. Therefore, do not assume that the patient has failed treatment if the significant improvement fades after 2 weeks, because this may simply represent the loss of placebo effect rather than a tachyphylaxis reaction to the medication.

Treatment Response At 2 WeeksHowever, if there is a measurable improvement of 20% in the first 2 weeks, it can be a good indicator of future success for medications in a patient with major depressive disorder, bipolar depression, schizophrenia, panic disorder and generalized anxiety disorder. This measure comes from a study done in 2009 by Szegedi et al. The study concluded that “the high negative predictive values indicate little chance of stable response or stable remission in the absence of improvement within 2 weeks. A lack of improvement during the first 2 weeks of therapy may indicate that changes in depression management should be considered earlier than conventionally thought” (Szegedi et al., 2009). Thus, if the patient is showing no improvement after 2 weeks, following up a lack of change with things like a dosage change, augmentation, or substitutions is indicated.

Treatment Response At 6 WeeksFor certain medications, it is important to remind your patients to wait until at least 6 weeks into treatment before deciding if the pharmacotherapy choice is helping. In Dr. Goldberg’s book, he writes that “antidepressant response or remission achieved by week 6 may be one of the strongest predictors (mediators) of 12-month remission status from depression” (Ciudad et al., 2012, p.102).

Drug-drug interactionsDrug-drug interactions are something all astute clinicians consider when formulating treatment plans. Many of the pharmacotherapies used in psychiatry have interactions with each other. Cleverly, psychiatrists have harnessed some of these combinations to produce synergistic effects such as fluvoxamine increasing the blood level of clozapine or fluoxetine increasing the dose of risperdal.

Dr. Goldbergs outlines some these important examples in his book, including:

  • Patients stably taking a psychotropic drug that is highly bound (>85%) to plasma proteins (e.g., carbamazepine, divalproex, diazepam, prazosin) who then begin taking another drug that competes for an displaces protein binding (e.g., warfarin, aspirin, naproxen, ibuprofen, indomethacin, furosemide, etc.) resulting in increased free drug plasma concentrations with potential for toxicity or overactivity. If protein binding displacement is of potential concern, one could consider measuring serum unbound fractions of the drug to obtain a more meaningful estimate of its pharmacokinetic and possibly pharmacodynamic bioavailability.
  • Oral contraceptives can interfere with oxidation and clearance of benzodiazepines such as alprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, and diazepam. They may also effectively inhibit the clearance of beta-blockers, tricyclic antidepressants, and corticosteroids.
  • Adding an NSAID to Li can potentially increase serum Li levels by ~20% causing potentially life threatening toxicity.
  • Patients who quit smoking (during in inpatient psychiatric hospitalization), begin taking clozapine, stabilize on it, and then start smoking again in their home environment can often have a psychotic relapse due to hydrocarbons from smoking, causing induction of clozapine via cytochrome P450 1A2 metabolism, thus decreasing the effectiveness of clozapine.
  • Dr. Goldberg summarizes conveniently a list of common CYP450 inducers and inhibitors in his book on page 100:

    • Inducers of CYP450:

      • 1A2: broccoli, brussel sprouts, chamomile tea, charred meat, omeprazole
      • 3A4: prednisone, primidone, St. John’s Wort
      • 2C9: phenytoin
      • 2D6: dexamethasone
      • Multiple:

        • carbamazepine (1A2, 2C9, 2C19, 2D6)
        • modafinil (1A2, 3A4/5)
        • phenobarbital (1A2, 2C9, 2D6, 3A4)
        • rifampin (2C9, 2C19)
          • Inhibitors of CYP450:
      • 1A2: ciprofloxacin

      • 3A4: corticosteroids, cyclosporine, diltiazem, grapefruit juice, protease inhibitors, verapamil
      • 2C19: omeprazole
      • Multiple:

        • amiodarone (2C9, 3A4)
        • clarithromycin, erythromycin (1A2, 3A4)
        • fluconazole (2C9, 2C19, 3A4)

Dr. Goldberg also provided a helpful fire analogy during this episode that emphasizes the importance of achieving treatment remission as soon as possible after beginning treatment. The analogy goes as follows:

  • Acute intervention phase = The fire department arrives to extinguish the house on fire. The firemen assess whether the fire is responding to their efforts. If treatment is responding by >50% then we consider the patient entering remission.
  • Continuation phase = The firemen sweep the area for any embers that might rekindle the flames. Similarly, doctors assess closely during the first 4-6 months to monitor for relapse of symptoms. While symptoms are only recently remitting, there is risk that the patient may have relapse of symptoms during this period.
  • Recovery phase = The fire is now out after 4-6 months of fighting the fire, so if another fire begins after this point, then we would consider it a new fire. As patients get further and further from their last episode, they become more stable and less likely to have a relapse of symptoms.

New StressorsInterpersonal & psychosocial life disruptionsthat occur after treatment has started are major mediators that can increase symptoms despite a medication that might have been working. Patients may start a new psychotropic medication only to have its effectiveness negatively mediated by experiencing a tragedy in their life or receiving awful news of some sort, or the patient may have to tolerate living at home in a toxic environment.

Expressed emotionOne clinical predictor of symptom relapse that I found interesting as I read through the chapter is that of expressed emotion (EE), which is used in clinical studies as a relapse factor in schizophrenia, major depression, and bipolar studies refers to “the critical, hostile, or emotionally over involved communication styles within families that can undercut otherwise favorable moderators and mediators of successful treatment outcomes (such as therapeutic drug doses and levels, or appropriate medication adherence).” Research by George Brown and colleagues in the 1950s observed 229 men, of which 156 were schizophrenic, after being recently discharged from a psychiatric hospital and surprisingly found that those who stayed with their parents or wives had the highest rates of relapse when compared to those who lived in “lodgings” or with siblings. Additionally, to stay with either their parents/wives who experienced the critical, hostile, or emotionally over-involved behavioral patterns could lead to worsening stimulation and social withdrawal.

Examining the communication styles between a patient and their family is imperative to determine if expressed emotion is a significant contributing negative mediator. This clinical predictor underlines the importance of educating families about mental health conditions and supporting families to decrease rates of caregiver burnout so they can be allies instead of deterrents to our patient’s wellness. A clinically useful way to formally evaluate EE is with the Level of Expressed Emotion (LEE) scaleto get a predictive value for relapse across various diagnoses after completing a 60-item questionnaire that typically takes 10-15 minutes. Higher scores correlate with a higher likelihood of symptom relapse.

Cognitive functioningChanges in cognitive functioning is yet another mediator of treatment response. Many psychiatric conditions can affect one’s cognition, but when cognition is negatively impaired by depression there is an interesting concept of “hot and cold cognition” that Tranter et al., 2009 observed to predict whether a patient will have early treatment response. Specifically, Dr. Tranter found that if, after 2 weeks, the patients could better recognize happiness, then at 6 weeks they were more likely to have less symptoms (Pearson correlation = 0.46).

Similarly, in a retrospective study by Gorwood et al. in 2015, patients with an increase in joy after two weeks of treatment with agomelatine had a greater predictive value for eventual treatment response with an antidepressant or remission of symptoms when compared with a reduction in sadness over the same period.

There are many moderating factors that affect treatment outcomes in regards to cognition, such as a history of TBI, chronic lyme disease, cerebrovascular accidents, history of stroke and poststroke depression, and extensive substance abuse. Cognitive impairment also presents differently depending on the diagnosis that you are treating. For example, Dr. Goldberg mentions in the podcast that verbal memory, attentional processing, and executive functioning are the three primary domains that are affected in bipolar disorder. In schizophrenia, however, global cognitive functioning is impaired and is less circumscribed to individual domains. Working memory, which allows one to hold small amounts of information and apply it to solve problems in real time, is markedly impaired when compared to bipolar disorder.

When treating such cognitive impairments, we would expect improvement of symptoms after starting a cognitive enhancing treatment. Intuitively, lack of improvement in symptoms portends a worse prognosis. When examining the CATIE study, Dr. Goldberg notes that second generation antipsychotics were not shown to improve cognitive functioning.

Some off-label treatment options for negative symptoms include the following:

  • Stimulants such as methylphenidate and modafinil which improves associative fluency in bipolar depression

    • Remember that when treating bipolar patients with psychoactive stimulants or SSRI, highly consider concurrently treating with a mood stabilizer so as not to precipitate a manic episode. There is not enough evidence at this time to support safe usage of stimulants in bipolar patients without a concurrent mood stabilizer. Should manic symptoms present after starting a stimulant, then discontinuation of the stimulant is appropriate. Other concerns that may arise from this off-label treatment option include misuse of stimulants, mixed states, and rapid cycling (Perugi et al., 2017).

Dopamine agonists such as bupropion or pramipexole. Pramipexole specifically helps with lower levels of motivation, anergia, and impaired cognitive processing in patients with major depression and bipolar depressed patients. In euthymic bipolar patients, pramipexole helps more with social cognition and social functioning (Blumberg et al., 2020).

  • Dopamine antagonists such as lurasidone which also antagonizes 5HT7 to achieve improvement in bipolar global cognitive functioning. Lurasidone at minimum dose of 120 mg was also shown to improve cognitive function over seroquel in schizophrenic patients (Franklin et al., 2015).
  • Pro-cholinergics such as donepezil which have off-label data for improving memory dysfunction in TBI patients, cognitive function in vascular dementia and other forms of dementia. Donepezil has not been shown to help with cognitive impairment from depression or bipolar (Kumar et al., 2021).
  • Vortioxetine has been shown to have good treatment outcomes for cognitive dysfunction apart from improving cognition simply by treating depression in MDD (Mahableshwarkar, Atul R et al., 2016). Cognitive domains improved include speed of processing, verbal learning, and memory.
  • Olanzapine + Fluoxetine (OFC) is used as a treatment-resistant treatment option for bipolar depression. Studies have shown it to produce markedly increased levels of dopamine and serotonin in the prefrontal cortex, suggesting that it would improve cognitive impairments in those with severe illness. However, Dr. Goldberg cautions that this expectation may produce an expectancy bias that does not actually pan out in the clinical world. In my review of the literature on PubMed, there are currently no studies evaluating OFC’s effect on cognition.

Motivational interviewing (MI) has become a buzzword in the world of addiction and serves as an evidence-based collaborative method for enhancing a patient’s motivation for treatment of their substance use. Very often, our patients use substances to self-medicate their own symptoms of anxiety, insomnia, and depression. It is important to recognize the utility of substances as a coping skill in our patients’ lives in order to foster empathy and the therapeutic relationship. MI allows a clinician to role with the resistance that a patient may have towards cessation of usage or enrolling in treatment. The steps and qualities of MI are reviewed below:

  • The clinician should take a stance of guiding the patient in their decision making, but one must be careful not to be overly dogmatic in giving advice and instead actively listen to the patient’s desires. One should view the patient as an equal and refrain from confrontations or unsolicited advice.
  • MI enables patients to make changes by allowing them to create their own meaning and importance for change. MI takes a stance of respect and curiosity towards the patient to better understand their unique challenges and honor their autonomy to change.

The emphasis of MI is on how a patient experiences the relationship with their clinician. The focus should be on creating a partnership with the patient, empowering them to align their values with their behaviors, being nonjudgmental and compassionate. The primary skills that a clinician should utilize are nicely summarized by the mnemonic “OARS”:

  • Open ended questions to explore their experience

  • Affirmation of their efforts

  • Reflecting to the patient what you have heard to demonstrate active listening

  • Summarizing to emphasize key points

Now that we have an understanding of what MI is, when should we use MI in our encounters? MI is a board tool that can be used in many situations, but it is best employed for situations where a patient is highly ambivalent about making a change, has low levels of confidence in their ability to change, low desire to change, and/or low insight into the severity of their illness or the benefits of changing their behavior.

In a meta-analysis of randomized-controlled trials (RCTs) examining if MI improved medication adherence in patients receiving HAART, investigators looked at the MEDLINE database of RCTs comparing MI to a control group with reported measures of medication adherence from 1966 to February, 2015. Results showed that out of 11 RCTs, the pooled relative risk (RR) was 1.17 (95% CI, CL 1.05 - 1.31, p< 0.01). Characteristics of MI that were significantly associated (p < 0.05) with medication adherence included telephonic MI and “fidelity based feedback”, group MI, and “fidelity assessments among studies reporting continuous measures and delivery” by staff.

(Palacio A et al., 2016).

Summary:Thinking about mediators in follow up visits can better help us understand how to achieve our patients’ goals.

View Details

Kristen Kim, B.A., David Puder, M.D.

Dr. Robert Feinstein, Kristen Kim, and Dr. Puder have no conflicts of interest to report.

IntroductionThis article complements an episode where we interview Dr. Robert Feinstein, on his new book, Primer on Personality Disorders. In a chapter he authored in the book, he writes about the commonalities of effective treatments for Borderline Personality Disorder. Dr. Feinstein states that six major types of psychotherapy achieve around 70% effectiveness in the treatment of borderline personality disorders.

Working with Commonalities in Therapy ModalitiesAfter years of working in clinical settings with patients who have personality disorders, Dr. Feinstein found commonalities in the “Big Six”, which are the six evidence-based treatments that have significant research to support that they work (MBT, CBT, DBT, TFT, SFT, good psychiatric management). In recognition of this, therapists can develop the ability to adapt different therapies methods when one may not be working, such as the one they specialize in. He encourages the mindset that there is more than one way to do things and we are ultimately working towards health in the patient in whatever therapeutic form that may come in.

About 89% of outcomes in psychotherapy have to do with factors common to all therapy types: giving the patient empathy, for the patient to be heard and understood, observed, validated, and having a structure to the psychotherapy. Only 10-12% of outcomes are based on patients that need specific treatments because of certain problems where some treatments do work better than others.

While most studies comparing therapy methods focus on comparing one modality against itself (such as nuances within DBT, for example- like doing prolonged exposure increased outcomes when doing DBT- Harned et al., 2014), the studies that have been conducted comparing different modalities show that outcomes are similar and that many therapies work.

What creates better outcomes is more than any one particular modality—it greatly hangs on the therapeutic alliance between the therapist and the patient (accounts for 35% of outcomes across many studies).

Additionally, some patients may need and benefit from a sequence of different treatments. DBT may work for cutting and suicidal tendencies that are the focus at the beginning of treatment, but once that has been effectively managed they may need to work on attachment issues in relationships, which may require a different type of therapy (possibly mentalization therapy or transference focused therapy). A seasoned provider will know how to best direct a patient’s treatment.

Frame and Personality Disorder TreatmentThe idea of frame in personality disorder treatment is that it is very important that treatment is well structured and not open-ended. There need to be clear goals and each session needs to be focused on moving towards those goals. All of the treatment methods would agree on the first line of framing structure would be addressing violent or suicidal behavior, substance abuse, eating disorders, and other similar destabalizing behavior.

Most would agree to next address the need for therapy to be a safe space, meeting regularly, and emphasizing (particularly DBT and CBT) having a way to deal with treatment interfering behavior (violence in sessions, missing sessions, not doing homework).

Other important points of framing and structure:

  • Having the patient committed to the process of working towards goals during each session.
  • Patients working through any shame that might keep them from being completely honest with the therapist. This also means being open about certain ongoing behaviors that would get in the way of moving forward, such as throwing up multiple times per day, intoxicated many times per week, etc).
  • Each therapy has its own version of structure in therapy and way to deal with these different problems.

Commonalities in Personality Disorder History/Early TraumaLooking into the history of a wide range of patients with personality disorders, there are factors that present very often as common history among them, namely trauma. When it comes to addressing behaviors that get in the way of therapy, often these behaviors are, at their core, trauma driven; trauma is the bedrock behind these behaviors and the big thing that becomes uncovered with this group of patients.

The way to uncover these traumas and begin to treat them really depends on the patient—what they are doing and what they need—and must be tailored to the patient.

Traumas very often found in patients with personality disorders are abuse (sexual abuse- often seen in histrionic personality disorder and borderline personality disorder such as incest), neglect (including functional neglect), a history of violence, and invalidating environments (narcissistic caregivers).

Often we see these patients blocking out sexual abuse, such as in the presentation of dissociative personality disorder. Trauma induces memory changes—you want to put pain out of your mind or need to in order to function. We must let it emerge naturally from patients and not ask leading questions. We don’t want to create a false memory because it may not be true and then they go on to believe something happened to them when it did not. Trauma may be present in their current life and that may be where their conversation about any past trauma emerges.

Are personality disorders genetic or environmental?Personality disorders usually have both components, in addition to a trauma component. We see that genetics (besides narcissism) have modest heritable traits towards personality disorders (tendencies towards negative emotionality, high impulsivity/low agreeableness, tendency towards introversion). Narcissism has the least evidence for genetic input; it is seen as more of a parenting issue and how the patient was raised (although research is emerging about genetics in narcissism).

NarcissismThere are subcategories of narcissism:

  • Malignant Narcissist: the worst degree of narcissism; cruel, sadistic, all-powerful, antisocial features, psychopathic tendencies, exploit others; we don’t know how to treat them. These people likely have psychopathy overlapping with them and low affective empathy.
  • Suspicious: paranoid of others and their intentions; less severe and on the edge of treatability
  • Neurotic: healthier; but no sense of themselves/who they are; very treatable

Another structure used to differentiate between narcissism levels is to look at personality tendencies and how these patients function:

  • Psychotic personality disorder level: they don’t have a relationship with reality; hallucinations and delusions; primitive defenses
  • Borderline personality level: not psychotic, but disturbances with reality, a little dissociation and confusion as to who they are; splitting defenses
  • Neurotic level: basically in touch with reality and context; repressive-based defenses

Patients may not stay at one level throughout their lifetime, but function at different levels at different points in time. For example, they may fluctuate between psychotic and borderline depending on their environment (although psychotic-level patients don’t usually make it down to the neurotic level).

Therapeutic Alliance Approaches and the Big SixEach therapy has a different approach in how they think they should relate to the patient.

  • Schema therapy: role is to be a good parent (modeling what a good parent should be), with boundaries (limited reparenting); other therapies tend to be against this although measures can be common to all treatments
  • DBT: take a coaching approach, non judgemental; very warm; coaching to use the skills DBT teaches (mindfulness, stress tolerance skills, interpersonal skills), even approaching suicidality this way
  • CBT: not as focused on relationships, but on collaborative work and trial and error; experimenting with what behavioral techniques work for each patient; What skills do they need? Skills are important.
  • Transference Focused Therapy: take an “expert” role; focus is not on having a warm, caring relationship first (although it is still valued), but to contain the emotional storm of the patient so the patient isn’t destroyed and the relationship is maintained
  • Mentalization Based Therapy: egalitarian over “expert” and use “not knowing stance”; “we don’t know what people are thinking”; very curious about what the patient is thinking and their own thoughts
  • Good psychiatric management is being a supportive relationship, as with a good friend or family member; What services can we offer? How can we help you?

Countertransference Countertransference is what we bring from our history that causes problems with client relationships (classic), but there is also “global transference”, which we see with personality disorders. With global transference we see commonalities in reactions that would indicate that the transference is coming from the patients and not the therapists (Is it me or is it you?). In these instances with global transference in personality disorders, much of what the therapist is feeling is coming from the patient versus their own personal history transference.

We also need to think about transference to the therapist by the patient. At some point, they may have a therapeutic rupture about something they perceive that we did or did not say that they wanted or expected us to do. This is usually stemming from an unresolved need in their life and we can help resolve this by asking questions and empathizing with their feelings, instead of becoming defensive and taking the accusations personally. This helps us understand how they were seeing us and how they were seeing themselves, which is the critical part of all work with patients with personality disorders.

It is important to be able to talk about any negative feelings the patient may have towards the therapist early on so they can feel comfortable in therapy. Patients tend to drop out if these issues aren’t addressed early on. We find that many times therapists are not being trained in this skill.

Final Thoughts from Dr. FeinsteinWe really need to stop the wars about which therapy is superior to the other (psychotherapy wars). We all do pretty well with 70% efficacy rates. That means that 30% of the time these therapies are non efficacious, but we can learn and try other forms and approaches. Looking at the Big Six reinforces this. It is also helpful to use less technical language (different therapies use different language to describe similar processes).

It is important, however, to learn each model separately, versus pulling from each at random, until we learn the benefits and limitations of each. Then we can borrow from the other models once we understand the structure. When we pull from other models randomly we end up not having a structured treatment and we are not treating systematically.

For supplemental material regarding The “Big Six” Evidence-Based Psychotherapies (EBPs) check out our resource library.

View Details

Kaden Page, B.A., David Puder, M.D.

On this week’s episode, Dr. Puder interviews Francis Stevens, Ph.D., a clinical psychologist and author of the new book, Affective Neuroscience in Psychotherapy: A Clinician’s Guide for Working With Emotions. Dr. Stevens trained as a therapist under cognitive behavioral and psychodynamic theories, as well as completing a postdoctoral degree in neuroscience. The lack of emphasis on emotion in these two approaches led Dr. Stevens to begin research on the neurobiological basis of emotion and to ultimately compile this book.

Francis Stevens, Kaden Page and David Puder have no conflicts of interest.

What Is Affective Neuroscience?With the recent advancements in neuroimaging, neuroscience has begun to play a large role in the understanding of psychopathology and the advancement of psychotherapy. To break it down simply, affective neuroscience is a scientific theory that merges the complex research of neurocognition and neurobiology and its indication in helping clinicians reach a deeper understanding of their patient’s affect. In his book, Dr. Stevens states that “affective neuroscience helps us to understand the important role emotions play in our mind and behavior” (Stevens, 2022). In chapter 3 of the book, Dr. Stevens presents a comprehensive summary of the work that has been done over the past several decades regarding emotion and mentions the James-Lange, Cannon-Bard, and Schachter & Singer theories to have pioneered the basis for emotional theory in psychotherapy. Also included in chapter 3 is a crash course on neuroanatomy and basic functions of the brain, which is a great refresher before diving into the affective neuroscience approach.

Theories Of EmotionThe James-Lange theory of emotion was one of the first attempts at measuring the connection between emotion and the brain. They hypothesized that a person experiences a stimulus (activating event), which triggers a physiologic response and is then interpreted by the brain. The Cannon-Bard theory challenged the James-Lange theory by suggesting that after presentation of stimulus, physiologic response and emotional response occur simultaneously. Following these two theories, Schachter and Singer developed a theory of emotion stating that emotion is dependent on both physiological arousal and cognitive processing (Stevens, 2022).

Yip et al., (2020) provide empirical data that those with higher emotional intelligence actually know when and when not to listen to their level of physiologic arousal when taking risks. Conversely, those with lower EQ, when having higher physiological arousal, ended up interpreting this as a moment in which they should take a risk. Part of learning about your emotional world and the meanings of your emotions might mean you are better able to take risks at the right times (or understand your emotions and levels of physiological arousal and then make decisions that meet the needs of the moment more accurately).

Dr. Stevens references the “shaky bridge study”, which was conducted by Dutton and Aron in 1974 and set out to examine the link between sexual desire and physiological arousal. Male subjects would interact with an attractive female after either crossing a suspension bridge (which induced high arousal), a sturdy bridge (which induced low arousal), or a period of time after the subjects had crossed the bridge and their heart rate had time to decrease. After completing the task, researchers observed which subjects would then call and follow up with the female confederate. It was found that subjects who were in a high arousal condition after crossing the suspension bridge were much more likely to call the female, which led the researchers to theorize that the participants were mistaking their level of arousal from the stimulus as arousal from the female.

Emotional intelligence is associated with better understanding our own and others emotions. As we view other’s microexpressions or flashes of emotion, in clinical practice we observe that they often precede the body becoming more aroused physiologically. This makes sense because it takes longer for the HPA axis to activate the adrenal glands to produce cortisol than a moment of emotion that can flash on the face when collecting a stressful event.

Also as we postulate what the brain can teach us about psychotherapy, we want to be humble because there are 86 billion neurons, some with 40 thousand connections.

Reasoning For Affective NeuroscienceAfter beginning to practice psychotherapy under techniques of cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and more insight-based psychodynamic therapy, Dr. Stevens found himself looking for new ways to address the emotional disconnect he was feeling with his patients. Dr. Stevens makes the point that while CBT excels in assisting patients process their thoughts and gain insight into their behaviors, it falls short in the category of providing efficacious emotional regulation and decreasing shame. As a provider, Dr. Stevens was dissatisfied with himself and his perceived inability to help patients reach the ultimate goal of regulating emotion. He says in his introduction that “I found that many of my patients were not improving much from my Socratic questioning, and at times they felt misunderstood or patronized” (Stevens, 2022). After spending some time training at the Boston Institute for Psychotherapy, Dr. Stevens found himself displeased with the assumption that improvement of a patient’s cognition and insight will subsequently lead to amelioration of symptoms.

For Dr. Stevens, the main question is, “Is cognition the only thing that can change emotion, or can we change emotion with itself?”. This question led Dr. Stevens to shift his interventions and psychotherapeutic approach to deal with emotions head on, instead of as afterthought or byproduct. After seeing success in his patients and fine tuning interventions, Dr. Stevens created the following six-step guide for clinicians to implement with their own patients and use emotion as the basis of their psychotherapeutic approach.

Affective Neuroscience In PsychotherapyThe following is a surface-level synopsis of the therapeutic interventions that Dr. Stevens outlines in his book, as well as clinical pearls taken from the discussion between Dr. Puder and Dr. Stevens regarding these steps.

Emotional Awareness/Mindfulness

  1. Dr. Stevens suggests that mindfulness exercises are an effective way to begin a session, as it increases a patient’s awareness of themselves.
  2. Neuroimaging shows that an increase in a patient’s emotional awareness is correlated with activation of the rostral anterior cingulate cortex, an area of the brain that is crucial for emotional recognition and regulation (Lane et al., 1998).
  3. Dr. Stevens adds that mindfulness also assists the patient with the beginning part of this approach, which is to separate the feeling from the self (Stevens, 2022).
  4. One important point to emphasize is that while the patient is now more aware of their feelings, the initial emotion should be left unchanged until both clinician and patient are ready to move forward (Stevens, 2022).

Emotional Validation

  1. In order to build a strong therapeutic alliance with a patient, validation and empathy are two strong tools that are necessary to hold as a clinician. Dr. Stevens commonly reminds his patients, “We cannot control our feelings, only how we react to them” (Stevens, 2022).
  2. Validation of a patient’s feelings and experiences can be the key to breaking maladaptive coping mechanisms, such as dissociation or repression.
  3. When there is negative emotion directed towards the therapist, the clinician has an opportunity to validate that emotion in real time and uncover its origin.
  4. Therapeutic alliance carries the name of “shared neural activation” in the neuroscientific literature and suggests that the empathic trait of sharing and validating another’s emotions activates mirror neurons that put the two parties on the same wavelength (Likowski et al., 2012; Schmidt, Sojer, Hass, Kirsch, & Mier, 2020).

Self-Compassion

  1. One goal of emotional awareness and validation is to encourage patients to begin validating their own emotions and experiences and practice compassion for themselves.
  2. A study was conducted via fMRI that showed compassion from healthcare professionals can decrease activity in the left anterior insula, thus decreasing feelings of distress (Sarinopoulos et al. 2013).
  3. “When I practice self-compassion with patients, I have the patient speak out loud to themselves and if they can’t do that, I provide the compassionate statement and then ask them to repeat it in their own words. This is important in intervention, as it helps patients take ownership over the process” (Stevens, 2022).

Understanding the Nature of Emotion

  1. Dr. Stevens suggests the first step in understanding the nature of emotion is to ensure the patient is cognitively and emotionally available. Moderate arousal is preferred for emotion processing in session. For example, if a patient is dissociated, or in a manic state, the level of awareness will not be conducive and the level of success may be minimized.
  2. Dr. Stevens states, “Once we have recognized, validated, and provided self-compassion for our feelings, the next step is to try and understand them. For if we can understand our feelings, we might be able to prevent negative feeling states in the future” (Stevens, 2022).

Emotional Regulation

  1. The previous steps promote thinking about emotion, but it is also important to feel the emotion. “So, for many feelings like sadness, if you’re sad, you’re sad. You can try and distract yourself or avoid the feeling, but it does not just go away” (Stevens, 2022).
  2. Applying coping skills to help regulate minute feelings of emotion is a good way for patients to practice mastering their emotions and can lead to a substantial confidence boost.
  3. Dr. Stevens suggests that if a patient presents with acute emotional distress, it may be beneficial to start with emotional regulation in order to maintain a level of arousal that is appropriate for application of the other steps.
  4. The interventions that Dr. Stevens includes to aid with emotional regulation are broken down into two categories: physiologic and cognitive.
  5. Cognitive reappraisal, one of the cognitive interventions that Dr. Stevens highlights, has been shown to involve the dorsolateral, dorsomedial, and ventromedial prefrontal cortex, which are the areas of the brain in which executive functioning and goal-oriented tasks are processed, as well as decreasing activation of the amygdala, which can lead to emotional regulation in response to fear (Buhle et al., 2014).
  6. Chapter 9 is dedicated to handling specific emotions (i.e., anger, forgiveness, disgust, etc.) and provides education as well as interventions for regulation of the specific emotion. Our prior episode on forgiveness can be found here.

Affect Reconsolidation

  1. Dr. Stevens has memory/affect reconsolidation as the final step, which is the process in which the patient processes their memory and then their feelings about the memory are validated by the clinician. The patient and clinician work together to reconstruct the emotional response to said memory. “It’s not the nature of the memory that is changing, but the emotions surrounding the memory” (Stevens, 2022).
  2. The hippocampus, prefrontal cortex, medial temporal lobe, and amygdala are shown to be activated as a result of accessing emotional memories in psychotherapy (Dahlgren, Ferris, & Hamann, 2020).
  3. In order to reconsolidate that affective response to a negative memory, those same brain regions are activated as well. The goal is to activate the old memory while simultaneously creating a new, positive one that replaces it and then reinforcing it. Dr. Stevens goes into great depth on how to achieve this in chapter

Pictured above is figure 11.1 from Dr. Stevens book, which provides a comprehensive breakdown of the process of affect reconsolidation.

To learn more about Dr. Stevens and his work, visit drfrancisstevens.com, where he has archived publications and links to his book.

References1. Stevens, F. L., (2022). Affective Neuroscience in psychotherapy: A clinician’s guide for working with emotions. Routledge. DOI: 10.4324/9781003150893. 2. Buhle, J. T., Silvers, J. A., Wager, T. D., Lopez, R., Onyemekwu, C., Kober, H., ... & Ochsner, K. N. (2014). Cognitive reappraisal of emotion: A meta-analysis of human neuroimaging studies. Cerebral Cortex, 24(11), 2981–2990. 3. Dahlgren, K., Ferris, C., & Hamann, S. (2020). Neural correlates of successful emotional episodic encoding and retrieval: An SDM meta-analysis of neuroimaging studies. Neuropsychologia, 107495. 4. Dutton, D. G., & Aron, A. P. (1974). Some evidence for heightened sexual attraction under conditions of high anxiety. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30(4), 510. 5. Lane, R. D., Reiman, E. M., Axelrod, B., Yun, L. S., Holmes, A., & Schwartz, G. E. (1998). Neural correlates of levels of emotional awareness: Evidence of an interaction between emotion and attention in the anterior cingulate cortex. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 10(4), 525–535. 6. Likowski, K. U., Mühlberger, A., Gerdes, A., Wieser, M. J., Pauli, P., & Weyers, P. (2012). Facial mimicry and the mirror neuron system: Simultaneous acquisition of facial electromyography and functional magnetic resonance imaging. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience, 6, 214. 7. Sarinopoulos, I., Hesson, A. M., Gordon, C., Lee, S. A., Wang, L., Dwamena, F., & Smith, R. C. (2013). Patient-centered interviewing is associated with decreased responses to painful stimuli: An initial fMRI study. Patient Education and Counseling, 90(2), 220–225. 8. Schmidt, S. N., Sojer, C. A., Hass, J., Kirsch, P., & Mier, D. (2020). fMRI adaptation reveals: The human mirror neuron system discriminates emotional valence. Cortex, 128, 270–280. 9. Yip, J. A., Stein, D. H., Côté, S., & Carney, D. R. (2020). Follow your gut? Emotional intelligence moderates the association between physiologically measured somatic markers and risk-taking. Emotion, 20(3), 462.